diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 6d9736d13..891a45749 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,27 +4,28 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# jonas jensen , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2019 -# peso , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# Kenneth Hansen , 2019 -# Morten Schou , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Joe Hansen , 2019 -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 +# JonathanStein , 2020 +# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2020 +# Jesper Carstensen , 2020 +# peso , 2020 +# jonas jensen , 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Kenneth Hansen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Morten Schou , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,381 +33,416 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Regnskab" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Bank og kasse" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Bankfeeds" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Kontoudtog" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"`__" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "Åbn finansiel udveksling (.OFX)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"`_" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features `_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"`__" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 @@ -457,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -466,13 +502,13 @@ msgid "" "account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -480,462 +516,230 @@ msgid "" "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"`__" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"`__" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link `_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above `." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statement in the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diverse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 @@ -960,8 +764,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" @@ -1011,8 +815,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" @@ -1025,41 +829,41 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"`_)." +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1068,360 +872,507 @@ msgid "" "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Bankudligning" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Type" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Vilkår for kontoudtogs linje" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Modpost værdier" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Bankkonti" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Opret en bankkonto" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics `_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 @@ -1473,10 +1424,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 @@ -1577,9 +1528,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 @@ -1590,7 +1541,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 @@ -1612,424 +1563,1115 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "Sæt aktiv til falsk for at skjule journalen uden at fjerne den." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Anvend i kasse" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Virksomhed" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Virksomhed knyttet til denne konto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Kort kode" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" -"Journalposterne i denne journal vil blive navngivet ved hjælp af dette " -"præfiks." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Næste nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "Det næste bilagsnummer vil blive anvendt til den næste faktura." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Bilagsserie" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Dette felt indeholder oplysningerne om nummereringen af journalposterne i " -"denne journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Afkryds dette felt hvis du ikke ønsker at dele samme rækkefølge fakturaer og" -" kreditnotaer lavet i denne journal" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Kreditnotaer: Næste nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "Det næste bilagsnummer vil blive anvendt til den næste kreditnota." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Standard debit konto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Det fungerer som en standardkonto for debetbeløb" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Standard krediteringskonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Det fungerer som en standardkonto for kreditbeløb" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Valuta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "Valuta bruges til at indtaste kontoudtoget" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Definer hvordan kontoudtogene skal registreres" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Til indkommende betalinger" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Til udgående betalinger" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Indtægtskonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Bruges til at registrere en indtægt, når kassebeholdningen for et " -"kasseapparat adskiller sig fra, hvad systemet beregner" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Tabskonto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Bruges til at registrere et tab, når kassebeholdningen for et kasseapparat " -"adskiller sig fra, hvad systemet beregner" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Gruppér fakturalinjer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Hvis denne boks er markeret, forsøger systemet at gruppere " -"regnskabsposteringerne, når de genereres fra fakturaer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "Opretter leverandørfaktura kladder ved at sende en email. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Udskrevet check er valgt som betalingsmetode" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Check rækkefølge" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Rækkefølge af check nummerering." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Manuel nummerering" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "Sæt kryds her hvis dine allerede printede checks ikke er nummererede." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Næste checknummer" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Rækkefølge nummer for den næste udskrivende check. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Autoriseret beløbsforskel" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Anvendelse" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Colombia" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduktion" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Miljø" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Moms" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Breve" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Journaler" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Sekvenser" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Faktura" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Leverandørfakturaer" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Rapporter" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colombia" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " "based on the DIAN legal requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Arbejdsgang" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2037,161 +2679,142 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identifikation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Brugere" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2199,28 +2822,28 @@ msgid "" "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2230,95 +2853,1022 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 msgid "After this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankrig" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -2327,76 +3877,76 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here `__. If you " +" `here `_. If you " "use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." +"`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -2404,27 +3954,27 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -2434,59 +3984,59 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sikkerhed" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -2495,7 +4045,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -2503,11 +4053,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -2515,24 +4065,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -2540,7 +4090,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -2548,74 +4098,75 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Ansvar" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " -"`__" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "`__" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"`__" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Tyskland" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -2623,51 +4174,54 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Balance" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indtægt & Tab" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Partner moms Intra" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -2676,11 +4230,350 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexico" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonesien" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -2690,30 +4583,30 @@ msgid "" "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All the basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the " -"chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended " -"copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -2722,33 +4615,33 @@ msgid "" "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -2757,11 +4650,11 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -2769,20 +4662,19 @@ msgid "" "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " "vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -2792,23 +4684,24 @@ msgid "" "the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -2816,7 +4709,7 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -2824,36 +4717,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -2861,14 +4754,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -2877,159 +4770,208 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password :** 12345678a" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Fakturering" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal " +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" -"All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It " -"will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for" -" \"Cash payment\"." +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before " -"today and then pay it today." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3038,66 +4980,70 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Regnskab" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3107,17 +5053,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3125,11 +5071,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3138,28 +5084,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3167,25 +5113,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -3193,24 +5139,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3219,18 +5165,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -3240,7 +5186,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -3248,41 +5194,42 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -3291,34 +5238,34 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -3328,26 +5275,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -3357,136 +5304,134 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Error message**:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" " for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " "which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " @@ -3494,93 +5439,104 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " "'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " "is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " "the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" +"required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holland" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -3589,125 +5545,145 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanien" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Schweiz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " "bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -3715,28 +5691,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -3745,13 +5721,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -3759,856 +5735,394 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Indkøb" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Salg" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "Manager" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"`." +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Brug" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Status" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Kategori for aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Kategorier af aktiver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Dato" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Dato for aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Første afskrivningsdato" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Brutto værdi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Brutto værdi af aktiver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Restværdi" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "Det er det beløb, du planlægger at få, du ikke kan afskrive." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Beregningsmetode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Tidsmetode baseret på" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Prorata Temporis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Antal afskrivninger" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "Antallet af afskrivninger der er nødvendigt for at afskrive dit aktiv" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Antal måneder i en periode" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "Tiden mellem afskrivninger i måneder" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "Budgetpositioner" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121 -msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:129 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Regnskabsår" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -4617,35 +6131,35 @@ msgid "" "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -4653,7 +6167,7 @@ msgid "" "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -4662,11 +6176,11 @@ msgid "" "auditing the books." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -4676,7 +6190,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -4685,35 +6199,1593 @@ msgid "" "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Bankjournal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Standardmoms" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes ` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions ` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud `__ " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Kuponer & kampagner" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Momsnavn" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Momsberegning" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "I alt" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktiv" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Momsgrundlag" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Tekst på fakturaer" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Momsgruppe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Medtag i analytiske omkostninger" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Inkluderet i pris" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Berør grundlaget for efterfølgende moms" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Andre" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "Manager" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Budgetpositioner" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 @@ -4721,7 +7793,7 @@ msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analytisk" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 @@ -4854,7 +7926,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Underlevering" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -4864,33 +7936,33 @@ msgid "" "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -4898,7 +7970,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 @@ -4986,11 +8058,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -4999,11 +8070,11 @@ msgid "" " below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -5011,43 +8082,43 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Analyse regnskab" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -5055,54 +8126,54 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -5235,31 +8306,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "" @@ -5346,7 +8395,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administrative" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" @@ -5354,7 +8403,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PR" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" @@ -5649,189 +8698,6 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Debitorer" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Kreditor" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Bank og kasse" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Omsætningsaktiver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Langfristede aktiver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Plus debitor forudbetalinger" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Anlægsaktiver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Nuværende passiver" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Langfristede forpligtelser" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Egenkapital" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Nuværende årsindtjening" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Anden indkomst" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Omsætning" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Afskrivning" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Øvrige omkostninger" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Lager" @@ -6364,19 +9230,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 @@ -6399,7 +9265,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "" @@ -6457,39 +9323,39 @@ msgid "" " are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" @@ -6497,18 +9363,22 @@ msgid "" "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -6516,11 +9386,11 @@ msgid "" "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -6528,21 +9398,17 @@ msgid "" "document." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Kontoudtog" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " @@ -6550,31 +9416,31 @@ msgid "" "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 @@ -6624,11 +9490,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Fakturaer" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Leverandørfakturaer" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "" @@ -6658,1358 +9519,606 @@ msgid "" "are recorded in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportering" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Aktivér udviklertilstand" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Resultatopgørelse" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Ledelsesinformation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Regnskab" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Forfaldne kreditorer" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Forfaldne debitorer" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Likviditetsopgørelse" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Moms rapport" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Moms" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Bankjournal" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Kontoplan" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Forpligtelser" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Egenkapital" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Omsætning" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Omkostning" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Rapport" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Kategori" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Kontotyper" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Debitorer" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Bank og kasse" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Omsætningsaktiver" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Langfristede aktiver" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Plus debitor forudbetalinger" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Anlægsaktiver" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Kreditor" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Kreditkort" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Nuværende passiver" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Langfristede forpligtelser" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Nuværende årsindtjening" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Anden indkomst" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Afskrivning" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Variable omkostninger" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Andet" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Ikke balanceret seddel" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets ` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Tags" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "Kontogrupper" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Tillad udligning" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Forældet" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Virksomhedsdata" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Bankkonto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Regnskabsperioder" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Faktura layout" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Betalingsmetode" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Fakturaforslag" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 @@ -8043,10 +10152,10 @@ msgid "" "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"`__" +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 @@ -8062,7 +10171,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-companies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -8121,77 +10230,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -8201,7 +10304,7 @@ msgid "" "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -8209,39 +10312,39 @@ msgid "" "ledger transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Lagerværdi" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"`__" +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -8249,78 +10352,6 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "" @@ -8390,10 +10421,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Kontoplan" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -8407,6 +10434,8 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Journalposter" @@ -8542,16 +10571,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" @@ -8559,16 +10582,10 @@ msgstr "Debet" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Kredit" @@ -8576,23 +10593,6 @@ msgstr "Kredit" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "" @@ -8704,31 +10704,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Konto" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Debitorkonto" @@ -8752,8 +10740,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Bank" @@ -8813,10 +10799,6 @@ msgid "" "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " @@ -8894,7 +10876,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" @@ -8963,7 +10945,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "15" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" @@ -9028,7 +11010,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betaling opfølgning" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -9087,8 +11069,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 @@ -9120,7 +11102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrer en ny leverandørregning" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -9262,6 +11244,11 @@ msgid "" "once." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Rapportering" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "" @@ -9291,329 +11278,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 @@ -9738,18 +11404,18 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -9758,61 +11424,61 @@ msgid "" "set **Check**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "USA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -9821,89 +11487,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Har fakturaer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Teknisk felt anvendt til brugbarhed" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Skjul betalingsmetode" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Teknisk felt bruges til at skjule betalingsmetoden, hvis den valgte journal " -"kun har en tilgængelig, som er 'manuel'" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Kode" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Teknisk felt som bruges til at tilpasse grænsefladen til den valgte " -"betalingstype." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Check nummer" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -9911,7 +11498,7 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -9919,64 +11506,64 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks `_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 @@ -10097,69 +11684,61 @@ msgid "" "transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "" @@ -10172,7 +11751,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -10202,17 +11780,17 @@ msgid "" "Odoo payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -10220,20 +11798,20 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -10241,38 +11819,38 @@ msgid "" "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -10280,17 +11858,17 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -10298,128 +11876,647 @@ msgid "" "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " "error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "Lineær" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "Aftagende" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Udskudte udgifter modeller" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 @@ -10477,7 +12574,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" @@ -10488,14 +12585,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 @@ -10513,23 +12610,23 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -10539,90 +12636,91 @@ msgid "" "Reference)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -10632,76 +12730,76 @@ msgid "" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -10711,31 +12809,182 @@ msgid "" "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Bestilt antal" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Priser" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Køb uden varenummer" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 @@ -10743,7 +12992,7 @@ msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Kundefakturaer" @@ -10823,388 +13072,550 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Kontantafrunding" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "Delvis refundering" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "Fuld refundering" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "Fuld refundering og ny faktura kladde" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Produkt" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Type for udskudt omsætning" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Forfaldsdato" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Udskudt omsætning modeller" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 @@ -11272,11 +13683,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -11284,18 +13699,22 @@ msgid "" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -11303,44 +13722,44 @@ msgid "" "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Kontrakter" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -11348,6 +13767,18 @@ msgid "" "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "" @@ -11359,246 +13790,715 @@ msgid "" " the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgid "" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Forfaldsdato" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Kundebetalinger" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Typer af betalingsmetoder" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments ` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries `_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 @@ -11644,7 +14544,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" @@ -11690,16 +14589,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "" @@ -11709,12 +14604,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "" @@ -11736,8 +14625,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "" @@ -11757,7 +14644,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "" @@ -11783,7 +14669,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -11804,199 +14689,6 @@ msgid "" "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Kreditkort" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" @@ -12088,130 +14780,61 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Get paid with SEPA" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Online fakturabetaling" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of " -"your customers with their approval." +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " -"containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " -"follows the SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02 specifications. This is a " -"well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank." +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 -msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" -"Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " -"sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " -"Mandates` and create a new mandate." +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Kundeportal" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" -"Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " -"print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " -"the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 -msgid "You can now validate the mandate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 -msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " -"generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " -"that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " -"register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Generate SDD Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" -" bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " -"File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " -"bank interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " -"going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " -"Payment File`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " -"defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " -"initially planned. To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the " -"\"Close\" button.The end date of the mandate will be updated to today's " -"date. This means you will not be able to pay invoices with an invoice date " -"superior to this end date. Be careful, once a mandate is closed, it cannot " -"be reopened." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 -msgid "" -"You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " -"any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " -"that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 @@ -12252,7 +14875,7 @@ msgid "" "the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -12260,15 +14883,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -12276,7 +14899,7 @@ msgid "" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -12285,23 +14908,23 @@ msgid "" "document in the memo field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -12309,55 +14932,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -12366,6 +14989,565 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "Selvangivelse periode" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Momsrate" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Momsrapport" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date ` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Resultatopgørelse" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Ledelsesinformation" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Regnskab" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Forfaldne kreditorer" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Forfaldne debitorer" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Likviditetsopgørelse" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 0f4405952..308391c06 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,4 +19,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Ansøgninger" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36f96619c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1735 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pernille Kristensen , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " +"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " +"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " +"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " +"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " +"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " +"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +msgid "Writing style" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " +"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" +" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " +"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " +"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " +"it to match your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "Grammatical tenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " +"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" +" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Good example (present):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Bad example (future):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +msgid "Paragraphing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " +"They usually are two to six lines long." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " +"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " +"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " +"separating ideas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "To write a good title :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "**Be concise.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Document's structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" +"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " +"the side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " +"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " +"contents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " +"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " +"is documentation and not marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" +" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " +"topic** in the following paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " +"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " +"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " +"enable the XYZ feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." +" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H3: Subsection**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" +" in the form of a question, if appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +msgid "**H2: Next Section**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Billeder" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " +"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " +"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" +" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " +"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " +"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " +"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " +"resizing the width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " +"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " +"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " +"width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +msgid "" +"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " +"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " +"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " +"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " +"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " +"documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " +"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" +" or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " +"`_ of Odoo. The " +"documentation for `developing in Odoo " +"`_ in maintained " +"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " +"markup language " +"`_ consisting of " +"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " +"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " +"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " +"you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " +"sheet for RST ` which contains all the information that you" +" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content ` " +"and :doc:`RST ` guidelines as you write documentation. This " +"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " +"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +msgid "" +"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " +"account. Click `here `_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " +"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " +"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " +"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " +"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " +"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " +"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" +"workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " +"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " +"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " +"`_), you need to fork it by " +"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" +" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" +" this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " +":doc:`guidelines `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " +"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " +"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " +"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " +"however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " +"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " +"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " +"that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " +"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " +"on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " +"\"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " +"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " +"request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " +"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +msgid "" +"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " +"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " +"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " +"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We use `Git `_ to manage the files of the" +" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " +"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " +"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " +"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +msgid "" +"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " +"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " +"register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " +"PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " +"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user `_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " +"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " +"and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user `_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " +"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " +"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " +"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " +"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " +"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " +"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " +":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " +"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx `_. and is written in `Python " +"`_. You have to" +" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " +"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " +"much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " +"`_. It allows " +"installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " +"install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " +"installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " +"dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " +"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +msgid "" +"`Make `_ is a tool that packs" +" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " +"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " +"single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " +"PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`pngquant `_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " +"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" +" in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " +"system's PATH variable `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " +"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " +"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" +" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " +"`_ starting from the" +" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " +"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " +"``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +msgid "" +"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " +"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " +":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " +":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +msgid "" +"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " +"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " +"default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +msgid "" +"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " +"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +msgid "" +"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " +"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " +"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " +"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " +"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " +"`_ and `this interactive tutorial " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls `_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" +"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " +"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +msgid "RST cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " +"there are characters in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " +"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " +"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " +"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " +"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Heading size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "H1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``=======``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``Heading``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "1/1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +msgid "H2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "0/∞" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +msgid "H3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``-------``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +msgid "H4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``~~~~~~~``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +msgid "H5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``*******``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "H6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``^^^^^^^``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +msgid "Inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "**Text**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "\\*Text\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "*Text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "``Text``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +msgid "Bulleted list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +msgid "Numbered list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "Nested lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "Hyperlinks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +msgid "Hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " +"this syntax: ```label `_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " +"hyperlink reference `_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " +"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference `_.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +msgid "External hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +msgid "" +"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " +"references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +msgid "" +"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" +" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +msgid "" +"```label `_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " +"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +msgid "RST" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +msgid "Render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A `proof-of-concept `_ is a " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes. `PoC " +"`_ is a common abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " +"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " +"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " +"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" +" of the page containing the target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" +" below as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`label ``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " +"label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" +" links for internal references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" +" targets `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " +"product? `_ for additional help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "**How to create a product?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +msgid "" +"As explained at the `start of the page `_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" +" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " +"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +msgid "" +"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " +"using the name of the section title as URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " +"user? `_ for additional help. ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +msgid "The ``doc`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" +" in the file tree through a relative file path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the title of the page as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`label ``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the given label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `this documentation " +"`_ and to `Send a pro-" +"forma invoice `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +msgid "The ``download`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " +"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" +" to be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Download this `module structure template " +"`_ to start building " +"your module in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +msgid "The ``image`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" +" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " +"considered redundant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +msgid "Seealso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +msgid "" +"`Customer invoices `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`Pro-forma invoices `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +msgid "Tip" +msgstr "Tip" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +msgid "" +"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " +"described in the warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +msgid "Danger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 +msgid "Add banners on top of documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " +"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " +"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " +"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +msgid "" +"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "" +"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " +"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " +"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " +"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " +"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" +" the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +msgid "" +"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Make use of `this convenient table generator " +"`_ to build your tables. Then, " +"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Purpose**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**RST**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**HTML**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``abbr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``command``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "Highlight a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid ":command:`python example.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``dfn``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "Define a term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "Indicate a file path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``menuselection``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " +"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " +"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +msgid "" +"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " +":ref:`hyperlink references `, using " +"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " +"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " +"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " +"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " +"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "RST guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " +"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " +"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " +"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " +"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " +"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " +"*relative* to that of the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +msgid "Given the following source file tree:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " +"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "Absolute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "Relative:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "``../prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "``variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " +"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " +"file tree restructurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " +"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " +"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" +" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " +"the end of a line to separate words." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " +"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " +"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " +"label part of the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Be consistent with indentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " +"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" +" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " +"spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +msgid "Use the menuselection directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " +"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" +" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " +"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " +"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " +"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " +"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +msgid "Write resilient code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " +"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " +"the list and is easier to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" +" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " +"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " +"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " +"even less likely to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " +"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " +"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " +"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " +"makes the purpose of the target clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " +"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " +"targets or update them accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" +" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " +"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " +"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " +"only of two underscore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +msgid "" +"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " +"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index b99ec3286..96837f7f8 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,17 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: JonathanStein , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" @@ -38,42 +37,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " "qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +"assigning to the right sales people." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " "aggregate." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" "When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " "opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " "channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 msgid "" "If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " "automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " @@ -81,6 +88,40 @@ msgid "" "customer already exists." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" msgstr "" @@ -98,11 +139,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " "leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" " several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 @@ -130,7 +171,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on " +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" @@ -149,35 +190,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your " -"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the " -"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, " -"etc...)" +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in " +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" -"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the " -"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you " -"wish." +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" -"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to " +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will" -" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 @@ -186,9 +226,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" -"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before " -"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM " -"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection: `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View " +"my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 @@ -237,6 +377,128 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -268,7 +530,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiver API'en." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -285,6 +547,8 @@ msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" +"Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags " +"på data." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -343,7 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -498,6 +762,75 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -508,7 +841,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Afhængigheder" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -694,106 +1027,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" - #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 8537898cc..c758663e5 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -110,123 +106,207 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Opgrader" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" -"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the" -" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, " -"click on the \"Upgrade\" button." +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will" -" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be " -"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will " -"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database." +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test " -"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified " -"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data " -"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual " -"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)." +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" -"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, " -"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on " -"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production " -"database to the new version." +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " "want to rename, access the `database management page " @@ -234,15 +314,15 @@ msgid "" "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " @@ -250,45 +330,45 @@ msgid "" "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" "From the `database management page `__, " "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "`__" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" +msgid "On-premises Database management" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 @@ -315,8 +395,9 @@ msgid "" "message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" msgstr "" @@ -359,7 +440,7 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." @@ -387,41 +468,60 @@ msgid "" "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 -msgid "or" -msgstr "eller" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation `_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -430,109 +530,58 @@ msgid "" "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support `__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation ` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "Duplicate a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -541,13 +590,13 @@ msgid "" "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator `_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 @@ -605,76 +654,74 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " "` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " "Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " @@ -684,20 +731,20 @@ msgid "" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " "know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " @@ -707,7 +754,7 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " "modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " @@ -717,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" "to work properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index cc983906a..366a84d3b 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,18 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Hans Henrik Gabelgaard , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,21 +19,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Beskeder" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online `__ & `Odoo.sh " "`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -47,26 +66,26 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " "`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -74,25 +93,37 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -169,22 +200,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -192,58 +233,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -252,7 +293,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -263,401 +304,467 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with n available calendar available, " +"make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference `." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 31dc3260a..feca01573 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -3,20 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,11 +19,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Webshop" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Kom igang" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" @@ -38,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Varekartotek" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -468,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Opsætning" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -581,7 +574,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 @@ -610,7 +603,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" @@ -632,11 +625,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Priser" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Moms" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" @@ -648,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Betaling" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" @@ -666,307 +659,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"`__ that " -"you like." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account `__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stribe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. `__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "" @@ -1040,7 +732,7 @@ msgid "" "orders straight on." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " "order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " @@ -1048,219 +740,33 @@ msgid "" "account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account `__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal `__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: /payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox `__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" @@ -1276,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Tilmeld dig" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1306,54 +812,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d424abef --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c5596c1c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 +msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" +" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" +" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " +"to advertise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" +" be enabled or installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " +"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " +":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" +" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 +msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " +"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " +"the *Reminder* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 +msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 +msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " +"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" +" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " +"*Filters* are eligible here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " +"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " +"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " +"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 +msgid "Create your First Event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 +msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 +msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 +msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 +msgid "To allow networking;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " +"through the product and even their pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " +"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " +"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " +"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " +"`_, and " +"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 +msgid "Tab: Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " +"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " +"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " +"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed ` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 +msgid "Tab: Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " +"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " +"*Communication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " +"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " +"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" +" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " +"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" +" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" +" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " +"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " +"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" +" and used again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 +msgid "Publish your event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 +msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Selling Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " +"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " +"more registrations to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" +" *Online Ticketing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " +"the sale of tickets to happen " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 +msgid "Through Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " +"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " +"which you want to create the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " +"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " +"your event’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 +msgid "Through the Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " +"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 +msgid "Track your Attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " +"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " +"analyzing reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " +"the *Attendees* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " +"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 +msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " +"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " +"*Cancelled* stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " +"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and Manage Talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " +"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Schedule & Tracks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " +"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " +"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " +"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " +"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 +msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " +"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " +"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01e95975f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price `. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f400af08 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index eefabb62a..9adc7805c 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,17 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 +# jonas jensen , 2020 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +32,17 @@ msgstr "Generel" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Godkendelse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -36,57 +50,234 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" msgstr "" @@ -114,7 +305,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -204,19 +395,19 @@ msgid "" "already done." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -224,17 +415,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -244,18 +435,18 @@ msgid "" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -266,28 +457,28 @@ msgid "" " default." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -295,7 +486,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -303,11 +494,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -317,56 +508,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -374,100 +565,101 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -475,13 +667,13 @@ msgid "" "Database ID)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -490,23 +682,23 @@ msgid "" "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -517,20 +709,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -538,64 +730,64 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -605,17 +797,17 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -623,11 +815,11 @@ msgid "" "assigning the default value." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -635,57 +827,56 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -693,65 +884,573 @@ msgid "" "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Flere selskaber" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Grupper" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 @@ -831,6 +1530,1074 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers `, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Kortoplysninger" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Betalingsflow" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "SEPA direkte debit" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Omdirigere til modtagerens hjemmeside" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Gem kort" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Lande" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Bankjournal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account `_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Aktivering" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU `_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "" @@ -839,62 +2606,84 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " -"`_." +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" -"Note that if you `apply for a production account " -"`_ and it " -"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " -"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index ce542255f..2710b9821 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 @@ -72,24 +72,22 @@ msgid "" "training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " "collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " "that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"`__, `The elearning " -"platform `__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform `_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " "the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " @@ -98,7 +96,7 @@ msgid "" " clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " "phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" @@ -107,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "" "the implementation." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " "environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " @@ -119,18 +117,18 @@ msgid "" "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " "responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," @@ -140,7 +138,7 @@ msgid "" "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " "of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" @@ -155,7 +153,7 @@ msgid "" "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " @@ -163,35 +161,34 @@ msgid "" "tools\\* :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" -"`The User Story `__: " -"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " -"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" -" who will provide a response to the HOW." +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" "`The Proof of Concept `__ A " "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " "limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " @@ -200,17 +197,17 @@ msgid "" "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " @@ -218,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "" "follow those principles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " "that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " @@ -228,45 +225,45 @@ msgid "" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " "taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," @@ -280,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " "change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" @@ -289,18 +286,18 @@ msgid "" "business processes of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " @@ -308,33 +305,33 @@ msgid "" "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " "be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " @@ -343,14 +340,14 @@ msgid "" "it will be decided :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " "the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " @@ -359,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " "integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " @@ -367,106 +364,16 @@ msgid "" "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 -msgid "Importation of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"`__." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 17d16056f..39b5e1730 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,375 +19,847 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Helpdesk" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 +msgid "" +"`Coupons `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"`__." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index a321ca5b9..65c5fadfe 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 365626de0..e95d8bded 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -4,22 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# peso , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# JonathanStein , 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Lager" @@ -40,277 +40,370 @@ msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Daglige aktiviteter" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "I Odoo er der to typer af interne overførsler:" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Varemodtagelse" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Leveringsordrer" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Interne flytninger" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 @@ -352,16 +445,16 @@ msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." @@ -398,307 +491,40 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid "Document: |download_barcode|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Lagerstyring" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Lagerjustering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Rapportering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -707,173 +533,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Aktiv" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -"Hvis det aktive felt er sat til 'False', vil det tillade dig at skjule " -"ordretidspunktet uden at fjerne det. " -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Vareenhed" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "Standard måleenhed, der anvendes til alle lageroperationer." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Indkøbsgruppe" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Minimum antal" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -"Når det virtuelle lager bliver lavere end minimumslageret for det " -"specificerede felt, vil Odoo generere et indkøb for at bringe det beregnede " -"antal op på maksimumslageret. " -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Maksimum antal" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -"Når det virtuelle lager bliver lavere end minimumslageret, vil Odoo generere" -" et indkøb for at bringe det beregnede antal op på antallet specificeret som" -" maksimumslager. " -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Multipelt antal" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Leveringstid" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Leveringsordrer" +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Lagerstyring" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " @@ -963,12 +695,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 @@ -976,121 +707,139 @@ msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 @@ -1225,712 +974,326 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Opret en salgsordre" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -2012,289 +1375,308 @@ msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 @@ -2306,9 +1688,6 @@ msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduktion" @@ -2373,2514 +1752,2868 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Udløbs advarsler" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" +msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Overførsler" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Lagerjustering" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Aktivitetstyper" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Diverse handlinger" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." +"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " +":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgid "Scrap Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planlægning" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Kunde leveringstid" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Sikkerhed ledetid" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Produktions gennemløbstid" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Varer" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Enheder" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Pakker" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Emballering" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Lagerjustering" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Genbestillingsregler" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Kostpris metode" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Standard pris" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Handling" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Enhedsomkostning" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Lagerværdi" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "$20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Gennemsnitspris" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Leverandørfaktura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debet" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Kredit" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Kundefaktura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Produktionsordrer" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Operationer" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Produktionsordre" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Pluk" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Pakke" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Levering" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Analyse" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Minimum lager regler" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Ruter" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Lagre" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Produktkategori" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Levering:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Salgsordrelinje" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Push regler (skub)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Kvalitetskontrol" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Plukning" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "Følgeseddel" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Indkøbsordre" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 @@ -4892,115 +4625,87 @@ msgid "Concepts" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? `_" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 @@ -5022,18 +4727,17 @@ msgid "" "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -5041,37 +4745,37 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -5079,7 +4783,7 @@ msgid "" "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -5088,74 +4792,74 @@ msgid "" "orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -5164,479 +4868,528 @@ msgid "" "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push regler (skub)" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Håndtér standard lokation per produkt" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Hjælper håndtering af udlejning, ved at generere automatiske returordrer for" -" udlejede produkter" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regler" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 @@ -5644,94 +5397,69 @@ msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 @@ -5893,7 +5621,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" @@ -6027,831 +5755,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Varer" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Indkøb" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Pakker" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Emballering" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Levering" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" @@ -7006,7 +5915,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 @@ -7058,6 +5968,11 @@ msgid "" "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 @@ -7126,11 +6041,6 @@ msgid "" "data**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -7346,6 +6256,10 @@ msgid "" ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " @@ -7637,69 +6551,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com `__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 252ed57ec..964675944 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -3,13 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,66 +26,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 msgid "Ethernet Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" " (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -88,107 +110,178 @@ msgid "" "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher `__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here `__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 msgid "An IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" "An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " "(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " "`__)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"`__." +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" "Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " "`__, but other hardware" " might work as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" " scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " @@ -197,18 +290,18 @@ msgid "" "your barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 msgid "" "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " "Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " "device." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "" "**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " "not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " @@ -216,26 +309,26 @@ msgid "" "on boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 msgid "Troubleshoot" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" " with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" @@ -243,90 +336,90 @@ msgid "" "receipt is printed, check the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " "LED." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " "status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " "ready ~2 minutes after it is started." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " "Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " "devices on your network router." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 msgid "" "If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" " corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 msgid "" "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " "working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" " the POS configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 msgid "" "The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " "each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " "Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 msgid "" "The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " "you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " "enough power." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" " unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" " the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " "scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 msgid "" "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " "Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 msgid "" "A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " "some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " @@ -334,33 +427,404 @@ msgid "" "and the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 msgid "" "The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " "supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 msgid "The printer is offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 msgid "" "Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " "lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " "contact support." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 msgid "" "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" " the POS configuration." msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Enheder" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Forbindelse" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* `__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one `__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 8c765a215..e4662bd29 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ejner Sønniksen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,177 +23,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: da\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in live with website visitors" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the " -"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, " -"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" -"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch " -"sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Bedømmelser" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Kundevurdering" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index f10ac2908..915776b23 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,206 +32,281 @@ msgstr "Produktion" msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 @@ -239,176 +315,750 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " "stock management." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduktion" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " +"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" +" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " +"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " +"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " +"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +msgid "" +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Produktionsordre" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +msgid "" +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +msgid "" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Lagerværdi" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Med:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Sporbarhed" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontrol" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 @@ -469,6 +1119,163 @@ msgid "" "BoM back in stock." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oversigt" @@ -477,32 +1284,32 @@ msgstr "Oversigt" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Opret en reparationsordre" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -510,13 +1317,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..618bd016b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Marketing automatisering" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanceret" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "Påbegynd en test" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index 20b7487ec..a15cd6476 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -4,16 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,95 +27,17 @@ msgid "Mobile" msgstr "Mobil" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging" -msgstr "" +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push notifikationer" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API " -"key." +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or " -"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22 -msgid "Firebase Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25 -msgid "Create a new project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to " -"`https://console.firebase.google.com " -"`__ and create a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create " -"project**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37 -msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43 -msgid "Add an app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45 -msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will " -"not work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56 -msgid "" -"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and " -"skip the fourth step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60 -msgid "Get generated API key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62 -msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** " -"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76 -msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging." +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95c825dc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planlægning" + +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "Lad medarbejdere fraskrive dem selv fra vagter" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 649709fed..ead4bc1e1 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,19 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jonathan Stein , 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jonathan Stein , 2020 +# JonathanStein , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,155 +30,227 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "POS" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " "close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " "allow you to scan discount barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the" -" documentation about it `here `__" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Stregkode plan" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " "interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " "before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " "finish the transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " "*Loyalty Program*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " "discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " @@ -184,11 +258,11 @@ msgid "" "everything in between." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " "transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " @@ -196,291 +270,75 @@ msgid "" "rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 @@ -539,7 +397,7 @@ msgstr "Opsætning" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT Boks" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -622,10 +480,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oversigt" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" @@ -661,168 +679,219 @@ msgid "" "any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Betaling terminaler" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Forbind til en IoT boks" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgid "Restaurant Features" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 @@ -863,6 +932,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "" @@ -887,94 +1011,155 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" " you can add the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "Select or create a printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 @@ -1014,69 +1199,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" @@ -1111,38 +1233,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 @@ -1221,6 +1366,72 @@ msgid "" "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Kontantafrunding" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "" @@ -1293,78 +1504,130 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 30f9c1107..935cd10af 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Sanne Kristensen , 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Kenneth Hansen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,15 +29,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 msgid "" -"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your " -"Subscriptions." +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 msgid "" -"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo `__ . If you are already logged-in just " +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo `_. If you are already logged in, just " "click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" @@ -47,23 +48,23 @@ msgstr "Tilbud" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 msgid "" "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " "your database or if your contract has to be renewed." msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that" -" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you " -"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful " -"information." +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the " +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " "quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"." +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 @@ -72,13 +73,13 @@ msgstr "Salgsordre" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. " -"will be registered under this section." +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products " +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " "purchased and process the payment." msgstr "" @@ -88,81 +89,81 @@ msgstr "Fakturaer" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, " -"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate " -"you if the invoice has been paid." +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 msgid "" -"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice or download a PDF version of the document." +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Opgaver" +msgstr "Supportsager" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support " -"`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find " -"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our " -"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)." +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support `," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "Abonnementer" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 msgid "" -"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first " +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " "page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 msgid "" -"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding" -" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing " -"information and the payment method." +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 msgid "" -"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " "the new credit card details." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on " -"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on " -"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " "no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 msgid "Success Packs" msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 msgid "" "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " "provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " "and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index d0f073ee6..74ed4bee2 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 141c1867a..fcf61a2b1 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Morten Schou , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,1565 +31,1071 @@ msgstr "Projekt" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanceret" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Oversigt" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "E-mail skabelon" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Rapportering" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Ansvar" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Følgere" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ```` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planlægning" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Opgaver" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the ** icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Tildeling" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 594056a59..fa9a3da1b 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,22 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jesper Carstensen , 2018 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2018 -# peso , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Morten Schou , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 +# peso , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Morten Schou , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -54,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 @@ -95,8 +93,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Template download " -"`__" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 @@ -342,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" @@ -546,324 +544,54 @@ msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control supplier bills" -msgstr "" +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Fakturakontrol" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "Bestilt antal" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 @@ -1022,100 +750,7 @@ msgid "" "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Modtagelse" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Indkommende leverancer" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Leverandør" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Leverandør reference/fakturanr." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Ordredato" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "Datoen hvor tilbuddet skal være konverteret til en indkøbsordre." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Kildedokument" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Reference fra det dokument, som genererede denne indkøbsordreanmodning (fx " -"en salgsordre)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Levere til" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Dropship adresse" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Indsæt en adresse hvis du ønsker at levere direkte fra leverandøren til " -"kunden. Hold den ellers tom hvis du ønsker levering til din egen virksomhed." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Lokationstypen for destinationen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Teknisk felt til visning af dropshipping adressen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Incoterm" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Internationale leveringsbetingelser er en serie af foruddefinerede " -"kommercielle vilkår, der anvendes i internationale transaktioner." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -1127,26 +762,26 @@ msgid "" "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." @@ -1909,7 +1544,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac67301e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -0,0 +1,469 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../quality.rst:5 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Kvalitet" + +#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 +msgid "Alert" +msgstr "Advarsel" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " +"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 +msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " +"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " +"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " +"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " +"during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " +"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " +"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " +"checks took place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " +"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " +"appeared during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 +msgid "Use the Quality Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " +"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " +"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " +"problem with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " +"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" +" *Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "Kontrolpunkter" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " +"processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" +" routings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 +msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "Process the Quality Check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " +"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " +"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " +"the quality checks menu, under quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " +"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " +"type of quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " +"generate the necessary work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " +"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " +"Top component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" +" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " +"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " +"displayed and will require the check value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " +"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " +"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " +"highlighting the corresponding button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" +" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 +msgid "Control" +msgstr "Kontrol" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 +msgid "Quality Control Points" +msgstr "Kvalitetskontrolpunkter" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Tekst" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Tag et billede" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 +msgid "Register Consumed Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 +msgid "Register By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 +msgid "" +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 +msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 +msgid "" +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e6ac2e480..f58318e3c 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,20 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# peso , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 +# JonathanStein , 2020 +# peso , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -95,27 +96,708 @@ msgid "" "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "Amazon forbinder" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector: supported features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:9 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:15 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:16 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:22 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Gebyrer" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees report, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " +"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany `_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace to the Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil or Amazon Netherlands, are " +"not included by default in the Amazon Connector list of possible " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:127 +msgid "" +"These marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo - there is no " +"guarantee that adding a new marketplace as described here will work, nor can" +" this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Amazon marketplaces are only supported in the European and North American " +"region; though Amazon includes Brazil with the North American region and " +"India in the European region, so your mileage may vary; check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"`_" +" to know to which region your marketplace belongs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.`` to easily retrieve it. The" +" **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should contain the " +"*Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarkteplaceId* values from the " +"Amazon Documentation respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). You can then edit " +"the Amazon Account to add the new marketplace in the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces - if the new marketplace is not available in the list, it means" +" it is either incompatible with the account's region or simply that it is " +"not supported by the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" ` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup ` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "eBar forbinder" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -123,17 +805,17 @@ msgid "" "Description**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -141,21 +823,21 @@ msgid "" "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -167,15 +849,15 @@ msgid "" "listing." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal `_. Once you are " @@ -183,7 +865,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -191,36 +873,92 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "" @@ -231,50 +969,130 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Almindelig faktura" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Aconto (procent)" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Aconto (fast beløb)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -302,7 +1120,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -369,73 +1186,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -536,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -624,6 +1477,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -742,129 +1602,152 @@ msgid "" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " "searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " "use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +"quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 -msgid "Several prices per product" +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -872,39 +1755,39 @@ msgid "" "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr "" @@ -998,28 +1881,362 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduktion" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Opsæt moms" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "eBay" - #: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 @@ -1027,24 +2244,36 @@ msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"`_." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 @@ -1053,52 +2282,78 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgid "" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -1107,49 +2362,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registrer en betaling" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -1158,91 +2432,120 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates `_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 @@ -1251,154 +2554,225 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "" - #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +"in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Standard salgs- og leveringsbetingelser" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0d73a5b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,558 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS Marketing" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 +msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 +msgid "History with the Log Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "Blacklist" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations and Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Kampagner" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 +msgid "" +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " +"the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " +"document online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +msgid "" +"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 +msgid "" +"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Kom igang" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14f575d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "Social Marketing" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 +msgid "Publish content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9cb04e561 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,940 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: lhmflexerp , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../studio.rst:5 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model ` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " +"notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " +"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " +"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " +"to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " +"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc ` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb33967e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,458 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Morten Schou , 2020 +# JonathanStein , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: JonathanStein , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Support" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "- Ikke angivet -" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading `_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack `__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form `_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f09b64e9c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../survey.rst:5 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Undersøgelse" + +#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Kom igang" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "Tidsbegrænsning" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Udvælgelse" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc020679e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sanne Kristensen , 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: da\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Timesedler" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Oversigt" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3 +msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control " +"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9 +msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the " +"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned " +"Hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` " +"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your " +"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 +msgid "HR analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` " +"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent " +"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they " +"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to " +"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all " +"in favor of becoming a more proactive company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose an encoding unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the" +" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets" +" to help you encoding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours." +" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in" +" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 +msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to" +" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a" +" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being" +" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales " +"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was " +"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 +msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose " +"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be " +"approved first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Send reminders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who " +"have not recorded their times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. " +"The data syncs once you are back online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`compare`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 89a352eea..9d9510918 100644 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -4,22 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Per Rasmussen , 2019 -# Pernille Kristensen , 2019 -# Sanne Kristensen , 2019 -# Ejner Sønniksen , 2019 -# lhmflexerp , 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# JonathanStein , 2019 +# JonathanStein , 2020 +# Pernille Kristensen , 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Per Rasmussen , 2020 +# Sanne Kristensen , 2020 +# Ejner Sønniksen , 2020 +# lhmflexerp , 2020 +# Mads Søndergaard, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:16+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: JonathanStein , 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mads Søndergaard, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,94 +34,115 @@ msgstr "Hjemmeside" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimér" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hvordan du sporer din hjemmesides trafik med Google Analytics" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "For at følge din hjemmesides trafik med Google Analytics:" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" " you don't have any." msgstr "" +"`Opret en Google Analytics konto `__ hvis" +" du ikke har nogen." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." msgstr "" +"Gennemgå oprettelses formularen og accepter betingelserne, for at få et " +"sporings ID." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kopier sporings ID'et til indsættelse i Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." msgstr "" +"Gå til *Konfiguration* menuen i dit Odoos Hjemmeside app. I indstillinger " +"aktiverer du Google Analytics, og indsætter sporings ID'et. Gem derefter " +"siden." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"`__" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" `_." msgstr "" +"For at tage dine første skridt med Google Analytics, referer til `Google " +"Dokumentation " +"`_." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_instrumentbræt`" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hvordan du sporer hjemmeside trafik fra dit Odoo Instrumentbræt" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." msgstr "" +"Du kan følge dine trafik statistikker direkte fra dit Odoo Hjemmeside " +"Instrumentbræt, takket være Google Analytics." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." msgstr "" +"Et forudgående skridt i oprettelsen af en Google Analytics konto og " +"indtastning af dit sporings ID i din hjemmesides indstillinger (se " +":doc:`google_analytics`)." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Gå til `Google APIs platform `__ for " +"at generere Analytics API legitimationsoplysninger. Log ind med din Google " +"konto." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vælg Analytics API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." msgstr "" +"Opret et nyt projekt og giv den et navn (f.eks. Odoo). Dette projekt er " +"nødvendig, for at gemme dine API legitimationsoplysninger." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiver API'en." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opret legitimationsoplysninger til brug i Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" +"Vælg *Web browser (Javascript)* som kalds kilde, og *Bruger data* som slags " +"på data." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -130,6 +152,10 @@ msgid "" "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"Opret derefter et Klient ID. Angiv navnet på applikationen (f.eks. Odoo) og " +"de tilladte sider hvorfra du vil blive omdirigeret. *Autoriseret JavaScript " +"oprindelse* er din Odoo instans URL. *Autoriseret omdirigerings URI* er din " +"Odoo instans URL efterfulgt af '/google_account/authentication'." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -138,180 +164,962 @@ msgid "" "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " "Client ID in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" +"Gennemgå Samtykke skærm trinet ved at angive et produktnavn (f.eks. Google " +"Analytics i Odoo). Du er velkommen til at tjekke tilpasningsmulighederne, " +"men det er ikke obligatorisk. Samtykke skærmen vil kun vises efter du har " +"angivet Klient ID'et i Odoo for første gang." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Endelig tildeles du dit Klient ID. Kopier og indsæt det i Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" " your Client ID." msgstr "" +"Åben dit Hjemmeside Instrumentbræt i Odoo, og forbind din Analytics konto, " +"for at indsætte dit Klient ID. " #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." +msgstr "Autorisér Odoos adgang til Google API, som et sidste skridt." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "Spor klik og besøgende via Link sporere" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." msgstr "" +"Link sporere gør dig i stand til, at spore dine marketing kampagner (emails," +" bannere, reklamer, blog indlæg, sociale medie indlæg, filial links, osv.). " +"På denne måde kan du identificere dine bedste trafik kilder, og foretage " +"informerede valg vedrørende distribueringen af dit marketing budget." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" +"Gå til :menuselection:`Hjemmeside --> Konfiguration --> Indstillinger`og " +"aktiver *Link sporere*." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "Opsæt sporbare URL'er" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" +"Gå til :menuselection:`Hjemmeside --> Gå til hjemmeside --> Promover --> " +"Spor denne side`. Her kan du hente en specifik sporet URL, baseret på " +"kampagne, medie, og kilde der anvendes." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" +"**URL**: URL på siden du vil følge (f.eks. forsiden eller et produkts side)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "**Kampagne**: Kontekst på dit link (f.eks. en særlig promovering)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" +"**Medie**: Kanal brugt til at dele (levere) dit link (f.eks. en email eller " +"en Facebook reklame)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" +"**Kilde**: Platform hvor trafikken oprinder fra (f.eks. Google eller " +"Twitter)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" +"Kluk nu på *Få sporet link* få et generere en URL som du kan postere og " +"sende via kilden du har bestemt dig for." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "Følg op på sporede links" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" +"For at se statistikker på dine links, kan du gå til " +":menuselection:`Hjemmeside --> Gå til hjemmeside --> Promover --> Spor denne" +" side`. Udover at du kan se links med *Fleste klik* og som er *Anvendt for " +"nyligt*, kan du også klikke på *Statistikker* og se komplette statistikker " +"over antallet af klik samt oprindelseslandene for de klik." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" +"Du kan også tilgå link sporeren ved at skrive *odoo.com/r* i din browser." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" +"Aktiver udvikler tilstand (:menuselection:`Indstillinger --> Aktiver " +"udvikler tilstanden`) og tilgå *Link sporer* modulet samt dets back-end " +"funktionaliteter." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics `, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" +"Integreret med :doc:`Google Analytics `, vil de sporere " +"gør dig i stand til at se antallet af klik samt besøgende, for at holde dig " +"opdateret vedrørende dine marketing kampagner." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" +"Integrationen med :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"applikationen gør dig i stand til at forstå, hvor dine kundeemner og " +"muligheder kommer fra." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "Hvordan man laver Søgemaskine Optimering (SEO) i Odoo" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." msgstr "" +"Søgemaskine Optimering (SEO) er et sæt af bedste praksis til at optimere din" +" hjemmeside, så at du får den bedste rangering på søgemaskiner så som " +"Google. Kort sagt, gør en god SEO det muligt for dig at få mange besøgende." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``

``, your website should have a " +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" +"Nogle eksempler på SEO regler: Din hjemmeside bør indlæses hurtigt, din side" +" bør have en, og kun én, titel ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, titel-tag) bør " +"være konsistente med indholdet, din hjemmeside bør have en ``/sitemap.xml`` " +"fil, osv." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" +"For at garanterer at Odoo Hjemmeside og Odoo eHandel brugere har en god SEO," +" sammenfatter Odoo alle de tekniske kompleksiteter ved SEO, og administrere " +"alt for dig, på den bedst mulige måde. Dette vil blive forklaret nedenunder." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." msgstr "" +"Men lad os først se, hvordan du nemt forøger din rangering, ved at " +"finjustere indholdet samt meta tags på din hjemmeside." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta Tags" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Titel, Beskrivelse" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"Enhver side bør definere ``<title>`` og ``<description>`` meta data. Disse " +"informations elementer bruges af søgemaskiner til at promovere din " +"hjemmeside. De genereres automatisk ud fra side titel og indhold, men du kan" +" finjustere dem. Tjek at de passer til indholdet på siden, for hvis ikke, " +"vil du blive nedgraderet på søgemaskiner." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Nøgleord" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"For at skrive kvalitets indhold og forøge din trafik, tilbyder Odoo en " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Disse nøgleord er de søgninger du ønsker skal pege mod" +" din hjemmeside. For hvert nøgleord ser du hvordan det er anvendt på siden " +"(H1, H2, side titel, side beskrivelse, side indhold) og hvad de relaterede " +"søgninger er på Google. Dets flere nøgleord dets bedre." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Hvis din hjemmeside er på flere sprog, kan du bruge Promovér værktøjet for " +"hvert sprog for hver enkelt side, og angive specifik titel, beskrivelse, og " +"søgnings tags." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "Indhold er Kongen" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"Når det gælder SEO, er indhold typisk kongen. Odoo tilbyder flere moduler " +"som hjælper dig med at opbygge din hjemmesides indhold:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: skriv fantastisk indhold." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Dias**: udgiv alle dine Powerpoint eller PDF præsentationer. Deres " +"indhold indekseres automatisk på hjemmesiden. Eksempel: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Forum**: Lad dit community oprette indhold for dig. Eksempel: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (konti for 30% af Odoo.com " +"landings sider)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: Udgiv mailing liste arkiver på din " +"hjemmeside. Eksempel: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 sider oprettet per måned)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"404 Siden er en normal side, som du kan redigere som enhver anden side i " +"Odoo. På den måde kan du bygge en god 404 side til at omdirigere til toppen " +"af dit indhold på din hjemmeside, når besøgende farer vild og bruger " +"ugyldige URL'er." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Brug Sociale netværk" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"Sociale medier er bygget til masse-deling. Hvis mange mennesker deler dit " +"indhold på sociale medier, er det sandsynligt, at flere vil linke til det, " +"og links er en kæmpe faktor i SEO rangering." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo indlejrer flere værktøjer til deling af indhold via sociale medier:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Social Netværk" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo gør det muligt at forbinde alle dine sociale netværks konti i din " +"hjemmesides sidefod. Alt du skal gøre, er at referere dine konti i din " +"virksomheds indstillinger." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Social deling" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Smid byggeklodsen *Del* på enhver side, som du ønsker dine besøgende skal " +"dele. Ved at klikke på ikonet, spørges de, om de vil dele siden på deres " +"sociale medie væg." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"De fleste sociale medier bruger et billede af billedet til at dekorere det " +"delte indlæg. Odoo bruger hjemmeside logoet per standard, men du kan vælge " +"ethvert andet billede på din side i Promovér værktøjet." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Facebook side" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Smid byggeklodsen *Facebook Side* for at vise en widget af din Facebook " +"virksomheds side, og opfordre besøgende til at følge den. Du kan vise " +"tidslinjen, de næste begivenheder, og beskederne." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" +"Vis Twitter feedet med kunde tilfredshed på din hjemmeside. Dette vil forøge" +" antallet af tweets og delinger." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Test din hjemmeside" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" +"Du kan sammenligne din hjemmesides rang, i forhold til SEO, mod Odoo via " +"WooRanks gratis tjeneste: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "URL Håndtering" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "Denne sektion kaster lys på, hvordan Odoo gør URL'er SEO-venlige." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "URL'er Struktur" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Et typisk Odoo URL vil se sådan her ud:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Med de følgende komponenter:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protokol" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.minside.com** = Dit domæne navn" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = side sprog. Denne del af URL'en fjernes hvis den besøgende " +"kigger på modersmålet for hjemmesiden. Derfor er den primære version af " +"denne side: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"**/shop/produkt** = ethvert modul definere dets egen navneområde (/shop er " +"til kataloget tilhørende eHandel modulet, /shop/produkt er for en produkt " +"side)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"**mit-fantastiske-produkt** = per standard er dette den sidste såkaldt " +"slugificeret titel på produktet denne side henviser til. Du kan tilpasse den" +" i forhold til SEO. Et produkt ved navn \"Firkantet brød\" vil blive " +"slugificeret til \"firkantet-broed\". Afhængig af navneområdet, kan dette " +"være forskellige objekter (blog indlæg, side titler, forum indlæg, forum " +"kommentarer, produkt kategorier, osv.)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = Det unikke produkt ID" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Bemærk at enhver dynamisk komponent i en URL kan reduceres til dens ID. Som " +"et eksempel, kan følgende URL'er alle foretage en 301 omdirigering til " +"ovenstående URL:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (kort version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (endnu kortere version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (gammelt navn " +"for produkt)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Visse URL'er har flere dynamiske dele, så som denne (en blog kategori og et " +"indlæg):" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "I ovenstående eksempel:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "*Virksomheds nyheder* er titlen på bloggen" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "*Odoo historien* er titlen på et specifikt blog indlæg" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Når en Odoo side har en pager, angives side nummeret direkte i URL'en (har " +"ikke et GET argument). Dette gør det muligt for enhver side at blive " +"indekseret af søgemaskiner. Eksempel:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Ændringer i URL'er & Titler" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Når en sides URL ændres (f.eks. en mere SEO-venlig udgave af dit produkt " +"navn), behøver du ikke bekymre dig om at opdatere alle links:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo vil automatisk opdatere alle dets links til den nye URL." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" +"Hvis eksterne hjemmesider stadig peger på den gamle URL, vil en 301 " +"omdirigering udføres, for at omdirigere besøgende til den nye hjemmeside." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Som et eksempel. Denne URL:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/gammel-produkt-navn-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Vil automatisk omdirigere til:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/nyt-og-bedre-produkt-navn-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" +"Kort sagt, kan du blot ændre titlen på et blog indlæg eller navnet på et " +"produkt, og ændringerne vil automatisk blive anvendt over alt på din " +"hjemmeside. Det gamle link virker stadig for trafik fra eksterne hjemmeside," +" via en 301 omdirigering, for ikke at miste SEO link juice." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Søgemaskiner forøger rangeringen på sikre HTTPS/SSL hjemmesider. Derfor er " +"alle Odoo Online instanser fuldt ud baseret på HTTPS per standard. Hvis den " +"besøgende tilgår din hjemmeside via et URL som ikke er HTTPS, får de en 301 " +"omdirigering til dens tilsvarende HTTPS." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Links: Nofollow strategi" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" +"Dets mere en side linkes fra eksterne kvalitets hjemmesider, dets bedre er " +"det for din SEO." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "Her er Odoos strategier for håndtering af links:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" +"Ethvert link du tilføjer til din hjemmeside er \"dofollow\", hvilket " +"betyder, at dette link vil bidrage til SEO Juicen for den forbundne side." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" +"Ethvert link posteret af en bidragende (forum indlæg, blog kommentar, osv.) " +"som linker til din egen hjemmeside er også \"dofollow\". " + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Men hvert link posteret af en bidrager som forbinder til en ekstern " +"hjemmeside er \"nofollow\". På den måde løber du ikke risikoen for, at folk " +"postere links på din hjemmeside, som peger mod tredjeparts hjemmesider med " +"et dårligt omdømme." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" +"Bemærk at, ved brug af forummet, kan man stole på bidragere med meget Karma." +" I sådanne tilfælde, vil deres links ikke have nogen ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"egenskab." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "Flersprogs understøttelse" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "Flersprogs URL'er" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du kører en hjemmeside på flere sprog, vil det samme indhold være " +"tilgængelig via forskellige URL'er, alt afhængig af hvilket sprog anvendes:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Primært sprog, her " +"Engelsk)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Fransk " +"udgave)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"I dette eksempel, er fr\\_FR sproget på siden. Du kan sågar have flere " +"variationer af samme sprog: pt\\_BR (Brasiliansk Portugisisk), pt\\_PT " +"(Portugisisk Portugisisk). " + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "Sprog kommentarer" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" +"For at lade søgemaskiner vide, at den sekundære URL er en Fransk " +"oversættelse af den primære URL, vil Odoo tilføje et HTML link element i " +"sidehovedet. I HTML kodens <head> sektion i den primære version, tilføjer " +"Odoo automatisk et link element, som peget på de oversatte udgaver af " +"hjemmesiden;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Med denne tilgang:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" +"Søgemaskiner vil omdirigere til det korrekte sprog, ud fra den besøgendes " +"sprog." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" +"Du bliver ikke straffet af søgemaskiner hvis din side endnu ikke er oversat." +" Det er ikke kopieret indhold; det er en anden version af det samme indhold." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "Sprogregistrering" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" +"Når en besøgende lander for første gang på din hjemmeside (f.eks. " +"dinhjemmeside.com/shop), kan de muligvis blive omdirigeret til en oversat " +"udgave automatisk, ud fra deres browsers sprog præference " +"(f.eks.dinhjemmeside.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" +"Næste gang beholder den en cookie over det nuværende sprog, for at undgå " +"omdirigering." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"For at tvinge den besøgende til at holde sig til et standard sprog, kan du " +"bruge koden for standard sproget i dit link, for eksempel: " +"dinhjemmeside.com/en\\_US/shop. Dette vil gøre at besøgende altid lander på " +"den Engelske udgave af siden, uden at anvende browserens sprog præferencer." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "Side hastighed" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduktion" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" +"Tiden det tager at indlæse en side er et vigtigt kriterie for søgemaskiner. " +"En hurtigere hjemmeside forbedre ikke kun dine besøgendes oplevelse, men " +"giver dig også en bedre side rangering. Visse studier har påvist, at hvis du" +" dividere tiden til at indlæse dine sider side med to (f.eks. 2 sekunder i " +"stedet for 4 sekunder), vil frafaldsraten for besøgende også blive divideret" +" med 2. (25% til 12,5%). Ét ekstra sekund til at indlæse en side kunne " +"`koste Amazon $1,6mia i salg <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-" +"second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" msgstr "" +"Heldigvis gør Odoo det hele for dig. Nedenunder finder du de tricks Odoo " +"bruger til at forøge hastigheden på din siders indlæsnings tid. Du kan " +"sammenligne hvordan din hjemmeside rangere via disse to værktøjer:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" msgstr "" +"`Google Side Hastighed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "" +"`Pingdom Hjemmeside Hastigheds Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Billeder" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." msgstr "" +"Når du lægger nye billeder op, komprimere Odoo dem automatisk for at " +"reducere deres størrelse (tabsløst komprimering for .PNG og .GIF samt " +"tabende komprimering for .JPG)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Fra upload knappen har du mulighed for at beholde det oprindelige billede " +"uredigeret, hvis du foretrækker at optimere kvaliteten på biledet, i stedet " +"for ydeevnen." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo komprimerer billeder når de er lagt op på din hjemmeside, ikke når de " +"anmodes af den besøgende. Derfor er det muligt, hvis du anvender et " +"tredjeparts tema, at det bruger billeder som ikke er komprimeret effektivt. " +"Men alle billeder brugt i Odoos officielle temaer er blevet komprimeret per " +"standard." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Når du klikker på et billede, viser Odoo dig Alt og titel egenskaber for " +"``<img>`` tagget. Du kan klikke på den for at angive din egen titel og Alt " +"egenskaber for billedet." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Når du klikker på dette link, vil det følgende vindue komme frem:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Odoos piktogrammer er implementeret via en font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ i de fleste Odoo " +"temaer). Derfor kan du bruge så mange piktogrammer som du ønsker på din " +"side, og de vil ikke resultere i ekstra indlæsningstid for siden." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "Statisk ressourcer: CSS" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" +"Alle CSS filer er forudbehandlet, sammenkædet, minificeret, komprimeret og " +"cachelagret (på serveren og i browseren). Resultatet:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kun én CSS fil anmodning er nødvendig for at indlæse en side" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." msgstr "" +"denne CSS fil er delt og cachelagret iblandt sider, så når en besøgende " +"klikker på en anden side, skal browseren ikke engang indlæse én eneste CSS " +"ressource." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" +msgstr "denne CSS fil er optimeret til at være lille" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" +"**Forudbehandlet:** CSS rammen som anvendes af Odoo er Bootstrap. Selv om et" +" tema måske bruger en anden ramme, udvider og tilpasser de fleste af `Odoo " +"temaer <https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ Bootstrap direkte. Siden Odoo " +"understøtter Less og Sass, kan du redigere CSS regler, i stedet for at " +"overskrive dem via ekstra CSS linjer, hvilket resultere i en mindre fil." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" +"**Sammenkædet:** ethvert modul eller bibliotek som du kunne anvende i Odoo " +"har dets eget sæt af CSS, Less eller Sass filer (eHandel, blogs, temaer, " +"osv.). At have flere CSS filer er godt for modulariteten, men ikke godt for " +"ydeevnen, eftersom de fleste browsere kun can udføre 6 anmodninger " +"parallelt, hvilket resultere i at en masse filer indlæses i serier. " +"Ventetiden ved overførsel af en fil er normalt meget længere end den " +"faktiske overførsels tid på data, for små filer så som .JS og .CSS. Derfor " +"afhænger tiden det tager at indlæse CSS ressourcer af antallet af " +"anmodninger der skal udføres, en den faktiske filstørrelse." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -319,8 +1127,56 @@ msgid "" "shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" +"For at imødekomme dette problem, er alle CSS / Less / Sass filer sammenkædet" +" til én enkelt .CSS fil til afsendelse til browseren. Derfor har en " +"besøgende **kun én .CSS fil til indlæsning** per side, hvilket er særdeles " +"effektivt. Eftersom CSS'en er delt iblandt alle sider, skal browseren end " +"ikke indlæse en ny CSS fil, når en bruger klikker på en anden side!" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Begge filer i <head>'et**" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Hvad den besøgende modtager (kun én fil)**" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Fra bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "farve: #666;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "farve: #777;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "baggrund: gul" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "baggrund: gul;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* Fra my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -331,656 +1187,324 @@ msgid "" "is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" +"CSS'en afsendt til Odoo inkludere alle CSS / Less / Sass for alle sider / " +"moduler. Ved at gøre dette, vil yderligere side visninger fra den samme " +"besøgende ikke skulle indlæse yderligere CSS filer overhovedet. Men visse " +"moduler kan inkludere kæmpe CSS/Javascript ressourcer, som du ikke vil " +"indlæse på forhånd på den første side, fordi de er for store. I dette " +"tilfælde, deler Odoo denne ressoruce op i en sekundær bundt, som kun " +"indlæses når siden der skal anvende den bliver anmodet. Et eksempel på dette" +" er backend'en der kun indlæses, når en besøgende logger ind og tilgør " +"backenden (/web)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" +"Hvis CSS filen er meget stor, vil Odoo dele den op i to mindre filer, for at" +" undgå 4059 selector begrænsningen per ark for Internet Explorer. Men de " +"fleste temaer passer ind under denne grænse." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "" +"**Minificeret:** Efter at være forudbehandlet og sammenkædet, minificeres " +"den resulterende CSS, for at reducere dens størrelse." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Før minificering**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Efter minificering**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/\\* nogle kommentarer \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" +"Det endelige resultat komprimeres derefter, før det leveres til browseren." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" +"Derefter gemmes en cachelageret version på serveren (så vi ikke skal " +"forudbehandle, sammenkæde, og minificiere ved hver eneste efterspørgsel) " +"samt i browseren (så den samme besøgende vil indlæse CSS'en kun én gang for " +"alle sider de besøger)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "Statisk Ressourcer: Javascript" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." msgstr "" +"Som med CSS ressourcer, er Javascript ressourcer også sammenkædet, " +"minificeret, komprimeret, og cachelageret (på serveren og i browseren)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo oprette tre Javascript bundter:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" +"validation, etc.)" msgstr "" +"En for alle sider på hjemmesiden (inklusiv kode for parallax effekter, " +"formular godkendelse, osv.)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" +"En for almindelig Javascript kode delt mellem frontend og backend " +"(Bootstrap)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "" +"En for backend specifik Javascript kode (Odoo Web Klient Interface for dine " +"ansatte som bruger Odoo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" +"De fleste besøgende på din hjemmeside vil kun have behov for de første to " +"bundter, hvilket resultere i maks 2 Javascript filer til indlæsning for at " +"gengive en side. Eftersom disse filer er delt iblandt alle sider, vil " +"yderligere klik fra samme besøgende ikke indlæse nogen anden Javascript " +"ressource." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" +"Hvis du arbejder i :doc:`Udvikler tilstand " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, er CSS og Javascript hverken " +"sammenkædet eller minificeret. Derfor er det langt langsommere. Men det gør " +"det muligt for dig nemt at fejlsøge med Chrome fejlsøgningen, eftersom CSS " +"og Javascript ressourcer ikke ændres fra deres originale versioner." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Billeder" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" +"Hvis du aktivere CDN funktionen i Odoo, indlæses statiske ressourcer " +"(Javascript, CSS, billeder) fra et Indholds Leverings Netværk (CDN). Brugen " +"af et Indholds Leverings Netværk har tre fordele:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" +"Indlæs ressourcer fra en nærliggende server (de fleste CDN har servere i " +"primære lande rundt omkring på kloden)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "" +"Cachelager ressourcer effektivt (ingen beregnings ressourcer tages i brug på" +" din egen server)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" +"Del ressource indlæsningen ud på flere forskellige tjenester, hvilket gør " +"det muligt at indlæse flere ressourcer parallelt (siden Chrome grænsen er 6 " +"parallel anmodninger per domæne)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" +"Du kan konfigurere dine CDN indstillinger fra **Hjemmeside Administrator** " +"applikationen, via Konfiguration menuen. Her er et eksempel på en " +"konfiguration du kan bruge:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTML Sider" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" +"HTML Siderne kan komprimeres, men dette håndteres oftest af din web server " +"(NGINX eller Apache)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" +"Odoo Hjemmeside byggeren er blevet optimeret til at garantere en ren og kort" +" HTML kode. Byggeklodserne er blevet udviklet til at producere ren HTML " +"kode, normalt via Bootstrap samt HTML editoren." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "" +"Som et eksempel, hvis du burger farve vælgeren til at ændre farven på et " +"afsnit til den primære farve på din hjemmeside, vil Odoo producere den " +"følgende kode:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Min Tekst</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "" +"Hvorimod de fleste HTML editorer (så som CKEditor) vil producere den " +"følgende kode:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Min Tekst</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsivt Design" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" +"Hjemmesider som ikke er mobil-venlige påvirkes negativ i forhold til " +"søgemaskinernes rangering. Alle Odoo temaer afhænger af Bootstrap til " +"effektiv gengivelse, i forhold til enheden: PC, tablet, eller mobil." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" +"website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" +"Eftersom alle Odoo moduler bruger den samme teknologi, er samtlige sider på " +"din hjemmeside mobil-venlige." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 -msgid "Browser caching" -msgstr "" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "Browser Cachelagring" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " "<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." msgstr "" +"Javascript, billeder, og CSS ressourcer har en URL der ændres dynamisk når " +"deres indhold ændres. Et eksempel på dette, er at alle CSS filer indlæses " +"gennem denne URL: " +"`localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"``457-0da1d9d`` delen af denne URL vil ændres, hvis du redigere din " +"hjemmesides CSS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" +"Dette gør det muligt for Odoo at anvende en meget stor cachelagrings " +"forsinkelse (XXX) vedrørende disse ressourcer: XXX sekunder, imens de " +"opdateres med det samme, hvis du opdatere ressourcen." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skalérbarhed" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" msgstr "" +"Udover at være hurtig, er Odoo også mere skalérbar end traditionelle CMS og eHandel (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). Det følgende link indeholder en analyse af de større Open Source CMS og eHandel, sammenlignet med Odoo, når det kommer til høj volumen på forespørgsler:\n" +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." msgstr "" +"Her er diassen der opsummere skalérbarheden for Odoo Hjemmeside & eHandel." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "Søgemaskiner Filer" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sitemap" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" +"Sitemappet udpeger sider til indeksering for søgemaskine robotter. Odoo " +"generere en ``/sitemap.xml`` fil automatisk for dig. Af hensyn til ydeevne, " +"lagres og opdateres denne fil hver 12. time." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -988,151 +1512,123 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " "chunks per file." msgstr "" +"Per standard vil alle URL være i én enkelt ``/sitemap.xml`` fil, men hvis du" +" har mange sider, vil Odoo automatisk oprette en Sitemap Index fil, i " +"overensstemmelse med `sitemaps.org protokollen " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ , og gruppere sitemap URL i 45000" +" lunser per fil." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alle sitemap anførelser har 4 egenskaber der udregnes automatisk:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "``<loc>``: URL på en side" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" +"``<lastmod>``: Den sidste dato hvor ressourcen blev redigeret, udregnet " +"automatisk baseret på relateret objekt. For en side relateret til et " +"produkt, kunne dette være den sidste dato hvor produktet eller siden blev " +"redigeret." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" " of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" +"``<priority>``: Moduler kan implementerer deres egen prioritets algoritme, " +"baseret på deres indhold (eksempel: et fora kan tildele en prioritet baseret" +" på antallet af stemmer på et givent indlæg). Prioriteten på en statisk side" +" er defineret ud fra dens prioriterings felt, som er normaliseret (16 er " +"standard)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Struktureret Data Markering" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" "presented search results." msgstr "" +"Struktureret Data Markering bruges til at generere berigede Snippets i " +"søgemaskine resultater. Det er en måde hvorpå hjemmeside ejere kan sende " +"struktureret data til søgemaskine robotter; hvilket hjælper dem med at " +"forstå dit indhold, og oprette en god præsentation i søgeresultaterne." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" +"Google understøtter et antal af indholds typer for berigede Snippets, " +"inklusiv: Anmeldelser, folk, produkter, virksomheder, begivenheder, og " +"organisationer." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " "posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" +"Odoo implementerer micro data som defineret i `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specifikationen for begivenheder, eHandel produkter, " +"forum indlæg, og kontakt adresser. Dette gør det muligt for dine produkt " +"sider at blive fremvist på Google med ekstra information, så som pris og " +"bedømmelse af et produkt:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" +"Når de indekserer din hjemmeside, kigger søgemaskiner først på de generelle " +"indekserings regler i en ``/robots.txt`` fil (tilladte robotter, sitemap " +"sti, osv.). Odoo opretter den automatisk. Dens indhold er:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." msgstr "" +"Det betyder at alle robotter har tilladelse til at indeksere din hjemmeside," +" og der er ingen andre indekserings regler for den følgende adresse, end " +"specificeret i sitemappet." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" +"Du kan tilpasse filen *robots* i :doc:`Udvikler tilstand " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` fra *Indstillinger --> Teknisk --> " +"Brugerflade --> Visninger* (udeluk robotter, udeluk visse sider, omdiriger " +"til et tilpasset Sitemap). Gør model data for visningen *Ikke opdaterbar* " +"for ikke at nulstille filen efter system opgraderinger." #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" @@ -1140,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "Publicer" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hvordan du bruger dit eget domæne navn" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1148,10 +1644,13 @@ msgid "" "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" +"Per standard har din Odoo Online instans og hjemmeside et *.odoo.com* domæne" +" navn, for både URL og emails. Men du kan ændre til dit eget (f.eks. " +"www.dinvirksomhed.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hvad er et godt domæne navn" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1159,10 +1658,13 @@ msgid "" "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " "domain. Here are some tips:" msgstr "" +"Din hjemmeside adresse er lige så vigtig for dit brand, som navnet på din " +"forretning eller virksomhed, så tænk over at ændre det til et ordentligt " +"domæne. Her er nogle råd:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enkelt og indlysende" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 msgid "Easy to remember and spell" @@ -1186,41 +1688,47 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" "seo/158951/>`__" msgstr "" +"Læs mere: `Hvordan man vælger et domæne navn for maksimal SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hvordan man køber et domæne navn" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Køb dit domæne navn hos en populær registrator:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" msgstr "" +"Skridt til at købe et domæne navn er stort set lige ud ad landevejen. I " +"tilfælde af problemer, kan du tjekke disse vejledninger:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1228,35 +1736,43 @@ msgid "" "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " "This is Odoo's job!" msgstr "" +"Du er velkommen til at købe en email server så du kan bruge email adresse " +"med dit domæne. Men køb dog ikke nogen ekstra tjenester til oprettelse eller" +" hosting af din hjemmeside. Det er Odoos job!" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hvordan anvender jeg mit domæne navn på min Odoo instans" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" msgstr "" +"Las os først autorisere omdirigeringen (dinvirksomhed.com -> " +"dinvirksomhed.odoo.com):" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Åben din Odoo.com konto fra din hjemmeside." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gå til *Administrer Databaser* siden." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." msgstr "" +"Klik på *Domæner* til højre for databasen du gerne vil omdirigere til." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" +"En database domæne prompt vil vises. Angiv dit eget domæne (f.eks. " +"www.dinvirksomhed.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -1301,12 +1817,602 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Opsætning" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Tilføj funktioner" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Varer" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Fora" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Arrangementer" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Stillinger" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-companies" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Prislister" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 @@ -1372,10 +2478,9 @@ msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " "automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 19ec75099..9c84a078e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,59 +4,66 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# josue giron <josvasmetal@icloud.com>, 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018 -# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Javier Sabena <jsabena@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Juan Pablo Vargas Soruco <juanpablo.vargas@cruzoil.com>, 2018 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2018 -# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2018 -# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2018 -# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Cristóbal Martí Oliver <info@moblesmarti.com>, 2018 -# Loredana Pepe <lpp@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Daniel Altamirano <ciarmail@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Manuel Mahecha <info@mittelstd.com>, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Germana Oliveira <germana@vauxoo.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Daniel Blanco <daniel@blancomartin.com.ar>, 2018 -# Massiel Acuna <mac@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# cc53a0412107de288f77ae97a300f6b0, 2018 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Edilianny Sánchez <esanchez@vauxoo.com>, 2019 -# Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# John Guardado <jgu@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Gabriel Umana <gabriel.umana@delfixcr.com>, 2019 -# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Angel Moya - PESOL <angel.moya@pesol.es>, 2019 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2019 +# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 +# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Jorge Obiols <jorge.obiols@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2020 +# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Hbto [ Vauxoo ] <hbto@vauxoo.com>, 2020 +# John Guardado <jgu@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Christian García <shopificame@gmail.com>, 2020 +# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2020 +# gabriumaa <gabriel.umana@delfixcr.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# oihane <oihanecruce@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Christopher Ormaza <chris.ormaza@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Angel Moya - PESOL <angel.moya@pesol.es>, 2020 +# Rick Hunter <rick.hunter.ec@gmail.com>, 2020 +# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# ced903afe967c2a46d1036224972db9d, 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020 +# Gustavo Valverde, 2020 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Loredana Pepe <lpp@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Daniel Blanco <daniel@blancomartin.com.ar>, 2020 +# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Daniel Altamirano <ciarmail@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta <vgaffuri2018@student.hult.edu>, 2020 +# Paulina Rodriguez <pauli.rodriguez.c@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Antonio Trueba, 2020 +# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Sabina Batlle <sbb@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Luciano Nahuel Vitale <lucianonahuelvitale@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Osiris Román <osiris.roman@yachaytech.edu.ec>, 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -64,475 +71,451 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:283 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Contabilidad" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "Facturación y Contabilidad" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Cuentas y efectivo" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Canales de comunicación bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta CODA (sólo Bélgica)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." msgstr "" -"CODA es un formato de archivo para estados de cuenta bancarios en Bélgica. " -"La mayoría de los bancos Belgas, así como el software Isabel, permiten " -"descargar un archivo CODA con todos tus estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede descargar un archivo CODA desde su banco o software de " -"contabilidad e importarlo directamente en Odoo. Esto creará todos los " -"estados de cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -"Prueba ahora la función `con este archivo CODA de muestra " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +"Importar sus extractos bancarios en la Contabilidad de Odoo le permite " +"realizar un seguimiento de los movimientos financieros que ocurren en sus " +"cuentas bancarias y conciliarlos con las transacciones registradas en su " +"contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Instalar la función CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -"Si ha instalado el Plan de Cuentas de Bélgica prestado por Odoo,\n" -"la función de importación CODA ya está instalada por defecto. En tal caso, puede ir directamente a la siguiente sección `Importe su primer archivo coda <InstallCoda_>`_" +"La forma más fácil de hacerlo es mediante sincronización. Para hacerlo, lea " +"la documentación relacionada:: doc: `bank_synchronization`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" msgstr "" -"Si todavía no has activado CODA, necesita activarlo antes de continuar. En " -"el módulo de Contabilidad, valla al menú Configuración > Ajustes. En la " -"sección de Contabilidad, marque la opción \"Importar extracto bancarios en " -"formato CODA.\" y luego al botón Aceptar. " +"Sin embargo, si su cuenta bancaria no está sincronizada con Odoo, aún tiene " +"dos opciones:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Importe su primer archivo CODA" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "Importe los archivos de extracto bancario entregados por su banco" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "Registrar los extractos bancarios manualmente" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "Importar archivos de extractos bancarios" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "Intercambio financiero abierto (.OFX)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "Formato de intercambio Quicken (.QIF)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se tiene instalado esta función, puede configurar su cuenta " -"bancaria para permitir la importación de archivos de extractos de cuenta. " -"Para hacer esto, vaya al \"Tablero\" de contabilidad y haga clic en el botón" -" de \"Más\" de la tarjeta de la cuenta bancaria. A continuación, haga clic " -"en \"Importar declaración\" para cargar tu primer archivo de CODA." +"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection: `Contabilidad -> Resumen -> Banco`," +" haga clic en *Importar declaraciones*, o en los tres puntos, y luego en " +"*Importar declaración*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, seleccione el archivo que desea importar y haga clic en " +"*Importar*." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -"Cargue tu archivo de CODA en la siguiente pantalla y haga clic en 'Importar'" -" para crear todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios." +"Odoo abre una **herramienta de importación** con la que puede configurar las" +" **Opciones de formato** y **asignar** las diferentes columnas que desea " +"importar." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -"Si el archivo es cargado exitosamente, usted será redirigido a la pantalla " -"de conciliaciones bancarias con todas las transacciones por conciliar." +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) es un formato de archivo anterior que no " +"es compatible desde 2005. Si es posible, prefiera los archivos OFX sobre " +"QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "Importando archivos CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Después de haber importado tu primer archivo, el tablero de contabilidad de " -"Odoo te propondrá automáticamente importar más archivos de su banco. Para la" -" próxima importación, no necesitas ir al botón de 'Más', ya puedes " -"directamente clic al enlace 'Importar Declaración'." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Cada vez que reciba una declaración relacionada con un nuevo " -"cliente/proveedor, Odoo le pedirá que seleccione el contacto correcto para " -"conciliar la transacción. Odoo aprenderá de esa operación y completará " -"automáticamente los próximos pagos que recibe o realice en estos contactos. " -"Esto acelerará mucho el proceso de reconciliación." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo es capaz de detectar automáticamente si algunos archivos o " -"transacciones han sido ya importados. Entonces, usted no debe preocuparse " -"por evitar importar dos veces el mismo archivo: Odoo controlará todo por " -"usted antes de crear nuevos estados de cuenta bancarios." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`sincronizar`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Registrar extractos bancarios manualmente" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" +"Si es necesario, también puede registrar sus extractos bancarios " +"manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede importar sus estados de cuenta bancarios sincronizados con " -"su banco, sino también registrar sus estados de cuenta bancarios de forma " -"manual." +"Para importarlos, vaya a :menuselection: `Contabilidad -> Resumen -> Banco`," +" haga clic en *Importar declaraciones*, o en los tres puntos, y luego en " +"*Importar declaración*." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -"Sin configuración especial es necesario registrar las facturas. Todo lo que " -"necesitas hacer es instalar la aplicación contable." +"Añadir una nueva línea por cada transacción escrita en el extracto bancario " +"original." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Cree sus Estados de Cuenta Bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -"En el panel, haga clic en el botón **Nueva Declaración** relacionada con los" -" diarios de banco. Si hay que hacer algunas conciliaciones, el vínculo Nueva" -" Declaración se encuentra debajo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -"Sólo tienes que rellenar los campos según la información escrita en su " -"extracto bancario. La referencia puede ser llenada de forma manual o se " -"puede dejar en blanco. Le recomendamos que rellenar el socio para facilitar " -"el proceso de reconciliación." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -"La diferencia entre el saldo inicial y el saldo final debe ser igual al " -"saldo computarizado." +"Odoo puede sincronizar directamente con su banco para obtener todos los " +"extractos bancarios importados automáticamente a su base de datos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Cuando haya terminado, clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Conciliar los extractos bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" -"Usted puede elegir para conciliar directamente la declaración haciendo clic " -"en el botón |manual04|" +"Para revisar si su banco es compatible con Odoo, dirígase a `Odoo Accounting" +" Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, y busque su " +"banco en la sección *Supported Banks*" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." msgstr "" -"También puede iniciar el proceso de reconciliación en el tablero haciendo " -"clic en **Reconciliar # Artículos**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en **Validar** para conciliar su estado de cuenta. Si el socio no " -"se encuentra, Odoo le pedirá que **seleccione un socio**." +"Más de 30 países están parcialmente cubiertos, incluyendo Colombia, India, " +"Francia y España." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -"Presiona CTRL-Enter para reconciliar todas las partidas equilibradas en las " -"hojas." +"Para conectarse a los bancos, Odoo utiliza múltiples servicios de web:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Cerrar Declaraciones de Banco de la reconciliación" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -"Si el saldo es correcta, puede cerrar directamente la declaración de la " -"reconciliación haciendo clic en |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Usuarios Odoo en línea" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." msgstr "" -"De lo contrario, haga clic en |manual08| para abrir la cuenta y corregir el " -"problema." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Cerrar Estado de Cuenta Bancario" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Usuario de Enterprise de Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -"Sobre el tablero de contabilidad, haga clic en el botón Más de su diario del" -" banco, luego haga clic en estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Para cerrar el estado de cuenta bancario, haga clic en **Validar**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Importar archivos de extractos bancarios OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" msgstr "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) o Intercambio Financiero Abierto es una " -"especificación para el intercambio electrónico de datos financieros entre " -"las instituciones financieras, negocios y consumidores en internet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "Sincronizar sus comisiones bancarias" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede descargar un archivo OFX desde su banco o software de " -"contabilidad e importarlo directamente en su instancia de Odoo, creando " -"todos los extractos bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" -"Pruebe ahora la funcionalidad `con este archivo OFX de prueba " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." msgstr "" -"Para importar archivos de banco QFX,debe activar esto elemento de Odoo. En " -"el programa de Contabilidad aplicado, ir al menu 'menuselection: " -"Configuracion...>Parametros: Desde los parametros de contabilidad, eligir la" -" opcion 'Import in QFX Format' y aplicar el programa. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." msgstr "" -"Una vez haya instalado esta funcionalidad, puede configurar su cuenta de " -"banco para permitir la importación de los archivos de extracto bancario. " -"Para hacer esto, vaya al Panel de contabildad, y haga clic en el botón " -"**Más** de la cuenta bancaria. Luego, haga clic en **Importar Extracto** " -"para cargar su primer archivo OFX." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." msgstr "" -"Cargue su archivo OFX en la siguiente pantalla y haga clic en **Importar** " -"para crear todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "Importar archivos OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." msgstr "" -"Después de haber importado su primer archivo, el Panel de contabilidad de " -"Odoo automáticamente le propondrá importar más archivos para su banco. Para " -"la próxima importación, ya no necesita ir al menú **Más**, usted puede hacer" -" clic directamente en el link **Importar Extracto** " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." msgstr "" -"Cada vez que reciba una declaración relacionada con un nuevo cliente " -"/provvedor, Odoo le preguntará a seleccionar el contacto correcto para " -"aceptar la transacción. Odoo aprende de esa operación y automáticamente " -"completará el próximo pago que usted recibe o realice a esos contactos. Eso " -"acelará muchoel proceso de reconciliación." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cómo sincronizar su cuenta PayPal con Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -566,7 +549,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "Haga clic en el botón Aplicar una vez que esto está realizado." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" @@ -588,9 +571,6 @@ msgid "" "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -"Una vez creada la cuenta Paypal, regrese al tablero de **Contabilidad** y " -"pulse en la botón de **Sincronización**. En el dialogo, elige **PayPal** " -"como institucion online y pulsa en el botón de configurar. " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." @@ -598,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, tendrá que proporcionar sus tarjetas para conectarse a " "PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -611,7 +591,7 @@ msgstr "" "antiguo interfaz para poder funcionar con comisiones online ( puede cambiar " "del nuevo al antiguo interfaz en la cuenta de su Paypal)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." @@ -619,7 +599,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no hace esto usted recibirá un mensaje diciendo ya sea para poner de " "Paypal en Inglés o que el sitio no es compatible." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -631,7 +611,7 @@ msgstr "" " para buscar la transacción del y una lista de cuentas para elegir. Debes " "elegir cuenta ** saldo Paypal**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." @@ -639,7 +619,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que todo está hecho, usted debe ver sus transacciones de PayPal " "justo en Odoo y usted puede comenzar a reconciliar sus pagos." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." @@ -647,7 +627,7 @@ msgstr "" "¡Disfrute de una integración completa! Ya no es necesario registrar la " "transacción manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -655,587 +635,213 @@ msgstr "" "Usted sólo tiene que proporcionar sus tarjetas la primera vez. Una vez hecho" " esto, Odoo sincronizará con PayPal cada 4 horas de forma automática." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Importar archivos de estados de cuenta QIF" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" msgstr "" -"El Formato de Intercambio Acelerado (QIF - siglas en inglés) es una " -"especificación abierta para leer y escribir datos financieros a medios (ej. " -"archivos). Si bien es ampliamente utilizado, el formato QIF es más antiguo " -"que Intercambio Financiero Abierto (OFX - siglas en inglés) y deberá usar la" -" versión OFX si puede exportar ambos formatos de archivo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"<bank_synchronization>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " "statements." msgstr "" -"Con Odoo, puede descargar un archivo QIF de su banco o de contabilidad de " -"software e importarlo directamente en la instancia Odoo. Esto creará todos " -"los estados de cuenta bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." msgstr "" -"Ahora revise la función `con este modelo de archivo QIF " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." msgstr "" -"En orden para importar los estados de cuenta QIF, necesita activar la " -"función en Odoo. En la aplicación de contabilidad , ir al menu : seleccion " -"de menu: Configuración -->Ajuste. desde ajuste de cuenta, verificar la " -"opción de estado bancario **importar en formato QIF** y aplicar." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -"Una vez haya instalado esta funcionalidad, puede configurar su cuenta " -"bancaria para permitir la importación de archivos de extractos bancarios. " -"Para hacer esto, vaya al Panel de contabildad, y haga clic en el botón " -"**Más** de la cuenta bancaria. Luego, haga clic en **Importar Extracto** " -"para cargar su primer archivo QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -"Cargue su archivo QIF en la siguiente pantalla y haga clic en **Importar** para crear todos sus estados de cuenta bancarios.\n" -"Importar los ficheros IQF\n" -"Como sincronizar Odoo con su banco?\n" -"Odoo puede sincronizar con su banco directamente para hacer importar todos reportes automaticamente en Odoo, cada" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Importando archivos QIF" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "¿Cómo sincronizar Odoo con su banco?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." msgstr "" -"Odoo es capaz de sincronizar directamente con su banco para obtener todos " -"los estados de cuenta bancarios importados automáticamente en Odoo cada 4 " -"horas. Antes de seguir adelante en este tutorial, usted debe comprobar si es" -" compatible con su banco. Se puede encontrar en las `Características de " -"Contabilidad de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." msgstr "" -"Buscar al nombre de su banco en la pagina encima. Si su banco aparece en el propuesto, esto sinifica que es apoyado por Odoo. Los paises que son suportado totalmente (es mas que 95% de todos bancos) incluyen: Estados Unidos, Canada, Nuev Zealand, Austria. Mas de 30 paises sont parcialmente suportados, incluyendo a: Colombia, India, Francia, Espana etc. \n" -"(57)Como sincronizar su cuenta Paypal con Odoo?\n" -"Con Odoo, puede sincronizar su cuenta Paypal. De esto modo, no tiene que recordar a todas transacciones de su Paypal en el software favorido. La sincronizacion se hace cada 4 horas" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." msgstr "" -"Con el fin de conectar con los bancos, Odoo utiliza dos servicios web:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "Plaid: para los principales bancos de EE.UU." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "Yodlee: para todos los bancos" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "Usuarios Odoo en línea" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link <https://odoo.com/download>`_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." msgstr "" -"Si apoyamos a los bancos de su país, la función de la integración del Banco " -"ya se debe instalar. Si no está instalado, puede instalar manualmente el " -"módulo **account_yodlee**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "Usuario de Enterprise de Odoo" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." msgstr "" -"Si planea utilizar al interfaz bancario con su subscripción Odoo Enterprise," -" no necesita hacer algo en especial, solo asegurase de que su base de datos " -"esta registrada en su contrato Enterprise." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-link-" +"odoo>`." msgstr "" -"es posible que desee comprobar que usted no tiene un firewall / proxy de " -"bloqueo de las siguientes direcciones" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "Sincronizar sus comisiones bancarias" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-update-" +"credentials>`." msgstr "" -"Una vez que las interfaces de Plaid o Yodlee puede conectar Odoo a su banco." -" Para ello, haga clic en **Más** en el banco de su elección desde el panel " -"de control contable. En el menú, haga clic en Configuración para configurar " -"esta cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -"En la forma del banco, desde la ficha de la cuenta bancaria, establecer las " -"entradas del banco en la opción de **Sincronización del Banco**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" -"Una vez hecho esto, volver a su tablero de contabilidad. Deberá ver un botón" -" de **Sincronización en línea** de su tarjeta bancaria. Haga clic en este " -"botón y rellene con sus tarjetas bancarias." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que usted llenó con sus tarjetas, sus entradas bancarias se " -"sincronizarán cada 4 horas." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "La sincroniación no está funcionando en tiempo real, ¿es normal?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." -msgstr "" -"Yodlee intenta obtener los datos desde la cuenta de banco una vez al día. " -"Sin embargo, esto no ocurre siempre a la misma hora. Y a veces este proceso " -"puede fallar. En ese caso, Yodlee reintenta una o dos horas despues. Esta es" -" la razón por la cual en Odoo existe un proceso cron que se ejecuta cada 4 " -"horas para obtener la informacion de Yodlee." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Sin embargo puede forzar esta sincronización haciendo clic en el botón " -"\"Sincronizar ahora\" desde el tablero de contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait that the status changes." -msgstr "" -"Además, una transaccion puede ser visible en su cuenta de banco pero no ser " -"obtenida por Yodlee. De hecho, la transacción en su cuenta de banco puede " -"tener el estatus de \"pendiente\" y no el estatus \"lista\". En ese caso, " -"Yodlee no la importará, tendrá que esperar que cambie el estatus." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statement in the database." -msgstr "" -"Lo que es importante recordar es que Yodlee no es un servicio que obtiene " -"las transacciones en tiempo real. Este es un servicio para facilitar la " -"importación de los asientos bancarios a la base de datos." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "¿Yodlee está incluido en mi contrato?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." -msgstr "" -"Versión Enterprise: Si, si tiene un contrato enterprise valido enlazado a su" -" base de datos." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "" -"Versión COmmunity: No, esta característica no está incluida en la Versión " -"Commnity." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "" -"Version Online: Si, incluso si se beneficia del contrato One App Free." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "Algunos bancos tienen el estatus \"Beta\", ¿qué significa esto?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about except being patient." -msgstr "" -"Esto significa que actualmente Yodlee esta trabajando en el desarrollo de la" -" sincronización con ese banco. La sincronización prodría funcionar o quizas " -"necesita un poco mas de tiempo para estar al 100%. Desafortunadamente, no " -"hay mucho que hacer al respecto excepto esperar." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "¿Por qué mis transacciones pasadas no están en Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch up transactions to 3 months in the past." -msgstr "" -"Yodlee solo permite sincronizar transacciones hasta 3 meses en el pasado. " #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Varios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "¿Cómo manejar depósitos de lote de cheques?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"Si el departamento de cartera de su compañia recibe cheques de los clientes," -" probablemente lo depositaran por lotes. Como se ha recibido en forma " -"fisica, alguien lo debe llevar al banco y depositar en nombre de su compañia" -" manualmente." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"El banco le pedirá una recibo de depósito (también conocido como comprobante" -" de depósito) para ser rellenado con los detalles de los cheques o dinero en" -" efectivo que se incluirán en las transacciones." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"El estado de cuenta reflejará la cantidad total que se deposita y la " -"referencia en el recibo de depósito, no en los comprobantes individuales." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo le ayuda a preparar e imprimir sus recibos de depósito, y más tarde " -"reconciliarlos con su estado de cuenta bancario con facilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Instalar la función de depósito por lotes" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para utilizar la característica de depósito por lotes, necesita el módulo de" -" **Depósito por grupos** para ser instalado." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Por lo general, este módulo se instala automáticamente si los comprobantes " -"son ampliamente utilizados en su país." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Para verificar que la característica **Depósito por grupos** está instalado," -" vaya al :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` de la aplicación de " -"contabilidad. Compruebe la función: **Permitir depósito por grupos**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Activar la función en sus cuentas bancarias" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya instalado esta característica, Odoo activará " -"automáticamente los depósitos bancarios en sus principales cuentas " -"bancarias." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"Para controlar cuales cuentas bancarias permiten deposicion en lotes y " -"cuales no, vaya al diaraio que configuró para recibir los cheques, " -"normalmente llamado \"Cheques\" o \"Banco\" (ver " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, en la applicación de " -"Contabilidad, :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Contabilidad --> Diarios`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"En la ficha de **Configuración avanzada**, en la sección de **Varios**, " -"establezca el Método de débito para el **Depósito por grupos**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Si marca el campo de método de débito en** Depósito por grupos**, significa " -"que los pagos creados con este Diario (método llamado de pago cuando se " -"quiere realizar o recibir un pago) será de aplicación para la creación de " -"Depósitos por grupos más tarde." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "De cheques recibidos al banco" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Recibir cheques de los clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que sus comprobantes de antecedentes recibidos, grabarlos en la " -"cuenta bancaria en la que se tiene previsto depositarlos. Una vez que " -"seleccione la cuenta bancaria (o diario de cheque, Odoo configurará esa " -"manera), Odoo propone utilizar un depósito por grupos. Seleccione esta " -"opción si va a depositar el cheque a su banco." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "En el campo memo, puede establecer la referencia del cheque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"pagos puede ser registrados desde el menu :menuselection:`Ventas --> " -"Pagos`, o directamente desde la correspondiente factura, utilizando el botón" -" **Registrar Pago**" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Preparar un depósito por lotes" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Desde el módulo de Contabilidad, vaya la menú de :menuselection_`Ventas --> " -"Depósito por grupos`, y crea un nuevo**Depósito por grupos**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el banco, luego, seleccione los pagos (cheques) que quiere " -"agregar a esta deposición. Por defecto, Odoo propone todos los cheques que " -"no han sido depositados todavía. Esto le permite verificar si ha olvidado o " -"perdido algun cheque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" -"Luego puede imprimir la deposición en lote, que sera de gran utilidad al " -"momento de llenar un formulario de constancia de deposición en lote que " -"normalmente exige el banco." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "Conciliando el depósito con el estado de cuenta bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" -"Cuando procesa la conciliación bancaria, verá el número del tiquete de " -"depocisión referenciado en el extracto. Cuando el proceso de conciliación " -"arranque, el usuario podrá seleccionar la deposición por lote que coincida " -"con la linea del extracto bancario." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona una deposición en lote, Odoo automaticamente coloca todos los " -"cheques contenidos en esta deposición para el mapeo. (2 chqeues estaben en " -"la depsición en lote del ejemplo abajo)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solución de problemas" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "¿No veo el link a la deposición por lote en los extractos bancarios?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Si usted no tiene una relación de depósito por lotes en su estado de cuenta " -"bancario, podría haber dos razones:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" -"Despues de haber installado la funcionalidad de deposición en lotes, debe " -"actualizar la pagina del navegador para que el navegador registre los " -"cambios. Solo haga click en el boton de actualizar de su navegador." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" -"Usted no tiene un depósito por lotes creado para esta cuenta bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "¿Qué sucede si un cheque fue rechazado?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" -"Si figura en su extracto bancario un monto mas pequeño del registrado en su " -"deposición en lote, esto posiblemente significaria que uno de sus cheques ha" -" sido rechazado." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" -"En este caso, haga click en la linea relacionando este cheque para borrarlo " -"del mapeo de la conciliación bancaria." - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "¿Como transferir dinero de un banco a otro?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1264,16 +870,10 @@ msgstr "Revise su plan contable y su cuenta de transferencia por defecto" msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Para manjear tranferencias internas, necesita que una cuenta en su plan de " -"cuentas este configurada como cuenta de transferencia. Odoo genera una " -"cuenta automaticamente basado en el plan de cuentas de su país. Para " -"parametrizar su plan de cuentas y verificar la cuenta de transferencias por " -"defecto, navegue al módulo de contabilidad y sellecióne " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1289,13 +889,10 @@ msgid "" "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." msgstr "" -"La cuenta por defecto para transferencias tambien se generará " -"automaticamente dependiendo de la legislación de su país. Si necesario, se " -"puede modificar en la misma página." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Crear una segunda cuenta de banco / Diario" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1330,17 +927,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "Iniciar una transferencia interna" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" -"El primer paso es registrar el pago interno. Para esto, vaya al panel de " -"contabilidad y haga click en el botón **Mas...** de una de sus cuentas y " -"seleccione :menuselection:`Nuevo --> Transferencia interna`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1354,17 +948,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -"La **Nota** es importante si quiere conciliar automaticamente (`ver " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Guarde y confirme los cambios para registrar el pago." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1374,11 +966,11 @@ msgstr "" "de transferenica. Necesitarémos importar los extractos bancarios para llevar" " este monto a su cuenta final." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Importación de extractos de cuenta y conciliaciones" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1386,21 +978,16 @@ msgstr "" "Observe que el saldo del banco calculado por Odoo ahora es diferente del " "saldo del ultimo extracto bancario de su banco." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -"Esto por que todavia no importamos el extracto bancario para confirmar la " -"salida y entrada del dinero. Por ende es necesario importar el extracto " -"bancario y conciliar el pago con la linea del extracto correcta. Un vez " -"recibiendo su extracto bancario, haga click en el botón **Nuevo Extracto** " -"del banco correspondiente para importarlo." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1413,266 +1000,265 @@ msgstr "" " su cuenta bancaria. Si corresponde al extracto bancario, significa que no " "hay errores. Llene el **Balance Final** y haga click en **Conciliar**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "La siguiente ventana se abrirá:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" -"Necesita elegir contrapartes para el pago. Seleccione la línea del extracto " -"bancario correspondiente al pago y de clic en el botón **reconciliar**. " -"Cierre el extracto para finalizar la transacción. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" -"Los mismos pasos deberán ser repetidos una vez reciba su segundo extracto " -"bancario. Note que si especifica el monto correcto, y la misma memo en ambos" -" extractos bancarios y la transacción de pago, luego la reconciliación " -"sucederá automáticamente." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Reconciliación bancaria" +msgstr "Conciliación Bancaria" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Configure el modelo de entradas" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -"En Odoo tiene la posibilidad de pre-llenar algunas entradas contables en " -"orden de facilitar la reconciliación de partidas recurrentes como comisiones" -" bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -"Tomaremos el siguiente ejemplo para ilustrar el concepto: Cada mes mi " -"compañía recibe un costo bancario, el cual depende de nuestra saldo " -"recurrente en la cuenta. Esta tarifa es por tanto variable." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Crear modelos de conciliación" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -"Primero, necesitamos configurar dos modelos de partidas reconciliatorias. " -"Para hacerlo, vaya a la aplicación contabilidad en el tablero. En su diario " -"bancario, de clic en :menuselection:`Mas --> Modelos de Reconciliación`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -"Queremos poder registrar nuestros gastos bancarios fácilmente. Nuestro banco" -" deduce gastos dependiendo de nuestro saldo, es decir que puede variar cada " -"mes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -"Nosotros creamos un boton de Etiqueta llamada costes de banco, seleccionar el monte corecto para reservar los gastos. Por lo mas necesitamos especificar que el tipo de monte es ''Porcentaje del monte del cuento;; con un Monte de 100%. Este parametro va decir a Oddo de transferir todos los gastos en el cuento.\n" -"Almacenar sus cambios cuando todo esto sera hecho. \n" -"Si el monte del coste de banco es fixado, puede seleccionar tambien ''Fixado'' bajo del tipo del mote y definir la monte en el tap de ella.\n" -"Puede tambier aplicar esta fucion para gerar discuentos. Por favor referirse al doc...?...monte para recibir_facturas/cash_discounts\n" -"Registrar sus pagos basados\n" -"Si quiere balanzar todos pagos pendientes y facturas directamente (en lugar de hacer asi un por un)puede aplicar la balanza de lot por Odoo.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"\n" -" " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Guarde los cambios cuando haya terminado." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -"Si el monto de sus gastos bancarios es fijo, puede también seleccionar " -"**Fijo** bajo el tipo de monto y especificar el monto en la pestaña monto." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -"También puede usar esta funcionalidad para manejar descuentos. Por favor " -"refierase a :doc:`../../por cobrar/cliente_facturas/efectivo_descuentos`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "Registra tus pagos basados en un modelo de reconciliación" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -"Registre su pago importando sus extractos bancarios que serán afectados por " -"el pago de la comisión bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -"Cuando esté haciendo la reconciliación, puede seleccionar un balance abierto" -" y dar clic en el botón **Modelo de Reconciliación** (in este caso, **Gastos" -" Bancarios**) para obtener toda la información relevante instantáneamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Finalmente, de clic en **Reconciliar** para finalizar el proceso." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Condiciones en líneas de extracto bancario" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Valores de la Contrapartida" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "Los casos de uso en el proceso de conciliación bancaria" +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" -"Vincular sus extractos bancarios con su contabilidad puede ser mucho " -"trabajo. Necesita buscar las facturas, relacionar pagos y este importe " -"administrativo puede costar mucho. Afortunadamente, con Odoo puede vincular " -"muy fácilmente sus facturas o cualquier otro pago con sus extractos " -"bancarios. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "Existen dos procesos de reconciliación en Odoo." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "Podemos registrar directamente el pago de las facturas" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "Podemos especificar directamente el pago en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" msgstr "Podemos conciliar facturas abiertas con estados de cuenta bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" -"No es necesaria una configuración especial para registrar facturas. Todo lo " -"que necesitamos es instalar la app de contabilidad (accounting)" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" msgstr "Casos de uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" msgstr "Caso 1: Registración de pagos" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" "Recibimos el comprobante de pago para nuestra factura de 2100 euros emitida " "a Smith & Co. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." msgstr "" -"Empezamos en nuestra factura emitida de 2100 euros para Smith & Co. Porque " -"el producto vendido es un servicio del que demandamos pago inmediato. " -"Nuestro contador solamente maneja los extractos bancarios al final de la " -"semana, entonces debemos marcar la factura como pagada y así poder recordar " -"que podemos empezar el servicio con nuestro cliente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." @@ -1680,23 +1266,20 @@ msgstr "" "Nuestro cliente nos envía una confirmación de pago. Así podemos registrar un" " pago y marcar la factura como pagada." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." msgstr "" -"Dando clic en **registrar pago,** le decimos a Odoo que nuestro cliente pago" -" la factura. Así debemos especificar el monto y el método de pago" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -"Siempre podemos encontrar el pago de la factura dando clic en " -":menuselection:`Info --> Abrir Pago`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" @@ -1704,11 +1287,11 @@ msgstr "" "La factura ha sido pagada y **la reconciliación se ha hecho " "automáticamente.**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" msgstr "Caso 2: Reconciliaciones de extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." @@ -1716,15 +1299,13 @@ msgstr "" "Empezamos con nuestra factura emitida de 3000 euros para Smith & Co. " "Asumamos también que otras facturas están abiertas para clientes diferentes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" -"Recibimos nuestro extracto bancarios y no sólo la factura de Smith & Co ha " -"sido pagada, también la de Buzz de 92 euros. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." @@ -1732,11 +1313,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Importar** o **Crear** los extractos bancarios. Por favor refiérase a los " "documentos desde la sección Fuentes Bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" msgstr "En el tablero, haga clic en **Reconciliación # Elementos**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." @@ -1744,21 +1325,19 @@ msgstr "" "Si todo salió bien (nombre de asociado correcto, monto correcto) Odoo hará " "las reconciliaciones **automáticamente**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" "Si se encuentran algunos problemas, tendrá que realizar **acciones " "manuales**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, si esta faltando el asociado en su extracto bancario, solo " -"llénelo en:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" @@ -1766,7 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si el pago fue hecho con un pago anticipado, solo revise si esta correcto y " "valide todos los pagos relacionados : " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Pulse CTRL-Enter para reconciliar todos los asientos balanceados en la hoja." @@ -1775,134 +1354,171 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar una nueva cuenta bancaria?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Cuentas bancarias" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, puede administrar múltiples extractos bancarios. En esta página, " -"será guiado en la creación, modificación o supresión de un banco o una " -"cuenta de tarjeta de crédito." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Editar una cuenta bancaria" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -"Para facilitar el proceso, ya está ahí una cuenta bancaria. Sugerimos que la" -" edite primero antes de llenar su propia información bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Cuentas Bancarias`" -" y de clic en el ítem **Banco**. Editelo. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -"Odoo detectará el tipo de cuenta bancaria (ej. IBAN) para permitir algunos " -"métodos de pago como SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Crear una cuenta bancaria" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a:menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Cuentas Bancarias`." -" De clic en **crear** y llene el formato. Puede decidir si muestra el número" -" de la cuenta bancaria si pretende enviar documentos como órdenes de venta o" -" facturas. Seleccione los métodos de pago que soporta esta cuenta bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Sincronización bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -"Si esta trabajando en un ambiente mutil-compañía, tendrá que cambiar la " -"compañía en las preferencias de su usuario para poder agregar, editar o " -"borrar cuentas bancarias de otra compañía." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Tipo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Tipo de cuenta bancaria: Normal o IBAN. Se infiere del número de cuenta." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Nombre del titular de la cuenta" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -"Nombre del titular de la cuenta, en caso de que sea diferente al nombre del " -"titular de la cuenta" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vea **Cuenta Bancaria** en nuestra Demostración En Línea" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." msgstr "" -"El saldo inicial de una cuenta bancaria será ajustado al saldo de cierre del" -" anterior dentro del mismo diario automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Eliminar una cuenta bancaria o cuenta de tarjeta de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Configuración avanzada" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -"Desde la lista de cuentas bancarias, seleccione los ítems a borrar y " -"borrelos desde el menú acción o vaya al formato y borre un solo ítem desde " -"el menú acción" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar un banco en una moneda extranjera?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1922,8 +1538,6 @@ msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" msgstr "" -"Cuando tiene un extracto bancario en moneda extranjera, para cada " -"transacción, Odoo guarda dos valores:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" @@ -1962,21 +1576,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "Configurar monedas" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -"Una vez Odoo esta configurado para soportar monedas múltiples, debe activar " -"las monedas con las que planea trabajar. Para hacerlo, vaya al menú " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Monedas`. Todas las monedas estan creadas " -"por defecto, pero debe activar las que planea mantener. (para activar una " -"moneda, revise su campo activo)" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1991,8 +1600,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." msgstr "" -"De clic en el link **Actualizar Ahora** para actualizar ahora los tipos de " -"moneda." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -2031,7 +1638,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "Ejemplo: Una factura de proveedor en una moneda extranjera" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -2054,8 +1661,6 @@ msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -"Una vez este listo para pagar esta factura, de clic en registrar pago en la " -"factura para registrar un pago." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2079,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "Extractos de Clientes" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -2087,9 +1692,6 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -"Extractos de clientes y proveedores son administrados en la moneda de la " -"factura. Entonces, el monto pendiente por su cliente (a su proveedor) esta " -"siempre expresado en la moneda de la factura." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2105,15 +1707,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" -"En el reporte anterior, la cuenta por cobrar asociada a Camptocamp no es " -"administrada en una segunda moneda, lo cual significa que mantiene cada " -"transacción en su propia moneda. Si prefiere, puede configurar la cuenta por" -" cobrar de su cliente con una segunda moneda y todo sus débitos " -"automáticamente se convertirán a esta moneda." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -2126,8 +1723,8 @@ msgstr "" "montos en la moneda de las facturas que recibió;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "Cómo administrar una caja registradora?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2155,328 +1752,16 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña Asientos de Diarios, la cuenta Débito y Crédito preestablecida" " puede ser configurada también como la moneda del diario" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Activo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "Establezca active a false para ocultar el diario sin eliminarlo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "Selecciona \"Venta\" para ver registros de facturas de clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "Selecciona \"Compra\" para registros de facturas de vendedores." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona \"Efectivo\" o \"Banco\" para registros que son usados en pagos " -"de clientes y vendedores." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "Seleccioina \"General\" para operaciones misceláneas de registros." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Use in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Utilizar en el TPV" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" -"Marca esta casilla de selección si este diario define un método de pago que " -"puede ser utilizado en el punto de venta." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Compañía" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Compañía relacionada con este diario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Código corto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "Los asientos de este diario será nombrados usando este prefijo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Próximo número" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "El siguiente número de secuencia se usará para la próxima factura." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Secuencia del asiento" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Este campo contiene información relacionada con la numeración de los " -"asientos de este diario." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Secuencia de notas de crédito dedicada" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Marque esta casilla si no desea compartir la misma secuencia de facturas y " -"notas de crédito de este diario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes: Next Number" -msgstr "Notas de crédito: Número siguiente" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "" -"El siguiente número de secuencia se usará para la siguiente nota de crédito." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Secuencia de entradas de nota de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Este campo contiene la información relacionada con la numeración de las " -"entradas de la nota de crédito de este diario." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Cuenta deudora por defecto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Actúa como una cuenta por defecto para importes en el debe." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Cuenta acreedora por defecto" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Actúa como una cuenta por defecto para los importes en el haber." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Moneda" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "La divisa utilizada para introducir asientos." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Define como se registrarán los extractos bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Creation of Bank Statements" -msgstr "Creación de extracto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "Define cuándo un nuevo extracto bancario" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "se creará al buscar nuevas transacciones." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "de tu cuenta bancaria. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Para pagos recibidos" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "Manual: Cobra en cash, cheque o cualquier otro método fuera de Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" -"Electrónico: Cobra automáticamente a través de un adquiridor de pagos al " -"solicitar transacciones en una tarjeta guardada por el consumidor al comprar" -" o subscribirse online (token de pago)." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Para pagos salientes" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "Manual: Paga facturas en cash o cualquier otro método fuera de Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "Cheque:Paga factura con cheque e imprimirlo desde Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Cuenta de beneficios" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Usado para registrar una ganancia cuando el saldo final de un registro de " -"caja difiere de lo que el sistema calcula" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Cuenta de pérdidas" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Usado para registrar una pérdida cuando el saldo final de un registro de " -"caja difiere de lo que el sistema calcula" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "Agrupar líneas de factura" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" -"Si esta opción está marcada, el sistema tratará de agrupar las líneas del " -"asiento cuando se generen desde facturas." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Post At Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Validar en la conciliación bancaria" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Whether or not the payments made in this journal should be generated in " -"draft state, so that the related journal entries are only posted when " -"performing bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" -"Si los pagos realizados en este diario se deben generar o no en un estado " -"borrador, de modo que las entradas de diario relacionadas solo se " -"contabilicen cuando se realice la conciliación bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name for Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Alias para Facturas de Proveedor" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft vendor bill by sending an email." -msgstr "" -"Crea un borrador de factura del vendedor al enviar un correo electrónico." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Comprueba la impresión del método de pago seleccionado" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Campo técnico usado para saber si la impresión de cheques se habilitó como " -"método de pago." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Secuencia de los cheques" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Secuencia de numeración de los cheques." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Numeración manual" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "Marque esta opción si sus cheques pre-impresos no están numerados." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Nº del próximo cheque" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Número de secuencia del próximo cheque impreso." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "Importe de la diferencia permitida" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" -"Este campo representa la diferencia máxima permitida entre el saldo final y " -"el efectivo teórico al cerrar una sesión, para usuarios no administradores " -"TPV . Si se alcanza este máximo, el usuario tendrá un mensaje de error en el" -" cierre de su sesión diciendo que él tiene que ponerse en contacto con su " -"manager ." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Uso" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos en efectivo?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2484,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para registrar una caja registradora especifica a otro cliente, deberá " "seguir los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2492,11 +1777,11 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Tablero --> Efectivo --> Registro de" " Transacciones`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "Llene en el balance de inicio y cierre" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2504,11 +1789,11 @@ msgstr "" "Registre las transacciones, especificando los clientes vinculados a la " "transacción" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Poner dinero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2518,11 +1803,11 @@ msgstr "" "iniciar sus transacciones. Desde la ventada Registro de Transacciones, vaya " "a :menuselection:`Más --> Ingresar dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Sacar dinero" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2532,27 +1817,1248 @@ msgstr "" "de finalizadas todas sus transacciones. Desde la ventada Registro de " "Transacciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Más --> Retirar dinero`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Las transacciones serán agregadas al registro actual de pago en efectivo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localizaciones" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar**: Este módulo agrega funciones de contabilidad para la " +"localización argentina, que representan las configuraciones mínimas " +"necesarias para que una empresa opere en Argentina y bajo las regulaciones y" +" pautas de la AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Incluye el informe del libro de IVA, que es un " +"requisito legal en Argentina y que contiene la información detallada de IVA " +"de las ventas o compras registradas en las entradas contables. Este módulo " +"incluye también el informe resumido del IVA que se utiliza para analizar la " +"factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los requisitos técnicos y " +"funcionales para poder realizarintercambio de información basado en el Web " +"Service de Factura Electrónica (WSFE), bajo las regulaciones de la AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "Instalar los módulos de localización Argentina" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Para esto, vaya a *Aplicaciones* y busque \"Argentina\". Luego haga clic en " +"*Instalar* para los dos primeros módulos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "Configure su empresa" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, el primer paso es configurar los " +"datos de su empresa. Adicional a la información básica, un campo clave para " +"completar es el Tipo de responsabilidad AFIP, que representa la obligación " +"fiscal y la estructura de la empresa:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" +"En la configuración de Contabilidad, hay tres paquetes disponibles de Plan " +"de cuentas, que están relacionados con el tipo de responsabilidad AFIP de la" +" compañía, considerando así que si las compañías base no requieren tantas " +"cuentas como las compañías con requisitos fiscales más complejos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "Monotributista (149 cuentas)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "Exento de IVA (159 cuentas)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 cuentas)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "Configurar datos maestros" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciales de Facturación Electrónica" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Entorno" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization`" +" para seleccionar el entorno:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "Certificados de AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" +"La facturación electrónica y otros servicios AFIP funcionan con Web Services" +" (WS) proporcionados por AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" +"Para habilitar comunicación con AFIP, el primer paso es solicitar un " +"certificado digital si no se tiene uno ya." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" +"Generar el certificado de Solicitud de Firma (Odoo). Cuando se selecciona " +"esta opción, se genera un archivo con la extensión ``.csr`` (solicitud de " +"firma de certificado, por sus siglas en inglés) para utilizar el portal AFIP" +" para solicitar el certificado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" +"Generar certificado (AFIP). Acceda al portal de AFIP y siga las " +"instrucciones descritas en el siguiente documento para obtener un " +"certificado. `Obtener certificado de AFIP " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" +"Cargar el Certificado y la Clave Privada (Odoo). Una vez que se ha generado " +"el certificado, este debe cargarse en Odoo, utilizando el lápiz que se " +"encuentra a continuación en el campo \"Certificado\" y seleccionando el " +"archivo correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que necesite configurar el Certificado de Homologación, consulte " +"la documentación oficial de AFIP: `Certificado de Homologación " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la localización argentina, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la AFIP ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Partner, esta " +"información es esencial para la mayoría de las transacciones. Hay seis tipos" +" de identificación disponibles por defecto:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" +"La lista completa de los tipos de identificación definidos por la AFIP se " +"incluye en Odoo, pero sólo los comunes están activos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "Tipo de responsabilidad AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" +"Como parte del módulo de localización, los impuestos se crean " +"automáticamente con su cuenta financiera y configuración relacionadas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "Tipos de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "Argentina tiene varios tipos de impuestos, los más comunes son:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "**IVA**. Es el IVA normal y puede tener varios porcentajes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" +"**Retención**. Pago anticipado de un impuesto que se aplica a los pagos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "Otros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos especiales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Algunos impuestos argentinos no se usan comúnmente para todas las empresas, " +"este tipo de impuestos se incluyen como inactivos por defecto. Es importante" +" que antes de crear un nuevo impuesto confirme que no esté incluido ya en " +"los impuestos inactivos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "Tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" +"En algunos países de América Latina, incluida Argentina, algunas " +"transacciones contables como facturas de clientes y proveedores se " +"clasifican por tipos de documentos definidos por las autoridades fiscales " +"del gobierno (en el caso de Argentina, la AFIP)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" +"El tipo de documento es un dato esencial que debe mostrarse en los informes " +"impresos y que debe identificarse fácilmente, dentro del conjunto de " +"facturas y de movimientos de cuenta." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" +"Cada tipo de documento puede tener una secuencia única por diario donde se " +"asigna. Como parte de la localización, el *Tipo de documento* incluye el " +"país en el que se aplica el documento y los datos se crean automáticamente " +"cuando se instala el módulo de localización." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" +"La información requerida para los tipos de documentos se incluye de manera " +"predeterminada, por lo que el usuario no necesita completar nada en esta " +"vista:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" +"Hay varios tipos de documentos que están inactivos de manera predeterminada," +" pero se pueden activar si es necesario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Letras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" +"Para Argentina, los tipos de documentos incluyen una letra que indica la " +"transacción u operación. Por ejemplo:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción B2B (empresa a " +"empresa), se debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"A\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" +"Cuando una factura está relacionada con una transacción de exportación, se " +"debe utilizar un tipo de documento \"E\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" +"Los documentos incluidos en la localización tienen la letra apropiada " +"asociada, el usuario no necesita configurar nada adicional." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "Usar en facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "El tipo de documento en cada transacción estará determinado por:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"El diario relacionado con la Factura, identificando si el diario usa " +"documentos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" +"Condición aplicada según el tipo de Emisor y Receptor (por ejemplo, tipo de " +"régimen fiscal del comprador y tipo de régimen fiscal del vendedor)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Diarios contables" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" +"En la localización argentina, el diario puede tener un enfoque diferente " +"dependiendo de su uso y tipo interno, para configurar sus diarios vaya a " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" +"Para los diarios de ventas y compras, es posible habilitar la opción *Usar " +"documentos*, que indica que el diario habilita una lista de tipos de " +"documentos que pueden relacionarse con las facturas de clientes y las " +"facturas de proveedores. Para obtener más detalles sobre las facturas, " +"consulte la sección 2.3 Tipos de documentos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" +"Si el diario de ventas o compras se usa sin la opción *Usar documentos* es " +"porque no se usarán para generar facturas fiscales, sino principalmente para" +" movimientos de cuenta relacionados con el proceso de control interno." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" +"**Sistema AFIP POS**: Este campo solo es visible para los diarios de ventas " +"y define el tipo de AFIP POS que se utilizará para administrar las " +"transacciones para las que se crea el diario. El AFIP POS define también:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "Las secuencias de tipos de documentos relacionados con el WS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "La estructura y los datos del archivo de factura electrónica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "Web Services" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." +msgstr "" +"``wsbfev1: Bono Fiscal Electrónico.`` Para quienes facturan bienes de " +"capital y desean acceder al beneficio de los Bonos de Crédito Fiscal " +"Electrónicos otorgados por el Ministerio de Economía. Para obtener más " +"detalles, puede consultar el siguiente enlace: `Bono Fiscal " +"<https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" +"``wsfexv1: Facturación Electrónica de Exportación.`` Se usa para generar " +"facturas para clientes internacionales y transacciones que involucren el " +"proceso de exportación. El tipo de documento relacionado es \"E\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" +"**Número de POS de AFIP**: Este es el número configurado en AFIP para " +"identificar las operaciones relacionadas con este POS de AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" +"**Dirección POS de AFIP**: Este campo está relacionado con la dirección " +"comercial registrada para el POS, que generalmente es la misma dirección de " +"la Compañía. Por ejemplo: tiene varias tiendas (ubicaciones fiscales), " +"entonces AFIP requerirá que tenga un POS AFIP por ubicación: esta ubicación " +"se imprimirá en el informe de la factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" +"**Libro unificado**: Cuando el sistema AFIP POS es Preimpresa, los tipos de " +"documentos (aplicables al diario) con la misma letra compartirán la misma " +"secuencia. Por ejemplo:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "Factura: FA-A 0001-00000002." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "Nota de crédito: NC-A 0001-00000003." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "Nota de débito: ND-A 0001-00000004." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Secuencias" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" +"Al crear los diarios de compras, es posible definir si pueden relacionarse a" +" tipos de documentos o no. Si se elige la opción de usar documentos, no hay " +"necesidad de asociar manualmente las secuencias de tipo de documentos puesto" +" que el número de documento lo da el proveedor." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Uso y prueba" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Facturas de clientes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" +"Después de que los contactos (clientes) y los diarios contables se crean y " +"configuran, al ser creadas las facturas tendrán el siguiente comportamiento:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "Asignación de tipo de documento" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "**Factura para un cliente final, prefijo B**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "**Facturación para Exportación, prefijo E**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" +"Como se muestra en las facturas, todas ellas usan el mismo diario contable, " +"pero el prefijo y la secuencia están dados por el tipo de documento.." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" +"El tipo de documento más común se definirá automáticamente para las " +"diferentes combinaciones de tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP, pero el " +"usuario puede actualizarlo manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "Elementos de facturas electrónicas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" +"Al usar facturación electrónica, si toda la información está correcta la " +"factura quedará registrada de modo estándar. En caso que algo necesite " +"revisarse (vea la sección de Errores comunes para más detalles), aparecerá " +"un mensaje de error indicando el problema y sugiriendo una resolución, y la " +"factura permanecerá en estado \"Borrador\" hasta que se corrija la " +"información necesaria." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la factura se registra, la información relacionada a su estatus " +"y su validación ante la AFIP se muestra en la pestaña \"AFIP\". Esto " +"incluye:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "Autorización AFIP: Número CAE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" +"Fecha de vencimiento: Fecha límite para hacer llegar la factura al cliente. " +"Suele ser 10 días después de la generación del CAE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos en facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" +"Según el tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP, el IVA puede tener un " +"comportamiento diferente en el informe PDF:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" +"**A. Impuestos excluidos:** En este caso, el valor del impuesto debe " +"identificarse claramente en el informe. Esta condición se aplica cuando el " +"cliente tiene el siguiente tipo de responsabilidad ante AFIP:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" +"**B. Valor de impuestos incluido:** Esto significa que la cantidad gravada " +"se incluye como parte del precio del producto, subtotal y totales. Esta " +"condición se aplica cuando el cliente tiene los siguientes tipos de " +"responsabilidad ante AFIP:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "Consumidor Final." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "IVA liberado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso especiales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" +"Para facturas electrónicas que incluyen servicios, la AFIP requiere reportar" +" la fecha de inicio y conclusión del servicio. Esta información puede " +"ingresarse en la pestaña \"Otra información\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" +"Si las fechas no se ingresan manualmente antes de validar la factura, se " +"agregarán automáticamente los días primero y último del mes en curso." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "Facturas de exportación" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" +"Las facturas relacionadas a transacciones de exportación requieren un diario" +" que usa el Sistema AFIP POS \"Expo Voucher - Web Service\" para que se le " +"asocie el tipo de documento apropiado:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando el cliente seleccionado en la factura tiene el Tipo de " +"responsabilidad ante AFIP como “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” o “IVA " +"Liberado – Ley Nº 19.640”, Odoo automáticamente asignará:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "Diario relacionado al Web Service de Exportación." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "Tipo de documento de exportación." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "Posición fiscal: Compras/Ventas al exterior." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Productos / Exportación definitiva de bienes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "Exención de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" +"Los documentos de exportación requieren el Incoterm en :menuselection:`Other" +" Info --> Accounting`:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "Bono fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" +"El bono fiscal electrónico es para ser usado por quienes facturan bienes de " +"capital y desean acceder al beneficio del bono de impuestos electrónicos " +"otorgado por el Ministerio de Economía." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "Moneda (según la tabla de parámetros) y presupuesto de factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "Impuestos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "Zona." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "Detalle cada artículo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "Descripción completa." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "Precio neto por unidad." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "Cantidad." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "Unidad de medida." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "Bono" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "Tasa de IVA." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "Factura de crédito electrónica MiPyME (FCE)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" +"**Facturas:** Hay varios tipos de documentos clasificados como MiPyME, " +"también conocidos como Factura de crédito electrónica (FCE), que se usa para" +" impulsar PyMEs. Su propósito es desarrollar un mecanismo que mejore las " +"condiciones de financiamiento de estas compañías y les permite incrementar " +"su productividad mediante el cobro anticipado de cuentas por pagar y cobrar " +"a sus clientes y/o proveedores." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "El emisor debe ser aceptado por AFIP para transacciones MiPyMEs." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "La cantidad debe ser mayor a 100,000 ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" +"Una cuenta bancaria tipo CBU debe estar relacionada al emisor, de otro modo " +"la factura no puede ser validada, resultando en un error como los " +"siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" +"**Notas de crédito o débito:** Al crear una nota de crédito o débito " +"relacionada a una FCE, es importante considerar los siguientes puntos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" +"Use los botones de Nota de crédito y débito, para transferir la referencia " +"correcta del documento de origen a la nota." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" +"La letra del documento debe ser la misma que la del documento origen (ya sea" +" A o B)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" +"Debe usarse la misma moneda que en el documento origen. Al usar una moneda " +"secundaria hay una diferencia resultante de la conversión. Si la taso de " +"cambio no es la misma el día de la emisión y del pago, es posible crear una " +"nota de crédito o débito para incrementar o reducir la cantidad a pagar en " +"ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" +"La FCE es rechazada por lo que la nota de crédito debe tener el campo \"FCE:" +" Es Cancelación?\" activado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" +"La nota de crédito fue creada con un valor negativo para anular la FCE. En " +"este caso el campo \"FCE: Es Cancelación?\" debe estar vacío (falso)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "Factura impresa" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" +"El PDF relacionado a la facturas electrónicas validadas por la AFIP incluye " +"un código de barras en la parte inferior que representa el CAE (Código de " +"Autorización Electrónico). La Fecha de vencimiento se muestra también por " +"ser requisito legal." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "Resolución de problemas y Auditorías" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" +"Para propósitos de auditorías y resolución de problemas pueden obtener la " +"información detallada de un número de factura que ha sido enviado antes a la" +" AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" +"También pueden obtener el últmo número usado en la AFIP para un tipo de " +"documento específico y el Número POS para solicitar soporte para cualquier " +"problema con la sincronización de secuencias entre Odoo y la AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Facturas de proveedores" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Según el diario de ventas seleccionado para la factura, el tipo de documento" +" ahora es un campo obligatorio. Este valor se rellena automáticamente según " +"el tipo de Responsabilidad ante AFIP del Emisor y el Cliente, pero el valor " +"se puede cambiar si es necesario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" +"El número de documento debe registrarse manualmente y el formato se valida " +"automáticamente. En caso de que el formato no sea válido, se mostrará un " +"error de usuario que indica el formato correcto que se espera." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" +"El número de factura de proveedor está estructurado de la misma manera que " +"las facturas de cliente con la diferencia de que la secuencia del documento " +"es ingresado por otro usuario: \"Prefijo del documento - Letra - Número de " +"documento\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "Validar el número de factura de proveedor en la AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" +"Como la mayoría de las compañías tienen controles internos para verificar " +"que la factura de proveedor está relacionada a un documento validado por la " +"AFIP, se puede fijar una validación automática en " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, tomando en cuenta los siguientes niveles:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" +"**No Disponible:** No se realiza la verificación. (Este es el valor por " +"defecto)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" +"**Requerido:** Se realiza la verificación y no permite al usuario registrar " +"la factura de proveedor si el número de documento no es válido." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "Cómo usarlo en Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta agrega a la factura de proveedor un nuevo botón \"Verificar" +" en AFIP\" ubicado al lado del código de autorización AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" +"En caso que no sea un código válido para la AFIP se mostrará el valor " +"\"Rechazado\" y los detalles de la validación serán agregaodos en el " +"\"chatter\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "Conceptos no gravados" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" +"Hay algunas transacciones que incluyen artículos que no forman parte del " +"monto gravable; esto es común en facturas de combustibles" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" +"La factura de proveedor será registrada usando un artículo por cada producto" +" que forme parte de la base imponible para el IVA y un artículo adicional " +"para registrar el concepto exento:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "Impuestos de percepción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" +"La factura de proveedor será registrada usando un artículo por cada producto" +" que forme parte de la base imponible para el IVA, el impuesto de percepción" +" puede ser agregado en cualquiera de las líneas de producto. Esto resultará " +"en un grupo de impuestos para el IVA y uno para la percepción. El valor por " +"defecto de percepción es siempre 1.00." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" +"Debe usar el lápiz al lado de la cantidad de percepción para editarla e " +"ingresar la cantidad correcta." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "Después de hacer esto la factura puede ser validada." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Informes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la localización, se agregaron los siguientes informes " +"financieros:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "Resumen de IVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "IIBB - Informes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -2560,17 +3066,14 @@ msgstr "" "La facturación electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -"**l11n_co**: Todos los datos básicos para administrar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, contiene la configuración por defecto para: plan de cuentas, " -"impuestos, retenciones, identificaciones y tipos de documentos." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -2580,15 +3083,15 @@ msgstr "" " para la inntegración con Carvajal T&S y generar la facturación electrónica," " basada en los requerimientos legales de DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Flujo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "1. Instalar los módulos de la localización colombiana" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -2596,11 +3099,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para hacerlo, vaya a Aplicaciones y busque “Colombia”. Haga click en " "“Instalar” para los primeros dos módulos." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "2. Configure las credenciales para el webservice “Carvajal T&S”" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -2610,8 +3113,8 @@ msgstr "" "con el webservice Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar las credenciales de " "usuario. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -2619,7 +3122,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ir a :menuselection:`Contabilidad —> Configuración —> Ajustes` y busque la " "sección *Facturación Electrónica para Colombia*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2631,7 +3134,7 @@ msgstr "" "integración conn el portal financiero CEN, el cual está accesible aquí: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -2639,11 +3142,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que Odoo y Carvajal T&S estén completamente configurados y listos " "para producción, el entorno de test puede ser deshabilitado." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" -msgstr "3. Configurar sus datos de informes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -2652,19 +3155,15 @@ msgstr "" "puede definir los datos para la sección fiscal y la información bancaria en " "el PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "4. Configurar datos requeridos en el XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "4.1 Cliente" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "4.1.1. Identificación" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -2675,7 +3174,7 @@ msgstr "" "clientes colombianos deben tener su número de identificación y tipo de " "documento configurados." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -2685,11 +3184,11 @@ msgstr "" " configurado en Odoo incluyendo el dígito verificador, Odoo dividirá este " "número cuando los datos sean enviados al proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "4.1.2. Estructura fiscal (RUT)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -2699,7 +3198,7 @@ msgstr "" "sonn incluídas como parte del módulo de facturación electrónica, debido a " "que es parte de la información requerida por el DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -2707,7 +3206,7 @@ msgstr "" "Estos campos se pueden encontrar en :seleccion de menu: `Socio--> Lengüeta " "de Ventas & Compras ---> Información Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -2715,63 +3214,47 @@ msgstr "" "Adicionalmente se agregaron dos campos booleanos para especificar el régimen" " fiscal del socio." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "4.2 Impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "4.3 Diarios" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" -msgstr "4.4 Usuarios " +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Usuarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "Uso y pruebas" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "1. Factura" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -2779,11 +3262,12 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez configurados todos sus datos maestros y credenciales, es posible " "comenzar a probar el flujo de trabajo de la factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" -msgstr "1.1. Creación de facturas" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -2793,11 +3277,11 @@ msgstr "" "factura no cambia. Los principales cambios que se introducen con la factura " "electrónica son los siguientes campos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -2805,7 +3289,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: Este es el tipo de documento regular y es aplicable" " para Facturas, Notas de crédito y Notas de débito." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -2813,7 +3297,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Esto debe ser seleccionado para las " "transacciones de importación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2825,11 +3309,11 @@ msgstr "" "ERP y es necesario generar la factura manualmente, cuando esta factura se " "agrega al ERP, este tipo de factura debe ser seleccionado." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" -msgstr "1.2 Validación de facturas" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -2837,7 +3321,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de validar la factura, se crea un archivo XML y se envía " "automáticamente a Carvajal, este archivo se muestra en el chatter." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -2848,11 +3332,11 @@ msgstr "" "muestra con el estado de Factura electrónica, con el valor inicial \"En " "progreso\":" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "1.3 Recepción de XML legal y PDF" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2869,11 +3353,11 @@ msgstr "" "único (CUFE), una factura en PDF que incluye un código QR y también se " "genera el CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Después de esto: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -2881,15 +3365,15 @@ msgstr "" "Un ZIP que contiene el XML legal y el PDF se descarga y se muestra en el " "chatter de la factura:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "El estado de la factura electrónica cambia a \"Aceptado\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" -msgstr "1.4 Errores comunes " +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -2900,7 +3384,7 @@ msgstr "" "error se muestran en el chatter después de actualizar el estado de la " "factura electrónica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -2908,11 +3392,11 @@ msgstr "" "Después de corregir los datos maestros, es posible reprocesar el XML con los" " nuevos datos y enviar la versión actualizada, usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" -msgstr "2. Casos de uso adicionales" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -2920,54 +3404,983 @@ msgstr "" "El proceso para las notas de crédito y débito es exactamente el mismo que la" " factura, el flujo de trabajo funcional también sigue siendo el mismo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Informes contables franceses" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan de Impuestos de Francia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -2976,76 +4389,76 @@ msgid "" "through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "¿Requiero que mi compañía use software anti fraude?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Obtiene certificación con Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Ser compatible con Odoo es muy fácil." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you " +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " "use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "Para obtener la certificación solo sigue los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3053,21 +4466,21 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -3075,7 +4488,7 @@ msgstr "" "En caso de que use Odoo on-premise, debe actualizar su instalación y " "reiniciar su servidor de antemano." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3085,15 +4498,15 @@ msgid "" " installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Características antifraude" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "El módulo antifraude introduce las siguientes características:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -3101,13 +4514,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Inalterabilidad **: desactivación de todas las formas de cancelar o " "modificar datos clave de pedidos POS, facturas y entradas de diario;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "" -"** Seguridad **: algoritmo de encadenamiento para verificar la " -"inalterabilidad;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -3115,11 +4526,11 @@ msgstr "" "** Almacenamiento **: cierres de ventas automáticos con computación del " "período y totales acumulados (diario, mensual, anual)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inalterabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -3129,7 +4540,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedidos de POS pagados, las facturas confirmadas y los asientos de diario se" " desactivan, si la empresa está ubicada en Francia o en cualquier DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -3137,18 +4548,18 @@ msgstr "" "Si ejecuta un entorno de múltiples empresas, solo se verán afectados los " "documentos de dichas empresas." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" -msgstr "Seguridad" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " "document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3157,7 +4568,7 @@ msgid "" "document recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3165,11 +4576,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Almacenamiento" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3177,24 +4588,24 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3202,7 +4613,7 @@ msgid "" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3210,41 +4621,42 @@ msgid "" "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilidades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Más información" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3252,41 +4664,34 @@ msgstr "" "Encontrará más información sobre esta legislación en los documentos " "oficiales:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -"`Preguntas frecuentes " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -"`Declaración oficial " -"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -"`Artículo 88 de la Ley de Finanzas 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Alemania" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Plan de Cuentas Alemán" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3297,8 +4702,8 @@ msgstr "" "desee en: menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Configuración` y luego elija el " "paquete que desea en la sección de localización fiscal." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -3306,48 +4711,51 @@ msgstr "" "Tenga cuidado, solo puede cambiar el paquete contable siempre y cuando no " "haya creado ninguna entrada contable." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Cuando crea una nueva base de datos SaaS, el SKR03 se instala de forma " "predeterminada." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Informes contables alemanes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Aquí está la lista de informes específicos de alemán disponibles en Odoo " "Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Balance de situación" +msgstr "Balance de Situación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Informe de Impuestos (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Empresa de IVA Intra" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Exportación de Odoo a Datev" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3361,11 +4769,350 @@ msgstr "" "menuselection: `Contabilidad-> Informes-> Contabilidad General` luego haga " "clic en el botón ** Exportar Datev (csv) **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "México" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonesia" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"<localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3374,28 +5121,25 @@ msgid "" "information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -"Esta documentación se hace asumiendo que tu sigues y conoces la " -"documentación oficial sobre facturación, ventas y contabilidad y que tiene " -"experiencia trabajando con Odoo en tales áreas, no se pretende poner aquí " -"los procedimientos que ya están explicados en esos documentos, solo la " -"información necesaria para permitirte usar Odoo en una empresa con sede " -"fijada en \"México\"." +"Esta documentación se ha hecho asumiendo que sigue y conoce la documentación" +" oficial sobre facturación, ventas y contabilidad y que tiene experiencia " +"trabajando con Odoo en tales área. No se pretende poner aquí los " +"procedimientos que ya están explicados en esos documentos, sólo la " +"información necesaria para permitir usar Odoo en una empresa con sede fijada" +" en \"México\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "La localización mexicana es un grupo de 3 módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 msgid "" -"**l10n_mx:** All the basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the " -"chart of account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended " -"copy of the list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -"**l10n_mx:** Todos los datos básicos para administrar la contabilidad, los " -"impuestos y el catálogo de cuentas. El catálogo de cuentas instalado es una " -"copia prevista de la lista de códigos de grupo ofrecidos por el `SAT`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." @@ -3403,7 +5147,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: Todo sobre las transacciones electrónicas, CFDI 3.2 y 3.3, " "complemento de pago, adición de factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." @@ -3411,7 +5155,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: todos los informes obligatorios para la contabilidad " "electrónica están aquí (se requiere aplicación de contabilidad)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3419,13 +5163,13 @@ msgid "" "market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -"Con la localización mexicana en Odoo no solo podrás cumplir con las " +"Con la localización mexicana en Odoo no solo podrá cumplir con las " "características requeridas por ley en México, sino también utilizarlo como " -"tu sistema de contabilidad y facturación debido a todos los requisitos " -"normales para este mercado, convirtiendo a Odoo la solución perfecta para " +"su sistema de contabilidad y facturación debido a todos los requisitos " +"normales para este mercado, cosa que hace de Odoo la solución perfecta para " "administrar su empresa en México." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " @@ -3435,30 +5179,28 @@ msgstr "" "de seguir el proceso paso a paso para evitar perder el tiempo en solucionar " "problemas. En cualquier paso puede retroceder y volver a intentarlo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "1. Instala la localización contable mexicana" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" -"Para esto, ve a aplicaciones y busca México. Posteriormente, haz clic en " +"Para esto, vaya a aplicaciones y busque México. Después, haga clic en " "*Instalar*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -"Al crear una base de datos desde www.odoo.com, si eliges México como país al" -" crear tu cuenta, la localización mexicana se instalará automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "2. Facturación electrónica (formato CDFI 3.2 y 3.3)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -3466,17 +5208,12 @@ msgid "" "3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Para habilitar este requisito en México, ve a configuración en contabilidad " -"en:menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración` y habilita la opción en la" -" imagen, con esto podrás generar la factura firmada (CFDI 3.2 y 3.3) y " -"generar también el complemento de pago firmado (3.3 solamente) todo se " -"integra completamente con el flujo de facturación normal en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "3. Establece tu información legal en la empresa" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -3488,7 +5225,7 @@ msgstr "" "Empresas` e ingrese una dirección válida y el IVA. No olvides definir una " "posición fiscal mexicana en la información contacto de tu empresa." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " @@ -3498,15 +5235,12 @@ msgstr "" "cualquier dirección conocida dentro de México con todos los campos para la " "dirección de la empresa y configurar al VAT como **TCM970625MB1**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" -"4. Establezca la \"Posición fiscal\" adecuada en el tipo de socio que " -"representa la empresa" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -3518,39 +5252,32 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a la carta de la información general de la compañía, y configure la Posición Fiscal correcta. \n" "(para el ** Entorno de prueba ** debe seleccionar * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, simplemente búsquelo como un campo en la barra de búsqueda de Odoo si no encuentra la opción)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "5. Habilitación de la nueva localización mexicana 3.3 CFDI" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -"Estos pasos solo son necesarios cuando habilita la localización mexicana " -"CFDI 3.3 (solo disponible para V11.0 y versiones superiores). Si no tiene la" -" versión 11.0 en su instancia de SaaS, solicite una actualización. Para " -"enviar un ticket a soporte, diríjase a https://www.odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Habilite el modo desarrollador: " +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -"Vaya y observe el siguiente parámetro técnico, en: menuselection: `-> " -"Ajustes-> Parámetros-> Parámetros del sistema ` y configure el parámetro " -"llamado * l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version * a 3.3 (créelo si la entrada con este " -"nombre no existe )." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -3562,12 +5289,12 @@ msgstr "" "SAT en cualquier base de datos nueva creada desde la versión v.11.0. CFDI " "3.3 es el comportamiento predeterminado." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Consideraciones importantes al habilitar el CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -3575,7 +5302,7 @@ msgstr "" "Su impuesto, que representa el 16% de IVA y el 0%, debe tener el campo " "\"Tipo de factor\" establecido en \"Tasa\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" @@ -3585,7 +5312,7 @@ msgstr "" "correcto (son los primeros 3 números en el nombre), por ejemplo, para el " "test, debe establecer 601, se verá como la imagen." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " @@ -3595,11 +5322,11 @@ msgstr "" "campo \"Referencia\" correctamente configurados, puede exportarlos y volver " "a importarlos para hacerlo más rápido." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "6. Configure el PAC para firmar correctamente las facturas." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -3611,17 +5338,14 @@ msgstr "" "dentro de la ** Lista de PAC admitidos ** en el campo * PAC * y luego " "ingresar su nombre de usuario de PAC y la contraseña de PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -"Recuerde que debe registrarse en el PAC arbitrado de antemano, ese proceso " -"se puede hacer con el PAC mismo en este caso, tendremos dos (2) Finkok`_ y " -"`Solución Factible`_ disponibles." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3635,7 +5359,7 @@ msgstr "" "propuesto para el SAT con el fin de establecer esta información para su " "entorno de producción con transacciones reales." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." @@ -3643,7 +5367,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si marcó la casilla * entorno de prueba MX PAC * no es necesario ingresar un" " nombre de usuario o contraseña de PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." @@ -3651,23 +5375,23 @@ msgstr "" "Aquí puede encontrar un certificado del SAT para usar el *Ambiente de " "Prueba* para la localización contable mexicana." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "`Certificado`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Clave del certificado`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "**Password :** 12345678a" -msgstr "**Contraseña:** 12345678a" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "7. Configure la etiqueta en impuestos de ventas" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " @@ -3678,7 +5402,7 @@ msgstr "" "el impuesto es un impuesto de venta, el campo \"Etiqueta\" debería ser " "\"IVA\", \"ISR\" o \"IEPS\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." @@ -3686,11 +5410,11 @@ msgstr "" "Tenga en cuenta que los impuestos predeterminados ya tienen una etiqueta " "asignada, pero cuando cree un nuevo impuesto, debe elegir una etiqueta." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Facturación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -3698,7 +5422,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para usar la facturación mexicana solo necesita crear una factura estándar  " "siguiendo los procesos normales dentro de Odoo. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -3706,7 +5430,7 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez que valide su primera factura, una factura firmada correctamente " "debe tener este aspecto:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -3716,19 +5440,17 @@ msgstr "" "factura o enviándolo por correo electrónico siguiendo el proceso normal en " "odoo para enviar su factura por correo electrónico." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -"Una vez que envíe la factura electrónica por correo electrónico, esta es la " -"forma en que debería verse." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Cancelando facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." @@ -3736,37 +5458,37 @@ msgstr "" "El proceso de cancelación está completamente vinculado a la cancelación " "normal en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Si la factura no esta pagada." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "Vaya al diario de facturas del cliente al que pertenece la factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" -msgstr "Marque el campo \"Permitir cancelación de asientos\"" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" -msgstr "Vuelva a su factura y haga clic en el botón \"Cancelar factura\"" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Consideraciones legales**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "Una factura cancelada se cancelará automáticamente con el SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " @@ -3776,42 +5498,114 @@ msgstr "" " la cantidad de CFDI cancelada que intentó, entonces todos esos XML son " "importantes para mantener un buen control de los motivos de cancelación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Pagos (Solo disponible para CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" -"To generate the payment complement you just must to follow the normal " +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" +"Para generar el complemento de pago solo necesitas seguir el proceso de pago" +" normal en Odoo, estas consideraciones para entender el comportamiento son " +"importantes." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" -"All payment done in the same day of the invoice will be considered as It " -"will not be signed, because It is the expected behavior legally required for" -" \"Cash payment\"." +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" +"Para generar complemento de pago el plazo de pago en la factura debe ser " +"PPD, ya que es el comportamiento esperado legalmente requerido para el " +"\"Pago en efectivo\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "" +"**1.1. ¿Cómo puedo generar una factura con un término de pago `PUE`?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" +"`De acuerdo con la ducumentación del SAT`_ un pago es clasiifiicado como " +"``PUE`` si se acordó pagar completamente una factura antes dl día 17 del " +"siguiente mes calendario (el próximo mes de la fecha del CFDI), cualquier " +"otra condición va a generar una factura ``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "**1.2. ¿Cómo puedo conseguir esto con Odoo?**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Para establecer el plazo de pago CFDI adecuado (PPD o PUE), puede " +"establecerse fácilmente utilizando los ``Términos de pago`` definidos en la " +"factura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Si se genera una factura sin ``Plazo de pago`` el atributo ``MetodoPago`` " +"será ``PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Hoy, si es el primer día del mes y se genera una factura con ``Plazo de " +"Pago`` ``30 Días Netos``', la ``Fecha de Vencimiento`` calculada será el " +"primer día del mes siguiente, este significa que es antes del día 17 del mes" +" siguiente, entonces el atributo ``MetodoPago`` será `` PUE ''." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Hoy, si se genera una factura con ``Plazo de Pago`` ``30 Días Netos`` y la " +"``Fecha de Vencimiento`` es mayor que el día 17 del mes siguiente, el " +"``MetodoPago`` será ``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" -"To test a regular signed payment just create an invoice for the day before " -"today and then pay it today." +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "Necesita imprimir el pago para poder obtener el PDF correctamente. " +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3825,69 +5619,73 @@ msgstr "" "oficial `dada por el SAT`_ en la sección ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento Para la" " emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidad" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "La contabilidad para México en Odoo es compuesta por 3 reportes: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:288 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:299 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:304 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" -"Facturación electrónica nunca ha sido tan fácil, solo vé a " -":menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> México --> COA’ y dale clic en" -" el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**" +"La facturación electrónica nunca ha sido tan fácil, solo tiene que ir a " +":menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> México --> COA’ y darle clic " +"en el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:311 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" -msgstr "**¿Como agregar nuevas cuentas?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3897,11 +5695,11 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -3910,7 +5708,7 @@ msgstr "" "sitio web del SAT en la sección llamada ** Código agrupador de cuentas del " "SAT **." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:332 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -3919,14 +5717,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Cuando instala el módulo l10n_mx y su plan contable depende de él (esto " "sucede automáticamente cuando instala la configuración de México como país " -"en su base de datos), tendrá las etiquetas más comunes si la etiqueta que " -"necesita no está creada, puede crear una." +"en su base de datos), tendrá por defecto las etiquetas más comunes. Si la " +"etiqueta que necesita no está creada, puede crearla." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:338 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "Balanza de Comprobación Electrónica" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3941,21 +5739,21 @@ msgstr "" "superior ** Exportar para SAT (XML) ** con la selección previa del período " "que desea exportar." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:353 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" -msgstr "** ¿Qué es el DIOT y la importancia de presentarlo al SAT **" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -3965,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr "" "sabemos que no debemos descuidar lo que presentamos. Para que las cosas no " "pasen en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:360 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -3973,18 +5771,18 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -3994,7 +5792,7 @@ msgstr "" "obtenerlo en la página del SAT, es el formato electrónico A-29 que puede " "encontrar en el sitio web del SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:375 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4002,24 +5800,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4028,18 +5826,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:395 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4049,7 +5847,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:408 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4057,45 +5855,42 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" -msgstr "**¿Como generar este reporte en Odoo?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -"Vé a :menuselection:’Contabilidad --> Informes --> Mexico --> Transacciones " -"con terceras partes (DIOT)’. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:422 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:428 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -"Guarda en un lugar seguro el archivo descargado, vaya al sitio web de SAT y " -"sigue los pasos necesarios para declararlo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:439 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4109,34 +5904,34 @@ msgstr "" "necesita hacer nada más allí, pero el *L10N MX tipo de operación* deber ser " "configurado en todos sus proveedores." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:447 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:450 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:456 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4146,26 +5941,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:469 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "Módulo de Contactos (Gratis)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:474 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Multi moneda (Requiere de aplicación de Contabilidad) " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4175,16 +5970,16 @@ msgid "" "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" "En México, casi todas las empresas mandan y reciben pagos en diferentes " -"monedas. Si quieres hacer esto puedes habilitar el uso de multi-divisas y " -"deberías de habilitar la sincronización con **Banxico**, esto te dejara " -"bajar el tipo de cambio automáticamente del SAT sin necesidad de configurar " -"esta información todos los días manualmente en el sistema. " +"monedas. Si quiere hacer esto puede habilitar el uso de multi-divisas. " +"También debería habilitar la sincronización con **Banxico**, ya que esto le " +"dejara bajar el tipo de cambio automáticamente del SAT sin necesidad de " +"configurar esta información todos los días manualmente en el sistema. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:488 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:494 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -4192,58 +5987,58 @@ msgstr "" "Habilitación de errores explícitos en el CFDI utilizando el validador local " "XSD (CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:502 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Busque la acción llamada \"Descargar archivos XSD a CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:505 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Abre cualquier empresa que tengas." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:529 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Haga clic en \"Acción\" y luego en \"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:511 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Si ves un error como este:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "El CFDI generado no es válido. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:520 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -4253,209 +6048,171 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:528 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Ve a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. " +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Mensaje de error** (Solo aplica en el CFDI 3.3):" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:537 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:539 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:570 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:580 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:593 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" " for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " "which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " "possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -"** Solución: ** Olvido establecer la \"Posición fiscal\" adecuada en el " -"socio de la empresa, vaya a los clientes, elimine el filtro del cliente y " -"busque el socio llamado como su empresa y establezca la posición fiscal " -"adecuada, que es el tipo de negocio que hace su empresa en cuanto a la lista" -" de valores posibles de SAT. Una opción adicional es que se le olvidó seguir" -" las consideraciones sobre las posiciones fiscales." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:559 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:572 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " "'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:575 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "**Solución:** El método de pago es requerido en tu factura. " +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:582 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " "is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:587 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " "the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:595 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -"**Solución:** El código postal en la dirección de tu empresa no es uno " -"valido para México, corrígelo. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" +"required but missing." msgstr "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:610 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -"**Solución:** Configura el nombre mexicano para el impuesto del 0% y el 16% " -"que existe en tu sistema y se usa en las facturas. " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Holanda" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -4464,125 +6221,145 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan de cuenta Español" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reporte de Impuestos (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiza" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " "bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actualización en vivo de la tasa de cambio" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -4590,28 +6367,28 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -4620,13 +6397,13 @@ msgid "" "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -4634,941 +6411,331 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "** Nombre del impuesto**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Tarifa**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "** Etiqueta en factura**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Compras" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Ventas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" msgstr "" -"Otros\n" -"Retirar dinero\n" -"Tomar dinero es utilizado para tomar su cash manualmente despues el fin de todas transacciones. De los windows Register Transactios, ir al menuselection. Mas-Retirar dinero\n" -"Las transacciones seran agregado al registro del pago cash.\n" -"Auditor " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "Asesor" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "Administre sus activos fijos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." msgstr "" -"El módulo \"Activos\" le permite mantener un registro de sus activos fijos, " -"como maquinaria, terrenos y edificios. El módulo permite generar entradas de" -" depreciación mensuales automáticamente, junta toda la depreciación, vende o" -" enajena los activos y realizar informes sobre los activos de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." msgstr "" -"A modo de ejemplo, puede comprar un coche por $ 36.000 (valor bruto) y " -"planea la amortización de acuerdo a 36 meses (3 años). Cada mes " -"(periodicidad), Odoo crearán una entrada de depreciación reduciendo " -"automáticamente el valor de los activos por $ 1,000 y esos $1,000 pasan como" -" un gasto. Después de 3 años, este patrimonio cuenta por $ 0 (valor " -"residual) en su balance." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." msgstr "" -"Los diferentes tipos de activos se agrupan en \"Tipos de Activos\" que " -"describen cómo deprecian un activo. He aquí dos ejemplos de activos tipos:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "Edificio: 10 años, depreciación lineal anual" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "Coche: 5 años, la depreciación lineal mensual" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Activos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "Iniciar con *Instalar el Módulo de Activos.*" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el módulo ya está instalado, usted podrá ver los dos menús que " -"se despliegan en la aplicación de Contabilidad:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Asesor --> Activos`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Tipos de Activos`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." msgstr "" -"Antes de registrar su primer activo, usted debe :ref:`definir sus Tipos de " -"Activos <accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "Definir los Tipos de Activos" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Usar" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"Los Tipos de Activos se utilizan para configurar toda la información acerca " -"de un activo: cuentas de activos y depreciación, método de depreciación, " -"etc. De esta manera, los asesores pueden configurar los tipos de activos y " -"los usuarios pueden continuar con el registro de activos sin tener que " -"proporcionar ninguna información contable que sea compleja. Sólo tienen que " -"proporcionar un tipo de activo en la factura de proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" -"Usted debe crear tipos de activos para cada grupo de activos que compra con " -"frecuencia como \"Carros: 5 años\", \"Hardware de la Computadora: 3 años\". " -"Para el resto de los activos, se pueden crear tipos de activos genéricos. " -"Nombre de acuerdo a la duración del activo como \"36 meses\", \"10 Años\", " -"..." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" -"Para definir los Tipos de Activos, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Tipos de Activos`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "Crear Activos manualmente" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" -"Para registrar activos manualmente, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Asesor --> " -"Activos`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" -"Una vez creado su activo, no se olvide de confirmarlo. También puede hacer " -"clic en el botón Depreciación Computadora para comprobar en el tablero antes" -" de confirmar la depreciación del activo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"si crea un activo manualmente, usted todavía necesita crear la factura del " -"proveedor para este activo. El documento activo sólo producirá los asientos " -"de diario de depreciación, no los relacionados con la factura del proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "Explicación de los campos:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Estado" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "Cuando un activo es creado, el estado es 'Borrador'." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." -msgstr "" -"Si el activo es confirmado, el estado entra en 'Funcionamiento' y las líneas" -" de depreciación pueden ser publicadas en la contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." -msgstr "" -"Puede manualmente cerrar un activo cuando la depreciación se termina. Si la " -"última línea de depreciación es publicada, el activo automáticamente va a " -"ese estado." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Category" -msgstr "Categoría de activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "Categoría del activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "Fecha" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "Fecha del activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Depreciation Dates" -msgstr "Fechas de depreciación" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The way to compute the date of the first depreciation." +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on last day of purchase period: The depreciation dates will be based" -" on the last day of the purchase month or the purchase year (depending on " -"the periodicity of the depreciations)." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Based on purchase date: The depreciation dates will be based on the " -"purchase date." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "First Depreciation Date" -msgstr "Primera fecha de depreciación" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that this date does not alter the computation of the first journal " -"entry in case of prorata temporis assets. It simply changes its accounting " -"date" -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que esta fecha no altera el cálculo de la primera entrada " -"del diario en caso de activos prorrata temporis. Simplemente cambia su fecha" -" contable." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "Valor bruto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "Valor bruto del activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "Valor residual" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "Es el importe que prevee tener que no puede depreciar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "Método de cálculo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" -"Elija el método a usar para calcular el monto en las líneas de depreciación." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Lineal: Calculado en base de: Valor Bruto / Número de Depreciaciones" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" -msgstr "" -"Decreciente: Calculado en base de: Valor Residual * Factor Decreciente" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "Método de tiempo basado en" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of entries." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Number of Entries: Fix the number of entries and the time between 2 " -"depreciations." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." -msgstr "" -"Fecha de Cierre: Elija el tiempo entre 2 depreciaciones y la fecha en que " -"las depreciaciones no irán por encima de." +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Año Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" -msgstr "Tiempo prorrateado" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the asset date (purchase date) instead of the first January / Start " -"date of fiscal year" -msgstr "" -"Indica que la primera entrada de depreciación para este Activo debe hacerse " -"desde la fecha del activo (fecha de compra) en lugar del primero de enero / " -"fecha de inicio del año fiscal" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "Número de depreciaciones" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "El número de amortizaciones para amortizar el activo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "Número de meses en un periodo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "La cantidad de tiempo entre dos amortizaciones, en meses" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "Trata de crear un *Activo* en la demostración en línea." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "Crear activos automáticamente desde la factura del proveedor" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"Los activos se pueden crear de forma automática desde las facturas de los " -"proveedores. Todo lo que se necesita hacer es establecer una categoría de " -"activos en su línea de factura. Cuando el usuario haga válido el proyecto, " -"se creará automáticamente un activo, utilizando la información de la factura" -" de proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"En función con la información de la categoría de activo, el activo se creará" -" en el proyecto o se puede validarlo directamente\\ *.* Es más fácil " -"confirmar activos directamente para que no se le olvide el hacerlo después. " -"(comprobar el *Saltar Estados del Proyecto* sobre *Categoría de Activos*) " -"Generar activos en el proyecto sólo cuando usted quiere que su asesor " -"controle todos los activos antes de la publicación a sus cuentas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"si usted pone el activo en el producto, la categoría del activo " -"automáticamente se cubrirá en la factura de proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" -"Odoo creará diarios de asientos de depreciación de forma automática en la " -"fecha adecuada para cada activo confirmado. (no a los proyectos de). Usted " -"puede controlar en el tablero de la depreciación: una viñeta verde que " -"significa que la entrada de diario se ha creado para esta línea." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" -"Pero también se puede publicar entradas de diario antes de la fecha " -"prevista, haga clic en el botón verde y así se hará creará la entrada de la " -"depreciación relacionada." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" -"En el tablero de Depreciación, haga clic en el botón rojo para dar la " -"entrada del diario. De clic en :guilabel:`Artículos` botón que se encuentra " -"en la parte superior, el cual permitirá ver las entradas publicadas. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "¿Cómo modificar un activo existente?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "Da clic en :guilabel:`Modificar Depreciación`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "Cambiar el valor de la depreciación" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" -"Odoo recalculará automáticamente el cambio y lo mostrará en una nueva " -"entrada del tablero." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "¿Cómo registrar la venta o disposición de un activo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" -"Si usted vende o dispone de un activo, es necesario despreciar completamente" -" este activo. Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Vender o Disponer`. Esta " -"acción publicará los costos completos de estos activos pero no va a " -"registrar la transacción de venta que debe ser registrada por medio de una " -"factura de cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar un presupuesto financiero?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" -"Gerando presupuestos es una parte importante para hacer negocios. Le permite estimar la performancia financial del plan. Odoo puede hacer presupuestos utiliando Cuentas Generales y de Analysis.\n" -"Vamos utilizar el ejemplo siguiente para mostrar. Hemos ya empezado un proyecto con Smith&Co y quieremos calcular los ingresos y gastos de este proyecto. Nosotros creemos tener 1000 como ingresos y no quieremos gastar mas de 700 en esto.\n" -"Primero debemos instalar las app relevantes para hacer el presupuesto. El modulo princpal es la app de contabilidad. Andar al modulo del app e instalar la App ''Contabilidad y Economia''.\n" -"Configurar mas es necsario tambien. Ir al ''menuselection', modulo de Contabilidad....>Configuracion....>Parametros " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" -"Usaremos el siguiente ejemplo para ilustrar. Acabamos de empezar un proyecto" -" con Smith&Co y nos gustaría presupuestar los ingresos y gastos de ese " -"proyecto. Planeamos tener una renta de 1000 y no queremos gastar mas de 700." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" -"Primero necesitamos instalar las aplicaciones relevantes para usar " -"presupuestos. El módulo principal es la aplicación contabilidad. Vaya al " -"módulo de la aplicación e instale la aplicación **Contabilidad y Finanzas**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" -"También es necesario configuración adicional. Vaya a menuselection:`Módulo " -"de contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y habilite la función " -"**administracion de presupuesto**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:35 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "Posiciones presupuestarias" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." -msgstr "" -"Las posiciones presupuestales son las cuentas generales para las cuales " -"quiere mantener presupuestos (normalmente cuentas de ingresos o gastos). " -"Ellas deben ser definidas para que Odoo pueda saber para que cuentas debe " -"sacar la información de presupuesto. Algunas debieron ser ya instaladas con " -"su plan de cuentas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Para definir las posiciones entre al :menuselection:`módulo de Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Posiciones Presupuestales`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:46 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" -"Para nuestro ejemplo necesitamos definir que cuentas se relacionan con los " -"gastos de nuestro proyecto. Crear una posición y agregar ítems para " -"seleccionar las cuentas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" -"En este caso seleccionamos las tres cuentas relevantes usadas en donde " -"registraremos nuestros gastos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:58 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "Haga clicn en *Seleccionar*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "Guarde los cambios para confirmar su posición presupuestal." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" -"Repita estos pasos para crear una posición de renta presupuestal. Solo en " -"este caso seleccione las cuentas de ingreso relevantes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:69 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "Contabilidad Analítica" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:82 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "Configurar un presupuesto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" -"Ahora programemos nuestros objetivos para nuestro presupuesto. Específicamos" -" que esperamos ganar 1000 con este proyecto y que nos gustaría no gastar mas" -" de 700." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar estos objetivos, ingrese a la aplicación contabilidad, " -"seleccione :menuselection:`Consejeros --> Presupuestos` y cree un nuevo " -"Presupuesto." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:91 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" -"Debemos darle un nombre al presupuesto. En este caso lo llamaremos \"Smith " -"Project\". Seleccione el período donde el presupuesto será aplicable. " -"Seguidamente agregue un ítem para especificar sus objetivos en la Línea de " -"Presupuesto." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la Posición Presupuestal relacionada con la Línea de Presupuesto." -" En otras palabras, seleccione la posición que señala a las cuentas que " -"quiere presupuestar. En este caso empezaremos con nuestro objetivo máximo de" -" gasto de 700. Seleccione la Posición Presupuestal \"Costo\" y especifique " -"el Monto Planeado. Como estamos registrando un costo, debemos especificar a " -"**monto negativo**. Finalmente, seleccione la cuenta analítica " -"correspondiente. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Guardar y nuevo** para insertar el presupuesto de ingreso. La " -"posición Presupuestal es Ingreso y el Monto Planeado es 1000. Guarde y " -"cierre" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:111 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "Necesitará **Confirmar** y **Aprobar** el presupuesto." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "Revisar su presupuesto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:116 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" -"Puede revisar su presupuesto en cualquier momento. Para ver la evolución, " -"registremos algunas Facturas y Facturas de Proveedor." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:121 -msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "" -"si usa cuentas analíticas recuerd que necesita especificar la cuenta en la " -"factura y/o línea de compra." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:125 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" -"para más información acerca de reservación de facturas y órdenes de compra " -"vea:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../cuentas por cobrar/cliente_facturas/resumen`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:129 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "Regrese en la lista de presupuesto y encuentre el Proyecto Smith." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" -"Por medio de la cuenta analítica, Odoo puede considerar las líneas de " -"factura y las líneas de compra reservadas en las cuentas y las mostrará en " -"la columna **Monto Práctico**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." -msgstr "" -"El monto teórico representa la cantidad de dinero que teóricamente podría " -"haber gastado / debería haber recibido en función de la fecha. Cuando su " -"presupuesto es 1200 para 12 meses (enero a diciembre), y hoy es 31 de enero," -" el monto teórico será 1000, desde que este es el monto actual que podría " -"haber sido efectuado." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Cómo hacer el cierre del año en Odoo? (cerrar un año fiscal)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," @@ -5578,7 +6745,7 @@ msgstr "" "normalmente se deberá realizar para asegurar que su contabilidad esta " "correcta, actualizada y exacta:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " @@ -5588,44 +6755,40 @@ msgstr "" "hasta el final del año y confirme que los saldos del libro de cierre " "concuerden con los saldos de sus extractos bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" "Verifique que todas las **facturas de cliente** han sido ingresadas y " "aprobadas." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." msgstr "" "Confirme que ha ingresado y aprobado todas las **facturas de proveedor**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." msgstr "Valide todos los **gastos**, asegúrando su exactitud." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -"Corrobore que todos los **pagos recibidos** han sido ingresados y " -"registrados exactamente." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Lista de chequeo de fin de año" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -"Ejecute un **Reporte de Impuestos**, y verifique que su información de " -"impuestos es correcta." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" msgstr "Concilie todas las cuentas en su **Hoja de Balance**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." @@ -5634,7 +6797,7 @@ msgstr "" " sus extractos. Utilice el reporte **Conciliación Bancaria** para apoyarse " "con esto." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." @@ -5642,17 +6805,14 @@ msgstr "" "Concilie todas las transacciones en efectivo y cuentas bancarias ejecutando " "sus reportes **Viejas Cuentas por Cobrar** y **Viejas Cuentas por Pagar**" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -"Audite sus cuentas, asegurándose de entender completamente las transacciones" -" que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, asegurándose de " -"incluir préstamos y activos fijos." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -5667,7 +6827,7 @@ msgstr "" "pendientes y facturas son conciliados, y puede conducir en encontrar errores" " o equivocaciones en el sistema. " -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" @@ -5675,7 +6835,7 @@ msgstr "" "A su contador/contable probablemente le gustará verificar sus items en la " "hoja de balance y el libro de entradas para:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." @@ -5684,35 +6844,31 @@ msgstr "" " (Por ejemplo, los reportes **Ganancias Corrientes del Año** y **Ganancias " "Retenidas**)." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." msgstr "**Trabajo en Progreso**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." msgstr "**Diario de Asientos de Depreciación**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." msgstr "**Préstamos**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." msgstr "**Ajustes de Impuestos**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " "loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -"Si su contador/contable esta en la auditoría de fin de año, ellos querrán " -"tener copias de los ítems de la hoja de balance (como los préstamos, cuentas" -" bancarias, pagos por anticipado, reportes de impuesto de ventas, etc...) " -"para comporarlos contra sus saldos en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -5726,11 +6882,11 @@ msgstr "" "contador puede confiar que nadie mas esta cambiando las transacciones " "previas del año mientras esta auditando los libros." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" msgstr "Cerrando el ejercicio fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -5747,7 +6903,7 @@ msgstr "" "inicio corresponderá con la fecha de inicio del **Año Fiscal** y los saldos " "de las cuenta serán todos 0." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -5761,44 +6917,1772 @@ msgstr "" " que la si o no ganancia corriente del año en la **Hoja de Balance** esta " "correctamente reportando un saldo 0." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Administrar Años Fiscales" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se trabaja con los consumidores, los precios se expresan por lo " +"general con los impuestos incluidos en el precio (por ejemplo, en la mayor " +"parte de comercio electrónico). Sin embargo, cuando se trabaja en un entorno" +" B2B, las empresas suelen negociar precios con impuestos excluidos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo maneja ambos casos de uso fácil, siempre y cuando se registre sus " +"precios en el producto con impuestos excluidos o incluidos, pero no ambas " +"cosas. Si gestiona todos sus precios con impuestos incluidos (o excluidos) " +"solamente, todavía se puede hacer fácilmente la orden de venta con un precio" +" que tiene sin impuestos (o incluidas): eso es fácil." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Esta documentación es solo para el caso especifico donde se necesita tener " +"dos referencias para el precio (impuestos incluidos o excluidos), para el " +"mismo producto. La razón de la complejidad es que no hay una relación " +"simétrica con precios incluidos y precios excluidos, como se muestra en este" +" caso de uso, en Bélgica con un impuesto del 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Su tienda en linea lista un producto a **10€ (impuestos incluidos)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" +"Esto resulta siendo **8.26€ (impuestos exluidos)** y **un impuesto de " +"1.74€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Pero en el mismo caso, si habia registrado el precio sin impuestos en el " +"formulario del producto (8.26€), obtendrá un precio con impuestos incluidos " +"de 9.99€ porque:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Por ende, dependiendo de como se ha registrado el precio en el formulario " +"del producto, obtendrá resultados diferentes para el precio impuestos " +"incluidos y el precio impuestos excluidos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Impuestos excluidos: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Impuestos incluidos: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Si compra 100 unidades a 10€ impuestos incluidos, se complicará aun más. " +"Obtendrá: **1000€ (impuestos incluidos) = 826.45€ (precio) + 173.55€ " +"(impuestos)**, que es bien diferente de un precio por unidad de 8.26€ " +"impuestos excluidos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Este documento explica como manejar este caso especificao donde necesita " +"manejar dos precios (impuestos incluidos y impuestos excluidos) en el " +"formulario del producto dentro de la misma compañia." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"In terminos de matematica financiera, no obtendra mas ingresos de vender un " +"producto a 10€ en vez de 9.99€ (teniendo un impuesto de 21%), por que su " +"ingreso sera exactamente el mismo de 9.99€, solo el impuesto sera 0.01€ mas " +"alto. Por ende, si tiene una tienda en linea en Bélgica, favorezca a sus " +"cliente poniendo un precio de 9.99€ en vez de 10€. Por favor tome nota de " +"que esto no aplica para 20€ o 30€, o otros impuestos de otro monton, o para " +"cantidades >1. Tambien hara un favor a si mismo porque podrá manejar todo " +"impuestos excluidos, que es menos propenso a errores y mas facil para su " +"fuerza de venta." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"La mejor forma para evitar esa complejidad es de eligir un sistema de " +"manejar los precios y mantenerlo: precios impuestos incluidos o precios " +"impuestos excluidos. Define cual es el defecto guardado en el formulario del" +" producto (en el impuesto por defecto relacionado con el producto), y deja " +"Odoo calcular el otro precio automaticamente, basado en listas de precio y " +"posiciones tributarias. Negocie sus contratos con sus clientes de acuerdo a " +"esta determinación. Esto funciona perfectamente \"out-of-the-box\" y no " +"necesitara configurar ajustes especiales algunos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Si no puede hacer esto y si realmente negocia precios con impuestos " +"excluidos y con otros clientes precios con impuestos incluidos, necesitará:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"siempre guardar el precio por defecto IMPUESTOS EXCLUIDO en el formulario " +"del producto y aplicar un impuesto (precio incluido) en el formulario del " +"producto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"crear una lista de precios con precios impuestos incluidos para clientes " +"especificos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"asignar ambos, la lista de precios y la posicion tributaria, a los clientes " +"que corresponden a la configuracion de precios impuestos incluidos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "Para efectos de esta documentación, utilizaremos el caso anterior:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Configurar sus productos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Una vez terminado, puede crear una lista de precios **B2C**. Puede activar " +"la característica lista de precios por cliente desde el menú: " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` del módulo Ventas. Elija la " +"opción **precios diferentes por segmento de cliente**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Una vez terminado, cree una lista de precios B2C desde el menú: " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. También es bueno renombrar la" +" lista de precios por defecto en B2B para evitar confusión. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Luego, cree un producto en 8.26€, con un impuesto del 21% (definido como " +"impuesto no incluido en el precio) y fije un precio en este producto para " +"clientes B2C en 10€, desde el: :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos` menú de" +" la aplicación Ventas. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"Desde la aplicación contabilidad, cree una posición fiscal B2C desde este " +"menú: :menuselection:`Configuración --> Posiciones Fiscales`. Esta posición " +"fiscal debe corresponder al IVA 21% (impuesto excluido de precio) con un IVA" +" 21% (impuesto incluido en precio)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Ensaye creando una cotización" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Cree una cotización desde la aplicación Ventas, usando el menú: " +":menuselection:`Ventas --> Cotizaciones`. Debe tener el siguiente resultado:" +" 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Luego, cree una cotización pero **cambie la lista de precios a B2C y la " +"posición fiscal a B2C** en la cotización, antes de agregar su producto. Debe" +" tener el resultado esperado, el cual es un precio total de 10€ para el " +"cliente: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Este es el comportamiento esperado para un cliente de su tienda. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Evite cambiar cada orden de ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Note que esta propenso a error: si configura una posición fiscal con " +"impuesto incluido en precios pero usa una lista de precios que no esta " +"incluida, podría incurrir en mala calculación de precios. Es por esto que " +"recomendamos compañías que solamente trabajan con una referencia de precios." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos de transacciones en efectivo son debidos cuando el pago se ha " +"hecho y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso con los impuestos" +" estándar). Informar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración basándose en " +"el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " +"condiciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Ejemplo: Vendes un producto en el 1er trimestre de tu año fiscal y recibes " +"el pago en el 2do trimestre de tu año fiscal. Sobre la base del método de " +"base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se " +"debe para el 2do trimestre." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en: selección del menú: `Contabilidad " +"-> Configuración -> Ajustes -> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " +"Efectivo '. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones" +" en Efectivo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" +"¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi " +"contabilidad?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Tomemos un ejemplo. Tú haces una venta de $100 con un 15% impuesto sobre la " +"base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se " +"crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débito**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédito**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diario del banco" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Un impuesto retenido, también llamado una retención de impuestos, es un " +"requerimiento gubernamental donde el pagador de una factura cliente retiene " +"o deduce impuesto sobre el pago, y paga ese impuesto al gobierno. En la " +"mayoría de las jurisdicciones, el impuesto retenido aplica a ingresos " +"salariales." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Con impuestos normales, el impuesto es agregado al subtotal para obtener el " +"total a pagar. Como es opuesto a los impuestos normales, los impuestos " +"retenidos son deducidos del monto a pagar, ya que el impuesto será cancelado" +" por el cliente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Como ejemplo, en Colombia puede tener la siguiente factura:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, un impuesto retenido es definido creando un impuesto negativo. Para" +" una retención del 10%, configuraría el siguiente impuesto (accesible a " +"través de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Para hacerlo aparecer como retención en la factura, debe configurar un grupo" +" de impuestos específico **Retención** en sus impuestos, en la pestaña " +"**Opciones Avanzadas**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Una vez el impuesto es definido, puede usarlo en sus productos, órdenes de " +"venta o facturas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Si la retención es un porcentaje de un impuesto regular, cree un Impuesto " +"con **Calculación de Impuesto** como un **Grupo de Impuestos** y configure " +"los dos impuestos en este grupo (el impuesto normal y la retención)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Aplicando retención de impuestos en facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Cuando vea la factura de cliente en la pantalla, obtendrá una **Línea de " +"Impuestos** resumiendo todos los impuestos (impuestos normales y " +"retenciones). Pero cuando imprima o envíe la factura, Odoo hace la " +"agrupación correcta entre todos los impuestos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes montos en cada grupo de " +"impuestos." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Crea una cuenta gratuita en el sitio de `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "En Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Cupones & Promociones" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nombre del impuesto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Cálculo de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Activo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Ámbito del impuesto" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Etiqueta en facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Grupo de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Incluir en la Analítica de costes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Incluir en el precio" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Base imponible de subsiguientes impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Otros" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "Asesor" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" +"Usaremos el siguiente ejemplo para ilustrar. Acabamos de empezar un proyecto" +" con Smith&Co y nos gustaría presupuestar los ingresos y gastos de ese " +"proyecto. Planeamos tener una renta de 1000 y no queremos gastar mas de 700." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" +"Primero necesitamos instalar las aplicaciones relevantes para usar " +"presupuestos. El módulo principal es la aplicación contabilidad. Vaya al " +"módulo de la aplicación e instale la aplicación **Contabilidad y Finanzas**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Posiciones presupuestarias" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" +"Para definir las posiciones entre al :menuselection:`módulo de Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Posiciones Presupuestales`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" +"Para nuestro ejemplo necesitamos definir que cuentas se relacionan con los " +"gastos de nuestro proyecto. Crear una posición y agregar ítems para " +"seleccionar las cuentas." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "Haga clicn en *Seleccionar*." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "Guarde los cambios para confirmar su posición presupuestal." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" +"Repita estos pasos para crear una posición de renta presupuestal. Solo en " +"este caso seleccione las cuentas de ingreso relevantes." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "Contabilidad Analítica" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "Configurar un presupuesto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" +"Ahora programemos nuestros objetivos para nuestro presupuesto. Específicamos" +" que esperamos ganar 1000 con este proyecto y que nos gustaría no gastar mas" +" de 700." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar estos objetivos, ingrese a la aplicación contabilidad, " +"seleccione :menuselection:`Consejeros --> Presupuestos` y cree un nuevo " +"Presupuesto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" +"Debemos darle un nombre al presupuesto. En este caso lo llamaremos \"Smith " +"Project\". Seleccione el período donde el presupuesto será aplicable. " +"Seguidamente agregue un ítem para especificar sus objetivos en la Línea de " +"Presupuesto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la Posición Presupuestal relacionada con la Línea de Presupuesto." +" En otras palabras, seleccione la posición que señala a las cuentas que " +"quiere presupuestar. En este caso empezaremos con nuestro objetivo máximo de" +" gasto de 700. Seleccione la Posición Presupuestal \"Costo\" y especifique " +"el Monto Planeado. Como estamos registrando un costo, debemos especificar a " +"**monto negativo**. Finalmente, seleccione la cuenta analítica " +"correspondiente. " + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" +"De clic en **Guardar y nuevo** para insertar el presupuesto de ingreso. La " +"posición Presupuestal es Ingreso y el Monto Planeado es 1000. Guarde y " +"cierre" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "Necesitará **Confirmar** y **Aprobar** el presupuesto." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "Revisar su presupuesto" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" +"Puede revisar su presupuesto en cualquier momento. Para ver la evolución, " +"registremos algunas Facturas y Facturas de Proveedor." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "Regrese en la lista de presupuesto y encuentre el Proyecto Smith." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" +"Por medio de la cuenta analítica, Odoo puede considerar las líneas de " +"factura y las líneas de compra reservadas en las cuentas y las mostrará en " +"la columna **Monto Práctico**." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" +"El monto teórico representa la cantidad de dinero que teóricamente podría " +"haber gastado / debería haber recibido en función de la fecha. Cuando su " +"presupuesto es 1200 para 12 meses (enero a diciembre), y hoy es 31 de enero," +" el monto teórico será 1000, desde que este es el monto actual que podría " +"haber sido efectuado." + #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analítico" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "Como rastrear costos de compras, gastos, subcontratación?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5837,14 +8721,10 @@ msgid "" "costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -"Por favor note que las aplicaciones proveídas por estas aplicaciones " -"solamente nos permiten **rastrear** los costos. No podremos automáticamente " -"re-facturar estos costos a nuestros clientes. Para rastrear y **re-facturar " -"costos** se debe también instalar la aplicación Administración de Ventas." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "Habilitar Contabilidad Analítica" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5870,7 +8750,7 @@ msgstr "No olvide guardar sus cambios." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "Cree una Cuenta Analítica." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -5888,8 +8768,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." msgstr "" -"Dirigiremos todos nuestros costos a esta cuenta para mantener rastro de los " -"mismos." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" @@ -5984,17 +8862,17 @@ msgstr "" " analítica correcta. Simplemente necesitamos crear el producto correcto del " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Puede también rastrear costos con hojas de trabajo, vea :doc:`hojas de " "trabajo`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Rastree costos en la contabilidad" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -6002,7 +8880,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora que todo esta registrado y apunta a la cuenta analítica. Simplemente " "ábralo para revisar los costos relacionados a esa cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -6010,15 +8888,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ingrese al módulo contabilidad, de clic en :menuselection:`Consejeros --> " "Cuentas Analíticas --> Abrir Asientos`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -"Seleccione \"paquete de consulta - Smith\" y de clic en el botón costo e " -"ingreso para tener un resumen de todos los costos vinculados a la cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -6029,8 +8905,8 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta analítica." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "Cómo rastrear costos de recursos humanos con hojas de trabajo?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6063,9 +8939,6 @@ msgid "" "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." msgstr "" -"Primero, instale las tres aplicaciones necesarias para usar esta " -"funcionalidad, a saber **Contabilidad**, **Ventas** y **Hojas de Trabajo**. " -"Ingrese al módulo el nombre de las aplicaciones e instálelas." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6073,10 +8946,6 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -"Seguidamente deberá habilitar la contabilidad analítica. Para hacerlo " -"ingrese a la **Aplicación contabilidad**. Seleccione " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque la opción **Contabilidad" -" analítica** (vea imagen abajo)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -6112,8 +8981,6 @@ msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" -"Si quiere que el empleado ingrese a la hoja de trabajo él/ella debe ser " -"relacionado como Usuario." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -6144,21 +9011,14 @@ msgid "" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -"De esta manera necesitamos crear una **orden de ventas** con un producto " -"**servicio** facturado **basado en tiempo y material** y rastreado por hojas" -" de trabajo con **horas** como unidad de medida." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -"Para más información acerca de como crear una orden de ventas basada en " -"tiempo y material por favor vea: *Cómo facturar basado en tiempo y material*" -" (Trabajo en Progreso)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -6172,38 +9032,30 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta (en este caso **SO002-Smith&Co**) para poder facturar sus horas (vea " "imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Llene la hoja de trabajo" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -"Como un empleado fue vinculado como un usuario, Harry puede ingresar a la " -"aplicación **Hoja de trabajo** y especificar sus hojas de trabajo para el " -"contrato. Conectado en la cuenta de Harry ingresamos la aplicación **Hoja de" -" trabajo** e ingresamos una línea detallada señalando a la **Cuenta " -"Analítica** discutida antes." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Harry trabajó tres horas en un análisis FODA para Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -"Al mismo tiempo, Cedric discutió necesidades del negocio con el cliente por " -"1 hora y lo especificó también en su hoja de trabajo personal, señalándolo " -"también en la **Cuenta Analítica**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -6211,11 +9063,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la **Orden de Ventas** notamos que el monto de horas entregadas es " "automáticamente calculado (vea imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Contabilidad analítica" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -6225,15 +9077,15 @@ msgstr "" "ingresos. Todos los ingresos y costos de estas transacciones se han " "registrado en la cuenta **SO002-Smith&Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Podemos usar dos métodos para analizar esta situación." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Sin filtros" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -6246,7 +9098,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Contabilidad*, seleccione :menuselection:`Consejero --> Cuentas Analíticas " "--> Abrir Asientos`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -6256,7 +9108,7 @@ msgstr "" "situación actual debe mantener los campos vacíos. Ya podemos notar el saldo " "débito y crédito de la cuenta." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -6264,7 +9116,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si damos clic en la cuenta tenemos un botón especial para obtener los " "detalles de costo e ingresos (vea imagen abajo)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -6272,17 +9124,17 @@ msgstr "" "De clic en el botón **Costo/Ingreso** para tener un resumen del costo e " "ingresos con la descripción correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "Con filtros" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "De esta manera podemos filtrar esta información desde las **Entradas " "Analíticas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -6292,7 +9144,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Consejero --> Entradas Analíticas`. En este menú tendrá " "varias opciones para analizar el costo de recurso humano." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -6302,7 +9154,7 @@ msgstr "" "proyecto. Agreguemos un **Filtro** personalizado donde la **Cuenta " "Analítica** contenga el número de la **Orden de Ventas**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -6310,7 +9162,7 @@ msgstr "" "En los resultados vemos las actividades de las hojas de trabajo y líneas " "facturadas correspondientes a costos e ingresos." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -6345,8 +9197,6 @@ msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" msgstr "" -"Para manejar contabilidad analítica, debe activarla en " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6370,7 +9220,7 @@ msgstr "Compañía de Servicios/IT: análisis de resultados" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "Caso 1: Compañía industrial: Analice costos" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6465,31 +9315,9 @@ msgstr "**Derecho**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Cuenta**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Débito**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Crédito**" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Valor**" @@ -6508,7 +9336,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "1500" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -6516,7 +9344,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "Subcontratistas" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -6531,7 +9359,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "Nota de crédito por materiales defectuosos" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -6548,7 +9376,7 @@ msgstr "Gastos del personal" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" -msgstr "2121" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" @@ -6557,13 +9385,13 @@ msgstr "10000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "Marketing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "-2 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -6580,7 +9408,7 @@ msgstr "Administrativo" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "-1 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -6621,9 +9449,6 @@ msgid "" "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -"Los ejemplos anteriores están basados en un desglose de los costos de la " -"compañía. Asignaciones analíticas pueden ser tan efectivas para ventas. Eso " -"le da rentabilidad (ventas - costos) de diferentes departamentos." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -6655,7 +9480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "Caso 2: Firma de Abogados: costos de recursos humanos?" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -6738,7 +9563,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "**Cantidad**" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" @@ -6765,7 +9590,7 @@ msgstr "Buscar la información (3 h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "-45" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -6786,7 +9611,7 @@ msgstr "Cargo de servicios" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "280" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -6810,7 +9635,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "Costo de combustible - Viaje de cliente" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -6834,7 +9659,7 @@ msgstr "6201 - Salarios" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "3 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -6903,9 +9728,6 @@ msgid "" "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." msgstr "" -"La administración de servicios, gastos y ventas es similar a lo presentado " -"antes para abogados. La facturación y el estudio de rentabilidad también son" -" similares." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -6937,7 +9759,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "Conclusión" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -6958,208 +9780,6 @@ msgstr "" "aplicaciones de Odoo (ventas, compras, hojas de trabajo, producción, " "facturas,...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "¿Qué es un tipo de cuenta y cómo lo configuro?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "¿Qué es un tipo de cuenta?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" -"Un tipo de cuenta es el nombre o código dado a una cuenta que indica el " -"propósito de la cuenta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, los Tipos de Cuentas se usan con propósitos informativos, para " -"generar reportes legales específicos del país, configure las reglas de " -"cierre del año fiscal y genere asientos de entrada." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" -"Básicamente, los tipos de Cuentas categorizan cuentas generales con algunas " -"categorías específicas de acuerdo a su comportamiento o propósito." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "¿Cuáles son los tipos de cuenta en Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" -"Odoo cubre todo tipo de contabilidades. Por lo tanto, no puede crear nuevos " -"tipos de cuentas. Solo elija la que se relacione con su cuenta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "**Listas de los tipos de cuentas**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Por cobrar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "A pagar" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Banco y caja" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Activos actuales" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Activos no-corrientes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Pre-pagos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Activos fijos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Pasivo actual" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Pasivos no-corrientes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Valor neto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Ganancias año actual" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Otro impuesto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Ingreso" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Amortización" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Gastos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Costos Directos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar mis cuentas?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" -"Clases de cuentas estan automaticamente creadas cuando se instala un plan de" -" cuentas, por defecto Odoo trae varios planes de cuentas, solo instale el " -"relacionado a su país" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" -"Este instalará cuentas genéricas. Pero si no cubre todos los casos, puede " -"crear sus propias cuentas también." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Si Ud. es un usuario Saas, el plan de cuentas de su país se instalará " -"automáticamente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Para crear nuevas cuentas, vaya a la aplicación Contabilidad. Abra el menú " -":menuselection:`Consejero --> Plan de Cuentas`, de clic en el botón " -"**Crear**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vea **Crear una Cuenta** en nuestra Demostración en Línea" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventario" @@ -7167,7 +9787,6 @@ msgstr "Inventario" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -"Impacto en la valuación del precio promedio cuando se devuelven productos" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7234,7 +9853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "Definiendo el precio de compra" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7251,7 +9870,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "Costo promedio ejemplo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -7401,7 +10020,7 @@ msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7556,12 +10175,6 @@ msgid "" "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Por las personas que usan los principios de la **contabilidad anglosajona**," -" hay otro concepto que se debe tomar en cuenta: la cuenta de entrada de " -"inventario del producto, la cual intenta mantener en cualquier momento el " -"valor de las facturas de proveedor que recibe. Entonces la cuenta de entrada" -" de inventario aumentará en la recepción de envíos entrando y se reducirá " -"cuando reciba las correspondientes facturas de proveedor." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -7583,7 +10196,7 @@ msgstr "diferencia de precio" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "($80)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -7591,7 +10204,7 @@ msgstr "Factura de proveedor recibida $80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" -msgstr "($64)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" @@ -7630,7 +10243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multimoneda" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" @@ -7650,9 +10263,6 @@ msgid "" "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" -"Después de recibidos sus pagos, tiene la opción de convertir el monto a la " -"moneda de su compañía. El pago multi-moneda implica fluctuaciones de tasas. " -"Las diferencias de tasa son registradas automáticamente por Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" @@ -7679,8 +10289,6 @@ msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." msgstr "" -"En este documento, la base monetaria es **Euro** y registrará pagos en " -"**Dólares**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7712,13 +10320,10 @@ msgid "" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" -"Revise si el campo **Moneda** esta vacío o en la moneda extranjera en la " -"cual registrará sus pagos. Si una moneda es completada, significa que puede " -"registrar pagos solamente en esta moneda." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "Registrar un pago en una moneda diferente" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -7792,20 +10397,20 @@ msgstr "" "contabilidad." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../banco/conciliación/configuración`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../banco/conciliación/casos_de_uso`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Cómo funciona la multi-moneda de Odoo?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7834,7 +10439,7 @@ msgstr "" " y marque **Permitir multi monedas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Diario de Tipo de Cambio" @@ -7906,19 +10511,16 @@ msgid "" "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" msgstr "" -"Elija el intervalo : Manualmente, Diariamente, Semanalmente o Mensualmente. " -"Siempre puede forzar la actualización dando clic en **Actualizar Ahora**. " -"Seleccione el proveedor, y esta configurado!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Solo las monedas **activas** son actualizadas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Configue sus planes de cuentas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -7928,7 +10530,7 @@ msgstr "" "de Cuentas`. En cada cuenta, puede configurar una moneda. Esto forzará a " "todos los movimientos para esta cuenta a tener la cuenta de moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -7936,11 +10538,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si lo deja vacío, significa que puede manejar todas las monedas que están " "Activas." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Configure sus diarios" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -7950,7 +10552,7 @@ msgstr "" "moneda en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, De clic en **Más** " "en el diario y **Ajustes**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" @@ -7961,7 +10563,11 @@ msgstr "" "registrará los pagos. Si se llena con una moneda, significa que puede " "registrar pagos solo en esta moneda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Cómo funciona la multi-moneda de Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " @@ -7970,11 +10576,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora que esta trabajando en un ambiente multi-moneda, todos los ítems " "contables serán vinculados a esta moneda, locales o extranjeros." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Órdenes de Venta y Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -7985,11 +10591,11 @@ msgstr "" "órdenes de venta y facturas. La moneda es configurada para todo el " "documento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Órdenes de Compra y Facturas de Proveedor" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -8000,23 +10606,17 @@ msgstr "" " de compra y facturas de proveedor. Esta moneda es configurada para todo el " "documento." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Registros de Pagos" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación **Contabilidad**, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Pagos`." -" Registre el pago y configure la monenda." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Extractos bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " @@ -8027,7 +10627,7 @@ msgstr "" " moneda de la compañía. Pero ahora hay dos campos complementarios, el monton" " que de hecho fue cancelado y la moneda en la que fue pagado." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8037,7 +10637,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura** correcta. Obtendrá el precio de la factura en la moneda de la " "factura y el monto en la moneda de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -8047,18 +10647,18 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`facturas_pagos`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr ":doc:`tipo de cambio`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar facturas y pagos en múltiples monedas?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8088,9 +10688,6 @@ msgid "" "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." msgstr "" -"Cuando esté creando una factura, la moneda se puede cambiar fácilmente; no " -"obstante, Odoo toma la moneda designada por la compañía por defecto. " -"Convertirá todos los montos automáticamente usando esa moneda." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" @@ -8110,9 +10707,6 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Para registrar pagos en otras monedas, debe remover la restricción de la " -"moneda en el diario. Vaya a la aplicación contabilidad, De clic en **Más** " -"en el diario y **Ajustes**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" @@ -8122,11 +10716,6 @@ msgstr "Facturas Multi-moneda y Facturas de Proveedor" msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Facturas de proveedor" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Pagos Multi-moneda" @@ -8143,7 +10732,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "Extractos Bancarios Multi-Moneda" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -8165,1762 +10754,607 @@ msgstr "" "entradas del diario para **Diferencia en Cambio**. Todas las diferencias de " "tipo de cambio son registradas allí." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`cómo_funciona`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Informes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear reportes personalizados con sus propias fórmulas?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." msgstr "" -"Odoo 9 viene con un marco de información poderoso y fácil de usar. Crear " -"nuevos reportes (como un reporte de impuestos o una hoja de balance para un " -"país específico) adaptados a sus necesidades ahora es más fácil que nunca." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Activar modo desarrollador" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" -"Para tener acceso a la interfaz de creación de reportes financieros, el " -"**modo desarrollador** debe ser activado. Para hacerlo, primero de clic en " -"el perfil del usuario en el extremo superior derecho del menú, luego " -"**Acerca De**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "De clic en: **Activar el modo desarrollador**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Crear sus reportes financieros" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"Primero, debe crear su reporte financiero. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Reportes Financieros`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez se ha llenado el nombre, hay otros dos parámetros que deben ser " -"configurados:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Mostrar Columnas Crédito y Débito**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Período de Análisis**:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "Basado en rango de fechas (ej Ingreso y Gasto)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "Basado en una sola fecha (ej Hoja de Balance)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" -"Basado en rango de fechas con columnas 'más antiguo' y 'total' y los últimos" -" 3 meses (ej. Balances de Terceros Antiguos)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" -"Basarse en rango de fechas y método base de efectivo (ej Estado de Flujo de " -"Efectivo)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Agregue líneas en sus reportes personalizados" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"Después de haber creado el reporte, necesita llenarlo con líneas. Todas " -"requieren un **nombre**, un **código** (que es usado para referirse a la " -"línea), un **número de secuencia** y un **nivel** (Usado para el " -"procesamiento de la línea)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" -"En los campos **fórmulas** puede agregar una o más fórmulas para asignar " -"valores a la columna balance (y a las columnas débito y crédito si aplica - " -"separado por ;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "Tiene varios objetos disponibles en la fórmula:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" -"``Ndías`` : El número de días en el período seleccionado (para reportes con " -"un rango de fechas)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"Otro reporte, referenciado por su código. Use ``.balance` para obtener su " -"valor balance (también están disponibles ``.crédito``, ``.débito`` y " -"``.monto_residual``)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"Una línea también se puede basar en la suma de movimientos de líneas en un " -"dominio seleccionado. En tal caso deberá llenar el campo dominio con un " -"dominio Odoo en el objeto movimiento de línea. Luego, un objeto adicional " -"estará disponible en el campo de fórmulas, concretamente ``suma``, la suma " -"de los movimientos de línea en el dominio. También puede agrupar por campo " -"el grupo de movimientos de líneas por una de sus columnas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Otros campos útiles:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Tipo** : Tipo de resultado de la fórmula." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" -"**Tiene buen crecimiento cuando es positivo** : Usado cuando se está " -"calculando la comparación de columnas. Revise si el crecimiento es bueno " -"(mostrado en verde) o no." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" -"**Cambiador especial de fecha** : SI una línea específica en un reporte no " -"debe usar las mismas fechas del resto del reporte." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -"**Mostrar dominio** : Cómo se muestra el dominio de una línea. Puede ser " -"plegable (``por defecto``, escondido en el principio pero puede ser " -"plegable), ``siempre`` (siempre se muestra) o ``nunca`` (nunca se muestra)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`reportes_principales`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "¿Cuáles son los reportes principales disponibles?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" -"Además de los reportes creados específicamente en cada módulo de " -"localización, unos pocos muy utilizados, **genéricos** y **reportes " -"dinámicos** están disponibles para todos los países :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**Hoja de Balance**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**Ganancia y pérdida**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**Plan de Cuentas**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**Resumen Ejecutivo**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**Libro Mayor General**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**Estado de Flujo de Efectivo**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Reporte de Impuestos**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Conciliación Bancaria**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Puede comentar cada reporte para imprimirlos y reportar a su asesor. " -"Exportar a xls para extra análisis. Profundice en los reportes para ver más " -"detalles (pagos, facturas, ítems del diario, etc.)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" -"También puede comparar valores con otro período. Elija cuántos períodos " -"quiere comparar con el período elegido. Puede elegir hasta 12 períodos " -"anteriores desde la fecha del reporte si no quiere usar la opción por " -"defecto **Período 1 Anterior**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" -"La **Hoja de Balance** muestra un resumen de los activos, pasivos y " -"patrimonio de su organización en una fecha particular." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Pérdidas y ganancias" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" -"El reporte **Ganancias y Pérdidas** (o **Estado de Resultados**) muestra el " -"ingreso neto de su organización, por deducción de gastos de los ingresoso " -"para el período reportado." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "Plan de cuentas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Un listado de todas sus cuentas agrupadas por clase." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Resumen ejecutivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" -"El **Resumen Ejecutivo** permite una mirada rápida de todas las cifras en " -"las que necesita ejecutar su compañía." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" -"En términos muy básicos, esto es lo que cada uno de los ítems en esta " -"selección esta reportando :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**Rendimiento:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad bruta:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" -"La contribución de cada venta individual hecha por su negocio menos " -"cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas (cosas como labor, " -"materiales, etc)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad neta:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" -"La contribución de cada venta individual hecha por su negocio menos " -"cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas, así como cualquier" -" gasto general fijo que su compañía tiene (cosas como renta, electricidad, " -"impuestos que debe pagar como resultado de esas ventas)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Rentabilidad de la inversión:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" -"El radio de ganancia neta hecha, al monto de activos que la compañía usó " -"para producir esas ganancias." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**Posición:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Días promedio del deudor:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" -"El promedio de días que le toma a sus clientes pagarle (totalmente), a " -"través de todas las facturas de sus clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Días promedio del acreedor:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" -"El promedio de días que le toma pagarle a sus proveedores (totalmente), a " -"través de todas las facturas de sus proveedores." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Previsión corto plazo de liquidez:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" -"Cuánto dinero se espera recibir o sacar de su organización en el siguiente " -"mes ej. balance de sus **Cuentas de ventas** del mes menos el balance de sus" -" **Cuentas de compras** del mes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "**Activos corrientes a pasivos:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" -"También referido como **proporción actual**, esta es la proporción de " -"activos corrientes (activos que pudieron convertirse en efectivo durante un " -"año) a los pasivos corrientes (pasivos que se vencerán en el próximo año). " -"Esto es típicamente usado como una medida de la habilidad de la compañía " -"para mantener su crédito." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Libro mayor" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"El **Reporte del Libro Mayor** muestra todas las transacciones desde las " -"cuentas elegidas para un rango de fechas. El resumen inicial muestra los " -"totales para cada cuenta y desde ahí puede ver un reporte detallado de la " -"transacción o cualquier excepción. Este reporte es práctivo para revisar " -"cada transacción ocurrida durante un cierto período de tiempo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Historial de pagos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute el reporte **Detalles de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar** para mostrar " -"información de facturas individuales, notas crédito y sobrepagos que deba, y" -" por cuánto tiempo estos han estado sin pagar." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "A cobrar vencido" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" -"El reporte **Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar** muestra las facturas de venta que" -" aún están esperando pagando durante un mes seleccionado y varios meses " -"anteriores." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Estado de Flujos de Efectivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" -"El **Estado de Flujo de Efectivo** muestra cómo cuentan los cambios en una " -"hoja de balance y el ingreso afecta el efectivo y los equivalentes de " -"efectivo, y descompone el análisis a actividades operativas, de inversión y " -"financieras." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Reporte Impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Este reporte le permite ver el **neto** y los **montos de impuestos** para " -"todos los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" -"¿Como manejar precios para negocios (impuestos exclidos) y precios para el " -"consumidor final (impuestos incluidos)?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se trabaja con los consumidores, los precios se expresan por lo " -"general con los impuestos incluidos en el precio (por ejemplo, en la mayor " -"parte de comercio electrónico). Sin embargo, cuando se trabaja en un entorno" -" B2B, las empresas suelen negociar precios con impuestos excluidos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo maneja ambos casos de uso fácil, siempre y cuando se registre sus " -"precios en el producto con impuestos excluidos o incluidos, pero no ambas " -"cosas. Si gestiona todos sus precios con impuestos incluidos (o excluidos) " -"solamente, todavía se puede hacer fácilmente la orden de venta con un precio" -" que tiene sin impuestos (o incluidas): eso es fácil." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Esta documentación es solo para el caso especifico donde se necesita tener " -"dos referencias para el precio (impuestos incluidos o excluidos), para el " -"mismo producto. La razón de la complejidad es que no hay una relación " -"simétrica con precios incluidos y precios excluidos, como se muestra en este" -" caso de uso, en Bélgica con un impuesto del 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Su tienda en linea lista un producto a **10€ (impuestos incluidos)**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" -"Esto resulta siendo **8.26€ (impuestos exluidos)** y **un impuesto de " -"1.74€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Pero en el mismo caso, si habia registrado el precio sin impuestos en el " -"formulario del producto (8.26€), obtendrá un precio con impuestos incluidos " -"de 9.99€ porque:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Por ende, dependiendo de como se ha registrado el precio en el formulario " -"del producto, obtendrá resultados diferentes para el precio impuestos " -"incluidos y el precio impuestos excluidos:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Impuestos excluidos: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Impuestos incluidos: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Si compra 100 unidades a 10€ impuestos incluidos, se complicará aun más. " -"Obtendrá: **1000€ (impuestos incluidos) = 826.45€ (precio) + 173.55€ " -"(impuestos)**, que es bien diferente de un precio por unidad de 8.26€ " -"impuestos excluidos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Este documento explica como manejar este caso especificao donde necesita " -"manejar dos precios (impuestos incluidos y impuestos excluidos) en el " -"formulario del producto dentro de la misma compañia." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"In terminos de matematica financiera, no obtendra mas ingresos de vender un " -"producto a 10€ en vez de 9.99€ (teniendo un impuesto de 21%), por que su " -"ingreso sera exactamente el mismo de 9.99€, solo el impuesto sera 0.01€ mas " -"alto. Por ende, si tiene una tienda en linea en Bélgica, favorezca a sus " -"cliente poniendo un precio de 9.99€ en vez de 10€. Por favor tome nota de " -"que esto no aplica para 20€ o 30€, o otros impuestos de otro monton, o para " -"cantidades >1. Tambien hara un favor a si mismo porque podrá manejar todo " -"impuestos excluidos, que es menos propenso a errores y mas facil para su " -"fuerza de venta." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"La mejor forma para evitar esa complejidad es de eligir un sistema de " -"manejar los precios y mantenerlo: precios impuestos incluidos o precios " -"impuestos excluidos. Define cual es el defecto guardado en el formulario del" -" producto (en el impuesto por defecto relacionado con el producto), y deja " -"Odoo calcular el otro precio automaticamente, basado en listas de precio y " -"posiciones tributarias. Negocie sus contratos con sus clientes de acuerdo a " -"esta determinación. Esto funciona perfectamente \"out-of-the-box\" y no " -"necesitara configurar ajustes especiales algunos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Si no puede hacer esto y si realmente negocia precios con impuestos " -"excluidos y con otros clientes precios con impuestos incluidos, necesitará:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"siempre guardar el precio por defecto IMPUESTOS EXCLUIDO en el formulario " -"del producto y aplicar un impuesto (precio incluido) en el formulario del " -"producto." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"crear una lista de precios con precios impuestos incluidos para clientes " -"especificos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"crear una posicion tributaria que cambie los impuestos excluidos por los " -"impuestos incluidos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"asignar ambos, la lista de precios y la posicion tributaria, a los clientes " -"que corresponden a la configuracion de precios impuestos incluidos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "Para efectos de esta documentación, utilizaremos el caso anterior:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Configurar sus productos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Una vez terminado, puede crear una lista de precios **B2C**. Puede activar " -"la característica lista de precios por cliente desde el menú: " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` del módulo Ventas. Elija la " -"opción **precios diferentes por segmento de cliente**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Una vez terminado, cree una lista de precios B2C desde el menú: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. También es bueno renombrar la" -" lista de precios por defecto en B2B para evitar confusión. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Luego, cree un producto en 8.26€, con un impuesto del 21% (definido como " -"impuesto no incluido en el precio) y fije un precio en este producto para " -"clientes B2C en 10€, desde el: :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos` menú de" -" la aplicación Ventas. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Configurando la posición fiscal B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"Desde la aplicación contabilidad, cree una posición fiscal B2C desde este " -"menú: :menuselection:`Configuración --> Posiciones Fiscales`. Esta posición " -"fiscal debe corresponder al IVA 21% (impuesto excluido de precio) con un IVA" -" 21% (impuesto incluido en precio)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Ensaye creando una cotización" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Cree una cotización desde la aplicación Ventas, usando el menú: " -":menuselection:`Ventas --> Cotizaciones`. Debe tener el siguiente resultado:" -" 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Luego, cree una cotización pero **cambie la lista de precios a B2C y la " -"posición fiscal a B2C** en la cotización, antes de agregar su producto. Debe" -" tener el resultado esperado, el cual es un precio total de 10€ para el " -"cliente: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Este es el comportamiento esperado para un cliente de su tienda. " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Evite cambiar cada orden de ventas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"La lista de precios esta en la pestaña **Ventas y Compras** del formato del " -"cliente, y la posición fiscal esta en la pestaña de contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Note que esta propenso a error: si configura una posición fiscal con " -"impuesto incluido en precios pero usa una lista de precios que no esta " -"incluida, podría incurrir en mala calculación de precios. Es por esto que " -"recomendamos compañías que solamente trabajan con una referencia de precios." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "Cómo adaptar impuestos a mi estado de cliente o localización" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" -"Muchas veces los impuestos de venta dependen de tu estado de cliente o " -"localización. Para mapear los impuestos, Odoo trae lo que llamamos " -"*Posiciones Fiscales*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "Crear mapeo de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" -"Una posición fiscal es solo un conjunto de reglas que mapea impuestos por " -"defecto (definidos en el formulario de producto) a otros impuestos. En la " -"captura de pantalla a continuación, clientes extranjeros obtienen un 0% de " -"impuestos en lugar del 15% establecido por defecto, tanto para ventas como " -"para compras." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Las posiciones fiscales principales se crean automáticamente de acuerdo a tu" -" localización. Quizás tengas que crear posiciones fiscales para casos " -"específicos. Para definir posiciones fiscales, dirígete a: " -"Facturación/Contabilidad - Configuración - Posiciones Fiscales." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" -"Si usas Odoo Contabilidad, también puedes mapear las cuentas de " -"Ingresos/Gastos de acuerdo a la posición fiscal. Por ejemplo, en algunos " -"países, los beneficios de las ventas no se publican en la misma cuenta que " -"los beneficios de las ventas en países extranjeros." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Adapta los impuestos al estado de tu cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Si un cliente está en una regla de impuestos específica, necesitas aplicar " -"un mapeo de impuestos. Para hacer esto, crea una posición fiscal y asígnala " -"a tus clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo usará esa posición fiscal para cualquier pedido/factura registrado por " -"el cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" -"Si configuras la posición fiscal en la orden de venta o manualmente en la " -"factura, solo aplicara a este documento y no a órdenes/facturas del mismo " -"cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Adapta los impuestos a la dirección de tus clientes (basados en destino)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de tu localización, los impuestos de ventas pueden estar basados" -" en origen o destino. La mayoría de estados o clientes requieren que " -"recolectes impuestos a la tarifa del destino (p.e. la dirección de tu " -"comprador), mientras otros requieren que los colectes a la tarifa del punto " -"de origen (p.e. tu oficina)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" -"Si estás bajo la regla basada en destino, crea una posición fiscal por mapeo" -" de impuestos para aplicar." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Selecciona la opción \"Detecta Automáticamente\"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona un grupo de países, un país, un estado o una ciudad para activar " -"la asignación de impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"De esta manera, si no se establece una posición fiscal para el cliente, Odoo" -" elegirá la posición fiscal que coincida con la dirección de envío al crear " -"un pedido." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Para órdenes eCommerce, el impuesto del carrito del visitante se actualizará" -" automáticamente y aplicará el nuevo impuesto después que el visitante ha " -"ingresado o llenado su dirección de entrega." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso específicos" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas eliminar un impuesto, en lugar " -"de reemplazarlo por otro, simplemente mantenga vacío el campo *Impuestos a " -"aplicar*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Si, para algunas posiciones fiscales, deseas reemplazar un impuesto por " -"otros dos impuestos, simplemente crea dos líneas que tengan el mismo " -"*Impuesto sobre el producto*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`crear`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Cómo administrar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos de transacciones en efectivo son debidos cuando el pago se ha " -"hecho y no en la validación de la factura (como es el caso con los impuestos" -" estándar). Informar sus ingresos y gastos a la administración basándose en " -"el método de base de efectivo es legal en algunos países y bajo ciertas " -"condiciones." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo: Vendes un producto en el 1er trimestre de tu año fiscal y recibes " -"el pago en el 2do trimestre de tu año fiscal. Sobre la base del método de " -"base de efectivo, el impuesto que tienes que pagar a la administración se " -"debe para el 2do trimestre." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar impuestos de transacciones en efectivo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"Primero tienes que activar el ajuste en: selección del menú: `Contabilidad " -"-> Configuración -> Ajustes -> Permitir Impuestos de Transacciones en " -"Efectivo '. Se te pedirá que definas el Diario de Impuestos de Transacciones" -" en Efectivo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" -"Una vez hecho esto, puedes configurar tus impuestos en: selección de menú: " -"`Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos'. Puedes abrir un impuesto, y en" -" la pestaña de *Opciones Avanzadas* verás la casilla de verificación *Usar " -"base en efectivo*. A continuación, tendrás que definir la *Cuenta de " -"Impuestos Recibidos*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cuál es el impacto de usa impuesto para transacciones en efectivo en mi " -"contabilidad?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Tomemos un ejemplo. Tú haces una venta de $100 con un 15% impuesto sobre la " -"base de transacciones en efectivo. Al validar la factura del cliente, se " -"crea la siguiente entrada en tú contabilidad:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Diario de facturas del cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Cuenta de impuesto $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Cuenta de ingresos $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Unos días después, recibirás el pago:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Diario del banco" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Banco $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "Al reconciliar la factura y el pago, se genera esta entrada:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Impuestos Diario de base de efectivo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Cuenta de impuestos recibidos $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Los dos elementos del diario creados en la Cuenta de Ingresos son neutrales " -"pero son necesarios para asegurar los informes de impuestos correctos en " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear nuevos impuestos?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"El sistema de impuestos de Odoo es muy flexible y soporta muchos tipos " -"diferentes de impuestos: impuestos al valor agregado (IVA), impuestos " -"ecológicos, impuestos federales / estatales / municipales, retenciones " -"fiscales, etc. Para la mayoría de los países, su sistema está preconfigurado" -" con los impuestos correctos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Esta sección detalla como definir nuevos impuestos para casos de uso " -"específicos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" -"Ir a: selección de menú: `Contabilidad -> Configuración -> Impuestos '. " -"Desde este menú, obtienes todos los impuestos que puedes utilizar: impuestos" -" sobre las ventas e impuestos sobre la compra." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Elija un campo: Ventas, Compra o Ninguno (por ejemplo, impuestos obsoletos)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Selecciona un método de cálculo:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Porcentaje del precio**: más común (por ejemplo, 15% de impuesto sobre las" -" ventas)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "**Porcentaje de Precio Impuestos Incluidos**: usado en Brasil, etc." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Grupo de impuestos**: permite tener un impuesto compuesto" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" -"Si utilizas la aplicación de Contabilidad de Odoo, establece una cuenta de " -"impuestos (es decir, donde se contabilizará el diario de impuestos). Este " -"campo es opcional, si lo mantienes vacío, Odoo publicará el ítem del diario " -"de impuestos en la cuenta de ingresos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" -"Si deseas evitar el uso de un impuesto específico, no podrás eliminarlo " -"porque el impuesto probablemente se utilice en facturas anteriores. Por lo " -"tanto, para evitar que los usuarios continúen usando este impuesto, debes " -"establecer el campo *Ámbito fiscal* a *Ninguno*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Si necesitas un mecanismo fiscal más avanzado, puede instalar el módulo " -"**account_tax_python** y podrás definir nuevos impuestos con código Python." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Configuración avanzada" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" -"**Etiqueta en las facturas**: un breve texto sobre cómo deseas que se " -"imprima este impuesto en la línea de factura. Por ejemplo, un impuesto " -"denominado \"15% en Servicios\" puede tener la siguiente etiqueta en la " -"factura \"15%\"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Grupo de Impuestos**: define donde este impuesto es resumido en el pie de " -"página de la factura. Todos los impuestos que pertenecen al mismo grupo de " -"impuestos serán agrupados en el pie de página de la factura. Ejemplos de " -"grupo de impuestos: IVA, Retención." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Incluir en Costo Analítico**: el impuesto es contado como un costo y, así," -" genera una entrada analítica si su factura usa cuentas analíticas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" -"**Etiquetas**: se utilizan para informes personalizados. Por lo general, " -"puedes mantener este campo vacío." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`aplicación`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "¿Cómo establecer impuestos predeterminados?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos aplicados en tú país se instalan automáticamente para la " -"mayoría de las localizaciones." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos predeterminados establecidos en pedidos y facturas provienen " -"de la ficha de facturación de cada producto. Tales impuestos se utilizan " -"cuando se vende a empresas que están en el mismo país / estado que tú." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar los impuestos predeterminados establecidos para cualquier nuevo" -" producto creado, ve a: selección de menú: `Facturación / Contabilidad -> " -"Configuración -> Ajustes`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" -"Si trabajas en un entorno de multi-empresas, los impuestos sobre ventas y " -"compras pueden tener un valor diferente de acuerdo a la empresa para la que " -"trabajas. Puedes iniciar sesión en dos empresas diferentes y cambiar este " -"campo para cada empresa." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar retenciones de impuestos?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Un impuesto retenido, también llamado una retención de impuestos, es un " -"requerimiento gubernamental donde el pagador de una factura cliente retiene " -"o deduce impuesto sobre el pago, y paga ese impuesto al gobierno. En la " -"mayoría de las jurisdicciones, el impuesto retenido aplica a ingresos " -"salariales." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Con impuestos normales, el impuesto es agregado al subtotal para obtener el " -"total a pagar. Como es opuesto a los impuestos normales, los impuestos " -"retenidos son deducidos del monto a pagar, ya que el impuesto será cancelado" -" por el cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Como ejemplo, en Colombia puede tener la siguiente factura:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, la **compañía quien envió la factura debe $20 de impuestos " -"al **gobierno** y el **cliente** debe $10 de impuestos al **gobierno**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, un impuesto retenido es definido creando un impuesto negativo. Para" -" una retención del 10%, configuraría el siguiente impuesto (accesible a " -"través de :menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`):" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo aparecer como retención en la factura, debe configurar un grupo" -" de impuestos específico **Retención** en sus impuestos, en la pestaña " -"**Opciones Avanzadas**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el impuesto es definido, puede usarlo en sus productos, órdenes de " -"venta o facturas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Si la retención es un porcentaje de un impuesto regular, cree un Impuesto " -"con **Calculación de Impuesto** como un **Grupo de Impuestos** y configure " -"los dos impuestos en este grupo (el impuesto normal y la retención)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Aplicando retención de impuestos en facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Una vez su impuesto esta creado, puede usarlo en los formularios del " -"cliente, órdenes de venta o facturas de clientes. Puede aplicar varios " -"impuestos en una sola línea de factura de cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Cuando vea la factura de cliente en la pantalla, obtendrá una **Línea de " -"Impuestos** resumiendo todos los impuestos (impuestos normales y " -"retenciones). Pero cuando imprima o envíe la factura, Odoo hace la " -"agrupación correcta entre todos los impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"La factura impresa mostrará los diferentes montos en cada grupo de " -"impuestos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "¿Cómo establecer los precios con impuestos incluidos?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" -"De esta manera, el precio fijado en el formulario del producto incluye el " -"impuesto. Por ejemplo, digamos que tienes un producto con un impuesto de " -"ventas del 10%. El precio de venta en el formulario de producto es $100." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Si el impuesto no esta incluido en el precio, obtendrá:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Impuestos: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Total a pagar: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Si el impuesta esta incluido en el precio" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Precio sin impuesto: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Impuestos: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Total a pagar: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Puedes confiar en la siguiente documentación si necesitas tanto los " -"impuestos incluidos (B2C) como los impuestos excluidos (B2B): " -":doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" -"Mostrar los precios con impuestos incluidos en el catálogo de comercio " -"electrónico" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, los precios mostrados en tú catálogo de comercio electrónico " -"están excluidos de impuestos. Para mostrarlos con impuestos incluidos, " -"selecciona *Mostrar subtotales de línea con impuestos incluidos (B2C)* en: " -"selección de menú: `Ventas -> Configuración -> Ajustes' (Visualización de " -"impuestos)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo obtener tasas de impuestos correctas en los Estados Unidos gracias a " -"TaxCloud?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" -"La integración **TaxCloud** permite calcular el impuesto sobre las ventas de" -" cada dirección en los Estados Unidos y realiza un seguimiento de qué tipos " -"de productos están exentos del impuesto sobre las ventas y en qué estados se" -" aplica cada exención. TaxCloud calcula el impuesto sobre las ventas en " -"tiempo real para cada estado, ciudad y jurisdicción especial en los Estados " -"Unidos." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "En Tax Cloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -"Crea un cuenta gratuita en la página web de *TaxCloud* " -"<https://taxcloud.net/#register>" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" -"Registra tu sitio web en TaxCloud para obtener una *ID de API* y una *Clave " -"de API*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "En Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" -"Ir a: selección de menú: 'Facturación / Contabilidad -> Configuración -> " -"Ajustes' y seleccionar *Calcular impuesto de ventas automáticamente usando " -"TaxCloud*. Haz clic en *Aplicar*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Aún en esos ajustes, ingresa tus credenciales de TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." -msgstr "" -"Presiona *Sincronizar Categorías de TaxCloud (TIC)* para importar categorías" -" de productos TIC desde TaxCloud (Códigos de información de impuestos). " -"Algunas categorías pueden implicar tasas específicas." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Establece predeterminado *Código TIC* y tasas de impuestos. Esto se aplicará" -" a cualquier nuevo producto creado. Un impuesto de ventas predeterminado es " -"necesario para activar el cálculo del impuesto." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" -"Para productos bajo una categoría específica, selecciónalo en su formulario " -"de detalle (en la pestaña *Ventas*)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrate de que la dirección de tu empresa esté bien definida " -"(especialmente el estado y el código postal). Ve a: selección de menú: " -"`Ajustes --> Ajustes Generales` y haz clic en *Configura la data de tu " -"compañía*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "¿Cómo funciona?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" -"La asignación automática de impuestos funciona gracias a las posiciones " -"fiscales (ver :doc: `application`). Se crea una posición fiscal específica " -"al instalar *TaxCloud*. Todo funciona al instante." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Esta posición fiscal se establece en cualquier orden de venta, pedido en " -"línea o factura cuando el país del cliente es *Estados Unidos*. Esto está " -"activando el cálculo de impuestos automatizado." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" -"Añade un producto con un impuesto de ventas predeterminado. Odoo enviará " -"automáticamente una solicitud a TaxCloud, obtendrá el porcentaje de impuesto" -" correcto basado en la ubicación del cliente (estado y código postal) y la " -"categoría TIC del producto, creará una nueva tasa impositiva si ese " -"porcentaje impositivo no existe en su sistema y lo devolverá a la línea del " -"pedido (por ejemplo, 7,0%)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo crear asignaciones de impuestos específicos utilizando TaxCloud?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" -"Puedes crear varias posiciones fiscales utilizando TaxCloud. Selecciona *Usa" -" TaxCloud API* para hacerlo. Tales posiciones fiscales se pueden asignar a " -"los clientes en su forma de detalle con el fin de obtenerlas por defecto " -"siempre que te compren algo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Primeros pasos" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan contable" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Pasivos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Valor neto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Ingreso" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Gasto" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Informe" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoría" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Tipos de cuentas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Por cobrar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Banco y caja" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Pre-pagos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Activos fijos" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "A pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Pasivo circulantes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Pasivos no-circulantes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Ganancias año actual" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Otro Ingreso" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Amortización" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Coste directo de la ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Otro" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Hoja de Desbalance" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Categorías" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "Grupos de cuentas" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Permitir conciliación" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Descatalogado" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar la Contabilidad de Odoo?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" -"La aplicación de Contabilidad en Odoo tiene una guía de implementación que " -"usted debe seguir para configurarlo. Es un asistente paso a paso, con " -"enlaces a las diferentes pantallas que necesita." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya `instalado la aplicación de Contabilidad " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, debe " -"hacer clic en la barra superior derecha donde se ve el proceso para tener " -"acceso a la guía de implementación." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -"La guía de implementación le ayudará a través de los siguientes pasos:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Completar la configuración de la empresa" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Tener acceso a las cuentas bancarias" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Seleccionar su plan de ventas" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Confirmar sus tasas habituales de impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Creación de cualquier moneda extranjera" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "La importación de sus clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "La importación de sus proveedores" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "La importación de sus productos" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "La importación de sus transacciones pendientes" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "La importación de sus balances de saldos" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Definir los usuarios para la Contabilidad" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Información de compañía" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Cuentas bancaria" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "periodos contables" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Diseño de Factura" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Método de pago" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Factura ejemplo" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -"Una vez que el paso se realiza, puede hacer clic en el botón \"Marcar como " -"Hecho\", en la parte inferior de la pantalla. De esa manera, usted puede " -"seguir el progreso de la configuración global de Odoo." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -9960,13 +11394,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo utiliza las reglas de la doble entrada: todas las entradas de diario se" " equilibran automáticamente (suma de los débitos = suma de créditos)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -"`Comprender las transacciones contables de Odoo por documento " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" @@ -9981,7 +11413,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-empresas" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -9989,6 +11421,9 @@ msgid "" "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" +"Odoo le permite a uno administrar varias compañías dentro de la misma base " +"de datos. Cada compañía tiene su propio plan de cuentas y reglas. Puede " +"obtener informes de consolidación siguiendo sus reglas de consolidación." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -10009,11 +11444,6 @@ msgid "" "transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -"Cada transacción se registra con la moneda base de la empresa. Para las " -"transacciones que ocurren en otra moneda, Odoo toma tanto el valor de la " -"moneda de la empresa y el valor en la moneda de la transacción para hacer " -"los cambios necesarios. Odoo puede generar divisas de ganancias y pérdidas " -"después de la reconciliación en los diarios de artículos." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -10033,10 +11463,15 @@ msgid "" "modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" +"La contabilidad de Odoo es compatible con más de 50 países. La contabilidad " +"central de Odoo implementa estándares de contabilidad que son comunes a " +"todos los países. Existen módulos específicos por país para las " +"especificidades del país, como el plan de cuentas, los impuestos o las " +"interfaces bancarias." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "En particular, el motor del soporte de contabilidad central de Odoo:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -10051,24 +11486,15 @@ msgstr "" "Contabilidad Europea donde los gastos se contabilizan en la cuenta del " "proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" -"La contabilidad Storno (Italia) donde las facturas de devolución tienen " -"créditos/débitos negativos en lugar de una reversión de los ítems originales" -" del diario." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "Odoo también tienen módulos para cumplir con las normas IFRS." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar y por pagar" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -10079,7 +11505,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear cuentas separadas por clientes y/o por proveedores, pero no es " "necesario." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -10090,11 +11516,11 @@ msgstr "" "como la declaración del cliente, los ingresos por clientes, cuentas por " "pagar por cobrar, edad, ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Amplia gama de reportes financieros" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -10104,32 +11530,30 @@ msgstr "" "de Odoo van desde reportes básicos de contabilidad hasta los reportes de " "gestión avanzada. Los reportes de Odoo incluyen:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Reportes de rendimiento (tales como las pérdidas o ganancias, variantes del " "presupuestos)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -"Reportes de posición (como balance general, cuentas por pagar pasadas, " -"cuentas por cobrar pasadas)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Reportes de efectivo (tales como el resumen de los bancos)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "Reportes a detalle (tales como el balance y la contabilidad general)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "Gestión de reportes (como presupuestos y resumen ejecutivo)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -10137,11 +11561,11 @@ msgstr "" "La configuración de informes en Odoo le permite personalizar su propio " "informe sobre la base de sus propias fórmulas." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importar automáticamente los canales de bancos" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -10158,7 +11582,7 @@ msgstr "" "vista diaria de su flujo de efectivo sin tener que acceder a su banca en " "línea o esperar sus estados de cuenta bancarios impresos." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -10170,11 +11594,11 @@ msgstr "" " también recuerda cómo se han tratado otras líneas de extractos de cuenta y " "proporciona sugerencia de transacciones del libro mayor." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -10185,33 +11609,28 @@ msgstr "" "continuación, puede comprobar el impuesto sobre las ventas mediante la " "ejecución del Reporte de Impuestos de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valoración del inventario" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -"Odoo soporta valoraciones de inventario tanto periódicas (manuales) y fijas " -"(automatizadas). Los métodos disponibles son el precio estándar, precio " -"medio, LIFO (para los países que le permiten) y FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -"`Ver el impacto del método de valoración de las transacciones " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "Utilidades retenidas fácilmente" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -10219,103 +11638,9 @@ msgid "" "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Introducción a la Contabilidad Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcripción" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" -"Odoo es un software de contabilidad hermosa diseñado para las necesidades " -"del siglo 21." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" -"Odoo lo conecta directamente a su banco o cuenta paypal. Las transacciones " -"son sincronizadas cada hora y la conciliación es asombrosamente rápida. Es " -"como magia." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" -"Instátaneamente cree facturas y envíelas con solo un clic. No necesita " -"imprimirlas." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "Odoo puede enviarlas por Ud por email o correo regular." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" -"Sus clientes pagan en línea, lo que quiere decir que obtiene su dinero " -"inmediatamente." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"La contabilidad de Odoo esta conectada con todas las aplicaciones de Odoo " -"como ventas, compras, inventarios y suscripciones." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" -"De esta manera, registrar facturas de proveedores también es súper rápido. " -"Configure un proveedor, seleccione la órden de compra y Odoo llena todo lo " -"demás por Ud. automáticamente." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" -"Luego, solo use el protocolo SEPA o imprima cheques para pagar a proveedores" -" en lotes." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "Es así de fácil con Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" -"Espere, hay más. Le encantarán los reportes de Odoo. Desde los reportes " -"legales hasta los resumenes ejecutivos, son rápidos y dinámicos. Use la " -"función de inteligencia de negocios de Odoo para navegar a través de toda la" -" información de su compañía." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" -"Por supuesto, Odoo también es portátil. Puede usarlo para revisar sus " -"cuentas en el camino." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "Pruebe Odoo ahora, y unáse a 2 millones de usuarios felices." - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "Recordatorio rápido de Contabilidad para Emprendedores (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -10410,10 +11735,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Activos = Pasivos + Equidad" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan contable" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -10431,6 +11752,8 @@ msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" msgstr "Balance = Débito - Crédito" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Asientos contables" @@ -10449,8 +11772,6 @@ msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -"Por cada entrada de diario debe ser *balanceada*, la suma de todos sus " -"débitos debe ser igual a la suma de todos sus créditos." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -10481,7 +11802,7 @@ msgstr "El cliente debe $1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuración:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -10586,16 +11907,10 @@ msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debe" @@ -10603,16 +11918,10 @@ msgstr "Debe" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haber" @@ -10620,26 +11929,9 @@ msgstr "Haber" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Factura 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "Pago 1.1" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "70" @@ -10660,7 +11952,7 @@ msgstr "Pago 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "30" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -10699,8 +11991,6 @@ msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -"un pago es registrado cuando se recibe un cheque de un cliente, luego " -"correspondido cuando se esta revisando el extracto bancario" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -10718,7 +12008,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "registrado como otra transacción:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." @@ -10759,37 +12049,23 @@ msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." msgstr "" -"El primer asiento del diario es creado registrando el pago en la factura. El" -" segundo es creado cuando se registra el extracto bancario." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Cuenta" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Cuenta a cobrar" @@ -10813,8 +12089,6 @@ msgstr "Cheque 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banco" @@ -10895,19 +12169,12 @@ msgstr "" " se mueve a o desde un camión. En este punto, Odoo soporta la creación de lo" " que es llamado Factura Borrador por el personal de Bodega." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Creación de Facturas" - #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -"Las facturas borrador puede ser generadas manualmente desde otros documentos" -" como Órdenes de Venta, Órdenes de Compra, etc. Aunque puede crear una " -"factura borrador directamente si quiere." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -10971,7 +12238,7 @@ msgstr "El documento esta compuesto de tres partes:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "la parte superior de la factura, con la información del cliente," +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -10988,13 +12255,10 @@ msgstr "Facturas Pro-forma o Abiertas" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" -"Una factura usualmente incluirá la cantidad y el precio de los bienes y/o " -"servicios, la fecha, las partes envueltas, el número único de la factura, y " -"cualquier información de impuestos." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -11025,7 +12289,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "Enviar la factura al cliente" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -11123,15 +12387,13 @@ msgstr "Conciliar" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "Ahora concilie!" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -"Ahora puede ir a través de cada transacción y conciliarlas o conciliar en " -"masa con las instrucciones al final." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -11186,12 +12448,10 @@ msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." msgstr "" -"Pasando por los registros del cliente y profundizando en los \"Pagos " -"Pendientes\" verá el mensaje de seguimiento y todas las facturas pendientes." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "Reporte de Antigüedad de Cliente:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -11232,11 +12492,9 @@ msgstr "Hoja de Balance" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -"La hoja de balance resume los pasivos, activos y patrimonio de su compañía " -"en un momento específico del tiempo." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -11356,7 +12614,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "**Cuentas por Pagar:** definidas en el formulario del proveedor" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 @@ -11365,7 +12623,7 @@ msgstr "**Impuestos:** definidos en los productos y por línea" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "**Gastos:** definidos en la línea del ítem del producto usado" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -11439,10 +12697,6 @@ msgid "" "daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " "checks in batches." msgstr "" -"Si elije pagar sus facturas de proveedor por cheque, Odoo ofrece un método " -"para hacerlo directamente desde sus pagos a proveedor dentro de Odoo. Si lo " -"hace en una base diaria o prefiere hacerlo al final de la semana, puede " -"imprimir en cheques en lotes." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -11472,6 +12726,11 @@ msgstr "" "pedirá configurar el siguiente número de cheque en la secuencia y luego " "imprimirá todos los cheques de una vez." +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Informes" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Balance de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar" @@ -11483,11 +12742,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -"Para obtener una lista de facturas de proveedor abiertas y su respectivas " -"fechas de vencimiento, puede usar el reporte **Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar**," -" bajo el menú de reportes, (en :menuselection:`Reportes --> Estado de " -"Negocios --> Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar`) para obtener una visual de todas " -"sus facturas pendientes." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -11511,414 +12765,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cliente_factura`" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "¿Cómo mantener el rastro de los gastos de empleados?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" -"Los gastos de empleados son cargos incurridos en nombre de la compañía. La " -"compañía luego reembolsa estos gastos al empleado. Los recibos encontrados " -"más frecuentemente son:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" -"viaje en carro, reembolsado por unidad de distancia (milla o kilometro)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "gastos de subsistencia, reembolsados con base en la factura," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" -"otras compras, como papelería y libros, destinados para la compañía pero " -"llevados a cabo por el empleado." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" -"Para administrar los gastos, necesita instalar la aplicación **Rastreador de" -" Gastos** desde el módulo de aplicaciones." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" -"También necesitará instalar el módulo **Administración de Ventas** para re-" -"facturar sus gastos a sus clientes." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"Una vez estas aplicaciones están instaladas puede configurar los diferentes " -"productos que representan los tipos de gastos. Para crear los primeros " -"productos, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Productos de " -"Gastos` en la aplicación **Gastos**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Algunos ejemplos de productos pueden ser:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**Viaje (en carro)**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Tipo de producto: Servicio" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "Política de Facturación: Facturar basado en tiempo y material" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Política de Factura de Gastos: En precio de venta" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Precio de Venta: 0.32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" -"Unidad de Medida: Km o milla (necesitará habilitar la opción **Múltiples " -"Unidades de Medida** desde :menuselection:`Módulo de Ventas --> " -"Configuración`)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**Hotel**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "Política de facturación de gastos: Al costo" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "**Unidad de Medida**: Unidad" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" -"En estos ejemplos, el primer producto será un gasto que reembolsamos al " -"empleado basado en el número de km que hizo con su propio carro (ej. para " -"visitar al cliente): 0.32€ / km. El hotel es reembolsado basado en el costo " -"real del hotel." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que todos estos productos tienen la casilla **Puede ser gastado** " -"marcada y la política de facturación configurada a **Factura Basada en " -"tiempo y material**. Esta política de facturación significa que, si el gasto" -" esta relacionado al proyecto/órden de venta de un cliente, Odoo re-" -"facturará este gasto al cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo soporta dos tipos de gastos:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "gastos pagados por el empleado con su propio dinero" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "gastos pagados con una tarjeta de crédito de la compañía" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "Flujo de gastos" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Registrar un nuevo gasto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"Cada empleado de la compañía puede registrar sus gastos desde " -":menuselection:`aplicación de gastos --> Mis Gastos`. El flujo para gastos " -"de personal funciona así:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "un empleado registra sus gastos, y los sube al supervisor" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "el supervisor aprueba o rechaza el gasto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "el contador publica las entradas en el diario" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" -"la compañía reembolsa los gastos del empleado (el empleado es como un " -"proveedor, con una cuenta por pagar)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" -"si el gasto es vinculado a una cuenta analítica, la compañía puede " -"reembolsar al cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "Para cada gasto, el empleado debe registrar al menos:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "una descripción: que debe incluir la referencia del recibo/factura" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "un producto: el tipo de gasto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"un precio (ej. hotel) o una cantidad (ej. reembolsar km si el viaje fue " -"hecho con su propio carro)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de la política de la compañía, el podría adjuntar un escaner o " -"una foto del gasto. Para hacerlo, solo escriba un mensaje al final del gasto" -" con el escaner del recibo/factura en adjunto." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" -"Si el gasto es vinculado al proyecto de un cliente, no debe olvidar " -"configurar una cuenta analítica, relacionada con el proyecto u órden de " -"venta del cliente (podría tener que activar cuentas analíticas en los " -"ajustes contables para obtener esta funcionalidad)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el gasto esta totalmente registrado, el empleado tiene que dar clic " -"en el botón **Subir al Supervisor**. En algunas compañías, los empleados " -"deben subir sus gastos agrupados al final del mes, o al final de un viaje de" -" negocios." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" -"Un empleado puede subir todos sus gastos en lote, usando la acción Presentar" -" Gastos desde la vista de lista de gastos, o los íconos pequeños en la vista" -" de lista." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Validación del supervisor" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" -"Los supervisores deben recibir un email para cada gasto a ser aprobado (el " -"supervisor de un empleado es definido en el formulario del empleado). Pueden" -" usar el menú **Para Aprobar** para revisar todos los gastos que están " -"esperando validación." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "El supervisor puede:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"comentar en un gasto pidiendo más información (ej. si no esta el escaner de " -"la factura);" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "rechazar un gasto;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "aprobar un gasto." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "Control del contador" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Luego, todos los gastos que han sido validados por el supervisor deben ser " -"registrados por el contador. Cuando un gasto es publicado, la entrada del " -"diario relacionada es creada y publicada en su contabilidad." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" -"Si el contador quiere crear solo una entrada del diario para un lote de " -"gastos, puede publicar gastos en lote desde la vista de lista de todos los " -"gastos." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Refacturar gastos a clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"Si el gasto fue vinculado a una cuenta analítica relacionada con una órden " -"de ventas, la órden de ventas tiene una nueva línea relacionada al gasto. " -"Esta línea no es facturada al cliente aún y será incluida en la siguiente " -"factura que será enviada al cliente (cargos por viaje y acomodación en un " -"proyecto de cliente)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" -"Para facturar al cliente, solo de clic al final de la factura en su órden de" -" ventas. (o se hará automáticamente al final de la semana/mes si factura " -"todas sus órdenes en lote)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "Reembolsar al empleado" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" -"Si el gasto fue pagado con el dinero propio del empleado, la compañía debe " -"reembolsar al empleado. En tal caso, el empleado aparecerá en el balance de " -"antiguas cuentas por pagar hasta que la compañía le reembolse sus gastos." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" -"Si unos gastos no deben ser refacurados a clientes, Usted tiene dos " -"opciones." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "Gastos que no son refacturados a clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" -"Si algunos gastos no deben ser refacturados a clientes, tiene dos opciones:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" -"Si la decisión de facturar o no está relacionada al producto, cambie la " -"política de facturación en el producto:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" -"El coste del envio real es escrito en el ordinador cuando la entrega es confirmada.\n" -"Si su decision no es relatada al producto, debe cambiar la politica del facturar en el producto.\n" -"Volver al orde de ventas, el coste real ha sido ahoraagregado al orden de ventas.\n" -"''basado en tiempo y material, refacturar el cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**basado en órdenes de venta**: no refacturar al cliente" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" -"si tiene que hacer una excepción para una factura que no debe ser " -"refacturada al cliente, no configure la cuenta analítica relacionada para " -"esta factura." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "¿Cómo pronosticar futuras facturas a pagar?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12024,7 +12873,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "Seleccionar facturas a pagar" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -12054,7 +12903,7 @@ msgstr "Pagos de Proveedor" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "Pagar por Cheques" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12088,7 +12937,7 @@ msgstr "" "acuerdo al país. Como ejemplo, el módulo **Impresión de Cheques USA** es " "requerido para imprimir cheques en USA." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -12098,11 +12947,11 @@ msgstr "" "instalados por defecto. (ejemplo: Usuarios en USA no tienen nada que " "instalar, esta configurado por defecto)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Activar métodos de pago en cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -12116,68 +12965,65 @@ msgstr "" "cuenta bancaria en la opción :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`. En el campo " "**Método de Pago**, configure **Cheque**. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Papelería de cheques compatible para imprimir cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "Estados Unidos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -"Para los Estados Unidos, Odoo soporta por defecto los formatos de cheque de:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: cheque en la parte superior, talonario en el medio" " y al final" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "" "**Peachtree**: cheque en el medio, talonario en la parte superior y al final" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: cheque en la parte superior, y talonario en el final." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" -"También es posible personalizar sus propios cheques a través de " -"personalizaciones." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "" "Pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque es resuelto en tres pasos:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "registrando un pago le gustaría hacerlo en la factura" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "Imprimir cheques en lote para todos los pagos registrados" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "Conciliar extractos bancarios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Registrar un pago con cheque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -12186,92 +13032,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Explicación de los campos en la pantalla de pago: " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Tiene facturas" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Campo técnico utilizado por usabilidad" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Ocultar método de pago" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Campo técnico utilizado para ocultar el método de pago si el diario " -"seleccionado tiene únicamente como disponible el 'manual'" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Mostrar cuenta bancaria del Contacto" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Código" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Campo técnico utilizado para adaptar la interfaz al tipo de pago " -"seleccionado." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Número de cheque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"El diario seleccionado está configurado para imprimir números de cheque . Si" -" sus cheques pre-impresos ya tienen números o si la numeración actual es " -"incorrecta, puede cambiarla en la página de configuración del diario." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Tratar de pagar una factura de proveedor con un cheque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimir cheques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -12283,32 +13047,25 @@ msgstr "" "los cheques que no se han impreso aún. Desde esta pantalla, puede imprimir " "todos los cheques en lote o revisarlos uno por uno." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " "will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -"Si quiere revisar cada uno de los pagos antes de imprimir el cheque, abra el" -" pago y de clic en **Imprimir Cheque** si lo acepta. Un cuadro de diálogo le" -" preguntará el número del cheque. Automáticamente le propone el siguiente " -"número, pero puede cambiarlo si no coincide con su siguiente número." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -"Para imprimir todos los cheques en lote, seleccione todos los pagos desde la" -" vista de lista e imprima el cheque desde el menú \"imprimir\" en la parte " -"superior." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "Conciliar extractos bancarios" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -12318,21 +13075,18 @@ msgstr "" "desde su cuenta bancaria, Odoo le propondrá automáticamente corresponderlo " "con el pago. Esto marcará el pago como **Conciliado**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -"para revisar los cheques que no han sido acreditados, abra la lista de pagos" -" y filtre en el estado Enviado. Revise los pagos que tienen fecha de más de " -"2 semanas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "Pagar cualquier cosa con un cheque" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -12342,7 +13096,7 @@ msgstr "" "proveedor. Para hacerlo, use el menú superior: :menuselection:`Compras --> " "Pagos`. Registre su pago y seleccione el método de pago con cheque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -12350,7 +13104,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si paga una factura de proveedor específica, ponga la referencia de la " "factura en el campo **Memo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -12360,17 +13114,17 @@ msgstr "" "vez confirmado, puede usar **Imprimir Cheque** directamente o seguir el " "flujo anterior para imprimir cheques en lote:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "`Imprimir cheques <ImprimirCheques_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "`Conciliar extractos bancarios <ConciliarExtractosBancarios_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "¿Cómo pagar varias facturas a la vez?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12396,9 +13150,6 @@ msgid "" "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -"En el siguiente ejemplo, generaremos algunas facturas. Ud. puede controlar " -"todo el proceso desde su tablero de contabilidad (es la primera pantalla que" -" tiene cuando abre la aplicación de contabilidad)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -12428,9 +13179,6 @@ msgid "" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" -"Ahora registraremos un pago para una factura solamente. Abra la factura, " -"luego de clic en **Registrar Pago**. Ingrese el Método de Pago, Fecha y " -"Monto, y de clic en **Validar**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -12446,7 +13194,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "Pagar varias facturas de proveedor en conjunto" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -12473,8 +13221,6 @@ msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." msgstr "" -"Ingrese los datos del pago. El sistema calculó el monto total de ambas " -"facturas, puede libremente modificarlo. De clic en **Validar**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" @@ -12497,8 +13243,6 @@ msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -"Esto se manejará desde el menú :menuselection:`Tablero --> Diario Bancario " -"--> Más Opciones --> Enviar Dinero`" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -12516,8 +13260,6 @@ msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." msgstr "" -"Como puede ver, el estado de pago de la factura muestra lo que esta " -"registrado y lo que esta pendiente por conciliar." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -12529,32 +13271,24 @@ msgstr "" " puede conciliar la transacción desde el Tablero. Éste automáticamente " "corresponderá el monto de la transacción." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" -"Para más información del proceso de conciliación bancaria, por favor lea:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Pagos parciales de varias facturas de proveedor" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "¿Cómo pagar varias facturas de proveedor a la vez teniendo descuentos por " "pronto pago?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -"Ya ha aprendido como pagar facturas de varias formas pero, ¿qué hay acerca " -"de los pagos parciales? Tomaremos otro ejemplo donde haremos pagos parciales" -" para varias facturas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -12562,7 +13296,7 @@ msgstr "" "Creamos varias facturas y las pagamos parcialmente a través de los extractos" " bancarios." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -12570,7 +13304,7 @@ msgstr "" "Agregamos términos de pago que permiten algunos descuentos por pronto pago " "donde el proveedor nos ofrece descuento en pago anticipado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." @@ -12578,11 +13312,11 @@ msgstr "" "Creamos las siguientes facturas con la asignación de los términos de pago " "anteriores." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Hemos creado las siguientes facturas:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -12591,25 +13325,19 @@ msgstr "" "descuento por pronto pago que nuestro proveedor otorgó bajo los términos de " "pago." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -"Antes de conciliar este extracto bancario, necesitamos crear un modelo de " -"extracto para descuentos por pronto pago." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Ahora regresamos al extracto bancario y abrimos la vista de conciliación." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "Para la conciliación bancaria con opción de modelo, vea" - #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Pagar con SEPA" @@ -12620,13 +13348,8 @@ msgid "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." msgstr "" -"El SEPA, Área Europea de Pago Único, es una iniciativa de integración de " -"pago de la Unión Europea para simplificar las transferencias bancarias en " -"Euros. El SEPA le permite enviar órdenes de pago a su banco para automatizar" -" las transferencias bancarias electrónicas." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." @@ -12671,31 +13394,25 @@ msgstr "" "Transferencia SEPA**. Este módulo administra el proceso de generar archivos " "SEPA basado en pagos en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -"De acuerdo a su país y el plan de cuentas que use, este módulo pueden ser " -"instalado por defecto. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Activar métodos de pago SEPA en bancos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " "when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -"Para permitir pagos en cheque, debe activar el método de pago en los diarios" -" de bancos relacionados. Desde el tablero de contabilidad (la pantalla que " -"obtiene cuando ingresa a la aplicación de contabilidad), de clic en \"Más\" " -"en su cuenta bancaria y elija la opción \"Ajustes\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -12705,16 +13422,13 @@ msgstr "" "parte de **Métodos de Pago** de la sección **Misceláneos**, marque la " "casilla **Transferencia por Crédito SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de específicar el número IBAN de la cuenta (el número de cuenta " -"doméstico no funcionará con SEPA) y el BIC (código de identificación del " -"banco) en su diario bancario." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -12727,11 +13441,11 @@ msgstr "" "ajustes de su compañía, en la pestaña **Configuración**, bajo la sección del" " **SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Registre sus pagos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -12742,27 +13456,21 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Compras --> Pagos`. Registre su pago y seleccione el método " "de pago de Crédito de Transferencia SEPA. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -"si es la primera vez que le paga a este proveedor, tendrá que llenar el " -"campo Cuenta Bancaria del Receptor, al menos con, el nombre del banco, IBAN " -"y BIC (Código de Identificación del Banco). Odoo automáticamente verificará " -"el formato IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" -"Para futuros pagos a este proveedor, Odoo automáticamente le propondrá las " -"cuentas bancarias pero Ud. podrá seleccionar otra o crear una nueva." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -12770,7 +13478,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si paga una factura de proveedor específica, ponga la referencia de la " "factura en el campo **nota**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -12783,11 +13491,11 @@ msgstr "" "el pago está directamente vinculado a la factura y será automáticamente " "conciliado a éste." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Generar archivos SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -12795,7 +13503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde su tablero de contabilidad, debe ver si hay archivos SEPA que generar " "de cada una de las cuentas bancarias." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -12807,11 +13515,15 @@ msgstr "" "(o marque la casilla superior para seleccionar todos los pagos a la vez) y " "de clic en :menuselection:`Más--> Descargar pagos SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Solución de problemas" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "El banco rechaza mi archivo SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " @@ -12821,13 +13533,13 @@ msgstr "" "PAIN.001.001.03**. Si no, o no puede proveer información relevante, por " "favor reenvíe el mensaje de error a su asociado de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "No hay un Código de Identificación del Banco registrado para cuentas " "bancarias..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -12838,151 +13550,622 @@ msgstr "" "IBAN para el asociado al que le esta pagando pero olvido llenar el espacio " "BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`revisar`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo debo usar facturas de proveedor o recibos de compra?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -"Los recibos de compra son diferentes de las facturas de proveedor. Las " -"facturas de proveedor son requerimientos de pago. Si emito una Órden de " -"Compra, mi proveedor en la mayoría de los casos de negocio, me enviará una " -"Factura de Proveedor. Dependiendo de su política de facturación, tengo un " -"período de tiempo definido para pagar la Factura. Los recibos de Compra son " -"confirmaciones de pagos recibidos. Son mis comprobantes de recibo diarios." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -"Desde el punto de vista contable esto hace la diferencia ya que una Factura " -"de Proveedor acreditará primero una cuenta débito antes de conciliarse con " -"la cuenta bancaria. Por otro lado, usualmente pagamos inmediatamente los " -"recibos de compra, lo cual significa que no hay necesidad de adeudar la " -"cuenta. " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -"Además los recibos de compra pueden tener un monto diferente de impuestos " -"por línea de producto, mientras que las facturas de proveedor aplican un " -"solo monto de impuesto para toda la factura." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -"Si la cuenta bancaria de mi compañía es usada para pagar bienes donde solo " -"un recibo de compra es emitido, debo usar la función recibos de compra en " -"Odoo para administrarlos contablemente." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -"Tomemos el siguiente ejemplo: necesitamos comprar té para nuestros clientes " -"desde una tienda local de té que no emite facturas. Vamos cada semana a " -"comprar 50 euros de té y una tetera que vale 20 euros. Pagamos a través de " -"la cuenta bancaria de la compañía." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "Lineal" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "Regresivo" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -"Para administrar recibos de compra en Odoo se ha debido instalar un módulo y" -" una aplicación. Vaya al módulo aplicaciones e instale la aplicación " -"contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Pre-requisitos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." msgstr "" -"Luego, vaya a la barra de búsqueda, borre el módulo de búsqueda por defecto," -" y busque \"compra\". Instale el módulo **Vales de Venta y Compra**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Registrar un recibo" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Por la instalación de los **Vales de Venta y Compra** he hecho que el nuevo " -"menú desplegable **Recibos de Compra** sea visible en la aplicación de " -"contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -"Para importar nuestro recibo de compra por valor de 50 euros de té, ingrese " -"a la aplicación contabilidad, seleccione :menuselection:`Compras --> Recibos" -" de Compra`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -"Cree un nuevo Recibo de Compra y complete toda la información necesaria. " -"Note que tiene la opción en el campo de Pago entre **Pagar Más Tarde** o " -"**Pagar Ahora**. Es una diferencia significativa ya que Pagar Más Tarde " -"generará entrada contable crédito mientras que Pagar Ahora acreditará " -"inmediatamente la Cuenta Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -"En la mayoría de los casos Ud. paga inmediatamente, por lo tanto, elegiremos" -" la opción Pagar Directamente. Agregue los productos, la cuenta relacionada " -"y el impuesto apropiado. Para el ejemplo supones que el té tiene un impuesto" -" del 12% y la Tetera del 21%." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Modelos de gastos diferidos" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -"Valide el Recibo de Compra para registrarlo. No olvide que necesita " -":doc:`conciliar pagos <../../banco/conciliación/casos_de_uso>` para cerrar " -"completamente la transacción en su contabilidad." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar Facturas de Proveedor?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13014,8 +14197,6 @@ msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." msgstr "" -"Usted empezará con las **Solicitudes de Presupuesto (RfQ)** que se enviarán " -"a sus proveedor(es)." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -13057,13 +14238,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación de Solicitudes de Compra e Inventarios" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" -"Desde la aplicación **Aplicaciones**, busque el módulo **Compras** e " -"instálelo. Debido a ciertas dependencias, instalando Compras generará " -"automáticamente la instalación de las aplicaciones de **Inventario** y " -"**Contabilidad**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -13072,20 +14249,15 @@ msgstr "Creando productos" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" -"La creación de productos en Odoo es esencial para la compra rápida y " -"eficiente dentro Odoo. Simplemente navegar en el submenú de los " -"**Productos** bajo Compra y haga clic en Crear." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" msgstr "" -"Cuando se crea un producto, es necesario poner atención al campo del **Tipo " -"de Producto**, ya que es importante: " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -13110,27 +14282,23 @@ msgstr "" "hecho de que no existe un inventario que administrar. No podrá recibir " "productos en cualquiera de estas designaciones." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -"Se recomienda crear un **Diverso Producto** para todas las compras que se " -"producen con poca frecuencia y no requieren de valoración o la gestión de " -"inventarios. Si crea un producto de este tipo, se recomienda establecer el " -"tipo de producto en **Servicio**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Comprando productos o servicios" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -13147,7 +14315,7 @@ msgstr "" "después (como la factura de proveedor probablemente incluirá la Referencia " "del Proveedor)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." @@ -13155,107 +14323,75 @@ msgstr "" "Valide la órden de compra y reciba los productos desde la aplicación " "Inventario." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Recibiendo productos" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -"Si ha adquirido cualquier producto almacenable del cual administra " -"inventario, tendrá que recibir los productos desde la aplicación Inventario " -"después que confirme una Órden de Compra. Desde el **Tablero de " -"Inventario**, deberá ver un botón que lo llevará directamente a la " -"transferencia de productos. Este botón se indica en rojo a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -"Navegando por esta ruta le llevará una lista de todos los pedidos en espera " -"de ser recibidos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -"Si tiene varias órdenes en espera, aplique un filtro utilizando la barra de " -"búsqueda en la parte superior derecha. Con esta barra de búsqueda, puede " -"filtrar basado en el **Proveedor** (o **Asociado**), el producto o el " -"documento de origen, también conocido como la referencia de su órden de " -"compra. También puede agrupar los pedidos por diferentes criterios bajo el " -"nombre de **Agrupar Por**. Al seleccionar un elemento de esta lista se " -"abrirá la siguiente pantalla donde luego recibirá los productos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "Comprar productos de servicio no desencadena una órden de entrega." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" -"Cuando reciba una Factura de Proveedor de una compra anterior, asegúrese de " -"registrarla en aplicación Compras bajo el **Menú de Control**. Es necesario " -"crear una nueva factura de proveedor, incluso si ya está registrada una " -"órden de compra." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" -"Lo primero que tendrá que hacer al crear una Factura de Proveedor, es " -"seleccionar el Proveedor adecuado ya que esto jalonará también cualquier " -"contabilidad asociada o información de lista de precios. A partir de ahí, se" -" puede optar por especificar cualquiera o varias órdenes de compra para " -"llenar la factura del proveedor. Al seleccionar una orden de compra de la " -"lista, Odoo traerá cualquier producto no facturado asociado a la orden de " -"compra y llenará automáticamente la información a continuación. Si usted " -"está teniendo dificultades para encontrar la factura del proveedor " -"correspondiente, puede buscar a través de la lista introduciendo el número " -"de referencia del proveedor o su número de orden de compra interna." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." msgstr "" -"Mientras que la factura está en estado de borrador, puede hacer las " -"modificaciones necesarias (es decir, quitar o añadir líneas de productos, " -"modificar cantidades, y cambiar los precios)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -"Su proveedor puede enviarle varias facturas para la misma Órden de Compra " -"sí:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -13263,11 +14399,11 @@ msgstr "" "Su proveedor está en la parte trasera de la orden y usted está el envío de " "facturas, ya que se envían los productos." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "Su proveedor le envía una factura parcial o pregunta por un depósito." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -13276,55 +14412,45 @@ msgid "" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -"Cada vez que registre una nueva factura de proveedor, Odoo automáticamente " -"llenará las cantidades de producto basado en lo que ha sido recibido desde " -"el proveedor. Si este valor se muestra en cero, significa que todavía no ha " -"recibido este producto y simplemente sirve como recordatorio de que el " -"producto no esta a la mano y debe indagar más profundamente al respecto. En " -"cualquier momento, antes que valide la Factura de Proveedor, puede anular " -"esta cantidad cero." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "Facturas de Proveedor Acompañadas" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "¿Qué hacer si su factura de proveedor no coincide con lo que ha recibido?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -"Si la factura que reciba del proveedor tiene diferentes cantidades que las " -"cantidades puestas automáticamente por Odoo, esto podría ser debido a varias" -" razones:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." msgstr "" -"el proveedor está erroneamente cobrandole productos y/o servicios que usted " -"no ha solicitado," +"El proveedor le está cobrando de forma incorrecta los productos y/o " +"servicios que usted no haya solicitado." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor le está facturando para los productos que es posible que no " +"haya recibido todavía, como el control de la facturación puede basarse en " +"cantidades solicitadas o recibidas." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -"el proveedor le está facturando productos que es posible no ha recibido aún," -" ya que el control de la facturación puede estar basado en cantidades " -"solicitadas o recibidas," #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "o el proveedor no le facturó los productos adquiridos previamente." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -13334,7 +14460,7 @@ msgstr "" " de compra asociada al proveedor, sea precisa y que entienda lo que usted ha" " pedido y lo que haya recibido." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -13342,30 +14468,28 @@ msgstr "" "Si no puede encontrar una orden de compra relacionada con la factura de " "proveedor, esto podría deberse a una de varias razones:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" -"el proveedor ya le ha facturado esta órden de compra, por consiguiente no " -"aparecerá en ningún lado en la selección," -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" -"alguien en la compañía olvidó registrar una órden de compra para este " -"proveedor," +"Alguien en la empresa se olvidó de registrar una orden de compra para este " +"proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "o el proveedor le está cobrando algo que usted no pidió. " +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "¿Cómo se manejan las cantidades de productos?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -13374,7 +14498,7 @@ msgstr "" "mientras los almacenables y consumibles se gestionan sobre la base de las " "cantidades recibidas." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -13391,7 +14515,7 @@ msgstr "" "modificar, y deberá ver que un nuevo campo aparece, marcado como **Controlar" " Facturas de Proveedor**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -13399,38 +14523,189 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, puede cambiar el método de gestión predeterminada para el " "producto seleccionado a basarse en cualquiera:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Cantidades pedidas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "o Cantidades recibidas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "Facturación por lotes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"Al crear una factura de proveedor y seleccionar la orden de compra adecuada," +" puede continuar seleccionando órdenes de compra adicionales. Odoo agregará " +"las líneas de pedido adicionales de las órdenes de compra que seleccione. Si" +" no ha eliminado las líneas de pedido anteriores de la primera orden de " +"compra, la factura se vinculará a todas las órdenes de compra apropiadas." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Precio" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Recibos de compra" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Registrar un recibo" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" msgstr "" -"Cuando cree una factura de proveedor y seleccione la órden de compra " -"apropiada, puede continuar seleccionando órdenes de compra adicionales y " -"Odoo agregará las línas del ítem adicionales desde esa órden de compra.. Si " -"no ha borrado las líneas del ítem anteriores de la primera órden de compra, " -"la factura será vinculada a todas las órdenes de compra apropiadas." #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Facturas de cliente" @@ -13446,6 +14721,11 @@ msgid "" " in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " "period." msgstr "" +"Los descuentos en efectivo son incentivos que puede ofrecer a los clientes " +"para motivarlos a pagar dentro de un período de tiempo específico. Por " +"ejemplo, ofrece un descuento del 2% si el cliente le paga dentro de los " +"primeros 5 días de la factura, cuando vence en 30 días. Este enfoque puede " +"mejorar enormemente su período de recolección promedio." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" @@ -13516,454 +14796,551 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Redondeo de efectivo" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" -msgstr "Añada una línea en la factura para el redondeo." - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "Aplicar redondeos" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "Reembolso parcial" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "Reembolso completo" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "Reembolso completo y nuevo borrador de factura" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "Ingresos diferidos: ¿cómo automatizarlos?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -"Los ingresos diferidos/no ganados son un pago por anticipado registrados en " -"la hoja de balance del receptor como una cuenta del pasivo hasta que los " -"servicios hayan sido prestados o los productos hayan sido entregados. El " -"ingreso diferido es una cuenta del pasivo porque se refiere a que no ha sigo" -" ganado aún, pero representa productos o servicios que pertenecen al " -"cliente. Como los productos o servicios son entregados durante un tiempo, el" -" ingreso es reconocido y registrado en el estado de ingresos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo: digamos que vende un contrato de soporte de 2 años por $24,000 " -"que inicia el mes siguiente por un período de 24 meses. Una vez ha validado " -"la factura del cliente, los $24,000 deberán ser registrados dentro de una " -"cuenta de ganancias diferidas. Esto es porque los $24,000 que recibió no se " -"han ganado aún." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -"Durante los 24 meses, irá reduciendo la cuenta de ingresos diferidos en " -"$1,000 ($24,000/24) en una base mensual y reconociendo que ese monto es un " -"ingreso." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "Instalación del módulo" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." msgstr "" -"Para automatizar los ingresos diferidos, vaya al menú ajustes bajo la " -"aplicación :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración` y active la " -"opción **Administración de Activos y reconocimiento de ingresos**. Esto " -"instalará el módulo **Administración de Reconocimiento de Ingresos**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -"En algunas versiones de Odoo 9, en lugar de marcar esta opción, debe " -"instalar el módulo \"Administración de Reconocimiento de Ingresos\". Si esta" -" usando Odoo 9, podrá revisar si el módulo esta correctamente instalado." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "Definir tipos de ingresos diferidos" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -"Una vez el módulo esta instalado, debe crear tipos de ingresos diferidos. " -"Desde la aplicación Contabilidad, vaya al menú :menuselection:`Configuración" -" --> Tipos de Ingresos Diferidos`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "Ejemplo: contrato de mantenimiento por 12 meses" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "Algunos ejemplos de tipos de ingresos diferidos:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "contrato de servicio por 1 año" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "contratos de servicio por 3 años" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "Configurar ingresos diferidos en productos" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -"Una vez los tipos de ingresos diferidos son definidos, puede configurarlos " -"en los productos relacionados. En el formulario del producto, en la pestaña " -"Contabilidad, puede configurar un tipo de ingreso diferido." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -"Aquí tenemos algunos ejemplos de productos y sus tipos de ingresos diferidos" -" relacionados:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Producto" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Tipo de ingreso diferido" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "Contrato de Soporte: 3 años" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Suscripción a Netflix: 3 años" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "Flores cada mes" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "contrato de servicio por 1 año" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "Vender y facturar productos" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -"Una vez los productos estan configurados, puede crear una factura de cliente" -" usando este producto. Una vez la factura de cliente es validada, Odoo " -"automáticamente creará un ingreso diferido, y la entrada del diario " -"relacionada." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "**Dr**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "**Cr**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "Cuentas por Cobrar" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "Cuenta de Ingresos Diferidos" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -"Luego, cada mes, Odoo registrará una entrada de diario para cada " -"reconocimiento de ingreso." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "Cuenta de Ingresos por Servicios" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -"Para analizar todos sus contratos actuales que tienen ingresos diferidos, " -"puede usar el menú Reportes > Análisis de Ingresos Diferidos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`resumen`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "¿Cómo definir un plan de plazos en facturas de cliente?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Para administrar los planes de plazos relacionados a una factura, debe usar " -"términos de pago en Odoo. Éstos aplican tanto en facturas de cliente como en" -" facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Ejemplo, para una factura específica:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Pago del 50% dentro de 10 días" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Pagar el saldo pendiente dentro de 30 días" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -"los términos de pago no deben ser confundidos con un pago en varias partes. " -"Si, para una órden específica, factura a un cliente en dos partes, eso no es" -" un término de pago sino una política de facturación." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -"Configure sus planes de plazos usuales desde la aplicación " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración > Términos de Pago`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -"La descripción del término de pago aparecerá en la factura u órden de venta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Términos de pago para clientes" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "Puede configurar términos de pago en:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -"**un cliente**: el término de pago aplica automáticamente en órdenes de " -"venta nuevas o facturas nuevas para este cliente. Configure términos de pago" -" para clientes si le concede este término de pago a todas las futuras " -"órdenes del cliente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." msgstr "" -"**una cotización**: el término de pago aplicará en todas las facturas " -"creadas desde esta cotización u órden de venta, pero no en otras " -"cotizaciones" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**una factura**: el término de pago aplicará solamente en esta factura" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -"Si una factura contiene un término de pago, la entrada de diario relacionada" -" a la factura es diferente. Sin término de pago, una factura de $100 " -"producirá la siguiente entrada de diario (para claridad del ejemplo, no " -"configuramos ningún impuesto en la factura):" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Fecha vencimiento" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Modelos de ingresos diferidos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." msgstr "" -"Si realiza una factura el 1ro de Enero con un término de pago de 10% dentro " -"de 3 días y el saldo dentro de 30 días, obtendrá la siguiente entrada de " -"diario:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "Ene 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "Ene 30" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -"En el estado del cliente, verá dos líneas con diferentes fechas de " -"vencimiento. Para obtener el estado del cliente, use el menú Ventas > Estado" -" de Clientes." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`términos_de_pago`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" @@ -14004,10 +15381,6 @@ msgid "" "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" msgstr "" -"En algunas empresas, los vendedores crean cotizaciones, las cuales provienen" -" de las órdenes de venta una vez que son validadas. Después, proyectos de " -"facturas se crean en base a la orden de venta. Usted tiene diferentes " -"opciones como:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -14052,13 +15425,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "Este proceso es bueno para ambos servicios y productos físicos." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "Órdenes de Venta ‣ Órden de Entrega ‣ Factura" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -14070,7 +15447,7 @@ msgstr "" "para las empresas donde las cantidades que se entregan mayores difieren de " "las cantidades pedidas: alimentos (factura basada en Kg reales)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -14081,11 +15458,15 @@ msgstr "" "parcialmente y el resto más adelante), el cliente recibirá dos facturas, una" " por cada orden de entrega." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Órden de Comercio Electrónico ‣ Factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -14097,15 +15478,15 @@ msgstr "" " por cheque o transferencia bancaria, Odoo sólo creará un pedido y la " "factura se activará una vez que se recibe el pago." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contratos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contratos Regulares ‣ Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -14115,32 +15496,32 @@ msgstr "" "gastados, gastos o líneas fijas de productos/servicios. Cada mes, el " "vendedor generará la factura basado en actividades del contrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Las actividades puede ser:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "productos/servicios fijos, traídos de una órden de venta vinculada a este " "contrato" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "materiales comprados (que Ud. re-facturará)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" "tiempo y material basado en hojas de trabajo o compras (subcontratación)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "gastos como viaje y acomodación que re-factura al cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -14152,6 +15533,18 @@ msgstr "" "tiempo y material. Para compañías de servicio que facturan en precio fijo, " "usan una órden de venta regular." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contratos Recurrentes ‣ Facturas" @@ -14166,11 +15559,15 @@ msgstr "" "automática. La frecuencia de la facturación y de los servicios/productos " "facturados están definidos en el contrato." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "Crear una factura de manera manual" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -14181,303 +15578,705 @@ msgstr "" "necesita para administrar el proceso de venta (citas), o la entrega de los " "productos o servicios." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -"Aunque generar la factura de un pedido de cliente, es posible que deba crear" -" facturas manualmente en los casos de uso excepcionales:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "si usted necesita crear un reembolso" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "Si usted necesita hacer un descuento" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "si usted necesita generar un cambio en la factura hay que crearlo desde las " "órdenes de ventas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "si necesita facturar algo no relacionado con su negocio principal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Módulos específicos" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Algunos módulos específicos también son capaces de generar proyectos de " "facturas:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**membresía**: facture a sus afiliados cada año" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "reparaciones: facturar después de la venta de servicios" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "¿Cómo instalar y usar términos de pago?" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"Los términos de pago definen las condiciones para pagar una factura. Éstos " -"aplican tanto para facturas de cliente como para facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -"Las condiciones de pago son diferentes de la facturación en varias áreas. " -"Si, por un pedido específico, facturas al cliente en dos partes, no se trata" -" de un plazo de pago sino de las condiciones de la factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -"Configure sus términos de pagos usuales desde el menú de Configuración de la" -" aplicación de Cuentas. La descripción del término de pago es la que aparece" -" en la factura o la órden de venta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -"Un término de pago puede tener una línea (ej: 21 días) o varias líneas (10% " -"dentro de 3 días y el saldo dentro de 21 días). Si crea un término de pago " -"con varias líneas, asegúrese que la última es el saldo. (evite hacer 50% en " -"10 días y 50% en 21 días porque, con el redondeo, puede no calcular " -"exactamente el 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Usar Términos de Pago" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Los términos de pago puede ser configurados en:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -"**un cliente**: para aplicar este término de pago automáticamente en órdenes" -" de venta nuevas o facturas nuevas para este cliente. Configure términos de " -"pago para clientes si le concede este término de pago a todas las futuras " -"órdenes del cliente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -"**una cotización**: para aplicar este término de pago en todas las facturas " -"creadas desde esta cotización u órden de venta, pero no en otras " -"cotizaciones" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -"**una factura**: para aplicar el término de pago solamente en esta factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -"Si una factura contiene un término de pago, la entrada de diario relacionada" -" a la factura es diferente. Sin término de pago o impuesto, una factura de " -"$100 producirá la siguiente entrada de diario:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" -"En el estado del cliente, verá dos líneas con diferentes fechas de " -"vencimiento. " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Términos de pago para facturas de proveedor" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -"La manera más fácil de administrar términos de pago para facturas de " -"proveedor es registrar una fecha de vencimiento en la factura. No necesita " -"asignar un término de pago, con la fecha de vencimiento es suficiente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -"Pero si requiere administrar términos para proveedor con varios plazos, " -"también puede usar términos de pago, exactamente como en las facturas de " -"cliente. Si configura un término de pago en la factura del proveedor, no " -"necesita configurar una fecha de vencimiento. La fecha exacta de vencimiento" -" para todos los plazos será creada automáticamente." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Fecha vencimiento" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`descuentos_por_pronto_pago`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "¿Cómo editar o reembolsar una factura?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -"En Odoo, no es posible modificar una factura que ha sido validada y enviada " -"al cliente. Si se cometió un error en una factura validada, la forma legal " -"de manejarlo es reembolsando la factura, conciliarla con la factura original" -" para cerrarlas y crear una nueva factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" -msgstr "Modificar una factura validada" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -"Si necesita modificar una factura existente, use el botón Reembolsar en la " -"factura. En el campo método de reembolso, seleccione \"Modificar: crear un " -"reembolso, conciliar, y crear una nueva factura borrador\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "Odoo automáticamente:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "Crear un reembolso para su factura" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." msgstr "" -"Conciliar la factura reembolsada con la factura original (marcar las dos " -"como Pagadas)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "Crear una nueva factura borrador que puede modificar" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -"Luego, puede modificar la factura borrador y validarla una vez esta " -"correcta." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "Cancelando una factura" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." msgstr "" -"Si necesita cancelar una factura existente, use el botón Reembolsar en la " -"factura. En el campo método de reembolso, seleccione \"Cancelar: crear un " -"reembolso y conciliar\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -"No necesita hacerse nada más. Puede enviar el reembolso por correo regular o" -" correo electrónico a su cliente, si ya ha enviado la factura original." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "Reembolso de parte de una factura" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -"Si necesita reembolsar parcialmente una factura existente, use el botón " -"Reembolsar Factura en la factura. En el campo método de reembolso, " -"seleccione \"Crear un reembolso borrador\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" -"Odoo automáticamente creará un reembolso borrador. Puede modificar el " -"reembolso (ejemplo: remueva las líneas que no quiere reembolsar) y valídela." -" Luego, envíe el reembolso por correo regular o correo electrónico a su " -"cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." -msgstr "" -"Reembolsar una factura difiere de reembolsar un pago. Usualmente, una " -"factura reembolso es enviada antes que el cliente haya realizado el pago. Si" -" el cliente ya ha hecho el pago, ellos deben ser reembolsados a través de un" -" reembolso de pago de cliente." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Pagos de cliente" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Tipos de métodos de pago" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "Cerrar o revocar un mandato." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "¿Cómo registrar pagos de clientes con cheques?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14528,9 +16327,6 @@ msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." msgstr "" -"Aún si el primer método es más limpio, Odoo soporta el segundo enfoque " -"porque algunos contadores están acostumbrados a usarlo (usuarios de " -"quickbooks y peachtree). " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -14541,9 +16337,8 @@ msgstr "" " cheques en lote en su cuenta bancaria. " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Opción 1: Fondos no depositados" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" @@ -14559,8 +16354,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" msgstr "" -"Configurar la cuenta bancaria relacionada a este diario como **Permitir " -"Conciliación**" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 @@ -14598,16 +16391,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Memo: escriba el número de cheque" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Esta operación producirá la siguiente entrada de diario:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Correspondencia de Extractos" @@ -14617,12 +16406,6 @@ msgstr "Correspondencia de Extractos" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -14646,10 +16429,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" -msgstr "X" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -14674,7 +16455,6 @@ msgstr "" "aún." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Opción 2: Una sola entrada de diario" @@ -14683,8 +16463,6 @@ msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" -"No hay nada que configurar si planea administrar sus cheques usando este " -"método." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -14705,7 +16483,6 @@ msgstr "" "línea del extracto)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -14736,265 +16513,6 @@ msgstr "" "la opción **Más** en el tablero de Contabilidad en la cuenta bancaria " "relacionada)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "¿Como registrar pagos de facturas con tarjeta de crédito?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" -"Hay dos formas de manejar los pagos recibidos con tarjetas de crédito. Odoo " -"soporta ambos enfoques para que pueda usar la que más se adapte a sus " -"hábitos." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"**Fondos Sin Depositar** (usados sobre todo en países europeos): una vez " -"recibe la autorización para pago con tarjeta de crédito, registre un pago " -"con tarjeta de crédito en la factura (usando un diario de Tarjeta de crédito" -" y registrando en la cuenta Fondos Sin Depositar). Luego, una vez reciba el " -"pago con tarjeta de crédito en su cuenta bancaria, mueva el dinero de Fondos" -" Sin Depositar a su cuenta bancaria." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"**Una sola entrada de diario** (usados sobre todo en los Estados Unidos): " -"una vez se recibe el pago con tarjeta de crédito, registra un pago en su " -"banco, pagado con tarjeta de crédito, sin ir a través de Fondos Sin " -"Depositar. Una vez procesa sus extractos bancarios, haga la correspondencia " -"con su banco y pago con tarjeta de crédito, sin crear una entrada del diario" -" dedicada." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" -"Recomendamos el primer enfoque ya que es más preciso (el balance de su " -"cuenta bancaria es preciso, si se toman en cuenta las tarjetas de crédito " -"que no se han canjeado aún). Ambos enfoques requieren del mismo esfuerzo. " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" -"Si usa comercio electrónico y una pasarela automatizada de pago, solo " -"necesitará controlar la parte de la conciliación bancaria ya que la factura " -"pagada será automáticamente registrada en el diario correcto. Utilizará el " -"segundo enfoque." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" -"Aún si el primer método es más limpio, Odoo soporta el segundo enfoque " -"porque algunos contadores están acostumbrados a usarlo (usuarios de " -"**Quickbooks** y **Peachtree**). " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de Contabilidad, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Diarios --> Crear`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" -"Crear un Diario llamado 'Pagos con tarjeta de crédito' con la siguiente " -"información:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Nombre del Diario**: Tarjeta de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Cuenta débito por defecto**: Tarjetas de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Cuenta crédito por defecto**: Tarjetas de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" -"El tipo de cuenta debe ser \"Tarjeta de crédito\". Una vez hecho esto, no " -"olvides establecer la cuenta de \"Tarjetas de crédito\" como \"Permitir " -"reconciliación\"." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Desde pagos con tarjeta de crédito hasta extractos bancarios" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" -"La primera forma de manejar tarjetas de crédito es crear un diario de " -"tarjetas de crédito. Así, las tarjetas de crédito se convierten en un método" -" de pago en sí mismo y registrarán dos transacciones." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez reciba el pago con tarjetas de crédito de un cliente, vaya a la " -"factura relacionada y de clic en Registrar Pago. Llene la información acerca" -" del pago:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Método de pago**: Tarjetas de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Nota**: escriba la referencia de la factura" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"La factura es marcada como pagada tan pronto como registre el pago con " -"tarjeta de crédito." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" -"Luego, una vez obtiene los extractos bancarios, corresponderá este extracto " -"con el tarjeta de crédito que esta en la cuenta 'Tarjeta de crédito'." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Tarjetas de Crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" -"Si usa este enfoque para administrar pagos con tarjetas de crédito " -"recibidos, obtiene la lista de pagos con tarjetas de crédito que no han sido" -" canjeados en la cuenta \"Tarjetas de crédito\" (accesible, por ejemplo, " -"desde el libro mayor general)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" -"Ambos métodos producirán la misma información en su contabilidad al final " -"del proceso. Pero, si tiene tarjetas de crédito que no han sido canjeadas, " -"éste es más limpio porque estas tarjetas de crédito no han sido reportadas " -"en su cuenta bancaria aún." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" -"No hay nada que configurar si planea administrar sus tarjetas de crédito " -"usando este método." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Método de pago:** el banco que será usado para el depósito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**Nota**: escriba el número de transacción de la tarjeta de crédito" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" -"La factura es marcada como pagada tan pronto como el pago con tarjeta de " -"crédito ha sigo registrado. Una vez reciba los extractos bancarios, hará la " -"correspondencia con el extracto y este pago (técnicamente: apunte este pago " -"y relacionelo con la línea del extracto)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"También puede registrar el pago directamente sin ir a la factura del " -"cliente, usando el menú superior :menuselection:`Ventas --> Pagos`. Este " -"método puede ser más conveniente si tiene varias tarjetas de crédito en un " -"lote, pero tendrá que conciliar las entradas luego (corresponder pagos con " -"facturas)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Si usa este enfoque para administrar tarjetas de crédito recibidas, puede " -"usar el reporte **Reporte de Conciliación Bancaria** para verificar que " -"tarjetas de crédito han sido recibidas o pagadas por el banco. (este reporte" -" esta disponible desde la opción \"Más\" en el tablero de Contabilidad en la" -" cuenta bancaria relacionada)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "" @@ -15005,6 +16523,9 @@ msgid "" " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" +"Es esencial que su empresa cobre los pagos cuando están atrasados. Odoo lo " +"ayudará a identificar los pagos atrasados y le permitirá enviar los " +"recordatorios correspondientes." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" @@ -15058,6 +16579,11 @@ msgid "" "containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " "automatically generated." msgstr "" +"Para facilitar su proceso de seguimiento, puede enviar correos electrónicos " +"de recordatorio por lotes desde su página de informes de seguimiento. " +"Seleccione todos los informes que desea procesar, haga clic en *Acción* y " +"luego en *Procesar seguimientos*. También se generará automáticamente un " +"documento pdf que contenga todas las cartas de seguimiento para que imprima." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" @@ -15079,6 +16605,12 @@ msgid "" "action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " "the stage of the process." msgstr "" +"Un plan de seguimiento con varias acciones está disponible de forma " +"predeterminada en Odoo, pero puede personalizarlo de la forma que desee. " +"Dependiendo de un número específico de días vencidos, planee enviar un " +"correo electrónico, una carta o emprender una acción manual. También puede " +"editar la plantilla utilizada para la declaración de acuerdo con la etapa " +"del proceso." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -15086,136 +16618,62 @@ msgid "" "negative number of due days." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:29 -msgid "Get paid with SEPA" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Pago en línea de la factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA Direct Debit allows you to withdraw money from the bank accounts of " -"your customers with their approval." +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can record customer mandates, generate an SDD XML file " -"containing customer payments and upload it in your bank interface. The file " -"follows the SEPA Direct Debit PAIN.008.001.02 specifications. This is a " -"well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) Feature. Enter the Creditor Identifier " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank." +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:32 -msgid "Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "Mandatos de adeudo directo" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" -"Before withdrawing money from a customer bank account, your customer has to " -"sign a mandate. Go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Direct Debit " -"Mandates` and create a new mandate." +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:41 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit only works between IBAN Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Portal del cliente" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" -"Once you have entered all the information in the customer mandate, you can " -"print it and ask your customer to sign it. Once it is done, you can upload " -"the mandate signed by your customer on the mandate in Odoo." +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:50 -msgid "You can now validate the mandate." -msgstr "Ahora puedes validar el mandato." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:55 -msgid "Let's create an invoice for that customer." -msgstr "Vamos a crear una factura para ese cliente." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you will validate this invoice, the payment will be automatically " -"generated and your invoice will be directly marked as paid." +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you already had some invoices for that customer that could be paid using " -"that mandate, it's still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on " -"register payment and choose the Sepa Direct Debit as payment method." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:67 -msgid "Generate SDD Files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can generate the SDD File with all the customer payments to send to your" -" bank directly from the accounting dashboard :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You select the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD " -"File, click on action and select \"Generate Direct Debit XML\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:81 -msgid "" -"You can now download the XML file generated by Odoo and upload it in your " -"bank interface." -msgstr "" -"Ahora puede descargar el archivo XML generado por Odoo y cargarlo en la " -"interfaz de su banco." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated XML by activating the developer mode and " -"going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payments --> SDD " -"Payment File`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:89 -msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "Cerrar o revocar un mandato." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The Direct Debit mandate will be closed automatically once the end date " -"defined on it is reached. However, you can **close** a mandate earlier than " -"initially planned. To do that, simply go on the mandate and click on the " -"\"Close\" button.The end date of the mandate will be updated to today's " -"date. This means you will not be able to pay invoices with an invoice date " -"superior to this end date. Be careful, once a mandate is closed, it cannot " -"be reopened." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/payment_sepa.rst:99 -msgid "" -"You can also **revoke** a mandate. In that case, you won't be able to pay " -"any invoice using that mandate anymore, no matter the invoice date.To do " -"that, simply go on the mandate and click on the \"Revoke\" button." -msgstr "" -"También puedes ** revocar ** un mandato. En ese caso, ya no podrás pagar " -"ninguna factura con ese mandato, sin importar la fecha de la factura. Para " -"hacerlo, simplemente ingresa al mandato y haz clic en el botón \"Revocar\"." - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "¿Cuáles son las diferentes formas de registrar un pago?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15269,7 +16727,7 @@ msgstr "" "pago. Desde allí puede elegir abrir el diario de entrada o conciliar el " "pago." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -15282,15 +16740,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ganancia/Pérdida por Diferencia en Cambio publicada en la conciliación de " "ese entonces." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Pagados no sujetados a una factura" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "Registrar un pago" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -15302,7 +16760,7 @@ msgstr "" "un proveedor). Si usa estos menús, el pago no es vinculado a una factura, " "pero puede fácilmente ser conciliado en una factura posterior." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -15316,7 +16774,7 @@ msgstr "" "venta, órden de compra o factura), configure la referencia de este documento" " en el campo nota." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -15324,11 +16782,11 @@ msgstr "" "Una vez confirmado, una entrada de diario será publicada reflejando la " "transacción que se acabo de realizar en la aplicación de contabilidad." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Conciliar pagos de facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -15336,7 +16794,7 @@ msgstr "" "La manera más fácil de conciliar un pago con una factura es hacerlo " "directamente en la factura." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -15348,11 +16806,11 @@ msgstr "" "este pago a la factura cerca de los totales en la parte superior, bajo " "\"Pagos Pendientes\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Concilar todos sus pagos pendientes y facturas" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -15362,7 +16820,7 @@ msgstr "" " de hacerlo uno por uno), puede usar la función conciliacion en lote dentro " "de Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -15372,7 +16830,7 @@ msgstr "" "tarjeta Facturas de Cliente y Facturas de Proveedor para conciliación de " "Cuentas por Cobrar y por Pagar, respectivamente." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -15382,21 +16840,18 @@ msgstr "" "proveedores no conciliados y le dará la oportunidad de procesarlos uno por " "uno, haciendo la correspondiencia de todos sus pagos y facturas a la vez." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -"Durante la conciliación, si la suma de los débitos y créditos no " -"corresponde, significa que todavía queda un saldo que debe ser conciliado en" -" una fecha posterior, o que necesita ser anulado directamente. " -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Transferir dinero desde una cuenta bancaria a otra." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -15405,14 +16860,14 @@ msgstr "" "internamente entre sus cuentas bancarias desde el tablero o desde los menús " "en la parte superior." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" "Esto le llevará a la misma pantalla que tiene para recibir y hacer pagos." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -15426,6 +16881,644 @@ msgstr "" "a cuenta. No haga este proceso de nuevo en la otra cuenta bancaria o " "terminará con dos entradas de diario para la misma transacción." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" +"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Cuadrículas de impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Reporte Impuestos" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Crear sus reportes financieros" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"Primero, debe crear su reporte financiero. Para hacerlo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Reportes Financieros`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "**Mostrar Columnas Crédito y Débito**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Período de Análisis**:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Agregue líneas en sus reportes personalizados" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"Después de haber creado el reporte, necesita llenarlo con líneas. Todas " +"requieren un **nombre**, un **código** (que es usado para referirse a la " +"línea), un **número de secuencia** y un **nivel** (Usado para el " +"procesamiento de la línea)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "Tiene varios objetos disponibles en la fórmula:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"``Ndías`` : El número de días en el período seleccionado (para reportes con " +"un rango de fechas)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Una línea también se puede basar en la suma de movimientos de líneas en un " +"dominio seleccionado. En tal caso deberá llenar el campo dominio con un " +"dominio Odoo en el objeto movimiento de línea. Luego, un objeto adicional " +"estará disponible en el campo de fórmulas, concretamente ``suma``, la suma " +"de los movimientos de línea en el dominio. También puede agrupar por campo " +"el grupo de movimientos de líneas por una de sus columnas." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Otros campos útiles:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Tipo** : Tipo de resultado de la fórmula." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"**Tiene buen crecimiento cuando es positivo** : Usado cuando se está " +"calculando la comparación de columnas. Revise si el crecimiento es bueno " +"(mostrado en verde) o no." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"**Cambiador especial de fecha** : SI una línea específica en un reporte no " +"debe usar las mismas fechas del resto del reporte." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +"**Mostrar dominio** : Cómo se muestra el dominio de una línea. Puede ser " +"plegable (``por defecto``, escondido en el principio pero puede ser " +"plegable), ``siempre`` (siempre se muestra) o ``nunca`` (nunca se muestra)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`reportes_principales`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Además de los reportes creados específicamente en cada módulo de " +"localización, unos pocos muy utilizados, **genéricos** y **reportes " +"dinámicos** están disponibles para todos los países :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Hoja de Balance**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Ganancia y pérdida**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**Plan de Cuentas**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Resumen Ejecutivo**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Libro Mayor General**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Estado de Flujo de Efectivo**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Reporte de Impuestos**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Conciliación Bancaria**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Puede comentar cada reporte para imprimirlos y reportar a su asesor. " +"Exportar a xls para extra análisis. Profundice en los reportes para ver más " +"detalles (pagos, facturas, ítems del diario, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"También puede comparar valores con otro período. Elija cuántos períodos " +"quiere comparar con el período elegido. Puede elegir hasta 12 períodos " +"anteriores desde la fecha del reporte si no quiere usar la opción por " +"defecto **Período 1 Anterior**." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"La **Hoja de Balance** muestra un resumen de los activos, pasivos y " +"patrimonio de su organización en una fecha particular." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Ganancias y Pérdidas" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"El reporte **Ganancias y Pérdidas** (o **Estado de Resultados**) muestra el " +"ingreso neto de su organización, por deducción de gastos de los ingresoso " +"para el período reportado." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "Plan de cuentas" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Un listado de todas sus cuentas agrupadas por clase." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Resumen ejecutivo" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"El **Resumen Ejecutivo** permite una mirada rápida de todas las cifras en " +"las que necesita ejecutar su compañía." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"En términos muy básicos, esto es lo que cada uno de los ítems en esta " +"selección esta reportando :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Rendimiento:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad bruta:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"La contribución de cada venta individual hecha por su negocio menos " +"cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas (cosas como labor, " +"materiales, etc)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Márgen de utilidad neta:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"La contribución de cada venta individual hecha por su negocio menos " +"cualquier costo directo requerido para hacer esas ventas, así como cualquier" +" gasto general fijo que su compañía tiene (cosas como renta, electricidad, " +"impuestos que debe pagar como resultado de esas ventas)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Rentabilidad de la inversión:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"El radio de ganancia neta hecha, al monto de activos que la compañía usó " +"para producir esas ganancias." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Posición:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Días promedio del deudor:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"El promedio de días que le toma a sus clientes pagarle (totalmente), a " +"través de todas las facturas de sus clientes." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"El promedio de días que le toma pagarle a sus proveedores (totalmente), a " +"través de todas las facturas de sus proveedores." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "**Previsión corto plazo de liquidez:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Cuánto dinero se espera recibir o sacar de su organización en el siguiente " +"mes ej. balance de sus **Cuentas de ventas** del mes menos el balance de sus" +" **Cuentas de compras** del mes." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "**Activos corrientes a pasivos:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" +"También referido como **proporción actual**, esta es la proporción de " +"activos corrientes (activos que pudieron convertirse en efectivo durante un " +"año) a los pasivos corrientes (pasivos que se vencerán en el próximo año). " +"Esto es típicamente usado como una medida de la habilidad de la compañía " +"para mantener su crédito." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Libro mayor" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"El **Reporte del Libro Mayor** muestra todas las transacciones desde las " +"cuentas elegidas para un rango de fechas. El resumen inicial muestra los " +"totales para cada cuenta y desde ahí puede ver un reporte detallado de la " +"transacción o cualquier excepción. Este reporte es práctivo para revisar " +"cada transacción ocurrida durante un cierto período de tiempo." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Vencida por Pagar" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" +"Ejecute el reporte **Detalles de Antiguas Cuentas por Pagar** para mostrar " +"información de facturas individuales, notas crédito y sobrepagos que deba, y" +" por cuánto tiempo estos han estado sin pagar." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Vencida por Cobrar" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"El reporte **Antiguas Cuentas por Cobrar** muestra las facturas de venta que" +" aún están esperando pagando durante un mes seleccionado y varios meses " +"anteriores." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Estado de Flujos de Efectivo" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"El **Estado de Flujo de Efectivo** muestra cómo cuentan los cambios en una " +"hoja de balance y el ingreso afecta el efectivo y los equivalentes de " +"efectivo, y descompone el análisis a actividades operativas, de inversión y " +"financieras." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Este reporte le permite ver el **neto** y los **montos de impuestos** para " +"todos los impuestos agrupados por tipo (venta/compra)." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 75168005d..9865c7ecf 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -6,11 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,4 +19,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Solicitudes" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4effaaf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1737 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " +"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " +"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " +"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " +"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " +"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " +"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +msgid "Writing style" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " +"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" +" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " +"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " +"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " +"it to match your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "Grammatical tenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " +"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" +" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Good example (present):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Bad example (future):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +msgid "Paragraphing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " +"They usually are two to six lines long." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " +"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " +"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " +"separating ideas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" +"/line-break>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "To write a good title :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "**Be concise.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Document's structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" +"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " +"the side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " +"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " +"contents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " +"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " +"is documentation and not marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" +" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " +"topic** in the following paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " +"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " +"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " +"enable the XYZ feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." +" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H3: Subsection**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" +" in the form of a question, if appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +msgid "**H2: Next Section**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" +"directives>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Imagenes" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " +"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " +"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " +"<contributing/pngquant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" +" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " +"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " +"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " +"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " +"resizing the width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " +"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " +"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " +"width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +msgid "" +"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " +"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " +"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " +"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " +"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " +"documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " +"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" +" or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " +"documentation for `developing in Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " +"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " +"markup language " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " +"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " +"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " +"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " +"you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " +"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" +" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " +"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " +"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " +"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +msgid "" +"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " +"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " +"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " +"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " +"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " +"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " +"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " +"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" +"workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " +"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " +"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " +"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " +"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" +" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" +" this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " +":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " +"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " +"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " +"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " +"however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " +"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " +"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " +"that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " +"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " +"on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " +"\"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " +"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " +"request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " +"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +msgid "" +"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " +"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " +"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " +"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" +" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " +"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " +"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " +"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +msgid "" +"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " +"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " +"register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " +"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " +"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " +"and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " +"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " +"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " +"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " +"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " +"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " +"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " +":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " +"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" +".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" +" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " +"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " +"much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " +"installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " +"install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " +"installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " +"dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " +"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +msgid "" +"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" +" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " +"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " +"single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " +"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" +" in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " +"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " +"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " +"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" +" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" +" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " +"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " +"``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +msgid "" +"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " +"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " +":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " +":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +msgid "" +"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " +"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " +"default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +msgid "" +"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " +"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +msgid "" +"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " +"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " +"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " +"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " +"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " +"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" +"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " +"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +msgid "RST cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " +"there are characters in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " +"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " +"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " +"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " +"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Heading size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "H1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``=======``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``Heading``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "1/1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +msgid "H2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "0/∞" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +msgid "H3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``-------``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +msgid "H4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``~~~~~~~``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +msgid "H5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``*******``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "H6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``^^^^^^^``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +msgid "Inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "**Text**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "\\*Text\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "*Text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "``Text``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +msgid "Bulleted list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +msgid "Numbered list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "Nested lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "Hyperlinks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +msgid "Hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " +"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Ejemplo" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " +"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " +"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +msgid "External hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +msgid "" +"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " +"references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +msgid "" +"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" +" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +msgid "" +"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " +"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +msgid "RST" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +msgid "Render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes. `PoC " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " +"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " +"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " +"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" +" of the page containing the target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" +" below as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " +"label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" +" links for internal references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" +" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " +"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "**How to create a product?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +msgid "" +"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" +"of-page>`_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" +" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " +"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +msgid "" +"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " +"using the name of the section title as URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " +"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +msgid "The ``doc`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" +" in the file tree through a relative file path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the title of the page as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the given label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `this documentation " +"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" +"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +msgid "The ``download`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " +"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" +" to be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Download this `module structure template " +"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " +"your module in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +msgid "The ``image`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" +" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " +"considered redundant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +msgid "Seealso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +msgid "" +"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" +"the-feature>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +msgid "Tip" +msgstr "Propina" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +msgid "" +"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " +"described in the warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +msgid "Danger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 +msgid "Add banners on top of documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " +"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " +"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " +"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +msgid "" +"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "" +"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " +"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " +"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " +"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " +"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" +" the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +msgid "" +"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Make use of `this convenient table generator " +"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " +"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Purpose**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**RST**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**HTML**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``abbr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``command``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "Highlight a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid ":command:`python example.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``dfn``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "Define a term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "Indicate a file path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``menuselection``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " +"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " +"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +msgid "" +"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " +":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " +"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " +"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " +"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " +"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " +"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "RST guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " +"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " +"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " +"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " +"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " +"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " +"*relative* to that of the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +msgid "Given the following source file tree:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " +"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "Absolute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "Relative:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "``../prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "``variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " +"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " +"file tree restructurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " +"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " +"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" +" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " +"the end of a line to separate words." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " +"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " +"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " +"label part of the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Be consistent with indentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " +"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" +" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " +"spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +msgid "Use the menuselection directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " +"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" +" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " +"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " +"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " +"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " +"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +msgid "Write resilient code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " +"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " +"the list and is easier to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" +" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " +"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " +"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " +"even less likely to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " +"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " +"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " +"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " +"makes the purpose of the target clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " +"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " +"targets or update them accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" +" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " +"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " +"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " +"only of two underscore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +msgid "" +"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " +"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 4df8cc757..cdaf218e8 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,26 +4,25 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2020 +# José Gerardo Páez Serrano <jgerardops@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-07-03 08:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,56 +32,64 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Adquiere leads" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Convierte iniciativas en oportunidades" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " "qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " -"assigning to the right sales people. You can activate this mode from the CRM" -" Settings. It applies to all your sales channels by default. But you can " -"make it specific for specific channels from their configuration form." +"assigning to the right sales people." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:15 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:21 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " "aggregate." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:28 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Convierte un lead en una oportunidad" +msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:30 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" "When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " "opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " "channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 msgid "" "If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " "automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " @@ -90,9 +97,43 @@ msgid "" "customer already exists." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde emails" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -107,16 +148,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " "leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" " several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." msgstr "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Genera leads/oportunidades desde la página web de contacto" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -127,11 +173,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Usa el contáctanos en tu página web" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Primero debes ir a la página web de tu aplicación" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -139,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from ready-to-use contact form on " +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" @@ -153,66 +199,155 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Crea una forma de contacto customizada" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" "You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to contact you. You will then need to build a custom contact form on your " -"website. Those contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the " -"system (emails, leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, " -"etc...)" +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module. Only available in " +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" -"Necesitarás instalar el módulo gratis *Constructor de Forma*. Sólo " -"disponible en Odoo Enterprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" -"From any page you want your contact form to be in, in edit mode, drag the " -"form builder in the page and you will be able to add all the fields you " -"wish." +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." msgstr "" -"Tu forma de contrato puede ser de la página que quieras. En el modo edición," -" arrastra la forma construcción y podrás añadir todos los campos que " -"quieras." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" -"By default any new contact form will send an email, you can switch to " +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" -"Cualquier forma nueva enviará un email por defecto, puedes cambiar a " -"generación lead/oportunidad en *Cambiar parámetros de forma*" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second information will" -" be added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Genera leads en vez de oportunidades" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" -"When using a contact form, it is advised to use a qualification step before " -"assigning to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in CRM " -"settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection: `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View " +"my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" -"Al usar una forma de contacto, es aconsejable usar un paso de calificación " -"antes de asignar a las personas de ventas correctas. Para hacerlo, activa " -"*Leads* en ajustes de CRM y refiere a :doc:`convert`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Envía presupuestos" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -222,7 +357,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Crea un nuevo presupuesto" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -235,8 +370,6 @@ msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" -"Encontrarás todos tus presupuestos a esa oportunidad específica bajo el menú" -" *Presupuestos* en esa página." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -247,24 +380,142 @@ msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" -"Ahora necesitarás marcar tu oportunidad como ganada o perdida para avanzar " -"en el proceso" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" -"Si las marcas como ganadas, se moverán a tu columna *Ganadas* en tu vista " -"Kanban. Si las marcas como *Perdidas* serán archivadas." #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimiza tu trabajo diario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Configure los objetivos" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Sincroniza tu calendario Google con Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -272,9 +523,6 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" -"Odoo está perfectamente integrado con el calendario de Google así que puedes" -" ver y administrar tus reuniones con ambas plataformas (las actualizaciones " -"van a ambas direcciones)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -285,17 +533,14 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -"Ve a la Plataforma de APIs de Google " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ para generar las credenciales " -"para la API de Google Calendar. Accede con tu cuenta de Google." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Ve a la página API & Servicios." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Busca por *Calendario API Google* y selecciónalo." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -311,7 +556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Crea Credenciales" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -346,7 +591,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Configuración en Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -370,7 +615,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "¡A partir de ahora ya no tienes excusas para perderte una reunión!" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" @@ -378,7 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -533,28 +778,95 @@ msgid "" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Instalar el servidor Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Dependencias" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -"Antes de instalar Asterisk es necesario instalar las siguientes " -"dependencias:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -562,7 +874,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -574,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -586,15 +898,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Para instalar libsrtp, siga las siguientes instrucciones:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -602,37 +914,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -"También necesita instalar PJSIP, puede descargar el recurso aquí " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Una vez el directorio recurso es " -"extraído:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**Cambia a directorio proyecto pj recurso:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**ejecutar:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "** Construye y instale proyectopj:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**Actualizar enlaces compartidas de biblioteca**." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "verifique que el proyecto pj está instalado." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "** Wl resultado debe ser**." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisco" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -640,13 +949,10 @@ msgid "" "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -"Para instalar Asterisk 13.7.0, puede descargar la fuente directamente `aqui " -"<http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "extracto del Asterisco:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -654,11 +960,11 @@ msgstr "introduzca el directorio Asterisco." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "Ejecutar el script configuración Asterisco." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "Ejecute la herramienta asterisco menú selección " +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -667,14 +973,10 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -"En el menú selección, ir a la opción de recursos y asegurar que el res-srtp " -"está inhabilitado. Si hay 3x´s junto a res-srtp, hay un problema con la " -"biblioteca srtp y debes reinstalarlo. Guardar la configuración (presionar " -"x). Debe también ver las estrellas delante de las lineas res-pjsip." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Compilar e instalar Asterisk." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -682,33 +984,28 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -"Si necesita el ejemplo de configuración puede ejecutar 'realizar ejemplos' " -"para instalar la configuración de ejemplos. Si necesita instalar el script " -"de inicio del asterisco puede ejecutar 'make config'." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "Certificados DTLS" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Después necesita ajustar los certificados DTLS." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Introduzca el directorio de scripts del asterisco:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -"Crear los certtificados DTLS ( reemplazar pbx.mycompany.com con su dirección" -" ip o nombre dns, reemplaza MY Super Company con su nombre de compañia):" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Configurar el servidor Asterisco" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -718,12 +1015,6 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" -"Para WebRTC, muchas configuraciónes obligatórias deben hacerse en el " -"apartado \"peer settings\", por que, en occasiónes contrario a lo necesario," -" configuraciónes en el apartado \"global settings\" no se populan bien al " -"\"peer setting\". Por defecto, archivos de configuracion Asterisk estan " -"ubicados en /etc/asterisk/. Se recomienda empezar por editar http.conf y " -"asegurarse que las siguientes lineas estan descommentadas:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -733,20 +1024,12 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -"Luego, editar sip.conf. El \"WebRTC\" peer requiere de \"encryption\", " -"\"avpf\", y \"icesupport\" para habilitarlo. En la mayoría de casos, " -"\"directmedia\" debe estar deshabilitado. Tambien en el cliente WebRTC, el " -"transporte debe figurar como \"ws\" para permitir conexiones de websocket. " -"Todas estas lineas de configuración debenerian estar bajo el mismo peer; " -"configurarlos globalmente probablemente no funciona:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -"En los archivos sip.conf y rtp.conf, es necesario tambien agregar o " -"descomentar las lineas:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -754,136 +1037,55 @@ msgstr "por último ajustar extensiones.conf: " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Configure Odoo VOIP." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, la configuración debe ser hecha en las preferencias del usuario." -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -"La \"SIP Login/Browser´s Extension\" es el número que se configuró " -"anteriormente en el archivo sip.conf. En nuestro ejemplo: 1060. El \"SIP " -"Password\" es la clave que se estableció en el archivo sip.conf. La " -"extensión de su teléfono de oficina no es un campo requerido, pero se usa " -"cuando quiere transferir una llamada desde Odoo a su extensión física, la " -"cual tambien ha sido configurada en el achrivo sip.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -"La configuración tambien se deberia hacer en los ajustes de venta bajo el " -"menu \"Configuración PBX\". Debe colocar la IP configurada dentro del " -"archivo http.conf y el WebSocket deberia ser: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. La " -"parte \"127.0.0.1\" debe ser la misma IP definida previamente y el \"8088\" " -"es el puerto que definió en el archivo http.conf." #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Analizar el rendimiento" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Configura tus etapas en el kanban" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" -"Cada una de sus oportunidades tendrá la probabilidad establecida por " -"defecto, pero puede modificarlas manualmente." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "Fija tu oportunidad esperada fecha de ingreso y cierre" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "Ver las oportunidades vencidas o que se cierran pronto" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" -"En su flujo del CRM, puede filtrar oportunidades según la rapidez con la que" -" se cerrarán, lo cual le permitirá establecer prioridades." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" -"Como gerente de ventas, esta herramienta también te puede ayudar a mejorar " -"tu proceso de venta. Por ejemplo, tener muchas oportunidades en etapas " -"inciales con fechas de cierre cercanas puede indicar un problema." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "Ve tus ingresos totales esperados y rotación esperada" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" -"En tu vista Kanban, puedes ver los ingresos esperados para cada una de tus " -"etapas. Esto es basado en cada oportunidad ingresos esperados que fijas" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Revisa tu Ratio Ganancia/Pérdida" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -905,15 +1107,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "También puedes cambiar las *medidas* a *Ingresos Totales*" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "También tienes la habilidad de cambiar a vista gráfico de pie." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Organice la fuente de información" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 msgid "Manage lost opportunities" @@ -925,9 +1127,6 @@ msgid "" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" -"Al trabajar con tus oportunidades, puedes perder algunas de ellas. Vas a " -"querer controlar las razones por las que lo perdiste y también qué caminos " -"Odoo puede tomar para ayudarte a recuperarlo en el futuro." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -944,12 +1143,10 @@ msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." msgstr "" -"Puedes luego seleccionar una existente *Razon Perdida* o crear una nueva ahí" -" mismo." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Administra y crea razones perdidas" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -964,7 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Recuperar las oportunidades perdidas" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -974,15 +1171,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Luego verás todas tus oportunidades perdidas." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." msgstr "" -"Si quieres refinarlas aún más, puedes añadir un filtro en la *Razón " -"Perdida*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -990,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr "Por ejemplo, * Demasiado costoso*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Restablecer las oportunidades perdidas" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1022,7 +1217,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Maneja varios equipos de ventas" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1032,7 +1227,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo canal de ventas" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1048,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Añade miembros a tu canal de ventas" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1087,7 +1282,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Asignar y rastrear iniciativas" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" @@ -1135,7 +1330,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Asignar iniciativas" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1177,8 +1372,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" -"En tu página de iniciativas puedes poner un filtro para encontrar tus " -"clientes potenciales no asignados." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1196,8 +1389,6 @@ msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" -"Rastrear las páginas de tu sitio web te dará mucha más información sobre los" -" intereses de los visitantes de tu sitio web." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1213,7 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Rastrea una página web" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1224,10 +1415,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." msgstr "" +"Allí verá una casilla de verificación *Rastrear página* para seguir esta " +"página." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Ver páginas visitadas en tus iniciativas/ oportunidades" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1251,4 +1444,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "¡Tus clientes ya no podrán ocultarte ningún secreto!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 6a002ed60..de4303835 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -6,11 +6,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-27 11:08+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Antonio Trueba, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -107,130 +106,207 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Actualizar" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" -"Make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and access the" -" database management page. On the line of the database you want to upgrade, " -"click on the \"Upgrade\" button." +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" -"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " -"default, we select the highest available version available for your " -"database; if you were already in the process of testing a migration, we will" -" automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " -"released a more recent version during your tests)." +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" -"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button an upgrade request will be " -"generated. If our automated system does not encounter any problem, you will " -"receive a \"Test\" version of your upgraded database." +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If our automatic system detect an issue during the creation of your test " -"database, our dedicated team will have to work on it. You will be notified " -"by email and the process will take up to 4 weeks." +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to test it for 1 month. Inspect your data " -"(e.g. accounting reports, stock valuation, etc.), check that all your usual " -"flows work correctly (CRM flow, Sales flow, etc.)." +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" -"Once you are ready and that everything is correct in your test migration, " -"you can click again on the Upgrade button, and confirm by clicking on " -"Upgrade (the button with the little rocket!) to switch your production " -"database to the new version." +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:89 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:96 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:98 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" "Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" -"Si quiere duplicar en la línea de la base de datos, tendrá algunos botones. " -"Para duplicar su base de datos, solo de clic en **Duplicar**. Tendrá que " -"darle un nombre a su duplicado, luego de clic en **Duplicar Base de Datos**." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:113 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Los correos electrónicos fueron enviados" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:115 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Órdenes de envio (proveedores de envio) fueron enviadas" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:120 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:125 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" -"Después de unos segundos, podrás iniciar sesión en tu base de datos " -"duplicada. Observe que la dirección URL utiliza el nombre que elijo para su " -"base de datos duplicada." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" -"Las bases de datos duplicadas expiran automaticamente después de 15 días." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:137 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " "want to rename, access the `database management page " @@ -238,15 +314,15 @@ msgid "" "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:150 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:152 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:154 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " @@ -254,45 +330,45 @@ msgid "" "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:167 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:173 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:177 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:183 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" +msgid "On-premises Database management" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 @@ -319,8 +395,9 @@ msgid "" "message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" msgstr "" @@ -363,13 +440,11 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" -"A partír de Julio de 2016 en adelante, Odoo 0 cambiara el uuid de una base " -"dedatos duplicada automaticamente; una operación manual ya no es necesaria." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -393,41 +468,60 @@ msgid "" "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 -msgid "or" -msgstr "o" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/11.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -436,112 +530,58 @@ msgid "" "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "Duplicate a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -"Puede duplicar su base de datos ingresando a la base de datos del " -"administrador en su servidor (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). En esta " -"página, puede fácilmente duplicar su base de datos (entre otras cosas)." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -549,26 +589,15 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -"Cuando duplique una base de datos local, se recomienda **fuertemente** " -"cambiar los uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier) de las bases de datos " -"duplicadas, desde que el uuid es como su base de datos se identifica a si " -"misma con otros servidores. Teniendo dos bases de datos con el mismo uuid " -"podría resultar en problemas de facturación o problemas de registro bajo la " -"línea." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" -"El uuid de la base de datos es actualmente accesible desde el menú **Ajustes" -" > Técnicos > Parámetros del Sistema**, recomendamos usar un `generador uuid" -" <https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or usar el comando unix ``uuidgen`` para" -" generar un nuevo uuid. Puede luego simplemente reemplazarlo como cualquier " -"otro registro dando clic en el y usando el botón editar." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" @@ -580,9 +609,6 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" -"Como administrador de tu base de datos, tu eres el responsable de su uso. " -"Esto incluye las Aplicaciones que instalas así como el número de usuarios " -"que se utilizan." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -592,11 +618,6 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" -"Odoo son muchas cosas (ERP, CMS, aplicación CRM, comercio electrónico, etc.)" -" pero *no* un smartphone. Debe tomar precauciones al añadir/eliminar " -"características (especialmente Aplicaciones) en tu base de datos debido a " -"que esto puede impactar en el monto de la suscripción siginficativamente (o " -"cambiarte de una cuenta gratuita a una de paga en plataforma en línea)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -619,112 +640,88 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" -"Si tienes preguntas sobre el contenido de esta página o si encuentras un " -"problema al realizar estos procesos, por favor contactanos por el " -"`formulario de soporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Desactivar Usuarios" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que tiene los suficientes **permisos administrativos** si quieres " -"cambiar el estatus de cualquiera de tus usuarios." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" msgstr "" -"En tu instancia de Odoo, da click en **Configuración**.Tendrás una sección " -"mostrando los usuarios activos en la base de datos. Da click en " -"**Administrar permisos de acceso.**" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|ajustes|" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|buscar_usuarios|" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Luego verá la lista de sus usuarios." +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" -"El filtro pre-seleccionado *Usuarios Internos* muestra sus usuarios " -"pagadores (diferentes del *Portal de Usuarios* los cuales son gratis). Si " -"remueve este filtro, obtendrá todos sus usuarios (de los que paga y los del " -"portal)" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." msgstr "" -"En su lista de usuarios, de clic en el usuario que quiere desactivar. Tan " -"pronto como este en el formulario del usuario, vaya con el cursor del ratón " -"al estado **Activar** (parte superior). De clic en Activar y notará que el " -"estado cambiará a **Inactivo** inmediatamente." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "El usuario ahora esta desactivado." - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 msgid "" "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" -"En su instancia de Odoo de clic en **Ajustes**; en esta aplicación, podrá " -"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado. De clic en **Buscar Aplicaciones** " -"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|buscar_aplicaciones|" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" -"En su tablero de aplicaciones, verá todos los ícones de sus aplicaciones. De" -" clic en la aplicación que quiere desinstalar. Luego, en el formulario de la" -" aplicación, de clic en **Desinstalar**." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " "Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " @@ -733,29 +730,21 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"Algunas aplicaciones tienen dependencias, como facturación, comercio " -"electrónico, etc. Por lo tanto, el sistema le dará un mensaje de alerta para" -" advertirle de lo que esta a punto de ser removido. Si desinstala su " -"aplicación, todas sus dependencias también serán desinstaladas (y la " -"información en ellas desaparecerá permanentemente). Si esta seguro que igual" -" quiere desinstalarla, de clic en **Confirmar**." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), de clic" -" en **Confirmar**" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ha terminado de desinstalar su aplicación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bueno saber" - -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 msgid "" "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " "know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " @@ -764,14 +753,8 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" -"**Desinstalar aplicaciones, administrar usuarios, etc. es su decisión**: " -"nadie mejor que Ud. puede saber si el flujo de su negocio esta roto. Si " -"nosotros desinstalaramos aplicaciones por Ud, nunca podríamos decir si " -"información importante ha sido removida o si uno de los flujos de su negocio" -" se rompió porque nosotros *no sabemos como Ud. trabaja* y por lo tanto, no " -"podemos validar estos tipos de operaciones." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " "modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " @@ -780,21 +763,10 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" -"**Las aplicaciones de Odoo tienen dependencias**: esto significa que puede " -"necesitar instalar módulos que no usa activamente para acceder a algunas " -"funciones de Odoo que podría necesitar. Por ejemplo, se requiere de la " -"aplicación Constructor de Página Web para poder mostrar a su cliente sus " -"Cotizaciones en una página web. Aún así podría no necesitar o usar la Página" -" Web en si misma, si es necesaria para la función de Cotizaciones En Línea " -"para trabajar apropiadamente." -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" -"**Siempre pruebe la instalación/eliminación de aplicaciones en un " -"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratis): de esta forma puede " -"saber que otras aplicaciones pueden ser requeridas, etc. Esto evitará " -"sorpresas cuando desinstale o cuando reciba sus facturas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 539315f85..7d15706d3 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,23 +19,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Debates" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -"Cómo usar mi servidor de correo para enviar y recibir correos electrónicos " -"en Odoo" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " "<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -52,26 +66,26 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " "<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Cómo administrar mensajes de correo salientes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -79,25 +93,37 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Esta es una configuración típica del servidor G Suite." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "¿Puedo usar un servidor de Office 365?" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" @@ -105,66 +131,66 @@ msgid "" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Cómo usar un servidor de G Suite" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to enable a SMTP relay and to allow *Any addresses* in the *Allowed senders*" -" section. The configuration steps are explained in `Google documentation " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:61 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:73 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Permitir DKIM" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -174,22 +200,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:87 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar los mensajes de correo entrantes?" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:89 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:91 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -197,58 +233,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:99 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:104 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:106 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:108 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:110 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:116 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -257,7 +293,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -268,476 +304,467 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:147 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:154 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Nombre: Este es el nombre de la aplicación en Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo llamar la atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes.Cómo llamar la " -"atención de otros usuarios en mis mensajes?" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" -"Puede **mencionar** a un usuario en un canal o chat escribiendo **@nombre-" -"usuario**. Mencionando un usuario en el chat lo configurará como un seguidor" -" de ese ítem (si ya no lo están) y enviar un mensaje a su bandeja de " -"entrada. El ítem que contiene la mención también será resaltado en la vista " -"de lista. Mencionando un usuario en un canal enviará un mensaje a su bandeja" -" de entrada. No puede mencionar a un usuario en un canal que no esta " -"suscrito al canal. Escribiendo **#nombre-canal** proveerá un vinculo para " -"ser mencionado en el canal ya sea en un chat u otro canal." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" -"Los **Mensajes Directos** son mensajes privados visibles solo por el emisor " -"y el receptor. Puede enviar mensajes directos a otros usuarios desde el " -"módulo Discutir creando una nueva conversación o seleccionando una existente" -" en la barra lateral. Los mensajes directos se pueden enviar desde cualquier" -" lugar en Odoo usando el ícono en forma de burbuja en la barra superior. El " -"estado en línea de otros usuarios se muestra a la izquierda de sus nombres. " -"Un **punto verde** indica que un usuario esta En Línea, un **punto naranja**" -" que están inactivos, y un **punto verde** que están desconectados." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" -"Puede elegir ver **notificaciones de escritorio** cuando reciba un nuevo " -"mensaje directo. La notificación le muestra el emisor y una breve vista " -"previa del contenido del mensaje. Estos pueden ser configurados o " -"deshabilitados dando clic en el ícono de engranaje en la esquina de la " -"notificación." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "Puedes vigilar tu ** Bandeja de entrada ** desde cualquier pantalla." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "¿Por qué usar Odoo Discuss?" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" -"Odoo Discuss es una herramienta fácil de usar aplicación de mensajería para" -" los equipos que trae todas las comunicaciones de su empresa en un solo " -"lugar y se integra perfectamente con la plataforma Odoo. Discuss le permite " -"enviar y recibir mensajes desde donde se encuentre en Odoo además de " -"administrar sus mensajes y notificaciones fácilmente desde dentro de la " -"aplicación. Discuss permite crear canales ** ** para chats de equipo, las " -"conversaciones sobre proyectos, coordinación de reuniones, y más en una " -"sencilla interfaz de búsqueda " - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "Organízate planeando actividades" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Establece tus tipos de actividad" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Programar reuniones" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with n available calendar available, " +"make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Programar una cadena de actividades a seguir" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar **canales** con el fin de organizar debates entre quipos " -"individuales, departamentos, proyectos, o cualquier otro grupo que requiere " -"comunicación regular. Al tener conversaciones que todos en los canales " -"pueden ver, es fácil mantener todo el equipo en el circulo con las últimas " -"novedades." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "In Discuss hay dos tipos de canales-**público y **privado**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -"Un ** Canal público**solo puede ser creado por un administrador con " -"previlegios de escritos y puede ser visto por todos en la organización. Al " -"contrario, un **canal privado** puede ser creado por cualquier usuario y por" -" defecto es sólo visible para usuarios que han sido invitados al canal." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" -"Un canal público se usa mejor cuando muchos empleados necesitan acceder a " -"la información ( tales como la comunicación inerdepartamental o anuncio de " -"la compañia), mientras el canal privado debe ser utilizado siempre que la " -"información debe ser limitada a unos usuarios / empleados específicos ( " -"tales como departamento específico o información personal o confidencial)." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar el nombre del canal, descripción, derechos de acceso, " -"subscripción automática, y enviar correo electrónic a partir: seleción de " -"menú:# nombre - canal-> Ajustes`. El cambio de los derechos de acceso de " -"canal le permite controlar qué grupos pueden ver cada canal. Puede " -"visiblizar un canal para todos los usuarios, los usuarios invitados, o " -"usuarios dentro de un grupo de usuarios seleccionados. Cabe señalar que " -"permitir a \"Todos\" a seguir un canal privado les permiterá a otros " -"usuarios ver y unirse como si lo harían con un canal público. " - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" -"Un canal se puede configurar como una lista de correo. Desde dentro: menú de" -" selección:`#nombre- canal--> Ajustes`, define el correo electrónico que " -"desea usar. Los usuarios pueden luego enviar al canal y elegir para recebir " -"notificaciones utilizando la direccion de correo electrónico definido. Un " -"icono de form de sobre aparecerá al lado del nombre del canal en la lista " -"para indicar que un canal envíará mensajes por correo electrónico." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Si usted no puede ver un canal en su panel, puede buscar la lista del ** " -"canal público** para localizar el canal correcto o crear un nuevo canal solo" -" tiene que pulsar el icono más." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -"Puede también pulsar los **CANALES** para buscar una lista de todos los " -"canales públicos. Esto permite al usuario manualmente ** unir** ** " -"abandonar** los canales público desde una única pantalla." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" -"Es aconsejable buscar un canal antes de crear uno nuevo para asegurar que " -"las entradas duplicadas no están creada por el mismo tema. " - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" -"La barra superior de búsqueda otorga acceso a la misma función integral de " -"búsqueda presente en el resto de Odoo. Puede aplicar múltiples **criterios " -"de filtro** y **guardar filtros** para uso posterior. La función de búsqueda" -" acepta comodines usando el carácter subrayado \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" para " -"representar un **carácter comodín singular.**" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" -"Puede invitar a otros usuarios y añadir canales como seguidores. Añadir un " -"canal como un seguidor enviará mensajes publicados en el chat al canal con " -"un enlace de vuelta al documento original." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 44e878cb1..060b35bee 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -4,24 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Kelly Quintero <kiutba@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Comercio electrónico" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" @@ -39,30 +31,26 @@ msgstr "Empezar" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Cómo customizar mi página de catálogo" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catálogo del producto" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" -"Todos tus artículos publicados aparecerán en tu página de catálogo (o página" -" de compra)" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" -"La mayoría de las opciones están disponibles en el menú de *Personalizar*: " -"atributos de la pantalla, categorías de la página, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Destacar un producto" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -70,22 +58,16 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" -"Aumenta la visibilidad de tus productos estrella/promocionados: impúlsalos " -"hacia arriba, hazlos más grandes, añade una etiqueta que pueda editar " -"(venta, nuevo, etc.). Abre la página Tienda, cambia al modo Edición y haz " -"clic en cualquier elemento para comenzar a personalizar la cuadrícula." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" -"Vé cómo hacerlo: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Añadir al carrito" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -95,76 +77,66 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" -"Si tus clientes compran una gran cantidad de artículos a la vez, reduce el " -"tiempo de procesamiento de sus órdenes, permitiendo compras en la página del" -" catálogo. Para ello, agrega la descripción del producto y el botón de " -"agregar al carro. Activa las siguientes opciones en el menú *Personalizar*: " -"Descripción del producto, Añadir al carro, Vista de lista (para mostrar la " -"descripción del producto mejor)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Cómo crear una página de un producto" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"En la página web haz clic en *Nueva Página* en la esquina superior derecha." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." msgstr "" -"Después haz clic en *Nuevo Producto* y sigue las sugerencias intermitentes." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Aquí están los elementos principales de la página del producto:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." msgstr "" -"Muchos elementos se pueden hacer visibles desde el menú *Personalizar*." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." msgstr "" -"Ve cómo configurar tus productos desde los vínculos presentados abajo." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Administrar mis productos " +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Cómo mostrar varias imágenes por producto" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -172,65 +144,48 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, la página web de su producto sólo muestra la imagen" -" principal de tu producto. Si quieres mostrar tus productos bajo varios " -"ángulos, puedes convertir la imagen en un carrusel." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Consulta *Varias imágenes por producto* en: selección de menú: " -"`Administrador Sitio Web -> Configuración -> Herramientas´." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" -"Abre un formulario de detalle del producto y carga imágenes desde la pestaña" -" *Imágenes*. Pulsa *Crear* en el modo de edición para obtener el asistente " -"de carga." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" -"Dicha imágen adicional es común para todas las variantes del producto (si " -"las hay)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Cómo mostrar la disponibilidad de un producto" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" -"La disponibilidad de tus productos se puede ver en la página web para " -"tranquilizar a tus clientes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" -"Para visualizar esto, abre la pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalle " -"del producto y selecciona una opción en *Disponibilidad*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" -"Un mensaje de advertencia personalizado puede ser cualquier cosa relacionada" -" con una salida de stock, retraso en la entrega, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta no requiere la instalación de la aplicación de Inventario." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -238,13 +193,10 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" -"Si un artículo ya no está disponible para la venta, despublícalo de tu sitio" -" web. Si se trata de una variante de producto particular, desactiva la " -"variante en el backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Cómo gestionar variantes de productos " +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -254,29 +206,20 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" -"Las variantes de productos son usadas para ofrecer a sus clientes " -"variaciones del mismo producto en la página de productos, por ejemplo si el " -"cliente elige una camiseta y luego selecciona la talla y el color. En el " -"ejemplo mostrado a continuación, de las opciones disponibles, el cliente " -"elige un teléfono y luego selecciona la memoria, el color y el ancho de " -"banda Wi-Fi." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Cómo crear atributos y variantes" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Activar *Los productos pueden tener varios atributos, definiendo variantes " -"(Ejemplo: tamaño, color,...)* en: menuselection:`Ventas--> Ajustes`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" -"Selecciona un producto de la lista de productos, ve a la pestaña *Variantes*" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -284,55 +227,48 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." msgstr "" -"Agregue tantos atributos como necesite de 3 tipos diferentes: botones de " -"opción, menús desplegables o botones de color. Obtendrá distintas variantes " -"tan pronto como tenga 2 valores por 1 atributo." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Cómo editar variantes" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." msgstr "" -"Ve todas las variantes del formulario de detalle de la plantilla del " -"producto." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Puedes editar los siguientes datos:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Imagen (se actualizará en tiempo real en el sitio web)," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Código de barra," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Referencia interna (SKU #)," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Volumen," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Peso," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Activo (disponible en citas y sitio web)." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" -"Tanto el código de barras como la referencia interna son específicos de cada" -" variante. Es necesario rellenarlos una vez generadas las variantes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -340,42 +276,32 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" -"También mire y edite todas las variantes de :menuselection;'Sales --> Sales " -"-->Product Variants'. Puede ser mas rápido si usted maneja muchas variantes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Cómo fijar precios específicos por variante" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." msgstr "" -"También puede configurar un precio publico específico por variante, al hacer" -" clic en \"Precios de las Variantes\" en el formulario de detalle del " -"producto (acción en la parte superior-izquierda)" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" -"El \"Precio Extra\" es agregado al precio del producto cuando el valor del " -"atributo correspondiente es seleccionado" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -"Las fórmulas en las listas de precios le permiten configurar métodos de " -"cálculos de precios avanzados para las variantes de los productos. Ver: " -"doc:'../maximzing_revenue/pricing'" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Cómo desactivar/archivar variantes " +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -383,26 +309,20 @@ msgid "" "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." msgstr "" -"Se pueden deshabilitar variantes específicas para que no estén disponibles " -"en cotizaciones u otras secciones del sitio web (variantes no en existencia," -" obsoletos, etc.). Simplemente desmarque la casilla 'Activar' en el " -"formulario de detalle" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" -"Para recuperar ítems archivados, presione/haga clic en \"Archivado\" al " -"buscar en la lista de variantes. Las puede reactivar de la misma manera." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Maximizar mis ganancias" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Cómo vender accesorios y productos opcionales (venta cruzada)" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -410,38 +330,29 @@ msgid "" "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" msgstr "" -"Usted vende computadoras, por qué no estimular a sus clientes para que " -"compren una pantalla de primera categoría o adquieran extra garantía? Ese es" -" el objetivo de las funcionalidades de venta cruzada." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Productos accesorios en la página de pago," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." msgstr "" -"Productos opcionales en una nueva ventana *Añadir a la compra* (no instalado" -" por defecto)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Productos accesorios al pagar" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" -"Los accesorios (por ejemplo para computadoras: el ratón, el teclado) " -"aparecen cuando el cliente revisa la cesta de compra antes de hacer el pago." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" -"Selecciona accesorios en la pestaña *Ventas* de la página de detalles del " -"producto." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -450,14 +361,10 @@ msgid "" "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." msgstr "" -"Existe un algoritmo para resolver cual es el mejor accesorio a mostrar, en " -"caso de que varios ítems sean agregados a la cesta de compra. Si algún ítem " -"es el accesorio de varios productos agregados a la cesta de compra, es muy " -"probable que se ubique en el top de la lista de accesorios sugeridos" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Productos opcionales al agregar a la cesta de compra" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -465,14 +372,10 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" -"Los productos opcionales están directamente relacionados al ítem agregado a " -"la cesta de compra (por ejemplo, para computadoras: la garantía, el sistema " -"operativo, componentes extra). Cada vez que un producto primario es agregado" -" a la cesta de compra, una nueva ventana aparece como paso adicional." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Para publicar productos opcionales:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -480,71 +383,55 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" -"Instale el componente \"Productos Opcionales eCommerce\" en el menú " -"\"Apps\". También remueva el filtro por defecto para buscar componentes, de " -"lo contrario solo las aplicaciones principales aparecerán." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." msgstr "" -"Seleccione ítems opcionales en la etiqueta \"ventas\" en el formulario de " -"detalle del producto" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" -"La cantidad de ítems opcionales agregados a la cesta de compra es la misma " -"que la del ítem principal." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Como ajustar los precios para los visitantes de mi sitio web" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" -"Esta sección da una idea sobre el precio de las funciones de la aplicación " -"eCommerce" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "forzar un precio por geo-localización," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "dejar que el cliente elija la moneda." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" -"Como pre-requisito, revise como administrar precio de productos:\n" -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP para actualizar automáticamente el precio correcto" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." msgstr "" -"Asigne grupos de países a sus listas de precios. De esta forma, los " -"visitantes que aun no hayan iniciado sesión verán su propia moneda de divisa" -" cuando visiten su sitio web." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." msgstr "" -"Una vez haya iniciado sesión, ellos obtendrán la lista de precios " -"equivalente a la de su país." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Selector de moneda" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -552,33 +439,28 @@ msgid "" "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Si vende en distintas monedas, puede permitirle a sus clientes seleccionar " -"su propia moneda. Marque \"Seleccionable\" para agregar la lista de precios " -"al menú desplegable del sitio web." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Cómo crear y compartir códigos promocionales" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" -"Quiere aumentar sus ventas para Navidad? Comparta códigos promocionales a " -"través de sus campañas de mercadeo y aplique cualquier tipo de descuentos." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 @@ -590,8 +472,6 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" -"Ir a :menuselection:'Sales-->Settings' y seleccionar \"Opciones avanzadas de" -" precios basado en formula\" para \"Precio de venta\"" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -599,46 +479,36 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" -"Ir a :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` y crear una " -"nueva lista de precios con la regla de descuento (ver :doc:'pricing'). Luego" -" ingrese un código" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" -"Active el campo de texto Promocode en la cesta de compra (La opcion se " -"encuentra en el menu \"Personalizar\"). Agregue un producto a la cesta de " -"compra para visualizarlo" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" -"Una vez activado verá una nueva sección en el lado derecho. Al seleccionar " -"*Aplicar* los precios serán actualizados automáticamente en la cartilla" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -"El código promocional utilizado por el cliente se almacena en el sistema " -"para que puedas analizar el rendimiento de tus campañas de marketing." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Muestra las ventas por lista de precios" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Cómo habilitar comentarios y calificación" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -652,8 +522,6 @@ msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" -"Active los comentarios y la calificación desde el menú *Personalizar* de la" -" página web del producto." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -663,7 +531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Revisa las publicaciones en tiempo real" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -701,19 +569,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." msgstr "" -"Puede acceder a la página web desde el formulario de detalles haciendo clic " -"en el botón inteligente *Publicado* (y viceversa)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "Cómo vender alternativas de productos más caros (ventas adicionales)" +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -721,13 +587,10 @@ msgid "" "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." msgstr "" -"Para maximizar sus ingresos, sugerir productos alternativos más costosos es " -"altamente recomendable para artículos básicos. De esa manera, su cliente " -"pasará más tiempo navegando por su catálogo." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Para hacerlo:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -744,11 +607,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introducción al comercio electrónico con Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -758,23 +621,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Página del producto" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Página de la tienda" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Precio" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Proceso de pago" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" @@ -782,335 +645,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Pagos" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Envío y seguimiento" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lanzar mi sitio web" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Recibir pagos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Cómo recibir pagos con Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net es una de las plataformas de pago de comercio electrónico más " -"populares de América del Norte. A diferencia de la mayoría de los otros " -"adquirentes de pagos compatibles con Odoo, Authorize.Net se puede usar como " -"\"pasarela de " -"pago\"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__" -" only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Crea una cuenta de Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Crear una cuenta de 'Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ dele clic " -"a 'Get Started'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Siga los pasos de registro." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Una vez listo, cambie al modo **Producción**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Configure Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" -"Ingrese su **ID de inicio de sesión** y su **Clave de transacción de API **." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Dar inicio" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "¿Cómo iniciar?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "¿Cómo permitirle a los clientes guardar y reusar tarjetas de crédito?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "¿Cómo usar otras adquisiciones (avanzadas)?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "¿Cómo?:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Cambiar a modo de desarrollador" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Toma el método de pago **personalizado**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Otras configuraciones" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" @@ -1125,18 +676,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "¿Cúal es el estado del pago?" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" -"En cualquier momento, el vendedor puede verificar el estado de la " -"transacción de la orden." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Borrador*: la transacción se está procesando." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1156,23 +705,18 @@ msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" -"*Hecho*: el pago fue autorizado y recibido. La orden ha sido confirmada." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" -"*Error*: un error se ha producido durante la transacción. El cliente " -"necesita volver a intentar el pago. La orden está aún en borrador." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" -"*Cancelado*: cuando el cliente cancela el pago en el formulario de " -"adquirente de pago. Es devuelto a Odoo para modificar la orden." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1192,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" "orders straight on." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " "order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " @@ -1200,226 +744,36 @@ msgid "" "account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Recibe el pago después de la entrega" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "¿Cómo obtener un pago con Paypal?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment acquirer to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "Configura tu cuenta de Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "Ahora entra en el menú **Mis herramientas de venta**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, haz clic en *Más opciones* y establece los dos formatos de " -"codificación predeterminados como **UTF-8**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "Valor: tu Paypal *Token de identidad*" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Comisiones por transacción" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "Prueba el flujo de pagos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " -"sandbox." - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "¿Cómo los clientes pueden acceder a su cuenta?" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1432,7 +786,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Registrarse" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1442,7 +796,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Cuenta del cliente" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1462,54 +816,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Cómo proporcionar a los clientes instrucciones de pago" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Cómo administrar una orden una vez que te han pagado" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Impuestos recaudados" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f48ae527f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30395a2cb --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventos" + +#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations" +msgstr "Integraciones" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 +msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" +" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" +" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " +"to advertise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" +" be enabled or installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " +"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " +":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" +" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" +"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 +msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" +msgstr "Enviar SMS a asistentes" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " +"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " +"the *Reminder* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 +msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 +msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " +"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" +" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " +"*Filters* are eligible here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " +"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " +"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " +"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 +msgid "Create your First Event" +msgstr "Crea tu primer evento" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 +msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 +msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 +msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 +msgid "To allow networking;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " +"through the product and even their pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Empezar" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " +"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " +"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " +"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " +"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 +msgid "Tab: Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " +"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " +"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " +"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 +msgid "Tab: Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " +"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " +"*Communication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " +"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " +"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" +" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " +"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" +" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" +" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " +"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " +"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" +" and used again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 +msgid "Publish your event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 +msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Selling Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " +"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " +"more registrations to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" +" *Online Ticketing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " +"the sale of tickets to happen " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 +msgid "Through Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " +"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " +"which you want to create the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " +"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " +"your event’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 +msgid "Through the Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " +"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 +msgid "Track your Attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " +"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " +"analyzing reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " +"the *Attendees* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " +"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 +msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " +"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " +"*Cancelled* stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " +"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and Manage Talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " +"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Schedule & Tracks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " +"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " +"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " +"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " +"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 +msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " +"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " +"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98727a258 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Althay Ramallo Fuentes <arf@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Gastos" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" +"Como configurar tipos de gasto\n" +" " + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los ejemplos para configurar:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" +"Restaurante\n" +" " + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "Hotel:" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "Coste: 0.0" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "Cómo registrar gastos" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" +"Manualmente\n" +" " + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "Introduce la fecha del gasto" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "Correos en un solo clic" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "Cómo enviar gastos a los responsables" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "Cómo aprobar gastos" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "Gastos: Responsable" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "Cómo reembolsar a los empleados" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "¿Cómo volver a facturar gastos a sus clientes?" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configurar" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3be0b2e99 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 5890ad6f8..b5ee5e9d1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,19 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jimmy Ramos <jimmybanegas93@gmail.com>, 2018 +# Francisco de la Peña <fran@fran.cr>, 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jimmy Ramos <jimmybanegas93@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jimmy Ramos <jimmybanegas93@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jimmy Ramos <jimmybanegas93@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,7 +34,17 @@ msgstr "General" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Autentificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -38,35 +52,28 @@ msgstr "Cómo permitir a usuarios acceder con su cuenta de Google" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -"Accede a tu cuenta de Google y dirígete a " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" "Selecciona **Crear Proyecto** e introduce el nombre y detalles del proyecto." " " -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Selecciona **Usar APIs de Google**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -"En el lado izquierdo del menú, selecciona el submenú **Credenciales** " -"(**Administrador API**) y después selecciona **Pantalla de Autorización " -"OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -74,23 +81,19 @@ msgstr "" "Completa tu dirección de, correo electrónico y nombre del producto (p.e. " "Odoo) y selecciona guardar." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -"Luego selecciona <b>Agregar Credenciales</b> y selecciona la segunda opción " -"(OAuth 2.0 ID Cliente)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -"Revisa que el tipo de aplicación está configurado en **Aplicación Web**. " -"Ahora configura las páginas permitidas en las que se te redigirá." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -100,13 +103,189 @@ msgstr "" "y pega el siguiente link en la caja: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Después selecciona **Crear**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -"Una vez finalizado, recibirás tu ID de Cliente y Cliente Secreto. Tienes que" -" introducir tu ID de Cliente en *Configuración General**." + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -114,7 +293,7 @@ msgstr "Importación de Datos" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "Cómo adaptar la plantilla de importación" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -123,10 +302,6 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Importa plantillas provistas en la herramienta de importación de la " -"información más común (contactos, productos, resguardos bancarios, etc.). " -"Puedes abrirlos con cualquier software de hojas de cálculo (Microsoft " -"Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" @@ -137,16 +312,12 @@ msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" -"Elimina columnas que no necesitas. Te recomendamos no eliminar la de *ID* (a" -" continuación puedes ver por qué)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -"Establece un ID único a cada uno de los registros arrastrando hacia abajo la" -" secuencia de ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -169,7 +340,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Por qué una columna de *ID*" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -202,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "Importa campos de relación (ver a continuación)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Cómo importar campos de relación" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -211,10 +382,6 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Un objeto de Odoo siempre está relacionado a muchos otros objetos (p.e. un " -"producto está relacionado a categorías de productos, atributos, vendedores, " -"etc.). Para importar esas relaciones necesitas importar los registros del " -"objeto relacionado primero desde su propio menú." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -248,7 +415,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "Abre la vista del objeto que quieras popular y selecciona *Importar*" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -260,22 +427,21 @@ msgstr "" "información. Dichas plantillas se pueden importar en un solo clic; el mapeo " "de información ya está hecho." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "Cómo añadir la plantilla" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Añade, elimina y organiza columnas para adaptarse a la estructura de tu " "información." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -"Aconsejamos no eliminar el *ID* (averigua por qué en la siguente sección)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -287,7 +453,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si es así, puedes mapear las nuevas columnas manualmente cuando testees la " "importación. Encuentra el campo correspondiente usando la búsqueda." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -295,11 +461,11 @@ msgstr "" "A continuación, usa la etiqueta de este campo en tu archivo para hacerlo " "funcionar bien la siguiente vez." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Cómo importar desde otra aplicación" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -315,7 +481,7 @@ msgstr "" "original. Puedes también encontrar este registro usando su nombre pero te " "vas a encontrar con al menos 2 registros con el mismo nombre." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -325,11 +491,11 @@ msgstr "" "re-importar los datos después, aunque es buena práctica especificarlo cuando" " sea posible." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "No puedo encontrar este campo y quiero mapear mi columna a" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -347,7 +513,7 @@ msgstr "" "también posible que no salga bien o que quieras mapear tu columna con un " "campo que no es propuesto por defecto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -357,57 +523,41 @@ msgstr "" "campos de relación (avanzado)**, despúes podrás elegir de la lista completa " "de cada columna." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "¿Dónde puedo cambiar el formato de fecha de importación?" - -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -"Odoo puede detectar automáticamente si una columna es una fecha y tratar de " -"inferir el formato de la fecha de un set de formatos de fechas más usuados. " -"Mientras este proceso puede funcionar para muchos formatos de fecha simples," -" algunos más exóticos not podrán ser reconocidos y por lo tanto es posible " -"tener algún tipo de confusión (día y mes invertido por ejemplo) ya que es " -"difícil saber cual parte es el día y cual es el mes en fechas como " -"'01-03-2016'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -"Para ver cuáles formatos de fecha ha encontrado Odoo en tu archvico, puedes " -"revisar **Formato de fecha** que es mostrado cuando haces clic en " -"**Opciones** bajo el selector de archivos. Si el formato es incorrecto " -"puedes cambiarlo a tu preferencia usando el **ISO 8601** para definir el " -"formato." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -"Si estás importando un archivo de excel (.xls, .xlsx), puedes usar celdad " -"tipo fecha ya que las fechas se muestran de manera distinta a como se " -"almacenan. De esa forma te puedes asegurar que el formato de fecha está " -"correcto independientemente del formato de fecha de la localización." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "¿Puedo importar números con signos de divisa (p.e.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -416,139 +566,108 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" -"Sí, soportamos números con paréntesis que representan signos negativos así " -"como números con el signo de moneda. Odoo detecta automáticamtte cual " -"separador miles/decimal usas (puedes cambiar eso bajo **opciones**). Si usas" -" un símbolo de moneda que no es conocido por Odoo, puede no ser reconocido " -"como un número y podrá dar error." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -"Ejemplos de números soportados (usadndo treinta y dos mil como ejemplo):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "32,000.00" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Ejemplo que no servirá:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -"¿Qué puedo hacer cuando la tabla de vista previa de Importar no se muestra " -"correctamente?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, la previsualización de la importación se establece con comas " -"como separadores de campo y comillas como delimitadores de texto. Si su " -"archivo CSV no tiene estos parámetros, puede modificar las opciones de " -"formato de archivo (mostradas bajo la barra de 'Seleccionar archivo CSV' " -"después de seleccionar el archivo)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que si su archivo CSV tiene como separador el tabulador, " -"Odoo no detectará las separaciones. Necesitará cambiar las opciones del " -"formato de archivo en su aplicación de hoja de cálculo. Vea la siguiente " -"pregunta." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo puede cambiar el formato del archivo CSV cuando se guarda en mi " -"aplicación de hoja de cálculo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -"Si edita y guarda archivos en las aplicaciones de hoja de cálculo, se " -"aplicará la configuración regional del ordenador para el separador y el " -"delimitador. Le sugerimos usar OpenOffice o LibreOffice Calc, que permiten " -"modificar dichas opciones (en 'Guardar como...' > Marcar casilla 'Editar " -"filtro' > Gurdar)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -"Microsoft Excel permite modificar solamente la codificación cuando guarda un" -" archivo CSV (en el cuadro de diálogo 'Guardar como' > pulsar la lista " -"desplegable 'Herramientas' > pestaña 'Codificación')." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre id. de la BD e ID Externo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -"Algunos campos definen una relación con otro objeto. Por ejemplo, el país de" -" un contacto es un enlace a un objeto 'País'. Cuando quiere importar esos " -"campos, Odoo tendrá que recrear los enlaces entre los correspondientes " -"campos. Odoo provee 3 mecanismos. Debe usar uno y sólo uno de esos " -"mecanismos por campo a importar." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -556,54 +675,47 @@ msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, para referenciar el país de un contacto, Odoo propone 3 modos " "diferentes de importación:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "País: el nombre o código del país" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -"País/ID de Base de datos: el ID único de Odoo para un registro, definido por" -" la columna ID de PostgreSQL" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -"País/ID Externo: el ID de este registro referenciado en otra aplicación (o " -"del archivo .XML que lo importó)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Para el país Bélgica, puede usar uno de estos3 métodos de importación:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "País: Bélgica" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "País/Id. de la BD: 21" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "País/Id. externo: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -"De acuerdo a sus necesidades, puede usar una de estas 3 formas de " -"referenciar registros en las relaciones. Aquí es donde debe usar una u otra," -" conforme a sus necesidades:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -611,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar País: Ésta es lo forma más sencilla cuando los datos provienen de " "archivos CSV que se han creado manualmente." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -623,7 +735,7 @@ msgstr "" "tener nunca conflictos (puede que tenga varios registros con el mismo " "nombre, pero sólo tendrán un único id. de base de datos)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -631,7 +743,7 @@ msgstr "" "Usar País/Id. externo: Use id. externo cuando importa datos de una " "aplicación externa." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -645,27 +757,23 @@ msgstr "" "tipo \"Id. de campo/externo\". Los siguientes dos archivos son un ejemplo " "para los productos y sus categorías." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para categorías " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para Productos " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "¿Qué puedo hacer si tengo múltiples coincidencias para un campo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -675,53 +783,35 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -"Si por ejemplo tiene dos categorías de producto con el nombre hijo de " -"\"Vendibles\" (por ejemplo \"Productos miscelánea/Vendibles\" y \"Otros " -"productos/Vendibles\"), la validación se para, pero aún podrá importar los " -"datos. Sin embargo, recomendamos no importar los datos porque estarán " -"vinculados todos a la primera categoría \"Vendibles\" encontrada en la lista" -" de categorías de producto (\"Misc. Productos/Vendibles\"). Recomendamos " -"modificar uno de los valores duplicados o la jerarquía de categorías." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, si no desea cambiar la configuración de las categorías de " -"producto, le recomendamos que haga uso de id. externo para este campo " -"'Categoría'." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo puedo importar un campo de relación many2many (muchos a muchos; por " -"ejemplo: un cliente que tiene múltiples etiquetas)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -"Las etiquetas deben de ir separadas por comas sin espacios. Por ejemplo, si " -"quieres que tu cliente sea vinculado con ambas etiquetas 'Fabricante' y " -"'Mayorista', entonces debes codificar 'Fabricante,Mayorista\" en la misma " -"columna del archivo CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`Archivo CSV para Fabricante, Minorista " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -729,31 +819,24 @@ msgstr "" "¿Cómo puedo importar una relación uno a muchos (one2many - por ejemplo: las " "líneas de pedido del pedido de venta)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"Si quiere importar los pedidos de venta teniendo varias líneas de pedido; " -"para cada línea de pedido, necesita reservar una fila específica en el " -"archivo CSV. La primera línea de pedido será importada en la misma fila que " -"la información relativa al pedido. Cualquier línea adicional necesitará una " -"fila adicional que no tenga información en los campos relativos al pedido." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Archivo para algunas Cotizaciones " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -761,35 +844,29 @@ msgstr "" "El siguiente archivo CSV muestra como importar pedidos de compra con sus " "respectivas líneas de pedido de compra:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Pedidos de compra con sus respectivas líneas de pedido de compra " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -"El siguiente archivo CSV muestra cómo importar clientes y sus respectivos " -"contactos:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Clientes y sus respectivos contactos " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "¿Se puede importar varias veces el mismo registro?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -798,27 +875,18 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -"Si importas un fichero que contiene uno de las siguientes columnas " -"\"External ID\" o \"Database ID\", los registros que ya han sido importados " -"serán modificados en lugar de ser creados de nuevo. Esto es bastante útil, " -"ya que le permitirá importar varias veces el mismo CSV realizando cambios " -"entre dos importaciones. Odoo tendrá cuidado de crear o modificar cada " -"registro dependiendo de si es nuevo o no." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -"Esta características permite usar la herramienta de importación/exportación " -"de Odoo para modificar un lote de registros en su aplicación de hoja de " -"cálculo favorita." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "¿Qué pasa si no proveo de un valor para un campo específico?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -830,56 +898,38 @@ msgstr "" "establece campos con valores vacíos en su archivo CSV, Odoo establecerá el " "valor VACÍO en el campo, en lugar de asignar el valor por defecto." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo exportar/importar diferentes tablas de una aplicación SQL a Odoo?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -"Si necesita importar datos de diversas tablas, puede recrear relaciones " -"entre los registros pertenecientes a diferentes tablas (por ejemplo, si " -"importa compañías y personas, tendrá que recrear el enlace entre cada " -"persona y la compañía para la que trabaja)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"Para gestionar relaciones entre tablas, puede utilizar el \"External ID\" " -"facilitado por Odoo. El \"External ID\" de un registro es el identificador " -"único de ese registro en otra aplicación. Este \"External ID\" debe ser " -"único entre todos los registros de todos los objetos, así que es una buena " -"practica para prefijar este \"External ID\" con el nombre de la aplicación o" -" la tabla (como \"company _1\", \"contact_1\", en lugar de \"1\")." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Como ejemplo, supongo que tiene una base de datos SQL con dos tablas que " -"quiere importar: compañías y personas. Cada persona pertenece a una " -"compañía, por lo que tendrá que recrear el enlace entre la persona y la " -"compañía en la que trabaja. (Si quiere comprobar este ejemplo, aquí hay un<a" -" href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump de dicha " -"base de datos PostgreSQL</a>)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -887,11 +937,11 @@ msgstr "" "Se exportará primero todas las compañías y sus id. externos. En PSQL, " "escriba el siguiente comando:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Este comando SQL creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -899,28 +949,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para crear un archivo CSV para personas, enlazadas a compañías, usaremos el " "siguiente comando SQL en PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Se creará el siguiente archivo CSV:" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"Como puede ver en este archivo, Fabien y Laurence están trabajando para la " -"compañía Bigees (company_1) y Eric está trabajando para la compañía Organi. " -"La relación entre las personas y las compañías se hace usando el id. externo" -" de las compañías. Hemos tenido que prefijar el id. externo con el nombre de" -" la tabla para evitar un conflicto de id. entre las personas y las compañías" -" (person_1 y company_1 comparten el mismo ID 1 en la base de datos " -"original)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -933,107 +976,588 @@ msgstr "" "enlazados a la primer compañía). Debe importar primero las compañías y luego" " los contactos." +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Multicompañía" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Básico" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Cómo agregar un usuario" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -"Odoo le provee la opción de agregar usuarios adicionales en cualquier " -"momento." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "Agregar usuarios individuales" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." msgstr "" -"Desde el módulo de Configuración, ingresa al submenú :menuselection:`Usuario" -" --> Usuario` y hace clic en **Crear**. Se añade primero el nombre del nuevo" -" vendedor y su correo electrónico profesional o de la empresa, el que usará " -"para iniciar sesión en la instancia de Odoo, así como la imagen del perfil." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"En \"Derechos de Acceso\", se puede elegir las aplicaciones que el usuario " -"tiene acceso y puede utilizar. Los diferentes niveles de derechos están " -"disponibles dependiendo de la aplicación. " #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -"Cuando haya terminado de editar la página y haya hecho clic en **Guardar**, " -"un correo electrónico de invitación se enviará automáticamente al usuario. " -"El usuario deberá dar clic en aceptar la invitación para su instancia y " -"deberá crear un ingreso." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"Recuerde que cada usuario adicional incrementará la cuota de suscripción. " -"Refierase a nuestra `*Página de precios* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ " -"para más información." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -"También se puede agregar un nuevo vendedor sobre la marcha del equipo de " -"ventas, incluso antes de que se haya registrado como usuario Odoo. Desde la " -"captura de pantalla anterior, haga clic en \"Crear\" para añadir a su " -"vendedor y escriba su nombre y correo electrónico. Después de guardar, el " -"vendedor recibirá una invitación que contiene un enlace a establecer su " -"contraseña. A continuación, será capaz de definir sus derechos de acceso " -"bajo el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Usuarios`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." msgstr "" -"`Desactivando Usuarios <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Grupos" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "Gestione Odoo en su propio lenguaje" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -"Odoo le provee la opción de gestrionar Odoo en diferentes lenguajes, y cada " -"usuario puede usar Odoo en su propio lenguaje." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "Cargue su lenguaje deseado" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1078,8 +1602,6 @@ msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -"Después change la configuración Lenguaje a tu lenguaje instalado y haz clic " -"en **GUARDAR.**" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -1106,81 +1628,1169 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -"Para cambiar el lenguaje de un usuario diferente, seleccione " -":menuselection:`Usuarios` desde la aplicación Configuraciones. Tnedrás la " -"lista de todos los usuarios y podrás elegir el usuario al que quieres " -"cambiar el lenguaje. Selecciona el usuario y haz clic en **Editar** en la " -"ezquina superior izquierda. Bajo Preferencias puedes cambair el Lenguaje a " -"cualquier lenguaje instalado previamenre y hacer clic en **SAVE.**" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" +"Guide>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credenciales" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Flujo de pago" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Adeudo directo SEPA" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Redirección al sitio web del medio de pago" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Guardar las tarjetas" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Países" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Diario del banco" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " +"applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" +"website-payments-ewp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activación" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" +"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Ejecuta una transacción de prueba desde Odoo con la cuenta personal de " +"sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Cómo recibir pago a través de transferencias electrónicas" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Cómo crear otros métodos de pago manuales " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Once done, click on **Create application**." +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:22 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" +"Debería redirigirle a su página de detalles de aplicación. Desplácese un " +"poco hacia abajo para encontrar su **llave de acceso**." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo generar un ID de aplicación de Unsplash" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:5 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: `How to generate an Unsplash access key " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/unsplash_access_key.html>`_." +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:7 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" "Go to your `applications dashboard " "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:12 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" "You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/application_id``" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:17 +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" -"Note that if you `apply for a production account " -"<https://unsplash.com/documentation#registering-your-application>`_ and it " -"got approved, your will also find your application ID in the UI. It will be " -"listed next to your **Access Key** on your application details page." +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index f3d1121ec..11fa6432e 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 @@ -76,24 +72,22 @@ msgid "" "training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " "collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " "that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " "the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " @@ -102,7 +96,7 @@ msgid "" " clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " "phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" @@ -111,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "" "the implementation." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " "environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " @@ -123,18 +117,18 @@ msgid "" "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " "responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," @@ -144,7 +138,7 @@ msgid "" "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " "of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" @@ -159,7 +153,7 @@ msgid "" "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " @@ -167,35 +161,34 @@ msgid "" "tools\\* :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" -"`The User Story <https://help.rallydev.com/writing-great-user-story>`__: " -"This technique clearly separates the responsibilities between the SPoC, " -"responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, and the Consultant" -" who will provide a response to the HOW." +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" "`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " "limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " @@ -204,17 +197,17 @@ msgid "" "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " @@ -222,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "" "follow those principles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " "that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " @@ -232,45 +225,45 @@ msgid "" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " "taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," @@ -284,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " "change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" @@ -293,18 +286,18 @@ msgid "" "business processes of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " @@ -312,33 +305,33 @@ msgid "" "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " "be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " @@ -347,14 +340,14 @@ msgid "" "it will be decided :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " "the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " @@ -363,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " "integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " @@ -371,139 +364,16 @@ msgid "" "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -"Tu subscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra," -" Lunes a Viernes**. Nuestros equipos estan localizados alrededor del mundo " -"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu localización. Tu " -"representativo de soporte puede comunicarse contigo desde San Francisco, " -"Bélgica, o India!" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:260 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:262 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." msgstr "" -"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:264 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Respuestas para asegurar que puedes encontrarte en tu database de Odoo " -"stándar (ej. \"No puedo cerrar my Punto de Venta\" o \"¿No puedo encontrar " -"los KPI's de ventas?)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:266 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, subscripción, o facturación." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Resolución de problemas (bloquear problemas o comportamientos inesperados no" -" por desconfiguración o customización)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba despues de " -"actualizar a la nueva versión " - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database, but gives " -"you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" -"*Soporte de Odoo no hace cambios a tu base de datos de producción, pero te " -"entrega material y conocimiento para que lo hagas tu mismo!*" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:274 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Preguntas que requieren que entendamos tu proceso de negocio para así " -"ayudarte a implementar tu base de datos" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:278 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Entrenamiento en cómo usar tu Software (te direccionaremos a nuestros " -"variados recursos)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:279 -msgid "Importation of documents into your database" -msgstr "Importación de documentos en tu base de datos" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Guía en qué configuraciones aplicar dentro de una aplicación o la base de " -"datos" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:281 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Como fijar modelos de configuración (Ejemplos incluyen: Rutas de Inventario," -" Términos de Pagos, Bodegas, etc)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Preguntas o situaciones relacionadas a desarrollos específicos o " -"customizaciones hechas por Odoo o un tercero (esto es específico sólo para " -"tu base de datos o código involvente)" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultantes analizará la " -"manera que manejas tu negocio y decirte cómo puedes obtener lo mejor de tu " -"base de datos de Odoo. Manejaremos todas las configuraciones y te " -"entrenaremos en cómo usar Odoo." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestra `forma de" -" soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 54320758d..ef9eb4cc1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,18 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Juan José Scarafía <scarafia.juanjose@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Sergio Flores <vitavitae1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Antonio Trueba, 2020 +# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,375 +29,847 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Ayuda" +msgstr "Mesa de Ayuda" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Iniciar con Odoo HelpDesk" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Generar notas de crédito desde los tickets" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Permitir la devolución de productos de las entradas" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Comenzando con Odoo HelpDesk (Mesa de Ayuda)" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Instalando Odoo Helpdesk:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Foro" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Iniciar recibiendo tickets" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/11.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Gris - Estado Normal" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Rojo - Bloqueado" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Verde - Listo para la siguiente etapa" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Valoraciones" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Pseudónimo de correo" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Formulario de sitio web" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Paso 4 : Factura de cliente" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Charla en vivo" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index b886f2c8f..772e26cbb 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 1289ded6c..3e496dfaf 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -4,38 +4,31 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Javier Sabena <jsabena@gmail.com>, 2018 -# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018 -# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Nefi Lopez Garcia <nlopezg87@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez <estudiofaz@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2018 -# Miquel Torner <miq@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Mariana Santos Romo <msn@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 +# David Sanchez <david.sanchez@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Julián Andrés Osorio López <mcjulian1107@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Antonio Trueba, 2020 +# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Miguel Orueta <mo@landoo.es>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Inventario" @@ -56,351 +49,504 @@ msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "Operaciones diarias" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un ajuste de inventario con los códigos de barras?" +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "Proceso para un Ajuste de Inventarios con Código de Barras" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "A partir de la aplicación del código de barras:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "Haga clic en **Inventario**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." msgstr "" -"Escanear todos los productos (si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanearlos 5 " -"veces, o utilizar el teclado para establecer la cantidad)." +"Para realizar un ajuste de inventarios utilizando códigos de barras " +"necesitas abrir la aplicación \"Código de Barras\". Después, desde la " +"aplicación, dar click en \"Ajuste de Inventarios\"" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" +"Si desea trabajar completamente con códigos de barras, puede descargar la " +"hoja * Comandos para inventario *." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -"Si gestiona varias ubicaciones, revise el lugar antes de escanear los " -"productos. Por ejemplo. escanear el código de barras de un estante; escanear" -" cada producto en el estante; repita para cada estante en el almacén." +"Una vez que haya hecho clic en * Ajustes de inventario *, Odoo creará uno " +"automáticamente. Tenga en cuenta que, si trabaja con ubicaciones múltiples, " +"primero debe especificar en qué ubicación se realiza el ajuste de " +"inventario." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Cuando haya escaneado todos los productos del lugar, valide el inventario de" -" forma manual o mediante el escaneo de **validación** del código de barras" +"Si no trabaja con ubicaciones múltiples, podrá escanear los diferentes " +"productos que desea incluir en el ajuste de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." msgstr "" -"Existen dos métodos para procesar albaranes: puede trabajar en documentos " -"impresos (y escanear líneas en los documentos), o en una pantalla (y " -"escanear productos directamente)." +"Si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanee 5 veces o use el teclado para " +"establecer la cantidad." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "Procesar órdenes de entrega impresas:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." msgstr "" -"Imprima las órdenes de entrega del día seleccionando todos los documentos " -"desde la lista *To Do (Pendientes)* e imprima * Picking Operations " -"(Operaciones de Picking)* desde el menú superior." +"Además de usar el escáner de código de barras, también puede agregar " +"manualmente un producto si es necesario. Para hacerlo, haga clic en * " +"Agregar producto * y complete la información manualmente." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -"Una vez que empezó a procesar sus órdenes de entrega, ** escanee el código " -"de barras** en el rincón superior derecho del documento para cargar el " -"registro correcto en la pantalla." +"Cuando haya escaneado todos los artículos de la ubicación, valide el " +"inventario manualmente o escanee el código de barras * Validar *." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -"Después, \"leer el código de barras\" de cada producto, o escanear el código" -" de barras del producto en la linea de recolección si el código de barras en" -" el producto no es fácilmente accesible, visible o es un faltante." +"Existen diferentes situaciones en las que las nomenclaturas de códigos de " +"barras pueden ser útiles. Un caso de uso conocido es el de un punto de venta" +" que vende productos a granel, en el que los clientes escalarán sus " +"productos ellos mismos y obtendrán el código de barras impreso para pegarlo " +"en el producto. Este código de barras contendrá el peso del producto y " +"ayudará a calcular el precio en consecuencia." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Crear una nomenclatura de código de barras" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." -msgstr "Una vez que escaneas todos los productos, " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -"Procesar órdenes de entrega desde una computadora o dispositivo móvil:" +"Odoo admite Nomenclaturas de código de barras, que determinan el mapeo y la " +"interpretación de la información codificada. Puede configurar su " +"nomenclatura de código de barras en :doc:`Modo Desarrollador " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Para hacerlo, ve a " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Nomenclatura de códigos de " +"barras`." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." msgstr "" -"Cargar todas las ordenes de entrega marcadas como \"Por Hacer\", y abrir la " -"primera." +"Puede crear una nomenclatura de código de barras desde allí y luego agregar " +"una línea para crear su primera regla." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "Recoger y escanear cada producto listado." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -"Cuando hayas escaneado todos los productos, da clic en el botón de " -"**Validar** o escanea el \"Código de validación\", acción para finalizar la " -"operación" +"El primer paso es especificar el ** nombre de la regla **, por ejemplo " +"Código de barras de Peso con 3 decimales. Luego debe especificar el tipo de " +"nomenclatura de código de barras, en nuestro caso será Peso del Producto." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -"Mover a la siguiente orden de entrega para procesar por medio de clic en " -"superior- derecho derecho **flecha** o escanear la **página-siguiente** " -"acción de código de barras." +"El patrón de código de barras es una expresión regular que define la " +"estructura del código de barras. En este ejemplo 21 define los productos en " +"los que se aplicará la regla, esos son los números por los cuales debe " +"comenzar el código de barras del producto. Los 5 “puntos” son los siguientes" +" números del código de barras del producto y están ahí simplemente para " +"identificar el producto en cuestión. La “N” define un número y la “D” define" +" los decimales." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" +"La codificación permite especificar la codificación del código de barras en " +"la que se debe aplicar la regla." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" +"Puede definir diferentes reglas y ordenar su prioridad gracias a la " +"secuencia. Se aplicará la primera regla que coincida con el código de barras" +" escaneado." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "Configure su producto" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "El código de barras del producto debe comenzar por “21”;" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" +"Los 5 “puntos” son los otros números del código de barras de su producto, lo" +" que permite identificar el producto;" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" +"El código de barras debe contener 0 donde definió D o N. En nuestro caso, " +"necesitamos establecer 5 ceros porque configuramos “21…..{NNDDD}”;" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" +"En EAN-13, el último número es un número verificador, use un generador EAN13" +" para saber qué dígito debería ser en su caso." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que pese 1,5 kg de pasta, la balanza le imprimirá el siguiente " +"código de barras 2112345015002. Si escanea este código de barras en su punto" +" de venta o cuando recibe productos en su aplicación de código de barras, " +"Odoo creará automáticamente una nueva línea para el producto Pasta para una " +"cantidad de 1.5 Kg. Para el punto de venta, también se calculará un precio " +"que depende de la cantidad." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "Tipos de reglas" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" +"** Producto con precio **: le permite identificar el producto y especificar " +"su precio, utilizado en POS." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" +"** Producto con descuento **: le permite crear un código de barras por " +"descuento aplicado. Luego puede escanear su producto en el punto de venta y " +"luego escanear el código de barras de descuento, el descuento se aplicará al" +" precio normal del producto." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" +"** Producto con peso **: le permite identificar el producto y especificar su" +" peso, utilizado tanto en el punto de venta (en el que el precio se calcula " +"en función del peso) como en el inventario." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" +"**Cliente**: le permite identificar al cliente, por ejemplo, utilizado con " +"el programa de fidelización." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "**Cajero**: le permite identificar al cajero al ingresar al TPV." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" +"**Ubicación**: le permite identificar la ubicación en una transferencia " +"cuando se activa la ubicación múltiple." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" +"**Paquete**: le permite identificar paquetes en una transferencia cuando los" +" paquetes están activados." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." +msgstr "" +"**Lote**: le permite identificar el número de lote de un producto en una " +"transferencia." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" +"**Tarjeta de crédito**: no necesita modificación manual, existe para los " +"datos del módulo Mercury." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" +"**Producto unitario**: le permite identificar un producto tanto para POS " +"como para transferencias." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el patrón de código de barras contiene. *, Significa que puede " +"contener cualquier número de caracteres, siendo esos caracteres cualquier " +"número." #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" -msgstr "¿Cómo realizar una transferencia interna?" +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "Proceso para transferencias" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" -msgstr "En Odoo, hay dos tipos de transferencias internas:" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "Transferencias simples" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." msgstr "" -"Los iniciados automáticamente por el sistema (por ejemplo, un control de " -"calidad)" +"Para procesar una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, el " +"primer paso es ir a *Operaciones*." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -"Los creados por un trabajador (por ejemplo, a través del área de " -"transferencias internas del tablero)." +"Luego, tiene la opción de ingresar una transferencia existente, yendo al " +"tipo de operación correspondiente y seleccionando manualmente la que desea " +"ingresar, o escaneando el código de barras de la transferencia." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "Realizar una transferencia interna:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" -"Desde el inicio de la aplicación del escritorio, escanea la **fuente de " -"locación**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "Tomar y **escanear los productos** " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "Escanear la **Ubicación de destinación**" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "\"Validar\" la transferencia para finalizar" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo manejar los lotes y números de serie con los códigos de barras?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." msgstr "" -"Los números pueden ser codificados desde los albaranes entrantes, " -"movimientos internos y albaranes salientes? " +"Desde allí, podrá escanear los productos que forman parte de la " +"transferencia existente y / o agregar nuevos productos a esta transferencia." +" Una vez que se han escaneado todos los productos, puede validar la " +"transferencia para continuar con los movimientos de stock." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -"En el interfaz del código de barras, **escanear** los productos que quieras " -"crear desde el lote." +"Si tiene diferentes ubicaciones de almacenamiento en su almacén, puede " +"agregar pasos adicionales para los diferentes tipos de operación." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Recepciones" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -"Si este producto debe manejarse por lotes, una ventana se abrirá para " -"ayudarte a escanear los lotes/números de serie" +"Al recibir un producto en stock, debe escanear su código de barras para " +"identificarlo en el sistema. Una vez hecho esto, puede hacer que ingrese la " +"ubicación principal de la transferencia, por ejemplo WH / Stock, o escanear " +"un código de barras de ubicación para que ingrese una sububicación de la " +"ubicación principal." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." msgstr "" -"**Escanear** el código de barras del lote, **Escribir** uno manualmente o " -"**dejar vació** para generar uno automáticamente." +"Si desea que el producto ingrese WH/Stock en nuestro ejemplo, simplemente " +"puede escanear el siguiente producto." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "Clic en escanear **Validar** una vez que este listo" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "¿Cual es la diferencia entre \"Lotes\" y \"Números de serie\" " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -"**Lote** números que son atribuidos a varios productos idénticos, así que " -"cada vez que se escanea un numero de lote, Odoo adherirá uno a la cuenta del" -" producto." +"Al entregar un producto, debe escanear la ubicación de origen si es " +"diferente a la establecida inicialmente en la transferencia. Luego, puede " +"comenzar a escanear los productos que se entregan desde esta ubicación " +"específica." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -"Por el contrario, un \"número de serie\" es único, y es representado por un " -"único código de barras, adherido únicamente a cada producto. Esto significa " -"que Odoo no acepta escanear mas de un número de serie por operación. " +"Una vez que se han escaneado los diferentes productos, tiene la posibilidad " +"de escanear otra ubicación, como WH/Stock, y se agregará otra página a su " +"pedido de entrega. Puede moverse de uno a otro gracias a los botones " +"*Anterior* y *Siguiente*." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "Aquí. configuramos **Lu -Petit Beukelaer** seguimiento por lotes." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -"Escanea un producto desde este albarán entrante, después escanea el número " -"de lote de cada producto (también puedes usar el teclado)." +"Ahora, puede validar su transferencia. Para hacerlo, haga clic en " +"*Siguiente* hasta llegar a la última página de la transferencia. Allí podrás" +" validarlo." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "Clic guardar/escanear **Validar** y estará listo." +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Transferencias internas" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar los recibos entrantes?" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -"Hay dos procesos para aproximarse a los recibos de entrada: puede cualquiera" -" de los dos trabajar en la impresión de documentos (y escanear las lineas en" -" los documentos), o en una pantalla (y escanear los productos directamente)." -" " +"Al realizar una transferencia interna con ubicación múltiple, primero debe " +"escanear la ubicación de origen del producto. Luego, puede escanear el " +"producto en sí mismo, antes de tener que escanear el código de barras de la " +"ubicación de destino." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "Procesar recibos de entrada impresos:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -"Imprimir recibos de entrada del día seleccionando todos los documentos desde" -" la lista **Para recibir** e imprima **Manejo de operaciones** desde el menú" -" superior. " +"Si el origen y el destino de las transferencias internas ya son correctos, " +"no necesita escanearlos." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "Transferencias con productos rastreados" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" msgstr "" -"Una vez que empieza a procesar sus recibos de entrada, escanee el código de " -"entrada en la esquina superior derecha del documento para cargar el registro" -" en la pantalla." +"Si trabaja con productos rastreados por lotes/números de serie, tiene dos " +"formas de trabajar:" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -"A continuación, escanee el código de barras de cada producto o el código de " -"barras laa líneas de albarán si el código de barras del producto no es " -"fácilmente accesible, visible o falta." +"Si trabaja con números de serie/lote teniendo en cuenta todos los productos," +" puede escanear el código de barras del lote/número de serie y Odoo " +"aumentará la cantidad del producto, configurando su número de lote/serie." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" -"Procesos de recibos de entrada desde una computadora o dispositivo móvil:" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." msgstr "" -"Carga todos las facturas entrantes desde la computadora o el dispositivo " -"móvil." +"Si tiene el mismo lote/número de serie para diferentes productos, puede " +"trabajar escaneando primero el código de barras del producto y luego el " +"código de barras del lote/número de serie." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "Crear una transferencia desde cero" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -"Cuando hayas tomado todos los artículos, clic en el botón de **Validación** " -"o escanea el código de barras para finalizar la operación." +"Para crear una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, primero" +" debe imprimir los códigos de barras del tipo de operación. Para hacerlo, " +"puede descargar la *Hoja de códigos de barras de inventario* desde la página" +" de inicio de la aplicación." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." msgstr "" -"Mover al siguiente recibo de entrega para procesar por medio de un clic en " -"el superior- derecho derecho **flecha** o escaneando **Pagina- siguiente** " -"acción de código de barras." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Ejemplo" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "Interfaz de operación abierta." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "Escanear." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." -msgstr "" -"La recogida aparece. Escánear ítems y/o llenar información usando el ratón y" -" el teclado." +"Una vez hecho esto, puede escanear el documento para el que desea crear un " +"nuevo documento. Luego, se creará un documento vacío y podrá escanear sus " +"productos para completarlo." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -455,33 +601,34 @@ msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -"El **Escáner por bluetooth** puede ser pareado con un smarphone o una tablet" -" y es una buena elección si desea que sea móvil pero no necesita una gran " -"inversión. El aproximarse es para registrar Odoo en su smartphone, parear el" -" escáner por bluetooth con el smartphone y trabajar en el almacén siempre " -"con la posibilidad de revisar su smartphone de vez en cuanto y usar el " -"software 'manualmente'." +"El **escáner bluetooth** se puede combinar con un teléfono inteligente o una" +" tableta y es una buena opción si desea ser móvil pero no necesita una gran " +"inversión. Un enfoque es iniciar sesión en Odoo en su teléfono inteligente, " +"emparejar el escáner bluetooth con el teléfono inteligente y trabajar en el " +"almacén con la posibilidad de revisar su teléfono inteligente de vez en " +"cuando y usar el software 'manualmente'." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -"Para uso pesado, el **escáner ordenador portátil** es la solución más " -"práctica. Consiste en un pequeño computador con un escáner de código de " -"barras incorporado. Este puede resultar en una solución muy productiva, sin " -"embargo, debe asegurarse de que es capaz de manejar Odoo fluidamente. Los " -"modelos más recientes que usan Android + Google Chrome o Windows + Internet " -"Explorer deben hacer el trabajo. Sin embargo, debido a la variedad de " -"modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo primero." +"Para uso intensivo, el **escáner de computadora móvil** es la solución más " +"práctica. Consiste en una pequeña computadora con un escáner de código de " +"barras incorporado. Esta puede resultar una solución muy productiva, sin " +"embargo, debe asegurarse de que sea capaz de ejecutar Odoo sin problemas. " +"Los modelos más recientes que usan Android + Google Chrome o Windows + " +"Internet Explorer Mobile deberían hacer el trabajo. Sin embargo, debido a la" +" variedad de modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo " +"primero." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" @@ -526,408 +673,45 @@ msgstr "" "'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cómo activar los códigos de barras en Odoo?" +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "Activa los códigos de barras en Odoo" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -"Las funciones de escaneo de código de barras pueden ahorrar una gran " -"cantidad de tiempo usualmente perdido por la maniobra entre el teclado, el " -"ratón y el escaner. Atribuir apropiadamente los códigos de barra a " -"productos, ubicaciones de recogida, etc. le permite trabajar más " -"eficientemente controlando el software casi que exclusivamente con el " -"escaner de código de barras." +"Las funciones de escaneo de códigos de barras pueden ahorrarle mucho tiempo," +" generalmente perdido, cambiando entre el teclado, el mouse y el escáner. " +"Atribuir adecuadamente los códigos de barras a productos, ubicaciones de " +"recolección, etc. le permite trabajar de manera más eficiente controlando el" +" software casi exclusivamente con el escáner de códigos de barras." -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." -msgstr "" -"Imprima este documento para poder usar su lector de códigos de barras para " -"realizar más acciones." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid "Document: |download_barcode|" -msgstr "Documento: |download_barcode|" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "Configurar código de barras de productos" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click :menuselection:`Operations --> Barcode Scanner`. Click Save, and " -"go back into the previous screen to click Configure Product Barcodes. This " -"interface can also be accessed via the planner." -msgstr "" -"Para completar un picking o realizar un inventario, debe asegurarse de que " -"sus productos estén codificados en Odoo junto con sus códigos de barras. Si " -"esto aún no está hecho, puede completar los códigos de barras de los " -"productos a través de una interfaz práctica. Vaya a: menuselection: " -"`Inventario-> Configuración-> Ajustes` y haga clic en: menuselection:` " -"Operaciones-> Lector de códigos de barras`. Haga clic en Guardar y regrese a" -" la pantalla anterior para hacer clic en Configurar códigos de barras del " -"producto. A esta interfaz también se puede acceder a través del " -"planificador." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." -msgstr "" -"Productos variantes: se cuidadoso al adherir directamente en el variante, y " -"no a la plantilla de producto (de lo contrario no sería capaz de " -"diferenciarlos) " - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:44 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" -msgstr "Configurar localizaciones de código de barras" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 -msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " -"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." -msgstr "" -"Si administra varias ubicaciones, encontrará útil atribuir un código de " -"barra a cada ubicación y adherirlo a la ubicación. Puede configurar los " -"códigos de barra de las ubicaciones en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Administración de Bodega --> Ubicaciones`. Hay un botón en" -" el menú de **Imprimir** que puede usar para imprimir los nombres y códigos " -"de barra de las ubicaciones. Hay 4 códigos de barra por página, organizados " -"de forma que es conveniente imprimir en papel adhesivo." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo de denominación de ubicación: **nombre corto de bodega** - **nombre " -"corto de ubicación** - (**Corredor X** - **Estantería Y** - **Altura Z**) " -"Ejemplo: A032-025-133" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 -msgid "Barcode formats" -msgstr "Formato de código de barras" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de productos al por menor usan códigos de barra EAN-13. Éstos no " -"pueden fabricarse sin autorización previa: debe pagar a la International " -"Article Numbering Association una tarifa en cambio de una secuencia de " -"código EAN (es por esto que dos productos en una tienda nunca tendrán el " -"mismo código EAN)." - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" -"Aún así, Odoo soporte cualquier secuencia como código de barras, de esta " -"manera siempre puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso " -"interno." - -#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestión de almacenes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Ajuste de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un inventario inicial?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" -"Una de las mas importante característica de la dirección de un almacén es " -"almacenar bien el inventario. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que sus productos hayan sido definidos, es momento de hacer su " -"inventario inicial. Usted reflejara realmente por inventariar las cantidades" -" justas en las locaciones correctas. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de Inventario, abra el: :menuselection:`Control de Inventario " -"--> Productos`, luego de clic en **Crear** para crear un nuevo producto. " -"Configure el tipo de producto para que sea **Almacenable** y no consumible." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "Empezar el inventario inicial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "Actualizar la cantidad de producto por un producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" -"En el producto que acaba de crear, puede ver en el cuadro superior que " -"tenemos 0 productos en mano. Clic en el botón **Actualizar cantidad en " -"mano**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Una nueva ventana abierta. En el campo **Nueva cantidad en mano**, tipo de " -"cantidad de producto que se contiene actualmente en existencia, después clic" -" en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" -"Si utiliza múltilpes ubicaciones para su almacén, podrá establecer la " -"ubicación de su producto desde esta pantalla." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede ver ahora desde la etiqueta en mano que la cantidad ha sido " -"actualizada. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" -"Ahora, si revisas el menú**Ajustes de Inventarios** en el **Control de " -"Inventario**, verás que una nueva linea \"INV: (Nombre de tu producto)\" ha " -"sido creada automaticamente y validada por el sistema." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "Múltiples productos a la vez." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" -"Crea todos los productos por cual quieres seguir el stock (como productos " -"almacenables). Los productos requeridos en Stock han sido definidos, usa una" -" operacion de inventario iniciar para poner al corriente las cantidades en " -"el sistema por ubicación, Para ir ;Selección del menú, Control de Inventario" -" --> Ajustes de Inventarios para empezar el inventario Inicial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" -"Darle un nombre (por ejemplo inventario inicial) y seleccionar el lugar de " -"existencia de su inventario. Note que cuando seleccione una locación cedis " -"(como en existencia, la cual puede ser separada en sub locaciones), puede " -"también seleccionar las sub (o descendientes) locaciones. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" -"Puedes escoger entre hacer un inventario de todos los productos, para " -"algunos o para uno. En este caso, escogeremos la opción **Todos los " -"productos**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Si necesita que la valuación de su inventario sea realizada en un período " -"diferente del que será seleccionado por defecto de acuerdo a la fecha de " -"finalización de inventario, ingrese el período contable correspondiente en " -"el campo Impulsar Valuación del Período. El módulo de contabilidad requiere " -"ser instalado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" -"Click en el botón **Iniciar Inventario**. Dependiendo en el tipo de " -"inventario tu tienes que escoger(Todos los Porductos o Seleccionarlos) " -"Puedes tener para agregar los productos manualmente haciendo click en " -"**Agregar un elemento**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" -"Añada la **cantidad real** que tiene en existencias para cada producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" -"Información adicional estará disponible decuerdo a la opcion que activaste, " -"(Varias Ubicaciones, Numero Serial, Stock consignado)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Click en el boton **Validar Inventario** para confirmar el inventario y " -"postearlo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Informes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" -"Para revisar el stock actual, ve: Selección de Menú --> Products, y click en" -" la **lista boton**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "¿Cómo elegir entre regla de stock mínimo y bajo pedido?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" -"**Reglas Mininas de Existencias** y **Fabricado por Pedido** tienen " -"consecuencias similares pero reglas diferentes. Éstos deben ser usados " -"dependiendo de sus estrategias de producción y entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "Terminología" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" -"Las reglas de **Existencias Mínimas** son usadas para asegurar que siempre " -"tenga el monto mínimo de un producto en existencias para producir sus " -"productos y/o resolver las necesidades de sus clientes. Cuando el nivel de " -"existencia de un producto alcanza el mínimo el sistema automáticamente " -"generará una adquisición con la cantidad requerida para alcanzar el nivel " -"máximo de existencias." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Orden bajo pedido" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" -"La función **Orden bajo pedido** desencadenará a **Orden de Compra** de la " -"cantidad de las **Ordenes de Venta** relacionadas con el producto. El " -"sistema **No** verificará la valoración de existencias actual . Esto " -"significa que el borrador de una orden de compra sera generado a pesar de la" -" cantidad en mano del producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 @@ -936,202 +720,103 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -"La configuración de las Reglas de Stock Mínimo está disponible a través del " -"menú: Selección de Menú: `Inventario -> Control de Inventario --> " -"Reordenamiento de Reglas` en el menú desplegable. Allí, haz click en ** " -"Crear ** para establecer los valores de las existencias mínimas y máximas " -"para un producto determinado." +"Para usar esta función, primero debe activar la funcionalidad *Código de " +"barras* a través de :menuselection: `Inventario -> Configuración -> Código " +"de Barras`. Una vez que haya marcado la función, puede presionar guardar." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Activo" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de productos" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -"Si el campo activo se establece a Falso, permite ocultar la regla de stock " -"mínimo sin eliminarla." +"Puede asignar fácilmente códigos de barras a sus diferentes productos a " +"través de la aplicación * Inventory *. Para hacerlo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Configurar códigos de barras de " +"productos`." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "Unidad de medida del producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default unit of measure used for all stock operations." -msgstr "" -"Unidad de medida por defecto utilizada para todas las operaciones de stock" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "Grupo de abastecimiento" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by stock rules will be grouped into " -"one big picking." +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -"Los movimientos creados a través de este punto de pedido se incluirán en " -"este grupo de compras. Si no se da ninguna, los movimientos generados por " -"las reglas de stock se agruparán en una gran selección." +"Luego, tiene la posibilidad de asignar códigos de barras a sus productos " +"directamente en la creación en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "Cantidad mínima" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -"Cuando el stock virtual esté por debajo de la cantidad mínima especificada " -"en este campo, Odoo generará un abastecimiento para llevar la cantidad " -"prevista a la cantidad máxima." +"Tenga cuidado de agregar códigos de barras directamente en las variantes del" +" producto y no en la plantilla del producto. De lo contrario, no podrá " +"diferenciarlos." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "Cantidad máxima" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de ubicaciones" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -"Cuando el stock virtual esté por debajo de la cantidad, Odoo generará un " -"abastecimiento para llevar la cantidad prevista a la cantidad especificada " -"como aquí como máxima." +"Si administra varias ubicaciones, le resultará útil atribuir un código de " +"barras a cada ubicación y pegarlo en la ubicación. Puede configurar los " +"códigos de barras de ubicaciones en :menuselection:`Inventario --> " +"Configuración --> Ubicaciones`." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "Múltiplo de la cantidad" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." msgstr "" -"La cantidad a abastecer se redondeará a este múltiplo. Si es 0, se utilizará" -" la cantidad exacta." +"Puede imprimir fácilmente el código de barras que asigna a las ubicaciones a" +" través del menú *Imprimir*." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "Plazo de entrega" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "Formatos de código de barras" -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -"Número de días antes de que el punto de pedido sea generado para recibir los" -" productos o para pedirlos al proveedor" +"La mayoría de los productos minoristas utilizan códigos de barras EAN-13. No" +" se pueden inventar sin la debida autorización. Debe pagar una tarifa a la " +"International International Numbering Association a cambio de una secuencia " +"de código EAN." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" -"Luego, de clic en su producto para acceder al formulario del producto " -"relacionado y, en el **submenú de Inventario**, no olvide seleccionar un " -"proveedor." +"Aún así, como Odoo admite cualquier cadena como código de barras, siempre " +"puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso interno." -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" -"No olvide seleccionar el tipo de producto correcto en la forma de producto. " -"Un consumible no puede ser almacenado así que no sera contado en la " -"valoración de almacén." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de Fabricar por Pedido esta disponible en su formulario de " -"producto a través de su :menuselection:`Módulo de Inventario --> Control de " -"Inventario --> Productos` (o cualquier otro módulo donde los productos estén" -" disponibles)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" -"En la forma de producto, bajo **Inventario**, clic en **Orden bajo Pedido**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones " - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" -"De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrategia de" -" inventario. Si prefiere tener una reserva y contar siempre con una cantidad" -" mínima, debe usar las reglas de stock mínimo. Si prefiere reaprovisionar " -"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas " -"bajo pedido." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "Gestión de almacenes" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "¿Cómo cancelo una órden de entrega?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " @@ -1248,191 +933,208 @@ msgstr "" "de Ventas, sabe que método de entega puede usar desde que Ud. los creó." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" -"¿Cómo enviar productos a los clientes directamente de los proveedores (envió" -" directo)?" +"Enviar productos a clientes directamente desde proveedores (Drop-shipping)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" -"¿Qué es el envió directo? \n" -" " +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" +msgstr "¿Qué es Drop-Shipping?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" -"El Envío Directo es un sistema que permite que los pedidos tomados desde su " -"tienda sean despachados directamente desde su proveedor al cliente. En un " -"sistema normal de entrega, los productos son enviados desde su proveedor " -"hasta su bodega para ser puestos en existencias, y luego despachados a sus " -"clientes después del pedido. Con el envío-directo, ningún ítem es " -"almacenado. Cuando un cliente registra un pedido en su tienda, el ítem es " -"entregado directamente desde el proveedor hasta el cliente. Además, el " -"producto no necesita pasar por su bodega." +"Drop-Shipping es un sistema que permite que los pedidos tomados de su tienda" +" se envíen directamente de su proveedor a su cliente. En un sistema de " +"entrega habitual, los productos se envían desde su proveedor a su almacén " +"para su almacenamiento y luego se envían a sus clientes después de realizar " +"el pedido." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" -"Puntos a ser considerados mientras se esta implementando el envío-directo" +"Con el drop-shipping, no se almacena ningún artículo. Cuando un cliente " +"realiza un pedido en su tienda, el artículo se entrega directamente del " +"proveedor al cliente. Por lo tanto, el producto no necesita pasar por su " +"almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "Puntos a tener en cuenta al implementar el Drop-Shipping" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." +"stock." msgstr "" -"Use el envío-directo solo para productos que no puede o no quiere mantener " -"en existencias. Una razón es que siempre obtendrá pequeños margenes en los " -"productos que son enviados-directamente, entonces solo debe mantenerlo para " -"ítems que ocupan mucho espacio en su bodega." +"Use el drop-shipping solo para los productos que no puede o no quiere tener " +"en stock." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." msgstr "" -"El envío-directo es lo mejor para productos nicho. Las posibilidades son que" -" los productos que estan en alta demanda son ofrecidos por grandes compañías" -" a una fracción del precio del que Ud. puede cargar, entonces usando un " -"método de entrega más costoso no será retribuido financieramente. Pero si su" -" producto es único, entonces tiene sentido!" +"Una razón es que siempre tendrá márgenes más pequeños en los artículos que " +"se envían directamente, por lo que debe mantenerlo solo para los artículos " +"que ocupan mucho espacio en su almacén." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 -msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" -"Para proteger tus clientes de malas experiencias, prueba las compañías de " -"envió directo por ti mismo con anticipación y en lista los mejores. " +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "El Drop-shipping es mejor para productos de nicho." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que el tiempo no esta en su contra. El envío-directo debe tomar un" -" monto de tiempo razonable y seguramente no más del que le hubiera tomado " -"manejarlo por Ud. mismo. También es bueno proveer a sus clientes con un " -"número de rastreo." +"Lo más probable es que los grandes proveedores ofrezcan productos que tienen" +" una gran demanda a una fracción del precio que podrá cobrar, por lo que " +"usar un método de envío más costoso no será financieramente gratificante. " +"Pero si su producto es único, ¡entonces tiene sentido!" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" -"Los ítems tiene que estar disponibles desde su proveedor. Es bueno saber si " -"el producto que Ud. esta vendiendo esta disponible inicialmente. Si no tiene" -" esa información, informele a sus clientes que no dispone del ítem en " -"existencias y que esta sujeto a disponibilidad por parte de un tercero." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "Para proteger a sus clientes de malas experiencias." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" -"Para más información y profundización del Envío-Directo, lea nuestro blog en" -" `Qué es el envío-directo y cómo utilizarlo <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"Pruebe de antemano las empresas de drop-shipping y enumere las mejores." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "Asegúrese de que el tiempo no esté en su contra." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +msgstr "" +"El Drop-shipping debería llevar una cantidad de tiempo razonable y " +"seguramente no más de lo que te hubiera llevado manejarlo todo por ti mismo." +" También es bueno poder proporcionar a sus clientes un número de " +"seguimiento." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "Los artículos deben estar disponibles en su proveedor." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +msgid "" +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" +"Es bueno saber si el producto que está vendiendo está disponible en sentido " +"ascendente. Si no tiene esa información, informe a sus clientes que no tiene" +" el artículo en stock y que está sujeto a la disponibilidad de un tercero." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" "/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" -msgstr "Configuración de envió directo" +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información e información sobre Drop-Shipping, puede leer " +"nuestro blog: `*Qué es drop-shipping y cómo " +"usarlo*<https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-" +"shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "Configurar Drop-Shipping" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Abra el menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Vaya" -" a **Ubicación y Bodega**, localice la opción **Envío Directo** y marque la " -"casilla **Permitir a proveedores entregar directamente a sus clientes**. " -"Luego, de clic en **Aplicar**." +"Active la funcionalidad en la aplicación *Compra* yendo a " +":menuselection:`Configuración -> Configuración`." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" -"Luego vaya al menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. " -"Localice **Ruta de Pedido** y marque la casilla **Elegir rutas específicas " -"en líneas de órdenes de venta (avanzado)**. De clic en **Aplicar**." +"Luego, vaya a la aplicación *Inventario*, en :menuselection:`Configuración " +"-> Configuración` para activar la función *Rutas Multi-Etapas*. Le permitirá" +" hacer que el campo *Ruta* aparezca en las líneas de orden de venta para " +"especificar que envíe un producto mediante envío directo." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" -"Ahora, abra el menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ventas --> Productos`. " -"Agregue un proveedor a los productos que quiere enviar-directamente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" -msgstr "Como mandar productos de los clientes directamente a los proveedores" +"Ahora, en la aplicación *Ventas*, vaya a :menuselection:`Productos -> " +"Productos`. Seleccione el producto que desea enviar y agregue una lista de " +"precios de proveedor que contenga al proveedor correcto, a través de la " +"pestaña de compra." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." -msgstr "" -"Crear **Ordenes de Venta** y especifica en las lineas de ordenes de venta " -"por tus productos que la ruta es **Envió directo**." +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +msgstr "Enviar productos de los proveedores directamente a los clientes" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." msgstr "" -"Abra el menú :menuselection:`Compras --> Compras --> Solicitudes de " -"Cotización`. La órden de compra borrador es creada automáticamente desde la " -"adquisición con la ruta envío-directo. Una vez el pedido es confirmado, verá" -" que ese envío ha sido creado." +"Cree un *Pedido de ventas* y agregue el producto en el que acaba de " +"establecer el proveedor. Agregue el campo *Ruta* gracias al widget a la " +"derecha de la línea de orden de venta. Ahora, puede especificar que la ruta " +"de sus productos sea *Drop-Shipping*." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" -"Para confirmar el envió del vendedor al cliente, regrese al modulo " -"\"Inventario\". En el escritorio, clic en **#PARA RECIBIR** en la tarjeta de" -" envió." +"Una vez que se confirma la orden de venta, Odoo genera automáticamente una " +"*Solicitud de cotización* para el proveedor que procederá al envío directo. " +"Puede encontrarlo en la aplicación *Compra*, con el pedido de venta como " +"*Documento fuente*." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" -"Esto abrirá la lista de transferencias de envío-directo. Valide la " -"transferencia una vez este realizada. Los ítems serán entregados " -"directamente desde el proveedor al cliente sin transitar a su bodega." +"Una vez que se confirma esta *Orden de compra*, se crea una *Orden de " +"recepción* y se vincula a ella. La ubicación de origen es la ubicación del " +"proveedor y la ubicación de destino es la ubicación del cliente. Luego, el " +"producto no pasará por su propio stock cuando valide el documento de " +"dropship." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" +"También puede acceder fácilmente al documento de dropship directamente desde" +" su panel de inventario." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" @@ -1605,10 +1307,280 @@ msgstr "" "etiqueta mitad inferior por ejemplo, aquí esta la diferencia :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en un paso (envío)?" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Procesar una Entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" +msgstr "Entregar productos en paquetes" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, tiene la posibilidad de entregar sus productos en diferentes " +"paquetes, dependiendo del volumen y/o peso de sus productos." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" +"Primero, debe activar la función *Paquetes de entrega* en " +":menuselection:`Inventario -> Configuración -> Configuración`." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "Proceder a una entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, puede crear una entrega planificada con algunos productos. Tendrá la " +"posibilidad de crear nuevos paquetes y asignarlos a las líneas de movimiento" +" de stock." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." +msgstr "" +"Luego, puede definir el tipo de paquete desde esta ventana. Una vez que se " +"valida el pedido de entrega, puede recuperar qué productos se han incluido " +"en el paquete." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Aparecerá un botón en la etapa de entrega, que le permite encontrar todos " +"los paquetes que formaban parte del pedido de entrega." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "Use el botón Poner en paquete" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Otra forma de poner productos en paquetes es usar el botón *Poner en " +"paquete*. Asignará automáticamente un paquete al número de productos que se " +"establece como *Hecho* y duplicará la línea de movimiento de stock si es " +"necesario." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." +msgstr "" +"Luego, podrá actualizar los diferentes paquetes creados de esta manera, " +"directamente a través del botón *Paquetes*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "Activar rutas de varios pasos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "Si da clic en el botón, ahora deberá tres diferentes selecciones:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " @@ -1619,953 +1591,65 @@ msgstr "" "todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " "enviados en una sola órden de entrega." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." msgstr "" -"No hay necesidad de configuración. Los envíos de salida por defecto están " -"configurados para ser directamente entregados desde las existencias." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, si **rutas avanzadas** esta activado y configura otra " -"configuración de envío en su bodega, puede configurar de nuevo a la " -"configuración de entrega de un-paso. Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración " -"--> Bodegas` y edite la bodega correspondiente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" -"Configure la opción de envíos de salida a **Enviar directamente desde " -"existencias (Enviar solamente)**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Crear Órdenes de Venta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" -"Crear una órden de ventas (Desde cotización a órden de ventas) con algunos " -"productos a entregar." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Note que ahora vemos ``1`` entrega asociada con esta órden de ventas en el " -"**botón estado** bajo la órden de ventas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" -"Si da clic en el botón de estado **1 Entrega**, ahora deberá ver su envío." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "Procesar una Entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al **Inventario** y de clic en el link **# PARA HACER** bajo la tarjeta" -" kanban **Órdenes de Entrega**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "De clic en el envío que quiere procesar." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Salida** al " -"**Cliente**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el **Paso Envío** y la WH/SALIDA ahora debe verse como " -"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página, lo " -"que significa que el producto ha sido enviado al cliente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "¿Cómo puede cambiar el tipo de empaque para su órden de venta?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Odoo le da la posibilidad de cambiar el tipo de empaque por defecto y " -"adaptar la forma de empaque que quiera, dependiendo del peso de la órden." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Inventario**, vaya a **Configuración** y luego de clic en " -"**Ajustes**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" -"En :menuselection:`Trazabilidad --> Paquetes`, Bandera **Registrar paquetes " -"usados en empaque : pallets, boxes,...**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "*Proceso de Venta*" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Ventas**, de clic en **Más** y clic en **Órdenes de " -"Venta**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "Cree su nueva Órden de Venta, y **Confirme la Venta**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" -"Una vez ha confirmado la Venta, debe dar clic en **Entregar**, para ser " -"redireccionado a la Órden de entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "De clic en **Editar**, y ahora puede cambiar el empaque." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" -"En la pestaña **Operaciones**, en la última columna, cambie el **0** y ponga" -" el número de productos que quiere empacar juntos. Luego de clic en **Poner " -"en Paquete**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Elija el tipo de empaque que quiere. También puede ver que el peso ha sido " -"adaptado a su empaque, y puede cambiarlo manualmente si quiere ser más " -"preciso. Luego de clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" -"Repita la operación hasta que todos los productos son puestos en paquete." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "Finalmente, de clic en **Conciliar** para confirmar la entrega." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "¿Cómo es calculada la fecha de entrega programada?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Las fechas programadas son calculadas para poder planear las entregas, " -"recepciones y demás. Dependiendo de los hábitos de su compañía Odoo " -"automáticamente genera fechas programadas a través del programador. El " -"programador de Odoo calcula todo por línea, independientemente de si es una " -"órden de producción, una órden de entrega, una órden de venta, etc. Las " -"fechas que son calculadas son dependientes de los tiempos de entrega " -"configurados en Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "Configurando tiempo de entregas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" -"Configurar **Tiempo inicial de entrega** es un primer movimiento esencial " -"para calcular las fechas programadas. El Tiempo inicial de entrega son los " -"retrasos (en términos de entrega, fabricación, ...) prometidos a sus " -"diferentes socios y / o clientes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" -"La configuración de los diferentes tiempos de entrega es realizada como " -"sigue:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "A nivel de un producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "**Tiempo de entrega de Proveedor**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"Es el tiempo necesario para que el proveedor entregue su producto adquirido." -" Para configurar el tiempo de entrega del proveedor, seleccione un producto " -"y vaya a la pestaña **Inventario**. Usted tendrá que añadir un **Proveedor**" -" a su producto para poder seleccionar un plazo de entrega de proveedores." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" -"No olvide que es posible agregar diferentes proveedores y así diferentes " -"tiempos de entrega dependiendo del proveedor." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el proveedor es seleccionado, solo abra su formulario y llene su " -"**Tiempo de Entrega**. En este caso los días de seguridad no tienen " -"influencia, los días de entrega programados serán iguales a: **Fecha** de la" -" órden de compra + **Tiempo de Entrega**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "**Tiempo de ventaja de Cliente**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"El tiempo de ventaja del cliente es el tiempo necesario para obtener su " -"producto desde la tienda / bodega a su cliente. Puede ser configurado para " -"cualquier producto. Simplemente seleccione un producto, vaya a la pestaña de" -" ventas e indique su **Tiempo de ventaja de cliente**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "**Producir tiempo de ventaja**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"En la misma página es posible también configurar el **Tiempo de Ventaja de " -"Producción**. El tiempo de ventaja de Producción es el tiempo necesario para" -" fabricar el producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" -"No olvide marcar la casilla producción en inventario si quiere crear rutas " -"de producción." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "En el nivel de la compañía" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"En el nivel de la compañía, es posible configurar **días de seguridad** para" -" hacer frente a eventuales retrasos y asegurarse de cumplir sus compromisos." -" La idea es sustraer días **respaldo** desde **fecha programada calculada** " -"en caso de retrasos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Días de Seguridad en Ventas**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"Los días de seguridad en Ventas son los días de **respaldo** para asegurar " -"que podrá entregar encargos a sus clientes en tiempos. Estos son márgenes de" -" error para tiempos de ventaja de entrega. Los días de seguridad tienen la " -"misma lógica de los primeros relojes de pulsera, para poder llegar a tiempo." -" La idea es sustraer los números de los días de seguridad desde la " -"calculación y así calcular un fecha programada anterior que la que prometió " -"a su cliente. De esa manera puede estar seguro que puede mantener su " -"compromiso." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar sus días de seguridad, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " -"Ajustes Generales`, y haga clic en **Configurar la base de datos de su " -"compañía**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" -"Una vez el menú esta abierto, vaya a la pestaña de configuración e indique " -"el número de días de seguridad." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Días de Seguridad en Compras**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" -"Los días de compra siguen la misma lógica de los días de seguridad en " -"ventas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"Eston son márgenes de error de los plazos de ventaja de proveedores. Cuando " -"el sistema genera órdenes de compra para la adquisición de productos, estas " -"serán programadas esos días antes para hacer frente a retrasos inesperados " -"de proveedores. La compra de tiempo de espera se puede encontrar en el mismo" -" menú de los días de seguridad ventas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Note que también puede configurar un tiempo de ventaja de Producción desde " -"aquí." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "En nivel de ruta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" -"Las transferencias internas que un producto pueda tiener debido al " -"movimiento de existencias también pueden influir en la fecha calculada." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" -"Los retrasos debido a las transferencias internas pueden ser específicados " -"en la aplicación de **Inventario** creando una nueva regla de impulso en una" -" ruta." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a la sección de impulso de reglas de un formulario de ruta para " -"configurar un retraso." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "En nivel de órden de venta:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Fecha solicitada**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo ofrece la posibilidad de indicar una fecha solicitada por el cliente " -"indicando la fecha en la pestaña otra información de la órden de venta. Si " -"esta fecha es anterior a la fecha calculada teóricamente, Odoo mostrará " -"automáticamente una advertencia." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"A modo de ejemplo, puede vender un coche hoy (1 de Enero), que se compra en " -"la orden, y que prometen entregar a su cliente dentro de los 20 días (20 de " -"Enero). En tal escenario, el organizador puede provocar los siguientes " -"eventos, en base a su configuración:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" -"19 de Enero: entrega programada real (1 día en los días seguridad en ventas)" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del almacén" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." msgstr "" -"18 de Enero: recibir el producto de su proveedor (1 día en los días de " -"compra)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" -"10 de Enero: fecha límite para pedir a su proveedor (9 días del tiempo de " -"espera en la entrega del proveedor)" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -"Enero 8: ejecutar una solicitud de compra a su equipo de compras, ya que el " -"equipo necesita un promedio de 2 días para encontrar el proveedor adecuado y" -" la órden." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en tres pasos (selección + empaque + " -"envío)?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" -"Cuando una órden va al departamento de envío para entrega final, Odoo esta " -"programado por defecto para utilizar una operación de un-paso: una vez que " -"todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " -"enviados en bloque en una sola órden de entrega. Sin embargo, ese proceso " -"puede no reflejar la realidad y su compañía puede requerir más pasos antes " -"del envío." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" -"Con el sistema de **tres pasos** (**Selección + Empaque + Envío**), los " -"ítems son transferidos a un área de empaque, donde serán agrupados por área " -"de destino, y luego ajustados a camiones de salida para la entrega final a " -"clientes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" -"Unos pocos pasos de configuración son necesarios para ejecutar **Selección +" -" Empaque + Envío** en Odoo. Estos pasos crear algunas ubicaciones " -"adicionales, las cuales por defecto son llamadas **Salida** y **Zona de " -"Empaque**. Entonces, si el código de su bodega es ``WH``, esta configuración" -" creará una ubicación llamada ``WH/Salida`` y otra llamada ``WH/Zona de " -"Empaque``." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" -"Los bienes se moverán desde **WH/Existencias** a **WH/Zona de Empaque** en " -"el primer paso. Luego se moverán desde **WH/Zona de Empaque** a " -"**WH/Salida**. Luego, finalmente, será entregado desde **WH/Salida** a su " -"**destino final**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" -"Revise :doc:`inventory_flow` para determinar si este flujo de inventario es " -"el método correcto para sus necesidades." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "Instalar el modulo de inventario " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" -"Desde el menú de **Aplicaciones**, busque e instale el módulo de " -"**Inventario**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" -"Además tu necesitas instalar el modulo **Ventas** para ser capaz de emitir " -"ordenes de venta." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "Permitir la gestión de rutas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" -"Odoo configura los movimientos de las ordenes de entrega por **rutas**. Las " -"rutas proveen un mecanismo para vincular diferentes acciones juntas. En este" -" caso, vincularemos el paso de selección al paso de envío." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" -"Para permitir el manejo de rutas, ir a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" -"Bajo :menuselection:`Ubicación & Bodega --> Rutas`, active el botón de radio" -" **Ruteo Avanzado de productos usando reglas**. Asegúrese que la opción " -"**Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega** esta activada también." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "Configurar el almacén para Selección + Empaque + Envío " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Bodegas` y edite la bodega que será" -" utilizada." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" -"Para los envíos de salida, configure la opción **Realizar empaques dentro de" -" una ubicación específica, traerlos a la ubicación de salida para envío " -"(Selección + Empaque + Envío)** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "Crear una orden de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" -"Desde el modulo de **Venta** crear las ordenes de ventas con algunos " -"productos para entregar." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Note que ahora vemos ``3`` transferencias asociadas con esta órden de ventas" -" en el **botón estado** bajo la órden de ventas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "Si da clic en el botón, ahora deberá tres diferentes selecciones:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" -"La primera con una referencia **SELECCIÓN** para designar el proceso de " -"selección," - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," -msgstr "" -"La segunda con la referencia **EMPAQUE** que es el proceso de empaque," - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" -"La última con la referencia **SALIDA** para designar el proceso de envío" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "¿Como procesar los Pasos de Envío?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que tiene suficiente producto en existencias y vaya a " -"**Inventario** y de clic en el link **Esperando** bajo la tarjeta kanban " -"**Selección**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" -"Clic en **Reservar** para reservar los productos si están disponibles." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Salida** al " -"**WH/Zona de Empaque**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de selección y el **WH/SELECCIÓN** ahora debera " -"mostrarse como **Terminado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de" -" la página . El producto se ha movido desde **WH/Existencias** a la " -"ubicación **WH/Zona de Empaque**, lo que hace que el producto esté " -"disponible para el siguiente paso (Empaque)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "¿Como procesar los pasos de envió?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al **Inventario** y de clic en el link **# PARA HACER** bajo la tarjeta" -" kanban **Empacar**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento desde **WH/Zona de " -"Empaque** a **WH/Salidas**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de empaque y el **WH/EMPAQUE** ahora debera " -"mostrarse como **Terminado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de" -" la página . El producto se ha movido desde **WH/Zona de Empaque** a la " -"**WH/Ubicación de Salida**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para" -" el siguiente paso (Envío)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "¿Como procesar el Paso de Envío?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de **WH/Salida** al " -"**Cliente**. (De clic en **Aplicar** para asignar cantidades basadas en las " -"cantidades listadas en la columna **Para Hacer**)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 -msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso envío y la WH/SALIDA ahora debe verse como " -"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página. El " -"producto ha sido enviado al cliente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega en dos pasos (selección + envío)?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." -msgstr "" -"Cuando una órden va al departamento de envío para entrega final, Odoo esta " -"configurado por defecto para utilizar una operación de un-paso: una vez que " -"todos los bienes están disponibles, estos están disponibles para ser " -"enviados en bloque en una sola órden de entrega. Sin embargo, el proceso de " -"negocio de su compañía puede puede tener uno o más pasos que suceden antes " -"del envío. En el proceso de **dos pasos**, los ítems en una órden de entrega" -" son **seleccionados** en la bodega y traídos a la **ubicación de salida** " -"para **envío**. Los bienes son luego enviados." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" -"Unos pocos pasos de configuración son necesarios para ejecutar **Selección +" -" Envío** en Odoo. Estos pasos crean algunas ubicaciones adicionales, las " -"cuales por defecto son llamadas **Salida**. Entonces, si el código de su " -"bodega es ``WH``, esta configuración creará una ubicación llamada " -"``WH/Salida``. Los bienes se moverán desde ``WH/Existencias`` a " -"``WH/Salida`` en el primer paso (Selección). Luego, se moverán desde " -"``WH/Salida`` a ``WH/Clientes`` (en el caso de ordenes de venta) en el " -"segundo paso (Envío)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" -msgstr "Permitir la dirección de rutas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" -"Odoo configura los movimientos de las ordenes de envió por las **rutas**. " -"Rutas provee un mecanismo para diferentes acciones juntas en cadena. En este" -" caso, podemos encadenar los pasos de recolección para la etapa de envió." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir la dirección de rutas, ir a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que el botón de radio **Enrutado avanzado de productos usando " -"reglas** esta marcado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Aplicar** en la parte superior de la página para guardar los " -"cambios (si debió marcar el botón de radio anterior)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" -"Si marcó la opción **Enrutado avanzado de productos usando reglas** debe " -"activar **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega** si no fue activada de " -"antemano." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "Configurar el almacén por elección + enviar " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar un movimiento de **Selección + Envío**, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Bodegas` y edite la bodega que será " -"utilizada." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" -"Para los envíos de salida, asignar la opción para **obtener bienes para el " -"lugar de producción antes del envío (elección + enviar)** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" -"Instalar la **Venta** si no es el caso, y crear las ordenes de venta con " -"algunos productos para entregar. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" -"Note que ahora vemos ``2`` transferencias asociadas con esta órden de ventas" -" en el botón estado **Entrega** bajo la órden de ventas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" -"Si da clic en el botón de estado **2 Transferencias**, ahora verá los dos " -"diferentes envíos, uno con una referencia **SELECCIONAR** para designar el " -"proceso de selección y otro con una referencia **SALIDA** para designar el " -"proceso de envío." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que tiene suficiente producto en existencias y vaya a " -"**Inventario** y de clic en el link **Esperando** bajo la tarjeta kanban " -"**Selección**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" -"Clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento desde **WH/Existencias** a " -"**WH/Salidas**" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de selección y el **WH/SELECCIÓN** ahora debera " -"mostrarse como **Terminado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de" -" la página . El producto se ha movido desde **WH/Existencias** a la " -"**WH/Ubicación de Salida**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para" -" el siguiente paso (Envío)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -"De clic en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de **WH/Salida** al " -"Cliente. (De clic en **Aplicar** para asignar cantidades basadas en las " -"cantidades listadas en la columna **Para Hacer**)." -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de envío y la WH/SALIDA ahora debe verse como " -"**Realizado** en la columna de estado en la parte superior de la página. El " -"producto ha sido enviado al cliente." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" @@ -2673,388 +1757,378 @@ msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Esta es la configuración por defecto de Odoo." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo añadir una etapa de control de calidad en la entrada de mercancías? (3" -" pasos)" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "Procesar un recibo en un solo paso (recibo)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" +"No se necesita configuración para recibir en un solo paso. Los envíos " +"entrantes predeterminados están configurados para ser recibidos directamente" +" de los proveedores al stock." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, si se han activado rutas avanzadas y configura otra " +"configuración entrante en su almacén, puede volver a configurarla en la " +"configuración de recibo de un paso. Para hacerlo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Almacenes` y edite el almacén en cuestión." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" +"Establezca la opción *Envíos entrantes* en *Recibir mercancías directamente " +"(1 paso)*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Crear una Orden de Compra" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una *Solicitud de cotización*, vaya a la aplicación *Compra* y " +"haga clic en *Crear*. Luego, agregue algunos productos almacenables para " +"recibir y confirme el *SdP*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que, ahora, vemos 1 recibo asociado con la orden de compra " +"que acaba de crear. Si hace clic en el botón, verá su pedido de recibo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "Procesar un recibo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" +"También puede encontrar el recibo directamente desde la aplicación " +"*Inventario*. Cuando esté en el tablero, puede hacer clic en el botón *1 " +"PARA PROCESAR* debajo de la tarjeta Kanban *Recibos*. Luego, verá su recibo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, ingrese la selección que desea procesar. Podrá hacer clic en " +"*Validar* para completar el movimiento directamente, ya que los productos " +"procedentes de proveedores se consideran siempre disponibles." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que *Valide* el recibo, los productos salen de la *Ubicación del " +"proveedor* para ingresar su *WH/Ubicación de inventario*. Puede ver " +"fácilmente que el recibo se realizó gracias al estado del documento, que " +"ahora está *Hecho*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "Procesar un recibo en tres pasos (Entrada + Calidad + Stock)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." msgstr "" -"En muchas compañías, es necesario evaluar la mercancía recibida. El objetivo" -" es revisar que los productos corresponden a los requerimientos de calidad " -"acordados con los proveedores. Por lo tanto, agregar un paso de control de " -"calidad al proceso de recepción de mercancías puede ser esencial." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "Procesar un recibo en dos pasos (Entrada + Stock)" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." msgstr "" -"Odoo utiliza rutas para definir exactamente como podrá manejar los " -"diferentes pasos de recibo. La configuración esta hecha a nivel de bodega. " -"Por defecto, la recepción es un proceso de un paso, pero cambiar la " -"configuración permite tener 2 o incluso 3 pasos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de 3 pasos consiste en: Ud. recibe la mercancía en un área de " -"entrada, luego los transfiere a un área de calidad para el control de " -"calidad. Cuando la revisión de calidad ha terminado puede mover la mercancía" -" desde Control de Calidad a existencias. Por supuesto, puede cambiar la " -"cantidad y solamente transferir a Existencias la cantidad que es válida y " -"decidir que enviará de regreso la cantidad que no esta en buen estado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." -msgstr "Este es el caso que será explicado en este documento." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "Utilizar rutas avanzadas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir la administración de rutas, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario " -"--> Configuración --> Ajustes`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que el botón de radio **Enrutado avanzado de productos usando " -"reglas** esta marcado. luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los " -"cambios." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que ** Administrar varias ubicaciones por almacén ** también " -"está marcado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo añadir una etapa de control de calidad en la entrada de mercancías?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Bodegas` y " -"elija la bodega donde quiere cambiar los métodos de recepción." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, las bodegas están configuradas con la recepción de un paso " -"(**Recibir mercancías directamente en existencias**)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar un control de calidad antes de transferir la mercancía a una " -"ubicación de existencias, marque **Descargar en ubicación de entrada, pasar " -"a través de control de calidad antes de ser admitido en existencias (3 " -"pasos)**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" -msgstr "Cómo controlar un recibo?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar el paso de recibo?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de **Compras**, cree un **Requerimiento de Cotización**. De" -" clic en el botón **Confirmar órden**. Puede ver que hay un **Envío** " -"relacionado con la órden de compra en el botón de estado arriba del formato " -"de vista de la órden de compra. Este es el paso de recibo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." -msgstr "" -"Ve al ** Inventario ** y haz click en el enlace **# PARA RECIBIR ** en la " -"tarjeta ** Recibos **." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." -msgstr "" -"Haz click en el recibo que deseas procesar. Has click en ** Validar ** para " -"completar el movimiento de ubicación del **Vendedor** a la **WH/Entrada**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de recepción y el estado de la columna en la " -"parte superior de la página para **WH/Entrada* ahora debería mostrarse como " -"**Hecho** . El producto se ha movido desde el **Vendedor** a la ubicación de" -" la **WH/Entrada**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible para el " -"siguiente paso (Mover a la zona de control de calidad)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" -"Cómo mover el producto desde la zona de recepción a la zona de control de " -"calidad?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al tablero de **Inventario**. Verá que hay una sola transferencia lista" -" (el movimiento a la zona de control de calidad) y una esperando (el " -"movimiento a existencias después del control). De clic en el link **# " -"TRANSFERENCIAS** en las **Transferencias Internas** para procesar el control" -" de calidad." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" -"Haz click en **Validar** para completar el movimiento de la **WH/Entrada** " -"al **WH/Control de Calidad**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado la transferencia interna y el estado de la columna en la " -"parte superior de la página para **WH/Entrada* ahora debería mostrarse como " -"**Realizado** . El recibo ahora esta listo para ser controlado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar el control de calidad?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al tablero de **Inventario**. La transferencia ahora esta lista. De " -"clic en el link **# TRANSFERENCIAS** en la tarjeta de **Transferencias " -"Internas** para procesar el control de calidad." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" -"De clic en la última selección para procesar. De clic en **Validar** para " -"completar el movimiento **WH/Control de Calidad** a **WH/Existencias**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el control de calidad y el estado de la columna en la " -"parte superior de la página para **WH/Entrada* ahora deberá verse como " -"**Realizado** . El recibo ha sido controlado y trasladado a sus existencias." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`two_steps`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" -msgstr "Cómo descargar su envío a una posición de entrada? (2 pasos)" +"Odoo utiliza rutas para definir exactamente cómo manejará los diferentes " +"pasos de recepción. La configuración se realiza en el nivel *Almacén*. De " +"manera predeterminada, la recepción es un proceso de un solo paso, pero " +"cambiar la configuración puede permitirle tener 2 pasos." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" -"El flujo de 2 pasos consiste en: Ud. recibe la mercancía en el área de " -"entrada luego los transfiere desde el área de entrada a sus existencias. " -"Mientras la mercancía no sea transferida a sus existencias, esta no estará " -"disponible para otros procesos." +"El flujo de 2 pasos es el siguiente: recibe los productos en un área de " +"entrada y luego los transfiere a su stock. Mientras los bienes no se " +"transfieran a su stock, no estarán disponibles para su posterior " +"procesamiento." + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso es permitir el uso de *rutas de varios pasos*. De hecho, las " +"rutas proporcionan un mecanismo para encadenar diferentes acciones juntas. " +"En este caso, encadenaremos el paso de descarga en el área de entrada al " +"paso que ingresa los productos en stock." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -"Para permitir la administración de rutas, vaya al menú " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`." +"Para permitir *rutas de varios pasos*, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración " +"-> Configuración` y active la función. De forma predeterminada, la " +"activación de *rutas de varios pasos* también activará *Ubicaciones de " +"almacenamiento*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "Configure el almacén para el recibo en 2 pasos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que ** Administrar varias ubicaciones por almacén ** también " -"está marcado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "Cómo configurar su almacén?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." -msgstr "" -"Vaya al menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Bodegas` y " -"elija la bodega donde quiere cambiar los métodos de recepción." +"Una vez que se activen *las rutas de varios pasos*, puede ir " +"a:menuselection:`Configuración -> Almacén` e ingresar al almacén que " +"utilizará el recibo en 2 pasos. Luego, puede seleccionar la opción *Recibir " +"mercancías en entrada y luego stock (2 pasos)* para *Envíos entrantes*." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, las bodegas están configuradas con la recepción de un paso " -"(opción **Recibir mercancías directamente en existencias**)." +"La activación de esta opción conducirá a la creación de una nueva ubicación " +"*Entrada*. Si desea cambiarle el nombre, puede ir a " +":menuselection:`Configuración -> Ubicaciones -> Seleccionar entrada` y " +"actualizar su nombre." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." -msgstr "" -"Para agregar el paso de control, marque **Descargar en ubicación de entrada " -"luego llevar a existencias (2 pasos)**." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Crea una orden de compra" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "Cómo recibir un envío en 2 pasos?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "Cómo procesar el paso de Recibo?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." msgstr "" -"El módulo de compras, cree un **Requerimiento de Cotización**, luego de clic" -" en el botón **Confirmar órden**. Ahora puede ver que hay un **Envío** " -"relacionado con la órden de compra en el **botón de estado** arriba en el " -"formato de vista de la órden de compra. Este es el paso de recibo." +"En la aplicación *Compra*, puede crear una *Solicitud de presupuesto* con " +"algunos productos almacenables para recibir de un proveedor. Una vez que se " +"confirma el *SdP*, se creará la selección del recibo y se vinculará " +"automáticamente a su pedido de compra." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." msgstr "" -"Ve al **Inventario** y haz click en el link **# PARA RECIBIR** sobre la " -"tarjeta **Recibos**." +"Ahora, al hacer clic en el botón *1 Recibo*, verá la primera selección que " +"permitirá ingresar el producto en la *ubicación de entrada*. Luego, se creó " +"otra selección, una transferencia interna, para mover los productos a " +"*Stock*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "Procesar el recibo y la transferencia interna" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -"De clic en el recibo que desea procesar. Haga clic en ** Validar ** para " -"completar el movimiento desde el **Proveedor** a la **WH/Entrada**." +"El recibo es el primero que se procesa y tiene un estado *Hecho*, mientras " +"que la transferencia interna solo se convertirá en *Hecho* una vez que el " +"recibo se haya marcado como *Hecho*." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el Paso de Recepción y el movimiento referido como " -"**WH/ENTRADA**. El producto se ha movido desde el **Proveedor** a la " -"ubicación de la **WH/Entrada**, lo que hace que el producto esté disponible " -"para el siguiente paso." +"Puede ingresar la operación de recibo desde la orden de compra o acceder a " +"ella a través del tablero de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo transferir el recibo a su stock?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "" -"Vaya al tablero de **Inventario**. La transferencia ahora esta lista. De " -"clic en el link **# TRANSFERENCIAS** en las **Transferencias Internas** para" -" procesar el control de calidad." +"Por defecto, un recibo siempre se considera listo para ser procesado. Luego," +" podrá hacer clic directamente en *Validar* para marcarlo como hecho." -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" -"Haz click en la selección que deseas procesar. Haz click en **Validar** para" -" completar el movimiento de **WH/Entrada** a **WH/Stock**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" -"Esto ha completado el paso de transferencia interna y el movimiento referido" -" como **WH/Entrada*. El recibo ha sido trasladado a existencias." - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`three_steps`" +"Una vez que el recibo ha sido validado, la transferencia interna está lista " +"para ser procesada. A medida que se encadenan los documentos, los productos " +"que se han recibido se reservan automáticamente en la transferencia interna." +" Una vez que se valida la transferencia, esos productos ingresan al stock y " +"podrá usarlos para cumplir con las entregas de los clientes o fabricar " +"productos." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -3065,9 +2139,6 @@ msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre lotes y números de serie?" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" @@ -3156,42 +2227,159 @@ msgstr "" "al pan, por ejemplo, no tiene ningún sentido." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar lotes de productos idénticos?" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "Administrar fechas de vencimiento" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" +"En muchas empresas, los productos tienen fechas de vencimiento y deben " +"rastrearse en función de esas fechas. En la industria alimentaria, por " +"ejemplo, el seguimiento de las existencias en función de las fechas de " +"vencimiento es obligatorio para evitar la venta de productos vencidos a los " +"clientes." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" +"Con Odoo, puede rastrear sus productos en función de sus fechas de " +"vencimiento, incluso si ya están rastreados por lotes o números de serie." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "Configuraciones" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Aplicación de configuración" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" +"Para usar el seguimiento de fechas de vencimiento, abra la aplicación " +"*Inventario* y vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"active las funciones *Lotes y números de serie* y *Fechas de vencimiento*." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del producto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" +"Ahora, tiene la posibilidad de definir diferentes fechas en la *pestaña de " +"inventario* del formulario del producto:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" +"Tiempo de uso del producto: es el número de días antes de que los productos " +"comiencen a deteriorarse, sin ser peligrosos todavía. Se calculará " +"utilizando el número de lote/serie;" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" +"Tiempo de vida del producto: se refiere al número de días antes de que los " +"productos puedan volverse peligrosos y no deben ser consumidos. Se calculará" +" en el lote/número de serie;" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" +"Tiempo de eliminación del producto: muestra el número de días antes de que " +"los productos se retiren del stock. Se calculará en el lote/número de serie;" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" +"Tiempo de alerta del producto: se refiere al número de días antes de que se " +"genere una alerta en el lote/número de serie." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Fecha de vencimiento en lotes/números de serie" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" +"Al recibir un producto en stock, las fechas se actualizarán automáticamente " +"en el lote/número de serie correspondiente. Esta actualización se basará en " +"la fecha de recepción del producto y los horarios establecidos en el " +"formulario del producto." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Alertas de Vencimiento" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a todas sus alertas de caducidad desde la aplicación " +"*inventario*. Para hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Datos maestros --> Lotes " +"/ Números de serie`. Allí, puede usar el filtro preexistente que muestra " +"todos los lotes/números de serie que excedieron su fecha de alerta." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgstr "Administra muchos productos idénticos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" -"Los lotes son útiles para productos recibidos en grandes cantidades y para " -"los cuales un número de lote puede servir en los reportes, controles de " -"calidad, o cualquier otra información. Los lotes ayudarán a identificar un " -"número de piezas teniendo por ejemplo una falla de producción. Puede ser " -"útil para un lote de producción de ropa o alimentos." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene la capacidad de administrar lotes garantizando cumplimiento de " -"los requerimientos de trazabilidad impuestos por la mayoría de industrias." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." @@ -3199,1230 +2387,1962 @@ msgstr "" "La administración de doble-entrada de Odoo le permite ejecutar trazabilidad " "muy avanzada." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Aplicación de configuración" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "" -"Necesita activar el seguimiento de lotes en los ajustes. En la aplicación de" -" **Inventario** vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, " -"seleccione **Rastrear lotes o números seriales**" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +msgid "Application Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de producto" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " +"numbers." msgstr "" -"Para tener una administración avanzada de lotes, debe también seleccionar " -"**Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "Luego de clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de tipos de operaciones" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" -"También necesita configurar como administrará los lotes por operaciones. En " -"la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Tipos de Operaciones`." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" msgstr "" -"Para cada tipo (recibos, transferencias internas, entregas,...) puede " -"configurar si puede crear nuevos números de lote o solo usar los números de " -"lote existentes." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "Finalmente, debe configurar que productos desea rastrear en lotes." +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Productos`, y abra el " -"producto de su elección. De clic en **Editar**, y en la pestaña de " -"**Inventario**, seleccione **Seguimiento por Lotes**, luego de clic en " -"**Guardar**." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "Administrar lotes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." msgstr "" -"Para procesar una transferencia de un producto rastreado por lote, debe " -"ingresar el/los número(s) de lote." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "De clic en el ícono del lote :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" msgstr "" -"Una ventana aparecerá. De clic en **Agregar un ítem** y llene el número de " -"lote y la cantidad." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de su configuración de tipo de operación, podrá llenar nuevos " -"números de lote, o solo usar los existentes." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "En la interface de escaner, solo debe escanear los números de lote." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "Ajuste de inventario" +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Tipos de operación" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" -"El inventario de un producto rastreado por lote puede hacer de dos maneras:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "Inventario clásico de productos" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "Inventario de un lote" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" -"Cuando realice un inventario clásico, hay una columna **Número de Serie**. " -"Si el producto ya le ha sido asignado un número, ya esta pre-llenado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Agregar un ítem** si el producto no ha sido inventariado aún. " -"Puede fácilmente crear lotes, solo escriba el nuevo número de lote en la " -"columna." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" -"También puede hacer el inventario de solo un lote. En este caso, deberá " -"llenar el **Número de Lote**. También puede crear un lote desde aquí. Solo " -"escriba el número, una ventana aparecerá para vincular el número a un " -"producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de lotes" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." msgstr "" -"Puede revisar la trazabilidad de lotes desde :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Control de Inventario --> Números de Serie/Lotes`" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "Puede tener más detalles dando clic en el botón **Trazabilidad** :" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr ":doc:`differences`" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "¿Cómo trabajar con números de serie?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." +msgid "Work with serial numbers" msgstr "" -"El Seguimiento de Números de Serie es usado para rastrear productos con " -"números de serie en cada transacción. Puede rastrear la ubicación actual del" -" producto con números de serie. Cuando los productos son movidos de una " -"ubicación a otra, el sistema automáticamente identificará la ubicación " -"actual del producto basado en el último movimiento del producto. De esta " -"manera puede obtener la última ubicación desde donde los productos son " -"trasladados." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." msgstr "" -"Necesita activar el seguimiento de lotes en los ajustes. En la aplicación de" -" **Inventario** vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, " -"seleccione **Rastrear lotes o números de serie**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Productos`, y abra el " -"producto de su elección. De clic en **Editar**, y en la pestaña de " -"**Inventario**, seleccione **Por Número Único de Serie**, luego de clic en " -"**Guardar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "Administrar Números de Serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -"Para procesar una transferencia de un producto rastreado por número de " -"serie, debe ingresar el/los número(s). Para poder asignar números de serie a" -" los productos con funciones de seguimiento habilitadas, primero debe marcar" -" su transferencia como realizada. De clic en el botón **Marcar como " -"REALIZADO** para mostrar el ícono División de Lote." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "De clic en el ícono número de serie :" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " -"numbers." +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "" -"Una ventana aparecerá. De clic en **Agregar un ítem** y llene con los " -"números de serie." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." msgstr "" -"Si traslada productos que ya tienen un número de serie asignado, estos " -"aparecerán en la lista. Solo de clic en el ícono **+** para confirmar que " -"esta trasladando estos números de serie." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." -msgstr "En la interfaz de escaner, solo debe escanear los números de serie." - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." msgstr "" -"El inventario de un producto rastreado por número de serie puede hacerse de " -"dos maneras:" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" -msgstr "Inventario de un número de serie" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." msgstr "" -"De clic en **Agregar un ítem** si el producto no ha sido inventariado aún. " -"Puede fácilmente número de serie, solo escriba el nuevo número en la " -"columna." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." -msgstr "La cantidad debe ser 1 por cada línea." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -"También puede hacer el inventario de solo un número de serie. En este caso, " -"deberá llenar el número de serie. También puede crear uno nuevo desde aquí. " -"Solo escriba el número, una ventana aparecerá para vincular el número a un " -"producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad de número de serie" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." msgstr "" -"El número de serie dado a estos ítems le permitirá mantener el seguimiento " -"de donde fueron recibidos, puestos en existencias, a quien fueron vendidos y" -" a donde fueron despachados." -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" -"Para rastrear un ítem, abra el módulo de **Inventario**, y en " -":menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Números de Serie/lotes`, de clic " -"en el número de serie correspondiente a su búsqueda." #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Operaciones varias" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:2 -msgid "Immediate & Planned Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias inmediatas y planificadas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can create two types of transfers: immediate or planned " -"transfers." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, puede crear dos tipos de transferencias: transferencias inmediatas " -"o planificadas." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:8 -msgid "Immediate Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias Inmediatas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When you create a transfer manually, it is by default an immediate transfer." -msgstr "" -"Cuando crea una transferencia manualmente, es una transferencia inmediata " -"por defecto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In the case of an immediate transfer, you directly encode the products and " -"quantities you are processing, there is no reservation that applies. This is" -" why the column \"Initial Demand\" is not editable. You only fill in the " -"column \"Done\" for the quantities." -msgstr "" -"En el caso de una transferencia inmediata, usted codifica directamente los " -"productos y las cantidades que está procesando, no se aplica ninguna " -"reserva. Por esta razón, la columna \"Demanda inicial\" no se puede editar. " -"Solo rellena la columna \"Hecho\" para las cantidades." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This is for example used when you are transferring goods from a location A " -"to a location B and that this is not planned (you are processing the " -"transfer right now)." -msgstr "" -"Esto se usa, por ejemplo, cuando transfiere mercancías desde una ubicación A" -" a una ubicación B y esto no está planificado (está procesando la " -"transferencia en este momento)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:23 -msgid "Planned Transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias planificadas" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When a transfer is generated automatically (from a sales order or purchase " -"order for example), it is a planned transfer. This means that there is an " -"initial demand and that reservation applies on this initial demand." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you want to create a planned transfer manually, you can do it from the " -"inventory dashboard." +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/immediate_planned_transfers.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"In that case, you will have to enter the initial demand first (how many " -"units are you supposed to proceed), then to mark your transfer as to do. " -"Once this is done, you will be able to reserve the products and to process " -"the transfer." +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " +":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar existencias que no le pertenecen?" +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" -"Algunos proveedores algunas veces pueden ofrecerle almacenar y vender " -"productos sin tener que comprar estos ítems: esta técnica es conocida como " -"**Inventario en consignación**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" -"El inventario en consignación es una buena forma para fabricantes y " -"proveedores de lanzar nuevos productos. Como los distribuidores pueden ser " -"reacíos a comprar un producto del cual no estan seguros se pueda vender, el " -"inventario en consignación les permitirá exponer un producto para revisar su" -" mercado sin tener que pagar por el en primer lugar." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene la habilidad de adminsitrar inventario en consignación a través " -"de los ajustes avanzados." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -"Abra el menú :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`, y en" -" la sección **Dueños de Producto**, seleccione **Administrar inventarios en " -"consignación (avanzado)**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "Recepción de Inventario en Consignación" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" -"En el Tablero de Inventario, abra los **Recibos** y cree una nueva " -"recepción. Puede ver que en el lado derecho de la página, una nueva línea " -"**Propietario** ha aparecido. Puede específicar la empresa a la cual le " -"pertenece el inventario o dejarlo en blanco si Ud. es el propietario." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar y ejecutar programadores?" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "Que es un programador" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" -"El programador es el motor de cálculo el cual planea y prioriza la " -"producción y adquisiciones automáticamente de acuerdo a las reglas definidas" -" en los productos. Por defecto, el organizador esta configurado para " -"ejecutarse una vez al día (Odoo automáticamente crea una **Acción " -"Programada** para esto)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "Calcular Requerimientos / Programación" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" -"La programación solo valida adquisiciones que han sido confirmadas pero aún " -"no iniciadas. Estas reservaciones de adquisición iniciarán por ellas mismas " -"la producción, tareas o compras dependiendo de la configuración del producto" -" requerido." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta la prioridad de operacones cuando inicie reservaciones y " -"adquisiciones. Requerimientos urgentes, aquellos con una fecha pasada, o " -"requerimientos con una fecha anterior a los otros empezarán primero. En caso" -" de que no haya productos suficientes en existencias para satisfacer todos " -"los requerimientos, puede estar seguro que los requerimientos más urgentes " -"serán producidos primero." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "Ejecutar el programador manualmente" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" -"Esta función no esta visible por defecto. Debe habilitar el **modo depurar**" -" para verla. Para habilitar el modo de depuración, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ayuda --> Acerca De` y de clic en **Activar el modo de " -"programador**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" -"También puede iniciar el programador manualmente desde el " -"menú:menuselection:`Inventario --> Programadores --> Ejecutar " -"Programadores`. El programador usa todos los parámetros relevantes definidos" -" por producto, proveedores y la compañía para determinar las prioridades " -"entre las diferentes órdenes de producción, entregas y compras de proveedor." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador (solo para usuarios avanzados)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" -"Esta función no esta visible por defecto. Debe habilitar el **modo depurar**" -" para verla. Para habilitar el modo de depuración, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ayuda --> Acerca De` y de clic en **Activar el modo de " -"programador**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar el tiempo de inicio del programador modificando la acción " -"correspondiente en el menú :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnicos --> " -"Automatización --> Acciones Programadas`. Modificar la configuración del " -"Programador Ejecutar MRP. " - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" -msgstr "¿Cómo desechar productos?" +msgid "Scrap Products" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." msgstr "" -"Desechar significa desperdicio que ya sea que no tiene valor económico o " -"solo el valor de su material básico" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "volumen recuperable a través del reciclaje." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." -msgstr "" -"En su depósito usted a veces encuentra productos que están dañados o que no " -"son utilizables debido a la fecha de vencimiento u otras razones. " -"Habitualmente nota esto durante las actividades de picking o de inventario " -"físico." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Desde que Ud. no puede normalmente vender o almacenar estos productos, tiene" -" que desechar el producto." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la mercancía es desechada, esta no es reflejada en el sistema como " -"parte del inventario. El material desechado será físicamente trasladado al " -"área de desecho." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando instala la administración de inventario, odoo automáticamente crea " -"una ubicación de desecho por defecto, llamada **ubicación " -"virtual/Desechado**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -"Después de aplicar **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, puede " -"crear una nueva ubicación de desecho en :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Administración de Bodegas --> Ubicaciones.`" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" msgstr "" -"Para definir una ubicación de desecho, debe marcar **¿Es una ubicación de " -"Desecho?** en la vista del formulario de ubicaciones." #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "Difrentes maneras de desechar un producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "Odoo ofrece varias formas para desechar productos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "1) Desechar desde el Recibo (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." -msgstr "" -"Desechar el producto desde el embarque entrante, Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Tablero --> Recibos`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." -msgstr "" -"Abra el embarque ingresando, y en la pestaña **Demanda Inicial**, de clic en" -" el botón desecho de productos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "2) Desechar desde órden de entrega (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Para desechar el producto desde el embarque en salida, Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Tablero --> Órdenes de Entrega`." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." -msgstr "" -"Abra el embarque saliendo, y en la pestaña **Demanda Inicial**, de clic en " -"el botón desecho de productos en el movimiento de existencias en la pestaña " -"de demanda inicial." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "3) Desechar desde transferencias internas (pestaña Demanda Inicial)." - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`" +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." msgstr "" -"Abra la transferencia interna, y en la pestaña **Demanda Inicial**, de clic " -"en el botón desecho de productos en el movimiento de existencias en la " -"pestaña de demanda inicial." -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." msgstr "" -"Cuando de clic en el botón de desecho, se abrirá una ventana emergente. " -"Puede ingresar la cantidad de productos, y específicar la ubicación de " -"desecho, luego de clic en **Desechar**." #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planificación" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Plazo de entrega del cliente" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Plazo de seguridad" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Plazo de entrega de fabricación" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "Calcular Requerimientos / Programación" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "Configurar y ejecutar el programador" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "Ejecutar el programador manualmente" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Productos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Terminología" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Regla de stock mínimo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Orden bajo pedido" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Elegir entre las dos opciones " + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"De este modo, la elección entre las dos opciones depende de su estrategia de" +" inventario. Si prefiere tener una reserva y contar siempre con una cantidad" +" mínima, debe usar las reglas de stock mínimo. Si prefiere reaprovisionar " +"sus existencias únicamente tras confirmar una venta, es mejor usar reglas " +"bajo pedido." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para" +" un producto." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Reposición" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Unidades de medida" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Paquetes" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Empaquetado" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Ajuste de Inventario" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Reglas de abastecimiento" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Métodos de Valoración" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer una valoración de inventario? (Contabilidad Anglosajona)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -"Cada año su valoración de inventario tiene que ser registrada en su hoja de " -"balance. Esto implica dos elecciones principales:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -"la forma como Ud. calcula el costo de sus ítems almacenados (Estándar vs. " -"Promedio vs. Precio Real);" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." msgstr "" -"la forma como registre el valor del inventario dentro de sus libros " -"(periódico vs. Perpetuo)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Método de coste" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Precio estándar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Operación" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Coste unitario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Cantidad Disponible" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valor Delta" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valor del inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Recibidos 8 productos a $10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a €10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "+8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Recividos 4 productos a $16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a €16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "+4*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "$120" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "-10*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "20$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "Recividos 2 productos a $9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "+2*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "$40" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -"El **Precio Estándar** significa que Ud. estima el precio de costo basado en" -" materiales directos, trabajo directo y gastos generales de fabricación al " -"final de un período específico (usualmente una vez al año). Ingresa este " -"precio de costo en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Precio medio" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "+4*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "-10*$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "Recividos 2 productos a $6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "$9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "+2*$6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "$36" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -"El método de **Promedio de Precio** recalcula el precio de costo ya que una " -"órden de recibo ha sido procesada, basado en los precios definidos en " -"órdenes de compra amarradas: FORMULA (vea el adjunto aquí)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "El costo promedio no cambia cuando los productos salen de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" -"Desde el punto de vista contable, este método is justificado principalmente " -"en caso de grandes variaciones de precio en compras y es poco inusual debido" -" a su complejidad operacional. Realmente necesita un software como Odoo para" -" fácilmente mantener este costo actualizado." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" -"Este método esta dedicado para usuarios avanzados. Requiere procesos de " -"negocio bien establecidos porque el orden en el cual procese las órdenes de " -"recibo tienen importancia en el cálculo del costo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "-8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "-2*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "$32" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "$11" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "$44" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." msgstr "" -"Para **Precios Reales** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), el costeo es esta más " -"profundamente redefinido por la estrategia de salida configurada en la " -"ubicación de la bodega o por la categoría interna de los productos. La " -"estrategia por defecto es la FIFO. Con tal método, la valoración de su " -"inventario es calculada desde el costo real de los productos almacenados " -"(cfr. Valoración Cuantitativa) y no desde el precio de costo reflejado en el" -" formulario del producto. En el momento que despache estos ítems, el precio " -"de costo es reajustado al costo de los últimos ítems despachados. Este " -"precio de costo es usado para valorizar cualquier producto no recibido desde" -" una órden de compra (ej. ajustes de inventario). " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." msgstr "" -"El método FIFO es recomendado si administra todo su flujo de trabajo en Odoo" -" (Ventas, Compras, Inventario). Se acopla a todo tipo de usuarios." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "LIFO (no aceptado en IFRS)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "-4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "-6*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "$8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "El método LIFO no esta autorizado fuera de los Estados Unidos." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -"Odoo admite cualquier método. El por defecto es **Precio Estándar**. Para " -"cambiarlo, revise **Usar un método de costeo de precio 'Fijo', 'Real' o " -"'Promedio'** en los ajustes de Compras. Luego, configure el método de costeo" -" desde las categorías internas de los productos. Las categorías se mostrarán" -" en la pestaña de Inventario en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -"Cualquiera que sea el método, Odoo proveé una completa valoración de " -"inventario en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Reportes --> Valoración de " -"Inventario` (ej. cantidades actuales en existencias * precio de costo)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valoración Periódica del Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -"En una valoración periódica del inventario, la recepción de mercancía y la " -"salida de embarques no tienen impacto directo en la contabilidad. Al final " -"del mes o del año, el contador registrar una entrada de diario representando" -" el valor del inventario físico." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -4432,84 +4352,83 @@ msgstr "" "momento. Revise las siguientes operaciones y encuentre como Odoo administra " "los registros contables." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Factura de proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Debe" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Haber" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Activos: Inventario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Activos: Impuesto Diferido de Activos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Pasivo: Cuentas por Pagar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -4517,71 +4436,71 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancías Adquiridas: definido en el producto o en la categoría interna " "relacionada al producto (Campo de Cuenta de Gastos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Activos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de " "la órden de compra" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Pagar: definido en el proveedor relacionado con la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Recibos de Mercancías" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "No Entrada de diario" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Factura de cliente" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Ingresos: Mercancías Vendidas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Pasivos: Impuestos Diferidos de Pasivos" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Activos: Cuenta por Cobrar" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4589,21 +4508,21 @@ msgstr "" "Ingresos: definido en el producto en la categoría interna del producto " "relacionado (campo de Cuenta de Ingresos)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la línea de " "la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Cobrar: definido en el cliente (Cuenta de Cuentas por Cobrar)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -4612,18 +4531,18 @@ msgstr "" "sustituye a la Cuenta de ingresos o el impuesto definido en el producto por " "otro." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "Entrega a Cliente " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Órdenes de producción" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4631,7 +4550,41 @@ msgstr "" "Al final del mes/año, su compañía realiza un inventario físico o solo confía" " en el inventario en Odoo para valorizar el inventario dentro de los libros." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" +"Crear una entrada del diario para trasladar el valor de la variación de " +"inventario desde su sección de Ganancias&Pérdidas a sus activos." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "Gastos: Variaciones del Inventario" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" +"Si el valor del inventario desciende, la cuenta **Inventario** es acreditada" +" y las **Variaciones de Inventario** debitada." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidad anglo-sajona" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4639,7 +4592,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego debe desglosar el balance de compra entre ambos, el inventario y el " "costo de mercancías vendidas usando la siguiente fórmula:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4647,82 +4600,92 @@ msgstr "" "Costo de mercancías vendidas (COGS) = Valor del inventario inicial - Valor " "del Inventario final" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" "Para actualizar la valoración del inventario en sus libros, registre tal " "entrada:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de cierre)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Gastos: Costo de Mercancías Vendidas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Gastos: Mercancías Compradas" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Activos: Inventario (valoración de inicio)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Valoración Perpetua del Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -"En una valoración perpetua del inventario, los recibos de mercancía y " -"despachos en salida son registrados en sus libros en tiempo real. Los libros" -" son además siempre actualizados. Este modo esta reservado a los contadores " -"expertos y usuarios avanzados solamente. Contrario a la valoración " -"periódica, este requiere configuración adicional y prueba." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "Tomemos el caso del distribuidor." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Configuración:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Cuentas por Cobrar/Pagar: definido en el proveedor (pestaña de Contabilidad)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Impuesto Diferido de Activos/Pasivos: definido en el impuesto usado en la " "línea de la factura" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" +"Ingresos/Gastos: definidos por defecto en la categoría interna de los " +"productos; también pueden ser configurados en el formulario del producto " +"(Pestaña de Contabilidad) como un valor específico de reemplazo." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Variaciones de Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada/Salida de " +"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" +"Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Valoración de Inventario en la " +"categoría interna del producto" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4730,7 +4693,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ingresos: definidos en la categoría del producto como un valor " "predeterminado, o específicamente a un producto específico." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4740,7 +4703,7 @@ msgstr "" "vendidos\". Definido en la categoría del producto como un valor " "predeterminado, o específicamente en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4748,7 +4711,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancía Recibida No Comprada: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4756,15 +4719,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mercancías Expedidas No Facturadas: para configurar la Cuenta de Salida de " "Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" -"Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Valoración de Inventario en la " -"categoría interna del producto" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4772,1363 +4727,483 @@ msgstr "" "Diferencia de Precio: para configurar la categoría interna del producto o en" " el formulario del producto como un valor específico de reemplazo" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../rutas/estrategias/traslado`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../contabilidad/otros/inventario/valoración_precio_promedio`" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../rutas/costeo/costos_en_destino`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "¿Cómo hacer una valoración de inventario? (Contabilidad Continental)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a €10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a €16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "€24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Recibe 2 productos a €6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*€6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "€32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "-4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "-6*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "€8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Crear una entrada del diario para trasladar el valor de la variación de " -"inventario desde su sección de Ganancias&Pérdidas a sus activos." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "Gastos: Variaciones del Inventario" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." msgstr "" -"Si el valor del inventario desciende, la cuenta **Inventario** es acreditada" -" y las **Variaciones de Inventario** debitada." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -"Ingresos/Gastos: definidos por defecto en la categoría interna de los " -"productos; también pueden ser configurados en el formulario del producto " -"(Pestaña de Contabilidad) como un valor específico de reemplazo." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." msgstr "" -"Variaciones de Inventario: para configurar la Cuenta de Entrada/Salida de " -"Inventario en la categoría interna del producto" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Conceptos Principales" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Introduction to Inventory Management" -msgstr "Introducción a la Gestión de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." msgstr "" -"Una doble-entrada de inventario no tiene entrada de existencias, salida " -"(desaparación de productos) o transformación. En lugar de ello, todas las " -"operaciones son movimientos de inventario entre ubicaciones (posiblemente " -"virtual)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "Operaciones" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." msgstr "" -"Los movimientos de inventario representan el tránsito de la mercancía y " -"materiales entre ubicaciones." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "Orden de producción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "Consumir:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "2 Llantas: Inventario → Producción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "1 Marco de Bicicleta: Inventario → Producción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "Producir:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Producción → Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "Inventario: la ubicación desde donde inicia la Órden de Producción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" -"Producción: en el formulario del producto, campo \"Ubicación de Producción\"" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "Envío-directo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Proveedor → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "Configuración:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "Proveedor: en el formulario del producto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "Cliente: la misma órden de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "Entrega a Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "Recogida" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Inventario → Zona de Empaque" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "Paquete" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Zona de Empaque → Salida" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Envío" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Salida → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "en la ruta selección+empaque+envío para la bodega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "Transferencia Entre-Bodega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "Transferir:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega 1 → Transito" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Transito → Bodega 2" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "Bodega 2: la ubicación desde donde se inicia la transferencia" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "Bodega 1: en la ruta de tránsito" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "Producto roto (desechado)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega → Desecho" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "Desecho: Ubicación de desecho donde se crea el desecho" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "Productos perdidos en el inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Bodega → Pérdida de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "Productos adicionales en el inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Pérdida de Inventario → Bodega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" -"Pérdida de Inventario: campo de \"Ubicación del Inventario\" en el producto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "Recepción" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Proveedor → Entrada" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "1 Bicicleta: Entrada → Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "Proveedor: órden de compra del proveedor" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "Entrada: campo de \"destino\" de la órden de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "Análisis" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "" -"El análisis de inventario puede utilizar el conteo de productos o el valor " -"de productos (= número de productos * costo del producto)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -"Para cada ubicación de inventario, varios puntos de información pueden ser " -"analizados:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "Adquisiciones y Reglas de Adquisición" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "" -"Una adquisición es un requerimiento para una cantidad específica de producto" -" para una ubicación específica. Pueden ser creados manualmente o " -"automáticamente impulsados por:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "Nuevas órdenes de venta" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "Efecto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" -"Una adquisición es creada en la ubicación del cliente para cada producto " -"ordenado por el cliente (Ud. debe entregar al cliente)" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" -msgstr "" -"Ubicación de Adquisiciones: en el cliente, campo \"Ubicación de Cliente\" " -"(propiedad)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "Reglas de stock mínimo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "Una adquisición es creada en la ubicación de reglas." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "Ubicación de Adquisiciones: en regla, campo \"Ubicación\"" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "Reglas de Adquisición" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" -"Una nueva adquisición es creada en la fuente de ubicación de las reglas." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 -msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" -msgstr "" -"Las *Reglas de Adquisición* describen como las adquisiciones en ubicaciones " -"específicas deben ser completadas ej.:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" -msgstr "desde donde debe venir el producto (ubicación de origen)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 -msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" -msgstr "" -"si la adquisición es: :abbr:`MTO (Fabricada por Pedido)` or :abbr:`MTS " -"(Fabricada para Inventario)`" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "Rutas" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." -msgstr "" -"Las reglas de adquisición están agrupadas en rutas. Las rutas definen los " -"caminos que el producto debe seguir. Las rutas puede ser o no aplicadas, " -"dependiendo de los productos, líneas de órden de ventas, bodega,..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" -msgstr "" -"Para llenar una adquisición, el sistema buscará las reglas pertenecientes a " -"reglas que son definidas en (por orden de prioridad):" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Almacenes" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "Ejemplo de Ruta de Bodega: Selección → Empaque → Envío" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "Lista de Empaque:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "Zona de Selección → Zona de Empaque" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "Lista de Embalaje:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "Zona de Empaque → Puerta A" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "Órden de Entrega:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "Puerta A → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." msgstr "" -"Las rutas describen como organizar su bodega debe ser definido en la bodega." +"En Odoo, una **Bodega** es el edificio/lugar real en el cual sus ítems son " +"almacenados. Puede configurar múltiples bodegas y crear movimientos entre " +"bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "Un Producto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "Ejemplo de Ruta de Producto: Control de Calidad" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "Recepción:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "Proveedor → Entrada" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "Confirmación:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "Entrada → Control de Calidad" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "Almacenamiento:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "Control de Calidad → Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "Categoría de producto" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "Ejemplo de Categoría de Ruta de Producto: cruce de andén" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "Cruce de Andén:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "Entrada → Salida" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "Entrega:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "Salida → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "Línea pedido de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "Ejemplo de Línea de Órden de Venta: Envío-directo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "Órden:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "Proveedor → Cliente" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Reglas push" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de impulso presionan cuando los productos ingresan a ubicación " -"específica. Estas automáticamente trasladan el producto a la nueva " -"ubicación. Si una regla de impulso puede ser utilizada o no depende de las " -"reglas aplicables." +"Una **Ubicación**, es un espacio específico dentro de su bodega. Puede ser " +"considerado como una sububicación de su bodega, una estantería, el piso, el " +"pasillo, etc. Además, una ubicación solamente es parte de una bodega y no es" +" posible vincular una ubicación a múltiples bodegas. Puede configurar tantas" +" ubicaciones como necesite bajo una bodega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Control calidad" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "Producto descargado en Entrada" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "Impulso 1: Entrada → Control de Calidad" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "Impulso 2: Control de Calidad → Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "Tránsito en Bodega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "Producto descargado en Tránsito" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "Impulso: Transito → Bodega 2" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "Grupos de Adquisición" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." msgstr "" -"Las rutas y reglas definen los movimientos de inventario. Para cada regla, " -"un tipo de documento es entregado:" +"Las **Ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas parte de las bodegas de" +" las cuales Ud. es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de cargue y " +"descargue de sy bodega, una estantería o un departamento, etc." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "Albarán" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "Empaque" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "Órden de Entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "Pedido de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "..." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." msgstr "" -"Los movimientos estan agrupados con el mismo tipo de documento si su grupo " -"de adquisición y ubicaciones son el mismo." +"Las **Ubicaciones de Empresa** son espacios dentro de la bodega de un " +"proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones " +"Físicas con la única diferencia que Ud. no es el propietario de la bodega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -"Una órden de ventas crear un grupo de adquisición, por lo tanto, los envíos " -"y órdenes de entrega de la misma órden son agrupados. Pero, puede definir " -"grupos específicos reordenando las reglas también. (ej. para agrupar compras" -" de productos específicos juntas)" +"Las **Ubicaciones Virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales" +" los productos pueden ser colocados cuando no están físicos aún (o nunca) en" +" un inventario. Se vuelven útiles cuando quiere colocar productos pérdidos " +"fuera de existencias (en la **Pérdida de Inventario**), o cuando quiere " +"tener en cuenta productos que van camino a su bodega (**Adquisiciones**)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "Terminologías" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." msgstr "" -"**Bodega**: Una bodega en Odoo es una ubicación donde almacena sus " -"productos. Puede ser física o una bodega virtual. Puede ser una tienda o un " -"depósito." +"En Odoo, las ubicaciones son jerárquicamente estructuradas. Puede " +"estructurar sus ubicaciones como un árbol, en una relación dependiente " +"padre-hijo. Esto le da niveles más detallados de análisi de sus operaciones " +"de inventario y la organización de sus bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." -msgstr "" -"**Ubicación**: las ubicaciones son usadas para estructurar zonas de " -"almacenamiento dentro de una bodega. Adicionalmente a las ubicaciones " -"internas (su bodega), Odoo tiene ubicaciones para proveedores, clientes, " -"contrapartes de pérdida de inventario, etc." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." -msgstr "" -"**Lotes**: los lotes son un lote de productos identificado con un único " -"código de barras o número de serie. Todos los ítems de un lote son del mismo" -" producto (ej. un set de 24 botellas). Usualmente, los lotes vienen de los " -"lotes de órdenes de producción o adquisiciones." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" msgstr "" -"**Número de Serie**: Un número de serie es un identificador único de un " -"producto específico. Técnicamente, los números de serie son similares a " -"tener un lote de 1 único ítem." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"**Unidad de Medida**: Define como la cantidad de productos es expresada. " -"Metros, Libras, Paquete de 24, Kilogramos,... La unidad de medida de la " -"misma categoría (ej: tamaño) puede convertirse a otras (m, cm, mm) usando un" -" radio fijo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" -"**Consumible**: Un producto para el cual no desea administrar el nivel de " -"inventario (no cantidad a la mano o estimada) pero que puede recibir y " -"entregar. Cuando se requiere de este producto, Odoo supone que Ud. siempre " -"tiene suficiente inventario." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." msgstr "" -"**Almacenable**: Un producto del cual desea administrar nivel de inventario." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." msgstr "" -"**Empaque:** Un empaque contiene varios productos (identificado o no por " -"número de serie/lotes). Ejemplo: una caja contiene cuchillos y tenedores." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." msgstr "" -"**Adquisición**: Una adquisición es un requerimiento para una cantidad " -"específica de productos en una ubicación específica. La adquisiciones son " -"automáticamente impulsadas por otros documentos: Órdenes de Venta, Reglas " -"Mínimas de Inventario, y Reglas de Adquisición. Puede impulsar la " -"adquisición manualmente. Cuando las adquisiciones son impulsadas " -"automáticamente, debe poner atención a las excepciones (ej. un producto debe" -" ser comprado desde un proveedor, pero no hay proveedor definido)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." msgstr "" -"**Rutas**: las rutas definen caminos que el producto debe seguir. Las rutas " -"pueden ser aplicables o no, dependiendo de los producto, líneas de órden de " -"venta, bodega,... Para llenar una adquisición, el sistema buscará las reglas" -" que pertenecen a las rutas que están definidas en el producto/órden de " -"venta relacionado." +"Una bodega también corresponde a una ubicación. Como las ubicaciones son " +"jerárquicas, Odoo creará la ubicación matriz de la bodega, conteniendo todas" +" las sub-ubicaciones en ella. " -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" msgstr "" -"**Reglas de Impulso**: Las reglas de impulso presionan cuando los productos " -"ingresan a una ubicación específica. Estas automáticamente trasladan el " -"producto a la nueva ubicación. Si una regla de impulso puede ser utilizada o" -" no depende de las reglas aplicables." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." msgstr "" -"**Reglas de Adquisición** o **Reglas de Arranque**: Las reglas de " -"adquisición describen como las adquisiciones en ubicaciones específicas " -"deben ser llenadas ej.: de donde debe venir el producto (ubicación de " -"origen), si la adquisición es MTO o MTS,..." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"**Grupo de Adquisición**: Las rutas y reglas definen los movimientos de " -"inventario. Para cada regla, un tipo de documento es proveído: Envío, " -"Empaque, Órden de Entrega, Órden de Compra,... Los movimientos son agrupados" -" dentro del mismo tipo de documento si su grupo de adquisición y ubicaciones" -" son las mismas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" -"**Movimientos de Inventario**: Los movimientos de inventario representan el " -"tránsito de la mercancía y materiales entre ubicaciones." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." msgstr "" -"**Cantidad A La Mano**: La cantidad de un producto específico que " -"actualmente se encuentra en una bodega o ubicación." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." msgstr "" -"**Cantidad Estimada**: La cantidad de productos que puede vender para una " -"bodega específica o ubicación. Es definido como la Cantidad a la Mano - " -"Órdenes de Entrega Futuras + Futuros despachos entrando + Futuras unidades " -"producidas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." msgstr "" -"**Reordenando las Reglas**: Estas definen las condiciones en las que Odoo " -"automáticamente impulsará un requerimiento de adquisición (comprar a un " -"proveedor o lanzar una órden de producción). Son impulsadas cuando la " -"cantidad estimada encuentra la regla de inventario mínimo." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" -"**Cruce-de-Andén**: El cruce-de-andén es una práctica en logística que " -"define el descargue entrante de materiales desde un semi-trailer o camión o " -"un vagón de tren y cargar estos materiales directamente a camiones, " -"trailers, o vagones de tren saliendo, sin bodegaje entre ellos. (no va al " -"inventario, directamente desde la entrada a la zona de empaque)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" -"**Envío-Directo**: el movimiento de productos desde el proveedor/fabricante " -"directamente al cliente (puede ser minorista o consumidor) sin pasar por los" -" usuales canales de distribución. Los productos son enviados directamente " -"desde el proveedor al cliente, sin pasar a través de su propia bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" -"**Estrategias de Traslado**: la estrategia a usar para seleccionar que " -"producto seleccionar para una operación específica. Ejemplo: FIFO, LIFO, " -"FEFO." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" -"**Estrategias de Entrada de Inventario**: la estrategia a usar para decidir " -"cual ubicación de un producto específico debe ser configurada cuando se " -"llegue a alguna parte. (ejemplo: los cables van en la estantería 3, bodega " -"A)" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." -msgstr "" -"**Desperdicio**: Un producto que esta roto u obsoleto. Desperdiciar un " -"producto lo elimina del inventario." #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "Información general del Proceso" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" -msgstr "Desde adquisición a inventario" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" -"El inventario es el corazón de su negocio. Puede ser muy complicado, pero " -"con Odoo, hacer un recibo o una entrega nunca ha sido tan fácil. Le " -"mostraremos en este documento que fácil es realizar el proceso completo, " -"desde el recibo hasta la entrega." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" -"El inventario de Odoo es totalmente integrado con otras aplicaciones, como " -"**Compras**, **Ventas** o **Inventario**. Pero no esta limitado a estos " -"procesos, también esta totalmente integrado con nuestras aplicaciones de " -"**Comercio electrónico**, **Producción** y **Reparaciones**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar un recibo?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "Instalar la aplicación de Compras" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -"Primero, necesitará instalar la aplicación **Administración de Compras**. " -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones` e instalelo. " -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "Hacer una órden de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." msgstr "" -"Vaya a las aplicaciones de **Compras**. La primera pantalla es la lista de " -"**Requerimiento para Cotización**. De clic en el botón **Crear**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -"Llene la información del **Proveedor** y de clic en **Agregar un Ítem** para" -" agregar algunos productos a su requerimiento de cotización." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." msgstr "" -"De clic en **Confirmar órden** cuando este seguro de los productos, precios " -"y cantidades." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" -msgstr "Recuperar el Recibo" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "Puede recuperar la órden de recibo en 2 formas:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "Desde la órden de compra" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." msgstr "" -"En la parte superior derecha de su órden de compra, verá el botón con el " -"**Recibo** relacionado:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." -msgstr "De clic en el para ver la **Órden de Transferencia**." +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "Desde el Tablero de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Al abrir la aplicación ** ** Inventario, haga clic en ** ** # recibir para " -"ver la lista de sus entregas para procesar." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" -msgstr "En la lista, de clic en la relacionada con la órden de compra:" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "Procesar el Recibo" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" -"Para procesar la transferencia de inventario. Simplemente de clic en " -"**Validar** para completar la transferencia. Un mensaje aparecerá " -"preguntándole si quiere procesar la órden completa, aceptela dando clic en " -"**Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." msgstr "" -"Las adquisiciones pueden ser automatizadas. Por favor lea nuestro documento " -":doc:`../../administración/ajustes/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` para más " -"información." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo procesar una órden de entrega?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "Instalar la aplicación de Ventas" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." msgstr "" -"Primero, necesitará instalar la aplicación **Administración de Ventas**. " -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones` e instalela. " -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "Colocar una órden de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -"Vaya a las aplicaciones de **Ventas**. De clic en el botón de " -"**Cotizaciones** de su equipo." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." msgstr "" -"Obtendrá la lista de todas sus cotizaciones. De clic en el botón **Crear**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." msgstr "" -"Llene la **Información del Cliente** y de clic en **Agregar un Ítem** para " -"agregar algunos productos a su cotización." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "De clic en **Confirmar venta** para colocar la órden." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "Recuperar la Órden de entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "Puede recuperar la órden de entrega en 2 formas:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "Desde la órden de venta" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." msgstr "" -"En la parte superior derecha de su órden de venta, verá el botón relacionado" -" a la **Entrega**:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." msgstr "" -"Cuando abra la aplicación de **Inventario**, de clic en **# hacer** para ver" -" la lista de sus recibos a procesar." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "En la lista, de clic en la relacionada con la órden de venta:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." msgstr "" -"Si el producto no esta en existencias, la órden de venta será listada en su " -"tablero como **Esperando**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "Procesar la Entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "Las órdenes de Comercio Electrónico son procesadas de la misma forma." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." msgstr "" -"Puede fácilmente integrar sus órdenes de entrega con diferentes métodos de " -"entrega. Por favor lea el documento " -":doc:`../../envío/entrada/método_entrega`." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" -msgstr "Flujos avanzados" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -"En este documento, los flujos explicados son los más simples. Odoo también " -"se acopla a compañías que tienen administración avanzada de bodegas." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." msgstr "" -"Por defecto, solo los **recibos** y **entregas** están configurados pero " -"puede activar el uso de multi-ubicaciones y multi-bodegas para hacer " -"**transferencias internas**." -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "**Rutas**: puede automatizar flujos con reglas de impulso y arranque." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -"Recibos y entregas **Multi-paso** pueden ser configurados fácilmente para " -"cada bodega" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." msgstr "" -"Mucho más: **Escaneo de Código de Barras**, **números de serie**, **lotes**," -" **cross-docking**, **envío-directo**, integración con **tercero** " -"transportista, **primera entrada de inventario** y estrategias de " -"**traslado**... Todo esto es posible con Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Primeros pasos" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar el Inventario de Odoo?" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación de Inventario en Odoo tiene una guía de implementación que " -"debe seguir para configurarlo. Es un manual paso a paso, con enlaces a las " -"diferentes pantallas que necesita." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que haya instalado la aplicación de Inventario, de clic en la barra " -"de progreso en la parte superior derecha para tener acceso a la guía de " -"implementación." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" -"La guía de implementación le ayudará a través de los siguientes pasos:" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "Configura tu almacén" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "Importar sus proveedores" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "Importar sus productos" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "Configura el inventario inicial" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "Configurar sus flujos de ventas y compras" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "Configura mecanismos de reabastecimento." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" -"Configurar funciones avanzadas como empaque, trazabilidad, rutas y " -"valoración de inventario." - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." -msgstr "" -"Si quiere establecer operaciones con escaner de código de barras en su " -"bodega, debe instalar la aplicación **Código de Barras** la cual agrega " -"funciones en la parte superior de la aplicación de inventario. La aplicación" -" de código de barras le guiará para configurar y usar su escaner de manera " -"óptima." #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -6139,146 +5214,88 @@ msgid "Concepts" msgstr "Conceptos" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" -msgstr "¿Cómo organizar un cruce-de-andén en su almacén?" +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." msgstr "" -"El área de cruce de andén es temporalmente el área donde no estamos " -"almacenando ningún producto, en cambio solo administramos el lugar de " -"acuerdo al reparto para posteriores clientes. Esto ahorrará una gran " -"cantidad de tiempo de transferencias inter bodega y procesos de " -"almacenamiento. Administramos nuestros productos con área de acoplamiento " -"donde el producto se posiciona directamente desde la ubicación del proveedor" -" y transfiere esto a la puerta de embarque para entrega al cliente." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -"Para más información en como organizar su bodega, lea `¿Qué es cross docking" -" y aplica para mí? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-" -"cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "Bodega y rutas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes --> Ubicación y Bodegas` luego en **Rutas**, seleccione **Ruteado " -"avanzado de productos usando reglas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -"Abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas --> " -"Bodegas`, luego abra la bodega que desea someter a cross-dock y de clic en " -"**Editar**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" -msgstr "En la pestaña **Configuración de Bodega**, seleccione:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." msgstr "" -"**Despachos Entrando**: Descargar en un ubicación de entrada luego llevar a " -"existencias (2 pasos)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" -"**Despachos Saliendo**: Envíos directamente desde existencias (Envío " -"solamente)" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." -msgstr "luego de clic en **Guardar**." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -"Estos pasos han generado una ruta paso-de-andén que puede ver en " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Rutas --> Rutas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "Ruta Cross Docking" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -"Usaremos la ruta **Comprar** para la primera parte del flujo y creamos una " -"ruta para la parte pendiente:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." msgstr "" -"Ahora serán configuradas cada una de las reglas de adquisición. La ubicación" -" Cross Dock es crada como una ubicación física interna." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Entrada --> Cross Dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Salida`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Salida --> Cliente`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "Producto con cross dock" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" -"Hemos creado el producto Verdura de Hinojo y le hemos asignado las rutas " -"creadas abajo así como la ruta **Comprar**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" -"También hemos específicado un proveedor y una regla de órden mínima la cual " -"es requerida para reabastecimiento de producto almacenable." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr ":doc:`usar_rutas`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/entrando/dos_pasos`" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" @@ -6306,7 +5323,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego marque la opción **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**. Por " "favor no olvide **aplicar** sus cambios." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." @@ -6314,12 +5331,11 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opción también debe marcarse si desea administrar diferentes " "ubicaciones y rutas en su bodega." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Crear una nueva bodega" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -6330,7 +5346,7 @@ msgstr "" "de clic en :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas --> " "Bodegas`. Ahora puede crear su bodega dando clic en **Crear**. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." @@ -6338,17 +5354,14 @@ msgstr "" "Llene un **Nombre de Bodega** y un **Nombre Corto**. El nombre corto es de 5" " caracteres máximo." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -"por favor note que el **Nombre Corto** es muy importante ya que aparecerá en" -" sus órdenes de transferencia y otros documentos de la bodega. Sería " -"estupendo usar uno entendible (ej.: WH/[primeras letras de ubicación])." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." @@ -6356,11 +5369,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si regresa al tablero, nuevas operaciones se han generado automáticamente " "para su nueva bodega." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Crear un nuevo inventario" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -6370,7 +5383,7 @@ msgstr "" "físico en ella. En ese caso debe crear un inventario en Odoo, si no puede " "saltarse este paso." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -6382,7 +5395,7 @@ msgstr "" "dando clic en **Crear**. Llene la **Referencia de Inventario**, **Fecha** y " "asegúrese de seleccionar la bodega y ubicación correctas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -6396,7 +5409,7 @@ msgstr "" "cambiar ya que representa una cantidad calculada desde compras y órdenes de " "venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." @@ -6404,11 +5417,11 @@ msgstr "" "No olvide validar su inventario una vez haya registrado el estado de todos " "sus productos." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Crear una transferencia interna" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " @@ -6418,7 +5431,7 @@ msgstr "" "unidades de un producto desde su primera bodega a otra en Bruselas, proceda " "como sigue:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." @@ -6426,7 +5439,7 @@ msgstr "" "Desde su tablero, seleccione un movimiento interno de una de las dos " "bodegas. Para hacerlo, de clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Transferir`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " @@ -6436,7 +5449,7 @@ msgstr "" "origen (en este caso nuestra \"bodega anterior\") y la zona de ubicación de " "destino (en este caso nuestra \"nueva\" bodega ubicada en Bruselas)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." @@ -6445,13 +5458,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ítem** y no olvide **Validar** o **Marcar como POR HACER** una vez haya " "terminado." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" "Si selecciona **Validar**, Odoo procesará todas las cantidades a transferir." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " @@ -6461,21 +5474,21 @@ msgstr "" "estado de **Esperando Disponilidad**. De clic en **Reservar** para reservar " "el monto de productos en su bodega de origen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "También es posible manualmente transferir cada producto:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "A través de su tablero, seleccione la órden de transferencia en su ubicación" " de orígen." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "Seleccione la órden de transferencia correcta" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " @@ -6485,7 +5498,7 @@ msgstr "" "abrir la ventana de detalle de operaciones. En esta nueva ventana puede " "manualmente indicar cuantos productos procesa" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -6499,746 +5512,599 @@ msgstr "" " órden pendiente si espera procesar los productos pendientes luego, no cree " "una órden pendiente si no suministrará/recibirá los productos pendientes." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de adquisición?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" -"El sistema de control de adquisición de inventario empieza con una órden de " -"cliente. Con esta estrategia, las compañías solo fabrican suficiente " -"producto para satisfacer las órdenes de clientes. Una ventaja del sistema es" -" que no hay exceso de inventario que requiera ser almacenado, así se reducen" -" los niveles de inventario y el costo de transporte y almacenaje de " -"mercancía. Sin embargo, una ventaja mayor al sistema de arranque es que es " -"posible de ejecutar dentro de órdenes dilema, como un proveedor que no puede" -" obtener un envío a tiempo. Esto le deja a la compañía imposibilitada de " -"completar la órden y contribuye a la insatisfacción del cliente." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" -"Un ejemplo de un sistema de control de inventario de arranque es la " -"fabricación por pedido. El objetivo es mantener los niveles de inventario al" -" mínimo solo teniendo suficiente inventario, no más no menos, para cubrir la" -" demanda del cliente. El sistema MTO elimina el desecho reduciendo el monto " -"de espacio de almacenamiento requerido para inventario y los costos de " -"almacenamiento de mercancías." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. Vaya a la aplicación de " -"Inventario>Configuración>Ajustes y marque \"Ruteado avanzado de productos " -"usando reglas\"." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de adquisición" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. En la aplicación de " -"Inventario, vaya a Configuración > Rutas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "En la sección de reglas de Adquisición, de clic en Agregar un ítem." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." msgstr "" -"Aquí puede configurar las condiciones de su regla. Hay 3 tipos de acción " -"posibles :" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "Trasladar desde otra ubicación de reglas" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." msgstr "" -"Reglas de producción que impulsarán la creación de órdenes de producción." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." -msgstr "Comprar reglas que impulsarán la creación de órdenes de compra." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -"La aplicación de Producción debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de " -"producción." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." msgstr "" -"La aplicación de Compras debe ser instalada para impulsar las reglas de " -"**compra**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "Tratar de crear una regla de adquisición en nuestra instancia demo." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." msgstr "" -"Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de adquisición ya " -"definidas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`regla_de_arranque`" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`entre_bodega`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "¿Qué es una regla de arranque?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" -"El sistema de control de inventario de arranque involucra necesidades " -"estimadas de inventario para cumplir con la demanda del cliente. Las " -"compañías deben predecir que productos los clientes comprarán junto con " -"determinar que cantidad de mercancía será adquirida. La compañía tendrá, a " -"su vez, que producir suficiente producto para cumplir con la demanda " -"estimada y vender, o impulsar, la mercancía al consumidor. Las desventajas " -"del sistema de control de inventario de arranque son que los estimados son a" -" menudo imprecisos ya que las ventas pueden ser impredecibles y variar de un" -" año al otro. Otro problema con el sistema de control de inventario de " -"arranque es que si mucho producto es dejado en el inventario. Esto aumenta " -"los costos de almacenaje de la compañía para esta mercancía. Una ventaja del" -" sistema de arranque es que la compañía esta bastante asegurada de que " -"tendrá suficiente producto a la mano para completar las órdenes del cliente," -" preveniendo la incapacidad para cumplir la demanda del cliente para el " -"producto." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -"Un flujo de arranque indica como las ubicaciones son enlazadas con otras. " -"Tan pronto como una cantidad dada de productos es trasladada en la ubicación" -" de origen, automáticamente es proyectado un movimiento encadenado de " -"acuerdo a los parámetros configurados en la especificación de flujo " -"(ubicación de destino, retraso, tipo de movimiento, diario). Puede ser " -"impulsado automáticamente o manualmente." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de arranque son parte de las rutas. Vaya al menú " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque **Ruteado" -" avanzado de productos usando reglas**. " -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "Ajustes de reglas de impulso" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de impulso están configuradas en las rutas. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Rutas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "En la sección de reglas de impulso, de clic en **Agregar un ítem**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." msgstr "" -"Aquí puede configurar las condiciones de su regla. En este ejemplo, cuando " -"la mercancía esta en **ubicación de entrada**, este requiere ser movido a " -"control de calidad. En los recibos de 3 pasos, otra regla de impulso hará " -"que la mercancía que esta en la ubicación de control de calidad se traslade " -"a existencias." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "Tratar de crear una regla de impulso en nuestra instancia demo." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." msgstr "" -"Algunas Configuraciones de Bodega crean rutas con reglas de impulso ya " -"definidas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "Transferencias de Inventario" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"La regla de impulso accionará la transferencia de inventario. De acuerdo a " -"la configuración de la regla en su ruta, verá que algunas transferencias " -"podrían estar listas y otras en espera." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Reglas push" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -"La regla de impulso que fue configurada antes creará movimientos desde la " -"ubicación **WH/Entrada** a la ubicación **WH/Control de Calidad**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, otro movimiento esta en espera de acuerdo con la segunda " -"regla de impulso, la cual define cuando esta listo el control de calidad, la" -" mercancía será movida al inventario principal." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`adquisición_regla`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "¿Cómo usar las reglas?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -"Una ruta es una recopilación de reglas de adquisición y reglas de impulso. " -"Odoo puede administrar configuraciones avanzadas de rutas de " -"impulso/arranque, por ejemplo:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Gestionar cadenas de fabricación de productos" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Gestiona ubicaciones predeterminadas por producto" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -"Defina rutas dentro de su bodega de acuerdo a las necesidades del negocio, " -"como control de calidad, servicios post-venta o devoluciones de proveedor" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Ayudar a la gestión de alquileres, generando movimientos automáticos de " -"devolución de productos alquilados" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -"Las reglas de adquisición son parte de las rutas. Vaya a la aplicación de " -"**Inventario**, :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y marque " -"\"Ruteado avanzado de productos usando reglas\"." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Rutas pre-configuradas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo tiene algunas rutas pre-configuradas para sus bodegas." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de Inventario, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Bodegas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -"En la pestaña de **Configuración de Bodega**, las opciones **Embarques " -"Llegando** y **Envíos Saliendo** configuran algunas rutas de acuerdo a sus " -"elecciones." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Rutas personalizadas" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->" -" Rutas`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -"Primero, debe seleccionar los lugares donde esta ruta puede ser " -"seleccionada. Puede combinar varias elecciones." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en bodegas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -"Si marca **Bodegas**, debe elegir en cual bodega será aplicada. La ruta será" -" configurada para todas las transferencias en esa bodega que apliquen a las " -"condiciones de las reglas de adquisición e impulso." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en productos" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -"Si marca **Productos**, debe configurar manualmente en cual producto será " -"aplicada." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -"Abra el producto en el cual desea aplicar las rutas " -"(:menuselection:`Inventario --> Control --> Productos`). En la pestaña de " -"Inventario, seleccione la(s) ruta(s):" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en Categorías de Productos" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -"Si marca **Categorías de Productos**, deberá configurar manualmente en que " -"categorías será aplicada." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -"Abra el producto en el cual desea aplicar las rutas " -"(:menuselection:`Configuración --> --> Categorías de Productos`). Seleccione" -" la(s) ruta(s) bajo la sección **Logística**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "Rutas aplicadas en líneas de Órden de Ventas" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -"Si marca **Líneas de órden de ventas**, debe configurar manualmente la ruta " -"cada vez que realice una órden de venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo funcionar, también debe activar el uso de las rutas en las " -"órdenes de venta." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Reglas" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de Ventas, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes` y marque **Elegir rutas específicas en líneas de órden de venta " -"(avanzado)**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "Ahora puede elegir las rutas para cada línea de sus órdenes de venta:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "Reglas de adquisición e impulso" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Por favor refiérase a los documentos:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de adquisiciones" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -"Cuando realice una requisición de adquisición, puede forzar la ruta que " -"desee usar. En el producto (:menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> " -"Productos`), de clic en **Requerimiento de Adquisición**. Elija la ruta que " -"desee usar a continuación en **Rutas Preferidas**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "Ruta Órden Bajo Pedido" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." msgstr "" -"Si trabaja sin inventario, o con reglas de inventario mínimo, es mejor usar " -"la ruta **Fabricar bajo Pedido**. Combinela con la ruta **Comprar** o " -"**Fabricar** y automáticamente accionará la órden de compra o la Órden de " -"Producción cuando sus productos estén agotados." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "Costeo de Productos" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "¿Cómo integrar los costos en destino en el costo del producto?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" -"Los costos en destino incluyen todos los cargos asociados a una buena " -"transferencia." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" -"Los costos en destino incluyen = Costo del producto + Envío + Aduanas + " -"Riesgo" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -"Todos estos componentes podrían ser no aplicables en cada despacho, pero los" -" componentes relevantes deben ser considerados como parte del costo en " -"destino. Debemos identificar el costo en destino para determinar el precio " -"de venta de un producto porque estos impactarán los ingresos de la compañía." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de aplicaciones" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -"Primero, debe activar el uso de los costos en destino. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Aplicación de inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. " -"Compruebe la opción de contabilidad **Incluir costos en destino en el " -"cálculo de costeo del producto** y **Valoración Perpertua del Inventario**, " -"luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los cambios." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -"Luego vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicación de compras --> Configuración --> " -"Ajustes`. Elija el método de costeo **Usar un método de costeo de precio " -"'Fijo' o 'Variable'**, luego de clic en **Aplicar** para guardar los " -"cambios." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "Tipos de gastos de envío" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -"Empiece por crear productos específicos para indicar sus varios **Costos en " -"Destino**, como flete, seguro o impuestos de aduana. Vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Tipos de costos en " -"destino`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -"Los costos en destino solo son aplican para productos configurados en la " -"valoración en tiempo real con método de costeo de precio real. Este método " -"de costeo es configurado en la categoría del producto." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:55 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "Vincular los costos en destino a una transferencia" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "" -"Para calcular los costos en destino, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Control de Inventario --> Costos en Destino`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." -msgstr "" -"De clic en el botón **Crear** y seleccione el/los envío(s) al/los que desee " -"atribuir costos en destino." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón **Calcular** para ver como los costos en destino serán" -" repartidos a través de las líneas de envíos." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" -"Para confirmar la atribución de costos en destino, de clic en el botón " -"**Validar**." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "Estrategias de Remoción y Traslado" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" -msgstr "¿En qué consiste una estrategia de traslado?" +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -"Si por ejemplo una bodega contiene sustancias volátiles, es importante " -"asegúrarse de que ciertos productos no seran almacenados cerca el uno del " -"otro debido a una potencial reacción química." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y verifique" -" la opción **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega y Ruteado avanzado de" -" productos usando reglas**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "Configurar una estrategia" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -"Tomemos un ejemplo de una tienda minorista donde almacenamos vegetales y " -"frutas." -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" -"Debemos almacenar este tipo de productos en diferentes ubicaciones para " -"mantener la calidad del producto." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" -"Suponga que hay una ubicación de bodega **WH/Existencias** y hay sub " -"ubicaciones **WH/Existencias/Vegetales** & **WH/Existencias/Frutas**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" -"Puede crear una estrategia de traslado desde :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Configuración --> Ubicaciones`. Abra cualquier ubicación en donde desee " -"configurar una estrategia de traslado, de clic en **Editar** y sitúe la " -"opción **Estrategia de Traslado**. " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" -"Abra el menú desplegable y de clic en **Crear y Editar**. Esto abrirá una " -"vista de formulario de la estrategia de traslado en la cual debe configurar " -"un nombre para la estrategia, y configurar el método y ubicación fija para " -"cada categoría." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya introducido toda la información necesaria, haga clic en " -"**Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" -"Para revisar el inventario actual, Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> " -"Inventario Control de Inventario --> Inventario Actual`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." -msgstr "Allí puede ver el inventario actual por ubicación." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" @@ -7443,7 +6309,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" @@ -7586,1062 +6452,12 @@ msgstr "" " las fechas de remoción." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/reportes/métodos_valoración_continental`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../administración/reportes/métodos_valoración_anglosajón`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Ajustes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Productos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "¿Cómo usar diferentes unidades de medida?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" -"En algunos casos, es necesario administrar productos en diferentes unidades " -"de medida. Por ejemplo, si compra productos en un país donde es aplicado el " -"sistema métrico y luego los vende en una país donde es usado el sistema " -"imperial, deberá entonces convertir las unidades." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar a Odoo para trabajar con diferentes unidades de medida para" -" un producto." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de **Inventario**, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración -->" -" Ajustes`. En la sección de **Productos**, seleccione **Algunos productos " -"pueden ser vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medida (avanzado)**," -" luego de clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "Configurar unidades en sus productos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" -"En :menuselection:`Control de Inventario --> Productos`, abra el producto al" -" cual le gustaría cambiar la unidad de compra/venta y de clic en **Editar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" -"En la sección de **Unidad de Medida**, seleccione la unidad en la cual el " -"producto será vendido y en la cual se llevarán a cabo las transferencias " -"internas." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"En la sección de **Unidad de Medida**, seleccione la unidad en la cual " -"compra el producto. Cuando finalice, de clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" -"De clic en el botón editar |editar| para crear nuevas unidades de medida." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "Transferir desde una unidad a otra" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Cuando realice transferencias entre-unidades, el redondeo es realizado " -"automáticamente por Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de medida puede ser cambiada a lo largo de todo el proceso. La " -"única condición es que la unidad de medida sea parte de la misma categoría." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "En este ejemplo, estamos en el negocio de los huevos :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "Compramos huevo en bandejas (30 huevos)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" -"Revisamos todos los huevos individualmente cuando son recibidos (control de " -"calidad)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "Vendemos los huevos por docena a los clientes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"El **Precio de Venta** es expresado en la **Unidad de medida del producto**." -" El **Precio de costo** es expresado en la **Unidad de medida de compra**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" -"Todas las transferencias internas son expresadas en la **Unidad de Medida " -"del Producto**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "Abastecimiento" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" -"Cuando realice su requerimiento de adquisición, aún puede cambiar la unidad " -"de medida." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "La unidad de medida también puede cambiarse en la órden de compra :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "El control de calidad se realiza por unidad." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" -"La unidad básica de medida de nuestro producto es **Unidad**. Además el " -"chequeo de calidad es realizado por unidad." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de medida solo puede cambiarse cuando el estado de transferencia " -"esta en **Borrador**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "Proceso de entrega" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" -"Los huevos son vendidos por docena. Puede elegir la unidad de medida en el " -"documento órden de venta. Cuando lo haga, el precio es calculado " -"automáticamente desde la unidad o la docena." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" -"En la órden de entrega, la demanda inicial queda realizada en la unidad de " -"medida de la órden de venta :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" -"Pero la transferencia es realizada en la unidad de medida del producto. Todo" -" es convertido automáticamente :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo debo usar paquetes, unidades de medida o kits?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "Unidades de medida" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" -"Las unidades de medida son una indicación acerca de la unidad usada para " -"manejar un producto. Los productos pueden ser expresados en múltiples " -"unidades de medida a la vez." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "Active esta opción si esta trabajando con varias en su bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de medida de compra podría ser diferente que la que Ud. usa en su " -"bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" -"La unidad de medida de venta es configurada en la órden de venta y puede ser" -" diferente." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" -"La conversión entre las diferentes unidades de medida es llevada a cabo " -"automáticamente. La única condición es que todas las unidades deben estar en" -" la misma categoría (Unidad, Peso, Volumen, Longitud,...)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Paquetes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" -"El paquete es el contenedor físico en el cual Ud. coloca uno o varios " -"productos." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Empaquetado" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "El empaque es el contenedor físico que proteje su producto." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" -"Si esta vendiendo computadores, el empaque contiene el computador con el " -"aviso y el conector de electricidad." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "En Odoo, los empaques solo son usados con propósitos indicativos." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" -"Puede definir su uso en los **Paquetes** con **Empaque**. Pero es solo con " -"propósitos indicativos." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo usar paquetes, empaques o unidades de medida?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, Ud. vende huevos. En su bodega, administra los huevos " -"individualmente. Lotes de huevos son desechados y lo hace huevo por huevo. " -"La **unidad de medida** es `Unidad(es)``." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" -"Si esta vendiendo huevos por docena, la **unidad de medida** de venta es la " -"``Docena``. Lo configurará en su órden de venta." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" -"Las ``bandejas de cartón`` que contienen las docenas de huevos es el " -"**empaque**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando vende varias bandejas, podría envolver todas las bandejas en una " -"``caja`` o en un ``plástico`` envoltorio. Esto es el **paquete**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../resumen/inicio/configurar`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr ":doc:`uom`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "Usar variantes de productos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" -"Las variantes de productos son usadas para administrar productos que tienen " -"diferentes variaciones, como talla, color, etc. Permite administrar el " -"producto a nivel de modelo (para todas las variaciones) y a nivel de " -"variante (atributos específicos)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" -"Como ejemplo, una compañía que vende camisetas puede tener el siguiente " -"producto:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "Camiseta B&C " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Tallas: S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "Colores: Azul, Rojo, Blanco, Negro" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, **Camiseta B&C** es la denominación del modelo y **Camiseta" -" B&C, S, Azul** es una variante. Las tallas y colores son **atributos**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" -"El ejemplo anterior tiene un total de 20 diferentes productos (5 tallas x 4 " -"colores). Cada uno de estos productos tiene su propio inventario, ventas, " -"etc." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "Impacto de variantes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" -"**Código de Barras**: el código y el código de barras son asociados a una " -"variante, no al modelo. Cada variante puede tener su propio código de barras" -" / SKU." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" -"**Precio**: cada variante de producto tiene su propio precio al público que " -"es calculado basado en el precio del modelo ($20) con una opción adicional " -"para cada variante (+$3 para color rojo). No obstante, puede definir reglas " -"de lista de precio que apliquen en el modelo o en la variante." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" -"**Inventario**: el inventario es administrado por variante de producto. Ud. " -"no es propietario de camisetas, solo propietario de \"Camisetas, S, Rojas\" " -"o \"Camisetas, M, Azules\". Con propósitos informativos, en el formulario de" -" modelo del producto, obtiene el inventario que es la suma de cada variante." -" (pero el inventario actual es calculado por variante)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" -"**Imágen**: la imágen esta relacionada a la variante, cada variación de un " -"producto puede tener su propia imágen principal." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" -"**Otros campos**: la mayoría de los otros campos pertenecen al modelo del " -"producto. Si los actualiza, actualiza automáticamente todas las variantes. " -"(ejemplo: Cuenta de Ingresos, Impuestos)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "¿Debo usar variantes?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo debe usar variantes?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "Usar variantes tiene los siguientes impactos:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" -"**Comercio Electrónico**: en su tienda en línea, el cliente solo verá " -"modelos de producto en la página de catálogo. Una vez el visitante da clic " -"en tal producto, el tendrá opciones a elegir entre las variantes (colores, " -"tallas, ...)" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" -"**Producción**: usar variantes permite definir solamente una factura de " -"material para un modelo de producto y ligeras variaciones para algunas de " -"las variantes. Ejemplo: en lugar de crear una factura de Material para " -"\"Camiseta, Roja, S\", puede crear una factura de material para \"Camiseta\"" -" y agregar algunas líneas que específican la dimensión S, y otras líneas que" -" específican el color Rojo." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" -"**Precio**: el precio por defecto de un producto es calculado usando el " -"precio del modelo del producto y agregando la opción de precio adicional en " -"cada dimensión de la variante. De esta manera, las variantes de precio son " -"más fáciles de mantener desde que Ud. no tiene que configurar el precio para" -" cada variante. Sin embargo, también es posible crear reglas de precio para " -"fijar precios por variantes." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo debe evitar usar variantes?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" -"Usar variantes puede agregar un nivel de complejidad a la forma como use " -"Odoo. Debe considerar usar variantes solo si necesita reducir la complejidad" -" de administrar lotes de productos que son similares." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" -"Como un ejemplo, importar su catálogo de productos inicial es más complejo " -"si usa variantes. No puede solo importar una lista de productos, debe " -"importar los modelos del producto y todas sus variaciones relacionadas." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" -"En adición a eso, debe también cuidadosamente seleccionar las dimensiones " -"que administra como modelos de producto separados y estas como variantes. " -"Como ejemplo, una compañía que tiene estos productos:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "Calidad: Camisetas, Polos, Camisas" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "Talla: S, M, L, XL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" -"En tal caso de uso, podría crear un modelo 1 con tres dimensiones de " -"variantes (Diseño, Camisetas, Polos). Pero, es recomendado crear dos modelos" -" de producto diferentes ya que Camisetas puede altamente diferir de polos o " -"camisas y el cliente espera ver estos como dos productos diferentes en el " -"Comercio Electrónico:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Remera" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Polos" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "Activar la función variante" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Antes que pueda usar las variantes de producto, debe primero activar las " -"variantes de producto en los ajustes. Para hacerlo, debe ir la aplicación de" -" Ventas. En el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, localice la " -"línea **Variantes de Productos**, y marque la opción **Los productos pueden " -"tener varios atributos**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**. " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "Creando productos con variantes" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que ha activado la opción de variante, puede agregar variantes a sus" -" productos. Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo de Ventas, :menuselection:`Ventas " -"--> Productos`. También accesible desde los módulos de Compras e inventario." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "Ahora, de clic en el producto al que desea agregar variantes." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"En la página del producto, ha aparecido una nueva pestaña llamada Variantes." -" El número en morado escrito en la parte superior es el número de variantes " -"que este producto tiene actualmente. Para agregar nuevas variantes, de clic " -"en la ficha. En la nueva ventana, de clic en **Crear**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" -"En **Atributos**, de clic en menú desplegable y seleccione el tipo de " -"variación que desea agregar. Si la variante no existe todavía, puede crearla" -" sobre la marcha dando clic en Crear y editar..." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" -"En la ventana de Atributos, el campo **Valor** es la descripción del " -"atributo como Verde, Plástico o 32GB. El campo **Atributo** es el tipo de " -"variante como Color, Material o Memoria." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Puede agregar un costo para la variante sobre la marcha agregandolo en el " -"campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, o elegir modificarlo posteriormente. De" -" clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" -"También puede agregar a la variante un código de barras y referencia interna" -" diferente." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya introducido todas las especificaciones de la variante, haga clic" -" en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "Gestionando Variantes de Producto" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" -"Los ejemplos a continuación estan todos basados en este modelo de producto " -"que tiene dos variantes atributo :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "Remera B&C" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul, Blanco" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Tamaños: S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "Gestionando combinaciones posibles" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" msgstr "" -"Por defecto, con la plantilla de producto anterior, se obtiene 15 productos " -"diferentes (3 colores, 5 tamaños). Si el tamaño XXL sólo existe para las " -"camisetas rojas y azules, puede desactivar la variante de producto blanco." -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo, haga clic en el botón **Variantes**, seleccione la camiseta " -"XXL, Blanca. Desde el formulario del producto, desmarque la casilla " -"**Activar** de la Camiseta Blanca, XXL." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" -"Esa desactivación de un producto es diferente que tener un inventario de 0." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "Establecer un precio por variante" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Puede agregar un costo sobre el precio principal de las variantes de un " -"producto." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que ha activado la opción de variante, puede agregar variantes a sus" -" productos. Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo de Ventas, :menuselection:`Ventas " -"--> Productos` y haga clic sobre el producto que quiere modificar. De clic " -"en el botón **Variantes de Precios** para acceder a la lista de valores " -"variante." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el nombre de la variante a la que desea agregarle un valor, par" -" hacer los 3 campos editables. En el campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, " -"agregue el costo de la variante que será agregada al precio original." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya introducido todos los valores adicionales, haga clic en " -"**Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, una **Bodega** es el edificio/lugar real en el cual sus ítems son " -"almacenados. Puede configurar múltiples bodegas y crear movimientos entre " -"bodegas." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Una **Ubicación**, es un espacio específico dentro de su bodega. Puede ser " -"considerado como una sububicación de su bodega, una estantería, el piso, el " -"pasillo, etc. Además, una ubicación solamente es parte de una bodega y no es" -" posible vincular una ubicación a múltiples bodegas. Puede configurar tantas" -" ubicaciones como necesite bajo una bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" -"Las **Ubicaciones físicas** son ubicaciones internas parte de las bodegas de" -" las cuales Ud. es el propietario. Estas pueden ser el área de cargue y " -"descargue de sy bodega, una estantería o un departamento, etc." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Las **Ubicaciones de Empresa** son espacios dentro de la bodega de un " -"proveedor o cliente. Estos funcionan de la misma manera que las ubicaciones " -"Físicas con la única diferencia que Ud. no es el propietario de la bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" -"Las **Ubicaciones Virtuales** son lugares que no existen, pero en los cuales" -" los productos pueden ser colocados cuando no están físicos aún (o nunca) en" -" un inventario. Se vuelven útiles cuando quiere colocar productos pérdidos " -"fuera de existencias (en la **Pérdida de Inventario**), o cuando quiere " -"tener en cuenta productos que van camino a su bodega (**Adquisiciones**)." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, las ubicaciones son jerárquicamente estructuradas. Puede " -"estructurar sus ubicaciones como un árbol, en una relación dependiente " -"padre-hijo. Esto le da niveles más detallados de análisi de sus operaciones " -"de inventario y la organización de sus bodegas." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear una nueva ubicación?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Para poder crear nuevas ubicaciones, debe permitir al sistema administrar " -"múltiples ubicaciones. En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra el menú " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección **Ubicación y " -"Bodega**, marque la casilla **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, " -"luego de clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Administración de Bodegas --> Ubicaciones` En la ventada de Ubicaciones de " -"clic en **Crear**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" -"Escriba el nombre de la ubicación en el campo de **Nombre de Ubicación**, y " -"seleccione la **Ubicación Matriz** en la lista. La ubicación matriz puede " -"ser física, de un tercero o una ubicación virtual, y puede agregar tantas " -"sub-ubicaciones como sean necesarias a una ubicación." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" -"También puede llenar en los campos **Información Adicional** y agregar una " -"nota para describir su ubicación." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Cuando esté terminado, haga clic en **Guardar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" -"Una bodega también corresponde a una ubicación. Como las ubicaciones son " -"jerárquicas, Odoo creará la ubicación matriz de la bodega, conteniendo todas" -" las sub-ubicaciones en ella. " - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr ":doc:`diferencia_bodega_ubicación`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear una nueva bodega?" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" -"Para poder crear nuevas bodegas, debe permitir al sistema administrar " -"múltiples ubicaciones. En el módulo de **Inventario**, abra el menú " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección **Ubicación y " -"Bodega**, marque la casilla **Administrar varias ubicaciones por bodega**, " -"luego de clic en **Aplicar**." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" -"Abra el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Administración de Bodegas -->" -" Bodegas`" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de bodegas, de clic en **Crear**. Aparece una nueva ventana, " -"con 3 campos :" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "En **Nombre de Bodega**, ingrese el nombre completo de la bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" -"En el campo **Nombre Corto**, ingrese un código de 5-carácteres para su " -"bodega. Tenga en mente que este código es el que aparecerá en las listas, " -"por lo tanto, asegúrese de elegir un nombre fácil de entender y fácil de " -"ingresar." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" -"En el campo **Dirección**, puede seleccionar una compañía existente o crear " -"una sobre la marcha. Además, la dirección de su bodega será la misma de la " -"compañía que seleccionó. También puede dejar este campo en blanco y editarlo" -" posteriormente." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" -"De clic en **Guardar** para finalizar la configuración de su nueva bodega." - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" -"Cuando cree una bodega, el sistema creará en segundo plano los tipos de " -"selección necesarios y las ubicaciones menores principales para este " -"ubicación principal." +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Envío" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" @@ -8833,10 +6649,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" -"Los costos reales de envío son calculados cuando la órden de entrega es " -"validada." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -8900,6 +6715,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ajustes`. Bajo **Conectores de Envío**, marque las compañías de transporte " "que desea integrar :" +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Luego de clic en **Aplicar**." + #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 @@ -8989,11 +6809,6 @@ msgstr "" " **Ajustes Generales**. Haga clic en el primer vinculo **Configurar la " "información de su compañía**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del producto" - #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9265,6 +7080,10 @@ msgstr "" " y empaques, y manejar la impresión de las etiquetas de despacho. Vea " ":doc:`tercera_parte_transportador`" +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "Proceso de entrega" + #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " @@ -9625,21 +7444,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -"1. Ingrese al sitio UPS.com (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__) " -"usando su ID de Usuario y Contraseña UPS.com." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "De clic en la pestaña **My UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "De clic en el vinculo **Resumen de Cuenta**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -9647,7 +7464,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. De clic en el vinculo **Agregar una Cuenta UPS Existente** en la sección " "**Detalles de Cuenta UPS** de la página." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -9657,15 +7474,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Número de Cuenta UPS**, **Nombre de Cuenta**, **Código Postal**. El país " "por defecto es Estados Unidos." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "De clic en el botón **Siguiente** para continuar." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Obtener una Llave de Acceso" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -9673,33 +7490,29 @@ msgstr "" "Después que ha agregado su número de cuenta UPS a su perfil de usuario, " "puede solicitar una Llave de Acceso desde UPS usanso los siguientes pasos:" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "" -"1. Vaya al **Kit Desarrollador UPS** en la página web " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Ingrese a UPS.com con su usuario ID y contraseña" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Haga clic en el vinculo **Solicitar una llave de acceso**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Verifique su información de contacto" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "De clic en el botón **Solicitar Llave de Acceso**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index bcb37f2de..4d1c2c457 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -3,14 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,66 +29,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:3 +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:5 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:10 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:21 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 msgid "Ethernet Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:23 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" " (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:26 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -89,104 +113,175 @@ msgid "" "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:3 +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Pre-requisitos" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:11 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 msgid "An IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:15 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:17 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "Una computadora o tableta con un navegador web actualizado a la fecha" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:19 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:22 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" "An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " "(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:28 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" msgstr "" "Un Escáner de código de barras USB Honeywell Eclipse u otro escáner " "compatible" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:30 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" msgstr "Un cajón de dinero Epson compatible" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:35 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 msgid "Set Up" msgstr "Configurar" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:37 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:44 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:46 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" "Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" " might work as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:50 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." msgstr "" "**Impresora**: Conectar una impresora ESC/POS a un puerto USB y encenderla." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:53 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." @@ -194,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Cajón de dinero**: El cajón de dinero debe conectarse a la impresora con " "un cable RJ25." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" " scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " @@ -208,18 +303,18 @@ msgstr "" "barras con una tecla ENTER (código clave 28). Esto es más probable en la " "configuración por defecto de su escáner." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:62 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "**Escala**: Conecte su escala y enciéndala. " -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:64 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 msgid "" "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " "Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " "device." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:68 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "" "**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " "not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " @@ -227,26 +322,26 @@ msgid "" "on boot." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:73 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:77 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:80 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 msgid "Troubleshoot" msgstr "Solución de problemas" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:83 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:85 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 msgid "" "The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" " with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" @@ -254,48 +349,48 @@ msgid "" "receipt is printed, check the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:91 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " "LED." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:94 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " "status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " "ready ~2 minutes after it is started." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:98 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " "Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " "devices on your network router." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:102 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 msgid "" "If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" " corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:106 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." msgstr "Asegúrese que el PdV no está cargado sobre HTTPS." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:108 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 msgid "" "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " "working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" " the POS configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:113 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:115 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 msgid "" "The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " "each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " @@ -307,14 +402,14 @@ msgstr "" "barras. Consulte la documentación del lector de código de barras para " "obtener más información." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:120 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 msgid "" "The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " "you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " "enough power." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:124 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" " unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" @@ -325,28 +420,28 @@ msgstr "" "proporcionada. En estos casos usted puede conectar el escáner de código de " "barras en un concentrador USB con alimentación propia." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:129 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " "scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:134 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" msgstr "El escáner de código de barra no está funcionando de manera segura" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:136 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 msgid "" "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " "Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:140 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" msgstr "Impresión del recibo tarda demasiado tiempo" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:142 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 msgid "" "A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " "some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " @@ -354,21 +449,21 @@ msgid "" "and the IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:148 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" msgstr "Algunos caracteres no se imprimen correctamente en el recibo" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:150 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 msgid "" "The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " "supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:155 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 msgid "The printer is offline" msgstr "La impresora está fuera de línea" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:157 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 msgid "" "Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " "lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " @@ -378,14 +473,385 @@ msgstr "" "suficiente papel y tener su tapa cerrada, y que no informe error. Si el " "error persiste, póngase en contacto con soporte." -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:162 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "El cajón de dinero no abre" -#: ../../iot/pos.rst:164 +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 msgid "" "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" " the POS configuration." msgstr "" "El cajón de dinero debe estar conectado a la impresora y se debe activar en " "la configuración de la terminal." + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Dispositivos" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Conexión" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index ff0bd4a45..5f0928cf0 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -3,14 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,232 +23,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Charla en vivo" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in live with website visitors" -msgstr "Chatee en vivo con los visitantes del sitio web" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -"Con Odoo Live Chat, puede establecer un contacto directo con los visitantes " -"de su sitio web. Un cuadro de diálogo simple estará disponible en su " -"pantalla y les permitirá ponerse en contacto con uno de sus representantes " -"de ventas. De esta manera, puede convertir fácilmente a los prospectos en " -"posibles oportunidades comerciales. También podrá brindar asistencia a sus " -"clientes. En general, esta es la herramienta perfecta para mejorar la " -"satisfacción del cliente." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -"Para obtener la función de chat en vivo, abra el módulo Aplicaciones, busque" -" \"Chat en vivo\" y luego haga clic en instalar." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -"El módulo Live Chat le proporciona acceso directo a sus canales. Allí, los " -"operadores pueden unirse fácilmente y abandonar el chat." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Agregue el chat en vivo a un sitio web de Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Si su sitio web fue creado con Odoo, entonces el chat en vivo se agrega " -"automáticamente. Todo lo que queda por hacer es ir a: menu selection: `Sitio" -" web -> Configuración -> Configuración` para seleccionar el canal que se va " -"a vincular al sitio web." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Agregue el chat en vivo a un sitio web externo" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -"Si su sitio web no se creó con Odoo, vaya al módulo Chat en vivo y luego " -"seleccione el canal que se va a vincular. Allí, simplemente copie y pegue el" -" código disponible en su sitio web. También se proporciona una URL " -"específica que puede enviar a clientes o proveedores para que accedan al " -"chat en vivo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Ocultar / mostrar el chat en vivo de acuerdo a las reglas" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -"Las reglas para el chat en vivo se pueden definir en el formulario del " -"canal. Por ejemplo, puede elegir mostrar el chat en los países en los que " -"habla el idioma. Por el contrario, puede ocultar el chat en países en los " -"que su empresa no vende. Si selecciona *Auto popup*, también puede " -"establecer el tiempo que tarda el chat en aparecer." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Preparar mensajes automáticos" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -"En el formulario del canal, en la sección *Opciones*, se pueden escribir " -"varios mensajes para que aparezcan automáticamente en el chat. Esto atraerá " -"a los visitantes a contactarlo a través del chat en vivo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Comience a chatear con los clientes" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -"Para comenzar a chatear con los clientes, primero asegúrese de que el canal " -"esté publicado en su sitio web. Para hacerlo, seleccione *No publicado en el" -" sitio web* en la esquina superior derecha del formulario del canal para " -"alternar la configuración *Publicado*. Luego, el chat en vivo puede comenzar" -" una vez que un operador se haya unido al canal." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -"Si no hay un operador disponible y/o si el canal no está publicado en el " -"sitio web, el botón de chat en vivo no aparecerá para los visitantes." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"In practice, the conversations initiated by the visitors will appear in the " -"Discuss module and will also pop up as a direct message. Therefore, " -"inquiries can be answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -"En la práctica, las conversaciones iniciadas por los visitantes aparecerán " -"en el módulo Discusión y también aparecerán como un mensaje directo. Por lo " -"tanto, las consultas pueden responderse donde sea que se encuentre en Odoo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"If there several operators in charge of a channel, the system will dispatch " -"sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Si hay varios operadores a cargo de un canal, el sistema enviará sesiones al" -" azar entre ellos." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Valoraciones" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Valoración del cliente" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "Usar comandos" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -"Los comandos son atajos útiles para completar ciertas acciones o para " -"acceder a la información que pueda necesitar. Para usar esta función, " -"simplemente escriba los comandos en el chat. Las siguientes acciones están " -"disponibles:" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help**: muestra un mensaje de ayuda." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk** : crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : busca un ticket de servicio de asistencia." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history** : ver 15 últimas páginas visitadas." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead** : crea una nueva iniciativa." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave** : dejar el canal." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -"Si se crea un ticket de servicio de asistencia desde el chat, la " -"conversación de la que se generó aparecerá automáticamente como la " -"descripción del ticket. Lo mismo ocurre con la creación de una iniciativa." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "Enviar respuestas guardadas" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -"Las respuestas guardadas le permiten crear sustitutos a oraciones genéricas " -"que usa con frecuencia. Escribir una palabra en vez de varias le ahorrará " -"mucho tiempo. Para agregar respuestas guardadas, vaya a: menuselection: " -"`CHAT EN VIVO -> Configuración -> Respuestas guardadas` y cree todas las que" -" necesite. Luego, para usarlos durante un chat, simplemente escriba \":\" " -"seguido del atajo que asignó." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -"Ahora tiene todas las herramientas necesarias para chatear en vivo con los " -"visitantes de su sitio web, ¡disfrútelo!" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 3f5ee050f..820dea47f 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernando La Chica <fernandolachica@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernando La Chica <fernandolachica@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,174 +32,520 @@ msgstr "Fabricación" msgid "Manufacturing Management" msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear una lista de materiales?" +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "Configuración de una lista de materiales básica" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings." +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" msgstr "" -"Si eliges administrar tus operaciones de manufactura usando sólo órdenes de " -"producción, tendrás que definir la lista de materiales sin ruta de " -"producción" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:35 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "Agregar la ruta de producción a la lista de materiales" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:58 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:80 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:96 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:104 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:106 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 +msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" +msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los Componentes" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 +msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Gestión del Stock de los productos Kit y sus componentes" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " +"stock management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:122 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " @@ -206,7 +553,6 @@ msgid "" "Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:129 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" @@ -215,7 +561,6 @@ msgid "" "variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134 #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " @@ -223,195 +568,497 @@ msgid "" "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:62 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Orden de fabricación" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:53 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " -"stock management." +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "registro de producción" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +msgid "" +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +msgid "" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valoración del inventario" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Con:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Trazabilidad" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Control calidad" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 @@ -472,6 +1119,163 @@ msgid "" "BoM back in stock." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" @@ -480,32 +1284,32 @@ msgstr "Información general" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" - #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Crear una orden de reparación" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -513,13 +1317,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7993988 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Automatización de marketing" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzado" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "Comprendiendo las métricas" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "Consideremos el ejemplo abajo:" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "Lanzar un test" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index 5f14195c2..7f99ad7ce 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -3,14 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Diego de cos <diegodecos@hotmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Victoria Quesada <victoria.quesada@nybblegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,105 +27,22 @@ msgid "Mobile" msgstr "Móvil" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 -msgid "Setup your Firebase Cloud Messaging" -msgstr "" +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Notificaciones automáticas" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 msgid "" -"In order to have mobile notifications in our Android app, you need an API " -"key." +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." msgstr "" -"Para tener notificaciones móviles en nuestra aplicación Android, necesita " -"una clave API " +"Para Odoo 12.0, 13.0 o superior, no hay configuración más compleja que " +"configurar las notificaciones automáticas en la app móvil. " #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"If it is not automatically configured (for instance for On-premise or " -"Odoo.sh) please follow these steps below to get an API key for the android " -"app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The iOS app doesn't support mobile notifications for Odoo versions < 12." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación iOS no soporta notificaciones móviles en Oddo para versiones " -">12" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:22 -msgid "Firebase Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:25 -msgid "Create a new project" -msgstr "Crear un nuevo proyecto" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:27 -msgid "" -"First, make sure you to sign in to your Google Account. Then, go to " -"`https://console.firebase.google.com " -"<https://console.firebase.google.com/>`__ and create a new project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Choose a project name, click on **Continue**, then click on **Create " -"project**." -msgstr "" -"Elija un nombre de proyecto, seleccione **Continuar**, entonces selecciones " -"**Crear Proyecto**." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:37 -msgid "When you project is ready, click on **Continue**." -msgstr "Cuando su proyecto esté listo, seleccione **Continuar**." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the overview project page (see next screenshot)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:43 -msgid "Add an app" -msgstr "Agregar una aplicación" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:45 -msgid "In the overview page, click on the Android icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You must use \"com.odoo.com\" as Android package name. Otherwise, it will " -"not work." -msgstr "" -"Debe usar \"com.odoo.com\" como nombre de paquete Android. DE otro modo, no " -"funcionará." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:56 -msgid "" -"No need to download the config file, you can click on **Next** twice and " -"skip the fourth step." -msgstr "" -"No necesita descargar el archivo de configuración, puede seleccionar " -"*Siguiente** 2 veces y saltar al cuarto paso." - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:60 -msgid "Get generated API key" -msgstr "Obtenga la API key generada" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:62 -msgid "On the overview page, go to Project settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:67 -msgid "" -"In **Cloud Messaging**, you will see the **API key** and the **Sender ID** " -"that you need to set in Odoo General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:74 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Configuraciones en Odoo" - -#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:76 -msgid "Simply paste the API key and the Sender ID from Cloud Messaging." +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" +"Simplemente tiene que ir a :menuselection`Settings--> General Settings -- > " +"Odoo Notificaciones en la nube (OCN)` y asegúrese que esté tildada la opción" +" de notificaciones automáticas." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd260974a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planificación" + +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "Deje que los empleados se desasignen de turnos" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index b223ec9a3..3b1883716 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,21 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,79 +32,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Punto de venta" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Temas avanzados" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "You can find more about Barcode Nomenclature here (ADD HYPERLINK)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:25 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:37 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Escanear productos" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:39 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" msgstr "Usando etiquetas de descuento con un escáner de código de barras" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " "close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " @@ -112,28 +50,21 @@ msgstr "" "producto que se acerca a su fecha de vencimiento, puede usar etiquetas de " "descuento. Te permiten escanear códigos de barras de descuento." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner, you can see the" -" documentation about it `here <https://docs.google.com/document/d" -"/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." msgstr "" -"Para usar etiquetas de descuento, necesitará usar un escáner de código de " -"barras, puede ver la documentación al respecto 'aquí " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tg7yarr2hPKTddZ4iGbp9IJO-" -"cp7u15eHNVnFoL40Q8/edit>`__" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" "Para usar las etiquetas de descuentos, necesitamos aprender acerca de la " "nomenclatura de códigos de barras." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" @@ -141,29 +72,29 @@ msgstr "" "Digamos que quiere tener un descuento para el producto con el siguiente " "código de barras:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " "interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " "before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" msgstr "Escanea los productos y etiquetas" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." msgstr "" "Primero tienes que escanear el producto deseado (en nuestro caso, un limón)." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:50 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " "finish the transaction." @@ -171,11 +102,137 @@ msgstr "" "Y luego escanear la etiqueta de descuento. Se aplicará el descuento y podrás" " finalizar la transacción." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Crear una lista de precios" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "Gestiona un programa de lealtad" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " "*Loyalty Program*." @@ -183,7 +240,20 @@ msgstr "" "Anime a sus clientes que sigan comprando en su punto de venta con un " "*Programa de lealtad*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " @@ -193,11 +263,11 @@ msgstr "" " de Ventas -> Configuración-> Punto de ventas ` y seleccione su interfaz de " "PdV. En las funciones de precios, seleccione * Programa de lealtad*" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." msgstr "Desde allí puedes crear y editar tus programas de lealtad." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:24 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " "discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " @@ -209,11 +279,11 @@ msgstr "" "su inventario. Aplica reglas para que solo sea válido en situaciones " "específicas y todo lo demas." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" msgstr "Usa el programa de lealtad en tu interfaz PdV" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " "transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " @@ -225,8 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Recompensas* cuando tienen suficientes puntos de acuerdo con las reglas " "definidas en el programa de lealtad." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." @@ -234,8 +303,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede ver que el precio se actualiza instantáneamente para reflejar la lista" " de precios. Puedes finalizar el pedido de la forma habitual." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." @@ -243,283 +311,64 @@ msgstr "" "Si selecciona un cliente con una lista de precios predeterminada, se " "aplicará. Por supuesto, puedes cambiarlo." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos manuales." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -"Si rara vez utilizas descuentos, aplicar descuentos manuales podría ser la " -"solución más fácil para tu punto de venta." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -"Puedes aplicar un descuento en todo el pedido o en productos específicos." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Aplicar un descuento en un producto." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Desde la interfaz de tu sesión, use el botón *Desc*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Luego puedes ingresar un descuento (en porcentaje) sobre el producto " -"actualmente seleccionado y se aplicará el descuento." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Aplicar un descuento global" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple cashiers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Point of Sale, you can easily manage multiple cashiers. This " -"allows you to keep track on who is working in the Point of Sale and when." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three different ways of switching between cashiers in Odoo. They " -"are all explained below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need to have several users (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:17 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. Simply press on the " -"name of the current cashier in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:25 -msgid "You will then be able to change between different users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:30 -msgid "And the cashier will be changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:33 -msgid "Switch cashiers with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You can also set a pin code on each user. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Access rights` and select the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:41 -msgid "" -"On the user page, under the *Point of Sale* tab you can add a Security PIN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:47 -msgid "Now when you switch users you will be asked to input a PIN password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:53 -msgid "Switch cashiers with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:55 -msgid "You can also ask your cashiers to log themselves in with their badges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Back where you put a security PIN code, you could also put a barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"When they scan their barcode, the cashier will be switched to that user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -msgid "Barcode nomenclature link later on" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:20 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:22 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analizar las ventas" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "Módulo de Datos Fiscales Bélgicos" +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" @@ -691,10 +540,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "Lista negra de módulos: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Su primera orden" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "Registrar clientes" @@ -737,194 +746,220 @@ msgstr "" "Utilice el botón Guardar cuando haya terminado. Ahora podra seleccionar ese " "cliente en cualquier transacción futura." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Primeros pasos con el Punto de Venta de Odoo" +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Terminales de pago" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Conecta una IoT Box" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" -"Usted será capaz de ejecutar las estadísticas en tiempo real y " -"consolidaciones en todas sus tiendas sin la molestia de la integración de " -"varias aplicaciones externas." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Instalar la aplicación Punto de Venta." +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Vaya a Aplicaciones e instale la aplicación Punto de venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Hacer productos disponibles en el Punto de Venta." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -"Para que los productos estén disponibles en el punto de venta, abra un " -"producto, vaya a la pestaña Ventas y marque la casilla \"Disponible en el " -"punto de venta\"." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" -"También puede definir allí si el producto debe pesarse con una escala." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Crea tu primera sesión de PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Su primera orden" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -"Ahora está listo para realizar sus primeras ventas a través del punto de " -"venta. Desde el panel de control de PdV, puede ver todos sus puntos de venta" -" y puede comenzar una nueva sesión." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Ahora llegas a la interfaz PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se completa un pedido, puedes registrar el pago. Todos los " -"métodos de pago disponibles aparecen a la izquierda de la pantalla. " -"Selecciona el método de pago e ingresa la cantidad recibida. A continuación," -" puedes validar el pago." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Puedes registrar los siguientes pedidos." +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Cierre la sesión de PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -"Al final del día, cerrarás tu sesión de PdV. Para ello, haz clic en el botón" -" de cerrar que aparece en la esquina superior derecha y confirma. Ahora " -"puedes cerrar la sesión desde el panel de control." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "Es muy recomendable cerrar la sesión de PoS al final de cada día." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -"A continuación, verá un resumen de todas las transacciones por método de " -"pago." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -"Puede hacer clic en una línea de ese resumen para ver todos los pedidos que " -"se han pagado con este método de pago durante esa sesión de PdV." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -"Si todo esta correcto, puedes validar la sesión de PdV y publicar las " -"entradas de cierre." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Está hecho, ahora haz cerrado tu primera sesión de PdV." +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" -"Para conectar el PdV al hardware con un Odoo IoT Box, consulte la sección " -":doc:`../../../iot/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/pos`" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Características Avanzadas de Restaurantes" +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print the Bill" @@ -964,6 +999,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "" @@ -988,94 +1078,155 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:21 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" " you can add the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "Select or create a printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:38 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 @@ -1115,69 +1266,6 @@ msgid "" "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "" @@ -1212,39 +1300,62 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "Características Avanzadas de la Tienda" +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Usando códigos de barras en PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Añadir códigos de barras al producto." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Escanear productos" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" @@ -1341,6 +1452,72 @@ msgstr "" "sesión, ahora tiene una diferencia de suma cero y el mismo saldo de cierre " "que su saldo de apertura. Tu caja está lista para la próxima sesión." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Redondeo de efectivo" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "Factura desde la interfaz PdV" @@ -1423,78 +1600,130 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Acepta devoluciones y devolución de productos." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Aplicar descuentos por tiempo limitado." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Crear una lista de precios" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Usando una lista de precios en la interfaz PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 99fde6251..6742c9b26 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -3,14 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,24 +29,17 @@ msgstr "Mi portal de Odoo" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 msgid "" -"In this section of the portal you will find all the communications between " -"you and Odoo, documents such Quotations, Sales Orders, Invoices and your " -"Subscriptions." +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." msgstr "" -"En esta sección del portal encontrarás toda la comunicación entre tu y Odoo." -" Documentos tales como presupuestos, ordenes de venta, facturas y tus " -"subscripciones." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 msgid "" -"To access this section you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged-in just " +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " "click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" -"Para acceder a esta sección tienes que iniciar sesión con tu nombre de " -"usuario y contraseña de `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Si es que " -"ya iniciaste sesión sólo haz clic en tu nombre en la esquina derecha arriba " -"y selecciona \"Mi Cuenta\"." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 msgid "Quotations" @@ -50,34 +48,24 @@ msgstr "Presupuestos" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 msgid "" "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " -"quotation can be generated for you after adding an Application or a User to " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " "your database or if your contract has to be renewed." msgstr "" -"Aquí encontrarás todos los presupuestos enviados a tí por Odoo. Por ejemplo," -" un presupuesto puede ser generado para tí después de añadir una aplicación " -"o un usuario a tu base de datos o si tu contrato tiene que ser renovado." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 msgid "" -"The *Valid Until* column shows until when the quotation is valid; after that" -" date the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on the quotation you " -"will see all the details of the offer, the pricing and other useful " -"information." +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." msgstr "" -"La columna *Valido Hasta* muestra hasta cuándo el presupuesto es válido; " -"después de esa fecha, el presupuesto será \"Expirado\". Al cliquear en el " -"presupuesto, verás todos los detalles de la oferta, el precio y otra " -"información valiosa." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you want to accept the quotation just click \"Accept & Pay\" and the " +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " "quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" -" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject\"." +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" msgstr "" -"Si quieres aceptar el presupuesto solo cliquea \"Acepta y Paga\" y el " -"presupuesto será confirmado. Si no quieres aceptarlo, o necesitas preguntar " -"por algunas modificaciones, cliquea en \"Pregunta Cambios Rechazar\"." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 msgid "Sales Orders" @@ -85,19 +73,15 @@ msgstr "Pedidos de ventas" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 msgid "" -"All your purchases within Odoo such as Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc. " -"will be registered under this section." +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." msgstr "" -"Todas tus compras en Odoo tales como ventas adicionales, temas, " -"aplicaciones, etc. serán registradas bajo esta sección." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 msgid "" -"By clicking on the sale order you can review the details of the products " +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " "purchased and process the payment." msgstr "" -"Al cliquear en la orden de venta puedes revisar el detalle de los productos " -"comprados y procesar el pago." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 msgid "Invoices" @@ -105,109 +89,81 @@ msgstr "Facturas" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 msgid "" -"All the invoices of your subscription(s), or generated by a sales order, " -"will be shown in this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate " -"you if the invoice has been paid." +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." msgstr "" -"Todas las facturas de tu subscripciones, o generadas por una orden de venta," -" serán mostradas en esta sección. La etiqueta antes del monto a pagar te " -"indicará si la factura ha sido pagada." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 msgid "" -"Just click on the Invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " -"invoice or download a PDF version of the document." +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." msgstr "" -"Solo haz clic en la factura si deseas ver más información, pagar la factura " -"o descargar una versión PDF del documento." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 msgid "Tickets" -msgstr "Tickets" +msgstr "Entradas" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 msgid "" -"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ a ticket will be created. Here you can find " -"all the tickets that you have opened, the conversation between you and our " -"Agents, the Status of the ticket and the ID (# Ref)." +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." msgstr "" -"Cuando envías un ticket a través `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ un ticket será creado. Aquí puedes encontrar " -"todos los tickets que haz abierto, la conversación entre tu y tus Agentes, " -"Status del ticket y la ID (# Ref)." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:77 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "Suscripciones" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:79 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 msgid "" -"You can access to your Subscription with Odoo from this section. The first " +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " "page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." msgstr "" -"Puedes acceder a tu Subcripción con Odoo desde esta sección. La primera " -"página te muestra las subscripciones que tienes y su status." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:85 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 msgid "" -"By clicking on the Subscription you will access to all the details regarding" -" your plan: this includes the number of applications purchased, the billing " -"information and the payment method." +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." msgstr "" -"Al cliquear en la Subscripción tendrás acceso a todos los detalles respecto " -"a tu plan: esto incluye el número de aplicaciones compradas, la información " -"de factura y el método de pago." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:89 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 msgid "" -"To change the payment method click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " "the new credit card details." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar el método de pago haz clic en \"Cambiar Método de Pago\" y " -"entra los detalles de la nueva tarjeta de crédito." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:95 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 msgid "" -"If you want to remove the credit cards saved, you can do it by clicking on " -"\"Manage you payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click then on " -"\"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." msgstr "" -"Si quieres remover las tarjetas de crédito grabadas, lo puedes hacer al " -"cliquear en \"Administra tus métodos de pago\" al fondo de la página. Haz " -"clic en \"Borrar\" para borrar este método de pago." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed and you will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " "no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" -"A la fecha de la próxima factura, si es que no hay información del pago " -"disponible, o si tu tarjeta de crédito ha expirado, el status de tu " -"subscripción cambiará a \"Para renovar\". Luego tendrás 7 días para proveer " -"un método de pago válido. Después de esto, la subscripción será cerrada y no" -" tendrás más acceso a la base de datos." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 msgid "Success Packs" msgstr "Success Packs" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:110 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 msgid "" "With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " "provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " "and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " -"hours never expire allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." msgstr "" -"Con un Success Pack/Socio Success Pack, se te asigna un experto que provee " -"asistencia única y personalizada para ayudarte a customizar tu solución y " -"optimizar tus flow de trabajo como parte de tu implementación inicial. Estas" -" horas nunca expiran, permitiéndote utilizarlas cuando necesites soporte." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:116 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index 70b86d710..3eb5a0004 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index cdccc892f..fb924af28 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,27 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Ruben Dario Machado <ruben@vauxoo.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Antonio Trueba, 2018 -# Miguel Mendez <migmen@virtuellhandel.no>, 2018 -# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fabian <fabiananguiano@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,2118 +35,1071 @@ msgstr "Proyecto" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanzado" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"Como gerente, no siempre es sencillo seguir todo lo que hacen los equipos. " -"Tener sencillos comentarios de los clientes puede ser muy interesante para " -"evaluar el rendimiento de los equipos. Usted puede reunir muy fácilmente " -"evaluaciones de sus clientes utilizando Odoo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -"Un e-mail se puede enviar durante el proyecto para obtener la " -"retroalimentación de los clientes. Sólo tiene que elegir entre 3 iconos para" -" evaluar su trabajo (Sonrisa, neutra o triste)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "¿Cómo obtener retroalimentación de los clientes?" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Antes de empezar es necesario un poco de configuración. En primer lugar es " -"necesario instalar el módulo de **Proyecto**. Para ello sólo tiene que ir al" -" módulo de aplicaciones e instalarlo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -"Por otra parte, en el mismo menú, usted tiene que instalar el módulo de " -"**Clasificación del Proyecto**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -"A continuación, volver a entrar en la parte de configuraciones y entrar en " -"el módulo del proyecto. Seleccione el botón de **Configuración** y haga clic" -" en **Ajustes** en el menú desplegable. A continuación, seleccione " -"**Permitir la activación de puntuación de los usuarios en los proyectos, al " -"finalizar el asunto**. No se olvide de aplicar los cambios." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "¿Cómo obtener una retroalimentación del cliente?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Un e-mail puede ser enviado a los clientes en cada etapa de los proyectos en" -" curso." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -"Primero, necesita elegir la opción de los proyectos que usted quiere que " -"reciban retroalimentación. " -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de Proyecto" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -"Vaya al módulo de **Proyectos**, en los ajustes del proyecto seleccione la " -"opción de **Satisfacción del Cliente**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Plantilla de correo electrónico" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -"Vaya a la sección de ajustes (haga clic en el icono de engrane en la parte " -"superior de la columna de la etapa, a continuación seleccione **Editar**). " -"Elija la plantilla de correo electrónico que se utilizará. Usted puede " -"editar directamente desde allí." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" msgstr "" -"Aquí hay un ejemplo de correo electrónico que un cliente puede recibir :" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"El cliente sólo tiene que hacer clic en un icono (Sonrisa, neutra o triste) " -"para evaluar su trabajo. El cliente puede responder al correo electrónico " -"para agregar más información. Que se añadirá a la conversación de la tarea." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Informes" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -"Usted tiene un breve resumen sobre la satisfacción en la esquina superior " -"derecha del proyecto." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "¿Cómo mostrar las calificaciones en su sitio web?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -"En primer lugar es necesario instalar el módulo del ** Constructor del Sitio" -" Web**. Para ello sólo tiene que ir al módulo de aplicaciones y buscas el " -"constructor del sitio web. " -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -"Por otra parte, en el mismo menú, usted tiene que instalar el módulo de la " -"**Clasificación del Proyecto del Sitio web**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" -"Entonces, usted será capaz de publicar el resultado en su sitio web haciendo" -" clic en el botón de página web en la esquina superior derecha y confirmando" -" que en el parte delantera de la página web." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear tareas desde órdenes de ventas?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -"En esta sección, usted podrá ver la integración entre los módulos de Odoo de" -" **Configuración de proyectos** y **Ventas** y de manera más específica en " -"como generar tareas desde las líneas de órdenes de ventas. " -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"En la gestión del proyecto, una tarea es una actividad que se debe llevar a " -"cabo dentro de un período de tiempo definido. Para una empresa de venta de " -"los servicios, la tarea normalmente representa el servicio que se ha vendido" -" al cliente, debe de ser entregado. Por esta razón, es útil ser capaz de " -"generar una tarea de una orden de venta con el fin de agilizar el proceso " -"entre los departamentos de ventas y servicios." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +msgid "If you choose to:" msgstr "" -"Como un ejemplo, puede vender un paquete de ``50 Horas``de soporte en " -"``$25,000``. El precio es fijo y se carga inicialmente. Pero usted quiere " -"hacer un seguimiento de los servicios de apoyo que hicieron por el cliente. " -"En la orden de venta, el servicio se activará la creación de una tarea de la" -" que el consultor registrará en la hoja de hora y, si es necesario, serán " -"refacturados según el acuerdo con el cliente y con el tiempo extra dedicado " -"al proyecto." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Instalar las aplicaciones requeridas " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -"Con el fin de ser capaz de generar una tarea de una orden de venta, tendrá " -"que instalar los módulos de **Gestión de Ventas** y el de **Proyecto**. Sólo" -" tienes que ir al módulo de la aplicación e instalar lo siguiente:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -"Por otra parte, si desea ser capaz de facturar a sus clientes en función del" -" tiempo empleado en la tarea, también es necesario instalar el módulo de " -"**Hoja de tiempo**. Sólo tiene que ir en el módulo de aplicación e instalar " -"lo siguiente:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Crear y configurar un producto" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -"Es necesario configurar el servicio de la forma del producto en sí con el " -"fin de generar una tarea cada vez que se venda. Del módulo de **Ventas**, " -"utilice el menú :menuselection:`Ventas --> Productos`y crea un nuevo " -"producto con la configuración de `siguiente:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Nombre**: Soporte técnico" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Tipo de producto**: Servicio" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -"**Unidades de Medida**: Horas (vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> " -"Ajustes` y, bajo **Unidad de medidas**, compruebe el **Algunos productos " -"pueden ser vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medidas (avanzada)**" -" del botón)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -"**Política de facturación**: Usted puede configurar su política de factura, " -"ya sea en la cantidad pedida o en cantidad entregada. Usted puede seguir " -"fácilmente la cantidad de horas que se entregaron y/o facturaron a su " -"cliente." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -"**Vía de Servicio**: Crear una tarea y un seguimiento de horas, ya que su " -"producto es un servicio facturable por hora, se tiene que configurar las " -"unidades de medidas del producto también en horas." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -"Enlace su tarea a un proyecto existente o crea uno nuevo sobre la marcha si " -"el producto es específico del proyecto. De lo contrario, puede dejarlo en " -"blanco, Odoo creará un proyecto por SO." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "Crear una Orden de Venta" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el producto se ha configurado, puede crear una cita o una orden " -"de venta con el producto relacionado. Una vez que la cita se confirma y se " -"transforma en una orden de venta, se creará la tarea." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "Acceder a la tarea generada desde la orden de venta" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "En el módulo de Proyecto, su nueva tarea aparecerá :" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -"ya sea en un proyecto relacionado si ha seleccionado uno en la forma del " -"producto" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" -"ya sea en un nuevo proyecto con el nombre de relacionado con la orden de " -"venta como el título (se puede cambiar fácilmente el nombre del proyecto, " -"haga clic en :menuselection:`Más --> Ajustes`)" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" -"En la tarea en sí, ahora será capaz de grabar partes de horas y facturar a " -"sus clientes en función de su política de facturación." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo, el documento central es la orden de las ventas, lo que significa " -"que el documento de origen de la tarea es la orden de venta relacionada." - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "Aplicaciones Impresionantes de las Hojas de tiempo" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Video de demostración" +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcripción" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -"Impresionantes Hojas de tiempo es una aplicación móvil que me ayuda a grabar" -" al instante cualquier tiempo dedicado a los proyectos en un solo clic. Es " -"tan fácil." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"Independientemente del dispositivo, la aplicación de parte de horas es sólo " -"un clic de distancia. Mira el plugin de chrome. No hay necesidad de sesión, " -"basta con hacer clic y empezar. Es suave. Funciona sin conexión también y se" -" sincroniza automáticamente con mi cuenta Odoo." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"Además, tengo estadísticas individuales vía móvil y el plugin de chrome. " -"Puedo ir más allá en el análisis en mi cuenta Odoo. Recibo informes de hojas" -" de tiempos por usuario, de desglose por proyecto, y mucho más." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"Impresionantes Hojas de tiempo está totalmente integrado con la facturación " -"de Odoo, la facturación de los clientes se realiza automáticamente. Pero " -"también con proyectos de Odoo. Es el ahorro de tiempo!" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "Descarga increíble de hoja de tiempo ahora y gana en productividad." - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "Configuración y uso básico" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "¿Cómo administrar y colaborar en tareas? " - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilidades" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "In Odoo, tu puedes asignar a la persona que se encargara de la tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" -"Al crear una tarea, por defecto usted es responsable de ella. Puede cambiar " -"esto simplemente escribiendo el nombre de usuario de otra persona y que la " -"elección de las sugerencias en el menú desplegable." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" -"Si aggrega a alguien nuevo, puede \"Crear y Editar\" un nuevo usuario de " -"paso. Para poder hacer esto, necesita derechos de administrador." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Seguidores" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"En una tarea puede aggregar nuevos usuarios como **seguidores**. Aggregar " -"seguidores significa que esta persona será notificada de cualquier cambio " -"que pueda occurir en esta tarea. La idea es de permitir collaboración " -"externa en el chatter. Esto puede resultar muy valioso si necesita consejos " -"de collegas de otros departamentos. También puede invitar clientes para " -"participar en la tarea. Serán notificados por correo electronico de la " -"conversción en el chatter y serán capazes de participar simplemente " -"respondiendo al correo. Los seguidores pueden ver toda la tarea como usted, " -"con descripcón y chatter." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "Proyecto: sigue a un proyecto para seguir la cartera de tareas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"Puede decidir de seguir a un proyecto. En esta situacipón será notificado de" -" cualquier cambio en el proeycto: cambio de fase de tareas, conversaciónes, " -"etcétera. Recibirá toda la información en su bandeja de entrada. Esta " -"funcionalidad esta perfecta para un gestor de proyectos que quiere ver la " -"perspectiva general a cualquier momento." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Tarea: sigue a una tarea especifica" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Seguir a una tarea es la misma idea como seguir a un proyecto, salvo que " -"esta enfocado en una parte especifica del proyecto. Todas las notificaciónes" -" y cambios también apareceran en su bandeja de entrada." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Seleccióne cuales acciónes a seguir" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" -"Puede elegir a que quiere hacer seguimiento haciendo click en la flecha " -"hacia abajo del botón Seguir." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, seguira las discusiónes, pero también puede optar por ser " -"notificado cuando se registra una nota, cuando se crea una tarea, cuando sea" -" bloqueada o lista, y cuando la fase de la tarea cambió." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "Gestión de tiempo: cuentas analiticas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" -"Sea para la estimación en proyectos futuros o para recollectar datos para " -"facturar, la gestión de tiempo del módulo de gestión de poyectos es un " -"ventaja real." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" -"La applicación Odoo de Parte de horas es perfectamente integrada con Odoo " -"Proyectos y puede ayudarle en registrar tiempos de forma fácil." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" -"Una vez instalaldo Odoo Parte de horas, la opción es automaticamente " -"disponible an poyectos y tareas." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" -"Para evitar cualquier confusión, Odoo trabaja con cuentas analíticas. Una " -"cuenta analítica as el nombre que simpre será referenciado para un proyecto " -"o contrato especifico. Cada vez un proyecto se crea, tambien será una cuenta" -" analítica con el mismo nombre de forma automatica." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "Registra un parte de horas con un proyecto:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "Haga click en los ajustes del proyecto." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "De clic en el botón Parte de horas en el menú gris superior." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" -"Obtendrá el Odoo Parte de horas. De clic en Crear y una nueva linea " -"aparecerá con la fecha de hoy y la hora. Su nombre de proyecto es " -"automaticamente selecciónado como cuenta analítica. Niguna tarea esta " -"colocada, sin embargo, opcionalmente, puede escoger una." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" -"Si ahora se diriga a Odoo Parte de horas, la linea estaria registrada con " -"los otros partes de hora." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Registra un Parte de hora con una tarea:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "Dentro de una tarea, la opción parte de hora también es disponible." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"En la tarea, de clic en el botón Editar. Vaya al renglon Parte de horas y de" -" clic en Agregar ítem." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" -"Una linea aparecerá con el nombre del mismo proycto seleccionado como cuenta" -" analítica." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" -"Igualmente, encontrará estos registors en la aplicación Odoo Parte de horas." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" -"Al terminar el proyecto, puede obtener una idea del timpo gastado buscando " -"por el nombre de su cuneta analítica." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "Gestión de documentos dentro de tareas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" -"Puede gestionar documentos relacionados con una tarea, sean estos planes, " -"imagenes, etcétera. ¡Una imagen a vezes dice mas que mil palabras! Tiene dos" -" opciónes para agregar un documento a una tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. Puede agregar una imgaen / un documento a su tarea haciendo clic en el " -"renglón Adjuntos en la parte superior del formulario." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" -"2. Puede agregar una imgaen / un documento a su tarea a través del chatter. " -"Puede logear una nota o enviar un mensaje y adjuntar un archivo. O si " -"alguien manda un correo con un adjunto, éste será automaticamente guardado " -"con la tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene una imagen representativa que ayuda entender la tarea la puede " -"configurar como carátula de la tarea. Aparecerá en la vista Kanban " -"directamente." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Collaborar en tareas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" -"Tareas en Odoo Proyectos estan hechos para ayudarle en colaborar de forma " -"fácil con sus colegas. Esto le ayudará a ahorrar tiempo y energía." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" -"La idea es mantenerse al día con lo que le interese. Puede colaborar con sus" -" colegas escribiendo en las mismas tareas al mismo tiempo con la delegación " -"de tareas y el chatter." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Crear una tarea desde un correo electronico" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar una dirección de correo electronico enlazado con su " -"proyecto. Cuando se envie un correo a esta dirección, se creará " -"automaticamente una tarea en la primera etapa del proyecto con todos los " -"receptores (A/Cc/Bcc) como seguidores." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" -"Con Odoo En Línea, el gateway ya esta configurado y cada proyecto obtiene " -"una dirección de correo de forma autoamtica." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"El correo siempre es el nombre del proyecto (con \"-\" en vez de espacio), " -"lo puede ver abajo del nombre del proyecto en el tablero del proyecto." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" -"Esta dirreción por defecto que sigue el nombre del proyecto puede ser " -"cambiada." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" -"El alias de la dirección de correo puede ser cambiado por el gerente de " -"proyectos." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" -"Para esto, vaya a Ajustes del proyecto y de clic en el renglón Correo " -"electronico." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "Puede directamente editar el correo electronico de su proyecto." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "El Chatter, estado y seguimiento." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"El Chatter es una herramienta muy útil de communicación y demuestra el " -"histrotial de la tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" -"En el Chatter, puede ver cuando una tarea ha sido creada, cuando paso de un " -"estado a otro, etcétera. Cualquier cambio esta logeado en el chatter de " -"forma autoamtica por el sistema. También registra el historial de " -"interacción entre usted y sus clientes o colegas. Todas las interaccipones " -"son registrados en el chatter, para que el lider del task los pueda recordar" -" de forma fácil." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" -"Puede interacutar con seguidores sean ellos internos (sus colegas) o " -"externos (por ejemplo el cliente) logeando una nota o información " -"importante. Si quiere mandar un correo a todos los seguidores de una tarea " -"especifica, puede agregar un mensaje para notificarlos todos. Para ambas " -"opciónes fecha y hora estan guardadas con el registro." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "La descripción de una tarea, el Pad" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" -"Odoo le permite de reemplazar el campo de descripción de una tarea por una " -"nota collaborativa \"Etherpad\" (http://etherpad.org). Esto significa que " -"puede collaborar en tareas en tiempo real con varios usuarios contribuyendo " -"a un mismo contenido. Cada usuario tiene su propio color y usted puede " -"reproducir todo el proceso de la creación de contenido." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" -"Para activar esta opción, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes del proyecto --> " -"Pads` y active \"Descripciónes en tareas collaborativas en richt text\". " - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Si solo necesita el pad sin la pagina entera de la tarea, puede hacer clic " -"en el icono en la parte superior derecha para ver el pad en vista pantalla " -"completa. De clic en el icono ``</>`` para obtener el enlace directo de la " -"descripción de la tarea: esto resulta útil si lo quiere compartir con algien" -" sin colocarlo como seguidor de la tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "Estados de tareas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "Coloque el estado de una tarea" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" -"El estado de una tarea es la manera mas fácil para informar a sus colegas " -"cuando este trabajando en una tarea, si la tarea esta lista o bloqueada. Es " -"un indicador visual de fácil captura." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar el estado de la tarea de la vista kanban o directamente desde " -"la tarea. Solamente de clic el balón de estado para obtener las opciónes:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "Estados personalizados" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" -"Puede decidir que significaran los diferentes estados para su proyecto. En " -"la vista kanban de clic en el icono de engranaje en cima del estado, pues de" -" clic on editar:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "Aneco al balón de color, escribe la explicación del estado." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "Ahora, la explicacipone sera mostrada en vez del texto genérico." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "Etiquetas de color" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" -"En cada tarea, puede agregar una etiqueta. Etiquetas son muy útiles para " -"categorizar tareas. Ayuda para resaltar tareas en la vista kanban o para " -"encontrarlos mejor con filtros." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Si esta trabjando siempre con un tipo de tarea especifico, puede resaltar " -"las tareas conteniendo esta etiqueta con los colores. Cada etiqueta puede " -"tener un color especifico, es bastante visual en la vista kanban." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" -"Para hacerlo aparecer en la vista kanban, debe configurar un color en la " -"etiqueta, directamente desde la tarea:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "¿Cómo inicializar y configurar un proyecto?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" -"Los Proyectos en Odoo le permiten gestionar un proyecto junto con todo su " -"equipo, y permite comunicarse con cualquier miembro de cada proyecto y de la" -" tarea." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" -"Esto funciona con proyectos que contienen tareas que siguen etapas " -"configurables. Un proyecto puede ser interno u orientado al cliente. Una " -"tarea es algo para realizar como parte de un proyecto. Usted será capaz de " -"asignar diferentes tareas a varios empleados que trabajan en este proyecto." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "Instalando el módulo de Proyecto" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" -"Abrir el módulo **Aplicaciones**, buscar **Project Management**, y clic en " -"**Instalar**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Crear un nuevo proyecto" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -"Abra el módulo de **Proyecto**, y haga clic en **Crear**. Desde esta " -"ventana, puede especificar el nombre del proyecto y establecer la privacidad" -" del proyecto." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "La configuración de seguridad trabaja como:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" -"**Cliente de Proyecto**: visible en portal si el cliente es un seguidor." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" -"**Todos los empleados**: empleados ven todas las tareas o incidencias." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" -"**Proyecto privado**: seguidores pueden ver solo las tareas o incidencias " -"que siguen" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" -"También puede especificar si el proyecto está destinado a un cliente, o " -"dejar el campo del **Cliente**vacío si no. " - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" -"Cuando haya introducido todos los datos requeridos, haga clic en " -"**Guardar**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "Administre sus estados de proyecto" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "Agregue sus estados de proyectos" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "En su tablero de proyecto. Clic en **# Tareas**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -"En la nueva ventana, añada una nueva columna y cambie el nombre de acuerdo " -"con la primer etapa del proyecto, después añada tantas columnas como " -"necesite según las etapas de su proyecto. " -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -"Por cada etapa, existen marcas para los estatus de las tareas entre las " -"etapas, y usted puede personalizarlas según sus necesidades." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -"Arrastre el puntero del ratón sobre el nombre artístico, y haga clic en el " -"el icono que aparece, y en después en el menú de inicio, haga clic en " -"**Editar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -"Una nueva ventana se abrirá. Los puntos de color y el icono de estrella " -"corresponden a los marcadores personalizados que se aplicaron en las tareas," -" por lo que es más fácil saber qué tarea requiere atención. Usted puede no " -"brindarles ningún significado si gusta." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "Clic en **Guardar** cuando finalice." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Reorganizar etapas" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente este punto de vista para que se adapte " -"mejor a las necesidades del negocio mediante la creación de nuevas columnas." -" Desde el punto de vista Kanban del proyecto, puede agregar etapas haciendo " -"clic en **Añadir nueva columna**. Si desea cambiar el orden de sus etapas, " -"puede hacerlo fácilmente arrastrando y soltando la columna que desea mover a" -" la ubicación deseada. También puede plegar o desplegar sus etapas " -"utilizando el icono **Configuración** en la etapa deseada." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "¿Cómo guardar el tiempo transcurrido?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -"Odoo permitirá registrar el tiempo empleado por cada empleado y por cada " -"proyecto, para los informes sencillos, así como para la facturación directa " -"al cliente." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -"Con el fin de registrar el tiempo dedicado a los proyectos, debe activar " -"primero la facturación de tabla de tiempos. En el módulo de **Proyecto**, " -"abra :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección de **Hojas de" -" tiempo**, marque **Activar tabla de tiempos en los asuntos**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -"Activando la opción se instalarán las ventas, facturación, seguimiento de " -"problemas, los empleados y aplicaciones del parte de horas." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "Registrar hojas de horas" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" -"Puede registrar el tiempo empleado en los proyectos directamente desde el " -"módulo de proyectos. Puede registrar una hoja de horas en un proyecto o en " -"una tarea." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "Guardando en un proyecto" +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planificación" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -"En el tablero del módulo de **Proyectos**, abra el menú de **Más** del " -"proyecto al cual usted quiere añadir la hoja de horas, y haga clic en **Hoja" -" de horas**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -"En la nueva ventana, haga clic en **Crear**e inserte los detalles " -"requeridos, después haga clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "Guardando en una tarea" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" -"En el módulo de **Proyecto**, abra el proyecto en el que usted desea " -"registrar las hojas de hora, y abra la tarea en la que desea empezar a " -"trabajar. " -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -"En la tarea, haga clic en **Editar**, abra las **Hojas de hora** y haga clic" -" en **Añadir un artículo**. Inserte los detalles requeridos, después haga " -"clic en **Guardar**." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "Visualiza la tarea de un proyecto" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -"En los negocios del día a día, tu compañía puede sufrir debido a la gran " -"cantidad de tareas por completar. Esas tareas son de por sí, complejas. " -"Tener que acordarse de todas ellas y además hacerle seguimiento puede ser " -"una carga. Por suerte, Odoo te permite visualizar efectivamente y organizar " -"las diferentas tareas que tienes que abarcar." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tareas" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the *</>* icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "Crea una tarea" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." msgstr "" -"En la aplicación de proyecto, selecciona un proyecto existente o crea uno " -"nuevo." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "En el proyecto, crea una tarea nueva." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Asignación" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" -"En esa tarea puedes luego asignarla a la persona correcta, añadir etiquetas," -" una fecha límite, descripciones... y todo lo que puedas necesitar para esa " -"tarea" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "Ve tus tareas con la vista Kanban" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Una vez creadas las distintas tareas, pueden ser gestionadas y se puede dar " -"seguimiento gracias a la vista de Kanban." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"La vista Kanban es publica como vista, está divida en diferentes etapas. " -"Permite tener una visión clara de las etapas de sus tareas que se encuentran" -" en y que cuales tienen prioridades más altas." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" -"La vista Kanban está por defecto como vista al acceder al proyecto, pero si " -"usted desea otra vista, se puede volver a ella en cualquier momento haciendo" -" clic en el logotipo de la vista Kanban en la esquina superior derecha." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" -"Puedes notificar a tus colegas acerca del status de una tarea directamente " -"desde la vista kanban usando el punto pequeño, notificará al seguidor de la " -"tarea e indicará si la tarea está lista." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "Ordena tareas en la vista Kanban" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" -"Las tareas son ordenadas por prioridades, las que puedes asignar al hacer " -"clic en la estrella al lado del reloj y luego por secuencia, lo que " -"significa que si las mueves manualmente usandro arrastra & suelta, estarán " -"en ese orden y finalmente por su ID conectada a la fecha de creación." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Las tareas que fueron pasadas sus fechas límites, aparecerán en rojo en tu " -"vista Kanban." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" -"Si pones una tarea de baja prioridad encima, cuando vuelvas a tu tablero la " -"próxima vez, se habrá movido de vuelta abajo de las tareas con alta " -"prioridad" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Administra fechas límites en la vista de Calendario" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" -"También tienes la opción de cambiar de una vista Kanban a una vista de " -"calendario, permitiéndote ver todas las fechas límite para cada tarea que " -"tiene una fecha límite asignada fácilmente en una sola ventana." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" -"Las tareas son codificadas con colores al empleado al cual fue asignado y " -"puedes filtrar las fechas límites por empleado al seleccionar la fecha " -"límite de la persona que desees." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar fácilmente la fecha límite desde la vista de calendario " -"arrastrando y soltando la tarea a otro caso." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "Introducción al Odoo Proyecto" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" -"Como gerente de negocios, tengo un trabajo variado a la participación de " -"múltiples partes interesadas. Para gestionar todas las tareas a la " -"perfección, el módulo de Proyectos de Odoo es de gran ayuda." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"Con el módulo de Proyectos de Odoo, los miembros de su equipo del proyecto " -"pueden fácilmente planear y ejecutar el lanzamiento de una nueva línea de " -"productos en Canadá. Organicé este proyecto mediante la creación de " -"diferentes etapas. Se nos permite identificar claramente el estado de " -"cualquier tarea en cualquier momento, y por cualquier usuario. Es " -"conveniente para cualquier otro gestor de proyectos." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"Estas etapas de proyectos bien estructuradas son totalmente personalizables." -" Aquí se identifica una etapa que falta, puedo agregar fácilmente en tan " -"sólo un clic. En nuestro proceso de gestión de proyectos, procedo a una " -"revisión final, así que añado esta etapa. El módulo de Proyectos de Odoo " -"está diseñado para trabajar en cualquier tipo de negocio." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se realiza una tarea, cada integrante puede resaltarlo al " -"cambiar su estado. Eso ayudará al director del proyecto para revisar la " -"tarea antes de cambiar el escenario con un simple arrastrar y soltar. Fácil," -" ¿no?" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"También podemos organizar las diferentes tareas mediante la adaptación de la" -" vista. Aquí, selecciono la vista de lista, que muestra otra información, " -"como el progreso del tiempo de trabajo. Si hago clic en mi tarea, aterrizo " -"en la vista de formulario donde puedo editar las horas planificadas y entrar" -" en mis hojas de tiempo. Esta es una gran herramienta para cualquier gestor " -"de proyectos. Controlar el progreso del tiempo de trabajo y el tiempo " -"dedicado por cada miembro del equipo es esencial. Puse el tiempo para el " -"entrenamiento del equipo de ventas de 24 horas. Hoy, he preparado el " -"material, así que voy a iniciar una sesión de 4 horas en la hoja de horas. " -"El progreso del tiempo de trabajo se actualiza automáticamente. Gracias a " -"esta integración de parte de horas, el director del proyecto tiene un " -"seguimiento exhaustivo sobre el progreso de cada tarea." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Otra gran característica del módulo de proyecto de Odoo es la herramienta de" -" pronóstico. Cuando se activa, puede planificar recursos por proyecto y de " -"la carga de trabajo. Por lo tanto, la asignación del tiempo para otros " -"proyectos es mucho más fácil. Para este proyecto, tengo que entrenar a los " -"miembros del equipo de ventas. Se requerirá el 50% de mi tiempo hasta el " -"final de la semana. Como director del proyecto, que puedo hacer esta " -"asignación de recursos para cualquier usuario y adaptarlo de acuerdo a sus " -"otros proyectos. Esto evitará cualquier tipo de empalme en tiempos. Puede " -"volver a asignar una tarea o adaptar la fecha límite. El módulo de Proyectos" -" de Odoo es perfecto para la planificación estratégica y ejecutiva." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"Además, todos los aspectos de cualquier proyecto se pueden analizar, gracias" -" a los informes. Por ejemplo, podemos tener un informe de horas efectivas " -"dedicadas en comparación con las horas previstas. Puedo evaluar la " -"rentabilidad de cualquier proyecto, cualquier tarea, o cualquier miembro del" -" equipo. También puedo mirar el número de horas asignadas a cada miembro del" -" equipo." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Otro elemento de una excelente gestión de proyectos es la comunicación. Este" -" es un factor clave para el éxito de cualquier proyecto. Si bien se trata de" -" múltiples partes interesadas, pudiendo compartir documentos directamente en" -" la tarea es muy útil. Con el módulo de proyectos de Odoo, puede hablar a " -"través de la función de chat que está siempre de un solo clic de distancia. " -"También puede iniciar una nueva conversación con cualquier persona del " -"equipo." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Además de ser un módulo potente para la gestión de proyectos a la " -"perfección, el módulo de proyectos de Odoo también es un servicio al cliente" -" o al servicio después de la venta muy eficaz. Con él, se puede seguir " -"cualquier problema del cliente, incluso crear un proyecto de apoyo dedicado." -" El módulo también crea automáticamente una factura de tiempo dedicado a las" -" tareas y cuestiones." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"El módulo de proyectos de Odoo es una aplicación potente y fácil de usar. Al" -" principio, se ha usado el planificador para establecer claramente los " -"objetivos y establecer la aplicación del proyecto. Obtener esta aplicación, " -"que le ayudará a empezar rápidamente también." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" -"¡Comience su prueba gratuita ahora y gestione mejor sus proyectos con Odoo!" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "" -"Comience su prueba gratuita ahora con el CRM de ventas que la gente quiere" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "Planificando su proyecto" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cómo planificar y realizar un seguimiento de las tareas de los empleados?" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" -"Siguiendo y planificando las tareas de los empleados puede ser un desafío " -"pesado especialmente cuando usted maneja a varias personas. Por suerte, " -"usando el módulo de Proyectos de Odoo, puede manejarlo en tan sólo un par de" -" clics." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" -"La única configuración necesaria es instalar el módulo de **Gestión de " -"Proyectos**. Para ello, vaya al módulo de aplicaciones, busque proyectos e " -"instale el módulo." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"Si desea gestionar la estimación de tiempo, usted tendrá que habilitar la " -"hoja de horas en las tareas. Desde el módulo de **Proyectos**, vaya al " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` en el menú desplegable. Después, " -"bajo la **Estimación del Tiempo de Trabajo**, seleccione la opción de " -"**gestionar la estimación de tiempo de tareas**. No te olvides de aplicar " -"los cambios." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" -"Esta característica va a crear una barra de progreso en la vista de forma de" -" las tareas. Cada vez que su vendedor agregue tiempo de trabajo en su hoja " -"de horas, la barra se actualizará en consecuencia, sobre la base de las " -"horas previstas inicialmente." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "Administrar tareas con vistas" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede tener una visión general de las diferentes tareas, gracias a los" -" múltiples puntos de vista disponibles con Odoo. Tres puntos de vista " -"principales ayudarán a planificar y dar seguimiento a las tareas de sus " -"empleados: la vista Kanban, la vista de lista (usando hojas de horas) y de " -"la vista de calendario." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" -"Crea y edita las tareas en orden con el fin de ajustar tu flujo de trabajo. " -"No olvides de asignar a la persona responsable y el tiempo estimado en caso " -"de tenerlos." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "Obtener una visión general de las actividades con la vista Kanban" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"La vista Kanban se publica como vista, dividido en diferentes etapas. " -"Permite tener una visión clara de las etapas de las tareas que se encuentran" -" y las que tienen más alta prioridad." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "Añadir y reorganizar las etapas" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"Usted puede personalizar fácilmente su proyecto para satisfacer las " -"necesidades del negocio mediante la creación de nuevas columnas. Desde el " -"punto de vista de Kanban del proyecto, puede agregar etapas haciendo clic en" -" **Añadir nueva columna** (ver imagen de abajo). Si desea cambiar el orden " -"de sus etapas, puede hacerlo fácilmente arrastrando y soltando la columna " -"que desea mover a la ubicación deseada. También puede plegar o desplegar las" -" etapas utilizando el icono de **ajuste** en su etapa deseada." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Crea un nueva columna por cada etapa del proceso de trabajo. Por ejemplo, en" -" el desarrollo de proyecto, las etapas podrían ser: Especificaciones, " -"Desarrollo, Pruebas, Terminado." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Ordenar tareas por prioridad" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." msgstr "" -"En cada una de sus columnas, usted tiene la posibilidad de ordenar las " -"tareas por prioridad. Las tareas con mayor prioridad serán automáticamente " -"trasladadas a la parte superior de la columna. Desde el punto de vista " -"Kanban, haga clic en la estrella en la parte inferior izquierda de una tarea" -" para etiquetarlo como de **alta prioridad**. Para las tareas que no están " -"etiquetadas, Odoo clasificará automáticamente en función de sus plazos." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que las fechas que pasaron sus plazos aparecerán en rojo " -"(también en la vista de lista) para que pueda seguir con facilidad hasta la " -"progresión de las diferentes tareas." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" -"No olvide que puede usar el filtro para las tareas con el filtro del menú." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" -"Realice el seguimiento del progreso de cada tarea con la vista de lista" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -"Si ha habilitado el **Administrar de Estimación de Tiempo de Tareas**, sus " -"empleados podrán registrar sus actividades en las tareas bajo el sub-menú de" -" las **Hojas de horas** junto con su duración. La barra del **Progreso " -"deTiempo del Trabajo** se actualizará cada vez que el empleado añada una " -"actividad." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"Como gerente, usted puede ver fácilmente en la vista general el tiempo " -"dedicado a las tareas de todos los empleados mediante el uso de la vista de " -"lista. Para ello, hay que acceder al proyecto de su elección y haga clic en " -"el icono de la vista de lista (ver más abajo). La última columna le mostrará" -" el progreso de cada tarea." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Mantenga seguimiento en los plazos con la vista de Calendario" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." msgstr "" -"Si agrega una fecha límite en su tarea, aparecerán en la vista de " -"calendario. Como gerente, este punto de vista le permite mantener un " -"seguimiento en todos los plazos en una sola ventana." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." msgstr "" -"Todas las tareas etiquetadas con un color correspondiente al empleado " -"asignado a ellos. Puedes filtrar fácilmente los plazos por parte de " -"empleados marcando las casillas correspondientes en la derecha de la vista " -"de calendario." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "¿Cómo pronosticar tareas?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "Introduccón a pronosticos" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." msgstr "" -"Progrmar y pronosticar tareas es otra manera de manejar proyectos. En odoo, " -"la opción de pronósticos le da acceso a la tabla de Gantt." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." msgstr "" -"Hasta ahora, ha trabajado con la vista kanban, que le muestra el progreso " -"del proyecto y de las tareas relacionadas." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" msgstr "" -"Ahora, con la opción de pronósticos, la tabla Gantt le proporciona la vista " -"general. Es altamente visual que es una ventaja considerable para proyectos " -"complejos y ayuda a los miebros del equipo de colaborar mejor." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." msgstr "" -"Esta opción es un beneficio real en cuanto a planear y organizar la carga de" -" trabajo y los recursos humanos." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "¿Cómo configurar los proyectos?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "Configurar el método de poyectos" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." msgstr "" -"La opción **Pronostocos** le ayuda a organizar sus proyectos. Esto es " -"perfecto cuando necesita inizializar un proyecto con una fecha limite " -"especifica. Para eso, cada tarea se le esta asignando un presupuesto de " -"tiempo (monto en horas) en el cual su empleado debe cumplir la tarea." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" msgstr "" -"Primero, necesita habilitar la opción **Pronósticos** para la aplicación de " -"proyectos entera:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Proyectos --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Seleccióne " -"la opción Pronósticos y de clic an **Aplicar**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Una vez hecho, siempre necesita activar la opción de **Pronósticos** " -"especificamente para su **proyecto** (posiblemente no necesita la tabla " -"Gantt para todos los proyectos que esta gestionando)." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "Cnfigure un proyecto específico." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" msgstr "" -"Cuando se crea un nuevo proyecto, asegurase de selecciónar la opción " -"\"Permitir pronósticos\" en los ajustes del proyecto." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Veerá la opción de **Pronósticos** aparecer en el menú en la parte superior." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" -"Si esta agregando la opción de pronósticos a un proyecto existente, contenga" -" tareas con fechas o sin fechas, estas no seran mostrados." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "Las tareas de un poyecto no estan relacionadas con un pronóstico." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "¿Cómo crear un pronóstico?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" -"Antes de crear un proyecto con pronósticos, enlista todas las tareas junto " -"con su tiempo proyectado. Le ayudara en la coordinación del trabajo." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" -"Para hacer aparecer los proyectos en la vista Gantt, debe crear un " -"pronóstico desde la página de una tarea. Para crear un pronóstico, de clic " -"en la esquina superior izquierda de una tarea, **Crear un pronóstico**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" -"Tambien puede crear un nuevo pronóstico de forma fácil haciendo clic en un " -"espacio vacío en la tabla Gantt." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" -"El interfaz de pronósticos llenará el nombre del proyecto y de la tarea de " -"forma automática. Solo debe agregar las fechas y teimpos que la tarea " -"deberia consumir." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" -"El campo \"Horas efectivas\" solo aparecerá si tiene installado la " -"aplicación **Parte de horas** en su base de datos. Esta opción le ayuda ver " -"el progreso en una tarea gracias a la integración con Parte de horas." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo: si un usuario rellena un parte de horas con su nombre de " -"proyecto (cuenta analítica), con 10 horas empleados, el pronóstico relatará " -"estos 10 horas en el campo Horas efectivas." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre las vistas?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" -"En la aplicación **Proyectos** tiene un menú **Pronósticos**. Este sub-menú " -"le ayuda a ver la tabla Gantt desde diferentes perspectivas: por usuarios o " -"por proyectos." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "Por usuarios: gestión de gente" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción muestra la tabla Gantt con las personas assignadas. La tabla " -"Gantt de Odoo le muestra quienes estan involucrados; le da la vista general " -"sobre el proyecto. Es muy útil para asignar recursos de forma eficiente." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" -"En la parte izquierda, en el primer nivel, puede ver cuales usuarios estan " -"involucrados. Luego, en el segundo nivel, puede ver a cuales proyectos estan" -" asignados. En el tercer nivel, puede ver en cuales tareas estan trabajando." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" -"Cada tarea esta representada por un rectángulo colorido. Este rectángulo " -"refleja la duración de la tarea en el calendario." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" -"El primer rectángulo en el primer nivel es la suma de todas las tareas " -"compiladas del nivel tercero. Si aparece en verde, esto significa que el " -"tiempo total asignado a un usuario es menos de 100%. Si esta en rojo, esto " -"significa que este usuario esta asignado a multiples tareas que totalizan a " -"mas de 100% de su tiempo disponible." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "Planea la carga de trabajo" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se crea un pronóstico, debe selecciónar el tiempo que el usuario debe" -" occuparse con éste. 100% significa que su usuario debe trabajar tiempo " -"completo durante estos días. No tiene otra tarea con que ocuparse. En " -"resumen puede escoger de 1 a 100% como sus usuarios deben organizar su " -"tiempo para trabajar en differentes tareas." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" -"El podér de la integración le ayuda a evitar doble asignacipon de empleados." -" Por ejemplo, si un experto ya esta asignado al 40% en otra tarea en un otro" -" proyecto, solo le puede reservar al 60% para este periodo." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" -"En el ejemplo de abajo, el usuario \"Administrador\" esta trabajando en 2 " -"proyectos (\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" y \"Implementation Process56\"). El " -"usuario esta asignado a ambos proyectos con un total de 110% de su tiempo. " -"Esto es demasiado asi que el gerente de proyectos debe cambiar los usuarios " -"assignados a esta tarea. Sino, el gerente de proyectos puede cambiar los " -"tiempos o las fechas, para asegurar que esto sea posible." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "Ventajas de la tabla Gantt" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" -"Esta tabla Gantt 'por usuario' le ayuda a mejor gestionar sus recursos " -"humanos. Evita confusión sobre las tareas y las assignaciónes de los " -"usuarios. La tabla Gantt es altamente visual y ayuda a comprender todos los " -"diferentes elementos a la vez. También tendrá claro inmediatamente las " -"proximas tareas. Este meétodo le ayuda a mejor entender las relaciónes entre" -" las tareas." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "La vista dinamica de la tabla Gantt en Odoo le permite:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" -"cambiar tiempo y fecha de un pronóstico haciendo clic y deslizando la tarea " -"hacia el futuro o hacia el pasado." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "crear un nuevo pronóstico directamente dentro de la table Gantt" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "modificar un pronóstico existente" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "cambiar el largo de una tarea extendiento y recortando el rectángulo" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "Por proyectos: gestión de proyectos" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" -"La tabla Gantt es la vista perfecta sobre un proyecto para mejor entender " -"las interacciónes entre las tareas. Puede evitar tareas conflictivos o " -"empezar con una de forma adelantada cunado una otra tarea sigue en " -"ejecución. La tabla Gantt de Odoo es transparente y ayuda a coordinar las " -"tareas de forma eficiente." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción muestra la tabla Gantt mostrando los proyectos en el primer " -"nivel jerarquico." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" -"En la parte izquiera, en el primer nivel, puede ver los proyectos. Luego, en" -" el segundo nivel, puede ver los usuarios asignados. En el tercer nivel, " -"puede ver en cuales tareas estan trabajando." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" -"Esta vista no mostrará su tiempo de RRHH. Los colores no aplican. (ver " -"sección **por usuarios**)" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index fc7d5a07b..1107422b1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,24 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Jose Manuel <admin@jaboweb.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2018 -# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# Carlos Lopez <celm1990@hotmail.com>, 2018 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo <l92hunaf@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Jose Manuel <admin@jaboweb.com>, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 12.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-11-07 15:38+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -56,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 @@ -97,8 +96,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 @@ -415,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" @@ -662,450 +661,55 @@ msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." msgstr "Una vez aprobada, la orden de compra sigue el proceso normal." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control supplier bills" -msgstr "" +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Control de Factura" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." msgstr "" -"El módulo de **Compras** permite que usted maneje las órdenes de compras, " -"los productos entrantes y las facturas de los proveedores, todo a la " -"perfección en un mismo lugar. " -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." msgstr "" -"Si desea establecer un proceso de control de factura de proveedor, lo " -"primero que hay que hacer es tener datos de la compra en Odoo. Saber lo que " -"se ha comprado y recibido es el primer paso hacia la comprensión de sus " -"procesos de gestión de compras." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "Aquí está un flujo de trabajo estándar de Odoo:" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -"Usted empezará con las **Solicitudes de Presupuesto (RfQ)** que se enviarán " -"a sus proveedor(es)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el proveedor haya aceptado la RfQ, es necesario confirmar la " -"entrada de RfQ en las **Órdenes de Compra (PO)**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" -"Confirmando la PO se generará un **Envío entrante**, en caso de adquirir " -"cualquiera de los productos almacenables." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" -"Al recibir una **Factura de proveedor** de su proveedor, hay que validar la " -"cuenta con productos recibidos en el paso anterior para asegurar la " -"precisión." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" -"Este proceso puede estar hecho por tres diferentes personas de la compañía o" -" por una sola. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "Instalación de Solicitudes de Compra e Inventarios" +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," msgstr "" -"Desde el módulo de **Aplicaciones**, busque el módulo de **Compras** e " -"instálelo. Debido a ciertas dependencias, la instalación del módulo de " -"compras instalará el módulo de **Almacén** y el de **Contabilidad**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "Creando productos" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" -"La creación de productos en Odoo es esencial para la compra rápida y " -"eficiente dentro Odoo. Simplemente navegar en el submenú de los " -"**Productos** bajo **Compra** y haga clic en **Crear**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando se crea un producto, es necesario poner atención al campo del **Tipo " -"de Producto**, ya que es importante: " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" -"Los productos que se configuran como **Almacenable** o **Consumible** le " -"permitirá realizar un seguimiento de sus niveles de almacén. Estas opciones " -"implican la gestión de almacenes y permitirán la recepción de este tipo de " -"productos." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" -"Por el contrario, los productos que se configuran como un **Servicio** o un " -"**Producto Digital** no aplican en la gestión de almacén, simplemente por el" -" hecho de que no existe un inventario de manejar. Usted no será capaz de " -"recibir los productos en cualquiera de estas designaciones." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda crear un **Diverso Producto** para todas las compras que se " -"producen con poca frecuencia y no requieren de valoración o la gestión de " -"inventarios. Si crea un producto de este tipo, se recomienda establecer el " -"tipo de producto en **Servicio**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "Comprando productos o servicios" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" -"A partir de la solicitud de compra, se puede crear una orden de compra con " -"tantos productos como sea necesario. Si el proveedor le envía una " -"confirmación o una cita para un pedido, puede registrar el número de " -"referencia del pedido en el campo de **Referencia del Proveedor**. Esto le " -"permitirá hacer coincidir fácilmente el PO con la factura del proveedor " -"después (como la factura de proveedor probablemente incluirá la Referencia " -"del Proveedor)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" -"Validar el pedido y recibir los productos desde el módulo de **Almacenes**. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "Recibiendo productos" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" -"Si ha adquirido cualquier producto almacenable que administra el inventario," -" tendrá que recibir los productos desde el módulo de **Almacén** después de " -"que usted confirme una orden de compra. Desde el tablero de **Almacén**, " -"debería ver un botón que une directamente a la transferencia de productos. " -"Este botón se indica en rojo a continuación:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" -"Navegando por esta ruta le llevará una lista de todos los pedidos en espera " -"de ser recibidos." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" -"Si usted tiene varias órdenes en espera, debe de aplicar un filtro " -"utilizando la barra de búsqueda en la parte superior derecha. Con esta barra" -" de búsqueda, es posible acceder a un filtro basado en el **Proveedor** (o " -"**Socio**), el producto o el documento de origen, también conocido como la " -"referencia de la orden de compra. Usted también tiene la capacidad de " -"agrupar los pedidos por diferentes criterios bajo el nombre de **Grupo " -"Por**. Al seleccionar un elemento de esta lista se abrirá la siguiente " -"pantalla en la que a continuación, recibirá los productos. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" -"La compra del **Servicio** de productos no desencadena una orden de entrega." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Gestionando las cuentas de sus vendedores" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" -"Cuando reciba una **Factura de Proveedor** para una compra anterior, " -"asegúrese de anotar en el módulo de **Compras** bajo el **Menú de Control**." -" Es necesario crear una nueva factura de proveedor, incluso si ya está " -"registrada una orden de compra." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" -"Lo primero que tendrá que hacer al crear una **Factura de Proveedor**, es " -"seleccionar al **Proveedor** adecuado ya que esto también se asocia a " -"cualquier asociado contable o a la información de lista de precios. A partir" -" de ahí, se puede optar por especificar cualquiera o varias órdenes de " -"compra para llenar la factura del proveedor con. Al seleccionar una orden de" -" compra de la lista, Odoo empujará cualquier producto no facturado ni " -"asociado a la orden de compra y rellenará automáticamente la información a " -"continuación. Si usted está teniendo dificultades para encontrar la factura " -"del proveedor correspondiente, puede buscar a través de la lista " -"introduciendo el número de referencia del proveedor o su número de orden de " -"compra interna." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" -"Mientras que la factura está en estado de borrador, puede hacer las " -"modificaciones necesarias (es decir, quitar o añadir líneas de productos, " -"modificar cantidades, y cambiar los precios)." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" -"Su proveedor puede enviarle varias facturas para la misma orden de compra " -"sí:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" -"Su proveedor está en la parte trasera de la orden y usted está el envío de " -"facturas, ya que se envían los productos." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "Su proveedor le envía una factura parcial o pregunta por un depósito." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" -"Cada vez que se graba una nueva factura de proveedor, Odoo rellenará " -"automáticamente las cantidades de productos en base a lo que se ha recibido " -"del proveedor. Si este valor está mostrando un cero, esto significa que " -"usted todavía no ha recibido este producto y simplemente sirve como un " -"recordatorio de que el producto no está en la mano y es posible que tenga " -"que investigar más a fondo de esto. En cualquier punto en el tiempo, antes " -"de validar la factura de proveedor, puede anular esta cantidad cero." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "Facturas de Proveedor Acompañadas" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" -"¿Qué hacer si su factura de proveedor no coincide con lo que ha recibido?" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Si la factura que reciba del proveedor tiene diferentes cantidades que las " -"cantidades puestas automáticamente por Odoo, esto podría ser debido a varias" -" razones:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor le está cobrando de forma incorrecta los productos y/o " -"servicios que usted no haya solicitado." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor le está facturando para los productos que es posible que no " -"haya recibido todavía, como el control de la facturación puede basarse en " -"cantidades solicitadas o recibidas." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "O el proveedor no le facturará los productos previamente adquiridos." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" -"En estos casos se recomienda que compruebe que la factura, y cualquier orden" -" de compra asociada al proveedor, sea precisa y que entienda lo que usted ha" -" pedido y lo que haya recibido." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Si no puede encontrar una orden de compra relacionada con la factura de " -"proveedor, esto podría deberse a una de varias razones:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor ya le ha facturado por esta orden de compra, por lo que no va a" -" aparecer en cualquier parte de la selección." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" -"Alguien en la empresa se olvidó de registrar una orden de compra para este " -"proveedor." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "O el proveedor le está cobrando algo que usted no pidió. " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "¿Cómo se manejan las cantidades de productos?" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, los servicios se gestionan en base a cantidades pedidas, " -"mientras los almacenables y consumibles se gestionan sobre la base de las " -"cantidades recibidas." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" -"Si usted necesita para administrar los productos basados en cantidades " -"pedidas más de las cantidades recibidas, necesitará habilitar el **Modo de " -"depuración** de la información **Sobre Odoo**. Una vez que se activa el modo" -" de depuración, seleccione el producto(s) que desea modificar, y usted " -"debería ver aparecer un nuevo campo, con la etiqueta **Factura de control de" -" compra**." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" -"A continuación, puede cambiar el método de gestión predeterminada para el " -"producto seleccionado a basarse en cualquiera:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "Cantidades pedidas" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "Cantidades recibidas" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "Facturación por lotes" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" -"Al crear una factura de proveedor y la selección de la orden de compra " -"apropiada, puede continuar para seleccionar las órdenes de compra " -"adicionales y Odoo agregará las partidas adicionales de esa orden de compra." -" Si no ha eliminado las partidas anteriores de la primera orden de compra la" -" factura se vinculará a todas las órdenes de compra correspondientes." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 msgid "Cancel a purchase order" @@ -1317,106 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" " marcha, haga clic en **Crear y Editar**. En el campo **Fecha de pedido**, " "seleccione la fecha en la que desea continuar con el orden real." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Recepción" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Envíos a recibir" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Proveedor" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Referencia de proveedor" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Referencia del pedido de venta o la oferta enviada por el proveedor. Se " -"utiliza para hacer la correspondencia cuando usted recibe los productos, " -"esta referencia se suele escribir en la orden de entrega enviado por el " -"proveedor." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Fecha de pedido" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Representa la fecha en que el presupuesto debe ser validado y se convierte " -"en una orden de compra." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Documento origen" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Referencia del documento que generó esta solicitud de pedido de compra (por " -"ejemplo, un pedido de cliente)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Entregar a" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Esto determinará el tipo de operación del envío entrante" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Dirección Drop Ship" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Ponga una dirección si desea entregar directamente desde el proveedor al " -"cliente. De lo contrario, mantenga vacía para entregar a su propia compañía." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Tipo de ubicación de destino" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Campo técnico utilizado para mostrar la dirección de envió directo" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Incoterm" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Los términos de comercio internacional son una serie de condiciones " -"comerciales usadas en las transacciones internacionales." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Vista de la *Solicitud de Cotización* en la demostración en línea" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -1438,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" "correo electrónico sea especifica para este proveedor o introduzca uno " "nuevo)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." @@ -1446,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después de haber hecho clic en **Enviar**, usted se dará cuenta de que el " "estado de la petición de oferta pasará de **Borrador** a **RFQ enviados**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -1457,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" " impuestos, plazo de entrega previsto, condiciones de pago, etc.), a " "continuación, haga clic en **Guardar** para emitir una Orden de Compra." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." @@ -1465,7 +970,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para continuar con la orden, haga clic en **Confirmar Orden** para enviar el" " pedido al proveedor. El estado del RfQ cambiará a **Orden de Compra**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." @@ -2302,7 +1807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 -msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18f7afa43 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../quality.rst:5 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Calidad" + +#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 +msgid "Alert" +msgstr "Alerta" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " +"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 +msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " +"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " +"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " +"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " +"during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " +"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " +"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " +"checks took place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " +"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " +"appeared during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 +msgid "Use the Quality Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " +"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " +"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " +"problem with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " +"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" +" *Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "Cheques" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " +"processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" +" routings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 +msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "Process the Quality Check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " +"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " +"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " +"the quality checks menu, under quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " +"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " +"type of quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " +"generate the necessary work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " +"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " +"Top component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" +" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " +"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " +"displayed and will require the check value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " +"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " +"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " +"highlighting the corresponding button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" +" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 +msgid "Control" +msgstr "Control" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 +msgid "Quality Control Points" +msgstr "Puntos del control de calidad" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Texto" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Hacer foto" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 +msgid "Register Consumed Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 +msgid "Register By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 +msgid "" +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 +msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 +msgid "" +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 30d09d113..853132dc8 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,26 +4,29 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2018 -# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Jesus Chaparro <hawsue4@gmail.com>, 2018 -# Martin Trigaux, 2018 -# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2018 -# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2018 -# Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Esteban Echeverry <tebanep@nubark.com>, 2020 +# Jesus Chaparro <hawsue4@gmail.com>, 2020 +# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Osiris Román <osiris.roman@yachaytech.edu.ec>, 2020 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Luis Marin <marin.guadarrama@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Nacho Hermoso <nacho@domatix.com>, 2020 +# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-19 08:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -119,15 +122,696 @@ msgstr "" "contacto ahora se encuentra habilitado como usuario del portal de la " "instancia repsectiva." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "Conector de Amazon" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector: supported features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:9 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:15 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:16 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:22 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Cargos" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees report, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " +"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany <https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace to the Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil or Amazon Netherlands, are " +"not included by default in the Amazon Connector list of possible " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:127 +msgid "" +"These marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo - there is no " +"guarantee that adding a new marketplace as described here will work, nor can" +" this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Amazon marketplaces are only supported in the European and North American " +"region; though Amazon includes Brazil with the North American region and " +"India in the European region, so your mileage may vary; check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_" +" to know to which region your marketplace belongs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it. The" +" **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should contain the " +"*Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarkteplaceId* values from the " +"Amazon Documentation respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). You can then edit " +"the Amazon Account to add the new marketplace in the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces - if the new marketplace is not available in the list, it means" +" it is either incompatible with the account's region or simply that it is " +"not supported by the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" <setup>` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/update.html>`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup <setup>` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "conector con eBay" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "¿Cómo listar un producto?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Listado sin variación" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -135,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para listar un producto, debe seleccionar el campo **Usar eBay** en un " "formulario de producto. La pestaña de eBay estará disponible." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -143,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando el campo **Usar Cantidad de Existencias** es seleccionado, la " "cantidad definida en eBay será la **Cantidad Pronosticada** de Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -155,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" " del producto. Puede usar html dentro de la **Plantilla de Descripción** y " "en la **Descripción eBay**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -163,11 +847,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para poder utilizar imagenes en sus listados, debe agregarlso como " "**Adjuntos** en la plantilla de productos, \"el producto padre\"." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Listado con variaciones" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -180,11 +864,11 @@ msgstr "" "variante será listada en eBay así como ajustar el precio y la cantidad de " "cada variante." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Listado con items especificos" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -193,11 +877,11 @@ msgstr "" " de producto con un valor en la pestaña **Variantes** en el formulario de " "producto." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Identificadores de Productos" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -217,15 +901,15 @@ msgstr "" "deben ser definidos en la pestaña **Variantes** de la ficha del producto. Si" " estos valores no son fijados, 'No aplica' será utilizado por la lista eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Cómo configurar eBay en Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Crear tokens de eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -237,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "" "ingresado, puede crear **Claves de Prueba** y **Claves de Producción** " "haciendo clic en los botones adecuados." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -249,11 +933,11 @@ msgstr "" "de la página. Diligencie el formulario, ingrese en su cuenta de eBay y " "obtendrá las claves y el token necesarios para configurar el módulo en Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "¿Configurar tokens en Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -261,7 +945,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar la integración con eBay, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> " "Configuración --> Ajustes`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -271,7 +955,7 @@ msgstr "" "Luego llene los campos **Llave de Desarrollador**, **Token**, **Clave de la " "Aplicación**, **Clave del Certificado**. Aplicar los cambios." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -281,7 +965,7 @@ msgstr "" "información de eBay. Pulse sobre **Sync countries and currencies**, para " "llenar los otros campos." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -289,6 +973,62 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando todos los campos se rellenan, puede sincronizar las categorías y las " "políticas haciendo clic en los botones adecuados." +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Método de facturación" @@ -299,64 +1039,131 @@ msgstr "Solicitar un pago inicial" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -"Un pago inicial es un pago inicial, parcial, con el acuerdo de que el resto " -"se pagará más adelante. Para pedidos o proyectos costosos, es una forma de " -"protegerse y asegurarse de que su cliente sea serio." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Primera vez que solicite un pago inicial" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "" -"Cuando confirma una venta, puede crear una factura y seleccionar una opción " -"de pago inicial. Puede ser una cantidad fija o un porcentaje de la cantidad " -"total." - #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" -"La primera vez que solicite un pago inicial puede seleccionar una cuenta de " -"ingresos y una configuración de impuestos que se reutilizará para los " -"próximos pagos iniciales." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Factura regular" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Depósito (porcentaje)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "A continuación, verá la factura para el pago inicial." +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Depósito (cantidad fija)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -"En la factura posterior o final, cualquier pago anticipado realizado se " -"deducirá automáticamente." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Modificar la cuenta de ingresos y los impuestos de clientes." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "En la lista de productos, busque *Pago inicial*." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -"Luego puede editarlo, en la pestaña de facturación podrá cambiar la cuenta " -"de ingresos y los impuestos de los clientes." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -389,7 +1196,6 @@ msgstr "" " menuselection: `Apps -> Gastos` para instalarlo." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -462,101 +1268,114 @@ msgstr "Factura basada en cantidades entregadas o pedidas" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de tu negocio y de lo que venda, tiene dos opciones para " -"facturar:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" -"Factura por cantidad pedida: factura la orden completa tan pronto se " -"confirma la orden de venta." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" -"Factura por cantidad entregada: factura por lo que entregó, incluso si es " -"una entrega parcial." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "La factura por cantidad ordenada es el modo por defecto." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -"Los beneficios de usar *Factura en la cantidad entregada* dependen de su " -"tipo de negocio, cuando vende material, líquidos o alimentos en grandes " -"cantidades, la cantidad puede variar un poco y, por lo tanto, es mejor " -"facturar la cantidad entregada real." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -"También tiene la capacidad de facturar manualmente, lo que le permite " -"controlar todas las opciones: facturas listas para facturar líneas, facturar" -" un porcentaje (anticipo), facturar un anticipo fijo." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "Decida la política en la página de producto" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -"Desde cualquier página de productos, en la pestaña de contabilidad " -"encontrará la política de facturación y seleccionará la que desee." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "Enviar la factura" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -"Una vez que confirme la venta, podrá ver las cantidades entregadas y " -"facturadas." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -"Si lo establece en cantidades pedidas, puede facturar tan pronto se confirme" -" la venta. Sin embargo, si seleccionó las cantidades entregadas, primero " -"deberá validar la entrega." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se entregan los productos, puede facturar a su cliente. Odoo " -"agregará automáticamente las cantidades facturadas según la cantidad que " -"haya entregado si realizó una entrega parcial." #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hitos del proyecto de factura" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -654,10 +1473,8 @@ msgstr "Hacer una suscripción de un pedido de venta" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -"Desde la aplicación de ventas, crea una cotización para el cliente deseado y" -" selecciona el producto de suscripción que creaste anteriormente." #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -766,6 +1583,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "A partir de la orden de venta, puede facturar esas horas." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -893,24 +1717,39 @@ msgid "" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " "searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " "use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +"quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -"Odoo tiene una potente función de lista de precios para apoyar una " -"estrategia de precios adaptada a tu negocio. Una lista de precios es una " -"lista de precios o reglas de precios que Odoo busca para determinar el " -"precio sugerido. Puedes configurar varias critarias para usar un precio " -"específico: períodos, mín. cantidad vendida (cumplir con una cantidad de " -"orden mínima y obtener un descuento de precio), etc. Como las listas de " -"precios solo sugieren precios, los usuarios pueden anular las órdenes de " -"venta. Elije tu estrategia de precios en: menuselection: `Ventas-> Ajustes`." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Varios precios por producto." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -921,18 +1760,18 @@ msgstr "" " pestaña *Ventas* en el formulario de detalles del producto. Puedes " "configurar las siguientes estrategias." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Precios por segmento de clientes" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Cree listas de precios para sus segmentos de clientes: p.ej, registrado, " "premium, etc." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " @@ -943,17 +1782,17 @@ msgstr "" "formulario de detalles del cliente y cambia la *Lista de precios de venta* " "en la pestaña *Ventas y compras*." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Precios temporales" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Aplica ofertas para días festivos, etc. Ingresa las fechas de inicio y " "finalización." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." @@ -962,11 +1801,11 @@ msgstr "" "precios fuera del período de ofertas. De lo contrario, podrías tener " "problemas una vez finalizado el período." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Precios por cantidad mínima." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." @@ -975,35 +1814,28 @@ msgstr "" "primeros precios que coinciden con la fecha del pedido y / o las cantidades " "mínimas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Descuentos, márgenes, redondeos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" -"La tercera opción permite establecer reglas de cambio de precio. Los cambios" -" pueden ser relativos a la lista de productos / precio de catálogo, el " -"precio de costo del producto o a otra lista de precios. Los cambios se " -"calculan a través de descuentos o recargos y se pueden forzar para que se " -"ajusten al piso (margen mínimo) y los límites máximos (márgenes máximos). " -"Los precios se pueden redondear al centavo / dólar más cercano o al múltiplo" -" de cualquiera (5 centavos más cercanos, 10 dólares más cercanos)." - #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" @@ -1014,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto específico. Al igual que en la segunda opción, puede establecer " "fechas y cantidades mínimas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." @@ -1023,43 +1855,43 @@ msgstr "" "artículo en particular y otra para su categoría, Odoo tomará la regla del " "artículo." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Asegúrate de que al menos un artículo de la lista de precios cubra todos sus" " productos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Hay 3 modos de cálculo: precio fijo, descuento y fórmula." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" "Aquí hay diferentes configuraciones de precios posibles gracias a las " "fórmulas." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Descuentos con redondeos." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "p.ej. Descuentos del 20% con precios redondeados hasta 9.99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Costos con recargos (venta minorista)" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Precios por pais" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -1072,23 +1904,23 @@ msgstr "" "En caso de que no se establezca un país para el cliente, Odoo toma la " "primera lista de precios sin ningún grupo de países." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "La lista de precios predeterminada se puede reemplazar al crear un pedido de" " venta." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "Puede cambiar la secuencia de listas de precios arrastrando y soltando en la" " vista de lista." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Calcular y mostrar % de descuento a los clientes." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -1097,7 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" "calculado en pedidos de venta impresos y en tu catálogo de comercio " "electrónico. Para hacerlo:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -1106,16 +1938,16 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection: 'Ventas --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Cotizaciones & " "Ventas --> Descuentos'." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "" "Aplica la opción en el formulario de configuración de la lista de precios." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" @@ -1238,65 +2070,504 @@ msgstr "" "\"/ID\" al final del título de la columna (p.e. para atributos de producto: " "Atributos de Producto/Atributo/ID). " +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "Usar variantes de productos" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" +"Las variantes de productos son usadas para administrar productos que tienen " +"diferentes variaciones, como talla, color, etc. Permite administrar el " +"producto a nivel de modelo (para todas las variaciones) y a nivel de " +"variante (atributos específicos)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" +"Como ejemplo, una compañía que vende camisetas puede tener el siguiente " +"producto:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "Camiseta B&C " + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Tallas: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "Colores: Azul, Rojo, Blanco, Negro" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, **Camiseta B&C** es la denominación del modelo y **Camiseta" +" B&C, S, Azul** es una variante. Las tallas y colores son **atributos**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" +"El ejemplo anterior tiene un total de 20 diferentes productos (5 tallas x 4 " +"colores). Cada uno de estos productos tiene su propio inventario, ventas, " +"etc." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "Impacto de variantes" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" +"**Código de Barras**: el código y el código de barras son asociados a una " +"variante, no al modelo. Cada variante puede tener su propio código de barras" +" / SKU." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" +"**Precio**: cada variante de producto tiene su propio precio al público que " +"es calculado basado en el precio del modelo ($20) con una opción adicional " +"para cada variante (+$3 para color rojo). No obstante, puede definir reglas " +"de lista de precio que apliquen en el modelo o en la variante." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" +"**Inventario**: el inventario es administrado por variante de producto. Ud. " +"no es propietario de camisetas, solo propietario de \"Camisetas, S, Rojas\" " +"o \"Camisetas, M, Azules\". Con propósitos informativos, en el formulario de" +" modelo del producto, obtiene el inventario que es la suma de cada variante." +" (pero el inventario actual es calculado por variante)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" +"**Imágen**: la imágen esta relacionada a la variante, cada variación de un " +"producto puede tener su propia imágen principal." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" +"**Otros campos**: la mayoría de los otros campos pertenecen al modelo del " +"producto. Si los actualiza, actualiza automáticamente todas las variantes. " +"(ejemplo: Cuenta de Ingresos, Impuestos)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "¿Debo usar variantes?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "¿Cuándo debe usar variantes?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "Usar variantes tiene los siguientes impactos:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" +"**Comercio Electrónico**: en su tienda en línea, el cliente solo verá " +"modelos de producto en la página de catálogo. Una vez el visitante da clic " +"en tal producto, el tendrá opciones a elegir entre las variantes (colores, " +"tallas, ...)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" +"**Producción**: usar variantes permite definir solamente una factura de " +"material para un modelo de producto y ligeras variaciones para algunas de " +"las variantes. Ejemplo: en lugar de crear una factura de Material para " +"\"Camiseta, Roja, S\", puede crear una factura de material para \"Camiseta\"" +" y agregar algunas líneas que específican la dimensión S, y otras líneas que" +" específican el color Rojo." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" +"**Precio**: el precio por defecto de un producto es calculado usando el " +"precio del modelo del producto y agregando la opción de precio adicional en " +"cada dimensión de la variante. De esta manera, las variantes de precio son " +"más fáciles de mantener desde que Ud. no tiene que configurar el precio para" +" cada variante. Sin embargo, también es posible crear reglas de precio para " +"fijar precios por variantes." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "¿Cuándo debe evitar usar variantes?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" +"Usar variantes puede agregar un nivel de complejidad a la forma como use " +"Odoo. Debe considerar usar variantes solo si necesita reducir la complejidad" +" de administrar lotes de productos que son similares." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" +"Como un ejemplo, importar su catálogo de productos inicial es más complejo " +"si usa variantes. No puede solo importar una lista de productos, debe " +"importar los modelos del producto y todas sus variaciones relacionadas." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" +"En adición a eso, debe también cuidadosamente seleccionar las dimensiones " +"que administra como modelos de producto separados y estas como variantes. " +"Como ejemplo, una compañía que tiene estos productos:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "Calidad: Camisetas, Polos, Camisas" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "Talla: S, M, L, XL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" +"En tal caso de uso, podría crear un modelo 1 con tres dimensiones de " +"variantes (Diseño, Camisetas, Polos). Pero, es recomendado crear dos modelos" +" de producto diferentes ya que Camisetas puede altamente diferir de polos o " +"camisas y el cliente espera ver estos como dos productos diferentes en el " +"Comercio Electrónico:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Remera" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Polos" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "Activar la función variante" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Antes que pueda usar las variantes de producto, debe primero activar las " +"variantes de producto en los ajustes. Para hacerlo, debe ir la aplicación de" +" Ventas. En el menú :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes`, localice la " +"línea **Variantes de Productos**, y marque la opción **Los productos pueden " +"tener varios atributos**, luego de clic en **Aplicar**. " + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "Creando productos con variantes" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que ha activado la opción de variante, puede agregar variantes a sus" +" productos. Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo de Ventas, :menuselection:`Ventas " +"--> Productos`. También accesible desde los módulos de Compras e inventario." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "Ahora, de clic en el producto al que desea agregar variantes." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"En la página del producto, ha aparecido una nueva pestaña llamada Variantes." +" El número en morado escrito en la parte superior es el número de variantes " +"que este producto tiene actualmente. Para agregar nuevas variantes, de clic " +"en la ficha. En la nueva ventana, de clic en **Crear**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" +"En **Atributos**, de clic en menú desplegable y seleccione el tipo de " +"variación que desea agregar. Si la variante no existe todavía, puede crearla" +" sobre la marcha dando clic en Crear y editar..." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" +"En la ventana de Atributos, el campo **Valor** es la descripción del " +"atributo como Verde, Plástico o 32GB. El campo **Atributo** es el tipo de " +"variante como Color, Material o Memoria." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar un costo para la variante sobre la marcha agregandolo en el " +"campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, o elegir modificarlo posteriormente. De" +" clic en **Guardar**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" +"También puede agregar a la variante un código de barras y referencia interna" +" diferente." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Cuando haya introducido todas las especificaciones de la variante, haga clic" +" en **Guardar**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "Gestionando Variantes de Producto" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" +"Los ejemplos a continuación estan todos basados en este modelo de producto " +"que tiene dos variantes atributo :" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "Remera B&C" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul, Blanco" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Tamaños: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "Gestionando combinaciones posibles" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, con la plantilla de producto anterior, se obtiene 15 productos " +"diferentes (3 colores, 5 tamaños). Si el tamaño XXL sólo existe para las " +"camisetas rojas y azules, puede desactivar la variante de producto blanco." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" +"Para hacerlo, haga clic en el botón **Variantes**, seleccione la camiseta " +"XXL, Blanca. Desde el formulario del producto, desmarque la casilla " +"**Activar** de la Camiseta Blanca, XXL." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" +"Esa desactivación de un producto es diferente que tener un inventario de 0." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "Establecer un precio por variante" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar un costo sobre el precio principal de las variantes de un " +"producto." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que ha activado la opción de variante, puede agregar variantes a sus" +" productos. Para hacerlo, vaya al módulo de Ventas, :menuselection:`Ventas " +"--> Productos` y haga clic sobre el producto que quiere modificar. De clic " +"en el botón **Variantes de Precios** para acceder a la lista de valores " +"variante." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el nombre de la variante a la que desea agregarle un valor, par" +" hacer los 3 campos editables. En el campo **Atribuir Precio Adicional**, " +"agregue el costo de la variante que será agregada al precio original." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"Cuando haya introducido todos los valores adicionales, haga clic en " +"**Guardar**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Establecer impuestos" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "eBay" - #: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Enviar cotizaciones" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" -msgstr "Motiva a los clientes con fecha límite de cotizaciones" +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline; Both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." msgstr "" -"Al enviar cotizaciones, es importante establecer una fecha límite de " -"cotización; Tanto para motivar a tu cliente a acción con el temor de " -"perderse una oferta y protegerse. No desea tener que cumplir un pedido a un " -"precio que ya no es rentable para usted." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "Establece una fecha límite" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" -"En cada cotización u orden de venta puede agregar una *Fecha de " -"vencimiento*." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "Utilizar fecha límite en las plantillas." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -"También puede establecer una fecha límite predeterminada en una * Plantilla " -"de presupuesto *. Cada vez que se utiliza esa plantilla en una oferta, se " -"aplica ese plazo. Puede encontrar más información sobre plantillas de " -"cotización `aquí <https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this." -msgstr "En tu lado del cliente, verán esto." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" @@ -1304,62 +2575,79 @@ msgstr "Entrega y facturación a diferentes direcciones." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -"En Odoo puedes configurar diferentes direcciones para entrega y facturación." -" Esto es clave, no todos tendrán la misma ubicación de entrega que su " -"ubicación de factura." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" -msgstr "Agregar diferentes direcciones a una cotización u orden de venta" - #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." -msgstr "" -"Si seleccionas un cliente con una dirección de entrega y factura " -"establecidas, Odoo los usará automáticamente. Si solo hay una, Odoo la " -"utilizará para ambos, pero usted puede, por supuesto, cambiarla " -"instantáneamente y crear una nueva a partir de la oferta o pedido." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "Añadir direcciones de entrega y factura a un cliente" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." -msgstr "Desde allí puede agregar nuevas direcciones al cliente." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" -msgstr "Varias direcciones en las cotizaciones / pedidos de venta." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -"Estas dos direcciones se utilizarán en el presupuesto o pedido de cliente " -"que envíes por correo electrónico o imprimes." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" @@ -1367,54 +2655,69 @@ msgstr "Recibe el pago para confirmar un pedido" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar los pagos en línea para obtener pedidos confirmados " -"automáticamente. Ahorrando el tiempo tanto de tus clientes como de ti mismo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" -msgstr "Activa pago en línea" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Registrar un pago" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -"Su cliente podrá pagar en línea directamente del correo electrónico de " -"cotización que envió." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" @@ -1422,117 +2725,121 @@ msgstr "Obtener una firma para confirmar un pedido" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." msgstr "" -"Puedes utilizar la firma en línea para obtener pedidos confirmados " -"automáticamente. Tanto tu como tu cliente ahorrarán tiempo al utilizar esta " -"función en comparación con un proceso tradicional." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Activar firma online" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" -"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -"Si estás utilizando `plantillas de cotización " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, también puedes elegir una configuración " -"predeterminada para cada plantilla." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "Validar un pedido con una firma." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -"Cuando envías una cotización a tu cliente, pueden aceptarla y firmar en " -"línea al instante." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." -msgstr "Una vez firmado, se confirmará la cotización y comenzará la entrega." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "Incrementa tus ventas con productos sugeridos." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -"El uso de productos sugeridos es un intento de ofrecer productos " -"relacionados y útiles a tu cliente. Por ejemplo, a un cliente que compra un " -"teléfono celular se le pueden mostrar accesorios como una funda protectora, " -"una cubierta de pantalla y auriculares." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "Añada productos sugeridos a sus plantillas de cotización" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" -"Los productos sugeridos se pueden configurar en *Plantillas de cotización*." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -"Una vez en una plantilla, puedes ver una pestaña *Productos sugeridos* donde" -" puedes agregar productos o servicios relacionados." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" -"También puedes agregar o modificar productos sugeridos en la cotización." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "Añada productos sugeridos a la cotización" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -"Al abrir la oferta del correo electrónico recibido, el cliente puede agregar" -" los productos sugeridos al pedido." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -"El producto(s) se agregará instantáneamente a su cotización al hacer clic en" -" cualquiera de los carritos." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de tu proceso de confirmación, pueden firmar digitalmente o " -"pagar para confirmar la cotización." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -"Cada movimiento realizado por el cliente a la cotización será rastreado en " -"la orden de venta, permitiendo que el vendedor lo vea." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" @@ -1540,196 +2847,225 @@ msgstr "Usar plantillas de cotización" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." msgstr "" -"Si a menudo vendes los mismos productos o servicios, puedes ahorrar mucho " -"tiempo creando plantillas de cotización personalizadas. Mediante el uso de " -"una plantilla puedes enviar una cotización completa rapidamente." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Crea tu primera plantilla" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "" -"A continuación, puede crear o editar una existente. Una vez nombrada, podrá " -"seleccionar los producto(s) y su cantidad, así como el tiempo de vencimiento" -" de la cotización." - #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +"in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -"En cada plantilla, también puede especificar descuentos si la opción está " -"activada en la configuración *Ventas*. El precio base se establece en la " -"configuración del producto y puede ser modificado por las listas de precios " -"de los clientes." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" -msgstr "Edita tu plantilla" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -"Puedes editar la interfaz de cliente de la plantilla que ven para aceptar o " -"pagar la cotización. Esto te permite describir tu empresa, servicios y " -"productos. Cuando hagas clic en * Editar plantilla *, aparecerá el editor de" -" presupuestos." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -"Esto te permite editar el contenido de la descripción gracias al \"drag " -"&drop\" de bloques de creación. Para describir tus productos, agrega un " -"bloque de contenido en la zona dedicada a cada producto." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "" -"El conjunto de descripciones de los productos se utilizará en todas las " -"plantillas de citas que contengan dichos productos." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Utiliza una plantilla de cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "Al crear una cotización, puedes seleccionar una plantilla." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." -msgstr "Cada producto en esa plantilla se agregará a tu cotización." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -"Puedes seleccionar una plantilla que se sugerirá de forma predeterminada en " -"la configuración de *Ventas*." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Confirmar la cotización" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -"Las plantillas también facilitan el proceso de confirmación para los " -"clientes con una firma digital o pago en línea. Puedes seleccionar eso en la" -" propia plantilla." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." -msgstr "Cada cotización ahora tendrá esta configuración añadida. " - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -"Por supuesto, todavía podras cambiarla y hacerla específica para cada " -"cotización. " #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "Añadir términos y condiciones a los pedidos" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -"Especificar los Términos y Condiciones es esencial para asegurar una buena " -"relación entre clientes y vendedores. Cada vendedor debe declarar toda la " -"información formal que incluye los productos y la política de la empresa; " -"permitiendo al cliente leer todos esos términos antes de comprometerse con " -"cualquier cosa." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Términos y condiciones predeterminados" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -"Odoo te permite incluir fácilmente tus términos y condiciones " -"predeterminados en cada oferta, pedido de venta y factura." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "Configurar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -"En ese cuadro puedes agregar tus términos y condiciones predeterminados. " -"Luego aparecerán en cada cotización, orden de venta y factura." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "Configurar términos y condiciones más detalladas" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -"Una buena idea para compartir condiciones más detalladas o estructuradas, es" -" publicarla en la web y consultar ese enlace en los términos y condiciones " -"de Odoo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -"También puede adjuntar un documento externo con condiciones más detalladas y" -" estructuradas al correo electrónico que envíe al cliente. Incluso puede " -"establecer un archivo adjunto predeterminado para todos los correos " -"electrónicos de cotización enviados." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e23a1ca38 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,559 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Cristopher Cravioto <ccr@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jon Perez <jop@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing por SMS" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 +msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 +msgid "History with the Log Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "Lista negra" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations and Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Campañas" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 +msgid "" +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " +"the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " +"document online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +msgid "" +"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 +msgid "" +"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Empezar" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cdd4cabf --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,361 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 +msgid "Publish content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae7f6ba2d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,943 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../studio.rst:5 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Conceptos" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " +"notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Ejemplo" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Primeros pasos" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " +"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " +"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " +"to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " +"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Casos de uso" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96e8ced10 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020 +# Noemi Nahomy <noemi.t.angles@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Soporte" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versiones con soporte" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo provee soporte y corrección de \"bugs\" **a las últimas 3 versiones " +"mayores** de Odoo." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Usuarios hospedados en **Odoo Online** pueden usar versiones intermedias (a " +"veces llamadas *versiones SaaS*) que también reciben soporte. Estas " +"versiones no se publican para Odoo.sh o para instalaciones \"On-Premise\"." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "¿Cuál es el estatus de soporte para mi versión de Odoo?" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Esta tabla muestra el estatus de soporte para todas las versiones." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**Versiones mayores en negrita.**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo en línea" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "On-Premise" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Fecha de lanzamiento" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Octubre 2019" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/A" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Agosto 2019" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Octubre 2018" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Abril 2018" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Octubre 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" +msgstr "*Fin de soporte planificado para octubre 2020*" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Marzo 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Enero 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Octubre 2016" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Mayo 2016" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Octubre 2015" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Febrero 2015" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Septiembre 2014" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| Versión con soporte" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| Fin de soporte" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/A Nunca hubo par esta plataforma" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|orange| Algunos de nuestros clientes más antiguos quizás aún usen esta " +"versión en nuestros servidores de Odoo Online, para ellos únicamente " +"apoyamos con asuntos que estén bloqueando su operación y recomendamos que se" +" actualicen a una versión posterior." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Versión futura, aún no disponibe" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "Uso una versión más antigua de Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 y 5.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 y 1.0 ya no reciben soporte, en ninguna plataforma." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "Considera `actualizar <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ tu base de datos." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "¿Qué puedo esperar del equipo de soporte?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 días a la semana" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Tu suscripción online incluye **soporte ilimitado 24 horas sin costo extra, " +"lunes a viernes**. Nuestros equipos están localizados alrededor del mundo " +"para asegurar que tengas soporte, sin importar tu ubicación. ¡Tu asesor de " +"soporte puede estar en San Francisco, Bélgica, o India!" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Nuestro equipo de soporte puede ser contactado a través de nuestro " +"`formulario de soporte online <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte está incluido?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Proveerte con material relevante (guías, documentación de producto, etc...)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Respuestas a preguntas o problemas relacionados con tu base de datos de Odoo" +" estándar (por ej., “No puedo cerrar mi Punto de Venta” o “¿Dónde puedo " +"encontrar los KPI's de ventas?”)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Preguntas relacionadas con tu cuenta, suscripción, o facturación." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Resolución de \"bugs\" (problemas que estén bloqueando el servicio o " +"comportamientos inesperados que no se deban a configuraciones erróneas o " +"personalizaciones)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Situaciones que pueden ocurrir en una base de datos de prueba después de " +"actualizar a una nueva versión" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "¿Qué tipo de soporte no está incluido?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Preguntas relacionadas a la implementación de tu base de datos que requieran" +" que entendamos tus procesos de negocio específicos" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Entrenamiento en cómo usar el software (te dirigiremos\n" +" a nuestros variados recursos)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "Cómo importar información o documentos a tu base de datos" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Orientación respecto a cómo configurar las aplicaciones o la base de datos" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Cómo fijar modelos de configuración (tales como rutas de inventario, " +"términos de pago, bodegas, etc.)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en tus propios servidores o instalaciones de Odoo" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Cualquier intervención en las cuentas que tengas en otras compañías " +"(Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc.)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Preguntas o asuntos relacionados a desarrollos o personalizaciones hechas " +"específicamente para tu base de datos, ya sea por Odoo o un tercero (así " +"como cualquier asunto relacionado con programación)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Puedes tener este tipo de soporte con un `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. Con un pack, uno de nuestros consultores analizará la " +"manera que manejas tu negocio y te dirá cómo puedes optimizar el uso de tu " +"base de datos de Odoo. Haremos todas las configuraciones y te entrenaremos " +"en cómo usar Odoo." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "¿Dónde encuentro ayuda?" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"Usuarios con una suscripción activa de Odoo Enterprise pueden contactar al " +"equipo de soporte a través de nuestro `formulario de soporte " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, sin importar el tipo de hospedaje (Odoo " +"Online, Odoo.sh, o tu propio servidor)." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "Por favor incluye en tu solicitud de apoyo:" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "tu número de suscripción" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" +"el URL de la base de datos si está hospedada en los servidores de Odoo (Odoo" +" Online u Odoo.sh)" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "Nuestros agentes se pondrán en contacto contigo lo antes posible." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo Community" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" +"*Los usuarios de Odoo Community no tienen acceso al servicio de soporte.*" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los recursos con los que te puedes apoyar:" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "Nuestro `sitio de documentación <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Haz tu pregunta en el `foro comunitario " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" +"`Adquiere Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ para " +"obtener soporte y servicios de corrección de \"bugs\"." diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8d7fbd33 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# José Vicente <txusev@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../survey.rst:5 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Encuesta" + +#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Empezar" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Selección" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3172210b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Partes de horas" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3 +msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control " +"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9 +msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the " +"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned " +"Hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` " +"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your " +"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 +msgid "HR analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` " +"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent " +"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they " +"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to " +"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all " +"in favor of becoming a more proactive company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose an encoding unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the" +" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets" +" to help you encoding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours." +" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in" +" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 +msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to" +" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a" +" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being" +" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales " +"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was " +"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 +msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose " +"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be " +"approved first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Send reminders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who " +"have not recorded their times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. " +"The data syncs once you are back online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`compare`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 686499c4d..6610a4ef7 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -3,14 +3,37 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Rick Hunter <rick_hunter_ec@yahoo.com>, 2020 +# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# Cris Martin <cristina.marrod@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Carolina Gonzalez <cgo@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Leonardo J. Caballero G. <leonardocaballero@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@gmail.com>, 2020 +# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2020 +# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Alejandro Die Sanchis <marketing@domatix.com>, 2020 +# Luis M. Ontalba <luis.martinez@tecnativa.com>, 2020 +# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2020 +# b7db2840ea95169a8b66b2e8c18d323d_52caf48 <e188a842d22a1f8229ec8e1ab8414c94_389188>, 2020 +# Juan Carlos Daniel Fernandez <estudiofaz@gmail.com>, 2020 +# eduardo mendoza <emendozajz@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Nicole Kist <nki@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Nicolás Broggi <rnbroggi@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-07-23 12:10+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alonso Muñoz <Alonso.munoz.91@outlook.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -67,14 +90,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." msgstr "" -"Para dar tus primeros pasos en Google Analytics, ve a `Google Documentation." -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" @@ -181,15 +201,110 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "Como último paso, autoriza a Odoo para acceder a API Google." +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "Como hacer optimización de motores de busqueda en Odoo" +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cómo es manejo SEO en Odoo?" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " @@ -200,59 +315,543 @@ msgstr "" "búsquedas como Google. En corto, un buen SEO permite que tenga mas " "visitantes." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" -"Algunos ejemplos de reglas de SEO: sus páginas web deben cargar más rápido, " -"tu página debe tener uno y sólo un título `` <h1> ``, su sitio web debe " -"tener un archivo `` / sitemap.xml``, etc." +"Algunos ejemplos de de reglas SEO: tu pagina web deberá cargar rápidamente, " +"tu pagina deberá tener uno y solamente un titulo``<h1>``, las meta etiquetas" +" (alt-tag, title-tag) deberán ser consistentes con el contenido, tu sitio " +"web deberá tener un archivo ``/sitemap.xml``, etc" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" -"El constructor de páginas web de Odoo es probablemente el CMS mas apto para " -"SEO en el mercado. Estamos considerando SEO con máxima prioridad. Para " -"garantizar que usuarios de Odoo Página web y Odoo Tienda en linea otienen un" -" excelente SEO, Odoo abstrae todas las complejidades técnicas en la mejor " -"forma posible." +"Para garantizar que los usuarios de Odoo Web y Odoo eCommerce tengan un " +"gran SEO, Odoo deshace todas las complejidades técnicas de SEO y maneja todo" +" por ti en la mejor manera posible. Esto sera explicado aquí abajo." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "Velocidad de la página" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" +"Pero primero, veremos como aumentar el ranking haciendo ajustes de contenido" +" y de las meta etiquetas de tu sitio." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "Meta etiquetas" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Titulo, descripción " + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Palabras clave" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "**Blogs Odoo**: escribir buenos contenidos." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "Red Social" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Compartir social" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Página de Facebook" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Panel de Twitter" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Pruebe su sitio Web " + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Estructura de las URL" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "**www.misitio.com** = su nombre de dominio" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "**-31** = ID único del producto" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Note que cualquier componente dinámico de una URL puede ser reducido a su " +"ID. Como ejemplo, las siguientes URLs todas hacen una redirección 301 a la " +"URL anterior:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versión aún más corta)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nombre " +"anterior del producto)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Algunas URLs tienen varias partes dinámicas, como este (una categoría de " +"blog y una publicación):" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "En el ejemplo anterior:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando una página de Odoo tiene un paginador, el número de página es " +"configurado directamente en la URL (no tiene un argumento GET). Esto permite" +" que cada página sea indexada por los motores de búsqueda. Ejemplo:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Cambios en URLs y Títulos" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando la URL de una página cambia (ej. a versión SEO más amigable de su " +"nombre de producto), no necesita preocuparse de actualizar todos los " +"vinculos:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/old-nombre-producto-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" +"http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/nuevo-y-mejorado-nombre-producto-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Pero cada vinculado publicado por un contribuidor que vincula a una página " +"web externa es \"noseguido\". En ese caso, no ejecuta el riesgo de gente " +"publicando vinculos en su página web to páginas web de terceras-partes las " +"cuales tienen mala reputación." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará " +"disponible en diferentes direcciones URL, dependiendo del idioma utilizado:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.misitioweb.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Versión " +"Francesa)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"En este ejemplo, fr\\_FR es el idioma de la página. Puede incluso tener " +"muchas variaciones del mismo idioma pt\\_BR (Portugués de Brazil) , pt\\_PT " +"(Portugués de Portugal)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "Con este enfoque:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Para forzar a un visitante a mantenerse en el idioma por defecto, puede usar" +" el código del idioma por defecto en su vinculo, ejemplo: " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Esto siempre aterrizará a los visitantes en la" +" versión en Inglés de la página, sin usar las preferencias de idioma del " +"navegador." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" -"El tiempo de carga de una página es un criterio importante para Google. Un " -"sitio web más rápido no sólo mejora la experiencia del visitante, además " -"Google le otorga una mejor puntuación a la página, si se carga más rápido " -"que sus competidores. Algunos estudios han demostrado que, si se divide el " -"tiempo de cargar de sus páginas por dos (por ejemplo, 2 segundos en lugar de" -" 4 segundos), la tasa de abandono de visitantes también se divide por dos. " -"(25% a 12,5%). Un segundo extra para cargar una página podría `costarle $ " -"1.6b a Amazon en ventas <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>` __." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " @@ -262,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" "trucos que Odoo usa para acelerar el tiempo de carga de su página. Puedes " "comparar como su sitio web ordena usando estas dos herramientas:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" @@ -270,30 +869,87 @@ msgstr "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "" "`Pingdom sitio para test de velocidad <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" -msgstr "Recursos Estáticos: CSS" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Imagenes" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"Desde el botón de cargar, tiene la opción de mantener la imagen original sin" +" modificar si prefiere optimizar la calidad de la imagen mas no el " +"rendimiento." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo comprime imagenes al momento que las carga en su página web, no en el " +"momento qu un visitador los solicita. Por eso es posible en el caso de que " +"utilice un tema de terceros que las imagenes proveídos no son comprimidos de" +" manera eficiente. Sin embargo, todas las imagenes utilizadas en temas " +"oficiales de Odoo han sidos comprimidas debidamente por defecto." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"Si hace clic en una imagen, Odoo le muestra los attributos Alt y título de " +"la etiqueta ``<img>`` . Puede dar cic para configurar su propio attributo " +"título y Alt para la imagen." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Cuando hace clic en este enlace, la siguente ventana aparecerá:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Los pictrogramas de Odoo han sido implementados utilizando une fuente (`Font" +" Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ en la " +"mayoría de temas Odoo). Por ende, puede utilizarlos sin limitaciones en su " +"página. No resultaran en rqeusts addicionales para cargar la página." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" -"Todos los archivos CSS son preprocesados, concatenados, minimizados, " -"comprimidos y cacheados (del lado del servidor y del lado del navegador). El" -" resultado:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "" "Solo una solicitud de archivo CSS, es necesario para cargar una página." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " @@ -303,91 +959,33 @@ msgstr "" "cuando el usuario hace click en otra página, el navegador no tiene que " "cargar un solo recurso CSS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "Este archivo CSS es optimizado para ser pequeño" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" -"**Preprocesado:** El marco CSS usado por Odoo 9 es bootstrap 3. A pesar de " -"que un tema pudria usar otro marco, la mayoría de `temas Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extienden y personalizan directamente " -"a bootstrap. Debido al soporte de Odoo de Less y Sass, es decir que puede " -"modificar reglas de css, en vez de sobrescribirlos a traves de lineas css " -"addicionales, los archivos puden resultar de menor tamaño." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "**Ambos archivos en el <head>**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Que obtiene el visitante (solo un archivo)**" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr ".text-muted {" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "color: #666;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "background: yellow" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "}" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -"**Concatenado:** todo módulo o libreria que desea utilizar en Odoo tiene su " -"propio conjunto de archivos CSS, Less o Sass (tienad en linea, blog, tema, " -"etcétera). Teniendo varios archivos CSS es optimal para la modularidad pero" -" pesimo para el rendimiento por que muchos navegadores solo pueden procesar " -"6 requests en paralelo, resultando en muchos archivos crgados en serie. Para" -" archivos pequeños como JS o CSS, la latencia para transferir un archivo " -"normalmente es mucho mas largo que el tiempo de transferencia actual de " -"datos. Por ende el tiempo necesario para cargar recursos CSS depende mas del" -" número de requests por ejecutar que del tamaño actual de los archivos." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -402,7 +1000,50 @@ msgstr "" "compartido entre todas las páginas, cuando un visitador hace clic en otra " "página, ¡el navegador ni siquera debe recargar un nuevo archivo CSS!" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "**Ambos archivos en el <head>**" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "**Que obtiene el visitante (solo un archivo)**" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -423,18 +1064,14 @@ msgstr "" "que solamente esta cargado cuando un visitador esta ingresando al backend " "(/web)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" -"Si un archivo CCS es muy grand, Odoo lo dividirá en partes menores para " -"circumvenir la limitación de seleccionadores de 4095 por página en Internet " -"Explorer 8. Sin embargo, la mayoría de temas estan por debajo de este " -"limite." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." @@ -442,79 +1079,62 @@ msgstr "" "**Minimizados:** Después de ser preprocesado y concatenado, el archivo CSS " "es minimizados para reducir su tamaño." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "**Antes de minimizar**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "**Después de minimizar**" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "/\\* algunos comentarios \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" "El resultado final es entonces comprimido, antes de ser entregado al " "navegador." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" -"Luego, a versión cacheada esta guardada en el servidor (para evitar la " -"necesidad de preprocesar, concatenar y minimizar en cada request) y en el " -"navegador (para que un visitador solo cargue el archivo una sola vez)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "" -"Si se encuentra en modo depurador, los recursos CSS no son concatenados ni " -"minifimizados. De este modo, depurando es mas fácil (pero más lento)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "Recursos Estáticos: Javascript" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." msgstr "" -"Todos los archivos CSS son preprocesados, concatenados, minimizados, " -"comprimidos y cacheados (del lado del servidor y del lado del navegador)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "Odoo crea arboles de Paquetes Javascript:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" +"validation, etc.)" msgstr "" -"Una por todas las páginas del sitio web (incluyendo el código para efectos " -"de paralaje, para validación, ...) " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" -"Un código comun Javascript compartido entre el frontend y el backend " -"(bootstrap)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" @@ -522,99 +1142,28 @@ msgstr "" "Uno para código Javascript del backend (interfaz del Odoo Web Client para " "sus empleados utilizando Odoo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" -"Mas visitantes para su sitio web solo necesita los primeros dos lotes, " -"resultando como máximo de dos archivos Javascript para cargar al dejar una " -"página. Como esos archivos son compartidos a través de todas las páginas, " -"más clics por el mismo visitante no cargaran ningún otro recurso de " -"Javascript." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -"Si esta trabajando en modo depurador, ni los archivos CSS ni Javascript " -"estan concatenados o minimizados. Por ende, es más lento. Pero esto le " -"permite depurar de forma fácil con el Chrome debugger debido a que recursos " -"CSS y Javascript no son transformados de su versión original." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "Imagenes" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" -"Al cargar nuevas imágenes utilizando el constructor de sitio web, Odoo los " -"comprime automáticamente para reducir su tamaño. (Compresión sin pérdida " -"para .PNG y .GIF y compresión con pérdida para .JPG)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" -"Desde el botón de cargar, tiene la opción de mantener la imagen original sin" -" modificar si prefiere optimizar la calidad de la imagen mas no el " -"rendimiento." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" -"Odoo comprime imagenes al momento que las carga en su página web, no en el " -"momento qu un visitador los solicita. Por eso es posible en el caso de que " -"utilice un tema de terceros que las imagenes proveídos no son comprimidos de" -" manera eficiente. Sin embargo, todas las imagenes utilizadas en temas " -"oficiales de Odoo han sidos comprimidas debidamente por defecto." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" -"Si hace clic en una imagen, Odoo le muestra los attributos Alt y título de " -"la etiqueta ``<img>`` . Puede dar cic para configurar su propio attributo " -"título y Alt para la imagen." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "Cuando hace clic en este enlace, la siguente ventana aparecerá:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" -"Los pictrogramas de Odoo han sido implementados utilizando une fuente (`Font" -" Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ en la " -"mayoría de temas Odoo). Por ende, puede utilizarlos sin limitaciones en su " -"página. No resultaran en rqeusts addicionales para cargar la página." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" msgstr "CDN (Red de distribuición de contenido)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" @@ -625,7 +1174,7 @@ msgstr "" " (CDN). Utilizando una red de distribuición de contenido conlleva tres " "ventajas:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" @@ -633,7 +1182,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cargar recursos de un servidor cercano (la mayoria de CDN mantiene " "servidores en los principales países alrededor del mundo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" @@ -641,7 +1190,7 @@ msgstr "" "Guardar recursos eficientemente (no uso de recursos de computación en su " "propio servidor)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " @@ -651,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitiendo cargar maás recursos en paralelo (debido a que el límite de " "Chrome de 6 requestes en paralelo cuenta por dominio)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" @@ -660,11 +1209,11 @@ msgstr "" "página web** utilizando el menú de configuración. Aqui esta un ejemplo de " "configuración que puede utilizar:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "Páginas HTML" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." @@ -672,18 +1221,14 @@ msgstr "" "Las páginas HTML pueden ser comprimidas, pero esto es usualmente manejado " "por el servidor de tu web (NGINX or Apache)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:237 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -"El constructor de Página Web de Odoo ha sido optimizado para garantizar un " -"código HTML limpio y corto. Los bloques de construcción han sido " -"desarrollados para producir un código HTML limpio, usualmente usuando " -"bootstrap y el editor HTML. " -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " @@ -693,11 +1238,11 @@ msgstr "" "parrafo al color primario de su página web, Odoo producirá el siguiente " "código:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Mi Texto</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:247 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" @@ -705,61 +1250,42 @@ msgstr "" "Considerando que la mayoría de editores HTML (como CKEditor) producirá el " "siguiente código:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Mi Texto</p>``" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:253 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "Diseño Responsive" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -"A partir de 2015, las páginas web que no son web-móvil son afectadas " -"negativamente en la página de ranking de Google. Todos los temas de Odoo " -"estan basadas en Bootstrap 3 para rendir eficientemente de acuerdo al " -"dispositivo: computador de escritorio, tablet o celular móvil." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" +"website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -"Como todos los módulo de Odoo comparten la misma tecnología, absolutamente " -"todas las páginas en su página web son web-móvil. (opuesto al tradicional " -"CMS el cual tiene temas web-móvil, pero algunos módulos o páginas " -"específicas no estan diseñadas para web-móvil ya que todas tiene sus propios" -" contextos CSS)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 -msgid "Browser caching" -msgstr "Caché del buscador" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " "<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." msgstr "" -"Javascript, imágenes y recursos CSS tiene una URL que cambia dinámicamente " -"cuando su contenido cambia. Como ejemplo, todos los archivos CSS son " -"cargadados a través de este URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"El ``457-0da1d9d`` parte de esta URL cambiará si modifca el CSS de su página" -" web." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." @@ -768,533 +1294,42 @@ msgstr "" "estos recursos: XXX segs, mientras esta siendo actualizado instantáneamente " "si actualiza el recurso." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "Escalabilidad" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:289 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" msgstr "" -"Adicional a ser rápido, Odoo es también más escalable que el tradicional " -"CMS' y Comercio Electrónico (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). El " -"siguiente vinculo proveé con un análisis del gran software libre CMS y el " -"comercio electrónico comparado con Odoo cuando se trata de grandes volúmenes" -" de consulta." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." msgstr "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -"Aquí esta el deslizamiento que resume la escabilidad del comercio " -"electrónico de Odoo y Odoo CMS. (basado en la versión 8 de Odoo, Odoo 9 es " -"aún más rápido)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "Manipulando URLs " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:306 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "Estructura de las URL" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:308 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Una URL típica de Odoo se muestra como la siguiente:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Con los siguientes componentes:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocolo" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:316 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.misitio.com** = su nombre de dominio" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:318 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = idioma de la página. Esta parte de la URL es eliminada si el " -"visitante busca el idioma principal de la página web (inglés por defecto, " -"pero puede configurar otro idioma como el principal). Así, la versión en " -"Inglés de esta página es: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-" -"product-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:324 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" -"**/tienda/producto** = cada módulo define su propio espacio de nombres " -"(/tienda es para el catálogo del módulo de comercio electrónico, " -"/tienda/producto es para la página del producto). Este nombre no puede ser " -"personalizado para evitar conflictos en diferentes URLs." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" -"**mi-buen-producto** = por defecto, este es el título concatenado " -"(slugified) de un producto al que esta página se refiere. Pero puede " -"personalizarlo con propósitos SEO. Un producto llamado \"Pain carré\" será " -"concatenado a \"pain-carre\". Dependiendo del espacio de nombres, este puede" -" ser diferentes objetos (publicación de blog, título de página, publicación " -"de foro, comentario de foro, categoría de producto, etc)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "**-31** = ID único del producto" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:338 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" -"Note que cualquier componente dinámico de una URL puede ser reducido a su " -"ID. Como ejemplo, las siguientes URLs todas hacen una redirección 301 a la " -"URL anterior:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:341 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (versión aún más corta)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (nombre " -"anterior del producto)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" -"Esto puede ser útil para obtener fácilmente versiones cortas de una URL y " -"manejar eficientemente redirecciones 301 cuando el nombre de su producto " -"cambia todo el tiempo." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" -"Algunas URLs tienen varias partes dinámicas, como este (una categoría de " -"blog y una publicación):" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:357 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "En el ejemplo anterior:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "Noticias de compañía: es el titulo del blog" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" -"La historia de Odoo: es el título de una publicación de blog específica" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:363 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando una página de Odoo tiene un paginador, el número de página es " -"configurado directamente en la URL (no tiene un argumento GET). Esto permite" -" que cada página sea indexada por los motores de búsqueda. Ejemplo:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:367 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" -"Tener el código del idioma como fr\\_FR no es perfecto en términos de SEO. A" -" pesar de que la mayoría de motores de búsqueda ahora tratan \"\\_\" como " -"separador de palabras, no ha sido siempre el caso. Planeamos mejorar esto " -"para Odoo 10." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "Cambios en URLs y Títulos" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando la URL de una página cambia (ej. a versión SEO más amigable de su " -"nombre de producto), no necesita preocuparse de actualizar todos los " -"vinculos:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "Odoo actualizará automáticamente todos los links a la nueva URL." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" -"Si los sitios web externos todavía señalan a la antigua URL, una redirección" -" 301 se hará a los visitantes de la ruta a la nueva página web" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:385 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "Como ejemplo. esta URL:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/old-nombre-producto-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "Se redirigirá automáticamente a:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:391 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" -"http://misitio.com/tienda/producto/nuevo-y-mejorado-nombre-producto-31" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:393 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" -"En corto, solo cambie el título de una publicación de blog o el nombre de un" -" producto, y los cambios se aplicarán automáticamente en todos lados en su " -"página web. El vinculo anterior aún funciona para vinculos viniendo de " -"páginas web externas. (con una redirección 301 para no perder el zumo del " -"vinculo SEO)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:399 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "HTTPS" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:401 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" -"Hasta Agosto de 2014, Google empezó a agregar una mejora al ranking para " -"asegurar páginas web HTTPS/SSL. Entonces, por defecto todas las instancias " -"En Línea de Odoo estan completamente basadas en HTTPS. Si el visitante " -"accede a su página web a través de una url no HTTPS, obtendrá una " -"redirección 301 a su HTTPS equivalente." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:407 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "Vinculos: estrategia de no seguimiento" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" -"Tener una página web que vincula su propia página juega un rol importante en" -" como su página se clasifica en los diferentes motores de búsqueda. Entre " -"mas su página es vinculada desde páginas web exteriores y de calidad, mejor " -"es para su SEO." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "Odoo sigue las siguientes estrategias para la gestión de links:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Cada vinculo que cree manualmente cuando cree una página en Odoo es " -"\"realmenteseguido\", lo que significa que este vinculo contribuirá al Zumo " -"SEO para la página vinculada." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" -"Cada vinculo creado por un contribuidor (publicación de foro, comentario de " -"blog, ...) que vincula a su propia página web es \"realmenteseguido\" " -"también." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" -"Pero cada vinculado publicado por un contribuidor que vincula a una página " -"web externa es \"noseguido\". En ese caso, no ejecuta el riesgo de gente " -"publicando vinculos en su página web to páginas web de terceras-partes las " -"cuales tienen mala reputación." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:428 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" -"Note que, cuando usa el foro, los contribuidores que tengan mucho Karma " -"puede ser confiables. En tal caso, sus vinculos no tendrán un atributo " -"``rel=\"noseguir\"``" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:433 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "Soporte Multilenguaje" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "URLs Multilenguaje" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:438 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" -"Si ejecuta un sitio web en varios idiomas, el mismo contenido estará " -"disponible en diferentes direcciones URL, dependiendo del idioma utilizado:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:441 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.misitioweb.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (Versión Ingles = por " -"defecto)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" -"https://www.misitioweb.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (Versión " -"Francesa)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" -"En este ejemplo, fr\\_FR es el idioma de la página. Puede incluso tener " -"muchas variaciones del mismo idioma pt\\_BR (Portugués de Brazil) , pt\\_PT " -"(Portugués de Portugal)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "Anotación de Idioma" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" -"Para decirle a Google que la segunda URL es la traducción a Francés de la " -"primera URL, Odoo agregará un elemento de vinculo HTML en el encabezado. En " -"la sección HTML <cabeza> de la versión en Inglés, Odoo automáticamente " -"agrega un elemento de vinculo apuntando a las otras versiones de esa página " -"web;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:460 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Con este enfoque:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:462 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" -"Google sabe las diferentes versiones traducidas de su página y propondrá el " -"más adecuado según el idioma del visitante que busca en Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" -"Ud. no será penalizado por Google si su página no es traducida aún, desde " -"que no es un contenido duplicado, pero una versión diferente del mismo " -"contenido." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "Detección de lenguaje. " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" -"Cuando un visitante llega por primera vez a su página web (ej. " -"supáginaweb.com/tienda), será automáticamente redireccionado a la versión " -"traducida de acuerdo a la preferencia de idioma de su navegador: (ej. " -"supáginaweb.com/fr\\_FR/tienda)." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" -"Odoo redirecciona a los visitantes a su idioma preferido solamente la " -"primera vez que los visitantes llegan a su página web. Después de eso, " -"mantiene una cookie del idioma actual para evitar alguna redirección." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:482 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" -"Para forzar a un visitante a mantenerse en el idioma por defecto, puede usar" -" el código del idioma por defecto en su vinculo, ejemplo: " -"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Esto siempre aterrizará a los visitantes en la" -" versión en Inglés de la página, sin usar las preferencias de idioma del " -"navegador." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "Meta etiquetas" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:492 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "Titulo, palabras claves y descripción " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:494 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" -"Cada página web debe definir la metadata ``<título>``, ``<descripción>`` y " -"``<palabras clave>``. Estos elementos de información son usados por los " -"motores de búsqueda para clasificar y categorizar su página web de acuerdo a" -" consultas de búsqueda específicas. Entonces, es importante tener títulos y " -"palabras clave en línea con lo que la gente busca en Google." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:500 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" -"Para escrbir meta pestañas de calidad, eso impulsará el tráfico a su página " -"web, Odoo proveerá una herramienta **Promover**, en la barra superior del " -"constructor de la página web. Esta herramienta contactará a Google para " -"darle información acerca de sus palabras clave y hacer la correspondencia " -"con títulos y contenidos en su página." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:509 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" -"Si su sitio web está en varios idiomas, puede utilizar la herramienta " -"Promociona para cada lenguaje de una sola página;" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" -"En términos de SEO, el contenido es el rey. Así, los blogs juegan un papel " -"importante en su estrategia de contenido. Para ayudarle a optimizar todas " -"sus publicaciones de blog, Odoo otorga una página que le permite escanear " -"rápidamente las meta pestañas de todas sus publicaciones de blog." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Este /página blog rinde diferente para visitantes públicos que no están " -"registrados como administradores del sitio web. Ellos no obtienen las " -"alertas e información de palabras clave." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:526 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Mapa del sitio" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -"Odoo generará el archivo ``/sitemap.xml`` automáticamente para ti. Por " -"motivos de rendimiento, este archivo se almacena en caché y se actualiza " -"cada 12 horas." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:531 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1308,58 +1343,44 @@ msgstr "" "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ el agrupado de URLs de mapas del " "sitio en 45000 pedazos por archivo." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:537 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" "Cada entrada de mapa del sitio tiene 4 atributos que son calculados " "automáticamente:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:539 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "``<loc>`` : la URL de una pagina" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:541 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -"``<lastmod>`` : última fecha de modificación del recurso, calculado " -"automáticamente basado en el objeto relacionado. Para una página relacionada" -" a un producto, esta puede ser la última fecha de modificación del producto " -"o la página" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" " of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -"``<priority>`` : los módulos pueden implementar su propio algoritmo " -"prioritario basados en sus contenidos (ejemplo: un foro podría asignar una " -"prioridad basado en el número de votos en una publicación específica). La " -"prioridad de una página estática es definida por su campo de prioridad, el " -"cual es normalizado. (16 es por defecto)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Datos Estructurados Marcados" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" "presented search results." msgstr "" -"Los Datos Estructurados Marcados son usados para generar Fragmentos " -"Enriquecidos en resultados de motores de búsqueda. Es una forma como los " -"propietarios de páginas web envían datos estructurados para buscar robots " -"motores; ayudándoles a entender su contenido y crear búsquedas de resultado " -"bien-presentadas." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." @@ -1368,7 +1389,7 @@ msgstr "" "incluyendo: Revisiones, Gente, Productos, Negocios, Eventos y " "Organizaciones." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:563 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -1381,126 +1402,36 @@ msgstr "" "que sus páginas de producto sean mostradas en Google usando información " "adicional como el precio y rating de un producto:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:573 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:575 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -"Odoo automáticamente crea un archivo ``/robots.txt`` para su sitio web. Su " -"contenido es:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:578 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "Usuario-agente: \\*" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "Mapa del sitio: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "El contenido es rey" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." msgstr "" -"Cuando se trata del SEO, el contenido es usualmente el rey. Odoo provee " -"varios módulos para ayudarle a construir sus contenidos en su sitio web:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:588 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -"**Diapositivas Odoo**: publican todas sus presentaciones en Powerpoint o " -"PDF. Su contenido es automáticamente indexado en la página web. Ejemplo: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" -"**Foro Odoo**: permite a su comunidad crear contenidos para Ud. Ejemplo: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (cuenta por el 30% " -"de páginas de destino Odoo.com)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" -"**Archivo de Lista de Correo Odoo**: publica archivos de lista de correo en " -"su sitio web. Ejemplo: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 páginas creadas por mes)" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Blogs Odoo**: escribir buenos contenidos." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:604 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" -"La página 404 es una página regular, que puede editar como cualquier otra " -"página en Odoo. De esa forma, puede construir una buena página 404 para " -"redirigir al contenido superior de su sitio web." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:609 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "Caracteristicas sociales" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "Tarjetas Twitter" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:614 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" -"Odoo no implementa \"Tarjetas de Twitter\" todavía. Esto se hará para la " -"siguiente versión." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "Red Social" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:620 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" -"Odoo permite vincular todas sus cuentas de redes sociales en un su sitio " -"web. Todo lo que tiene que hace es referir todas sus cuentas en el menú de " -"**Ajustes** de la aplicación **Administración de Sitio Web**." - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Test Your Website" -msgstr "Pruebe su sitio Web " - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" -msgstr "" -"Puede comparar como se clasifica su sitio web, en términos de SEO, contra " -"Odoo usando los servicios gratuitos de WooRank: `https://www.woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" @@ -1702,15 +1633,603 @@ msgstr "Como habilitar SSL (HTTPS) para mi ocasión Odoo" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." msgstr "" -"Para habilitar SSL, porfavor usa un proveedor de servicio CDN externo como " -"CloudFlare.com." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configurar" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Añadir característica" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Productos" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Blogs" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Foros" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventos" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Puestos de trabajo" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Multi-empresas" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Tarifas" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" @@ -1793,17 +2312,10 @@ msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " "automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" -"Allí, si tiene instalado el Traductor Gengo, Verá que junto al botón de " -"**Traducir** también tiene el botón **Traducir automáticamente**. Una vez da" -" clic en ese botón, le será requerida alguna información de su cuenta. Si no" -" tiene aún una cuenta, vaya a `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ para crear una. Debe solicitar una " -"llave pública y una privada." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index d25735aa8..a6bb2064e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,51 +4,54 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Cyrille de Lambert <cdelambert@auguria.net>, 2019 -# a270031086f2a0d3514bc0cb507b48f6, 2019 -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019 -# zoe <yann.hoareau@migs.re>, 2019 -# Olivier ANDRE <frsw194@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2019 -# Malo Maisonneuve <malo.maisonneuve@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Bastien Foerster <bfo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Pierrick Brun <brun.pierrick@protonmail.com>, 2019 -# Tony Barbou <tonybarbou@live.fr>, 2019 -# ShevAbam, 2019 -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2019 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2019 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Guillaume Rancourt <guillaumerancourt971@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Vincent M <subnetiq@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2019 -# Maxime Vanderhaeghe <mv@taktik.be>, 2019 -# Frédéric Clementi <frederic.clementi@camptocamp.com>, 2019 -# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Valaeys Stéphane <svalaeys@fiefmanage.ch>, 2019 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2019 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2019 -# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2019 -# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alain van de Werve <avw@openerp.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 +# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Gilles Mangin <gilles.mangin@phidias.fr>, 2020 +# Julien Goergen <jgo@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Olivier Dony <odo@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2020 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2020 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 +# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Florence Lambrechts <fla@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Christelle Pinchart <cpi@odoo.com>, 2020 +# lucasdeliege <deliegelucas@gmail.com>, 2020 +# ShevAbam, 2020 +# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2020 +# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Alain van de Werve <avw@openerp.com>, 2020 +# Herve GUERIN <herve.guerin@auguria.fr>, 2020 +# Jonathan Quique <jqu@odoo.com>, 2020 +# e34d4dcb8e697b071167e94624cfbccb, 2020 +# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2020 +# Pafnow Pafnow <pafnow@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Vallen Delobel <edv@odoo.com>, 2020 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020 +# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Maxime Vanderhaeghe <mv@taktik.be>, 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 +# Christophe CHAUVET <christophe.chauvet@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Vincent M <subnetiq@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Cyrille de Lambert <cyrille.delambert@auguria.fr>, 2020 +# Guillaume Rancourt <guillaumerancourt971@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -56,482 +59,432 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Comptabilité" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Banque et liquidités" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Provenance des relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Importer des fichiers CODA (uniquement en Belgique)" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Relevés bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -"CODA est un format pour les relevés bancaires en Belgique. La plupart des " -"banques belges, ainsi que le logiciel Isabel, permet de télécharger un " -"fichier CODA contenant tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez télécharger un fichier CODA depuis votre banque ou " -"logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci va créer vos " -"relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" msgstr "" -"Essayez maintenant cette fonctionnalité `avec ce fichier CODA d'exemple " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +"Cependant, si votre compte bancaire n'est pas synchronisé avec Odoo, vous " +"avez deux possibilités :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "Importez les relevés bancaires fournis par votre banque" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Installer la fonctionnalité CODA" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "Importation de relevés bancaires" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo accepte de nombreux formats de fichiers pour importer des relevés " +"bancaires :" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez installé le plan de compte belge fournit avec Odoo, la " -"fonctionalité d'importation des fichiers CODA est déjà installée par défaut." -" Dans ce cas, vous pouvez passer directement à la section suivante `Importez" -" votre premier fichier CODA <InstallCoda_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -"Si CODA n'est pas encore activé , vous devez le faire au préalable. Dans " -"l'application de Comptabilité , allez dans le menu :menuselection:` " -"Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la page des paramètres de la " -"comptabilité , cochez l'option **Importer au format .coda** et cliquez sur " -"Appliquer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Importez votre premier fichier CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous aurez installé cette fonctionnalité, vous pourrez configurer " -"votre compte bancaire pour permettre l'importation de fichiers de relevés " -"bancaires. Pour faire cela, allez dans le **Tableau de Bord** de la " -"comptabilité et cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** du compte bancaire. Ensuite, " -"cliquez sur **Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier " -"CODA." +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) est un format de fichier plus ancien qui " +"n'est plus pris en charge depuis 2005. Si possible, préférez les fichiers " +"OFX à QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Chargez votre fichier CODA depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur " -"**Importer** pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Si ce fichier s'est chargé avec succès, vous allez être redirigé vers " -"l'écran de rapprochement bancaire avec toutes les transactions à vérifier." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "Importation des fichiers CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir importé votre premier fichier, le tableau de bord de la " -"comptabilité d'Odoo vous proposera automatiquement d'importer d'autres " -"fichiers pour votre banque. Pour la prochaine importation, il ne sera plus " -"nécessaire de cliquer sur le bouton **Plus**, vous pourrez directement " -"cliquer sur le lien **Importer un relevé**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Chaque fois que vous obtenez un relevé relatif à un nouveau client / " -"fournisseur, Odoo vous demandera de choisir le bon contact pour rapprocher " -"la transaction. Odoo apprend de cette opération et complètera " -"automatiquement les prochains versements que vous obtenez ou faites pour ces" -" contacts. Cela permettra d'accélérer le processus de rapprochement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo peut détecter automatiquement si des fichiers ou transactions ont déjà " -"été importées. Donc, ne vous souciez pas d'éviter d'importer deux fois le " -"même fichier : Odoo vérifiera tout cela pour vous avant de créer de nouveaux" -" relevés de compte." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Enregistrez vos relevés bancaires manuellement" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" +"Si nécessaire, vous pouvez également enregistrer vos relevés bancaires " +"manuellement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez importer vos extraits de compte, synchroniser avec " -"votre banque, mais aussi enregistrer vos extraits de compte manuellement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -"Aucune configuration spécifique n'est nécessaire pour enregistrer des " -"factures. Tout ce dont vous avez besoin est d'installer l'application de " -"comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Créez vos relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -"Dans le Tableau de Bord, cliquez sur le bouton **Nouveau relevé** du journal" -" bancaire. Si des rapprochements doivent être faits, le lien **Nouveau " -"Relevé** sera situé au-dessous." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -"Il suffit de remplir les champs selon les informations écrites sur votre " -"relevé bancaire. Le champ référence peut être rempli manuellement ou vous " -"pouvez le laisser vide. Nous vous recommandons de remplir le champ " -"partenaire afin de faciliter le processus de rapprochement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -"La différence entre le solde de départ et le solde de clôture doit être " -"égale au solde calculé." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Quand vous avez fini, cliquez sur **Enregistrer**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Réconciliez vos relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir de rapprocher directement le relevé en cliquant sur le " -"bouton |manual04|" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi démarrer le processus de rapprochement à partir du tableau" -" de bord en cliquant sur **Rapprocher # Elements**." +"Les pays qui sont entièrement pris en charge incluent les Etats-Unis, le " +"Canada, la Nouvelle-Zélande, l'Autriche et la Belgique." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur **Valider** pour rapprocher votre relevé bancaire. Si un " -"partenaire est manquant, Odoo vous demandera de **sélectionner un " -"partenaire**." +"Plus de 30 pays sont partiellement pris en charge, y compris la Colombie, " +"l'Inde, la France et l'Espagne." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -"Appuyer CTRL-Enter pour rapprocher toutes les écritures équilibrées sur les " -"feuilles." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Fermer les Relevés Bancaire depuis le rapprochement" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "**Yodlee**: Partout dans le monde" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -"Si la balance de vérification est exacte, vous pouvez directement fermer le " -"relevé depuis le rapprochement en appuyant sur |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Utilisateurs Odoo en ligne" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." msgstr "" -"Sinon, appuyez sur |manual08| pour ouvrir le relevé et corriger le problème." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Fermer les Relevés Bancaires" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Utilisateurs d'Odoo Entreprise" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -"Sur le tableau de bord de la comptabilité, cliquez sur le bouton Plus de " -"votre journal de banque, puis cliquez sur Relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Pour fermer le relevé bancaire, cliquez simplement sur **Valider**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Importer des fichiers de relevé OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" msgstr "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) est un format standard pour l'échange " -"électronique de données financières entre les institutions financières, les " -"entreprises et les consommateurs via Internet." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "Synchronisez vos flux bancaires" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez télécharger un fichier OFX depuis votre banque ou " -"depuis votre logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci " -"créera tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" -"Essayez maintenant cette fonctionnalité avec ce fichier OFX exemple " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "Vous pouvez alors connecter Odoo à votre banque." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." msgstr "" -"Pour importer des relevés OFX, vous devez activer la fonctionnalité dans " -"Odoo. Dans l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section Banque et " -"liquidités + Relevés bancaires, cochez l'option **Importer au format .ofx**" -" et cliquez sur Appliquer." +"Pour cela, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> " +"Ajoutez un compte bancaire`, et suivez les étapes." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous aurez installé cette fonctionnalité, vous pourrez configurer " -"votre compte bancaire pour permettre l'importation de fichiers de relevés " -"bancaires. Pour faire cela, allez dans le Tableau de Bord de la comptabilité" -" et cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** du compte bancaire. Ensuite, cliquez sur " -"**Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier OFX." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." msgstr "" -"Chargez votre fichier OFX depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur **Importer**" -" pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "Importation de fichiers OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." msgstr "" -"Après avoir importé votre premier fichier, le tableau de bord de la " -"comptabilité d'Odoo vous proposera automatiquement d'importer d'autres " -"fichiers pour votre banque. Pour la prochaine importation, il ne sera plus " -"nécessaire d'accéder au menu **Plus**, vous pourrez directement cliquer sur " -"le lien **Importer un relevé**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." msgstr "" -"Chaque fois que vous obtenez un relevé relatif à un nouveau client / " -"fournisseur, Odoo vous demandera de choisir le bon contact pour rapprocher " -"la transaction. Odoo apprend de cette opération et complètera " -"automatiquement les prochains versements que vous obtenez ou faites pour ces" -" contacts. Cela permettra d'accélérer le processus de rapprochement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "Comment synchroniser votre compte PayPal avec Odoo ?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -602,7 +555,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, vous devrez fournir vos informations d'identification pour la " "connexion à PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -616,7 +569,7 @@ msgstr "" "synchronisation en ligne des données fonctionne (vous pouvez passer de la " "nouvelle à l'ancienne interface dans votre compte Paypal)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." @@ -624,7 +577,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous ne faites pas cela, vous obtiendrez un message disant soit de mettre" " Paypal en anglais, soit que le site n'est pas pris en charge." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -637,7 +590,7 @@ msgstr "" "voulez récupérer les transactions et une liste pour choisir le compte. Vous " "devez choisir le compte **Balance PayPal**" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." @@ -645,7 +598,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que tout est fait, vous devriez voir vos transactions PayPal dans " "Odoo et vous pourrez commencer à rapprocher vos paiements." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." @@ -653,7 +606,7 @@ msgstr "" "Profitez d'une interface complète ! Il n'est désormais plus nécessaire de " "saisir vos transactions manuellement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -662,568 +615,213 @@ msgstr "" "fois. Une fois cela fait, Odoo se synchronisera automatiquement avec PayPal " "toutes les 4 heures." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Importer les fichiers de relevés QIF" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" msgstr "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) est un format ouvert pour la lecture et " -"l'écriture de données financières dans des médias (par ex. des fichiers). " -"Bien qu'il soit encore largement utilisé, c'est un format plus ancien que " -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) et vous devriez plutôt utiliser le format OFX " -"si vous avez la possibilité d'exporter vers les deux formats de fichiers." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"<bank_synchronization>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " "statements." msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo, vous pouvez télécharger un fichier QIF depuis votre banque ou " -"depuis votre logiciel comptable et l'importer directement dans Odoo. Ceci " -"créera tous les relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." msgstr "" -"Essayez maintenant cette fonctionnalité avec ce fichier QIF exemple " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." msgstr "" -"Pour importer des relevés QIF, vous devez activer la fonctionnalité dans " -"Odoo. Dans l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration`. Dans la section Banque et " -"liquidités + Relevés bancaires, cochez l'option **Importer des fichiers " -".qif** et cliquez sur Appliquer." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous aurez installé cette fonctionnalité, vous pourrez configurer " -"votre compte bancaire pour permettre l'importation de fichiers de relevés " -"bancaires. Pour faire cela, allez dans le Tableau de Bord de la comptabilité" -" et cliquez sur le bouton **Plus** du compte bancaire. Ensuite, cliquez sur " -"**Importation d'un relevé** pour charger votre premier fichier QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -"Chargez votre fichier QIF depuis l'écran suivant et cliquez sur **Importer**" -" pour créer tous vos relevés bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Importation de fichiers QIF" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "Comment synchroniser Odoo avec votre banque ?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." msgstr "" -"Odoo est capable de se synchroniser directement avec votre banque afin " -"d'obtenir tous les relevés bancaires, importés automatiquement toutes les 4 " -"heures dans Odoo . Avant d'avancer dans ce tutoriel, vous devriez vérifier " -"si votre banque est prise en charge. Vous pouvez vérifier à partir des " -"`Fonctionnalités de la Comptabilité d'Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/accounting-features>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." msgstr "" -"Cherchez le nom de votre banque dans la page ci-dessus. Si votre banque " -"apparait en proposition, ca veut dire qu'elle est supportée par Odoo. Les " -"pays qui sont entièrement pris en charge (c'est à dire plus de 95% des " -"banques) sont : Etats-Unis, Canada, Nouvelle-Zélande, Autriche. Plus que 30 " -"pays sont partiellement supportés, incluant: Colombie, Inde, France, Espagne" -" etc. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "Afin de se connecter aux banques, Odoo utilise deux services web :" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "Plaid: Pour les principales banques des États-Unis." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "Yodlee: pour toutes les autres banques" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "Utilisateurs Odoo en ligne" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link <https://odoo.com/download>`_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." msgstr "" -"Si nous supportons les banques de votre pays, la fonction d'interface " -"bancaire devrait déjà être installé. Si elle ne l'est pas, vous pouvez " -"installer manuellement le module **account_yodlee**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "Utilisateurs d'Odoo Entreprise" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." msgstr "" -"Si vous prévoyez utiliser une interface bancaire avec votre abonnement Odoo " -"Enterprise, vous n'avez rien d'autre à faire, seulement vous assurer que " -"votre base de données est inscrite sur votre contrat Odoo Enterprise." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-link-" +"odoo>`." msgstr "" -"vous devriez vérifier que vous ne disposez pas d'un pare-feu / proxy " -"bloquant les adresses suivantes" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "Synchronisez vos flux bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" -"Une fois l'interface Plaid ou Yodlee installée, vous pouvez relier Odoo à " -"votre banque. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur **Plus** sur la banque de votre " -"choix dans le tableau de bord de la comptabilité. Dans le menu, cliquez sur " -"Configuration pour configurer ce compte bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le formulaire de la banque, dans l'onglet Compte bancaire, mettre " -"l'option Provenance des relevés bancaires sur **Synchronisation bancaire**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque c'est fait, revenez au tableau de bord de votre Comptabilité. Vous " -"devriez voir un bouton **Online Synchronisation** sur la carte de votre " -"banque. Cliquez sur ce bouton et remplissez vos identifiants bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous aurez rempli vos informations d'identification, vos flux " -"bancaires seront synchronisés toutes les 4 heures." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "La synchronisation ne fonctionne pas en temps réel, est-ce normal ?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." -msgstr "" -"Yodlee tente de récupérer les données d'un compte bancaire une fois par " -"jour. Cependant, cela ne se passe pas toujours au même moment. Et le " -"processus peut parfois échouer, Yodlee réessaye alors une heure ou deux plus" -" tard. C'est pourquoi il existe un cron dans Odoo s'exécutant toutes les 4 " -"heures pour récupérer les information de Yodlee" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez cependant forcer la synchronisation en cliquant sur le bouton " -"\"Synchroniser maintenant\" depuis le tableau de bord de comptabilité" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-update-" +"credentials>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statements to the database." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "La fonctionnalité Yodlee est-elle incluse à mon contrat" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." -msgstr "" -"Version Enterprise : Oui, si vous avez un contrat valide lié à votre base de" -" données. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "" -"Verion Communautaire : Non, cette fonctionnalité n'est pas incluse dans le " -"version communautaire. " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "" -"Version Online : Oui, même si vous bénéficiez d'un contrat 1-app-gratuite" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "Certaines banques ont un statut \"Beta\", qu'est-ce que cela signifie ? " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "" -"Une partie de mon historique de transaction n'apparaît pas dans Odoo, " -"pourquoi?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." -msgstr "" -"Yodlee n'affiche qu'un maximum de 3 mois d'historique de transactions." - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Divers" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les dépôts de chèques par lots ?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le service de la comptabilité client de votre entreprise reçoit des " -"chèques des clients, ils déposent souvent ces chèques dans leur compte " -"bancaire par lots. Comme cet argent a été reçu sous une forme physique, " -"quelqu'un de votre entreprise doit apporter manuellement les chèques à la " -"banque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"La banque va demander qu'un billet de dépôt (appelé aussi bordereau de " -"dépôt) soit rempli avec les détails des chèques ou des espèces pour être " -"inclus dans les transactions." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"Le relevé bancaire indiquera le montant total qui a été déposé et la " -"référence du billet de dépôt, mais pas le détail des chèques." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo vous aide à préparer et imprimer vos bordereaux de dépôt puis à les " -"rapprocher facilement avec votre relevé bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Installer la fonctionnalité Bordereau de dépôt" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser la fonction de dépôt de lot, vous avez besoin du module ** " -"Dépôt de lot ** préinstallé." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Habituellement, ce module est installé automatiquement si les chèques sont " -"largement utilisés dans votre pays." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier que la fonctionnalité **Bordereau de dépot** est installée, " -"allez au menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration` de " -"l'application de la comptabilité. Cochez l'option : **Utiliser dépôt de " -"lot**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Activer la fonction sur vos comptes bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cette fonctionnalité installée, Odoo active automatiquement les " -"dépôts bancaires sur vos principaux comptes bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"Pour contrôler quels comptes bancaires autorisent ou non les dépôts en " -"masse, ouvrez le journal que vous avez configuré pour payer vos chèques, " -"souvent appelés 'Chèques' ou 'Banque' (voir " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, dans l'application de " -"comptabilité, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptabilité --> Journaux`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'onglet **Paramètres avancés**, dans la section **Divers**, dans les " -"Méthodes de débit, cochez l'option **Batch Deposit**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Si vous activez la Méthode de débit **Batch Deposit**, cela permet que les " -"paiements créés en utilisant ce Journal (appelé Méthode de paiement lorsque " -"vous voulez effectuer ou recevoir un paiement) soient éligibles à la " -"création de Dépôts par lot." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "Des chèques reçus à la banque" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Réceptionner des chèques client" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "Dans le champ mémo, vous pouvez définir la référence du chèque." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"les paiements peuvent être enregistrés depuis le menu :menuselection:`Ventes" -" --> Paiements`, ou directement sur la facture correspondante, en utilisant " -"le bouton **Enregistrer le paiement**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Preparer un dépôt par lot" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Bordereau de dépôt`, et créer un nouveau " -"**Bordereau de dépôt**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite imprimer le bordereau de dépôt, qui sera très utile pour" -" préparer celui que la banque requière habituellement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "Rapprocher le Dépôt avec le Relevé de Banque" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous effectuerez le rapprochement du relevé bancaire, vous verrez le" -" numéro de bordereau de dépôt référencé dans le relevé. Lorsque le processus" -" de rapprochement sera lancé, l'utilisateur sera en mesure de choisir le " -"bordereau de dépôt qui correspond à la ligne de relevé bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Dépannage" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" -"Je ne vois pas le lien \"Sélectionner un bordereau de dépôt\" sur les " -"relevés bancaires ?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne voyez pas le lien \"Selectionner le bordereau de dépôt\" dans " -"votre relevé bancaire, il peut y avoir deux explications :" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir installé la fonctionnalité \"Bordereau de dépôt\", vous devez " -"recharger la page afin que le navigateur soit au courant de cette nouvelle " -"fonctionnalité. Cliquez sur le bouton d'actualisation de votre navigateur." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "Vous n'avez pas créé de bordereau de dépôt pour ce compte bancaire." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qui se passe si un chèque a été refusé ?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez dans votre relevé bancaire un montant inférieur au montant réel" -" de votre bordereau de dépôt, cela signifie probablement que l'un de vos " -"chèques a été refusé." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "Comment faire un virement bancaire d'une banque à une autre ?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1282,7 +880,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Créer un deuxième compte bancaire / Journal" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1343,18 +941,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -"Le mémo est important si vous souhaitez rapprocher automatiquement (`voir " -"<Reconcile _>` _)." +"Ce mémo est important si vous souhaitez effectuer un rapprochement " +"automatique (voir `Importer des relevés bancaires et effectuer un " +"rapprochement`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "" "Enregistrer et confirmer les modifications pour enregistrer le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1364,11 +963,11 @@ msgstr "" "compte de transfert. Nous aurons besoin d'importer des relevés bancaires " "pour comptabiliser l'argent sur le compte définitif." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Importer les relevés bancaires et les rappocher" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1376,7 +975,7 @@ msgstr "" "Notez que le solde bancaire calculé par Odoo est différent de celui du " "dernier relevé de votre banque." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1385,7 +984,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1399,11 +998,11 @@ msgstr "" "bancaire, cela signifie qu'aucune erreur n'a été faite. Remplissez le champ " "**Solde Final** et cliquez sur le bouton **Rapprocher**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "La fenêtre suivante va s'ouvrir :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1413,142 +1012,204 @@ msgstr "" " de relevé bancaire correspondant au paiement et cliquez sur le bouton " "**Rapprocher**. Fermez le relevé pour terminer la transaction." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " "both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" +"Les mêmes étapes devront être répétées une fois que vous aurez reçu votre " +"deuxième relevé bancaire. Notez que si vous indiquez le même montant et la " +"même note dans le relevé bancaire et dans les opérations de paiement, le " +"rapprochement se fera automatiquement." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Lettrage bancaire" +msgstr "Rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Configurer des modèles de pièces" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo vous avez la possibilité de pré-remplir des pièces comptables afin" -" de rapprocher facilement les pièces récurrentes comme les frais bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -"Prenons l'exemple suivant pour illustrer le concept: Chaque mois, ma société" -" reçoit des frais bancaires, dont le montant dépend du solde de notre compte" -" en banque. Ces frais sont donc variables." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Créer des modèles de rapprochement" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, nous devons configurer deux modèles de lettrage. Pour ce " -"faire, allez dans le tableau de bord de l'application de la comptabilité. " -"Sur votre journal de banque, cliquez sur :menuslection:`Plus --> Modèles de " -"lettrage`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -"Nous voulons pouvoir enregistrer facilement nos frais bancaires. Notre " -"banque prélève des frais en fonction du solde, ce qui signifie qu'ils " -"peuvent varier chaque mois." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -"Nous créons un bouton appelé Frais bancaires, sélectionnez le compte " -"approprié pour enregistrer ces frais. De plus, nous avons également besoin " -"de préciser que le Type de montant est « Pourcentage de la balance » avec un" -" Montant de 100%. Ces réglages vont spécifier à Odoo de prendre la totalité " -"des frais en compte." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Sauvegardez vos modifications quand vous avez terminé." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -"Si le montant de vos frais bancaires est fixe, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"**Fixé** come Type de montant et préciser le Montant des frais." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également utiliser cette fonctionnalité pour gérer les " -"ristournes. Voir :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "Enregistrez vos paiements basés sur un modèle de lettrage" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -"Enregistrez vos paiements en important des relevés bancaires qui contiennent" -" des frais bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -"Quand vous faites le lettrage, vous pouvez sélectionner une balance ouverte " -"et cliquez sur le bouton **Modèle de lettrage** (dans ce cas, **Frais " -"bancaires**) pour obtenir toutes les données pertinentes instantanément." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Enfin, cliquez sur **Lettrer** pour terminer le processus." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Type" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Conditions sur les lignes de relevé bancaire" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Contreparties" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "Exemples courants de processus de rapprochement bancaire" +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1558,10 +1219,16 @@ msgid "" "lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" +"Faire correspondre vos relevés bancaires avec vos documents comptables peut " +"être une tâche fastidieuse. Vous devez trouver les factures correspondantes," +" comparer les montants et les coordonnées des partenaires avec ceux du " +"relevé bancaire. Ces étapes peuvent prendre beaucoup de temps. Heureusement," +" avec Odoo, vous pouvez très facilement faire correspondre vos factures ou " +"tout autre document de paiement avec vos relevés bancaires." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deux méthodes de rapprochement existent dans Odoo." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" @@ -1577,6 +1244,8 @@ msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" +"Aucune configuration particulière n'est nécessaire pour enregistrer les " +"factures. Il suffit d'installer l'application de comptabilité." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" @@ -1602,6 +1271,12 @@ msgid "" "invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" " services to our customer." msgstr "" +"Nous commençons par la facture de 2 100 euros que nous avons émise pour " +"Smith & Co. Comme le produit vendu est un service, nous demandons un " +"paiement immédiat. Notre comptable ne traite les relevés bancaires qu'à la " +"fin de la semaine, nous devons donc marquer cette facture comme payée " +"immédiatement afin d'indiquer que nous pouvons commencer à fournir des " +"services à notre client." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1617,12 +1292,18 @@ msgid "" "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur **Enregistrer le paiement**, nous indiquons à Odoo que notre" +" client a payé la facture. Nous devons donc préciser le montant et le mode " +"de paiement." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" "Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" " :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" +"Désormais, nous pouvons retrouver à tout moment les détails du paiement dans" +" la facture en cliquant sur le lien :menuselection:`Info --> Paiement " +"ouvert`." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1647,6 +1328,9 @@ msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" +"Nous recevons notre relevé bancaire et constatons que non seulement la " +"facture émise à Smith & Co a été payée, mais aussi celle de 92 euros " +"adressée à Buzz." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1658,7 +1342,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "Sur le tableau de bord, cliquezsur **Rapprocher # Elements**." +msgstr "Sur le tableau de bord, cliquez sur **Rapprocher # Éléments**." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -1690,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si le paiement est effectué avec un acompte, il suffit de vérifier qu'il est" " correct et valider tous les paiements liés :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Appuyer CTRL-Enter pour rapprocher toutes les écritures équilibrées dans les" @@ -1698,139 +1382,173 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "Comment configurer un nouveau compte bancaire ?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Comptes bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs comptes bancaires. Dans cette page, " -"vous serez guidé pour la création, la modification ou la suppression d'une " -"compte banque ou d'un compte de carte de crédit." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Modifier un compte bancaire" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -"Pour faciliter le processus, un compte bancaire existe déjà. Nous vous " -"suggérons de le visualiser avant de créer le vôtre." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -"Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Comptes " -"bancaires` et cliquez sur la ligne **Bank**. Modifiez-le." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -"Odoo détectera le type de compte bancaire (par exemple IBAN) afin de " -"permettre une méthode de paiement comme SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Créer un compte bancaire" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -"Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Comptes " -"bancaires`. Cliquez sur **Créer** et remplir le formulaire. Vous pouvez " -"choisir d'afficher le numéro de compte bancaire si vous avez l'intention " -"d'envoyer des documents comme des bons de commande ou des factures. " -"Sélectionnez les méthodes de paiement que vous autorisez avec ce compte " -"bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Synchronisation bancaire" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -"Si vous travaillez dans un environnement multi-sociétés, vous devez changer " -"d'entreprise dans vos préférences utilisateur afin d'ajouter, modifier ou " -"supprimer des comptes bancaires pour une autre société." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Type" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "" -"Type de compte banque: normal ou IBAN. Déterminé par le numéro de compte." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "Nom du détenteur du compte si différent du partenaire" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -"Nom du détenteur du compte, dans le cas où il est différent du nom du " -"partenaire lié au compte du compte." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir les *Comptes bancaires* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." msgstr "" -"Le solde initial d'un relevé bancaire sera réglé automatiquement sur le " -"solde de clôture du relevé précédent dans le même journal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Supprimer un compte bancaire ou de carte de crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Configuration avancée" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -"Dans la liste des comptes bancaires, sélectionner ceux à supprimer et " -"supprimez-les par l'option Supprimer du menu Action, ou aller dans la fiche " -"d'un compte et supprimez-le par l'option Supprimer du menu Action" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "Comment gérer un compte bancaire dans une monnaie étrangère ?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1871,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "Activez l'environnement multi-devises" +msgstr "Activez l'environnement multidevises" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1882,11 +1600,11 @@ msgid "" "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" "Afin de permettre à votre entreprise de travailler avec plusieurs devises, " -"vous devez activer le mode multi-devises. Dans l'application de " -"comptabilité, allez dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration -->" -" Comptabilité & Finance` vérifiez que la case **Autoriser devises " -"multiples** est cochée. Fournissez un **Journal des différences de taux**, " -"puis cliquez sur **Appliquer**." +"vous devez activer le mode multidevises. Dans l'application de comptabilité," +" allez dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> Configuration --> Comptabilité" +" & Finance` vérifiez que la case **Autoriser devises multiples** est cochée." +" Fournissez un **Journal des différences de taux**, puis cliquez sur " +"**Appliquer**." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" @@ -1978,8 +1696,6 @@ msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -"Quand vous êtes prêt à payer cette facture, cliquez sur Enregistrer un " -"paiement sur a facture pour enregistrer un paiement." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2011,9 +1727,6 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -"Les relevés clients et fournisseurs sont gérés dans la monnaie de la " -"facture. Ainsi, le montant dû par le client (à votre fournisseur) est " -"toujours exprimée dans la monnaie de la facture." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2045,8 +1758,8 @@ msgstr "" "montants dans la devise des factures qu'il a reçues;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "Comment gérer une caisse enregistreuse ?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2074,313 +1787,16 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet Pièces Comptables, les comptes de débit et de crédit par " "défaut peuvent être configurés, de même que la devise du journal" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Active" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Mettre le champs actif à faux pour masquer le journal sans le supprimer." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "Sélectionnez \"Vente\" pour le journal des factures clients." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "Sélectionner 'Achat' pour le journal des factures fournisseurs." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner 'Liquidité' ou 'Banque' pour le journal utilisé pour les " -"paiements clients et fournisseurs." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "Sélectionner 'General' pour le journal des opérations divers." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Société" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Société liée à ce journal" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Définissez comment les relevés bancaires seront enregistrés" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Synchronization Frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "sera créé lors de l'extraction de nouvelles transactions" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "Les pièces comptables de ce journal seront nommées avec ce préfixe." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Nombre suivant" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" -"Le prochain numéro de séquence sera utilisé pour la prochaine facture." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Séquence d'écriture" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Cet champ contient les informations relatives à la numérotation des " -"écritures de ce journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Séquence dédiée aux avoirs" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Cochez cette case si vous ne souhaitez pas partager la même séquence pour " -"les factures et les avoirs créés à partir de ce journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes Next Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "Le prochain numéro de séquence sera utilisé pour le prochain avoir." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Séquence d'écriture de l'avoir" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Ce champ contient les informations relatives à la numérotation des écritures" -" d'avoirs de ce journal." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Compte de débit par défaut" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Ça sert de compte par défaut pour les montants en débit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Compte de crédit par défaut" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Sert de compte par défaut pour le crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Devise" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "La devise utilisée pour entrer les relevés" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Type" -msgstr "Type de communication" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can set here the default communication that will appear on customer " -"invoices, once validated, to help the customer to refer to that particular " -"invoice when making the payment." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez définir la communication par défaut qui apparaitra sur les " -"factures du client, une fois celle-ci validée, pour aider le client à se " -"référer à cette facture en particulier lors du paiement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Standard" -msgstr "Standard de communication" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can choose different models for each type of reference. The default one " -"is the Odoo reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name" -msgstr "Nom de l'alias" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft invoices and bills by sending an email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Compte de profit" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Utilisé pour enregistrer un profit lorsque le solde final de la caisse est " -"différent de ce qui a été calculé par le système" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Compte de perte" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Utilisé pour enregistrer une perte lorsque le solde final de la caisse est " -"différent de ce qui a été calculé par le système" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Lock Posted Entries with Hash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If ticked, the accounting entry or invoice receives a hash as soon as it is " -"posted and cannot be modified anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Pour les Paiements entrants" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "Manuelle: Soyez payé comptant, chèque ou autre à l'extérieur d'Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" -"Électronique: faites-vous payer automatiquement par l'intermédiaire d'un " -"acquéreur de paiement en demandant une transaction sur une carte enregistrée" -" par le client lors de l'achat ou de la souscription en ligne (jeton/crédit " -"de paiement)." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Pour les Paiements sortants" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Manuelle: Payez une facture comptant ou de toutes autres méthodes à " -"l'extérieur d'Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "Chèque: Payez par chèque et l'imprimer avec Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Méthode de paiement d'impression des chèques sélectionnées" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Fonction technique utilisée afin de savoir si l'impression du chèque a été " -"activée comme méthode de paiement." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Séquence chèque" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Séquence de numérotation des chèques." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Numérotation manuelle" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Cochez cette option si vos chèques pré-imprimés ne sont pas numérotés." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Numéro de chèque suivant" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Numéro de séquence du prochain chèque imprimé." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Usage" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Comment enregistrer des paiements en espèces ?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2388,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour enregistrer un paiement en espèces spécifique à un autre client, vous " "devez suivre ces étapes :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2396,11 +1812,11 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Tableau de bord --> Cash --> " "Nouvelles Transactions`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "Remplissez la balance initiale et le solde final" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" @@ -2408,11 +1824,11 @@ msgstr "" "Enregistrer les transactions, en précisant les clients liés à chaque " "transaction" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Mettre de l'argent dedans" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2422,11 +1838,11 @@ msgstr "" "avant de commencer vos transactions. Dans la fenêtre Caisses, aller à " ":menuselection:`Action -> Mettre de l'argent dedans`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Retirer de l'argent" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2436,28 +1852,1050 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement après la fin de toutes vos transactions. Depuis la fenêtre " "Caisses, aller à :menuselection:`Action -> Retirer de l'argent`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "" "Les transactions seront ajoutées à l'enregistrement des paiements en espèces" " en cours." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Localisation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Colombie" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentine" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduction" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "Installez les modules de localisation argentins" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Pour cela, allez dans *Applications* et recherchez l'Argentine. Cliquez " +"ensuite sur *Installer* pour les deux premiers modules." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "Configurez votre société" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "Monotributista (149 comptes)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 comptes)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 comptes)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "Configurez les données de base" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Environnement" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "Type d'identification et TVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "Type de responsabilité AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "Types de taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" +"L'Argentine possède plusieurs types de taxes, les plus courantes sont :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "TVA : c'est la TVA normale et elle peut avoir plusieurs pourcentages." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" +"Perception : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " +"factures." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" +"Retenue : c'est le versement anticipé d'une taxe qui est appliqué aux " +"paiements." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "Autres" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes spéciales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Certaines taxes argentines ne sont généralement pas appliquées à toutes les " +"sociétés. Par défaut, ces types de taxes sont ajoutées en mode désactivé, " +"avant de créer une nouvelle taxe vous devez impérativement confirmer si " +"elles se trouvent déjà dans les taxes désactivées ou pas." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "Types de documents" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" +"Dans certains pays de l'Amérique latine, y compris l'Argentine, certaines " +"opérations comptables comme les factures et les bordereaux de livraison sont" +" classées par types de documents définis par les autorités fiscales " +"publiques (l'AFIP dans le cas de l'Argentine)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" +"Plusieurs types de documents sont désactivés par défaut mais ils peuvent " +"être activés si nécessaire." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Lettres" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" +"Dans le cas de l'Argentine, les types de document contiennent une lettre qui" +" vous indique la transaction/opération, par exemple :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2B, un document de type \"A\"" +" doit être utilisé. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction B2C, un document de type \"B\"" +" doit être utilisé. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'une facture est liée à une transaction d'exportation, un document de " +"type \"E\" doit être utilisé. " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" +"Les documents ajoutés à la localisation ont leur propre lettre associée, " +"l'utilisateur ne doit rien configurer de plus." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "Utilisation dans les factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" +"Le type de document à utiliser dans chaque transaction sera déterminé par :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"Le journal lié à la facture, qui indique si celui-ci utilise des documents." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" +"La condition appliquée en fonction du type de problèmes et du récepteur (par" +" ex. le type de régime fiscal de l'acheteur et le type de régime fiscal du " +"vendeur)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Journaux" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "La structure et les données du fichier de factures électroniques." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "Facture : FA-A 0001-00000002." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "Note de crédit : NC-A 0001-00000003." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "Note de débit : ND-A 0001-00000004." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Séquences" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Utilisation et test" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Facture" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" +"Une fois les partenaires et journaux créés et configurés, lorsque les " +"factures seront générées elles auront le profil suivant :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "Attribution du type de document" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" +"Lorsque le partenaire est sélectionné, le type de document sera " +"automatiquement rempli, en fonction du type de document AFIP :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "**Facture pour un client TVA Responsable Inscripto, préfixe A**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "**Facture pour un client final, préfixe B**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "**Facture d'exportation, préfixe E**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" +"Comme indiqué sur les factures, ils utilisent tous le même journal mais le " +"préfixe et la séquence sont donnés par le type de document." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes de facturation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "Consumidor Final." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "IVA liberado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "Taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "Zone." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "Description complète." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "Prix net unitaire." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "Quantité." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "Unité de mesure." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "Bonus." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "Taux de TVA." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "Types de documents spécifiques (201, 202, 206, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "Le montant doit être supérieur à 100 000 ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "Comment l'utiliser dans Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Rapports" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "Rapports TVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "Résumé de la TVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "Rapports IIBB" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colombie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -2465,17 +2903,14 @@ msgstr "" "La facturation électronique pour la Colombie est disponible à partir d'Odoo " "12 et nécessite les modules suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -"**l11n_co** : toutes les données de base pour gérer le module de " -"comptabilité, contient la configuration par défaut pour : tableau des " -"comptes, impôts, rétentions, types de documents d’identification." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -2485,15 +2920,15 @@ msgstr "" "nécessaires pour l’intégration avec Carvajal & Taha et génèrent la facture " "électronique, fondée sur les exigences légales de DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Flux de travail" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "1. Installation des modules de la localisation Colombienne" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "Installation des modules de la localisation colombienne" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -2501,25 +2936,27 @@ msgstr "" "Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez la Colombie. Cliquez " "ensuite sur Installer pour les deux premiers modules." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "Configuration des identifiants pour le service web de Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " +"cherchez la section *Facture électronique colombienne*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2527,42 +2964,38 @@ msgid "" "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" -msgstr "3. Configurez vos données de rapport" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "Configurez vos données de rapport" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "4.1 Partenaire" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Identification" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -2572,24 +3005,26 @@ msgstr "" "configuré dans Odoo, y compris le chiffre de vérification. Odoo divisera ce " "numéro lors de l'envoi des données du fournisseur tiers." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "Structure fiscale (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" +"Ces champs se trouvent dans :menuselection:`Partenaire --> Onglet ventes et " +"achat --> Information fiscale`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -2597,90 +3032,81 @@ msgstr "" "De plus, deux champs booléens ont été ajoutés afin de spécifier le régime " "fiscal du partenaire." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" +"Si vos transactions de vente comprennent des produits avec taxes, il est " +"important de considérer qu’un champ supplémentaire *Type de valeur* doit " +"être configuré par taxe.Cette option se trouve dans l’onglet Options " +"avancées." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" -msgstr "4.4 Utilisateurs" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Utilisateurs" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "1. Factures" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Création d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Il existe trois types de documents:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" +"**Factura Electronica**: C'est le type de document standard et il est " +"appliqué aux factures, aux notes de crédit et aux notes de débit." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -2688,25 +3114,32 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Doit être sélectionné pour les transactions " "d'importation." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " "necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: C'est un type de document particulier qui est " +"utilisé comme une sauvegarde manuelle dans le cas où l'entreprise ne peut " +"pas utiliser l'ERP et qu'il est nécessaire de générer la facture " +"manuellement. Lorsque cette facture est ajoutée à l'ERP, ce type de facture " +"doit être sélectionné." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" -msgstr "1.2 Validation des factures" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "Validation des factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Une fois que facture est validée, un fichier XML est généré et envoyé " +"automatiquement à Carvajal, ce fichier est affiché dans le chatter." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -2717,11 +3150,11 @@ msgstr "" "supplémentaire est affiché avec le statut de la facture électronique, avec " "la valeur initiale \"En cours\":" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2731,122 +3164,115 @@ msgid "" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Après ceci: " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" "Un ZIP contenant le XML légal et le PDF est téléchargé et affiché dans le " -"\"chatter\" de la facture:" +"\"chatter\" de la facture :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "Le statut de la facture électronique passe à \"Accepté\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" -msgstr "1.4 Erreurs communes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "Erreurs communes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation supplémentaires" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "Colombia (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 -msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" -msgstr "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" -msgstr "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" -"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " -"siguientes puntos:" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "a. Plan Contable" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "Plan Contable" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "b. Impuestos" -msgstr "b. Impuestos" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "c. Retenciones" -msgstr "c. Retenciones" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "Retenciones" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 -msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" -msgstr "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" -"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " -"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" -" DIAN." +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " -"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" -" DIAN." +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 -msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -2854,15 +3280,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 -msgid "cz" -msgstr "cz" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 -msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -2872,45 +3294,41 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" -"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " -"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " -"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" " completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" " completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 -msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -2920,27 +3338,27 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" -"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" -" Electrónica Colombiana**." +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" -" Electrónica Colombiana**." +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 -msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 -msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" -msgstr "4.1.1 Identificación" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -2952,7 +3370,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -2962,11 +3380,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 -msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -2976,13 +3394,15 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " -"Información Fiscal" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -2996,29 +3416,15 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 -msgid "4.2 Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" -" Valor" -msgstr "" -"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" -" Valor" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -3030,11 +3436,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 -msgid "4.3 Diarios" -msgstr "4.3 Diarios" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "Diarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -3044,31 +3450,27 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta:" +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" msgstr "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta:" +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 -msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" -msgstr "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 -msgid "4.4 Usuarios" -msgstr "4.4 Usuarios" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "Usuarios" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -3076,15 +3478,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -3094,11 +3496,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "1. Invoice Creation" -msgstr "1. Création de factures" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "Création d'une facture" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -3110,7 +3512,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -3118,45 +3520,43 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" -msgstr "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" -msgstr "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "transacciones de importación." -msgstr "transacciones de importación." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 -msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" -msgstr "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" -"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " -"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " -"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " -"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " -"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 -msgid "1. Invoice Validation" -msgstr "1. Validation des factures" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "Validation des factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -3166,7 +3566,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -3178,11 +3578,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 -msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -3198,41 +3598,41 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente." +"automáticamente:" msgstr "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente." +"automáticamente:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" -msgstr "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "en el historial de la Factura." -msgstr "en el historial de la Factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" -"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" -" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" -" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "1. Errores Frecuentes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -3244,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -3254,11 +3654,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -3268,32 +3668,602 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "France" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous pourrez télécharger le" +" FEC. Pour le faire, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité -->Déclaration -->" +" France --> FEC`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables français" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" @@ -3301,23 +4271,23 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous avez installé la comptabilité française, vous aurez accès à certains" " rapports comptables spécifiques à la France:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bilan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "Se conformer à la législation anti-fraude à la TVA avec Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -3334,29 +4304,27 @@ msgstr "" "additionnel à installer et une attestation de conformité individuelle à " "télécharger." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "Mon entreprise doit-elle utiliser un logiciel anti-fraude?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -"Votre entreprise est tenue d'utiliser un logiciel de caisse anti-fraude " -"comme Odoo (CGI article 286, I. 3 ° bis) si:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" "Vous êtes assujetti à la TVA et n'êtes pas concerné par le régime de " "franchise de la TVA," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "Certains de vos clients sont des particuliers (B2C)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." @@ -3364,45 +4332,45 @@ msgstr "" "Cette règle s'applique à toute taille d'entreprise. Les auto-entrepreneurs " "sont exemptés de la TVA et ne sont donc pas affectés." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Se conformer à la législation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Se conformer à cette nouvelle législation est très facile." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you " +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " "use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -"Votre entreprise doit être en mesure de délivrer à l'administration fiscale " -"une attestation de conformité attestant que votre logiciel est conforme à la" -" législation anti-fraude. Cette attestation est délivrée par Odoo SA aux " -"utilisateurs d'Odoo Enterprise `ici <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract" -"/french-certification/>`__. Si vous utilisez Odoo Community, vous devez " -"`souscrire à Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ ou " +"Votre entreprise est tenue de délivrer à l'administration fiscale un " +"certificat de conformité attestant que votre logiciel est conforme à la " +"législation en matière de lutte contre la fraude. Ce certificat est délivré " +"par Odoo SA aux utilisateurs d'Odoo Entreprise `ici " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. Si vous utilisez" +" Odoo Communauté, vous devez souscrire à Odoo Entreprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ ou " "contacter votre prestataire de services Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" "En cas de non-conformité, votre entreprise risque une amende de 7500€." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "" "Pour être en conformité avec la législation, veuillez suivre les étapes " "suivantes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" @@ -3410,7 +4378,7 @@ msgstr "" "Installez le module anti-fraude qui correspond à votre environnement Odoo " "depuis le menu *Applications*:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -3418,7 +4386,7 @@ msgstr "" "if vous utilisez Odoo Point de Vente: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-" "Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -3426,7 +4394,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans les autres cas: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3439,7 +4407,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Utilisateurs & Sociétés --> Sociétés`. " "Sélectionnez un pays parmis la liste; Ne créez pas un nouveau pays." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -3447,20 +4415,15 @@ msgstr "" "Téléchargez votre attestation de conformité délivrée par SA `ici " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -"Si votre système Odoo a été créé avant le 18 décembre 2017, vous devez " -"mettre à jour la liste des modules pour pouvoir installer le module anti-" -"fraude. Pour ce faire, activez le mode développeur depuis le menu " -"*Configuration*. Ensuite, allez dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur " -"*Mettre à jour la liste des Applications* depuis le menu supérieur." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -3468,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez Odoo hébergé sur serveur propre, vous devez mettre à jour " "votre installation Odoo et redémarrer votre serveur." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3477,22 +4440,16 @@ msgid "" "*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" " installed." msgstr "" -"Dans le cas où vous auriez installé la version initiale du module anti-" -"fraude (avant le 18 décembre 2017), you devez mettre à jour ce dernier. Le " -"nom initial du module était *France - Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 " -"bis*. Après avoir mis à jour la liste des modules, sélectionnez le nouveau " -"module dans le menu *Applications* et cliquez sur le bouton *Mettre à jour*." -" Enfin, vérifiez que le module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* est installé." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Fonctionnalités anti-fraude" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "Le module anti-fraude introduit les fonctionnalités suivantes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -3501,11 +4458,11 @@ msgstr "" "modification des données clés des commandes de PdV, factures et entrées " "comptables." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "**Sécurité**: algorithme de chainage pour vérifier l'inaltérabilié;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -3513,11 +4470,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Stockage**: clôtures de ventes automatiques avec calculs des totaux " "périodiques et cumulatifs (journaliers, mensuels, annuels)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Inaltérabilité" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -3527,7 +4484,7 @@ msgstr "" " de Point de Vente payés, factures confirmées ou entrées comptables sont " "désactivées, si la société est localisée en France ou dans les DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -3535,11 +4492,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez un environnement multi-sociétés, seuls les documents des " "sociétés françaises ou DOM-TOM sont cryptés." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sécurité" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -3550,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" "partir des données clés du document et à partir du hash des documents " "précédents." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3565,7 +4522,7 @@ msgstr "" "initiales. En cas de différence, le système fournit la référence du premier " "document corrompu." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3578,11 +4535,11 @@ msgstr "" "françaises`. Pour les factures et entrées comptables, allez dans " ":menuselection:`Facturation --> Rapports --> Déclarations françaises`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Stockage" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3594,7 +4551,7 @@ msgstr "" "distincte le total de ventes d'une période ainsi que le grands total " "cumulatif depuis la première entrée enregistrée dans le système." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -3602,7 +4559,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les clôtures sont accessibles depuis le menu *Déclarations françaises* des " "modules Point de Vente et Facturation." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -3610,14 +4567,14 @@ msgstr "" "Les clôtures calculent les totaux des entrées comptables des journaux de " "ventes (Type de Journal = Ventes)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" "Dans les environnements multi-sociétés, les clôtures sont effectuées par " "société." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3631,7 +4588,7 @@ msgstr "" " de reprendre une session de vente ouverte depuis plus de 24 heures. Une " "telle session doit être clôturée pour pouvoir vendre à nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3642,22 +4599,19 @@ msgstr "" " comptabilisées après la précédente clôture du même type (journalier, " "mensuel, annuel), quelque soit la date de comptabilisation." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -"Pour les tests et audits, les clôtures peuvent être déclenchées de façon " -"manuelle dans le mode développeur. Pour cela, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Automatisation --> Actions " -"planififées`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Responsabilités" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -3666,7 +4620,7 @@ msgstr "" " toutes les données précedemment enregistrées ne seraient plus considérées " "comme étant inaltérées." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -3677,19 +4631,17 @@ msgstr "" "autorisé de modifier le code source qui guarantit l'inaltérabilité des " "données." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -"Odoo SA se décharge de toute responsabilité en cas d'altération des " -"fonctionnalités anti-fraude par des modules tiers non certifiés par Odoo SA." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Plus d'informations" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3697,41 +4649,41 @@ msgstr "" "Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur la législation dans les documents " "officiels:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -"`Foire Aux Questions " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" +"`Foire aux questions " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" "`Déclaration officielle " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" "`Article 88 de la Loi sur les Finances de 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Allemagne" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan comptable allemand" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3739,51 +4691,58 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le SKR03 est installé " +"par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapports comptables allemands" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" +"Voici la liste des rapports spécifiques à l'Allemagne disponibles sur Odoo " +"Enterprise :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Bilan" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Pertes et Profits" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Numéro de TVA Intra du Partenaire" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Exporter d'Odoo vers Datev" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3792,11 +4751,185 @@ msgid "" "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonésie" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"<localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "Italy (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3810,11 +4943,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3828,7 +4961,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -3836,17 +4969,16 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa `guida " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -3856,7 +4988,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3868,7 +5000,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -3876,22 +5008,25 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -3899,7 +5034,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3911,18 +5046,21 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -3934,11 +5072,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3952,25 +5090,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -3980,19 +5118,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" -msgstr "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -4000,11 +5138,11 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Mexique" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -4014,24 +5152,24 @@ msgid "" "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "Le module de localisation mexicain est composé de 3 modules:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." @@ -4039,7 +5177,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: Tous les rapports électroniques obligatoires pour la " "comptabilité électronique sont ici (application de comptabilité requise)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -4048,7 +5186,7 @@ msgid "" "company in Mexico." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " @@ -4059,15 +5197,17 @@ msgstr "" " de problèmes de débogage. Dans n'importe quelle étape, vous pouvez revenir " "en arrière et essayer à nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "Installez la localisation de la comptabilité mexicaine" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" +"Pour cela, allez dans Applications et recherchez le Mexique. Cliquez ensuite" +" sur *Installer*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " @@ -4077,11 +5217,11 @@ msgstr "" " choisissez le Mexique comme pays lors de la création de votre compte, la " "localisation mexicaine sera automatiquement installée." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "Factures électroniques (format CDFI 3.2 and 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -4090,11 +5230,11 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -4102,20 +5242,23 @@ msgid "" "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " "vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez utiliser la localisation mexicaine en mode test, vous pouvez " +"mettre n'importe quelle adresse enregistrée au Mexique ainsi que tous les " +"champs réservés à l'adresse de la société et régler la TVA sur " +"**TCM970625MB1**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -4125,16 +5268,16 @@ msgid "" "the option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "5. Activer CFDI version 3.3" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "Activez CFDI version 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" "Ces étapes ne sont nécessaires que lorsque vous activez CFDI 3.3 (disponible" " uniquement à partir de la version 11.0). Si vous ne disposez pas de la " @@ -4142,19 +5285,24 @@ msgstr "" "mise à niveau et envoyer un ticket au support technique à l'adresse " "https://www.odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Activer le mode débogage:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " "called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " "name does not exist)." msgstr "" +"Allez consulter le paramètre technique suivant, sur " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres du " +"système` et configurez le paramètre *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* sur 3.3 (Si " +"l'entrée portant ce nom n'existe pas, créez-la)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4162,36 +5310,36 @@ msgid "" "the default behavior." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Considérations importantes lorsque vous activez le CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4199,14 +5347,14 @@ msgid "" "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4215,52 +5363,52 @@ msgid "" "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "`Certificat`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Clé Du Certificat`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Facturation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4268,13 +5416,15 @@ msgstr "" "Pour utiliser la facturation mexicaine, il vous suffit de faire une facture " "normale en respectant le comportement habituel d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" +"Voici à quoi doit ressembler une facture correctement signée une fois que " +"vous avez validé votre première facture :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4285,17 +5435,17 @@ msgstr "" " la procédure normale dans odoo afin d'envoyer votre facture par courrier " "électronique." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Annulation de factures" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." @@ -4303,55 +5453,55 @@ msgstr "" "Le processus d'annulation est entièrement lié aux annulations régulières " "d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Si la facture n'est pas payé." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "Cochez le champ \"Autoriser l'annulation d'écritures\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Considérations Légales**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Paiements (disponible uniquement pour CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4361,17 +5511,17 @@ msgstr "" "processus de paiement normal dans Odoo. Ces considérations sont importantes " "pour comprendre le comportement." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4379,17 +5529,17 @@ msgid "" "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1.2. Comment puis-je avoir cela avec Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4397,7 +5547,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si une facture est générée sans ``Termes de paiement``, l'attribut ``Metodo " "Pago`` sera ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4405,31 +5555,31 @@ msgid "" "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4438,66 +5588,73 @@ msgid "" "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Comptabilité" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "La comptabilité pour Mexico est composée, dans Odoo, de 3 rapports:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan comptable (appelé et indiqué comme COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Balance générale électronique." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport DIOT" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan comptable électronique COA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" +"La comptabilité électronique n'a jamais été aussi simple, il suffit d'aller " +"sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapport --> Mexique --> COA` et cliquer" +" sur le bouton **Exporter pour SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4507,17 +5664,17 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4525,11 +5682,11 @@ msgid "" "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4538,28 +5695,28 @@ msgid "" "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Rapport DIOT (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4567,25 +5724,25 @@ msgid "" "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4593,24 +5750,24 @@ msgid "" "to said data." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4619,18 +5776,18 @@ msgid "" "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4640,7 +5797,7 @@ msgid "" "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4648,41 +5805,44 @@ msgid "" "Third Parties." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous pouvez trouver l'`information officielle ici`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "Comment générer ce rapport dans Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapports --> Mexique --> " +"Transactions avec des tiers (DIOT)`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliquez sur \"Exporter (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4691,37 +5851,37 @@ msgid "" " suppliers." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" -"Il existe 3 options de TVA pour ce rapport: 16%, 0% et exonéré. Dans Odoo, " -"une ligne de facturation est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe n’est " -"appliquée, les 2 autres taxes sont déjà configurées correctement." +"Il existe 3 options de TVA pour ce rapport : 16 %, 0 % et exonéré. Dans " +"Odoo, une ligne de facturation est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe " +"n’est appliquée, les 2 autres taxes sont déjà configurées correctement." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4731,26 +5891,26 @@ msgid "" "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Application Contacts (gratuite)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Multi-devises (application de comptabilité requise)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4767,143 +5927,157 @@ msgstr "" "devoir entrer quotidiennement et manuellement ces informations dans le " "système." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allez sur paramètres et activez la fonctionnalité multidevise." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions --> Actions " "serveur`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reherchez l'Action \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Créer une action contextuelle\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" +"Allez sur le formulaire de la société depuis :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " +"Utilisateurs&Sociétés --> Sociétés`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvrez l'une de vos sociétés." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur \"Action\" puis sur \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format " "CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais créer une facture avec n'importe quelle erreur (par " +"exemple un produit sans code, ce qui est assez courant) et une erreur " +"explicite sera affichée à la place d'une erreur générique sans explication." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le CFDI généré n'est pas valide" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribut 'type': La valeur QName " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' ne se " +"résout pas à une définition de type simple., ligne 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Choisissez la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Message d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3):" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] La valeur '' a une longueur de '0'; ce qui est inférieur" +" à la longueur minimale autorisée de '1'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] La valeur '' n'est pas acceptée par le modèle " +"'[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -"** Solution: ** Vous avez oublié de définir le champ \"Référence\" approprié" +"** Solution** : Vous avez oublié de définir le champ \"Référence\" approprié" " dans le produit. Veuillez vous reporter à la fiche du produit et définir " "correctement votre référence interne." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Message d'erreur**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" " for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " "which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " @@ -4911,100 +6085,129 @@ msgid "" "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Message d'erreur**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " "'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] La valeur '' n'est pas un élément de l'ensemble {'01', '02', " +"'03', '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', " +"'25', '26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "**Solution**: Le mode de paiement est requis sur la facture." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] La valeur '' n'est pas un élément de l'ensemble {'00" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " "is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribut 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"n'est pas une valeur de type atomique valide " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': L'attribut 'Rfc' est requis mais " +"manquant." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " "the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -"**Solution:** Le code postal de l'adresse de votre entreprise n'est pas " +"**Solution :** Le code postal de l'adresse de votre entreprise n'est pas " "valide pour le Mexique, corrigez-le." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" +"required but missing." msgstr "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est " -"obligatoire mais manquant. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est" -" obligatoire mais manquant.\", '')" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est requis " +"mais manquant." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Élement " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': L'attribut 'TipoFactor' est requis " +"mais manquant.\", '')" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" +"**Solution** : Définissez le nom mexicain de la taxe 0% et 16% dans votre " +"système et utilisez-le dans la facture." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Pays-Bas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Export XAF" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -5013,11 +6216,11 @@ msgid "" "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapports comptables néerlandais" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -5025,58 +6228,65 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous installez la localisation de comptabilité néerlandaise, vous aurez " "accès à certains rapports spécifiques aux Pays-Bas, tels que:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Déclaration Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Espagne" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan comptable espagnol" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" +"Par défaut , différents plans comptables espagnols sont disponibles dans " +"Odoo :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" +"Choisissez lequel vous voulez utiliser sur :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " +"Configuration` puis, sélectionnez celui que vous voulez dans la section " +"**Localisation fiscale**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle base de données SaaS, le PGCE PYMEs 2008 est" +" installé par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Rapports comptables espagnols" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -5084,58 +6294,78 @@ msgstr "" "Si la localisation comptable Espagnole est installée, vous aurez accès aux " "rapports de comptabilité spécifiques à l’Espagne:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Rapport de taxes (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suisse" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " "bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mise à jour du taux de change en direct" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -5143,11 +6373,11 @@ msgid "" "you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "Mise à jour de la TVA pour janvier 2018" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -5157,18 +6387,18 @@ msgstr "" "appliqués en Suisse. Le taux normal de 8,0% passera à 7,7% et le taux " "spécifique au secteur hôtelier passera de 3,8% à 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "" "Comment mettre à jour vos taxes dans Odoo Enterprise (SaaS ou On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -5176,8 +6406,13 @@ msgid "" "\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez démarré sur une version antérieure, vous devez d'abord mettre à" +" jour le module \"Suisse - Rapports comptables\". Pour cela, allez à " +":menuselection:`Apps --> supprimez le filtre \"Apps\" --> recherchez " +"\"Suisse - Rapports comptables\" --> ouvrez le module --> et cliquez sur " +"\"mettre à jour\"`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -5185,7 +6420,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles taxes pour les " "taux mis à jour." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -5193,252 +6428,2020 @@ msgid "" "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "" +"La création de ce type de taxes devrait se faire de la manière suivante : " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" +"Pour des taxes de 7,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" +" de base 302, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"Pour des taxes de 3,7 % : Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille" +" de base 342, Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 342" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nom de la taxe**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Taux**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Étiquettes sur les factures**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Groupe de taxes (à partir de V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Portée de la taxe**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Étiquette**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur les achats B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "7.7%" +msgstr "7,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7,7 % sur les achats" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Achats" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 400" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7,7 % achats Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7,7 % invest." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille 405" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7,7 % invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "3.7%" +msgstr "3,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3,7 % achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 %" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3,7 % achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3,7 % invest" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3,7 % sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3,7 % invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Vente" +msgstr "Ventes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" +"Formulaire suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille de base 302, Formulaire " +"suisse pour la déclaration TVA : grille d'impôt 302" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7,7 % (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7,7 % Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due à 3,7 % (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3,7 % Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Usage (...contexte ?)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Exercice fiscal" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Avant d'aller plus avant avec la fermeture d'un exercice, il y a quelques " +"étapes qu'il faut généralement réaliser pour veiller à ce que votre " +"comptabilité soit correcte, à jour, et précise :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que vous avez intégralement rapproché vos **comptes bancaires**" +" jusqu'à la fin de l'année et que vos soldes comptables sont en " +"correspondance avec le solde de vos relevés bancaires." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que toutes les factures clients ont été saisies et approuvées." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "" +"Confirmez que vous avez saisi et accepté toutes les **factures " +"fournisseurs**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Validez toutes les **dépenses** et vérifiez leur exactitude." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Vérifiez que tous les **paiements reçus** ont été saisis et enregistrés avec" +" précision." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Liste de vérification de fin d'année" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Générez un **Rapport de taxes**, et vérifiez que vos informations fiscales " +"sont correctes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Lettrez tous les comptes de votre bilan" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Faites coincider vos soldes bancaires dans Odoo avec vos soldes bancaires " +"réels sur vos relevés. Utilisez le rapport **Réconciliation par relevé " +"bancaire** pour cela." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Rapprocher toutes les transactions dans votre caisse et vos comptes " +"bancaires en exécutant vos rapports **Balance âgée des tiers**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Auditez vos comptes, en étant sûr de bien comprendre les opérations qui les " +"concernent et la nature des opérations, en veillant à inclure les prêts et " +"les immobilisations." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Exécutez la fonctionnalité optionnelle **Correspondance des factures et des " +"paiements**, sous le menu déroulant **Plus** sur le tableau de bord, " +"cherchant chaque **Facture Fournisseur** et **Facture Client** ouvertes et " +"leurs paiements. Cette étape est facultative, mais elle peut aider le " +"processus de fin d'année si tous les paiements et les factures impayées sont" +" rapprochés, et pourrait conduire à trouver des anomalies ou des erreurs " +"dans le système." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"Votre comptable vérifiera probablement vos éléments de bilan et vos " +"écritures pour :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Des ajustements manuels de fin d'année, en utilisant le menu **Conseiller " +"--> Pièces comptables** (Par exemple, les rapports **Gains de l'Année " +"actuelle** et **Revenus différés**)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "**Travail en cours**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**Ecritures d'amortissement**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "**Prêts**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Ajustements fiscaux**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Si votre comptable est soumis à un contrôle de fin d'année, il peut vouloir " +"avoir des copies papier de tous les éléments du bilan (tels que les prêts, " +"les comptes bancaires, les paiements anticipés, les déclarations de taxe de " +"vente, etc ...) afin de les confronter à vos soldes dans Odoo ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Au cours de ce processus, c'est une bonne pratique de régler la **Date de " +"verrouillage pour les non-conseillers** au dernier jour de l'exercice " +"précédent, qui est défini dans la configuration de Comptabilité. De cette " +"façon, le comptable peut être sûr que personne ne change les transactions de" +" l'année précédente pendant la vérification des livres." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Clôture de l'exercice" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo il n'y a pas besoin de faire une entrée spécifique de clôture de " +"fin d'année, afin de clôturer les comptes du compte de résultat. Les " +"rapports sont créés en temps réel, ce qui signifie que le **Compte de " +"résultat** correspond directement à la date de fin d'année que vous " +"spécifiez dans Odoo. Par conséquent, chaque fois que vous générez le " +"**Compte de résultat**, la date de début correspondra avec le début de " +"l'**Exercice** et les soldes des comptes seront tous à 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le comptable a créé l'entrée de journal pour répartir les " +"**Gains de l'année en cours**, vous devez régler la **Date de Verrouillage**" +" au dernier jour de l'exercice. Assurez-vous avant de le faire que les " +"résultats de l'exercice en cours dans le **Bilan** ont bien un solde à 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Gérer les années fiscales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> paramètres` et " +"activez les exercices fiscaux." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors configurer vos exercices fiscaux dans " +":menuselection:`comptabilité --> configuration --> exercice fiscal`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous travaillez avec les consommateurs, les prix sont généralement " +"exprimés avec les taxes comprises dans le prix (par ex., sur la plupart des " +"sites eCommerce). Mais, lorsque vous travaillez dans un environnement B2B, " +"les entreprises négocient généralement des prix hors taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo gère les deux cas d'utilisation facilement, tant que vous enregistrez " +"vos prix sur l'article taxes exclues ou incluses, mais pas les deux " +"ensemble. Si vous gérez tous vos prix TTC (ou HT) seulement, vous pouvez " +"toujours faire facilement des bons de commande ayant des prix hors taxes (ou" +" inclus) : c'est facile." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Cette documentation est seulement pour le cas d'utilisation spécifique où " +"vous devez avoir deux références pour le prix (taxes incluses ou exclues), " +"pour le même produit. La raison de la complexité est qu'il n'y a pas une " +"relation symétrique entre les prix TTC et les prix HT, comme indiqué dans ce" +" cas d'utilisation, en Belgique, avec une taxe de 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "Votre site de eCommerce a un article à **10 € (TTC)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Cela ferait **8,26€ (HT)** et une **TVA de 1,74€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Mais pour le même cas d'utilisation, si vous n'enregistrez que le prix HT " +"sur la fiche article (8,26€), vous obtenez un prix TTC à 9,99 €, parce que :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Donc, selon la façon dont vous enregistrez vos prix sur la fiche article, " +"vous aurez des résultats différents pour le prix TTC et le prix HT :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "HT : **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "TTC : **8,26 € & 9,99 €**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Si vous achetez 100 pièces à 10€ TTC, ça devient encore plus compliqué. Vous" +" obtiendrez : **1000€ (TTC) = 826,45€ (prix) + 173,55€ (TVA) ** ce qui est " +"très différent d'un prix par pièce à 8,26€ HT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"Cette documentation explique comment gérer le cas d'utilisation très " +"spécifique où vous avez besoin pour gérer les deux prix (HT et TTC) sur la " +"fiche article au sein de la même société." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"Sur le plan financier, vous n'avez pas plus de revenus en vendant votre " +"produit à 10€ au lieu de 9.99€ (pour une taxe de 21%), parce que votre " +"revenu sera exactement le même à 9,99€, seule la taxe est supérieure de " +"0,01€. Donc, si vous opérez un site de eCommerce en Belgique, faites une " +"faveur à votre client et fixer votre prix à 9,99€ au lieu de 10€. Notez que " +"cela ne s'applique pas à 20€ ou 30€, ou à d'autres taux de TVA, ou à une " +"quantité >1. Vous pouvez également vous faire une faveur puisque vous pouvez" +" tout gérer en HT, ce qui est moins sujet aux erreurs et plus facile pour " +"vos vendeurs." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"La meilleure façon d'éviter cette complexité est de choisir une seule façon " +"de gérer vos prix et de vous y tenir : prix HT ou prix TTC. Définissez " +"lequel est celui enregistré par défaut sur la fiche article (sur la taxe par" +" défaut liée au produit), et laissez Odoo calculer l'autre automatiquement, " +"sur la base de la liste des prix et la position fiscale. Négociez vos " +"contrats avec les clients en conséquence. Cela fonctionne parfaitement avec " +"Odoo sorti-de-boite et vous n'avez aucune configuration spécifique à faire." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne pouvez pas faire cela et que vous avez vraiment négocié des prix " +"HT pour certains clients et TTC pour d'autres clients, vous devez :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"toujours enregistrer le prix par défaut HT sur la fiche article, et " +"appliquer une taxe (prix inclus sur la fiche produit)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"créer une liste de prix avec les prix en TTC, pour des clients spécifiques" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "créer une position fiscale qui bascule du HT au TTC" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"affecter à la fois la liste des prix et la position fiscale aux clients qui " +"souhaitent bénéficier de cette liste de prix et de cette position fiscale" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Dans le cadre de cette documentation, nous allons utiliser le cas d'usage " +"ci-dessus :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "votre prix de vente article par défaut est 8.26 € HT" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Configuration de vos articles" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cela fait, vous pouvez créer une liste de prix **B2C**. Vous pouvez" +" activer la fonction liste de prix par client dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` de l'application de Ventes. " +"Choisissez l'option **Prix différents par segment de clients**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Une fois cela fait, créez une liste de prix B2C dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Listes de prix`. Il est également " +"recommandé de renommer la liste de prix par défaut en B2B pour éviter toute " +"confusion." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, créez un produit à 8,26 €, avec une TVA à 21% (définie comme taxe " +"non incluse dans le prix) et fixer un prix sur ce produit pour les clients " +"B2C à 10€, à partir du menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` de " +"l'application de Ventes :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"Depuis l'application de comptabilité, créer une position fiscale B2C dans ce" +" menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Positions fiscales`. Cette position " +"fiscale devrait faire correspondre la TVA de 21% (taxe non incluse dans le " +"prix) avec une TVA de 21% (taxe incluse dans le prix)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Test en créant un devis" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Créez un devis depuis l'application de Ventes, en utilisant le menu " +":menuselection:`Ventes --> Devis`. Vous devriez avoir le résultat suivant: " +"8,26 € + 1,73 € = 9.99 €." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Ensuite, créez un devis, mais **modifiez la liste de prix à B2C et la " +"position fiscale à B2C** sur le devis, avant d'ajouter votre produit. Vous " +"devriez avoir le résultat escompté, qui est un prix total de 10 € pour le " +"client : 8,26 € + 1,74 € = 10.00 €." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Ceci est le comportement attendu pour un client de votre boutique." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Éviter de changer chaque bon de commande" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Notez que ceci est sujet aux erreurs : si vous définissez une position " +"fiscale avec la taxe incluse dans les prix, mais utilisez une liste de prix " +"où la taxe n'est pas incluse, vous pourriez avoir des prix mal calculés. " +"Voilà pourquoi nous recommandons généralement aux entreprises de travailler " +"avec une seule référence de prix." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Journal de facturation des clients" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Débit**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Crédit**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Créances 115 $" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Compte fiscal temporaire 15 $" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Compte de revenus 100 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Vous recevez le paiement quelques jours après :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Journal de banque" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Banque 115 $" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Taxes par défaut" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Une retenue à la source, aussi appelé une taxe de rétention, est une " +"exigence du gouvernement pour le payeur d'une facture client de retenir ou " +"de déduire la taxe du paiement, et de payer cette taxe au gouvernement. Dans" +" la plupart des juridictions, la retenue à la source s'applique aux charges " +"de personnel." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Avec les taxes normales, la TVA est ajoutée au sous-total pour vous donner " +"le total à payer. Contrairement aux taxes normales, les retenues d'impôt " +"sont déduits du montant à payer, étant donné que la taxe sera payée par le " +"client." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" +"A titre d'exemple, en Colombie, vous pouvez avoir la facture suivante :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, une retenue d'impôt est définie par la création d'un impôt " +"négatif. Pour une rétention de 10%, vous pouvez configurer la TVA suivante " +"(accessible via :menuselection:`Configuration -> Taxes`) :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Pour la faire apparaître comme une retenue sur la facture, vous devez " +"définir un groupe fiscal spécifique **Retenues** sur vos taxes, dans " +"l'onglet **Options avancées**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que la taxe est définie, vous pouvez l'utiliser dans vos articles, " +"commande ou factures." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Si la rétention est un pourcentage d'une taxe normale, créer une Taxe avec " +"un **Calcul de Taxe** comme un **Groupe de taxe** et mettez les deux taxes " +"dans ce groupe (taxe normale et rétention)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Application des taxes de rétention sur les factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que votre taxe est créée, vous pouvez l'utiliser sur les fiches " +"clients, les commandes clients ou les factures clients. Vous pouvez " +"appliquer plusieurs taxes sur une seule ligne de facture client." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Quand vous visualisez la facture client à l'écran, vous voyez seulement une " +"ligne **Taxes** résumant toutes les taxes (taxes normales et rétentions). " +"Mais lorsque vous imprimez ou envoyez dans la facture, Odoo fait le " +"regroupement correct de toutes les taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"La facture imprimée montrera les différentes quantités de chaque groupe de " +"taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Créez un compte gratuit dans `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"site Web." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "Dans Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Introduisez vos identifiants TaxCloud." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Bons & Promotions" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nom de la taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Calcul de la taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Total" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Actif" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Portée de la taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Étiquettes sur les factures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Groupe de taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Inclure dans le coût analytique" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Inclus dans le prix" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Impacte la base des taxes ultérieures" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "Autres" @@ -5446,286 +8449,9 @@ msgstr "Autres" msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Conseiller" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "Gérer vos immobilisations" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" -"Le module « Gestion des immobilisations » vous permet de suivre vos " -"immobilisations telles que les machines, les terrains et les bâtiments. Le " -"module vous permet de générer des entrées mensuelles d'amortissement " -"automatiquement, d'obtenir le tableau d'amortissement, de vendre ou de " -"détruire des immobilisations, et de générer des rapports sur les " -"immobilisations de votre entreprise." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" -"A titre d'exemple, vous pouvez acheter une voiture pour 36.000 € (valeur " -"brute) et vous envisagez de l'amortir sur 36 mois (3 ans). Tous les mois " -"(périodicité), Odoo va créer une entrée d'amortissement réduisant " -"automatiquement votre valeur des actifs de 1000 € et passant 1000 € de " -"charge. Après 3 ans, cet immobilisation comptera pour 0 € (valeur de " -"récupération) dans votre bilan." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" -"Les différents types d'immobilisations sont regroupées en « Catégories » qui" -" décrivent comment se déprécie un atout. Voici deux exemples de types " -"d'immobilisations :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "Bâtiment : 10 ans, amortissement linéaire annuel" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "Voiture : 5 ans, amortissement linéaire mensuel" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "Installer le module Gestion des immobilisations" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "Commencez par l'*installation du module Gestion des immobilisations*" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" -"Une fois le module installé, vous devriez trouver deux nouveaux menus dans " -"l'application Comptabilité :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Conseiller --> Immobilisations`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'immobilisation`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -msgstr "" -"Avant d'enregistrer votre première immobilisation, vous devez :ref:`définir " -"vos types d'immobilisations " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "Définition de Types d'immobilisation" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"Les Types d'immobilisation sont utilisés pour configurer toutes les " -"informations sur une immobilisation : comptes d'immobilisation et " -"d'amortissement, méthode d'amortissement, etc. De cette façon, les " -"conseillers peuvent configurer les types d'actifs et les utilisateurs " -"peuvent enregistrer des immobilisations sans avoir à fournir de " -"l'information comptable complexe. Ils ont juste besoin de fournir un type " -"d'immobilisation sur la facture du fournisseur." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" -"Vous devriez créer des types d'immobilisation pour chaque groupe " -"d'immobilisation que vous achetez souvent comme \"Automobiles: 5 ans\", " -"\"Matériel informatique: 3 ans\". Pour toutes les autres immobilisations, " -"vous pouvez créer des types d'immobilisation génériques. Nommez-les en " -"fonction de la durée de l'immobilisation comme \"36 mois\", \"10 ans\", ..." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" -"Pour définir des types d'immobilisation, allez à " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Types d'immobilisation`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "Créer des imobilisations manuellement" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" -"Pour enregistrer une immobilisation manuellement, allez dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Conseiller -> Immobilisations`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre immobilisation est créée, n'oubliez pas de la Confirmer. " -"Vous pouvez également cliquer sur le bouton Calcule les amortissements pour " -"vérifier le tableau d'amortissement avant de confirmer l'immobilisation." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"si vous créez une immobilisation manuellement, vous devez encore créer la " -"facture fournisseur pour cette immobilisation. Le document de " -"l'immobilisation ne produira que les écritures d'amortissement, et non celes" -" liées à la facture fournisseur." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "Explication des champs :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" -"Essayez de créer une *Immobilisation* dans notre démonstration en ligne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" -"Créer automatiquement des immobilisations depuis une facture fournisseur" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"Les immobilisations peuvent être créées automatiquement à partir des " -"factures fournisseurs. Tout ce que vous devez faire est de définir une " -"catégorie d'immobilisation sur votre ligne de facture. Lorsque l'utilisateur" -" validera la facture, une immobilisation sera créée automatiquement, en " -"utilisant les informations de la facture fournisseur." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Selon les informations de la catégorie d'immobilisation, l'immobilisation " -"sera créée en brouillon ou directement validée. Il est plus simple de " -"confirmer des immobilisations directement afin que vous n'oubliez pas de les" -" confirmer par la suite. (Validez le champ *Valider les écritures* sur " -"*Types d'immobilisation*). Générez des immobilisations en brouillon lorsque " -"vous voulez que votre conseiller puisse contrôler toutes les immobilisations" -" avant de les comptabiliser." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"si vous mettez l'immobilisation sur l'article, la catégorie d'immobilisation" -" sera automatiquement remplie dans la facture fournisseur." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" -msgstr "Comment amortir une immobilisation ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" -"Odoo va créer des écritures d'amortissement automatiquement à la bonne date " -"pour chaque immobilisation confirmée. (pas celles à l'état brouillon). Vous " -"pouvez contrôler dans le tableau d'amortissement : une puce verte signifie " -"que l'écriture a été générée pour cette ligne." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" -"Mais vous pouvez aussi générer des écritures avant la date prévue en " -"cliquant sur le point vert et en forçant la création d'écriture " -"d'amortissement." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" -"Dans le tableau d'amortissement, cliquez sur le point rouge pour générer " -"l'écriture. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Items' en haut pour voir les " -"écritures qui sont déjà générées." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "Comment modifier une immobilisation existante ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier l'amortissement`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "Changez le nombre d'amortissements" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" -"Odoo va automatiquement recalculer un nouveau tableau d'amortissement." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "Comment enregistrer la vente ou la destruction d'une immobilisation ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" -"Si vous vendez ou détruisez une immobilisation, vous devez amortir " -"complètement cet actif. Cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Vendre ou " -"Détruire`. Cette action comptabilisera le coût total de cette " -"immobilisation, mais il n'enregistrera pas la transaction de vente qui doit " -"être enregistrée par le biais d'une facture client." - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "Comment gérer un budget financier ?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5747,7 +8473,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous allons utiliser l'exemple suivant pour illustrer. Nous avons juste " "commencé un projet avec Smith & Co et nous aimerions budgetiser les recettes" " et les dépenses de ce projet. Nous prévoyons d'avoir un chiffre d'affaires " -"de 1000 et nous ne voulons pas dépenser plus de 700." +"de 1 000 et nous ne voulons pas dépenser plus de 700." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -5832,8 +8558,6 @@ msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, nous sélectionnons les trois comptes pertinents utilisés " -"dans lesquels nous comptabiliserons nos dépenses." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -5940,29 +8664,25 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez vérifier votre budget à tout moment. Pour voir l'évolution, " "enregistrons quelques factures clients et fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -"si vous utilisez des comptes analytiques rappelez-vous que vous devez " -"spécifier le compte sur la ligne de la facture client et/ou fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -"pour plus d'informations sur l'enregistrement des factures clients et " -"fournisseurs voir :" +"Pour plus d'informations sur l'enregistrement des factures et des bons de " +"commande voir :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Revenez à la liste des budgets et trouvez le Projet Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -5972,7 +8692,7 @@ msgstr "" "clients et fournisseurs enregistrées dans les comptes et les afficher dans " "la colonne **Montant réel**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -5986,244 +8706,13 @@ msgstr "" "est le 31 janvier, le montant théorique sera 100, car cela est le montant " "réel qui aurait du être réalisé." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" -"Comment faire une fin d'année dans Odoo ? (clôturer d'un exercice financier)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Avant d'aller plus avant avec la fermeture d'un exercice, il y a quelques " -"étapes qu'il faut généralement réaliser pour veiller à ce que votre " -"comptabilité soit correcte, à jour, et précise :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous avez intégralement rapproché vos **comptes bancaires**" -" jusqu'à la fin de l'année et que vos soldes comptables sont en " -"correspondance avec le solde de vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que toutes les factures clients ont été saisies et approuvées." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" -"Confirmez que vous avez saisi et accepté toutes les **factures " -"fournisseurs**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Validez toutes les **notes de frais**, vérifiez leur exactitude." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que tous les **paiements reçus** ont été saisis et enregistrés avec" -" précision." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Liste de vérification de fin d'année" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Générez un **Rapport de taxes**, et vérifiez que vos informations fiscales " -"sont correctes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Lettrez tous les comptes de votre bilan" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Faites coincider vos soldes bancaires dans Odoo avec vos soldes bancaires " -"réels sur vos relevés. Utilisez le rapport **Réconciliation par relevé " -"bancaire** pour cela." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Rapprocher toutes les transactions dans votre caisse et vos comptes " -"bancaires en exécutant vos rapports **Balance âgée des tiers**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Auditez vos comptes, en étant sûr de bien comprendre les opérations qui les " -"concernent et la nature des opérations, en veillant à inclure les prêts et " -"les immobilisations." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Exécutez la fonctionnalité optionnelle **Correspondance des factures et des " -"paiements**, sous le menu déroulant **Plus** sur le tableau de bord, " -"cherchant chaque **Facture Fournisseur** et **Facture Client** ouvertes et " -"leurs paiements. Cette étape est facultative, mais elle peut aider le " -"processus de fin d'année si tous les paiements et les factures impayées sont" -" rapprochés, et pourrait conduire à trouver des anomalies ou des erreurs " -"dans le système." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Votre comptable vérifiera probablement vos éléments de bilan et vos " -"écritures pour :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Des ajustements manuels de fin d'année, en utilisant le menu **Conseiller " -"--> Pièces comptables** (Par exemple, les rapports **Gains de l'Année " -"actuelle** et **Revenus différés**)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Travail en cours**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Ecritures d'amortissement**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Prêts**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Ajustements fiscaux**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Si votre comptable est soumis à un contrôle de fin d'année, il peut vouloir " -"avoir des copies papier de tous les éléments du bilan (tels que les prêts, " -"les comptes bancaires, les paiements anticipés, les déclarations de taxe de " -"vente, etc ...) afin de les confronter à vos soldes dans Odoo ." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Au cours de ce processus, c'est une bonne pratique de régler la **Date de " -"verrouillage pour les non-conseillers** au dernier jour de l'exercice " -"précédent, qui est défini dans la configuration de Comptabilité. De cette " -"façon, le comptable peut être sûr que personne ne change les transactions de" -" l'année précédente pendant la vérification des livres." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Clôture de l'exercice" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo il n'y a pas besoin de faire une entrée spécifique de clôture de " -"fin d'année, afin de clôturer les comptes du compte de résultat. Les " -"rapports sont créés en temps réel, ce qui signifie que le **Compte de " -"résultat** correspond directement à la date de fin d'année que vous " -"spécifiez dans Odoo. Par conséquent, chaque fois que vous générez le " -"**Compte de résultat**, la date de début correspondra avec le début de " -"l'**Exercice** et les soldes des comptes seront tous à 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le comptable a créé l'entrée de journal pour répartir les " -"**Gains de l'année en cours**, vous devez régler la **Date de Verrouillage**" -" au dernier jour de l'exercice. Assurez-vous avant de le faire que les " -"résultats de l'exercice en cours dans le **Bilan** ont bien un solde à 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Analytique" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" -"Comment suivre les coûts des achats, des frais de déplacement, de la sous-" -"traitance ?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6242,11 +8731,11 @@ msgid "" " to the project." msgstr "" "Nous allons prendre l'exemple suivant. Nous avons vendu une mission de " -"conseil pour un client. Le coût de la mission est tout compris, ce qui " -"signifie qu'aucun coût supplémentaire ne peut être ajouté. Nous aimerions " -"toutefois suivre quels coûts ont été liés à cette mission car nous devons " -"payer les achats, les notes de frais et les coûts de sous-traitance liés au " -"projet." +"consultance pour un client. Il s'agit d'une mission tout compris, ce qui " +"signifie qu'aucun coût supplémentaire ne peut être ajouté à celle-ci. Nous " +"aimerions toutefois suivre quels coûts ont été liés à cette mission car nous" +" devons payer les achats, les notes de frais et les coûts de sous-traitance " +"liés au projet." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -6270,7 +8759,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "Activer la Comptabilité Analytique" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -6308,8 +8797,8 @@ msgstr "" "Tout d'abord, vous devez créer un compte analytique sur lequel vous pouvez " "pointer toutes vos dépenses. Entrez dans l'application de Comptabilité, " "sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration --> Comptes analytiques`. Créez " -"en un nouveau. Dans cet exemple, nous l'appellerons \"mission de conseil\" " -"pour notre client Smith&Co." +"en un nouveau. Dans cet exemple, nous l'appellerons \"mission de " +"consultation\" pour notre client Smith&Co." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." @@ -6357,7 +8846,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Entrez dans le module de Notes de frais, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Mes " "notes de frais --> Créer`. Sélectionnez l'article billet de train et " -"affectez-le au compte analytique discuté ci-dessus." +"affectez-le au compte analytique vu ci-dessus." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -6410,17 +8899,17 @@ msgstr "" " commande d'achat au compte analyse concerné. Nous devons juste créer " "l'article approprié." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également suivre les coûts avec des feuilles de temps, voir : " -":doc:`timesheets`" +"Vous pouvez également suivre les coûts avec des feuilles de présence, voir :" +" :doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Suivre les coûts en comptabilité" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -6428,7 +8917,7 @@ msgstr "" "Maintenant tout est comptabilisé et affecté au compte analytique. Il suffit " "de l'ouvrir pour vérifier les coûts liés à ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -6436,7 +8925,7 @@ msgstr "" "Entrez dans le module Comptabilité, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Conseiller " "--> Comptes analytiques --> Ouvrir le plan comptable`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -6444,7 +8933,7 @@ msgstr "" "Selectionnez \"Mision de conseil - Smith\" et cliquez sur le bouton coût et " "recette pour avoir une vue d'ensemble de tous les coûts liés à ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -6455,8 +8944,8 @@ msgstr "" "facture à ce même compte analytique." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "Comment suivre les coûts de personnels avec des feuilles de temps ?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6477,11 +8966,11 @@ msgid "" "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" "Nous prendrons l'exemple suivant : Nos deux employés **Harry Potter** et " -"**Cedric Digory** travaillent tous les deux sur un **Projet de conseils** " -"pour notre client **Smith & Co**. Harry est payé 18 € / h et le salaire de " -"Cedric est de 12 € / h. Nous aimerions suivre leurs coûts horaires au sein " -"de l'application de comptabilité, et les comparer avec les recettes du " -"service de conseil." +"**Cedric Digory** travaillent tous les deux sur un **Projet de consultance**" +" pour notre client **Smith & Co**. Harry est payé 18 €/h et le salaire de " +"Cedric est de 12 €/h. Nous aimerions suivre leurs coûts horaires au sein de " +"l'application de comptabilité, et les comparer avec les recettes du service " +"de consultance." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6491,7 +8980,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Tout d'abord, installez les trois applications nécessaires pour utiliser " "cette fonctionnalité, à savoir **Comptabilité**, **Ventes** et **Feuilles de" -" temps**. Entrez le nom des applications et installez-les." +" présence**. Entrez le nom des applications et installez-les." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -6499,10 +8988,6 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -"Ensuite, vous devrez activer la comptabilité analytique. Pour ce faire " -"entrer dans la **Comptabilité**. Sélectionnez :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Configuration` et cochez l'option **Compte analytique** (voir image ci-" -"dessous)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -6528,18 +9013,18 @@ msgid "" "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" -"Sur le formulaire de l'employé entrez dans l'onglet **Paramètres RH**. Ici, " -"vous êtes en mesure de préciser le **Coût horaire (de la feuille de " -"temps...)** de votre employé. Dans notre exemple, Harry a un coût de 18 " -"euros / heure. Nous allons donc saisir 18 dans ce champ." +"Sur la fiche de l'employé allez à l'onglet **Paramètres RH**. Là, vous serez" +" en mesure de préciser le **Coût horaire de la feuille de présence** de cet " +"employé. Dans notre exemple, Harry a un coût de 18 euros/heure. Nous allons " +"donc saisir 18 dans ce champ." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez que l'employé puisse saisir ses feuilles de temps il doit " -"être relié à un utilisateur." +"Si vous voulez permettre aux employés de saisir des feuilles de présence, " +"celles-ci doivent être reliées à un utilisateur." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -6559,10 +9044,10 @@ msgid "" "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -"Nous avons créé deux employés appelés Harry Potter et Cedric Diggory dans " -"l'application **Employés**. Tous les deux vont travailler sur un contrat de " -"conseil pour notre client Smith & Co où ils pointeront leurs heures sur une " -"feuille de temps." +"Nous avons créé les employés Harry Potter et Cedric Diggory dans " +"l'application **Employés**. Tous les deux travailleront sur un contrat de " +"consultance pour notre client Smith & Co et devront indiquer leurs heures " +"sur une feuille de présence." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -6570,21 +9055,16 @@ msgid "" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -"Nous avons donc besoin de créer une **commande** avec un article de type " -"**service** facturé en **reinvoice costs** et suivi par des feuilles de " -"temps avec des **heures** comme unité de mesure." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'informations sur la façon de créer une commande en \"reinvoice " -"costs\" consultez : *Comment facturer en \"reinvoice costs\"* (travail en " -"cours)." +"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -6598,38 +9078,33 @@ msgstr "" "(dans cet exemple **SO002-Smith & Co**) afin de pouvoir facturer leurs " "heures (voir photo ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "Remplir une feuille de temps" +msgstr "Remplir une feuille de présence" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -"En tant qu'employé lié à un utilisateur, Harry peut entrer dans " -"l'application **Feuilles de temps** et enregistrer ses feuilles de temps " -"pour le contrat. Connecté à Odoo avec le compte de Harry, entrons dans " -"l'application **Feuilles de temps** et saisissons une ligne détaillée " -"pointant sur le **Compte Analytique** discuté ci-dessus." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Harry a travaillé trois heures sur une analyse SWOT pour Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -"En attendant, Cédric a discuté des besoins d'affaires avec le client pendant" -" 1 heure et l'a également enregistré dans sa feuille de temps personnelle, " -"pointant sur le même **Compte Analytique**." +"Pendant ce temps, Cédric a discuté des besoins de l'entreprise avec le " +"client pendant une heure et l'a également enregistré dans sa feuille de " +"présence, en pointant également sur le **Compte Analytique**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -6637,11 +9112,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dans le **Bon de Commande** nous remarquons que les quantités d'heures " "livrées/prestées est automatiquement calculé (voir image ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Compte analytique" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -6651,15 +9126,15 @@ msgstr "" " des ressources humaines et des revenus. Tous les revenus et les coûts de " "ces transactions ont été enregistrés dans le compte **SO002-Smith & Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Nous pouvons utiliser deux méthodes pour analyser la situation." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Sans filtres" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -6672,7 +9147,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Comptabilité*, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Comptes " "analytiques --> Ouvrir le Plan Comptable`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -6682,7 +9157,7 @@ msgstr "" "souhaitez ouvrir la situation actuelle, vous devez garder les champs vides. " "Nous pouvons déjà noter le solde du compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -6690,7 +9165,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si l'on clique sur le compte, un bouton spécial est fourni pour avoir les " "détails des coûts et des revenus (voir image ci-dessous)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -6698,17 +9173,17 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur le bouton **Coût/Revenu** pour avoir une vue d'ensemble des " "coûts et des revenus avec la description correspondante." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "Avec des filtres" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "Nous pouvons donc filtrer ces informations à partir des **Pièces " "Analytiques**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -6718,7 +9193,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Conseiller --> Ecritures analytiques`. Dans ce menu, nous " "avons plusieurs options pour analyser le coût des ressources humaines." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -6728,15 +9203,15 @@ msgstr "" "recettes du projet. Ajoutez un **Filtre** personnalisé où le **Compte " "analytique** contient le numéro de **Bon de Commande**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" -"Dans les résultats, nous voyons les activités de feuilles de temps et des " -"lignes facturées avec les coûts et les revenus correspondants." +"Dans les résultats, nous voyons les activités des feuilles de présence et " +"les lignes facturées ainsi que leurs coûts et revenus correspondants." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -6892,31 +9367,9 @@ msgstr "**Titre**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Compte**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Débit**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Crédit**" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Valeur**" @@ -6935,7 +9388,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "1500" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -6943,7 +9396,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "Sous-Traitants" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -6958,7 +9411,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "Avoir pour des matériaux défectueux" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -6990,7 +9443,7 @@ msgstr "Marketing" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "-2 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -7007,7 +9460,7 @@ msgstr "Administratifs" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "-1 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -7048,10 +9501,6 @@ msgid "" "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -"Les exemples ci-dessus sont basés sur une répartition des coûts de la " -"société. allocations analytiques peuvent être tout aussi efficace pour les " -"ventes. Cela vous donne la rentabilité (ventes - coûts) des différents " -"services." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -7114,11 +9563,11 @@ msgid "" "cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " "cost." msgstr "" -"Les mécanismes utilisés pour enregistrées les heures travaillées seront " -"traitées en détail dans la documentation sur les feuilles de temps. Comme la" -" plupart des processus du système, les heures travaillées sont intégrées " -"dans la comptabilité analytique. Dans la fiche de l'employé, préciser le " -"coût de l'employé. Le tarif horaire est une fonction du coût de l'employé." +"Les mécanismes utilisés pour enregistrer les heures travaillées sont abordés" +" en détail dans la documentation sur les feuilles de présence. Comme la " +"plupart des processus du système, les heures travaillées sont intégrées dans" +" la comptabilité analytique. Précisez le coût de l'employé sur sa fiche. Le " +"tarif horaire est l'une des fonctions du coût de l'employé." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -7179,7 +9628,7 @@ msgstr "** Compte général**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "Etudier le dossier (1 h)" +msgstr "Étudier le dossier (1 heure)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 @@ -7198,7 +9647,7 @@ msgstr "Recherche d'informations (3 h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "-45" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -7219,7 +9668,7 @@ msgstr "Frais de service" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "280" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -7243,7 +9692,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "Coût de carburant - Déplacement client" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -7267,7 +9716,7 @@ msgstr "6201 – Salaires" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "3 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -7293,16 +9742,16 @@ msgid "" "invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" -"Mais la comptabilité analytique ne se limite pas à une simple analyse de la " -"rentabilité des différents clients. Les mêmes données peuvent être utilisées" -" pour refacturer automatiquement les services aux clients à la fin du mois. " -"Pour facturer les clients, relier juste le compte analytique à une commande " -"et des articles vendus qui gèrent des feuilles de temps ou des notes de " -"frais." +"Néanmoins, la comptabilité analytique ne se limite pas à une simple analyse " +"de la rentabilité des différents clients. Les mêmes données peuvent être " +"utilisées à la fin du mois pour une refacturation automatique des services " +"aux clients. Pour facturer les clients, reliez tout simplement le compte " +"analytique à une commande et vendez des articles qui gèrent des feuilles de " +"présence ou des dépenses." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "Cas 3 : Société de Services Informatiques : Analyse de performance" +msgstr "Cas 3 : Société de services informatiques : analyse de la performance" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" @@ -7371,7 +9820,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "Conclusion" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -7389,308 +9838,16 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" "La comptabilité analytique est flexible et facile à utiliser depuis toutes " -"les applications d'Odoo (ventes, achats, feuilles de temp, production, " +"les applications d'Odoo (ventes, achats, feuilles de présence, production, " "facturation, ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un type de compte et comment dois-je le configurer ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'un type de compte ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" -"Un type de compte est un nom ou un code donné à un compte qui indique " -"l'usage du compte." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les Types de comptes sont utilisés à des fins d'information, pour" -" générer les documents légaux propres à chaque pays, pour définir les règles" -" pour fermer un exercice financier et pour générer des entrées d'ouverture." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" -"Fondamentalement, les types de compte classent les comptes généraux avec " -"certaines catégories spécifiques en fonction de leur comportement ou de leur" -" rôle." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "Quels sont les types de compte dans Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" -"Odoo couvre tous les types de comptabilité. Par conséquent, vous ne pouvez " -"pas créer de nouveaux types de compte. Il suffit de choisir celui lié à " -"votre compte." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "**Liste des types de compte**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Recevable" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Payable" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Banque et liquidités" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Actif circulant" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Actif immobilisé" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Prépaiements" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Immobilisations" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Passif circulant" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Passif immobilisé" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Capitaux propres" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Bénéfices de l'année en cours" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Autres revenus" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Revenus" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Amortissement" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Notes de frais" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Coûts directs" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je configurer mes comptes?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" -"Les types de comptes sont créés automatiquement lors de l'installation d'un " -"plan comptable. Par défaut, Odoo fournit de nombreux plans comptables, il " -"suffit d'installer celui correspondant à votre pays." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" -"Il va installer des comptes génériques. Mais s'il ne couvre pas tous vos " -"cas, vous pouvez aussi créer vos propres comptes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes un utilisateur Saas, le plan comptable de votre pays est " -"automatiquement installé." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau compte, allez dans l'application de comptabilité. " -"Ouvrez le menu :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Plan comptable`, et cliquez " -"sur le bouton **Créer**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Le type de compte est utilisé comme indication pour l'utilisateur, ainsi que" -" pour créer des rapports comptables spécifiques à certains pays, et enfin " -"pour gérer les clôtures d'exercices (et établir les écritures " -"correspondantes)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Can Create Asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field specifying if the account can generate asset depending on " -"it's type. It is used in the account form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this is selected, an asset will be created automatically when Journal " -"Items on this account are posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Étiquettes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" -"Étiquettes optionnelles que vous pourriez assigner pour des rapports " -"personnalisés" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Devise du compte" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" -"Oblige toutes les écritures de ce compte à avoir cette devise secondaire." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Type interne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"Le \"Type interne\" est utilisé pour des caractéristiques disponibles sur " -"différents types de comptes : le type liquidité est pour l'argent cash ou " -"les comptes banquaires, payabls/recevables par les comptes des " -"vendeurs/clients." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Group" -msgstr "Groupe interne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Group' is used to filter accounts based on the internal group " -"set on the account type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Autoriser le lettrage" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Cochez cette case si ce compte permet de faire du rapprochement entre " -"factures et paiements." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir *Créer un compte* dans notre démonstration en ligne" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Gérer les années fiscales" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stock" +msgstr "Inventaire" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" msgstr "" -"Impact sur l'évaluation du prix moyen en cas de retour de marchandises" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7699,7 +9856,7 @@ msgid "" "the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" " average cost." msgstr "" -"Come indiqué sur la `*page de valorisation des stocks* " +"Come indiqué sur la `*page de valorisation des inventaires* " "<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, une des " "méthodes de comptabilité dont vous pouvez vous servir pour la valorisation " "des stocks permanent est le coût moyen." @@ -7729,9 +9886,9 @@ msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" -"La méthode du coût moyen consiste à calculer le coût du stock final et le " -"coût des biens vendus sur la base du coût unitaire moyen pondéré de chaque " -"élément de l'inventaire." +"La méthode du coût moyen consiste à calculer le coût de l'inventaire final " +"et le coût des biens vendus sur la base du coût unitaire moyen pondéré de " +"chaque élément de l'inventaire." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7755,7 +9912,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "Définir le prix d'achat" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7772,7 +9929,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "Exemple de coût moyen" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -7922,7 +10079,7 @@ msgstr "24$" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7941,9 +10098,9 @@ msgid "" "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" "A la deuxième réception, le coût moyen est actualisé puisque la valeur " -"d'inventaire totale est maintenant de ``80$ + 4*16$ = 144$``. Comme nous " -"avons 12 unités en réserve, le prix unitaire moyen est de ``144$ / 12 = " -"12$``." +"d'inventaire totale est maintenant de ``80 $ + 4*16 $ = 144 $``. Comme nous " +"avons 12 unités en réserve, le prix unitaire moyen est de ``144 $ / 12 = 12 " +"$``." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -7952,8 +10109,8 @@ msgid "" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" "Par définition, la livraison de 10 produits ne change pas le coût moyen. En " -"effet, la valeur d'inventaire est maintenant de 24$ puisqu'il ne nous reste " -"que 2 unités de chaque ``24$ / 2 = 12$``." +"effet, la valeur d'inventaire est maintenant de 24 $ puisqu'il ne nous reste" +" que 2 unités de chaque ``24 $ / 2 = 12 $``." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" @@ -7978,7 +10135,7 @@ msgstr "Ce qui signifie que le tableau du dessus sera actualisé ainsi :" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "Retour d'1 produit initialement acheté pour 10$" +msgstr "Retour d'un produit initialement acheté à 10 $" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 @@ -8032,7 +10189,7 @@ msgstr "-1\\*10$" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "**2$**" +msgstr "**2 $**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 @@ -8045,7 +10202,7 @@ msgid "" "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" "Comme vous pouvez le voir dans cet exemple, cela n'est pas correct : une " -"valorisation des stocks à 2$ pour 0 éléments dans l'entrepôt." +"valorisation des stocks à 2 $ pour 0 éléments dans l'entrepôt." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -8057,7 +10214,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "**$0**" +msgstr "**0 $**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -8106,7 +10263,7 @@ msgstr "différence de prix" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "($80)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -8122,7 +10279,7 @@ msgstr "Reçu facture fournisseur $64" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "**$10**" +msgstr "**10 $**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" @@ -8134,7 +10291,7 @@ msgstr "Reçu avoir fournisseur $10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" -msgstr "$2" +msgstr "2 $" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -8244,7 +10401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement dans une autre devise" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -8317,20 +10474,20 @@ msgstr "" "la comptabilité." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Comment fonctionne le mode multi-devises d'Odoo ?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8340,16 +10497,16 @@ msgid "" "bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " "activities." msgstr "" -"Choisir d'utiliser l'option multi-devises dans Odoo vous permettra d'envoyer" -" des factures, des devis et des bons de commande, ou de recevoir des " -"factures et des paiements dans des devises autres que la vôtre. Avec le mode" -" multi-devises, vous pouvez également créer des comptes bancaires dans " -"d'autres devises et des obtenir des rapports sur vos activités en devises " +"Choisir d'utiliser l'option multidevises dans Odoo vous permettra d'envoyer " +"des factures, des devis et des bons de commande, ou de recevoir des factures" +" et des paiements dans des devises autres que la vôtre. Avec le mode " +"multidevises, vous pouvez également créer des comptes bancaires dans " +"d'autres devises et obtenir des rapports sur vos activités en devises " "étrangères." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "Activer le mode multi-devises" +msgstr "Activer le mode multidevises" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -8361,7 +10518,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Appliquer**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Journal de taux de change" @@ -8439,15 +10596,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Mettre à jour immédiatement**. Sélectionnez le Fournisseur du service, et " "vous êtes prêt !" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Seules les devises **actives** sont mises à jour" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Configurer votre plan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -8458,7 +10615,7 @@ msgstr "" " Cela va forcer tous les mouvements de ce compte à utiliser la monnaie " "définie pour ce compte." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -8466,11 +10623,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous le laissez vide, cela signifie qu'il peut utiliser toutes les " "devises qui sont Actives." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Configurer vos journaux" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -8481,7 +10638,7 @@ msgstr "" "Comptabilité, cliquez sur **Plus** sur le journal, puis sur " "**Configuration**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" @@ -8492,20 +10649,24 @@ msgstr "" "laquelle vous enregistrerez les paiements. Si une devise est définie, cela " "signifie que vous ne pouvez enregistrer les paiements que dans cette devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Comment fonctionne le mode multidevises d'Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" -"Maintenant que vous travaillez dans un environnement multi-devises, tous les" -" écritures seront liés à une monnaie, nationale ou étrangère." +"Maintenant que vous travaillez dans un environnement multidevises, tous les " +"écritures seront liées à une monnaie, nationale ou étrangère." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Commandes et factures client" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -8516,11 +10677,11 @@ msgstr "" "votre entreprise sur vos commandes et factures client. La devise est définie" " pour l'ensemble du document." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Bons de commande et factures fournisseurs" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -8531,23 +10692,19 @@ msgstr "" "votre entreprise sur vos commandes et factures fournisseur. La devise est " "définie pour l'ensemble du document." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Enregistrements de paiement" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application de Comptabilité, aller à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Paiements`. Enregistrez le paiement et définissez la devise." +"Dans l'application comptabilité, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " +"Paiements`. Enregistre' le paiement et définir la devise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " @@ -8559,7 +10716,7 @@ msgstr "" "complémentaires, le montant qui a été effectivement payé et la devise dans " "laquelle il a été payé." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8569,7 +10726,7 @@ msgstr "" "la bonne Facture. Vous obtiendrez le prix de la facture dans la devise de la" " facture et le montant dans la devise de votre entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -8578,18 +10735,18 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces Écarts de change. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "Comment gérer des factures et des paiements avec plusieurs devises ?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8597,8 +10754,8 @@ msgid "" "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" -"Odoo fournit un support multi-devises avec un enregistrement automatique des" -" écarts de change. Il y a plusieurs choses qu'Odoo fait pour faciliter la " +"Odoo fournit un support multidevises avec un enregistrement automatique des " +"écarts de change. Il y a plusieurs choses que Odoo fait pour faciliter la " "vie de l'utilisateur." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 @@ -8611,7 +10768,7 @@ msgstr "" "Toutes les opérations comptables seront effectuées en utilisant la devise de" " la société. Cependant, vous pouvez voir deux champs supplémentaires dans la" " pièce comptable : la devise secondaire et le montant. Vous pouvez créer des" -" journaux multi-devises de forcer une monnaie spécifique." +" journaux multidevises ou forcer une monnaie spécifique." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -8626,14 +10783,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "Activer le mode multi-devises" +msgstr "Activer le mode multidevises" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'informations sur l'activation du mode multi-devises, lisez le " +"Pour plus d'informations sur l'activation du mode multidevises, lisez le " "document : :doc:`how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 @@ -8649,21 +10806,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Factures clients et fournisseurs multi-devises" +msgstr "Factures clients et fournisseurs multidevises" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Factures" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Factures fournisseurs" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "Paiements Multi-devises" +msgstr "Paiements multidevises" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -8677,7 +10828,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "Relevés Bancaires Multi-Devises" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -8698,1620 +10849,608 @@ msgstr "" "Aller à :menuselection:`Conseiller --> Pièces comptables` et chercher les " "pièces **Écarts de Change**. Tous les écarts de change y sont comptabilisés." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Analyse" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "Comment créer un rapport personnalisé avec vos propres formules ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" -"Odoo 13 est livré avec des outils de reporting puissants et faciles à " -"utiliser. Créer de nouveaux rapports (tels qu'un rapport fiscal, un bilan ou" -" un compte de résultat avec des regroupements et une présentation " -"spécifique) pour répondre à vos besoins est maintenant plus facile que " -"jamais." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Activer le mode développeur" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" -"Afin d'avoir accès à l'interface de création de rapport financier, le mode " -"**développeur** doit être activé. Pour ce faire, cliquez d'abord sur le " -"profil de l'utilisateur dans le menu en haut à droite, puis sur **A propos " -"de**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "Cliquez sur : **Activer le mode développeur**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Créez votre rapport financier" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vous devez créer votre rapport financier. Pour ce faire, aller" -" à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Rapports financiers` " -"et cliquez sur **Créer**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le nom est rempli, il y a deux autres paramètres qui doivent " -"être configurés :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Montrer les colonnes de crédit et débit**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Périodes d'analyse**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "Basé sur des plages de dates (par ex. Compte de Résultat)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "Basé sur une date unique (par ex. bilan)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" -"Basé sur des plages de date avec les colonnes 'anciens' et 'total' et les 3 " -"derniers mois (par ex. Balances Agées des Tiers)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Ajouter des lignes dans vos rapports personnalisés" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir créé le rapport, vous devez le remplir avec des lignes. Elles " -"ont toutes besoin d'un **nom**, d'un **code** (qui est utilisé pour faire " -"référence à la ligne), d'un **numéro de séquence** et d'un **niveau** " -"(utilisé pour le rendu de la ligne)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" -"Dans le champ **formules**, vous pouvez ajouter une ou plusieurs formules " -"pour attribuer une valeur à la colonne solde (et aux colonnes de débit et de" -" crédit le cas échéant - séparées par ;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "Vous avez plusieurs objets disponibles dans la formule:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" -"``Ndays`` : le nombre de jours de la période choisie (pour les rapports avec" -" une plage de dates)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"Un autre rapport, référencé par son code. Utilisez ``.balance`` pour obtenir" -" son solde (sont également disponible ``.credit``, ``.debit`` et " -"``.amount_residual``)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"Une ligne peut également être basée sur la somme de lignes d'écritures " -"comptable sur un domaine sélectionné. Dans ce cas, vous devez remplir le " -"champ domaine avec un domaine Odoo sur l'objet de la ligne d'écriture " -"comptable. Ensuite, un objet supplémentaire est disponible dans le champ " -"formules, à savoir ``sum``, la somme de lignes d'écritures comptable de ce " -"domaine. Vous pouvez également utiliser le champ Grouper par le champ pour " -"regrouper les lignes d'écritures comptable par une de leurs colonnes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Autres champs utiles :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Type** : Type du résultat de la formule." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" -"**La croissance est-elle bonne lorsqu'elle est positive**: Utilisé lors du " -"calcul de la colonne de comparaison. Vérifie si la croissance est bonne " -"(affiché en vert) ou non." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" -"**Changement de date spécial**: Si une ligne spécifique dans un rapport ne " -"doit pas utiliser les mêmes dates que le reste du rapport." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -"**Voir domaine** : Comment le domaine d'une ligne est affiché. Peut prendre " -"les valeurs : replié (``default``, caché au début, mais peut être déplié), " -"``always`` (toujours affiché) ou ``never`` (jamais montré)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "Quels sont les principaux rapports disponibles ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" -"Outre les rapports créés spécifiquement dans chaque module de " -"régionalisation, quelques **rapports génériques** et **dynamiques** très " -"utiles sont disponibles pour tous les pays :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**Bilan**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**Compte de Résultat**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**Plan Comptable**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**Résumé Analytique**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**Grand Livre**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "**Balance Agée Fournisseurs**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**Balance Agée Clients**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**Flux de Trésorerie**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Rapport de Taxes**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Rapprochement Bancaire**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez annoter tous les rapports pour les imprimer et en reporter à " -"votre conseiller. Exporter vers xls pour effectuer des analyses " -"supplémentaires. Creuser dans les rapports pour plus de détails (paiements, " -"factures, écritures, etc.)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également comparer les valeurs avec une autre période. " -"Choisissez le nombre de périodes que vous voulez comparer à la période de " -"temps choisie. Vous pouvez choisir jusqu'à 12 périodes antérieures à la date" -" du rapport, si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser l'option par défaut **Période" -" Précédente**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" -"Le **Bilan** montre un aperçu des actifs, des passifs et des capitaux " -"propres de votre organisation à une date particulière." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Compte de résultat" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "Plan comptable" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Une liste de tous vos comptes regroupés par classe" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Résumé général" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" -"Le **Résumé Analytique** permet un rapide coup d'oeil à tous les chiffres " -"importants dont vous avez besoin pour faire fonctionner votre entreprise." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" -"En termes très simples, voilà ce que chacun des éléments de cette section " -"rapporte :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**Performance :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Marge brute :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" -"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle faite par votre entreprise, " -"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes (comme la " -"main-d'œuvre, les matériaux, etc.)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Marge nette :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" -"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle faite par votre entreprise, " -"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes, ainsi que les " -"frais généraux fixes de votre entreprise (comme le loyer, l'électricité, les" -" impôts que vous devez payer à la suite de ces ventes)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Retour sur Investissement (p.a.) :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" -"Le ratio du bénéfice net réalisé, avec le montant des actifs de l'entreprise" -" utilisés pour faire ces bénéfices." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**Situation :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Débiteurs**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" -"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il faut à vos clients pour vous payer " -"(entièrement), calculé à partir de toutes vos factures clients." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Créditeurs**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" -"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il vous faut pour payer (entièrement) vos " -"fournisseurs, calculé à partir de toutes vos factures fournisseurs." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Prévisions de trésorerie à court terme :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" -"Combien d'argent est prévu en entrée ou en sortie de votre organisation pour" -" le prochain mois, c'est à dire le solde de vos **Ventes** pour le mois " -"moins le solde de vos **Achats** pour le mois." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "**Actif à court terme au passif :**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" -"Aussi appelé **ratio de liquidité générale**, c'est le rapport de l'actif " -"circulant (actifs qui pourraient être transformés en espèces dans un an) par" -" les dettes à court terme (dettes qui seront dues dans l'année suivante). " -"Ceci est généralement utilisé comme une mesure de la capacité d'une " -"entreprise à rembourser sa dette." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Grand livre" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"Le **Grand Livre** montre toutes les transactions de tous les comptes pour " -"une période choisie. Le rapport de synthèse initial présente les totaux pour" -" chaque compte et à partir de là, vous pouvez afficher un rapport détaillé " -"des transactions ou des exceptions. Ce rapport est utile pour vérifier " -"toutes les transactions qui ont eu lieu au cours d'une certaine période de " -"temps." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Balance agée des fournisseurs" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "overpayments " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Balance agée clients" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" -"La **Balance Agée Clients** montre les factures clients qui ont été en " -"attente de paiement au cours d'un mois sélectionné et plusieurs mois avant." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Flux de trésorerie" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" -"Le rapport **Flux de trésorerie** montre comment les variations dans les " -"comptes de bilan et les revenus affectent la trésorerie, et ventile " -"l'analyse entre l'exploitation, les investissement et le financement." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Rapport de taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Ce rapport vous permet de voir le montant **hors taxes** et le montant des " -"**taxes** pour toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les prix pour le B2B (HT) et pour le B2C (TTC) ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous travaillez avec les consommateurs, les prix sont généralement " -"exprimés avec les taxes comprises dans le prix (par ex., sur la plupart des " -"sites eCommerce). Mais, lorsque vous travaillez dans un environnement B2B, " -"les entreprises négocient généralement des prix hors taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo gère les deux cas d'utilisation facilement, tant que vous enregistrez " -"vos prix sur l'article taxes exclues ou incluses, mais pas les deux " -"ensemble. Si vous gérez tous vos prix TTC (ou HT) seulement, vous pouvez " -"toujours faire facilement des bons de commande ayant des prix hors taxes (ou" -" inclus) : c'est facile." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Cette documentation est seulement pour le cas d'utilisation spécifique où " -"vous devez avoir deux références pour le prix (taxes incluses ou exclues), " -"pour le même produit. La raison de la complexité est qu'il n'y a pas une " -"relation symétrique entre les prix TTC et les prix HT, comme indiqué dans ce" -" cas d'utilisation, en Belgique, avec une taxe de 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "Votre site de eCommerce a un article à **10€ (TTC)**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Cela ferait **8,26€ (HT)** et une **TVA de 1,74€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Mais pour le même cas d'utilisation, si vous n'enregistrez que le prix HT " -"sur la fiche article (8,26€), vous obtenez un prix TTC à 9,99 €, parce que :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Donc, selon la façon dont vous enregistrez vos prix sur la fiche article, " -"vous aurez des résultats différents pour le prix TTC et le prix HT :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "HT : **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "TTC : **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Si vous achetez 100 pièces à 10€ TTC, ça devient encore plus compliqué. Vous" -" obtiendrez : **1000€ (TTC) = 826,45€ (prix) + 173,55€ (TVA) ** ce qui est " -"très différent d'un prix par pièce à 8,26€ HT." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"Cette documentation explique comment gérer le cas d'utilisation très " -"spécifique où vous avez besoin pour gérer les deux prix (HT et TTC) sur la " -"fiche article au sein de la même société." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"Sur le plan financier, vous n'avez pas plus de revenus en vendant votre " -"produit à 10€ au lieu de 9.99€ (pour une taxe de 21%), parce que votre " -"revenu sera exactement le même à 9,99€, seule la taxe est supérieure de " -"0,01€. Donc, si vous opérez un site de eCommerce en Belgique, faites une " -"faveur à votre client et fixer votre prix à 9,99€ au lieu de 10€. Notez que " -"cela ne s'applique pas à 20€ ou 30€, ou à d'autres taux de TVA, ou à une " -"quantité >1. Vous pouvez également vous faire une faveur puisque vous pouvez" -" tout gérer en HT, ce qui est moins sujet aux erreurs et plus facile pour " -"vos vendeurs." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"La meilleure façon d'éviter cette complexité est de choisir une seule façon " -"de gérer vos prix et de vous y tenir : prix HT ou prix TTC. Définissez " -"lequel est celui enregistré par défaut sur la fiche article (sur la taxe par" -" défaut liée au produit), et laissez Odoo calculer l'autre automatiquement, " -"sur la base de la liste des prix et la position fiscale. Négociez vos " -"contrats avec les clients en conséquence. Cela fonctionne parfaitement avec " -"Odoo sorti-de-boite et vous n'avez aucune configuration spécifique à faire." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne pouvez pas faire cela et que vous avez vraiment négocié des prix " -"HT pour certains clients et TTC pour d'autres clients, vous devez :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"toujours enregistrer le prix par défaut HT sur la fiche article, et " -"appliquer une taxe (prix inclus sur la fiche produit)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"créer une liste de prix avec les prix en TTC, pour des clients spécifiques" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "créer une position fiscale qui bascule du HT au TTC" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"affecter à la fois la liste des prix et la position fiscale aux clients qui " -"souhaitent bénéficier de cette liste de prix et de cette position fiscale" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Dans le cadre de cette documentation, nous allons utiliser le cas d'usage " -"ci-dessus :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "votre prix de vente article par défaut est 8.26 € HT" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Configuration de vos articles" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cela fait, vous pouvez créer une liste de prix **B2C**. Vous pouvez" -" activer la fonction liste de prix par client dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` de l'application de Ventes. " -"Choisissez l'option **Prix différents par segment de clients**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Une fois cela fait, créez une liste de prix B2C dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Listes de prix`. Il est également " -"recommandé de renommer la liste de prix par défaut en B2B pour éviter toute " -"confusion." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, créez un produit à 8,26 €, avec une TVA à 21% (définie comme taxe " -"non incluse dans le prix) et fixer un prix sur ce produit pour les clients " -"B2C à 10€, à partir du menu :menuselection:`Ventes --> Articles` de " -"l'application de Ventes :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"Depuis l'application de comptabilité, créer une position fiscale B2C dans ce" -" menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Positions fiscales`. Cette position " -"fiscale devrait faire correspondre la TVA de 21% (taxe non incluse dans le " -"prix) avec une TVA de 21% (taxe incluse dans le prix)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Test en créant un devis" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Créez un devis depuis l'application de Ventes, en utilisant le menu " -":menuselection:`Ventes --> Devis`. Vous devriez avoir le résultat suivant: " -"8,26 € + 1,73 € = 9.99 €." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, créez un devis, mais **modifiez la liste de prix à B2C et la " -"position fiscale à B2C** sur le devis, avant d'ajouter votre produit. Vous " -"devriez avoir le résultat escompté, qui est un prix total de 10 € pour le " -"client : 8,26 € + 1,74 € = 10.00 €." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Ceci est le comportement attendu pour un client de votre boutique." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Éviter de changer chaque bon de commande" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"La liste des prix est définie dans l'onglet **Ventes et achats** de la fiche" -" client, et la position fiscale dans l'onglet **Comptabilité**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Notez que ceci est sujet aux erreurs : si vous définissez une position " -"fiscale avec la taxe incluse dans les prix, mais utilisez une liste de prix " -"où la taxe n'est pas incluse, vous pourriez avoir des prix mal calculés. " -"Voilà pourquoi nous recommandons généralement aux entreprises de travailler " -"avec une seule référence de prix." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Pour les commandes de eCommerce, la TVA du panier du visiteur sera " -"automatiquement mise à jour et la nouvelle TVA sera appliquée lorsque le " -"visiteur se sera connecté ou aura saisi son adresse de livraison." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation particuliers" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez supprimer une taxe, au" -" lieu de la remplacer par une autre, laissez simplement le champ *Taxe à " -"appliquer* vide." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Si, pour certaines positions fiscales, vous souhaitez remplacer une taxe par" -" deux autres taxes, créez simplement deux lignes ayant la même *Taxe sur le " -"produit*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Journal de banque" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Journal pour taxes sur base des paiements" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Comment créer de nouvelles taxes" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"Cette section décrit comment vous pouvez définir de nouvelles taxes pour des" -" cas d'utilisation particuliers." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Sélectionnez une méthode de calcul:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Groupe de taxes** : permet d'avoir une taxe composée" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'un mécanisme d'imposition plus avancé, vous pouvez " -"installer le module **account_tax_python** et vous pourrez définir de " -"nouvelles taxes avec du code Python." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Configuration avancée" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Groupe de taxe**: définit où cette taxe est ajoutée dans le pied de page " -"de la facture. Toutes les TVA appartenant au même groupe de taxe seront " -"regroupées sur le pied de page de la facture. Des exemples de groupe de taxe" -" : TVA, rétention." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Inclure dans le coût analytique** : la taxe est comptabilisée comme un " -"coût et, par conséquent, génére une entrée analytique si votre facture " -"utilise des comptes analytiques." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Les taxes appliquées dans votre pays sont automatiquement installées pour la" -" plupart des localisations." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les taxes prélevées à la source ?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Une retenue à la source, aussi appelé une taxe de rétention, est une " -"exigence du gouvernement pour le payeur d'une facture client de retenir ou " -"de déduire la taxe du paiement, et de payer cette taxe au gouvernement. Dans" -" la plupart des juridictions, la retenue à la source s'applique aux charges " -"de personnel." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Avec les taxes normales, la TVA est ajoutée au sous-total pour vous donner " -"le total à payer. Contrairement aux taxes normales, les retenues d'impôt " -"sont déduits du montant à payer, étant donné que la taxe sera payée par le " -"client." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" -"A titre d'exemple, en Colombie, vous pouvez avoir la facture suivante :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, l'**entreprise** qui a envoyé la facture doit 20 $ de " -"taxes au **gouvernement** et le **client** doit 10 $ de taxes au " -"**gouvernement**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, une retenue d'impôt est définie par la création d'un impôt " -"négatif. Pour une rétention de 10%, vous pouvez configurer la TVA suivante " -"(accessible via :menuselection:`Configuration -> Taxes`) :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Pour la faire apparaître comme une retenue sur la facture, vous devez " -"définir un groupe fiscal spécifique **Retenues** sur vos taxes, dans " -"l'onglet **Options avancées**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que la taxe est définie, vous pouvez l'utiliser dans vos articles, " -"commande ou factures." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Si la rétention est un pourcentage d'une taxe normale, créer une Taxe avec " -"un **Calcul de Taxe** comme un **Groupe de taxe** et mettez les deux taxes " -"dans ce groupe (taxe normale et rétention)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Application des taxes de rétention sur les factures" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre taxe est créée, vous pouvez l'utiliser sur les fiches " -"clients, les commandes clients ou les factures clients. Vous pouvez " -"appliquer plusieurs taxes sur une seule ligne de facture client." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous visualisez la facture client à l'écran, vous voyez seulement une " -"ligne **Taxes** résumant toutes les taxes (taxes normales et rétentions). " -"Mais lorsque vous imprimez ou envoyez dans la facture, Odoo fait le " -"regroupement correct de toutes les taxes." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"La facture imprimée montrera les différentes quantités de chaque groupe de " -"taxe" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Comment définir des prix avec taxes incluses" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Si la taxe n'est pas comprise dans le prix" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 100 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Taxes : 10 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Total à payer : 110 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Si la taxe est comprise dans le prix" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Prix hors taxe : 90.91 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Taxes : 9.09 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Total à payer : 100 €" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "Afficher les prix TTC dans le catalogue eCommerce" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Commencer" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Plan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Passifs" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Capitaux propres" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Revenus" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Dépense" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "Code et nom" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Rapport" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Catégorie" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Types de compte" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Recevable" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Banque et liquidités" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Actif circulant" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Actif immobilisé" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Prépaiements" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Immobilisations" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Payable" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Carte de crédit" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passif circulant" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passif immobilisé" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Bénéfices de l'année en cours" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Autres revenus" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Amortissement" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Coût des ventes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Autre" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Hors bilan" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "**Non :** c'est la valeur par défaut. Rien ne se passe." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Veuillez vous référer à la documentation associée pour plus d'informations." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Étiquettes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "Groupes de comptes" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Autoriser le lettrage" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Obsolète" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "Comment configurer la Comptabilité d'Odoo ?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" -"L'application de Comptabilité d'Odoo possède un guide d'implémentation " -"auquel vous devriez vous référer pour sa configuration. Il s'agit d'un " -"assistant pas-à-pas avec des liens vers les différents composants dont vous " -"aurez besoin." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Une fois que vous aurez installé `l'application de Comptabilité " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, vous " -"devez cliquer sur la barre de progression en haut à droite pour accéder au " -"guide d'implémentation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "Le guide d'implémentation vous assistera tout au long de ces étapes :" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Remplissage des paramètres de votre entreprise" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Saisie de vos coordonnées bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Sélection de votre plan comptable" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Confirmation de vos taux de TVA habituels" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Configuration des devises étrangères" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "Importation de vos clients" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "Importation de vos fournisseurs" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "Importation de vos articles" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "Importation de vos opérations en cours" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "Importation de votre solde initial" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Création des utilisateurs de la comptabilité" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Données sur la société" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Compte bancaire" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Périodes comptables" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Layout Facture" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Moyen de paiement" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Exemple de facture" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une étape est effectuée, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton \"Marquer " -"comme fait\" en bas de l'écran. De cette façon, vous pouvez surveiller votre" -" progression générale de la configuration de Odoo." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -10341,7 +11480,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo crée automatiquement en coulisse toutes les entrées de journaux pour " "chacune de vos opérations comptables : factures clients, ticket de point de " -"vente, achats, mouvement de stocks, etc." +"vente, dépenses, mouvement de stocks, etc." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -10352,13 +11491,13 @@ msgstr "" "entrées de journaux sont automatiquement équilibrées (somme des débits = " "somme des crédits)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -"`Comprendre les opérations de comptabilité de Odoo sous forme de document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" +"`Comprendre les transactions comptables par document d'Odoo " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" @@ -10373,7 +11512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Multi-sociétés" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -10381,6 +11520,10 @@ msgid "" "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" +"Odoo permet de gérer plusieurs entreprises au sein d'une même base de " +"données. Chaque entreprise a son propre plan comptable et ses propres " +"règles. Vous pouvez obtenir des rapports de consolidation en suivant vos " +"règles de consolidation." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -10442,23 +11585,15 @@ msgstr "" "La comptabilité européenne où les achats sont comptabilisées à la date de la" " facture fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" -"La comptabilité Storno (Italie), où les factures de remboursement ont un " -"crédit / débit négatif au lieu d'une inversion des écritures originales." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "Odoo a également des modules pour se conformer aux règles IFRS." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs & Créditeurs" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -10469,7 +11604,7 @@ msgstr "" " pouvez créer des comptes séparés pour chaque client / fournisseur, mais ce " "n'est pas une obligation." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -10480,44 +11615,44 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur, comme les arrêtés de compte client, les revenus par client, les" " balances âgés..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Large choix de rapports financiers" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" "Dans Odoo, vous pouvez générer des rapports financiers en temps réel. Les " -"rapports d' Odoo vont des rapports comptables de base aux rapports de " -"gestion avancées. Les rapports de Odoo comprennent :" +"rapports d'Odoo vont des rapports comptables de base aux rapports de gestion" +" avancées. Les rapports d'Odoo comprennent :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Les rapports de performance (comme le Compte de résultat, les Ecarts " "Budgétaires)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "Les rapports de situation (comme le Bilan, les Balances Agées)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "les rapports de trésorerie (comme les Relevés de Banque)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "Les rapports détaillés (comme la Balance Générale et le Grand Livre)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Les rapports de gestion (comme les Budgets, et le Résumé Analytique)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -10525,11 +11660,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le générateur de rapports d'Odoo vous permet de personnaliser vos propres " "rapports basés sur vos propres formules." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Importation automatique des données bancaires" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -10547,7 +11682,7 @@ msgstr "" "connecter à votre banque en ligne ou à attendre vos relevés bancaires " "papier." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -10559,11 +11694,11 @@ msgstr "" "souvient aussi de la façon dont vous avez traité d'autres lignes de relevés " "et fournit des suggestions parmi les transactions du grand livre." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Calcul de l'impôt que vous devez à votre autorité fiscale" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -10571,35 +11706,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo totalise toutes les transactions comptables de votre période " "d'imposition et utilise ces totaux pour calculer vos impôts. Vous pouvez " -"ensuite vérifier votre impôt en exécutant Rapport de taxes dans Odoo." +"ensuite vérifier votre impôt en exécutant le Rapport de taxes d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -"Odoo supporte à la fois la valorisation des stocks périodique (manuelle) et " -"permanente (automatisée). Les méthodes disponibles sont le coût standard, le" -" coût moyen, LIFO (pour les pays qui l'autorisent) et FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" -"`Voir l'impact de la méthode d'évaluation sur vos transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" +"`Voir l'impact de la méthode d'évaluation sur vos transactions sur " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Résultats non distribués faciles à gérer" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -10612,100 +11744,6 @@ msgstr "" "en reportant automatiquement le solde de votre compte de résultat dans votre" " bilan." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Introduction à la Comptabilité dans Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcription" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" -"Odoo est un beau logiciel de comptabilité conçu pour les besoins du 21e " -"siècle." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" -"Odoo se connecte directement à vos comptes bancaire ou paypal. Les " -"transactions sont synchronisées toutes les heures et la réconciliation est " -"ultra-rapide. Il est magique." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" -"Créez instantanément des factures et envoyez-les d'un simple clic. Pas " -"besoin de les imprimer." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "Odoo peut les envoyer pour vous par courriel ou courrier postal." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" -"Vos clients paient en ligne, ce qui signifie que vous obtenez votre argent " -"tout de suite." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"La comptabilité d'Odoo est connectée à toutes les applications de Odoo comme" -" les ventes, les achats, l'inventaire et les abonnements." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" -"Ainsi, l'enregistrement des factures fournisseurs est aussi super rapide. " -"Sélectionnez un fournisseur, puis la facture, et Odoo remplit tout pour vous" -" automatiquement." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, il suffit d'utiliser le protocole SEPA ou d'imprimer des chèques " -"pour payer les fournisseurs en masse." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "C'est si facile avec Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" -"Attendez, ce n'est pas tout. Vous allez adorer les rapports d'Odoo. Les " -"déclarations légales aussi bien que les documents de synthèse sont rapides " -"et dynamiques. Utilisez les fonctionnalités de Business Intelligence d'Odoo " -"pour naviguer à travers toutes les données de vos entreprises." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" -"Et bien sûr, Odoo est aussi mobile. Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour vérifier vos" -" comptes lors de vos déplacements." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Memo de Comptabilité pour les Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -10733,9 +11771,9 @@ msgid "" "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" "Les **Charges d'Exploitation** (OPEX) incluent les salaires des services " -"administratifs, de vente et de R&D, ainsi que les loyers et charges, les " -"frais divers, les assurances... tous les coûts autres que ceux des produits " -"vendus." +"administratifs, de vente et de R&D, ainsi que les loyers et les charges, les" +" frais divers, les assurances... tous les coûts autres que ceux des produits" +" vendus." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -10795,18 +11833,15 @@ msgid "" "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" "Une différence est faite entre l'achat d'un actif (par ex. un bâtiment) et " -"les dépenses (par ex. du carburant). Les actifs ont une valeur intrinsèque " -"au fil du temps, alors que les dépenses avaient une valeur qui a été " -"consommée par le fonctionnement de l'entreprise." +"les dépenses (par ex. de carburant). Les actifs ont une valeur intrinsèque " +"au fil du temps, alors que les dépenses ont une valeur dans la mesure où " +"elles sont consommées pour permettre le \" fonctionnement \" de " +"l'entreprise." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Actifs = Passifs + Capitaux Propres" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Plan comptable" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -10825,6 +11860,7 @@ msgstr "Solde = Débit - Crédit" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Pièces comptables" @@ -10843,8 +11879,6 @@ msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -"Pour qu'une écriture soit *équilibrée*, la somme de tous ses débits doit " -"être égale à la somme de tous ses crédits." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -10865,7 +11899,7 @@ msgstr "Vous générez un chiffre d'affaires de $1,000" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "Vous devez payer une taxe de $90" +msgstr "Vous devez payer une taxe de 90 $" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" @@ -10874,7 +11908,7 @@ msgstr "Le client vous doit $1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Configuration :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -10976,16 +12010,10 @@ msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débit" @@ -10993,16 +12021,10 @@ msgstr "Débit" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédit" @@ -11010,23 +12032,6 @@ msgstr "Crédit" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Facture 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Paiement 1.1" @@ -11050,7 +12055,7 @@ msgstr "Paiement 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "30" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -11089,8 +12094,6 @@ msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -"un paiement est enregistré lorsqu'un chèque est reçu d'un client, puis " -"lettré en vérifiant le relevé bancaire" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -11154,31 +12157,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Compte" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Compte client" @@ -11202,8 +12193,6 @@ msgstr "Chèque 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Banque" @@ -11286,19 +12275,12 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo permet la création de ce qu'on appelle une Facture Brouillon par le " "personnel de l'entrepôt." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Création d'une facture" - #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -"Les factures brouillon peuvent être générées manuellement à partir d'autres " -"documents tels que les commandes, les bons de commande, etc. Vous pouvez " -"aussi créer directement une facture brouillon si vous le souhaitez." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11363,7 +12345,7 @@ msgstr "Le document est composé de 3 parties :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "L'entête de la facture, avec les informations sur le client," +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -11422,7 +12404,7 @@ msgid "" "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" "Après validation de la facture du client, vous pouvez l'envoyer directement " -"au client via la fonctionnalité \"Envoyer par courriel\"." +"au client via la fonctionnalité \"Envoyer par email\"." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -11483,8 +12465,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" -"Une pièce comptable typique générée par un paiement ressemblera à ce qui " -"suit :" +"Une pièce comptable typique générée par un paiement ressemblera à ceci :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" @@ -11514,15 +12495,13 @@ msgstr "Lettrer" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "Maintenant, nous allons rapprocher !" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant passer sur chaque transaction et la rapprocher, ou " -"effecter un rapprochement en masse avec les instructions ci-dessous." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -11583,7 +12562,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "Balance agée client :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -11759,7 +12738,7 @@ msgstr "**TVA:** définie par article et par ligne" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "**Charge:** définie dans la fiche de l'article" +msgstr "**Dépenses :** défini sur la ligne du produit utilisé." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -11868,6 +12847,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Imprimer chèques**. Odoo vous demandera de définir le prochain numéro de " "chèque dans la séquence et imprimera ensuite tous les chèques à la fois." +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Analyse" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Balance agée fournisseurs" @@ -11879,10 +12863,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -"Afin d'obtenir une liste des factures fournisseurs ouvertes et leurs dates " -"d'échéance, vous pouvez utiliser le rapport **Balance Agée**, sous le menu " -"des rapports (dans :menuselection:`Rapport --> Rapport PDF --> Balance agée " -"des tiers `) pour obtenir un visuel de toutes vos factures en suspens." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -11906,412 +12886,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "Comment suivre les dépenses des employés ?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" -"Les frais de personnel sont des frais engagés pour le compte de la société. " -"La société rembourse ensuite ces frais à l'employé.Les reçus les plus " -"fréquemment rencontrés sont les suivants :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" -"Des déplacements en voiture personnelle, remboursés par unité de distance " -"(mile ou kilomètre)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "Des frais de séjour, remboursés sur la base des factures," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" -"d'autres achats, tels que la papeterie et les livres, destinés à " -"l'entreprise, mais payés par l'employé." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" -"Pour gérer les dépenses, vous devez installer l'application **Suivi des " -"Dépenses** à partir du module Applications." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Vous aurez également besoin d'installer le module **Gestion des ventes** " -"afin de refacturer les dépenses à vos clients." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"Une fois ces applications installées, vous pouvez configurer les différents " -"articles qui représentent les types de dépenses. Pour créer les premiers " -"articles, allez dans le menu :menuselection:`Configuration -> Articles de " -"note de frais` dans l'application **Notes de frais**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Quelques exemples d'articles de note de frais :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**Voyage (voiture)**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Catégorie d'article : Service" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "Politique de facturation: facture sur la base du temps et du matériel" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Politique de facturation des frais : Au prix de vente" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Prix de vente : 0.32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" -"Unité de mesure : Km ou mile (vous devrez activer l'option **Unités de " -"mesure multiples** dans :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration`)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**Hôtel**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "Politique de facturation des frais : Au coût réel" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "Unité de mesure : Unité" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" -"Dans ces exemples, le premier produit sera une dépense que nous remboursons " -"à l'employé en fonction du nombre de km qu'il a fait avec sa propre voiture " -"(par exemple pour visiter un client): 0,32 € / km. L'hôtel est remboursé sur" -" la base des coûts réels de l'hôtel." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que tous ces produits ont la case **Peut être inséré dans une " -"note de frais** cochée et la politique de facturation à **Reinvoice costs**." -" Cette politique de facturation signifie que, si la dépense est liée à un " -"projet / commande client, Odoo refacturera ces frais au client." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo prend en charge deux types de dépenses :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "les dépenses payées par les employés avec leur propre argent" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "les dépenses payées avec une carte de crédit d'entreprise" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "Le process de suivi des dépenses" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Enregistrer une nouvelle dépense" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"Chaque employé de la société peut enregistrer ses dépenses à partir de " -":menuselection:`Notes de frais --> Mes notes de frais`. Le processus pour " -"saisir ses dépenses personnelles fonctionne de cette façon :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "un employé enregistre une dépense, et la soumet au gestionnaire" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "le gestionnaire accepte ou refuse la dépense" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "le comptable enregistre les pièces" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" -"la compagnie rembourse la dépense à l'employé (l'employé est comme un " -"fournisseur, avec un compte de charge)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" -"si la dépense est liée à un compte analytique, l'entreprise peut refacturer " -"au client" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "Pour chaque dépense, l'employé doit enregistrer au moins :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" -"une description : qui doit inclure la référence du billet ou de la facture" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "un article : le type de dépense" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"un prix (par ex. pour un hôtel) ou une quantité (par ex. des kms de trajet " -"avec une voiture personnelle)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" -"Selon la politique de l'entreprise, il peut devoir joindre une copie de la " -"dépense. Pour ce faire, écrivez juste un message en bas de la note de frais " -"avec le scan de la facture ou du ticket en pièce jointe." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" -"Si la dépense est liée à un projet client, n'oubliez pas de l'affecter à un " -"compte analytique, lié au projet ou à la commande client (vous devrez " -"activer l'option Compte analytique dans la configuration de la Comptabilité " -"pour accéder à cette fonctionnalité)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que la note de frais est entièrement enregistrée, l'employé doit " -"cliquer sur le bouton **Soumettre au responsable**. Dans certaines " -"entreprises, les employés doivent soumettre leurs dépenses regroupées à la " -"fin du mois, ou à la fin d'un voyage d'affaires." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" -"Un employé peut soumettre toutes ses dépenses en une fois, en utilisant " -"l'option « Soumettre les notes de frais » du menu « Action » de la vue en " -"liste des notes de frais, ou les petites icônes « √ » dans la vue en liste." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Validation par le gestionnaire" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" -"Les gestionnaires recoivent un courriel pour chaque note de frais à " -"approuver (le gestionnaire d'un employé est défini sur la fiche de " -"l'employé). Ils peuvent utiliser le menu **A approuver** pour vérifier " -"toutes les notes de frais qui sont en attente de validation." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "Le gestionnaire peut :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"discuter sur une note de frais pour demander plus d'informations (par " -"exemple, si la copie de la facture est absente);" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "refuser une note de frais;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "approuver une note de frais." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "Contrôle par le comptable" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, toutes les notes de frais qui ont été validées par le gestionnaire " -"doivent être enregistrées par le comptable. Quand une note de frais est " -"enregistrée, la pièce comptable liée est créée et enregistrée dans votre " -"comptabilité." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" -"Si le comptable veut créer une seule pièce pour un ensemble de notes de " -"frais, il peut enregistrer les notes de frais en une fois à partir de la vue" -" en liste de toutes les notes de frais." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Refacturer les notes de frais aux clients" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"Si la note de frais est affectée à un compte analytique lié à une commande, " -"la commande aura une nouvelle ligne liée à la note de frais. Cette ligne n'a" -" pas encore été facturée au client et sera incluse dans la prochaine facture" -" qui sera envoyée au client (imputation des frais de trajet et de séjour à " -"un projet client)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" -"Pour facturer au client, il suffit de cliquer sur le bouton de la facture " -"sur son bon de commande. (ou ce sera fait automatiquement à la fin de la " -"semaine ou du mois si vous facturez toutes vos commandes en une fois)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "Rembourser l'employé" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" -"Si la note de frais a été payée par l'employé, l'entreprise doit rembourser " -"l'employé. Dans ce cas, l'employé apparaît dans la balance âgée fournisseur " -"jusqu'à ce que la société lui rembourse ses notes de frais." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" -"Tout ce que vous avez à faire est de créer un paiement pour cet employé pour" -" le montant dû." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "Les notes de frais qui ne sont pas refacturées aux clients" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" -"Si certaines notes de frais ne doivent pas être refacturées aux clients, " -"vous avez deux options :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" -"si la décision de facturer ou non est liée à l'article, changer la politique" -" de facturation sur le produit :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**Reinvoice costs** : refacturer le client" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**Quantités commandées** : ne pas refacturer le client" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "Comment prévoir les futures factures à payer ?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12418,7 +12995,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "Sélectionner des factures à payer" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -12449,7 +13026,7 @@ msgstr "Règlements fournisseur" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "Payer par Chèques" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12478,7 +13055,7 @@ msgid "" "print U.S. checks." msgstr "l'impression " -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -12488,11 +13065,11 @@ msgstr "" " être installés par défaut. (exemple: les utilisateurs des États-Unis n'ont " "rien à installer, c'est configuré par défaut)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Activer la méthode de paiment par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -12507,66 +13084,62 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Plus --> Configuration`. Dans le champ **Méthodes de " "paiement**, cochez **Chèques**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Pré-imprimés de chèques compatibles pour l'impression des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "États Unis" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -"Pour les États-Unis, Odoo prend en charge par défaut les formats de chèques " -"suivants :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" "**QuickBooks® & Quicken®**: chèque en haut, talons au milieu et en bas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "**Peachtree®** : chèque au milieu, talons en haut et en bas" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP®**: chèque en bas, et talons en haut" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" -"Il est également possible de définir votre propre format de chèque à travers" -" les personnalisations." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Payer un fournisseur par chèque" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Le paiement d'un fournisseur par chèque se fait en trois étapes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "l'enregistrement du paiement que vous souhaitez faire sur la facture" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "L'impression des chèques par lots pour tous les paiements enregistrés" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement par chèque" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -12575,147 +13148,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Explication des champs de l'écran de paiement :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Présente des factures" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Champ technique utilisé à des fins ergonomiques" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field containing the invoice for which the payment has been " -"generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This does not especially correspond to the invoices reconciled with the " -"payment," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "as it can have been generated first, and reconciled later" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Masquer la méthode de paiement" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Champ technique utilisé pour cacher la méthode de paiement si le journal " -"sélectionné a seulement une méthode possible qui est \"manuelle\"" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "Moyen de paiement" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Code" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Champ technique utilisé pour adapter l'interface au type de paiement " -"sélectionné ." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Saved payment token" -msgstr "Jeton de paiement enregistré" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that tokens from acquirers set to only authorize transactions (instead " -"of capturing the amount) are not available." -msgstr "" -"Notez que les jetons issus d'acquéreurs pouvant uniquement autoriser les " -"transactions (et non capturer le montant) ne sont pas disponibles." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Require Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be required or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Champ technique utilisé pour savoir si le champ `partner_bank_account_id` " -"doit être obligatoire ou non dans les vues du formulaire de paiement" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Numéro de chèque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Le journal sélectionné est configuré pour imprimer les numéros de chèques. " -"Si votre chèque pré-imprimé a déjà un numéro ou si la numérotation existante" -" est mauvaise, vous pouvez la changer dans la page de configuration du " -"journal." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Journal Item Label" -msgstr "Étiquette de pièce" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Change label of the counterpart that will hold the payment difference" -msgstr "" -"Changer le libellé de la contrepartie qui retiendra la différence de " -"paiement" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Essayez de payer une facture fournisseur avec un chèque" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Imprimer des chèques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -12728,7 +13164,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depuis cet écran, vous pouvez imprimer tous les chèques d'un coup ou les " "examiner un par un." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -12741,20 +13177,17 @@ msgstr "" "vous propose automatiquement le numéro suivant, mais vous pouvez le changer " "s'il ne correspond pas à votre prochain numéro de chèque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -"Pour imprimer tous les chèques d'un coup, sélectionnez tous les paiements de" -" la liste et sélectionnez ensuite **Imprimer --> Chèques** dans le menu " -"\"Imprimer\" en haut." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "Rapprochement Bancaire" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -12764,21 +13197,18 @@ msgstr "" "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -"pour vérifier les chèques qui n'ont pas été débités, ouvrez la liste des " -"paiements et filtrer sur l'état Envoyé. Examiner les paiements qui ont une " -"date de plus de 2 semaines." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "Tout payer par chèque" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -12789,7 +13219,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Paiements`. Enregistrez votre paiement et sélectionnez une méthode de " "paiement par chèque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -12797,7 +13227,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous payez une facture fournisseur spécifique, saisissez la référence de " "la facture dans le champ **Mémo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -12808,17 +13238,17 @@ msgstr "" "directement ou suivre la méthode précédente pour imprimer les chèques par " "lot :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "`Imprimer les chèques <PrintChecks_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "`Rapprochement Bancaire <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "Comment payer plusieurs factures à la fois ?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12845,10 +13275,6 @@ msgid "" "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -"Dans l'exemple suivant, nous allons générer quelques factures. Vous pouvez " -"contrôler l'ensemble du processus sur votre tableau de bord de Comptabilité " -"(premier écran que vous obtenez lorsque vous ouvrez l'application de " -"Comptabilité)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -12879,10 +13305,6 @@ msgid "" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" -"Nous allons maintenant enregistrer un paiement pour une facture seulement. " -"Ouvrez la facture, puis cliquez sur **Payer**. Sélectionnez la Méthode de " -"paiement, la Date et le Montant, et cliquez sur **Enregistrer le " -"règlement**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -12951,8 +13373,6 @@ msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -"Ceci se fait par :menuselection:`Tableau de bord --> Banque --> Plus --> " -"Envoyer de l'argent`" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -12983,32 +13403,24 @@ msgstr "" "paiement, vous pouvez rapprocher la transaction à partir du tableau de bord." " Le montant de la transaction sera automatiquement récupéré." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" -"Pour plus de détails sur le processus de rapprochement bancaire, lisez :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Paiements partiels de plusieurs factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "Comment payer plusieurs factures fournisseurs à la fois si elles ont des " "escomptes de caisse ?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -"Vous avez déjà appris diverses façons de payer des factures, mais qu'en est-" -"il du paiement partiel ? Prenons un autre exemple où nous allons faire un " -"paiement partiel pour plusieurs factures." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -13016,7 +13428,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous créons plusieurs factures et les payons partiellement par des relevés " "bancaires." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -13024,7 +13436,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous ajoutons des conditions de règlement qui permettent des escomptes de " "caisse où le vendeur nous offre une réduction pour paiement anticipé." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." @@ -13032,11 +13444,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nous créons les factures suivantes en utilisant les conditions de règlement " "ci-dessus." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Nous avons créé les factures suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -13045,26 +13457,20 @@ msgstr "" "ajusterons l'escompte que notre fournisseur consent en vertu des conditions " "de règlement." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -"Avant de rapprocher ce relevé bancaire, nous devons créer un modèle de " -"relevé d'escompte de caisse" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Maintenant, nous allons revenir au relevé de banque et ouvrir la vue de " "rapprochement." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "Pour un rapprochement de relevé bancaire avec option de modèle, voir" - #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Pay avec SEPA" @@ -13075,18 +13481,15 @@ msgid "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." msgstr "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." +"Le SEPA est pris en charge par les banques des 28 États membres de l'UE " +"ainsi que par l'Islande, la Norvège, la Suisse, Andorre, Monaco et Saint-" +"Marin." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -13125,19 +13528,17 @@ msgstr "" "**Transfert de crédit SEPA**. Ce module gère le processus de création des " "fichiers SEPA basé sur les paiements Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -"Selon votre pays et le plan comptable que vous utilisez, ce module peut être" -" installé par défaut." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Activer les méthodes de paiement SEPA sur les banques" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -13150,7 +13551,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application de Comptabilité), cliquez sur \"Plus\" sur votre compte " "bancaire et sélectionnez l'option \"Configuration\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -13160,16 +13561,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Méthodes de paiement** dans la section **Divers**, cochez la case **Sepa " "Credit Transfer**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous d'indiquer le numéro de compte IBAN (le numéro de compte " -"national ne fonctionnera pas avec SEPA) et le BIC (code d'identification de " -"banque) dans votre journal de banque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -13182,11 +13580,11 @@ msgstr "" "personnaliser dans les \"Données de votre société\", dans l'onglet " "**Configuration**, sous la section **SEPA**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Enregistrez vos paiements" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -13197,7 +13595,7 @@ msgstr "" "-> Paiements`. Enregistrez votre paiement et sélectionnez une méthode de " "paiement par Sepa Credit Transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -13207,7 +13605,7 @@ msgstr "" "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -13217,7 +13615,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiquement le compte bancaire, mais vous serez en mesure d'en " "sélectionner un autre ou d'en créer un nouveau." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -13225,7 +13623,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous payez une facture fournisseur spécifique, saisissez la référence de " "la facture dans le champ **mémo**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -13238,11 +13636,11 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur. Le formulaire est le même, mais le paiement est directement lié" " à la facture et sera automatiquement rapprochée avec elle." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "Générer les fichiers SEPA" +msgstr "Générer des fichiers SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -13250,7 +13648,7 @@ msgstr "" "À partir du tableau de bord de votre Comptabilité, vous devriez voir s'il y " "a des fichiers SEPA à générer pour chaque compte bancaire." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -13263,11 +13661,15 @@ msgstr "" "paiements à la fois) et cliquez sur :menuselection:`Plus -> Télécharger les " "paiements SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Dépannage" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "La banque refuse mon fichier SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " @@ -13277,12 +13679,12 @@ msgstr "" "Transfers**. Si elle ne l'accepte pas, ou ne ne vous donne pas d'explication" " convaincante, transmettez le message d'erreur à votre partenaire Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "Il n'y a pas de Bank Identifier Code enregistré pour le compte bancaire ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -13293,154 +13695,622 @@ msgstr "" "probablement enregistré un code IBAN pour le partenaire que vous payez, mais" " oublié de remplir le champ BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -"Quand dois-je utiliser les factures fournisseurs ou les reçus d'achat ?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -"Les reçus d'achat diffèrent des factures fournisseurs. Des factures " -"fournisseurs sont des demandes de paiement. Si je lance une commande " -"d'achat, dans la plupart des cas le fournisseur m'enverra une facture. Selon" -" sa politique de facturation, j'aurai ensuite un certain délai pour payer la" -" facture. Un reçu d'achat est la confirmation d'un paiement reçu. Ce sont " -"les reçus de mes achats au jour le jour." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -"D'un point de vue comptable cela fait une différence car une facture va " -"d'abord créditer un compte fournisseur avant d'être rapprochée avec le " -"compte de banque. D'un autre coté nous payons habituellement immédiatement " -"les reçus d'achat, ce qui signifie qu'aucun compte fournisseur n'est " -"nécessaire." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -"En outre les reçus d'achat peuvent avoir des montants de TVA différents par " -"ligne de produits, alors que les factures fournisseurs appliquent un seul " -"montant de la TVA sur la totalité de la facture." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -"Si le compte bancaire de mon entreprise est utilisé pour payer des " -"marchandises pour lesquelles seul un reçu d'achat a été émis, je dois " -"utiliser la fonction de reçus d'achat d'Odoo pour les traiter en " -"comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "Linéaire" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "Dégressif" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -"Prenons l'exemple suivant: nous devons acheter du thé pour nos clients dans " -"un magasin de thé local qui ne délivre pas de factures. Nous allons chaque " -"semaine acheter 50 euros de thé et une théière d'une valeur de 20 euros. " -"Nous payons avec le compte bancaire de l'entreprise." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Prérequis" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." msgstr "" -"Pour gérer les reçus d'achat dans Odoo un module et une application doivent " -"être installés. Allez dans le module Applications et installez l'application" -" de Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, allez dans la barre de recherche, supprimez le critère de recherche" -" par défaut, et recherchez l'expression « achats ». Installez le module " -"**Paiements de ventes et d'achats**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Enregistrer un reçu" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -"En installant le module **Paiements de ventes et d'achats** vous rendez le " -"l'option de menu déroulant **Reçus d'Achat** visible dans l'application de " -"Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -"Pour importer notre reçu d'achat de 50 euros de thé, entrez dans " -"l'application de Comptabilité, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Achats -> Reçus " -"d'achat`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -"Créez un nouveau reçu d'achat et saisissez toutes les informations " -"nécessaires. Notez que vous avez le choix dans le champ Paiement entre " -"**Régler plus tard** ou **Régler directement**. Il y a une différence " -"significative car Régler plus tard va générer une pièce comptable alors que " -"Régler directement va immédiatement créditer le compte de banque." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -"Dans la plupart des cas, vous payez immédiatement, nous allons donc " -"sélectionner l'option Régler directement. Ajoutez les articles, le compte " -"concerné et la TVA appropriée. Pour l'exemple, nous supposons que le thé est" -" soumis à une TVA de 12% et la théière à une TVA de 21%." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "Créez une nouvelle entrée" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Modèles de dépenses différées" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -"Valider le reçu d'achat pour le comptabiliser. N'oubliez pas que vous devez " -":doc:`rapprocher les paiements <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` afin " -"de clore complètement la transaction dans votre comptabilité." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "Comment gérer les factures fournisseurs ?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13563,7 +14433,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'inventaire à gérer. Vous ne serez pas en mesure de réceptionner des " "articles sous cette désignation." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -13571,15 +14441,15 @@ msgid "" "product type to **Service**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestion de vos Factures Fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Achat de marchandises ou de services" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -13596,7 +14466,7 @@ msgstr "" " facture fournisseur (car la facture fournisseur contiendra probablement la " "référence fournisseur)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." @@ -13604,11 +14474,11 @@ msgstr "" "Valider la commande et de réceptionner les articles avec l'application " "Inventaire." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Réception des Produits" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -13623,13 +14493,13 @@ msgstr "" "transfert des articles. Ce bouton est entouré en rouge dans l'illustration " "ci-dessous :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -13639,16 +14509,15 @@ msgid "" "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -"L'achat d'articles de type service ne déclenche pas de bon de livraison." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Gestion des factures fournisseurs" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" @@ -13659,7 +14528,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous devez créer une nouvelle facture fournisseur, même si vous avez déjà " "enregistré un bon de commande." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -13683,20 +14552,20 @@ msgstr "" " liste en saisissant la référence du fournisseur ou votre numéro interne de " "commande." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Votre fournisseur peut vous envoyer plusieurs factures pour le même Bon de " "Commande si :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -13704,13 +14573,11 @@ msgstr "" "Votre fournisseur est en reliquats et vous envoie les factures lorsqu'il " "expédie les articles." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -"Votre fournisseur vous envoie une facture partielle ou vous demande un " -"acompte." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -13727,24 +14594,24 @@ msgstr "" "sujet. A tout moment, avant de valider la facture fournisseur, vous pouvez " "modifier cette quantité qui est à zéro." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "Rapprochement de Facture Fournisseur" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "Que faire si votre facture fournisseur ne correspond pas à ce que vous avez " "reçu" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." @@ -13752,7 +14619,7 @@ msgstr "" "Te fournisseur vous a facturé des articles et/ou des services que vous " "n'avez pas commandés." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -13761,11 +14628,11 @@ msgstr "" "alors que le contrôle de facturation est basé sur les quantités commandées " "et reçues." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -13775,7 +14642,7 @@ msgstr "" "commande associées au vendeur, sont exactes, et que vous comprenez ce que " "vous avez commandé et ce que vous avez déjà réceptionné." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -13783,7 +14650,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous ne parvenez pas à trouver un commande relié à une facture " "fournisseur, cela peut être dû à l'une des raisons suivantes :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." @@ -13791,23 +14658,23 @@ msgstr "" "Le fournisseur vous a déjà facturé pour cette commande, donc elle ne va " "apparaître nulle part dans la sélection." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Quelqu'un dans votre entreprise a oublié d'enregistrer une commande pour ce " "fournisseur." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "" "Le vendeur vous facture pour quelque chose que vous n'avez pas commandé." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Comment les quantités d'articles sont gérées" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -13816,7 +14683,7 @@ msgstr "" "alors que les articles stockables et les consommables sont gérés en fonction" " des quantités reçues." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -13833,7 +14700,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'article que vous souhaitez modifier, et vous devriez voir un nouveau " "champ, nommé **Contrôle des factures d'achat**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -13841,19 +14708,19 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez alors modifier la méthode de gestion par défaut pour l'article " "sélectionné, qui pour être basée sur :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Quantités commandées" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "ou Quantités reçues" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "Facturation par lots" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -13862,12 +14729,166 @@ msgid "" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Tarification" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " +"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " +"fonctionnalité." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Reçus d'achat" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Enregistrer un reçu" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Comptes Débiteurs" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Factures clients" @@ -13886,7 +14907,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer des escomptes" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -13957,81 +14978,70 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "Mise en place d'arrondis d'espèces" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arrondi des paiements en espèces" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" +"**L'arrondi des paiements en espèces** est requis lorsque la plus petite " +"devise physique, ou la plus petite monnaie, est supérieure à la plus petite " +"unité de compte." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" +"Par exemple, certains pays demandent aux entreprises d'arrondir le total de " +"leurs factures de cinq cents vers le haut ou vers le bas lorsque le paiement" +" se fait en liquide." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -"Il existe un nouveau menu pour gérer les arrondis d'espèces dans " -":menuselection: `Comptabilité -> Configuration -> Gestion -> Arrondi " -"d'espèces`." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" -"**Modifier le montant de la taxe**: Odoo ajoutera l’arrondi au montant de la" -" taxe la plus élevée." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 @@ -14191,391 +15201,344 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "Revenus différés: comment les automatiser ?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -"Un revenu reporté / non acquis est un acompte enregistré sur la balance du " -"client comme une dette jusqu'à ce que les services aient été rendus ou que " -"les produits aient été livrés. Le revenu reporté est une dette, car il se " -"réfère au chiffre d'affaires qui n'a pas encore été gagné, mais représente " -"des produits ou des services qui sont dus au client. Au fur et à mesure que " -"les produits ou services sont livrés, le chiffre d'affaires est comptabilisé" -" sur le compte de revenus." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -"Par exemple: supposons que vous vendez un contrat de support de 2 ans pour " -"24 000 € qui commence le mois prochain pour une période de 24 mois. Une fois" -" que vous validez la facture du client, les 24000 € doivent être " -"comptabilisés dans un compte de revenus reportés. En effet, les 24 000 € que" -" vous recevez n'ont pas encore été gagnés." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -"Au cours des 24 prochains mois, vous diminuerez le compte des revenus " -"reportés de 1000 € (24000€/24) tous les mois et en convertissant ce montant " -"en chiffre d'affaires." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "Installation du module" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." msgstr "" -"Pour automatiser les revenus différés, allez dans le menu des paramètres de " -"l'application :menuselection:`Comptabilité -> Configuration -> " -"Configuration` et activer l'option **Gestion d'actifs**. Cela permet " -"d'installer le module **Gestion de la reconnaissance de revenu**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -"Dans certaines releases d'Odoo 9, en plus d'activer cette option, vous " -"devrez installer le module « Gestion des Revenus Différés pour les " -"Contrats». Si vous utilisez Odoo 9, vérifiez si le module est correctement " -"installé." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "Définir des catégories de revenus différs" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "Configurez un compte de revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -"Une fois le module installé, vous devez créer des catégories de revenus " -"différés. Depuis l'application de Comptabilité, allez dans le menu " -":menusélection:`Configuration -> Catégories de Revenus Différés`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "Exemple : contrat de maintenance de 12 mois" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "Quelques exemples de catégories de revenus différés :" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "contrats de service de 1 an" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "contrats de service de 3 ans" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "Définir des revenus reportés sur des produits" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -"Une fois que les catégories de revenus différés sont définies, vous pouvez " -"les appliquer aux articles concernés. Sur la fiche de l'article, dans " -"l'onglet Comptabilité, vous pouvez définir une catégorie de revenus " -"reportés." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "Choisissez un compte de revenus différent pour certains produits" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -"Voici quelques exemples d'articles et leurs catégories de revenus différés " -"associées :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Article" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Type de revenu différé" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "Contrat de Support : 3 ans" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Abonnement Netflix : 3 years" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "Des fleurs chaque mois" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "contrat de fourniture de produits 1 an" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "Vendre et facturer des articles" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -"Une fois que les articles sont configurés, vous pouvez créer une facture " -"client utilisant ce produit. Une fois que la facture du client est validée, " -"Odoo créera automatiquement un revenu différé pour vous, et la pièce " -"comptable associée." +"Il est possible d'automatiser la création des entrées de revenus pour ces " +"produits (voir : `Automatiser les revenus différés`_)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "**Débit**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "**Crédit**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "Comptes clients" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "Compte des revenus différés" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, tous les mois, Odoo créera une pièce comptable pour la " -"comptabilisation du chiffre d'affaires." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "Entrées des revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "Compte de prestations de services" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -"Pour analyser tous vos contrats actuels ayant un revenu différé, vous pouvez" -" utiliser le menu :menusélection:`Rapport --> Analyse des revenus différés`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" -"Comment définir un calendrier de versement sur les factures des clients ?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Pour gérer les calendriers de versements liés à une facture, vous devez " -"utiliser les conditions de règlement dans Odoo. Ceci s'applique aussi bien " -"aux factures clients qu'aux factures fournisseurs." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Par exemple, pour une facture spécifique :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Payer 50% sous 10 jours" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Payer le solde restant sous 30 jours" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -"Les conditions de règlement diffèrent du paiement en plusieurs fois. Si, " -"pour une commande spécifique, vous emettez deux factures client, ce ne sont " -"pas des conditions de règlement, mais une politique de facturation." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -"Configurez vos calendriers de versement habituels depuis l'application " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration > Conditions de règlement`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." msgstr "" -"Une condition de paiement peut avoir une seule ligne (ex: 21 jours) ou " -"plusieurs lignes (10% sous 3 jours et le solde sous 21 jours). Si vous créez" -" un délai de paiement avec plusieurs lignes, assurez-vous que la dernière " -"soit le solde. (Évitez 50% sous 10 jours et 50% sous 21 jours, parce que, " -"avec les arrondis, le calcul pourrait ne pas être exactement 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -"Les conditions de règlement apparaîtront sur la facture ou le bon de " -"commande." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Les conditions de paiement pour les clients" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez configurer des conditions de règlement pour :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -"**un client** : les conditions de paiment s'appliqueront automatiquement à " -"toutes les nouvelles commandes ou factures pour ce client. Configurez les " -"conditions de paiement sur les clients si vous voulez accorder ces " -"conditions de paiement pour toutes les futures commandes pour ces clients." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." msgstr "" -"**un devis** : les conditions de paiement s'appliqueront à toutes les " -"factures créées à partir de ce devis ou bon de commande, mais pas à d'autres" -" devis" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**une facture** : les conditions de paiement s'appliqueront uniquement à " -"cette facture" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -"Si une facture contient des conditions de règlement, la pièce comptable liée" -" à la facture est différente. Sans condition de règlement, une facture de " -"100 € va produire la pièce comptable suivante (pour simplifier l'exemple, " -"les taxes ne sont pas indiquées) :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Date d'échéance" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Modèles de revenus différés" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." msgstr "" -"Si vous créez une facture le 1er janvier avec des conditions de règlement de" -" 10% sous 3 jours et le solde sous 30 jours, vous aurez la pièce comptable " -"suivante :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "Jan 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "30 Janvier" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -"Sur le relevé client, vous verrez deux lignes avec des dates d'échéance " -"différentes. Pour obtenir le relevé du client, utilisez le menu de Ventes > " -"Relevés Clients." +"Pour créer un modèle, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration" +" --> modèles de revenus reportés`, cliquez sur *Créer*, et remplissez le " +"formulaire comme pour créer une nouvelle entrée." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo Academy: Revenus reportés (Recognition) <https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" +"allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " +"activez la fonctionnalité **Code QR SEPA**." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Clients --> Factures`, et créez une" +" nouvelle facture." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" @@ -14595,7 +15558,7 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo. Habituellement, les factures brouillon sont créées par le système " "(avec des informations provenant d'autres documents tels que les commandes " "client ou les contrats), et le comptable doit juste valider les factures " -"brouillon et envoyer les factures par lots (par la poste ou par courriel)." +"brouillon et envoyer les factures par lots (par la poste ou par email)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -14639,16 +15602,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" -"Facturation fondée sur l'ordre de livraison : voir la section suivante" +"Facturation en fonction de ordre de livraison : voir la section suivante" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" -"Facturer avant la livraison est habituellement utilisé par l'application de " -"eCommerce lorsque le client paie à la commande et nous expédions ensuite. " -"(prépaiement)" +"La facturation avant la livraison est habituellement pratiquée par " +"l'application d'eCommerce lorsque le client paie lors de la commande et que " +"l'expédition se fait plus tard. (pré-paiement)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -14666,13 +15629,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -"Cette méthode est valable aussi bien pour les services que les marchandises." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "Commandes Client ‣ Bon de Livraison ‣ Facture" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -14685,22 +15651,26 @@ msgstr "" "peuvent différer des quantités commandées : aliments (facture sur le poids " "réel)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" -"Ainsi, si vous n'expédiez qu'une partie d'une commande, vous ne facturez que" -" ce que vous avez vraiment expédié. Si vous gérez les reliquats de commandes" -" (livraison partielle et le reste plus tard), le client recevra deux " -"factures, une pour chaque bordereau de livraison." +"Ainsi, si vous n'expédiez qu'une commande partielle, vous ne facturez que ce" +" que vous avez vraiment expédié. Si vous gérez les reliquats de commandes " +"(livraison partielle et le reste plus tard), le client recevra deux " +"factures, une pour chaque bon de livraison." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Commande eCommerce ‣ Facturation" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -14713,15 +15683,15 @@ msgstr "" "commande, et la création de la facture ne sera déclenchée qu'une fois le " "paiement reçu." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Contrats" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contrats Ordinaires ‣ Factures" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -14729,35 +15699,36 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez des contrats, vous pouvez déclencher les factures en " "fonction du temps et du matériel utilisé, des dépenses ou des lignes " -"précises de services/produits. Chaque mois, le vendeur déclenchera la " -"création d'une facture en fonction des évenements sur le contrat." +"précises de services/produits. Chaque mois, le vendeur déclenchera une " +"facture en fonction des activités indiquées sur le contrat." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Les évenements peuvent être :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "des produits/services précis, provenant d'une commande liée à ce contrat" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "des matériaux achetés (que vous refacturez)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "" -"du temps et du matériel basés sur des feuilles de temps ou des achats (sous-" -"traitance)" +"du temps et du matériel basés sur des feuilles de présence ou sur des achats" +" (sous-traitance)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" -msgstr "des frais de déplacement que vous refacturez au client" +msgstr "" +"des dépenses comme les frais de déplacement que vous refacturez au client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -14770,6 +15741,18 @@ msgstr "" "matériel. Quant aux entreprises de services qui facturent un prix fixe, " "elles utilisent une commande ordinaire." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Contrats Récurrents ‣ Factures" @@ -14784,11 +15767,15 @@ msgstr "" " La fréquence de la facturation et les services / produits facturés sont " "définis dans le contrat." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "Création d'une facture manuellement" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -14799,7 +15786,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'avez pas besoin de gérer le processus de vente (devis), ou la livraison " "des produits ou services." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -14808,365 +15795,703 @@ msgstr "" "devrez peut-être créer des factures manuellement dans les cas d'utilisation " "exceptionnelles :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "si vous devez créer un remboursement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "Si vous voulez effectuer une remise" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "si vous voulez modifier une facture créée à partir d'une commande client" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" "si vous voulez facturer quelque chose qui n'est pas en rapport avec votre " "cœur de métier" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Modules spécifiques" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Quelques modules spécifiques peuvent aussi générer des factures brouillon :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**Adhésion** : facture vos adhérents chaque année" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "**Gestion de la maintenance** : facture vos services après-vente" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "Comment configurer et utiliser des modalités de règlement." +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"Les conditions de règlement définissent les conditions pour payer une " -"facture. Elles s'appliquent à la fois aux factures clients et aux factures " -"fournisseurs." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" msgstr "" -"Les conditions de paiement sont différentes de la facturation dans plusieurs" -" domaines. Si, pour une commande spécifique, vous facturez le client en deux" -" parties, il ne s’agit pas d’un terme de paiement mais de conditions de " + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "Le paiement intégral est dû 15 jours après la date de facturation." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "**21 MFI**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" +"Le paiement intégral est dû pour le 21 du mois suivant la date de " "facturation." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" msgstr "" -"Configurez vos conditions de règlement habituelles dans le menu " -"Configuration de l'application de Comptabilité. La description de la " -"condition de règlement est celle qui apparaît sur la facture ou la commande " -"client." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." msgstr "" -"Une condition de paiement peut avoir une seule ligne (ex: 21 jours) ou " -"plusieurs lignes (10% sous 3 jours et le solde sous 21 jours). Si vous créez" -" un délai de paiement avec plusieurs lignes, assurez-vous que la dernière " -"soit le solde. (Évitez 50% sous 10 jours et 50% sous 21 jours, parce que, " -"avec les arrondis, ça pourrait ne pas donner exactement 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Utilisation des Conditions de Paiement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Les conditions de paiement peuvent être définies sur :" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -"**un client** : pour appliquer automatiquement ces conditions de règlement " -"sur les nouvelles commandes ou factures pour ce client. Définissez les " -"conditions de règlement sur les clients si vous accordez ces conditions de " -"règlement pour toutes les futures commandes de ce client." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -"**un devis**: pour appliquer ces conditions de règlement sur toutes les " -"factures créées à partir de ce devis ou de cette commande, mais pas sur " -"d'autres devis" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -"**une facture**: pour appliquer les conditions de paiement seulement à cette" -" facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -"Si une facture a des conditions de règlement, la pièce comptable liée à la " -"facture est différente. Sans conditions de règlement ou taxes, une facture " -"de 100 $ produira cette pièce comptable :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" -"Dans le relevé client, vous verrez deux lignes avec des dates d'échéance " -"différentes." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Les conditions de règlement pour les factures fournisseurs" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -"La meilleure façon de gérer les conditions de règlement pour les factures " -"fournisseurs est d'enregistrer la date d'échéance de la facture. Vous ne " -"devez pas attribuer de conditions de règlement, la date d'échéance est " -"suffisante." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -"Mais si vous avez besoin de gérer des conditions de règlement fournisseurs " -"avec plusieurs versements, vous pouvez toujours utiliser les conditions de " -"règlement, exactement comme dans les factures clients. Si vous définissez " -"les conditions de règlement d'une facture fournisseur, vous ne devez pas " -"définir la date d'échéance. Les dates d'échéance exactes pour chaque " -"versement seront automatiquement créées." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Date d'échéance" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "21 Février" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "300" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "31 Mars" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "700" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Paiements client" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Types de méthode de paiement" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries. <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clôturer ou révoquer un mandat" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "" +"Pour présenter des ordres de paiement, générez un fichier XML de prélèvement" +" automatique SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " "Payments to Collect*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " "Payments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "Comment enregistrer les paiements par chèques des clients ?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15234,7 +16559,6 @@ msgstr "" "déposez plusieurs chèques à la fois sur vos comptes bancaires." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Option 1 : Valeurs à l'Encaissement" @@ -15282,24 +16606,20 @@ msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" -"Méthode de paiement: Chèques (le journal que vous avez configuré avec comme " -"comptes de débit/crédit par défaut **Chèques à encaisser**)" +"Mode de paiement : journal de chèque (que vous avez configuré avec les " +"comptes par défaut de débit et de crédit **Chèques à encaisser**)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Memo : saisissez le numéro de Chèque" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Cette opération créera la pièce comptable suivante :" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Correspondance Relevé" @@ -15309,12 +16629,6 @@ msgstr "Correspondance Relevé" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -15340,10 +16654,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" -msgstr "X" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -15369,17 +16681,14 @@ msgstr "" "comptabilisés sur votre compte de banque." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "Option 2 : Une seule transcation" +msgstr "Option 2 : Une seule écriture" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" -"Il n'y a rien à configurer si vous prévoyez de gérer vos chèques en " -"utilisant cette méthode." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -15400,7 +16709,6 @@ msgstr "" " et le relier à la ligne de relevé)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "" @@ -15433,265 +16741,6 @@ msgstr "" "disponible à partir du tableau de bord de la Comptabilité, par l'option " "\"Plus\" sur la carte de la banque concernée)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" -"Comment enregistrer des paiements par carte de crédit sur des factures?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" -"Il existe deux façons de gérer les paiements reçus par cartes de crédit. " -"Odoo supporte les deux approches de sorte que vous puissiez utiliser celle " -"qui correspond le mieux à vos habitudes." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"**Valeurs à l'encaissement** (principalement utilisé dans les pays " -"européens) : une fois que vous recevez l'autorisation de paiement par carte " -"de crédit, vous enregistrez un paiement sur la facture (en utilisant un " -"journal Carte de crédit et le comptabilisant sur le compte « Valeurs à " -"l'encaissement »). Puis, lorsque les paiements sont crédités sur votre " -"compte bancaire, vous déplacez l'argent du compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement" -" » vers votre compte de banque." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"**Une seule transaction** (la plupart du temps utilisé aux États-Unis) : une" -" fois que vous recevez le paiement par carte de crédit, vous l'enregistrez " -"dans votre compte de banque, payé par carte de crédit, sans passer par le " -"compte « Valeurs à l'encaissement ». Puis, lorsque vous traitez votre relevé" -" bancaire, vous faites le rapprochement entre votre mouvement bancaire et le" -" paiement, sans créer de transaction dédiée." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" -"Nous recommandons la première approche car elle est plus précise (le solde " -"de votre compte de banque est exact, car il ne comptabilise pas les paiments" -" par cartes qui n'ont pas encore été encaissés). Les deux approches exigent " -"le même effort." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez le eCommerce et une passerelle de paiement automatisé, vous" -" aurez seulement besoin de vous occuper du rapprochement bancaire, car la " -"facture payée sera automatiquement enregistrée dans le bon journal. Vous " -"utiliserez la deuxième approche." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" -"Même si la première méthode est plus propre, Odoo supporte aussi la " -"deuxième, car certains comptables sont habitués (les utilisateurs de " -"*QuickBooks* et de *Peachtree*)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" -"Dans le module Comptabilité, aller à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Journaux --> Créer`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "Créer un journal appelé « Paiements CB » avec les données suivantes :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Nom du Journal** : Paiements CB" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Compte de débit par défaut** : CB à encaisser" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Compte de crédit par défaut** : CB à encaisser" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Des paiements par carte de crédit aux relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" -"La première façon de gérer des cartes de crédit est de créer un journal de " -"carte de crédit. Ainsi, les cartes de crédit deviennent une méthode de " -"paiement particulière et vous enregistrerez deux transactions." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" -"Dès que vous recevez un paiement client par carte de crédit, allez sur la " -"facture correspondante et cliquez sur **Enregistrer le règlement**. " -"Saisissez les informations sur le paiement :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Méthode de paiement** : Paiements CB" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Memo** : saisissez la référence de la facture" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Carte de crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"La facture est marquée payée dès que vous enregistrez le paiement par carte " -"de crédit." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" -"Puis, quand vous disposerez des relevés bancaires, vous rapprocherez le " -"mouvement avec celui qui se trouve dans le compte « CB à encaisser »." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Cartes de Crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez cette approche pour gérer les paiements par cartes de " -"crédit, vous obtiendrez la liste des paiements par cartes de crédit qui " -"n'ont pas été encaissés dans le compte « CB à encaisser » (accessible, par " -"exemple, dans le Grand Livre)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" -"Les deux méthodes produiront au final les mêmes données dans votre " -"Comptabilité. Mais, si vous avez des paiements par cartes de crédit qui " -"n'ont pas été encaissés, cette méthode est plus propre car ces paiments ne " -"sont pas encore comptabilisés sur votre compte de banque." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a rien à configurer si vous prévoyez de gérer vos paiements par " -"cartes de crédit en utilisant cette méthode." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Méthode de paiement**: la banque qui sera utilisée pour le dépôt" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**Mémo**: saisissez le numéro de transaction de carte de crédit" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" -"La facture est marquée payée dès que le paiement par carte de crédit a été " -"enregistré. Lorsque vous recevrez les relevés bancaires, vous ferez le " -"rapprochement entre le relevé et ce paiement effectif (techniquement : " -"pointer ce paiement et le relier à la ligne de relevé)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également enregistrer le paiement directement sans passer par la" -" facture du client, en utilisant le menu du haut :menuselection:`Ventes --> " -"Paiements`. Cette méthode peut être plus pratique si vous avez beaucoup de " -"paiements par cartes de crédit à enregistrer d'un coup, mais vous devrez " -"rapprocher les pièces comptables par la suite (rapprocher les paiements des " -"factures)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez cette approche pour gérer les paiements par cartes de " -"crédit, vous pouvez utiliser le rapport « Rapport de rapprochement " -"bancaire\" pour vérifier quels paiements par cartes de crédit ont été reçus " -"ou payés par la banque (ce rapport est disponible à partir du tableau de " -"bord de la Comptabilité, par l'option \"Plus\" sur la carte de la banque " -"concernée)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Faites le suivi des factures et soyez payé plus rapidement" @@ -15705,7 +16754,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérez vos relances" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -15751,7 +16800,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer des rappels groupés" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -15791,9 +16840,62 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez recevoir un rappel avant la date d'échéance réelle, " "définissez un nombre négatif de jours d'échéance." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Paiement des factures en ligne" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Portail client" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "Quelles sont les différentes façons d'enregistrer un paiement ?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15847,7 +16949,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'informations sur le paiement. De là, vous pouvez choisir d'ouvrir la pièce" " comptable ou de rapprocher le paiement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -15859,15 +16961,15 @@ msgstr "" "autre devise, Odoo va créer une entrée de journal pour inverser l'Écart de " "Change enregistré au moment du lettrage." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Paiements non liés à une facture" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Enregistrement d'un paiement" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -15880,7 +16982,7 @@ msgstr "" "est pas lié à une facture, mais peut facilement être rapproché " "ultérieurement avec une facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -15895,7 +16997,7 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur ou une facture), notez la référence de ce document dans le champ" " Mémo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -15904,11 +17006,11 @@ msgstr "" "reflétant la transaction qui vient d'être faite dans l'application de " "Comptabilité." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Rapprocher les paiements des factures" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -15916,7 +17018,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le moyen le plus facile de rapprocher un paiement avec une facture est de le" " faire depuis la facture." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -15928,11 +17030,11 @@ msgstr "" " cas, vous pouvez rapprocher ce paiement à la facture près des totaux au " "bas, sous la rubrique « encours de crédits »." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Rapprocher tous vos paiements et factures en suspens" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -15940,9 +17042,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si vous voulez rapprocher d'un coup tous les paiements et factures en " "suspens (au lieu de le faire un par un), vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de" -" rapprochement par lots de Odoo." +" rapprochement par lots d'Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -15952,7 +17054,7 @@ msgstr "" "bord sur les cartes des factures clients et des Factures fournisseurs pour " "lettrer respectivement les comptes débiteurs et créditeurs." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -15963,7 +17065,7 @@ msgstr "" "par un, en faisant correspondre tous leurs paiements et leurs factures à la " "fois." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -15973,11 +17075,11 @@ msgstr "" "correspondent pas, cela signifie qu'il y a un solde restant qui, soit devra " "être rapproché à une date ultérieure, soit devra être éliminé directement." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Transfert d'argent d'un compte bancaire à un autre" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -15986,7 +17088,7 @@ msgstr "" " transférer de l'argent en interne entre vos comptes bancaires à partir du " "tableau de bord ou à partir des menus en haut." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." @@ -15994,7 +17096,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cela vous mènera au même écran que celui pour recevoir et effectuer des " "paiements." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -16005,6 +17107,659 @@ msgstr "" "Pour faire un transfert interne d'un compte bancaire à un autre, depuis le tableau de bord sélectionnez « Tranfert interne » sur la carte du compte bancaire à débiter. Puis dans l'écran d'enregistrement des paiements, sélectionnez le compte à créditer.\n" "Ne refaites pas la même opération à partir du compte bancaire à créditer, ou vous allez créer deux pièces comptables qui vont s'annuler pour la même transaction." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" +"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "Périodicité de la déclaration de revenus" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Grilles de Taxe" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Rapport de taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 13 est livré avec des outils de reporting puissants et faciles à " +"utiliser. Créer de nouveaux rapports (tels qu'un rapport fiscal, un bilan ou" +" un compte de résultat avec des regroupements et une présentation " +"spécifique) pour répondre à vos besoins est maintenant plus facile que " +"jamais." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Créez votre rapport financier" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"Tout d'abord, vous devez créer votre rapport financier. Pour ce faire, aller" +" à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Rapports financiers` " +"et cliquez sur **Créer**." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "" +"Une fois que le nom est rempli, il y a deux autres paramètres qui doivent " +"être configurés :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "**Montrer les colonnes de crédit et débit**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Périodes d'analyse**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "Basé sur des plages de dates (par ex. Compte de Résultat)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "Basé sur une date unique (par ex. bilan)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" +"Basé sur des plages de date avec les colonnes 'anciens' et 'total' et les 3 " +"derniers mois (par ex. Balances Agées des Tiers)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Ajouter des lignes dans vos rapports personnalisés" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir créé le rapport, vous devez le remplir avec des lignes. Elles " +"ont toutes besoin d'un **nom**, d'un **code** (qui est utilisé pour faire " +"référence à la ligne), d'un **numéro de séquence** et d'un **niveau** " +"(utilisé pour le rendu de la ligne)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **formules**, vous pouvez ajouter une ou plusieurs formules " +"pour attribuer une valeur à la colonne solde (et aux colonnes de débit et de" +" crédit le cas échéant - séparées par ;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "Vous avez plusieurs objets disponibles dans la formule:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"``Ndays`` : le nombre de jours de la période choisie (pour les rapports avec" +" une plage de dates)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" +"Un autre rapport, référencé par son code. Utilisez ``.balance`` pour obtenir" +" son solde (sont également disponible ``.credit``, ``.debit`` et " +"``.amount_residual``)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Une ligne peut également être basée sur la somme de lignes d'écritures " +"comptable sur un domaine sélectionné. Dans ce cas, vous devez remplir le " +"champ domaine avec un domaine Odoo sur l'objet de la ligne d'écriture " +"comptable. Ensuite, un objet supplémentaire est disponible dans le champ " +"formules, à savoir ``sum``, la somme de lignes d'écritures comptable de ce " +"domaine. Vous pouvez également utiliser le champ Grouper par le champ pour " +"regrouper les lignes d'écritures comptable par une de leurs colonnes." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Autres champs utiles :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Type** : Type du résultat de la formule." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"**La croissance est-elle bonne lorsqu'elle est positive**: Utilisé lors du " +"calcul de la colonne de comparaison. Vérifie si la croissance est bonne " +"(affiché en vert) ou non." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"**Changement de date spécial**: Si une ligne spécifique dans un rapport ne " +"doit pas utiliser les mêmes dates que le reste du rapport." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +"**Voir domaine** : Comment le domaine d'une ligne est affiché. Peut prendre " +"les valeurs : replié (``default``, caché au début, mais peut être déplié), " +"``always`` (toujours affiché) ou ``never`` (jamais montré)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Outre les rapports créés spécifiquement dans chaque module de " +"régionalisation, quelques **rapports génériques** et **dynamiques** très " +"utiles sont disponibles pour tous les pays :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Bilan**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Compte de Résultat**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**Plan Comptable**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Résumé Analytique**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Grand Livre**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "**Balance Agée Fournisseurs**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Balance Agée Clients**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Flux de Trésorerie**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Rapport de taxes**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Rapprochement Bancaire**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez annoter tous les rapports pour les imprimer et en reporter à " +"votre conseiller. Exporter vers xls pour effectuer des analyses " +"supplémentaires. Creuser dans les rapports pour plus de détails (paiements, " +"factures, écritures, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également comparer les valeurs avec une autre période. " +"Choisissez le nombre de périodes que vous voulez comparer à la période de " +"temps choisie. Vous pouvez choisir jusqu'à 12 périodes antérieures à la date" +" du rapport, si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser l'option par défaut **Période" +" Précédente**." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"Le **Bilan** montre un aperçu des actifs, des passifs et des capitaux " +"propres de votre organisation à une date particulière." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Compte de résultat" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "Plan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Une liste de tous vos comptes regroupés par classe" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Résumé général" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"Le **Résumé Analytique** permet un rapide coup d'oeil à tous les chiffres " +"importants dont vous avez besoin pour faire fonctionner votre entreprise." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"En termes très simples, voilà ce que chacun des éléments de cette section " +"rapporte :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Performance :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Marge brute :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle faite par votre entreprise, " +"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes (comme la " +"main-d'œuvre, les matériaux, etc.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Marge nette :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"La contribution de chaque vente individuelle faite par votre entreprise, " +"moins les coûts directs nécessaires pour faire ces ventes, ainsi que les " +"frais généraux fixes de votre entreprise (comme le loyer, l'électricité, les" +" impôts que vous devez payer à la suite de ces ventes)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Retour sur Investissement (p.a.) :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"Le ratio du bénéfice net réalisé, avec le montant des actifs de l'entreprise" +" utilisés pour faire ces bénéfices." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Situation :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Débiteurs**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il faut à vos clients pour vous payer " +"(entièrement), calculé à partir de toutes vos factures clients." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "**Moyenne des Jours Créditeurs**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"Le nombre moyen de jours qu'il vous faut pour payer (entièrement) vos " +"fournisseurs, calculé à partir de toutes vos factures fournisseurs." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "**Prévisions de trésorerie à court terme :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Combien d'argent est prévu en entrée ou en sortie de votre organisation pour" +" le prochain mois, c'est à dire le solde de vos **Ventes** pour le mois " +"moins le solde de vos **Achats** pour le mois." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "**Actif à court terme au passif :**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" +"Aussi appelé **ratio de liquidité générale**, c'est le rapport de l'actif " +"circulant (actifs qui pourraient être transformés en espèces dans un an) par" +" les dettes à court terme (dettes qui seront dues dans l'année suivante). " +"Ceci est généralement utilisé comme une mesure de la capacité d'une " +"entreprise à rembourser sa dette." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Grand livre" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"Le **Grand Livre** montre toutes les transactions de tous les comptes pour " +"une période choisie. Le rapport de synthèse initial présente les totaux pour" +" chaque compte et à partir de là, vous pouvez afficher un rapport détaillé " +"des transactions ou des exceptions. Ce rapport est utile pour vérifier " +"toutes les transactions qui ont eu lieu au cours d'une certaine période de " +"temps." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Balance agée des fournisseurs" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "overpayments " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Balance agée des clients" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"La **Balance Agée Clients** montre les factures clients qui ont été en " +"attente de paiement au cours d'un mois sélectionné et plusieurs mois avant." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Flux de trésorerie" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"Le rapport **Flux de trésorerie** montre comment les variations dans les " +"comptes de bilan et les revenus affectent la trésorerie, et ventile " +"l'analyse entre l'exploitation, les investissement et le financement." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Ce rapport vous permet de voir les montants **nets** et **taxes** pour " +"toutes les taxes regroupées par type (vente/achat)." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index c7a7a847f..cc8daf761 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,4 +19,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Applications" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61151b4a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1739 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " +"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " +"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " +"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " +"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " +"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " +"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +msgid "Writing style" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " +"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" +" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " +"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " +"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " +"it to match your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "Grammatical tenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " +"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" +" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Good example (present):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Bad example (future):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +msgid "Paragraphing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " +"They usually are two to six lines long." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " +"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " +"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " +"separating ideas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" +"/line-break>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "To write a good title :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "**Be concise.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Document's structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" +"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " +"the side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " +"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " +"contents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " +"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " +"is documentation and not marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" +" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " +"topic** in the following paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " +"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " +"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " +"enable the XYZ feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." +" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H3: Subsection**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" +" in the form of a question, if appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +msgid "**H2: Next Section**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" +"directives>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Images" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " +"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " +"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " +"<contributing/pngquant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" +" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " +"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " +"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " +"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " +"resizing the width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " +"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " +"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " +"width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +msgid "" +"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " +"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " +"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " +"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " +"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " +"documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " +"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" +" or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " +"documentation for `developing in Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " +"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " +"markup language " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " +"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " +"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " +"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " +"you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " +"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" +" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " +"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " +"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " +"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +msgid "" +"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " +"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " +"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " +"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " +"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " +"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " +"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " +"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" +"workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " +"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " +"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " +"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " +"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" +" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" +" this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " +":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " +"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " +"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " +"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " +"however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " +"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " +"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " +"that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " +"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " +"on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " +"\"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " +"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " +"request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " +"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +msgid "" +"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " +"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " +"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " +"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" +" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " +"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " +"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " +"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +msgid "" +"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " +"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " +"register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " +"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " +"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " +"and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " +"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " +"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " +"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " +"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " +"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " +"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " +":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " +"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" +".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" +" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " +"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " +"much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " +"installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " +"install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " +"installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " +"dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " +"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +msgid "" +"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" +" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " +"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " +"single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " +"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" +" in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " +"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " +"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " +"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" +" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" +" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " +"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " +"``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +msgid "" +"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " +"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " +":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " +":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +msgid "" +"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " +"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " +"default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +msgid "" +"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " +"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "Soumettez vos modifications" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +msgid "" +"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " +"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " +"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " +"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " +"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " +"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" +"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " +"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +msgid "RST cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " +"there are characters in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " +"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " +"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " +"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " +"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Heading size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "H1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``=======``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``Heading``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "1/1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +msgid "H2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "0/∞" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +msgid "H3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``-------``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +msgid "H4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``~~~~~~~``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +msgid "H5" +msgstr "H5" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``*******``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "H6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``^^^^^^^``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +msgid "Inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "**Text**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "\\*Text\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "*Text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "``Text``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +msgid "Bulleted list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +msgid "Numbered list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "Nested lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "Hyperlinks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +msgid "Hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " +"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Exemple" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " +"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " +"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +msgid "External hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +msgid "" +"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " +"references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +msgid "" +"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" +" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +msgid "" +"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " +"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +msgid "RST" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +msgid "Render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes. `PoC " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " +"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " +"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " +"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" +" of the page containing the target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" +" below as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " +"label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" +" links for internal references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" +" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " +"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "**How to create a product?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +msgid "" +"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" +"of-page>`_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" +" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " +"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +msgid "" +"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " +"using the name of the section title as URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " +"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +msgid "The ``doc`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" +" in the file tree through a relative file path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the title of the page as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the given label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `this documentation " +"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" +"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +msgid "The ``download`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " +"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" +" to be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Download this `module structure template " +"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " +"your module in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +msgid "The ``image`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" +" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " +"considered redundant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +msgid "Seealso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +msgid "" +"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" +"the-feature>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +msgid "Tip" +msgstr "Pourboire" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +msgid "" +"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " +"described in the warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +msgid "Danger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 +msgid "Add banners on top of documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " +"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " +"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " +"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +msgid "" +"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "" +"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " +"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " +"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " +"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " +"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" +" the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +msgid "" +"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Make use of `this convenient table generator " +"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " +"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Purpose**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**RST**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**HTML**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``abbr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``command``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "Highlight a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid ":command:`python example.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``dfn``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "Define a term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "Indicate a file path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``menuselection``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " +"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " +"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +msgid "" +"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " +":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " +"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " +"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " +"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " +"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " +"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "RST guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " +"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " +"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " +"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " +"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " +"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " +"*relative* to that of the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +msgid "Given the following source file tree:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " +"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "Absolute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "Relative:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "``../prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "``variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " +"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " +"file tree restructurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " +"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " +"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" +" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " +"the end of a line to separate words." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " +"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " +"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " +"label part of the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Be consistent with indentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " +"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" +" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " +"spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +msgid "Use the menuselection directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " +"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" +" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " +"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " +"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " +"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " +"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +msgid "Write resilient code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " +"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " +"the list and is easier to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" +" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " +"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " +"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " +"even less likely to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " +"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " +"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " +"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " +"makes the purpose of the target clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " +"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " +"targets or update them accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" +" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " +"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " +"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " +"only of two underscore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +msgid "" +"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " +"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 3325d182c..5f6a911b4 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,22 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019 -# Sébastien BÜHL <buhlsebastien@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Michell Portrait <mportrait@happylibre.fr>, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,15 +25,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Acquérir des pistes" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Convertir les pistes en opportunités" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -45,6 +41,9 @@ msgid "" "qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " "assigning to the right sales people." msgstr "" +"Le système peut générer des pistes au lieu des opportunités, afin d'ajouter " +"une étape de qualification avant de convertir une *Piste* en *Opportunité* " +"et de l'affecter aux bons vendeurs." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -55,31 +54,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` et cochez la case *Pistes*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " "aggregate." -msgstr "" -"Vous aurez maintenant un nouveau sous-menu *Pistes* sous *Pistes* où elles " -"viendront s'ajouter." +msgstr "Elles viendront désormais s'ajouter au nouveau sous-menu *Pistes*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Convertir une piste en opportunité" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -88,9 +85,9 @@ msgid "" "channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." msgstr "" "Quand vous cliquez sur une *Piste*, vous aurez la possibilité de la " -"convertir en opportunité et de décider si elle doit toujours être assignée " -"au/à la même canal/personne et si vous avez besoin de créer un nouveau " -"client." +"convertir en une opportunité, de décider si elle doit être toujours assignée" +" au même canal ou à la même personne, et si vous devez créer ou pas un " +"nouveau client." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -99,14 +96,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " "customer already exists." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez déjà défini une opportunité pour un client, Odoo vous proposera" -" automatiquement de fusionner avec cette opportunité. De la même manière, " -"Odoo vous proposera automatiquement de créer un lien vers un client qui " -"existerait déjà." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Fusionner les opportunités" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -134,17 +127,13 @@ msgid "" "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 -msgid "..note::" -msgstr "" - #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Générer des pistes/opportunités à partir d'e-mails" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -152,34 +141,28 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" -"Automatiser la création de pistes/opportunités améliorera considérablement " -"votre efficacité. Par défaut, tout mail envoyé à " -"*sales@database\\_domain.ext* créera une opportunité dans le pipeline du " -"canal de ventes par défaut." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Configurer les alias d'adresse e-mail" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " "leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" " several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." msgstr "" -"Chaque canal de vente peut avoir ses propres alias mail afin de générer des " -"pistes/opportunités qui lui seront automatiquement assignées. Cela est utile" -" si vous gérez plusieurs équipes commerciales avec des processus commerciaux" -" spécifiques. Le paramétrage se fait dans :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Équipes commerciales`." +"Chaque équipe de vente peut avoir son propre alias email pour générer " +"automatiquement les pistes/opportunités qui lui sont assignées. Cela est " +"utile si vous gérez plusieurs équipes de vente avec des processus " +"spécifiques. Vous trouverez la configuration des équipes de vente sur " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Équipes de vente`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" msgstr "" -"Générer des pistes/opportunités à partir de la page contact de votre site " -"internet" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -187,17 +170,18 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" " lead/opportunity in the pipeline." msgstr "" -"Automatiser la création de pistes/opportunités améliorera considérablement " -"votre efficacité. Tout visiteur utilisant le formulaire de contact de votre " -"site web créera une piste/opportunité dans le pipeline." +"Automatiser la création de pistes et d'opportunités améliorera " +"considérablement votre efficacité. Tout visiteur utilisant le formulaire de " +"contact de votre site web créera une piste ou une opportunité dans le " +"pipeline." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Utiliser le formulaire de contact de votre site internet" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Rendez-vous, tout d'abord, sur l'application Site Web." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -215,15 +199,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" -"Pour assigner les pistes à une équipe commerciale particulière, allez dans " -":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Configuration` dans la partie" -" *Communication*. Vous trouverez les informations sur le Formulaire de " -"contact et vous pourrez modifier l'*Équipe commerciale* ou le *Vendeur*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Créer un formulaire de contact personnalisé" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -260,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Générer des pistes plutôt que des opportunités" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -287,8 +267,6 @@ msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." msgstr "" -"Pour que cette fonctionnalité fonctionne, allez à :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez la fonction **Lead Mining**." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" @@ -332,14 +310,18 @@ msgid "" "You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " "to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez choisir le vendeur et l'équipe de vente à laquelle le " +"responsable sera affecté. Vous pouvez également ajouter des balises pour " +"suivre vos pistes générées." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tarif" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -347,45 +329,44 @@ msgid "" "credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to CRM > Configuration > Settings > Buy Credits; or go to Settings" -" > In-App Purchases>View my Services" +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection: `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View " +"my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:64 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " "consumed." msgstr "" +"La boîte bleue vous indiquera automatiquement le nombre de crédits qui vont " +"être utilisés." -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" -"More information about `In-App Purchases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.html?highlight=iap>`__," -" (IAP)." +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Envoyer des devis" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." msgstr "" -"Quand vous qualifiez une piste en opportunité, vous aurez sans doute besoin " -"de lui faire parvenir un devis. Vous pouvez faire cela directement dans " -"l'application CRM d'Odoo." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Créer un nouveau devis" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -401,8 +382,6 @@ msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez tous vos devis relatifs à cette opportunité sous le menu " -"*Devis* de cette page." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -413,25 +392,142 @@ msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" -"Vous devrez maintenant marquer votre opportunité comme gagnée ou perdue pour" -" passer à l'étape suivante." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" -"Si vous les marquez comme gagnées, elles se placeront dans la colonne " -"*Gagné* de la vue Kanban. Si néanmoins vous les marquez comme *Perdu*, elles" -" seront archivées." #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Optimiser votre travail quotidien" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "Définissez des objectifs" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Synchroniser votre agenda Google avec Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -439,9 +535,6 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" -"Odoo s'intègre parfaitement au Calendrier Google, ainsi vous pouvez gérez " -"vos rendez-vous depuis les deux plateformes (les mises à jour s'effectuant " -"dans les deux sens)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -452,17 +545,14 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -"Allez sur la `plateforme des APIs de Google " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ pour générer les identifiants de " -"l'API Google Calendar." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Allez à la page des API et Services." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Cherchez *Google Calendar API* et sélectionnez-le." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -478,7 +568,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Créez des identifiants." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -486,7 +576,7 @@ msgid "" "of data." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " -"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* pour le type de données demandé." +"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* comme type de données." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -496,11 +586,6 @@ msgid "" "redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors créer un Identifiant Client. Entrez le nom de " -"l'application (e.g. Odoo Calendar) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles " -"vous serez re-dirigé(e). L'*Origine du Javascript Autorisé* est l'URL de " -"votre instance Odoo. L'*URI de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre " -"instance Odoo suivie de '/google_account/authentication'." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -526,25 +611,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -"Installez l'application **Calendrier Google** que vous trouverez dans le " -"menu *Applications* ou en cochant la case dans :menuselection:`Paramètres " -"--> Paramètres Généraux`." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" -"Rendez-vous dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux` et " -"entrez votre **Id. client** et **Client Secret** dans les paramètres du " -"Calendrier Google." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -562,15 +641,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" -"À partir de maintenant, vous n'avez plus d'excuses pour rater une réunion !" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "Utiliser les services VOIP dans Odoo avec OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Introduction" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -578,10 +656,6 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -"La VoIP Odoo peut être paramétrée pour fonctionner avec OnSIP " -"(www.onsip.com). Dans ce cas, l'installation et le paramétrage d'un serveur " -"Asterisk ne sont pas nécessaires puisque toute l'infrastructure est hébergée" -" et gérée par OnSIP." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -590,10 +664,6 @@ msgid "" "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -"Vous aurez besoin d'ouvrir un compte OnSIP pour utiliser ce service. Avant " -"de vous engager, assurez-vous que votre zone et celle de vos correspondants " -"sont couvertes par ce service. Après l'ouverture du compte OnSIP, suivez la " -"procédure ci-dessous." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." @@ -613,14 +683,10 @@ msgid "" "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"**OnSIP Domain** est le domaine que vous avez choisi quand vous avez créé un" -" compte sur www.onsip.com. Si vous ne le connaissez pas, connectez-vous à " -"https://admin.onsip.com/, vous le trouverez dans le coin supérieur droit de " -"l'écran." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "**WebSocket** devrait contenir wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" @@ -631,17 +697,14 @@ msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -"Allez dans **Configuration/Utilisateurs**. Dans le formulaire représentant " -"chaque utilisateur de la VoIP, dans l'onglet Préférences, remplissez la " -"partie **Configuration PBX** :" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**Login SIP / Extension du navigateur** : le 'Username' OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**Autorisation de l'Utilisateur OnSIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -649,7 +712,7 @@ msgstr "**Mot de passe SIP** : le 'SIP Password' de OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "**Extension de Combiné** : le 'Extension' de OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -667,17 +730,12 @@ msgid "" "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant passer des appels en cliquant sur l'icône de " -"téléphone dans le coin supérieur droit d'Odoo (assurez-vous d'être connecté " -"en tant qu'utilisateur correctement configuré dans Odoo et dans OnSIP)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -"Si vous voyez un message *Paramètre manquant* dans l'application VoIP " -"d'Odoo, rechargez la page et ré-essayez." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -686,10 +744,6 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -"Si vous voyez un message *Mauvais Numéro* dans l'application VoIP d'Odoo, " -"assurez-vous que vous utilisez le format international, commençant par le " -"signe plus (+) suivi de l'indicatif du pays. E.g. : +16506913277 (+1 étant " -"l'indicatif international pour les États-Unis)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -701,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "OnSIP sur votre smartphone" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -710,12 +764,6 @@ msgid "" " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -"Afin de passer et de recevoir des appels quand vous n'êtes pas devant votre " -"ordinateur, vous pouvez utiliser une application de VoIP sur votre " -"smartphone en parallèle à l'application VoIP Odoo. C'est pratique pour les " -"appels en mobilité mais aussi pour s'assurer de ne pas manquer un appel ou " -"simplement par commodité. N'importe quelle application de VoIP compatible " -"SIP fonctionnera." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -724,27 +772,22 @@ msgid "" " When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -"Sur Android et iOS, OnSIP a été testé avec succès avec l'application " -"`Grandstream Wave " -"<https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_. " -"Quand vous créez un compte, sélectionnez OnSIP dans la liste des opérateurs." -" Vous devrez ensuite la configurer comme suit :" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "Nom du compte : OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "**Serveur SIP** : le 'Domain' OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**ID d'utilisateur SIP** : le 'Username' OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**ID d'authentification SIP** : le 'Auth Username' OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -760,46 +803,102 @@ msgid "" "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -"Hormis les appels que vous pouvez passer depuis l'application Granstream " -"Wave sur votre smartphone, vous pouvez aussi passer des appels en cliquant " -"sur un numéro de téléphone dans le navigateur internet de votre PC. Cette " -"action fera sonner Grandstream Wave et transférera l'appel pour votre " -"correspondant sur votre téléphone. Cette approche est utile pour éviter de " -"perdre du temps à composer des numéros de téléphone. Pour cela, vous aurez " -"besoin de l'extension Chrome `OnSIP Call Assistant " -"<https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" -"L'inconvénient d'utiliser une application de téléphonie sur IP sur votre " -"smartphone est que vos appels ne seront pas journalisés dans Odoo car " -"l'application agit comme un programme indépentant." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "Configurer votre serveur VoIP Asterisk pour Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Installation d'un serveur Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Dépendances" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -"Avant d'installer Asterisk, vous devez installer les dépendances suivantes :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -807,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -819,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -831,15 +930,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Pour installer libsrtp, suivez les instructions suivantes :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -847,37 +946,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -"Vous devez également installer PJSIP, vous pouvez télécharger le code source" -" `ici <http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Une fois le répertoire source " -"extrait :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**Déplacez-vous dans le répertoire des sources de pjproject :**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**Lancez la commande suivante :**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "**Construisez et installez pjproject :**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**Mettez à jour les liens vers les librairies partagées :**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "**Vérifiez que pjproject est installé :**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "**Le résultat doit être :**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -885,13 +981,10 @@ msgid "" "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -"Pour installer Asterisk 13.7.0, vous pouvez télécharger le code source " -"directement `ici <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "Extraire le code source d'Asterisk :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -899,11 +992,11 @@ msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire d'Asterisk :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "Lancez le script de configuration d'Asterisk :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "Lancez l'outil menuselect d'Asterisk :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -912,15 +1005,10 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -"Dans menuselect, allez à l'option des ressources et vérifiez que res_srtp " -"est activé. S'il y a 3 x à côté de res_srtp, il y a un problème avec la " -"bibliothèque srtp et vous devez la réinstaller. Enregistrez la configuration" -" (appuyez sur x). Vous devriez également voir les étoiles en face des lignes" -" de res_pjsip." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Compilez et installez Asterisk :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -928,34 +1016,28 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'exemples de configurations vous pouvez exécuter 'make " -"samples' pour installer les exemples de configurations. Si vous voulez " -"installer le script de démarrage d'Asterisk, exécutez 'make config'." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "Certificats DTLS" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Ensuite vous devez configurer les certificats DTLS." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Entrez dans le répertoire des scripts d'Asterisk :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -"Créer les certificats DTLS (remplacez pbx.mycompany.com avec votre adresse " -"IP ou votre nom DNS, remplacer My Super Company avec le nom de votre " -"entreprise):" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Configurer un serveur Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -965,12 +1047,6 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" -"Pour le WebRTC, un grand nombre de paramètres obligatoires DOIVENT être dans" -" les paramètres des pairs. Les paramètres globaux ne sont pas très bien " -"hérités par les paramètres des pairs. Par défaut, les fichiers de " -"configuration d'Asterisk sont situés dans /etc/asterisk/. Commencez par " -"éditer http.conf et assurez-vous que les lignes suivantes ne sont pas " -"commentées :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -980,20 +1056,12 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -"Ensuite, modifier sip.conf. Le pair WebRTC requiert que le chiffrement, avpf" -" et icesupport soient activés. Dans la plupart des cas, directmedia doit " -"être désactivé. Toujours dans le cadre du client WebRTC, le transport doit " -"être réglé à «ws» pour permettre les connexions websocket. Toutes ces lignes" -" de configuration devrait être dans le pair; définir ces lignes de " -"configuration globalement pourrait ne pas fonctionner :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -"Dans les fichiers sip.conf et rtp.conf vous devez également ajouter ou " -"décommenter ces lignes :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -1001,161 +1069,55 @@ msgstr "Enfin, configurez extensions.conf :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Configurer VOIP dans Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, la configuration doit être effectuée dans les préférences de " -"l'utilisateur." -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -"L'identifiant SIP / Extension de navigateur est le numéro que vous avez " -"configuré précédemment dans le fichier sip.conf. Dans notre exemple, 1060. " -"Le Mot de passe SIP est celui que vous avez choisi dans le fichier sip.conf." -" L'extension du téléphone de votre bureau n'est pas un champ obligatoire, " -"mais il est utilisé si vous souhaitez transférer votre appel de Odoo à un " -"téléphone externe. Il également configuré dans le fichier sip.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -"La configuration doit également être effectuée dans la configuration du " -"module de Ventes,dans la rubrique \"Configuration VOIP\". Vous devez mettre " -"l'adresse IP que vous avez définie dans le fichier http.conf et WebSocket " -"doit être : ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. La partie \"127.0.0.1\" doit être la " -"même que l'adresse IP définie précédemment, et le \"8088\" est le port que " -"vous avez défini dans le fichier http.conf." #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Analyser la performance" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "Obtenir un chiffre d'affaire probable précis" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." msgstr "" -"Alors que vous progressez dans votre cycle de ventes et passez d'une étape à" -" l'autre, vous pouvez espérer obtenir une information plus précise sur une " -"opportunité donnée, vous fournissant une meilleure idée de la probabilité de" -" l'amener à terme. Ceci est important afin de visualiser votre chiffre " -"d'affaire attendu dans les différents rapports. " - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Configurez les étapes de votre vue kanban" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la vue kanban d'Odoo comporte quatre étapes : Nouveau, Qualifié," -" Proposition, Gagné ayant respectivement des probabilité de succès de 10, " -"30, 70 et 100%.Vous pouvez ajouter des étapes et/ou les modifier. En " -"affinant les probabilités de succès par défaut de chaque étape, vous pouvez " -"rendre votre chiffre d'affaire probable de plus en plus précis." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" -"Chacune de vos opportunités aura une probabilité réglée par défaut mais vous" -" pouvez la modifier." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "Entrer les revenus attendus et la date d'expiration de l'opportunité" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous recueillez des informations sur un prospect, il est important " -"d'indiquer un revenu attendu et une date d'expiration. Cela vous permettra " -"de voir l'ensemble de vos revenus attendus par étape ainsi que d'affiner le " -"chiffre d'affaire probable." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "Visualiser les opportunités expirées ou proches de l'expiration" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre pipeline, vous pouvez filtrer les opportunités par date " -"d'expiration, ce qui vous permet de les prioriser." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" -"En tant que responsable commercial, cet outil peut également vous aider à " -"trouver des moyens potentiels d'améliorer votre processus de vente, par " -"exemple, avoir beaucoup d'opportunités dans les premières étapes mais " -"présentant une date d'expiration proche peut révéler un problème." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "" -"Visualiser votre revenu global attendu et votre chiffre d'affaire probable" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" -"Quand vous êtes dans votre vue kanban, vous pouvez voir les revenus attendus" -" à chacune des étapes. Ceci grâce au revenu attendu que vous indiquez pour " -"chaque opportunité." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" -"En tant que responsable, vous pouvez aller dans :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Analyse --> Pipeline`. Par défaut, l'unité de mesure est le *Revenu au " -"prorata*. Ce rapport prendra en compte le revenu fixé pour chaque " -"opportunité mais également la probabilité de le clore. Cela vous donnera une" -" bien meilleure idée de vos revenus attendus, vous permettant d'établir des " -"plans d'action et fixer des objectifs." #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Contrôler votre ratio Gagné/Perdu" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1184,11 +1146,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "Vous pouvez également changer la *Mesure* pour *Revenu espéré*." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "Vous pouvez également basculer sur la vue diagramme." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1204,9 +1166,6 @@ msgid "" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" -"Quand vous travaillez sur vos opportunités, vous pourriez en perdre quelques" -" unes. Vous voudrez sans doute garder la trace de la raison de ces échecs et" -" aussi comment Odoo pourrait vous aider à les reconquérir plus tard." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -1217,59 +1176,47 @@ msgid "" "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " "*Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" -"Dans votre pipeline, sélectionnez l'opportunité désirée et vous verrez un " -"bouton *Marquer comme perdu*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner un *Motif de la perte* ou en créer un nouveau ici." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Gérer & créer des motifs de perte" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez vos *Motifs de la perte* dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Motifs de la perte`." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner & renommer n'importe lequel ou en créer un nouveau " -"à cet endroit." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Récupérer les opportunités perdues" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" " feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." msgstr "" -"Pour récupérer les opportunités perdues et agir sur elles (envoyer un mail, " -"rappeler pour un bilan, etc.) choisissez le filtre *Perdu* dans la barre de " -"recherche." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Vous verrez alors toutes vos opportunités perdues." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez affiner plus avant, vous pouvez ajouter un filtre *Motif de " -"la perte*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -1277,7 +1224,7 @@ msgstr "Par exemple, *Trop cher*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Restaurer les opportunités perdues" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1285,9 +1232,6 @@ msgid "" "opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " "clicking on *Archived*." msgstr "" -"Dans la vue Kanban, avec le(s) filtre(s) activés, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"n'importe quelle opportunité, pour la traiter comme d'habitude. Vous pouvez " -"aussi la restaurer en cliquant sur *Restaurer*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1295,15 +1239,10 @@ msgid "" " the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " "also archive the same way." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi restaurer les éléments par lot dans la vue Kanban, quand " -"ils appartiennent à la même étape. Sélectionnez *Désarchiver* dans les " -"options de la colonne. Vous pouvez également les archiver de la même " -"manière." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." msgstr "" -"Pour sélectionner certaines opportunités, vous devriez passer en vue liste." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1319,20 +1258,17 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " "specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." msgstr "" -"Dans 0doo, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs équipes commerciales, départements ou" -" canaux avec des processus de vente spécifiques. Pour cela, nous utilisons " -"le concept d' *Équipe Commerciale*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Créer une nouvelle équipe commerciale" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1347,12 +1283,10 @@ msgid "" "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " "address will create a lead/opportunity." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ici définir un alias mail pour cette équipe. Chaque message " -"envoyé à cette adresse mail créera une piste/opportunité." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Ajouter des membres à votre équipe commerciale" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1361,27 +1295,20 @@ msgid "" "lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," " you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter des membres à n'importe quelle équipe ; de cette manière" -" ces membres verront la structure du pipeline de l'équipe commerciale en " -"l'ouvrant. Toute piste/opportunité qui leur aura été assignée sera " -"rattachée à l'équipe commerciale. Par conséquent, on ne peut être membre que" -" d'une seule équipe commerciale." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Ceci facilitera le processus de supervision par le chef d'équipe." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " "all of its opportunities." msgstr "" -"Si vous filtrez maintenant sur cette équipe dans votre pipeline, vous verrez" -" toutes ses opportunités." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Le tableau de bord de l'équipe commerciale" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1389,9 +1316,6 @@ msgid "" "sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " "*Reporting*." msgstr "" -"Pour voir les opérations et les résultats de n'importe quelle équipe " -"commerciale d'un coup d’œil, le directeur commercial a également accès au " -"*Tableau de bord de l'Équipe Commerciale*, sous le menu *Rapports*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1403,11 +1327,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Assigner et suivre des pistes" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Assigner des pistes d'après leur score" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1422,8 +1346,6 @@ msgid "" "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " "that visited specific pages on your website." msgstr "" -"Par exemple, vous pourriez mieux noter les visiteurs issus de votre pays ou " -"ceux qui ont visité des pages précises de votre site web." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1451,21 +1373,16 @@ msgid "" "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " "you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." msgstr "" -"Voici un exemple pour une piste canadienne, vous pouvez modifier tous les " -"critères servant à noter vos pistes. Vous pouvez ajouter autant de critères " -"que vous souhaitez." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " "assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" -"Toutes les heures, les pistes n'ayant pas de score seront automatiquement " -"examinées et recevront la note qui correspond à vos règles de notation." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Assigner des pistes" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1474,34 +1391,23 @@ msgid "" "Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " "This domain can include scores." msgstr "" -"Une fois les notes calculées, les pistes peuvent être assignées à une équipe" -" particulière en utilisant le même mécanisme de domaine. Pour ce faire, " -"allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> Attibution aux " -"Équipes` et appliquer un domaine spécifique à chacun. Ce domaine peut " -"inclure des notes." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " "more refined domain." msgstr "" -"Mieux encore, vous pouvez assigner une piste à un membre de l'équipe en " -"particulier avec un domaine encore plus précis." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " "Assignation`." msgstr "" -"Pour cela, allez dans :menuselection:`CRM --> Gestion des Pistes --> " -"Assignation des pistes`." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." msgstr "" -"L'assignation des équipes & pistes affectera les pistes non assignées une " -"fois par jour." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" @@ -1513,16 +1419,11 @@ msgid "" "unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " "useful to do something with them." msgstr "" -"Une fois vos règles de notation établies vous aurez certainement encore des " -"pistes non assignées. Certaines d'entre elles pourraient encore se " -"transformer en opportunité aussi il et utile d'en faire quelque chose." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" -"Dans la page des pistes, vous pouvez activer un filtre pour trouver toutes " -"vos pistes non-assignées." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1530,10 +1431,6 @@ msgid "" "Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" " unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" -"Pourquoi ne pas utiliser les applications :menuselection:`Marketing Email` " -"ou :menuselection:`Automatisation Marketing` pour leur envoyer un " -"publipostage ? De la même manière, vous pouvez également trouver des pistes " -"non assignées à partir de cet endroit." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" @@ -1544,30 +1441,22 @@ msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" -"Suivre les visites des pages de votre site web vous donnera beaucoup plus " -"d'information sur les centres d'intérêt de vos visiteurs." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" -"Toutes les pages suivies qu'ils visitent seront enregistrées dans votre " -"piste/opportunité s'ils utilisent le formulaire de contact de votre site " -"web." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser cette fonctionnalité, installez le module gratuit *Notation " -"des Pistes* depuis la page *Apps* (accessible uniquement dans la version " -"Odoo Entreprise)." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Suivre une page web" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1584,7 +1473,7 @@ msgstr "Là vous trouverez une case à cocher *Suivre la Page*." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Voir les pages visitées dans vos pistes/opportunités" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1596,25 +1485,21 @@ msgstr "" "À présent, chaque fois qu'une piste est crée depuis le formulaire de " "contact, elle gardera la trace des pages consultées par ce visiteur. Il y a " "deux manières de voir ces pages, dans le coin supérieur droit de votre " -"piste/opportunité, vous trouverez un bouton *Pages Visitées* mais également " -"plus bas, vous pourrez les voir dans le chatter." +"piste/opportunité, vous trouverez un bouton *Pages Visitées* mais vous " +"pouvez également le voir plus bas dans le chatter." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." msgstr "" -"Tous les deux seront mis à jour si le visiteur revient sur votre site pour " -"consulter d'autres pages." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." msgstr "" -"Cette fonctionnalité ne relèvera pas les visites multiples d'une même page " -"dans le chatter." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "Vos clients ne pourront plus vous cacher quoi que ce soit !" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 96c656247..38cbe8774 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,20 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Lucas Deliege <lud@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -113,7 +106,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Mettre à jour" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -221,7 +214,7 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" @@ -244,7 +237,7 @@ msgid "" "the process is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " @@ -268,10 +261,6 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" -"Sur la ligne de la base de données que vous souhaitez dupliquer, vous verrez" -" quelques boutons. Pour dupliquer votre base de données, il suffit de " -"cliquer sur **Dupliquer**. Vous devrez donner un nom à votre copie, puis " -"cliquez sur **Dupliquer la base de données**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -281,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Les courriels sont envoyés" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -291,11 +280,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Les bons de livraison (fournisseurs d'expédition) sont envoyés" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "Etc." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -308,20 +297,16 @@ msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" -"Après quelques secondes, vous serez connecté à votre copie de base de " -"données. Notez que l'URL utilise le nom que vous avez choisi lors de la " -"duplication." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" -"Les copies de bases de données expirent automatiquement après 15 jours." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " "want to rename, access the `database management page " @@ -329,15 +314,15 @@ msgid "" "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " @@ -345,38 +330,38 @@ msgid "" "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" @@ -412,13 +397,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Avez-vous un abonnement Entreprise valide ?" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -430,7 +415,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" msgstr "" -"Avez-vous déjà associé un base de données à votre référence d'abonnement ?" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -456,13 +440,11 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" -"Depuis Juillet 2016, Odoo 9 modifie maintenant automatiquement l'UUID d'une " -"base de données dupliquée; une opération manuelle n'est plus nécessaire." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -533,19 +515,13 @@ msgid "" "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "ou" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -554,62 +530,58 @@ msgid "" "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez dupliquer votre base de données en accédant au gestionnaire de " -"base de données sur votre serveur (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). Dans" -" cette page, vous pouvez facilement dupliquer votre base de données (entre " -"autres choses)." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -617,28 +589,15 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous dupliquez une base de données locale, il est **fortement** " -"conseillé de changer l'UUID (Universally Unique Identifier) de la base de " -"données dupliquée, puisque cet UUID est utilisé par votre base de données " -"pour s'identifier avec nos serveurs. Avoir deux bases de données avec le " -"même UUID pourrait entraîner des problèmes de facturation ou des problèmes " -"d'iidentification à tous les niveaux." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" -"L'UUID d'une base de données est actuellement accessible à partir du menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres " -"systèmes`. Nous vous conseillons d'utiliser un générateur `UUID " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ ou d'utiliser la commande unix " -"``uuidgen`` pour générer un nouveau UUID. Vous pouvez alors simplement le " -"remplacer comme tout autre enregistrement en cliquant dessus et en utilisant" -" le bouton Modifier." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" @@ -650,9 +609,6 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" -"En tant qu'administrateur de votre base de données, vous êtes responsable de" -" son utilisation. Cela inclut les Applications que vous installez, ainsi que" -" le nombre d'utilisateurs qui les utilisent." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -662,13 +618,6 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" -"Odoo est beaucoup de choses (ERP, CMS, CRM application, site de " -"eCommerce,etc...) mais ce n'est *pas* un smartphone. Vous devez faire preuve" -" de prudence lorsque vous ajouter/supprimez des fonctionnalités (en " -"particulier les applications) à votre base de données, car cela pourrait " -"influer sur le montant de votre abonnement de manière significative (ou vous" -" faire passer d'un compte gratuit à un payant sur notre plate-forme en " -"ligne)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -691,21 +640,16 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez des questions sur le contenu de cette page ou si vous " -"rencontrez un problème lors de l'exécution de ces procédures, contactez-nous" -" via notre `formulaire d'assistance <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Désactivation d'Utilisateurs" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous disposez des **permissions** suffisantes si vous " -"voulez changer le statut de l'un de vos utilisateurs." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -716,15 +660,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Vous verrez alors la liste de vos utilisateurs." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -732,10 +676,6 @@ msgid "" "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" -"Le filtre pré-sélectionné *Utilisateurs Internes* montre vos utilisateurs " -"payants (pas les *Utilisateurs du Portail* qui sont gratuits). Si vous " -"supprimez ce filtre, vous obtiendrez tous les utilisateurs (les payants et " -"ceux du portail)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -746,15 +686,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "L'utilisateur est maintenant désactivé." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "Ne désactivez **jamais** l'utilisateur principal (*admin*)" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -769,13 +709,10 @@ msgid "" "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" -"Dans votre instance Odoo cliquez sur **Configuration**; dans ce module, vous" -" verrez le nombre d'applications que vous avez installées. Cliquez sur " -"**Parcourir les applications** pour accéder à la liste des applications." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -783,10 +720,6 @@ msgid "" "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" -"Dans le tableau de bord de vos applications, vous verrez toutes les icônes " -"de vos applications. Cliquez sur l'application que vous souhaitez " -"désinstaller. Puis, sur la fiche de l'application, cliquez sur " -"**Désinstaller**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -797,28 +730,19 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"Certaines applications ont des dépendances, comme Facturation, eCommerce, " -"etc... Par conséquent, le système vous avertira pour vous informer de ce qui" -" est sur le point d'être retiré. Si vous désinstallez votre application, " -"toutes ses dépendances seront également désinstallées (et les données " -"qu'elles contiennent vont disparaître également de façon irréversible). Si " -"vous êtes sûr que vous voulez toujours la désinstaller, alors cliquez sur " -"**Confirmer**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"Enfin, après avoir vérifié le message d'avertissement (le cas échéant), " -"cliquez sur **Confirmer**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Vous avez terminé la désinstallation de votre application." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bon à savoir" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -829,13 +753,6 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" -"**Désinstaller des applications, gérer les utilisateurs, etc... c'est à vous" -" de le faire**: personne mieux que vous ne peut savoir si les activités de " -"votre entreprise sont interrompues. Si nous devions désinstaller des " -"applications pour vous, nous ne serions jamais en mesure de dire si des " -"données pertinentes ont été supprimées ou si l'une de vos activités a été " -"interrompue, parce que nous *ne savons pas comment vous travaillez* et ne " -"pouvons donc pas valider ce types d'opérations." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -846,13 +763,6 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" -"**Les Applications Odoo ont des dépendances** : cela signifie que vous " -"pouvez avoir besoin d'installer des modules que vous n'utilisez pas " -"activement, pour accéder à certaines fonctionnalités de Odoo dont vous avez " -"besoin. Par exemple, l'application Construction de site web est nécessaire " -"pour pouvoir montrer des devis dans une page web à vos clients. Même si vous" -" n'avez pas besoin du site web lui-même, il est requis pour que la " -"fonctionnalité Offres en ligne fonctionne correctement." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -860,8 +770,3 @@ msgid "" "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" -"**Tester toujours l'installation/la suppression d'application sur une " -"copie** (ou sur une base de données d'essai gratuit) : de cette façon, vous " -"pouvez savoir quelles autres applications peuvent être nécessaires, etc... " -"Cela évitera des surprises lors de la désinstallation ou lors de la " -"réception de vos factures d'abonnement." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 7876669a9..27a1866de 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# kaj nithi <kajanth.nithiy@skipthedishes.ca>, 2019 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,21 +19,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Messages" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " "<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -50,26 +66,26 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " "<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -77,25 +93,37 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Puis-je utiliser un serveur Office 365?" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" @@ -103,11 +131,11 @@ msgid "" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " @@ -115,54 +143,54 @@ msgid "" "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -172,22 +200,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -195,58 +233,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -255,7 +293,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -266,500 +304,467 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez **citer** un utilisateur dans un canal ou un bavardage en tapant" -" **@nom-d'utilisateur**. Mentionner un utilisateur dans le bavardage va le " -"définir comme un suiveur de l'article (s'il ne l'est pas déjà) et envoyer un" -" message à leur boîte de réception. L'article contenant la citation sera " -"également mis en gras dans la vue en liste. Mentionner un utilisateur dans " -"un canal va envoyer un message à sa boîte de réception. Dans un canal, vous " -"ne pouvez pas citer un utilisateur qui n'est pas inscrit à ce canal. Saisir " -"**#nom-du-canal** fournira un lien vers le canal mentionné, tant dans un " -"bavardage que dans un autre canal." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." -msgstr "" -"Les **Messages Directs** sont des messages privés visibles seulement par " -"l'expéditeur et le destinataire. Vous pouvez envoyer des messages directs à " -"d'autres utilisateurs depuis le module Discutez en créant une nouvelle " -"conversation, ou en en sélectionnant une existante dans la barre latérale. " -"Les messages directs peuvent être envoyés partout dans Odoo en utilisant " -"l'icône de bulle dans la barre supérieure. Le statut en ligne des autres " -"utilisateurs est affiché à gauche de leur nom. Un **point vert** indique " -"qu'un utilisateur est en ligne, un **point orange** qu'il est inoccupé, et " -"un **point gris** qu'il est déconnecté." - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir d'avoir des **notifications de bureau** lorsque vous " -"recevez un nouveau message direct. La notification indique l'expéditeur et " -"un bref aperçu du contenu du message. Ceci peut être configuré ou désactivé " -"en cliquant sur l'icône en forme d'engrenage dans le coin de la " -"notification." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -"Odoo Discuter est une application de messagerie pour les équipes, facile à " -"utiliser, qui concentre toutes les communications de votre organisation à un" -" seul endroit, et est parfaitement intégrée avec la plate-forme Odoo. Odoo " -"Discuter vous permet d'envoyer et de recevoir des messages où que vous soyez" -" dans Odoo, et de gérer vos messages et notifications facilement au sein de " -"l'application. Odoo Discuter vous permet de créer des **canaux** pour les " -"bavardages de l'équipe, les conversations sur les projets, la coordination " -"de réunion, et plus encore dans une interface simple et facilement " -"consultable." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "S'organiser en planifiant les activités" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -"Planifier les activités est le meilleur moyen de rester à jour dans votre " -"travail. Faites-vous rappeler ce qui doit être fait et planifiez les " -"prochaines activités à entreprendre." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -"Vos activités sont accessibles où que vous soyez dans Odoo. Il est aisé de " -"gérer vos priorités." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -"Les activités peuvent être planifiées et gérées depuis le chatter ou dans " -"les vues kanban. Voici un exemple pour les opportunités :" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Paramétrer vos types d'activités" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -"Une série de types d'activités sont disponibles par défaut dans Odoo (e.g. " -"appel téléphonique, email, rendez-vous, etc.). Si vous voulez en créer de " -"nouveaux, allez dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres Généraux --> " -"Types d'activités`." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Planifier des rendez-vous" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with n available calendar available, " +"make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -"Les activités sont prévues sur des journées. Si vous avez besoin d'indiquer " -"une heure, choisissez le type d'activité *Rendez-vous*. Quand vous en " -"planifiez un, le calendrier s'ouvrira pour vous demander d'indiquer un " -"créneau horaire." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'utiliser un autre type d'activité avec une " -"planification calendaire, paramétrez bien leur *Catégorie* comme étant un " -"*Rendez-vous*." - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser des **canaux** pour organiser des discussions entre " -"équipes individuelles, départements, projets, ou n'importe quel autre groupe" -" qui nécessite une communication régulière. En ayant ces conversations que " -"chacun dans la chaîne peut consulter, il est facile de garder l'équipe " -"entière dans la boucle sur les derniers développements." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "Dans Discuter il y a deux types de canaux - **public** et **privé**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -"Un **canal public** ne peut être créé que par un administrateur avec des " -"privilèges d'écriture, et peut être consulté par tout le monde dans " -"l'organisation. En revanche, un **canal privé** peut être créé par un " -"utilisateur, et est par défaut uniquement visible par les utilisateurs qui " -"ont été invités." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." -msgstr "" -"Un canal public est approprié lorsque de nombreux employés ont besoin " -"d'accéder aux informations (telles que des communications inter-services ou " -"des annonces de la compagnie), alors qu'un canal privé doit être utilisé " -"chaque fois que l'information est limitée à des utilisateurs/employés " -"spécifiques (comme un service spécifique ou des informations " -"confidentielles)." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer le nom d'un canal, la description, les droits " -"d'accès, l'abonnement automatique, et l'envoi de courriels dans " -":menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`. La modification des droits " -"d'accès du canal vous permet de contrôler quels groupes peuvent voir chaque " -"canal. Vous pouvez créer un canal visible par tous les utilisateurs, par les" -" utilisateurs invités, ou les utilisateurs au sein d'un groupe sélectionné. " -"Notez que permettre à \"Tout le monde\" de suivre un canal privé va " -"permettre à d'autres utilisateurs de l'afficher et le rejoindre comme si " -"c'était un canal public." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." -msgstr "" -"Un canal peut être configuré pour se comporter comme une liste de diffusion." -" Dans :menuselection:`#nom-du-canal --> Settings`, définissez l'email que " -"vous souhaitez utiliser. Les utilisateurs peuvent ensuite poster sur le " -"canal et choisir de recevoir des notifications en utilisant l'adresse e-mail" -" définie. Une icône d'enveloppe apparaîtra à côté du nom du canal dans la " -"liste, pour indiquer qu'un canal envoie des messages par courriel." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Si vous ne voyez pas un canal sur votre tableau de bord, vous pouvez " -"rechercher dans la liste des **canaux publics** pour le localiser, ou créer " -"un nouveau canal en cliquant sur l'icône **+**." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'entête **CANAUX** pour parcourir la " -"liste de tous les canaux publics. Cela permet à l'utilisateur de " -"**rejoindre** et **quitter** manuellement les canaux publics depuis un seul " -"écran." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "" -"Il est toujours judicieux de rechercher un canal avant d'en créer un " -"nouveau, afin d'éviter de créer des doublons pour le même sujet." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" -msgstr "" -"La barre de recherche en haut permet d'accéder à la même fonction de " -"recherche que dans le reste d'Odoo. Vous pouvez appliquer plusieurs " -"**critères de filtre** et **enregistrer des filtres** pour une utilisation " -"ultérieure. La fonction de recherche accepte le caractère de soulignement " -"\"\\ **\\_**\\ \" comme joker pour représenter un **caractère générique " -"unique**." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez inviter d'autres utilisateurs et ajouter des canaux comme " -"abonnés. L'ajout d'un canal comme abonné enverra des messages postés dans le" -" bavardage du canal, avec un lien vers le document original." - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index f03ee82a5..b80750dd9 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -3,25 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Clo <clo@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Hamid Darabi, 2019 -# Xavier Brochard <xavier@alternatif.org>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,38 +19,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "eCommerce" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Démarrer" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Comment personnaliser ma page de catalogue" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Catalogue d'articles" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" -"Tous les articles publiés s'affichent sur la page de votre catalogue (ou " -"page *Shop*)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" -"La plupart des options sont disponibles dans le menu *Personnaliser* : " -"attributs d'affichage, catégories de sites, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Mettre un produit en surbrillance" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -70,22 +54,16 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" -"Augmentez la visibilité de vos produits vedettes/promotionnels : poussez-les" -" vers le haut, agrandissez-les, ajoutez un ruban que vous pouvez éditer " -"(Vente, Nouveau, etc.). Ouvrez la page Boutique, passez en mode Édition et " -"cliquez sur n'importe quel article pour commencer à personnaliser la grille." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" -"Voir comment faire : " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Ajouter rapidement au panier" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -95,76 +73,66 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" -"Si vos clients achètent beaucoup d'articles à la fois, raccourcissez leur " -"processus en activant les achats à partir de la page du catalogue. Pour ce " -"faire, ajoutez la description du produit et le bouton Ajouter au panier. " -"Activez les options suivantes dans le menu *Personnaliser* : Description du " -"produit, Ajouter au panier, Affichage de la liste (pour mieux afficher la " -"description du produit)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Comment construire une page produit" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"Sur le site Web, cliquez sur *Nouvelle page* dans le coin supérieur droit." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." msgstr "" -"Cliquez ensuite sur *Nouveau produit* et suivez les conseils qui clignotent." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Voici les principaux éléments de la page Produit :" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." msgstr "" -"De nombreux éléments peuvent être rendus visibles à partir du menu " -"*Personnaliser*." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Voyez comment configurer vos produits à partir des liens ci-dessous." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Gérer mes produits" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Comment afficher plusieurs images par produit" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -172,64 +140,48 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la page internet de votre produit n'affiche que l'image " -"principal de celui-ci. Si vous souhaitez afficher vos produits sous " -"différents angles, vous pouvez activer le mode carrousel." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Consultez *Plusieurs images par produit* dans :menuselection:`Admin site Web" -" --> Configuration --> Paramètres`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" -"Ouvrez la page détails du produit et téléchargez des images à partir de " -"l'onglet *Images*. Dans le mode édition, sélectionnez *Créer* pour obtenir " -"l'assistant de téléchargement." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" -"Cette image supplémentaire est commune à toutes les variantes du produit (le" -" cas échéant)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Comment montrer la disponibilité des produits" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" -"La disponibilité de vos produits peut être démontrée sur le site pour " -"rassurer vos clients." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" -"Pour l'afficher, ouvrez l'onglet *Ventes* sur la page détails du produit et " -"sélectionnez une option dans *Disponibilité*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" -"Un message d'avertissement personnalisé peut être lié à une rupture de " -"stock, un retard de livraison, etc." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Cet outil ne nécessite pas l'installation de l'application Inventory." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -237,13 +189,10 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" -"Si un article n'est plus vendable, ne le publiez plus sur votre site Web. " -"S'il s'agit d'une variante de produit particulière, désactivez-la dans le " -"backend (voir :doc:`.../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Comment gérer les variantes de produits" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -253,30 +202,20 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" -"Les variantes de produit sont utilisées pour offrir des variantes du même " -"produit à vos clients sur la page produits. Par exemple, le client choisit " -"un T-shirt, puis en choisit la taille et la couleur. Dans l'exemple ci-" -"dessous, le client choisit un téléphone, puis sélectionne la mémoire, la " -"couleur et la bande Wi-Fi parmi les options disponibles." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Comment créer des attributs et des variantes" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Activer *Les produits peuvent avoir plusieurs attributs, définissant des " -"variantes (Exemple : taille, couleur,...)* dans :menuselection:` Ventes --> " -"Paramètres`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un produit dans la liste Produits, allez dans l'onglet " -"*Variantes*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -284,53 +223,48 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez autant d'attributs que vous le souhaitez à partir de 3 types " -"différents : boutons radio, menu déroulant ou boutons de couleur. Vous " -"obtenez plusieurs variantes dès qu'il y a 2 valeurs pour 1 attribut." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Comment traiter les variantes" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Voir toutes les variantes de la page détails du modèle du produit." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez modifier les données suivantes :" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Photo (mise à jour en temps réel sur le site)," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Code à barres," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Référence interne (no de référence)," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Contenance, " +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Poids," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Actif (disponible entre guillemets et site web)." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" -"Le code à barres et la référence interne sont tous deux spécifiques à une " -"variante. Vous devez les remplir une fois les variantes générées." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -338,43 +272,32 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" -"Consultez et éditez toutes les variantes à partir de :menuselection:`Ventes " -"--> Ventes --> Variantes du produit`. Cela pourrait être plus rapide si vous" -" gérez un grand nombre de variantes." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Comment définir des prix spécifiques par variante" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également définir un prix public spécifique par variante en " -"cliquant sur *Prix variante* sur la page détails du produit (sur le coin " -"supérieur gauche)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" -"Le prix supplémentaire est ajouté au prix du produit chaque fois que la " -"valeur de l'attribut correspondante est sélectionnée." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -"Les formules des listes de prix vous permettent de définir des méthodes " -"avancées de calcul des prix pour les variantes des produits. Consultez " -":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Comment désactiver/archiver les variantes" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -382,28 +305,20 @@ msgid "" "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désactiver/archiver des variantes spécifiques pour qu'elles ne " -"soient plus disponibles dans les offres et sur le site Web (n'existant pas " -"dans votre stock, obsolète, etc.). Décochez simplement *Activé* sur la page " -"détails, " #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" -"Pour retrouver les articles archivés, cliquez sur *Archivé* pendant la " -"recherche sur la liste des variantes. Pour les réactiver, procédez de la " -"même façon." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Augmenter mon chiffre d'affaires" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" msgstr "" -"Comment vendre des accessoires et des produits optionnels (vente croisée)" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -411,39 +326,29 @@ msgid "" "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" msgstr "" -"Vous vendez des ordinateurs. Alors, pourquoi ne pas inciter vos clients à " -"acheter un écran haut de gamme ou à prendre une garantie supplémentaire? " -"C'est l'objectif des fonctionnalités de la vente croisée." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Des produits accessoires sur la page de vérification," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." msgstr "" -"Des produits optionnels sur un nouvel écran *Ajouter au panier* (pas " -"installé par défaut)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Des produits optionnels sur la page de vérification" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" -"Des accessoires (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : souris, clavier) sont " -"proposés au client lors de l'étape de vérification du panier avant le " -"paiement." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez les accessoires sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du " -"produit." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -452,14 +357,10 @@ msgid "" "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." msgstr "" -"Lorsque plusieurs articles sont ajoutés au panier, un algorithme détermine " -"quels sont les meilleurs accessoires à afficher. Si un article est identifié" -" en tant qu'accessoire à plusieurs produits du panier, il sera probablement " -"affiché en haut de la liste d'accessoires proposés." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Produits optionnels lors de l'ajout au panier" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -467,14 +368,10 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" -"Des articles optionnels sont directement liés aux articles ajoutés au panier" -" (par ex. pour les ordinateurs : garanties, logiciels OS, composants " -"supplémentaires). Dès que l'article principal est ajouté au panier un nouvel" -" écran de ce type est proposé en tant qu'étape supplémentaire." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Pour publier des produits optionnels:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -482,72 +379,55 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" -"Installez le module complémentaire *Produits optionnels eCommerce* sur le " -"menu *Applications*. Pour chercher également dans les modules " -"complémentaires supprimez le filtre par défaut, sinon seules les " -"applications principales seront affichées." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez articles optionnels sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page détails du" -" produit." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" -"La quantité d'articles optionnels ajoutés au panier est identique à celle de" -" l'article principal." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Comment adapter les prix aux visiteurs de mon site Web" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" -"Cette rubrique donne quelques indications sur les modules de tarification de" -" l'application eCommerce." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "imposer un prix par la géolocalisation," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "laisser le client choisir la devise." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" -"Vérifiez au préalable comment gérer la tarification des produits : " -":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" msgstr "" -"Utilisez la géolocalisation IP pour appliquer automatiquement le prix " -"correct" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." msgstr "" -"Attribuez des groupes de pays à vos listes de prix. De cette façon, en " -"arrivant sur votre site Web les visiteurs auront leur propre devise. " #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." msgstr "" -"Une fois connectés ils auront une liste de prix correspondant à leur pays." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Sélecteur de devises" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -555,46 +435,39 @@ msgid "" "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Dans le cas où vous vendriez en plusieurs devises, vous pouvez laisser les " -"clients choisir leur propre devise. Cochez *Sélectionnable* pour ajouter la " -"liste de prix au menu déroulant du site Web." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Comment créer et partager des codes promotionnels" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" -"Vous voulez booster vos ventes à Noël? Partagez des codes promotionnels via " -"vos campagnes de marketing et appliquez toute sorte de réductions." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Ventes --> Paramètres` et choisissez *Tarification" -" avancée basée sur la formule* pour *Prix de vente*." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -602,47 +475,36 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" -"Allez sur :menuselection:`Admin site Web --> Catalogue --> Liste de prix` et" -" créez une nouvelle liste de prix avec la règle de réduction (voir " -":doc:`pricing`). Puis, entrez un code." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" -"Rendez le code promotionnel disponible sur la page de votre *Panier " -"d'achats* (une option du menu *Personnaliser*). Pour y accèder il faut " -"ajouter un produit au panier." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" -"Une fois cette fonction activée, une nouvelle rubrique sera visible du côté " -"droit da la page. En cliquant sur *Appliquer* les prix du panier seront " -"automatiquement mis à jour." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -"Le code promotionnel utilisé par le client est enregistré dans le système. " -"Vous pourrez ainsi analyser l'impact de vos campagnes de marketing." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Afficher les ventes par listes de prix..." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Comment autoriser les commentaires et les évaluations" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -650,89 +512,70 @@ msgid "" "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" msgstr "" -"La publication et le monitorage de l'expérience de vos clients vous aidera à" -" gagner la confiance des nouveaux client et à mieux collaborer avec votre " -"communauté. Autorisez vos clients à partager leurs commentaires en 2 clics." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" -"Activez l'option commentaires et évaluations à partir du menu " -"*Personnaliser* de la page internet du produit." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir partager leurs commentaire les visiteurs doivent se connecter. " -"Assurez-vous qu'ils peuvent le faire (voir la documentation du portail). " #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Révisez les commentaires en temps réel" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." msgstr "" -"À chaque fois qu'un commentaire est publié, le gestionnaire du produit ainsi" -" que tous les followers reçoivent une notification dans leur messagerie " -"(menu *Discussion*)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, l'utilisateur qui a créé le produit est défini comme follower." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le nom du produit pour ouvrir la page détails et revoir le " -"commentaire (sur le fil de discussion du produit)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Moderez et dépubliez" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez facilement modérer les commentaires en utilisant le chat, soit " -"sur la page détails du produit soit sur la page internet." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." msgstr "" -"Pour dépublier le commentaire, ouvrez la page internet du produit et cliquez" -" sur le bouton *Publié* pour qu'il devienne rouge (*Dépublié*)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez accéder à la page internet à partir de la page détails en " -"cliquant sur le bouton *Publié* (et vice-versa)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Comment vendre des produits alternatifs plus chers (vente incitative)" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -740,12 +583,10 @@ msgid "" "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." msgstr "" -"Pour augmenter votre chiffre d'affaires, nous vous recommandons vivement de " -"proposer, pour des articles de base, un produit alternatif plus cher. " #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Pour cela:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -753,459 +594,74 @@ msgid "" "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez de tels *Produits alternatifs* sur l'onglet *Ventes* de la page" -" détails du produit. Ne publiez pas plus de 3 options, sinon vos clients " -"seront perturbés." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" -"Activez l'option *Produits alternatifs* dans le menu *Personnaliser* de la " -"page internet du produit." #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Introduction au module Odoo eCommerce" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" msgstr "" -"Cette documentation vous aidera à mettre votre site eCommerce en ligne en un" -" temps record. Les rubriques suivent le processus d'achat:" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Page produit" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Page boutique" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tarif" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Taxes" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Procédure de paiement" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Vente incitative et vente croisée" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Paiement" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Expédition et localisation" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Lancer mon site Web" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Se faire payer" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Comment se faire payer avec Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net est l'une des plateformes de paiement eCommerce les plus " -"populaires en Amérique du Nord. Contrairement à la plupart des autres " -"intermédiaires de paiement compatibles avec Odoo, Authorize.Net peut être " -"utilisée uniquement comme `passerelle de paiement " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ . " -"Vous pouvez ainsi utiliser le `processeur de paiement ou le compte marchand " -"que vous désirez " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ ." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Créez un compte Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Créez un compte `Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ en cliquant " -"sur 'Démarrer'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur *Inscrivez-vous* sur la page de tarification si vous voulez " -"utiliser Authorize.net à la fois comme passerelle de paiement et compte " -"marchand. Si vous préférez utiliser votre propre compte marchand, cliquez " -"sur l'option connexe. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Parcourez les étapes d'enregistrement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, le compte est défini comme un compte de test. Vous pouvez " -"utiliser ce compte pour effectuer une transaction test à partir de Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Une fois prêt, basculez en mode **Production**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Configurez Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" -"Activez Authorize.Net sur Odoo à partir de :menuselection:`Site Web ou " -"Ventes ou Comptabilité --> Paramètres --> Intermédiaires de paiement`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" -"Insérez votre **ID de connexion** ainsi que votre **Clé de transaction " -"API**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" -"Pour obtenir les identifiants sur Authorize.Net, vous pouvez vous baser sur " -"la vidéo *ID d'identification et clé de transaction API * disponible sur " -"`Authorize.Net Video Tutorials <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Ce " -"genre de vidéos donnent des renseignements utiles pour que vous puissiez " -"installer votre compte Authorize.Net en fonction de vos besoins." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Passez en direct" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" -"Votre configuration est maintenant prête! Vous pouvez rendre Authorize.Net " -"visible sur votre interface marchand et activer le mode **Production**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" -"Les identifiants fournis par Authorize.net sont différents en mode de test " -"ou en mode production. N'oubliez pas de les mettre à jour sur Odoo lorsque " -"vous activez le mode production." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "Évaluez Authorize.Net en tant que méthode de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" -"En créant un `compte développeur <https://developer.authorize.net>`__vous " -"pouvez tester et évaluer gratuitement Authorize.Net. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le compte est créé vous recevez vos identifiants sandbox. Entrez-les" -" dans Odoo comme expliqué ci-dessus et assurez-vous d'être toujours en mode " -"de *Test*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi vous connecter sur `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ pour configurer votre compte sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" -"Pour réaliser des transactions fictives vous pouvez utiliser des faux " -"numéros de carte disponibles sur `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Comment être payé avec les intermédiaires de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo intègre plusieurs modes de paiement sur les applications eCommerce, " -"Ventes et Facturation." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Quels sont les modes de paiement disponibles" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Virement bancaire" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"Le virement bancaire est le mode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " -"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" -" le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il s'agit d'un " -"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les intermédiaires de " -"paiement en ligne." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" -"Redirigez vos clients vers des plateformes de paiement pour recevoir de " -"l'argent facilement et pour suivre le statut du paiement (call-back). " -"Progressivement, Odoo prend en charge de plus en plus de plateformes." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Comment passer en direct" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le mode de paiement a été défini, rendez-le visible sur l'interface " -"de paiement et activez le mode **Production**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" -"Comment permettre aux clients de sauver et de réutiliser leur carte de " -"crédit" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Pour faciliter le paiement des anciens clients, vous pouvez leur permettre " -"d'enregistrer et de réutiliser leur carte de crédit s'ils le souhaitent. " -"Dans ce cas, un jeton de paiement sera sauvegardé dans Odoo. Cette option " -"est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez activer cette fonction à partir du formulaire de configuration " -"de l'intermédiaire de paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "Comment débiter des cartes de crédit pour payer des abonnements" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"`L'abonnement Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ permet de " -"facturer des services automatiquement de façon récurrente. Vous pouvez " -"également faire débiter automatique la carte de crédit du client." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Cette option est disponible avec Ingenico et Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" -"De cette manière, un jeton de paiement sera enregistré lors de la " -"souscription de l'abonnement et un débit automatique sera généré à chaque " -"fois qu'une facture d'abonnement est émise." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "Comment utiliser d'autres intermédiaires de paiement (avancé)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" -"Odoo peut soumettre des requêtes individuelles de paiement et rediriger vers" -" n'importe quel intermédiaire de paiement. Mais il n'y a pas de call-back, " -"c'est-à-dire, Odoo ne trace pas le statut de la transaction. Vous devez " -"confirmer les commandes manuellement lorsque vous êtes payé." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Comment :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Basculer en mode développeur." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Utiliser le mode de paiement **Personnalisé**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" -"Configurez le formulaire de paiement (S2S Form Template) d'après les " -"instructions de votre intermédiaire de paiement. Vous pouvez démarrer à " -"partir du *default_acquirer_button*  que vous pouvez dupliquer." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Autres configurations" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo peut également être utilisé pour des processus de paiement plus avancés" -" comme les plans d'échelonnements (par ex. `Plans d'échelonnements Paypal " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" -"Un tel service de personnalisation est fourni sur demande par nos experts " -"techniques en fonction de vos besoins. Un conseiller commercial peut vous " -"joindre à ce propos. `Contactez-nous. " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1213,33 +669,25 @@ msgid "" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." msgstr "" -"Dès que le paiement est autorisé par un intermédiaire de paiement, Odoo " -"confirme les commandes de façon automatique. Cela déclenche la livraison. Si" -" vous facturez sur la base des quantités commandés, vous devez également " -"facturer la commande." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Quels sont les statuts de paiement" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" -"À tout moment, le vendeur peut vérifier le statut de la transaction depuis " -"la commande." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Brouillon*: transaction en cours." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." msgstr "" -"*En cours* : l'intermédiaire de paiement garde la transaction en suspens et " -"vous devez l'autoriser depuis l'interface de l'intermédiaire." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1247,36 +695,24 @@ msgid "" " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." msgstr "" -"*Autorisé* : le paiement a été autorisé mais n'a pas encore été déclenché. " -"La commande est déjà confirmée sur Odoo, une fois que la livraison est " -"effectuée, vous pouvez déclencher le paiement depuis l'interface de " -"l'intermédiaire (ou depuis Odoo si vous utilisez Authorize.net)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" -"*Confirmé* : le paiement est autorisée et déclenché. La commande a été " -"confirmée." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" -"*Erreur* : une erreur est survenue pendant la transaction. Le client doit " -"recommencer le processus de paiement. La commande est encore en statut " -"brouillon." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" -"*Annulée* : lorsque le client annule le paiement dans le formulaire de " -"paiement de l'intermédiaire, il est redirigé vers Odoo pour modifier sa " -"commande." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1284,13 +720,10 @@ msgid "" "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." msgstr "" -"Des messages spécifiques sont envoyés à vos clients pour chaque statut de " -"paiement, lorsqu'ils ont été rédirigés vers Odoo après la transaction. Pour " -"éditer ces messages, allez sur l'onglet *Messages* du mode de paiement." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Validation automatique des factures en commande" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1298,11 +731,8 @@ msgid "" "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." msgstr "" -"Lorsque la commande a été confirmée, une facture peut être automatiquement " -"générée et payée. Cette fonction entièrement automatisée est destinée aux " -"entreprises qui facturent directement les commandes." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " "order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " @@ -1310,405 +740,36 @@ msgid "" "account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez cette fonction vous devez sélectionner un journal de " -"paiement pour enregistrer les paiements sur vos comptes. Ce paiement est " -"automatiquement rattaché à la facture, l'indiquant comme payée. Sélectionnez" -" votre **compte bancaire** si vous êtes payé directement sur votre compte. " -"Si ce n'est pas le cas, vous pouvez créer un journal de paiement spécifique " -"pour l'intermédiaire de paiement (type = banque). De cette façon, vous " -"pouvez tracer les paiements en ligne sur un compte intermédiaire jusqu'à ce " -"que vous soyez payé sur votre compte bancaire (consultez `Comment " -"enregistrer les paiements par carte de crédit " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Déclenchez le paiement après la livraison" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" -"Avec cette fonction, la commande est confirmée mais le montant est mis en " -"attente. Une fois que la livraison est effectuée, vous pouvez déclencher le " -"paiement depuis Odoo. Cette fonction n'est disponible qu'avec Authorize.net." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" -"Pour déclencher le paiement, ouvrez la transaction depuis la commande. " -"Cliquez ensuite sur *Déclencher la transaction*." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -"Avec d'autres intermédiaires de paiement, vous ne pouvez gérer le " -"déclenchement du paiement qu'à partir de leurs propres interfaces, mais pas " -"à partir de Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "Configurez votre compte Paypal " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal est accessible et populaire dans le monde entier. Créer un compte est" -" très facile et l'inscription est gratuite. C'est pourquoi nous le " -"recommandons d'emblée à ceux qui débutent sur Odoo. Cela fonctionne comme un" -" flux continu dans lequel le client est dirigé vers le site de Paypal pour " -"enregistrer le paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Compte Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez avoir un compte Business pour être payé avec Paypal. Créez un " -"`Compte Business Paypal sur " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" ou passez d'un compte personnel en un compte Business. Pour cela, allez sur" -" les paramètres de Paypal et cliquez sur *Passer à un compte Business*. " -"Puis, suivez les quelques étapes de configuration." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Paramètres sur Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, voyons comment configurer votre compte Paypal afin de créer " -"une expérience client optimale avec Odoo. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" -"Connectez-vous et ouvrez les paramètres. Allez sur *Produits & Services > " -"paiements du site Web* et cliquez sur *Actualiser* sur *Préférences du site " -"Web*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "Retour automatique" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" -"*Retour automatique* redirige automatiquement vos clients vers Odoo une fois" -" que le paiement est traité. Cochez *Retour automatique* et introduisez " -"votre nom de domaine \"/shop/confirmation\" comme *URL de retour* (par ex. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "Transfert des données de paiement (PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "Notification instantanée de paiement (IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"Le transfert des données de paiement (PDT) n'envoie les confirmations de " -"commande qu'une seule fois. C'est pourquoi votre site doit être en " -"fonctionnement lorsque cela arrive. Autrement, il ne recevra jamais ce " -"message. C'est pourquoi nous vous conseillons d'utiliser la *Notification " -"instantanée de paiement* (IPN) en plus. Avec l'IPN, la réception des " -"confirmations de commande est quasi garantie puisque l'IPN renvoie la " -"confirmation jusqu'à ce que votre site en accuse réception." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer l'IPN, retournez au menu de *Paiements du site Web* et cliquez " -"sur *Actualiser* sur la *Notification instantanée de paiement*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" -"La *URL de notification* à définir est votre nom de domaine + " -"“payment/paypal/ipn” (par ex. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "Format des messages de paiement" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "Votre compte Paypal est prêt!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" -"Pour les Paiements sur site marchand cryptés & les erreurs de " -"PARAMÉTRAGE_EWP, veuillez consulter la `documentation paypal . " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-payments-ewp>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Paramètres dans Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Activation" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Identités" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo requiert trois identifiants Paypal :" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver l'*ID marchand* dans les paramètres de votre compte " -"Paypal, sur *Profil > À propos de l'entreprise*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Frais de transaction" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" -"Pour couvrir les frais de transaction que Paypal vous facture, vous pouvez à" -" votre tour facturer des frais supplémentaires à vos clients qui paient avec" -" Paypal. Une fois redirigé vers Paypal, votre client voit un supplément " -"appliqué au montant de sa commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer cette fonction, cochez la case *Ajouter des frais " -"supplémentaires* sur l'onglet de configuration de la configuration Paypal de" -" Odoo. " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer les frais vous pouvez vous référer à `Frais Paypal " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__ " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" -"..attention : `Les commerçants de l'UE " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ ne sont pas autorisés à charger des frais " -"supplémentaire pour les paiements par carte de crédit." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "Passez en direct!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" -"Votre configuration est prête à fonctionner. Assurez-vous que le mode " -"*Production* est activé. Ensuite, publiez le mode de paiement en cliquant " -"sur le bouton *Publié* à côté de celui-ci." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "Environnement de test" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Un compte Business (à utiliser en tant que marchand, par ex. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Un compte personnel par défaut (à utiliser comme client, par ex. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "Pour plus d'infos" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Comment gérer les commandes payées via les intermédiaires de paiement " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "Comment les clients peuvent-ils accéder à leur compte client" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1718,15 +779,10 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" -"Ça n'a jamais été aussi facile d'obtenir un compte client. Oubliez les " -"formulaires qui n'en finissent pas, avec Odoo c'est simple comme 1-2-3. Odoo" -" suggère aux clients de s'enregistrer (nom, courriel, mot de passe) après " -"leur paiement, au lieu d'avant. Quoi de plus ennuyant que les étapes de " -"création d'un compte avant même d'acheter quelque chose ?" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "S'enregistrer" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1736,7 +792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Compte client" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1756,64 +812,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**Le virement bancaire** est le mode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " -"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" -" le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il s'agit d'un " -"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les plateformes de " -"paiement en ligne!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Introduisez les intructions de paiement dans la case **Message de " -"remerciement** de votre mode de paiement." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Les clients verront ceci lorsqu'ils passeront une commande." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Comment gérer une commande lorsque vous êtes payé." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous gérez une activité B2B, vous pouvez créer d'autres méthodes de " -"paiement manuel comme les paiements par chèque. Pour cela, renommez tout " -"simplement *Virement bancaire* ou dupliquez-le." - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb9d44df3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b8997255 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 +msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" +" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" +" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " +"to advertise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" +" be enabled or installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " +"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " +":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" +" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" +"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 +msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " +"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " +"the *Reminder* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 +msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 +msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " +"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" +" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " +"*Filters* are eligible here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " +"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " +"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " +"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 +msgid "Create your First Event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 +msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 +msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 +msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 +msgid "To allow networking;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " +"through the product and even their pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " +"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " +"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " +"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " +"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 +msgid "Tab: Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " +"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " +"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " +"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 +msgid "Tab: Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " +"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " +"*Communication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " +"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " +"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" +" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " +"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" +" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" +" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " +"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " +"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" +" and used again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 +msgid "Publish your event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 +msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Selling Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " +"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " +"more registrations to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" +" *Online Ticketing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " +"the sale of tickets to happen " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 +msgid "Through Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " +"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " +"which you want to create the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " +"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " +"your event’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 +msgid "Through the Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " +"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 +msgid "Track your Attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " +"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " +"analyzing reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " +"the *Attendees* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " +"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 +msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " +"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " +"*Cancelled* stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " +"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and Manage Talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " +"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Schedule & Tracks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " +"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " +"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " +"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " +"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 +msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " +"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " +"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7001f52c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40167557b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 8c31bfc61..fbeae6c49 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,19 +4,24 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Florian Hatat, 2019 -# Bertrand LATOUR <divoir@gmail.com>, 2019 -# 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2019 +# Adriana Ierfino <adriana.ierfino@savoirfairelinux.com>, 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Mohamed BENKIRANE <benkirane.med.ali@gmail.com>, 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 +# Bertrand LATOUR <divoir@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 1d432ba7e4292878d212aa334c4d2933, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,11 +35,11 @@ msgstr "Général" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Identification" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -49,78 +54,212 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" +"Connectez vous à votre compte Google et allez sur tableau de bord `Google " +"API <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur **Créer un projet** et introduisez le nom du projet ainsi que " +"d'autres détails." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Utiliser les APIs Google **" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" +"Introduisez votre adresse email ainsi que le nom du produit (par ex. Odoo) " +"puis sauvez." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" +"Pour finir, complétez le champ **redirection autorisée des URLs**. Copiez-" +"collez le lien suivant dans la case : " +"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin et cliquez ensuite sur **Créer**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment autoriser les utilisateurs à se connecter avec LDAP" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installez le module LDAP depuis les paramètres généraux." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sur la page Configurez votre serveur LDAP, cliquez sur **Créer**." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Choisissez l'entreprise qui va utiliser le LDAP." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Information serveur**, entrez l'adresse IP de votre serveur " +"ainsi que le port utilisé par celui-ci." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." @@ -131,12 +270,18 @@ msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Informations de connexion**, entrez l'ID et le mot de passe " +"du compte utilisé pour interroger le serveur. Si ce champ n'est pas rempli, " +"le serveur sera interrogé de façon anonyme." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Paramètres de traitement**, entrez le nom de domaine de " +"votre serveur LDAP selon la nomenclature LDAP (par ex. " +"``dc=example,dc=com``)." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" @@ -147,6 +292,9 @@ msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." msgstr "" +"Dans le champ **Informations de l'utilisateur**, cochez *Créer un " +"utilisateur* si vous voulez que Odoo crée un profil utilisateur lorsque " +"quelqu'un se connecte avec le LDAP pour la première fois." #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -172,7 +320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -181,7 +329,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -192,12 +340,19 @@ msgid "" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous ajoutez une nouvelle colonne, Odoo risque de ne pas pouvoir la " +"cartographier automatiquement si son libellé ne correspond à aucun champ du " +"système. Dans ce cas, utilisez la fonction de recherche pour trouver le " +"champ correspondant." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" +"Utilisez ensuite le libellé que vous avez trouvé dans votre template " +"d'importation pour le faire fonctionner directement la prochaine fois que " +"vous essaierez d'importer." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" @@ -209,21 +364,28 @@ msgid "" "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"L'**ID** (ID externe) est un identifiant unique associé à chaque ligne. " +"N'hésitez pas à utiliser celui de votre ancien logiciel pour faciliter la " +"transition vers Odoo." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela " +"peut être utile dans certains cas :" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" +" fois sans devoir créer un doublon;" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importer des champs de liens (voir ci-dessous)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" @@ -244,10 +406,15 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de la donnée liée soit son " +"ID. Lorsque deux données ont le même nom, il faut utiliser l'ID. Dans ce " +"cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par ex. pour les " +"caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / Caractéristiques" +" / ID)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer des données vers Odoo" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" @@ -259,6 +426,10 @@ msgid "" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez importer des données vers n'importe quel objet d'Odoo business " +"en utilisant soit le format Excel (.xlsx) soit le format CSV (.csv) : des " +"contacts, des produits, des relevés bancaires, des écritures comptables et " +"même des commandes !" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." @@ -270,38 +441,49 @@ msgid "" "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" +"Vous y trouverez des templates que vous pouvez facilement alimenter avec vos" +" propres données. Ces templates peuvent être importés en un clic car la " +"cartographie des données a déjà été faite." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" +"Ajoutez, supprimez et triez les colonnes pour qu'elles correspondent au " +"mieux à votre structure de données." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " "corresponding field." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous ajoutez une nouvelle colonne, Odoo risque de ne pas pouvoir la " +"cartographier automatiquement si son libellé ne correspond à aucun champ " +"dans Odoo. Vous pouvez relier les nouvelles colonnes manuellement lorsque " +"vous testez l'importation. Recherchez le champ correspondant dans la liste." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" +"Utilisez ensuite le libellé de ce champ dans votre fichier pour qu'il " +"fonctionne directement la prochaine fois." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer depuis une autre application" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -310,19 +492,29 @@ msgid "" "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" +"Pour recréer les relations entre les différentes données, vous devez " +"utiliser l'identifiant unique de l'application initiale et le faire " +"correspondre à la colonne **ID** (ID externe) dans Odoo. Lorsque vous " +"importez une autre donnée qui est liée à la première donnée, utilisez " +"**XXX/ID** (XXX/ID externe) pour l'identifiant unique initial. Vous pouvez " +"également retrouver cette donnée via son nom mais vous serez bloqué si au " +"moins deux données ont le même nom." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" +"L'ID sera également utilisé pour mettre à jour l'importation originale si " +"vous devez importer des données modifiées plus tard, il est donc conseillé " +"de le spécifier lorsque c'est possible." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -332,19 +524,29 @@ msgid "" "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" " default." msgstr "" +"Odoo essaye de retrouver le type de champ pour chaque colonne de votre " +"fichier en utilisant la méthode heuristique, et en se basant sur les dix " +"premières lignes des fichiers. Par exemple, si vous avez une colonne qui ne " +"contient que des nombres, seuls les champs de type *entiers* vous seront " +"proposés. Bien que cela soit approprié et pratique la plupart du temps, il " +"se peut aussi que cela ne fonctionne pas bien ou que vous vouliez faire " +"correspondre votre colonne à un champ qui n'est pas proposé par défaut." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" +"Si cela arrive, vous devez juste vérifier l'option ** Afficher les champs " +"des champs de relation (avancé)**, vous pourrez ainsi choisir depuis la " +"liste complète de champs pour chaque colonne." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -354,7 +556,7 @@ msgid "" "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -362,7 +564,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -370,11 +572,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -384,56 +586,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exemple de ce qui ne fonctionne pas :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -441,114 +643,141 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" +"Si vous éditez et sauvegardez des fichiers CSV dans des applications " +"tableur, la configuration régionale de votre ordinateur sera appliquée au " +"séparateur et au délimiteur. Nous vous conseillons d'utiliser OpenOffice ou " +"LibreOffice Calc, car ils vous permettront de modifier les trois options " +"(Dans :menuselection:`'Enregistrer sous' boîte de dialogue --> Cochez la " +"case 'Modifier les paramètres du filtre' --> Sauvez`)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" +"Lors de la sauvegarde, Microsoft Excel vous permettra de modifier uniquement" +" l'encodage (Dans :menuselection:`'Enregistrer sous' boîte de dialogue --> " +"cliquez sur liste déroulante des 'Outils' --> Onglet d'encodage`)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quelle est la différence entre base de données ID et ID externe?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" +"Certains champs définissent une relation avec un autre objet. Par exemple, " +"le pays d'un contact est un lien pour l'enregistrement de l'objet 'Pays'. " +"Lorsque vous voulez importer de tels champs, Odoo devra recréer des liens " +"entre les différents enregistrements. Pour vous aider à importer de tels " +"champs, Odoo prévoit trois méthodes. Vous devez utiliser une seule de ces " +"méthodes pour chaque champ que vous voulez importer." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" +"Par exemple, pour référencer le pays d'un contact, Odoo vous propose trois " +"différents champs pour importer :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "Pays : le nom ou code du pays" +msgstr "Pays : le nom ou le code du pays" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour la Belgique, ces trois méthodes d'importation sont disponibles :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Pays : Belgique" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Pays/Id. externe: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays : c'est la façon la plus facile lorsque vos données viennent " +"d'un fichier CSV qui a été créé manuellement." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " "Database ID)" msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays/Base de données ID : vous ne devez que rarement utiliser ce " +"format. Il est surtout utilisé par les développeurs car son principal " +"avantage est de ne jamais engendrer des conflits (vous pouvez avoir " +"plusieurs données avec le même nom, mais elles ont toujours une ID de base " +"de données unique)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" +"Utilisez Pays/ID externe : utilisez l'ID externe lorsque vous importez des " +"données à partir d'une application tierce." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -556,24 +785,34 @@ msgid "" "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez des IDs externes, vous pouvez importer des fichiers " +"CSV en utilisant la colonne \"ID externe\" pour définir l'ID externe de " +"chaque donnée que vous importez. Vous pourrez ensuite faire référence à ces" +" données avec des colonnes telles que \"Champ/ID externe\". Les deux " +"fichiers CSV suivants vous donnent un exemple pour les produits et leurs " +"catégories." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Fichier CSV pour les catégories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Fichier CSV pour les produits " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Que puis-je faire si j'ai plusieurs correspondances pour un champ ?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -584,20 +823,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -605,64 +844,83 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" +"Comment puis-je importer une relation d'un à plusieurs (par ex. plusieurs " +"lignes de commande ou un ordre de vente)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez importer une commande client comportant plusieurs lignes " +"de commande, vous devez prévoir une ligne spécifique dans le fichier CSV " +"pour chaque ligne de commande. La première ligne de commande sera importée " +"sur la même ligne que les informations relatives à cette commande. Toute " +"nouvelle ligne de commande aura besoin d'une ligne supplémentaire dont les " +"champs relatifs à la commande ne contiennent aucune information. À titre " +"d'exemple, voici le fichier de quelques devis que vous pouvez importer, sur " +"la base de données de " +"démonstration.``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Fichier pour certains devis " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" +"Le fichier CSV suivant montre comment importer des commandes et leurs lignes" +" de commande respectives :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Les commandes et leurs lignes de commande respectives " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" +":download:`Clients et leurs contacts respectifs " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Puis-je importer plusieurs fois le même enregistrement ?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -672,29 +930,34 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " "assigning the default value." msgstr "" +"Si vous ne définissez pas tous les champs dans votre fichier CSV, Odoo " +"attribuera la valeur par défaut pour chaque champ non défini. Mais si vous " +"définissez des champs avec des valeurs vides dans votre fichier CSV, Odoo " +"définira la valeur VIDE dans le champ, au lieu d'assigner la valeur par " +"défaut." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -702,63 +965,158 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" +"Pour gérer les relation entre des tableaux, vous pouvez utiliser les " +"fonctionnalités \"ID externe\" d'Odoo. L'\"ID externe\" d'une donnée est " +"l'unique identificateur de cette donnée dans une autre application. Cet \"ID" +" externe\" doit être unique pour toutes les données de tous les objets, il " +"est donc recommandé de faire précéder cet \"External ID\" du nom de " +"l'application ou de la table. (comme 'entreprise_1', 'personne_1' au lieu de" +" '1'). " -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" +"Nous allons importer d'abord toutes les entreprises ainsi que leur \"ID " +"externe\". Tapez la commande Dans PSQL :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" +"Pour créer les fichiers CSV pour des personnes, liées à des entreprises, " +"nous allons utiliser la commande SQL suivante en PSQL :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "Cela va générer le fichier CSV suivant :" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" +"Comment vous pouvez voir dans ce fichier, Fabien et Laurence travaillent " +"pour l'entreprise Bigees (entreprise_1) et Eric travaille pour l'entreprise " +"Organi. La relation entre les personnes et les entreprises se fait à l'aide " +"de l'ID externe des entreprises. Nous avons du faire précéder l\"ID " +"externe\" du nom du tableau pour éviter un conflit d'ID entre les personnes " +"et les entreprises (personne_1 et entreprise_1 qui avaient le même ID 1 dans" +" la base de données initiale)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +"Les deux fichiers créés sont prêts à être importés dans Odoo sans aucune " +"modification. Après avoir importé ces deux fichiers CSV, vous aurez 4 " +"contacts et 3 entreprises. (les deux premiers contacts sont liés à la " +"première entreprise). Vous devez d'abord importer les entreprises et ensuite" +" les personnes." + +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "Mode Développeur" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "Activer le Mode Développeur (Débogage)" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" @@ -768,163 +1126,510 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" +"Les achats in-App (IAP) vous donnent accès à des services supplémentaires " +"via Odoo. Ils vous permettent par exemple, d'envoyer des SMS ou des factures" +" par la poste directement depuis votre base de données." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Achetez des crédits" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" +"Si je suis sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et que j'ai la version Entreprise, je " +"bénéficie de crédits gratuits pour tester les fonctionnalités IAP." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comptes IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recevoir une notification lorsque les crédits sont bas" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" +"Pour être averti lorsque qu'il faudra recharger mes crédits, je dois aller " +"sur mon Portail IAP via :menuselection:`Paramètres de l'application --> Odoo" +" IAP --> Consulter mes services`, dérouler un service et cocher l'option " +"Recevoir une notification de seuil d'alerte. Ensuite, je dois fournir un " +"nombre minimum de crédits et d'adresses email. Désormais, chaque fois que la" +" limite sera atteinte, un rappel automatique me sera envoyé par email !" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Services IAP disponibles" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proposer mes propres services" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +msgstr "" +"Je suis plus que bienvenu pour offrir mes propres services IAP via Odoo Apps" +" ! C'est l'occasion idéale d'obtenir des revenus réguliers pour une " +"utilisation continue du service, plutôt que d'avoir à faire un seul achat " +"initial. Pour plus d'information, allez à : `In-App Achats " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_." + +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Multi sociétés" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'essentiel" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Comment ajouter un utilisateur" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Groupes" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" @@ -944,6 +1649,8 @@ msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "" +"La première chose à faire est télécharger la langue que vous désirez dans " +"votre instance Odoo." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -951,22 +1658,30 @@ msgid "" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" +"Depuis le tableau de bord général, cliquez sur l'application **Paramètres** " +"dans le coin supérieur gauche de la page, sélectionnez " +":menuselection:`Traductions --> Télécharger une traduction`, sélectionnez " +"une langue d'installation, puis cliquez sur **TÉLÉCHARGER.**" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" +"Si vous cochez la case \"Sites Web à traduire\" vous aurez la possibilité de" +" changer la langue de navigation sur votre site Web." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifiez votre langue" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" +"Pour modifier la langue installée, allez sur le menu déroulant situé dans le" +" coin supérieur droit de l'écran et sélectionnez **Préférences**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -976,17 +1691,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvrez un nouveau menu pour voir les modifications." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifiez la langue d'un autre utilisateur" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" +"Odoo offre également à chaque utilisateur la possibilité de choisir sa " +"langue préférée." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1000,11 +1717,1130 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" +"Guide>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Identifiants" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Flux de règlement" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Prélèvement automatique SEPA" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Redirection vers le site de l'intermédiaire" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Enregistrer les cartes" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Pays" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Journal de banque" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Configurez votre compte Paypal " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal est accessible et populaire dans le monde entier. Créer un compte est" +" très facile et l'inscription est gratuite. C'est pourquoi nous le " +"recommandons d'emblée à ceux qui débutent sur Odoo. Cela fonctionne comme un" +" flux continu dans lequel le client est dirigé vers le site de Paypal pour " +"enregistrer le paiement." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Compte Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " +"applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Paramètres sur Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous et ouvrez les paramètres. Allez sur :menuselection:`Produits " +"& Services > paiements du site Web` et cliquez sur **Actualiser** sur " +"**Préférences du site Web**." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" +"*Le retour automatique* redirige automatiquement vos clients vers Odoo " +"lorsque le paiement est traité. Cochez *Retour automatique* et indiquez " +"votre nom de domaine suivi du suffixe ``/shop/confirmation`` comme *URL de " +"retour* (e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"Cette URL est requise par Paypal mais elle n'est pas utilisée dans la " +"pratique car Odoo la transmet à chaque transaction. Ne vous inquiétez pas si" +" vous devez gérer plusieurs canaux de vente ou bases de données Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Transfert des données de paiement (PDT)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Compte Paypal optionnel" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer l'IPN, retournez au menu de *Paiements du site Web* et cliquez " +"sur *Actualiser* sur la *Notification instantanée de paiement*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Format des messages de paiement" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez des caractères accentués (ou quelque chose d'autre que les " +"caractères latins) pour le nom de vos clients, leurs adresses... vous DEVEZ " +"configurer le format d'encodage de la rêquete de paiement envoyé par Odoo à " +"Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne configurez pas ce paramètre, certaines transactions échoueront " +"sans aucune notification." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "Pour cela, ouvrez :" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`cette page pour un compte de production <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Votre compte Paypal est prêt!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez que vos clients payent sans devoir créer un compte Paypal, " +"vous devez activer la case *Compte Paypal optionnel* " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" +"website-payments-ewp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Activation" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" +"Activez *Paypal* depuis la barre de configuration des applications Ventes, " +"Facturation et eCommerce, ou depuis le menu de configuration *Intermédiaires" +" de paiement*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo requiert trois identifiants Paypal :" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"Le *jeton PDT Paypal* est fourni dans la configuration *Payements du site " +"Web* comme expliqué ci-dessus." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Pour couvrir les frais de transaction que Paypal vous facture, vous pouvez à" +" votre tour facturer des frais supplémentaires à vos clients qui paient avec" +" Paypal. Une fois redirigé vers Paypal, votre client voit un supplément " +"appliqué au montant de sa commande." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" +"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"`Les commerçants de l'UE " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-payments/ " +"index_en.htm>`_ ne sont pas autorisés à facturer des frais supplémentaires " +"pour les paiements par cartes de crédits." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez tester l'intégralité du flux de paiement dans Odoo grâce aux " +"comptes sandbox de Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au `Site de développement de Paypal " +"<https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ avec vos identifiants Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Cela va générer deux comptes sandbox :" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Lancez une transaction test depuis Odoo en utilisant le compte personnel " +"sandox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Comment être payé avec les virements bancaires" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**Le virement bancaire** est le mode de paiement par défaut. Le but est de " +"fournir vos coordonnées bancaires aux clients pour qu'ils puissent effectuer" +" le paiement via leur banque. Même si très facile au départ, il s'agit d'un " +"processus lent et inefficace. Privilégiez si possible les plateformes de " +"paiement en ligne!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Comment créer d'autres modes de paiement manuels" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" @@ -1016,10 +2852,14 @@ msgid "" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" +"**En tant qu'utilisateur SaaS**, vous êtes prêt à utiliser Unsplash. Vous " +"n'aurez pas besoin de suivre ce guide pour configurer les informations " +"d'Unsplash, puisque vous utiliserez notre propre clé Odoo Unsplash de " +"manière transparente." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générez une clé d'accès Unsplash pour les utilisateurs **non-SaaS**" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." @@ -1049,6 +2889,8 @@ msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." msgstr "" +"Vous devez être redirigé vers la page des détails de votre application. " +"Faites défiler vers le bas pour trouver votre clé d'accès." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -1056,14 +2898,17 @@ msgid "" "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." msgstr "" +"**En tant qu'utilisateur non-SaaS**, vous ne pourrez pas vous enregistrer " +"pour une clé Unsplash de production et serez limité à votre clé de test qui " +"a une restriction de 50 requêtes Unsplash par heure." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment générer un ID pour l'application Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 18f5713ee..24693dac3 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 @@ -72,24 +72,22 @@ msgid "" "training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " "collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " "that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " "the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " @@ -98,7 +96,7 @@ msgid "" " clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " "phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" @@ -107,7 +105,7 @@ msgid "" "the implementation." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " "environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " @@ -119,18 +117,18 @@ msgid "" "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " "responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," @@ -140,7 +138,7 @@ msgid "" "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " "of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" @@ -155,7 +153,7 @@ msgid "" "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " @@ -163,34 +161,34 @@ msgid "" "tools\\* :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" "`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " "limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " @@ -199,17 +197,17 @@ msgid "" "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " @@ -217,7 +215,7 @@ msgid "" "follow those principles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " "that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " @@ -227,45 +225,45 @@ msgid "" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " "taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," @@ -279,7 +277,7 @@ msgid "" "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " "change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" @@ -288,18 +286,18 @@ msgid "" "business processes of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " @@ -307,33 +305,33 @@ msgid "" "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " "be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " @@ -342,14 +340,14 @@ msgid "" "it will be decided :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " "the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " @@ -358,7 +356,7 @@ msgid "" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " "integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " @@ -366,16 +364,16 @@ msgid "" "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 33018afc9..661eca9c4 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -3,19 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,470 +19,847 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Assistance" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Installation d'Odoo Assistance" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Mise en place des équipes d'Assistance" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" msgstr "" -"Par défaut, Odoo Assistance est accompagné d'une équipe appelée \"Support\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -"Pour modifier cette équipe, ou en ajouter d'autres. Sélectionnez " -"\"Configuration\" dans la bar mauve puis \"Paramètres\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"Ici, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles équipes, décider quels membres ajouter à" -" une équipe, préciser comment vos clients soumettent des tickets et mettre " -"en place les politiques d'accord de niveau de service. Les tickets sont " -"assignés de manière aléatoire, équilibrée ou manuelle. " -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Comment mettre en place différentes étapes pour chaque équipe" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 7054de85f..89b0c3072 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index e106f3412..c29029406 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -4,33 +4,33 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2019 -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2019 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2019 -# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2019 -# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2019 -# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 -# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2019 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019 -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Pierrick Brun <brun.pierrick@protonmail.com>, 2019 -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 +# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2020 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 +# Nathan Grognet <ngr@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Xavier Symons <xsy@openerp.com>, 2020 +# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 +# Nicolas Seinlet <nicolas@seinlet.com>, 2020 +# Stéphane GUILLY <stephane.guilly@laposte.net>, 2020 +# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2020 +# Lionel Sausin <ls@numerigraphe.com>, 2020 +# Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2020 +# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2020 +# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stock" +msgstr "Inventaire" #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" @@ -100,15 +100,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sales that sells products in" -" bulk. The customers will scale their products themselves and get the " -"printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -118,51 +130,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo supports *Barcode Nomenclatures*, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information." +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the *Barcode Nomenclature*, you need to activate the debug " -"mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the *rule name*, for example, *Weight Barcode* " -"with 3 decimals. Then, you have to specify the type for barcode " -"nomenclature, like the *Weighted Product*." +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" -"The *Barcode Pattern* is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example, 21 defines the products on which the rule will" -" be applied. Those are the numbers by which the product barcode should " -"start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are" -" there to identify the product in question. The “N” defines a number and the" -" “D” defines the decimals." +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule that matches the scanned barcode will then be " -"applied." +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" @@ -172,100 +186,95 @@ msgid "" "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s when you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case," -" we need to set 5 zeros because we condigures “21………{NNDDD}”;" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number. Use an EAN13 generator to know" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following " -"barcode: *2112345015001*. If you scan this barcode in your PoS, or when " -"receiving the products in your barcode app, Odoo will automatically create a" -" new line for the product, for a quantity of 1,5kg." +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "Type de règle" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" -"For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be " -"computed." +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "Rule Types" +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in PoS;" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: it allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. Then, you can scan your product in the PoS and apply discounts on " -"the product by scanning the discount barcode;" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both PoS and in Inventory;" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "" -"**Client**: it allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program;" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" -"**Cashier**: it allows you to identify the cashier when entering the PoS;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Location**: it allows you to identify the location on a transfer when " -"multi-location is activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Package**: it allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages " -"are activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: it allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a " -"transfer;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: it doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from " -"the Mercury module;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: it allows you to identify a product for both PoS and " -"Transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:97 -msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters. Those characters can be any number." +"number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 @@ -274,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferts simples" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -326,7 +335,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "Livraisons" +msgstr "Bons de livraison" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -392,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un transfert à partir de zéro" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -425,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trouvez le scanner de code-barre qui correspond à vos besoins" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -464,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez votre lecteur de code-barres" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" @@ -510,7 +519,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -519,16 +527,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -542,8 +547,8 @@ msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -553,50 +558,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formats de code-barre" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -608,26 +615,7 @@ msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "Comment puis-je annuler un ordre de livraison" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" +msgstr "Comment puis-je annuler un bon de livraison" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -644,8 +632,8 @@ msgid "" "any bad surprise." msgstr "" "Certains transporteurs sont plus souples que d'autres, alors assurez-vous " -"d'annuler votre ordre de livraison le plus rapidement possible, de sorte que" -" vous n'ayez pas de mauvaise surprise." +"d'annuler votre bon de livraison le plus rapidement possible, pour éviter " +"les mauvaises surprises." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 @@ -666,7 +654,7 @@ msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur le bouton **Livraison**, dans le coin en haut à droite de la " +"Cliquez sur le bouton **Livraison**, dans le coin supérieur droit de la " "commande." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 @@ -706,7 +694,7 @@ msgid "" "**Delivery Methods**." msgstr "" "Allez dans le module **Inventaire**, cliquez sur **Configuration** puis sur " -"**Méthodes de livraison**." +"**Modes de livraison**." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -743,9 +731,9 @@ msgid "" "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " "Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." msgstr "" -"Ce processus ne fonctionne que via le site web. Nous supposons que lorsque " -"vous créez une commande client, vous savez quelle méthode de livraison vous " -"pouvez utiliser puisque vous les avez créées." +"Ce processus ne fonctionne que via le site Web. Nous supposons que lorsque " +"vous créez une commande client, vous savez quelle mode de livraison vous " +"pouvez utiliser puisque vous les avez créés." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" @@ -844,22 +832,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -898,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" -"Comment choisir le bon flux de stocks pour gérer les ordres de livraison ?" +"Comment choisir le bon flux d'inventaire pour gérer les bons de livraison ?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1019,7 +1007,7 @@ msgid "" "delivery." msgstr "" "Avec Odoo, vous pouvez choisir entre différents types d'étiquettes pour vos " -"ordres de livraison. Suivez les étapes ci-dessous et sélectionnez un type " +"bons de livraison. Suivez les étapes ci-dessous et sélectionnez un type " "d'étiquette appropriée à votre livraison." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 @@ -1070,80 +1058,71 @@ msgstr "" " le type Bottom Half, voici la différence :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Créez un Bon de Commande" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Créez une commande client" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Traiter une livraison" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1159,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1203,583 +1182,208 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "Comment la date de livraison prévue est-elle calculée ?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Les dates prévues sont calculées afin de pouvoir planifier les livraisons, " -"réceptions et ainsi de suite. En tenant compte des habitudes de votre " -"entreprise, Odoo génère automatiquement les dates prévues via le " -"planificateur. Le planificateur Odoo calcule tout par ligne, que ce soit " -"pour un ordre de fabrication, un bon de livraison, une commande client, etc." -" Les dates calculées dépendent des délais qui sont configurés dans Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "Configuration des délais de mise en œuvre" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" -"La configuration des différents délais d'exécution se fait comme suit :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "Au niveau article" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai fournisseur** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"C'est le temps nécessaire au fournisseur pour livrer votre article acheté. " -"Pour configurer le délai fournisseur, sélectionnez un article et allez dans " -"l'onglet **Inventaire**. Vous devrez ajouter un fournisseur à votre article " -"pour pouvoir définir un délai fournisseur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" -"Notez qu'il est possible d'ajouter différents fournisseurs et donc " -"différents délais de livraison en fonction du fournisseur." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un fournisseur est sélectionné, il suffit d'ouvrir sa fiche et " -"de saisir son **Délai de livraison**. Dans ce cas, les jours de sécurité " -"n'ont aucune influence, les jours de livraison prévue seront égaux à : " -"**Date** de la commande fournisseur + **Délai de Livraison**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai client** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"Le délai client est le temps nécessaire pour transférer votre article de " -"votre magasin/entrepôt chez votre client. Il peut être configuré pour tout " -"article. Sélectionnez un article, allez dans l'onglet Ventes, et indiquez " -"votre **Délai client**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "**Délai de fabrication** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Sur la même page, il est également possible de configurer le **Délai de " -"Fabrication**. Le délai de fabrication est le temps nécessaire pour la " -"fabrication de l'article." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas de cocher la case Produire dans l'onglet Inventaire si vous " -"voulez créer des routes de fabrication." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "Au niveau société" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"Au niveau société, il est possible de configurer des **jours de sécurité**, " -"afin de faire face à des retards éventuels et pour être sûr de respecter vos" -" engagements. L'idée est de sosutraire ces **jours de réserve** de la **date" -" prévue calculée** en cas de retard." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Jours de Sécurité à la Vente** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"Les jours de sécurité à la vente sont des jours de **réserve** pour être sûr" -" de livrer vos clients à temps. Ils représentent les marges d'erreurs sur " -"les délais de livraison. Les jours de sécurité suivent la même logique que " -"les débuts de la montre-bracelet : arriver à l'heure. L'idée est de " -"soustraire le nombre de jours de sécurité du calcul, et donc de calculer une" -" date prévue antérieure à celle que vous avez promis à votre client. De " -"cette façon, vous êtes sûr de respecter vos engagements." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le menu est ouvert, allez dans l'onglet de configuration et " -"indiquez le nombre de jours de sécurité." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Jours de sécurité à l'Achat** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" -"Les jours de sécurité à l'achat suivent la même logique que les jours de " -"sécurité à la vente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"Ils représentent les marges d'erreur sur les délais fournisseur. Lorsque le " -"système génère des commandes fournisseur pour l'acquisition d'articles, " -"elles seront planifiées quelques jours plus tôt que nécessaire pour faire " -"face à des retards fournisseurs inattendus. Le délai d'achat se trouve dans " -"le même menu que les jours de sécurité à la vente." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Notez que vous pouvez également configurer ici un délai de Fabrication par " -"défaut." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "Au niveau routage" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" -"Les transferts internes qu'un article peut faire à cause des mouvements de " -"stock peuvent aussi avoir un impact sur la date calculée." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" -"Les délais dus aux transferts internes peuvent être définis dans " -"l'application **Inventaire**, lors de la création d'une nouvelle règle de " -"flux poussé dans une route." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" -"Allez dans la section Règles de flux poussé dans la fiche d'une route pour " -"définir un délai." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "Au niveau commande client :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Date demandée** :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo permet de préciser la date demandée par le client en l'indiquant dans " -"l'onglet Autres informations de la commande client. Si la date est " -"antérieure à la date calculée théorique, Odoo affichera automatiquement une " -"alerte." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Exemple" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"A titre d'exemple, vous pouvez vendre une voiture aujourd'hui (1er Janvier)," -" qui est achetée à la commande, et vous promettez de livrer votre client " -"dans un délai de 20 jours (20 janvier). Dans un tel scénario, le " -"planificateur peut déclencher les événements suivants, en fonction de votre " -"configuration :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "19 Janvier : date de livraison réelle (1 jour de Sécurité à la Vente)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" -"18 Janvier : réception de l'article de votre fournisseur (1 jour de sécurité" -" à l'Achat)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"10 janvier : date limite pour passer la commande fournisseur (9 jours de " -"délai fournisseur)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" -"8 Janvier : déclencher une demande d'achat à votre équipe d'achat, " -"puisqu'elle a besoin en moyenne de 2 jours pour trouver le bon fournisseur " -"et commander." - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "Routes en plusieurs étapes" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Créez une commande client" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Si vous cliquez sur le bouton, vous devez maintenant voir trois opérations " +"de stock différentes :" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Quand une commande arrive au service expédition pour la livraison finale, " +"Odoo est configuré par défaut pour une seule étape : quand tous les produits" +" sont disponibles, ils peuvent être expédiés dans un seul ordre de " +"livraison." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'entrepôt" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1888,10 +1492,307 @@ msgstr "C'est la configuration par défaut dans Odoo." msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Créez un Bon de Commande" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "Créer un ordre d'achat" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Lots et numéros de série" @@ -1926,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quand l'utiliser" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1974,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer les dates d'expiration" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2003,8 +1904,8 @@ msgstr "Configuration de l'application" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -2064,9 +1965,9 @@ msgstr "Alertes d'expiration" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -2104,8 +2005,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 @@ -2120,8 +2021,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -2175,7 +2077,7 @@ msgstr "Types d'opérations" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2201,8 +2103,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2239,21 +2142,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer les numéros de série" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2319,8 +2222,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2349,13 +2252,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2365,6 +2269,127 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Opérations diverses" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " +":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" msgstr "" @@ -2398,6 +2423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." msgstr "" +"De cette façon, un email automatique sera envoyé et affiché dans le chatter." #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -2431,9 +2457,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2491,12 +2517,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2522,8 +2550,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2544,8 +2573,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2568,7 +2597,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2622,6 +2651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Désormais, le SMS automatique qui a été envoyé s'affiche dans le chatter." #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2639,244 +2669,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Planification" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Délai de livraison au client" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai de sécurité" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Délai de fabrication" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -2929,10 +3075,10 @@ msgstr "Lancez le planificateur manuellement" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2941,15 +3087,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 @@ -2986,7 +3132,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Approvisionnement à la commande" @@ -3079,8 +3225,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -3089,9 +3236,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -3108,9 +3255,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3152,7 +3299,7 @@ msgstr "Réapprovisionnement" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3173,7 +3320,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -3214,24 +3361,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Conditionnement" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3240,7 +3394,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Ajustement de stock" +msgstr "Ajustement des inventaires" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" @@ -3267,25 +3421,22 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "Règles de réapprovisionnement" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3294,20 +3445,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3316,29 +3467,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -3355,14 +3506,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/14xNFdUOAbfzdloqXcjq67T8qjjlY7pu4Db6BbR4_fdA/edit>`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez alors accéder à vos entrepôts via :menuselection:`Stock --> " +"Configuration --> Entrepôts`. Créez les entrepôts nécessaires en suivant ce " +"lien :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Entrez " +"l'entrepôt qui doit être réapprovisionné par un autre. Vous aurez la " +"possibilité d'indiquer directement par quel entrepôt il sera " +"réapprovisionné." #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -3375,8 +3530,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3392,601 +3547,586 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Méthodes de Valorisation" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -"Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Anglo-Saxonne)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Méthode de coût" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de la valorisation de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "La valorisation de l'inventaire implique deux choix principaux :" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" +"La méthode de coût que vous utilisez pour évaluer vos produits (standard, " +"FIFO, AVCO)." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "Ces deux concepts sont expliqués ci-dessous." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "Méthodes de coût : standard, FIFO, AVCO" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Prix standard" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Opération" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Coût unitaire" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Qté en réserve" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Valeur de delta" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Valeur d'inventaire" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "10$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "10 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "0$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "0 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Réception de 8 produits à 10$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Recevez 8 produits à 10 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*10 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "80$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "80 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Réception de 4 produits à 16$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Recevez 4 produits à 16 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*10 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "120 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Livraison de 10 produits" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*10 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "20$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "20 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 9 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*10 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "40 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Prix moyen" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "12$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "12 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*16 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "144$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "144 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*12 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "24$" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "24 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Recevez 2 Produits pour 6 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "9 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*6 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "36 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "16 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*10 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*16 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "32 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "11 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "44 €" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Facture fournisseur" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Débit" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Crédit" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4,68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" +msgstr "54,68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Configuration :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Réception des marchandises" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pas d'écriture comptable" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Facture client" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." @@ -3994,346 +4134,262 @@ msgstr "" "La position fiscale utilisée sur la facture peut avoir une règle qui " "remplace le compte de revenu ou la taxe définie sur l'article par un autre." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Ordres de fabrication" +msgstr "Ordres de production" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "Dépenses : variations d'inventaire" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" +"Si la valeur du stock a diminué, le compte **Inventaire** est crédité et les" +" **Variations d'inventaire** débitées." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Comptabilité anglo-saxone" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire automatique" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Configuration** :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" +"Inventaire : pour configurer un compte de valorisation de l'inventaire dans " +"la catégorie interne du produit" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "Utiliser la valorisation de l'inventaire" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" -"Comment faire une valorisation des stocks ? (Comptabilité Continentale)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire : l'essentiel" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "Recevoir un produit" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "J'achète 10 tables au prix de 10 $." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir ce bouton vous devez avoir des droits d'accès aux modules de " +"comptabilité" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "Livrer un produit" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "Le rapport de valorisation de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 @@ -4436,14 +4492,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4490,13 +4547,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4539,8 +4597,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4577,11 +4635,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " @@ -4606,8 +4670,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4747,34 +4811,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4782,7 +4846,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4793,21 +4857,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4831,17 +4895,17 @@ msgid "" "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Création d'un nouvel entrepôt" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4849,45 +4913,50 @@ msgid "" "**Create**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez un nouvel inventaire" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" +"Allez dans l'application inventaire, sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle " +"de l'inventaire --> Ajustement de l'inventaire`. Vous pouvez créer un nouvel" +" inventaire en cliquant sur **Créer**. Introduisez la **Référence de " +"l'inventaire*, la **Date** et assurez-vous de choisir le bon entrepôt et le " +"bon emplacement." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4896,74 +4965,74 @@ msgid "" "orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez un transfert interne" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il est également possible de transférer chaque produit manuellement :" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionnez le bon ordre de transfert" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -4972,208 +5041,6 @@ msgid "" "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle d'approvisionnement ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une règle de flux poussé ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -5189,7 +5056,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez des entrepôts virtuels" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5199,6 +5066,11 @@ msgid "" "multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " "create." msgstr "" +"Imaginez que vous avez deux entrepôts : l'entrepôt A et l'entrepôt B. Créez " +"un nouvel entrepôt qui sera un entrepôt virtuel. Cela vous permettra de " +"déplacer le stock de A à B. Pour le faire, allez dans les paramètres de " +"votre application inventaire et autorisez la fonctionnalité multi-entrepôts." +" Ensuite, allez sur le menu entrepôts et cliquez sur créer." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -5217,7 +5089,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vendez un produit depuis un magasin virtuel" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -5234,229 +5106,468 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Comment utiliser des routages ?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Gérer la chaine de fabrication" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Gérer les emplacements par défaut par produit" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Règles de flux poussés" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Gérez les locations, en créant des retour automatiques pour les produits " -"loués" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -"Dans l'application Inventaire, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Entrepôts`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Règles" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "Coûts des Articles" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 @@ -5486,41 +5597,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -5530,7 +5642,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qu'est-ce qu'une stratégie de sortie (FIFO, LIFO et FEFO)?" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5552,6 +5664,8 @@ msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" msgstr "" +"Dans l'application **Inventaire**, allez à :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Paramètres` :" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5568,11 +5682,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types de stratégie de retrait" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO ( First In First Out )" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -5582,16 +5696,24 @@ msgid "" "short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " "they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." msgstr "" +"Une stratégie **First In First Out** implique que les produits entrées en " +"premier dans le stock, sortiront en premier. Les entreprises qui vendent des" +" produits périssables doivent utiliser la méthode FIFO. Les entreprises " +"vendant des articles dont le cycle de demande est relativement court, comme " +"des vêtements, peuvent également devoir choisir la méthode FIFO pour " +"s'assurer qu'elles ne sont pas coincées avec des styles périmés en stock." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Stock --> Configuration --> Sites`, ouvrez " +"l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **FIFO**." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prenons un exemple de stratégie de sortie FIFO" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -5603,20 +5725,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez trouver des détails sur l'inventaire disponible dans le rapport " +"de valorisation de l'inventaire." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." msgstr "" +"Créez un bon de commande de ``25`` unités de ``iPod 32 GB`` et confirmez le." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez voir dans le produit de l'envoi sortant que l'article ``Ipod 32 " +"Gb`` est assigné avec les lots **le plus anciens**, en utilisant la " +"stratégie de sortie FIFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5630,6 +5758,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`, " +"ouvrez l'emplacement du stock et configurez la stratégie de sortie **LIFO**." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -5649,7 +5779,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -5663,6 +5793,9 @@ msgid "" "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Cochez" +" l'option **Définir la date d'expiration des numéros en série**. Cliquez " +"ensuite sur **Appliquer** pour enregistrer les modifications." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -5738,11 +5871,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Délai avant retrait --> Date de retrait" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Durée de vie du produit --> Fin de la date limite" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" @@ -5763,19 +5896,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Lot / Numéro de série**" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Produit**" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Date d'expiration**" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0001" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 @@ -5785,23 +5918,23 @@ msgstr "Crème glacée" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "20/08/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10/08/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0003" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "15/08/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -5821,12 +5954,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" #: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" @@ -5885,6 +6014,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "" +"Comment envoyer une demande d'expédition après en avoir annulé une autre?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5910,7 +6040,7 @@ msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Il y a deux façons de facturer les frais de port :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" @@ -5938,6 +6068,8 @@ msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également utiliser le système de calcul de la société de " +"transport. Consultez le document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" @@ -5945,7 +6077,7 @@ msgstr "Comment facturer les frais de port au client ?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturez le prix indiqué sur le bon de commande" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 @@ -5975,7 +6107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturez les frais de port réels" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -5993,6 +6125,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" +"Retournez sur le bon de commande, le coût réel a été ajouté à celui-ci." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -6046,13 +6179,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliquez ensuite sur **Appliquer**." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez votre mode de livraison" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 @@ -6061,6 +6194,8 @@ msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" +"Pour configurer vos modes de livraison, allez dans module **Inventaire**, " +"cliquez sur :menuselection:`Configuration --> Modes de livraison`." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -6099,7 +6234,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 @@ -6175,7 +6310,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même ordre de livraison ?" +msgstr "Comment gérer plusieurs colis pour le même bon de livraison ?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6190,6 +6325,10 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" +"Pour configurer l'utilisation des colis, allez dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres`. Repérez la " +"section **Colis** et cochez **Enregistrer les colis utilisés pour " +"l'emballage : palettes, boîtes,...**" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." @@ -6203,7 +6342,7 @@ msgstr "Commande client" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui qui convient." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" @@ -6376,19 +6515,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo DHL API, vous aurez besoin de :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identifiant ID du site DHL.com" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un mot de passe DHL" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numéro de compte DHL" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6424,11 +6563,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Mot de passe**: alkd89nBV" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Numéro de compte DHL** : 803921577" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" @@ -6515,6 +6654,8 @@ msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais choisir le transporteur sur votre bon de commande. " +"Cliquez sur **Mode de livraison** pour choisir celui que vous voulez." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -6535,6 +6676,9 @@ msgid "" "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" +"Dans le cas contraire, le prix réel (appliqué lorsque la livraison est " +"validée) sera automatiquement ajouté à la facture. Pour plus d'informations," +" veuillez lire le document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -6567,11 +6711,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour utiliser Odoo UPS API, vous aurez besoin de :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un ID utilisateur et un mot de passe UPS.com" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" @@ -6579,7 +6723,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une clé d'accès" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -6589,7 +6733,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez un compte UPS" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6604,6 +6748,9 @@ msgid "" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" msgstr "" +"Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur comment ouvrir un compte UPS sur leur" +" site Web, à la page `Comment ouvrir un compte UPS en ligne " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -6616,6 +6763,9 @@ msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"1. Connectez-vous au site Web UPS.com sur `www.ups.com " +"<http://www.ups.com/>`__, et cliquez sur le lien **Nouvel utilisateur** dans" +" le haut de la page." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -6631,69 +6781,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "Cliquez sur l'onglet **Mon UPS**." + #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour continuer, cliquez sur le bouton **Suivant**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vérifiez vos informations de contact" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 7e8e804f5..07ea097db 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -4,24 +4,23 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 -# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jean-Louis Bodren <jeanlouis.bodren@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Florian Hatat, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Florian Hatat, 2020 +# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot.rst:5 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Internet des objets (IoT)" #: ../../iot/config.rst:3 msgid "Configuration" @@ -39,19 +38,23 @@ msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectez une IoT Box à votre base de données" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." msgstr "" +"Installez l'application Internet des objets (IoT) sur votre base de données " +"Odoo." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." msgstr "" +"Allez dans l'application IoT et cliquez sur Connecter sur la page des IoT " +"Box." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour connecter votre IoT Box, suivez les étapes :" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 msgid "Ethernet Connection" @@ -62,83 +65,116 @@ msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" " (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Connectez à votre IoT Box tous les appareils qui doivent être connectés par " +"câble (ethernet, périphériques USB, etc.)." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Mettez la POSBox sous tension" +msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "Connexion WIFI" +msgstr "Connexion Wi-Fi" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mettez l'IoT Box sous tension" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Copiez votre jeton" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." msgstr "" +"Connectez-vous au réseau Wi-Fi de l'IoT Box (assurez-vous qu'aucun câble " +"n'est connecté à votre ordinateur)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" +"Vous allez être redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box (si cela ne " +"fonctionne pas, connectez-vous à l'adresse IP de la Box). Donnez un nom à " +"votre IoT Box (pas obligatoire) et insérez le jeton, puis cliquez sur " +"suivant." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" "f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Runbot, n'oubliez pas d'ajouter le -all ou -base dans le " +"jeton (par ex. ce jeton **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** doit devenir " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." msgstr "" +"Choisissez le réseau Wi-Fi auquel vous voulez vous connecter (entrez le mot " +"de passe s'il y en a un) et cliquez sur Envoyer. Vous serez redirigé vers " +"votre base de données en quelques secondes." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'IoT Box devrait maintenant s'afficher." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schéma de l'IoT Box" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flasher votre carte SD" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" "In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" " our latest updates." msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, vous devrez peut-être reflasher la carte SD de votre IoT " +"Box pour bénéficier de nos dernières mises à jour." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mise à jour de votre carte SD en utilisant Etcher" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" +"Allez sur le site de Balena et téléchargez `Etcher " +"<https://www.balena.io/>`__, C'est un logiciel open-source utilisé pour la " +"gravure de fichiers image. Installez-le et lancez-le." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -147,16 +183,22 @@ msgid "" "zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " "flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." msgstr "" +"Téléchargez ensuite la dernière image `ici " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, et décompressez-la du " +"fichier zip. Puis, ouvrez *Etcher* et choisissez votre image. Sélectionnez " +"le lecteur à flasher (là où se trouve votre carte SD) et cliquez sur " +"*Flash*!." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " "minutes for it to finish." msgstr "" +"Votre image sera automatiquement actualisée. Cela ne prendra que 5 minutes." #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT Box introuvable" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -164,14 +206,20 @@ msgid "" " is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " "can follow to find your IoT box." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez votre IoT Box, un incident récurrent que vous pourriez" +" rencontrer est que votre boîte ne se trouve pas dans votre base de données." +" Heureusement, il existe quelques étapes simples pour vous aider à la " +"retrouver." #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Incidents HTTPS" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" msgstr "" +"Votre IoT Box n'est pas trouvée? Vous avez probablement des problèmes de " +"serveur https!" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -179,23 +227,25 @@ msgid "" "with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" " have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." msgstr "" +"Pour le savoir, allez dans votre base de données et vérifiez si son adresse " +"commence par une adresse https (comme https://www.odoo.com). Si c'est le " +"cas, il se peut que vous ayez des problèmes avec l'image de votre IoT Box. " +"Elle doit être en version 18.12 ou supérieure." #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +"can be found `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisez l'IoT Box pour le PdV" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -203,29 +253,31 @@ msgstr "Prérequis" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avant de commencer, assurez-vous d'avoir :" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une IoT Box;" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un adaptateur secteur 2A Pi 3B + 2.5 A;" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour" +msgstr "Un ordinateur ou une tablette avec un navigateur web à jour;" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" msgstr "" +"Une instance Saas ou Odoo avec le Point de ventes et l'application IoT " +"installés;" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un réseau local configuré avec DHCP (c'est le réglage par défaut);" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -233,35 +285,41 @@ msgid "" "(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" msgstr "" +"Une imprimante Epson USB TM-T20 ou une autre imprimante ESC/ POS compatible " +"(les imprimantes officiellement prises en charge sont répertoriées sur la " +"page `Matériel PdV <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-" +"hardware>`__);" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" msgstr "" -"Un scanner code à barre USB Eclipse Honeywell ou tout autre scanner " -"compatible" +"Un lecteur de code-barres USB Eclipse Honeywell ou tout autre lecteur " +"compatible;" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "Un tiroir-caisse compatible Epson" +msgstr "Un tiroir-caisse compatible Epson;" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un câble Ethernet RJ45 (en option, le Wi-Fi est intégré)." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Configurer" +msgstr "Configuration" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." msgstr "" +"Pour pouvoir connecter un matériel à votre PdV, vous devez d'abord connecter" +" une IoT Box à votre base de données. Pour ce faire, allez à " +":doc:`documentation <connect>`." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous devez ensuite connecter les périphériques à votre IoT Box." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -269,6 +327,10 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" " might work as well." msgstr "" +"La liste officielle du matériel compatible est disponible sur la page de " +"`spécifications matérielles du PdV <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-" +"android-hardware>`__, bien qu'un matériel non-listé puisse tout aussi bien " +"fonctionner." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." @@ -309,6 +371,9 @@ msgid "" "Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " "device." msgstr "" +"**Ethernet**: Si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser le Wi-Fi, branchez le câble " +"Ethernet. Assurez-vous de connecter l'IoT Box sur le même réseau que votre " +"appareil PdV." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -317,17 +382,26 @@ msgid "" "functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " "on boot." msgstr "" +"**Wi-Fi** : La connexion Wi-Fi est intégrée à la version actuelle de l'IoT " +"Box. Assurez-vous de ne pas brancher un câble Ethernet lors du démarrage, " +"car toute fonctionnalité Wi-Fi sera ignorée lorsqu'une connexion réseau " +"câblée est disponible." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" +"Une fois que cela est fait, vous pouvez connecter votre IoT Box à votre PdV." +" Pour cela, allez à :menuselection:`Point de ventes --> Configuration --> " +"PdV, cochez la case \"IoT Box\" et sélectionnez l'IoT Box à laquelle vous " +"voulez vous connecter. Sauvegardez vos modifications." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." msgstr "" +"La configuration est faite, vous pouvez lancer votre nouvelle session PdV." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 msgid "Troubleshoot" @@ -335,7 +409,7 @@ msgstr "Problèmes" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le PdV ne se connecte pas à l'IoT Box" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -344,12 +418,18 @@ msgid "" " if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " "receipt is printed, check the following steps:" msgstr "" +"La façon la plus simple de savoir si l'IoT Box est correctement configurée " +"est de l'allumer avec l'imprimante branchée car elle imprimera un reçu " +"indiquant toute erreur éventuelle ou l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box en cas de " +"succès. Si aucun reçu n'est imprimé, vérifiez les étapes suivantes :" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " "LED." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est allumée, ce qui est indiqué par une LED " +"rouge." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -357,6 +437,9 @@ msgid "" "status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " "ready ~2 minutes after it is started." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est prête, cela est indiqué par une LED verte " +"juste à coté de la LED rouge. L'IoT Box devrait être prête environ 2 minutes" +" après le démarrage." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -364,16 +447,22 @@ msgid "" "Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " "devices on your network router." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que l'IoT Box est connectée au même réseau que votre appareil " +"PdV. Le PdV et l'IoT Box doivent touts deux être visibles dans la liste des " +"appareils connectés sur votre réseau." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 msgid "" "If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" " corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." msgstr "" +"Si vous avez spécifié l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box dans la configuration, " +"assurez-vous qu'elle correspond à l'adresse IP imprimée sur le reçu de " +"statut de l'IoT Box." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "Assurez-vous que la page du PdV n'est pas chargé en HTTPS." +msgstr "Assurez-vous que la page du PdV n'est pas chargée en HTTPS." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -381,10 +470,14 @@ msgid "" "working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" " the POS configuration." msgstr "" +"Un bug dans l'implémentation HTTP de Firefox pourrait empêcher " +"l'autodiscovery de fonctionner de manière fiable. Vous pouvez également " +"configurer manuellement l'adresse IP de l'IoT Box dans la configuration du " +"PdV." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "Le scanner de code barre ne fonctionne pas correctement" +msgstr "Le lecteur de code-barres ne fonctionne pas correctement" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -392,10 +485,10 @@ msgid "" "each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " "Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." msgstr "" -"Le scanner doit être configuré en US QWERTY et doit émettre un caractère " -"ENTER après chaque code barre scanné. C'est la configuration par défaut sur " -"la plupart des scanners. Vérifiez le manuel du scanner pour plus " -"d'information." +"Le lecteur de code-barres doit être configuré en US QWERTY et doit émettre " +"un caractère ENTER après chaque code-barre scanné. C'est la configuration " +"par défaut sur la plupart des appareils. Vérifiez le manuel du lecteur pour " +"plus d'information." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -403,6 +496,9 @@ msgid "" "you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " "enough power." msgstr "" +"L'IoT Box a besoin d'une alimentation 2A pour fonctionner avec certains " +"lecteurs. Si vous n'utilisez pas l'alimentation fournie avec l'IoT Box, " +"assurez-vous d'avoir assez de courant." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -410,9 +506,10 @@ msgid "" " unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" " the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." msgstr "" -"Certains scanners vont demander plus de 2A et ne fonctionneront pas or de " -"façon instable, même avec l'alimentation fournie. Dans ce cas, vous devrez " -"utiliser une alimentation externe pour le scanner." +"Certains lecteurs de code-barres auront besoin de plus de 2A et ne " +"fonctionneront pas, ou de façon instable, même avec l'alimentation fournie. " +"Dans ce cas, vous pouvez brancher le lecteur de code-barres dans un " +"adaptateur USB autonome." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -420,16 +517,21 @@ msgid "" "scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." msgstr "" +"Certains lecteurs bon marché ne sont pas détectés comme des lecteurs de " +"code-barres mais comme des claviers USB. Ceux-ci ne fonctionneront pas avec " +"l'IoT Box." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "Le scanner de codes-barres ne fonctionne pas de manière fiable" +msgstr "Le lecteur de codes-barres ne fonctionne pas de manière fiable" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 msgid "" "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " "Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que pas plus d'un appareil avec «Scan via Proxy» / «Lecteur de " +"code-barres» activé n'est connecté à l'IoT Box en même temps." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" @@ -442,6 +544,10 @@ msgid "" "afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " "and the IoT Box." msgstr "" +"Un petit délai est prévu avant la première impression car l'IoT Box " +"effectuera un prétraitement afin d'accélérer les impressions suivantes. Si " +"vous subissez des retards par la suite, ils sont très probablement dûs à une" +" mauvaise connexion réseau entre le PdV et l'IoT Box." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" @@ -452,6 +558,9 @@ msgid "" "The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " "supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." msgstr "" +"L'IoT Box ne prend pas en charge tous les langages et caractères. Elle " +"supporte actuellement les scripts basés en latin et en cyrillique, avec un " +"support japonais basique." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 msgid "The printer is offline" @@ -469,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "Le tiroir caisse n'ouvre pas" +msgstr "Le tiroir-caisse ne s'ouvre pas" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -485,7 +594,7 @@ msgstr "Périphériques" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -495,6 +604,12 @@ msgid "" "Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " "control point." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " +"d'utiliser un appareil photo. La configuration de cet appareil est très " +"simple, et elle peut se faire en quelques étapes. Vous pourrez alors " +"l'utiliser dans votre processus de fabrication et le relier à un point de " +"contrôle. Ainsi, vous pourrez prendre des photos lorsque vous atteindrez le " +"point de contrôle de la qualité choisi." #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 @@ -505,10 +620,14 @@ msgstr "Connexion" msgid "" "To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." msgstr "" +"Pour connecter l'appareil photo à votre *IoT Box* reliez tout simplement les" +" deux par câble." #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " +"nécessaire." #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -516,6 +635,9 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " "soon as it is connected." msgstr "" +"Si votre appareil photo est `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera détecté dès" +" sa connexion." #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -523,14 +645,18 @@ msgid "" "drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer la Box et " +"télécharger les pilotes de votre appareil photo depuis la Box. Pour le " +"faire, allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des " +"pilotes*. Puis, cliquez sur charger les pilotes." #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectez un appareil photo à un point de contrôle de la qualité" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avec l'application Fabrication" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -538,12 +664,18 @@ msgid "" "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " "the control point you want to link with the camera." msgstr "" +"Dans votre *Application qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" +" un *Point de contrôle de la qualité*. Allez dans le menu *Points de " +"contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de contrôle que " +"vous souhaitez relier à l'appareil photo." #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " +"périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -551,16 +683,23 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" " will allow you to take a picture." msgstr "" +"Votre appareil photo peut alors être utilisé avec le *point de contrôle* " +"choisi. Au cours du processus de fabrication, atteindre le *Point de " +"contrôle de la qualité* que vous avez choisi auparavant vous permettra de " +"prendre une photo." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectez une pédale de commande" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" "When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " "Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." msgstr "" +"Lorsqu'on travaille, il est toujours mieux d'avoir les mains libres. " +"L'utilisation de l'*IoT Box d'Odoo* avec une pédale de commande vous en " +"donne la possibilité." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -568,16 +707,23 @@ msgid "" "foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " "steps." msgstr "" +"En fait, vous pourrez passer d'un écran à l'autre en utilisant votre pied et" +" la pédale de commande. Très pratique, cela peut être configuré en quelques " +"étapes." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" "Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" " the two by cable." msgstr "" +"Il est très simple de connecter la pédale de commande à l'*IoT Box*, il vous" +" suffit de relier les deux par câble." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " +"nécessaire." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -585,6 +731,9 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" +"Si votre pédale à commande `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera " +"automatiquement détecté dès sa connexion." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -592,10 +741,14 @@ msgid "" "your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " "Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"S'il ne s'agit pas d'un appareil compatible, il faudra redémarrer la Box et " +"télécharger les pilotes de votre pédale à commande depuis la Box. Pour le " +"faire, allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des " +"pilotes*. Puis, cliquez sur charger les pilotes." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reliez une pédale à commande à un Poste de travail" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -604,6 +757,11 @@ msgid "" "the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" " also add a key to trigger it." msgstr "" +"Pour relier la pédale à commande à une action, elle doit être configurée sur" +" un poste de travail. Allez au poste de travail dans lequel vous voulez " +"utiliser la pédale à commande et ajoutez le périphérique dans l'onglet " +"*Déclencheurs de l'IoT*. Vous pouvez alors le lier à une action et ajouter " +"une clé pour le déclencher." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -611,16 +769,23 @@ msgid "" "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " "automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." msgstr "" +"Notez que c'est le premier de la liste qui sera choisi. Donc, l'ordre a son " +"importance ! Dans l'image ci-dessus, l'utilisation de la pédale de commande " +"permet, par exemple, de passer automatiquement la partie en cours du " +"processus sur lequel vous travaillez." #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous êtes sur l'écran de commande du poste de travail, un bouton " +"d'état vous indique si vous êtes correctement connecté à la pédale de " +"commande." #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectez un outil de mesure" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -628,16 +793,22 @@ msgid "" "database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." msgstr "" +"Avec l'*IoT Box d'Odoo*, il est possible de connecter des outils de mesure à" +" votre base de données. Trouvez la liste des appareils compatibles ici: " +"`Appareils compatibles <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se connecter en USB" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " "restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter un périphérique connecté par USB, il suffit de brancher le " +"câble USB dans l'*IoT Box* et de redémarrer la Box. L'appareil devrait " +"apparaître dans votre base de données Odoo. " #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -645,10 +816,13 @@ msgid "" "your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " "drivers." msgstr "" +"Si le périphérique n'est pas trouvé, assurez-vous que les pilotes ont bien " +"été téléchargés dans votre IoT Box. Pour cela, connectez-vous à la *Page " +"d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur télécharger les pilotes." #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se connecter via le bluetooth" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -656,14 +830,17 @@ msgid "" "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " "device." msgstr "" +"Activez le Bluetooth sur votre appareil (voir le manuel de votre appareil " +"pour plus d'explications) et l'IoT Box essaiera automatiquement de se " +"connecter à l'appareil." #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voici un exemple de ce à quoi ça doit ressembler :" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reliez un outil de mesure à un point de contrôle de la qualité" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -671,12 +848,18 @@ msgid "" "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " "and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." msgstr "" +"Dans votre *Application qualité*, vous pouvez configurer le périphérique sur" +" vos *Points de contrôle de la qualité*. Pour cela, allez dans le menu " +"*Points de contrôle*, sous *Contrôle de la qualité* et ouvrez le point de " +"contrôle que vous souhaitez relier à l'outil de mesure." #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ensuite modifier le point de contrôle et sélectionner le " +"périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Appuyez ensuite sur enregistrer." #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -684,10 +867,13 @@ msgid "" "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " "while the tool is being used." msgstr "" +"Votre outils de mesure est maintenant relié au ¨*Point de contrôle* choisi. " +"La valeur, qui doit être modifiée manuellement, sera automatiquement mise à " +"jour lorsque l'appareil sera utilisé." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectez une imprimante" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -695,16 +881,24 @@ msgid "" " is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " "it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous utilisez votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo, vous pourriez avoir besoin " +"d'une imprimante. C'est facile et pratique et cela peut se faire en quelques" +" étapes. Vous pourrez ainsi l'utiliser pour imprimer des reçus, des " +"commandes ou même des rapports dans différentes applications Odoo." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" "To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" " cable." msgstr "" +"Pour connecter l'imprimante à votre *IoT Box* reliez tout simplement les " +"deux par câble." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, un adaptateur série vers un port USB peut être " +"nécessaire." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -712,10 +906,15 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " "automatically detected as soon as it is connected." msgstr "" +"Si votre imprimante est `*compatible* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, vous ne devrez rien configurer car l'appareil sera détecté dès" +" sa connexion." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." msgstr "" +"L'imprimante peut prendre jusqu'à deux minutes avant d'apparaître dans la " +"liste de vos périphériques." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -723,20 +922,27 @@ msgid "" "drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"Dans certains cas, il peut être nécessaire de redémarrer la Box et " +"télécharger les pilotes de votre imprimante depuis la Box. Pour le faire, " +"allez à la *Page d'accueil de l'IoT Box* et cliquez sur *liste des pilotes*." +" Puis, cliquez sur télécharger les pilotes." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reliez l'imprimante" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "À des ordres de travail" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez relier des *Ordres de travail* à des imprimantes via le *Point " +"de contrôle de la qualité* pour imprimer des étiquettes pour les produits " +"fabriqués." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -744,26 +950,35 @@ msgid "" "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " "order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous devez créer un *Point de contrôle de la qualité* depuis " +"l'application *Qualité*. Vous pouvez ensuite choisir les opérations de " +"production et de commande de travail souhaitées. Dans type, sélectionnez " +"*Imprimer l'étiquette* puis enregistrez." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." msgstr "" +"Désormais, chaque fois que vous atteignez le point de contrôle de la qualité" +" pour le produit choisi, un bouton *Imprimer l'étiquette* apparaîtra." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "À des rapports" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez également relier un type de rapport à une imprimante donnée. " +"Dans l'application *IoT*, allez au menu *Périphériques* et sélectionnez " +"l'imprimante que vous voulez configurer." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allez à présent dans l'onglet *Rapport de l'imprimante*." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -771,6 +986,9 @@ msgid "" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " "select and save." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur éditer, puis sur *Ajouter une ligne*. Dans la fenêtre qui " +"s'affiche, cochez tous les types de rapports qui doivent être reliés à cette" +" imprimante. Cliquez sur sélectionner et enregistrer." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -778,16 +996,21 @@ msgid "" "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" " print it." msgstr "" +"Désormais, à chaque fois que vous cliquez sur *Imprimer* dans le panneau de " +"commande, le rapport ne sera pas téléchargé en format PDF, mais " +"automatiquement envoyé vers l'imprimante sélectionnée et imprimé." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imprimez des reçus depuis le PdV" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez relier une imprimante à votre application *Point de ventes* pour" +" pouvoir imprimer des reçus directement depuis votre *PdV*. " #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -795,18 +1018,26 @@ msgid "" "settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " "Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." msgstr "" +"C'est vraiment très simple. Allez dans votre application *Point de ventes* " +"et ouvrez les paramètres de votre *PdV* sous *Configuration*. Cliquez sur " +"*Éditer* et cochez la fonctionnalité *IoT Box*. Puis, activez l'*Imprimante " +"des reçus*." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 msgid "" "Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " "tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez maintenant désormais différents types de tickets sur votre *PdV*" +" : **reçus**, **détails de vente** et **factures**." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 msgid "" "For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" " is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." msgstr "" +"Le reçu sera imprimé lorsque la commande sera validée. Ce processus est " +"automatisé si vous activez cette fonctionnalité dans votre *PdV*." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -814,6 +1045,8 @@ msgid "" "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " "current day." msgstr "" +"Les détails des ventes de la journée peuvent être imprimés en cliquant sur " +"l'icône de l'imprimante sur la barre de navigation en haut du *PdV*. " #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -821,20 +1054,28 @@ msgid "" " settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." " Click on it and it will print the bill." msgstr "" +"Quant à l'addition, elle n'est disponible qu'en mode restaurant. Dans les " +"paramètres de votre restaurant, activez les factures et un bouton *Facture* " +"apparaîtra dans le panneau de gauche. Cliquez sur ce bouton et la facture " +"s'imprimera." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Imprimer des commandes dans la cuisine" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." msgstr "" +"En mode restaurant, vous pouvez envoyer des reçus de commandes vers la " +"cuisine." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, allez dans l'application *PdV* et ouvrez les paramètres de " +"votre *PdV*. Puis cochez *Imprimante de commandes*." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -842,6 +1083,9 @@ msgid "" " the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " "Categories* field." msgstr "" +"Allez ensuite dans le menu *Imprimantes*. Cliquez sur créer et sélectionnez " +"l'*IoT Box* avec toutes les catégories de produits qui doivent être " +"imprimées dans le champ *Catégories de produits à imprimer*." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -849,3 +1093,6 @@ msgid "" "categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " "will be printed." msgstr "" +"Dans le *PdV*, lorsque vous ajoutez ou retirez un produit de l'une des " +"catégories sélectionnées, le bouton *Ordre* devient vert. Si vous cliquez " +"dessus, un ticket est imprimé." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 50c411a96..1caa0b865 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,189 +24,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Live Chat" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -"Avec Odoo Discussion instantanée, vous pouvez établir un contact direct avec" -" les visiteur de votre site web. Une simple boite de dialogue sera " -"disponible sur leur écran et leur permettra de discuter av,ec un de vos " -"représentant commercial. de cette manière, vous pouvez facilement " -"transformer un intérêt en une potentielle opportunité. Vous serez aussi " -"capable d'apporter une aide à vos clients. En résumé, il s'agit du parfait " -"outil pour améliorer la satisfaction de votre clientèle" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -"Pour avoir la fonctionnalité Discussion Instantanée, ouvrez le module " -"Applications, cherchez \"Discussion Instantanée\" et cliquer sur installer." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Le module Discussion Instantanée vous donne un accès direct au canaux de " -"discussion, Là, les opérateurs peuvent facilement rejoindre et quitter les " -"discussions." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Ajouter les discussions instantanées au site web Odoo" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Évaluations" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Évaluation de la clientèle" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisez des commandes" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Envoyez des réponses toutes prêtes" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 4e038d110..952414f00 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# thomas quertinmont <tqu@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# thomas quertinmont <tqu@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: thomas quertinmont <tqu@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,15 +26,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fabrication" +msgstr "Production" #: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestion de la production" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisation d'un poste de travail" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -42,6 +43,10 @@ msgid "" " If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," " it is not that simple." msgstr "" +"Pour de nombreuses entreprises manufacturières, un problème commun est de " +"devoir fabriquer, en même temps, plusieurs produits habituellement fabriqués" +" au même poste de travail. Si, dans la pratique, les employés peuvent le " +"faire sur un autre poste de travail, en réalité ce n'est pas si simple." #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -59,13 +64,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez vos postes de travail" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." msgstr "" +"La première chose à faire est aller dans l'application *Production*, puis " +"activer la fonctionnalité *Ordres de travail* et enregistrer." #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -88,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez vos ordres de travail" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -150,11 +157,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -162,64 +169,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter un routage" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -249,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -431,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez un ordre de production" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 msgid "Record the production" @@ -467,11 +474,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez l'ordre de production" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Programmer des ordres de travail associées" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" @@ -479,7 +486,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planifier des ordres de travail" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -500,13 +507,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez des ordres de travail" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " "to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." msgstr "" +"La première chose à faire est ouvrir l'application *Production*. Ensuite, il" +" faut aller dans les paramètres et activer la fonctionnalité *Ordres de " +"travail*." #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -624,7 +634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Ordre de fabrication" +msgstr "Ordre de production" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -746,153 +756,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valorisation de l'inventaire" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Avec :" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Traçabilité" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Contrôle qualité" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "" @@ -963,8 +1140,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -975,10 +1152,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1116,32 +1293,32 @@ msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "Créer un Ordre de Réparation" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1149,13 +1326,13 @@ msgid "" " might need, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vous pouvez désormais facturer la facturation." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7463138e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,382 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Automatisation du Marketing" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avancé" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "Lancer un test" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index ce0ac55eb..073fe6012 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -4,16 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,9 +40,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" -"Rendez vous dans *Configuration* > *Paramètres généraux* > *Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)* et assurez vous que la case **Push Notifications** est " -"cochée." +"Allez simplement à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux --> " +"Odoo Cloud Notification (OCN)` et assurez-vous que les **Notifications " +"push** sont activées." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69bcb190b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Alexandra Jubert <aju@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planification" + +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "Dupliquez un planning de la semaine précédente" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "Publiez et envoyez le planning par email" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "Laissez vos employés se désassigner eux-mêmes des postes" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 0f854b3e0..60e018ae6 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,23 +4,24 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Julien Bertrand <jub@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Laura Piraux <lap@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 +# 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 0169fee580ff5de3f9b7241d14f30af9_5f30934 <1948a2319336319ed4429b6139c8c1c2_916898>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,323 +33,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Point de vente" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Rubriques avancées" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de code-barres pour traiter les commandes au " -"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet de gagner du temps " -"pour vous et vos clients." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, rendez-vous sur: menuselection: " -"`Point de Ventes -> Configuration -> Point de Ventes` et sélectionnez votre " -"interface PoS." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Hardware, vous trouverez *Barcode Scanner* , " -"sélectionnez-le." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et " -"sélectionnez un produit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous pouvez trouver le champ du code-" -"barres dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Scannez des produits" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre " -"lecteur de code-barres. Le produit sera ajouté, vous pouvez re-scanner le " -"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier la quantité " -"manuellement sur l'écran." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "Acceptez le paiement par carte de crédit en utilisant Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"Un compte MercuryPay (voir `*le site internet MercuryPay* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>` __) est requis pour accepter les paiements " -"par carte de crédit dans Odoo 11 PdV, avec un lecteur de carte intégré. " -"MercuryPay ne fonctionne qu'avec des banques américaines et canadiennes, ce " -"qui rend cette procédure uniquement adaptée aux entreprises nord-" -"américaines." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Une alternative au lecteur de carte intégré est de travailler avec un " -"lecteur de carte autonome, de copier le montant de la transaction depuis " -"l'écran PdV Odoo dans le lecteur de carte, et d'enregistrer la transaction " -"dans Odoo PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Installez Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer Mercury, allez à :menuselection:`Apps` et recherchez le " -"module *Mercury*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer Mercury, vous devez activer le mode développeur. Pour ce " -"faire, allez à :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` et sélectionnez *Activer " -"le mode développeur*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" -"En mode développeur, accédez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> " -"Configuration --> Configurations Mercury`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"Créez une nouvelle configuration pour les cartes de crédit et entrez vos " -"informations d'identification Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> " -"Méthodes de paiement` et créez-en un nouveau." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" -"Sous *Point de Vente*, lorsque vous sélectionnez *Utiliser dans Point de " -"Vente*, vous pouvez sélectionner vos informations d'identification Mercury " -"que vous venez de créer." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant une nouvelle option de paiement par carte de crédit " -"lors de la validation d'un paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Changer sans code PIN" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Ré-imprimer des reçus" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la fonction *Ré-impression du reçu* si vous devez ré-imprimer un " -"ticket." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" -"Dans la catégorie Bills & Receipts, vous trouverez l'option *Ré-impression " -"du reçu*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Ré-imprimer un reçu" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Ré-impression du " -"reçu*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite réimprimer votre dernier reçu." - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Tarification" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un scanner de codes-barres" +msgstr "Utilisez des étiquettes de remise avec un lecteur de codes-barres" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -364,6 +55,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises vous devez utiliser un lecteur de " +"codes-barres." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" @@ -372,8 +65,8 @@ msgstr "Nomenclature de code-barres" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, nous devons apprendre la " -"nomenclature des codes-barres." +"Pour utiliser les étiquettes de remises, il faut connaître la nomenclature " +"des codes-barres." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -381,7 +74,7 @@ msgid "" "barcode:" msgstr "" "Supposons que vous souhaitiez bénéficier d'une remise sur le produit avec le" -" code-barres suivant:" +" code-barres suivant :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -397,10 +90,10 @@ msgid "" "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " "before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" msgstr "" -"Disons que vous voulez 50% de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer " +"Disons que vous voulez 50 % de remise sur un produit, vous devez commencer " "votre code-barres par 22 (pour la nomenclature du code-barres de réduction) " -"puis 50 (pour le%) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre " -"exemple, le code-barres serait:" +"puis 50 (pour le %) avant d'ajouter le code-barres du produit. Dans notre " +"exemple, le code-barres serait :" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" @@ -419,6 +112,132 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite scannez l'étiquette de remise. La réduction sera appliquée et vous " "pourrez terminer la transaction." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Créez une liste de prix" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "Gérez un programme de fidélité" @@ -431,16 +250,29 @@ msgstr "" "Encouragez vos clients à continuer à faire leurs achats dans votre Point de " "Vente avec un *programme de fidélité*." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Programme Fidélité*, allez à :menuselection:`Point" -" de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre " -"interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarif, sélectionnez *Programme " -"de fidélité*" +"Pour activer la fonction *Programme de fidélité*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV. Sous les fonctionnalités de Tarification " +"sélectionnez *Programme de fidélité*" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." @@ -476,7 +308,6 @@ msgstr "" "ont assez de points selon les règles définies dans le programme de fidélité." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." @@ -486,7 +317,6 @@ msgstr "" "habituelle." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." @@ -494,195 +324,64 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous sélectionnez un client avec une liste de prix par défaut, il sera " "appliqué. Vous pouvez bien sûr en changer." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Appliquez des remises manuelles" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez rarement des remises, appliquer des remises manuelles peut " -"être la solution la plus simple pour votre point de vente." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez soit appliquer une réduction sur l'ensemble de la commande ou " -"sur des produits spécifiques." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Appliquez une remise sur un produit" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "Depuis votre interface de session, utilisez le bouton *Rem* ." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une remise (en pourcentage) sur le produit " -"actuellement sélectionné et la réduction sera appliquée." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Appliquez une remise globale" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -"Pour appliquer une remise sur l'ensemble de la commande, rendez-vous sur " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie *Prix* , vous trouverez *Remise Globales* sélectionnez-le." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton *Remise* dans votre interface PoS." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -"Une fois cliqué vous pouvez alors entrer la remise désirée (en " -"pourcentages)." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" -"Sur cet exemple, vous pouvez voir une réduction globale de 50% ainsi qu'une " -"réduction de 50% spécifique au produit." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Appliquez des remises limitées dans le temps" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" -"Encouragez vos clients et augmentez vos revenus en offrant des remises " -"limitées dans le temps ou saisonnières. Odoo dispose d'une fonction poussée " -"de liste de prix pour soutenir une stratégie de tarification adaptée à votre" -" activité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Liste de Prix*, accédez à :menuselection:`Point de" -" vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et sélectionnez votre interface" -" PoS." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez les listes de prix que vous souhaitez mettre à disposition dans " -"ce Point de Vente et définissez la liste de prix par défaut. Vous pouvez " -"accéder à toutes vos Listes de Prix en cliquant sur *Liste de prix*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Créez une liste de prix" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez définir plusieurs critères pour utiliser un prix spécifique: " -"périodes, quantité min. (répondre à une quantité minimum commandée et " -"obtenir une réduction de prix), etc. Vous pouvez également choisir " -"d'appliquer uniquement cette liste de prix sur des produits spécifiques ou " -"sur toute la gamme." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Utilisation d'une liste de prix dans l'interface PoS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant un nouveau bouton au-dessus de celui nommé *Client*, " -"utilisez-le pour sélectionner instantanément la bonne liste de prix." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Analysez les ventes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Affichez les statistiques de votre Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" -"Garder une trace de vos ventes est fondamental pour toute entreprise. C'est " -"pourquoi Odoo vous offre une vue pratique pour analyser vos ventes et " -"obtenir des statistiques significatives." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à vos statistiques, allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente -> " -"Reporting -> Commandes`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite voir vos différentes statistiques sous forme de " -"graphique ou de table pivot." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également accéder aux vues de statistiques en cliquant ici" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "Module de données fiscales belges" +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "Modules de Données fiscales" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" @@ -706,18 +405,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Le gouvernement belge exige que certaines entreprises utilisent un appareil " "certifié par le gouvernement appelé **Module de données fiscales** " -"(également connu sous le nom de **blackbox**). Cet appareil fonctionne avec " -"l'application PdV et enregistre certaines transactions. En plus de cela, " +"(également connu sous le nom de **boîte noire**). Cet appareil fonctionne " +"avec l'application PdV et enregistre certaines transactions. En plus, " "l'application PdV utilisée doit également être certifiée par le gouvernement" -" et doit respecter les normes strictes spécifiées par eux. `Odoo 9 " +" et doit respecter les normes strictes prévues par celui-ci. `Odoo 9 " "(Enterprise Edition) est une application certifiée " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>` _. De plus " -"amples informations sur le module de données fiscales peuvent être trouvées " -"sur le `site officiel <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>` _. Vous " +"trouverez de plus amples informations sur le module de données fiscales sur " +"le `site officiel <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Matériel nécessaire" +msgstr "Matériel requis" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -726,10 +425,10 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " "Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" msgstr "" -"Un `Module de données fiscales <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be" -"/systemes-certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ certifié par le gouvernement par " -"PdV, tous devraient fonctionner, mais le Cleancash SC-B est recommandé, vous" -" aurez également besoin de:" +"Un `Module de données fiscales certifié par le gouvernement par PdV " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ . Ils devraient tous fonctionner, mais nous " +"recommandons le Cleancash SC-B. Vous aurez également besoin de :" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -746,7 +445,7 @@ msgid "" "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " "<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" msgstr "" -"Adaptateur série vers USB par FDM (`example " +"Adaptateur série vers USB par FDM (`exemple " "<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 @@ -770,13 +469,13 @@ msgid "" "can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" " to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" -"Afin d'utiliser un module de données fiscales, vous aurez besoin d'une " -"POSBox enregistrée. Ces POSBox sont similaires aux IoT Boxes que nous " -"vendons, mais elles sont enregistrées auprès du gouvernement belge. Ceci est" -" requis par la loi. Tenter d'utiliser un module de données fiscales sur une " -"IoT Box non enregistrée ne fonctionnera pas. Vous pouvez vérifier que le " -"module de données fiscales est reconnu par la POSBox en accédant à la * page" -" d'état du matériel * via la page d'accueil POSBox." +"Afin d'utiliser un module de données fiscales, vous aurez besoin d'une IoT " +"Box enregistrée. Ces IoT Box sont similaires aux IoT Box que nous vendons, " +"mais elles sont enregistrées auprès du gouvernement belge. Ceci est requis " +"par la loi. Tenter d'utiliser un module de données fiscales sur une IoT Box " +"non enregistrée ne fonctionnera pas. Vous pouvez vérifier que le module de " +"données fiscales est reconnu par la IoT Box en allant sur la *page d'état du" +" matériel * via la page d'accueil de l'IoT Box." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" @@ -795,17 +494,17 @@ msgid "" "transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " "VAT signing card." msgstr "" -"Une application POS Odoo peut être dotée de capacités de point de vente " -"certifiées en installant l'application ** Belgian Registered Cash Register " -"** (nom technique: «pos_blackbox_be»). En raison des restrictions imposées " -"par le gouvernement, cette installation ne peut pas être annulée. Après " -"cela, vous devrez vous assurer que chaque configuration POS est associé à " -"une POSBox unique et enregistrée (: menuselection: `Point de Ventes -> " -"Configuration -> Point de Ventes` et vérifiez que le proxy matériel / IoT " -"Box ainsi que le numéro de série de votre IoT Box soient définis). La " -"première fois que vous ouvrez le Point de Ventes et tentez d'effectuer une " -"transaction, il vous sera demandé de saisir le code PIN que vous avez reçu " -"avec votre carte de signature TVA." +"Une application PdV Odoo peut être reconnue en tant que point de vente " +"certifié par l'installation de l'application belge **Module d'enregistrement" +" du système de caisse enregistreuse (SCE)** (nom technique: " +"«pos_blackbox_be»). En raison des restrictions imposées par le gouvernement," +" cette installation ne peut pas être annulée. Vous devrez ensuite vous " +"assurer que chaque configuration PdV est liée à une unique IoT Box " +"enregistrée (: menuselection: `Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de " +"Vente` et vérifier que le proxy matériel / IoT Box ainsi que le numéro de " +"série de votre IoT Box ont été définis). Avant de pouvoir effectuer votre " +"première transaction, vous devez saisir le code PIN reçu avec votre carte de" +" signature TVA." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" @@ -822,9 +521,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "La certification accordée par le gouvernement est limitée à l'utilisation " "sur l'instance SaaS d'odoo.com. L'utilisation du module à partir de la " -"source ou d'une version modifiée **ne sera pas** certifiée. Pour les clients" -" sur site, nous supportons aussi l'utilisation d'un module fiscale. " -"Cependant, une version figée du module peut être distribuée a la demande " +"source ou d'une version modifiée **ne sera pas** certifiée. Nous prenons " +"également en charge l'utilisation d'un module fiscale pour les clients sur " +"site. Cependant, une version figée du module peut être fournie sur demande " "pour les clients Enterprise." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 @@ -861,7 +560,8 @@ msgstr "Vendre des produits sans taxe valide" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" msgstr "" -"Les multiples configurations Odoo POS par IoT Box ne sont pas autorisées" +"Les configurations multiples d'un PdV Odoo par IoT Box ne sont pas " +"autorisées" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" @@ -871,10 +571,170 @@ msgstr "Utilisation du PdV sans connexion à l'IoT Box (et donc FDM)" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "Modules blacklistés: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Commencer" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Configurez vos modes de paiement" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Votre première commande" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Visualisez vos statistiques" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "Enregistrer des clients" @@ -917,299 +777,99 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez le bouton Enregistrer lorsque vous avez terminé. Vous pouvez " "ensuite sélectionner ce client dans toutes les transactions futures." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Démarrer avec le Point de Vente Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"L'application en ligne Point de Vente d'Odoo est basée sur une interface " -"simple et conviviale. L'application Point de Vente peut être utilisée en " -"ligne ou hors ligne sur des iPads, des tablettes Android ou des ordinateurs " -"portables." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Le Point de Vente Odoo est entièrement intégré aux applications d'inventaire" -" et de comptabilité. Toute transaction dans votre point de vente sera " -"automatiquement enregistrée dans vos entrées de stock et de comptabilité " -"mais également dans votre CRM puisque le client peut être identifié depuis " -"l'application." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Vous serez en mesure d'obtenir des statistiques et des consolidations en " -"temps réel dans toutes vos boutiques sans avoir à intégrer plusieurs " -"applications externes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Installer l'application Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Allez à la page Apps et installez l'application Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez Odoo Comptabilité, n'oubliez pas d'installer un plan de " -"comptes si ce n'est déjà fait. Cela peut être réalisé dans les paramètres de" -" comptabilité." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Rendez des produits disponibles dans le Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour rendre les produits disponibles à la vente dans le Point de Vente, " -"ouvrez un produit, rendez-vous dans l'onglet Ventes et cochez la case " -"\"Disponible dans le Point de Vente\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également définir ici si le produit doit être pesé avec une " -"balance." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Configurez vos méthodes de paiement" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau mode de paiement pour un Point de Vente, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente --> " -"Choisissez un Point de Vente --> Allez à la section Paiements` et cliquez " -"sur sur le lien \"Méthodes de paiement\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Maintenant, vous pouvez créer de nouvelles méthodes de paiement. N'oubliez " -"pas de cocher la case \"Utiliser au Point de Vente\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" -"Une fois vos méthodes de paiement créées, vous pouvez décider dans quel " -"Point de Vente vous souhaitez les rendre disponibles, cela se fait dans la " -"configuration du Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Configurez votre Point de Vente" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente`" -" et sélectionnez le point de vente que vous voulez configurer. Depuis ce " -"menu, vous pouvez modifier tous les paramètres de votre Point de Vente." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Créez votre première session PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Votre première commande" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Vous êtes maintenant prêt à faire vos premières ventes à travers le PdV. " -"Depuis le tableau de bord du PdV, vous voyez tous vos points de vente et " -"vous pouvez commencer une nouvelle session." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Vous arrivez maintenant sur l'interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'une commande est terminée, vous pouvez enregistrer le paiement. " -"Toutes les méthodes de paiement disponibles apparaissent sur la gauche de " -"l'écran. Sélectionnez la méthode de paiement et entrez le montant reçu. Vous" -" pouvez ensuite valider le paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Vous pouvez enregistrer les prochaines commandes." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Fermer la session PdV" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"À la fin de la journée, vous fermerez votre session PdV. Pour cela, cliquez " -"sur le bouton de fermeture qui apparaît dans le coin en haut à droite et " -"confirmez. Vous pouvez maintenant fermer la session à partir du tableau de " -"bord." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Il est fortement conseillé de fermer votre session PdV à la fin de chaque " -"journée." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"Vous verrez alors un résumé de toutes les transactions par mode de paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez cliquer sur une ligne de ce récapitulatif pour voir toutes les " -"commandes qui ont été payées par cette méthode de paiement au cours de cette" -" session PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Si tout est correct, vous pouvez valider la session PdV et afficher les " -"entrées de clôture." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "C'est fait, vous avez maintenant fermé votre première session de PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "Terminaux de paiement" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement Ingenico à votre PdV" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " "your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" +"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement vous permet d'offrir un flux de " +"paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos caissiers." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "" "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " "Benelux." msgstr "" +"Attention : Ingenico n'est actuellement disponible que pour les clients du " +"Benelux." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Connecter une IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/iot.html>`__." +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" +"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement Ingenico à Odoo est une " +"fonctionnalité qui requière une IoT Box. Pour plus d'informations concernant" +" la connexion d'une IoT Box tà votre base de données, consultez la " +":doc:`documentation IoT <../../iot/config/connect>`." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > " -"Point of Sale*. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your" -" payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:31 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurez le terminal Lane/5000 pour Ingenico BENELUX" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the *PoS Menu* > settings " -"menu and enter the settings password." +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur l'icône F du terminal, puis allez à :menuselection:`PdV Menu -->" +" Paramètres` et introduisez les paramètres du mot de passe." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " "port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" +"Puis, cliquez sur changement de connexion et sur TCP/IP. Introduisez l'IP de" +" votre *IoT Box* (vous la trouverez sur la vue formulaire de votre IoT Box)." +" Entrez ensuite le port 9000. Dès que le terminal a démarré, allez sur le " +"formulaire de votre *IoT Box* dans Odoo et vérifiez qu'il a bien été ajouté." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" +"Pour commencer, allez sur les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV " +"et activez les paramètres Ingenico." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" +"Retournez dans :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de" +" vente`, allez dans la section des paiements et accédez à vos modes de " +"paiement. Créez un nouveau mode de paiement pour Ingenico, sélectionnez " +"l'option terminal de paiement, puis sélectionnez votre terminal de paiement." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Go back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the " -"payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment " -"method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select" -" your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:62 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1217,171 +877,161 @@ msgid "" "*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " "Successful*." msgstr "" +"Dans votre *interface PdV*, sélectionnez un *mode de paiement* à l'aide du " +"terminal lorsque vous traitez un paiement. Vérifiez que le montant indiqué " +"dans la colonne Soumissionné est celui qui doit être envoyé au terminal de " +"paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Dès que le paiement est fait, le statut " +"change vers *Paiement effectué*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez annuler la requête de paiement, cliquez sur annuler. Par la " +"suite, il est encore possible de renvoyer une requête de paiement." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" +"Si le terminal de paiement ne fonctionne pas, vous pouvez également forcer " +"le paiement en utilisant la fonction *Force auto*. Cela vous permettra de " +"valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le terminal et Odoo" +" ne fonctionne pas." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:82 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" +"Cette option ne sera disponible que si vous avez reçu un message d'erreur " +"vous indiquant que votre connexion a échoué." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" +"Dès que votre paiement a été traité sur le relevé de paiement, vous " +"trouverez le type de carte qui a été utilisée ainsi que la transaction ID." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/iot.html>`__." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > Point of Sale*. Select" -" a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration du mode de paiement" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select your payment " -"terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payer avec un terminal de paiement" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " "the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" +"Dans votre interface PdV, sélectionnez un *mode de paiement* à l'aide d'un " +"terminal lorsque vous traitez un paiement. Vérifiez que le montant indiqué " +"dans la colonne Soumissionné est celui qui doit être envoyé au terminal de " +"paiement et cliquez sur *Envoyer*. Cliquez sur annuler pour annuler la " +"requête de paiement." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" +"Aussitôt le paiement effectué, le statut change vers *Paiement réussi*. Il " +"est toujours possible d'annuler la dernière transaction en cliquant sur " +"*Annuler*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" +"Si le terminal de paiement ne fonctionne pas, vous pouvez également forcer " +"le paiement en utilisant la fonction *Force auto*. Cela vous permettra de " +"valider la commande dans Odoo même si la connexion entre le terminal et Odoo" +" ne fonctionne pas." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connectez un terminal de paiement Vantiv à votre PdV" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " "flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" +"La connexion d'un terminal de paiement Vantiv vous permet d'offrir un flux " +"de paiement fluide à vos clients et facilite le travail de vos caissiers." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 msgid "" "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" " procedure only suitable for North American businesses." msgstr "" +"Sachez que MercuryPay fonctionne uniquement avec des banques américaines et " +"canadiennes, ce qui rend cette méthode adaptée uniquement aux entreprises " +"nord-américaines." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " "setting." msgstr "" +"Allez d'abord dans les paramètres généraux de votre application PdV et " +"activez le paramètre Vantiv." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " -"credentials." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" +"Retournez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de " +"Vente`, allez à la section des paiements et accédez à vos modes de paiement." +" Créez un nouveau mode de paiement pour Vantiv, choisissez l'option terminal" +" de paiement Vantiv, puis créez des nouveaux identifiants Vantiv." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -1389,16 +1039,22 @@ msgid "" "then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " "save the payment method." msgstr "" +"Pour créer des nouveaux identifiants Vantiv, introduisez votre ID marchand " +"et votre mot de passe, puis enregistrez. Assurez-vous que les identifiants " +"que vous venez de créer sont sélectionnés, puis enregistrez le mode de " +"paiement." #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " "payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" +"Dans votre interface PdV, sélectionnez votre mode de paiement Vantiv lors du" +" paiement... et c'est tout." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Caractéristiques avancées du restaurant" +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Restaurant" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print the Bill" @@ -1431,7 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option *Impression de " +"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option *Impression des " "factures*." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 @@ -1446,6 +1102,61 @@ msgstr "Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Facture*." msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "Lorsque vous l'utilisez, vous pouvez ensuite imprimer la facture." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "Imprimer les commandes à la cuisine ou au bar" @@ -1469,15 +1180,18 @@ msgid "" "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Impression de Commande*, accédez à " +"Pour activer la fonction *Impression de Commande*, allez à " ":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface de paiement." +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." " Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Imprimantes de " +"commandes*. Sachez que vous aurez besoin d'une IoT Box pour connecter votre " +"imprimante au PdV." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" @@ -1514,77 +1228,122 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous appuyez dessus, il imprimera l'ordre sur votre imprimante de la" " cuisine /du bar." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Enregistrez plusieurs commandes" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -"L' App Point de Vente Odoo vous permet d'enregistrer plusieurs commandes " -"simultanément, vous donnant toute la flexibilité dont vous avez besoin." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Ajoutez un étage" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Ajoutez des tables" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Transferez des clients" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "Enregistrer une commande supplémentaire" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous enregistrez une commande, vous pouvez utiliser le bouton *+* " -"afin d'en ajouter une nouvelle." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite passer d'une commande à l'autre et traiter le paiement " -"en cas de besoin." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" -"En utilisant le bouton *-*, vous pouvez supprimer la commande en cours." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Installation du PdV Restaurant / Bar" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" -"Les entreprises agroalimentaires ont des besoins très spécifiques que " -"l'application Odoo Point de Vente peut vous aider à remplir." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer les fonctionnalités *Bar / Restaurant*, allez à " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Configuration --> Point de Vente` et " -"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Sélectionnez *Est un bar / restaurant*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez maintenant plusieurs options spécifiques pour vous aider à " -"configurer votre Point de Vente. Vous pouvez voir que ces options ont un " -"petit logo de couteau et de fourchette à côté d'eux." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" @@ -1605,7 +1364,7 @@ msgid "" "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Partage d'addition*, accédez à " +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Partage d'addition*, allez à " ":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et " "sélectionnez votre interface PdV." @@ -1614,7 +1373,7 @@ msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " "option." msgstr "" -"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option de Partager " +"Sous la catégorie Factures & Reçus, vous trouverez l'option Partager " "l'addition." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 @@ -1634,88 +1393,6 @@ msgstr "" "invité doit et de traiter le paiement, en répétant le processus pour chaque " "invité." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Configurez votre gestion de table" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre Point de Vente a été configuré pour l'utilisation d'un " -"bar / restaurant, sélectionnez *Gestion des tables* dans " -":menuselection:`Point de Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Ajoutez un étage" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous sélectionnez *Gestion des tables*, vous pouvez gérer vos étages" -" en cliquant sur *Étages*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Ajoutez des tables" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" -"À partir de votre interface PdV, vous verrez maintenant votre/vos étage(s)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur le crayon, vous entrez en mode édition, ce qui vous" -" permet de créer des tableaux, de les déplacer, de les modifier, ..." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"Dans cet exemple, j'ai 2 tables rondes pour six et 2 tables carrées pour " -"quatre, je leur ai attribué des codes couleur pour les rendre plus faciles à" -" trouver, vous pouvez aussi les renommer, changer leur forme, leur taille, " -"le nombre de personnes qu'ils possèdent et dupliquer eux avec la barre " -"d'outils pratique." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" -"Une fois votre plan d'étage défini, vous pouvez fermer le mode d'édition." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Enregistrer des commandes par table(s)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous sélectionnez une table, vous serez amené à votre interface " -"habituelle pour enregistrer une commande et un paiement." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez revenir rapidement à votre plan d'étage en sélectionnant le " -"bouton d'étage et vous pouvez également transférer la commande vers une " -"autre table." - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "Intégrez une option de pourboire dans le paiement" @@ -1764,42 +1441,74 @@ msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" "Ajoutez le pourboire que votre client veut donner et passez au paiement." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "Changez les clients de table" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" -"Si vos clients souhaitent changer de table après avoir passé une commande, " -"Odoo peut vous aider à transférer les clients et leur commande vers leur " -"nouvelle table, en gardant vos clients heureux sans que cela ne vous " -"complique la tâche." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Transferez des clients" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la table sur laquelle vos clients se trouvent actuellement. " - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez maintenant transférer les clients, utilisez simplement le bouton" -" de transfert et sélectionnez la nouvelle table" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "Caractéristiques avancées pour une boutique" +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "Fonctionnalités de Boutique" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Utilisation de codes-barres dans le PdV" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"L'utilisation d'un lecteur de codes-barres pour traiter les commandes du " +"point de vente améliore votre efficacité et vous permet d'économiser du " +"temps pour vous et pour vos clients." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser un lecteur de codes-barres, allez à: menuselection: `Point de " +"Vente -> Configuration -> Point de Vente` et sélectionnez votre interface " +"PdV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie IoT Box / Matériel, vous trouverez *Lecteur de codes-" +"barres* , sélectionnez-le." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Ajoutez des codes-barres à vos produits" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Catalogue --> Produits` et " +"sélectionnez un produit." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"Sous l'onglet Informations générales, vous trouverez le champ code-barres " +"dans lequel vous pouvez entrer n'importe quel code-barres." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Scannez des produits" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"Depuis votre interface PdV, scannez n'importe quel code-barres avec votre " +"lecteur de codes-barres. Le produit y sera ajouté, vous pouvez rescanner le " +"même produit pour l'ajouter plusieurs fois ou alors modifier manuellement la" +" quantité à l'écran." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" @@ -1824,7 +1533,7 @@ msgid "" "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -"Pour activer la fonction *Contrôle de la Caisse*, accédez à " +"Pour activer la fonction *Contrôle de la Caisse*, allez à " ":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente` et " "sélectionnez votre interface PdV." @@ -1901,9 +1610,101 @@ msgstr "" " même solde de clôture que votre solde d'ouverture. Votre caisse est prête " "pour la prochaine session." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Arrondi des paiements en espèces" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" +"**L'arrondi des paiements en espèces** est requis lorsque la plus petite " +"devise physique, ou la plus petite monnaie, est supérieure à la plus petite " +"unité de compte." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" +"Par exemple, certains pays demandent aux entreprises d'arrondir le total de " +"leurs factures de cinq cents vers le haut ou vers le bas lorsque le paiement" +" se fait en liquide." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" +"Chaque point de vente dans Odoo peut être configuré pour appliquer " +"l'arrondissement des paiements en espèces aux totaux des factures ou des " +"reçus." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" +"Cette fonctionnalité sera bientôt ajoutée dans Odoo. Actuellement, nous nous" +" efforçons de la rendre disponible dans toutes les versions supportées." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " +"activez l'option *Arrondi des paiements en espèces*, puis cliquez sur " +"*Enregistrer*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Points de " +"vente`, ouvrez le point de vente à configurer et activez l'option *Arrondi " +"des paiements en espèces*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" +"Pour définir la **Méthode d'arrondi**, ouvrez la liste déroulante et cliquez" +" sur *Créer et éditer...*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" +"Définissez-y votre *Précision d'arrondi*, votre *Compte Profit*, et votre " +"*Compte résultat*, puis enregistrez les deux méthodes d'arrondi dans les " +"paramètres de votre Point de vente." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" +"Désormais, une ligne est ajoutée à tous les totaux de ce point de vente pour" +" appliquer l'arrondi selon vos paramètres. " + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" +"Le Point de vente Odoo ne prend en charge que les stratégies d'arrondi " +"*Ajouter une ligne d'arrondi* et les méthodes d'arrondi *Moitié*." + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Facture à partir de l'interface PoS" +msgstr "Facture à partir de l'interface PdV" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1912,7 +1713,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Certains de vos clients peuvent demander une facture lors d'un achat dans " "votre Point de Vente, vous pouvez facilement gérer cela depuis l'interface " -"PoS." +"PdV." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 msgid "Activate invoicing" @@ -1931,8 +1732,9 @@ msgid "" "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " "Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." msgstr "" -"Sous les *Factures & Reçus* vous verrez l'option de facturation, cochez-la. " -"N'oubliez pas de choisir dans quel journal les factures doivent être créées." +"Sous la catégorie *Factures & Reçus* vous verrez l'option de facturation, " +"cochez-la. N'oubliez pas de choisir dans quel journal les factures doivent " +"être créées." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 msgid "Select a customer" @@ -1992,35 +1794,165 @@ msgstr "" "statut vous verrez ceux qui ont été facturés. Lorsque vous cliquez sur une " "commande, vous pouvez accéder à la facture." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Acceptez les retours et remboursez les produits" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "Se connecter avec les employés" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -"Avoir une politique de retour réfléchie est la clé pour attirer et fidéliser" -" vos clients. Faciliter l'acceptation et le remboursement de ces retours est" -" donc également un aspect clé de votre interface *Point de Vente*." +"Avec Odoo *Point de vente*, vous pouvez gérer plusieurs cassiers. Avec cette" +" fonctionnalité vous permet de garder une trace de qui travaille, de quand " +"et de combien chaque caissier a gagné pour cette session." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -"Depuis votre interface *Point de Vente*, sélectionnez le produit que votre " -"client souhaite renvoyer, utilisez le bouton +/- et entrez la quantité qu'il" -" doit retourner. S'ils ont besoin de retourner plusieurs produits, répétez " -"le processus." +"Dans Odoo, il existe trois façons de changer de caissiers : en " +"*sélectionnant le caissier*, en *entrant un code PIN* ou en *scannant un " +"code-barres*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." msgstr "" -"Comme vous pouvez le voir, le total est en négatif, pour terminer le " -"remboursement il vous suffit de traiter le paiement." +"Pour gérer plusieurs cassiers, vous devez avoir au moins deux employés." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "Configurer une connexion avec les employés" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à *Paramètres PdV* et vérifiez la " +"connexion avec les employées sur votre *Formulaire PdV*. Puis, ajoutez-y les" +" employés qui ont accès à la caisse enregistreuse." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant facilement changer de caissiers." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Changer sans utiliser un code PIN" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"La façon la plus facile pour changer de caissiers est de ne pas utiliser un " +"code. Cliquez simplement sur le nom du caissier dans votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "Puis, cliquez tout simplement sur votre nom." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code PIN" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez configurer un code PIN pour chaque caissier. Il suffit d'aller " +"sur le formulaire de l'employé et ajouter un code PIN dans l' *Onglet " +"Paramètres RH*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" +"Maintenant, lors que vous souhaitez changer de caissier, un code PIN sera " +"demandé." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "Changer de caissier en utilisant un code-barres" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez demander à vos employés de s'identifier avec leurs badges. Il " +"suffit de configurer un code-barres là où vous avez ajouté le code PIN. " +"Imprimez le badge, lorsqu'un employé le scannera, il deviendra le caissier." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "Retrouver qui était le caissier" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir fermé votre *session PdV*, vous pouvez avoir un aperçu du " +"montant vendu par chaque caissier. Pour cela, allez au menu des commandes." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez désormais avoir un récapitulatif des produits vendus en ouvrant " +"la commande." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Réimprimer des reçus" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu* si vous devez réimprimer " +"un ticket." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Pour activer la fonctionnalité *Réimpression du reçu*, allez à " +":menuselection:`Point de vente --> Configuration --> Point de vente`. et " +"sélectionnez votre interface PdV." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "" +"Sous la catégorie Factures et Reçus, vous trouvez l'option *Réimpression du " +"reçu*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" +"Pour autoriser l'option réimpression du reçu, vous devez activer " +"l'imprimante de reçus." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Réimprimer un reçu" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"Sur votre interface PdV, vous avez maintenant un bouton *Réimpression du " +"reçu*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Il vous donne la possibilité de réimprimer votre dernier reçu." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 5f61b46da..63bffd821 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,16 +36,12 @@ msgstr "" "entre vous et Odoo : les documents comme les devis, bons de commande, " "factures et abonnements." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 msgid "" "To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à cette section, vous devez vous identifier avec votre nom " -"d'utilisateur et mot de passe `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Si " -"vous êtes déjà identifié, cliquez simplement sur votre nom en haut à droite " -"et choisissez \"Mon compte\"." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 msgid "Quotations" @@ -148,13 +144,13 @@ msgid "" " \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index 30576e76c..1d22fd1ad 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 66ba623e2..779d07e9e 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,26 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2019 -# Nissar Chababy <funilrys@outlook.com>, 2019 -# Katerina Katapodi <katerinakatapodi@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Mensanh Dodji Anani LAWSON <omolowo73@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Frédéric LIETART <stuff@tifred.fr>, 2019 -# Rémi FRANÇOIS <remi@sudokeys.com>, 2019 -# Eric BAELDE <eric@baelde.name>, 2019 -# N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: N D <norig.d@hotmail.fr>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,1596 +32,1071 @@ msgstr "Projet" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avancé" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Comment recueillir le feedback des clients ?" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "Comment recueillir les feedbacks des clients " +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "" -"De plus, dans le même menu, vous devez installer le module **Évaluation de " -"Projet**" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "Comment obtenir le feedback d'un client ?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Un courriel peut être envoyé aux clients à chaque étapes des projets en " -"cours." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, vous devez choisir pour quels projets vous souhaitez obtenir " -"un feedback." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Configuration du projet" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Modèle de courriel" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Voici un exemple de courriel qu'un client peut recevoir:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Analyse" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez un bref résumé de la satisfaction dans le coin supérieur droit du " -"projet." - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "Comment afficher les notes sur votre site web?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Installer les applications requises" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Créer et configurer un produit" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Nom**: Assistance Technique" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Type d'article** : Service" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/installation`" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" + +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Vidéo de démonstration" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Transcription" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" -"Sans regard a l'appareil, ll faut juste faire un clic a l'app de la feuile de programme de contabilite. Regarder au plugin de chrome. une Pas besoin d'entrer, juste cliquez pour demarrer. C'est normal. Ca travaille hors ligne aussi et il est sincronise avec le compte de Odoo automatiquement.\n" -"Nous suivons '' une methodologie pratique specifique, qui est utilisee pour mettre les clients dans une production dans une courte periode de temps et de cout bas.\n" -"Encoe, comme Odoo spporte toute fiches comme une barre de code, ainsi vous pouvez definir Votrepropre barre de code de format pour usage interne.\n" -"Selon le flux de travail d'entreprise et Vos besoins, il faudra peut etre delivrer vos lead internes a ventes differentes ou meme a vendeurs specifiques," - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Responsabilités" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, vous pouvez affecter la personne qui est en charge de la tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Abonnés" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Tâche : suivre une tâche particulière" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Choisir quelle action suivre" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez gérer et intégrer des documents en relation avec les tâches, " -"qu'ils soient des plans, des images du formatage etc. Une image est parfois " -"plus instructive qu'une page entière ! Il y a deux façons d'ajouter un " -"document à une tâche." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. Pour ajouter une image/document à une tâche, cliquer sur l'icône pièce " -"jointe en haut du formulaire." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Si vous disposez d'une image importante pour la compréhension de la tâche, " -"vous pouvez la mettre en image de couverture. Elle sera directement visible " -"dans la vue ?Kanban? " - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Collaborer sur des tâches" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" -"Les tâches dans le Projet Odoo permettent de travailler plus facilement avec" -" vos collègues, économisant ainsi temps et énergie." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Créer une tâche depuis un email" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"créer une colonne par phase durant votre travail. Par exemple, dans un " -"projet de developpement, les phases doivent correspondre à : specifications," -" Développement, Essai, Fin. " - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Planification" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Tâches" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the *</>* icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Affectation" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 43aca2539..4cbba5a92 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,19 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Oriane Malburny <oma@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Oriane Malburny <oma@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -92,9 +93,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" +":download:`Cliquez ici pour télécharger le template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" @@ -404,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" @@ -911,108 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" "commande**, sélectionnez la date à laquelle vous souhaitez passer la " "commande." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Reçu" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Réceptions" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Fournisseur" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver un fournisseur par son nom, numéro de TVA, courriel ou " -"sa référence interne." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Référence fournisseur" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Référence du bon de commande ou offre envoyée par le fournisseur. Utilisé " -"principalement pour faire la correspondance lors de la réception des " -"articles, puisque cette référence est généralement écrite sur le bon de " -"livraison envoyé par votre fournisseur." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Date de la commande" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Représente la date où le devis devrait être validé et le converti en bon " -"d'achat." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Document d'origine" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Référence du document qui a généré cette demande de bon de commande (p. ex. " -"un ordre de vente)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Livrer à" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Cela déterminera le type d'opération des réceptions" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Adresse de livraison directe" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Ajoutez une adresse si vous voulez livrer directement du fournisseur au " -"client. Sinon, laissez vide pour vous faire livrer à votre société." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Type d'emplacement de destination" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Champ technique utilisé pour afficher l'adresse de livraison directe." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Incoterm" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Les Incoterms sont une série de termes commerciaux prédéfinie utilisés dans " -"les transactions internationales." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Voir *Demande de Prix* dans notre Démonstration en Ligne" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -1030,10 +932,10 @@ msgstr "" "vous propose (vous pouvez également laisser le champ vide si vous ne savez " "pas quel est le prix), et ajouter la date de livraison prévue dans le champ " "Date prévue. Cliquez sur **Sauvegarder**, puis sur **Imprimer Demande de " -"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Courriel** (assurez-vous qu'une " +"Prix** ou ** Envoyer la Demande de Prix par Email** (assurez-vous qu'une " "adresse email est définie pour ce fournisseur ou entrez-en une nouvelle)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." @@ -1041,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" "Après avoir cliqué sur **Envoyer...**, vous constaterez que le statut de la " "Demande de Prix est passé de **Brouillon** à **Demande de Prix Envoyée**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -1052,7 +954,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'offre (prix, taxes, délai de livraison prévu, conditions de paiement, " "etc.), puis cliquez sur **Enregistrer** pour émettre un Bon de Commande." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." @@ -1061,7 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" "la commande au fournisseur. Le statut de la Demande de Prix passera à " "**Commande Fournisseur**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." @@ -1086,6 +988,8 @@ msgid "" "You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " "to work." msgstr "" +"Pour que cette fonctionnalité fonctionne vous avez besoin des modules " +"*Ventes*, *Inventaire* et *Achats*." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" @@ -1180,10 +1084,10 @@ msgid "" " thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " "purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez obtenir des prévisions et des réceptions de produits sous " -"contrôle, la première chose à faire est de déployer le processus d'achat de " -"Odoo. Savoir ce qui a été acheté est la base des prévisions et du contrôle " -"de réceptions." +"Si vous souhaitez garder les prévisions et les réceptions de produits sous " +"contrôle, la première chose à faire est de déployer le processus d'achat " +"d'Odoo. Savoir ce qui a été acheté est à la base des prévisions et du " +"contrôle des réceptions." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" @@ -1265,10 +1169,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Depuis l'application Achats, créez un bon de commande avec quelques " "articles. Si le fournisseur vous envoie une confirmation ou un devis, " -"enregistrez le numéro de commande dans le champ **Référence Fournisseur**. " -"Cela vous permettra de faciliter le rapprochement ultérieur avec le " -"bordereau de livraison (car le bordereau de livraison contiendra " -"probablement la référence fournisseur)" +"enregistrez le numéro de la commande dans le champ **Référence " +"fournisseur**. Cela vous permettra de faire facilement la correspondance " +"avec le bon de livraison par la suite (car le bordereau de livraison " +"comprendra probablement la **Référence du vendeur** de son bon de commande)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 msgid "Receive Products" @@ -1812,6 +1716,8 @@ msgid "" "Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " "*Make To Order*." msgstr "" +"Ouvrez une fiche produit et cochez les routes *Acheter* et *Passer une " +"commande* dans l'onglet **Inventaire**. " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." @@ -1861,7 +1767,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" @@ -1905,6 +1811,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" msgstr "" +"Consultez également: " +":doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index 41e557854..66001e899 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisez l'alerte qualité" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -155,13 +156,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez le point de contrôle qualité" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -192,9 +194,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -225,9 +227,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -268,148 +270,198 @@ msgstr "Contrôle" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "Définissez des points de contrôle qualité" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "Points de contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Points de contrôle de la qualité" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Texte" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Prendre une photo" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "Types de point de contrôle de la qualité" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Texte" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Prendre une photo" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index fe9ee5ec5..47b1c02c2 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,25 +4,33 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Saad Thaifa <saad.thaifa@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2019 -# Benjamin Frantzen, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Ikati Group SAS <ikatihosting@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2020 +# Ikati Group SAS <ikatihosting@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Saad Thaifa <saad.thaifa@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# thomas quertinmont <tqu@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Christelle Pinchart <cpi@odoo.com>, 2020 +# 44fd1b7fd1ad5b321e37d151521961ad, 2020 +# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2020 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alain Prasquier <aprasquier@odm-tech.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales.rst:5 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Vente" +msgstr "Ventes" #: ../../sales/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Topics" @@ -58,6 +66,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" +"Par exemple, un client de long terme qui a besoin de voir les devis en " +"ligne." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -105,7 +115,7 @@ msgid "" "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " "**Apply** when you're done." msgstr "" -"Entrez le login **Courriel**, cochez la case sous **Dans le portail** et " +"Entrez le login **Email**, cochez la case sous **Dans le portail** et " "ajoutez le du message qui sera envoyé dans la zone de texte en bas. Cliquez " "sur **Appliquer** lorsque vous avez terminé." @@ -114,18 +124,701 @@ msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "" -"Un courriel sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le " -"contact est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo." +"Un email sera envoyé à l'adresse e-mail indiquée, indiquant que le contact " +"est maintenant un utilisateur du portail de l'instance Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "Connecteur Amazon" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector: supported features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:9 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:15 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:16 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:22 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Frais" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees report, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " +"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez, vous pouvez modifier l'équipe de vente de votre compte " +"pour exécuter un état distinct pour les ventes de ce compte. " + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "Configurez le Connecteur Amazon dans Odoo" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany <https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "Enregistrez votre compte Amazon dans Odoo" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace to the Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil or Amazon Netherlands, are " +"not included by default in the Amazon Connector list of possible " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:127 +msgid "" +"These marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo - there is no " +"guarantee that adding a new marketplace as described here will work, nor can" +" this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Amazon marketplaces are only supported in the European and North American " +"region; though Amazon includes Brazil with the North American region and " +"India in the European region, so your mileage may vary; check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_" +" to know to which region your marketplace belongs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it. The" +" **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should contain the " +"*Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarkteplaceId* values from the " +"Amazon Documentation respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). You can then edit " +"the Amazon Account to add the new marketplace in the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces - if the new marketplace is not available in the list, it means" +" it is either incompatible with the account's region or simply that it is " +"not supported by the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" <setup>` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/update.html>`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup <setup>` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "Connecteur eBay" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Comment lister un article ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Liste sans variantes" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -133,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour lister un produit, vous devez cocher le champ **use eBay ** sur une " "fiche article. L'onglet eBay sera disponible." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -141,7 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque le champ **Use Stock Quantity** est coché, la quantité définie sur " "eBay sera la **Quantité Prévisionnelle** dans Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -153,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" "Description* de l'article. Vous pouvez utiliser du code html à l'intérieur " "du **Description Template** et du **eBay Description**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -161,11 +854,11 @@ msgstr "" "Pour utiliser des images dans vos listes, vous devez les ajouter comme " "**Pièces jointes** sur le modèle d'article." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Liste avec variantes" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -178,11 +871,11 @@ msgstr "" "variante sera listée sur eBay, ainsi que de définir le prix et la quantité " "pour chaque variante." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Liste avec des caractéristiques d''article" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -191,11 +884,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'article avec une valeur dans l'onglet **Variantes** sur la fiche de " "l'article." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Identifiants d'article" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -215,15 +908,15 @@ msgstr "" "dans l'onglet **Variantes** de la fiche article. Si ces valeurs ne sont pas " "définies, «Non applicable» sera utilisé pour la liste eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Comment configurer eBay dans Odoo ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Créer des jetons eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -235,7 +928,7 @@ msgstr "" "êtes connecté, vous pouvez créer des **Sandbox Keys** et des **Production " "Keys** en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -247,11 +940,11 @@ msgstr "" " par le formulaire, connectez-vous avec votre compte eBay et vous obtiendrez" " les clés et jetons nécessaires pour configurer le module dans Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Mettre en place des jetons dans Odoo ?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -259,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour configurer l'interface eBay, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -269,7 +962,7 @@ msgstr "" "ou le bac à sable. Ensuite, remplissez les champs **Developer Key**, " "**Token**, **App Key**, **Cert Key**. Appliquez les modifications." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -279,7 +972,7 @@ msgstr "" " depuis eBay. Appuyez sur **Sync countries and currencies**, vous pourrez " "alors remplir tous les autres champs." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -287,6 +980,63 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque tous les champs sont remplis, vous pouvez synchroniser les " "catégories et les politiques en cliquant sur les boutons adéquats." +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "Pour basculer sur le nouveau mécanisme de synchronisation : " + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions planifiées`" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Méthode de facturation" @@ -297,50 +1047,130 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Facture normale" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Acompte (pourcentage)" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Montant de l'acompte (montant fixe)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "Modifiez le compte de revenus et les taxes à la consommation" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -368,7 +1198,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -435,73 +1264,109 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -550,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyez une facture pro-forma" #: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -597,12 +1462,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Générez un abonnement depuis un bon de commande" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 @@ -688,6 +1553,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "Depuis les bons de commande, vous pouvez facturer ces heures." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 @@ -732,15 +1604,17 @@ msgstr "Articles et prix" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérer vos prix" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment vendre en devise étrangère" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" +"Les listes de prix peuvent également êtres utilisées pour gérer les prix en " +"devise étrangère." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -786,21 +1660,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définissez vos propres prix" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" +"Ceci est conseillé si vous ne voulez pas que vos prix changent en fonction " +"des taux de change." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`tarification`" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment adapter vos prix à vos clients et appliquer des réductions" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -838,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Différents prix par produit." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -849,7 +1725,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prix par segment de client" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -865,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prix temporaires" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." @@ -879,7 +1755,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prix par quantité minimum" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -991,19 +1867,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gérez vos produits" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer des produits avec des catégories et des variantes." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1012,21 +1888,29 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Des templates d'importation sont fournis dans l'outil d'importation des " +"données les plus courantes à importer (contacts, produits, relevés " +"bancaires, etc.). Vous pouvez les ouvrir avec n'importe quel logiciel " +"tableur (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, etc.)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment personnaliser le fichier" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Supprimez les colonnes dont vous n'avez pas besoin. Nous vous conseillons de" +" ne pas supprimer la colonne *ID* (voyez pourquoi ci-dessous)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Définissez un ID unique pour chaque donnée en tirant la séquence ID vers le " +"bas." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1044,7 +1928,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pourquoi utiliser une colonne “ID”" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1056,20 +1940,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Vous n'êtes pas obligé de configurer un ID lors de l'importation mais cela " +"peut être utile dans certains cas :" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Importations de mise à jour : vous pouvez importer le même fichier plusieurs" +" fois sans devoir créer un doublon;" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importer des champs de liens (voir ci-dessous)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comment importer des champs de liens" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1078,6 +1966,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Un objet Odoo est toujours lié à de nombreux autres objets (par ex. un " +"produit est lié à des catégories de produits, à des caractéristiques, à des " +"vendeurs, etc.). Pour importer ces relations, vous devez d'abord importer " +"les données de l'objet lié depuis leur propre menu déroulant." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1086,6 +1978,11 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Pour ce faire, vous pouvez soit utiliser le nom de la donnée liée soit son " +"ID. Lorsque deux données ont le même nom, il faut utiliser l'ID. Dans ce " +"cas, ajoutez \" / ID\" à la fin du titre de la colonne (par ex. pour les " +"caractéristiques du produit : Caractéristiques du produit / Caractéristiques" +" / ID)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 msgid "Using product variants" @@ -1323,7 +2220,8 @@ msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Modèle d'article : Polos" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" @@ -1526,336 +2424,35 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez saisi toutes les valeurs supplémentaires, cliquez sur " "**Sauvegarder**." +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" + #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form <setup.html" -"#developer-form>`_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " -"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" -" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " -"Seller Central and notify the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " -"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" -" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " -"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 -msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " -"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " -"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " -"orders based on the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 -msgid "" -"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " -"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " -"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " -"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " -"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " -"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " -"selling plan is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"<http://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Registering.html>`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " -"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " -"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " -"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " -"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " -"Amazon service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" -" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " -"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " -"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " -"Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " -"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " -"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" -" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" -" synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " -"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " -"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" -" charges (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " -"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " -"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " -"for gift wrapping charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" -" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " -"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " -"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " -":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <matching>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " -"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" -" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" -" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" -" under different conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " -"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " -"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " -"the shipping code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " -"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 -msgid "Configure taxes of products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 -msgid "" -"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " -"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " -"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" -" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" -" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " -"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " -"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " -"reconciling the payments in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "eBay" +msgstr "Définir les taxes" #: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer des devis" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 @@ -1863,78 +2460,118 @@ msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" + #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Livrer et facturer à différentes adresses" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez " +"la fonctionnalité **Adresses client**." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "Ajouter des adresses depuis un formulaire de contact" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" +msgid "" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -1943,49 +2580,68 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Enregistrer un paiement" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -1994,243 +2650,353 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activez les signatures en ligne " -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" -"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" +"Allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez " +"la fonctionnalité **Signature en ligne**." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" +msgstr "ajoutez des produits optionnels" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisez les templates de devis." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" +"Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, allez à :menuselection:`Ventes --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez **Modèles de devis**." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créez votre premier template." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +"in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisez un template de devis." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Confirmez le devis" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." msgstr "" +"Tous les devis seront désormais configurés de cette manière. Bien entendu, " +"vous pouvez toujours modifier et rendre spécifique chaque devis. " + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Termes et conditions par défaut" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index cccad20ef..1140b7210 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,20 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Hamid Darabi, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,491 +30,565 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "Marketing par SMS" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "Listes de contact" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'historique avec les notes du journal de bord " -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "Blacklist" +msgstr "Liste de blocage" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intégrations et modèles" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Campagnes" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer des SMS via l'application Contacts" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" +"Utilisez des *espaces réserves* pour adapter automatiquement le contenu du " +"SMS au contexte." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*CRM*: envoyez des SMS à vos pistes et opportunités." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Abonnement* : prévenez les clients sur leur abonnement." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Comptabilité* : envoyer des rappels de paiement." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" +"*Automatisation du marketing* : automatisez vos campagnes de marketing SMS." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" +"*Inventaire* : envoyez une confirmation automatique lorsque un bon de " +"livraison est généré. " -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" +"*Signer* : recevez un code de validation pour vérifier votre identité avant " +"de signer un document en ligne." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" +"*Le fournisseur de prélèvement automatique SEPA* : envoie un code de " +"vérification à vos clients." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" +"*Studio* : envoie un SMS en fonction de vos besoins via des actions " +"automatisées." -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Démarrer" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "Allez à :menuselection:`Marketing SMS --> Créer`." + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "Visualisez vos rapports" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "Tarification SMS et FAQ" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Tarif" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" +"Si vous êtes sur Odoo Online (SAAS) et disposez de la version Entreprise, " +"vous bénéficiez de crédits d'essai gratuits pour tester cette " +"fonctionnalité." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "**Est-ce que mes crédits expirent-ils?**" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" +"**Puis-je envoyer un SMS vers un numéro (qui n'est pas un mobile) parce que " +"je vois l'icône devant le champ “téléphone”?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" +"Uniquement si ce numéro de téléphone prend en charge les SMS (par ex. les " +"téléphones SIP)." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Est-ce que je reçois une facture pour acheter mes crédits?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "Oui." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Le destinataire peut-il me répondre?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non, il est impossible de répondre à un SMS." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" +"**Que se passe-t-il si je veux envoyer des SMS multiples mais que je n'ai " +"pas suffisament de crédits?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" +"L'ensemble de la transaction est compté comme une seule, de sorte qu'aucun " +"SMS ne sera envoyé tant que vous n'aurez pas suffisamment de crédits pour " +"les envoyer tous." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ai-je un historique des SMS envoyés?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Puis-je envoyer autant de SMS que je veux en une fois?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oui, si vous avez suffisamment de crédits." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" +"**Est-ce que je perds des crédits si j'ai un numéro qui n'est pas dans la " +"liste des destinataires?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" +"Non, si le numéro de téléphone n'est pas dans le bon format (par ex. trop de" +" chiffres). Autrement, si le SMS est envoyé à la mauvaise personne ou à un " +"faux numéro, votre crédit sera débité." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" +"**Que se passe-t-il si j'envoie un SMS à un numéro payant (par ex.: un " +"concours pour gagner un ticket pour un festival)?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" +"Les SMS ne sont pas envoyés à ce type de numéro, vous ne serez donc pas " +"débité." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" +"**Puis-je identifier les numéros inexistant lorsque j'envoie plusieurs " +"SMS?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uniquement ceux qui ont un format invalide." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Comment le règlement RGPD affect-il ce service?**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 8dd8bdd3d..f9b14b911 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,179 +24,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "Marketing social" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Rubriques avancées" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" -msgstr "Ajoutez vos réseaux sociaux et créez votre fil " +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" -msgstr "" -"L'ajout de comptes de réseaux sociaux à votre flux ajoutera également des " -"indicateurs de performance clés:" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "Audience: Nombre d'abonnés de votre chaîne" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -"ont créé des histoires sur le fil de leurs amis ou abonnés (Shares, Retweet," -" ..)" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez accéder à plus d'informations en cliquant sur le lien “Insights”" -" : cela vous mènera aux statistiques du média social sélectionné." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "Publiez du contenu" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -"Pour publier du contenu sur vos réseaux sociaux ou envoyer une notification " -"push à vos utilisateurs abonnés, accédez à votre flux et cliquez sur " -"Nouvelle publication ou utilisez le menu “Postes” pour la créer à partir de " -"cet emplacement. Sélectionnez tous les comptes sur lesquels vous souhaitez " -"publier votre contenu, rédigez votre message et obtenez un aperçu instantané" -" de son apparence une fois publié." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -"Une fois cette opération effectuée, une fenêtre popup apparaîtra pour les " -"visiteurs de votre site Web, leur demandant d’autoriser les notifications " -"push. Dès qu'ils y sont abonnés, vous pouvez commencer à leur envoyer des " -"notifications push via le menu Visiteurs. Vous pouvez en envoyer " -"individuellement ou cibler un segment plus important en sélectionnant " -"plusieurs visiteurs dans la vue Liste (par exemple, tous les visiteurs ayant" -" visités votre page d'accueil)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" -msgstr "Interagissez avec vos visiteurs en ligne" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez surveiller vos visites via le menu Visiteurs. Vous verrez tous " -"les visiteurs qui ont atterri sur l’une de pages que vous surveillez (vous " -"pouvez configurer vos pages surveillées dans l’application Site Web), en " -"ligne ou hors ligne. Vos visiteurs en ligne seront authentifiés s’ils sont " -"liés à un prospect ou à un partenaire existant. Vous pourrez les contacter " -"avec un email, un message SMS, une notification push (s’ils y sont abonnés)," -" ou même leur envoyer une demande de chat en direct qu’ils recevront lors de" -" leur prochain déplacement sur l’une de vos pages suivies ( si vous avez " -"installé l'application Live Chat)." - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38d175fea --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,943 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# fr trans <e2ffr05@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../studio.rst:5 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Concepts" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " +"notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Exemple" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Commencer" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " +"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " +"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " +"to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " +"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6064d26be --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,526 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 +# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Vincent Luba <vincent@biz-4-africa.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 +# romrik_, 2020 +# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 +# amsodoo <ams@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: amsodoo <ams@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Assistance" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Versions supportées" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo assure le support et la résolution de bugs **pour les 3 dernières " +"versions majeures ** d'Odoo." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs hébergés sur **Odoo Online** peuvent utiliser des versions " +"intermédiaires (parfois appelées *versions SaaS*) qui sont également prises " +"en charge. Ces versions ne sont pas publiées pour les installations Odoo.sh " +"ou On-Premise." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "Ma version d'Odoo est-elle supportée ?" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Cette matrice montre le statut de support de chaque version." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**Les versions majeures sont indiquées en gras.**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "On-Premise" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Date de publication" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|vert|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Octobre 2019" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/D" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Août 2019" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Octobre 2018" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Avril 2018" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Octobre 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" +msgstr "*La fin du support est prévue pour octobre 2020* " + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|orange|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Mars 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Janvier 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|red|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Octobre 2016" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Mai 2016" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Octobre 2015" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Février 2015" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Septembre 2014" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|green| Version supportée" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|red| Fin du support" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "N/D Jamais publié pour cette plateforme" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|orange| Certains de nos anciens clients pourraient encore travailler avec " +"cette version sur nos serveurs Odoo Online, nous fournissons alors de l'aide" +" uniquement pour les problèmes bloquants et vous conseillons de migrer vers " +"une version plus récente." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Prochaine version, pas encore publiée" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "J'utilise une ancienne version d'Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 et 5.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " +"plateforme." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 et 1.0 ne sont plus supportés, quelle que soit la " +"plateforme." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" +"Vous devriez `migrer <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ votre base de données " +"vers une version plus récente." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "Que puis-je attendre du service de Support ?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "5 jours par semaine" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Votre abonnement Odoo Online inclut **un support illimité 24h/24 sans coût " +"supplémentaire, du lundi au vendredi**. Nos équipes se situent dans le monde" +" entier afin d'assurer que vous puissiez bénéficier du support, peut importe" +" où vous vous trouvez. Votre agent de support peut vous joindre depuis la " +"Belgique, San Francisco ou l'Inde !" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"Notre équipe Support est joignable via notre `formulaire de support en ligne" +" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Qu'est ce qui est inclus dans le Support ?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Vous fournir des informations pertinentes (consignes, documentation sur le " +"produit, etc...)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Des réponses aux problèmes que vous pourriez rencontrer dans votre base de " +"données standard Odoo (ex : “Je ne parviens pas à fermer mon Point de Vente”" +" ou “Je ne trouve pas mes KPIs de vente”)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "Des questions liées à votre compte, abonnement ou facturation" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Résolution de bugs (problèmes bloquants ou comportement inattendus non dûs à" +" une mauvaise configuration ou personnalisation)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Les problèmes qui pourraient survenir dans une base de données test après " +"une migration vers une version plus récente" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Qu'est ce qui n'est pas inclus dans le Support ?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Les questions qui nous demandent de comprendre les flux de travail de votre " +"entreprise afin de vous aider à vous implémenter votre base de données" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"D'éventuelles formations à l'utilisation de notre logiciel (nous vous " +"dirigerons vers nos différentes ressources)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "L'importation de documents vers votre base de données" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Des instructions sur les configurations à appliquer au sein d'un module ou " +"d'une base de données" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Comment mettre en place des modèles de configuration (ex : les routes " +"d'inventaires, les délais de paiement, entrepôts, etc)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "Toute intervention sur votre propre serveur/déploiements d'Odoo" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" +"Toute intervention sur vos compte tiers (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, etc)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Les questions ou problèmes liés à un développement ou une customisation " +"spécifique réalisée Odoo ou une partie tierce (qui est spécifique seulement " +"à votre base de données ou impliquant le code)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez bénéficier de ce type de Support avec un `Success Pack " +"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Avec un pack, l'un de nos " +"consultants analysera la manière dont votre entreprise fonctionne et vous " +"dira comment tirer le maximum de votre base de données Odoo. Nous nous " +"occuperons de toutes les configurations ainsi que de vous former à utiliser " +"Odoo." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "Où trouver de l'aide ?" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo Entreprise" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs qui ont un abonnement Odoo Entreprise valide peuvent " +"toujours contacter nos équipes Support via notre `formulaire de support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, peu importe le type d'hébergement que vous " +"choisissez (Odoo en ligne, Odoo.sh ou sur votre propre serveur)." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "Merci d'inclure votre demande : " + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "votre numéro d'abonnement" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" +"l'URL de votre base de données si votre base de données est hébergée par " +"Odoo (Odoo en ligne ou Odoo.sh)." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "Nos agents reviendront vers vous dès que possible." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo Community" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" +"*Les utilisateurs d'Odoo Community n'ont pas accès au service de Support.*" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "Voici des ressources qui pourraient vous aider :" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "Nos `pages de documentation <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" +"Posez vos questions sur le `forum de la communauté " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_, en anglais." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" +"`Par Odoo Entreprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ pour " +"bénéficier des services support et bugfix." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d7a72296 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Hamid Darabi, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Priscilla Sanchez <prs@odoo.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../survey.rst:5 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Sondage" + +#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Démarrer" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "Limite de temps" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Sélection" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07b1222c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" + +#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Feuilles de temps" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3 +msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control " +"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9 +msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the " +"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned " +"Hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` " +"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your " +"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 +msgid "HR analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` " +"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent " +"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they " +"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to " +"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all " +"in favor of becoming a more proactive company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose an encoding unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the" +" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets" +" to help you encoding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours." +" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in" +" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 +msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to" +" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a" +" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being" +" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales " +"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was " +"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 +msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose " +"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be " +"approved first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Send reminders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who " +"have not recorded their times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. " +"The data syncs once you are back online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`compare`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index d1d6277db..4dd51d559 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -4,33 +4,33 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Fabien Pinckaers <fp@openerp.com>, 2019 -# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2019 -# Mohamed Cherkaoui <chermed@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2019 -# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2019 -# Maxime Chambreuil <mchambreuil@ursainfosystems.com>, 2019 -# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Florian Hatat, 2019 -# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Monsieur Chat <inactive+Blume@transifex.com>, 2019 -# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2019 -# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2019 -# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Xavier Belmere <Info@cartmeleon.com>, 2020 +# Aurélien Pillevesse <aurelienpillevesse@hotmail.fr>, 2020 +# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2020 +# Florian Hatat, 2020 +# Melanie Bernard <mbe@odoo.com>, 2020 +# 2bb6a6c9c26c6796aa3f72da499aab31_c4bf95e <50ab448b17d7dd714d37f715e9558f9f_400401>, 2020 +# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2020 +# Fred Gilson <fgi@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2020 +# André Madeira Cortes <amadeiracortes@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Miora RAKOTOVAO <miur.mbolaniaina@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Florian Laboureix <fll@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-21 10:39+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Florian Laboureix <fll@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website.rst:5 msgid "Website" -msgstr "Site Web" +msgstr "Site web" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Optimisez" +msgstr "Optimiser" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "Comment contrôler le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "Pour suivre le trafic de votre site web sur Google Analytics:" +msgstr "Pour suivre le trafic de votre site Web sur Google Analytics :" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -79,20 +79,19 @@ msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." msgstr "" -"Allez sur le menu *Configuration* de votre application site web Odoo. Dans " -"paramètres, ouvrez Google Analytics et copiez l'ID de suivi. Puis, sauvez la" -" page." +"Allez sur le menu *Configuration* de votre application Odoo site Web. Dans " +"paramètres, ouvrez Google Analytics et copiez l'ID de suivi. Puis, " +"enregistrez." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." msgstr "" -"Pour démarrer dans Google Analytics, référez-vous à la `Documentation " -"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +"Pour démarrer dans Google Analytics, référez-vous à la `Documentation Google" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" @@ -107,7 +106,7 @@ msgid "" "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." msgstr "" "Grâce à Google Analytics, vous pouvez suivre vos statistiques de trafic " -"directement depuis le tableau de bord de votre site web Odoo." +"directement depuis le tableau de bord de votre site Web Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -115,7 +114,7 @@ msgid "" "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." msgstr "" "Dans un premier temps, créez un compte Google Analytics et entrez votre ID " -"de suivi dans les paramètres de votre site web (voir " +"de suivi dans les paramètres de votre site Web (voir " ":doc:`google_analytics`)." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 @@ -123,9 +122,9 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -"Allez sur la `Google APIs platform " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ afin de générer des identifiants " -"Analytics API. Connectez-vous avec votre compte Google." +"Pour générer des identifiants Analytics API, allez sur la `Plateforme Google" +" APIs <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ . Connectez-vous avec votre" +" compte Google." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." @@ -136,8 +135,8 @@ msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." msgstr "" -"Créez un nouveau projet et donnez-lui un nom (par ex. Odoo). Ce projet est " -"indispensable pour sauvegarder vos identifiants API." +"Créez un nouveau projet et donnez-lui un nom (par ex. Odoo). La création de " +"ce projet est indispensable pour sauvegarder vos identifiants API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ msgstr "Activez l'API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Créez des identifiants à utiliser dans Odoo." +msgstr "Créez les identifiants que vous utiliserez dans Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -153,7 +152,7 @@ msgid "" "of data." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez *Navigateur Web (Javascript)* comme contexte à partir duquel " -"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* pour le type de données demandé." +"l'API sera appelée et *Données utilisateur* comme type de données." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -163,9 +162,9 @@ msgid "" "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez alors créer un ID client. Entrez le nom de l'application (par " -"ex. Odoo) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous serez redirigé. " -"L'*Origine du javascript autorisé* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo. L'*URI " +"Ensuite, vous pouvez créer un ID client. Entrez le nom de l'application (par" +" ex. Odoo) et les pages autorisées vers lesquelles vous serez redirigé. " +"L'*Origine du Javascript autorisé* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo. L'*URL " "de redirection autorisée* est l'URL de votre instance Odoo suivie de " "'/google_account/authentication'." @@ -178,8 +177,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Parcourez l'écran de consentement en insérant un nom de produit (par ex. " "Google Analytics sur Odoo). Vous pouvez consulter les options de " -"personnalisation mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran de consentement ne " -"sera visible qu'à la première entrée de l'ID client dans Odoo." +"personnalisation, mais ce n'est pas obligatoire. L'écran de consentement " +"apparaîtra uniquement lorsque vous entrez l'ID client dans Odoo pour la " +"première fois." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -193,16 +193,114 @@ msgid "" " your Client ID." msgstr "" "Ouvrez le tableau de bord de votre site Web sur Odoo et reliez votre compte " -"Analytics pour insérer votre ID client." +"Analytics à votre ID client." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "Pour finir, autorisez l'accès de Google API à Odoo." +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" -"Comment réaliser l'optimisation des moteurs de recherche sur Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "Comment faire l'optimisation des moteurs de recherche (SEO) sur Odoo " #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -224,9 +322,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Voici quelques exemples de règles SEO: les pages de votre site web doivent " "se charger rapidement, votre page ne doit avoir qu'un seul et unique titre " -"``<h1>``, les meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) doivent être cohérents avec le " -"contenu proposé, votre site web doit contenir un fichier ``/sitemap.xml``, " -"etc." +"``<h1>``, les balises meta (balises alt, balises title) doivent être " +"cohérents avec le contenu proposé, votre site Web doit contenir un fichier " +"``/sitemap.xml``, etc." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -236,17 +334,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Afin de garantir un bon référencement aux utilisateurs du site Web et du " "eCommerce Odoo, Odoo fait abstraction des détails techniques complexes du " -"SEO et s'occupe de tout pour vous, de la meilleure façon possible. Plus de " -"détails ci-dessous. " +"SEO et s'occupe de tout pour vous de la meilleure façon possible. Plus de " +"détails ci-après. " #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." msgstr "" -"Tout d'abord, voyons comment vous pouvez facilement améliorer votre " -"référencement par un réglage fin du contenu et des balises meta de votre " -"site Web." +"Voyons d'abord comment vous pouvez facilement améliorer votre référencement " +"par un réglage fin du contenu et des balises meta de votre site Web." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" @@ -254,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "Balises meta" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "Titres, Description" +msgstr "Titre, Description" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -264,12 +361,12 @@ msgid "" " you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " "otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." msgstr "" -"Toute page Web doit définir une donnée meta``<title>`` et ``<description>`` " -". Ces éléments d'information sont utilisés par les moteurs de recherche pour" -" promouvoir votre site. Ils sont automatiquement générés en fonction du " -"titre et du contenu de la page, mais vous pouvez effectuer un réglage fin de" -" ceux-ci. Assurez-vous qu'ils correspondent au contenu de la page, autrement" -" vous serez rétrogradé par les moteurs de recherche." +"Toute page Web doit définir une donnée meta ``<title>`` et ``<description>``" +" . Ces éléments d'information sont utilisés par les moteurs de recherche " +"pour promouvoir votre site. Ils sont automatiquement générés en fonction du " +"titre et du contenu, mais vous pouvez effectuer un réglage fin de ceux-ci. " +"Assurez-vous qu'ils correspondent au contenu de la page, autrement vous " +"serez rétrogradé par les moteurs de recherche." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" @@ -284,7 +381,7 @@ msgid "" "the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." msgstr "" "Afin d'écrire un contenu de qualité et d'augmenter votre trafic, Odoo met à " -"votre disposition un moteur de recherche de``<keyword>`` . Ces mots-clés " +"votre disposition un moteur de recherche de ``<keyword>`` . Ces mots-clés " "sont les recherches que vous voulez effecteur vers votre site Web. Vous " "pouvez voir comment chaque mot est utilisé dans le contenu (H1, H2, titre de" " la page, description de la page, contenu de la page) et quelles sont les " @@ -298,8 +395,8 @@ msgid "" "search tags." msgstr "" "Si votre site Web est disponible en plusieurs langues, vous pouvez utiliser " -"l'outil Promouvoir pour chaque langue d'une page et définir un titre précis," -" une description et les mots-clés." +"l'outil Promouvoir pour définir des titres, des descriptions et des mots-" +"clés spécifiques pour chacune des langues de la page." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 msgid "Content is King" @@ -311,43 +408,42 @@ msgid "" " to help you build your website content:" msgstr "" "En général, le contenu est roi en ce qui concerne le SEO. Odoo fournit " -"divers modules pour vous aider à construire le contenu de votre site Web:" +"divers modules pour vous aider à construire le contenu de votre site Web :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "**Odoo Blogs**: écrivez du contenu de qualité." +msgstr "**Odoo Blogs** : écrivez un contenu de qualité." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" msgstr "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publiez toutes vos présentations Powerpoint ou PDF. Leur " -"contenu est automatiquement indexé sur la page web. Exemple : " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" +"**Odoo Slides** : publiez toutes vos présentations Powerpoint ou PDF. Leur " +"contenu sera automatiquement indexé sur la page Web. Par exemple : " +"`odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-" +"channel-1>`_" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" msgstr "" -"**Odoo Forum**: laissez votre communauté créer du contenu pour vous. Exemple" -" : `https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (compte pour 30% " -"des pages d'atterrissage Odoo.com)" +"**Odoo Forum** : laissez votre communauté créer des contenus pour vous. Par " +"exemple : `odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% " +"of Odoo.com landing pages)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publiez les archives des diffusions par email" -" sur votre site web. Exemple : `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages créées par mois)" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publiez des listes de diffusion sur votre " +"site Web. Par exemple : `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages créées par mois)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -357,7 +453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "La page 404 est une page normale que vous pouvez éditer comme toute autre " "page dans Odoo. Vous pouvez ainsi créer une superbe page 404 et rediriger " -"les visiteurs perdus à cause d'une URL non valide vers le meilleur de votre " +"les visiteurs égarés à cause d'une URL non valide vers le meilleur de votre " "site Web." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 @@ -372,8 +468,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Les réseaux sociaux sont conçus pour un partage de masse. Si beaucoup de " "personnes partagent vos contenus sur les réseaux sociaux, il est probable " -"que plus de gens vont faire des liens vers eux, et les liens sont un facteur" -" essentiel pour le classement SEO." +"que plus de gens feront des liens vers ces contenus, et les liens sont un " +"facteur essentiel pour le classement SEO." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" @@ -390,9 +486,9 @@ msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." msgstr "" -"Odoo permet de relier tous vos comptes de réseaux sociaux dans le bas de " -"page de votre site. Pour ce faire, vous devez tout simplement mentionner vos" -" comptes dans le menu paramètres de votre société." +"Odoo permet de relier tous vos comptes de réseaux sociaux dans la partie " +"inférieure de la page de votre site. Pour ce faire, vous devez tout " +"simplement mentionner vos comptes dans le menu paramètres de votre société." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" @@ -404,9 +500,9 @@ msgid "" " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " "media wall." msgstr "" -"Déplacez le module *Share* sur les pages que vous voulez que vous visiteurs " -"partagent. En cliquant sur l'icône, ils seront invités à partager la page " -"sur leurs réseaux sociaux." +"Déplacez le module *Partager* sur toutes les pages que vous voulez voir " +"partagées par vos visiteurs. En cliquant sur cette icône, ils seront invités" +" à partager ces pages sur leurs réseaux sociaux." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -415,9 +511,8 @@ msgid "" "your page in the Promote tool." msgstr "" "La plupart des réseaux sociaux utilisent une image de l'image pour illustrer" -" le partage de posts. Odoo utilise par défaut le logo du site Web, mais vous" -" pouvez choisir n'importe quelle image de votre page dans l'outil " -"Promouvoir." +" le post de partage. Odoo utilise par défaut le logo du site Web, mais vous " +"pouvez choisir n'importe quelle image de votre page dans l'outil Promouvoir." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" @@ -429,13 +524,13 @@ msgid "" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " "timeline, the next events and the messages." msgstr "" -"Déplacez le module *Facebook Page* pour afficher le widget de votre page " +"Déplacez le module *Page Facebook* pour afficher le widget de votre page " "Facebook professionnelle et inciter les visiteurs à vous suivre. Vous pouvez" -" afficher la timeline, les évènements à venir et les messages." +" afficher la timeline, les événements à venir et les messages." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "Defilé de Tweets" +msgstr "Faire défiler les tweets" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -443,6 +538,7 @@ msgid "" "will increase the number of tweets and shares." msgstr "" "Affichez le fil Twitter avec la satisfaction des clients sur votre site Web." +" Cela augmentera le nombre de tweets et de partages." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 msgid "Test Your Website" @@ -451,11 +547,11 @@ msgstr "Testez votre site web" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez comparer le classement de votre site, en terme de SEO, à celui " -"de Odoo en utilisant les services gratuits WooRank : " -"`https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"Vous pouvez comparer le classement de votre site Web, en termes de " +"référencement, par rapport à Odoo, en utilisant les services gratuits de " +"WooRank : `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" @@ -473,23 +569,23 @@ msgstr "Structure des URLs" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "Une URL Odoo typique ressemblera à ça :" +msgstr "Une URL Odoo classique ressemblera à ceci :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31 ." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "Avec les composants suivants :" +msgstr "Elle est composée des éléments suivants :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "**https://** = Protocole" +msgstr "**https://** = protocole." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "**www.monsite.com** = votre nom de domaine" +msgstr "**www.monsite.com** = votre nom de domaine." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -499,16 +595,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**/fr\\_FR** = langue de la page. Cette partie de l'URL est absente si le " "visiteur navigue en utilisant la langue principale du site. Dès lors, la " -"version principale de la page est: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" -"great-product-31" +"version principale de la page est : https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" +"great-product-31 ." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." msgstr "" -"**/shop/product** = chaque module a son espace-nom propre (/shop est réservé" -" au catalogue du module eCommerce, /shop/product désigne une page produit). " +"**/shop/produit** = chaque module a son espace-nom propre (/shop est réservé" +" au catalogue du module eCommerce, /shop/produit désigne une page produit). " #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -518,7 +614,7 @@ msgid "" "on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." msgstr "" -"**my-great-product** = ceci est par défaut la version slug du titre du " +"**mon-produit-phare** = ceci est par défaut la version slug du titre du " "produit auquel cette page renvoie, mais vous pouvez le modifier pour le SEO." " Un produit nommé \"Pain carré\" donnera en slug \"pain-carre\". En fonction" " de l'espace-nom, il pourrait s'agir d'objets différents (post sur un blog, " @@ -536,15 +632,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Notez que toute composante dynamique d'une URL peut être réduite à son ID. " "Par exemple, les URLs suivantes utilisent toutes une redirection 301 vers " -"l'URL du dessus :" +"l'URL ci-dessus :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version courte)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version courte)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version encore plus courte)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (version encore plus courte)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 msgid "" @@ -552,7 +648,7 @@ msgid "" "name)" msgstr "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (ancien nom du " -"produit)" +"produit)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -572,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "Dans l'exemple ci-dessus :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "*Company News* est le titre du blog" +msgstr "*Nouvelles de l'entreprise* est le titre du blog" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" @@ -584,9 +680,9 @@ msgid "" "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " "search engines. Example:" msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'une page Odoo a de la pagination, le numéro de la page apparaît " +"Lorsqu'une page Odoo a une pagination, le numéro de la page apparaît " "directement dans l'URL (sans argument GET). Cela permet à chaque page d'être" -" indexée par tous les moteurs de recherche. Exemple :" +" indexée par les moteurs de recherche. Exemple :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" @@ -601,9 +697,9 @@ msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" msgstr "" -"Lorsque l'URL d'une page change (p. ex. pour une version plus adaptée au SEO" -" du nom de votre produit), vous n'avez pas à vous soucier de mettre à jour " -"tous les liens :" +"Lorsque l'URL d'une page change (par ex. pour une version plus SEO friendly " +"du nom de votre produit), vous n'avez pas à vous soucier de la mise à jour " +"de tous les liens :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." @@ -657,34 +753,35 @@ msgid "" "equivalent." msgstr "" "Les moteurs de recherche font booster le classement des sites sécurisés " -"HTTPS/SSL. Alors, toutes les instances en ligne de Odoo sont par défaut " -"entièrement fondées sur le HTTPS. Si le visiteur accède à votre site via une" -" URL non HTPPS, une redirection 301 vers son équivalent HTTPS a lieu." +"HTTPS/SSL. De ce fait, par défaut, toutes les instances d'Odoo en ligne sont" +" entièrement fondées sur le HTTPS. Si le visiteur accède à votre site Web " +"via une URL non HTPPS, une redirection 301 vers son équivalent HTTPS est " +"générée." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "Liens : stratégie nofollow" +msgstr "Liens : la stratégie nofollow" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." msgstr "" -"Plus une page contient un lien vers des sites externes et de qualité, mieux " -"ce sera pour votre référencement." +"Plus une page contient un lien vers des sites Web externes et de qualité, " +"mieux ce sera pour votre référencement." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "Voici les stratégies Odoo pour gérer les liens :" +msgstr "Voici les stratégies proposées par Odoo pour gérer des liens :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." msgstr "" -"Tous les liens que vous ajoutez à votre site Web sont en \"dofollow\", ce " -"qui signifie que ce lien contribuera au jus de référencement de la page à " -"laquelle il renvoie." +"Chaque lien que vous ajoutez à votre site Web se fait en \"dofollow\", ce " +"qui signifie que ce lien contribuera au jus de référencement de la page " +"reliée." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 msgid "" @@ -692,7 +789,8 @@ msgid "" "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." msgstr "" "Chaque lien créé par un contributeur (post sur un forum, commentaire sur un " -"blog, etc.) qui renvoie à votre propre site est également en \"dofollow\". " +"blog, etc.) qui renvoie à votre propre site Web est également en " +"\"dofollow\". " #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -700,10 +798,10 @@ msgid "" "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " "on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." msgstr "" -"En revanche, tout lien posté par un contributeur qui renvoie à un site web " -"externe est en \"nofollow\". Ainsi, vous ne courez pas le risque que des " -"personnes postent des liens sur votre site vers des sites tiers de mauvaise " -"réputation." +"En revanche, tout lien posté par un contributeur qui renvoie à un site Web " +"externe se fait en \"nofollow\". Ainsi, vous ne courez pas le risque que des" +" personnes affichent sur votre site Web des liens vers des sites tiers qui " +"ont une mauvaise réputation." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -728,7 +826,7 @@ msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" msgstr "" -"Si vous gérez un site web en plusieurs langues, le même contenu sera " +"Si vous gérez un site Web en plusieurs langues, le même contenu sera " "disponible sur différentes URLs, en fonction de la langue utilisée :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 @@ -737,7 +835,7 @@ msgid "" "here)" msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (langue principale, ici " -"l'anglais)" +"l'anglais)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -745,7 +843,7 @@ msgid "" "version)" msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (version " -"française)" +"française)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 msgid "" @@ -754,12 +852,12 @@ msgid "" "pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." msgstr "" "Dans cet exemple, fr\\_FR est la langue de la page. Vous pouvez même avoir " -"plusieurs variations de la même langue: pt\\_BR (portugais du Brésil), " +"plusieurs variations de la même langue : pt\\_BR (portugais du Brésil), " "pt\\_PT (portugais du Portugal)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "Annotation de la langue" +msgstr "Annotation de langue" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -784,7 +882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "Grâce à cette approche :" +msgstr "Grâce à cette méthode :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 msgid "" @@ -815,10 +913,10 @@ msgid "" "version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -"Lorsque des visiteurs arrivent sur votre site Web pour la première fois (p. " -"ex. yourwebsite.com/shop), ils peuvent automatiquement être redirigés vers " -"une version traduite en fonction des paramètres de langue de leur navigateur" -" : (p. ex. yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +"Lorsque des visiteurs arrivent sur votre site Web pour la première fois (par" +" ex. yourwebsite.com/shop), ils peuvent automatiquement être redirigés vers " +"une version traduite selon la langue prédéfinie par son navigateur : (p. ex." +" yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 msgid "" @@ -826,7 +924,7 @@ msgid "" "redirection." msgstr "" "Pour éviter toute redirection, un cookie de la langue utilisée sera gardé la" -" prochaine fois." +" fois suivante." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -836,9 +934,9 @@ msgid "" "using the browser language preferences." msgstr "" "Pour forcer un visiteur à s'en tenir à la langue par défaut, vous pouvez " -"utiliser le code de votre langue par défaut dans votre lien, exemple : " -"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Cela enverra toujours les visiteurs à la " -"version anglaise de votre page, sans prendre en compte les paramètres de " +"utiliser le code de la langue par défaut dans votre lien, par exemple : " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Cela dirigera toujours les visiteurs vers la " +"version anglaise de votre page, sans prendre en compte les préférences de " "langue du navigateur." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 @@ -864,11 +962,12 @@ msgstr "" "de recherche. Un site plus rapide permet non seulement d'améliorer " "l'expérience de vos visiteurs, mais aussi d'obtenir un meilleur " "référencement de votre page. Des études ont démontré que si vous divisez le " -"temps de chargement de vos pages par deux (p. ex. 2 secondes au lieu de 4 " -"secondes), le taux d'abandon des visiteurs est aussi divisé par deux (de 25%" -" à 12,5%). Une seconde supplémentaire de chargement pourrait `coûter à " -"Amazon 1,6 milliards de $ en ventes <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-" -"one-second-could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +"temps de chargement de vos pages par deux (par ex. 2 secondes au lieu de 4 " +"secondes), le taux d'abandon des visiteurs est aussi divisé par deux (de 25 " +"% à 12,5 %). Une seconde supplémentaire de chargement pourrait `coûter à " +"Amazon 1,6 milliards de dollars en ventes " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -878,8 +977,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Heureusement, Odoo se charge de tout pour vous. Vous trouverez ci-dessous " "les astuces utilisées par Odoo pour accélérer le temps de chargement de " -"votre page. Vous pouvez comparer le référencement de votre site en utilisant" -" ces deux outils :" +"votre page. Vous pouvez comparer le référencement de votre site Web en " +"utilisant ces deux outils :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -887,11 +986,11 @@ msgid "" "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" msgstr "" "`Google Page Speed " -"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -msgstr "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 msgid "Images" @@ -913,9 +1012,9 @@ msgid "" "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " "performance." msgstr "" -"Depuis le bouton de téléchargement, vous avez l'option de conserver l'image " -"originale sans modifications si vous préférez optimiser la qualité de " -"l'image plutôt que la performance." +"Depuis le bouton de téléchargement, vous avez la possibilité de conserver " +"l'image originale non modifiée si vous préférez optimiser la qualité de " +"l'image plutôt que les performances." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 msgid "" @@ -924,11 +1023,11 @@ msgid "" " theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " "images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." msgstr "" -"Odoo compresse les images lorsqu'elles sont téléchargées sur votre site, non" -" pas quand le visiteur en fait la requête. Ainsi, il est possible que, si " -"vous utilisez un thème d'origine tierce, il vous fournisse des images " -"compressées peu efficacement. Cependant, toutes les images utilisées par les" -" thèmes officiels Odoo ont été compressées par défaut." +"Odoo compresse les images lorsqu'elles sont téléchargées sur votre site, et " +"non pas lorsque le visiteur les demande. Ainsi, il est possible que si vous " +"utilisez un thème tiers, il vous fournisse des images qui ne sont pas " +"compressées efficacement. Cependant, toutes les images utilisées dans les " +"thèmes officiels Odoo ont été compressées par défaut." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -937,8 +1036,8 @@ msgid "" "attributes for the image." msgstr "" "Lorsque vous cliquez sur une image, Odoo vous montre les attributs alt et " -"title du tag ``<img>``. Vous pouvez cliquer dessus pour définir vos propres " -"attributs alt et title pour cette image." +"title de la balise ``<img>``. Vous pouvez cliquer dessus pour définir vos " +"propres attributs alt et title pour cette image." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" @@ -951,11 +1050,11 @@ msgid "" " Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " "not result in extra requests to load the page." msgstr "" -"Les pictogrammes Odoo utilisent une police de caractères (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ dans la plupart des " -"thèmes Odoo). Vous pouvez donc utiliser autant de pictogrammes que vous le " -"voulez sur votre page, il n'en résultera pas de requêtes supplémentaires " -"pour la charger." +"Les pictogrammes d'Odoo sont implémentés en utilisant une police de " +"caractères (`police Awesome <https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-" +"Awesome/icons/>`__ dans la plupart des thèmes Odoo). Ainsi, vous pouvez " +"utiliser autant de pictogrammes que vous voulez dans votre page, ils " +"n'entraîneront pas de requêtes supplémentaires lors de son chargement." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" @@ -967,11 +1066,12 @@ msgid "" "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" "Tous les fichiers CSS sont pré-traités, concaténés, minifiés, compressés et " -"mis en cache (côté serveur et côté client). Le résultat :" +"mis en cache (côté serveur et côté client). Voici le résultat :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "une seule requête de fichier CSS suffit à charger une page" +msgstr "" +"une seule requête de fichier CSS est nécessaire pour charger une page." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" @@ -985,7 +1085,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "ce fichier CSS est optimisé pour être de petite taille" +msgstr "ce fichier CSS est optimisé pour être de petite taille." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -996,12 +1096,12 @@ msgid "" "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" -"**Pré-traité:** Le framework CSS utilisé par Odoo est Bootstrap. Même si un " -"thème peut utiliser un autre framework, la plupart des `thèmes Odoo " +"**Pré-traité :** Le framework CSS utilisé par Odoo est Bootstrap. Même si un" +" thème peut utiliser un autre framework, la plupart des `thèmes Odoo " "<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ sont des extensions et des " "modifications directes de Bootstrap. Puisque Odoo supporte Less et Sass, " -"vous pouvez modifier les règles CSS au lieu de les remplacer avec des lignes" -" de CSS supplémentaires, ce qui donne un fichier plus petit." +"vous pouvez modifier les règles CSS au lieu de les remplacer par des lignes " +"de CSS supplémentaires, ce qui donne un fichier plus petit." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" @@ -1014,8 +1114,8 @@ msgid "" "files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " "on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -"**Concaténé:** chaque module ou librairie que vous pouvez utiliser dans Odoo" -" a son propre ensemble de fichiers CSS, Less ou Sass (eCommerce, blog, " +"**Concaténé :** chaque module ou librairie que vous pouvez utiliser dans " +"Odoo a son propre ensemble de fichiers CSS, Less ou Sass (eCommerce, blog, " "thème, etc.). Avoir plusieurs fichiers CSS offre une grande modularité, mais" " cela est néfaste à la performance puisque la plupart des navigateurs ne " "peuvent effectuer que 6 requêtes en parallèle, ce qui mène à un surplus de " @@ -1033,12 +1133,12 @@ msgid "" "shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" -"Pour résoudre ce problème, tous les fichiers CSS / Less / Sass sont " -"concaténés en un seul fichier .CSS à envoyer au navigateur. Ainsi, un " -"visiteur n'a **qu'un seul fichier .CSS à charger** par page, ce qui est " -"particulièrement efficace. Puisque le CSS est partagé par toutes les pages, " -"lorsque le visiteur clique sur une autre page, son navigateur n'a même pas à" -" charger un nouveau fichier CSS!" +"Pour résoudre ce problème, tous les fichiers CSS/Less/Sass sont concaténés " +"en un seul fichier .CSS à envoyer au navigateur. Ainsi, un visiteur n'a " +"**qu'un seul fichier .CSS à charger** par page, ce qui est particulièrement " +"efficace. Puisque le CSS est partagé par toutes les pages, lorsque le " +"visiteur clique sur une autre page, son navigateur n'a même pas besoin de " +"charger un nouveau fichier CSS!" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" @@ -1046,7 +1146,7 @@ msgstr "**Les deux fichiers dans <head>**" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "**Ce que le visiteur reçoit (un seul fichier)**" +msgstr "**Ce que le visiteur voit (un seul fichier)**" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" @@ -1064,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "color: #666" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 msgid "background: yellow" @@ -1072,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "background: yellow" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 @@ -1094,15 +1194,15 @@ msgid "" "is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" -"Le CSS envoyé par Odoo contient tout le CSS / Less / Sass de tous les pages " -"/ modules. De cette manière, les consultations supplémentaires d'un même " -"visiteur sur une page ne nécessitent aucun fichier CSS. Mais certains " -"modules peuvent inclure des ressources CSS/Javascript volumineuses qui ne " -"doivent pas être pré-extraites sur la première page parce-qu'elles sont trop" -" lourdes. Dans ce cas, Odoo met cette ressource dans un deuxième paquet qui " -"ne se charge que lorsque la page qui l'utilise envoie une requête. Comme par" -" exemple le processus d'arrière-plan qui ne se charge que lorsque le " -"visiteur se connecte et accède à l'arrière-plan (/web)." +"Le CSS envoyé par Odoo contient tous les CSS/Less/Sass de tous les " +"pages/modules. De cette manière, les autres pages vues par le même visiteur " +"n'auront pas à charger de fichiers CSS du tout. Mais certains modules " +"peuvent inclure de ressources CSS/Javascript trop grandes qui vous ne voulez" +" pas précharger sur la première page parce qu'elles sont trop volumineuses. " +"Dans ce cas, Odoo divise cette ressource en un deuxième paquet qui n'est " +"chargé que lorsque la page qui l'utilise est consultée. Un exemple de ceci " +"est l'arrière-plan qui n'est chargé que lorsque le visiteur se connecte et " +"accède à l'arrière-plan (/web)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" @@ -1120,7 +1220,7 @@ msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "" -"**Minifié:** Après avoir été pré-traité et concaténé, le CSS obtenu est " +"**Minifié :** Après avoir été pré-traité et concaténé, le CSS obtenu est " "minifié pour en réduire sa taille." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 @@ -1143,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "" -"Le résultat final est alors compressé avant d'être envoyé au navigateur." +"Le résultat final est ensuite compressé avant d'être envoyé au navigateur." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" @@ -1151,14 +1251,14 @@ msgid "" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" " visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, une version est mise en cache côté client (pour éviter de devoir " -"pré-traiter, concaténer et minifier à chaque requête) et côté navigateur " -"(pour que le même visiteur n'ait à charger le CSS qu'une seule fois pour " -"toutes les pages qu'il visite)." +"Ensuite, une version mise en cache est sauvegardée côté client (pour éviter " +"de devoir pré-traiter, concaténer et minifier à chaque requête) et côté " +"navigateur (pour que le même visiteur n'ait à charger le CSS qu'une seule " +"fois pour toutes les pages qu'il visite)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "Ressources statiques : Javascript" +msgstr "Ressources statiques : le Javascript" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" @@ -1193,8 +1293,8 @@ msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "" -"Un pour le code Javascript spécifique à l'arrière-plan (Odoo Web Client " -"Interface pour vos employés qui utilisent Odoo)" +"Un pour le code Javascript spécifique à l'arrière-plan (l'interface client " +"Web Odoo pour vos employés utilisant Odoo)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" @@ -1204,23 +1304,25 @@ msgid "" "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" "La plupart des visiteurs de votre site n'auront besoin que des deux premiers" -" paquets, ce qui résulte en un maximum de deux fichiers Javascript à charger" -" pour afficher une page. Puisque tous ces fichiers sont partagés par toutes " -"les pages, les clics supplémentaires venant du même visiteur ne chargeront " -"pas davantage de ressources Javascript." +" paquets, ce qui signifie qu'il faut charger au maximum deux fichiers " +"Javascript pour afficher une page. Puisque ces fichiers sont partagés sur " +"toutes les pages, les clics ultérieurs du même visiteur ne chargeront aucune" +" autre ressource Javascript." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -"Si vous êtes en mode débogage, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni " -"concaténés, ni minifiés. Par conséquent, cela est beaucoup plus lent. " -"Cependant, cela vous permet de facilement déboguer avec le débogueur de " -"Chrome puisque les ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas transformées " -"depuis leurs versions d'origine." +"Si vous travaillez sur :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, le CSS et le Javascript ne sont ni" +" enchaînés, ni minifiés. Il est donc beaucoup plus lent. Toutefois, cela " +"vous permet de déboguer facilement avec le débogueur Chrome car les " +"ressources CSS et Javascript ne sont pas converties par rapport à leurs " +"versions d'origine. " #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" @@ -1241,16 +1343,16 @@ msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" -"Charger des ressources depuis un serveur à proximité (la plupart des CDN ont" -" des serveurs dans les pays du monde entier)" +"On peut charger des ressources depuis un serveur à proximité (la plupart des" +" CDN ont des serveurs dans les pays du monde entier)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "" -"Mettre en cache les ressources efficacement (aucune utilisation de " -"ressources de calcul sur votre propre serveur)" +"On peut mettre en cache des ressources de manière efficace (pas " +"d'utilisation de ressources de calcul sur votre propre serveur)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" @@ -1258,16 +1360,16 @@ msgid "" "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" -"Diviser la charge des ressources entre différents services, ce qui permet de" -" charger plus de ressources en parallèle (puisque la limite de Chrome de 6 " -"requêtes en parallèle se fait par domaine)" +"On peut répartir le chargement des ressources entre différents services, ce " +"qui permet de charger plus de ressources en parallèle (puisque Chrome fixe " +"la limite de 6 requêtes en parallèle par domaine)." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurez vos options de CDN depuis l'app **Website Admin** à " +"Vous pouvez configurez vos options de CDN depuis l'app **Admin sit Web** à " "travers le menu de configuration. Voici un exemple de configuration que vous" " pouvez utiliser :" @@ -1300,7 +1402,7 @@ msgid "" "following code:" msgstr "" "Par exemple, si vous utilisez le sélecteur de couleur pour qu'un paragraphe " -"utilise la couleur primaire de votre site web, Odoo produira le code suivant" +"utilise la couleur primaire de votre site Web, Odoo produira le code suivant" " :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 @@ -1350,8 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "Mise en cache navigateur" msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " "<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." @@ -1359,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les ressources Javascript, CSS et les images ont une URL qui change " "dynamiquement avec leur contenu. Par exemple, tous les fichiers CSS sont " "chargés à partir de cette URL : " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"`localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " "<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " "La partie de l'URL ``457-0da1d9d`` changera si vous modifiez le CSS de votre" " site web." @@ -1369,13 +1470,13 @@ msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" -"Cela permet à Odoo de définir un long délai de cache (XXX) sur ces " -"ressources : XXX secondes, en étant mis à jour instantanément si vous " -"changez la ressource." +"Cela permet à Odoo de définir un délai de cache très long (XXX) sur ces " +"ressources : XXX secondes, tout en étant mis à jour instantanément si vous " +"mettez à jour la ressource." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "Flexibilité" +msgstr "Modulabilité" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" @@ -1383,44 +1484,44 @@ msgid "" "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " "Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" msgstr "" "En plus d'être rapide, Odoo est aussi plus flexible que les CMS et eCommerce" " traditionnels (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). Le lien suivant " "fournit une analyse des CMS et eCommerce open source majeurs comparé à Odoo " "lorsqu'il s'agit de hauts volumes de requêtes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" -"Voici la diapositive qui résume la flexibilité du site Web Odoo et de Odoo " +"Voici la diapositive qui résume la modulabilité du site Web Odoo et d'Odoo " "eCommerce." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "Fichiers des moteurs de recherche" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Plan du site" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -"Le plan du site indique aux robots des moteurs de recherche quelles pages " -"indexer . Odoo génère automatiquement pour vous un fichier ``/sitemap.xml``." -" Pour des raisons de performance, ce fichier est mis en cache et mis à jour " -"toutes les 12 heures." +"Le plan du site indique les pages à indexer aux robots des moteurs de " +"recherche. Odoo génère automatiquement pour vous un fichier " +"``/sitemap.xml``. Pour des raisons de performance, ce fichier est mis en " +"cache et mis à jour toutes les 12 heures." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1428,23 +1529,23 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " "chunks per file." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, toutes les URLs sont mises dans un seul fichier " -"``/sitemap.xml``, mais si vous avez un grand nombre de pages, Odoo créera " -"automatiquement un seul fichier d'indexation sitemap, en accord avec le " -"`protocole sitemaps.org <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ groupant " -"toutes les URLs en 45000 chunks par fichier." +"Par défaut, toutes les URLs sont dans un seul fichier ``/sitemap.xml``, mais" +" si vous avez beaucoup de pages, Odoo créera automatiquement un fichier " +"d'indexation sitemap, en suivant le `protocole sitemaps.org " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ et en regroupant toutes les URLs " +"en 45 000 fragments par fichier." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "" "Chaque entrée sur le plan du site possède 4 attributs qui sont calculés " "automatiquement :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "``<loc>`` : l'URL d'une page" +msgstr "``<loc>`` : l'URL d'une page." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" @@ -1455,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "avec un produit, il peut s'agir de la date de la dernière modification du " "produit ou de la page." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -1468,11 +1569,11 @@ msgstr "" "priorité d'une page statique est définie par son champ priorité, qui est " "normalisé (16 par défaut)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Balisage des données structurées" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -1485,48 +1586,48 @@ msgstr "" " d'indexation pour les aider à comprendre votre contenu afin de créer des " "résultats de recherche bien présentés." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" -"Google supporte un bon nombre de rich snippets en fonction du contenu, " -"comprenant : Critique, Personnes, Produits, Commerces, Evénements et " -"Organisations." +"Google supporte un bon nombre de rich snippets en fonction des types de " +"contenu, notamment : commentaires, personnes, produits, entreprises, " +"événements et organisations." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " "posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" -"Odoo implémente les microdonnées comme défini dans les spécifications de " -"`schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ pour les événements, les produits " -"eCommerce, les posts de forum et les adresses de contact. Cela permet à vos " -"pages d'être affichées sur Google avec des informations supplémentaires " -"telles que le prix et la note d'un produit." +"Pour les événements, les produits eCommerce, les posts de forum et les " +"adresses de contact, Odoo implémente des microdonnées comme défini dans les " +"spécifications de `schema.org <http://schema.org>`__. Cela permet à vos " +"pages produit d'être affichées dans Google avec des informations " +"supplémentaires telles que le prix et la note d'un produit :" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" "Lors de l'indexation de votre site Web, les moteurs de recherche analysent " -"d'abord les règles générales d'indexation du fichier a``/robots.txt`` " -"(robots autorisés, chemin d'accès au plan du site, etc.). Odoo le génère " -"automatiquement. Voici son contenu:" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +"d'abord les règles générales d'indexation du fichier ``/robots.txt`` (robots" +" autorisés, chemin du plan du site, etc.). Odoo le génère automatiquement. " +"Voici son contenu :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml " + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " @@ -1536,22 +1637,24 @@ msgstr "" " qu'il n'existent pas d'autres règles d'indexation que celles spécifiées sur" " le plan du site qui se trouve à l'adresse suivante." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez personnaliser le fichier *robots* en mode développeur à partir " -"de *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclure des " -"robots, exclure certaines pages, rediriger vers un plan du site " -"personnalisé). Rendez le Model Data de la vue *Non actualisable* pour que le" -" fichier ne soit pas réinitialisé lors des mises à jour du système." +"Vous pourriez personnaliser le fichier *robots* dans :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` à partir de *Paramètres --> " +"Technique --> Interface Utilisateur --> Vues* (exclure les robots, exclure " +"certaines pages, rediriger vers un Sitemap personnalisé). Rendre le Model " +"Data de la vue *Non Updatable* afin de ne pas réinitialiser le fichier après" +" les mises à jour du système. " #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Publier" +msgstr "Publiez" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" @@ -1563,9 +1666,9 @@ msgid "" "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, votre instance en ligne Odoo et votre site Web Odoo ont un nom " -"de domaine *.odoo.com*, pour la URL et les courriels. Mais vous pouvez en " -"choisir un personnalisé (e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." +"Par défaut, votre instance Odoo en ligne et votre site Web Odoo ont un nom " +"de domaine *.odoo.com*, pour l\"URL et les emails. Mais vous pouvez en " +"choisir un personnalisé (par ex. www.yourcompany.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" @@ -1580,11 +1683,11 @@ msgstr "" "L'adresse de votre site Web est aussi importante pour votre image que le nom" " de votre société ou de votre organisation, réfléchissez donc à la " "possibilité de changer vers un nom de domaine plus approprié. Voici quelques" -" conseils:" +" conseils :" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Simple et évident. " +msgstr "Simple et évident" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 msgid "Easy to remember and spell" @@ -1596,11 +1699,11 @@ msgstr "Le plus court le mieux" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Eviter les caractères spéciaux" +msgstr "Évitez les caractères spéciaux" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Préférez un site .com et/ou l'extension de votre pays" +msgstr "Préférez un site.com et/ou l'extension de votre pays" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1608,9 +1711,9 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" "seo/158951/>`__" msgstr "" -"En savoir plus: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " +"En savoir plus : `Comment choisir un nom de domaine pour un SEO optimal " "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" +"seo/158951/>`__." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" @@ -1618,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "Comment acheter un nom de domaine" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Achetez votre nom de domaine sur un registre populaire:" +msgstr "Achetez votre nom de domaine sur un registraire populaire:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" @@ -1638,7 +1741,7 @@ msgid "" "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" msgstr "" "Les étapes pour acheter un nom de domaine sont assez simples. En cas de " -"problème, consultez ces tutoriels:" +"problème, consultez ces tutoriels :" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" @@ -1657,9 +1760,8 @@ msgid "" "This is Odoo's job!" msgstr "" "N'hésitez pas à acheter un serveur de messagerie pour obtenir des adresses " -"électroniques avec votre nom de domaine. Cependant, n'achetez pas d'autres " -"services de création ou de hébergement pour votre site Web. Odoo fait cela " -"pour vous!" +"email avec votre nom de domaine. Cependant, n'achetez pas d'autres services " +"de création ou de hébergement pour votre site Web. Odoo fait cela pour vous!" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" @@ -1671,7 +1773,7 @@ msgid "" "yourcompany.odoo.com):" msgstr "" "Tout d'abord, autorisons la redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +"yourcompany.odoo.com) :" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." @@ -1679,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "Ouvrez votre compte Odoo.com à partir de votre page d'accueil." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Allez sur la page *Manage Databases*." +msgstr "Allez sur la page *Gérer les bases de données*." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1693,14 +1795,14 @@ msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" -"Une fenêtre de domaine de la base de données va apparaître. Entrez votre " +"Une fenêtre de la base de données du domaine va s'afficher. Entrez votre " "domaine personnalisé (par ex. www.yourcompany.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" msgstr "" -"Nous pouvons maintenant effectuer la redirection à partir du compte " +"Vous pouvez maintenant effectuer la redirection à partir du compte " "gestionnaire de votre nom de domaine." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 @@ -1775,7 +1877,11 @@ msgstr "" "client (un certificat différent est généré pour chaque nom de domaine " "spécifié)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "**Attention : la crétaion du certificat peut prendre 24 heures.**" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." @@ -1784,23 +1890,70 @@ msgstr "" "continuer à le faire ou changer tout simplement vers Odoo. Vous avez le " "choix." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" +"Comment m'assurer que toutes mes URLs utilisent mon domaine personnalisé?" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" +"Pour définir l'URL racine de votre site Web et de tous les liens envoyés par" +" e-mail, vous pouvez demander à un gestionnaire de votre base de données " +"(n'importe quel utilisateur du groupe *Paramètres*) de se connecter depuis " +"l'écran de connexion. C'est aussi simple que ça!" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez le faire manuellement, vous pouvez aller à " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Paramètres système` . Trouver " +"l'entrée appelée ``web.base.url`` (vous pouvez la créer si elle n'existe " +"pas) et introduire l'URL de votre site Web en entier, comme " +"``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" +"L'URL doit inclure le protocole (``https://`` or ``http://``) et ne dois pas" +" se finir par une barre oblique (``/``)." + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" +"Si vous voulez bloquer la mise à jour de l'URL racine lors de la connexion " +"d'un gestionnaire, vous pouvez ajouter un paramètre système appelé " +"``web.base.url.freeze`` avec sa valeur fixée à ``Vraie``. " + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" msgstr "Mon site Web est indexé deux fois par Google" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 msgid "" "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " "Odoo cloud platforms/" msgstr "" -"Si vous installez un nom de domaine personnalisé *mydomain.com* pour " +"Si vous configurez un nom de domaine personnalisé *mydomain.com* pour " "*mydatabase.odoo.com*, Google indexera votre site Web sous les deux noms. Il" -" s'agit d'une limitation de la plateforme cloud de Odoo." +" s'agit d'une limitation de la plateforme cloud d'Odoo." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" @@ -1812,10 +1965,10 @@ msgid "" "customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " "revenue are now just a few clicks away!" msgstr "" -"Les sites Web multiples d'Odoo offrent à votre entreprise de larges " -"possibilités de diversification et de segmentation de la clientèle. Une " -"audience multipliée et une augmentation du chiffre d'affaires en quelques " -"clics! " +"Les sites Web multiples d'Odoo offrent à votre entreprise des multiples " +"possibilités de diversification et de segmentation de la clientèle. Pour une" +" multiplication de l'audience et une augmentation du chiffre d'affaires en " +"quelques clics! " #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1825,8 +1978,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Chaque site Web peut fonctionner de façon complètement indépendante, avec " "son propre thème, logo, nom de domaine, en tête et bas de page, pages, " -"langues, produits, blogs, forums, diapos, événements, canal de chat en " -"ligne, etc. Voyons ça de plus près!" +"langues, produits, blogs, forums, diapos, événements, canaux de live chat, " +"etc. Voyons ça de plus près!" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "Setup" @@ -1837,8 +1990,8 @@ msgid "" "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" " Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau site web, allez sur :menuselection:`Site web --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres`. Le bouton *Créer un nouveau site web*, se " +"Pour créer un nouveau site Web, allez sur :menuselection:`Site web --> " +"Configuration --> Paramètres`. Le bouton *Créer un nouveau site Web*, se " "trouve dans la première partie." #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 @@ -1848,9 +2001,9 @@ msgid "" " of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " "visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" -"Définissez sur l'écran suivant un nom et un nom de domaine pour votre site " -"Web. Si vous désirez publier le nouveau site sous le domaine par défaut de " -"votre base de données Odoo, laissez ce champ vide." +"Sur l'écran suivant, définissez un nom ainsi qu'un nom de domaine pour votre" +" site Web. Si vous désirez publier le nouveau site sous le domaine par " +"défaut de votre base de données Odoo, laissez ce champ vide." #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1874,27 +2027,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." msgstr "" -"Si vous exécutez Odoo en ligne, n'oubliez-pas de rediriger tout nouveau nom " -"de domaine vers votre base de données Odoo (CNAME) et d'en donner " -"l'autorisation du côte de Oddo. `En savoir plus " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +"Si vous exécutez Odoo en ligne, n'oubliez pas de rediriger tout nouveau nom " +"de domaine vers votre base de données Odoo (``CNAME``) et de l'autoriser du " +"côte d'Odoo. Consultez :doc:`domain_name`." #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "Créer le menu" +msgstr "Créez le menu" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" -"Le nouveau site Web a un menu par défaut qui contient toutes les " -"applications déjà installées. Pour l'éditer, cliquez sur *Pages > Edit " -"Menu*. En continuant, vous n'éditez que le menu du site Web actuel." +"Le nouveau site Web possède un menu par défaut qui contient toutes les " +"applications installées. Pour l'éditer, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Pages " +"--> Éditer menu`. Si vous continuez, vous n'éditerez que le menu du site Web" +" en cours." #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" @@ -1908,26 +2061,26 @@ msgid "" " sign in." msgstr "" "Aussi simple que de compter jusqu'à trois! Dans le coin droit de la barre " -"d'édition il y a un onglet de changement de site Web. Le fait de passer à un" -" autre site, vous connectera au domaine de ce site. Si vous utilisez un " +"d'édition, il y a un onglet de changement de site Web. Si vous choisissez un" +" autre site, vous serez connecté au domaine de ce site. Si vous utilisez un " "domaine différent, l'utilisateur devra s'identifier." #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" -"En changeant de site, vous êtes redirigé vers le même chemin de domaine sur " -"ce site Web (par ex. /shop/myproduct). Si cette URL n'est pas utilisée, vous" -" serez redirigé vers une page 404 mais on vous proposera de créer une " -"nouvelle page à partir de là." - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Ajouter des fonctionnalités" +"Lors du changement, vous êtes redirigé vers le chemin de domaine " +"correspondant de l'autre site Web (par ex. ``/shop/myproduct``). Si cette " +"URL n'existe pas, vous serez redirigé vers une page 404 mais invité à créer " +"une nouvelle page à partir de là." #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Ajoutez des fonctionnalités" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " @@ -1937,7 +2090,7 @@ msgstr "" "blogs) sont disponibles sur tous vos sites. Vous pouvez bien sûr les cacher " "sur l'un de vos sites en supprimant cette rubrique." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." @@ -1945,7 +2098,7 @@ msgstr "" "Chaque site Web contient une large gamme d'options spécifiques dans ses " "paramètres. Pour les configurer, sélectionnez tout d'abord le site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." @@ -1954,77 +2107,72 @@ msgstr "" "Cela signifie qu'elles impactent uniquement le site Web sur lequel vous " "travaillez." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "Vous pouvez, par exemple, définir:" - #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "les langues," +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "Vous pouvez, par exemple, définir :" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "les noms de domaine," +msgid "languages," +msgstr "les langues" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "les liens vers les réseaux sociaux," +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "les noms de domaine" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "le mode portail client (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "les liens vers les réseaux sociaux" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "les canaux dédiés de discussion en direct," +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "le mode portail client (B2C vs. B2B)" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "etc." +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "les canaux dédiés de live chat" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "etc" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." msgstr "" "Les autres options sont générales et s'appliquent à tous vos sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "Manage domain names" msgstr "Gérer les noms de domaine" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " "a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " "set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" -"Comme expliqué plus haut, vos sites Web peuvent soit partager un même nom de" -" domaine, soit utiliser un nom de domaine spécifique. Si vous partagez votre" -" site et aimeriez que le contenu soit adapté par région, définissez des " -"groupes de pays dans les paramètres de chaque site. Les visiteurs seront " -"redirigés vers le bon site Web via la géolocalisation IP." +"Comme expliqué plus haut, vos sites Web peuvent soit partager le même nom de" +" domaine soit utiliser un nom de domaine spécifique. Si vous le partagez et " +"souhaitez adapter le contenu par région, définissez des groupes de pays dans" +" le cadre de chaque site Web. Les visiteurs seront redirigés vers le bon " +"site Web grâce à la géolocalisation IP." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -"La géolocalisation IP est installée par défaut sur Odoo en ligne. Si vous " -"lancez Odoo sur site, n'oubliez pas d'installer la bibliothèque *GeoIP*." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" -"`La documentation complète sur les noms de domaine est disponible ici: " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "Personnalisez l'expérience des visiteurs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -2039,11 +2187,11 @@ msgstr "" "flux de travail et les pages automatiques (caisse eCommerce, blogs, " "événements, etc.) car le nombre d'options disponibles y est plus élevé." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "Publiez un contenu spécifique par site Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -2051,61 +2199,60 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" "Comme pour les pages statiques, tout contenu créé à partir de l'interface " -"(produit, article de blog, etc.) est toujours uniquement publié sur le *site" +"(produit, article de blog, etc.) est toujours publié uniquement sur le *site" " Web* en cours. Vous pouvez modifier cela à partir de la vue du formulaire " -"d'édition à l'arrière-plan et laisser le champ *Website* vide. Le contenu " +"d'édition à l'arrière-plan et laisser le champ *Site Web* vide. Le contenu " "sera alors publié sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" "Voici tous les éléments que vous pouvez lier à *un site en particulier ou à " -"tous les sites Web*:" +"tous les sites Web* :" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Articles" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "Catégorie de produits pour le eCommerce" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Blogs" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "Canaux de diapositives" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Forums" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" -msgstr "Évènements" +msgstr "Événements" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Postes" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez l'enregistrement en arrière-plan et que vous le publiez, " -"en général un produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les " -"sites Web." +"Lorsque vous publiez un enregistrement créé en arrière-plan, en général un " +"produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "Publiez une page sur tous les sites Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " @@ -2114,9 +2261,9 @@ msgstr "" "Une nouvelle page statique est créée et rendue accessible uniquement sur le " "site Web en cours. Vous pouvez la dupliquer sur d'autres sites à partir de " ":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Pages`. Pour cela, laissez le" -" champ *Site Web* vide." +" champ *site Web* vide." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." @@ -2124,7 +2271,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voulez la dupliquer sur un autre site Web uniquement, copiez la page" " et configurez le nouveau site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " @@ -2134,7 +2281,7 @@ msgstr "" "site Web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page " "d'origine reste liée à tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." @@ -2142,11 +2289,11 @@ msgstr "" "En regroupant les pages par URL dans le gestionnaire de pages, vous " "retrouvez facilement la page originale derrière chaque page éditée." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Multi-sociétés" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." @@ -2154,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans un environnement multi-sociétés, chaque site Web peut être relié à une " "société spécifique de votre système." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." @@ -2162,7 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avec une telle configuration, seules les données relatives à la société " "s'affichent sur le site Web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -2174,50 +2321,50 @@ msgstr "" "société actuelle (ainsi qu'à leurs sociétés affiliées ou filiales dans le " "language Odoo). De même pour les visiteurs. " -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" "Si les sites Web sont multi-sociétés, vous ne changez pas de société lorsque" -" vous basculez de site. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, " +" vous changez de site Web. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, " "utilisez l'onglet de sélection de société dans le menu." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "Configurez votre site Web eCommerce" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -"Le eCommerce est un élément crucial de l'environnement sites Web multiples. " -"Nous avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux soit personnalisable pour " -"s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web." +"Le eCommerce est un élément crucial de l'environnement multi-sites Web. Nous" +" avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux puisse être personnalisable pour" +" s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" "Nous avons déjà vu comment publier une donnée spécifique sur un seul site " -"Web. Vous trouverez le champ \\*Website\\* dans l'onglet eCommerce du " +"Web. Vous trouverez le champ \\*Site Web\\* dans l'onglet eCommerce du " "formulaire d'édition du produit. Un champ vide veut dire qu'il est " "disponible sur tous les sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites Web" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." @@ -2225,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site Web uniquement, vous " "devez dupliquer le produit pour chaque site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -2234,16 +2381,16 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" "Si vous devez gérer une référence particulière dans votre stock, vous devez " -"installer *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (nomenclatures). Chaque " -"kit reliera chaque produit “virtuel” publié à la référence principale gérée " +"installer *Fabrication\\ et création *Kits* BoMs (nomenclatures). Chaque kit" +" reliera chaque produit “virtuel” publié à la référence principale gérée " "dans votre stock. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site Web sera " "converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Listes de prix" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." @@ -2251,26 +2398,25 @@ msgstr "" "Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site Web, activez *Divers prix de vente " "par produit* dans les paramètres du site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -"Puis, allez sur :menuselection:`Site web --> Produits --> Listes de prix` " -"pour créer des listes de prix supplémentaires. Lisez `Documentation sur les " -"listes de prix " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +"Allez ensuite à :menuselection:`Site Web --> Produits --> Listes de prix` " +"pour créer des listes de prix additionnelles. Consultez " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez un des sites Web pour rendre une " +"Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez l'un des sites Web pour rendre une " "liste de prix disponible uniquement sur ce site." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " @@ -2279,13 +2425,13 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous laissez ce champ vide, cela signifie que vous la rendez disponible " "sur tous les sites Web lorsque la case *Sélectionnable* est cochée. " "Autrement, elle ne sera disponible que pour des opérations de vente en " -"arrière-plan ou des applications point de vente." +"arrière-plan ou pour des applications point de vente." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "Intermédiaires de paiement et modes de livraison" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -2298,11 +2444,11 @@ msgstr "" "géolocalisation IP. Maintenant, vous pouvez aussi définir les sites en " "remplissant le champ *Site Web*." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "Comptes client" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -2314,53 +2460,159 @@ msgstr "" "comptes clients. Vous pouvez soit autoriser les clients à utiliser un seul " "compte pour tous les sites soit les obliger à créer un compte pour chaque " "site. Cette dernière option est idéale si vous ne voulez pas que les " -"visiteurs fassent un lien entre vos sites Web." +"visiteurs fassent un lien entre vos différents sites Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "Des conseils techniques pour la personnalisation" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" "Si vous désirez publier des éléments personnalisés sur le site Web, voici " -"quelques conseils pour les faire fonctionner avec des sites Web multiples." +"quelques conseils pour les faire fonctionner avec des sites Web multiples :" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" "Plan du site : n'oubliez pas le domaine dans le routage pour ne publier " -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "que les données disponibles dans le plan de chaque site Web." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "Accès: vous devez le nommer" +msgstr "Accès : vous devez le nommer" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* sur l'unité de commande pour que le " +"*peut_accèder_depuis_actuel_site Web* sur l'unité de commande pour que le " "visiteur puisse voir un enregistrement sur le site Web en cours." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" "Recherche : lorsqu'une liste d'enregistrements est affichée, n'oubliez pas " "de spécifier" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" "le domaine pour n'afficher que les enregistrements disponibles sur le site " "Web en cours." +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web" @@ -2375,7 +2627,7 @@ msgid "" "possibility to translate it in different languages." msgstr "" "En plus de pouvoir créer des sites modernes, Odoo vous donne la possibilité " -"de le traduire en différentes langues." +"de les traduire en différentes langues." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" @@ -2386,8 +2638,8 @@ msgid "" "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" " many different languages as you want." msgstr "" -"Une fois que votre site est créé, vous avez l'opportunité de le traduire en " -"autant de langues que vous le voulez." +"Une fois votre site Web créé, vous avez l'opportunité de le traduire en " +"autant de langues que vous le souhaitez." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -2397,28 +2649,28 @@ msgid "" "and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " "install anything, and follow the next step." msgstr "" -"Il y a deux manières de traduire votre site, vous pouvez le faire " +"Il y a deux manières de traduire votre site Web, vous pouvez le faire " "manuellement ou automatiquement avec l'application Gengo. Si vous voulez le " -"faire automatiquement, allez dans le module **App** et installez **Automated" -" translations through Gengo Api** et **Website Gengo Translator**. Si vous " -"voulez le faire manuellement, n'installez rien et effectuez l'étape " -"suivante." +"faire automatiquement, allez dans le module **App** et installez " +"**Traductions automatiques via l'application Gengo** et **Traducteur de site" +" Web Gengo**. Si vous voulez le faire manuellement, n'installez rien et " +"suivez l'étape suivante." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." msgstr "" -"A présent, rendez-vous sur votre site web. Dans le coin inférieur droit de " -"la page, cliquez sur **Ajouter une langue**." +"Ensuite, allez sur votre site Web. Dans le coin inférieur droit de la page, " +"cliquez sur **Ajouter une langue**." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" msgstr "" -"Choisissez la langue dans laquelle vous voulez traduire votre site web puis " -"cliquez sur **Charger.**" +"Choisissez la langue vers laquelle vous voulez traduire votre site Web puis " +"cliquez sur **Télecharger.**" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -2426,32 +2678,33 @@ msgid "" "that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " "some of the text has been translated automatically." msgstr "" -"Vous verrez alors qu'à côté de l'anglais, il y a aussi du français, ce qui " -"signifie que la traduction de votre page a été créée. Vous pouvez aussi voir" -" qu'une partie du texte a été traduit automatiquement." +"Vous verrez que maintenant Français apparaît à côté de English, ce qui " +"signifie que la page pour la traduction a été créée. Vous pouvez aussi voir " +"qu'une partie du texte a été traduite automatiquement." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "Pour traduire le contenu de votre site web, cliquez sur **Traduire**." +msgstr "" +"Pour traduire le contenu de votre site Web, cliquez sur **Traduire**, " +"cliquez sur **Traduire** (**Traduire** car nous voulons traduire notre site " +"vers le français)." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " "automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" "Si vous avez installé le traducteur Gengo, vous verrez à côté du bouton " "**Traduire** un bouton **Traduire automatiquement**. Une fois que vous aurez" " cliqué sur ce bouton, vous devrez rentrer les informations de votre compte." -" Si vous n'avez pas encore de compte, rendez-vous sur " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ afin d'en créer un. Vous devrez " +" Si vous n'avez pas encore un compte, suivez `ce lien " +"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ pour en créer un. Vous devrez " "demander une clé publique et une clé privée." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 @@ -2467,6 +2720,6 @@ msgid "" "yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " "automatically." msgstr "" -"A présent vous pouvez voir que la plupart du contenu est surligné en jaune " -"ou en vert. Le jaune représente le contenu que vous devez traduire vous-" -"même. Le vert représente le contenu qui a été traduit automatiquement." +"Vous verrez que maintenant la plupart du contenu est surligné en jaune ou en" +" vert. Le jaune représente le contenu que vous devez traduire vous-même. Le" +" vert représente le contenu qui a été traduit automatiquement." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 5c29a86a5..2a31dc299 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -1,16 +1,30 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 +# sergeiruzkiicode <sergei.ruzki@icode.by>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Alex Puchkov <ap@alteco.co>, 2020 +# Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Yuriy Ney <k_wizard@mail.ru>, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Эдуард Манятовский <manyatovskiy@gmail.com>, 2017\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,378 +33,415 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" #: ../../accounting.rst:5 -msgid "Accounting" +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банк и наличные" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "Открытый Финансовый Обмен (.OFX)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "Ускорьте формат обмена (.QIF)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank statements manually" +msgstr "Регистрация банковской выписки в Odoo вручную" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "" +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information <ponto>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Онлайн пользователи Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Пользователи Odoo Enterprise" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "Синхронизация свои банковские выписки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 @@ -400,10 +451,14 @@ msgid "" " The synchronization is done every 4 hours, and you can start reconciling " "PayPal payments in just a click." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете синхронизировать свой счет PayPal. Таким образом, " +"вам не нужно записывать всю вашу транзакцию PayPal в вашей любимой " +"бухгалтерской программе. Синхронизация выполняется каждые 4:00, и вы можете " +"начать привязывать платежи PayPal лишь одним нажатием мыши." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:14 msgid "Install the account_yodlee module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль account_yodlee" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -413,6 +468,11 @@ msgid "" "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." msgstr "" +"Начните, установив модуль ** account_yodlee **, если он еще не установлен. " +"Для этого перейдите в меню :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` бухгалтерской программы. В разделе ** Банковский счет и наличные " +"** установите опцию ** Интерфейс банковского счета - синхронизация свои " +"банковские выписки автоматически **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." @@ -420,7 +480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте свой счет PayPal" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -429,6 +489,10 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" +"Счет PayPal в Odoo управляется как банковский счет. Чтобы настроить свой " +"счет PayPal, воспользуйтесь меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank " +"Accounts`. Создайте новый банковский счет и назовите его ** PayPal **. В " +"поле банка можно установить ** PayPal **." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -440,8 +504,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" +"Затем вам придется предоставить свои учетные данные для подключения к " +"PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -449,397 +515,262 @@ msgid "" "Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " "account)." msgstr "" +"Ваш Paypal ** должен быть на английском ** (если это не значит, вы должны " +"изменить язык вашего счета Paypal), и если вы используете бизнес-счет " +"Paypal, вы должны вернуться к старому интерфейсу, чтобы он работал с онлайн-" +"выписками (вы может переключаться с нового на старый интерфейс в вашем счете" +" Paypal)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "" +"Если вы этого не сделаете, вы получите сообщение о том, чтобы выставить " +"Paypal английском или о том, что сайт не поддерживается." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " "date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " "choose the **Paypal balance** account." msgstr "" +"Если вы правильно настроили счет Paypal, вы должны перейти к следующему шагу" +" настройки онлайн-выписок. Там у вас будет экран с датой для получения " +"транзакции список выбранных счетов. Вы должны выбрать счет ** баланса Paypal" +" **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "" +"После того, как все будет сделано, вы должны увидеть ваши транзакции PayPal " +"прямо в Odoo, и вы можете начать согласование ваших платежей." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "" +"Наслаждайтесь полной интеграцией! Вам больше не нужно записывать транзакцию " +"вручную." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "" +"Вам нужно только ввести свои учетные данные впервые. После завершения " +"работы, Odoo автоматически синхронизироваться с PayPal каждые 4:00." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"<bank_synchronization>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " "statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link <https://odoo.com/download>`_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-link-" +"odoo>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-update-" +"credentials>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your record checks received, record them on the bank account on which " -"you plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal" -" is you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit." -" Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposit yet. That way, you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fills all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in this batch " -"deposit the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features, you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case, click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Разное" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 @@ -848,6 +779,9 @@ msgid "" " is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " "clicks." msgstr "" +"Компания может иметь несколько банковских счетов или кассовых аппаратов. В " +"рамках odoo можно обрабатывать внутренние переводы денег всего за несколько " +"нажатий." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -855,25 +789,34 @@ msgid "" "accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " "to the another one." msgstr "" +"Мы покажем такой пример. В моей компании есть два банковских счета, и я хочу" +" перевести 50 000 евро с одного из наших банковских счетов на другой." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте свой график счетов и счет перевода по умолчанию" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 msgid "" "To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " "account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To parameter your chart of account and check the " -"default transfer account go into your the accounting module, select " +" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " +"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Для обработки внутренних переводов вам нужен счет перевода в вашем плане " +"счетов. Odoo автоматически создаст счет на основе страны вашего плана " +"счетов. Чтобы настроить ваш план счетов и проверить счет переводов по " +"умолчанию, перейдите к настройкам модуля бухучета, выберите " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" "Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " "specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." msgstr "" +"Ваш график счетов будет предварительно установлены в зависимости от страны, " +"указанной при регистрации, ее невозможно изменить." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -894,20 +837,29 @@ msgid "" " You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " "your bank to specify your bank's details." msgstr "" +"Прежде чем мы можем зарегистрировать внутреннее перемещение, нам нужно " +"добавить новый банковский счет на нашу информационную панель Бухучета. Для " +"этого введите модуль Бухучета, нажмите на :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Bank Accounts`. Создайте новый банковский счет. Вы должны заполнить ** номер" +" счета **. Вы также можете создавать и редактировать свой банковский счет, " +"чтобы указать детали своего банка." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После сохранения изменений у вас теперь есть 2 банковских счета." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." msgstr "" +"Зарегистрируйте внутренний перевод с одного банковского счета на другой" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 msgid "" "We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " "9533 1498** account." msgstr "" +"Теперь мы перечислим 50 000 евро в нашей ** банковского счета ** на счет ** " +"BE57 0633 9533 1498 **." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" @@ -915,10 +867,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal paiement. To do so, go into your " -"accounting dashboard. click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " +"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " +"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" +"Первый шаг - зарегистрировать внутренний платеж. Для этого перейдите на свою" +" информационную панель Бухучета. нажмите на кнопку ** больше ** одного из " +"ваших банков и выберите :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -926,44 +881,52 @@ msgid "" " transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " "**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." msgstr "" +"Создайте новый платеж. Тип платежа будет автоматически установлено как " +"внутреннее перемещение. Выберите ** Банк **, куда вы хотите выполнить " +"перемещение, укажите ** Сумму ** и добавьте ** Примечание **, если хотите." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сохраните и подтвердите изменения, чтобы зарегистрировать платеж." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "" +"С точки зрения бухгалтерского учета деньги сейчас бронируются на счет " +"перевода. Нам нужно будет импортировать банковские выписки, чтобы зачислить " +"деньги конечном счете." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что баланс, который исчисляется Odoo, отличается от последней " +"банковской выписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"departure and arrival of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " +"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " "statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -971,334 +934,551 @@ msgid "" "that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " "**Reconcile** button." msgstr "" +"Заполните ** Строка транзакций **. После завершения работы, Odoo покажет ** " +"Рассчитан баланс **, что расчетный баланс является теоретическим конечным " +"балансом вашего банковского счета. Если это соответствует банковской " +"выписке, это означает, что ошибок сделано не было. Заполните ** Конечный " +"баланс ** и нажмите кнопку ** Согласовать **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откроется следующее окно:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the paiement. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the paiement and click on the **reconcile** " +"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " +"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" msgstr "" +"Вам нужно выбрать аналоги для платежа. Выберите правильную строку банковской" +" выписки, которая соответствует указанному параметру и нажмите кнопку ** " +"согласовать **. Закройте выписку, чтобы завершить транзакцию." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the correct amount, and the same memo in" -" both bank statement and payment transaction then the reconciliation will " +"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " +"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " "happen automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Сверка с банком" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Тип" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Условия на строке банковского счета" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "противоположные значения" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" +msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" -"Linking your bank statements with your accounting can be a lot of work. You " -"need to find invoices back, relate payments and that amount of " -"administration can cast a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very " -"easily link your invoices or any other payment with your bank statements." +"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " +"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " +"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " +"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " +"any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" +"Сопоставление банковских выписок из вашими бухгалтерскими записями может " +"быть утомительным задачей. Нужно найти соответствующие счета-фактуры, " +"сравнить суммы и реквизиты партнеров с теми, что содержатся в выписке из " +"банка. Эти шаги могут занять много времени. К счастью, с помощью Odoo можно " +"легко сопоставить счета-фактуры или любой другой платежный документ с вашими" +" банковскими выписками." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:14 -msgid "Two reconciliation processes exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 +msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." +msgstr "В Odoo существует две опции процесса согласования." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -msgid "We can directly register a payment on the invoices" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 +msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" +msgstr "Мы можем указывать платеж прямо на счета" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы можем согласовать открыты счета с банковскими выписками" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All we need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " +"is to install the accounting app." msgstr "" +"Нет специальных настроек для записи счетов. Все, что нам нужно сделать, это " +"установить модуль бухучета." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:29 -msgid "User cases" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Используйте различные варианты" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 1: Регистрация платежей" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 msgid "" -"We received the payment proof for our invoice of 2100 euros issued to Smith " -"& Co." +"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " +"issued to Smith & Co." msgstr "" +"Мы получили подтверждение оплаты нашего счета в размере 2100 евро, выданного" +" Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " "sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles the bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark the " -"invoice as paid so we can remember we can start the service with our " -"customer." +"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " +"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" +" services to our customer." msgstr "" +"Мы начинаем с нашего счета в 2100 евро на Smith & Co. Поскольку " +"проданный товар - это услуга, мы требуем немедленной оплаты. Наш бухгалтер " +"обрабатывает банковские выписки только в конце недели, поэтому нам нужно " +"обозначить этот счет-фактуру как уплаченный, чтобы указать, что мы можем " +"начать предоставлять услуги нашему клиенту." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" "Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " "and mark the invoice as paid." msgstr "" +"Наш клиент посылает нам подтверждение платежа. Таким образом, мы можем " +"зарегистрировать платеж и обозначить счет как оплаченный." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment method" +"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " +"method." msgstr "" +"Нажав ** зарегистрировать платеж, ** мы предоставляем информацию в Odoo о " +"том, что наш клиент оплатил счет. Таким образом, нам нужно указать сумму и " +"способ оплаты." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" -"We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " -":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" +" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 msgid "" "The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " "automatically.**" msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура оплачена, и ** согласования было осуществлено автоматически. **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 2: согласование банковских отчетов" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 msgid "" "We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " "assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." msgstr "" +"Начнем с нашего выставленного счета-фактуры в размере 3000 евро для компании" +" Smith & Co .. Давайте также предположим, что другие счета-фактуры " +"открыты для различных клиентов." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and not only the invoice of Smith & Co has " -"been paid, the one of Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " +"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." msgstr "" +"Мы получаем нашу банковскую выписку и обнаруживаем, что оплачен не только " +"счет-фактура, выданная Smith & Co, но и Buzz в размере 92 евро." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" "**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " "from the Bank Feeds section." msgstr "" +"** Импорт ** или ** Создайте ** банковские выписки. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к" +" документам в разделе Банковские выписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "На информационной панели нажмите ** Согласовать # Элементов **" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 msgid "" "If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " "the reconciliations **automatically**." msgstr "" +"Если все было правильно (правильное имя партнера, нужна сумма), odoo ** " +"автоматически ** выполнять согласования." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." msgstr "" +"Если выявлены некоторые проблемы, вам нужно будет принять ** мероприятий " +"вручную **." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" "If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "" +"Если оплата осуществляется с помощью авансового платежа, просто проверьте, " +"правильно ли это, и проверьте все связанные платежи:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" +"Нажмите CTRL-Enter, чтобы согласовать все сбалансированы элементы в отчетах." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Банковские счета" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Банк Синхронизация" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "расширенные настройки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 @@ -1309,6 +1489,10 @@ msgid "" "the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " "transaction." msgstr "" +"В Odoo каждая операция фиксируется в валюте по умолчанию компании. Отчеты " +"составляются с учетом валюты компании. Но для операций, происходящих в " +"другой валюте, Odoo сохраняет как стоимость в валюте компании, так и " +"стоимость в валюте операции." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1318,21 +1502,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебет / кредит в валюте компании" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебет / кредит в валюте банковского счета" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " "Central bank web-services." msgstr "" +"Курсы валют обновляются автоматически с помощью модуля синхронизации с " +"Нацбанком Украины." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активируйте мультивалютную функцию" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -1342,6 +1528,12 @@ msgid "" "Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " "**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы ваша компания могла работать с несколькими валютами, нужно включить " +"режим мультивалют. В бухгалтерской программе перейдите к разделу " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " +"Features` убедитесь, что обозначено поле ** Разрешить мультивалютность **. " +"Предоставьте учет ** доходов / расходов курсовой разницы ** и нажмите ** " +"Применить **." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" @@ -1350,10 +1542,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go the menu " +"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support. " -"(to activate a currency, check his active field)" +"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" +" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 @@ -1362,6 +1554,9 @@ msgid "" "automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" " the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" msgstr "" +"После активации валют вы можете настроить параметры для автоматизации " +"обновления курса валюты. Эти параметры также находятся в настройках " +"бухгалтерской программы в нижней части страницы:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." @@ -1369,32 +1564,38 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте новый банковский счет" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерской программе мы сначала переходим к " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`, и создаем " +"новый." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" "Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" msgstr "" +"После сохранения этого банковского счета Odoo создаст для вас все документы:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аккаунт в пробном балансе" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журнал на информационной панели" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 msgid "" "Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" " the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" msgstr "" +"Информация о банковском счете в нижнем углу ваших счетов-фактур, если " +"обозначено ** Показать в нижней части счета-фактуры **" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" @@ -1405,12 +1606,15 @@ msgid "" "Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " "a supplier in China." msgstr "" +"Исходя из приведенного выше примера, предположим, что мы получаем следующий " +"счет поставщика в Китае." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" msgstr "" +"В :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills`, то, что вы можете видеть:" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1425,12 +1629,18 @@ msgid "" "depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " "and the payment date." msgstr "" +"Это все, что вам нужно сделать. Odoo автоматически публикует прибыль или " +"расходы в иностранной валюте при согласовании платежа по счету-фактуре, в " +"зависимости от того, увеличился или уменьшился курс валюты между счету-" +"фактуре и дате платежа." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 msgid "" "Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " "Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что вы можете оплатить иностранный счет другой валютой. В таком " +"случае Odoo будет автоматически конвертировать между двумя валютами." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" @@ -1449,15 +1659,23 @@ msgid "" "customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " "the report below." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть несколько счетов-фактур с различными валютами для одного и " +"того же клиента, Odoo разделит выписку клиента за валютой, как показано в " +"отчете ниже." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" "In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " "managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in his own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable of " -"this customer with a secondary currency and all his debts will automatically" -" be converted in this currency." +" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " +"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " +"be converted to this currency." msgstr "" +"В вышеупомянутом отчете дебиторская задолженность, связанная с Camptocamp, " +"не управляется во вторичной валюте, что означает, что она сохраняет каждую " +"операцию в собственной валюте. Если вы предпочитаете этом, вы можете " +"установить дебиторской задолженности по этим клиентом во вторичной валюте, и" +" все его долги автоматически конвертируются в эту валюту." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1465,9 +1683,12 @@ msgid "" "general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " "amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" msgstr "" +"В таком случае в сверке с клиентом всегда только одна валюта. В общем, это " +"не то, что ожидает клиент, поскольку он предпочитает видеть суммы в валюте " +"полученных счетов-фактур." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 @@ -1476,875 +1697,5139 @@ msgid "" "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " "balance." msgstr "" +"Кассовый учет - это журнал для регистрации дебиторской и платежной операций." +" Он вычисляет сумму денег через общий баланс." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." msgstr "" +"Настройте наличный журнал :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Journals`." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "" +"Во вкладке Записи журнала можно настроить дебетовое и кредитное сообщение по" +" умолчанию, а также валюту журнала." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Refund Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" refunds made from this journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Refund Entry Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the refund " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Debit Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Means of payment for collecting money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Means of payment for sending money. Odoo modules offer various payments " -"handling facilities, but you can always use the 'Manual' payment method in " -"order to manage payments outside of the software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Group Invoice Lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this box is checked, the system will try to group the accounting lines " -"when generating them from invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Show journal on dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Whether this journal should be displayed on the dashboard or not" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this journal define a payment method that can be used in a" -" point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Amount Authorized Difference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field depicts the maximum difference allowed between the ending balance" -" and the theoretical cash when closing a session, for non-POS managers. If " -"this maximum is reached, the user will have an error message at the closing " -"of his session saying that he needs to contact his manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использование" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как зарегистрировать денежные оплаты?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать наличный платеж, специфический для другого клиента, " +"необходимо выполнить следующие действия:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте транзакции, указав клиентов, связанных с транзакцией" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" -msgstr "" +msgstr "положите деньги" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" msgstr "" +"Вложенные деньги используются для размещения наличных вручную перед началом " +"ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к :menuselection:`More " +"--> Put money in`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возьмите деньги" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" msgstr "" +"Забор денег используется для сбора / получения вашей наличности вручную " +"после окончания всех ваших транзакций. Из окна Транзакции кассы перейдите к " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "Операции будут добавлены к текущей регистрации денежных оплат." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 -msgid "Others" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Localizations" +msgstr "локализации" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Аргентина" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Окружение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "When an asset is created, the status is 'Draft'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 msgid "" -"If the asset is confirmed, the status goes in 'Running' and the depreciation" -" lines can be posted in the accounting." +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 msgid "" -"You can manually close an asset when the depreciation is over. If the last " -"line of depreciation is posted, the asset automatically goes in that status." +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Category of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Date of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Gross value of asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Salvage Value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "It is the amount you plan to have that you cannot depreciate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Computation Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Choose the method to use to compute the amount of depreciation lines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 msgid "" -"* Linear: Calculated on basis of: Gross Value / Number of Depreciations" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 msgid "" -"* Degressive: Calculated on basis of: Residual Value * Degressive Factor" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Time Method Based On" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 msgid "" -"Choose the method to use to compute the dates and number of depreciation " -"lines." +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" -"* Number of Depreciations: Fix the number of depreciation lines and the time" -" between 2 depreciations." +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 msgid "" -"* Ending Date: Choose the time between 2 depreciations and the date the " -"depreciations won't go beyond." +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Prorata Temporis" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 msgid "" -"Indicates that the first depreciation entry for this asset have to be done " -"from the purchase date instead of the first January / Start date of fiscal " -"year" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Depreciations" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Налоги" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The number of depreciations needed to depreciate your asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "Number of Months in a Period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:0 -msgid "The amount of time between two depreciations, in months" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to deprecate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "письма" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. It allows you " -"to measure your actual financial performance against the planned one. Odoo " -"manages its budgets using both General and Analytic Accounts." +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 msgid "" -"If we want to be precise and point specific invoices and vendors bills to " -"our budget, you should enable the Analytic accounting as well. If we don't " -"we will only be able to budget the total amount of general accounts." +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +msgid "Use on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are the general accounts for which you want to keep " -"budgets (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so " -"Odoo can know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information. " -"Some might be already installed with your chart of accounts." +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Журналы" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:63 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Analytical account" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 msgid "" -"If you wish to point specific invoices or vendor bills to your budget you " -"need to use analytical accounting. Odoo needs to know which costs or " -"expenses are relevant to a specified budget. To do so we need to link our " -"invoices and expenses to a defined analytical account. Create an analytical " -"account by entering the Accounting module and clicking " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`. Create a " -"new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related partner." +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:88 -msgid "Set a budget" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:117 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:120 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Последовательность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:131 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Использование и тестирования" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Счёт" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " -"amount that could have been realised." +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Счета от поставщиков" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Отчёты" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Колумбия" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" +" next modules:" +msgstr "" +"Электронное выставления счетов для Колумбии можно получить из Odoo 12 и " +"требует следующих модулей:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" +" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " +"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_co_edi ** Этот модуль включает в себя все дополнительные поля, " +"необходимые для интеграции с T & S Carvajal, и генерирования " +"электронного счета-фактуры на основе правовых требований DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Рабочий процесс" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " +"first two modules." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в Приложения и найдите Колумбию. Затем нажмите кнопку " +"Установить для первых двух модулей." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"После того, как модули установлены, для того, чтобы иметь возможность " +"соединяться с веб-службой Carvajal T & S, необходимо настроить " +"пользователя и учетные данные, эта информация будет предоставлена Carvajal T" +" & S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " +"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` и " +"найдите раздел * Колумбийские электронные счета *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +msgstr "" +"Используя режим тестирования, можно подключиться к среде тестирования " +"Carvisal T & S. Это позволяет пользователям проверять полный рабочий " +"процесс и интеграцию с порталом CEN Financiero, доступным здесь: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." +msgstr "" +"После того, как Odoo и Carvajal T & S полностью настроены и готовы к " +"производству, среда тестирования может быть отключен." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +msgid "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." +msgstr "" +"Как часть настроенной информации, направляется в XML, можно определить " +"данные для фискального раздела и банковскую информацию в PDF-файле." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Идентификация" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" +msgstr "" +"Как часть колумбийской локализации, типа документов, определенные DIAN, " +"теперь доступны в форме Партнера. Колумбийские партнеры должны иметь свой " +"идентификационный номер и тип документа:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 +msgid "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." +msgstr "" +"Когда тип документа RUT, идентификационный номер должен быть настроен в " +"Odoo, включая проверочную цифру, Odoo будет разделять этот номер, когда " +"передаются данные третьей стороне." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." +msgstr "" +"Коды ответственности партнера (раздел 53 документа RUT) включены как часть " +"модуля электронного счета, который является частью информации, требуется " +"DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +msgid "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +msgstr "" +"Эти поля можно найти в :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase Tab --> " +"Fiscal Information`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." +msgstr "" +"Дополнительно было добавлено два булевых поля для определения фискального " +"режима партнера." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +msgstr "" +"Если ваши операции по продаже включают товары с налогами, важно учитывать, " +"что дополнительное поле * Тип значения * необходимо настроить на налог. Этот" +" параметр находится на вкладке Дополнительные параметры." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +msgstr "" +"Типы налога на содержание (ICA, IVA, Fuente) также включены в опций " +"настройки налогов. Эта конфигурация используется для корректного отображения" +" налогов в формате PDF." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " +"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" +"После того, как последовательность открыта, поля Приставка и Следующий номер" +" должны быть настроены и синхронизированы с CEN Financiero." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Пользователи" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +msgstr "" +"Шаблон по умолчанию, который используется Odoo на счете-фактуре PDF, включая" +" позицию продавца, поэтому эти поля должны быть настроены:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +msgstr "" +"После настройки всех основных данных и учетных данных можно начать " +"тестирование рабочего процесса электронного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" +msgstr "" +"Функциональный рабочий процесс, который происходит перед проверкой счета-" +"фактуры, не меняется. Основными изменениями, которые вводятся в электронный " +"счет, являются следующие поля:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "There are three types of documents:" +msgstr "Есть три типа документов:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +msgstr "" +"** Factura Electronica ** Этот документ является обычным типом и применяется" +" к счетам-фактурам, сторно и дебетовое возвращения." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." +msgstr "** Factura de Importación **: этот параметр для операций импорта." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." +msgstr "" +"** Factura de contingencia **: Это исключительный тип, который используется " +"как ручное резервное копирование в случае, если компания не может " +"использовать ERP, и необходимо генерировать счет вручную, когда этот счет " +"добавлен к ERP, этот тип счета-фактуры следует выбрать." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения счета XML-файл создается и автоматически направляется в " +"Carvajal, этот файл отображается в чате." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 +msgid "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" +msgstr "" +"Дополнительное поле теперь отображается на вкладке "Другая " +"информация" с названием файла XML. Кроме того, есть второе " +"дополнительное поле, которое отображается со статусом электронного счета, с " +"начальным значением "In progress":" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." +msgstr "" +"Поставщик электронного счета получает XML-файл и продолжает проверку " +"структуры и информации в нем, если все правильно, изменение статуса счета-" +"фактуры на "Проверено" после использования кнопки "Проверить " +"состояние Carvajal" в выпадающем меню Действие. Затем они начинают " +"генерировать правовой XML, включая цифровую подпись и уникальный код (CUFE)," +" а также генерируется фактура PDF, которая включает QR-код и CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 +msgid "After this:" +msgstr "После этого:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" +"ZIP, содержащий XML документов и PDF-файл загружается и отображается в чате " +"счета-фактуры:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 +msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" +msgstr "Состояние электронного счета меняется на "Принято"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." +msgstr "" +"Во время проверки XML распространенные ошибки, как правило, связаны с " +"отсутствием основных данных. В таких случаях сообщение об ошибке " +"отображаются в чате после обновления статуса электронного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" +msgstr "" +"После исправления основных данных можно повторно обработать XML с новыми " +"данными и прислать обновленную версию с помощью следующей кнопки:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 +msgid "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." +msgstr "" +"Процесс получения кредитных и дебетовых возвратов точно такой же, как и " +"счет-фактура, функциональный рабочий процесс также остается неизменным." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia (ES)" +msgstr "Колумбия (ES)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 +msgid "Introducción" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +msgid "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 +msgid "Flujo General" +msgstr "Flujo General" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 +msgid "Configuración" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" +msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 +msgid "" +"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " +"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" +" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" +" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " +"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " +"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." +msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." +msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." +msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." +msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " +"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" +msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 +msgid "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " +"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 +msgid "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" +msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 +msgid "Uso y Pruebas" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 +msgid "Facturas" +msgstr "Facturas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +msgid "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." +msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" +msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 +msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 +msgid "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." +msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 +msgid "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." +msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" +msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 +msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 +msgid "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Франция" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 +msgid "FEC" +msgstr "FEC" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " +"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" +" --> FEC`." +msgstr "" +"Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы сможете загрузить FEC." +" Для этого перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France " +"--> FEC`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " +"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не видите подменю ** FEC **, перейдите к ** Приложения ** и найдите " +"модуль ** Франция-FEC ** и проверьте, он хорошо установлен." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Французская бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы установили французский бухгалтерский учет, вы будете иметь доступ к " +"некоторым бухгалтерских отчетов, характерных для Франции:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "Bilan comptable" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "Compte de résultats" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Получите сертификат о борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость с " +"Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" +"По состоянию на 1 января 2018 во Франции и DOM-TOM введено новое " +"законодательство по борьбе с мошенничеством. Это новое законодательство " +"устанавливает определенные критерии относительно неизменности, безопасности," +" хранения и архивирования данных о продаже. Эти юридические требования " +"внедрены в 9 версии Odoo через модуль и сертификат соответствия для " +"загрузки." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 +msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" +"Или моя компания обязана использовать программное обеспечение с " +"мошенничеством?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" +"Вы облагаемыми (не освобождены от налога на добавленную стоимость) во " +"Франции или любом DOM-TOM," + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" +"Это правило применяется к компании любого размера. Автостраховщики " +"освобождаются от уплаты НДС, поэтому они их это не касается." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "Получите сертификат с Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "Присоединиться к Odoo очень просто." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" +"В случае несоответствия ваша компания рискует получить штраф в размере 7500 " +"евро." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 +msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "Чтобы получить сертификат, выполните следующие шаги:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " +"menu:" +msgstr "" +"Установите модуль борьбы с мошенничеством, что соответствует вашей версии " +"Odoo, из меню * Приложения *:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 +msgid "" +"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"если вы используете точку продаж Odoo * l10n_fr_pos_cert * Франция - " +"Сертификация по борьбе с мошенничеством на добавленную стоимость для точки " +"продаж (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "" +"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " +"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" +msgstr "" +"в любом другом случае: l10n_fr_certification * Франция - Сертификация борьбы" +" с мошенничеством на НДС (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что в вашей компании установлено страну, иначе ваши записи не " +"будут зашифрованы для проверки неизменности. Чтобы изменить данные вашей " +"компании, перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies " +"--> Companies`. Выберите страну из списка; Не создавайте новую страну." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." +msgstr "" +"Загрузите обязательный сертификат соответствия, предоставленный Odoo SA " +"`здесь <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/> `__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Если вы запускаете Odoo on-premise, вам нужно обновить вашу инсталляцию и " +"заранее перезагрузить сервер." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "Особенности борьбы с мошенничеством" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "Модуль борьбы с мошенничеством внедряет следующие функции:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" +"** Неизменность **: дезактивация всех способов отмены или изменения ключевых" +" данных заказов точки продаж, счетов-фактур и записей журнала;" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" +"** Хранение **: автоматическое закрытие торгов с исчислением как периода, " +"так и совокупных итогов (ежедневно, ежемесячно, ежегодно)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "неизменность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" +"Все возможные способы отмены и изменения ключевых данных заказов точки " +"продажи, подтвержденных счетов-фактур и записей журнала деактивируются, если" +" компания находится во Франции или в любом DOM-TOM." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" +"Если вы управляете средой нескольких компаний, это влияет только на " +"документы таких компаний." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" +" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы обеспечить неизменность, каждый заказ или запись журнала " +"зашифровывается после проверки. Этот номер (или хэш) вычисляется из ключевых" +" данных документа, а также от хеша предыдущих документов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Модуль вводит интерфейс для проверки неизменности данных. Если какая-либо " +"информация изменена на документе после ее проверки, тест будет неудачным. " +"Алгоритм перекомпонулюе все хэши и сравнивает их с исходными. В случае " +"аварии система указывает на первый поврежденный документ, записанный в " +"системе." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" +"Пользователи с правами доступа * Менеджер * могут запускать проверку " +"неизменности. Для заказов точки продаж, перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sales --> Reporting --> French Statements`. Для счетов-фактур или записей " +"журнала, перейдите на страницу :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting " +"--> French Statements`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "хранение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Система также автоматически обрабатывает закрытия товаров ежедневно, " +"ежемесячно и ежегодно. Такие закрытия четко вычисляют общий объем периода " +"продажи, а также совокупные большие итоги из первых продаж, записанных в " +"системе." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" +"Закрытие можно найти в меню * Французские выписки * точки продаж, счетов-" +"фактур и учета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" +"Завершение вычисляют итоги для журнальных записей журналов продаж (Тип " +"журнала = Продажи)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "Для сред нескольких компаний такие закрытия выполняются компанией." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" +"Заказ точки продажи размещаются как записи журнала при закрытии сессии точки" +" продаж. Закрытие сессии POS можно сделать в любое время. Чтобы побудить " +"пользователей делать это каждый день, модуль препятствует восстановлению " +"сеанса, открытом более 24 часов назад. Такой сеанс должен быть закрыт перед " +"продажей снова." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" +"Общий объем периода исчисляется со всех журнальных записей, опубликованных " +"после предыдущего закрытия того же типа, независимо от даты их публикации. " +"Если вы записали новую транзакцию по продаже течение закрытого периода, она " +"будет причислена к самому следующего закрытия." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Обязанности" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" +"Не удаляйте модуль! Если вы так сделали, хэш будет сброшено, и ни один из " +"ваших прошлых данных больше не будет гарантирован как неизменен." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" +"Пользователи остаются ответственными за установление Odoo и должны " +"использовать ее с должным осмотрительностью. Запрещается изменять исходный " +"код, который гарантирует неизменность данных." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Больше информации" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +msgid "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Вы найдете дополнительную информацию об этом законодательство в официальных " +"документах:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Немецкий план счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" +"План счетов SKR03 и SKR04 поддерживаются в Odoo. Вы можете выбрать тот, " +"который вы хотите, перейдя к :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, " +"выберите нужный пакет в разделе Фискальная локализация." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" +"Будьте осторожны, вы можете изменить бухгалтерский пакет только тогда, когда" +" вы не создали запись бухучета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы создаете новую базу данных SaaS, SKR03 устанавливается по " +"умолчанию." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Немецкая бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведен список специальных отчетов для Германии, доступных на Odoo " +"Enterprise:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Балансовая ведомость" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Доходы и расходы" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "Партнер НДС Intra" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "Экспорт из Odoo в Datev" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете экспортировать записи бухучета с Odoo в Datev. Чтобы использовать " +"эту функцию, локализация немецкой бухгалтерии должна быть установлена в " +"вашей базе данных Odoo Enterprise. Тогда ты можешь войти в " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` нажмите кнопку " +"** Export Datev (csv) **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Индонезия" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"<localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "Италия (IT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" +" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " +"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " +"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " +"l’interscambio di informazioni." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 +msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " +"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" +" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " +"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" +" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 +msgid "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" +" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " +"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " +"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." +msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " +"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " +"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " +"previa comunicazione." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " +"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" +msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." +msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." +msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." +msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." +msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." +msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +msgid "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." +msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +msgid "" +"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " +"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" +" dall’applicazione contabilità." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " +"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +msgid "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." +msgstr "" +"Эта документация написана с учетом того, что вы придерживаетесь официальных " +"документов по счетов-фактур, продаж и бухгалтерского учета и знаете, что у " +"вас есть опыт работы с odoo в таких сферах, мы не намерены поставить здесь " +"процедуры, уже пояснюеьься на этих документах , просто информацию чтобы " +"позволить вам использовать Odoo в компании со страной "Мексика"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 +msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" +msgstr "Мексиканская локализация - это группа из 3 модулей:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx: ** Все основные данные для управления бухгалтерским учетом, " +"налогами и планом счетов, этот предложенный установленный план счетов - " +"предназначена копия списка кодов группы, которые предлагает `SAT`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx_edi **: все, что касается электронных транзакций, CFDI 3.2 и 3.3," +" приложение к оплате, добавление счетов-фактур." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." +msgstr "" +"** l10n_mx_reports **: все обязательные электронные отчеты для электронного " +"бухгалтерского учета здесь (необходим бухгалтерский приложение)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." +msgstr "" +"С мексиканской локализацией в Odoo вы сможете не просто придерживаться " +"необходимых функций по закону в Мексике, но использовать его как систему " +"бухгалтерского учета и счетов-фактур благодаря целому набору нормальных " +"требований для этого рынка, становясь вашим Odoo в идеальном решении " +"управлять вашей компанией в Мексике." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." +msgstr "" +"После настройки мы предоставим вам процесс для проверки всего, попробуйте " +"выполнить шаг за шагом, чтобы позволить вам не тратить время на исправление " +"ошибок. На каждом шагу можно напомнить шаг и повторить попытку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в приложения и ищите Мексику. Нажмите * Установить *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " +"when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" +" with this you will be able to generate the signed invoice (CFDI 3.2 and " +"3.3) and generate the payment complement signed as well (3.3 only) all fully" +" integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." +msgstr "" +"Сначала убедитесь, что ваша компания настроена с правильными данными. " +"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` и введите " +"действительный адрес и НДС для вашей компании. Не забудьте определить " +"мексиканскую схему налогообложения в контакте с вашей компанией." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите использовать мексиканскую локализацию в тестовом режиме, вы " +"можете поместить любую известную адрес в Мексике со всеми полями для адреса " +"компании и установить ндс ** TCM970625MB1 **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в той же форме, где вы редактируете компанию, сохраните запись, " +"чтобы установить эту форму только для чтения, и просто посмотрите текст, " +"нажмите ссылку партнера, измените его и установите на вкладке * Счета * " +"соответствующую фискальную информацию (для ** Область тестирования ** это " +"должно быть * 601 - General de Ley Personas Morales *, просто найдите его " +"как обычное поле Odoo, если вы не видите вариант)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " +"available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " +"called *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* to 3.3 (Create it if the entry with this " +"name does not exist)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." +msgstr "" +"CFDI 3.2 будет юридически возможным в 30 ноября 2017, Включение версии 3.3 " +"станет обязательным шагом для выполнения новой `SAT resolution`_ в любой " +"новой базе данных, созданной после выхода выпуска v11.0 CFDI 3.3 является " +"поведением по умолчанию." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" +msgstr "Важные соображения, когда вы включите CFDI 3.3" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 +msgid "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." +msgstr "" +"Ваш налог, представляющий НДС 16% и 0%, должен иметь поле "Тип " +"фактора", установлено для "Таsа"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны перейти к настройке схемы налогообложения и установить правильный " +"код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " +"установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 +msgid "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." +msgstr "" +"Все товары должны иметь для CFDI 3.3 "SAT-код" и поле " +""Референс" правильно установить, вы можете экспортировать и " +"импортировать, чтобы сделать это быстрее." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить EDI с помощью ** PAC **, вы можете зайти в меню " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Вы " +"можете выбрать PAC в списке ** поддерживаемых PAC ** в поле * PAC * введите " +"имя пользователя PAC и пароль PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " +"be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " +"`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны обработать свой ** Личный ключ (CSD) ** с учреждением SAT, прежде " +"чем выполнять эти шаги, если у вас нет такой информации, пожалуйста, " +"попробуйте все "шаги для тестирования" и вернитесь к этому " +"процессу, когда вы завершите предложенный процесс для SAT, чтобы установить " +"эту информацию для вашего производственной среды с помощью реальных " +"транзакций." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." +msgstr "" +"Если вы обозначили поле * MX PAC тест среды *, не нужно вводить имя " +"пользователя или пароль PAC." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." +msgstr "" +"Вот сертификат SAT, который вы можете использовать, если вы хотите " +"использовать * Тестирование среды * для мексиканской локализации бухучета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "`Certificate`_" +msgstr "`Certificate`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "`Certificate Key`_" +msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" +msgstr "** Пароль: ** 12345678a" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." +msgstr "" +"Этот тег используется для установки кода типа налога, переданного или " +"приостановления, что применяется концепции CFDI. Итак, если налог является " +"налогом на продажу, поле "Тег" должно быть "IVA", " +""ISR" или "IEPS"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что для налогов по умолчанию тег уже назначен, но при " +"создании нового налога следует выбрать тег." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid "Invoicing" +msgstr "Выставление счёта" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться мексиканским счету-фактуре, вам просто нужно сделать " +"обычный счет, следуя обычному поведению Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" +msgstr "" +"После проверки первого счета правильно подписан счет-фактура должен " +"выглядеть так:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете генерировать PDF-файл, просто нажав кнопку "Печать" в " +"счете-фактуре или отправив его по электронной почте после обычного процесса " +"для передачи счет-фактуру по электронной почте." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " +"looks like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "Cancelling invoices" +msgstr "Отмена счетов-фактур" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 +msgid "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "Процесс отмены полностью связан с нормальным отменой в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "If the invoice is not paid." +msgstr "Если счет-фактура не уплачивается." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +msgid "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." +msgstr "" +"По соображениям безопасности рекомендуется вернуть проверку на то, чтобы еще" +" раз отменить ошибку, а затем перейти в журнал и проверить это поле." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 +msgid "**Legal considerations**" +msgstr "** Юридические рассуждения **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 +msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." +msgstr "Отменен счет-фактура будет автоматически отменен на SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." +msgstr "" +"Если вы попытаетесь использовать тот же счет-фактуру после отмены, у вас " +"будет столько же отмененных CFDI, сколько вы попытались, тогда все эти xml " +"важны, чтобы обеспечить хороший контроль за причинами отмены." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +msgid "" +"You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" +" such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " +"approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 +msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" +msgstr "Платежи (доступно только для CFDI 3.3)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать платежное приложение, вам нужно только придерживаться обычного" +" платежного процесса в Odoo, эти условия, чтобы понять поведение, важны." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." +msgstr "" +"Для создания дополнения платежа сроком платежа в счете-фактуре должен быть " +"PPD, поскольку это ожидаемое поведение, законодательно требуется для " +""Наличных платежей"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" +msgstr "** 1.1. Как я могу создать счет со сроком оплаты `PUE`? **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." +msgstr "" +"`Согласно документации SAT`_ платеж классифицируется как` PUE``, если счет-" +"фактура был согласован на полную оплату до 17 числа следующего календарного " +"месяца (в следующем месяце дать CFDI), любая другая условие создаст счет-" +"фактуру PPD." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 +msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" +msgstr "** 1.2. Как я могу получить это с Odoo? **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +msgid "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы установить соответствующий срок платежа CFDI (PPD или PUE), " +"вы можете легко установить его, используя `Условия оплаты`, определенные в " +"счете-фактуре." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 +msgid "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Если счет-фактура генерируется без `Срока оплати``, атрибут` MetodoPago`` " +"будет `PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." +msgstr "" +"Сегодня, если это первый день месяца и счет-фактура состоит из `Срока " +"платежу``` 30 чистых днив``, то расчетная `Дата платежу`` будет первым днем " +"следующего месяца, значит до 17 числа следующего месяца, тогда атрибут " +"`MetodoPago`` будет` PUE``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " +"the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +msgid "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть `Срок оплати`` с 2 или более строк, например,` 30% " +"авансового окончания следующего мисяця``, это срок рассрочки, атрибут " +"`MetodoPago`` буде``PPD``." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 +msgid "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить обычный подписан платеж, просто создайте счет-фактуру со " +"сроком платежа `30% досрочного окончания следующего мисяця``, а затем " +"зарегистрируйте платеж на нем." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." +msgstr "" +"Что касается "Оплаты авансов", вы должны создать правильный счет-" +"фактуру с выплатой заранее самостоятельно, как строка товара, которая " +"устанавливает правильный код SAT, в соответствии с процедурой официальной " +"документации, предоставленной SAT`_ в разделе ** Apéndice 2 Procedimiento " +"para la emisión de los CFDI en el caso de anticipos recibidos **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " +"Payment without a proper invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Бухгалтерский учёт" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 +msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" +msgstr "Бухучет Мексики в odoo состоит из трех сообщений:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." +msgstr "План счетов (Вызывается и отображается как COA)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "Отчет DIOT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 +msgid "" +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"report only available on the context of the accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 +msgid "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти все эти отчеты в оригинальном меню отчета в приложении " +"Бухгалтерский учет." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 +msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" +msgstr "Электронный график учета CoA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" +msgstr "" +"Электронный учет никогда не было проще, просто перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` и нажмите " +"кнопку ** Экспорт для SAT (XML) **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 +msgid "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." +msgstr "" +"Если вы добавляете учет с конвенцией кодирования NNN.YY.ZZ, где NNN.YY " +"является группой кодирования SAT, то ваш учет будет автоматически настроен." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " +"create a new account on the button \"Create\" and try to create an account " +"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to set the name you will see a tag" +" automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" +" xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать все возможные теги, вы можете ознакомиться с `Anexo 24`_ на " +"сайте SAT в разделе под названием ** Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 +msgid "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы устанавливаете модуль l10n_mx, и вы воспользуетесь планом счетов " +"(это происходит автоматически, когда вы устанавливаете параметр Мексика как " +"страну в вашей базе данных), тогда у вас будет больше общих тегов, если " +"метку не создан, вы можете создать его на лету." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." +msgstr "" +"Точно так же, как сертификат подлинности, но дебетированием и кредитной " +"картой начального баланса, после того, как вы правильно настроили coa, вы " +"можете перейти на :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> " +"Trial Balance` это автоматически создается и может быть экспортировано в XML" +" с помощью кнопки в верхней части ** Экспорт для SAT (XML) ** с " +"предварительным выбором периода, который вы хотите экспортировать." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +msgid "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." +msgstr "" +"Все обычные функции аудита и анализа доступны здесь также как и любой " +"обычный отчет Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Отчет DIOT (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 +msgid "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Когда речь идет о процедуры услугой администрирования SAT, мы знаем, что мы " +"не должны пренебрегать тем, что мы представляем. Итак, не должно быть в " +"Оdoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." +msgstr "" +"DIOT - это информационное сообщение об операциях с третьими сторонами " +"(DIOT), которое является дополнительным обязательством по НДС, где мы должны" +" предоставлять статус наших операций третьим сторонам или то, что считается " +"таким же, с нашими поставщиками." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" +msgstr "" +"Это касается как отдельных лиц, так и морали, поэтому, если мы НДС для " +"представления в SAT, а также касается поставщиков, это необходимо. пришлите " +"DIOT:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 +msgid "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." +msgstr "" +"Просто представлять DIOT, поскольку, как и весь формат, вы можете получить " +"его на странице SAT, это электронный формат A-29, вы можете найти на сайте " +"SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +msgid "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." +msgstr "" +"Ежемесячно, если у вас есть операции с третьими сторонами, необходимо " +"представить DIOT, так же, как мы делаем с НДС, так что если в январе мы " +"соглашения с поставщиками, то к февралю мы должны представить информацию, " +"касающуюся указанных данных." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете представить DIOT по-разному, в зависимости от того, какой вы " +"выберете, и который будет вам более удобным, чем вы будете представлять " +"ежемесячно или каждый раз, когда вы имеете дело с поставщиками." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." +msgstr "" +"Формат A-29 является электронным, так что вы можете его представить на " +"странице SAT, но это после того, как сдадите до 500 записей." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." +msgstr "" +"После того, как эти 500 записей будет внесен в SAT, вы должны подать их в " +"Администрацию служб местных налоговиков налогоплательщиков (ALSC) в " +"соответствии с вашей налоговой адреса, эти записи могут быть представлены на" +" цифровом носителе информации, такие как компакт-диск или USB, который после" +" проверки вы будете возвращены, так что не сомневайтесь в том, что у вас " +"останется эти записи и, конечно, CD-ROM или USB." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +msgid "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" +msgstr "" +"Просматривая официальные документы SAT на DIOT, вы найдете пакетное " +"загрузки, и, конечно, первое, что мы думаем, что это такое ?, и в " +"соответствии с сайта SAT:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." +msgstr "" +""Пакетное загрузки" - это конвертация баз данных записей о " +"транзакциях с поставщиками, совершенные налогоплательщиками в текстовых " +"файлах (.txt). Эти файлы имеют необходимую структуру для их применения и " +"импорта в систему информационной декларации операций с третьими сторонами, " +"избегая прямого захвата, а следовательно, оптимизации времени, вложенного в " +"его интеграцию, для презентации во времени и форме для SAT." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете использовать его для представления DIOT, поскольку это " +"допускается, что облегчит вам эту операцию, чтобы ее не было, чтобы не " +"отвечать SAT в связи с информацией об операциях с третьими сторонами." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 +msgid "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." +msgstr "" +"Когда появится окно отчета, выберите прошлый месяц, чтобы сообщить " +"непосредственно до месяца, который вы находитесь, или оставьте текущий " +"месяц, если это вам подходит." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 +msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." +msgstr "Нажмите "Экспорт (TXT)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid "" +"Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " +"the necessary steps to declare it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." +msgstr "" +"Все поставщики должны установить поля на вкладке учета под названием " +""Информация DIOT", поле * L10N Mx Nationality * заполняется, " +"просто выберите соответствующую страну в адресе, вам не нужно делать ничего " +"другого, но * L10N Mx Тип операции * должен быть заполнен вами во всех ваших" +" поставщиков." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." +msgstr "" +"Существует 3 варианта НДС для этого отчета, 16%, 0% и освобождение от " +"налогообложения, строка счета в odoo считается освобожденным от " +"налогообложения, если налог не начисляется, а другие 2 налоги уже должным " +"образом настроены." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" +" for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " +"following standard odoo procedure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." +msgstr "" +"Вам не нужны все данные о партнерах, заполнены, чтобы попытаться создать " +"счет-фактуру поставщика, вы можете исправить эту информацию при создании " +"отчета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." +msgstr "" +"Помните, что в этом отчете отражаются только фактические счета поставщиков." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +msgid "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." +msgstr "" +"Если некоторые из этих соображений не учитываются, такое сообщение " +"появляется при создании протокола DIOT по протоколу TXT со всеми партнерами," +" для которых нужно проверить этот отдельный отчет, поэтому мы рекомендуем " +"использовать этот отчет не только для экспорта вашей юридической " +"обязательства, но создать его до конца месяца и использовать его как свой " +"аудиторский процесс, чтобы правильно установить всех ваших партнеров." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 +msgid "Extra Recommended features" +msgstr "Дополнительные рекомендованные функции" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 +msgid "Contact Module (Free)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "" +"If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " +"this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 +msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "Мультивалютность (требует применения бухгалтерского учета)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." +msgstr "" +"В Мексике почти все компании присылают и получают платежи в различных " +"валютах, если вы хотите управлять такой возможностью, то вам следует " +"включить функцию мультивалют, и вы должны включить синхронизацию с ** " +"Banxico **, такая функция позволяет получить правильный обменный курс, " +"автоматически загружен от SAT и не заботясь о том, чтобы эту информацию " +"вручную вводить ежедневно в систему." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." +msgstr "Перейдите к настройкам и включите функцию мультивалютности." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +msgid "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" +msgstr "" +"Включение явных ошибок на CFDI с помощью локального валидатора XSD (CFDI " +"3.3)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "" +"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " +"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server " +"Actions`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 +msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" +msgstr "Ищите действие под названием "Скачать файлы XSD к CFDI"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку "Создать контекстную действие"" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к форме компании :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "Open any company you have." +msgstr "Откройте любую вашу компанию." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 +msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите "Действие", а затем "Загрузить файл XSD в CFDI"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете создать счет-фактуру с любой ошибкой (например, товар без " +"кода, который является достаточно распространенным явлением), а вместо общей" +" не указано явную ошибку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 +msgid "If you see an error like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" +msgstr "Сгенерированный cfd недействителен" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +msgid "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" +msgstr "" +"атрибут decl "TipoRelacion", атрибут "type": значение " +"QName " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion " +""не решается к определению (n) простого типа., строка 36" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 +msgid "" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 +msgid "" +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны перейти к настройке схемы налогообложения и установить правильный " +"код (это первые 3 номера в названии), например, для теста, который следует " +"установить на 601, он будет выглядеть как изображение." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 +msgid "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "** Сообщение об ошибке **:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 +msgid "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Нидерланды" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "экспорт XAF" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" +"После установления голландской локализации бухучета вы сможете " +"экспортировать все записи бухгалтерии в формате XAF. Для этого надо перейти " +"к: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, вы " +"определяете записи, которые вы хотите экспортировать с помощью фильтров " +"(период, журналы, ...), нажмите кнопку ** ЭКСПОРТ (XAF) **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Голландская бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" +"Если вы установите голландскую локализацию бухгалтерского учета, вы будете " +"иметь доступ к некоторым отчетов, специфичных для Нидерландов, таких как:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "Отчет Intrastat (ICP)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Испания" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Испанский план счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo существует несколько испанских планов счетов, доступных по умолчанию:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать тот, который вы хотите, перейдя в меню: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, выберите нужный пакет в " +"разделе ** Финансовая локализация **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Испанский бухгалтерская отчетность" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" +"Если испанский локализация бухучета установлена, вы будете иметь доступ к " +"бухгалтерских отчетов, специфичных для Испании:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "Налоговый отчет (Modelo 303)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Швейцария" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" +"ISR - платежные поручения, используемых в Швейцарии. Вы можете напечатать их" +" непосредственно с Odoo. На счетах клиента есть новая кнопка под названием *" +" Печать ISR *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" +"На дисплее появится кнопка * Печать ISR *. В счете-фактуре указано " +"правильный банковский счет. Вы можете использовать CH6309000000250097798 как" +" номер банковского счета и 010391391 как ссылки CHF ISR." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Обновления валюты онлайн" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете автоматически обновлять свои валюты на основе Федеральной " +"налоговой администрации из Швейцарии. Для этого зайдите на " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`, активизировать настройки " +"мультивалютности и выбрать нужную услугу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "Обновлено НДС в январе 2018" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" +"С 1 января 2018 года в Швейцарии будут применяться новые сниженные ставки " +"НДС. Нормальная ставка на уровне 8,0% перейдет на 7,7%, а специальная ставка" +" для гостиничного сектора изменится с 3,8% до 3,7%." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" +msgstr "Как обновить свои налоги в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS или On Premise)?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть версия V11.1, вся работа уже выполнена, вам не нужно ничего " +"делать." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" +"Если вы начали работать на более ранней версии, сначала нужно обновить " +"модуль "Швейцария - Отчеты о бухгалтерском учете". Для этого " +"перейдите к :menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search " +"for \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" +"Как только это будет сделано, вы можете работать над созданием новых налогов" +" для обновленных ставок." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"** не подавляют или меняйте существующие налоги ** (8.0% и 3.8%). Вы хотите " +"сохранить их, поскольку вам придется воспользоваться обеими ставками на " +"короткий период времени. Вместо этого не забудьте архивировать их, когда вы " +"закодируете все ваши транзакции 2017." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "Создание таких налогов должно осуществляться следующим образом:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" +"** Налоги на покупку **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " +"метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" +"** Налоги на продажу **: скопируйте начальный налог, измените его название, " +"метку в счете-фактуре, ставку и налоговую группу (применяется только с v10)." +" Поскольку отчет ндс теперь показывает подробности старых и новых ставок, вы" +" также должны установить соответствующие теги" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для налогов 7,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 302 базы, Швейцария НДС Вид: " +"сетка 302 налог" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для налогов 3,7%: Швейцарская форма НДС сетка 342 база, Швейцария НДС Вид: " +"сетка 342 налог" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены, в качестве примеров, правильную конфигурацию для всех " +"налогов, включенных в Odoo по умолчанию" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "** Название налога **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "** Ставка **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "** Метка в счете-фактуре **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "** Налоговая группа (действует с V10) **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "** Налоговая сфера **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "** Тег **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7.7% achat" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Закупки" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 400" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7.7% invest." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "Форма швейцарского НДС сетка 405" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "3.7% invest" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Продажи" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма НДС Швейцария: сетка 302 база, Швейцария форма НДС сетка 302 ндс" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3.7% Incl." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Не забывайте обновлять свою схему налогообложения. Если у вас есть версия " +"11.1 (или выше), ничего не делайте. В противном случае вам также придется " +"соответственно обновить свою схему налогообложения." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Использовать" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Учетный год" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 msgid "" "Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " "should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," " and accurate:" msgstr "" +"Прежде чем закрывать летний период, нужно выполнить несколько шагов, чтобы " +"убедиться, что ваш бухучет является правильным, обновленным и точным:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 msgid "" "Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " "and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " "balances." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что вы полностью согласовали ** банковский счет (-а) ** до конца " +"года и подтверждаете, что ваш баланс на дату согласуется с вашими балансами " +"банковских выписок." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что все ** счета-фактуры клиентов ** были введены и одобрены." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подтвердите, что вы ввели и согласовали все ** счета поставщиков **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте все ** расходы **, обеспечивая их точность." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 msgid "" "Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " "accurately." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перечень проверок на конец года" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласуйте все ваши счета со ** Отчетом баланса **:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 msgid "" "Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " "statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." msgstr "" +"Согласуйте свои банковские балансы в Odoo с вашими фактическими остатками " +"баланса на ваших выписках. Используйте отчет ** Согласование с банковской " +"выпиской **, чтобы помочь этому." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 msgid "" "Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " "**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." msgstr "" +"Подключите все транзакции на своих денежных и банковских счетах, выполняя " +"отчеты ** расчетов с кредиторами ** и отчеты ** расчетов с дебиторами **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 msgid "" "Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " "affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " "loans and fixed assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 msgid "" "Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " "on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " @@ -2352,36 +6837,46 @@ msgid "" " the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " "reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." msgstr "" +"Выполните необязательную функцию ** Сопоставление платежей ** в выпадающем " +"меню ** Более ** на информационной панели, проверяя все ** Счета поставщиков" +" ** и ** Счета клиентов ** с их платежами. Этот шаг является необязательным," +" но это может помочь в процессе закрытия года, если все неуплаченные платежи" +" и счета-фактуры будут согласованными, то могут привести к ошибкам или " +"ошибок в системе." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 msgid "" "Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " "book entries for:" msgstr "" +"Ваш бухгалтер, вероятно, подтвердит ваши элементы баланса и запись книг для:" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 msgid "" "Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" " example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." msgstr "" +"Инструкции по коррекции на конец года, используя меню ** журнальных записей " +"консультантов ** (например, отчеты ** прибыли текущего периода ** и ** " +"Сохранившиеся прибыли **)." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Работа в процессе **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Записи журнала амортизации **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Займы **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Налоговые корректировки **." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 msgid "" "If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " "they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " @@ -2389,7 +6884,7 @@ msgid "" "these against your Odoo balances." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 msgid "" "During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" "Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " @@ -2397,12 +6892,17 @@ msgid "" "confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " "auditing the books." msgstr "" +"Во время этого процесса лучшим шагом является установление ** Дать " +"блокировки для не-консультантов ** до последнего дня предыдущего финансового" +" года, который устанавливается в настройках бухучета. Таким образом, " +"бухгалтер может быть уверен в том, что во время аудита никто не меняет " +"операции прошлого года." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закрытие отчетного периода" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 msgid "" "In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" " close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " @@ -2411,8 +6911,13 @@ msgid "" "Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" +"В Odoo нет необходимости делать конкретную запись для закрытия года. Отчеты " +"создаются в режиме реального времени, что означает, что ** Отчет о доходах " +"** непосредственно отвечает дате конечной даты, которую вы указали в Odoo. " +"Поэтому, если вы создаете ** Отчет о доходах **, начальная дата " +"соответствует началу ** отчетном периоде **, а остаток будет 0." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 msgid "" "Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" " **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" @@ -2420,13 +6925,1841 @@ msgid "" "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" +"После того, как бухгалтер создаст запись журнала для распределения ** " +"Прибыли текущего периода **, следует установить ** Дата блокировки ** до " +"последнего дня отчетного периода. Убедитесь, что перед тем, как это сделать," +" вы подтвердили, или доходы текущего периода в ** Отчете баланса ** " +"правильно отвечают нулевому балансу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Управление отчетным периодом" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" +"В большинстве случаев отчетные периоды длятся 12 месяцев. Если это ваш " +"случай, вы просто должны определить, какой последний день вашего отчетного " +"периода в настройках бухучета. По умолчанию он устанавливается на 31 " +"декабря." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"Однако могут быть некоторые исключения. Например, если это первый отчетный " +"период вашей компании, он может длиться больше или меньше 12 месяцев. В этом" +" случае требуется дополнительная конфигурация." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` и " +"активируйте отчетные периоды." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете настроить ваш отчетный период в :menuselection:`accounting " +"--> configuration --> fiscal years`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Работая с клиентами, цены обычно выражаются с налогами, включенными в цену " +"(например, в большинстве электронной коммерции). Но, когда вы работаете в " +"B2B, компании обычно ведут переговоры о ценах без налогов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo легко управляет обоими случаями использования, если вы регистрируете " +"свои цены на товар с выключенными или включенными налогами, но не оба " +"вместе. Если вы управляете всеми своими ценами только с налогом (или " +"выключенным), вы все равно можете легко выполнить заказ на продажу с ценой, " +"не включая налоги (или включает): это просто." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Эта документация предназначена только для конкретного случая использования, " +"когда вам нужно иметь два Проекты на цену (включая НДС или без НДС) для " +"этого самого товара. Причиной сложности является то, что не существует " +"симметричного соотношение с ценами с включенным налогом и ценам с " +"выключенным налогом, как показано в данном случае, в Бельгии с налогом в " +"размере 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" +"Ваша электронная коммерция имеет товар на ** 10 евро (включая налогами) **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Это будет ** 8,26 евро (без налогов) ** и ** налог 1,74 евро **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Но для того же случае, если вы регистрируете цену без налогов в форме товара" +" (8,26 €), вы получаете цену с налогом в размере 9,99 €, поскольку:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Итак, в зависимости от того, как вы регистрируете свои цены на форме товара," +" вы получите разные результаты по цене, включая налоги и цену за вычетом " +"налогов:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Налоги исключено: ** 8.26 € & 10.00 € **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Налоги включены: ** 8.26 € & 9.99 € **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Если вы покупаете 100 единиц с налогами 10 евро, это становится еще сложнее." +" Вы получите: ** 1000 € (с учетом налогов) = 826.45 € (цена) + 173.55 € " +"(налоги) **, сильно отличается от цены за единицу за 8.26 € без налога." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"В этой документации объясняется, как управлять очень конкретным случаем " +"использования, когда вам нужно справиться с двумя ценам (без налога и с " +"включенным налогом) в форме товара в пределах одной компании." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"С точки зрения финансов, вы больше не получаете прибыль от продажи товара за" +" 10 евро, а не 9,99 евро (по налогу в размере 21%), поскольку ваша прибыль " +"будет таким же по 9,99 евро, только налог на 0,01 евро выше. Итак, если вы " +"запускаете электронной коммерции в Бельгии, сделайте услугу своему клиенту и" +" установите цену на уровне 9,99 евро вместо 10 евро. Обратите внимание, что " +"это не касается 20 евро или 30 евро, или других ставок налога или " +"количестве> 1. Вы также сделаете себе пользу, поскольку вы можете " +"управлять всеми налоговыми правами, менее подвержены ошибкам и проще для " +"ваших продавцов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"Лучшим способом избежать этой сложности есть выбор только одного способа " +"управления вашими ценами и соблюдения его: цена без налогов или цены с " +"включенными налогами. Определите, какой тип по умолчанию сохраняется в форме" +" товара (по умолчанию налог, относящийся к товару), и Odoo автоматически " +"вычисляет другой, исходя из ПРАЙСЛИСТ и схемы налогообложения. Обсудите свои" +" контракты с клиентами. Это прекрасно работает "из коробки", и у " +"вас нет конкретных настроек." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете это сделать, и если вы действительно договариваетесь о " +"некоторых цены за вычетом налогов, а для других покупателей - другим ценам с" +" налогом, то вам необходимо:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"всегда сохраняйте цену по умолчанию, исключенного на форме товара, и " +"указывайте налог (цена указана в форме товара)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"создайте прайслист с ценами с включенным налогом, для конкретных клиентов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"назначьте как прайслист, так и схему налогообложения клиентам, которые хотят" +" воспользоваться этой цене и схеме налогообложения" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Для целей настоящей документации мы будем использовать вышеизложенное " +"использования:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "ваша цена по умолчанию не равна 8.26 €" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" +"но мы хотим продать его за 10 евро, включая цену, в наших магазинах или на " +"сайте электронной коммерции" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Настройте ваши товары" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"После этого вы можете создать прайслист ** B2C **. Вы можете активировать " +"функцию ПРАЙСЛИСТ для каждого клиента в меню: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` приложении Продажа. Выберите опцию ** разные цены на сегмент " +"клиента **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"После этого создайте прайслист B2C меню :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Pricelists`. Также хорошо переименовать прайслист по умолчанию на B2B, чтобы" +" избежать путаницы." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Затем создайте товар на 8,26 евро с налогом в размере 21% (определяется как " +"налог, который не входит в стоимость), и установите цену на этот товар для " +"клиентов B2C на уровне 10 евро с меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`из " +"приложения Продажи:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерском приложении создайте схему налогообложения В2С из этого меню:" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. Эта схема " +"налогообложения должна отражать НДС 21% (без учета налога) с НДС 21% (налог " +"входит в стоимость)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Проверьте, создав коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Создайте коммерческое предложение по программе Продажи с помощью меню " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations`. Вы следующий результат: 8.26 € + 1.73" +" € = 9.99 €." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Затем создайте коммерческое предложение, но ** измените прайслист на B2C и " +"схему налогообложения B2C ** на коммерческое предложение, прежде чем " +"добавлять свой товар. Вы должны получить ожидаемый результат, общая цена " +"которого 10 € для клиента: 8.26 € + 1.74 € = 10.00 €." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Это ожидаемое поведение для покупателя вашего магазина." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Избегайте изменений в каждом заказе на продажу" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что может возникнуть ошибка: если вы устанавливаете схему" +" налогообложения по налогу, включенным в стоимость, но используете " +"прайслист, без включенного налога, для вас могут быть выбраны неправильные " +"цены. Вот почему мы обычно рекомендуем компаниям работать только с одним " +"ценовым референсом." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Налоги, начисленные кассовым методом, должны быть осуществлены после " +"осуществления платежа, а не при подтверждении счета-фактуры (как в случае с " +"обычными налогами). Отчет о ваших доходах и расходах на основе кассового " +"метода является законным в некоторых странах и при определенных условиях." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Пример: вы продаете товар в 1 квартале вашего финансового года и получаете " +"платеж во 2 квартале вашего финансового года. Исходя из кассового метода, " +"налог, который вы должны оплатить налоговой администрации, должно быть " +"оплачено в течение 2-го квартала." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Как настроить налоги, начисленные кассовым методом?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны сначала активизировать настройки в :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. Вам будет предложено " +"определить журнал Налогов, начисленных кассовым методом." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"На вкладке * Дополнительные параметры * вы превратите * Налог на прибыль * в" +" * На основе платежа *. Тогда вам придется определить * Налоговый счет *, на" +" котором нужно размещать сумму налога при получении платежа, и * Счет " +"полученного базового налога *, чтобы разместить базовую сумму налога для " +"точного налогового отчета." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Каково влияние налогов, начисленных кассовым методом, на мой бухучет?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Давайте рассмотрим пример. Вы осуществляете продажу в размере 100 долларов с" +" 15% налогом, начисленным кассовым методом. Когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру" +" клиента, в вашем бухучета создается следующая запись:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Журнал счетов клиента" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "** Дебет **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "** Кредит **" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Полученные $ 115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Временный налоговый счет $ 15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Счет дохода $ 100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Через несколько дней вы получаете платеж:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Журнал Банка" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" +"Когда вы согласовываете счет-фактуру и платеж, создается следующая запись:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Счет полученного налога $ 15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Налог на содержание является государственной требованием плательщика счета-" +"фактуры удерживать или отчислять налог от платежа и платить этот налог " +"правительства. В большинстве юрисдикций налогообложения взимается по налогу " +"на прибыль." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"С обычными налогами этот налог прилагается к итоговой суммы, чтобы вы ее " +"оплатили. В отличие от обычных налогов, налог на содержание взимается от " +"уплаты налога, поскольку он уплачивается заказчиком." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Например, в Колумбии вы можете иметь следующий счет-фактуру:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo налог на содержание определяется путем создания отрицательного " +"налога. Для сохранения 10%, вы можете настроить следующий налог (доступен " +"через :menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы он отображался как сохранение в счете-фактуре, на вкладке **" +" Дополнительные параметры ** следует установить определенную группу налогов " +"** На содержание ** своего налога." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"После определения налога вы можете использовать его в своих товарах, заказах" +" на продажу или счетах-фактурах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Если содержание является процентом от обычного налога, создайте налог с ** " +"налоговым расчетом ** как ** налоговую группу ** и установите два налога в " +"этой группе (обычный налог и на содержание)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Применение налога на содержание в счетах-фактурах" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы видите счет клиента на экране, вы получаете только налоговый " +"строку, обобщая все налоги (обычные налоги и на содержание). Но когда вы " +"распечатываете или посылаете счет-фактуру, Odoo делает правильную группу " +"среди всех налогов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"В распечатанном счета отображаться различные суммы в каждой налоговой " +"группе." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"Интеграция ** TaxCloud ** позволяет правильно рассчитывать налог продаж для " +"каждого адреса в США и следит, какая продукция освобождается от налога с " +"продаж и в каких штатах применяется каждое увольнение. TaxCloud вычисляет " +"налог с продаж в режиме реального времени для каждого штата, города и " +"специальной юрисдикции в Соединенных Штатах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Создайте бесплатный аккаунт на сайте `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register> `__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" +"Зарегистрируйте ваш сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, чтобы получить * API ID * и * " +"Ключ API *." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"В настройках на TaxCloud нажмите * Адрес *, чтобы ввести местонахождение " +"вашего офиса и склада." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "В Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` и отметьте * TaxCloud - Вычислять налоговые ставки на основе " +"индекса США * (запишите: фактически использует полный адрес улице)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Введите учетные данные TaxCloud." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Нажмите СОХРАНИТЬ, чтобы сохранить ваши учетные данные." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите на иконку Обновления у * Категория по умолчанию * для импорта " +"категорий товара с TaxCloud (Информационные коды налогообложения). Некоторые" +" категории могут предусматривать определенные ставки или привлекать " +"исключения в отношении товаров / услуг." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" +"Выберите ваш * TIC код * по умолчанию. Это будет применен к любым вновь " +"товаров." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" +"Установите конкретную категорию TaxCloud TIC на вкладке товара * Общая " +"информация * или в категории товара." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что адрес вашей компании заполнена (включая область и индекс). " +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`, " +"чтобы открыть и редактировать запись вашей компании." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить Odoo для автоматического определения, клиенты должны " +"использовать эту схему налогообложения. Откройте :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, чтобы открыть и редактировать " +"записи." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" +"Теперь эта схема налогообложения автоматически устанавливается на любом " +"заказ на продажу, веб-заказе, или счета, если страна клиента - * США *. Это " +"запускает автоматическое расчета налога." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" +"Добавьте ваш товар (ы). У вас есть две опции, чтобы получить налог продажи в" +" заказе. Вы можете подтвердить это или вы можете сохранить это, а в меню * " +"Действие * выбрать ** Обновить налоги с TaxCloud **." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Купоны & акции" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Наименование Налога" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Расчет Налога" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Всего" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Активно" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Сфера Действия Налога" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Обозначение на Счет-фактурах" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Группа Налога" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Включить в аналитику затрат" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Включено в Цену" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "База для начисления налогов" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Другие" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 +msgid "Adviser" +msgstr "Консультант" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" +" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " +"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " +"Analytic Accounts." +msgstr "" +"Управление бюджетами - важная часть ведения бизнеса. Бюджеты помогают людям " +"становиться более преднамеренными по поводу того, как тратятся деньги, и " +"направляют людей на организацию и определения приоритетности их работы для " +"достижения финансовых целей. Они позволяют спланировать желаемый финансовый " +"результат, а затем оценить фактическую эффективность работы по плану. Odoo " +"управляет бюджетами, используя как общие, так и аналитические счета." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 +msgid "" +"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " +"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " +"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " +"than 700." +msgstr "" +"Мы будем использовать следующий пример для иллюстрации. Мы только начали " +"проект по Smith & Co, и хотели бы бюджетировать доходы и расходы этого " +"проекта. Мы планируем иметь доход от 1000, и не хотим тратить более 700." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" +" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " +"and Finance** app." +msgstr "" +"Сначала нужно установить соответствующие приложения для использования " +"бюджета. Основным модулем является Бухучет. Перейдите в модуль приложений и " +"установите приложение ** Бухучет и финансы **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" +" feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 +msgid "Budgetary Positions" +msgstr "Бюджетные статьи" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" +" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." +msgstr "" +"Бюджетные позиции - это списки счетов, на которых нужно вести бюджеты (как " +"правило, счета расходов или доходов). Их нужно определить, чтобы Odoo смогла" +" знать, какие счета ему нужно получить, чтобы получить информацию о бюджете." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" +" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." +msgstr "" +"Бюджетные позиции выступают типу ограничения относительно того, что может " +"быть записано в графе "практическая сумма" в бюджете." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " +"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " +"least one." +msgstr "" +"Каждая бюджетная позиция может иметь любое количество счетов с общей " +"бухгалтерской книги (основного плана счетов), присвоенной ей, хотя она " +"должна иметь хотя бы одну." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" +" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " +"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " +"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." +msgstr "" +"Если вы записываете транзакцию, в которой присвоено аналитический счет, * " +"включены в бюджетной строки, но один из общих учетных записей * не включен в" +" бюджетную позицию для этого самого бюджетного строки, он не будет " +"отображаться в пределах колонки "практическая сумма" этого " +"бюджетного строки." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые бюджетные позиции могут быть уже установлены в вашем плане счетов." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы определить позиции, введите :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " +"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 +msgid "" +"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " +"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." +msgstr "" +"Для нашего примера нам нужно определить, какие счета касающиеся расходов " +"нашего проекта. Создайте позицию и добавьте элементы, чтобы выбрать счета." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 +msgid "" +"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" +" our expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 +msgid "Click on *Select*." +msgstr "Нажмите на * Выбрать *." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 +msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." +msgstr "Сохраните изменения, чтобы подтвердить свою позицию бюджета." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " +"select the relevant income accounts." +msgstr "" +"Повторите эти шаги, чтобы создать позицию бюджета. Только в этом случае " +"выберите соответствующие счета на прибыль." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 +msgid "Analytical account" +msgstr "аналитический счет" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " +"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " +"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " +"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" +" partner." +msgstr "" +"Odoo должен знать, какие затраты имеют отношение к определенному бюджета. " +"Для этого нам нужно связать наши счета-фактуры и расходы по определенным " +"аналитическому счету. Создайте аналитический счет, введите модуль " +"бухгалтерского учета и нажмите :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " +"Accounts --> Open Charts`. Создайте новый счет под названием проект Smith " +"& Co и выберите связанного партнера." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 +msgid "Set a budget" +msgstr "установите бюджет" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " +"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" +"Давайте теперь установим наши цели для нашего бюджета. Мы отметили, что мы " +"планируем получить 1000 из этого проекта, и мы не хотим тратить более 700." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить эти цели, введите приложение бухучета, выберите " +":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` и создайте новый бюджет" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 +msgid "" +"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " +"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" +" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." +msgstr "" +"Мы назвать бюджет. В этом случае мы называем это "Проект Смита". " +"Выберите период, в котором будет применяться бюджет. Далее добавьте элемент," +" чтобы указать цели в строке бюджета." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " +"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " +"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " +"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " +"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " +"corresponding analytic account." +msgstr "" +"Выберите позицию бюджета, связанную с бюджетной строкой. Иными словами, " +"выберите, указывающая на счета, которые вы хотите запланировать. В этом " +"случае мы начнем с нашего максимального уровня 700. Выберите позицию бюджета" +" "Стоимость" и укажите плановой суммы. Поскольку мы записываем " +"стоимость, нам нужно указать ** негативную сумму **. Наконец, выберите " +"соответствующий аналитический счет." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " +"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить и новый **, чтобы ввести бюджет дохода. Позиция " +"бюджета - доход, а запланированная сумма - 1000. Сохраните и закройте." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 +msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." +msgstr "Вам нужно будет ** подтвердить ** и ** утвердить ** бюджет." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "Проверьте свой бюджет" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" +" Invoices and Vendors Bills." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете проверить свой бюджет в любое время. Чтобы увидеть эволюцию, " +"давайте составим несколько счетов-фактур и счетов поставщиков." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 +msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." +msgstr "Вернитесь в список бюджетов и найдите проект Smith." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " +"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " +"Amount** column." +msgstr "" +"Через аналитический счет, Odoo может учитывать строки счетов-фактур и строки" +" покупки, забронированные в счетах, и отражать их в столбце ** Фактическая " +"сумма **." + +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " +"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " +"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " +"january, the theoretical amount will be 1000, since this is the actual " +"amount that could have been realised." +msgstr "" +"Теоретическая сумма представляет собой сумму денег, которые вы теоретически " +"могли потратить / должны были получить в соответствии с дат. Если ваш бюджет" +" составляет 1200 в течение 12 месяцев (с января по декабрь), а сегодня - 31 " +"января, теоретическая сумма составит 1000, поскольку это реальная сумма, " +"которую можно было бы реализовать." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аналитический" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 @@ -2434,6 +8767,8 @@ msgid "" "Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " "and subcontracting in the accounting module." msgstr "" +"Благодаря аналитическом бухучета мы можем отслеживать стоимость закупки, " +"расходы и субподряд в модуле бухгалтерского учета." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -2443,12 +8778,19 @@ msgid "" " as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" " to the project." msgstr "" +"Мы приведем следующий пример. Мы продали пакет консультаций для клиента. " +"Пакет, где все включено, означает, что дополнительных расходов добавить " +"нельзя. Однако мы хотим определить, какие расходы были привязаны к этой " +"транзакции, поскольку нам нужно оплатить покупки, расходы и расходы на " +"субподряд, связанные с проектом." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 msgid "" "The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " "module and install the following apps:" msgstr "" +"Для отслеживания стоимости нужно установить следующие модули. Введите модуль" +" приложений и установите следующие программы:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2468,16 +8810,21 @@ msgid "" "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." msgstr "" +"Следующим шагом является активация аналитического бухучета. В приложении " +"бухучета выберите :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` и разверните " +"раздел Аналитический бухучет." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" "Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " "box." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, прокрутите вниз и отметьте пункт ** Аналитический бухучет для " +"покупок **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Не забудьте сохранить изменения." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." @@ -2490,6 +8837,11 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" +"Прежде всего вы должны создать аналитический бухучет, на котором вы сможете " +"указать все свои расходы. Введите приложение бухучета, выберите " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Создайте новый. В этом" +" случае мы называем это "пакет консультаций" для нашего клиента " +"Smith & Co." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." @@ -2497,17 +8849,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите расходы" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 msgid "" "We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " "see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." msgstr "" +"Начнем с регистрации расходов. Наш ИТ-специалист должен был поехать поездом," +" чтобы увидеть нашего клиента. Он сам заплатил за свой билет." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте затратный товар" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2516,10 +8870,14 @@ msgid "" "product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" +"Сначала нужно создать затратный продукт. Введите модуль ** Расходы **, " +"нажмите на :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Создайте " +"новый продукт под названием билет на поезд и установите себестоимость до " +"15,50 евро. Убедитесь, что обозначено строку ** Может быть потрачен **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте расходы" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2527,85 +8885,109 @@ msgid "" "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." msgstr "" +"Введите модуль Расходы, нажмите :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " +"Выберите товар Билет на поезд и свяжите его с аналитическим бухучету, " +"описанным выше." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" "Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " "entries." msgstr "" +"Отправьте менеджеру и подождите, пока менеджер утвердит и опубликует записи " +"журнала." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку, связанное с аналитическим бухучету" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "покупки товара" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 msgid "" "We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. (please refer to the following " -"document: :doc:`../../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`). " -"Within the line we can link the product's cost with the analytical account. " -"Specify the order line and select the correct analytical account. Confirm " -"the sale." +" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " +"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " +"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" +"Мы также должны приобрести программное обеспечение для наших клиентов. В " +"модуле покупки создайте заказ на покупку товара программного обеспечения. В " +"рамках строки мы можем связать стоимость товара с аналитическому счету. " +"Укажите строку заказа и выберите правильный аналитический счет. Подтвердите " +"продажу." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" "Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " "cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " "account." msgstr "" +"Примите доставку и введите счет-фактуру. После введения счета-фактуры " +"себестоимость (поле ** Цена поставщика **) будет зачислена на аналитический " +"бухучет." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "субподряд" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 msgid "" "The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" " subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " "invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " "analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." msgstr "" +"Модуль покупки может использоваться таким же образом, как и ранее, для " +"обработки субподрядных контрактов. Если мы покупаем услугу по другой " +"компании, мы можем перечислить эту стоимость, связав строку заказа на " +"правильный аналитический бухучет. Нам просто нужно создать правильный товар " +"поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" +"Вы также можете отслеживать стоимость табелю, смотрите:: doc: `timesheets`" + +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 +msgid "Track costs in accounting" +msgstr "Отслеживайте расходы в бухучете" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:133 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "" +"Теперь все, что регистрируется, указывает на аналитический бухучет. Просто " +"откройте его, чтобы проверить расходы, связанные с этим счетом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" +"Введите модуль бухгалтерского учета, нажмите кнопку :menuselection:`Advisers" +" --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " "analytical account." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите получать прибыль, вы должны начислить консалтинговый пакет в " +"меню "Счет-фактура" и связать строку счета с этим аналитическим " +"учетной записью." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 @@ -2614,6 +8996,9 @@ msgid "" "particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " "the invoiced amounts." msgstr "" +"Человеческий ресурс обычно имеет стоимость. Интересно посмотреть, насколько " +"конкретный договор стоит перед компанией в терминах человеческой силы в " +"отношении суммы, подлежащие оплате." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -2623,6 +9008,11 @@ msgid "" "would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " "compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." msgstr "" +"Мы рассмотрим такой пример: наши два сотрудника ** Гарри Поттер ** и ** " +"Седрик Диггори ** работают на ** консультационном пакете ** для нашего " +"клиента ** Smith & Co **. Гарри получает 18 € в час, а зарплата Седрика " +"составляет 12 € в час. Мы хотели бы отслеживать расходы в приложении " +"бухучета и сравнивать их с доходами консультационной услуги." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2640,11 +9030,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Примените изменения." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "создайте сотрудника" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2652,6 +9042,9 @@ msgid "" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить доход работника, нужно иметь его. Чтобы создать сотрудника, " +"введите приложение ** Сотрудник **. Выберите ** Сотрудники ** и создайте " +"нового сотрудника, введите имя и основную информацию." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2659,6 +9052,9 @@ msgid "" "specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " "cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." msgstr "" +"На листке сотрудника введите вкладку ** Параметры персонала **. Здесь вы " +"можете указать ** Стоимость табеля ** своего сотрудника. В этом случае Гарри" +" имеет стоимость 18 евро / час. Таким образом, мы заполним 18 в этом поле." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -2671,10 +9067,12 @@ msgid "" "Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " "specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." msgstr "" +"Повторите операцию, чтобы создать работника Седрик Диггори. Не забудьте " +"указать связанные с ним пользователи и ** Стоимость табеля **." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оформите заказ на продажу" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -2682,6 +9080,10 @@ msgid "" "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" +"Мы создали двух сотрудников под названием Гарри Поттер и Седрик Диггори в " +"приложении ** Сотрудники **. Оба они будут работать на консультационном " +"контракте с нашим клиентом Smith & Co, где они указывают свои часы в " +"расписании." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -2693,11 +9095,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -2705,12 +9106,17 @@ msgid "" " **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" " below)." msgstr "" +"Мы экономим заказ на продажу с помощью сервисного товара ** Внешний " +"консалтинг **. Аналитический бухучет будет автоматически создан после " +"подтверждения ** заказ на продажу **. Наши сотрудники должны указать на этот" +" счет (в этом случае ** SO002-Smith & Co **), чтобы иметь возможность " +"выставлять счета за часы (см. Изображение ниже)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "заполните табель" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " @@ -2718,123 +9124,152 @@ msgid "" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Гарри работал 3:00 на SWOT-анализе для Smith & Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "" +"В ** Заявке на продажу ** мы замечаем, что количество доставленных часов " +"автоматически вычисляется (см. Изображение ниже)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аналитический учёт" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "" +"Благодаря аналитическим счетам мы можем иметь обзор расходов и доходов " +"персонала. Все доходы и стоимость этих операций зарегистрированы на счету **" +" SO002-Smith & Co **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы можем использовать два способа анализа этой ситуации." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "без фильтров" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " "this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." msgstr "" +"Если мы указали все наши расходы и доходы проекта на правильный " +"аналитический счет, мы сможем легко получить средства и доходы, связанные с " +"этим аналитическому счету. Введите модуль * Бухучет * выберите " +":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "" +"Примечание: вы можете указать период для ** анализа **. Если вы хотите " +"открыть текущую ситуацию, вы должны оставить поля пустыми. Мы уже можем " +"отметить кредитный и дебетовый баланс счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "" +"Если мы нажмем на счет, будет предоставлена специальная кнопка, которая " +"содержит информацию о стоимости и доходах (см. Изображение ниже)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** Стоимость / доход **, чтобы иметь обзор стоимости и " +"доходов с соответствующим описанием." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С фильтрами" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" +"Таким образом, мы можем фильтровать эту информацию с ** Аналитических " +"записей **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" +"Введите модуль ** Бухучет ** и нажмите кнопку :menuselection:`Adviser --> " +"Analytic Entries`. В этом меню мы имеем несколько вариантов анализа " +"стоимости человеческих ресурсов." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " "contains the **Sales Order** number." msgstr "" +"Мы фильтруем ** Аналитический бухучет **, чтобы мы могли видеть стоимость и " +"доходы проекта. Добавьте индивидуальный ** Фильтр **, где ** Аналитический " +"счет ** содержит номер ** Заказ на продажу **." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "" +"В результате мы видим, что действия табелей и строки счетов есть с " +"соответствующими расходами и доходами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " "**Graph view** to have a clear overview." msgstr "" +"Мы можем вместе группировать различные аналитические счета и проверять их " +"соответствующие доходы. Просто группируйте за ** Аналитическим счету ** и " +"выберите ** Просмотр графику **, чтобы иметь четкий обзор." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Использование аналитического счета в разных случаях" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Аналитический бухучет можно использовать для нескольких целей:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "проанализируйте расходы компании" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "повторно выставьте время в счете клиенту" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "проанализируйте эффективность услуги или проекта" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2847,18 +9282,21 @@ msgid "" "To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " "each in one of three different types of company:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы четко проиллюстрировать аналитические счета, вы будете следить за " +"тремя случаями использования, каждый из которых состоит из трех различных " +"типов компаний:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Промышленная компания: анализ затрат" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Юридическая фирма: повторное выставление в счете потраченных часов" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IT / Компания по предоставлению услуг: анализ производительности" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" @@ -2869,6 +9307,8 @@ msgid "" "In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" " departments and products the company itself is built on." msgstr "" +"В промышленности вы часто найдете аналитические планы счетов, " +"структурированные в отделах и товарам, на которых построена сама компания." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2877,23 +9317,26 @@ msgid "" "comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " "product ranges the company makes and sells." msgstr "" +"Цель состоит в изучении затрат, объема продаж и маржи по отделам / ресурсами" +" и за товарами. Первый уровень структуры состоит из различных подразделений," +" а ниже - продукция, которую компания производит и продает." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 msgid "" "**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Аналитический план счетов для промышленной компании: **:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отдел маркетинга" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "коммерческий отдел" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "" +msgstr "административный отдел" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 @@ -2901,13 +9344,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Производственный ассортимент 1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Производственный ассортимент 2" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -2917,63 +9360,48 @@ msgid "" "each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " "that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." msgstr "" +"При ежедневном использовании полезно обозначить аналитический счет на каждом" +" счете-фактуре покупки. Когда счет-фактуру будет одобрен, он автоматически " +"генерирует записи как для общих, так и для соответствующих аналитических " +"счетов. Для каждой записи в общих счетах есть как минимум один аналитический" +" запись, распределяет расходы на отдел, которые понес." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 msgid "" "Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " "example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены возможно разбиение некоторых общих бухгалтерских записей для " +"приведенного выше примера, распределенных на различные аналитические счета:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Общие счета **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Аналитические счета **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Заголовок **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:74 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Счет **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Значение **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "закупка сырья" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 @@ -2981,7 +9409,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "2122" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" @@ -2989,7 +9417,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" @@ -2999,12 +9427,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "450" -msgstr "" +msgstr "450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "-450" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" @@ -3013,15 +9441,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "200" -msgstr "" +msgstr "200" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "транспортные сборы" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы на персонал" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" @@ -3029,12 +9457,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "Маркетинг" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 @@ -3044,16 +9472,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "" +msgstr "коммерческий" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Административный" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" @@ -3061,11 +9489,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PR" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "-400" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-400" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3074,6 +9502,9 @@ msgid "" "accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " "above:" msgstr "" +"Аналитический отдел позволяет исследовать расходы, выделяемые каждому отделу" +" компании. Аналитический план счетов показывает распределение расходов " +"компании по приведенному выше примеру:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -3082,6 +9513,10 @@ msgid "" "production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " "accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." msgstr "" +"В этом примере иерархической структуры в Odoo можно проанализировать не " +"только затраты на каждый ассортимент, но и стоимость всего производства. " +"Отчет, который касается как общих счетов, так и аналитических, позволяет " +"получить разбиение расходов в пределах определенного отдела." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -3095,6 +9530,8 @@ msgid "" "This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " "companies and industries." msgstr "" +"Аналитический отдел, как правило, используется торговыми компаниями и " +"отраслями." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -3102,6 +9539,9 @@ msgid "" "departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " "This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." msgstr "" +"Такой вариант состоит не в том, чтобы сбить его отделами сбыта и маркетинга," +" а назначать каждую стоимость для своего соответствующего ассортимента. Это " +"даст вам анализ рентабельности каждого ассортимента." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -3109,6 +9549,9 @@ msgid "" "effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " "product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" msgstr "" +"Выбор одного над другим зависит от того, как вы смотрите на ваши " +"маркетинговые усилия. Или глобальная стоимость выделяется в некотором общем " +"порядке, или каждый товар отвечает за собственные маркетинговые расходы?" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" @@ -3120,12 +9563,17 @@ msgid "" "current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" " given file/analytic account." msgstr "" +"Юридические фирмы обычно принимают управления, когда каждый случай " +"представляет текущий файл клиента. Все расходы и товары затем добавляются к " +"данному файлу / аналитического счета." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 msgid "" "A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" " the profitability by case and by employee." msgstr "" +"Основным беспокойством юридических фирм является выставление счетов рабочими" +" часами и прибыльность по каждому случаю и работником." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -3135,12 +9583,20 @@ msgid "" "cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " "cost." msgstr "" +"Механизмы, используемые для кодирования рабочих часов, будут подробно " +"рассмотрены в документации расписанию. Как и большинство системных " +"процессов, рабочие часы интегрированы в аналитический учет. В форме " +"работника укажите стоимость работника. Почасовая оплата зависит от стоимости" +" работника." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 msgid "" "So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " "management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." msgstr "" +"Поэтому юридическая фирма будет выбирать аналитическое представление, " +"которое отражает управления временем работы сотрудников в разных делах " +"клиентов." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -3150,6 +9606,11 @@ msgid "" " have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" " basis of the hourly cost per employee." msgstr "" +"Платеж за различные случаи есть несколько необычным. Эти дела не " +"соответствуют ни одному записи в общем счете, а также не поступают со " +"счетов-фактур покупки или продажи. Они представлены различными " +"аналитическими операциями и не имеют точных аналогов в общих счетах. Они " +"рассчитываются на основе часовой стоимости одного работника." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -3160,12 +9621,20 @@ msgid "" "the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " "depending on the time actually worked." msgstr "" +"В конце месяца, когда вы платите заработную плату и льготы, вы интегрируете " +"их в общие счета, но не в аналитические, поскольку они уже были учтены при " +"выставлении счетов на каждый из них. Отчет, который связывает данные из " +"аналитических и общих счетов, позволяет сравнить итоги, поэтому вы можете " +"изменить свою стоимость в час на одного сотрудника в зависимости от " +"фактически отработанного времени." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 msgid "" "The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " "can find for your analytic account:" msgstr "" +"В приведенной ниже таблице показан пример различных аналитических записей, " +"которые вы можете найти в своем аналитическом счете:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" @@ -3173,26 +9642,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Общая сумма **" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изучение файла (1 год)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "случай 1.1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 msgid "-15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-15" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поиск информации (3 часа)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" @@ -3200,19 +9669,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Консультация (4 часа)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "случай 2.1" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "-60" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-60" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплата услуг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 @@ -3221,23 +9690,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "705 - Выставление услуг в счет" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Канцелярские закупки" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "-42" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "601 - Покупка мебели" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "42" -msgstr "" +msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" @@ -3245,23 +9714,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-35" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "613 - Транспорт" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "35" -msgstr "" +msgstr "35" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оклады персонала" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "6201 - Зарплаты" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" @@ -3272,12 +9741,15 @@ msgid "" "Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" " various transactions." msgstr "" +"Такая структура позволяет детально изучить доходность различных транзакций." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 msgid "" "For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " ":doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать больше о рентабельности, прочитайте следующую документацию:: " +"doc: `timesheets`" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -3287,32 +9759,42 @@ msgid "" "invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " "products that manage timesheet or expenses ." msgstr "" +"Но аналитический бухучет не ограничивается простым анализом рентабельности " +"различных клиентов. Эти данные могут быть использованы для автоматического " +"повторного взыскания за услуги клиенту в конце месяца. Чтобы выставлять " +"счет-фактуру клиентам, просто свяжите аналитический счет с заказом на " +"продажу и продавайте товары, которые управляют табелям или затратами." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай 3: IT-услуги компании: анализ эффективности" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" msgstr "" +"Большинство компаний, которые предоставляют ИТ-услуги, сталкиваются со " +"следующими проблемами:" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 msgid "project planning," -msgstr "" +msgstr "планирование проекта," #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," msgstr "" +"выставления счетов, рентабельность и финансовый контроль за проектами," #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "управление контрактами поддержки." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 msgid "" "To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " "structured by project and by sale order." msgstr "" +"Для решения этих проблем вы должны использовать аналитическую план счетов, " +"структурированный по проекту и заказу на продажу." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -3329,6 +9811,12 @@ msgid "" "create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " "an analytic account" msgstr "" +"Но теперь посмотрите на контракты поддержки. Эти контракты, как правило, " +"ограничиваются заранее оплаченной количеством часов. Каждая служба, " +"размещенная на аналитических счетах, показывает остаточные часа поддержки. " +"Чтобы управлять контрактами на поддержку, вы должны создать товар, " +"настроенный на оплату счетов-фактур по заказу, и связать заказ на продажу из" +" аналитическому счету." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -3338,6 +9826,11 @@ msgid "" "and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " "contract remain." msgstr "" +"В Odoo каждый аналитический строку перечисляет количество проданных или " +"использованных единиц, а также то, что вы обычно находите там - сумма в " +"единицах валюты (в долларах США, фунтах стерлингов или любой другой валюте)." +" Таким образом, вы можете подытожить проданную и использованную в каждой " +"продаже количество, чтобы определить, остаются часа контракта на поддержку." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" @@ -3349,204 +9842,22 @@ msgid "" " case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " "production performance." msgstr "" +"Аналитический бухучет помогает вам анализировать расходы и доходы независимо" +" от случая использования. Вы можете продавать или покупать услуги, " +"отслеживать время или анализировать производительность производства." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 msgid "" "Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" +"Аналитический бухучет является гибким и простым в использовании с помощью " +"всех приложений Odoo (продажа, покупка, табель, производство, счет-фактура " +"...)." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Склад" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" @@ -3559,6 +9870,10 @@ msgid "" "the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" " average cost." msgstr "" +"Как указано в документации * оценки инвентаризации * " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html> `__, один из " +"возможных методов определения цены, который можно использовать для " +"непрерывной оценки, - это средняя цена." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -3569,33 +9884,44 @@ msgid "" "to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " "standard of FIFO)." msgstr "" +"Эта документация отвечает на один повторяющееся вопрос для компаний, которые" +" используют этот метод для оценки их стоимости: как отгрузки возвращено " +"поставщику, влияет на среднюю стоимость и записи бухгалтерского учета? Этот " +"документ предназначен только для конкретного случая использования " +"непрерывной оценки (в отличие от периодической) и метода среднего " +"ценообразования (в отличие от стандарта FIFO)." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Определение средней цены" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 msgid "" "The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " "goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." msgstr "" +"Метод определения средней цены вычисляет стоимость на конец инвентаризации и" +" стоимость товаров, продаваемых на основе средневзвешенной стоимости единицы" +" инвентаризации." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 msgid "" "The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " "formula:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средневзвешенная стоимость единицы рассчитывается по формуле:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 msgid "" "When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " "as:" msgstr "" +"Когда новые товары попадают в состав, новые средние расходы перечисляются " +"как:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 msgid "" "When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Когда товары выходят из состава: средняя стоимость ** НЕ ** меняется" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" @@ -3608,6 +9934,10 @@ msgid "" "the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " "products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." msgstr "" +"Цена приобретения оценивается при получении товаров (возможно, вы еще не " +"получили счет поставщика) и переоценили на получение счета поставщика. Цена " +"приобретения включает стоимость, которую вы платите за товары, но может " +"также включать дополнительные расходы, например размер расходов." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" @@ -3619,14 +9949,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Операция" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "значение дельты" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3634,7 +9964,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Величина запасов" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3642,7 +9972,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Количество в наличии" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3650,7 +9980,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средняя стоимость" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 @@ -3661,60 +9991,60 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$0" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 msgid "0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 8 товаров на 10 долларов" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить 4 товары на 16 долларов" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "$144" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$144" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 @@ -3736,16 +10066,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставить 10 товаров" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -3753,7 +10083,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "$24" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 @@ -3769,6 +10099,9 @@ msgid "" " inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " "logically the purchase price." msgstr "" +"Сначала среднюю стоимость установлена на 0, так что на складе нет товара. " +"Когда осуществляется первый прием, средняя стоимость логично становится " +"закупочной цене." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -3776,6 +10109,9 @@ msgid "" "inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " "the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." msgstr "" +"На второй приема средняя стоимость обновляется, поскольку общая стоимость " +"инвентаризации сейчас становить`` $ 80 + 4 * $ 16 = $ 144``. Поскольку у нас" +" 12 единиц в наличии, средняя цена за единицу составляет `$ 144/12 = $ 12``." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -3783,10 +10119,13 @@ msgid "" " Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" " each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." msgstr "" +"По определению, доставка 10 товаров не меняет среднюю стоимость. " +"Действительно, стоимость инвентаризации сейчас составляет 24 доллара, потому" +" что у нас осталось всего 2 единицы, оставшиеся от каждых `$ 24/2 = $ 12``." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Случай возвращения покупки" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -3794,24 +10133,29 @@ msgid "" " value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " "of these products!)." msgstr "" +"Если товар возвращается поставщику после получения, стоимость инвентаризации" +" уменьшается с использованием средних формул расходов (не по начальной цене " +"этих товаров!)." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" msgstr "" +"Это означает, что приведенная выше таблица будет обновлена следующим " +"образом:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возвращение 1 товара, купленного сначала за $ 10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 @@ -3819,11 +10163,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пояснение: встречный пример" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -3831,6 +10175,9 @@ msgid "" "the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," " you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." msgstr "" +"Запомните определения ** Средняя цена **, отметив, что мы не обновляем " +"среднюю стоимость товара, залишаесклад. Если вы нарушите это правило, вы " +"можете привести к несоответствию на вашем складе." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -3838,51 +10185,58 @@ msgid "" "customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " "purchased it). Here is the operation:" msgstr "" +"В качестве примера, вот сценарий, когда вы доставляете один товар клиенту и " +"поворачиваете другой поставщику (по цене, которую вы купили). Вот операция:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отправка клиенту 1 товара" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$2**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**0**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 msgid "" "As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " "of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." msgstr "" +"Как вы можете видеть в этом примере, это не правильно: складская оценка 2 " +"долларов за 0 единиц на складе." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 msgid "" "The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " "cost:" msgstr "" +"Правильным сценарием должно быть возвращение товара по текущей средней цене:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$0**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 msgid "" "On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " "correct inventory value at all times." msgstr "" +"С другой стороны, использование средней цены для значения возврата " +"гарантирует правильную складскую оценку в любое время." #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Концепция в англо-саксонском режиме" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -3899,14 +10253,17 @@ msgid "" "price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" " price:" msgstr "" +"Возвращаясь к нашему примеру, мы видим, что когда прибыль оценивается по " +"средней цене, сумма, забронирована на счету входящего состава, является " +"начальной ценой покупки:" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "stock input" -msgstr "" +msgstr "получение товара" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "price diff" -msgstr "" +msgstr "разница цен" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" @@ -3914,7 +10271,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить счет поставщика на $ 80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" @@ -3922,23 +10279,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получить счет поставщика на $ 64" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$10**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**$12**" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возмещение поставщика на $ 10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$2" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -3948,16 +10305,28 @@ msgid "" " located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " "average cost and the original purchase price." msgstr "" +"Это происходит потому, что возмещение поставщика будет осуществляться с " +"помощью первой цены закупки, поэтому для того, чтобы снизить эффект от " +"возвращения во входной продукции последней операции, мы должны снова " +"использовать первоочередное цену. Скидка цены, расположена в категории " +"товара, используется для бронирования разницы между средней ценой и " +"начальной ценой закупки." + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Учет курсовых разниц при оплате" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 msgid "" "Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " "in a different currency." msgstr "" +"Любая компания, осуществляющая международную торговлю, имеет дело, когда " +"платежи осуществляются в другой валюте." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3968,19 +10337,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." msgstr "" +"В модуле бухгалтерского учета перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` и отметьте пункт ** Разрешить мультивалютность ** нажмите ** " +"Применить **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" +"Настройте курсы валют в :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. " +"Запишите курс и убедитесь, что валюта является активной." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -3993,11 +10367,13 @@ msgid "" "You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " "Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." msgstr "" +"Вы можете автоматически получать курсы валют из Нацбанка. Пожалуйста, " +"прочитайте документацию::: doc: `how_it_works`." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте свой журнал" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4005,6 +10381,9 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " "Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать платежи в других валютах, нужно ** удалить валютном " +"ограничения ** в журнале. Перейдите к модулю бухучета, нажмите кнопку ** " +"Более ** в журнале и ** Настройка **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -4023,11 +10402,14 @@ msgid "" "Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" " currency. Then click on **confirm**." msgstr "" +"В модуле ** Бухучет ** перейдите к :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и укажите, что это было сделано в иностранной валюте." +" Нажмите ** подтвердить **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запись журнала, размещенный, но не выделен." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 @@ -4035,10 +10417,12 @@ msgid "" "Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " "click on **Add** to allocate the payment." msgstr "" +"Вернитесь к своему счета-фактуры ( :menuselection:`Sales --> Customer " +"Invoices`) и нажмите ** Добавить **, чтобы распределить платеж." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите банковскую выписку в другой валюте" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -4047,6 +10431,10 @@ msgid "" "currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " "in which it was paid." msgstr "" +"Создайте или импортировать банковскую выписку вашей платежки. ** Сумма ** в " +"валюте компании. Существует два взаимодополняемые поля, ** валюта суммы **, " +"которая фактически уплаченной суммой и ** валюта **, в которой она была " +"выплачена." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -4054,10 +10442,13 @@ msgid "" "**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" +"Присоединив это, Odoo непосредственно согласовывает платеж с правильным ** " +"счету-фактуре **. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " +"валюте вашей компании." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте разницу курса" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4065,25 +10456,29 @@ msgid "" "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` и найдите ** Журнал" +" курсовых разниц **. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" "The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." msgstr "" +"Журнал курсовых разниц может быть изменен в ваших настройках бухучета." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 @@ -4094,22 +10489,29 @@ msgid "" "bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " "activities." msgstr "" +"Выбор мультивалютности в Odoo позволит вам отправлять счета-фактуры, " +"коммерческие предложения и заказы на покупку или получать счета и платежи в " +"других валютах. С помощью мультивалютности вы также можете настроить " +"банковские счета в других валютах и создавать отчеты о своей деятельности в " +"иностранной валюте." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" +"В модуле бухучета перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` и " +"отметьте ** Разрешить мультивалютность ** нажмите кнопку ** Применить **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Журнал курсовых разниц" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4118,14 +10520,18 @@ msgid "" "month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " "The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." msgstr "" +"** Журнал курсовых разниц ** записывает различия между регистрацией платежа " +"и ожидаемой суммой. Например, если оплата уплачивается через 1 месяц после " +"выставления счета-фактуры, курсовая разница, вероятно, изменится. Флуктуация" +" означает некоторые потери или прибыль, которые зафиксированы в Odoo." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете изменить ее в настройках:" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Смотрите или измените курс" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -4133,20 +10539,25 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " "to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." msgstr "" +"Вы можете вручную настроить курсы валют в :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Currencies`. Откройте валюту, которую хотите использовать в Odoo, и измените" +" ее. Убедитесь, что валюта активна." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите ** Посмотреть курс ** для редактирования и просмотра истории:" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" " **Save** when you are done." msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** Создать **, чтобы добавить курс. Введите дату и курс. " +"Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить ** после завершения." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Текущий Курс Валюты" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -4156,6 +10567,9 @@ msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " "Rate** section." msgstr "" +"Валюты по умолчанию нужно обновить вручную. Но вы можете синхронизировать их" +" с Нацбанком. В разделе :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " +"перейдите к разделу ** Курс валют **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -4164,124 +10578,151 @@ msgid "" " are set !" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обновляются только ** активные ** валюты." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте ваш план счетов" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " "for this account to have the account currency." msgstr "" +"В бухгалтерском приложении обратитесь к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts " +"of Accounts`. На каждом счете можно установить валюту. Это запустит все шаги" +" для этого счета, чтобы иметь валюту счета." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "" +"Если вы оставите это пустым, это означает, что он может обрабатывать все " +"валюты, которые являются активными." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте ваши журналы" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать платежи в других валютах, нужно удалить валютном " +"ограничения в журнале. Перейдите к модулю бухучет, нажмите кнопку ** Более " +"** в журнале и ** Настройка **." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" " will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "" +"Проверьте, поле валюты пустое, или в иностранной валюте, в которой вы " +"регистрируете платежи. Если валюта заполнена, это означает, что вы можете " +"зарегистрировать платежи только в этой валюте." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Как действует мультивалютность в Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "" +"Теперь, когда вы работаете в мультивалютной среде, все подотчетные элементы " +"будут связаны с валютой, внутренней или иностранной." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на продажу и счета-фактуры" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете установить другую валюту в компании, которая принадлежит к " +"заказам на продажу и ваших счетов-фактур. Валюта устанавливается для всего " +"документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " "purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " "document." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете установить другую валюту в компании, которая имеет свои " +"заказы на покупку и счета поставщиков. Валюта устанавливается для всего " +"документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплата реестров" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " "currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "" +"При создании или импорте банковских выписок сумма находится в валюте " +"компании. Но сейчас существует два дополнительных поля: фактически " +"уплаченная сумма и валюта, в которой она была оплачена." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" +"Присоединив это, Odoo непосредственно согласовывает платеж с правильным " +"счету-фактуре. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " +"валюте вашей компании." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` и ищите записи " +"журнала курсовых разницы в журнале. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 @@ -4290,6 +10731,9 @@ msgid "" "entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " "life." msgstr "" +"Odoo предоставляет мультивалютную поддержку с автоматической коррекцией " +"валютных расходов или доходов. Есть несколько вещей, которые Odoo имеет, " +"чтобы облегчить жизнь пользователя." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4298,6 +10742,10 @@ msgid "" "currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " "force a specific currency." msgstr "" +"Все операции со счетом будут осуществляться с помощью валюты компании. Тем " +"не менее, вы можете увидеть два дополнительных поля с записью журнала, где " +"будет отображаться дополнительная валюта и сумма. Вы можете создавать " +"мультивалютные журналы конкретной валюты." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4308,13 +10756,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 msgid "" "For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать об активации мультивалютности, пожалуйста, прочитайте " +"документ:: doc: `how_it_works`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -4325,19 +10775,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мультивалютные счета-фактуры и счета поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счета" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "мультивалютные платежи" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -4345,6 +10791,9 @@ msgid "" "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." msgstr "" +"В приложении бухучета перейдите к :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и укажите, что это было сделано в иностранной валюте." +" Затем нажмите кнопку ** Подтвердить **." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" @@ -4356,6 +10805,9 @@ msgid "" "invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "" +"Присоединив это, Odoo непосредственно согласовывает платеж с правильным " +"счету-фактуре. Вы получите цену счета-фактуры в валюте счета и сумму в " +"валюте вашей компании." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -4363,1382 +10815,630 @@ msgid "" "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` и найдите ** Журнал" +" курсовых разниц **. В нем фиксируются все курсовые разницы." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 9 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet for a specific country)" -" to suit your needs is now easier than ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:13 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:22 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:28 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:30 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the name is filled, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:39 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:41 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:43 -msgid "Based on date ranges (eg Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:45 -msgid "Based on a single date (eg Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months (eg." -" Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:50 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (eg Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:54 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:67 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:76 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:83 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:85 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ price excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, price included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with price excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate price " -"included or price excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal " -"position on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at " -"every sale of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " -"and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " -"Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 -msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Журнал Банка" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Журнал Налога на Наличной Основе " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" -" needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to calculate the sales tax for every" -" address in the United States and keeps track of which product types are " -"exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " -"calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " -"jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " -"TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " -"rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " -"created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 -msgid "" -"For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " -"*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" -" zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " -"*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " -"*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " -"the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " -"tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Add a product with a default sales tax. Odoo will automatically send a " -"request to TaxCloud, get the correct tax percentage based on the customer " -"location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " -"rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" -" it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 -msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 -msgid "" -"You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " -"API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " -"detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "начните" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "План счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Собственные средства" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Доход" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Расход" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Отчёт" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Категория" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Типы счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Банк и наличность" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Авансовые платежи" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Основные Активы " + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Кредиторская задолженность" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Кредитная карта" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Текущие Обязательства" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Долгосрочные Обязательства" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Прибыль Текущего Года" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Другие доходы" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Амортизация" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Себестоимость Дохода" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Другое" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Метки" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "Группы счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Разрешить сверку" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Устаревшие" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "данные компании" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Банковский счёт" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "макет счета" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Метод оплаты" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Образец счета-фактуры" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основные понятия" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Бухгалетрия в Odoo" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 msgid "" "This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " "transactions." msgstr "" +"Эта страница заключает, как Odoo делает ставку на типичные счета и " +"транзакции." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Двухуровневая бухгалтерская система" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -5746,29 +11446,38 @@ msgid "" "each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " "order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." msgstr "" +"Odoo автоматически создает все записи журнала по каждой из ваших " +"бухгалтерских транзакций: счета клиентов, заказы на продажу, расходы, " +"движение запаса и тому подобное." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "" +"Odoo использует правила двухуровневой бухгалтерской системы: все записи " +"журнала автоматически сбалансированы (сумма дебету = сумма кредитов)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Начисление и методика начисления средств" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 msgid "" -"Odoo support both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " +"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." msgstr "" +"Odoo поддерживает как начисления, так и кассовые отчеты. Это позволяет " +"отчитываться о доходах / расходах на время осуществления транзакций " +"(например, на основе принципа начисления) или когда осуществляется либо " +"получается оплата (например, на основе кассового метода)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" @@ -5776,19 +11485,24 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" -"Odoo allows to manage several companies within the same database. Each " +"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет управлять несколькими компаниями в пределах одной базы " +"данных. Каждая компания имеет собственный план счетов и правил. Вы можете " +"получать сводные отчеты в соответствии с правилами консолидации." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" "Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." msgstr "" +"Пользователи могут получить доступ к нескольким компаний, но всегда работать" +" в одной компании за раз." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "мультивалютность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5802,19 +11516,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" "Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Валютные курсы обновляются один раз в день с помощью веб-сервиса НБУ." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "международные стандарты" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo accounting support more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implement accounting standards that is common to all countries and specific " -"modules exists per country for the specificities of the country like the " +"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " +"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " +"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" +"Бухучет Odoo поддерживает более 50 стран. Основной бухгалтерский учет Odoo " +"реализует стандарты бухгалтерского учета, которые являются общими для всех " +"стран. Специфические модули существуют для каждой страны по специфике " +"страны, например план счетов, налогов или банковских интерфейсов." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" @@ -5823,85 +11541,95 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" "Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where cost of good " +"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Европейский учет, где расходы учитываются на счете поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo также модули, соответствующие правилам МСФО." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " "per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Odoo использует единый аккаунт для всех записей дебиторской " +"задолженности и один для всех записей, подлежащих оплате. Вы можете " +"создавать отдельные учетные записи для клиентов / поставщиков, но вам это не" +" нужно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "" +"Поскольку транзакции связаны с клиентами или поставщиками, вы получаете " +"отчеты для проведения анализа на одного клиента / поставщика, такие как " +"выписки клиента, доходы на одного клиента, старые дебиторскую / кредиторскую" +" задолженность ..." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 +msgid "Wide range of financial reports" +msgstr "Широкий спектр финансовых отчетов" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете создавать финансовые отчеты в режиме реального времени. " +"Отчеты Odoo варьируются от основных отчетов бухгалтерского учета к " +"расширенным управленческих отчетов. Отчеты Odoo включают в себя:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" +"Отчеты об эффективности (например, "Прибыль и убытки", " +""Стоимость бюджета")" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наличные отчеты (например, балансовый отчет)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" +"Подробные отчеты (например, Судебный баланс и Общая бухгалтерская книга)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "" +"Процесс отчетов Odoo позволяет настроить собственный отчет на основе " +"собственных формул." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 +msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" +msgstr "Автоматический импорт банковских комиссий" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -5910,126 +11638,73 @@ msgid "" "have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " "banking or wait for your paper bank statements." msgstr "" +"Согласование банковской выписки - это процесс, который соответствует строкам" +" банковских выписок, предоставленных банком, для ваших бухгалтерских " +"операций в главной книге. Odoo делает упрощения согласования банковской " +"выписки, часто их импортируя из вашего банка непосредственно на ваш счет " +"Odoo. Это означает, что вы можете иметь ежедневный обзор своего денежного " +"потока без необходимости входить в онлайн-банкинг или ждать банковские " +"выписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " "you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " "ledger transactions." msgstr "" +"Odoo ускоряет согласование банковских выписок, подбирая большинство " +"импортируемых выписок с вашими бухгалтерских транзакций. Odoo также помнит, " +"как вы обрабатывали другие банковские выписки и оказывали предложены " +"транзакции в главную бухгалтерскую книгу." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 +msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" +msgstr "Исчисление налога для налоговой" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "Calculates the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "" +"Odoo подсчитывает все ваши учетные операции за налоговый период и использует" +" эти итоги для расчета вашего налогового обязательства. Затем вы можете " +"проверить свой налог с продаж, запустив налоговый отчет Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Оценка запасов" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" -"Retained earnings is the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" "end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 millions of happy users." -msgstr "" +"Сохранен прибыль - это часть дохода, сохраняется вашим бизнесом. Odoo " +"автоматически вычисляет ваш текущий доход в реальном времени, поэтому " +"обязательно журнал отчетного периода или опрокидывания. Это исчисляется " +"путем автоматического отчетности о балансе прибыли и убытка в отчете о " +"балансе." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" @@ -6040,12 +11715,16 @@ msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " "over a specific period (usually the current year)." msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** Прибыли и убытки ** (P & L) показывает эффективность компании" +" за определенный период (обычно текущий год)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:16 msgid "" "The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " "sold." msgstr "" +"** Валовая прибыль ** равна доходам от продаж за вычетом затрат на проданные" +" товары." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6053,12 +11732,18 @@ msgid "" " as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " "beyond the costs of products sold." msgstr "" +"** Операционные расходы ** (ОPEX) включают административные, продажные и " +"разработки, а также арендную плату и коммунальные услуги, различные расходы," +" страхование ... нечто большее, чем расходы на проданные товары." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:27 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " "date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" msgstr "" +"** Отчет баланса ** представляет собой снимок финансов компании на " +"определенную дату (в отличие от прибыли и расходов, который является " +"анализом течение периода)" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6066,28 +11751,40 @@ msgid "" "includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " "cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." msgstr "" +"** Активы ** - это активы компании, вещи, которыми она обладает. Основные " +"средства включают здания и офисы, текущие активы включают банковские счета и" +" наличные. Клиент, имеющий деньги, является активом. Работник не является " +"активом." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:38 msgid "" "**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " "to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." msgstr "" +"** Обязательства ** - обязательства по прошлыми событиями, которые компании " +"придется платить в будущем (счета за коммунальные услуги, долги, " +"неуплаченные поставщики)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:43 msgid "" "**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" " shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." msgstr "" +"** Собственный капитал ** - сумма средств, предоставленных собственниками " +"(учредителями или акционерами) плюс ранее сохраненный прибыль (или убытки)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:48 msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." msgstr "" +"Ежегодный чистая прибыль (или убытки) отображается как сохранен прибыль." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:54 msgid "" "What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " "(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." msgstr "" +"То, что принадлежит (актив), было профинансировано за счет долгов для " +"возмещения (обязательства) или капитала (прибыль, капитал)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -6095,14 +11792,14 @@ msgid "" " (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " "having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." msgstr "" +"Разница между приобретением активов (например, здания) и расходами " +"(например, топливом). Активы имеют внутреннюю стоимость во времени по " +"сравнению с затратами, которые имеют значение в них, потребляемых для того, " +"чтобы компания "работала"." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:64 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы = обязательства + собственный капитал" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -6111,14 +11808,20 @@ msgid "" " an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " "an other account (debit)." msgstr "" +"** План счетов ** перечисляет все счета, независимо от того, являются ли они" +" отчетом баланса счетов или учетом доходов и расходов. Каждая финансовая " +"операция (например, платеж, счет-фактура) влияет на счета путем перемещения " +"стоимости с одной учета (кредита) на другой (дебет)." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:76 msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Записи журнала" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6126,6 +11829,9 @@ msgid "" "a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " "impacting several accounts." msgstr "" +"Каждый финансовый документ компании (например, счет-фактура, банковская " +"выписка, платеж, контракт на увеличение капитала) записывается как запись в " +"журнале, что влияет на несколько счетов." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -6135,28 +11841,28 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "примеры бухгалтерских записей для различных транзакций. пример:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример 1: Счет:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "пояснение:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы получаете доход в размере 1000 долларов США" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:102 msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы должны уплатить налог в размере 90 долларов США" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказчик $ 1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 @@ -6165,52 +11871,55 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доход: определяется на товаре или категории товара" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:108 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность: определенная клиентом" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налог: определяется налогом, установленным на строке счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" +"Схема налогообложения, использованная в счете-фактуре, может иметь правило, " +"заменяет учет доходов или налог, определенный на товаре другим." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:115 msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример 2: Оплата клиента:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ваш клиент должен $ 1,090 меньше" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:120 msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы получаете $ 1,090 на ваш банковский счет" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банковский счет: определены в соответствующем банковском журнале" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:26 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сверка" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 msgid "" "Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " "account, matching credits and debits." msgstr "" +"Согласование - это процесс объединения элементов журнала конкретного счета, " +"соответствующих кредитов и дебетовые." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -6218,91 +11927,71 @@ msgid "" "to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " "done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." msgstr "" +"Его основная цель заключается в том, чтобы связать платежи с " +"соответствующими счетами-фактурами для того, чтобы отметить счета-фактуры, " +"которые выплачиваются, и очистить выписку клиента. Это делается путем " +"согласования на счета * Дебиторская задолженность *." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:139 msgid "" "An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " "reconciled with the related payment journal items." msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура обозначается как оплаченный, когда его журналы счетов " +"дебиторской задолженности согласуются со связанными элементами журнала " +"платежей." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:142 msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Система согласования выполняется автоматически, если:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплата регистрируется непосредственно на счете-фактуре" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 msgid "" "the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " "matching process" msgstr "" +"связи между платежами и счетами-фактурами проявляются в процессе " +"согласования банков" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример выписки клиента" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "дебиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебет" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:156 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредит" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "счет 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" @@ -6310,20 +11999,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "70" -msgstr "" +msgstr "70" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "счет 2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "65" -msgstr "" +msgstr "65" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "платеж 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" @@ -6331,20 +12020,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "платеж 2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "счет 3" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 msgid "50" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:172 msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Всего к оплате" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -6352,10 +12041,13 @@ msgid "" "your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " "from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" msgstr "" +"Согласование банковских выписок - это согласование банковских выписок " +"(предоставленных вашим банком) с внутренней операцией (платежи поставщикам " +"или клиентам). Для каждой строки в банковской выписке это может быть:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "что соответствует ранее записанному платежа:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -6365,7 +12057,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "записано как новый платеж:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -6373,6 +12065,9 @@ msgid "" "<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " "bank statement" msgstr "" +"запись журнала платежа создается и: ref: `reconciled " +"<accounting/reconciliation> `С соответствующим счетом-фактурой при обработке" +" банковской выписки" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" @@ -6380,7 +12075,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "банковский перевод, прямой платеж и тому подобное." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -6389,22 +12084,27 @@ msgid "" " the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " "balance." msgstr "" +"Система Odoo должна автоматически согласовать большинство транзакций, только" +" некоторые из них требуют пересмотра вручную. После завершения процесса " +"согласования банковских выписок остаток на банковском счете в Odoo должен " +"соответствовать баланса банковской выписки." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:201 msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "проверки обработки" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" msgstr "" +"Есть два подхода для управления чеками и внутренним банковским переводом:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Две записи журнала и согласования" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:206 msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Одна запись журнала и банковское согласования" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -6415,58 +12115,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счёт" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебиторская задолженность" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "счет ABC" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "незарегистрированные средства" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" +msgstr "чек 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банк" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -6474,170 +12160,25 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" " journal entry." msgstr "" +"Запись журнала создается путем регистрации платежа в счете-фактуре. При " +"согласовании выписки из банка строки отчета связанного с существующим " +"журналом." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Банковская выписка" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Accounting Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A journal is like a folder in which you record all transactions of the same " -"type: all the statements of a bank account, all customer invoices, all " -"supplier bills. It's used to organize similar transactions together." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Payment terms describe how and when a customer invoice (or supplier bill) " -"should be paid over the time. Example: 30% direct payment, balance due in " -"two months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the process of matching transactions from your bank " -"records with existing journal items or creating new journal items on the " -"fly. It is a process of verification to ensure that your bank and your " -"records in Odoo say the same thing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Journal items reconciliation is the process of linking several journal items" -" together like an invoice and a payment. This allows you to mark invoices as" -" paid. It is also useful when comparing values of 'goods received not " -"invoiced' and 'goods shipped not billed' accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:33 -msgid "Deposit Ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Deposit tickets group several payment orders (usually checks) that are " -"deposited together at the bank at the same time. This allows an easy " -"reconciliation with the bank statement line if the line has one line per " -"deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:40 -msgid "Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:43 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is an accounting transaction, usually related to a financial" -" document: invoice, payment, receipt, etc. A journal entry always consists " -"of at least two lines, described here as journal items, which credit or " -"debit specific accounts. The sum of the credits of all journal items of a " -"journal entry must be equal to the sum of their debits for the entry to be " -"valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:50 -msgid "Journal Item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:53 -msgid "" -"A line of a journal entry, with a monetary debit or credit associated with a" -" specific account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:55 -msgid "Analytic Accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Sometimes called **Cost Accounts**, are accounts that are not part of the " -"chart of accounts and that allow you to track costs and revenues. Analytic " -"accounts are usually grouped by projects, departments, etc. for analysis of " -"a company's expenditures. Every journal item is posted in a regular account " -"in the chart of account and can be posted to an analytic account for the " -"purpose of reporting or analysis." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "Analytic Entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Costs or revenues posted to analytic accounts, usually related to journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:73 -msgid "" -"A receipt or other slip of paper issued by a store or other vendor " -"describing the details of a purchase (amount, date, department, etc.). Sales" -" receipt are usually used instead of invoices if the sale is paid in cash in" -" a store." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Property owned by the company, usually with a useful life greater than one " -"reporting period. Odoo Asset management is used to manage the depreciation /" -" amortization of the asset over the time. Typical examples would be capital " -"equipment, vehicles, and real estate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:84 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Are used to recognize revenues for sales of services that are provided over " -"a long period of time. If you sell a 3 year maintenance contract, you can " -"use the deferred revenue mechanism to recognize 1/36 of the revenue every " -"month until the contract expires, rather than taking it all initially or at " -"the end." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:93 -msgid "Fiscal Position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Define the taxes that should be applied for a specific customer/vendor or " -"invoice. Example: If some customers benefit from specific taxes (government," -" construction companies, EU companies that are VAT subjected,…), you can " -"assign a fiscal position to them and the right tax will be selected " -"according to the products they buy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "выписка XYZ" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "обзор процесса" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" -msgstr "" +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "От счета-фактуры клиента к сбору платежей" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6647,10 +12188,16 @@ msgid "" "multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " "efficiently and accurately." msgstr "" +"Odoo поддерживает несколько рабочих процессов с выставления счетов и оплаты," +" поэтому вы можете выбрать и использовать те, что подходит ли вам в бизнесе." +" Независимо от того, хотите ли вы принять единый платеж за один счет-фактуру" +" или обработать платеж, который охватывает несколько счетов-фактур, и " +"принимаете скидки на досрочные платежи, вы можете сделать это эффективно и " +"точно." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "От черновика счета к доходам и расходам" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -6661,6 +12208,12 @@ msgid "" "Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " "report." msgstr "" +"Если мы подберем конце типичного сценария "заказ на наличные", " +"после того как товар будет отправлен, вы: выдаете счет-фактуру; получаете " +"плату; депоновуете этот платеж в банке; убеждаетесь, что счет-фактура " +"заказчика закрыта; напоминаете, если клиенты опаздывают; и, наконец, " +"представляете свой доход в отчете о доходах и убытках и показываете " +"уменьшение активов в отчете о балансе." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6671,10 +12224,13 @@ msgid "" "fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " "supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +"Счет в большинстве стран создается, когда выполняется договорное " +"обязательство. Если вы доставляете коробку клиенту, вы выполнили условия " +"договора и можете оплатить их. Если поставщик присылает вам груз, он " +"отвечает условиям этого контракта и может оплатить счет. Поэтому условия " +"договора выполняются, когда коробка перемещается к грузовику или из нее. На " +"этом этапе, Odoo поддерживает создание так называемого черновика счета-" +"фактуры при получении товара." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6690,50 +12246,59 @@ msgid "" "It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" " and precise manner." msgstr "" +"Счет-фактуру нужно предоставить с правильной информацией для того, чтобы " +"клиент мог заплатить в заказе за поставленные товары и услуги. Он должен " +"также включать другую информацию, необходимую для своевременной и точной " +"оплаты счета-фактуры." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 msgid "Draft invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Черновик счетов-фактур" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" msgstr "" +"Система создает счет-фактуру сначала в состоянии черновика. Пока эти счета-" +"фактуры" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." msgstr "" +"остаются недействительными, они не оказывают влияния на бухучет в системе. " +"Ничто не препятствует пользователям создавать собственную черенетку счетов-" +"фактур." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создадим счет-фактуру клиента со следующей информацией:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказчик: Агролайт" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 msgid "Product: iMac" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Товар: iMac" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 msgid "Quantity: 1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Количество: 1" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 msgid "Unit Price: 100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цена единицы: 100" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Налоги: налог 15%" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Документ состоит из трех частей:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," @@ -6741,34 +12306,41 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," -msgstr "" +msgstr "основная часть счета-фактуры с подробными строками счетов-фактур," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "внизу страницы, подробная информация о налогах и итоговые данные." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Открытые счета или про-форма счетов-фактур" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 msgid "" -"An invoice will usually include the quantity and price the of goods and/or " +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." msgstr "" +"Счет, как правило, включает количество и цену товаров и / или услуг, дату, " +"любые вовлеченные стороны, уникальный номер счета и любую налоговую " +"информацию." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." msgstr "" +"Нажмите "Подтвердить" счет-фактуру, когда вы готовы принять его. " +"После этого счет-фактура переходит из Черновики к статусу Открыто." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." msgstr "" +"Когда вы подтвердили счет, Odoo придает ему уникальный номер определенной и " +"модифицированной последовательности." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6776,6 +12348,9 @@ msgid "" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " "entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." msgstr "" +"Бухгалтерские записи, соответствующие этому счету-фактуре, автоматически " +"генерируются, когда вы проверяете счет-фактуру. Вы можете просмотреть " +"детали, нажав на запись в поле журнала на вкладке Другая информация." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" @@ -6786,53 +12361,51 @@ msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." msgstr "" +"После проверки счета-фактуры можно непосредственно передать его клиенту с " +"помощью функции "Отправить по электронной почте"." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" msgstr "" +"Типичный запись журнала, созданный подтвержденного счета, будет выглядеть " +"следующим образом:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Партнер **" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Установленный срок **" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Агролайт" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "01/07/2015" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 msgid "115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "115" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 msgid "15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажи" +msgstr "15" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платеж" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -6841,15 +12414,20 @@ msgid "" "reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " "entered the payment." msgstr "" +"В Odoo счет-фактура считается оплаченным, когда связан бухгалтерская запись " +"был согласован с записями платежа. Если не было согласования, счет-фактура " +"будет оставаться в открытом состоянии, пока вы не внесете платеж." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" +"Типичный запись журнала, созданный с платежа, будет выглядеть следующим " +"образом:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получите частичную оплату через банковскую выписку" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -6857,16 +12435,21 @@ msgid "" "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " "your accounting localisation." msgstr "" +"Вы можете вручную вводить банковские выписки в Odoo, или вы можете " +"импортировать их из файла CSV или нескольких других предварительно " +"определенных форматов в соответствии с вашей учетной локализации." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." msgstr "" +"Создайте банковскую выписку из информационной панели учета с соответствующим" +" журналом и введите сумму 100 долларов США." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сверить" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" @@ -6884,16 +12467,21 @@ msgid "" "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" " them to pay this invoice. \"" msgstr "" +"После согласования элементов на листке, соответствующий счет теперь будет " +"отображать: "Вы имеете непогашенные платежи для этого клиента. Вы " +"можете согласовать их, чтобы оплатить этот счет-фактуру"." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." msgstr "" +"Примените платеж. Ниже вы можете увидеть, что платеж добавляется в счет-" +"фактуру." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "напоминание платежа" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -6901,6 +12489,9 @@ msgid "" "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" " faster." msgstr "" +"Тенденция растет, когда клиенты оплачивают счета все позже и позже. Поэтому " +"коллекторы должны приложить все усилия, чтобы собирать деньги и собирать их " +"быстрее." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -6911,6 +12502,13 @@ msgid "" "passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" " same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." msgstr "" +"Odoo поможет вам определить стратегию дальнейшей работы. Чтобы напомнить " +"клиентам об оплате невыплаченных счетов-фактур, можно определить различные " +"действия в зависимости от того, насколько сильно просрочено оплату. Эти " +"действия накладываются на следующие уровни, которые срабатывают, когда срок " +"действия счета-фактуры прошел определенное количество дней. Если есть другие" +" просроченные счета для одного и того же клиента, действие простого счета-" +"фактуры будет выполнено." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -6927,16 +12525,21 @@ msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." msgstr "" +"Отчет о старении клиента станет дополнительным ключевым инструментом для " +"коллектора для понимания проблем клиентов-кредиторов и определения " +"приоритетов их работы." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." msgstr "" +"Используйте отчет о старении, чтобы определить, какие клиенты являются " +"просроченными, и начать работу сбора платежей." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доходы и расходы" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -6945,15 +12548,18 @@ msgid "" "sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" " and Expenses.\"" msgstr "" +"Отчет о доходах и расходах отражает их данные. В конце концов, это дает вам " +"четкое представление о чистом доходе и расходах. Его иногда называют " +""Отчет о доходах" или "Отчет о доходах и расходах"." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "отчет баланса" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 msgid "" -"The balance sheet summarizes the your company's liabilities, assets and " -"equity at a specific moment in time." +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 @@ -6962,10 +12568,14 @@ msgid "" "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " "material has been shipped to the customer." msgstr "" +"Например, если вы управляете своим товаром с помощью непрерывного метода " +"оценки запасов, следует ожидать уменьшения значения на счета «Текущие " +"активы" после того, как товар был отправлен клиенту." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -msgid "From Vendor Bills to Payments" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 +msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" +msgstr "От счета поставщика к оплате" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6974,6 +12584,10 @@ msgid "" "depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " "aged payable balances." msgstr "" +"Когда реквизиты поставщика зарегистрированы в Odoo, вы можете легко " +"заплатить поставщикам правильную сумму и в нужное время (не поздно, не " +"слишком рано, в зависимости от вашей политики поставщиков). Odoo предлагает " +"отчеты для отслеживания вашей временной задолженности." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -6981,14 +12595,13 @@ msgid "" "the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " "them automatically based on past purchase orders." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите контролировать счета от поставщиков, вы можете " +"воспользоваться модулем Покупки в Odoo, который позволяет контролировать и " +"предварительно заполнять их на основе предварительных заказов на покупку." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите новый счет поставщика" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -6997,6 +12610,10 @@ msgid "" "As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " "dashboard." msgstr "" +"При получении счета поставщика вы можете записать его с " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` Как кратчайший путь, вы также " +"можете использовать функцию ** Новый счет ** на информационной панели " +"бухучета." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -7004,6 +12621,10 @@ msgid "" "their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " "lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать новый счет поставщика, сначала выберите поставщика и " +"введите свой счет-фактуру как ** Референс поставщика **, затем добавьте и " +"подтвердите строки товаров, убедившись в том, что они нужны товары, налоги и" +" цены." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7011,6 +12632,9 @@ msgid "" "screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " "without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." msgstr "" +"Сохраните счет-фактуру, чтобы обновить суммы предыдущего налогообложения и " +"налога в нижней части экрана. Вам, скорее всего, придется настроить цены на " +"ваши товары без налогов, поскольку Odoo будет исчислять налог для вас." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7022,10 +12646,17 @@ msgid "" "a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " "bottom left table to adjust and match." msgstr "" +"В нижнем левом углу Odoo показывает сводную таблицу всех налогов на счет " +"поставщика. В нескольких странах принимаются различные методы, чтобы обойти " +"итоговые данные (округление строки или глобальное округления). Метод " +"округления по умолчанию в Odoo - это округление конечных цен на строку (у " +"вас могут быть разные налоги на товар, например, алкоголь и сигареты). " +"Однако, если ваш поставщик другую сумму налога на своем счету, вы можете " +"изменить сумму в нижней левой таблицы, чтобы настроить и сопоставить сумму." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Подтвердите счет поставщика" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -7033,12 +12664,17 @@ msgid "" "on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" " on the the accounting package you choose to use." msgstr "" +"После подтверждения счета поставщика запись журнала будет сгенерирован на " +"основе настроек счета-фактуры. Эта запись журнала может отличаться в " +"зависимости от пакета бухгалтерского учета, который вы выбрали для " +"использования." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 msgid "" "For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" +"Для большинства европейских стран журнал будет использовать следующие счета:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 @@ -7048,7 +12684,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Налоги: ** определяются на товары и на строку" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" @@ -7059,26 +12695,33 @@ msgid "" "For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " "accounts:" msgstr "" +"Для англосаксонского бухучета (США) запись журнала использовать такие " +"учетные записи:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Присланные товары: ** определены в форме товара" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 msgid "" "You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " "validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." msgstr "" +"Вы можете проверить отчеты о доходах и расходах или баланс после проверки " +"нескольких счетов поставщиков, чтобы увидеть влияние на вашу общую " +"бухгалтерскую книгу." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оплатите счет" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 msgid "" "To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " "**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать платеж непосредственно на открытом счета поставщика, вы можете" +" нажать кнопку ** Зарегистрировать платеж ** в верхней части формы" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -7089,6 +12732,12 @@ msgid "" "will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " "correctly)." msgstr "" +"Оттуда вы выберете способ оплаты (например, проверка счета, кредитная " +"карточка, чек и т.п.) и сумму, которую вы платите. По умолчанию Odoo " +"предложит весь остаток на счете для оплаты. В поле заметки мы рекомендуем " +"установить номер счета-фактуры поставщика как референс (Odoo будет " +"автоматически заполнять это поле с поля счета поставщика, если он правильно " +"установлен)." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7097,10 +12746,13 @@ msgid "" "from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " "directly." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете зарегистрировать платеж поставщику напрямую, не применяя его" +" в счет поставщика. Для этого нажмите: `Покупки -> Платежи`. Тогда, со " +"счета поставщика вы сможете непосредственно согласовать этот платеж." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Напечатайте чеки поставщика" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -7115,12 +12767,16 @@ msgid "" "If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " "list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть чек для печати, панель приборов бухучета Odoo действует как " +"список дел и напоминает вам о том, сколько чеков вы оставили для печати." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 msgid "" "By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " "list of all payments that are ready to be processed." msgstr "" +"Выбрав количество чеков для печати, вы можете пойти прямо в список платежей," +" которые готовы к отделке." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -7129,10 +12785,19 @@ msgid "" "the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " "once." msgstr "" +"Выберите все чеки, которые вы хотите распечатать (используйте первый флажок," +" чтобы выбрать их все) и установите действие на ** Печать чеков **. Odoo " +"попросит вас установить следующий номер чека в последовательности, а затем " +"напечатать все чеки одновременно." + +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Отчетность" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчет расчетов с кредиторами" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -7150,342 +12815,22 @@ msgid "" "through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " "what you see on the screen." msgstr "" +"Отсюда вы можете кликнуть непосредственно на названии поставщиков, чтобы " +"открыть подробности всех непогашенных счетов и сумм, подлежащих оплате, или " +"вы можете записать любую строку для информации управления. В любой момент " +"времени, когда вы просматриваете отчет, вы можете напечатать непосредственно" +" в Excel или PDF и получить именно то, что вы видите на экране." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" #: ../../accounting/payables.rst:3 msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Misc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "учетные платежи" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 @@ -7495,16 +12840,23 @@ msgid "" "and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " "availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." msgstr "" +"Когда вы получаете сотни счетов поставщиков в месяц, каждый из них имеет " +"различные условия оплаты, может быть сложно придерживаться того, что вы " +"платите и когда. Слишком ранняя выплата вашим поставщикам может уменьшить " +"наличие средств, а слишком поздняя оплата может привести к дополнительным " +"расходам." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " "vendors efficiently." msgstr "" +"К счастью, Odoo предоставляет вам необходимые инструменты для эффективного " +"управления платежными поручениями поставщиков." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройки: условия оплаты" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7512,14 +12864,17 @@ msgid "" "Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " "on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" msgstr "" +"Для отслеживания условий поставщиков мы используем условия оплаты в Odoo. " +"Условия оплаты позволяют отслеживать условия для исчисления срока платежа по" +" счету-фактуре. Например, срок оплаты может быть:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50% в течение 30 дней" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50% в течение 45 дней" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7528,6 +12883,10 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать наиболее распространенные условия оплаты, воспользуйтесь меню:" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` в модуле **" +" Бухучет **. Следующий пример показывает срок платежа 30% непосредственно и " +"остаток через 30 дней." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7536,16 +12895,23 @@ msgid "" " form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " "propose you automatically the right payment term." msgstr "" +"Как только условия оплаты будут определены, вы можете назначить их своим " +"поставщикам по умолчанию. Введите поле "Условия платежа " +"поставщика" на вкладке формы поставщика в Бухучета. Таким образом, " +"каждый раз, когда вы покупаете что-то в этом поставщика, Odoo предложит вам " +"автоматически правильную платежную условие." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " "able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"Если вы не установили конкретное условие оплаты поставщику, вы все равно " +"сможете установить конкретное условие оплаты на счета поставщика." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Прогнозируемые счета для оплаты отчету расчетов с кредиторами" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -7555,11 +12921,18 @@ msgid "" "to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " "payment term)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отслеживать суммы, выплачиваемые поставщикам, воспользуйтесь отчетом " +"расчетов с кредиторами. Вы можете получить в меню Отчеты в программе " +"Бухучета. В этом отчете приведено краткое описание каждого поставщика суммы " +"уплачиваемых по сравнению со сроком исполнения (срок уплаты по каждому счету" +" срока оплаты)." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 msgid "" "This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." msgstr "" +"В этих отчетах сообщается, сколько вам придется платить в течение следующих " +"месяцев." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" @@ -7572,6 +12945,10 @@ msgid "" " that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " "payment)." msgstr "" +"Используя меню :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, вы можете " +"получить список счетов поставщика. Используя расширенные фильтры, вы можете " +"указать все счета, которые вы должны оплатить, или просроченные счета (вы " +"задерживаете платеж)." #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -7579,10 +12956,13 @@ msgid "" "to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " "\"Due Date\" feature." msgstr "" +"С этого экрана вы можете перейти к сводной таблицы или просмотра графика, " +"чтобы получать статистику о сумме в следующем месяце, с помощью группы " +"функции "Срок исполнения"." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Pay supplier bills" -msgstr "" +msgid "Vendor Payments" +msgstr "платежи поставщика" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" @@ -7595,11 +12975,15 @@ msgid "" "Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " "suppliers with actual bank statements." msgstr "" +"Как только вы решите заплатить счет поставщика, вы можете выбрать оплату " +"чеком. Затем, в конце дня, менеджер может печатать все чеки партией. " +"Наконец, процесс согласования банковской выписки будет соответствовать " +"чекам, которые вы прислали поставщикам с фактическими банковскими выписками." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:29 msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите нужный модуль" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7609,19 +12993,26 @@ msgid "" "country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " "print U.S. checks." msgstr "" +"Чтобы записать платежи поставщиков чеками, нужно установить модуль ** Запись" +" чеке **. Этот модуль обрабатывает процесс регистрации чеков в Odoo. Другие " +"модули необходимые для печати чеков, в зависимости от страны. Например, " +"модуль ** Печать чеков США ** нужен для печати чеков США." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "" +"По вашей страной и планом счетов, который вы используете, эти модули могут " +"быть установлены по умолчанию. (Пример: пользователям Соединенных Штатов не " +"нужно устанавливать, они настроены умолчанию)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активизируйте методы оплаты чеками" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -7629,128 +13020,96 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " "set **Check**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы позволить платежи чеками, необходимо активировать метод платежа в " +"связанных банковских журналах. На информационной панели бухучета (экран, " +"который вы получаете, когда вы вводите приложение бухучета), нажмите на свой" +" банковский счет :menuselection:`More --> Settings`. На поле ** Метод оплаты" +" ** установите ** Чек **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Совместимый прибор для печати чеков" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Соединённые Штаты Америки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "" +"** Quickbooks & Quicken **: чек сверху, корешок в середине и внизу" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" +msgstr "** Peachtree **: чек в середине, корешок сверху и снизу" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** ADP **: чек внизу, и заголовки сверху." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата поставщика чеку осуществляется в три этапа:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 +msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте платеж, который вы хотите сделать на счету" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "согласуйте банковские выписки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте платеж чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Supplier Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " "validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зарегистрировать платеж на счета, откройте любой счет поставщика в " +"меню :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. После подтверждения счета " +"поставщика вы можете зарегистрировать платеж. Установите ** Метод оплаты ** " +"на ** Чек ** и подтвердите диалоговое окно платежа." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "печать чеков" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " "checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "" +"На информационной панели учета на своем банковском счете следует заметить " +"ссылку "X чеков для печати". Нажмите на эту ссылку, и вы получите " +"список всех чеков, которые еще не опубликованы. С этого экрана вы можете " +"печатать все чеки партиями или просматривать их по очереди." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -7758,64 +13117,76 @@ msgid "" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "" +"После обработки банковской выписки, когда чек начисляется с вашего " +"банковского счета, Odoo предложит вам автоматически подогнать его к платежу." +" Это будет обозначать платеж как ** Согласованный **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." msgstr "" +"Вы можете зарегистрировать платеж, не связанный со счетом поставщика. Для " +"этого используйте главное меню :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и выберите способ оплаты чеком." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "" +"Если вы платите конкретный счет поставщика, поставьте ссылку на счет в поле " +"** Напоминание **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "" +"После того, как ваш платеж чеком зарегистрировано, не забудьте ** " +"Подтвердить ** его. После подтверждения вы можете использовать ** Печать " +"чека ** непосредственно или придерживаться предыдущего потока для печати " +"чеков в пакетном режиме:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 @@ -7824,14 +13195,18 @@ msgid "" "with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " "able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." msgstr "" +"Odoo обеспечивает простой и эффективный способ обработки нескольких счетов " +"одновременно, с различными быстрыми или сложными вариантами. С помощью " +"одного процесса, каждый сможет обрабатывать счета и оплату всего за " +"несколько кликов." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплатите несколько счетов за один платеж" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите несколько платежей" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7845,6 +13220,8 @@ msgid "" "To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " "the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать счет, откройте меню Информационной панели и нажмите ** Счет " +"поставщика **. В окне счета поставщика нажмите кнопку ** Создать **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -7852,10 +13229,13 @@ msgid "" "Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " "**Validate**." msgstr "" +"Выберите поставщика, у которого вы хотите приобрести товар, и нажмите " +"Добавить элемент, чтобы добавить один (или более) товаров. Нажмите ** " +"Сохранить **, а затем ** Проверить **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата счетов поставщика, один за другим" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7871,6 +13251,9 @@ msgid "" "also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " "expense transaction." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы подтвердили платеж, система автоматически согласовывает " +"платеж по счету и устанавливает счет как ** Оплаченный **. Система также " +"создаст переход из платежного счета и согласует его с транзакцией расходов." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" @@ -7882,6 +13265,9 @@ msgid "" "following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" " vendor.**" msgstr "" +"Чтобы тщательно проиллюстрировать процесс, создайте по крайней мере еще 2 " +"счета, которые следуют по приведенному выше примеру. ** Убедитесь, что все " +"счета поступили от одного поставщика. **" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -7889,6 +13275,9 @@ msgid "" " the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " "the page, click on **Register Payment**." msgstr "" +"В счетах поставщиков выберите новые счета, которые вы только создали, " +"установив флажок каждого из них. В меню Действие, расположенном в середине " +"страницы, нажмите ** Зарегистрировать платеж **." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7898,17 +13287,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Запишите платеж, согласуйте позже" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 msgid "" "You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " "recorded." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете согласовать платеж со счетами после того, как платеж будет " +"записано." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Во-первых, нам нужно создать платеж" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -7922,6 +13313,10 @@ msgid "" "and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " "the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." msgstr "" +"Создание платежного поручения с проверенным способом оплаты. Выбор " +"связанного продавца и суммы, которая остается оплачиваемой. После заполнения" +" всех деталей мы подтвердим платежное поручение, которое создаст платежную " +"транзакцию с системой." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -7935,72 +13330,78 @@ msgid "" "reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " "transaction amount." msgstr "" +"После получения банковской выписки из детализацией платежа вы можете " +"согласовать транзакцию с информационной панели. Он будет автоматически " +"отображать сумму транзакции." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" +msgstr "Частичные выплаты нескольких счетов поставщиков" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" +"Как оплатить несколько счетов поставщиков, имеющих наличные скидки " +"одновременно?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "" +"Мы создаем несколько счетов и частично оплачиваем их через банковские " +"выписки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "" +"Мы добавляем условия платежа, которые позволяют получить определенную " +"наличную скидку, когда поставщик предлагает нам скидку досрочного платежа." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы создаем следующие счеты с назначением указанного срока платежа." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы создали следующие счета:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "" +"Мы будем оплачивать счета, создав выписку в банке, где мы будем " +"корректировать наличную скидку, предоставленную нашим продавцом по условиям " +"оплаты." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "" +"Теперь мы возвращаемся к выписке с банковского счета и открываем согласован " +"просмотр." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплачивайте с SEPA" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8015,6 +13416,8 @@ msgid "" "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " "Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." msgstr "" +"SEPA поддерживается банками 28 стран-членов ЕС, а также Исландией, " +"Норвегией, Швейцарией, Андоррой, Монако и Сан-Марино." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -8024,6 +13427,11 @@ msgid "" "follows the SEPA Credit Transfer 'PAIN.001.001.03' specifications. This is a" " well-defined standard that makes consensus among banks." msgstr "" +"С Odoo, когда вы решите заплатить продавцу, вы можете выбрать оплату счета " +"через SEPA. Затем, в конце дня, менеджер может создать файл SEPA, содержащий" +" все банковские переводы и отправить его в банк. Файл отвечает спецификациям" +" SEPA Credit Transfer "PAIN.001.001.03". Это четко определенный " +"стандарт, который делает консенсус между банками." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -8032,6 +13440,10 @@ msgid "" "seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " "statements." msgstr "" +"Только платежи обрабатываются вашим банком, вы можете напрямую импортировать" +" выписку со счета в Odoo. Процесс согласования банковской выписки неизменно " +"отвечать заказу SEPA, которые вы прислали в ваш банк с фактическими " +"банковскими выписками." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -8039,18 +13451,21 @@ msgid "" "module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " "Odoo payments." msgstr "" +"Чтобы оплатить поставщикам SEPA, нужно установить модуль ** SEPA Credit " +"Transfer **. Этот модуль обрабатывает процесс создания файлов SEPA на основе" +" платежей Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активизируйте методы оплаты SEPA в банках" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -8058,211 +13473,760 @@ msgid "" "account and select the \"Settings\" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать SEPA, выберите вкладку ** Расширенные настройки ** и в " +"разделе ** Способы оплаты ** раздела ** Разное ** обозначьте ** Sepa Credit " +"Transfer **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " "statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " "company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию, платежи, которые вы отправляете с помощью SEPA, использовать " +"название компании как инициирующей часть названия. Это то, что отображается " +"в банковской выписке получателя в поле ** платеж с **. Вы можете настроить " +"его в настройках вашей компании на вкладке ** Настройка **, в разделе ** " +"SEPA **." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 +msgid "Register your payments" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте ваш платеж" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." msgstr "" +"Вы можете зарегистрировать платеж, не связанный со счетом поставщика. Для " +"этого используйте главное меню :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. " +"Зарегистрируйте платеж и выберите способ оплаты с помощью Sepa Credit " +"Transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "" +"Если вы платите конкретный счет поставщика, поставьте ссылку на счет в поле " +"** напоминание **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" " top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "" +"После того как ваш платеж зарегистрировано, не забудьте подтвердить его. Вы " +"также можете оплатить счета поставщика со счета непосредственно с помощью " +"кнопки Регистрация Платежа рядом со счетом продавца. Форма одинаковая, но " +"оплата непосредственно связана со счетом и будет автоматически согласована к" +" нему." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 +msgid "Generate SEPA files" +msgstr "Создание файлов SEPA" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "" +"С вашей панели приборов бухучета вы должны увидеть, существуют файлы SEPA " +"для создания каждого банковского счета." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " "to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " "Download SEPA Payments`." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на ссылку, чтобы проверить все платежи, которые готовы передать " +"через SEPA. Выберите все платежи, которые вы хотите отправить (или проверьте" +" верхнее окно, чтобы выбрать весь платеж одновременно) и нажмите кнопку " +":menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Решение проблем" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 +msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" +msgstr "Банк отказывается от моего файла SEPA" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " "error message to your Odoo partner." msgstr "" +"Попросите свой банк, если он поддерживает ** PAIN.001.001.03 Кредитные " +"переводы SEPA **. Если они не предоставляют или не могут предоставить " +"соответствующую информацию, отправьте сообщение об ошибке своему партнеру " +"Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" +"Есть банковского идентификационного кода, зарегистрированного для " +"банковского счета ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы отправить оплату SEPA, получатель должен быть " +"идентифицировать действительный IBAN и BIC. Если появится это сообщение, вы," +" вероятно, кодировали учет IBAN для партнера, которому вы платите, но забыли" +" заполнить поле BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" +msgstr ":doc:`check`" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Supplier Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "Линейный" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "Нисходящий" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "предпосылки" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Модели отложенных расходов" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 @@ -8270,6 +14234,8 @@ msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." msgstr "" +"Приложение ** Закупки ** позволяет управлять заказами на покупку, входящими " +"товарами и счетами поставщиков в одном месте." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8278,10 +14244,14 @@ msgid "" " and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " "management processes." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите настроить процесс контроля над счетами поставщика, первое, " +"что вам нужно сделать - это иметь данные о покупке в Odoo. Знание того, что " +"было приобретено и получено, является первым шагом к пониманию процессов " +"управления покупкой." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вот стандартный рабочий процесс в Odoo:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -8294,52 +14264,68 @@ msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." msgstr "" +"После того, как поставщик принял ЗНКП, подтвердите ЗНКП в ** Заявке на " +"покупку (ВНК) **." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." msgstr "" +"Подтверждение ВНК создает ** Входную отправку **, если вы приобрели любые " +"упакованные товары." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." msgstr "" +"Получив ** Счет поставщика **, подтвердите счет с помощью товаров, " +"полученных на предыдущем шаге, чтобы обеспечить точность." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." msgstr "" +"Этот процесс может выполняться тремя различными людьми внутри компании или " +"только одним лицом." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка приложений Покупки и Состава" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, Installing Purchase will " +"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." msgstr "" +"С модуля ** Приложения **, найдите модуль ** Покупки ** и установите его. " +"Через определенные зависимости, установление Покупки автоматически установит" +" модули ** Состав ** и ** Бухучет **." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "создание товаров" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase, and " +"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." msgstr "" +"Создание товаров в Odoo имеет важное значение для быстрой и эффективной " +"покупки в Odoo. Просто перейдите в подменю Товары в разделе Покупки и " +"нажмите Создать." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" +"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " +"since it is important:" msgstr "" +"При создании товара, обратите внимание на поле ** Тип **, поскольку это " +"важно:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8347,6 +14333,10 @@ msgid "" "track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " "will allow for receiving these kinds of products." msgstr "" +"Товары, которые устанавливаются как ** Сохраняются на складе или Расходные " +"**, позволят вам следить за уровнями их запаса. Эти параметры " +"предусматривают управление запасами и позволят получать такие виды " +"продукции." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -8355,24 +14345,31 @@ msgid "" "inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " "of these designations." msgstr "" +"И наоборот, товары, которые устанавливаются как ** Услуга или Цифровой товар" +" **, а не будут означать управления складом, просто из-за отсутствия состава" +" для управления. Вы не сможете получать товары под любым из этих " +"обозначений." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." +"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " +"product type to **Service**." msgstr "" +"Рекомендуется создать товар ** Разное ** для всех покупок, которые " +"происходят нечасто и не требуют оценки запасов или управления. Если вы " +"создаете такой товар, рекомендуется установить тип товара ** Услуга **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление счетами поставщика" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупка товаров или услуг" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -8381,91 +14378,130 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" +"Из программы покупки вы можете создавать заказ на покупку с таким " +"количеством товаров, которым вам нужно. Если поставщик присылает вам " +"подтверждение или коммерческое предложение для заказа, вы можете записать " +"номер ссылкой на заказ в поле ** Референс поставщика **. Это позволит вам " +"легко согласовать заказ со счетом поставщика позже (поскольку счет " +"поставщика, вероятно, будет включать ссылки поставщика)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" +"Подтвердите заказ на приобретение и получение товаров в приложении Состав." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "прием товара" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a Purchase Order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " +"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" +"Если вы приобрели любые товары, хранящиеся которыми вы управляете на складе," +" вам нужно будет получить товары из модуля Состав после подтверждения заказа" +" на покупку. На ** Панели приборов Состав ** вы увидите кнопку, " +"непосредственно посылает вас на перемещение товаров. Эта кнопка обозначена " +"красным цветом внизу:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " +"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." msgstr "" +"Навигация этого маршрута переведет вас в список всех заказов, которые " +"необходимо получить." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the Vendor " -"(Partner), the product, or the source document, also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order. You also have the capability to group the orders by " -"different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will" -" open the following screen where you then will receive the products." +" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " +"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " +"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" +" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " +"following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть много ожидаемых заказов, примените фильтр с помощью панели " +"поиска вверху справа. С помощью этой панели поиска можно фильтровать на " +"основе поставщика (партнера), товара или исходного документа (также " +"известного как референс вашего заказа на покупку). Вы также можете " +"группировать заказы по различным критериям в разделе ** Группировать по **. " +"Выбрав элемент из этого списка, откроется следующее окно, где вы получите " +"товары." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление счетами поставщиков" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" -"When you receive a Vendor Bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" +"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" +"Когда вы получаете счет поставщика на предыдущую покупку, убедитесь в этом " +"записи в модуле Покупки под ** Меню Контроля **. Вам необходимо создать " +"новый счет поставщика, даже если вы уже зарегистрировали заказ на покупку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a Vendor Bill is to select" -" the appropriate Vendor as this will also pull up any associated accounting " -"or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify any one or " -"multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you select a" -" Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced products " -"associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " +"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" +" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " +"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " +"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " +"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " +"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"Vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " +"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" +"Первое, что вам нужно будет сделать при создании счета поставщика - это " +"выбрать подходящего поставщика, поскольку это также позволит получить любую " +"связанную информацию по бухгалтерскому учету или прайс-листа. Оттуда вы " +"можете указать один или несколько заказов на покупку, чтобы заполнить счет " +"поставщика. Когда вы выбираете из списка Заказ на покупку, Odoo вытягивает " +"любые не выставлены в счете товары, связанные с этим Заказом, и " +"автоматически заполнит эту информацию ниже. Если вам трудно найти " +"соответствующий счет поставщика, вы можете осуществить поиск в списке, введя" +" справочный номер поставщика или внутренний номер заказа на поставку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." +"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " +"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " +"prices)." msgstr "" +"Пока счет-фактура находится в состоянии черновика, вы можете вносить любые " +"необходимые изменения (то есть удалять или добавлять строки товара, изменять" +" количество и изменять цены)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "" +"Поставщик находится в обратном порядке и направляет вам счета-фактуры, когда" +" они отправляют товары." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -8475,76 +14511,96 @@ msgid "" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" +"Что делать, если счет вашего поставщика не соответствует тому, что вы " +"получили" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " +"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" +" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" msgstr "" +"Если счет, который вы получаете от поставщика, содержит количество, не " +"соответствует количеству, автоматически заполненной Odoo, это может быть " +"связано с несколькими причинами:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" -"the vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered," +"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" +" have not ordered." msgstr "" +"Поставщик неправильно указывает товары и / или услуги, которые вы не " +"заказывали." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" -"the vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities," +"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," +" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "" +"Поставщик выставляет счета за товары, которые вы, возможно, еще не получили," +" поскольку контроль за счетами-фактурами может базироваться на заказных или " +"полученных количествах." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 +msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." +msgstr "Поставщик не выставлял вам счета за ранее приобретенные товары." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 -msgid "or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "" +"В этих случаях рекомендуется проверить, есть счет и любое связано заказ на " +"покупку с поставщиком правильным, и вы понимаете, что вы заказали и что вы " +"уже получили." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "" +"Если вы не можете найти заказ на покупку, связанное со счетом поставщика, " +"это может быть связано с одной из нескольких причин." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" -"the vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection," +"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" +" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." msgstr "" +"Поставщик уже выставлял счет за этот заказ на покупку; поэтому он не " +"появится в выборе." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" -"someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor," +"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" +"Кто-то в компании забыл записать заказ на покупку для этого поставщика." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 -msgid "or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 +msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." +msgstr "Поставщик взимает плату с вас за то, что вы не заказывали." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 +msgid "How product quantities are managed" +msgstr "Каким образом регулируется количество товара" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию услуги руководствуются на основе заказных количеств, а запасы и" +" расходные материалы управляются на основе полученных количеств." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -8553,607 +14609,895 @@ msgid "" "group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно управлять товарами на основе заказных количеств и полученными" +" количествами, вам нужно будет принадлежать к группе ** Менеджер покупки **." +" Попросите системного администратора включить этот доступ в " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Когда вы " +"принадлежать к правильному группы, выберите товар, который вы хотите " +"изменить, и вы увидите новое поле, которое будет отображаться под названием " +"** Контроль счетов закупки **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете изменить метод управления по умолчанию для выбранного товара" +" на основе:" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 +msgid "Ordered quantities" +msgstr "Заказанное кол-во" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "или полученные величины" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order.. If you have not deleted the" -" previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked " -"to all the appropriate purchase orders." +"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " +"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " +"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" +" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +msgstr "" +"Создавая счет поставщика и выбирая соответствующий заказ на покупку, вы " +"можете продолжать выбирать дополнительные заказы на покупку. Odoo придаст " +"дополнительные элементы строки из выбранных заказов на покупку. Если вы не " +"удалили предыдущие элементы с первого заказа на покупку, счет будет связан " +"со всеми вытекающими заказами на покупку." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Установление цены" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Квитанции покупки" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте квитанцию" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расчет с дебиторами" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счета заказчику" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Offer cash discounts" +msgstr "денежные скидки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are an incentive (usually a small percentage) that you offer " -"to customers in return for paying a bill owed before the scheduled due date." -" If used properly, cash discounts improve the Days Sales Outstanding aspect " -"of a business's cash conversion cycle." +"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" +" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " +"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" +" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " +"period." msgstr "" +"Денежные скидки - это стимулы, которые вы можете предложить клиентам, чтобы " +"мотивировать их платить в течение определенного времени. Например, вы " +"предоставляете скидку в размере 2%, если клиент платит вам в течение первых " +"5 дней с момента выставления счета-фактуры. Этот подход может значительно " +"улучшить ваш средний период сбора оплат." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 +msgid "Set up a cash discount" +msgstr "Установите денежную скидку" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" -"For example, a typical cash discount would be: you offer a 2% discount on an" -" invoice due in 30 days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days " -"of receiving the invoice." +"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" +" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " +"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " +"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить денежную скидку, перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` и нажмите кнопку * Создать " +"*. Добавьте тип условия Процент * с соответствующим значением (например, 98%" +" от общей цены за скидку 2%) и количество дней, в течение которых " +"предложение действительно. Можно также изменить срок баланса по умолчанию, " +"если нужно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 -msgid "Payment terms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In order to manage cash discounts, we will use the payment terms concept of " -"Odoo (From the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Management --> Payment terms --> Create`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's start with the above example: a 2% discount on an invoice due in 30 " -"days if the customer were to pay within the first 5 days." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "Start offering the cash discount" +msgstr "Начните предлагать денежную скидку" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"A typical payment term of 30 days would have only one installment: balance " -"in 30 days. But, in order to configure the cash discount, you can configure " -"the payment term with two installments:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 -msgid "98% within 5 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 -msgid "balance within 30 days" +"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " +"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" +" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " +"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " +"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете создать счет-фактуру клиента и выбрать добавлен срок оплаты" +" наличными. После проверки счета-фактуры, Odoo автоматически разделит часть " +"дебиторской задолженности записи журнала на две части, имеющие различные " +"сроки. Поскольку снижена цена уже рассчитана, ваши элементы контроля оплаты " +"будут упрощены." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 +msgid "Grant the cash discount" +msgstr "Предоставьте наличную скидку" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" -"To make it clear that it's not a payment term but a cash discount, don't " -"forget to set a clear description that will appear on the invoice: Invoice " -"is due within 30 days, but you can benefit from a 2% cash discount if you " -"pay within 5 days." +"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " +"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " +"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " +"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." msgstr "" +"Клиент выполнил условия оплаты и, таким образом, воспользуется денежной " +"скидкой. Когда вы обрабатываете выписку из банка, сравните платеж с записью " +"журнала. Выберите остаток денежной скидки и нажмите кнопку * Создать " +"списания *, чтобы согласовать ее." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 -msgid "Bank reconciliation model" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" -"In order to speed up the bank reconciliation process, we can create a model " -"of entry for all cash discounts. To do that, from the Accounting application" -" dashboard, click on the \"More\" link on the bank and choose the option " -"\"Reconciliation Models\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 -msgid "Create a new model for cash discounts as follow:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:55 -msgid "**Button Label**: Cash Discount" +"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " +"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " +"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " +"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " +"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" +" default." msgstr "" +"Можно также создать специальную модель согласования, чтобы облегчить " +"процесс. В этом случае следует добавить налог модели на основе налогов, " +"применяемых к вашим счетов-фактур. Это означает, что если вы обрабатываете " +"несколько ставок налогов, вам нужно создать несколько моделей согласования. " +"Заметьте, что в зависимости от вашей локализации, по умолчанию у вас уже " +"есть имеется модель скидок." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "**Account**: Cash Discount (according to your country)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 -msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" -msgstr "" +msgid "Register the full payment" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте полную оплату" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "**Amount**: 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 -msgid "discount if taxes have to be deduced" +msgid "" +"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " +"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " +"the payment with the two related journal entries." msgstr "" +"В этом случае клиент не уложился в срок оплаты и не может воспользоваться " +"денежной скидкой. Когда вы обрабатываете выписку из банка, сравните платеж с" +" двумя соответствующими записями журнала." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округление наличных денег" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"Even if it's a 2% cash discount, set a 100% amount on the reconciliation " -"model as it means 100% of the remaining balance (the 2%). You can use the " -"same reconciliation model for all your cash discount. No need to create a " -"model per payment term." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 -msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 msgid "" -"When you create a customer invoice, set the right payment term \"30 days, 2%" -" cash discount\" right after having selected the customer." +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split the account " -"receivable part of the journal entry with two installments having a " -"different due date: 98% within 5 days, 2% within 30 days." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 msgid "" -"If the customer pays with a cash discount, when processing the bank " -"statement, you will match the payment (98%) with the related line in the " -"journal entry." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 msgid "" -"As you can see in the above screenshot, when selecting the customer, you " -"also see the 2% remaining of 3$. If you want to accept the cash discount (if" -" the customer paid within the 5 days), you can click on this line with 2%, " -"click on \"Open Balance\", and select your \"Cash Discount\" reconciliation " -"model. That way, the invoice is marked as fully paid." +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"from now on, matching the remaining 2% has to be done manually. In the " -"future, we plan to automate the reconciliation of the 2% if the 98% are paid" -" on time." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 -msgid "Paying the invoice in full" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "примените округления" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"If the customer pays the invoice fully, without benefiting from the cash " -"discount, you will reconcile the payment (in full) with the two lines from " -"the invoice (98% and 2%). Just click on the two lines to match them with the" -" payment." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:125 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" +msgstr "Сторно и возмещения" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " +"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +msgstr "" +"** Сторно ** - это документ, выданный заказчику, который сообщает им, что им" +" было засчитано определенную сумму." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "Есть несколько причин, которые могут привести к сторно, такие как:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "ошибка в счете-фактуре" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "возврат товаров или отклонения услуг" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "доставлены товары повреждены" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " +"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " +"need to send money back to your customer." +msgstr "" +"Выдача сторно - это единственный законный способ отменить, вернуть или " +"изменить утвержден счет-фактуру. Не забудьте впоследствии * зарегистрировать" +" платеж * если вам нужно вернуть деньги клиенту." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 +msgid "Issue a Credit Note" +msgstr "создание сторно" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " +"Invoice’s form." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете создать сторно, перейдя в :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers" +" --> Credit Notes` и нажав * Стовриты *. Заполнение формы сторно работает " +"так же, как и форма счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"invoices they are related to." +msgstr "" +"Однако обычно сторно создаются непосредственно со счетов-фактур, с которыми " +"они связаны." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 +msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы сделать это, откройте * Счет клиента * и нажмите * Добавить сторно *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "Вы можете выбрать из трех опций:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 +msgid "Partial Refund" +msgstr "возвращение частями" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 +msgid "Full Refund" +msgstr "полный возврат" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "Полный возврат и новая черновик счета" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " +"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" +"Номера сторно начинаются с "R" и следуют по номеру документа, с " +"которым они связаны (например., RINV / 2019/0004)." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " +"information from the original invoice." +msgstr "" +"Odoo создает черновик сторно, которая уже полностью заполнена со всей " +"необходимой информацией из оригинального счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " +"modify any detail on the credit note." +msgstr "" +"Это опция для частичного возврата, или, если вы хотите изменить любую деталь" +" на сторно." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " +"*Paid*." +msgstr "" +"Эта функция доступна только для счетов, которые обозначены, как * Ополчения " +"*." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " +"original invoice with it." +msgstr "" +"Odoo создает сторно, автоматически подтверждает его, и согласовывает его с " +"оригинальным счету." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " +"invoice." +msgstr "Это опция для полного возврата или отмены подтвержденного счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " +"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " +"same details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" +"Odoo создает сторно, автоматически подтверждает его, согласовывает его с " +"оригинальным счету, и открывает новую черновик счета, предварительно " +"заполненную с теми же деталями и в оригинальном счета." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 +msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" +msgstr "Запись возвращения поставщика" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " +"credit notes:" +msgstr "" +"** Возвращение поставщика ** записываются так же, как вы должны делать со " +"сторны счетов:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " +"Credit Note*." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете создать сторно перейдя в :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors " +"--> Refund` и нажав * Создать * или открыв подтвержден * Счет поставщика * и" +" нажав * Добавить сторно *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " +"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" +"Создание сторно со счета создает ** обратная запись **, который онулюе " +"элементы журнала, созданные оригинальным счету." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" +msgstr "Вот пример записи журнала счета:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Модели доходов будущих периодов" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 -msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" -"In most accounting legislation over the word, it's not allowed to modify an " -"invoice that is validated and sent to the customer. However, you sometimes " -"need to change an invoice for different reasons: the sale has changed, the " -"made a mistake while recording the invoice, etc." +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 -msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 -msgid "Refund the original invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 -msgid "Create a new invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" -"Odoo's refund mechanism helps you handle the whole process in just a few " -"clicks." +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 -msgid "Modify an invoice" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" -"If your invoice is still in draft, you can modify it the way you want. " -"However, if your invoice is validated, you can not change it anymore. If you" -" need to modify it, the right operations to do are:" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:25 -msgid "Refund the original invoice;" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:26 -msgid "Reconcile the original invoice with the refund to void them;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:27 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice, a copy of the original;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 -msgid "Validate the new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" -"All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" -" Refund button on an invoice." +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" -"In the refund dialog, select the option \"Modify: create a refund, reconcile" -" and create a draft invoice\". Once you click on the \"Create Refund\" " -"button, Odoo will void your existing invoice and create a new draft invoice " -"that is a duplicate of the original one." +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 -msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" -"if you already sent the original invoice to your customer, you should send " -"the new invoice and the refund to the customer so that he gets all the " -"documents." +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор процесса выставления счетов" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9164,16 +15508,24 @@ msgid "" "validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " "email)." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего бизнеса и программы, которую вы используете, " +"существуют различные способы автоматизировать создание счетов-фактур в Odoo." +" Обычно проекты счетов-фактур создаются системой (с информацией, поступающей" +" из других документов, например по заказу на продажу или контрактов), и " +"бухгалтер должен просто проверить очередные счета-фактуры и отправлять счета" +" в пакетном режиме (обычной почтой или электронной почтой)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" msgstr "" +"В зависимости от вашего бизнеса, вы можете выбрать один из способов создания" +" очередных счетов:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на продажу ‣ Счет-фактура" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9187,22 +15539,28 @@ msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура вручную используйте кнопку в заказе на продажу, чтобы запустить" +" черновик счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" msgstr "" +"Счет перед доставкой: выписывайте полное заказ перед тем, как запустить " +"заказ на доставку" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет-фактура на основе заказа на доставку: смотрите следующий раздел" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" msgstr "" +"Счет-фактура перед доставкой обычно используется приложением eCommerce, " +"когда клиент платит по заказу, и мы доставляем его после этого. (Подписка)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -9211,90 +15569,140 @@ msgid "" "whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " "fixed advance." msgstr "" +"Для большинства других случаев использования рекомендуется вручную зачислять" +" счет. Это позволяет продавцу инициировать счет-фактуру по требованию с " +"помощью вариантов: счет-фактура на весь заказ, счет-фактура на процент " +"(аванс), счет-фактура на несколько строк, счет-фактура фиксированного " +"аванса." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " "you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" " actual Kg)." msgstr "" +"Розничная торговля и электронная коммерция, как правило, выставляют счет-" +"фактуру на основе заказов на доставку, а не заказ на продажу. Этот метод " +"подходит для предприятий, где количество, которое вы доставляете может " +"отличаться от заказанных количеств продукты питания (счет-фактура на основе " +"фактических кг)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " "later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." msgstr "" +"Таким образом, если вы доставляете частичное заказ, вы платите только то, " +"что вы действительно доставили. Если вы возвращаете заказ (частично " +"доставьте, а остальные позже), клиент получит два счета-фактуры, по одному " +"для каждого заказа на доставку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 -msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "Заказ в электронной коммерции ‣ Счет-фактура" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " "creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " "received." msgstr "" +"Заказ в электронной коммерции также приводит к созданию заказа на продажу, " +"когда оно полностью оплаченное. Если вы позволяете осуществлять заказ с " +"помощью чеков или банковских переводов, Odoo создает только заказ, а счет-" +"фактура будет активирован после получения платежа." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 -msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Договоры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "Обычные контракты ‣ Счета-фактуры" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 -msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" +"Если вы используете контракты, вы можете запускать счет-фактуру на основе " +"времени и потраченных материалов, расходов или фиксированных строк услуг / " +"товаров. Ежемесячно продавец запускает счет, исходя из действий на " +"контракте." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "Действия могут быть следующие:" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" +"фиксированные товары / услуги, поступающие от заказа продажи, связанного с " +"этим контрактом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "время и материалы на основе табеля или покупки (субподряд)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "" +"расходы, такие как путешествия и проживание, которые вы переводите клиенту" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " "time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " "use a regular sales order." msgstr "" +"Вы можете насчитать счет в конце контракта или запустить промежуточные " +"счета-фактуры. Такой подход используется компаниями-поставщиками услуг, " +"оказываемых счет-фактуру в основном по времени и материалом. Для услуг " +"компании, которые выставляют счета-фактуры за установленную цену, они " +"используют обычный заказ на продажу." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Повторяющиеся контракты ‣ Счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9302,247 +15710,735 @@ msgid "" "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" " the contract." msgstr "" +"Для подписок счет-фактура выставляется периодически и автоматически. Частота" +" выставления счетов и услуг / товаров, на которые выставлен счет, " +"определяются на контракте." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "" +"Пользователи также могут создавать счета-фактуры вручную, не используя " +"контракты или заказ на продажу. Это рекомендуемый подход, если вам не нужно " +"управлять процессом продажи (коммерческие предложения) или доставкой товаров" +" или услуг." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "если вам нужно создать возмещения" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "если вам нужно предоставить скидку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "если вам нужно изменить счет, созданный по заказу на продажу" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "специальные модули" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" +"Некоторые специальные модули также могут создавать проекты счетов-фактур:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** членство **: выставляйте счета своих членов ежегодно" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" +"** налаживания **: выставляйте счета на услуги послепродажного обслуживания" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" +msgstr "Использование условий оплаты" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" +msgid "" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 -msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Дата исполнения" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 msgid "" -"In Odoo, it's not possible to modify an invoice that has been validated and " -"sent to the customer. If a mistake was made on a validated invoice, the " -"legal way to handle that is to refund the invoice, reconcile it with the " -"original invoice to close them and create a new invoice." +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:10 -msgid "Modifying a validated invoice" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you need to modify an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Modify: create a refund, " -"reconcile, and create a new draft invoice\"." +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo will automatically:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 -msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 msgid "" -"Reconcile the refund invoice with the original invoice (marking both as " -"Paid)" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:23 -msgid "Create a new draft invoice you can modify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" -"Then, you can modify the draft invoice and validate it once it's correct." +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 -msgid "Cancelling an invoice" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you need to cancel an existing invoice, use the Refund Invoice button on " -"the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Cancel: create a refund " -"and reconcile\"." +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 msgid "" -"Nothing else needs to be done. You can send the refund by regular mail or " -"email to your customer, if you already sent the original invoice." +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:46 -msgid "Refunding part of an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 msgid "" -"If you need to refund an existing invoice partially, use the Refund Invoice " -"button on the invoice. In the refund method field, select \"Create a draft " -"refund\"." +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically create a draft refund. You may modify the refund " -"(example: remove the lines you do not want to refund) and validate it. Then," -" send the refund by regular mail or email to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Refunding an invoice is different from refunding a payment. Usually, a " -"refund invoice is sent before the customer has done a payment. If the " -"customer has already paid, they should be reimbursed by doing a customer " -"payment refund." +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" +msgstr "Платежи заказчиков" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Типы метода оплаты" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "Групповые платежи: Прямой дебет SEPA (SDD)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." +" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "создайте" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " +"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." +msgstr "" +"Мандат прямого дебета SEPA - это документ, который подписывают ваши клиенты " +"для авторизации вас для получения денег прямо с их банковских счетов." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "Закройте или отмените мандат" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "Получайте платежи с Групповыми платежами SDD" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "Создайте XML-файлы Прямого дебета SEPA, чтобы предоставить платежи" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать XML-файл для ожидаемых платежей SDD, перейдите на связанный * " +"банковский журнал * на вашей * панели приборов Бухучета * нажмите * Платежи " +"прямого дебета для получения *." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить все созданные XML-файлы SDD, перейдя в " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Академия Odoo: Мандаты прямого дебета SEPA (SDD) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs> `_" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 @@ -9550,6 +16446,9 @@ msgid "" "There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " "approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." msgstr "" +"Есть два способа обработки платежей, оплаченных чеками. Odoo поддерживает " +"оба подхода, чтобы вы могли использовать тот, который лучше соответствует " +"вашим привычкам." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -9558,6 +16457,10 @@ msgid "" "Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " "from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." msgstr "" +"** Незасчитанные средства: ** как только вы получите чек, вы причисляете " +"платеж чеком на счет-фактуру. (Используя журнал Чек и размещая на счету " +"незачтенные средства). После того, как чек поступит на ваш банковский счет, " +"переместите деньги с незасчитанных средств на свой банковский счет." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9567,6 +16470,11 @@ msgid "" "your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " "entry." msgstr "" +"** однократную запись журнала: ** после того, как вы получите чек, вы " +"заносите платеж в ваш банк, оплачивая чек, не проходя через ** незачтенные " +"средства **. Только вы обрабатываете выписку из банка, вы выполняете " +"согласования с помощью банковского канала и чекового платежа, не создавая " +"специального журнального записи." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -9574,6 +16482,9 @@ msgid "" "balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " "yet). Both approaches require the same effort." msgstr "" +"Мы рекомендуем первый подход, поскольку он является более точным (баланс " +"вашего банковского счета точный, учитывая чеки, которые еще не были " +"начислены). Оба подхода требуют одинаковых усилий." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -9586,19 +16497,21 @@ msgid "" "You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " "checks to your bank accounts in batch." msgstr "" +"Возможно, вы посмотрите на * Функцию депозитного билета * если вы внесете " +"несколько групповых проверок на свои банковские счета." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте журнал ** Чеки **" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" msgstr "" +"Установите ** Незасчитанные чеки ** как дебет счетного / дебетового счета" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -9608,13 +16521,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "От проверки платежей в банковских выписок" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 msgid "" "The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " "become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." msgstr "" +"Первый способ обрабатывать чеки - это создать чековый журнал. Таким образом," +" чек становится способом оплаты сам по себе, и вы будете записывать две " +"транзакции." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 @@ -9622,30 +16538,30 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " "**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" msgstr "" +"Получив проверку клиента, перейдите на соответствующий счет-фактуры и " +"нажмите ** Зарегистрировать платеж **. Заполните информацию о платеже:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 msgid "" "Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" " default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" msgstr "" +"Способ оплаты: проверьте журнал (который вы настраивали с помощью дебетовых " +"и кредитных дебиторских счетов как ** Незасчитанные средства **)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назначение: напишите номер чека" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Эта операция выдаст следующую запись журнала:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" -msgstr "" +msgstr "согласование выписки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 @@ -9653,35 +16569,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100.00" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "незарегистрированные средства" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет-фактура обозначается как оплачен, как только вы записываете чек." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 msgid "" "Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " "the check that is in Undeposited Funds." msgstr "" +"Затем, как только вы получите банковские выписки, вы согласовываете это " +"утверждение с помощью чеков, которые находятся в незасчитанных средствах." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" msgstr "" @@ -9691,6 +16601,9 @@ msgid "" "checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" +"Если вы используете этот подход для управления полученными чеками, вы " +"получаете перечень чеков, не были зачислены в на счет ** незачто средств ** " +"(доступны, например, с главной бухгалтерской книги)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -9699,11 +16612,13 @@ msgid "" "cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " "account." msgstr "" +"Оба метода дадут те же данные в вашем учете в конце процесса. Но если у вас " +"есть чеки, не были выплачены наличными, это чище, поскольку на этих " +"банковских счетах еще не сообщалось об этих чеки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вариант 2: только один журнал" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -9713,11 +16628,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Способ оплаты **: банк, который будет использоваться для депозита" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Назначение: напишите номер чека" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -9725,12 +16640,14 @@ msgid "" " statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " "relate it to the statement line)" msgstr "" +"После того, как вы получите банковские выписки, вы сделаете согласования " +"выписки и этим фактическим платежом. (Технически: укажите этот платеж и " +"свяжите его со строкой выписки)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С помощью этого подхода вы получите следующую запись журнала:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -9739,6 +16656,11 @@ msgid "" " be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" +"Вы также можете зарегистрировать платеж непосредственно, не переходя в счет-" +"фактуру клиента, воспользовавшись меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Этот метод может быть более удобным, если у вас много чеков для группового " +"записи, но вам придется согласовать записи позже (соответствующие платежи со" +" счетами-фактурами)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -9747,430 +16669,194 @@ msgid "" "paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " "the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" +"Если вы используете этот подход для управления полученными чеками, вы можете" +" использовать ** Отчет согласования банковской выписки **, чтобы проверить, " +"какие банки получили оплатили чеки. (Этот отчет доступен в разделе ** " +"Дополнительно ** на информационной панели бухучета на соответствующем " +"банковском счете)." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" +msgstr "Напоминайте о счетах и получайте оплату быстрее" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Getting paid and organizing customer reminders is always a difficult task, " -"however it is critical for the health of the company to stay diligent about " -"outstanding receivables. Fortunately, Odoo provides the right tools to track" -" receivables, automate customer statements, and measure your performance." +"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." +" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " +"send the appropriate reminders." msgstr "" +"Важно, чтобы ваша компания получала платежи, когда они просроченные. Odoo " +"поможет вам определить платежи, которые задерживаются, и позволит вам " +"отправлять соответствующие напоминания." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:12 -msgid "Customer follow-ups: A step by step guide" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 +msgid "Manage your follow-ups" +msgstr "Управление вашими напоминаниями" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:15 -msgid "Cleaning up outstanding payments" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " +"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" +" customer that has already paid you." msgstr "" +"Мы рекомендуем согласовать выписки из банка перед запуском процесса " +"дальнейших действий. Это позволит избежать трудностей при отправке выписки " +"клиенту, который уже заплатил вам." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" -"If you have any unreconciled transactions in your bank account, you will " -"need to process them first before you begin analyzing your customers " -"statements. This ensures that you have recorded all of the latest customer " -"payments before sending out reminders to any customers with outstanding " -"balances." +"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " +"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" +" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" +"Просроченные счета-фактуры, которые нужно оплатить, доступные по умолчанию в" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. Там вы можете " +"легко направить напоминание по электронной почте или распечатать его как " +"письмо. После этого можно нажать кнопку * Готово *, чтобы посмотреть " +"напоминание, которые нуждаются в вашем внимании." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:27 -msgid "Checking the Aged Receivables report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" -"After you have reconciled all of your bank accounts, you can then generate " -"an accurate Aged Receivables Report from the Reports menu. This report will " -"display all of the customers and their outstanding balances on open " -"invoices." +"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " +"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " +"set on the statement." msgstr "" +"Если сейчас не время для напоминания, нажмите кнопку * Напомнить позже *. Вы" +" получите следующий отчет согласно * Следующей датой напоминания *, " +"установленной на выписке." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" -"The report displays this information in time increments to better paint a " -"picture of the outstanding balances your customers hold and for how long " -"they have held these outstanding balances. You can then appropriately focus " -"your efforts on the appropriate customers." +"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " +"number of days calculated between each report by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы избежать частых отправляться заметок короткий промежуток времени, " +"измените количество дней, вычисленных между каждым отчетом, перейдя к меню " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " +"Follow-up`." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " +"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете установить уровень доверия для ваших клиентов, обозначив их " +"как плохих, нормальных или хороших должников в отчетах о напоминания." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 +msgid "Send reminders in batch" +msgstr "Отправка групповых напоминаний" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" -"You can then select any of the customers on this list and Odoo will open up " -"their invoice details in the form of the Customer Follow-Up letter, also " -"known as the **Customer Statement**." +"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " +"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " +"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " +"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " +"automatically generated." msgstr "" +"Чтобы облегчить процесс отслеживания, вы можете отправить электронные письма" +" с напоминанием группой со страницы отчетов о напоминания. Выберите все " +"отчеты, которые нужно обработать, нажмите * Действие *, а затем * Выполнить " +"напоминание *. Также будет автоматически создан PDF-документ, содержащий все" +" письма, которые вы можете напечатать." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:49 -msgid "From the customer statement, you can:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 +msgid "Plan a follow-up process" +msgstr "планирование напоминаний" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:51 -msgid "Change and customize the message that is sent to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:53 -msgid "Send a reminder email to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:55 -msgid "Send a printed reminder letter to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:57 -msgid "Send automated printed reminders by utilizing our Docsaway integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:60 -msgid "Zoom in on the different open invoices or payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:62 -msgid "Remove an invoice or payment from the report (in case of conflict)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:64 -msgid "Log any call notes made to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Schedule your next follow up task to stay on top of customer payments (e.g. " -"call back in 15 days if not payments are made)" +"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " +"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " +"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" +"Чтобы спланировать напоминание, перейдите к меню :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Уровни напоминаний *" +" в разделе * Платежи клиентов *. Затем нажмите кнопку * Уровни напоминаний " +"*, которая появилась на странице настроек." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " +"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " +"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " +"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " +"the stage of the process." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию в Odoo доступный план напоминаний с несколькими действиями, но " +"вы можете настроить его так, как хотите. В зависимости от определенного " +"количества просроченных дней планируем отправить сообщение, письмо или " +"осуществить ручную действие. Вы также можете редактировать шаблон, который " +"используется для выписки в соответствии с этапа процесса." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" -"You can set reminders for when you would like to next contact the particular" -" customer. Selecting **Manual** will open up the follow up scheduling tool, " -"while selecting **Auto** will automatically recommend that you contact the " -"customer 15 days from then if the customer has not yet paid for the invoice." -" Installing the **Follow-Up Plans** module will allow you to define " -"automated actions and intervals to send reminders." +"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " +"negative number of due days." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите получить напоминание перед фактической датой, установите " +"отрицательное число дней." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Выставить счет на онлайн-оплату" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you have already sent out a reminder to a customer a few days ago, a " -"warning message will appear at the top of the screen, reminding you that you" -" should not send another reminder so soon since one was already sent " -"recently. Every time you log a note, Odoo will automatically set the next " -"reminder date, unless you choose to manually set it by selecting the next " -"reminder button at the top right of the screen." +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can also specify the expected payment date on an invoice line directly, " -"therefore defining the next reminder in case the invoice has not been paid." +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:92 -msgid "Sending customer statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 msgid "" -"Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Customer Statements`." +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 msgid "" -"Here Odoo will open all the statements awaiting to be processed, which is " -"determined by the last reminder they received. You can choose to process " -"them one by one, send multiple letters or emails in batches, or set a next " -"action date for the next time they'll be contacted." +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Пользовательский Портал" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 msgid "" -"If an invoice has not yet been paid, Odoo will remind you to contact at " -"particular customer based after their next action date." +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 msgid "" -"You can access the customer statement report daily and Odoo will only " -"display the customers you need to contact on any given day. This is based " -"on:" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:111 -msgid "Customers you have not yet received a payment from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Customers that have not been reminded over the last X days (\"X\" being " -"defined as the overdue date of the invoice after the first reminder, then " -"the next action date set at every reminder)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:118 -msgid "Setting up your dunning process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Follow-up Management** module allows you to define reminder " -"plans. After installing it from the **Apps** menu, go to the **Follow-up " -"Levels** menu in the accounting configuration to set up your dunning " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 -msgid "Some Examples are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 -msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:129 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: at the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:131 -msgid "**Email+Call**: 15 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:133 -msgid "**Email+Letter**: 60 days after the overdue date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Thanks to this module, you can send every email and letters in batches for " -"all your customers at once. The next reminder will automatically be computed" -" based on your configured follow-up plan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"The module will also add a red/green dot on each customer, this will allow " -"you to easily mark customer status's with the following options: \"Good " -"Debtor, Normal Debtor, or bad debtors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:150 -msgid "DSO: Measuring your performance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:152 -msgid "" -"The DSO (Days of Outstanding Sales) is a measure of the average number of " -"days that a company takes to collect revenue after a sale has been made. DSO" -" is calculated by dividing the amount of accounts receivable during a given " -"period by the total value of credit sales during the same period, and " -"multiplying the result by the number of days in the period measured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"You can get the DSO of your company from the Executive Summary report under " -"Reporting (check the KPI average debtors days)." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 @@ -10178,12 +16864,17 @@ msgid "" "In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" " alone record for use on a later date:" msgstr "" +"В Odoo платеж может быть либо непосредственно связан со счетом-фактурой, или" +" самостоятельным реестром для использования на более поздний срок:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 msgid "" "If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " "invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." msgstr "" +"Если платеж связан со счетом-фактурой, тогда уменьшается сумму счета-" +"фактуры. Вы можете иметь несколько платежей, связанных с одним счету-" +"фактуре." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -10192,10 +16883,14 @@ msgid "" "vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " "bills." msgstr "" +"Если платеж не связан со счетом-фактурой, клиент имеет исчерпывающий кредит " +"с вашей компанией или вашей компанией как непогашенную конечную оплату с " +"поставщиком. Вы можете использовать этот непогашенный кредит / дебет для " +"оплаты будущих счетов." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Оплата счета-фактуры" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -10203,6 +16898,8 @@ msgid "" "payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " "due." msgstr "" +"Если вы зарегистрируете платеж на счете-фактуре или счете поставщика, платеж" +" автоматически согласуется со счетом-фактурой, уменьшает сумму оплаты." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -10210,32 +16907,43 @@ msgid "" " payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " "the payment." msgstr "" +"Зеленая иконка возле строки платежа отображать дополнительную информацию о " +"платеже. Оттуда вы можете выбрать, чтобы открыть запись журнала или " +"согласовать платеж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" " different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "" +"Если вы не одобряете платеж, он все еще зарегистрирован в ваших журналах, но" +" больше не связан с конкретным счетом-фактурой. Если вы не одобряете платеж " +"в другой валюте, Odoo создаст журнал, чтобы изменить утере / достижение " +"валютной бирже, размещенную во время согласования." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Платежи, не связанные со счетом-фактурой" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " "you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" " be reconciled on an invoice later on." msgstr "" +"В модуле Бухучет вы можете создать новый платеж в меню Продажи " +"(зарегистрировать платеж клиента) или в меню Покупка (оплатить поставщику). " +"Если вы пользуетесь этими меню, платеж не связан со счетом-фактурой, но его " +"можно легко согласовать со счетом-фактурой позже." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -10243,80 +16951,106 @@ msgid "" "document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " "document in the memo field." msgstr "" +"При регистрации нового платежа нужно выбрать клиента или поставщика, способ " +"оплаты и сумму платежа. Валюта сделки определяется методом оплаты. Если " +"платеж касается документа (заказ на продажу, заказы на покупку или счет-" +"фактуру), установите ссылку на этот документ в поле назначения." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "" +"Как только будет подтверждение, будет напечатано запись журнала, отражающий " +"транзакцию, которая была только сделана в бухгалтерском модули." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласование платежей счетов-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "" +"Самый простой способ согласовать оплату счет-фактуре - это согласование " +"непосредственно на счет-фактуру." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " "reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "" +"Подтверждая новый счет-фактуру, Odoo предупредит вас, что непогашенный " +"платеж для этого клиента или поставщика доступен. В таком случае вы можете " +"согласовать этот платеж со счетом-фактурой рядом с итогами в нижней части " +"под разделом "Невыплаченные платежи"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласование всех ваших непогашенных платежей и счетов-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите одновременно согласовать все непогашенные платежи и счета-" +"фактуры (вместо того, чтобы делать это по очереди), вы можете использовать " +"функцию группового согласования в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "" +"Функция группового согласования доступна на информационной панели на " +"карточке счетов клиентов и на карточке счета поставщиков, чтобы согласовать " +"дебиторской и кредиторской задолженности, соответственно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "" +"Инструмент соответствии платежа откроет всех заинтересованных клиентов или " +"поставщиков, и даст вам возможность обработать их по очереди, одновременно " +"выполняя соответствие всех ваших платежей и счетов-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перевод денег с одного банковского счета на другой" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "" +"Подобно тому, как осуществление оплаты клиента или поставщика, вы переводите" +" денежную единицу между вашими банковскими счетами с информационной панели " +"или из меню вверху." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "" +"Это приведет вас к тому же экрана, который вы для получения и осуществления " +"платежей." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -10324,306 +17058,655 @@ msgid "" "through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "" +"При осуществлении внутренней передачи с одного банковского счета на другой, " +"выберите панель, на которой нужно применить перевод с информационной панели," +" а на экране регистрационных платежей вы выберете переход на счет. Не " +"повторяйте этот процесс снова на другом банковском счете, или же вы получите" +" две записи журнала для одной транзакции." + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid?" +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 -msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 msgid "" -"With the Odoo Accounting application, you get a dynamic aged receivable " -"report, customer statements and you can easily send them to customers." +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 msgid "" -"If you want to go further in the automation of the credit collection " -"process, you can use follow-up plans. They will help you automate all the " -"steps to get paid, by triggering them at the right time: send customer " -"statements by emails, send regular letter (through the Docsaway " -"integration), create a task to manually call the customer, etc..." +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" +"/what-is-vat_en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 -msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "When?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "What?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 -msgid "Who?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "3 days before due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -msgid "Email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "1 day after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 -msgid "Email + Regular Letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "15 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -msgid "Call the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "John Mac Gregor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "35 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 -msgid "Email + Letter + Call" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "60 days after due date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Formal notice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 -msgid "Bailiff" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:34 -msgid "Install Reminder Module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 msgid "" -"You must start by activating the feature, using the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the Accounting application. " -"From the settings screen, activate the feature **Enable payment follow-up " -"management**." +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:44 -msgid "Define Payment Follow-ups Levels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "" -"To automate customer follow ups, you must configure your follow–up levels " -"using the menu :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Follow-ups`. You should define one and only one follow-up plan per company." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 msgid "" -"The levels of follow-up are relative to the due date; when no payment term " -"is specified, the invoice date will be considered as the due date." +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 msgid "" -"For each level, you should define the number of days and create a note which" -" will automatically be added into the reminder letter." +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:59 -msgid "Odoo defines several actions for every reminder:" +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 msgid "" -"**Manual Action:** assign a responsible that will have to call the customer" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:62 -msgid "**Send an Email:** send an email to customer using the provided text" +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 msgid "" -"**Send a Letter:** send a letter by regular mail, using the provided note" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 msgid "" -"As you need to provide a number of days relative to the due date, you can " -"use a negative number. As an example, if an invoice is issued the January " -"1st but the due date is January 20, if you set a reminder 3 days before the " -"due date, the customer may receive an email in January 17." +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:76 -msgid "Doing your weekly follow-ups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 msgid "" -"Once everything is setup, Odoo will prepare follow-up letters and emails " -"automatically for you. All you have to do is to the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Customers Statement` in the accounting " -"application." +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically propose you actions based on the follow-up plan you " -"defined, invoices to pay and payment received." +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 msgid "" -"You can use this menu every day, once a week or once a month. You do not " -"risk to send two times the same reminder to your customer. Odoo only " -"proposes you the action you have to do. If you do it every day, you will " -"have a few calls to do per day. If you do it once a month, you will have " -"much more work once you do it." +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 msgid "" -"It's up to you to organize the way you want to work. But it's a good " -"practice to reconcile your bank statements before launching the follow-ups. " -"That way, all paid invoices will be reconciled and you will not send a " -"follow-up letter to a customer that already paid his invoice." +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:99 -msgid "From a customer follow-up proposition, you can:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Налоговый Отчет" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:101 -msgid "Get the customer information to contact him" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:103 -msgid "Drill down to the customer information form by clicking on its name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:105 -msgid "Change the text (or the email or letter) and adapt to the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 msgid "" -"Change the colored dot to mark the customer as being a good, normal or bad " -"debtor" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:110 -msgid "Log a note is you called the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:112 -msgid "Exclude some invoices from the statement table (litigation)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:114 -msgid "Send an email with the statement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 msgid "" -"Print a letter, or send a regular mail (if you installed the Docsaway " -"integration)" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 msgid "" -"Plan the next reminder (but it's better to keep in automatic mode so that " -"Odoo will stick to the follow-up plan of the company)" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:122 -msgid "Drill down to an invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 msgid "" -"Change the expected payment date of an invoice (thus, impacting the next " -"time Odoo will propose you to send a reminder)" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 msgid "" -"You can force a customer statement, even if Odoo do not proposes you to do " -"it, because it's not the right date yet. To do this, you should go to the " -"Aged Receivable report (in the report menu of the Accounting application). " -"From this report, you can click on a customer to get to his customer " -"statement." +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:135 -msgid "How to exclude an invoice from auto follow up?" +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:137 -msgid "To see all **overdue invoices** or **on need of action**," +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice for a specific date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice from follow-ups actions for specific date by " -"clicking on **Log a Note**, then choose one of the ready options (*one " -"week*, *two weeks*, *one month*, *two months*), So Odoo will calculate the " -"required date according to the current date." +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 13 оснащена мощной и удобной системой отчетности. Создавать новые " +"отчеты (например, налоговый отчет, или баланс, или отчет о прибылях и " +"прибыли с определенными группировками и компоновкой), чтобы соответствовать " +"вашим потребностям, теперь проще, чем когда-либо." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 msgid "" -"Another way to achieve it is the following: click on the required invoice, " -"then choose **Change expected payment date/note**, then enter a new payment " -"date and note." +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:162 -msgid "Exclude a specific invoice forever" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Создайте свой финансовый отчет" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo can exclude an invoice for a specific customer by clicking on the " -"checkbox **Excluded**" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"Во-первых, вам нужно создать свой финансовый отчет. Для этого перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "После ввода названия необходимо установить еще два параметра:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "** Показать кредитные и дебетовые столбце **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "** Анализ периода **:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "На основе диапазонов дат (например. Доходы и Расходы)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "На основе одной даты (например. Отчет баланса)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" +"На основе диапазонов дат со столбцами "старые" и "общие"" +" и последние 3 месяцами (например, Отчет расчетов с партнерами)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:168 -msgid "If you click on **History**, you can see all follow ups actions." +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Добавьте строки в свои отчеты" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." msgstr "" +"После создания отчета необходимо заполнить его строками. Всем им нужна ** " +"название **, ** код ** (который используется для обозначения строк), ** " +"порядковый номер ** и уровень (используется для рендеринга строки)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "В формуле есть несколько объектов:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"`Nднив``: количество дней в выбранном периоде (для отчетов с диапазоном " +"дат)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Строка также может базироваться на сумме строк перемещения счета в выбранном" +" домене. В этом случае вам нужно заполнить поле домена доменом Odoo в " +"объекте перемещения профиля. Тогда в поле формул доступен дополнительный " +"объект, а именно `sum``, сумма строк перемещения счета в домене. Вы также " +"можете использовать группу по полям для группировки строк перемещения счета " +"по одному из столбцов." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Другие полезные поля:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "** Тип **: тип результата формулы." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"** Хорошо роста или плохое **: используется при исчислении колонки " +"сравнения. Проверьте, есть ли рост хорошим (отображается зеленым цветом) или" +" нет." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"** Специальная изменение дат ** Если определенную строку в отчете не должен " +"использовать те же даты, что и остальные часть отчета." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +"** Показать домен **: как отражается домен строки. Можно сворачивать ( `` за" +" замовчуванням``, скрыто в начале, но может быть развернуто), `завжди`` " +"(всегда отображается) или` николи`` (никогда не отображается)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Кроме отчетов, созданных специально в каждом локальном модули, доступные " +"несколько очень полезных ** общих ** и ** динамических отчетов ** для всех " +"стран:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "** Бухгалтерский отчет **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "** Доходы и расходы **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "** План счетов **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "** Управленческий отчет **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "** Общая бухгалтерская книга **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "** Расчеты с кредиторами **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "** Расчеты с дебиторами **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "** Отчет о движении денежных средств **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "** Налоговый отчет **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "** Согласование банковских выписок **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете комментировать все отчеты, чтобы напечатать их и сообщить своего " +"советника. Экспортировать в xls для управления дополнительным анализом. " +"Смотрите подробные сведения (платежи, счета-фактуры, публикации журналов и " +"т.д.) в разделе отчетов." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете сравнить значение с другим периодом. Выберите, сколько " +"периодов вы хотите сравнить с выбранным периодом времени. Вы можете выбрать " +"до 12 периодов с даты опубликования отчета, если вы не хотите использовать " +"параметр ** Предыдущий 1 Период **." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"В ** Бухгалтерском балансе ** показано снимок активов, обязательств и " +"собственного капитала вашей организации по определенной дате." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Прибыли и убытки" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** Доходы и расходы ** (или ** Отчет о прибылях **) отражает чистый " +"доход вашей организации, высчитывая расходы на доход за отчетный период." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "план счетов" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Список всех ваших счетов, сгруппированных по классу." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Справка для Руководителя" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"** Управленческий отчет ** позволяет быстро просмотреть все важные данные, " +"необходимые для управления вашей компанией." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"В очень простых терминах, это то, о чем сообщает каждый из пунктов этого " +"раздела:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "** Производительность: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "** Валовая прибыль: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"Вклад каждого отдельного продажи, совершенного вашим бизнесом, за вычетом " +"любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж (таких, как " +"рабочая сырье, материалы и т.д.)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Чистая прибыль:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"Вклад каждого отдельного продажи, совершенного вашим бизнесом, за вычетом " +"любых прямых затрат, необходимых для осуществления этих продаж, а также " +"любых фиксированных накладных расходов вашей компании (такие, как арендная " +"плата, электроэнергия, налоги, которые нужно оплатить в результате этих " +"продаж)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "** Возврат инвестиций (прибыль / активы): **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"Отношение чистой прибыли к сумме активов, компания использовала для " +"получения этой прибыли." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "** Позиция: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "** Среднее время закрытия дебиторской задолженности: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"Среднее количество дней, в течение которых ваши клиенты платят вам " +"(полностью) по всем счетам клиентов." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"Среднее количество дней, в течение которых вы платите своим поставщикам " +"(полностью) по всем вашим счетам." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "** Краткосрочный наличный прогноз: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Сколько ожидается денежного обращения в вашей компании в течение следующего " +"месяца, то есть баланс вашего ** счета продажи ** течение месяца, за вычетом" +" остатка ** счета закупок ** за месяц." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "** Отношение активов к обязательствам: **" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" +"Также называется ** текущим соотношением **, это соотношение текущих активов" +" (активов, которые могут быть превращены в денежные средства в течение года)" +" к текущим обязательствам (обязательства, будут выплачиваться в следующем " +"году). Как правило, это используется как показатель способности компании " +"обслуживать свои долги." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Главная книга" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"** Отчет общей бухгалтерской книги ** отражает все транзакции со всех счетов" +" за выбранный диапазон дат. В начальном сводном отчете отражаются итоги для " +"каждого счета, а оттуда можно посмотреть подробный отчет о транзакции или " +"любые исключения. Этот отчет полезен для проверки каждой транзакции, которая" +" произошла в течение определенного периода времени." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Старый подлежащий оплате" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" +"Запустите ** отчет расчетов с кредиторами **, чтобы отобразить информацию об" +" отдельных счета, возврат и переплаты за вами, а также о том, сколько " +"времени они не оплачены." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Старая Дебиторская Задолженность" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** расчеты с дебиторами ** отражает счета-фактуры продажи, которые " +"ожидали оплату в течение выбранного месяца и за несколько месяцев до этого." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Отчет о Движении Денежных Средств" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"Отчет о ** движение денежных средств ** показывает, как изменения в отчета " +"баланса счетов и доходов влияют на денежные средства и их эквиваленты, а " +"также нарушает анализ в операционной, инвестиционной и финансовой " +"деятельности." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Этот отчет позволяет просмотреть суммы ** чистых ** и ** налоговых сумм ** " +"за все налоги, сгруппированные по типу (продажа / покупка)." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 6fee96b0b..320ce704e 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..624226514 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1737 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Collex100, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " +"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " +"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " +"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " +"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " +"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " +"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +msgid "Writing style" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " +"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" +" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " +"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " +"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " +"it to match your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "Grammatical tenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " +"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" +" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Good example (present):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Bad example (future):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +msgid "Paragraphing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " +"They usually are two to six lines long." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " +"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " +"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " +"separating ideas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" +"/line-break>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "To write a good title :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "**Be concise.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Document's structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" +"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " +"the side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " +"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " +"contents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " +"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " +"is documentation and not marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" +" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " +"topic** in the following paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " +"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " +"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " +"enable the XYZ feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." +" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H3: Subsection**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" +" in the form of a question, if appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +msgid "**H2: Next Section**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" +"directives>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Изображения" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " +"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " +"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " +"<contributing/pngquant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" +" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " +"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " +"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " +"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " +"resizing the width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " +"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " +"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " +"width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +msgid "" +"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " +"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " +"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " +"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " +"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " +"documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " +"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" +" or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " +"documentation for `developing in Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " +"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " +"markup language " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " +"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " +"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " +"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " +"you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " +"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" +" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " +"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " +"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " +"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +msgid "" +"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " +"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " +"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " +"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " +"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " +"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " +"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " +"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" +"workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " +"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " +"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " +"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " +"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" +" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" +" this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " +":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " +"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " +"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " +"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " +"however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " +"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " +"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " +"that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " +"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " +"on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " +"\"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " +"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " +"request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " +"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +msgid "" +"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " +"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " +"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " +"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" +" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " +"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " +"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " +"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +msgid "" +"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " +"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " +"register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " +"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " +"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " +"and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " +"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " +"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " +"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " +"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " +"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " +"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " +":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " +"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" +".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" +" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " +"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " +"much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " +"installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " +"install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " +"installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " +"dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " +"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +msgid "" +"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" +" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " +"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " +"single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " +"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" +" in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " +"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " +"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " +"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" +" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" +" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " +"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " +"``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +msgid "" +"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " +"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " +":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " +":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +msgid "" +"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " +"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " +"default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +msgid "" +"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " +"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +msgid "" +"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " +"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " +"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " +"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " +"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " +"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" +"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " +"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +msgid "RST cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " +"there are characters in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " +"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " +"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " +"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " +"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Heading size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "H1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``=======``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``Heading``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "1/1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +msgid "H2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "0/∞" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +msgid "H3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``-------``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +msgid "H4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``~~~~~~~``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +msgid "H5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``*******``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "H6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``^^^^^^^``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +msgid "Inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "**Text**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "\\*Text\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "*Text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "``Text``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +msgid "Bulleted list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +msgid "Numbered list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "Nested lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "Hyperlinks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +msgid "Hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " +"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "пример" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " +"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " +"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +msgid "External hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +msgid "" +"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " +"references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +msgid "" +"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" +" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +msgid "" +"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " +"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +msgid "RST" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +msgid "Render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes. `PoC " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " +"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " +"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " +"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" +" of the page containing the target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" +" below as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " +"label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" +" links for internal references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" +" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " +"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "**How to create a product?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +msgid "" +"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" +"of-page>`_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" +" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " +"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +msgid "" +"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " +"using the name of the section title as URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " +"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +msgid "The ``doc`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" +" in the file tree through a relative file path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the title of the page as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the given label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `this documentation " +"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" +"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +msgid "The ``download`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " +"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" +" to be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Download this `module structure template " +"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " +"your module in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +msgid "The ``image`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" +" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " +"considered redundant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +msgid "Seealso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +msgid "" +"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" +"the-feature>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +msgid "Tip" +msgstr "Совет" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +msgid "" +"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " +"described in the warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +msgid "Danger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 +msgid "Add banners on top of documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " +"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " +"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " +"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +msgid "" +"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "" +"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " +"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " +"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " +"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " +"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" +" the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +msgid "" +"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Make use of `this convenient table generator " +"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " +"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Purpose**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**RST**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**HTML**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``abbr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``command``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "Highlight a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid ":command:`python example.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``dfn``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "Define a term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "Indicate a file path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``menuselection``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " +"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " +"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +msgid "" +"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " +":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " +"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " +"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " +"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " +"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " +"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "RST guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " +"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " +"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " +"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " +"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " +"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " +"*relative* to that of the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +msgid "Given the following source file tree:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " +"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "Absolute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "Relative:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "``../prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "``variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " +"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " +"file tree restructurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " +"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " +"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" +" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " +"the end of a line to separate words." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " +"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " +"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " +"label part of the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Be consistent with indentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " +"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" +" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " +"spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +msgid "Use the menuselection directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " +"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" +" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " +"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " +"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " +"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " +"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +msgid "Write resilient code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " +"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " +"the list and is easier to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" +" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " +"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " +"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " +"even less likely to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " +"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " +"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " +"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " +"makes the purpose of the target clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " +"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " +"targets or update them accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" +" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " +"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " +"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " +"only of two underscore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +msgid "" +"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " +"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index a813000bc..20600f926 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -1,15 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,1044 +26,969 @@ msgstr "" msgid "CRM" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Calendar" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" +"Система может генерировать лиды вместо возможностей, чтобы добавить шаг " +"квалификации перед конвертацией * Лида * в * Случай * и назначения его " +"продавцу." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас появится новое подменю * Лиды * в разделе * Лиды *, где они " +"накапливаются." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы нажмете на Лед *, вы сможете превратить его в возможность и решить," +" следует ли его еще назначить тому же каналу / продавцу, и если вам нужно " +"создать нового клиента." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" +" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " +"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" +" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " +"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" +" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +msgstr "" +"Автоматизация генерации лидов / возможностей значительно улучшит вашу " +"эффективность. Любой посетитель, который использует контактную форму на " +"вашем сайте, создаст лед / возможность в конеери." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 +msgid "Use the contact us on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 +msgid "You should first go to your website app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 +msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" +msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " +"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " +"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 +msgid "Create a custom contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " +"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " +"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " +"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " +"Odoo Enterprise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," +" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " +"fields you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " +"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " +"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 +msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " +"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " +"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +msgid "" +"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " +"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" +" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " +"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" +" make them relevant to your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 +msgid "Start generating leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " +"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " +":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " +"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " +"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " +"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " +"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " +"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " +"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " +"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " +"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " +"multiple countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " +"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать несколько продавцов и команду продажи, к которой будет " +"назначен лида. Вы можете добавить теги для отслеживания созданных лидов." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " +"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" +" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection: `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View " +"my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " +"consumed." +msgstr "" +"Синее поле автоматически подскажет, сколько кредитов будет использовано." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на любую возможность или лед, вы увидите кнопку * Новая коммерческое " +"предложение *, которая приведет вас к новому меню, в котором вы сможете " +"управлять коммерческим предложением." + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Отметьте их, как поймали / потеряно" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка в Google" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 +msgid "Go to the API & Services page." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Активируйте API." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " +"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +msgstr "" +"Выберите или создайте проект API для хранения учетных данных, если это еще " +"не было сделано раньше. Дайте ей конкретное имя (например, Odoo Sync)." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +msgid "Create credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" +"Выберите *Web browser (Javascript)* как источник вызова и *User data* как " +"тип данных." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 msgid "" "Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " +"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " +"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " +"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo). " -"Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The" -" Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for " -"the first time." +"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " +"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " +"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" +" in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к этапу Образец согласия, введите название товара (например, Odoo " +"Calendar). Не стесняйтесь проверять параметры настройки, но это не " +"обязательно. Экран согласия отображается только тогда, когда вы впервые " +"введете идентификатор клиента в Odoo." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo." +" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Наконец, вам предоставляется ** идентификатор клиента **. Откройте * Учетные" +" данные *, чтобы получить ** Секретный ключ клиента **. Оба они нужны в " +"Odoo." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 -msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your " -"credentials in Google Calendar option." +"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " +"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" +" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" "The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " "connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." msgstr "" +"Настройка готово. Откройте Календарь Odoo и синхронизация его с Google. Если" +" вы делаете это впервые, вы переадресовуетеся на Google, чтобы подтверждать " +"соединение. Вернувшись в Odoo, нажмите кнопку синхронизации. Вы можете " +"нажимать ее, если хотите синхронизировать календарь." -#: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 +#: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 -msgid "Leads" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from incoming emails?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are several ways for your company to :doc:`generate leads with Odoo " -"CRM <manual>`. One of them is using your company's generic email address as " -"a trigger to create a new lead in the system. In Odoo, each one of your " -"sales teams is linked to its own email address from which prospects can " -"reach them. For example, if the personal email address of your Direct team " -"is **direct@mycompany.example.com**, every email sent will automatically " -"create a new opportunity into the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:14 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:73 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:30 -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:19 -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:10 ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:12 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" -"The first thing you need to do is to configure your **outgoing email " -"servers** and **incoming email gateway** from the :menuselection:`Settings " -"module --> General Settings`." +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" -"Then set up your alias domain from the field shown here below and click on " -"**Apply**." +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:26 -msgid "Set up team alias" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "Перейдите к приложениям и установите модуль ** VoIP OnSIP **." -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:28 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:20 msgid "" -"Go on the Sales module and click on **Dashboard**. You will see that the " -"activation of your domain alias has generated a default email alias for your" -" existing sales teams." +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" +"Перейдите к Настройки / Общие настройки. В разделе Интеграция / Asterisk " +"(VoIP) заполните 3 поля:" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:35 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:22 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your sales teams aliases. Click on the More " -"button from the sales team of your choice, then on **Settings** to access " -"the sales team form. Into the **Email Alias** field, enter your email alias " -"and click on **Save**. Make sure to allow receiving emails from everyone." +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:41 -msgid "" -"From there, each email sent to this email address will generate a new lead " -"into the related sales team." +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 -msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "** Режим ** должен быть Разработчик" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:29 msgid "" -"Additionally to your sales team aliases, you can also create a generic email" -" alias (e.g. *contact@* or *info@* ) that will also generate a new contact " -"in Odoo CRM. Still from the Sales module, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and set up your catch-all email " -"domain." +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can choose whether the contacts generated from your catch-all email " -"become leads or opportunities using the radio buttons that you see on the " -"screenshot here below. Note that, by default, the lead stage is not " -"activated in Odoo CRM." +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:67 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:89 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:68 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:195 -msgid ":doc:`import`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "** Пароль SIP **: OnSIP "Пароль SIP"" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:69 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:91 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:73 -msgid ":doc:`website`" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can import a database of potential customers, for instance " -"for a cold emailing or cold calling campaign, through a CSV file. You may be" -" wondering if the best option is to import your contacts as leads or " -"opportunities. It depends on your business specificities and workflow:" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти всю эту информацию, войдя по адресу " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users выберите пользователя, которого вы хотите " +"настроить, и ссылайтесь на поля, как показано ниже." -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:11 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:41 msgid "" -"Some companies may decide to not use leads, but instead to keep all " -"information directly in an opportunity. For some companies, leads are merely" -" an extra step in the sales process. You could call this extended (start " -"from lead) versus simplified (start from opportunity) customer relationship " -"management." +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:17 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" -"Odoo perfectly allows for either one of these approaches to be chosen. If " -"your company handles its sales from a pre qualification step, feel free to " -"activate first the lead stage as described below in order to import your " -"database as leads" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:23 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:9 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:38 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:62 -msgid "Activate the lead stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. If you want to " -"import your contacts as leads rather than opportunities, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 -msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` " -"from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " -"button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here <manual>`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 -msgid "Import your CSV file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:43 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" -"On the new submenu :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`, click on **Import** and" -" select your Excel file to import from the **Choose File** button. Make sure" -" its extension is **.csv** and don't forget to set up the correct File " -"format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" -" and display your columns properly." +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" -"If your prospects database is provided in another format than CSV, you can " -"easily convert it to the CSV format using Microsoft Excel, OpenOffice / " -"LibreOffice Calc, Google Docs, etc." +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" +"Теперь можно звонить. Номер - это тот, который предоставляется OnSIP. Odoo " +"позвонит и покажет сообщение." -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:58 -msgid "Select rows to import" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:60 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically map the column headers from your CSV file to the " -"corresponding fields if you tick *The first row of the file contains the " -"label of the column* option. This makes imports easier especially when the " -"file has many columns. Of course, you can remap the column headers to " -"describe the property you are importing data into (First Name, Last Name, " -"Email, etc.)." +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:72 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you want to import your contacts as opportunities rather than leads, make" -" sure to add the *Type* column to your csv. This column is used to indicate " -"whether your import will be flagged as a Lead (type = Lead) or as an " -"opportunity (type = Opportunity)." +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." +" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate** button if you want to let Odoo verify that everything" -" seems okay before importing. Otherwise, you can directly click the Import " -"button: the same validations will be done." +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:83 -msgid "" -"For additional technical information on how to import contacts into Odoo " -"CRM, read the **Frequently Asked Questions** section located below the " -"Import tool on the same window." +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:90 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:71 -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:196 -msgid ":doc:`emails`" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a contact into Odoo CRM?" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM allows you to manually add contacts into your pipeline. It can be " -"either a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "** Пароль **: OnSIP "Пароль SIP"" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:11 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:75 msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. To activate it, go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option " -"\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 +#: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" -"This activation will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a list of all your leads from which you will be able to " -"create a new contact." +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:26 -msgid "Create a new lead" +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 msgid "" -"From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " -"name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" -" the **Internal notes** field." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 -msgid "" -"your lead can be directly handed over to specific sales team and salesperson" -" by clicking on **Convert to Opportunity** on the upper left corner of the " -"screen." +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:43 -msgid "Create a new opportunity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also directly add a contact into a specific sales team without " -"having to convert the lead first. On the Sales module, go to your dashboard " -"and click on the **Pipeline** button of the desired sales team. If you don't" -" have any sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`. Then, click on **Create** and fill in " -"the contact details as shown here above. By default, the newly created " -"opportunity will appear on the first stage of your sales pipeline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Another way to create an opportunity is by adding it directly on a specific " -"stage. For example, if you have have spoken to Mr. Smith at a meeting and " -"you want to send him a quotation right away, you can add his contact details" -" on the fly directly into the **Proposition** stage. From the Kanban view of" -" your sales team, just click on the **+** icon at the right of your stage to" -" create the contact. The new opportunity will then pop up into the " -"corresponding stage and you can then fill in the contact details by clicking" -" on it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate leads from my website?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Your website should be your company's first lead generation tool. With your " -"website being the central hub of your online marketing campaigns, you will " -"naturally drive qualified traffic to feed your pipeline. When a prospect " -"lands on your website, your objective is to capture his information in order" -" to be able to stay in touch with him and to push him further down the sales" -" funnel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:12 -msgid "This is how a typical online lead generation process work :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Your website visitor clicks on a call-to action (CTA) from one of your " -"marketing materials (e.g. an email newsletter, a social media message or a " -"blog post)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The CTA leads your visitor to a landing page including a form used to " -"collect his personal information (e.g. his name, his email address, his " -"phone number)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:22 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 msgid "" -"The visitor submits the form and automatically generates a lead into Odoo " -"CRM" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:27 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 msgid "" -"Your calls-to-action, landing pages and forms are the key pieces of the lead" -" generation process. With Odoo Website, you can easily create and optimize " -"those critical elements without having to code or to use third-party " -"applications. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/website-" -"builder>`__." +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:32 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Website and CRM modules are fully integrated, meaning that you " -"can easily generate leads from various ways through your website. However, " -"even if you are hosting your website on another CMS, it is still possible to" -" fill Odoo CRM with leads generated from your website." +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:40 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 msgid "" -"By default, the lead stage is not activated in Odoo CRM. Therefore, new " -"leads automatically become opportunities. You can easily activate the option" -" of adding the lead step. If you want to import your contacts as leads " -"rather than opportunities, from the Sales module go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select the option **use leads " -"if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 msgid "" -"Note that even without activating this step, the information that follows is" -" still applicable - the lead generated will land in the opportunities " -"dashboard." +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:55 -msgid "From an Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:57 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" -"Let's assume that you want to get as much information as possible about your" -" website visitors. But how could you make sure that every person who wants " -"to know more about your company's products and services is actually leaving " -"his information somewhere? Thanks to Odoo's integration between its CRM and " -"Website modules, you can easily automate your lead acquisition process " -"thanks to the **contact form** and the **form builder** modules" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" -"another great way to generate leads from your Odoo Website is by collecting " -"your visitors email addresses thanks to the Newsletter or Newsletter Popup " -"CTAs. These snippets will create new contacts in your Email Marketing's " -"mailing list. Learn more `here <https://www.odoo.com/page/email-" -"marketing>`__." +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:75 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" -"Start by installing the Website builder module. From the main dashboard, " -"click on **Apps**, enter \"**Website**\" in the search bar and click on " -"**Install**. You will be automatically redirected to the web interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:84 -msgid "" -"A tutorial popup will appear on your screen if this is the first time you " -"use Odoo Website. It will help you get started with the tool and you'll be " -"able to use it in minutes. Therefore, we strongly recommend you to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:89 -msgid "Create a lead by using the Contact Form module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You can effortlessly generate leads via a contact form on your **Contact " -"us** page. To do so, you first need to install the Contact Form module. It " -"will add a contact form in your **Contact us** page and automatically " -"generate a lead from forms submissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:96 -msgid "" -"To install it, go back to the backend using the square icon on the upper-" -"left corner of your screen. Then, click on **Apps**, enter \"**Contact " -"Form**\" in the search bar (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag " -"otherwise you will not see the module appearing) and click on **Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, the below contact form will be integrated to " -"your \"Contact us\" page. This form is linked to Odoo CRM, meaning that all " -"data entered through the form will be captured by the CRM and will create a " -"new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Every lead created through the contact form is accessible in the Sales " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads`. The name of the " -"lead corresponds to the \"Subject\" field on the contact form and all the " -"other information is stored in the corresponding fields within the CRM. As a" -" salesperson, you can add additional information, convert the lead into an " -"opportunity or even directly mark it as Won or Lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:123 -msgid "Create a lead using the Form builder module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:125 -msgid "" -"You can create fully-editable custom forms on any landing page on your " -"website with the Form Builder snippet. As for the Contact Form module, the " -"Form Builder will automatically generate a lead after the visitor has " -"completed the form and clicked on the button **Send**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:130 -msgid "" -"From the backend, go to Settings and install the \"**Website Form " -"Builder**\" module (don't forget to remove the **Apps** tag otherwise you " -"will not see the modules appearing). Then, back on the website, go to your " -"desired landing page and click on Edit to access the available snippets. The" -" Form Builder snippet lays under the **Feature** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:140 -msgid "" -"As soon as you have dropped the snippet where you want the form to appear on" -" your page, a **Form Parameters** window will pop up. From the **Action** " -"drop-down list, select **Create a lead** to automatically create a lead in " -"Odoo CRM. On the **Thank You** field, select the URL of the page you want to" -" redirect your visitor after the form being submitted (if you don't add any " -"URL, the message \"The form has been sent successfully\" will confirm the " -"submission)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:151 -msgid "" -"You can then start creating your custom form. To add new fields, click on " -"**Select container block** and then on the blue **Customize** button. 3 " -"options will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:158 -msgid "" -"**Change Form Parameters**: allows you to go back to the Form Parameters and" -" change the configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:161 -msgid "" -"**Add a model field**: allows you to add a field already existing in Odoo " -"CRM from a drop-down list. For example, if you select the Field *Country*, " -"the value entered by the lead will appear under the *Country* field in the " -"CRM - even if you change the name of the field on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:167 -msgid "" -"**Add a custom field**: allows you to add extra fields that don't exist by " -"default in Odoo CRM. The values entered will be added under \"Notes\" within" -" the CRM. You can create any field type : checkbox, radio button, text, " -"decimal number, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:172 -msgid "Any submitted form will create a lead in the backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:175 -msgid "From another CMS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:177 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM but not Odoo Website, you can still automate your online" -" lead generation process using email gateways by editing the \"Submit\" " -"button of any form and replacing the hyperlink by a mailto corresponding to " -"your email alias (learn how to create your sales alias :doc:`here " -"<emails>`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:183 -msgid "" -"For example if the alias of your company is **salesEMEA@mycompany.com**, add" -" ``mailto:salesEMEA@mycompany.com`` into the regular hyperlink code (CTRL+K)" -" to generate a lead into the related sales team in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage leads" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:3 -msgid "Automate lead assignation to specific sales teams or salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Depending on your business workflow and needs, you may need to dispatch your" -" incoming leads to different sales team or even to specific salespeople. " -"Here are a few example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Your company has several offices based on different geographical regions. " -"You will want to assign leads based on the region;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:12 -msgid "" -"One of your sales teams is dedicated to treat opportunities from large " -"companies while another one is specialized for SMEs. You will want to assign" -" leads based on the company size;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:16 -msgid "" -"One of your sales representatives is the only one to speak foreign languages" -" while the rest of the team speaks English only. Therefore you will want to " -"assign to that person all the leads from non-native English-speaking " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"As you can imagine, manually assigning new leads to specific individuals can" -" be tedious and time consuming - especially if your company generates a high" -" volume of leads every day. Fortunately, Odoo CRM allows you to automate the" -" process of lead assignation based on specific criteria such as location, " -"interests, company size, etc. With specific workflows and precise rules, you" -" will be able to distribute all your opportunities automatically to the " -"right sales teams and/or salesman." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you have just started with Odoo CRM and haven't set up your sales team " -"nor registered your salespeople, :doc:`read this documentation first " -"<../../overview/started/setup>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You have to install the module **Lead Scoring**. Go to :menuselection:`Apps`" -" and install it if it's not the case already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:40 -msgid "Define rules for a sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:42 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **More** button" -" of the desired sales team, then on **Settings**. If you don't have any " -"sales team yet, :doc:`you need to create one first " -"<../../salesteam/setup/create_team>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:50 -msgid "" -"On your sales team menu, use in the **Domain** field a specific domain rule " -"(for technical details on the domain refer on the `Building a Module " -"tutorial " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/howtos/backend.html#domains>`__ or " -"`Syntax reference guide " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/9.0/reference/orm.html#reference-orm-" -"domains>`__) which will allow only the leads matching the team domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"For example, if you want your *Direct Sales* team to only receive leads " -"coming from United States and Canada, your domain will be as following :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:59 -msgid "``[[country_id, 'in', ['United States', 'Canada']]]``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:66 -msgid "" -"you can also base your automatic assignment on the score attributed to your " -"leads. For example, we can imagine that you want all the leads with a score " -"under 100 to be assigned to a sales team trained for lighter projects and " -"the leads over 100 to a more experienced sales team. Read more on :doc:`how " -"to score leads here <lead_scoring>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:72 -msgid "Define rules for a salesperson" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can go one step further in your assignment rules and decide to assign " -"leads within a sales team to a specific salesperson. For example, if I want " -"Toni Buchanan from the *Direct Sales* team to receive only leads coming from" -" Canada, I can create a rule that will automatically assign him leads from " -"that country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Still from the sales team menu (see here above), click on the salesperson of" -" your choice under the assignment submenu. Then, enter your rule in the " -"*Domain* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a lead is always assigned to a sales team before to be assigned to " -"a salesperson. Therefore, you need to make sure that the assignment rule of " -"your salesperson is a child of the assignment rule of the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/automatic_assignation.rst:95 -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to do efficient Lead Scoring?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's Lead Scoring module allows you to give a score to your leads based on" -" specific criteria - the higher the value, the more likely the prospect is " -"\"ready for sales\". Therefore, the best leads are automatically assigned to" -" your salespeople so their pipe are not polluted with poor-quality " -"opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Lead scoring is a critical component of an effective lead management " -"strategy. By helping your sales representative determine which leads to " -"engage with in order of priority, you will increase their overall conversion" -" rate and your sales team's efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:22 -msgid "Install the Lead Scoring module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:24 -msgid "Start by installing the **Lead Scoring** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Leads scoring allows you to assign a positive or negative score to your " -"prospects based on any demographic or behavioral criteria that you have set " -"(country or origin, pages visited, type of industry, role, etc.). To do so " -"you'll first need to create rules that will assign a score to a given " -"criteria." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to assign the right score to your various rules, you can use these " -"two methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Establish a list of assets that your ideal customer might possess to " -"interest your company. For example, if you run a local business in " -"California, a prospect coming from San Francisco should have a higher score " -"than a prospect coming from New York." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Dig into your data to uncover characteristics shared by your closed " -"opportunities and most important clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Please note that this is not an exact science, so you'll need time and " -"feedback from your sales teams to adapt and fine tune your rules until " -"getting the desired result." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In the **Scoring Rules** menu, click on **Create** to write your first rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:61 -msgid "" -"First name your rule, then enter a value and a domain (refer on the " -"`official python documentation <https://docs.python.org/2/tutorial/>`__ for " -"more information). For example, if you want to assign 8 points to all the " -"leads coming from **Belgium**, you'll need to give ``8`` as a **value** and " -"``[['country\\_id',=,'Belgium']]`` as a domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "Here are some criteria you can use to build a scoring rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:70 -msgid "country of origin : ``'country_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:72 -msgid "stage in the sales cycle : ``'stage_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:74 -msgid "" -"email address (e.g. if you want to score the professional email addresses) :" -" ``'email_from'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:76 -msgid "page visited : ``'score_pageview_ids.url'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:78 -msgid "name of a marketing campaign : ``'campaign_id'``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:80 -msgid "" -"After having activated your rules, Odoo will give a value to all your new " -"incoming leads. This value can be found directly on your lead's form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:88 -msgid "Assign high scoring leads to your sales teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:90 -msgid "" -"The next step is now to automatically convert your best leads into " -"opportunities. In order to do so, you need to decide what is the minimum " -"score a lead should have to be handed over to a given sales team. Go to your" -" **sales dashboard** and click on the **More** button of your desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**. Enter your value under the **Minimum score** " -"field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the example above, the **Direct Sales** team will only receive " -"opportunities with a minimum score of ``50``. The prospects with a lower " -"score can either stay in the lead stage or be assigned to another sales team" -" which has set up a different minimum score." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Organize a meeting between your **Marketing** and **Sales** teams in order " -"to align your objectives and agree on what minimum score makes a sales-ready" -" lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`automatic_assignation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/leads/voip.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo VOIP" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Installation and Setup" +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:9 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "gcc" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:15 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ncurses-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:17 msgid "libxml2-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libxml2-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:18 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:20 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:20 msgid "libuuid-devel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:21 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" "You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:43 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:63 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:88 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:96 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введите каталог Asterisk:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:102 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -1066,40 +996,40 @@ msgid "" "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:116 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:122 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:125 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:127 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:146 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:148 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -1108,7 +1038,7 @@ msgid "" "uncommented:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:158 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -1117,1410 +1047,449 @@ msgid "" "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:186 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наконец, установите extensions.conf:" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:202 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:204 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Hi, my name is Nicholas, I'm a business manager in the textile industry. I " -"sell accessories to retailers. Do you know the difference between a good " -"salesperson and an excellent salesperson? The key is to be productive and " -"organized to do the job. That's where Odoo comes in. Thanks to a well " -"structured organization you'll change a good team into an exceptional team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM, the job is much easier for me and my entire team. When I log " -"in into Odoo CRM, I have a direct overview of my ongoing performance. But " -"also the activity of the next 7 days and the performance of the last month. " -"I see that I overachieved last month when compared to my invoicing target of" -" $200,000. I have a structured approach of my performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If I want to have a deeper look into the details, I click on next actions " -"and I can see that today I have planned a call with Think Big Systems. Once " -"I have done my daily review, I usually go to my pipeline. The process is the" -" same for everyone in the team. Our job is to find resellers and before " -"closing any deal we have to go through different stages. We usually have a " -"first contact to qualify the opportunity, then move into offer & negotiation" -" stage, and closing by a 'won'..Well, that's if all goes well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The user interface is really smooth, I can drag and drop any business " -"opportunity from one stage to another in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Now I'd like to go further with an interesting contact: a department store. " -"I highlighted their file by changing the color. For each contact, I have a " -"form view where I can access to all necessary information about the contact." -" I see here my opportunity Macy's has an estimated revenue of $50,000 and a " -"success rate of 10%. I need to discuss about this partnership, so I will " -"schedule a meeting straight from the contact form: Macy's partnership " -"meeting. It's super easy to create a new meeting with any contact. I can as " -"well send an email straight from the opportunity form and the answer from " -"the prospect will simply pop up in the system too. Now, let's assume that " -"the meeting took place, therefore I can mark it as done. And the system " -"automatically suggests a next activity. Actually, we configured Odoo with a " -"set of typical activities we follow for every opportunity, and it's great to" -" have a thorough followup. The next activity will be a follow-up email. " -"Browsing from one screen to the other is really simple and adapting to the " -"view too! I can see my opportunitities as a to-do list of next activities " -"for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 -msgid "" -"With Odoo CRM I have a sales management tool that is really efficient and me" -" and my team can be well organized. I have a clear overview of my sales " -"pipeline, meetings, revenues, and more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:67 -msgid "" -"I go back to my pipeline. Macy's got qualified successfully, which mean I " -"can move their file to the next step and I will dapt the expected revenue as" -" discussed. Once I have performed the qualification process, I will create a" -" new quotation based on the feedback I received from my contact. For my " -"existing customers, I can as well quickly discover the activity around them " -"for any Odoo module I use, and continue to discuss about them. It's that " -"simple." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"We have seen how I can manage my daily job as business manager or " -"salesperson. At the end of the journey I would like to have a concrete view " -"of my customer relationships and expected revenues. If I go into the reports" -" in Odoo CRM, I have the possibility to know exactly what's the evolution of" -" the leads over the past months, or have a look at the potential revenues " -"and the performance of the different teams in terms of conversions from " -"leads to opportunities for instance. So with Odoo I can have a clear " -"reporting of every activity based on predefined metrics or favorites. I can " -"search for other filters too and adapt the view. If I want to go in the " -"details, I choose the list view and can click on any item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is not only a powerful tool to achieve our sales goals with " -"structured activities, performance dashboard, next acitivities and more, but" -" also allows me to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Use leads to get in the system unqualified but targeted contacts I may have " -"gathered in a conference or through a contact form on my website. Those " -"leads can then be converted into opportunities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Manage phone calls from Odoo CRM by using the VoIP app. Call customers, " -"manage a call queue, log calls, schedule calls and next actions to perform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Integrate with Odoo Sales to create beautiful online or PDF quotations and " -"turn them into sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Use email marketing for marketing campaigns to my customers and prospects." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Manage my business seamlessly, even on the go. Indeed, Odoo offers a mobile " -"app that lets every business organize key sales activities from leads to " -"quotes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo CRM is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. I firstly used the sales " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up our CRM. It will help you " -"getting started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo CRM Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:10 -msgid "**CRM (Customer relationship management)**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "" -"System for managing a company's interactions with current and future " -"customers. It often involves using technology to organize, automate, and " -"synchronize sales, marketing, customer service, and technical support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "**Sales cycle** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Sequence of phases used by a company to convert a prospect into a customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:20 -msgid "**Pipeline :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Visual representation of your sales process, from the first contact to the " -"final sale. It refers to the process by which you generate, qualify and " -"close leads through your sales cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:24 -msgid "**Sales stage** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a stage defines where an opportunity is in your sales cycle and" -" its probability to close a sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:29 -msgid "**Lead :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Someone who becomes aware of your company or someone who you decide to " -"pursue for a sale, even if they don't know about your company yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 -msgid "**Opportunity :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:32 -msgid "" -"A lead that has shown an interest in knowing more about your " -"products/services and therefore has been handed over to a sales " -"representative" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 -msgid "**Customer :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:37 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, a customer refers to any contact within your database, whether " -"it is a lead, an opportunity, a client or a company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:45 -msgid "**Key Performance Indicator (KPI)** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:42 -msgid "" -"A KPI is a measurable value that demonstrates how effectively a company is " -"achieving key business objectives. Organizations use KPIs to evaluate their " -"success at reaching targets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 -msgid "**Lead scoring** :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:48 -msgid "" -"System assigning a positive or negative score to prospects according to " -"their web activity and personal informations in order to determine whether " -"they are \"ready for sales\" or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:62 -msgid "**Kanban view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, the Kanban view is a workflow visualisation tool halfway between a " -"`list view <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html" -"#reference-views-list>`__ and a non-editable `form view " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/8.0/reference/views.html#reference-" -"views-form>`__ and displaying records as \"cards\". Records may be grouped " -"in columns for use in workflow visualisation or manipulation (e.g. tasks or " -"work-progress management), or ungrouped (used simply to visualize records)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:66 -msgid "**List view :**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:65 -msgid "" -"View allowing you to see your objects (contacts, companies, tasks, etc.) " -"listed in a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:71 -msgid "**Lead generation:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Process by which a company collects relevant datas about potential customers" -" in order to enable a relationship and to push them further down the sales " -"cycle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:76 -msgid "**Campaign:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Coordinated set of actions sent via various channels to a target audience " -"and whose goal is to generate leads. In Odoo CRM, you can link a lead to the" -" campaign which he comes from in order to measure its efficiency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:3 -msgid "Generating leads with Odoo CRM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:6 -msgid "What is lead generation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Lead generation is the process by which a company acquires leads and " -"collects relevant datas about potential customers in order to enable a " -"relationship and to turn them into customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For example, a website visitor who fills in your contact form to know more " -"about your products and services becomes a lead for your company. Typically," -" a Customer Relationship Management tool such as Odoo CRM is used to " -"centralize, track and manage leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:18 -msgid "Why is lead generation important for my business?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Generating a constant flow of high-quality leads is one of the most " -"important responsibility of a marketing team. Actually, a well-managed lead " -"generation process is like the fuel that will allow your company to deliver " -"great performances - leads bring meetings, meetings bring sales, sales bring" -" revenue and more work." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:27 -msgid "How to generate leads with Odoo CRM?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Leads can be captured through many sources - marketing campaigns, " -"exhibitions and trade shows, external databases, etc. The most common " -"challenge is to successfully gather all the data and to track any lead " -"activity. Storing leads information in a central place such as Odoo CRM will" -" release you of these worries and will help you to better automate your lead" -" generation process, share information with your teams and analyze your " -"sales processes easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:37 -msgid "Odoo CRM provides you with several methods to generate leads:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 -msgid "" -"An inquiry email sent to one of your company's generic email addresses can " -"automatically generate a lead or an opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 -msgid "" -"You may want to follow up with a prospective customer met briefly at an " -"exhibition who gave you his business card. You can manually create a new " -"lead and enter all the needed information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/website`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:52 -msgid "" -"A website visitor who fills in a form automatically generates a lead or an " -"opportunity in Odoo CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:55 -msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can provide your salespeople lists of prospects - for example for a cold" -" emailing or a cold calling campaign - by importing them from any CSV file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup your teams, sales process and objectives?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This quick step-by-step guide will lead you through Odoo CRM and help you " -"handle your sales funnel easily and constantly manage your sales funnel from" -" lead to customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Create your database from `www.odoo.com/start " -"<http://www.odoo.com/start>`__, select the CRM icon as first app to install," -" fill in the form and click on *Create now*. You will automatically be " -"directed to the module when the database is ready." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will notice that the installation of the CRM module has created the " -"submodules Chat, Calendar and Contacts. They are mandatory so that every " -"feature of the app is running smoothly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Introduction to the Sales Planner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Sales Planner is a useful step-by-step guide created to help you " -"implement your sales funnel and define your sales objectives easier. We " -"strongly recommend you to go through every step of the tool the first time " -"you use Odoo CRM and to follow the requirements. Your input are strictly " -"personal and intended as a personal guide and mentor into your work. As it " -"does not interact with the backend, you are free to adapt any detail " -"whenever you feel it is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can reach the Sales Planner from anywhere within the CRM module by " -"clicking on the progress bar located on the upper-right side of your screen." -" It will show you how far you are in the use of the Sales Planner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Set up your first sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:49 -msgid "Create a new team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"A Direct Sales team is created by default on your instance. You can either " -"use it or create a new one. Refer to the page " -":doc:`../../salesteam/setup/create_team` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:56 -msgid "Assign salespeople to your sales team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When your sales teams are created, the next step is to link your salespeople" -" to their team so they will be able to work on the opportunities they are " -"supposed to receive. For example, if within your company Tim is selling " -"products and John is selling maintenance contracts, they will be assigned to" -" different teams and will only receive opportunities that make sense to " -"them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, you can create a new user on the fly and assign it directly to " -"a sales team. From the **Dashboard**, click on the button **More** of your " -"selected sales team, then on **Settings**. Then, under the **Assignation** " -"section, click on **Create** to add a new salesperson to the team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"From the **Create: salesman** pop up window (see screenshot below), you can " -"assign someone on your team:" +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 msgid "" -"Either your salesperson already exists in the system and you will just need " -"to click on it from the drop-down list and it will be assigned to the team" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 msgid "" -"Or you want to assign a new salesperson that doesn't exist into the system " -"yet - you can do it by creating a new user on the fly from the sales team. " -"Just enter the name of your new salesperson and click on Create (see below) " -"to create a new user into the system and directly assign it to your team. " -"The new user will receive an invite email to set his password and log into " -"the system. Refer to :doc:`../../salesteam/manage/create_salesperson` for " -"more information about that process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Set up your pipeline" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:92 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 msgid "" -"Now that your sales team is created and your salespeople are linked to it, " -"you will need to set up your pipeline -create the process by which your team" -" will generate, qualify and close opportunities through your sales cycle. " -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline` to " -"define the stages of your pipeline." +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:99 -msgid "Set up incoming email to generate opportunities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:101 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 msgid "" -"In Odoo CRM, one way to generate opportunities into your sales team is to " -"create a generic email address as a trigger. For example, if the personal " -"email address of your Direct team is `direct@mycompany.example.com " -"<mailto:direct@mycompany.example.com>`__\\, every email sent will " -"automatically create a new opportunity into the sales team." +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:108 -msgid "Refer to the page :doc:`../../leads/generate/emails` to set it up." +#: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Automate lead assignation" +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:113 +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your company generates a high volume of leads every day, it could be " -"useful to automate the assignation so the system will distribute all your " -"opportunities automatically to the right department." +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." msgstr "" +"Чтобы узнать, насколько хорошо вы выполняете свой конвейер, посмотрите на " +"коэффициент пойман / Потеряно." -#: ../../crm/overview/started/setup.rst:117 +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 msgid "" -"Refer to the document :doc:`../../leads/manage/automatic_assignation` for " -"more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить доступ к этому отчету, перейдите к просмотру * конвейеров * " +"на вкладке * Отчетность *." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:3 +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 msgid "" -"How to analyze the sales performance of your team and get customize reports" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." msgstr "" +"Оттуда вы можете фильтровать, которые случаю вы хотите увидеть, ваши каналы " +"продаж, всю вашу компанию и тому подобное. После этого вы можете нажать на " +"фильтр и проверить пойманных / Потеряно." -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you need to constantly monitor your team's performance in " -"order to help you take accurate and relevant decisions for the company. " -"Therefore, the **Reporting** section of **Odoo Sales** represents a very " -"important tool that helps you get a better understanding of where your " -"company's strengths, weaknesses and opportunities are, showing you trends " -"and forecasts for key metrics such as the number of opportunities and their " -"expected revenue over time , the close rate by team or the length of sales " -"cycle for a given product or service." +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Beyond these obvious tracking sales funnel metrics, there are some other " -"KPIs that can be very valuable to your company when it comes to judging " -"sales funnel success." +#: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:19 -msgid "Review pipelines" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "организуйте конвейер" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will have access to your sales funnel performance from the **Sales** " -"module, by clicking on :menuselection:`Sales --> Reports --> Pipeline " -"analysis`. By default, the report groups all your opportunities by stage " -"(learn more on how to create and customize stage by reading " -":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`) and expected revenues for the " -"current month. This report is perfect for the **Sales Manager** to " -"periodically review the sales pipeline with the relevant sales teams. Simply" -" by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" -" sales performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:30 -msgid "" -"You can add a lot of extra data to your report by clicking on the " -"**measures** icon, such as :" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Управление потерянными нагодами" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:33 -msgid "Expected revenue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:35 -msgid "overpassed deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 msgid "" -"Delay to assign (the average time between lead creation and lead " -"assignment)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:40 -msgid "Delay to close (average time between lead assignment and close)." +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:42 -msgid "the number of interactions per opportunity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:44 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Отметьте лед как потерянный" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 msgid "" -"By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " -"report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " -"example, if I want to see the expected revenues of my **Direct Sales** team," -" I need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis then on **Sales " -"Team**." +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:55 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" -"Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " -"reports in a more visual view. Odoo **CRM** allows you to transform your " -"report in just a click thanks to 3 graph views : **Pie Chart**, **Bar " -"Chart** and **Line Chart**. These views are accessible through the icons " -"highlighted on the screenshot below." +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:65 -msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:67 -msgid "" -"You can easily customize your analysis reports depending on the **KPIs** " -"(see :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) you want to access. To " -"do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " -"your screen, by clicking on the magnifying glass icon at the end of the " -"search bar button. This function allows you to highlight only selected data " -"on your report. The **filters** option is very useful in order to display " -"some categories of opportunities, while the **Group by** option improves the" -" readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " -"filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " -"customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 -msgid "" -"You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " -"from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " -"saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:87 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here are a few examples of customized reports that you can use to monitor " -"your sales' performances :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:91 -msgid "Evaluate the current pipeline of each of your salespeople" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:93 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then, " -"use the **+** and **-** icons and add **Salesperson** and **Stage** to your " -"vertical axis, and filter your desired salesperson. Then click on the " -"**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " -"by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " -"activities of your salespeople." +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 -msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:107 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" -"In order to predict monthly revenue and to estimate the short-term " -"performances of your teams, you need to play with two important metrics : " -"the **expected revenue** and the **expected closing**." +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:111 -msgid "" -"From your pipeline analysis report, make sure first that the **Expected " -"revenue** option is selected under the **Measures** drop-down list. Then " -"click on the **+** icon from the vertical axis and select **Sales team**. " -"Then, on the horizontal axis, click on the **+** icon and select **Expected " -"closing.**" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:121 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" -"In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " -"salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " -"for each one of their opportunities" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Например, * Очень дорого *." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 -msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:5 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" -"Sales professionals are struggling everyday to hit their target and follow " -"up on sales activities. They need to access anytime some important metrics " -"in order to know how they are performing and better organize their daily " -"work." +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:10 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" -"Within the Odoo CRM module, every team member has access to a personalized " -"and individual dashboard with a real-time overview of:" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Top priorities: they instantly see their scheduled meetings and next actions" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" -"Sales performances : they know exactly how they perform compared to their " -"monthly targets and last month activities." +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." msgstr "" +"Тогда вы можете выбрать как много, так и все возможности, а также выбрать " +"действия, которые вы хотите сделать." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:26 -msgid "Install the CRM application" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In order to manage your sales funnel and track your opportunities, you need " -"to install the CRM module, from the **Apps** icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:35 -msgid "Create opportunities" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:37 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" -"If your pipeline is empty, your sales dashboard will look like the " -"screenshot below. You will need to create a few opportunities to activate " -"your dashboard (read the related documentation " -":doc:`../leads/generate/manual` to learn more)." +"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " +"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Your dashboard will update in real-time based on the informations you will " -"log into the CRM." +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:49 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" -"you can click anywhere on the dashboard to get a detailed analysis of your " -"activities. Then, you can easily create favourite reports and export to " -"excel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:54 -msgid "Daily tasks to process" +"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Sales Channels`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать новый * Канал Продаж * перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Channels`." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:56 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 msgid "" -"The left part of the sales dashboard (labelled **To Do**) displays the " -"number of meetings and next actions (for example if you need to call a " -"prospect or to follow-up by email) scheduled for the next 7 days." +"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " +"address will create a lead/opportunity." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:64 -msgid "Meetings" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 +msgid "Add members to your sales channel" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:66 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the example here above, I see that I have no meeting scheduled for today " -"and 3 meeting scheduled for the next 7 days. I just have to click on the " -"**meeting** button to access my calendar and have a view on my upcoming " -"appointments." +"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " +"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " +"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," +" you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:75 -msgid "Next actions" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 +msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:77 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" -"Back on the above example, I have 1 activity requiring an action from me. If" -" I click on the **Next action** green button, I will be redirected to the " -"contact form of the corresponding opportunity." +"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " +"all of its opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Under the **next activity** field, I see that I had planned to send a " -"brochure by email today. As soon as the activity is completed, I can click " -"on **done** (or **cancel**) in order to remove this opportunity from my next" -" actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:90 -msgid "" -"When one of your next activities is overdue, it will appear in orange in " -"your dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:94 -msgid "Performances" +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "Sales channel dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:96 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" -"The right part of your sales dashboard is about my sales performances. I " -"will be able to evaluate how I am performing compared to my targets (which " -"have been set up by my sales manager) and my activities of the last month." +"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " +"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " +"*Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:105 -msgid "Activities done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:107 +#: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" -"The **activities done** correspond to the next actions that have been " -"completed (meaning that you have clicked on **done** under the **next " -"activity** field). When I click on it, I will access a detailed reporting " -"regarding the activities that I have completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:116 -msgid "Won in opportunities" +"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" +" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." msgstr "" +"Это делится со всей экосистемой, поэтому все доходы включают в себя: " +"продажи, электронную коммерцию, точку продажи и тому подобное." -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:118 -msgid "" -"This section will sum up the expected revenue of all the opportunities " -"within my pipeline with a stage **Won**." +#: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:125 -msgid "Quantity invoiced" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:127 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" -"This section will sum up the amount invoiced to my opportunities. For more " -"information about the invoicing process, refer to the related documentation:" -" :doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:132 -msgid ":doc:`analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Sales Team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage salespeople" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new salesperson?" +"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" +" criterias." msgstr "" +"С помощью * Оценка лидов * вы можете автоматически оценивать ваши лиды на " +"основе выбранных критериев." -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:6 -msgid "Create a new user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **Create**. Add first the name of your new salesperson and his" -" professional email address - the one he will use to log in to his Odoo " -"instance - and a picture." +"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " +"that visited specific pages on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:16 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" -"Under \"Access Rights\", you can choose which applications your user can " -"access and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the " -"app. For the Sales application, you can choose between three levels:" +"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " +"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться оценкой, установите бесплатный модуль * Оценка лидов *" +" на странице * Приложения * (доступно только в Odoo Enterprise)." -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:20 -msgid "**See own leads**: the user will be able to access his own data only" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 +msgid "Create scoring rules" +msgstr "Создайте правила оценки" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:22 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 msgid "" -"**See all leads**: the user will be able to access all records of every " -"salesman in the sales module" +"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" +" can manage your scoring rules." msgstr "" +"У вас теперь есть новая вкладка в вашем приложении * CRM * под названием * " +"Управление лидами *, где вы можете управлять своим правилам оценки." -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:25 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" -"**Manager**: the user will be able to access the sales configuration as well" -" as the statistics reports" +"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " +"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:28 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" -"When you're done editing the page and have clicked on **Save**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user, from which he will " -"be able to log into his personal account." +"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " +"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:36 -msgid "Register your user into his sales team" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "Assign leads" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:38 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" -"Your user is now registered in Odoo and can log in to his own session. You " -"can also add him to the sales team of your choice. From the sales module, go" -" to your dashboard and click on the **More** button of the desired sales " -"team, then on **Settings**." +"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " +"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " +"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " +"This domain can include scores." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:49 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" -"If you need to create a new sales team first, refer to the page " -":doc:`../setup/create_team`" +"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " +"more refined domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:51 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" -"Then, under \"Team Members\", click on **Add** and select the name of your " -"salesman from the list. The salesperson is now successfully added to your " -"sales team." +"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " +"Assignation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:60 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" -"You can also add a new salesperson on the fly from your sales team even " -"before he is registered as an Odoo user. From the above screenshot, click on" -" \"Create\" to add your salesperson and enter his name and email address. " -"After saving, the salesperson will receive an invite containing a link to " -"set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights under " -"the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users` menu." +"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/create_salesperson.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`../setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:3 -msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" +msgstr "Оцените и используйте не предназначены лиды" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:5 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 msgid "" -"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " -"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " -"productivity. The **Gamification** app of Odoo gives you simple and creative" -" ways to motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and" -" badges inspired by game mechanics." +"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " +"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " +"useful to do something with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:14 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Gamification** module. You " -"can also install the **CRM gamification** app, which will add some useful " -"data (goals and challenges) that can be used related to the usage of the " -"**CRM/Sale** modules." +"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:23 -msgid "Create a challenge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:25 -msgid "" -"You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 -msgid "" -"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you will need to " -"activate the technical features in order to access the configuration. In " -"order to do so, click on the interrogation mark available from any app " -"(upper-right) and click on **About** and then **Activate the developer " -"mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:38 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" -"A challenge is a mission that you will send to your salespeople. It can " -"include one or several goals and is set up for a specific period of time. " -"Configure your challenge as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:42 -msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:44 -msgid "Assign a responsible" +"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " +"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" +" unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:46 -msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:48 -msgid "Select your goals" -msgstr "" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Отслеживайте посещения ваших потенциальных клиентов" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:53 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 msgid "" -"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " -"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " -"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set) or when the challenge is " -"manually closed." +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:58 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" -"For example, on the screenshot below, I have challenged 2 employees with a " -"**Monthly Sales Target**. The challenge will be based on 2 goals: the total " -"amount invoiced and the number of new leads generated. At the end of the " -"month, the winner will be granted with a badge." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:67 -msgid "Set up goals" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" -"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " -"**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " -"and compare members of a team with each others and through time." +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can create a new goal on the fly from a **Challenge**, by clicking on " -"**Add new item** under **Goals**. You can select any business object as a " -"goal, according to your company's needs, such as :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:78 -msgid "number of new leads," +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:80 -msgid "time to qualify a lead or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:82 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" -"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " -"based on your management preferences." +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" msgstr "" +"Откройте любую статическую страницу, которую вы хотите отслеживать на своем " +"веб-сайте, и на вкладке * Рекламировать * вы найдете * Оптимизировать SEO *" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " -"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." msgstr "" +"Здесь вы увидите пункт * Отслеживание страницы * для отслеживания этой " +"страницы." -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 -msgid "Set up rewards" +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:95 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" -"For non-numerical achievements, **badges** can be granted to users. From a " -"simple *thank you* to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " -"exprimate gratitude to a user for their good work." +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда в контактной форме создается лед, он будет " +"отслеживать страницы, посещенные этим посетителем. У вас есть два способа, " +"чтобы увидеть эти страницы, в верхнем правом углу вашего лида / возможности," +" вы можете видеть кнопку Просмотры страниц *, а также внизу вы увидите их в " +"чате." -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:99 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " -"performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new team?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In the Sales module, your sales teams are accessible from the **Dashboard** " -"menu. If you start from a new instance, you will find a sales team installed" -" by default : Direct sales. You can either start using that default sales " -"team and edit it (refer to the section *Create and Organize your stages* " -"from the page :doc:`organize_pipeline`) or create a new one from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:12 +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" -"To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " -"and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 -msgid "Fill in the fields :" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:20 -msgid "Enter the name of your team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:22 -msgid "Select your team leader" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:24 -msgid "Select your team members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the \"Opportunities\" box if you want to manage " -"opportunities from it and to click on SAVE when you're done. Your can now " -"access your new team from your Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:35 -msgid "" -"If you started to work on an empty database and didn't create new users, " -"refer to the page :doc:`../manage/create_salesperson`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:3 -msgid "Set up and organize your sales pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A well structured sales pipeline is crucial in order to keep control of your" -" sales process and to have a 360-degrees view of your leads, opportunities " -"and customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The sales pipeline is a visual representation of your sales process, from " -"the first contact to the final sale. It refers to the process by which you " -"generate, qualify and close leads through your sales cycle. In Odoo CRM, " -"leads are brought in at the left end of the sales pipeline in the Kanban " -"view and then moved along to the right from one stage to another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Each stage refers to a specific step in the sale cycle and specifically the " -"sale-readiness of your potential customer. The number of stages in the sales" -" funnel varies from one company to another. An example of a sales funnel " -"will contain the following stages: *Territory, Qualified, Qualified Sponsor," -" Proposition, Negotiation, Won, Lost*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Of course, each organization defines the sales funnel depending on their " -"processes and workflow, so more or fewer stages may exist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:30 -msgid "Create and organize your stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:33 -msgid "Add/ rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From the sales module, go to your dashboard and click on the **PIPELINE** " -"button of the desired sales team. If you don't have any sales team yet, you " -"need to create one first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:46 -msgid "" -"From the Kanban view of your pipeline, you can add stages by clicking on " -"**Add new column.** When a column is created, Odoo will then automatically " -"propose you to add another column in order to complete your process. If you " -"want to rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging" -" and dropping the column you want to move to the desired location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can add as many stages as you wish, even if we advise you not having " -"more than 6 in order to keep a clear pipeline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Some companies use a pre qualification step to manage their leads before to " -"convert them into opportunities. To activate the lead stage, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and select the radio button as " -"shown below. It will create a new submenu **Leads** under **Sales** that " -"gives you access to a listview of all your leads." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:74 -msgid "Set up stage probabilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:77 -msgid "What is a stage probability?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To better understand what are the chances of closing a deal for a given " -"opportunity in your pipe, you have to set up a probability percentage for " -"each of your stages. That percentage refers to the success rate of closing " -"the deal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Setting up stage probabilities is essential if you want to estimate the " -"expected revenues of your sales cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:88 -msgid "" -"For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " -"Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " -"workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Territory** : opportunity just received from Leads Management or created " -"from a cold call campaign. Customer's Interest is not yet confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:96 -msgid "*Success rate : 5%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:98 -msgid "" -"**Qualified** : prospect's business and workflow are understood, pains are " -"identified and confirmed, budget and timing are known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:101 -msgid "*Success rate : 15%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:103 -msgid "" -"**Qualified sponsor**: direct contact with decision maker has been done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:106 -msgid "*Success rate : 25%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:108 -msgid "**Proposition** : the prospect received a quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:110 -msgid "*Success rate : 50%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:112 -msgid "**Negotiation**: the prospect negotiates his quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:114 -msgid "*Success rate : 75%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:116 -msgid "" -"**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " -"He is now a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 -msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:121 -msgid "**Lost** : the prospect is no longer interested" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:123 -msgid "*Success rate : 0%*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Within your pipeline, each stage should correspond to a defined goal with a " -"corresponding probability. Every time you move your opportunity to the next " -"stage, your probability of closing the sale will automatically adapt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:131 -msgid "" -"You should consider using probability value as **100** when the deal is " -"closed-won and **0** for deal closed-lost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:135 -msgid "How to set up stage probabilities?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:137 -msgid "" -"To edit a stage, click on the **Settings** icon at the right of the desired " -"stage then on EDIT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Select the Change probability automatically checkbox to let Odoo adapt the " -"probability of the opportunity to the probability defined in the stage. For " -"example, if you set a probability of 0% (Lost) or 100% (Won), Odoo will " -"assign the corresponding stage when the opportunity is marked as Lost or " -"Won." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Under the requirements field you can enter the internal requirements for " -"this stage. It will appear as a tooltip when you place your mouse over the " -"name of a stage." +#: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index c6688356e..ac4daf26c 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,70 +21,354 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Online Database management" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" -"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available to free " -"customers of our Online platform." +"To manage your databases, access the `database management page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (you will have to sign in). Then " +"click on the `Manage Your Databases " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 msgid "" -"Access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ " -"(you will have to sign in). Next, make sure you are connected as the " -"administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on " -"the **Manage Your Databases** button." +"Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" +" manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 +msgid "Several actions are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " +"features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " +"flows without compromising your daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 +msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "**Backup**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " +"daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 +msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 +msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 +msgid "Delete a database instantly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +msgid "Contact Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " +"database already selected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " +"that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" +" the process before upgrading your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " +"your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " +"experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The upgrade process can take some time, especially if you use multiple apps " +"or apps that manage sensitive data (e.g. Accounting, Inventory, etc.). In " +"general, the 'smaller' the database, the quickest the upgrade. A single-user" +" database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " +"multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, it is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade " +"request, since Odoo.com will test manually every database upgrade at least " +"once and will need to correct/adapt changes made to the standard Odoo Apps " +"(e.g. through Studio or through a Success Pack) on a case-by-case basis. " +"This can make the process slower, since requests are treated in the order " +"they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " +"a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 +msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 +msgid "You request a test upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " +"same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " +"access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " +"database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " +"If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to choose the target version of the upgrade. By " +"default, we select the highest available version available for your " +"database; if you were already in the process of testing an upgrade, we will " +"automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " +"released a more recent version during your tests)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the \"Test upgrade\" button, an upgrade request will be " +"generated. Only one request can be made at time for each database; if a " +"request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" +" and asking another request will not be possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A test upgrade will create a copy of your database, upgrade it and make it " +"available to you automatically once successful. If this is the first test " +"you request for this particular database, a manual testing phase will be " +"done by Odoo.com - this could take time (up to several weeks). Subsequent " +"requests will not go through that manual testing step and will usually be " +"made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " +"should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 +msgid "" +"**Testing your database is the most important step of the upgrade process!**" +" Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " +"processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " +"require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " +"test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Make sure to do one last test of your upgrade right before the final upgrade" +" (e.g. the day before) to ensure everything will run smoothly. Downgrading " +"is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " +"prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready and you have validated all your tests, you can click " +"again on the Upgrade button and confirm by clicking on Upgrade (the button " +"with the little rocket!) to switch your production database to the new " +"version. Your database will then be taken offline within the next 10 minutes" +" and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " +"the process is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " +"30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " +"migration during non-business hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 +msgid "Duplicating a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Database duplication, renaming, custom DNS, etc. is not available for trial " +"databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " +"database can duplicate without problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" "In the line of the database you want to duplicate, you will have a few " "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:36 -msgid "A duplicated database has the same behaviour as a real one:" +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" +" database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:38 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 -msgid "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce, for example)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 -msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:44 -msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" -"It is **strongly** advised to test behaviour using sample customers/products" -" (with a `disposable e-mail <http://www.mailinator.com>`__ address, for " +"Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:50 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 +msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 +msgid "Etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " +"behaviours to be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:54 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 +msgid "Rename a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " +"want to rename, access the `database management page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " +"to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 +msgid "Deleting a Database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 +msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 +msgid "" +"When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " +"deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " +"backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " +"backup may be several hours old at that point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 +msgid "" +"From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " +"on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " +"fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 +msgid "" +"If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " +"Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" +msgid "On-premises Database management" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 @@ -111,8 +395,9 @@ msgid "" "message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" msgstr "" @@ -123,8 +408,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ or with your Account " -"Manager" +" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" +" Manager" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 @@ -140,7 +425,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" @@ -155,7 +440,7 @@ msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." @@ -165,7 +450,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." " Please check on your `Odoo Contract " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/contract>`__, a short message will appear " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" @@ -183,41 +468,60 @@ msgid "" "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 -msgid "Too much users error message" +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 -msgid "or" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/10.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -226,109 +530,58 @@ msgid "" "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 -msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Update Notifications happen once every 7 days and keep your database up-to-" -"date with your Odoo Enterprise subscription. If you modify your subscription" -" (i.e. add more users, renew it for a year, etc.), your local database will " -"only be made aware of the change once every 7 days - this can cause " -"discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " -"in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" -" can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 -msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" - #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 -msgid "" -"Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " -"menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" -" mode**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " -"\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 -msgid "" -"Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " -"the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 -msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 -msgid "" -"You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " -"information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation <duplicate_premise>` to know how to change the UUID. After the" -" change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " -"database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "Duplicate a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:184 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -337,13 +590,13 @@ msgid "" "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:193 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 @@ -401,76 +654,74 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage access " -"rights.**" +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:44 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:47 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:52 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:57 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, go with your mouse cursor on the status **Active** " -"(top right). Click on Active and you will notice that the status will change" -" to **Inactive** immediately." +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:68 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:73 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:82 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:92 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " "Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " @@ -480,20 +731,20 @@ msgid "" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:99 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:104 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:109 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " "know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " @@ -503,7 +754,7 @@ msgid "" "operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:115 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " "modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " @@ -513,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" "to work properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 822ee3d2b..5160a8b40 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -21,542 +21,750 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "When is it needed" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" -"Using your own email servers is required to send and receive messages in " -"Odoo Community or Enterprise. Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email " -"solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email " -"servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below." +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 -msgid "How to set it up" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " +"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " +"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " +"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " +"reputation yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " +"own email solution with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " +"hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " +"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" +"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" +"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +msgid "How to manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after" -" Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." +"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " +"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 +msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 +msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 msgid "" -"Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't " -"use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo." +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 -msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" -"You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, " -"etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been " -"filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" +" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 -msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" -"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the " -"*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has " -"been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." +"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" +"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" +"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" +" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "How to use a G Suite server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this" -" value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." +"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " +"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " +"`Google documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 -msgid "Set the domain name" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" -"Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General " -"Settings." +"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" +" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " +"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "Create a catchall address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" -"When a contact replies to an email sent from Odoo, the *reply-to* address is" -" a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion thread in" -" Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its " -"followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed." +"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " +"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" -"Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to " -"use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to" -" use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:" +"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." +" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " +"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 -msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in " -"*mail.catchall.alias*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online comes up with an embedded and ready-to-use email server " -"(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*). We recommend to keep this default setting as it " -"is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source " -"of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo" -" login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see " -"your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want " -"to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "There are 2 methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96 -msgid "" -"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to" -" receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create" -" a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following " -"redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. " -"That's it you're ready to go!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 -msgid "" -"**Use a catchall mailbox** to exclusively use your own email server. That " -"way you can also manage your email server reputation (blacklisting, etc). " -"However, incoming messages are fetched from the email server thanks to a " -"cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online " -"instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of " -"above section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 -msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Sender Policy Framework (SPF) is an email-validation system that checks that" -" incoming mail from a domain comes from a host authorized by that domain's " -"administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you " -"don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as " -"spam." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your " -"domain name settings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 -msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 " -"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 -msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 -msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 +msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is a perfect tool to send and read messages related to business" -" documents. However it doesn't aim to replace a full-featured email solution" -" (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, etc.). We recommend to take the most out of " -"both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects" -" or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your " -"external email box." +"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " +"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " +"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " +"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " +"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To do so, create specific email aliases to use in Odoo (to generate leads or" -" opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already " -"used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both " -"systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 +msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " +"alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " +"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " +"recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" +"/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 +msgid "etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " +"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 +msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " +"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " +"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " +"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " +"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " +"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " +"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " +"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " +"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " +"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " +"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 +msgid "" +"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"Fetchmail Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss" +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with n available calendar available, " +"make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 9ed3968f2..84eea5fb6 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" +msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 @@ -659,185 +659,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Get paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" msgstr "" @@ -911,7 +732,7 @@ msgid "" "orders straight on." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " "order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " @@ -919,231 +740,33 @@ msgid "" "account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the " -"only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " -"starter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 -msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Create a `Paypal Business Account <https://www.paypal.com>`__ or upgrade " -"your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal <https://www.paypal.com>`__ and open the settings of your " -"**Profile**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " -"<odoo_instance_url>/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " -"correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " -"generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " -"Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: <odoo_instance_url>/payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " -"to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " -"button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " -"**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" -" Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " -"**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 -msgid "" -"They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " -"business info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," -" open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" -" Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 -msgid "" -"You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" -" charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" -" to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 -msgid "" -"To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " -"<https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-fees>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 -msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com>`__ with your" -" Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Sandbox <https://www.sandbox.paypal.com>`__ with the " -"merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make sure Paypal is still set on " -"*Test* mode. Also, make sure the confirmation mode of Paypal is not " -"*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " -"invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " -"automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" @@ -1189,54 +812,6 @@ msgid "" "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" - #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50dbdd034 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39712b7f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 +msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" +" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" +" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " +"to advertise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" +" be enabled or installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " +"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " +":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" +" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" +"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 +msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " +"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " +"the *Reminder* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 +msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 +msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " +"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" +" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " +"*Filters* are eligible here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " +"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " +"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " +"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 +msgid "Create your First Event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 +msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 +msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 +msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 +msgid "To allow networking;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " +"through the product and even their pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " +"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " +"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " +"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " +"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 +msgid "Tab: Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " +"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " +"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " +"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 +msgid "Tab: Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " +"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " +"*Communication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " +"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " +"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" +" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " +"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" +" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" +" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " +"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " +"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" +" and used again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 +msgid "Publish your event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 +msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Selling Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " +"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " +"more registrations to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" +" *Online Ticketing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " +"the sale of tickets to happen " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 +msgid "Through Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " +"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " +"which you want to create the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " +"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " +"your event’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 +msgid "Through the Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " +"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 +msgid "Track your Attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " +"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " +"analyzing reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " +"the *Attendees* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " +"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 +msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " +"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " +"*Cancelled* stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " +"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and Manage Talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " +"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Schedule & Tracks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " +"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " +"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " +"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " +"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 +msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " +"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " +"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70a4fb8ac --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd113a9d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 3064b9f9e..b327a62da 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -1,15 +1,23 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 +# Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,72 +27,273 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general.rst:5 msgid "General" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Общие положения" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "OAuth" +msgstr "OAuth" + +#: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " +"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как разрешить пользователям входить с помощью аккаунта Google" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Создать проект ** и введите название проекта и другие данные." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите ** Использовать Google API **" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "" +"Введите адрес, электронную почту и название товара (например, odoo), а затем" +" сохраните." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" msgstr "" +"Для этого заполните поле ** Авторизованные URI **. Скопируйте и вставьте " +"следующую ссылку в поле: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Затем " +"нажмите ** Создать **." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "Как разрешить пользователям входить через LDAP" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "Установите модуль LDAP в Общем настройках." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "Нажмите ** Создать ** в настройках вашего сервера LDAP." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "Выберите о компании для использования LDAP." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" +"В ** Информация сервера **, введите IP-адрес вашего сервера и его порт." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" +"В ** информации входа **, введите ID и пароль учетной записи, который " +"используется для запроса сервера. Если оставите пустым, сервер будет " +"запрашиваться анонимно." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" +"В ** Настройках оброки **, введите доменное имя вашего сервера LDAP в " +"номенклатуре LDAP (например. `Dc = example, dc = com``)." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" +"В ** Информация пользователя ** обозначьте * Создать пользователя * если вы " +"хотите, чтобы Odoo создала профиль, когда кто-то впервые войдет через LDAP." + +#: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импорт данных" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" @@ -100,7 +309,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить файл" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -109,7 +318,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" @@ -120,12 +329,17 @@ msgid "" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" +"Когда вы добавляете новый столбец, Odoo может быть не в состоянии " +"сопоставить его автоматически, если его метка не соответствует ни одному " +"полю системы. Если это так, найдите соответствующее поле с помощью поиска." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" +"Затем используйте метку, найденную в шаблоне импорта, чтобы текущий шаблон " +"использовался при следующей попытке импорта." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" @@ -137,21 +351,28 @@ msgid "" "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"** ID ** (внешний идентификатор) - это уникальный идентификатор для элемента" +" строки. Не стесняйтесь использовать одну из ваших предыдущих программ, " +"чтобы облегчить переход на Odoo." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Установка ID не является обязательной при импорте, но это помогает во многих" +" случаях:" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Обновление импорта: вы можете импортировать один и тот же файл несколько раз" +" без создания дубликатов;" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импортируйте поля отношений (см. ниже)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" @@ -172,14 +393,18 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете сделать это, используя имя соответствующей записи или его ID. ID " +"ожидается тогда, когда две записи имеют одинаковое имя. В таком случае " +"добавьте "/ ID" в конце заголовка колонки (например, для атрибутов" +" товара: атрибуты товара / атрибут / ID товара)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать данные в Odoo" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "С чего начать?" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -187,6 +412,9 @@ msgid "" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" msgstr "" +"Вы можете импортировать данные в систему Odoo, используя формат Excel " +"(.xlsx) или CSV (.csv): контакты, товары, банковские выписки, записи в " +"журнале и даже заказ!" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." @@ -198,38 +426,49 @@ msgid "" "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." msgstr "" +"Вам предоставляются шаблоны, которые можно легко заполнить собственными " +"данными. Такие шаблоны можно импортировать одним кликом; Отображение данных " +"уже выполнено." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" +"Добавьте, удалите и отсортируйте столбцы, чтобы лучше соответствовать " +"структуре данных." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " "corresponding field." msgstr "" +"Когда вы добавите новый столбец, Odoo, возможно, не сможет его автоматически" +" заметить, если его метка не подходит для любого поля в Odoo. Не волнуйтесь!" +" Вы можете вставлять новые столбцы вручную при проверке импорта. Найдите " +"список соответствующего поля." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "" +"Затем используйте метку этого поля в вашем файле, чтобы он работал в " +"следующий раз." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать из другой программы?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -238,19 +477,29 @@ msgid "" "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." msgstr "" +"Чтобы восстановить взаимосвязь между различными записями, вы должны " +"использовать уникальный идентификатор с оригинальной программы и обозначить " +"его на ** ID ** столбца (внешний идентификатор) в Odoo. При импорте другая " +"запись, который ссылается на первый, используйте ** XXX / ID ** (XXX / " +"Внешний идентификатор) к оригинальному уникального идентификатора. Вы также " +"можете найти эту запись, используя его название, но вы остановитесь, если по" +" крайней мере 2 записи имеют одинаковое название." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "" +"** ID ** также будет использован для обновления оригинального импорта, если " +"вам придется повторно импортировать измененные данные позже, поэтому, если " +"возможно, вы сможете его указать." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -260,29 +509,38 @@ msgid "" "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" " default." msgstr "" +"Odoo пытается определить тип поля для каждого столбца внутри вашего файла на" +" основе первых десяти строк файлов. Например, если у вас есть столбик, " +"который содержит только цифры, для вас будет выбрано только те поля, которые" +" имеют тип * целое число *. Несмотря на то, что в большинстве случаев это " +"поведение может быть хорошей и легкой, возможно, что это случится не так, " +"или вы хотите указать столбик на поле, не предлагается по умолчанию." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "" +"Если это произойдет, вам просто нужно проверить параметры ** Показать поля " +"связанной модели (расширено) **, после чего вы сможете выбрать из полного " +"списка полей для каждого столбца." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" -"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date and it will try to guess" -" the date format from a set of most used date format. While this process can" -" work for a lot of simple date format, some exotic date format will not be " -"recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " -"inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" -" day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -290,7 +548,7 @@ msgid "" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -298,11 +556,11 @@ msgid "" "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -312,56 +570,56 @@ msgid "" "crash." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пример, который не будет работать:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -369,114 +627,127 @@ msgid "" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какая разница между ID базы данных и внешним ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "" +"Например, чтобы указать страну контакта, Odoo предлагает 3 различных поля " +"для импорта:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Страна: название или код страны" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" +"Для страны Бельгии можно использовать один из этих 3 способов импорта:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Страна: Бельгия" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Страна/Внешний ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "" +"Используйте страну: это самый простой способ, когда ваши данные поступают из" +" файлов CSV, которые были созданы вручную." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " "Database ID)" msgstr "" +"Используйте страну / ID базы данных: редко используйте эту отметку. В " +"основном это используют разработчики, поскольку главное преимущество " +"заключается в том, чтобы никогда не было конфликтов (у вас может быть " +"несколько записей с одинаковым названием, но они всегда имеют уникальный ID " +"базы данных)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "" +"Используйте название страны / внешний ID: используйте внешний ID, при " +"импорте данных из сторонней программы." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -484,24 +755,29 @@ msgid "" "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " "Products and their Categories." msgstr "" +"При использовании внешние ID, вы можете импортировать файлы CSV с помощью " +"столбца "Внешний ID", чтобы определить внешний ID каждого " +"импортируемого записи. Затем вы сможете сделать ссылку на эту запись со " +"столбиками типа "Поле / Внешний ID». Следующие два файла CSV приводят " +"пример для товаров и их категорий." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что делать, если у меня есть несколько совпадений для поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -512,20 +788,20 @@ msgid "" "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -533,64 +809,68 @@ msgid "" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "" +"Как импортировать связь one2many (например, несколько строк заказ от заказа " +"на продажу)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "" +"В следующем файле CSV показано, как импортировать заказ на покупку с помощью" +" соответствующих строк заказа." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Возможно ли импортировать несколько раз одну и ту же запись?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -600,29 +880,33 @@ msgid "" "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " "assigning the default value." msgstr "" +"Если вы не устанавливаете все поля в файле CSV, Odoo назначит значение по " +"умолчанию для всех неопределенных полей. Но если вы устанавливаете поля с " +"пустыми значениями в своем файле CSV, Odoo установит значение EMPTY в поле, " +"вместо того, чтобы назначить значения по умолчанию." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -630,129 +914,645 @@ msgid "" "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "" +"Сначала мы экспортируем все компании и их "Внешний ID». В PSQL, " +"напишите следующую команду:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать файл CSV для лиц, связанных с компаниями, мы используем " +"следующую команду SQL в PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." msgstr "" +"Оба файла готовы к импорту в Odoo без каких-либо изменений. После импорта " +"этих двух файлов CSV у вас будет 4 контакта и 3 компании. (Первые два " +"контакта связаны с первой компанией). Сначала нужно импортировать компании, " +"а затем лица." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "BASICS" +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" msgstr "" +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" +"Покупки в приложении (IAP) дают доступ к дополнительным услугам через Odoo. " +"Например, это позволяет отправлять SMS-сообщения или отправлять счета по " +"почте непосредственно из своей базы данных." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "Покупка кредитов" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " +"from free credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" +"Если я на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у меня версия Enterprise, я пользуюсь " +"бесплатными кредитами для тестирования функций IAP." + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "счета IAP" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "Получайте уведомления, когда недостаточно кредитов" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "Доступные услуги IAP" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " +"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "Предложить собственные услуги" + +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: `In-App Purchase " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Несколько компаний" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 +msgid "Basics" +msgstr "Основное" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." msgstr "" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Группы" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" + #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" msgstr "" @@ -771,7 +1571,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Первое, что нужно сделать, это загрузить нужный язык в версию Odoo." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -779,22 +1579,29 @@ msgid "" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" msgstr "" +"На общей информационной панели нажмите на приложение ** Настройка **; в " +"верхнем левом углу страницы выберите :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a" +" Translation`, выберите язык для установки и нажмите ** СКАЧАТЬ **." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." msgstr "" +"Если вы проверите обозначения "Веб-сайты для перевода", вы сможете" +" изменить язык навигации на своем сайте." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "измените язык" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." msgstr "" +"Вы можете изменить язык на установленную, перейдя к раскрывающегося меню в " +"верхней правой части экрана и выбрав ** Параметры **." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -804,17 +1611,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откройте новое меню, чтобы посмотреть изменения." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Измените язык другого пользователя" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." msgstr "" +"Odoo также дает вам возможность для каждого пользователя выбрать его " +"желаемый язык." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -828,4 +1637,1196 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" +"Guide>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Полномочия" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "процесс оплаты" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Прямой дебет SEPA" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Перенаправление на сайт покупателя" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "сохранить карточки" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Страны" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Журнал Банка" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Настройте ваш аккаунт Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal доступен и популярен по всему миру. Он не взимает плату за подписку, " +"а создать аккаунт очень легко. Вот почему мы рекомендуем его для начинающих " +"в Odoo. Он работает бесперебойно, когда клиент перенаправляется на сайт " +"Paypal для регистрации платежа." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Аккаунт Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " +"applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Настройки в Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"Эта URL-адрес запрашивает Paypal, но не используется на практике, поскольку " +"Odoo передает ее на каждой транзакции. Не волнуйтесь, если вы управляете " +"несколькими каналами продаж или базами данных Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Перевод данных об оплате (PDT)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Опциональный счет Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать IPN, вернитесь в меню * Платежи сайта * и нажмите * " +"Обновить * в * Моментальное уведомление оплаты *." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Формат сообщений оплаты" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Ваш аккаунт Paypal готов!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" +"website-payments-ewp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активация" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" +"Активируйте * Paypal * с панели настроек Продаж, Выставление счетов и " +"Электронной коммерции, или из меню настройки * платежных эквайеров *." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo требует трех учетных данных Paypal:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"* Токен PDT Paypal * предоставляется в настройках * Платежи сайта *, как " +"показано ниже." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете взимать дополнительную комиссию с клиентов за оплату через Paypal;" +" Это покрывает взыскании с вас комиссии за транзакцию Paypal. После " +"направления на Paypal, ваш клиент видит дополнительную сумму к сумме заказа." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" +"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете протестировать процесс оплаты в Odoo благодаря счетам Paypal " +"Sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Войдите на `Сайт разработчика Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/> `__ с " +"вашими учетными данными Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Это создаст два счета sandbox:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Запустите тестовую транзакцию в Odoo, используя личный аккаунт Sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Как получить платеж через банковский перевод" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"** Банковский перевод ** - это доступный способ оплаты по умолчанию. Цель - " +"предоставить своим клиентам свои банковские реквизиты, чтобы они могли " +"платить самостоятельно. Это очень легко начать, но медленно и неэффективно. " +"Выберите покупателей, как только сможете!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Как создать другие ручные методы оплаты" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash" +msgstr "Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 +msgid "" +"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" +" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" +" Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" +"** Как пользователь SaaS **, вы можете использовать Unsplash. Вас не нужно " +"будет следить за этим пособием, чтобы установить информацию Unsplash, с тех " +"пор, как вы будете использовать наш собственный ключ Odoo Unsplash " +"прозрачным образом." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" +msgstr "Создайте ключ доступа Unsplash для пользователя ** НЕ Saas **" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" +"Вы должны быть перенаправлены на страницу деталей приложения. Прокрутите " +"вниз, чтобы найти ваш ** ключ доступа **." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " +"50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" +"** Как не пользователь SaaS **, вы не сможете зарегистрироваться для " +"рабочего ключа Unsplash и будете ограничены в доступе к тестовому ключа, " +"имеет ограничения в 50 запросов Unsplash в час." + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" +msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 +msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "Как создать ID приложения Unsplash" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +msgid "" +"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " +"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " +"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " +"requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index e5dbfc765..57d97d59c 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -18,650 +18,362 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo Online Implementation" +msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" -"This document summarizes **Odoo's Online services**, our Success Pack " -"**implementation methodology**, and *best practices* to **get started** with" -" our product." +"This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " +"implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " +"product." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"*We recommend that new Odoo Online customers read this document before the " -"kick-off call with our project manager. This way, we save time and don't " -"have to use your hours from the success pack discussing the basics.*" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:16 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" -"*If you have not read this document, our project manager will review this " -"with you at the time of the kick-off call.*" +"Within the context of your project, it is highly recommended to designate " +"and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" +" of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" +" project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 -msgid "Getting Started" +msgid "" +"**The Odoo Consultant ensures the project implementation from A to Z**: From" +" the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" +" of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " +"practices." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:22 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" -"Do not wait for the kick-off meeting to begin playing with the software. The" -" more exposure you have with Odoo, the more time you will save later during " -"the implementation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you purchase an Odoo Online subscription, you will receive instructions" -" by e-mail on how to activate or create your database. From this email, you " -"can activate your existing Odoo database or create a new one from scratch." +"**One and only decision maker on the client side (SPoC)**: He is responsible" +" for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " +"if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " +"point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " -"someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +"**Meetings optimization**: The Odoo consultant is not involved in the " +"process of decision making from a business point of view nor to precise " +"processes and company's internal procedures (unless a specific request or an" +" exception). Project meetings, who will take place once or twice a week, are" +" meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " +"needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:38 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" -"Fill in the sign-in or sign-up screens and you will get your first Odoo " -"database ready to be used." +"**Train the Trainer approach**: The Odoo consultant provides functional " +"training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " +"collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " +"that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:41 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" -"In order to familiarize yourself with the user interface, take a few minutes" -" to create records: *products, customers, opportunities or projects / " -"tasks*. Follow the blinking dots, they give you tips about the user " -"interface as shown in the picture below." +"To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " +"necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " +"project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|left_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "|right_pic|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:50 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" -"Once you get used to the user interface, have a look at the implementation " -"planners. These are accessible from the Settings app, or from the top " -"progress bar on the right hand side of the main applications." +"**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " +"the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " +"Indeed, when all the stakeholders share the same vision, the evolution of " +"the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" +" clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:58 -msgid "These implementation planners will:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:60 -msgid "help you define your goals and KPIs for each application," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:62 -msgid "guide you through the different configuration steps," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:64 -msgid "and provide you with tips and tricks to getting the most out of Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" -"Fill in the first steps of the implementation planner (goals, expectations " -"and KPIs). Our project manager will review them with you during the " -"implementation process." +"**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " +"phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" +" by the end users have demonstrated its effectiveness over time. This " +"approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " +"the implementation." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:73 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you have questions or need support, our project manager will guide you " -"through all the steps. But you can also:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation on our website: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success " -"Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " -"<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__" +"**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " +"environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " +"important ones (developments). Nevertheless, adoption of the standard " +"solution will be preferred as often as possible in order to optimize project" +" delivery times and provide the user with a long-term stability and fluid " +"scalability of his new tool. Ideally, if an improvement of the software " +"should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " +"experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" -"Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " -"<https://www.youtube.com/user/OpenERPonline>`__" +"The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " +"future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" +" account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" -"Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support " -"form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +"**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " +"responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," +" problem-solving, etc.) are crucial to the success of an Odoo " +"implementation. It is therefore strongly advised to take the necessary time " +"at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " +"check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 -msgid "What do we expect from you?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:91 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" -"We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " -"services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" -" projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." +"**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " +"of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" +" in order to provide the most effective solution to meet the needs " +"expressed. This goal can sometimes conflict with the end user's vision of an" +" ideal solution. In that case, the SPoC and the consultant will apply the " +"80-20 rule: focus on 80% of the expressed needs and take out the remaining " +"20% of the most disadvantageous objectives in terms of cost/benefit ratio " +"(those proportions can of course change over time). Therefore, it will be " +"considered acceptable to integrate a more time-consuming manipulation if a " +"global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " +"to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" -"But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " -"slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " -"engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." +"**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " +"what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " +"avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " +"tools\\* :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 -msgid "Your internal implementation manager" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:102 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" -"We ask that you maintain a single point of contact within your company to " -"work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure" -" efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " -"person must:" +"**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " +"features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " +"filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" -"**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " -"risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " -"implementations having a full time project manager." +"**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " +"between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " +"and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" -"**have authority to take decisions** on their own. Odoo usually transforms " -"all departments within a company for the better. There can be many small " -"details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much " -"back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " -"it could potentially seriously slow everything down." +"`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" -"**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " -"support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " -"management." +"**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" +" the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 -msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" -"You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " -"level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " -"extremist.**" +"To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " +"limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " +"stakeholders have a clear idea of what can be expected/achieved in the " +"project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " +"verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" -"Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" -" to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." +"*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " +"adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Standard Odoo can probably cover 90% of your business processes and " -"requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" -" you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " -"costs of customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 -msgid "" -"**Do it the Odoo way, not yours.** Be flexible, use Odoo the way it was " -"designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " -"system(s) works." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 -msgid "" -"**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " -"having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " -"Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " -"learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is " -"more important to have all your business processes working than customizing " -"a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails." +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" -"Our project managers are trained to help you make the right decisions and " -"measure the tradeoffs involved but it is much easier if you are aligned with" -" them on the objectives. Some processes may take more time than your " -"previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " -"other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " -"decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." +"The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " +"the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " +"success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " +"follow those principles:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 -msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:157 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" -"Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" -" with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and" -" easier your training phases will be." +"**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " +"that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " +"provide direct access to the project's tracking document (Project " +"Organizer). This document will contain at least a list of tasks to be " +"performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" +" manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" -"Nothing replaces playing with the software, but here are some extra " -"resources:" +"The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " +"detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" -"Documentation: `https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user>`__" +"**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " +"time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Introduction Videos: `https://www.odoo.com/r/videos " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/videos>`__" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" -"Customer Reviews: `https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/blog/customer-reviews-6>`__" +"Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " +"reached;" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:174 -msgid "Get things done" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:176 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" -"Want an easy way to start using Odoo? Install Odoo Notes to manage your to-" -"do list for the implementation: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/notes>`__. From your Odoo home, go to Apps and " -"install the Notes application." +"Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " +"capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " +"and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 -msgid "This module allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:186 -msgid "Manage to-do lists for better interactions with your consultant;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:188 -msgid "Share Odoo knowledge & good practices with your employees;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:190 msgid "" -"Get acquainted with all the generic tools of Odoo: Messaging, Discussion " -"Groups, Kanban Dashboard, etc." +"**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " +"taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," +" etc.). For example, it will be preferable to realize a significant " +"development in order to reduce the time of a daily operation, rather than an" +" operation to be performed only once a quarter. It is generally accepted " +"that the closer the solution is to the standard, the lighter and more fluid " +"the migration process, and the lower the maintenance costs for both parties." +" In addition, experience has shown us that 60% of initial development " +"requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " +"\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " -"(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " -"Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." +"**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " +"change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" +" implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" +" both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " +"business processes of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "What should you expect from us?" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:205 -msgid "Subscription Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 -msgid "Cloud Hosting" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" +" test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " +"needs of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" -"Odoo provides a top notch cloud infrastructure including backups in three " -"different data centers, database replication, the ability to duplicate your " -"instance in 10 minutes, and more!" +"**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " +"for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " +"SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " +"requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" -"Odoo Online SLA: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-online-sla>`__\\" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Odoo Online Security: `https://www.odoo.com/page/security " -"<https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/page/security>`__" +"**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " +"noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" -"Privacy Policies: `https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/odoo-privacy-policy>`__" +"A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " +"a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:224 -msgid "Support" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 +msgid "**or**" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes an **unlimited support service at no " -"extra cost, 24/5, Monday to Friday**. To cover 24 hours, our teams are in " -"San Francisco, Belgium and India. Questions could be about anything and " -"everything from: how to use or configure, bugfix requests, payments or " -"subscription issues." +"A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " +"reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:232 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" -"Our support can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +"Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " +"be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " +"this task can be time-consuming and, if its priority is not well defined, " +"prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " +"it will be decided :" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" -"Note: The support team cannot develop new features, customize, import data " -"or train your users. These services are provided by your dedicated project " -"manager, as part of the Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:240 -msgid "Upgrades" +"**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " +"importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " +"moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" -"Once every two months, Odoo releases a new version. You will get an upgrade " -"button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " -"is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." +"**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " +"the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " +"invoices, open projects, for example), the need to have this information " +"available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" +" import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" -"We provide the option to upgrade in a test environment so that you can " -"evaluate a new version or train your team before the roll out. Simply fill " -"our `online support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ to make this " -"request." +"**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " +"integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " +"can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " +"production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:252 -msgid "Success Pack Services" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:254 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" -"The Success Pack is a package of premium hour-based services performed by a " -"dedicated project manager and business analyst. The list of services " -"according to your success pack is detailed online: `https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__" +"When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " +"questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:259 -msgid "" -"The goal of the project manager is to help you get to production within the " -"defined time frame and budget, i.e. the initial number of hours defined in " -"your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:263 -msgid "His/her role includes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:265 -msgid "" -"**Project Management:** review of your objectives & expectations, phasing of" -" the implementation (road map), mapping of your business needs and the Odoo " -"features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:269 -msgid "**Customized Support:** by phone, e-mail or webinar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:271 -msgid "" -"**Training, Coaching, and Onsite Consulting:** remote trainings via screen " -"sharing or training on premises. For on premise training sessions, you will " -"be expected to pay extra for travel expenses and accommodations for your " -"consultant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:276 -msgid "" -"**Configuration:** decisions about how to implement specific needs in Odoo " -"and advanced configuration. (e.g. logistic routes, advanced pricing " -"structures, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:280 -msgid "" -"**Data Import**: we can do it or assist you on how to do it with a template " -"prepared by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:283 -msgid "" -"If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra " -"services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 -msgid "" -"**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " -"customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289 -msgid "" -"**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to " -"customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to " -"developers for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293 -msgid "" -"**Website Design:** standard themes are provided to get started at no extra " -"cost. However, our project manager can coach you on how to utilize the " -"building blocks of the website designer. The time spent will consume hours " -"of your success pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:298 -msgid "" -"**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " -"sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " -"automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 -msgid "" -"If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " -"Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " -"at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307 -msgid "" -"All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" -" be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310 -msgid "" -"In case of customizations that would require a developer’s intervention, a " -"recurring maintenance fee will be charged on the customer subscription, to " -"cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours " -"spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be " -"added to the subscription fee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 -msgid "" -"**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " -"hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " -"$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 -msgid "Implementation Methodology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:323 -msgid "" -"We follow a **lean and hands-on methodology**, that is used to put customers" -" in production in a short period of time and at a low cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:326 -msgid "" -"After the kick-off meeting, we define a phasing plan to deploy Odoo " -"progressively, by groups of apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:332 -msgid "" -"The goal of the **Kick-off call** is for our project manager to come to an " -"understanding of your business in order to propose an implementation plan " -"(phasing). Each phase is the deployment of a set applications that you will " -"fully use in production at the end of the phase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:338 -msgid "For every phase, the steps are the following:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:340 -msgid "" -"**On Boarding:** Odoo's project manager will review Odoo's business flows " -"with you, according to your business. The goal is to train you, validate the" -" business process and configure according to your specific needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:345 -msgid "" -"**Data:** created manually or imported from your existing system. You are " -"responsible to export the data from your existing system and Odoo's project " -"manager will import them in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:349 -msgid "" -"**Training:** once your applications are set up, your data imported, and the" -" system is working smoothly, you will train your users. There will be some " -"back and forth with your Odoo project manager to answer questions and " -"process your feedback." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:354 -msgid "**Production**: Once everyone is trained, your users start using Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Once you are comfortable using Odoo, we will fine-tune the process and " -"**automate** some tasks and do the remaining customizations (**extra screens" -" and reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:361 -msgid "" -"Once all applications are deployed and users are comfortable on Odoo, our " -"project manager will not work on your project anymore (unless you have new " -"needs) and you will use the support service if you have further questions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:367 -msgid "Managing your databases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:369 -msgid "" -"To access your databases, go to Odoo.com, sign in and click **My Databases**" -" in the drop-down menu at the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:375 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the opportunity to test the system before going live or " -"before upgrading to a newer version. Do not mess up your working environment" -" with test data!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:379 -msgid "" -"In that purpose, you can create as many free trials as you want (available " -"for 15 days). Those instances can be instant copies of your working " -"environment. To do so, go to the Odoo.com account in **My Organizations** " -"page and click **Duplicate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:390 -msgid "" -"You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " -"<db_management/documentation>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 -msgid "Customer Success" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Odoo is passionate about delighting our customers and ensuring that they " -"have all the resources needed to complete their project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:399 -msgid "" -"During the implementation phase, your point of contact is the project " -"manager and eventually the support team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Once you are in production, you will probably have less interaction with " -"your project manager. At that time, we will assign a member of our Client " -"Success Team to you. They are specialized in the long-term relationship with" -" our customers. They will contact you to showcase new versions, improve the " -"way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Our internal goal is to keep customers for at least 10 years and offer them " -"a solution that grows with their needs!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:412 -msgid "Welcome aboard and enjoy your Odoo experience!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:415 -msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 +msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e93fbc754 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -0,0 +1,875 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../helpdesk.rst:5 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Техподдержка" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" +msgstr "Создать сторно из заявки" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 +msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" +msgstr "Разрешить возврат товара по заявке" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 +msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" +msgstr "Предоставляйте купоны из заявок" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +msgid "" +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 +msgid "Repairs from tickets" +msgstr "Ремонт по заявке" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" +msgstr "Планируйте вмешательства на месте из заявок" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Купоны <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>" +" `_" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Форум" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "Онлайн-обучение" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "начните" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "" +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Рейтинги" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Псевдоним электронной почты" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Форма на веб-сайте" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живой чат" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 24de57a83..ee06ed251 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../index.rst:3 msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Документация пользователя Odoo" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 54c1d435a..28a11bbbb 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -1,15 +1,27 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Viktor Pogrebniak <vp@aifil.ru>, 2020 +# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Collex100, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -17,299 +29,392 @@ msgstr "" "Language: ru\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" -#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Склад" #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Штрихкоды" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Операции за день" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 -msgid "From the Barcode application:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 -msgid "Click on **Inventory**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 msgid "" -"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" -" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" -"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " -"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " -"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" -"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " -"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " -"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" -"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" -"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " -"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " -"accessible, visible or is missing." +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " -"finish the operation." +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 -msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" -"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 -msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" -"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 -msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 -msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" -"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" -"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " -"of the dashboard)." +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 -msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 -msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 -msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 -msgid "Scan the **destination location**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 -msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" -"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " -"outgoing deliveries:" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Приходы" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" -"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " -"the lots/serial numbers" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" -"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" -" one automatically" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 -msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Заказы на доставку" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" -"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " -"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" -"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " -"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " -"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 -msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" -"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" -" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 -msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Внутренние перемещения" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" -"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " -"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " -"scan products directly)." +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 -msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" -"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " -"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" -"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " -"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" -"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " -"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " -"visible or is missing." +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 -msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" -"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " -"one." +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " -"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" -"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " -"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 -msgid "Open operation interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 -msgid "Scan." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " -"and keyboard." +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка сканера штрих-кода" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -317,10 +422,14 @@ msgid "" "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" +"Начало работы со сканированием штрих-кодов в Odoo достаточно легкий. Тем не " +"менее, хороший пользовательский опыт возлагается на соответствующую " +"установку аппаратного обеспечения. Это пособие поможет вам решить задачу " +"выбора и настройки сканера штрих-кодов." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Найдите сканер штрих-кода, который соответствует вашим потребностям" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -328,6 +437,9 @@ msgid "" "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" +"Есть три рекомендованные сканеры штрихкодов для работы в програмами ** " +"Состав ** Odoo и ** Сканер штрих-кода ** - ** сканер USB **, ** сканер " +"Bluetooth ** и ** мобильный сканер **." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -336,22 +448,26 @@ msgid "" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" +"Если вы сканируете товары на компьютере, это путь к ** сканера USB **. " +"Просто подключите его к компьютеру, чтобы начать сканирование. Убедитесь, " +"когда вы покупаете его, сканер совместим с раскладкой клавиатуры или может " +"быть настроен таким образом." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " -"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" -" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " -"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " -"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." @@ -359,11 +475,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка сканера штрих-кодов" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -372,10 +488,15 @@ msgid "" "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" +"Сканер штрих-кода USB должен быть настроен таким образом, чтобы использовать" +" такую же раскладку клавиатуры как операционная система. В противном случае " +"ваш сканер не будет правильно переводить символы (например, заменив " +""A" на "Q"). Большинство сканеров настроены путем " +"сканирования соответствующего штрих-кода в руководстве пользователя." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматический возврат каретки" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -386,53 +507,89 @@ msgid "" "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Odoo имеет задержку 50 миллисекунд между каждым последующим " +"сканированием (это помогает избежать случайного двойного сканирования). Если" +" вы хотите уменьшить эту задержку, вы можете настроить сканер, чтобы " +"вставить возврата тары в конце каждого штрих-кода. Обычно это настройкой по " +"умолчанию и может быть явным образом настроено сканирование определенного " +"штрих-кода в руководстве ( "суффикс CR на", "Применить " +"введение для суффикса" и т.д.)." #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 -msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" -"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" -"Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " -"actions." +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:23 -msgid "Set products barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" -"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" -" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " -"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " -"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " -"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" -" be accessed via the planner." +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" -"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " -"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " -"them)." +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 -msgid "Set locations barcodes" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 @@ -440,421 +597,47 @@ msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " -"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " -"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " -"paper." +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" -"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " -"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 -msgid "Barcode formats" +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " -"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " -"your own barcode format for internal use." +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " +"own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 -msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 -msgid "" -"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " -"keep the inventory right." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " -"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " -"the right locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " -"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 -msgid "Start the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 -msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" -" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 -msgid "" -"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" -" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 -msgid "" -"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " -"set the location of your product from this screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" -" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " -"has automatically been created and validated by the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 -msgid "Multiple products at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" -" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " -"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" -" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " -"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" -" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " -"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" -" (or child) locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 -msgid "" -"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " -"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " -"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " -"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " -"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" -" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " -"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 -msgid "" -"additional information will be available according to the options you " -"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " -"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 -msgid "" -"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " -"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " -"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " -"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " -"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " -"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If the active field is set to False, it will allow you to hide the " -"orderpoint without removing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Product Unit of Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Default Unit of Measure used for all stock operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Procurement Group" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Moves created through this orderpoint will be put in this procurement group." -" If none is given, the moves generated by procurement rules will be grouped " -"into one big picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Minimum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity specified for this field," -" Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Max " -"Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Maximum Quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When the virtual stock goes below the Min Quantity, Odoo generates a " -"procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to the Quantity specified as " -"Max Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Quantity Multiple" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " -"the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "Lead Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Number of days after the orderpoint is triggered to receive the products or " -"to order to the vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " -"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " -"stock valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " -"(or any other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 -msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление складом" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отменить заказ на доставку?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." msgstr "" +"Odoo дает вам возможность отменить заказ на доставку, независимо от того, " +"оно было быстро проверено, его нужно изменить или по иным причинам." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -862,24 +645,30 @@ msgid "" "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " "any bad surprise." msgstr "" +"Некоторые перевозчики являются более гибкими, чем другие, поэтому " +"обязательно отмените заказ на доставку быстрее, если это нужно сделать, " +"чтобы у вас не было никаких неприятных сюрпризов." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "процесс продажи" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к модулю ** Продажи ** нажмите ** Продажи **, а затем - ** Заказ " +"на продажу **. Затем нажмите на заказ на продажу, которое нужно отменить." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** Доставка **, в верхнем правом углу заказ на продажу." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -887,43 +676,54 @@ msgid "" "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" " cancel the delivery." msgstr "" +"Теперь откройте вкладку ** Дополнительная информация **, и вы увидите, что " +"рядом с ** Проекты перевозчика **, есть кнопка ** Отменить **. Нажмите на " +"нее, чтобы отменить доставку." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 msgid "" "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" " receive the confirmation of the cancellation." msgstr "" +"Чтобы убедиться, что ваша доставка отменена, зарегистрируйтесь в истории, и " +"получите подтверждение об отмене." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как ограничить способ доставки определенном количестве стран?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " "limit them to a certain number of countries." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете иметь различные способы доставки, и вы можете " +"ограничить их для определенного количества стран." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " "**Delivery Methods**." msgstr "" +"В модуле ** Состав ** перейдите к ** Настройка ** и нажмите ** Методы " +"доставки **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 msgid "" "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите способ доставки, который нужно изменить, или создайте новый." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 msgid "" "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " "this delivery method." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ** Место назначения ** выберите страны, к которым нужно применить" +" этот метод доставки." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь, давайте посмотрим, что сделано." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -931,20 +731,25 @@ msgid "" "your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " "only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." msgstr "" +"Если вы переходите на сайт, и пытаетесь что-то купить, после введения своей " +"информации и перехода на платеж, сайт предложит вам только способы доставки," +" которые применяются к вашей адреса доставки." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 msgid "" "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " "Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." msgstr "" +"Этот процесс не работает в бэкенд. Мы предполагаем, что когда вы создаете " +"заказ на продажу, вы знаете, какой метод доставки вы можете использовать с " +"момента их создания." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 @@ -952,126 +757,146 @@ msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" -"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " -"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," -" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 -msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " +"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." +" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 +msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " -"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" -" space in your warehouse." +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" -"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" -" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " -"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" -" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " -"sense!" +"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " +"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " +"space in your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" -"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" -" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" +" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " +"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " +"product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" -"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " -"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" -" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" -" tracking number." +"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" -"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " -"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " -"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" -" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " +"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" +" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 +msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" -"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " -"is drop-shipping and how to use it <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." +"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " +"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " +"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 -msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " +"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" +"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " -"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" -" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " -"on **Apply**." +"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " -"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " -"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " -"supplier to the products you want to dropship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 -msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" -" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " -"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " -"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " -"will see that one shipment has been created." +"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." +" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " +"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" +"Shipping*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" -"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " -"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " -"dropship card." +"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " +"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " +"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" -"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" -" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " -"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " +"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" +" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " +"own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " +"inventory dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "" +"Как выбрать правильное перемещение запасов для обработки заказов на " +"доставку?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1079,26 +904,35 @@ msgid "" "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " "deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от таких факторов, как тип товаров, которые вы продаете, " +"размер вашего склада, количество заказов, которые вы регистрируете каждый " +"день ... способ обработки заказов может сильно отличаться." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет обрабатывать доставку из своего состава тремя различными " +"способами:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Один шаг (доставка) **: отправьте непосредственно со склада" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr "" +"** Два шага (комплектование + доставка) **: перенести товар к месту отгрузки" +" перед отправлением" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" msgstr "" +"** Три шага (комплектование + упаковки + доставка) ** Сделайте пакеты в " +"выделенном месте, а затем переместите их в место отгрузки для доставки" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1107,6 +941,10 @@ msgid "" "simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " "to handle orders very quickly." msgstr "" +"Для компаний, которые имеют достаточно небольшой склад и не требуют высокого" +" запаса товаров или не продают скоропортящиеся товары, простым является " +"доставка в один шаг, поскольку она не требует больших настроек и позволяет " +"обрабатывать заказы очень быстро." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1116,6 +954,11 @@ msgid "" "customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " "especially when the items you stock are big in size." msgstr "" +"Использование складских методов, таких как FIFO, LIFO и FEFO, требует как " +"минимум двух этапов для обработки отгрузки. Способ комплектования будет " +"определено стратегией удаления, а отдаленные товары затем будут отправлены " +"клиенту. Этот способ также интересен, если у вас есть большие запасы, и " +"особенно если вы большие размеры." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1124,39 +967,43 @@ msgid "" "packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " "set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." msgstr "" +"Система трех шагов становится полезной в более конкретных ситуациях, " +"основными из которых являются обработка очень больших запасов. Товары " +"переносятся в зону упаковки, где их собирают по месту назначения, а затем " +"устанавливают на выходные грузы для конечной доставки заказчикам." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перемещение в один шаг" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `one_step`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Способ в два этапа" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `two_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Способ в три этапа" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Пожалуйста, прочитайте документацию о: doc: `three_steps`" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как можно изменить тип накладной?" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1164,16 +1011,21 @@ msgid "" "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " "delivery." msgstr "" +"С помощью Odoo вы можете выбрать различные типы накладных для заказов на " +"доставку. Следуйте следующие действия и предоставьте соответствующий тип " +"накладной для доставки." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." msgstr "" +"В модуле ** Состав **, перейдите к ** Настройка ** и нажмите ** Методы " +"доставки **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите способ доставки и нажмите кнопку ** Редактировать **." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1181,741 +1033,364 @@ msgid "" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ** Цена **, под названием ** Складской тип накладной Fedex **, " +"можно выбрать один из доступных типов накладной. Доступность может " +"отличаться в зависимости от перевозчика." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." msgstr "" +"После этого вы можете увидеть результат, если вы перейдете к модулю продажу," +" и вы создадите новый заказ на продажу." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." msgstr "" +"Когда вы подтвердите продажи и подтвердите доставку перевозчиком, для " +"которого вы изменили тип накладной, накладная появится в вашей истории." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" msgstr "" +"Тип накладной по умолчанию - бумажный лист, и если вы выберете, например, " +"нижнюю половину типа накладной, она будет отличаться:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на продажу" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " +"packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 +msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " +"have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " +"move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " +"order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " +"the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " +"packages which were part of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 +msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " +"will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " +"*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " +"directly via the *Packages* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " -"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 -msgid "" -"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " -"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " -"and edit the concerned warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " -"Only)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " -"picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " -"Orders** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 -msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 -msgid "" -"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " -"product has been shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can you change the packaging type for your sale order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo gives you the possibility to change the default packaging type and " -"adapt the packaging the way you want it, depending on the weight of the " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and then click on " -"**Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " -"on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 -msgid "*Sale process*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:26 -msgid "In the **Sales** module, go to **Sales** and click on **Sale Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:28 -msgid "Create your new Sale Order, and **Confirm the Sale**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Once you've confirmed the Sale, you need to click on **Delivery**, to be " -"redirected to the Delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:36 -msgid "Click on **Edit**, and you can now change the packaging." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the **Operations** tab, in the last column, change the **0** and put the " -"number of products that you want to pack together. Then click on **Put in " -"Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Choose the type of packaging that you want. You can also see that the weight" -" has been adapted to your package, and you can change it manually if you " -"want it to be more precise. Then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:52 -msgid "Repeat the operation until all the products are put in pack." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:54 -msgid "Finally, click on **Validate** to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," -" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " -"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " -"before shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 -msgid "" -"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " -"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " -"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " -"customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" -" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " -"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " -"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " -"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " -"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" -" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " -"correct method for your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Inventory module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 -msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" -" orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "Allow managing routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" -" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " -"the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " -"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " -"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 -msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " -"that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " -"Ship).**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Create a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " -"deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **stat button** above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 -msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 -msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 -msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" -" Zone**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Packing)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 -msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" -" kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 -msgid "" -"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " -"product available for the next step (Shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 -msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " -"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " -"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " -"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" -" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " -"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" -"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " -"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " -"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " -"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " -"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " -"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " -"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 -msgid "Allow management of routes" +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " -"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " -"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 -msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" -" checked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " -"check the radio button above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " -"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " -"activated beforehand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 -msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" -" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " -"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " -"some products to deliver." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " -"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " -"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " -"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " -"process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " -"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " -"**WH/Output**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " -"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " -"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " -"listed in the **To Do** column)" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" -" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " -"shipped to the customer." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Поступающие грузы" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как выбрать правильный способ для обработки товарных чеков?" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1923,25 +1398,33 @@ msgid "" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " "handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от факторов, таких как тип элементов, которые вы получаете, " +"размер вашего склада, номер квитанции, который вы регистрируете каждый день " +"... способ, которым вы обрабатываете квитанции своим клиентам, может сильно " +"отличаться." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет обрабатывать квитанции из своего состава тремя различными " +"способами:" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** В один шаг **: получать товары прямо на складе." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "** В двух шагах **: извлеките в место приема, выделите в состав." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." msgstr "" +"** В три шага **: извлеките в место приема, пройдите контроль качества, " +"прежде чем он будет принят на складе." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -1950,14 +1433,19 @@ msgid "" "standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " "configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." msgstr "" +"Odoo использует ** маршруты **, чтобы точно определить, как вы будете " +"обрабатывать различные этапы получения. Настройка выполняется на уровне " +"состава. Обычно прием происходит в один этап, но изменение настройки может " +"привести к процессу в 2 или даже 3 шага." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Принципы следующие:" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr "" +"** В один шаг **: вы получаете товары непосредственно на вашем складе." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -1965,6 +1453,9 @@ msgid "" "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "" +"** В двух шагах **: вы получаете товары в месте приема, после чего " +"перенесите их из зоны приема к вашему состава. Пока товары не будут переданы" +" на ваш склад, они не будут доступны для дальнейшей обработки." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1973,6 +1464,10 @@ msgid "" "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" +"** В три шага **: во многих компаниях необходимо оценить полученную пользу. " +"Цель заключается в проверке того, что товары соответствуют требованиям по " +"качеству, согласованному с поставщиками. Добавление этапа контроля качества " +"в процессе получения товаров может стать важным." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1982,311 +1477,332 @@ msgid "" "only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " "return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" +"Вы получаете товары в месте приема, затем передаете их в зону качества для " +"контроля качества. Когда процесс проверки качества заканчивается, вы можете " +"переместить товары из КЯ на склад. Конечно, вы можете изменить количество и " +"только перевести на склад действительное количество и решить, какую ненужную" +" количество вы вернете." #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Это настройки по умолчанию в Odoo" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" -"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" -" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" -" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " -"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 -msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 -msgid "Use advanced routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" -"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " -"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "" -"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 -msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" -"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " -"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " -"goods directly into stock**)." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 msgid "" -"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " -"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " -"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" -"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " -"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" -" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " -"This is the receipt step." +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " -"**Receipts** card." +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " -"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" -"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " -"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" -" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " -"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" -"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " -"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " -"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " -"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" -" Control**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " -"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " -"ready to be controlled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 -msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " -"process the quality control." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " -"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 -msgid "" -"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" -" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " -"controlled and has moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " -"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " -"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " -"processing." +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" -"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" -"Make sure that **\"Manage several locations per warehouse\"** is also " -"ticked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 -msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " -"methods." +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" -"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " -"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" -" steps)**." +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 -msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 -msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 msgid "" -"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " -"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " -"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " -"form view. This is the receipt step." +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" -"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " -"**Receipts** card." +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" -"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" -" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" -"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" -" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " -"which makes the product available for the next step." +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 -msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " -"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " -"quality control." +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" -"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " -"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 -msgid "" -"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " -"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 -msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Партии и Серийные номера" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Какая разница между партиями и серийными номерами?" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2294,12 +1810,17 @@ msgid "" "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" " **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." msgstr "" +"В Odoo партии и серийные номера имеют сходство в своей функциональной " +"системе, но разные в своем поведении. Они оба руководствуются в приложениях " +"** Состав **, ** Покупки ** и ** Продажи **." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." msgstr "" +"** Партии ** соответствуют определенному количеству товаров, которые вы " +"получили и хранятся в одном пакете." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2307,10 +1828,13 @@ msgid "" "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " "delivery and after-sales." msgstr "" +"** Серийные номера ** - идентификационные номера, предоставленные одному " +"товару, в частности, чтобы отслеживать историю товара от приема до доставки " +"и писляпродажу." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "когда использовать" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -2320,6 +1844,11 @@ msgid "" "production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " "food." msgstr "" +"** Партии ** для товаров, которые вы получаете в большом количестве, и для " +"которых партии могут помочь в отчетах, контроля качества или иной " +"информации. Партии помогут идентифицировать несколько произведений, " +"например, производственную ошибку. Это может быть полезным для серийного " +"производства одежды или пищи." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -2328,10 +1857,15 @@ msgid "" "You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" " way you manage these products" msgstr "" +"** Серийные номера ** интересны товаров, которые могут требовать " +"послепродажное обслуживание, например, смартфоны, ноутбуки, холодильники и " +"любые электронные устройства. Вы можете использовать серийный номер " +"производителя или свой собственный, в зависимости от того, как вы управляете" +" этими товарами." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Если не использовать" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -2339,6 +1873,9 @@ msgid "" "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." msgstr "" +"Хранение расходных материалов, таких как кухонный рулон, туалетная бумага, " +"ручки и бумажные блоки в партиях, вообще не будет иметь смысла, потому что " +"есть очень мало шансов, что вы можете вернуть их в производственную ошибку." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2347,2575 +1884,3083 @@ msgid "" "a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " "for instance, makes no sense at all." msgstr "" +"С другой стороны, присвоение серийного номера каждому товару отнимает много " +"времени, и будет целевое значение только в отношении товаров, имеющих " +"гарантийные и / или послепродажные услуги. Например, введение серийного " +"номера на хлеб вообще не имеет смысла." #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr ":doc:`lots`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" +" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " +"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" +" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "Настройка программы" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Настройка товара" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " +"tab* of the product form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " +"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " +"lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " +"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " +"number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " +"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " +"raised on the lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 +msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " +"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " +"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 +msgid "Expiration Alerts" +msgstr "Оповещения об окончании срока действия" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgid "Manage lots of identical products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" -" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " +"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." msgstr "" +"Управление двойным вводом в Odoo дает вам возможность запустить очень " +"продвинутое отслеживания." + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up" +msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" -" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " -"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка товара" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" -"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " -"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 -msgid "Then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 -msgid "Operation types configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" -" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 -msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" -" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 -msgid "Manage lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 -msgid "Transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " -"input the lot number(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Click on the lot icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " -"and the quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " -"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 -msgid "Inventory adjustment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:83 -msgid "Classic inventory by products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 -msgid "Inventory of a lot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 -msgid "" -"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " -"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " -"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " -"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 -msgid "" -"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 -msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`differences`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " -"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " -"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " -"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" -" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " -"location where the products are moved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " -"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " -"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " -"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " -"have to input the number(s). In order to be able to assign serial numbers to" -" products with tracking features enabled you will first need to mark your " -"transfer as to do. Click on the **Mark as TODO** button to display the Lot " -"Split icon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 -msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " -"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " -"moving those serial numbers." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 -msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 +msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" -"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " +"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 -msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 +msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" +" a line* again to register a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " +"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " +"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " +"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " +"contained in each one of the lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +msgid "Operation Types" +msgstr "Типы операций" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " +"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " +"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " +"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " +"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " +"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " +"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "отслеживание партий" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " +"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" +" lot number has been used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " +"*Location* stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " +"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " +"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " +"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " +"last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" +"entry management is the feature you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Управление серийными номерами" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " +"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +msgid "Manual assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "Multi-assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " +"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " +"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " +"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " +"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " +"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " +"number to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" -"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " -"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " +"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " +"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" +" need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:98 -msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Operation types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " -"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " -"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " -"product." +"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " +"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " +"allowed at product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " +"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "Отслеживание серийного номера" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " +"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " +"to." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" -" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " -":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " -"serial number corresponding to your search." +"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" +" *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Разные Операции" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " +":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" +" Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " +"company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " +"Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " +"next to its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 +msgid "Send email at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 +msgid "" +"On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " +"specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" +" do the same for the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the standard email template." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" +" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" -"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " -"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 -msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " -"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " -"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " +"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " +"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" -"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " -"settings." +"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " +"advanced settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" -" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " -"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нахождения комесийного состава" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" -"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " -"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " -"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" -" it blank if you are the owner." +"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " +"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " +"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 -msgid "What is a scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" -"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " -"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " -"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " -"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 -msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " -"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " -"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " -"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " -"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " -"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " -"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 -msgid "Run the scheduler manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " -"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " -"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," -" deliveries and supplier purchases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 -msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" -" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " -"click on **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " -"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " +"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 -msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgid "Scrap Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" +" stored, you have to scrap them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " +"area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" -" basic material" +" basic material content, recoverable through recycling." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 -msgid "content recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" -"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " -"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " -"during picking or physical inventory." +"When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " +"location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" -"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " -"product." +"Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 msgid "" -"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " -"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " -"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +"You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " +"scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " +"virtual location will be created for scrapped products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " -"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 +msgid "Different ways to scrap products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 msgid "" -"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " -"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" -" --> Locations.`" +"With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " +"delivery order, and from an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " -"location form view." +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 +msgid "Scrap from receipt" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 -msgid "Different ways to scrap product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 -msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 -msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 msgid "" -"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" -"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button." +"Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " +"your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 -msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" -"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +"You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " +"so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 +msgid "Scrap from delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 -msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 msgid "" -"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Dashboard --> Receipts`" +"Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " +"upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " +"moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 msgid "" -"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " -"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +"You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " +"button on the top right corner of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 +msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" -"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " -"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " -"**Scrap**." +"To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 +msgid "" +"There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " +"scrap button that is on the top left of the document." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" -"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " -"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" +"When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " +"default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " +"if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " +"the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " +"scrap location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" +" necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " +"To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " +"multi-company, this feature is company-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" +" it by clicking on the arrow on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" +" and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " +"specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " +"be included in the SMS template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Планирование" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Срок поставки заказчика" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Надежный временной цикл" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Время производства" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " +"production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " +"defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "Расчет требований / планирования" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " +"purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " +"account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" +" started first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " +"you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "Настройте и запустите планировщик" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "Запустите планировщик вручную" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Продукты" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" +msgstr "Как установить правильную стратегию пополнения на складе" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" +"Правила минимального запаса и Сделать на заказ имеют подобные последствия, " +"но разные правила. Они должны использоваться в зависимости от ваших " +"технологий производства и стратегии доставки." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "Терминология" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "Правило минимального запаса" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" +" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" +"Правила минимального запаса используются для обеспечения того, что у вас " +"всегда есть минимальное количество товара на складе для изготовления вашей " +"продукции и / или ответы на потребности вашего клиента. Когда уровень запаса" +" товара достигает минимального уровня, система автоматически генерирует " +"заказ на закупку с количеством, необходимым для достижения максимального " +"уровня запаса." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "Сделать на заказ" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " +"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " +"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " +"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" +"Функция Сделать по заказу запускает заказ на покупку суммы заказа клиента, " +"связанного с товаром. Система не будет проверять текущий запас. Это " +"означает, что проект заказ на покупку будет сгенерирован независимо от " +"количества, находящихся в наличии товара." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "Правила минимального запаса" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " +"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" +" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" +"Настройка правил минимальных запасов доступно через ваш модуль Состав. В " +"меню Управление складом выберите "Правило дозаказа" в выпадающем " +"меню. Нажмите "Создать", чтобы установить минимальные и " +"максимальные значения запасов для данного товара." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " +"multiple\" fields" +msgstr "" +"Покажите подсказки для полей "минимальное количество", " +""максимальное количество" и "несколько количеств"." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите товар, чтобы получить доступ к соответствующей формы товара, а в " +""Подменю состава" не забудьте выбрать поставщика." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " +"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте выбрать правильный тип товара. Расходный материал не может быть " +"упакован, и поэтому не будет учтено в оценке запасов." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " +"other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" +"Настройка Сделать на заказ доступно в вашей форме товара через ваш " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (или любой " +"другой модуль, где доступны товары)." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." +msgstr "" +"На форме товара в разделе "Склад" нажмите "Сделать " +"заказ"." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "Выбор между двумя функциями" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" +"Выбор между двумя функциями зависит от вашей стратегии состава. Если вы " +"предпочитаете иметь буфер и всегда иметь по крайней мере минимальную сумму, " +"следует использовать правила минимальных запасов. Если вы хотите изменить " +"порядок свои запасы только при условии подтверждения продажи, лучше " +"воспользоваться кнопкой "Сделать по заказу"." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " +"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " +"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить Odoo для работы с различными единицами измерения для " +"одного товара." + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 +msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " +"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " +"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " +"for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 +msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " +"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " +"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 +msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" +" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " +"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " +"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" +" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " +"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "пополнение" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 +msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " +"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " +"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " +"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Units of Measure" +msgstr "Единицы измерения" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " +"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" +" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " +"supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " +"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " +"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Упаковка" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " +"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " +"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Упаковка" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " +"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " +"and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " +"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " +"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" +" packing on the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "Коррекция остатков" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " +"replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" +" they are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " +"of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" +" your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " +"the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " +"quantity to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " +"manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " +"request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Правила повторных заказов" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " +"this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" +" the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " +"procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " +"will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " +"receive the products or to order them to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " +"able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 +msgid "" +"For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " +"route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " +"to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " +"product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " +"*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " +"sure you have a *BoM* for this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" +" \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " +"be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " +"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," +" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " +"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" +" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" +" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " +"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " +"Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "методы оценки" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стандартная цена" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Операция" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Себестоимость единицы" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Количество в наличии" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "значение дельты" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Величина запасов" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Получить 8 товаров за 10 евро" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" -msgstr "" +msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Получить 4 товара за € 16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставить 10 товаров" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Получить 2 товара за € 9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средняя цена" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Получить 2 товара за € 6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Средняя стоимость не меняется, когда товары забирают со склада." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "" +"Это настройки по умолчанию в Odoo, и оно работает вне коробки. Проверьте " +"следующие операции и узнайте, как Odoo руководит бухгалтерскими сообщениями." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет от поставщика" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы состав" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы: отсроченные налоговые активы" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" -msgstr "" +msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обязанности: кредиторская задолженность" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" -msgstr "" +msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "настройки:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "" +"Приобретенные товары: определены на товаре или на внутренний категории " +"соответствующего товара (поле счета расходов)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" +"Будущие налоговые активы: определяется налогом, используемого на строку " +"заказа на приобретение" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" +"Кредиторская задолженность: определяется поставщиком, связанным со счетом" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "прием товаров" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Есть журнальных записей" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Счет клиента" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доходы: проданные товары" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обязанности: отсроченные налоговые обязательства" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" -msgstr "" +msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активы: дебиторская задолженность" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" -msgstr "" +msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "" +"Доходы: определяются по товару или по внутренней категорией соответствующего" +" товара (поле Текущий счет)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" +"Налоговые обязательства будущих периодов: определяется налогом, " +"используемого на строке счета-фактуры" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" +"Дебиторская задолженность: определяется на клиента (счет на получение)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" +"Схема налогообложения, использованная в счете-фактуре, может иметь правило, " +"заменяет учет доходов или налог, определенный на товаре другим." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "клиентская доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Производственные заявки" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "" +"В конце месяца / года ваша компания осуществляет физическую инвентаризацию " +"или просто опирается на склад в Odoo, чтобы оценить запас в ваши книги." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category and can" -" be set in product form (Accounting tab) as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:351 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:364 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:365 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:366 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "" +"Создайте запись журнала, чтобы переместить стоимость запасов в разделе Доход" +" и потери в своих активов." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы: варианты инвентаризации" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "" +"Если снизилась стоимость состава, ** Состав ** счет зачисляется и ** " +"Варианты инвентаризации ** дебетуются." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Англо-саксонской учет" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "" +"Тогда вам нужно разбить баланс покупки как инвентаризацию, так и стоимость " +"проданных товаров по следующей формуле:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "" +"Стоимость проданных товаров (COGS) = Начальная стоимость запаса + Покупки - " +"Завершение инвентаризации" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы обновить оценку состава в своих книгах, зарегистрируйте следующую " +"запись:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "Активы: Инвентаризация (конечная стоимость)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "Расходы: стоимость проданных товаров" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "Расходы: приобретенные товары" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "Активы: Инвентаризация (начальное значение)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr "** Настройка: **" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "" +"Дебиторская задолженность / кредиторская задолженность: определенная у " +"партнера (вкладка Учет)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" +"Отсроченные налоговые активы / обязательства: определяется налогом, " +"используемого на строке счета-фактуры" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "" +"Доходы / расходы: определяются по умолчанию на внутреннюю категорию товара; " +"также может быть установлен в форме товара (вкладка Бухучет) как значение " +"замены." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "" +"Варианты инвентаризации: устанавливать как входящий / исходящий аккаунт во " +"внутренней категории товара" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 -msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" -"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " -"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" -" locations (possibly virtual)." +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "" +"Инвентаризация: назначать учет стоимости состава во внутренней категории " +"товара" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 -msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" -"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." msgstr "" +"Доходы: определяется как категория товара по умолчанию, или для конкретного " +"товара." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 -msgid "Production Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 -msgid "Consume:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 -msgid "Produce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 -msgid "Configurarion:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 -msgid "Client Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 -msgid "Pick" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 -msgid "Pack" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 -msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 -msgid "Transfer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 -msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 -msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 -msgid "Missing products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 -msgid "Extra products in inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 -msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 -msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 -msgid "Analysis" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" -"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " -"products * product cost)." +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." msgstr "" +"Расходы: здесь вам следует установить учет "Стоимость товаров, " +"продаваемых". Определены категорию товара как значения по умолчанию или" +" непосредственно на форме товара." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 -msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 -msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" -"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" -" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" msgstr "" +"Полученные товары не были приобретены: чтобы установить входной учет во " +"внутренней категории товара" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 -msgid "New sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Effect" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" -"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " -"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" msgstr "" +"Выпущенные товары не учитываются на счетах: для внутренней категории товара " +"назначайте учет выходных расходов" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" -"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " -"(property)" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "" +"Разница цен: установить во внутренней категории товара или в форме товара " +"как определенное изменение стоимости" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 -msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 -msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 -msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "Procurement rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 -msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" -"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " -"be fulfilled e.g.:" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 -msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" -"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " -"To Stock)`" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 -msgid "Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " -"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " -"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Склады" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 -msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "Какая разница между составом и местонахождением?" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 -msgid "Picking List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 -msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 -msgid "Pack List:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 -msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Delivery Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 -msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" -"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " -"the warehouse." +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." msgstr "" +"** Состав ** в Odoo - это фактически здание / место, в котором складируются " +"ваши товары. Вы можете установить несколько складов и создавать переходы " +"между ними." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "A Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 -msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 -msgid "Reception:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 -msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 -msgid "Confirmation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 -msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Storage:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 -msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 -msgid "Cross-Docks:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 -msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 -msgid "Delivery:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 -msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Sale Order Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 -msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 -msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" -"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " -"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" -" used depends on applicable routes." +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" +"** Адрес ** - это конкретное место на вашем складе. Оно может " +"рассматриваться как подразделение вашего склада, полка, пол, проход и т. Д. " +"Поэтому расположение является частью только одного состава, и невозможно " +"связать одно местонахождение с несколькими составами. Вы можете настроить " +"столько местонахождений, сколько вам нужно под одним составом." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Существует 3 типа местонахождений:" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 -msgid "Product lands in Input" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 -msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 -msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Warehouse Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 -msgid "Product lands in Transit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 -msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 -msgid "Procurement Groups" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" -"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " -"provided:" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." msgstr "" +"** Физические местонахождение ** - это внутренние местоположении, является " +"частью состава, которого вы являетесь владельцем. Они могут быть областью " +"погрузки и разгрузки вашего склада, полки или отдела и тому подобное." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 -msgid "Picking" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 -msgid "Packing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 -msgid "Delivery Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 -msgid "Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 -msgid "..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" -"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " -"and locations are the same." +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." msgstr "" +"** Адрес партнеров ** - это пространство на складе клиента и / или " +"поставщика. Они работают так же, как и в "Физических " +"местонахождений", но только потому, что вы не являетесь владельцем " +"склада." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" -"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " -"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " -"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " -"together)" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." msgstr "" +"** Виртуальные местонахождение ** - это места, которые не существуют, но в " +"них можно размещать товары, если они еще не (или более) инвентаризованы. Они" +" пригодятся, когда вы хотите поместить утраченные товары из вашего запаса (в" +" ** Потери состава **) или когда вы хотите принять во внимание товары, " +"которые переходят на ваш склад (** Обеспечение **)." -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" -"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " -"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " -"repository." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo местонахождение расположены иерархически. Вы можете структурировать " +"свои местонахождения как дерево, в зависимости от отношений между " +"родительским и дочерним. Это дает вам более подробный уровень анализа ваших " +"операций на складе и организации ваших складов." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Location" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " -"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " -"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +"In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " -"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " -"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " -"procurements." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " -"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" -" item." +"Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " +"*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " -"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" -" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +"In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" +" Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " +"Return Location?*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" -"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " -"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " -"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " -"enough stock." +"If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" +" which will correspond to this location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 msgid "" -"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" +"Состав также отвечает местонахождению. Поскольку местонахождение являются " +"иерархическими, Odoo создаст родительское расположение состава, содержащего " +"все подклассы в нем." + +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "Create a New Warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 msgid "" -"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" -" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +"In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" +"Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " +"automatically activated at the same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " -"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " -"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " -"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " -"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " -"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " -"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" -" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " -"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" -"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " -"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " -"can be used depends on applicable routes." +"You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " +"short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " +"different warehouse documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 msgid "" -"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " -"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " -"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " -"or MTS,..." +"In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" +"the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" +" of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " +"it afterward." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 msgid "" -"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " -"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " -"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " -"procurement group and locations are the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " -"between locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 -msgid "" -"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " -"in a warehouse or location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " -"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " -"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " -"units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 -msgid "" -"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " -"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " -"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" -" minimum stock rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " -"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " -"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " -"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " -"packing zone)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " -"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" -" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " -"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " -"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 -msgid "" -"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " -"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " -"goes in rack 3, storage A)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 -msgid "" -"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" -" it from the stock." +"After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" +" and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " +"to the creation of a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Общий обзор процесса" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 -msgid "From procurement to delivery" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 +msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " -"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" -" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" -" delivery." +"The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " -"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " -"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " -"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +"In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" +" product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " +"number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" +" don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 -msgid "How to process a receipt ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 -msgid "Install Purchase application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " +"deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 -msgid "Make a purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " -"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +"On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " +"delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." +" When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " +"go out of your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " -"products to your request for quotation." +"In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 msgid "" -"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " -"quantity." +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 -msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 -msgid "From the purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" -"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " -"related **Receipt**:" +"If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " +"created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " +"corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 -msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Set your Initial Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 -msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" -" the list of your deliveries to process." +"Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " +"and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 -msgid "Process the Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 msgid "" -"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " -"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " -"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +"Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " +"*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" -"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " -":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " -"information." +"You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " +"decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " +"or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " +"keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 -msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 -msgid "Install Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 msgid "" -"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +"If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" +" theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " +"your other products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 -msgid "Place a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 msgid "" -"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" -" team." +"If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " +"additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " +"added to the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 msgid "" -"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " -"button." +"Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" +" the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " +"system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " +"necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " +"the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" -"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " -"some products to your quotation." +"On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 -msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 -msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 -msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 -msgid "From the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" -"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " -"**Delivery**:" +"When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " +"product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " +"your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 msgid "" -"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " -"list of your receipts to process." +"Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " +"been updated taking your modification into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 -msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 msgid "" -"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" -" on your dashboard." +"If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " +"total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " +"variants into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 -msgid "Process the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 -msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 msgid "" -"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " -"methods. Please read the document " -":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +"By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " +"number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " +"which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " +"that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " +"warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced flows" +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 msgid "" -"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " -"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +"Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" +" products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " +"described in the following print screens." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 msgid "" -"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " -"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " -"transfers**." +"On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " +"products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " +"receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" +" stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 -msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " -"warehouse" +"In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " +"validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " +"future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " +"to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " +"you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " +"forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 msgid "" -"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" -"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " -"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " -"different screens you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, click on the top-" -"right progress bar to get access to the implementation guide." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 -msgid "The implementation guide helps you through the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Import your vendors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Import your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" -" valuation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" -" should install the **Barcode** application that adds features on top of the" -" inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to configure " -"and use your scanner optimally." +"If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " +"created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " +"the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Дополнительные маршруты" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "понятие" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 -msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " -"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" -" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " -"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " -"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" -"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " -"docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-hacks-1/post" -"/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 -msgid "Warehouse and routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" -" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" -" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" -"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," -" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 -msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 -msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 -msgid "then click on **Save**." +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" -"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 -msgid "Cross Docking Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" -"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " -"for the remaining part:" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" -"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " -"created as an internal physical location." +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 -msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 -msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 -msgid "Product with cross dock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" -"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" -" above as well as the **Buy** route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 -msgid "" -"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " -"for replenishment of a stockable product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 -msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как делать внутренне складские перемещения?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4923,6 +4968,8 @@ msgid "" "warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " "application in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Если у вас есть различные складские помещения, вы можете переместить товары " +"с одного склада на другой. Это очень просто благодаря склада в Odoo." #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4931,65 +4978,85 @@ msgid "" "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" +"Прежде всего вам нужно выбрать вариант нескольких местонахождений. Перейдите" +" к :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`в приложении ** Состав **. " +"Затем поставьте галочку на пункте ** Управление несколькими местонахождению " +"на складе **. Пожалуйста, не забудьте ** применить ** свои изменения." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "" +"Этот параметр также обозначить, если вы хотите управлять различными " +"местонахождению и маршрутами на своем складе." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание нового состава" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." msgstr "" +"Следующим шагом является создание вашего нового состава. В программе Состав " +"нажмите :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. Теперь вы можете создать свой состав, нажав кнопку ** Создать " +"**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "" +"Заполните ** название состава ** и ** краткое название **, которая должна " +"составлять максимум 5 символов." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "" +"Если вы вернетесь на информационную панель, новые операции автоматически " +"создан для вашего нового состава." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "Создание новой инвентаризации" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" +"Если вы создадите новый состав, у вас может быть доступна существующая " +"инвентаризация. В таком случае вы должны создать инвентаризацию в Odoo, если" +" не можете пропустить этот шаг." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" +"Выделите приложение Состав, выберите :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Inventory Adjustment`. Затем можно создать новую инвентаризацию, нажав " +"кнопку ** Создать **. Заполните ** реестр товара **, ** дату ** и " +"обязательно выберите правильный состав и местонахождения." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4997,75 +5064,103 @@ msgid "" "not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " "orders." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Начать инвентаризацию **. Откроется новое окно, где вы сможете " +"вводить существующие товары. Выберите добавления элемента и укажите ** " +"Реальный объем **, имеющийся на складе. Теоретическая количество не может " +"быть изменена, поскольку она представляет исчисленный объем заказов на " +"покупку и продажу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "" +"Не забудьте проверить свою инвентаризацию, как только у вас запишется этап " +"всего вашего товара." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "Создайте внутреннее перемещение" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "" +"Последний шаг - создание внутреннего перемещения. Если вы хотите переместить" +" две единицы товара с вашего первого склада на другой, который находится " +"именно в Брюсселе, выполните следующие действия:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "" +"На информационной панели выберите внутреннее перемещение одного из двух " +"слогов. Для этого нажмите :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "" +"Откроется новое окно, где вы можете выбрать зону местонахождение источника " +"(в этом случае наш "старый состав») и зону местонахождение назначения " +"(в данном случае наш "новый состав" расположен в Брюсселе)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "" +"Добавьте товары, которые вы хотите передать, нажав ** Добавить объект **, и " +"не забудьте ** проверить ** или ** обозначить как СДЕЛАТЬ **, когда вы " +"закончите." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете ** Проверить **, Odoo будет обрабатывать все перечисленные " +"величины." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете ** Отметить как СДЕЛАТЬ ***, Odoo поставит перемещения в " +"статус ** ожидания **. Нажмите ** Резерв **, чтобы зарезервировать " +"количество товаров на своем исходном составе." + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "Можно также вручную переместить каждый товар:" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" +"С помощью информационной панели выберите замолвння на перемещение в " +"местонахождении источника." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите правильный заказ на перемещение" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "" +"3. Нажмите на маленький логотип карандаша в нижнем правом углу, чтобы " +"открыть окно деталей операции. В этом новом окне вы можете вручную указать, " +"сколько товаров вы обрабатываете" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -5073,578 +5168,609 @@ msgid "" "if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" +"Если вы решите частично обрабатывать заказы на перемещение (например, часть " +"товаров еще не может быть отправлена через неожиданную событие), Odoo " +"автоматически спросит, хотите ли вы создать ** обратное заказ **. Создайте " +"обратной логотип, если вы хотите позже обработать товары, оставшиеся не " +"создавайте обратное заказ, если вы не придаете / не получите другие товары." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." +"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " +"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " +"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" +" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" +" those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 +msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." +"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" +" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " +"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " +"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " +"create." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." +"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " +"because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." +"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " +"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" +" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " +"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" +" A+B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possibles :" +"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" +" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " +"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " +"information." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." +"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" +" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" +" A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Push Правила" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка маршрутов" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Правила" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 -msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 -msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" -"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " -"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" -" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " -"impact on company profits." +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 -msgid "Applications configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " -"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " -"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" -"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " -"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " -"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 -msgid "Landed Cost Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" -"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " -"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" -"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " -"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " -"on the product category." +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 -msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 msgid "" -"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Landed Costs`." +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 msgid "" -"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " -"attribute landed costs." +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 msgid "" -"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " -"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " -"easier to keep track of your postings." +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 msgid "" -"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " -"across the picking lines." +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 msgid "" -"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стратегии исправления и удаления" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 -msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " -"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " -"products off the receiving shipment and putting them into the most " -"appropriate location." +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" +" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " +"the most appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" -"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" -" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " -"of a potential chemical reaction." +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " -"affects the destination location. Putaway strategies are defined at the " -"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " -"level)." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" +" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" +"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " -"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" -" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 -msgid "Setting up a strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" -"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" -"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " -"product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " -"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " -"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " -"Strategy**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " -"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " -"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, when you purchase products with those categories, they will " -"automatically be transferred to the correct location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 -msgid "" -"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " -"Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 -msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " +"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " +"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " +"Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что такое стратегия изъятия (FIFO, LIFO и FEFO)?" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5652,6 +5778,9 @@ msgid "" "products in order to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purpose or due to reason of product expiration." msgstr "" +"Стратегии извлечения, как правило, заключаются в комплектовании лучших " +"товаров для оптимизации расстояния для работника, для целей контроля " +"качества или по причине окончания срока действия продукции." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -5660,12 +5789,18 @@ msgid "" "on the **removal strategy** that is defined on the **product category** or " "on the **location**." msgstr "" +"Когда надо сделать перемещение товара, Odoo найдет доступные товары, которые" +" могут быть предназначены для доставки. То, как Odoo назначает эти товары, " +"зависит от ** стратегии извлечения **, которая определена в ** категории " +"товара ** или в ** местонахождении **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" msgstr "" +"В программе ** Состав ** перейдите к :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`:" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5673,20 +5808,25 @@ msgid "" "warehouse** and **Advanced routing of products using rules**, then click on " "**Apply**." msgstr "" +"Проверьте ** Отслеживать партии или серийные номера **, ** Управлять " +"несколькими мисцезнаходженнмы на складе ** и ** Дополнительные маршрутизации" +" товаров по правилам ** нажмите кнопку ** Применить **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Затем откройте :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` и откройте " +"местонахождение, на котором вы хотите применить стратегию извлечения." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Виды стратегии удаления" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 msgid "FIFO ( First In First Out )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FIFO (First In First Out)" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -5696,41 +5836,52 @@ msgid "" "short demand cycles, such as clothes, also may have to pick FIFO to ensure " "they are not stuck with outdated styles in inventory." msgstr "" +"Стратегия ** FIFO ** предусматривает, что товары, которые изначально были " +"упакованы, сначала перенесут. Компании должны использовать метод FIFO, если " +"они продают скоропортящиеся товары. Компании, продающие товары с " +"относительно коротким циклом спроса, такими как одежда, также могут выбрать " +"FIFO, чтобы они не застряли с устаревшими стилями на складе." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, " +"откройте местонахождение состава и установите стратегию удаления ** FIFO **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Давайте рассмотрим один из примеров стратегии извлечения FIFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:56 msgid "" "In your warehouse stock (``WH/Stock``) location, there are ``3`` lots of " "``iPod 32 Gb`` available." msgstr "" +"На вашем складе ( `` WH / Stock``) есть в наличии `3`` штуки` iPod 32 Гб``." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:59 msgid "" "You can find details of available inventory in inventory valuation report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете найти детали доступных запасов в отчете о товарной оценку." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 msgid "Create one sales order ``25`` unit of ``iPod 32 GB`` and confirm it." msgstr "" +"Создайте один заказ на продажу `25`` единиц` iPod 32 Гб`` и подтвердите его." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:67 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **oldest** lots, using the FIFO removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Вы можете видеть в исходном товаре отгрузки, что `Ipod 32 Гб`` назначено с " +"** старейшей ** партии, используя стратегию извлечения FIFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:75 msgid "LIFO (Last In First Out)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LIFO (Last In First Out)" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -5738,38 +5889,49 @@ msgid "" "moves out the first. LIFO is used in case of products which do not have a " "shelf life." msgstr "" +"В этом управлении составом, товары, вносятся в последнюю очередь, движутся " +"первыми. LIFO используется в отношении товаров, которые не имеют срока " +"хранения." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:81 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, " +"откройте местонахождение состава и установите стратегию удаления ** LIFO **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" "In our example, let's check the current available stock of ``Ipod 32 Gb`` on" " ``WH/Stock`` location." msgstr "" +"В нашем примере, давайте проверим текущий доступен фонда `Ipod 32 Гб`` на " +"местонахождении` WH / Stock``." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:90 msgid "Create a sale order with ``10`` units of ``Ipod 32 Gb``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на продажу с `10`` единиц` Ipod 32 Гб``." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:92 msgid "" "You can see in the outgoing shipment product that the ``Ipod 32 Gb`` are " "assigned with the **newest** lots, using the LIFO removal strategy." msgstr "" +"В исходном товаре отгрузки вы можете увидеть, что `Ipod 32 Гб`` назначен ** " +"новым ** партиям, используя стратегию извлечения LIFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:100 msgid "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FEFO ( First Expiry First Out )" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "" "In FEFO warehouse management, the products are dispatched from the warehouse" " according to their expiration date." msgstr "" +"В управлении составом FEFO товары отправляются из состава в соответствии с " +"их срока годности." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -5777,6 +5939,9 @@ msgid "" "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`. " +"Проверьте опцию ** Определить дату окончания на серийных номерах **. Нажмите" +" ** Применить **, чтобы сохранить изменения." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -5785,23 +5950,31 @@ msgid "" "**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." msgstr "" +"Это позволит вам установить четыре сроки окончания для каждой партии или " +"серийного номера: ** лучше до даты окончания **, ** даты окончания срока **," +" ** дать предупреждение ** и ** даты изъятия **. Эти даты могут быть " +"установлены с :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." msgstr "" +"** Лучше до даты окончания **: это дата, когда товары с этим серийным " +"номером / партией начинают портиться, но еще не опасен." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." msgstr "" +"** Дата окончания срока годности **: это дата, когда товары с этим серийным " +"номером / партией могут стать опасными и не должны потребляться." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " -"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " +"number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." msgstr "" @@ -5810,6 +5983,8 @@ msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " "goods with this serial/lot number." msgstr "" +"** Дата уведомления **: это дата, когда следует отправлять уведомление о " +"товарах с этим серийным номером / партией." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -5817,6 +5992,9 @@ msgid "" "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " "removal dates." msgstr "" +"Партии будут комплектоваться на основе ** даты их изъятия **, начиная с " +"самого начала. Партии без даты изъятия, будут скомплектованы после партий с " +"датами изъятия." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5825,6 +6003,11 @@ msgid "" "may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " "lots pass their **alert date**." msgstr "" +"Все даты, кроме ** даты изъятия **, предназначены только для информационных " +"целей и отчетности. Партии, в которых прошли любые или все указанные сроки " +"действия, могут все еще быть скомплектованы для заказов на доставку, и " +"никакие извещения не отправляться, когда партии передавать ** дату " +"оповещения **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -5839,34 +6022,49 @@ msgid "" "zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " "after the lot has been created." msgstr "" +"Даты окончания срока действия партий также могут быть установлены " +"автоматически, когда товары поступают на склад. После введения дат окончания" +" срока действия серийных номеров на вкладке складской формы товара станут " +"доступны четыре новых поля: ** срок действия товара **, ** время " +"использования товара **, ** время изъятия товара ** и ** время оповещения " +"товара ** . Когда целое число вводится в одно из этих полей, дата окончания " +"партии / серийного номера соответствующего товара будет установлена ​​на " +"дату создания партии / серийного номера плюс количество дней, указанных в " +"поле увеличения времени. Если поле увеличения времени установлено на ноль, " +"то дата окончания партии / серийного номера должна быть определена вручную " +"после создания партии." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "" "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " "expiration date fields as follows:" msgstr "" +"Каждое из этих полей увеличения времени используется для создания одного из " +"полей окончания срока действия партий следующим образом:" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время использования товара -> лучше до даты" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время изъятия товара -> Дата изъятия" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время действия товара -> Дата окончания срока годности" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Время оповещения о товаре -> Дата оповещения" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." msgstr "" +"Чтобы установить стратегию извлечения по месту нахождения, перейдите к " +"разделу :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` и выберите FEFO." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -5874,998 +6072,120 @@ msgid "" "``WH/Stock`` location: ``LOT0001``, ``LOT0002``, ``LOT0003`` with different " "expiration date." msgstr "" +"Приведем пример: на складе `WH / Stock`` доступны` 3`` партии `морозива``:` " +"LOT0001``, `LOT0002``,` LOT0003`` с различным сроком действия." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Партия / Номер **" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Product**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Нет в **" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "**Expiration Date**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Срок годности **" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "LOT0001" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0001" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "Ice Cream" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мороженое" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 msgid "08/20/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "08/20/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "LOT0002" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0002" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:174 msgid "08/10/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "08/10/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "LOT0003" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LOT0003" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:176 msgid "08/15/2015" -msgstr "" +msgstr "08/15/2015" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "We will create a sale order with ``15kg`` of ``ice cream`` and confirm it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мы создадим заказ на продажу с `15 кг``` морозива`` и подтвердим его." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:181 msgid "" "The outgoing shipment related to sale order will make the move based on " "removal strategy **FEFO**." msgstr "" +"Исходное отгрузки, связанное с заказом на продажу, сделает переход на основе" +" стратегии удаления ** FEFO **." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:184 msgid "" "It will take ``10kg`` from ``LOT0002`` and ``5kg`` from ``LOT0003`` based on" " the removal dates." msgstr "" +"С `LOT0002`` потребуется` 10 кг``, а `LOT0003`` -` 5 кг`` на основе дат " +"изъятия." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 -msgid "How to use packages?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 -msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " -"packages when doing your transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 -msgid "Pack products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " -"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " -"**Available**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 -msgid "" -"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " -"packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 -msgid "Whole packages transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " -"transfer packages with its contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " -"packs**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 -msgid "Transfer packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " -"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " -"Demand** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" -" section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 -msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 -msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 -msgid "Packages traceability" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97 -msgid "" -"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " -"Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 -msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 -msgid ":doc:`usage`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 -msgid ":doc:`uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different units of measure?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " -"you will need to convert the units." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " -"**Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "Setting up units on your products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " -"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " -"**Edit**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " -"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " -"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 -msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 -msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " -"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 -msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 -msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 -msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 -msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " -"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 -msgid "" -"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 -msgid "Procurement" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " -"measure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 -msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 -msgid "The quality control is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " -"check is done by unit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 -msgid "" -"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " -"**Draft**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 -msgid "Delivery process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " -"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" -" the unit to the dozen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" -" measure :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " -"converted automatically :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Unit of measures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." -" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" -" warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 -msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " -"notice and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 -msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " -"only for indicative purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 -msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 -msgid "" -"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " -"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" -" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" -" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " -"**packaging**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 -msgid "" -"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " -"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 -msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 -msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 -msgid "Setting a price per variant" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " -"warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 -msgid "" -"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 -msgid "" -"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " -"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new location?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 -msgid "Creating a new location" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" -" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " -"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" -" to a location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" -" describe your location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 -msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " -"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " -"containing all the sublocations in it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " -"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" -" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " -"click on **apply**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " -"Warehouses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " -"fields :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 -msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " -"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " -"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " -"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " -"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " -"edit it afterwards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 -msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " -"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Доставка" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "операции доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отменить запрос на доставку перевозчику?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "" +"Odoo может обрабатывать различные способы доставки, включая сторонних " +"превизникив. Odoo будет связана с системой отслеживания транспортной " +"компании." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" +"Это позволит вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными ценами и " +"назначению." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете легко отменить запрос, отправленный в системы перевозчика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отменить запрос на доставку?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "" +"Если заказ на доставку НЕ ** Подтверждено **, запрос не было сделано. Вы " +"можете отменить доставку или изменить перевозчика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6874,18 +6194,22 @@ msgid "" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" +"Если вы нажали кнопку ** Подтвердить **, запрос был сделан, и вам нужно было" +" получить номер отслеживания и метку. Вы все еще можете отменить запрос. " +"Просто нажмите кнопку ** Отменить ** рядом с кнопкой ** Отслеживание " +"перевозчика **:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь вы увидите, что доставка была отменена." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Теперь вы можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отправить запрос на доставку после отмены его?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -6893,33 +6217,36 @@ msgid "" "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "" +"После отмены запроса на доставку вы можете изменить перевозчика, которого " +"хотите использовать. Подтвердите это, нажав кнопку ** Отправить отправителю " +"**. Вы получите новый номер отслеживания и новую метку." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как зачесть стоимость доставки клиенту?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Существует два способа выставления счета за доставку:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Согласуйте с клиентом расходы и закрепите их в заказе на продажу." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выставления счета по фактической стоимости доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6927,26 +6254,33 @@ msgid "" "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить цену ваших методов доставки, перейдите к приложению ** " +"Состав **, нажмите на :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> " +"Delivery Methods`." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "" +"Вы можете вручную установить цену на доставку: она может быть исправлена или" +" основана на правилах." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +"Или вы можете использовать систему исчисления транспортировки компании. " +"Прочитайте документацию: doc: `../ setup / third_party_shipper`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как начислить расходы за доставку клиенту?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установление цены счета-фактуры на заказ на продажу" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 @@ -6954,6 +6288,8 @@ msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" +"В своем заказе на продажу выберите поставщика, который будет использоваться." +" Нажмите на ** Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать правильный." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 @@ -6961,6 +6297,8 @@ msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" +"Цена рассчитывается, когда вы ** храните ** заказ на продажу или нажимаете " +"** Установить цену **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -6968,55 +6306,65 @@ msgid "" "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" +"Чтобы зачесть стоимость доставки в заказе на продажу, нажмите ** Установить " +"цену **, это придаст строку с названием метода доставки как товар. Он может " +"отличаться от реальной цены." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "При создании счета-фактуры цена устанавливается в заказе на продажу." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выставления счета с реальными расходы на доставку" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "" +"Цена рассчитывается, когда вы ** храните ** заказ на продажу. Подтвердите " +"заказ на продажу и продолжайте доставлять товар." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" -"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "" +"Вернитесь к заказу на продажу, теперь реальные расходы добавляются к заказу " +"на продажу." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "При создании счета-фактуры цена исчисляется перевозчиком." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "" +"Если вы разделили доставку и сделали несколько, каждый заказ на доставку " +"придаст строку к заказу на продажу." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как распечатать накладную?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7025,11 +6373,15 @@ msgid "" "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" +"Odoo может обрабатывать различные способы доставки, включая сторонних " +"поставщиков, связанных с системой отслеживания транспортной компании. Это " +"позволяет вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными ценами и " +"назначению. И, наконец, вы сможете напечатать накладные прямо с Odoo." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль интеграции с перевозчиком" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -7037,12 +6389,20 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" +"В модуле Состав нажмите :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. В " +"разделе ** Интеграция с перевозчиком ** обозначьте транспортные компании, " +"которые вы хотите интегрировать:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "Нажмите ** Применить **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройте метод доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 @@ -7051,28 +6411,34 @@ msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить способы доставки, перейдите к модулю ** Состав **, нажмите " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Методы доставки выбранных перевозчиков были автоматически созданы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ** Цены ** название поставщика означает, что доставка будет " +"обрабатываться и вычисляться системой отправителя." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка отправителя разделены на две колонки:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" +"Первая связана с ** вашим учетом ** (ключ разработчика, пароль, ...). " +"Дополнительную информацию можно найти на веб-сайте поставщика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 @@ -7080,16 +6446,18 @@ msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "" +"Вторая колонка зависит от ** поставщика **. Вы можете выбрать тип упаковки, " +"тип сервиса, весовой блок ..." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Снимите флажок ** тестового режима **, когда закончите проверку." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка компании" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 @@ -7097,6 +6465,8 @@ msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "" +"Чтобы вычислить правильную цену, поставщик нуждается в вашей информации о " +"компании. Убедитесь, что ваш адрес и номер телефона правильно закодированы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 @@ -7105,11 +6475,9 @@ msgid "" "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить свою информацию, перейдите к ** настроек ** и нажмите ** " +"Общие настройки **. Нажмите первую ссылку ** Настроить данные вашей компании" +" **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 @@ -7117,28 +6485,37 @@ msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "" +"Предприятия отправителя потребует веса вашей продукции, в противном случае " +"вычислить цену не получится." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" +"Зайдите к модулю ** Продажи **, нажмите на :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. Откройте товары, которые вы хотите отправить, и установите вес на" +" нем." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" +"Вес на форме товара выражается в килограммах. Не забывайте делать " +"преобразования, если вы привыкли к империческое измерительной системы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как напечатать накладные?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" +"Заказ на доставку, созданное по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о " +"доставке, но вы можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 @@ -7146,31 +6523,38 @@ msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "" +"Если вы создаете передачу доставки из модуля состава, вы можете добавить " +"стороннего перевозчика на вкладке дополнительной информации." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Подтвердить **, чтобы получить номер отслеживания и ** накладную " +"(и) **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Наклейка на упаковке доступна в истории под названием" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на нее, чтобы открыть документ и распечатать его:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "" +"Если вы осуществляете перемещение нескольких пакетов, в большинстве случаев " +"на каждом пакете будет одна метка. Каждая метка будет отображаться в истории" +" доставки." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять несколькими пакетами для одного заказа на доставку?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7178,6 +6562,9 @@ msgid "" "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " "fully integrated with the third-party shippers." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию Odoo считает, что ваша доставка состоит из одного пакета. Но вы" +" можете легко доставить свои поставки более чем на один пакет. Он полностью " +"интегрирован со сторонними поставщиками." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7185,34 +6572,63 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить использование пакетов, перейдите к меню " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Найдите раздел **" +" Упаковка ** и обозначьте ** Записать пакеты, используемые на упаковке: " +"поддоны, коробки ... **" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "Нажмите ** Применить **, когда вы закончите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Заказ на продажу" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на ** Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать правильный." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставка нескольких пакетов" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "" +"Доставка, созданная по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о доставке." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "Отсюда можно разделить вашу доставку на несколько пакетов." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." msgstr "" +"Выберите количество, которое вы хотите разместить в первом пакете в столбце " +"** Готово **, после чего нажмите на ссылку ** Упаковать **." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "Это автоматически создаст пакет с запрашиваемым количеством." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "Сделайте те же шаги для других позиций, которые вы хотите запаковать." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "Нажмите ** Подтвердить **, когда вы закончите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Несколько пакетов с посторонним перевозчиком" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -7220,20 +6636,26 @@ msgid "" "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " "the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" +"После того, как заказ на доставку будет подтверждено, вы получите номер " +"отслеживания. Поле ** отслеживания перевозчика ** автоматически заполняется." +" Нажмите кнопку ** Отслеживание **, чтобы проверить свою доставку на сайте " +"поставщика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" msgstr "" +"** Метки **, которых следует придерживаться в ваших пакетах, доступны в " +"истории:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как установить метод доставки?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7241,6 +6663,9 @@ msgid "" "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." msgstr "" +"Odoo может обрабатывать различные способы доставки, но по умолчанию они не " +"активированы. Методы доставки могут использоваться для заказов на продажу, " +"ваших поставок, а также для вашей электронной коммерции." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -7248,10 +6673,13 @@ msgid "" "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." msgstr "" +"Методы доставки позволяют вам управлять транспортной компанией, цене и " +"назначению. Вы даже можете интегрировать Odoo с внешними грузоотправителями," +" чтобы вычислить реальную цену и тару." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль состава" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -7259,6 +6687,9 @@ msgid "" "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" msgstr "" +"Методы доставки обрабатываются модулем ** Расходы на доставку **. Перейдите " +"к ** программ ** и найдите модуль. Чтобы увидеть, следует изъять фильтр ** " +"Программы **:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 @@ -7266,15 +6697,19 @@ msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите интегрировать методы доставки в свою электронную коммерцию, " +"вам придется установить модуль ** Доставка электронной коммерции **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сначала установите название и транспортную компанию." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "" +"Тогда вам придется установить цену. Она может быть фиксированной или " +"основанной на правилах." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -7282,6 +6717,10 @@ msgid "" "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " "option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." msgstr "" +"Если цена установлена, нажмите ** Фиксированная цена **. Вам просто придется" +" определить цену. Если вы хотите, чтобы доставка была бесплатной выше " +"определенной суммы, отметьте пункт ** Свободная, если общая сумма заказов " +"превышает ** и установите цену." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -7289,6 +6728,9 @@ msgid "" "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." msgstr "" +"Если цена изменяется в соответствии с правилами, отметьте пункт ** На основе" +" правил **. Нажмите на ** добавить элемент в правила ценообразования **. " +"Выберите условие, в зависимости от веса, объема, цены или количества." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7296,6 +6738,10 @@ msgid "" "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." msgstr "" +"Наконец, вы можете ограничить способ доставки несколькими пунктами " +"назначения. Ограничения можно применить в некоторые страны, районов или даже" +" почтовых индексов. Эта функция ограничивает список стран в вашей " +"электронной торговли." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -7303,6 +6749,13 @@ msgid "" "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" +"Вы можете интегрировать Odoo с внешними отправителями, чтобы вычислить " +"реальную цену и упаковку, а также обрабатывать печать этикеток. Смотрите: " +"doc: `third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "процесс доставки" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -7311,94 +6764,110 @@ msgid "" "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете выбрать ** Метод доставки ** в своем заказе на продажу. " +"Если вы хотите начислить стоимость доставки в заказе на продажу, нажмите ** " +"Установить цену **, она придаст строку с названием метода доставки как " +"товар." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Доставка" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете добавить или изменить способ доставки на саму доставку." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." msgstr "" +"На доставке проверьте ** Количество перевозчика **. Перевозчик - это " +"выбранный метод доставки." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получить учетные данные DHL для интеграции с Odoo?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чтобы пользоваться API Odoo DHL, вам потребуется:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DHL.com SiteID" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "пароль DHL" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Артикул DHL" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "" +"Получение SiteID и пароль для других стран, кроме США (Великобритания и " +"остальные страны мира)." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "" +"Вы должны связаться с менеджером аккаунта DHL и попросить интеграцию в API " +"XML Express. Предыдущие номера должны предоставить вам действительны учетные" +" данные." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Получение SiteID и пароля для Соединенных Штатов" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" +"Чтобы получить API-доступ, нужно написать на адрес xmlrequests@dhl.com " +"вместе с полными данными учетной записи, например номер учета, регионе, " +"адрес и т." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 msgid "" "In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " "given in the demo data:" msgstr "" +"Между тем, для тестирования решения можно использовать тесты учетных данных," +" как указано в демонстрационных данных:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Пароль **: alkd89nBV" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Артикул DHL **: 803921577" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить стороннего перевозчика в Odoo?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7407,6 +6876,10 @@ msgid "" "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "" +"Odoo может обрабатывать различные способы доставки, включая сторонних " +"перевозчиков. Odoo можно связать с системой отслеживания транспортной " +"компании. Это позволит вам управлять транспортной компанией, реальными " +"ценами и назначению." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7414,6 +6887,9 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" +"В модуле Состав нажмите :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. В " +"разделе ** Интеграция с перевозчиком ** поставьте флажки транспортных " +"компаний, которые вы хотите интегрировать:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7422,38 +6898,50 @@ msgid "" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" +"Методы доставки выбранных грузоотправителей были автоматически созданы. В " +"большинстве случаев для одного поставщика будет ** два ** способы доставки: " +"один для ** международной ** доставки и другой для ** внутренней ** " +"доставки." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "" +"Вы можете создавать другие методы с тем же перевозчиком с другим настройкам," +" например ** тип упаковки **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "" +"Вы можете изменить ** название ** метода доставки. Это название, которое " +"будет отображаться на электронной коммерции." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отметьте ** Доставка включена **, когда вы готовы к ее использованию." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" +"На вкладке ценообразования имя провайдера, выбранного под ** Расчет цены **," +" означает, что цена будет вычислена системой перевозчика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка перевозчика разделена на две колонки:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" +"Первая связана с ** вашим учетом ** (ключ разработчика, пароль, ...). " +"Дополнительную информацию можно найти на веб-сайте поставщика." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -7463,30 +6951,41 @@ msgid "" "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" +"Наконец, вы можете ограничить способ доставки несколькими пунктами " +"назначения. Вы можете ограничить его некоторыми странами или даже почтовыми " +"кодами. Эта функция ограничивает список стран в вашей электронной торговли." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "" +"Откройте меню :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Откройте " +"товары, которые вы хотите отправить, и установите на них вес." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "" +"Вес на форме товара выражается в килограммах. Не забудьте сделать " +"преобразования, если вы привыкли к империческое измерительной системы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете выбрать перевозчика в своем заказе на продажу. Нажмите ** " +"Метод доставки **, чтобы выбрать нужный." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "" +"Цена рассчитывается, когда вы сохраняете заказ на продажу или нажимаете ** " +"Установить цену **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -7494,6 +6993,9 @@ msgid "" "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите начислить стоимость доставки в заказе на продажу, нажмите ** " +"Установить цену **, она придаст строку с названием метода доставки как " +"товар. Он может отличаться от реальной цены." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -7501,18 +7003,25 @@ msgid "" "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" +"В противном случае реальная цена (рассчитана, когда доставка проверена) " +"будет автоматически добавлена в счет-фактуру. Для подробной информации " +"прочитайте документацию: doc: `../ operation / invoicing`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "" +"Доставка, созданная по заказу на продажу, примет информацию о доставке. Вы " +"можете изменить перевозчика, если хотите." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "" +"Вес вычисляется на основе весовых товаров. Стоимость доставки будет " +"рассчитана после проверки перемещения." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -7520,40 +7029,45 @@ msgid "" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "" +"Нажмите ** Подтвердить **, чтобы получить номер отслеживания. Поле ** " +"Отслеживание перевозчика ** автоматически заполняется. Нажмите кнопку ** " +"Отслеживание **, чтобы проверить свою доставку на сайте поставщика услуг." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как получить учетные данные UPS для интеграции с Odoo?" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Для того, чтобы воспользоваться API UPS для Odoo, вам понадобится:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID пользователя UPS.com и пароль" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Артикул UPS" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ключ доступа" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" +"Ключ доступа - это 16-значный буквенно-цифровой код, позволяющий получить " +"доступ к серверам разработки API разработчика UPS." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте учет UPS" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -7561,6 +7075,9 @@ msgid "" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что только клиенты, расположенные в США, могут открыть " +"аккаунт UPS онлайн. Если вы находитесь за пределами США, вам придется " +"обратиться в службу поддержки UPS, чтобы открыть учет." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -7568,98 +7085,120 @@ msgid "" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" msgstr "" +"Вы можете ознакомиться с дополнительной информацией об открытии учета UPS на" +" своем веб-сайте на странице `Как открыть аккаунт UPS онлайн " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>" +" `_" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "" +"Если у вас еще нет аккаунта UPS, вы можете создать его вместе с вашим " +"онлайновым профилем, выполнив следующие действия." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" +"1. Получите доступ к веб-сайту UPS.com на `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>" +" `__, и нажмите на ссылку ** Новый пользователь ** вверху страницы." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "" +"2. Нажмите кнопку ** Регистрация для MyUPS **, и следуйте инструкциям, чтобы" +" завершить процесс регистрации." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "" +"Если у вас уже есть учетная запись UPS, вы можете добавить его в свой " +"онлайн-профиля следующим образом:" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "Перейдите на вкладку ** Мой UPS **." + #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 -msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." -msgstr "" +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку ** Резюме учетной записи **." #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "" +"4. Нажмите на ссылку ** Добавить существующий аккаунт UPS ** в разделе " +"страницы ** Информация об учетной записи UPS **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" +"5. На экране ** Добавить новую учетную запись ** введите ** Номер учетной " +"записи **, ** Название аккаунта **, а также ** Почтовый код **. Страна по " +"умолчанию стоит как Соединенные Штаты." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку ** Далее **, чтобы продолжить." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "Получите ключ доступа" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 -msgid "Get an Access Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "" +"После того, как вы добавили свой номер учетной записи UPS в свой профиль, вы" +" можете заказать ключ доступа UPS, воспользовавшись приведенными ниже " +"инструкциями." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "Войдите на UPS.com с вашим ID и паролем" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 -msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на ссылку ** Запрос на ключ доступа **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проверьте свою контактную информацию" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите на кнопку ** Запрос на ключ доступа **." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "" +"** Ключ доступа ** будет предоставлено вам на веб-странице, а электронное " +"письмо с ключом доступа будет отправлено на адрес электронной почты " +"основного контакта." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc1e56503 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -0,0 +1,1041 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../iot.rst:5 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Интернет вещей (IoT)" + +#: ../../iot/config.rst:3 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" +msgstr "Подключение IoT Box к вашей базе данных" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." +msgstr "Установите программу Интернет вещей (IoT) на базу данных Odoo." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 +msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." +msgstr "" +"Зайдите в приложение IoT и нажмите на Подключить на странице IoT Boxes." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 +msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." +msgstr "Следуйте инструкциям по подключению IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 +msgid "Ethernet Connection" +msgstr "подключение Ethernet" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" +" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Подключите к IoT Box все устройства, которые должны быть соединены кабелями " +"(Ethernet, USB-устройства и т.д.)." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box." +msgstr "Включите IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 +msgid "WiFi Connection" +msgstr "Соединение с WiFi" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 +msgid "Power on the IoT Box" +msgstr "Включите IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 +msgid "Copy the token" +msgstr "Скопируйте токен" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " +"plugged in your computer)." +msgstr "" +"Подключите WiFi до IoT Box (убедитесь, что в компьютере не подключены кабель" +" Ethernet)." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " +"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " +"and paste the token, then click on next." +msgstr "" +"Вы будете перенаправлены на главную страницу IoT Box (если она не работает, " +"подключитесь к IP-адреса коробки). Дайте название вашему IoT Box (не " +"обязательно) и вставьте токен, а затем нажмите кнопку Далее." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " +"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Runbot, не забудьте добавить -all или -base в токене (например, " +"этот токен ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | " +"4957098401 ** должен стать ** http: //375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com \\ | 4957098401 **)." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " +"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " +"redirected to your database." +msgstr "" +"Выберите сеть WiFi, которую вы хотите подключить (введите пароль, если " +"таковой имеется) и нажмите кнопку Отправить. Подождите несколько секунд, " +"прежде чем перенаправитися в базу данных." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 +msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." +msgstr "Теперь вы можете видеть IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 +msgid "IoT Box Schema" +msgstr "Схема IoT Box" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing your SD Card" +msgstr "Запись вашей SD карточки" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" +" our latest updates." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых случаях вам может понадобиться перепрошивка вашей SD карточки " +"IoT Box, чтобы воспользоваться нашими последними обновлениями." + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 +msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" +msgstr "Обновление вашей SD карты через Etcher" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " +"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " +"and launch it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, download the latest image `here " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__, and extract it from the " +"zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " +"flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." +msgstr "" +"Теперь загрузите последние изображения `здесь " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/> `__, и извлеките его из zip-" +"файла. Затем откройте * Etcher * и изображение. Выберите накопитель для " +"записи (где находится ваша SD-карта) и нажмите * Записать *!." + +#: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " +"minutes for it to finish." +msgstr "" +"Теперь ваше изображение автоматически обновится. Вам только нужно подождать " +"5 минут для завершения." + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 +msgid "IoT Box not found" +msgstr "IoT Box Не найдено" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" +" is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " +"can follow to find your IoT box." +msgstr "" +"При использовании вашего IoT Box, распространенной проблемой, с которой вы " +"можете столкнуться, является то, что ваш box не будет найден в вашей базе " +"данных. К счастью, есть несколько простых шагов, которые вы можете " +"выполнить, чтобы найти свой IoT box." + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 +msgid "HTTPS Issues" +msgstr "проблемы HTTPS" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 +msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" +msgstr "Не найдено ваш IoT Box? У вас вероятно проблемы https!" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To check it, go to your database and verify if your database address starts " +"with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" +" have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы проверить это, перейдите в вашу базу данных и проверьте адрес вашей " +"базы данных начинается с https (like https://www.odoo.com). Если это именно " +"тот случай, тогда у вас проблемы с изображением вашего IoT Box image. Нужна " +"версия 18.12 или выше." + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " +"reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " +"can be found `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" +msgstr "Применение IoT Box для точки продаж" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "предпосылки" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" +msgstr "Прежде чем начать, убедитесь, что у вас есть:" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "An IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" +msgstr "Адаптер 2A Power с pi 3 b + 2.5 A" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" +msgstr "Компьютер или планшет с современным веб-браузером" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " +"installed" +msgstr "" +"Запущена версия SaaS или Odoo с установленными программами Точки продаж и " +"IoT" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 +msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" +msgstr "Настройка локальной сети с помощью DHCP (это настройки по умолчанию)" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 +msgid "" +"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " +"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Принтер Epson USB TM-T20 или другой ESC / POS совместим принтер (официальный" +" список поддерживаемых принтеров на `Странице устройств POS " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware> `__)" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 +msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода Honeywell Eclipse USB или другой совместимый сканер" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:30 +msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" +msgstr "Epson-совместимый ящик для наличных" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:32 +msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" +msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необязательно, встроенный WiFi)" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:35 +msgid "Set Up" +msgstr "установите" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." +msgstr "Затем, вы должны подключить периферийные устройства к вашему IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" +" might work as well." +msgstr "" +"Официальный список поддерживаемых устройств на`Сторинци устройств точки " +"продаж <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware> `__, но и " +"другие устройства должны работать." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 +msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." +msgstr "" +"** Принтер **: подключите ESC / POS-принтер к USB-порту и включите его." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " +"RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" +"** Кассовая ящик **: кассовая ящик должен быть подключена к принтеру с " +"помощью кабеля RJ25." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" +" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " +"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " +"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " +"your barcode scanner." +msgstr "" +"** Сканер штрих-кода **: подключите сканер штрих-кода. Для того, чтобы ваш " +"сканер штрих-кода был совместим, он должен вести себя как клавиатура, и его " +"нужно настроить в ** US QWERTY **. Он также должен заканчивать штрих-коды с " +"символом Enter (кодовый ключ 28). Это, скорее всего, является стандартной " +"конфигурацией сканера штрих-кода." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:62 +msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." +msgstr "** Весы **: подключите веса и включите их." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " +"Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " +"device." +msgstr "" +"** Ethernet ** Если вы не хотите использовать Wi-Fi, подключите кабель " +"Ethernet. Убедитесь, что он будет соединять IoT Box к той же сети, что и " +"устройство точки продаж." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Wi-Fi**: The current version of the IoT Box has Wi-Fi built in. Make sure " +"not to plug in an Ethernet cable when booting, because all Wi-Fi " +"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " +"on boot." +msgstr "" +"** Wi-Fi **: Текущая версия IoT Box имеет встроенный Wi-Fi. Убедитесь, что " +"при загрузке не подключен кабель Ethernet, поскольку все функции Wi-Fi будут" +" его обходить при загрузке, если отсутствует проводное подключение к сети." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 +msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." +msgstr "Настройка завершена, вы можете запустить новую сессию Точки продаж." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 +msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" +msgstr "Точка продажи не подключается к IoT Box" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to make sure the IoT Box is properly set-up is to turn it on" +" with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error" +" if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " +"receipt is printed, check the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Самый простой способ убедиться, что IoT Box правильно настроено, это " +"включить его, когда подключен принтер, поскольку он напечатает квитанцию, " +"что указывает на какую-либо ошибку или IP-адрес IoT Box в случае успеха. " +"Если чеки в распечатаны, выполните следующие действия:" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " +"LED." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что IoT Box включен, что сказывается ярко-красным индикатором " +"состояния." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " +"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " +"ready ~2 minutes after it is started." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что IoT Box готов, это сказывается ярко освещенным зеленым " +"индикатором состояния рядом с красным индикатором состояния питания. IoT Box" +" должен быть готовым ~ 2 минуты после запуска." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " +"Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " +"devices on your network router." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что IoT Box подключен к той же сети, что и устройство точки " +"продаж. И устройство, и IoT Box должны быть видимы в списке подключенных " +"устройств на вашем сетевом роутере." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" +" corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." +msgstr "" +"Если вы указали IP-адрес IoT Box в настройках, убедитесь, что она " +"соответствует ip-адресу, напечатанной на квитанции о статусе IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 +msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." +msgstr "Убедитесь, что точку продажи не загружен через HTTPS." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " +"working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Ошибка в реализации HTTP Firefox может предотвратить надежной работе " +"автооткрытие. Вы также можете вручную настроить IP-адрес IoT Box в " +"настройках точки продаж." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода не работает" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " +"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " +"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." +msgstr "" +"Сканер штрих-кода должен быть настроен в US QWERTY и выдать Enter после " +"каждого штрих-кода. Это настроено по умолчанию большинства сканеров штрих-" +"кодов. Для получения дополнительной информации обратитесь к документации для" +" сканирования штрих-кодов." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " +"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " +"enough power." +msgstr "" +"Для работы с некоторыми сканерами штрих-кода IoT Box требует источника " +"питания 2A. Если вы не используете предоставленный блок питания, убедитесь, " +"что он обладает достаточной мощностью." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" +" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" +" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые сканеры штрих-кодов требуют больше 2A, и они не будут или будут " +"работать неправильно, даже при условии наличия источника питания. В таком " +"случае вы можете подключить сканер штрих-кода к автономному USB-" +"концентратора." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " +"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые плохо собраны сканеры штрих-кода не рекламируют себя как сканеры " +"штрих-кода, а в качестве USB-клавиатуру и не распознаются IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 +msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" +msgstr "Сканер штрих-кода не работает надежно" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " +"Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что в IoT Box одновременно подключено более одного устройства с " +"функцией "Сканирование через прокси" / "Сканер штрих-" +"кода"." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 +msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" +msgstr "Печать чека занимает слишком много времени" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the IoT Box will do " +"some preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " +"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " +"and the IoT Box." +msgstr "" +"Небольшая задержка перед первым дураком ожидается, поскольку IoT Box " +"выполняет предварительную обработку для ускорения последующей печати. Если " +"после этого возникают задержки, это, скорее всего, связано с плохим сетевым " +"связью между точкой продажи и IoT Box." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 +msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" +msgstr "Некоторые символы напечатаны на чеке" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " +"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." +msgstr "" +"IoT Box не поддерживает все языки и символы. В настоящее время он " +"поддерживает латинские и кириллические шрифты, с базовой поддержкой для " +"Японии." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 +msgid "The printer is offline" +msgstr "принтер оффлайн" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " +"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " +"contact support." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что принтер подключен, питается, имеет достаточное количество " +"бумаги, крышка закрыта и не сообщается об ошибке. Если ошибка не исчезает, " +"обратитесь в службу поддержки." + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:162 +msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" +msgstr "Наличный расчет не открывается" + +#: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" +" the POS configuration." +msgstr "" +"Касса должна быть подключена к принтеру и должна активироваться в настройках" +" точки продаж." + +#: ../../iot/devices.rst:3 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Устройства" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Camera" +msgstr "Подключите камеру" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" +" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " +"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " +"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " +"control point." +msgstr "" +"При использовании * IoT Box * в Odoo, вам может потребоваться использование " +"камеры. Это можно сделать в несколько шагов, ведь это устройство легкий в " +"настройке. Затем вы можете использовать его в вашем производстве и " +"объединять с пунктами контроля. Это позволит вам фотографировать в тот " +"момент, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "подключение" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." +msgstr "Чтобы подключить камеру к * IoT Box *, просто соедините их кабелем." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." +msgstr "В некоторых случаях может понадобиться USB-адабтер." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " +"soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Если ваша камера `* поддерживается * <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware> `__, тогда не нужно ничего устанавливать, поскольку она будет " +"взначено, как только она будет подключена." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you could need to restart the box and download your camera’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых случаях вам нужно перезагрузить box и загрузить драйверы вашей " +"камеры с box. Для этого перейдите на * Домашнюю страницу IoT Box * и нажмите" +" * список драйверов *. Затем Настин на загрузить драйверы." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 +msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" +msgstr "Объедините камеру с пунктом контроля качества" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 +msgid "With the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "С модулем производство" + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " +"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " +"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgstr "" +"В вашем * модули Качества * вы можете установить прибор на * Пункт контроля " +"качества *. Перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля * под Контроль качества * и " +"откройте пукт контроля, который вы хотите соединить с камерой." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " +"list. Now, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать прибор с " +"выпадающего списка. Теперь сохраните." + +#: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " +"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" +" will allow you to take a picture." +msgstr "" +"Затем вашу камеру можно использовать с выбранным * Пунктом контроля *. В " +"течение процесса производства, достигнув * Пункт контроля качества *, " +"который вы выбирали, перед тем, как вам будет разрешено сделать фото." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Footswitch" +msgstr "Подключите нежный переключатель" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " +"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." +msgstr "" +"Во время работы всегда лучше иметь обе руки свободными. Используя * IoT Box " +"* Odoo и педаль, вы сможете этого достичь." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " +"foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " +"steps." +msgstr "" +"Фактически вы сможете перейти с одной экрана на другой, используя вашу ногу " +"и педаль. Действительно удобно, это можно настроить в несколько шагов." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" +" the two by cable." +msgstr "" +"Подключение нежного переключателя с * IoT Box * легкое, вам только нужно " +"соединить два пристроя кабелем." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "В некоторых случаях может понадобиться USB-адаптер." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" +"Если ваша педаль `поддерживается <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> " +"`__, не нужно ничего устанавливать, как только она будет автоматически " +"определена после подключения." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If it is not a supported one, you may need to restart the box and download " +"your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " +"Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"Если педаль не поддерживается, вам может понадобиться перезапустить box и " +"загрузить драйверы нежного переключателя с box. Для этого перейдите на * " +"Домашнюю страницу IoT Box * и нажмите * список драйверов *. Нажмите загрузки" +" драйверов." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 +msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" +msgstr "Соедините педаль с рабочим центром" + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " +"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " +"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" +" also add a key to trigger it." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы соединить педаль с действием, необходимо настроить педаль в рабочем " +"центре. Перейдите в рабочий центр, в котором вы хотите использовать педаль и" +" добавьте устройство на вкладке * Запуски IoT *. Затем вы сможете соединить " +"ее с действием, а также добавить ключ для ее запуска." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " +"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " +"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +msgstr "" +"Запишите, что из списка будут выбраны первое устройство. Поэтому порядок " +"имеет значение! Как показано на картинке ниже, используя педаль, будет " +"автоматически пропущен текущую часть процесса, с которой вы работаете." + +#: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " +"correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы на форме рабочего заказ, кнопка статуса указывает, вы правильно " +"подключили педаль." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" +msgstr "Подключите инструмент измерения" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " +"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +msgstr "" +"С * IoT Box * Odoo возможно подключить инструменты измерения к вашей базе " +"данных. Найдите список поддерживаемых устройств здесь: `Поддерживаемые " +"устройства <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> `__ ,." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 +msgid "Connect in USB" +msgstr "Подключите через USB" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " +"restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить устройство, подключенное через USB, просто вставьте кабель " +"USB в * IoT Box * перезагрузите Box и устройство должно появиться в вашей " +"базе данных Odoo." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " +"your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " +"drivers." +msgstr "" +"Если устройство найдено, убедитесь, что драйверы верно загружены на ваш IoT " +"Box. Для этого установите подключение * Домашней страницей IoT Box * и " +"нажмите на загрузку драйверов." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 +msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" +msgstr "Подключитесь через Bluetooth" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " +"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " +"device." +msgstr "" +"Активируйте Bluetooth на вашем устройстве (см. Руководство по устройству для" +" дальнейшего объяснения) и IoT Box автоматически попытается подключиться к " +"устройствам." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 +msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" +msgstr "Вот пример, как это должно выглядеть:" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" +msgstr "Соедините инструмент измерения пункту контроля качества" + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " +"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " +"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +msgstr "" +"В вашем * модули Качества *, вы можете установить устройство в ваши * Пункты" +" контроля качества *. Чтобы сделать это, перейдите в меню * Пункты контроля " +"* под * Контролем качества * и откройте пункт контроля, в который вы хотите " +"назначить инструмент измерения." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " +"list. Then, hit save." +msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете редактировать пункт контроля и выбирать устройство из " +"выпадающего списка. Сохраните настройки." + +#: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " +"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " +"while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" +"Теперь ваш инструмент измерения соединены с избранным * Пунктом контроля *. " +"Значение, которое требует изменений вручную, автоматически обновлен, пока " +"используется инструмент." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Printer" +msgstr "Подключите принтер" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" +" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " +"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +msgstr "" +"Используя * IoT Box * в Odoo, вам может понадобиться принтер. Сделать это " +"можно легко и просто всего за несколько шагов. ПТМ вы сможете использовать " +"принтер для печати чеков, заказов или даже отчетов в различных модулях Odoo." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" +" cable." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы подключить принтер к * IoT Box *, вам лишь необходимо соединить " +"устройства кабелем." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 +msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." +msgstr "Иногда может понадобиться USB-адаптер." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If your printer is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " +"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш принтер `поддерживается <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware> " +"`__, нужно никаких настроек, так как принтер будет автоматически определено " +"сразу после его подключения." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 +msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." +msgstr "Принтер может появляться в списке устройств в течение двух минут." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you may need to restart the box and download your printer’s " +"drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " +"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых случаях может потребоваться перезапуск окна и загрузки драйверов" +" принтера из этого окна. Для этого перейдите на главную страницу * IoT Box *" +" и нажмите на * список драйверов *. Нажмите загрузки драйверов." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 +msgid "Link the Printer" +msgstr "Подключите принтер" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 +msgid "To Work Orders" +msgstr "К рабочим заказов" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете соединить * Рабочие заказ * с принтерами через * Пункт контроля " +"качества * для печати этикеток изготовленных товаров." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " +"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " +"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." +msgstr "" +"Для этого вам необходимо создать * Пункт контроля качества * из модуля * " +"Качество *. Затем вы можете выбрать корректировать производственную операцию" +" и операцию рабочего заказ. В типе выберите * Печать этикет * и сохраните." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" +" *Print Label* button will appear." +msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда вы достигаете пункта контроля качества для " +"выбранного товара, будет появляться кнопка * Печать этикетки *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "To Reports" +msgstr "отчетам" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " +"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете соединить тип отчета по определенным принтером. В модуле * " +"IoT * перейдите в меню * Устройства * и выберите принтер, который вы хотите " +"установить." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 +msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." +msgstr "Теперь перейдите на вкладку * Отчеты принтера *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" +" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " +"select and save." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите редактировать и на * Добавить строку *. В открывшемся окне, " +"проверьте все типы отчетов, которые будут связаны с этим принтером. Нажмите " +"выбрать и сохранить." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " +"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" +" print it." +msgstr "" +"Теперь каждый раз, когда вы нажимаете на * Печать * в контрольной панели, " +"вместо загрузки PDF, система пришлет файл на выбранный принтер и " +"автоматически распечатает его." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" +msgstr "Печатайте чеки с Точки продаж" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" +" directly from your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете соединить принтер с вашим модулем * Точка продажи *, поэтому вы " +"можете печатать чеки прямо с вашего * Точки продаж *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *PoS* " +"settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " +"Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Сделать это очень просто. Перейдите в ваш модуль * Точки продаж * и откройте" +" настройки * Точки продаж * под * Настройка *. Там нажмите на * " +"Редактировать * и отметьте функцию * IoT Box *. Затем включите * Принтеры " +"чеков *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " +"tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +msgstr "" +"Теперь в вашем просмотре * Точки продаж * вы сможете печатать различные " +"квитанции: ** чеки **, ** детали продажи ** и ** счета **." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" +" is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." +msgstr "" +"Чек будет напечатано после подтверждения заказа. Процесс автоматизирован, " +"когда вы включаете функцию в вашей * Точке продаже *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " +"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " +"current day." +msgstr "" +"Детали продаже можно распечатать, когда вы нажимаете на иконку печати на " +"верхней панели * Точки продаж *. Она распечатает детали продажи текущего " +"дня." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" +" settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." +" Click on it and it will print the bill." +msgstr "" +"Печать счетов доступен только в режиме ресторана. В ваших настройках " +"ресторана активируйте счета и кнопка * Счет * появится в левой панели. " +"Нажмите на нее и она распечатает счет." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 +msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" +msgstr "Печатайте заказ на кухне" + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 +msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." +msgstr "В режиме ресторана вы можете присылать квитанции заказ на кухню." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " +"*Order Printer*." +msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите в модуль * Точки продаж * и откройте ваши настройки * " +"Точки продаж *. Отметив * Принтеры заказов *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" +" the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " +"Categories* field." +msgstr "" +"Теперь перейдите в меню * Принтеры * .Натиснить создать и выберите * IoT Box" +" * со всеми категориями товара, которые нужно печатать в поле * категорий " +"товаров принтера *." + +#: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " +"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " +"will be printed." +msgstr "" +"В * Точке продаже *, когда вы добавляете или удалении товар с одной из " +"выбранных категорий, кнопка * Заказ * будет зеленой. Если вы нажмете на нее," +" квитанцию будет напечатано." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..474c9af80 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "" +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Рейтинги" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Рейтинг клиентов" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 +msgid "Use commands" +msgstr "используйте команды" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 +msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "Присылайте фиксированные ответы" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index 7aa53a793..eb5802ce1 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,710 +25,1345 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Производство" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Operations" -msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing Management" +msgstr "управление производством" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 -msgid "Replenishment Strategies" -msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 +msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" +msgstr "Используя альтернативный рабочий центр" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " +"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." +" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," +" it is not that simple." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 -msgid "Terminology" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:15 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," +" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " +"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " +"alternative work center to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " +"will be noticed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:62 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 +msgid "Configure your Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " +"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" +" vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " +"operation to it before saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" +" to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 +msgid "Create your Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " +"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " +"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " +"assembled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " +"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" +" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" +" usual one is free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create Bills of Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " +"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" +" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" +" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " +"product only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 +msgid "Setting up a BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" +" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " +"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " +"not track the steps the product goes through." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " +"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" +" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " +"*Manufacture this Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 +msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +msgid "" +"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" +" same as for the standard product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " +"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " +"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 +msgid "Adding a routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " +"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " +"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" +" times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" +" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " +"dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 +msgid "Adding By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " +"the primary product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" +" *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " +"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " +"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 +msgid "Use flexible components consumption" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, you might need more components than usual to manufacture a " +"product. Let’s say that you produce a desk combination of 4 desks and two " +"chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " +"But you will need to register it!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In case this happens, Odoo has the *flexible components consumption* feature" +" available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" +" as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:35 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." +" All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " +"need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" +" edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " +"type. Then, save." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +"Now, in the *Quality* app, open the *Control Point* menu, under *Quality " +"Control* and create a new *Quality Control Point*. Choose your product, your" +" operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " +"Materials* as type." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " +"order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " +"have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " +"To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " +"in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials.rst:3 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 -msgid "Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" "A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. Kits are described in Odoo using *bills of materials*. " -"There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " -"kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " -"Manufacturing apps must be installed." +"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." +" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" +" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " +"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление складом компонентов продуктов" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " -"the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " -"step." +"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " +"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "" -"A product using a Kit BoM will appear as a single line item on a quotation " -"and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " -"shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " -"right shows the corresponding delivery order." +"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" +" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " +"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " +"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " +"image shows the corresponding delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 msgid "" -"From the **Products** menu in either the Inventory or Manufacturing app, " -"create each component product as you would any other product, then create " -"the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the route " -"**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" -" Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " -"be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." +"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " +"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " +"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " +"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " +"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " +"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " +"be unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no special configuration." +"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a bill of materials for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " -"this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " -"their default values." +"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " +"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" +" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " +"default values." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" +msgstr "Управление складом комплектов товара и компонентов" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " +"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " +"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " +"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " +"product will appear in your stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you would like to manage stock of the top-level kit product, you will use" -" a standard BoM with a manufacturing step instead of a Kit BoM. When using a" -" standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " -"manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " -"will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the route **Manufacture**. You may also select " -"**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " +"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " +"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " +"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " "stock management." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 msgid "" -"When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " -"this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" -" order rather than a packing operation." +"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " +"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" +" order* rather than a packing operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 +msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " +"You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " +"control over it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " +"one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " +"process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But, if you need more control, you can use additional documents (steps) to " +"your manufacturing process. This way, *Manufacturing Orders* are divided " +"into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " +"defined by *routings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " +"efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" +" process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 +msgid "" +"If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " +"step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " +"phases from planning to production:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 +msgid "Create a manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +msgid "Record the production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 +msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " +"Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " +"place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " +"which work orders are performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " +"You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " +"on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 +msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 +msgid "Create the manufacturing order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 +msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 +msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, companies need to schedule their work orders. Doing so, they " +"can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" +" helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " +"don’t have the capacity to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, companies can schedule the planned start date for their " +"manufacturing orders. No possible duplication, no potential issues with the " +"planning. And, if you plan two work orders at the same work center, at the " +"same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " +"avoiding work superposition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 +msgid "Create the Work Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " +"to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " +"product and add a *Planned Start Date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " +"launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " +"*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " +"just created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you plan two work orders at the same hour, the second one will be " +"scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " +"center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " +"first free slot on the work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " +"track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как управлять устройствами для вариантов товара" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет использовать одну спецификацию для нескольких вариантов того " +"же продукта. Просто включите варианты с :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" "You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" " manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " "each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " "variants." msgstr "" +"После этого вы сможете определить, какие строки компонентов будут " +"использоваться при изготовлении каждого варианта продукта. Вы можете указать" +" несколько вариантов для каждой строки. Если не указано ни одного варианта, " +"строка будет использоваться для всех вариантов." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " "field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." msgstr "" +"При определении варианта спецификации на основе строки-позиции, поле ** " +"Вариант продукта ** в главном разделе спецификации следует оставить пустым. " +"Это поле используется при создании BoM для одного варианта продукта." -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 +msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 msgid "" -"A subassembly is a manufactured product which is intended to be used as a " -"component of another manufactured product. You may wish to employ sub-" -"assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " -"manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " -"that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." +"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " +"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " +"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " +"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 msgid "" -"Multi-level bills of materials in Odoo are accomplished by creating a top-" -"level BoM and subassembly BoMs. Next, the procurement route of the " -"subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" -" order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " -"subassembly is created as well." +"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " +"configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 +msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 msgid "" -"To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " -"Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " -"subassembly as you would for any product." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 +msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 msgid "" -"On the product form of the subassembly, you must select the routes " -"**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " -"precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " -"effect." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" +" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " -"manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " -"subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." +"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " +"in the BoM of the kit." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 +msgid "Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "Производственная заявка" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " -"products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " -"manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." +"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " +"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " +"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " +"kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 +msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 msgid "" -"In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " -"can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " -"describe multiple variants of the same product." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " +"this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14 -msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 msgid "" -"If you choose to manage your manufacturing operations using manufacturing " -"orders only, you will define basic bills of materials without routings. For " -"more information about which method of management to use, review the " -"**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the " -"documentation." +"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " +"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " +"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " +"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" +" kit BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 +msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 +msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 msgid "" -"Before creating your first bill of materials, you will need to create a " -"product and at least one component (components are considered products in " -"Odoo). You can do so from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`, or on " -"the fly from the relevant fields on the BoM form. Review the Inventory " -"chapter for more information about configuring products. Once you have " -"created a product and at least one component, select them from the relevant " -"dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " -"materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " -"Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." +"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " +"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " +"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 msgid "" -"Under the **Miscellaneous** tab, you can fill additional fields. " -"**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " -"production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " -"allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." +"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " +"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " +"Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38 -msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 msgid "" -"A routing defines a series of operations required to manufacture a product " -"and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " -"added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " -"information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." +"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " +"last component is consumed during the second operation." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" -"After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " -"you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " -"routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." +"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " +"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " +"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " +"to make another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 msgid "" -"You may define the work operation or step in which each component is " -"consumed using the field, **Consumed in Operation** under the **Components**" -" tab. Similarly, you can define the operation at which the product will be " -"produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " -"Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " -"consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." +"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " +"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." +" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " +"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " +"be for subassemblies." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61 -msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 +msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " -"primary product." +"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" +" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " +"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." +" Now, hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 msgid "" -"To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " +"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once byproducts are enabled, you can add them to your bills of materials " -"under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " -"product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " -"of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." +"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " +"subassemblies in the list of components." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81 -msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97 -msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123 -msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3 -msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:8 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 msgid "" -"There are two basic ways to manage manufacturing in Odoo. The first way " -"manages work with one document only. This document is the **manufacturing " -"order**. The second way uses additional documents to give you more precise " -"control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " -"orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " -"performed in an order defined by **routings**." +"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " +"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " +"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " +"available before manufacturing the finished product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"You will most likely use manufacturing orders without routings if all the " -"work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " -"one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " -"work orders and routings." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 msgid "" -"Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " -"are two basic phases from planning to production:" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27 -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52 -msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29 -msgid "Record Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32 -msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"To use work orders and routings, you will need to enable the option **Manage" -" production by work orders** From :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " -"configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " -"**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " -"scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " -"planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"Manufacturing using routings can be broken down into several steps. When " -"configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " -"work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" -" step of scheduling work orders." +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50 -msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54 -msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56 -msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "Work in progress." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 -msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 msgid "" -"A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the materials, the " -"quantity of each material, and the steps required to manufacture a product. " -"Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a " -"different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in " -"the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used." +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 -msgid "Cycle" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" -"A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing " -"process can be fulfilled." +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 -msgid "Downtime or Leave" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 msgid "" -"Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, " -"the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable " -"time is called a Leave." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 -msgid "Finished products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are " -"normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order " -"of the company." +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 -msgid "Kit" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:34 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 msgid "" -"A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but " -"which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 -msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"A bill of material can quickly grow very complex. To keep it manageable, it " -"can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its " -"own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of " -"intermediate products." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level " -"document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs." +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 -msgid "Phantom Bill of Material" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 msgid "" -"A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level " -"BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while " -"avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly." +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 msgid "" -"As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the " -"components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they " -"were direct components of the parent BOM." +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "" -"Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of " -"reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate " -"manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies." +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 -msgid "Raw Materials" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Оценка запасов" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:64 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "С:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to " -"produce semi-finished or finished goods." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It " -"can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc." +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 -msgid "Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 msgid "" -"A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work " -"Centers at which they will be carried out" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 -msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 msgid "" -"These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in" -" another manufacturing order." +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79 -msgid "Work Order Operations" -msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Учет движения" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:82 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 msgid "" -"Work Order Operations specify the set of activities necessary to fully " -"process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to" -" be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also " -"called work center)." +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 -msgid "Work Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:89 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 msgid "" -"A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for " -"execution on a given date and a given duration." +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 -msgid "Work Center" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:94 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 msgid "" -"Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to" -" represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity " -"is a combination of resources and their availability time." +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97 -msgid "Resources" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 msgid "" -"In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine " -"available in a work center." +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 -msgid "Working Time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:105 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" -"Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set" -" up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24." +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Контроль качества" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 +msgid "Unbuild a product" +msgstr "разборка товара" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " +"managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" +" unbuild products you have received." +msgstr "" +"В приложении Производство Odoo, вы можете * Разобрать * товары. Можно " +"управлять двумя случаями использования: (1) вы можете разобрать товары, " +"которые вы создали сами, или (2) вы можете разобрать товары, которые вы " +"получили." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Let's take the first case, you are manufacturing products yourself. If one " +"of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " +"of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Давайте возьмем первый случай, когда вы производите продукцию " +"самостоятельно. Если какой-то из ваших товаров является дефектным, возможно," +" вам следует разобрать его, а не полностью забраковать, позволяя повторно " +"использовать некоторые компоненты товара." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " +"unbuilding them and recycling them." +msgstr "" +"Во втором случае вы покупаете товары с единственной целью - разбирать их и " +"переделывать." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 +msgid "Unbuild Order" +msgstr "Заказ на разборку" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" +" menu *Unbuild Orders*." +msgstr "" +"В приложении Производство, под вкладкой * Операции * вы найдете меню * Заказ" +" на разборку *." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " +"something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " +"something you received." +msgstr "" +"Создавая новый, вы можете либо выбрать ЗНВ, если вы разбираете то, что вы " +"сделали, или выбираете товар, если вы разбираете то получено." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 +msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы закончите, просто нажмите кнопку разобрать и процесс закончится." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " +"components from the MO back in stock." +msgstr "" +"Если вы разбираете товар, который вы сделали ранее, вы получите компоненты с" +" ЗНВ на складе." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " +"BoM back in stock." +msgstr "" +"Если вы разбираете товар, который вы приобрели, вы получите компоненты из " +"спецификации обратно на склад." + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " +"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" +" them with drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " +"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " +"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" +" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " +"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " +"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " +"information if it isn’t necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " +"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," +" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" +" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " +"its components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " +"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " +"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " +"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " +"replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " +"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " +"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " +"colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair Management" +msgstr "управление ремонтом" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "ремонт товаров" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " +"but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " +"defect." +msgstr "" +"Приложение Odoo * Ремонт * позволяет управлять полным послепродажным " +"процессом, а также просто ремонтировать изделия, которые вы сделали, если " +"они являются дефектными." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на ремонт" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" +"Оказавшись в программе, вы сможете получить доступ к существующим * Заказов " +"на ремонт * и создать новое." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "управление ремонтом" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." +" Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " +"customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" +" might need, etc." +msgstr "" +"Когда клиент посылает вам товар для ремонта, создайте новое * Заказы на " +"ремонт *. Заполните в нем всю необходимую информацию, например, товар, " +"клиент, если он должен быть выписан после или перед ремонтом, деталей, " +"которые могут понадобиться и т.д." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " +"customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " +"able to start & end the repair when it is completed." +msgstr "" +"После того, как все будет сделано, вы сможете отправить запрос на ремонт " +"вашему клиенту. Если это будет принято, вы можете подтвердить ремонт. После " +"этого вы сможете запустить и завершить ремонт, когда он будет завершен." + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 +msgid "You can now invoice the repair." +msgstr "Теперь вы можете выставить счет на ремонт." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c99e5e43e --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Marketing Automation" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Используйте различные варианты" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "Launch a test" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40be13c19 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:5 +msgid "Mobile" +msgstr "Мобильный" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:8 +msgid "Push Notifications" +msgstr "Push-уведомления" + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " +"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +msgstr "" +"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 или более поздней версии больше нет сложной " +"конфигурации, чтобы включить push-уведомления в мобильном приложении." + +#: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..834727a8b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Планирование" + +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index a4ccca6ad..b16646d53 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -1,15 +1,23 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Dinar <gabbasov@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,780 +27,356 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Точка продаж" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" +msgstr "Использование тегов скидок со сканером штрих-кодов" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите продать свои товары со скидкой, например, для товара, " +"приближается к дате его окончания, вы можете использовать теги скидок. Они " +"позволяют сканировать штрих-коды со скидкой." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "This tutorial will describe how to use discount tags on products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кода" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы использовать теги скидок, нам нужно узнать о номенклатуре штрих-кодов." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" -"To start using discounts tags, let's first have a look at the **barcode " -"nomenclature** in order to print our correct discounts tags." +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" msgstr "" +"Скажем, вы хотите получить скидку для товара с последующим штрих-кодом:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "I want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`. In the default nomenclature, you can see that to set a " -"discount, you have to start you barcode with ``22`` and the add the " -"percentage you want to set for the product." +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." msgstr "" +"Вы можете найти * Номенклатура по умолчанию * в настройках вашего интерфейса" +" точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:26 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" -"For instance if you want ``50%`` discount on a product you have to start you" -" barcode with ``2250`` and then add the product barcode. In our example, the" -" barcode will be:" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" msgstr "" +"Скажем, вам нужно 50% скидки на товар, для которого вам нужно будет начать " +"свой штрих-код с 22 (для номера штрих-кода скидки), а затем 50 (для%), " +"прежде чем добавлять штрих-код товара. В нашем примере штрих-код будет:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:34 -msgid "Scanning your products" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "Отсканируйте товары и теги" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:36 -msgid "If you go back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "Сначала нужно отсканировать нужный товар (в нашем случае, лимон)." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "You have to scan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:45 -msgid "the discount tag" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:47 -msgid "When the product is scanned, it appears on the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" -"Then when you scan the discount tag, ``50%`` discount is applied on the " -"product." +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" +"Затем отсканируйте тег со скидкой. Скидка будет применена, и вы можете " +"закончить транзакцию." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:58 -msgid "That's it, this how you can use discount tag on products with Odoo." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:61 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:94 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:171 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:57 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:35 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:69 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:81 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:62 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:115 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:95 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:172 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:58 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:36 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:70 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Применение скидок вручную" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:173 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:83 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:86 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:174 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:60 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:38 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:72 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:84 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:46 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Примените скидку на товар" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:41 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:37 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:88 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Примените общую скидку" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Применение сезонных скидок" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "создайте прайслист" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a loyalty program" +msgstr "Управление программой лояльности" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" +"Поощряйте своих клиентов продолжать покупать в вашей точке продажи с * " +"программой лояльности *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`." +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать программу лояльности, перейдите к :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите свой интерфейс точки" +" продаж. В разделе Функции ценообразования выберите * программу лояльности *" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "Оттуда вы можете создавать и редактировать свои программы лояльности." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can tick **Manage loyalty program with point and reward for customers**." +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." msgstr "" +"Вы можете решить, какой тип программы вы хотите использовать, если " +"вознаграждение - это скидка или подарок, делая ее конкретной для некоторых " +"товаров или охватывая весь ваш ассортимент. Применяйте правила так, чтобы " +"они были действительными только в конкретной ситуации и все, что существует " +"между ними." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:21 -msgid "Create a loyalty program" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "Используйте программу лояльности в своем интерфейсе точки продаж" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:23 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" -"After you apply, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Loyalty Programs` " -"and click on **Create**." +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" +"Когда клиент установлен, теперь вы увидите пункты, которые они получат для " +"транзакции, и они будут накапливаться, пока они не будут израсходованы. Они " +"расходуются с помощью кнопки * Награды *, если у них есть достаточно баллов " +"в соответствии с правилами, определенными в программе лояльности." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:29 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "" -"Set a **name** and an **amount** of points given **by currency**, **by " -"order** or **by product**. Extra rules can also be added such as **extra " -"points** on a product." +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." msgstr "" +"Вы можете видеть, что цена моментально обновляется, чтобы отразить " +"прайслист. Вы можете завершить оформление заказа обычным способом." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:33 -msgid "To do this click on **Add an item** under **Rules**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:38 -msgid "You can configure any rule by setting some configuration values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "**Name**: An internal identification for this loyalty program rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:41 -msgid "**Type**: Does this rule affects products, or a category of products?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:42 -msgid "**Target Product**: The product affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:43 -msgid "**Target Category**: The category affected by the rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" -"**Cumulative**: The points won from this rule will be won in addition to " -"other rules" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете клиента с ПРАЙСЛИСТ по умолчанию, он будет применен. Вы, " +"конечно, можете изменить это." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"**Points per product**: How many points the product will earn per product " -"ordered" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Points per currency**: How many points the product will earn per value " -"sold" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:51 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"Your new rule is now created and rewards can be added by clicking on **Add " -"an Item** under **Rewards**." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:57 -msgid "Three types of reward can be given:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:59 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"**Resale**: convert your points into money. Set a product that represents " -"the value of 1 point." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"**Discount**: give a discount for an amount of points. Set a product with a " -"price of ``0 €`` and without any taxes." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:69 -msgid "**Gift**: give a gift for an amount of points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:77 -msgid "Applying your loyalty program to a point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:79 -msgid "On the **Dashboard**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:84 -msgid "Next to loyalty program, set the program you want to set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:90 -msgid "Gathering and consuming points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:92 -msgid "To start gathering points you need to set a customer on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:94 -msgid "Click on **Customer** and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:96 -msgid "Loyalty points will appear on screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:101 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"The next time the customer comes to your shop and has enough points to get a" -" reward, the **Rewards** button is highlighted and gifts can be given." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:108 -msgid "" -"The reward is added and of course points are subtracted from the total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can apply manual discounts in two different ways. You can directly set a" -" discount on the product or you can set a global discount on the whole cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Discount on the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:8 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:20 -msgid "You will get into the main point of sale interface :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:76 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The same way you insert a quantity, Click on **Disc** and then type the " -"discount (in percent). This is how you insert a manual discount on a " -"specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:38 -msgid "Global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to set a global discount, you need to go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Allow global " -"discounts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:50 -msgid "Then from the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You have to activate **Order Discounts** and create a product that will be " -"added as a product with a negative price to deduct the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:61 -msgid "" -"On the product used to create the discount, set the price to ``0`` and do " -"not forget to remove all the **taxes**, that can make the calculation wrong." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:68 -msgid "Set a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Now when you come back to the **dashboard** and start a **new session**, a " -"**Discount** button appears and by clicking on it you can set a " -"**discount**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:76 -msgid "" -"When it's validated, the discount line appears on the order and you can now " -"process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **MercuryPay** account (see `MercuryPay website " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com>`__.) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 9 POS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates with" -" US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses. An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work " -"with a standalone card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS " -"screen into the card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Go to **Apps** and install the **Mercury Payment Services** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:26 -msgid "Mercury Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:28 -msgid "" -"In the **Point of Sale** application, click on :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Mercury Configurations` and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:35 -msgid "Introduce your **credentials** and then save them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and click on " -"**Create**. Under the **Point of Sale** tab you can set a **Mercury " -"configuration** to the **Payment method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Finally, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale` and add a " -"new payment method on the point of sale by editing it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Then select the payment method corresponding to your mercury configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:60 -msgid "Save the modifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:63 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 -msgid "Register a sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your point(s) of sales, click on **New " -"Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:71 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 -msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:82 -msgid "Payment with credit cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the credit" -" card **Payment Method**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Type in the **Amount** to be paid with the credit card. Now you can swipe " -"the card and validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This tutorial will describe how to manage multiple cashiers. There are four " -"differents ways to manage several cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:9 -msgid "Switch cashier without any security" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:11 -msgid "" -"As prerequisite, you just need to have a second user with the **Point of " -"Sale User** rights (Under the :menuselection:`General Settings --> Users` " -"menu). On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session** as the main user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:18 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:64 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:123 -msgid "On the top of the screen click on the **user name**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:23 -msgid "And switch to another cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:28 -msgid "" -"The name on the top has changed which means you have changed the cashier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:34 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to need a pin code to be able to use it, you can " -"set it up in by clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:45 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a security pin code on the **Point of Sale** " -"tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:57 -msgid "Change cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:59 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:118 -msgid "On the **Dashboard** click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:69 -msgid "Choose your **cashier**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You will have to insert the user's **pin code** to be able to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:79 -msgid "Now you can see that the cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:85 -msgid "Switch cashier with cashier barcode badge" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to scan its badge, you can set it up in by " -"clicking on **Settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:96 -msgid "Then click on **Manage access rights**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:101 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **security pin code** on the **Point of " -"Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Be careful of the barcode nomenclature, the default one forced you to use a " -"barcode starting with ``041`` for cashier barcodes. To change that go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:116 -msgid "Change Cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When the cashier scans his own badge, you can see on the top that the " -"cashier has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:132 -msgid "Assign session to a user" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Click on the menu :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Then, click on **New** and assign as **Responsible** the correct cashier to " -"the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:145 -msgid "When the cashier logs in he is able to open the session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:151 -msgid "Assign a default point of sale to a cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"If you want your cashiers to be assigned to a point of sale, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:159 -msgid "Then click on **Manage Access Rights**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:164 -msgid "" -"**Edit** the cashier and add a **Default Point of Sale** under the **Point " -"of Sale** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:21 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 -msgid "Register an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:13 -msgid "You arrive now on the main view :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:18 -msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can " -"directly set the quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:23 -msgid "Record a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:25 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:30 -msgid "Register a new customer by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:35 -msgid "The following form appear. Fill in the relevant information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:40 -msgid "When it's done click on the **floppy disk** icon" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You just registered a new customer. To set this customer to the current " -"order, just tap on **Set Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:51 -msgid "The customer is now set on the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "How to reprint receipts?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -msgid "This feature requires a POSBox and a receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to allow a cashier to reprint a ticket, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick the option **Allow " -"cashier to reprint receipts**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You also need to allow the reprinting on the point of sale. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure and and tick the option **Reprinting**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "How to reprint a receipt?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the Point of Sale interface click on the **Reprint Receipt** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:32 -msgid "The last printed receipt will be printed again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:7 -msgid "Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"On your dashboard, click on the **More** button on the point of sale you " -"want to analyse. Then click on **Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You will get the figures for this particular point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "Global statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:23 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Orders`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:25 -msgid "You will get the figures of all orders for all point of sales." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:31 -msgid "Cashier statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:33 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Reports --> Sales Details`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Choose the dates. Select the cashiers by clicking on **Add an item**. Then " -"click on **Print Report**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:41 -msgid "You will get a full report in a PDF file. Here is an example :" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка модуля налоговых данных с точкой продажи Odoo" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Введение" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -806,10 +390,20 @@ msgid "" "information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " "website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." msgstr "" +"Бельгийское законодательство требует от некоторых предприятий использовать " +"сертифицированный государством устройство под названием ** Модуль налоговых " +"данных ** (также известный как ** blackbox **). Данное устройство вместе с " +"приложением точки продаж и записывает определенные транзакции. Кроме того, " +"используемое приложение точки продаж также должен быть сертифицирован " +"правительством и должен соответствовать установленным им строгим стандартам." +" `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - сертифицированная программа " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies> _ _. Более " +"подробную информацию о модуля налоговых данных можно найти на официальном " +"веб-сайте http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/> _." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "" +msgstr "необходимое оборудование" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -818,6 +412,10 @@ msgid "" "certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " "Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" msgstr "" +"Правительство сертифицировал `Модуль налоговых данных " +"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés> `_ Per POS, все они должны работать, но " +"рекомендуется использовать Cleancash SC-B, вам также понадобится:" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -825,38 +423,49 @@ msgid "" "/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" "DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" msgstr "" +"Последовательный нулевой модемный кабель на FDM ( `пример " +"<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-" +"Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM> `__)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " "<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" msgstr "" +"Серийный адаптер к USB для FDM ( `пример " +"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9> `__)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered POSBox per POS configuration" -msgstr "" +msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" +msgstr "Настройка зарегистрированного IoT Box на точку продажи" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "POSBox" -msgstr "" +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered POSBox. " -"These POSBoxes are similar to the regular POSBoxes we sell, but they are " +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " +"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " "registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered POSBox will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the POSBox by going " -"to the *Hardware status page* via the POSBox homepage." +"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " +"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" +" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" +"Для использования модуля фискальных данных вам понадобится зарегистрирован " +"IoT Box. Они похожи на обычные коробки IoT, которые мы продаем, но они " +"зарегистрированы в бельгийском правительстве. Это требует законом. Попытка " +"использовать модуль фискальных данных на незарегистрированном IoT Box не " +"будет. Можно убедиться, что модуль фискальных данных распознается IoT Box, " +"перейдя на страницу статуса * Оборудование * на домашней странице IoT Box." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -864,17 +473,28 @@ msgid "" "**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " "``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" " installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered POSBox associated with it " +"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " "(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / POSBox and the serial number of your POSBox is set)." -" The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a transaction, " -"you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your VAT signing " -"card." +"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " +"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " +"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " +"VAT signing card." msgstr "" +"Приложении точки продажи Odoo можно предоставить сертифицированные " +"возможности точки продаж, установив приложение ** бельгийского " +"зарегистрированного кассового аппарата ** (техническое название: " +"`pos_blackbox_be``). Из-за ограничений, налагаемых на нас, эту установку " +"нельзя отменить. После этого вам придется убедиться, что каждое настройки " +"точки продаж имеет уникальный зарегистрирован IoT Box, связанный с ней ( " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` и " +"обеспечьте Proxy Оборудование / IoT Box и серийный номер вашего IoT Box). " +"Когда вы впервые открываете точку продажи и пытаетесь осуществить " +"транзакцию, вам будет предложено ввести PIN-код, который вы получили с вашей" +" подписанного карточки НДС." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Сертификация и на заказ" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -885,10 +505,17 @@ msgid "" "is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " "module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." msgstr "" +"Сертификация, предоставленная правительством, ограничена использованием на " +"примере SaaS odoo.com. Использование модуля из источника или " +"модифицированной версии ** НЕ ** будет сертифицировано. Для пользователей по" +" умолчанию мы также поддерживаем модуль бюджетных данных в таких установках." +" Основное ограничение состоит в том, что для этого нужна замаскированная " +"версия модуля `pos_blackbox_be``, который мы предоставим на заказ для " +"клиентов компании." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ограничения" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -896,2052 +523,1281 @@ msgid "" "adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " "POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." msgstr "" +"Как упоминалось ранее, для получения сертификата заявка на использование " +"точки продажи должна соответствовать строгим правилам правительства. Поэтому" +" сертифицирована точка продажи Odoo имеет определенные ограничения, " +"отсутствующие в сертифицированной точке продажи Odoo." #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "возмещение отключены" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Изменение цен на заказ" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание / изменение / удаление заказов точки продаж" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Продажа продукции без действительного налога" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per POSBox are not allowed" -msgstr "" +msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" +msgstr "Настройка нескольких точек продаж Odoo на IoT Box не доступны" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the POSBox (and thus FDM)" +msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" msgstr "" +"Использование точки продажи без подключения к IoT Box (и таким образом FDM)" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6 -msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:206 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " -"will need :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 -msgid "The POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17 -msgid "A 2A Power adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 -msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 -msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another ESC/POS compatible printer " -"(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 -msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26 -msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214 -msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36 -msgid "Connect peripheral devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_, but other hardware " -"might work as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42 -msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:48 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " -"configured in **US QWERTY**. It also must end barcodes with an Enter " -"character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of " -"your barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:54 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:56 -msgid "" -"**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " -"Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " -"device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " -"USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " -"compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink 5370 " -"chipset. Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, because all Wi-Fi " -"functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:68 -msgid "Power the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" -" up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74 -msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" -" should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " -"just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:82 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:293 -msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " -"to the ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` section and activate the options for the " -"hardware you want to use through the POSBox. Specifying the IP of the POSBox" -" is recommended (it is printed on the receipt that gets printed after " -"booting up the POSBox). When the IP is not specified the Point of Sale will " -"attempt to find it on the local network." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " -"that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:96 -msgid "" -"It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " -"network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:101 -msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:103 -msgid "" -"If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " -"will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " -"only done once." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" -" ready to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 -msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " -"compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" -" Linux compatible. Officially supported are Wi-Fi adapters with a Ralink " -"5370 chipset." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " -"functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " -"Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " -"printed when the POSBox starts will reflect this. In order to make the " -"POSBox connect to an already existing Wi-Fi network, go to the homepage of " -"the POSBox (indicated on the receipt) and go to the Wi-Fi configuration " -"page. On there you can choose a network to connect to. Note that we only " -"support open and WPA(2)-PSK networks. When connecting to a WPA-secured " -"network, fill in the password field. The POSBox will attempt to connect to " -"the specified network and will print a new POSBox status receipt after it " -"has connected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:133 -msgid "" -"If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" -" \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " -"a network. This will make the network choice persist across reboots. This " -"means that instead of starting up its own \"Posbox\" network it will always " -"attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:140 -msgid "" -"When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " -"it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" -" after connecting to it, the POSBox will attempt to re-establish connection " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:146 -msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " -"per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " -"address of each POSBox in each Point of Sale. You must also configure your " -"network to make sure the POSBox's IP addresses don't change. Please refer to" -" your router documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:155 -msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 -msgid "" -"If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " -"you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " -"installation process is not foolproof. You'll need at least to know how to " -"install and run Odoo. You may also run into issues specific to your " -"distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " -"modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" -" communicates with. The instance of Odoo running on the POSBox is very " -"different from a 'real' Odoo instance however. It does not handle *any* " -"business data (eg. POS orders), but only serves as a gateway between the " -"Point of Sale and the hardware." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:173 -msgid "" -"The goal of this section will be to set up a local Odoo instance that " -"behaves like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 -msgid "Image building process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " -"https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " -"More specifically, we run `posbox_create_image.sh " -"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/posbox_create_image.sh>`_." -" This builds an image called ``posbox.img``, which we zip and upload to " -"`nightly.odoo.com <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ for users to download." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " -"stuck or want more detail about something." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 -msgid "Summary of the image creation process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " -"<https://www.raspbian.org/>`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " -"image and copies over some files and scripts that will make the Raspbian " -"image turn itself into a POSBox when it boots. These scripts will update " -"Raspbian, remove non-essential packages and install required packages. In " -"order to boot Raspbian we use qemu, which is capable of providing ARM " -"emulation. After this, the emulated Raspbian OS will shut itself down. We " -"then once again locally mount the image, remove the scripts that were used " -"to initialize the image at boot and we copy over some extra configuration " -"files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:208 -msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:209 -msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210 -msgid "" -"You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " -"Odoo's built-in driver" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:217 -msgid "Extra dependencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " -"need to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:222 -msgid "``# pip --version``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:224 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:230 -msgid "If it returns something like::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 -msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 -msgid "You can use pip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:236 -msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238 -msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240 -msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 -msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:245 -msgid "Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:247 -msgid "" -"The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " -"Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " -"a group that has access to USB devices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251 -msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:253 -msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 -msgid "``# usermod -a -G usbusers USERNAME``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 -msgid "" -"Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " -"``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " -"``99-usbusers.rules`` in the ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` directory with the " -"following content::" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:265 -msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:268 -msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:270 -msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272 -msgid "" -"``$ ./odoo.py " -"--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale,hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:275 -msgid "Test the instance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " -"``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " -"see if all your devices are indicated as *Connected*. Possible source of " -"errors are: The paths on the distribution differ from the paths expected by " -"the drivers, another process has grabbed exclusive access to the devices, " -"the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:285 -msgid "Automatically start Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:287 -msgid "" -"You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" -" boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " -"particular setup. Using the init system provided by your distribution is " -"probably the easiest way to accomplish this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:295 -msgid "" -"The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " -"or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " -"that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:301 -msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:304 -msgid "Technical Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:307 -msgid "The POSBox Hardware" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:309 -msgid "" -"The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " -"<https://www.raspberrypi.org/products/raspberry-pi-2-model-b/>`_, a popular " -"single-board computer. The Raspberry Pi 2 is powered with a 2A micro-usb " -"power adapter. 2A is needed to give enough power to the barcode scanners. " -"The Software is installed on a 8Gb Class 10 or Higher SD Card. All this " -"hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:318 -msgid "Compatible Peripherals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:320 -msgid "" -"Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324 -msgid "The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:326 -msgid "" -"The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " -"derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " -"Odoo which provides the webserver and the drivers. The hardware drivers are " -"implemented as Odoo modules. Those modules are all prefixed with ``hw_*`` " -"and they are the only modules that are running on the POSBox. Odoo is only " -"used for the framework it provides. No business data is processed or stored " -"on the POSBox. The Odoo instance is a shallow git clone of the ``8.0`` " -"branch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:335 -msgid "" -"The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " -"don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " -"the filesystem cannot be corrupted by cutting the power to the POSBox. Linux" -" applications expect to be able to write to certain directories though. So " -"we provide a ramdisk for /etc and /var (Raspbian automatically provides one " -"for /tmp). These ramdisks are setup by ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, which we run " -"before all other init scripts by running it in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. The " -"ramdisks are named /etc_ram and /var_ram respectively. Most data from /etc " -"and /var is copied to these tmpfs ramdisks. In order to restrict the size of" -" the ramdisks, we do not copy over certain things to them (eg. apt related " -"data). We then bind mount them over the original directories. So when an " -"application writes to /etc/foo/bar it's actually writing to " -"/etc_ram/foo/bar. We also bind mount / to /root_bypass_ramdisks to be able " -"to get to the real /etc and /var during development." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:351 -msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:353 -msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 -msgid "" -"Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " -"POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " -"``posbox_*``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:360 -msgid "Accessing the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:363 -msgid "Local Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:365 -msgid "" -"If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" -" you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " -"use it as a small GNU/Linux computer and perform various administration " -"tasks, like viewing some logs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:370 -msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:373 -msgid "Remote Access" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:375 -msgid "" -"If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " -"POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:380 -msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:382 -msgid "" -"Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " -"implemented features." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:385 -msgid "" -"The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " -"the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " -"detail in `this tutorial <http://elinux.org/RPi_Easy_SD_Card_Setup>`_, just " -"replace the standard Raspberry Pi image with the latest one found at `the " -"official POSBox image page <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/>`_. This " -"method of upgrading will ensure that you're running the latest version of " -"the POSBox software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:394 -msgid "" -"The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " -"can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " -"like this is that you don't have to flash a new image. This upgrade method " -"is limited to what it can do however. It can not eg. update installed " -"configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:401 -msgid "The internal Odoo application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:402 -msgid "" -"Scripts in the folder " -"``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:404 -msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:407 -msgid "Troubleshoot" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:410 -msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:412 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " -"with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " -"if encountered or the POSBox's IP address in case of success. If no receipt " -"is printed, check the following steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " -"LED." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " -"status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" -" ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " -"Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " -"devices on your network router." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:424 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " -"range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " -"way, you must manually set up your POSBox's IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428 -msgid "" -"If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " -"sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:431 -msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:432 -msgid "" -"A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " -"working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" -" IP address in the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:439 -msgid "" -"The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " -"each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " -"Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:443 -msgid "" -"The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " -"you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " -"enough power." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" -" unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" -" the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:449 -msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454 -msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:456 -msgid "" -"Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " -"Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461 -msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:463 -msgid "" -"A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" -" preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " -"afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " -"and the POSBox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:469 -msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " -"supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476 -msgid "The printer is offline" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:478 -msgid "" -"Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " -"lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " -"contact support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:485 -msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" -" the POS configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:489 -msgid "Credits" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490 -msgid "" -"The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " -"help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " -"Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494 -msgid "" -"This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" -" and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " -"backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:498 -msgid "Camptocamp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499 -msgid "BHC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:500 -msgid "openBig" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:501 -msgid "Eeezee-IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:502 -msgid "Solarsis LDA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503 -msgid "ACSONE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504 -msgid "Vauxoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505 -msgid "Ekomurz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506 -msgid "Datalp" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507 -msgid "Dao Systems" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508 -msgid "Eggs Solutions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509 -msgid "OpusVL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511 -msgid "" -"And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" -" Bundle:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514 -msgid "Willow IT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:515 -msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516 -msgid "Multibase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:517 -msgid "Mindesa" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:518 -msgid "bpso.biz" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519 -msgid "Shine IT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user " -"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or " -"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the " -"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will " -"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and," -" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to " -":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not " -"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse " -"available countries**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 -msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 -msgid "Adding Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to " -":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the " -"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can " -"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not " -"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the" -" database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "How to easily manage categories?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a " -"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the " -"products by **Point of Sale Category**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 -msgid "Configuring a payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 -msgid "" -"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Payment methods` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 -msgid "" -"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the " -"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for" -" the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 -msgid "Configuring your points of sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the " -"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment " -"method into the available payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, " -"location,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Point of Sale Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "An internal identification of the point of sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Модули с черным списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to post sales entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Group Journal Items" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this if you want to group the Journal Items by Product while closing a" -" Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Defines what kind of barcodes are available and how they are assigned to " -"products, customers and cashiers" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Order IDs Sequence" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Начиная работу" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"This sequence is automatically created by Odoo but you can change it to " -"customize the reference numbers of your orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables an integrated Virtual Keyboard" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables invoice generation from the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Prefill Cash Payment" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 msgid "" -"The payment input will behave similarily to bank payment input, and will be " -"prefilled with the exact due amount" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Start Category" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 msgid "" -"The point of sale will display this product category by default. If no " -"category is specified, all available products will be shown" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Tip Product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The product used to encode the customer tip. Leave empty if you do not " -"accept tips." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Include Taxes in Prices" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Настройте свои способы оплаты" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"The displayed prices will always include all taxes, even if the taxes have " -"been setup differently" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Large Scrollbars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "For imprecise industrial touchscreens" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Display Category Pictures" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The product categories will be displayed with pictures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "IP Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"The hostname or ip address of the hardware proxy, Will be autodetected if " -"left empty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enable barcode scanning with a remotely connected barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Electronic Scale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Electronic Scale integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatically open the cashdrawer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt Printer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bypass browser printing and prints via the hardware proxy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Automatic Receipt Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The receipt will automatically be printed at the end of each order" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Skip Receipt Screen" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"The receipt screen will be skipped if the receipt can be printed " -"automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Header" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a header in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Footer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "A short text that will be inserted as a footer in the printed receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Cash Control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Check the amount of the cashbox at opening and closing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Splitting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Enables Bill Splitting in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Bill Printing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allows to print the Bill before payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Orderline Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Allow custom notes on Orderlines" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "Restaurant Floors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 -msgid "The restaurant floors served by this point of sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 -msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 -msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Ваше первый заказ" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 msgid "" -"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 msgid "" -"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. " -"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly " -"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:59 -msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:68 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 msgid "" -"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:71 -msgid "Closing a session" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Закройте сессию точки продаж" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 msgid "" -"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button " -"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On " -"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 msgid "" -"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears " -"containing all the transactions performed." +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 -msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Посмотреть статистику" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +msgid "Register customers" +msgstr "Регистрация клиентов" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " +"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " +"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" +" any future interaction with them faster." +msgstr "" +"Регистрация ваших клиентов даст вам возможность предоставлять им различные " +"привилегии, такие как скидки, программа лояльности, особая коммуникация. Она" +" будет также требуется, если они хотят получить счет-фактуру и " +"регистрировать его с любой будущей взаимодействием с ними быстрее." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 +msgid "Create a customer" +msgstr "создайте клиента" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." +msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку клиента." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +msgid "Create a new one by using this button." +msgstr "Создайте нового, используя эту кнопку." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." +msgstr "Вам будет предложено заполнить форму клиента со своей информацией." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " +"any future transactions." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы закончите, воспользуйтесь кнопкой сохранения. Затем вы можете " +"выбрать этого клиента в любых будущих операциях." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Terminals" +msgstr "Платежные терминалы" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Подключить IoT Box" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connexion failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" +" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " +"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " +"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " +"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgid "Restaurant Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "How to register multiple orders simultaneously?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print the Bill" +msgstr "печать счета" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:6 -msgid "Register simultaneous orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 msgid "" -"On the main screen, just tap on the **+** on the top of the screen to " -"register another order. The current orders remain opened until the payment " -"is done or the order is cancelled." +"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " +"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " +"definitive ticket." msgstr "" +"Используйте функцию * печати счетов *, чтобы напечатать счет перед оплатой. " +"Это полезно, если счет еще может изменяться и не является окончательным " +"заказом." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:16 -msgid "Switch from one order to another" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Configure Bill Printing" +msgstr "Настройте печать счета" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:18 -msgid "Simply click on the number of the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:24 -msgid "Cancel an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:26 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you made a mistake or if the order is cancelled, just click on the **-** " -"button. A message will appear to confirm the order deletion." +"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * печать счета *, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:34 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/reprint`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`transfer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "From the dashboard click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:13 -msgid "Under the **Bar & Restaurant** section, tick **Bill Printing**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:18 -msgid "In order printers, click on **add an item** and then **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:23 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 msgid "" -"Set a printer **Name**, its **IP address** and the **Category** of product " -"you want to print on this printer. The category of product is useful to " -"print the order for the kitchen." +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете вариант * Печать счета *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 +msgid "Split a Bill" +msgstr "разбейте счет" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." +msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * Счет *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 +msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "Когда вы примените, вы сможете распечатать счет." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:30 -msgid "Several printers can be added this way" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:35 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now when you register an order, products will be automatically printed on " -"the correct printer." +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:39 -msgid "Print a bill before the payment" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:41 -msgid "On the main screen, click on the **Bill** button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:46 -msgid "Finally click on **Print**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:51 -msgid "Click on **Ok** once it is done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:54 -msgid "Print the order (kitchen printing)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:56 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 msgid "" -"This is different than printing the bill. It only prints the list of the " -"items." +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:59 -msgid "Click on **Order**, it will automatically be printed." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:65 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 msgid "" -"The printer is automatically chosen according to the products categories set" -" on it." +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Point of Sale Restaurant?" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 msgid "" -"Go to the **Point of Sale** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 msgid "" -"Enable the option **Restaurant: activate table management** and click on " -"**Apply**." +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" +msgstr "Печать заказов на кухне или в баре" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 msgid "" -"Then go back to the **Dashboard**, on the point of sale you want to use in " -"restaurant mode, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " +"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " +"can be a tremendous help." msgstr "" +"Чтобы облегчить рабочий процесс между передней частью дома и задней частью, " +"печать заказов, сделанных на интерфейсе точки продажи прямо на кухне или в " +"баре, может стать огромной помощью." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:23 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" +msgstr "Активируйте барный / кухонный принтер" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 msgid "" -"Under the **Restaurant Floors** section, click on **add an item** to insert " -"a floor and to set your PoS in restaurant mode." +"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * печать заказ * перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Insert a floor name and assign the floor to your point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" -"Click on **Save & Close** and then on **Save**. Congratulations, your point " -"of sale is now in Restaurant mode. The first time you start a session, you " -"will arrive on an empty map." +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." +" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:40 -msgid ":doc:`table`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 +msgid "Add a printer" +msgstr "добавьте принтер" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" +" you can add the printer." +msgstr "" +"В вашем меню настройки теперь появится параметр * Заказ принтеров *, где вы " +"можете добавить принтер." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 +msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" +msgstr "Печать заказа на кухне / баре" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "Select or create a printer." +msgstr "Выберите или создайте принтер." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" +msgstr "Распечатайте заказ на кухне / баре" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." +msgstr "На вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * Заказ *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "" +"При нажатии на нее будет напечатано заказ на принтере на кухне / баре." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "добавьте этаж" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "добавьте столы" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте свои заказы на столы" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Перемещение клиента (ов)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте дополнительный заказ" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle split bills?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" +msgstr "Предложите вариант разбивки счета" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 msgid "" -"Split bills only work for point of sales that are in **restaurant** mode." +"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " +"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" +"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." msgstr "" +"Предложив своему клиенту легкий разбиение счета, вы получите положительный " +"опыт. Вот почему эта функция доступна за пределами программы в Точке продажи" +" Odoo." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:15 -msgid "In the settings tick the option **Bill Splitting**." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * разбиение счета *, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите свой интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " +"option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете вариант Разбивка счета." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:8 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on **New Session**." -msgstr "" +msgid "Split a bill" +msgstr "разбейте счет" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:28 -msgid "Choose a table and start registering an order." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 +msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." +msgstr "В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь есть кнопка * разбить *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 msgid "" -"When customers want to pay and split the bill, there are two ways to achieve" -" this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:36 -msgid "based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:38 -msgid "based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:44 -msgid "Splitting based on the total" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Just click on **Payment**. You only have to insert the money tendered by " -"each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Click on the payment method (cash, credit card,...) and enter the amount. " -"Repeat it for each customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:55 -msgid "" -"When it's done, click on validate. This is how to split the bill based on " -"the total amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:59 -msgid "Split the bill based on products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:61 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Split**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Select the products the first customer wants to pay and click on **Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:71 -msgid "You get the total, process the payment and click on **Validate**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:76 -msgid "Follow the same procedure for the next customer of the same table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:78 -msgid "When all the products have been paid you go back to the table map." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "How to configure your table map?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:6 -msgid "Make your table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for restaurant usage, click on " -"**New Session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:14 -msgid "" -"This is your main floor, it is empty for now. Click on the **+** icon to add" -" a table." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Drag and drop the table to change its position. Once you click on it, you " -"can edit it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:23 -msgid "Click on the corners to change the size." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:28 -msgid "The number of seats can be set by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:33 -msgid "The table name can be edited by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:38 -msgid "You can switch from round to square table by clicking on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:43 -msgid "The color of the table can modify by clicking on this icon :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:48 -msgid "This icon allows you to duplicate the table:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:53 -msgid "To drop a table click on this icon:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Once your plan is done click on the pencil to leave the edit mode. The plan " -"is automatically saved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:65 -msgid "Register your orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Now you are ready to make your first order. You just have to click on a " -"table to start registering an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:70 -msgid "" -"You can come back at any time to the map by clicking on the floor name :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:76 -msgid "Edit a table map" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:78 -msgid "On your map, click on the pencil icon to go in edit mode :" +"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " +"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." msgstr "" +"Когда вы используете его, вы сможете выбрать, что этот гость должен получить" +" и выполнить платеж, повторяя процесс для каждого гостя." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "How to handle tips?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" +msgstr "Интегрируйте чаевые в оплату" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 -msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 -msgid "Add a product for the tip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the tip product page, be sure to set a sale price of ``0€`` and to remove" -" all the taxes in the accounting tab." +"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " +"important to have the option in your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Как принято во многих странах во всем мире платить чаевые, важно иметь такой" +" вариант в вашем интерфейсе точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 -msgid "Adding a tip" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 +msgid "Configure Tipping" +msgstr "Настройте чаевые" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 -msgid "On the payment page, tap on **Tip**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 -msgid "Tap down the amount of the tip:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 msgid "" -"The total amount has been updated and you can now register the payment." +"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать функцию * Чаевые * перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите вашу точку продажи." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to transfer a customer from table?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 msgid "" -"This only work for Point of Sales that are configured in restaurant mode." +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " +"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." msgstr "" +"В разделе Счета и квитанции вы найдете * Чаевые *. Выберите их и создайте * " +"товар Чаевые *, например, * Чаевые * в этом случае." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Choose a table, for example table ``T1`` and start registering an order." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 +msgid "Add Tips to the bill" +msgstr "Добавьте чаевые в счет" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register an order. For some reason, customers want to move to table ``T9``. " -"Click on **Transfer**." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 +msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" +msgstr "После этого в интерфейсе платежа появится новая кнопка * Чаевые *" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:24 -msgid "Select to which table you want to transfer customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:29 -msgid "You see that the order has been added to the table ``T9``" +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "" +"Добавьте чаевые, которые ваш клиент хочет оставить и обработайте в платежа." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgid "Shop Features" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up cash control?" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Использование штрих-кодов в точке продажи" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." msgstr "" +"Использование сканера штрих-кодов для обработки заказов на продажу улучшает " +"вашу эффективность и помогает вам сэкономить время для вас и ваших клиентов." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться сканером штрих-кодов, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и " +"выберите ваш интерфейс точки продаж." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "" +"Под категорией IoT Box / Оборудование вы найдете * Сканер штрих-кодов *." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Добавьте штрих-коды к товару" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` и " +"выберите товар." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"На вкладке общей информации вы можете найти поле штрих-кода, где вы можете " +"ввести любой штрих-код." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "сканирование товаров" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"С вашего интерфейса точки продажи отсканируйте любой штрих-код с вашим " +"сканером штрих-кодов. Товар будет добавлен, вы сможете сканировать тот же " +"товар, чтобы добавить его несколько раз или изменить количество вручную на " +"экране." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" +msgstr "Настройка контроля за наличными в точке продажи" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cash control permits you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing." +"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " +"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " +"is missing." msgstr "" +"Наличный контроль позволяет проверить сумму кассы при открытии и закрытии. " +"Таким образом, вы можете убедиться, что никаких ошибок не было сделано, и " +"деньги отсутствуют." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:9 -msgid "Configuring cash control" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 +msgid "Activate Cash Control" +msgstr "Активизируйте контроль наличности" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 msgid "" -"On the **Point of Sale** dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Settings`." +"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Для включения функции Контроль наличных * перейдите к :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` и выберите свой интерфейс " +"точки продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:17 -msgid "On this page, scroll and tick the the option **Cash Control**." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 +msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." +msgstr "Под категорией платежей вы найдете настройки контроля наличности." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:23 -msgid "Starting a session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:25 -msgid "On your point of sale dashboard click on **new session**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:30 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 msgid "" -"Before launching the point of sale interface, you get the open control view." -" Click on set an opening balance to introduce the amount in the cashbox." +"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " +"the opening and closing." msgstr "" +"В этом примере вы можете видеть, что вы хотите иметь 275 долларов в разной " +"деноминации во время открытия и закрытия." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:37 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here you can insert the value of the coin or bill, and the amount present in" -" the cashbox. The system sums up the total, in this example we have " -"``86,85€`` in the cashbox. Click on **confirm**." +"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" +" values." msgstr "" +"При нажатии ** Значение Открытие / Закрытие ** вы сможете создать эти " +"значения." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:44 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "начните сессию" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can see that the opening balance has changed and when you click on " -"**Open Session** you will get the main point of sale interface." +"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " +"Balance*" msgstr "" +"Теперь у вас есть новая кнопка, добавлена при открытии сессии, * Установить " +"начальный баланс *" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:61 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84€`` " -"and pays with a ``20€`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " +"modify it." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию он будет использовать значения, которые вы добавили ранее, но " +"вы всегда можете изменить его." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:73 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 +msgid "Close a session" +msgstr "закройте сессию" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 msgid "" -"At the time of closing the session, click on the **Close** button on the top" -" right. Click again on the **Close** button to exit the point of sale " -"interface. On this page, you will see a summary of the transactions. At this" -" moment you can take the money out." +"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " +"button as well." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите закрыть сессию, у вас также есть кнопка * Установить баланс " +"закрытия *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 msgid "" -"For instance you want to take your daily transactions out of your cashbox." +"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" +" have just counted) and the difference between the two." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете увидеть теоретический баланс, реальный баланс закрытия (то, " +"что вы только что подсчитали) и разницу между ними двумя." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:87 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 msgid "" -"Now you can see that the theoretical closing balance has been updated and it" -" only remains you to count your cashbox to set a closing balance." +"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " +"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " +"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +msgstr "" +"Если вы используете параметр * Забрать деньги *, чтобы изъять свои " +"транзакции для этой сессии, у вас теперь есть разница между нулевой суммой и" +" тем самым балансом закрытия, как начальный баланс. Ваша касса готова для " +"следующей сессии." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округление наличных денег" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:93 -msgid "You can now validate the closing." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:96 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 -msgid ":doc:`invoice`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:97 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:116 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`refund`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:98 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:117 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" +msgstr "Выставления счета с интерфейса точки продаж" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 msgid "" -"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " -"session**:" +"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " +"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." msgstr "" +"Некоторые ваши клиенты могут запрашивать счет-фактуру при покупке с точки " +"продажи, вы можете легко управлять им непосредственно из интерфейса точки " +"продаж." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 -msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 +msgid "Activate invoicing" +msgstr "Активизируйте выставления счетов" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 msgid "" -"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " -"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" select your Point of Sale:" msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale` и выберите свою точку продажи:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 msgid "" -"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly " -"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard." +"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " +"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." msgstr "" +"В разделе * Счета и квитанции * вы увидите параметр выставления счета, " +"отметьте его. Не забудьте выбрать, в каком журнале должны быть созданы " +"счета-фактуры." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 -msgid "Add a customer" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 +msgid "Select a customer" +msgstr "Выберите клиента" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 -msgid "By selecting in the customer list" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 +msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" +msgstr "С интерфейса сессии используйте кнопку клиента" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 -msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " +"or create a new one by using this button." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете выбрать существующего клиента и установить его как своего " +"клиента или создать новый с помощью этой кнопки." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:36 -msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." +msgstr "Вам будет предложено заполнить форму клиента со своей информацией." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking " -"on the icon." -msgstr "" +msgid "Invoice your customer" +msgstr "Выставьте счет вашему клиенту" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 msgid "" -"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document " -":doc:`../advanced/register`." +"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " +"select it and validate." msgstr "" +"На экране платежа вы опцию счета-фактуры, воспользуйтесь кнопкой, чтобы " +"выбрать ее и подтвердить." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +msgstr "Затем можно распечатать счет-фактуру и перейти к следующему заказу." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "By using a barcode for customer" -msgstr "" +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Получение счетов-фактур" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:59 -msgid "Select a customer and click on the pencil to edit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 -msgid "Set a the barcode for customer by scanning it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 msgid "" -"Save modifications and now when you scan the customer's barcode, he is " -"assigned to the order" +"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" +" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" +" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +"Выйдя из интерфейса точки продажи ( :menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` в " +"верхнем правом углу), вы найдете все ваши заказы в меню " +":menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` и на вкладке статуса вы увидите , на " +"которые выставлены счета. После нажатия заказ вы сможете получить доступ к " +"счета-фактуры." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Be careful with the **Barcode Nomenclature**. By default, customers' " -"barcodes have to begin with 042. To check the default barcode nomenclature, " -"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Barcode " -"Nomenclatures`." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 -msgid "Payment and invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " -"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " -"and pays with by a ``VISA``." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:88 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order " -"to create an invoice from this order." +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:94 -msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:97 -msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:99 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 msgid "" -"To retrieve the customer's invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click " -"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:102 -msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Переключатель без PIN-кодов" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 msgid "" -"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the " -"details." +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:114 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "How to return and refund products?" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 msgid "" -"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative " -"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and " -"you have to pay back one." +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 msgid "" -"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to " -"process the payment." +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 -msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 -msgid "Sales application configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 msgid "" -"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Creating a pricelist" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Повторная печать чеков" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under " -"the configuration menu on the sales application." +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." msgstr "" +"Используйте функцию подтверждения * повторный печати *, если вам нужно " +"повторно печатать чек." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 msgid "" -"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain " -"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on " -"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 msgid "" -"If unchecked, it will allow you to hide the pricelist without removing it." -msgstr "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "В разделе Счета и чеки вы найдете функцию * Повторная печать чека *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Selectable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:0 -msgid "Allow the end user to choose this price list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 msgid "" -"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want" -" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a " -"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно введите чек" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 -msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." msgstr "" +"В вашем интерфейсе точки продаж теперь кнопка подтверждения * повторной " +"печати *." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 -msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 -msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 -msgid "" -"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically " -"been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 -msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "Когда вы используете его, вы можете повторно печатать последний чек." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8f80be16 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Константин Коровин <korovin74@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Константин Коровин <korovin74@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:6 +msgid "My Odoo Portal" +msgstr "Мой портал Odoo" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " +"you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " +"subscriptions." +msgstr "" +"В этой секции портала вы найдете всю коммуникацию между вами и Odoo: " +"документы, такие как коммерческие предложения, заказы на продажу, счета и " +"подписки." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 +msgid "Quotations" +msgstr "Коммерческие предложения" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " +"quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " +"your database or if your contract has to be renewed." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы найдете все коммерческие предложения, направленные Odoo. Например, " +"коммерческое предложение может быть создана для вас после добавления заявки " +"или пользователя в вашу базу данных или когда ваш контракт нужно обновить." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The *Valid Until* column shows the date through which the quotation is " +"valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " +"the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " +"pricing and other useful information." +msgstr "" +"Колонка * Действительно до * показывает дату, до которой действует " +"коммерческое предложение; после этой даты коммерческое предложение будет " +""просроченные". Нажав на коммерческое предложение, вы увидите все " +"детали предложения, такие как цена и другая полезная информация." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " +"quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" +" for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите принять коммерческое предложение, просто нажмите " +""Принять и Оплатить," и коммерческое предложение будет " +"подтверждена. Если вы не хотите подтверждать ее или вы хотите попросить о " +"некоторых изменениях, нажмите "Попросить об отклонении изменений."" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 +msgid "Sales Orders" +msgstr "Заказы продаж" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" +" registered under this section." +msgstr "" +"Все ваши покупки внутри Odoo (к продаже, Темы, Модули и т.д.) будут " +"зарегистрированы в этой секцией." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " +"purchased and process the payment." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на заказ на продажу, вы можете просмотреть детали купленных товаров и " +"обработать платеж." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Счета" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " +"this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" +" been paid." +msgstr "" +"Все счета ваших подписок и / или заказов на продажу будут отображаться в " +"этой секции. Тег перед задолженной суммой будет указывать, счет-фактуру " +"оплачен." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " +"invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." +msgstr "" +"Просто нажмите на счет, если вы хотите увидеть больше информации, оплатить " +"счет или скачать PDF-версию документа." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 +msgid "Tickets" +msgstr "Заявки" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When you submit a ticket through `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`," +" a ticket will be created. Here you can find all the tickets that you have " +"opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " +"IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы отправляете заявку через `Поддержку Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help> `, Будет создан заявку. Здесь вы можете найти " +"все заявки, которые вы открыли, разговор между вами и нашими агентами, " +"статусы и ID (# Ref) заявок." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Подписки" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " +"page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете получить доступ к вашим подписок через Odoo из этого раздела. " +"Первая страница показывает вам подписки, которые у вас есть, и их статус." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " +"your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " +"and the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Нажав на подписку, вы получите доступ на все детали вашего плана: количество" +" купленных модулей, информацию о выставлении счета, и метод платежа." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " +"the new credit card details." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить способ оплаты, нажмите на "Изменить способ оплаты" " +"и введите новые данные кредитной карты." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " +"clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" +" \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите удалить сохраненные кредитные карты, вы можете сделать это, " +"нажав на "Управление вашими методами платежа" внизу страницы. " +"Нажмите "Удалить", чтобы удалить метод платежа." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 +msgid "" +"At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" +" or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 +msgid "Success Packs" +msgstr "пакеты услуг" + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 +msgid "" +"With a Success Pack/Partner Success Pack, you are assigned an expert to " +"provide unique personalized assistance to help you customize your solution " +"and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " +"hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." +msgstr "" +"С пакетом услуг / Партнерским пакетом услуг вам предназначен эксперт для " +"предоставления персонализированной помощи в настройке вашего решения и " +"оптимизации ваших рабочих процессов как части вашего внутреннего применения." +" Эти часы никогда не теряют срок действия, позволяя вам использовать их " +"тогда, когда вам нужна поддержка." + +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you need information about how to manage your database see " +":ref:`db_online`" +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужна информация о том, как управлять своей базой данных, смотрите:" +" ref: `db_online`" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index b7f4c744b..0d579b27f 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vasiliy Korobatov <korobatov@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,4 +23,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../practical.rst:3 msgid "Practical Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Практическая информация" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index f31ddddcf..4f9625cd9 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -1,15 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,1678 +25,1077 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../project.rst:5 msgid "Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проект" #: ../../project/advanced.rst:3 msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Расширенный" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:3 -msgid "How to use projects to handle claims/issues?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:5 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 msgid "" -"A company selling support services often has to deal with problems occurring" -" during the implementation of the project. These issues have to be solved " -"and followed up as fast as possible in order to ensure the deliverability of" -" the project and a positive customer satisfaction." +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:10 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 msgid "" -"For example, as an IT company offering the implementation of your software, " -"you might have to deal with customers emails experiencing technical " -"problems. Odoo offers the opportunity to create dedicated support projects " -"which automatically generate tasks upon receiving an customer support email." -" This way, the issue can then be assigned directly to an employee and can be" -" closed more quickly." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:18 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:15 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:20 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 msgid "" -"The following configuration are needed to be able to use projects for " -"support and issues. You need to install the **Project management** and the " -"**Issue Tracking** modules." +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:31 -msgid "Create a project" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 msgid "" -"The first step in order to set up a claim/issue management system is to " -"create a project related to those claims. Let's start by simply creating a " -"**support project**. Enter the Project application dashboard, click on " -"create and name your project **Support**. Tick the **Issues** box and rename" -" the field if you want to customize the Issues label (e.g. **Bugs** or " -"**Cases**). As issues are customer-oriented tasks, you might want to set the" -" Privacy/Visibility settings to **Customer project** (therefore your client " -"will be able to follow his claim in his portal)." +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:43 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can link the project to a customer if the project has been created to " -"handle a specific client issues, otherwise you can leave the field empty." +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:51 -msgid "Invite followers" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:53 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can decide to notify your employees as soon as a new issue will be " -"created. On the **Chatter** (bottom of the screen), you will notice two " -"buttons on the right : **Follow** (green) and **No follower** (white). Click" -" on the first to receive personally notifications and on the second to add " -"others employees as follower of the project (see screenshot below)." +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:63 -msgid "Set up your workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:65 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project stages to suit your workflow by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"edit, fold or unfold anytime your stages by using the **setting** icon on " -"your desired stage." +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:77 -msgid "Generate issues from emails" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 msgid "" -"When your project is correctly set up and saved, you will see it appearing " -"in your dashboard. Note that an email address for that project is " -"automatically generated, with the name of the project as alias." +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:87 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 msgid "" -"If you cannot see the email address on your project, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and configure your alias " -"domain. Hit **Apply** and go back to your **Projects** dashboard where you " -"will now see the email address under the name of your project." +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:92 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 msgid "" -"Every time one of your client will send an email to that email address, a " -"new issue will be created." +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:96 -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/claim_issue.rst:97 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/collaboration`" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 -msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Отчетность" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`claim_issue`" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 +msgid "If you choose to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"Moreover if you wish to be able to invoice your customers based on time " -"spent on the task, it is also necessary to install the **Timesheet** module." -" Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" + +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 -msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 -msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/services/support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" +msgstr "Создание нового проекта" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка этапов" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 -msgid "How to visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Tasks are assignments that members of your organisations have to fulfill as " -"part of a project. In day to day business, your company might struggle due " -"to the important amount of tasks to fulfill. Those task are already complex " -"enough. Having to remember them all and follow up on them can be a real " -"burden. Luckily, Odoo enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the " -"different tasks you have to cope with." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "" -"The only configuration needed is to install the project module in the module" -" application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:24 -msgid "Creating Tasks" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Once you created a project, you can easily generate tasks for it. Simply " -"open the project and click on create a task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You then first give a name to your task, the related project will " -"automatically be filled in, assign the project to someone, and select a " -"deadline if there is one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:40 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:49 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:57 -msgid "How to nototify your collegues about the status of a task?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 -msgid "Sort tasks by priority" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:65 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will be automatically moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red (in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:80 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadline in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:89 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:94 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 -msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 -msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Планирование" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" #: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Задачи" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the *</>* icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "создайте задачи" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Назначение" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "Sort tasks by priority" +msgstr "Сортируйте задачи по приоритету" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 2096665bf..f10b1c3e0 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -1,15 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Максим Дронь <dronmax@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,733 +26,148 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase.rst:5 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:6 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 -msgid "Process Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Although they are intimately related, Requests for Quotation, Purchase " -"Tenders and Purchase Orders are not the same." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A **Request for Quotation** (RfQ) is used when you plan to purchase some " -"products and you would like to receive a quote for those products. In Odoo, " -"the Request for Quotation is used to send your list of desired products to " -"your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " -"to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:15 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** (PT), also known as Call for Bids, is used to drive " -"competition between several suppliers in order to get the best offer for a " -"list of products. In comparison to the RfQ, a Purchase Tender is sent to " -"multiple suppliers, stating each are competing with one another, and that " -"the best offer will win. The main interest is that it usually leads to " -"better offers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase Order** (PO) is the actual order that you place to the " -"supplier that you chose, either through a RfQ, a Purchase Tender, or simply " -"when you already know which supplier to order from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:27 -msgid "When to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:29 -msgid "" -"A **RfQ** is interesting when you have never purchased the products with " -"that supplier before and therefore don't know their price. It is also useful" -" if you want to challenge your suppliers once you have a well-established " -"relationship with them. You can also use it to assess the cost of a project " -"and see if it makes it feasible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:35 -msgid "" -"A **Purchase Tender** is used for public offers that require an open " -"offering from several suppliers. It is also useful when you need to make a " -"one-off order for a product and you would like to get the best offer, no " -"matter which supplier it is. It may be used when your supplier has not been " -"up to your standards and you would like to either push them to deliver a " -"better service, or find a replacement in their competitors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:43 -msgid "When not to use?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**RfQ**\\ s become unnecessary once you have established your favorite " -"supplier for each item, and will only increase the delay in the delivery of " -"your items. In that case, the process will be simpler by starting straight " -"from a Purchase Order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:50 -msgid "" -"**Purchase Tenders** are a long and tedious process that will likely take " -"more than several weeks in the best cases. If you need a quick delivery, " -"this is not the way to go. Also, if you have a well-established relationship" -" with one supplier, think twice before you initiate a PT with them as it " -"might tear the relationship and finally lead to less interesting deals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:139 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:60 -msgid "" -"My company builds wooden furniture. For the new series of table we are " -"designing, we need some screws, metal frames and rubber protections." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:63 -msgid "" -"I create a Request for Quotation in Odoo with those products to my usual " -"supplier, and send it by email. He answers back with an offer. However, I am" -" not convinced by the offer, and I want to see if anyone can give a better " -"one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:68 -msgid "" -"I decide to push competition a bit and set up a Purchase Tender, that Odoo " -"will send to a list of suppliers I specified. Out of the 8 offers I receive," -" one gets my attention and I decide to go ahead with that one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:72 -msgid "" -"I confirm the order to the supplier by creating a Purchase Order from the " -"PT, and Odoo automatically asks delivery of the items to the supplier." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:77 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:31 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:14 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:58 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Order**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:82 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **RfQ**, read the documentation on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:85 -msgid "" -"If you want to know how to create a **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"documentation on :doc:`../../purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "From purchase order to invoice and receptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 -msgid "" -"For most of your everyday purchases, chances are you already know where to " -"purchase and at what price. For these cases, a simple Purchase Order (PO) " -"will allow you to handle the whole process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a purchase order can be created as is, but can also be the result " -"of a Request for Quotation or of a Purchase Tender. Therefore, every " -"purchase made in Odoo has a PO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The PO will generate an invoice, and depending on the contract with your " -"supplier, you will be required to pay the invoice before or after delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:18 -msgid "Install the Purchase Management application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:20 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search and install the **Purchase " -"Management** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:27 -msgid "Creating a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In the **Purchases** app, open the **Purchase** menu and click on **Purchase" -" Orders**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:32 -msgid "In the **Purchase Orders** window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:37 -msgid "" -"From the new window, insert the **Vendor** and type in the **Order Date**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:40 -msgid "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:45 -msgid "Select your product from the list and add a description if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:47 -msgid "The **Scheduled Date** menu corresponds to the expected delivery date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Type in the quantity which you wish to purchase, then click on **Save** and " -"on **Confirm Order**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:53 -msgid "" -"If you wish to go through the complete flow and create a **Request for " -"Quotation** for this order, refer to the document on " -":doc:`../../purchases/rfq/create`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:57 -msgid "" -"As you can see, the status of the PO has switched to ``Purchase Order``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:63 -msgid "Registering invoice, payments and receiving products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Depending on the contract you have with your supplier, you can either pay " -"for the purchase upon delivery of the goods, or get the goods delivered " -"after payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:70 -msgid "Payment upon or after reception" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:72 -msgid "Still from your purchase order, click on **Receive Products**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In the next page, check that the number of products received corresponds to " -"the number ordered, then manually enter the delivered quantity and click on " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** and an **Invoice** button have " -"appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Invoices** button, then click on **Validate**. The invoice is" -" now registered in the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the " -"detail of the payment, and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:94 -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Your products are now ready for picking and storage, and the invoice is " -"marked as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:98 -msgid "Upfront payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From the **Purchase Order** page, open the **Invoices** tab, then click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In the next page, click on **Validate**. The invoice is now registered in " -"the system. Click on **Register Payment**, insert the detail of the payment," -" and click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Go back to the PO. In the PO, a **Shipment** tab and an **Invoice** tab have" -" appeared." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click on **Receive Products**, then in the new page, click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:121 -msgid "" -"A window will appear, asking if you wish to process every item at once. " -"Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупка" #: ../../purchase/purchases.rst:3 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Закупки" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master.rst:3 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Основные данные" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 -msgid "How to import supplier pricelists?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Import vendors pricelists" +msgstr "Импорт прайс-листов поставщика" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 msgid "" -"Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " -"are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" -" number of products." +"It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " +"to date on products pricing." msgstr "" +"Компаниям важно иметь возможность импортировать прайс-листы поставщиков, " +"чтобы оставаться в курсе цен на товары." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:24 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:13 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:14 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 msgid "" -"To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " -"(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и отметьте" Прайс-листы поставщика "." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 -msgid "Required configuration" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 +msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." +msgstr "Не забудьте сохранить настройки в верхнем левом углу." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 +msgid "Import a pricelist" +msgstr "Импорт прайс-лист" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 +msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" msgstr "" +"Для импорта перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:18 -msgid "In purchase settings, you have 2 options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:20 -msgid "Manage vendor price on the product form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:22 -msgid "Allow using and importing vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:24 -msgid "Here we are selecting: **Allow using and importing vendor pricelists**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:30 -msgid "Import vendor pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:32 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 msgid "" -"There are 2 scenarios: import the vendor pricelist for the first time, or " -"update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " -"product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " -"list of vendors for a given product." +"Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " +"import." msgstr "" +"Загрузите файл, после чего вы сможете проверить, все ли правильно, прежде " +"чем нажимать кнопку импорта." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 +msgid "See below a template of the columns used." +msgstr "Ниже приведены шаблон использованных столбцов." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" -"To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" -" an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 -msgid "Import the list for the first time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:53 -msgid "Prepare the document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase --> Supplier Pricelists`, export a " -"template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " -"format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " -"(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 -msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Header of the document to import (csv, xls)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Meaning and how to get it**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:66 -msgid "**Example**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "name_id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "product_code" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 -msgid "569874" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "product_tmpl_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "currency_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 -msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "date_end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "End date of the price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 -msgid "2015-10-22" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "min_qty" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 -msgid "2" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "product_id.id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 -msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "date_start" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "Start date of price validity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:84 -msgid "2015-12-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 -msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " -"upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " -"tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 -msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " -"existing prices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " -"from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " -"everything, and export from the **Action** menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Change price, end date, add a line, change a supplier, ... and then reimport" -" in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " -"recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " -"will create a new pricelist line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 -msgid "" -"After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " -"product form is updated." +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 -msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" +msgstr "Установка нескольких поставщиков на товар" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Keeping track of your vendors can be a real burden in day-to-day business " -"life. Prices can change and you might have several suppliers for one " -"product. With Odoo you have the possibility to directly link vendors with " -"the corresponding product and specify prices automatically the first time " -"you purchase them." +"If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " +"product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." msgstr "" +"Если вам необходимо покупать у нескольких поставщиков один товар, Odoo может" +" позволить вам напрямую связать их с одним товаром." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 +msgid "Add vendors in a product" +msgstr "Добавьте поставщиков на товар" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 msgid "" -"We will take the following example: We need to buy ``5 t-shirts``. We found " -"a **Vendor**; called ``Bob&Jerry's`` and we want to issue a request for " -"quotation." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " +"select a product." msgstr "" +"Чтобы использовать эту функцию, перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Products` и выберите товар." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:19 -msgid "Install the purchase module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 msgid "" -"The first step to set your suppliers on your products is to install the " -"purchase module. Go into your **App** module and install the **Purchase** " -"module." +"From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " +"on the fly." msgstr "" +"Оттуда можно добавить к вашему товару существующих поставщиков или создать " +"нового на лету." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:29 -msgid "" -"By installing the purchase module, the inventory and invoicing module will " -"be installed as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:33 -msgid "Create a Vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:35 -msgid "" -"The second step is to create a vendor. In this case we'll create the vendor " -"``Bob&Jerry's``. Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Purchase " -"--> Vendors` and create a new vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You can choose if the contact is a company or a person, fill in basic " -"information such as address, phone, email,..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you did not create the contact from the purchase module you will need to " -"go in the **Sales and Purchases** tab as well and indicate that the contact " -"is a **Vendor** (see picture below). If the contact is created from the " -"purchase module this box will be ticked automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Next we can create the product we want to buy. We don't know the price of " -"the t-shirt yet because we still need to issue our **Request for " -"Quotation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To create a product enter your purchase module select " -":menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and create a new product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We will call our product ``T-shirt`` and specify that the product can be " -"sold and purchased." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:67 -msgid "Add Vendors to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The next action is to add vendors to the product. There are two ways to " -"handle this. If you issue a purchase order for the first time Odoo will " -"automatically link the vendor and its price to the product. You can also add" -" vendors manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:75 -msgid "By issuing a first Purchase Order to new vendor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:77 -msgid "" -"When issuing a purchase order for the first time to a vendor, he will " -"automatically be linked to the product by Odoo. For our example let's say " -"that we issue a first purchase order to ``Bob&Jerry's`` for ``5 t-shirts`` " -"at ``12.35 euros / piece``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:82 -msgid "" -"First create your purchase order with the correct product and supplier (see " -"picture below, or the documentation page :doc:`../rfq/create` for more " -"information)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When we save and validate the purchase order the vendor will automatically " -"be added to the product's vendors list. To check this enter the purchase " -"module, select :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` and select our T-shirt" -" product. By opening the **Inventory** tab we notice that our vendor and its" -" price has automatically been added." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:98 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 msgid "" "Note that every first time the product is purchased from a new vendor, Odoo " "will automatically link the contact and price with the product." msgstr "" +"Обратите внимание, что каждый первый раз, когда товар приобретается у нового" +" поставщика, Odoo автоматически связывать контакты и цену с товаром." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:103 -msgid "By adding manually" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 +msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" +msgstr "Добавьте цену и количество, а также период действия" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:105 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 msgid "" -"We can of course also add vendors and vendors information manually. On the " -"same page than previously, simply click on **Edit** and click the **Add an " -"item** button." +"When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " +"product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " +"period." msgstr "" +"Когда вы добавляете поставщика к товару, вы можете добавить название товара " +"и код поставщика, а также установить минимальное количество, цену и период " +"действия." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:112 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 msgid "" -"When adding a new **Vendor** you are also able to add extra information such" -" as the vendor product name or code, the validity of the price and the " -"eventual minimum quantity required. These informations can be added and " -"modified for existing vendors by simply clicking on the vendors line." +"This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " +"t-shirt in different sizes!" msgstr "" +"Эта функция Odoo также работает с вариантами ваших товаров, например, одна " +"футболка разных размеров!" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 -msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" +msgstr "Как покупать и продавать в разных единицах измерения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -755,10 +177,15 @@ msgid "" " measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " "between sales and purchase very easily." msgstr "" +"В повседневной бизнесе может случиться так, что ваш поставщик использует " +"другую единицу измерения, чем у ваших продажах. Это может привести к " +"путанице между представителями продаж и покупкой и даже заставить вас " +"потерять много времени на конвертацию. К счастью, в Odoo, вы можете очень " +"легко обрабатывать различные единицы измерений между продажей и покупкой." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 msgid "Let's take the following examples:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Давайте рассмотрим следующие примеры:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -767,34 +194,42 @@ msgid "" "see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " "quantities in **Liters**." msgstr "" +"Вы покупаете воду у поставщика. Поставщик является американским и продает " +"свою воду в ** галлонах **. Ваши клиенты являются европейскими. Таким " +"образом, вы хотели бы видеть вашу количество покупок, выраженную в ** " +"галлонах **, а проданную количество в ** литрах **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" " unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." msgstr "" +"Вы покупаете гардины от поставщика. Поставщик продает вам гардины в единице " +"измерения ** рулоны **, а вы продаете гардины в ** квадратных метрах **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модули покупки и продажи" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " "correctly installed." msgstr "" +"Первый шаг - убедиться, что модули ** Продажи ** и ** Покупки ** правильно " +"установлены." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom01|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|uom01|" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom02|" -msgstr "" +msgstr "|uom02|" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:36 msgid "Enable the Unit of Measures option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Включите параметр Единица измерения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -802,14 +237,17 @@ msgid "" "Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " "unit of measures (advanced)** box." msgstr "" +"Введите модуль покупки, выберите :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`" +" и отметьте пункт ** Некоторые товары могут быть проданы / приобретенные в " +"другой единице измерения (расширено) **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Укажите единицу измерения продаж и покупки" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 msgid "Standard units of measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Стандартные единицы измерения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -818,24 +256,33 @@ msgid "" " necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " "**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." msgstr "" +"Давайте рассмотрим классические единицы измерений, существующих в Odoo как " +"первый пример. Пожалуйста, помните, что для различных единиц измерений между" +" продажей и покупкой обязательно нужно разделить ту же категорию. Категории " +"включают: ** единицу **, ** вес **, ** рабочее время **, ** объем ** т." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " "standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." msgstr "" +"Можно создать собственную категорию и единицу измерения, если она не " +"является стандартной в Odoo (см. Следующий раздел)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 msgid "" "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " "customers in **Liters**." msgstr "" +"Давайте предположим, что мы покупаем воду у наших производителей в ** " +"галлонах ** и продаем своим клиентам в ** литрах **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к модулю Покупки, выберите :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -844,16 +291,21 @@ msgid "" " be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " "purchase)." msgstr "" +"Создайте свой товар или выберите существующий. В общей информации о товарах " +"вы можете выбрать ** единицу измерения ** (будет использована в продажах, " +"составе ...) и ** единицу измерения покупки ** (при покупке)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " "**Purchase Unit of Measure**." msgstr "" +"В этом случае выберите ** литра ** для ** единицы измерения ** и галлоны для" +" ** единицы измерения покупки **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте собственную единицу измерения и категорию единицы измерения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -861,6 +313,9 @@ msgid "" "supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " "curtains in **square meters**)." msgstr "" +"Давайте возьмем наш второй пример (вы покупаете гардины от поставщика, " +"поставщик продает вам гардины в ** рулонах **, а вы продаете их в ** " +"квадратных метрах **)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -869,6 +324,11 @@ msgid "" "another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" " where both units have a conversion relationship." msgstr "" +"Эти два измерения является частью двух различных категорий. Помните, что " +"нельзя связать существующее измерения из одной категории с существующим " +"показателем другой категории. Таким образом, мы сначала должны создать " +"совместную ** категорию измерений **, где оба блока имеют взаимосвязь " +"конверсии." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -877,12 +337,18 @@ msgid "" " selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " "below)." msgstr "" +"Для этого перейдите к своему модуля продаж, выберите " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Unit of Measure`. Создайте " +"новую единицу ** категории измерения **, выбрав выпадающий список и нажав на" +" создание и редактирование (см. Рисунок ниже)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " "**Inter-Category-Computation**." msgstr "" +"Создайте новую единицу измерения. В этом случае наша категория будет " +"называться ** Inter-Category-Computing **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -891,10 +357,14 @@ msgid "" "purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " "of Measure`." msgstr "" +"Следующим шагом является создание единиц измерения ** рулонов ** и ** " +"квадратного метра ** и их связывания с новой категорией. Для этого перейдите" +" к модулю Покупки, выберите :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> " +"Units of Measure`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте две новые единицы:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -904,6 +374,12 @@ msgid "" "measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" " meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Элемент ** Рулон **, который является частью категории Inter-Category-" +"Computation и есть ** типичной единицей ** (см. Рисунок ниже). Тип единицы -" +" это средство, установленный как ссылки в этой категории. Это означает, что " +"в зависимости от этого измерения будут конвертированы другие измерения " +"(например: 1 рулон = 10 квадратных метров, 2 рулона = 20 квадратных метров и" +" т.д.)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -912,20 +388,96 @@ msgid "" "meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " "``one Roll = 10 square meters``." msgstr "" +"Для ** квадратного метра ** мы определим, что `1 рулон = 10 квадратных " +"метрив`` гардин. Таким образом, будет необходимо указать, что как тип, " +"квадратный метр больше, чем типичная единицы. ** Больший коэффициент ** " +"составляет `10``, как` один рулон = 10 квадратных метрив``." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 msgid "" "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " "**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." msgstr "" +"Теперь можно ввести ** квадратные метры ** как единицу измерения и ** рулон " +"** как единицу измерения покупки в форме товара." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 -msgid "Request for Quotations" +msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" +msgstr "Заказ на коммерческое предложение и заказ на покупку" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 +msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" +"Как определить, счет поставщика должен был быть оплачен (3-стороннее " +"согласования)" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " +"the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " +"products have been received." +msgstr "" +"В некоторых отраслях можно получить счет от продавца, прежде чем получать " +"заказанные товары. Однако счет, возможно, не будет оплачен, пока товары " +"самом деле не получено." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " +"appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "How to analyze the performance of my vendors?" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " +"bills." msgstr "" +"3-сторонняя соответствии поможет вам избежать уплаты неверных или " +"мошеннических счетов поставщиков." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" +msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * 3-стороннее согласование" +" *" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 +msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" +msgstr "Должен ли я платить этот счет поставщика?" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 +msgid "" +"With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " +"on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." +msgstr "" +"После активации функции на счета поставщика на вкладке * Другая информация *" +" появится новая строка * Следует заплатить *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 +msgid "" +"That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " +"not." +msgstr "" +"Таким образом, Odoo легко даст вам знать, нужно ли платить счет поставщика " +"или нет." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " +"this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" +" able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." +msgstr "" +"Статус определяется автоматически в Odoo. Однако, если вы хотите определить " +"этот статус вручную, вы можете обозначить поле Заставить статус, а тогда вы " +"сможете установить вручную, должен быть счет поставщика оплачен или нет." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" +msgstr "Анализ эффективности моих поставщиков" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -933,22 +485,25 @@ msgid "" "useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " "track and analyze your vendor's performance :" msgstr "" +"Если ваша компания регулярно покупает товары в нескольких поставщиков, было " +"бы полезно получить статистику о ваших покупки. Существует несколько причин " +"для отслеживания и анализа производительности вашего поставщика:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете увидеть, как зависит от поставщика ваша компания;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете согласовать скидки на цены;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:13 msgid "You can check the average delivery time per supplier;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Вы можете проверить среднее время доставки на поставщика;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:15 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "И т.д .." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -958,39 +513,46 @@ msgid "" "gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " "their future orders." msgstr "" +"Например, реселлеру ИТ-товаров, который еженедельно выдает десятки заказов " +"на покупку нескольким поставщикам, может потребоваться измерять для каждого " +"товара общую стоимость, уплачиваемого за каждого поставщика, и задержку " +"доставки. Идеи, собранные компанией, помогут ему лучше анализировать, " +"прогнозировать и планировать свои будущие заказы." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите модуль управления покупками" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 msgid "" "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " "module." msgstr "" +"В меню ** Приложения ** выполните поиск и установите модуль ** Управление " +"покупками **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 msgid "Issue some purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте некоторые заказы на покупку" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:38 msgid "" "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " -"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " -"If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " -"documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." +"some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." msgstr "" +"Конечно, для того, чтобы проанализировать производительность ваших " +"поставщиков, вам необходимо сделать ** Запрос на коммерческое предложение **" +" (ЗНКП) и подтвердить некоторые ** Заказ **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Проанализируйте ваших поставщиков" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:47 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:46 msgid "Generate flexible reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание гибких отчетов" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:49 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:48 msgid "" "You have access to your vendors' performances on the Reports menu. By " "default, the report groups all your purchase orders on a pivot table by " @@ -999,8 +561,14 @@ msgid "" "you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " "of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." msgstr "" +"Вы видите эффективности ваших поставщиков в меню Отчеты. По умолчанию в " +"отчете группируются все заказы на покупку в сводной таблице по ** общей " +"стоимостью **, количеством товаров и ** средней цене ** ** каждый месяц ** и" +" ** каждого поставщика **. Просто, просмотрев этот основной отчет, вы можете" +" пересмотреть свою фактическую эффективность. Вы можете добавить много " +"дополнительных данных в свой отчет, нажав значок ** Измерение **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:59 msgid "" "By clicking on the **+** and **-** icons, you can drill up and down your " "report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " @@ -1008,8 +576,12 @@ msgid "" "need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on " "\"Products\"." msgstr "" +"Нажимая ** + ** и ** - **, вы можете просмотреть вверх и вниз свой отчет, " +"чтобы изменить способ отображения информации. Например, если я хочу видеть " +"все товары, приобретенные за текущий месяц, я должен нажать ** + ** на " +"вертикальной оси, а затем на "Товары"." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:66 msgid "" "Depending on the data you want to highlight, you may need to display your " "reports in a more visual view. You can transform your report in just a click" @@ -1017,18 +589,25 @@ msgid "" "These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " "below." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от данных, которые вы хотите выделить, возможно, вам придется " +"отражать свои отчеты в более визуальном виде. Вы можете превратить свой " +"отчет лишь одним нажатием на 3 графические просмотры: ** Круговая диаграмма " +"**, ** Гистограмма ** и ** График **: эти просмотры доступны через значки, " +"выделенные на снимке экрана ниже." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:76 msgid "" "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " "dependent and one independent measure." msgstr "" +"В отличие от сводной таблицы, график может быть вычислен только с одной " +"зависимой и одной независимой мере." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:80 msgid "Customize reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка отчетов" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:83 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:82 msgid "" "You can easily customize your purchase reports depending on your needs. To " "do so, use the **Advanced search view** located in the right hand side of " @@ -1039,391 +618,152 @@ msgid "" "readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " "existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." msgstr "" +"Вы можете легко настроить отчеты о покупке зависимости от ваших " +"потребностей. Для этого используйте ** окно расширенного поиска **, " +"расположенный в правой части экрана, нажав значок лупы в конце панели " +"инструментов поиска. Эта функция позволяет выделить только выбранные данные " +"в вашем отчете. Параметры ** фильтров ** очень полезны для отображения " +"некоторых категорий данных, а опция ** Группировать по ** улучшает " +"читаемость ваших отчетов. Заметьте, что вы можете фильтровать и группировать" +" по любым существующим полем, сделав ваше настройки очень гибким и мощным." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:96 msgid "" "You can save and reuse any customized filter by clicking on **Favorites** " "from the **Advanced search view** and then on **Save current search**. The " "saved filter will then be accessible from the **Favorites** menu." msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:103 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:76 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:75 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" +"Вы можете сохранить и повторно использовать любой индивидуальный фильтр, " +"нажав ** Избранное ** в ** Окне расширенного поиска **, а затем на ** " +"Сохранить текущий поиск **. Сохраненный фильтр будет доступен в меню ** " +"Избранное **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup two levels of approval for purchase orders?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" +msgstr "Использование утверждения менеджером для дорогих закупок" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:6 -msgid "Two level approval setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 msgid "" -"Double validation on purchases forces a validation when the purchased amount" -" exceeds a certain limit." +"In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " +"the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." msgstr "" +"В случае дорогих закупок может потребоваться одобрение менеджера для " +"проверки заказов, Odoo позволит это легко." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 msgid "" -"Install **Purchase Management** module and then go to **General Settings** " -"to configure the company data." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " +"also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Подтверждение заказа *. " +"Вы также можете установить минимальную сумму, необходимую для активации этой" +" функции." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:17 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Создайте новый запрос на коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 msgid "" -"Set here the amount limit for second approval and set approval from manager " -"side." +"While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" +" and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " +"new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." msgstr "" +"Во время работы над новым запросом на коммерческое предложение, если заказ " +"сделан пользователем, а не менеджером, а сумма заказа выше минимальной " +"указанной суммы, в этом процессе будет введен новый статус * Утвердить *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:21 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 +msgid "Approve the order" +msgstr "утвердите заказ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:23 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 msgid "" -"Logged as a purchase user, create a purchase order for more than the amount " -"set above, and confirm it. The purchase order is set in a state **To " -"Approve**" +"If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " +"approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " +"of what your users can or can't do." msgstr "" +"Если вы менеджер покупки, вы можете перейти к заказу на покупку и утвердить " +"заказ, если с ним все в порядке. У вас есть полный контроль над тем, что " +"могут или не могут сделать ваши пользователи." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:29 -msgid "The manager gets the order to approve and validates the final order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "После утверждения заказа на покупку следует обычному процессу." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 -msgid "How to control supplier bills?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Bill Control" +msgstr "Контроль счетов" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." +"With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" +" Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" +" you receive the goods." msgstr "" +"В Odoo вы можете определять настройки, которые помогут в контроле ваших " +"счетов. Контроль счетов * позволяет выбирать, поставщик присылает вам счета " +"до или после получения товаров." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." msgstr "" +"Чтобы эта функция работала, перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и выберите, каким образом вы хотите " +"контролировать счета." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 +msgid "Change the control policy" +msgstr "Измените политику контроля" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." +"While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" +" always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " +"page under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" +"Пока настройки выше будут вашим методом контроля счетов по умолчанию, вы " +"сможете всегда выбирать, каким образом вы хотите выставлять счет-фактуру на " +"каждый товар на странице товара под вкладкой * Покупки *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." +"You might want to use different settings for different types of products." msgstr "" +"Вы возможно хотите использовать различные настройки для различных типов " +"товаров." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" +msgstr "Проверьте ваш счет поставщика" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" +"If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " +"*Shipment* tab," msgstr "" +"Если вы еще не получили ни одного вашего товара в * Заявке на покупку * под " +"вкладкой * Доставка *" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," -" and click **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " -"it is important:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " -"keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " -"and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service** or **Digital Product** " -"will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" -" type to **Service**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:73 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:75 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the **Inventory** application " -"after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " -"should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " -"button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the " -"**Vendor** (or **Partner**), the product, or the source document, also known" -" as the reference of your purchase order. You also have the capability to " -"group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" -" from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " -"the products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 -msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:122 -msgid "" -"When you receive a **Vendor Bill** for a previous purchase, be sure to " -"record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " -"need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a **Vendor Bill** is to " -"select the appropriate **Vendor** as this will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"any one or multiple purchase orders to populate the vendor bill with. When " -"you select a purchase order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that purchase order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 -msgid "" -"While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" -" (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 -msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " -"Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 -msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 -msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 -msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 -msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 -msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 -msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to enable **Debug Mode** from the **About Odoo** " -"information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" -" modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " -"Bills**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:218 -msgid "Received quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders and Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " -"previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" -" all the appropriate purchase orders." +"Depending on the billing policy defined above. If you're supposed to be " +"billed based on ordered quantity, Odoo will suggest a bill for the number of" +" units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " +"quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" +"В зависимости от политики оплаты, определенной выше. Если вам предстоит " +"выставить счет на основе заказанного количества, Odoo предложит счет " +"количества заказанных единиц. Если вам предстоит выставить счет на основе " +"полученных количеств, Odoo предложит счет за 0, как показано выше." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 -msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Cancel a purchase order" +msgstr "Отмена заказа на продажу" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1432,6 +772,10 @@ msgid "" " it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"По недоразумению, человеческие ошибки или изменения планов, иногда " +"необходимо отменить заказ на покупку, отправленные поставщикам. Odoo " +"позволяет это сделать, даже если некоторые или даже все заказанные товары " +"уже поступили на ваш склад." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1441,10 +785,14 @@ msgid "" "interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " "cancel." msgstr "" +"Сначала мы рассмотрим пример того случая, когда вы заказали ** 3 iPad mini " +"**, которые еще не прибыли к вашему состава. Поскольку установки модуля " +"состав требуется при использовании модуля ** Покупки **, также интересно " +"увидеть случай частично доставленных товаров, которые вы хотите отменить." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на покупку" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1452,110 +800,134 @@ msgid "" "Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " "Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" msgstr "" +"Первым шагом к созданию ** Заказ на покупку ** является создание ** запроса " +"на коммерческое предложение ** в меню :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase" +" --> Requests for quotation`. Подтвердите свой запрос на коммерческое " +"предложение, чтобы подтвердить заказ на покупку" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" +msgstr "Отмените заказ на покупку" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:28 +msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" +msgstr "Используйте случай 1: вы еще не получили ваш товар" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 -msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 -msgid "Use case 1 : you didn't receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 msgid "" "If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " "you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." msgstr "" +"Если вы подтвердили ваш заказ на покупку и еще не получили товар, вы можете " +"просто отменить его, нажав кнопку сброса." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:36 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " "and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." msgstr "" +"Odoo автоматически отменит отправленную доставку, связанную с этой услугой, " +"и строка состояния переходит от ** Заказ на покупку ** до ** отменены **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:43 msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Используйте случай 2: частично доставлены товары" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:45 msgid "" "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " "cancel the PO." msgstr "" +"В этом случае ** 2 ** с ** 3 iPad Mini ** появились перед тем, как нужно " +"было отменить заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:49 msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Зарегистрируйте полученный товар и отмените обратное заказ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:51 msgid "" "The first thing to do will be to register the goods received and to cancel " "the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." " From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " "line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." msgstr "" +"Первое, что нужно сделать, - это зарегистрировать полученные товары и " +"отменить прибытия третьего ** iPad Mini **, который, как и раньше, должен " +"быть отправлен. С ВНК, нажмите ** Принять товары **, а в ** строке Заказ " +"iPad Mini ** вручную измените полученные значения в столбце ** Готово **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:61 msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, смотрите: doc: `reception`" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:68 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:63 msgid "" "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " "less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " "ask you the permission to create a backorder." msgstr "" +"Нажав ** Проверить **, Odoo предупреждает вас, что вы обработали меньше " +"товаров, чем начальная поставка (2 вместо 3 в нашем случае), и попросит вас " +"разрешения создать обратное заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:70 msgid "" "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" " will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " "therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку ** нет обратной заказ **, чтобы отменить поставку остаточного" +" продукта. Вы заметите, что количество, которое нужно было получить, была " +"соответственно изменена, и поэтому состояние доставки перешел на ** Готово " +"**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:78 msgid "Create reverse transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте обратное заказ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:85 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:80 msgid "" "Now, you need to return the iPad Minis that you have received to your vendor" " location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." " A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" " corresponding location and click on **Return**." msgstr "" +"Теперь вам нужно вернуть IPad Mini, который вы получили, к вашему " +"поставщику. Для этого нажмите кнопку ** Возвращение ** с того же документа. " +"Появится окно обратной перевода. Введите количество, которое нужно вернуть, " +"и соответствующее местонахождение и нажмите кнопку ** Вернуть **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:88 msgid "" "Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " "stock to your vendor location." msgstr "" +"Обработайте отгрузки с возвращением и контролируйте, или перемещение запасов" +" происходит от вашего склада к месту нахождения вашего поставщика." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:94 msgid "" "When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" " automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " "cancelled." msgstr "" +"Когда осуществляется обратный трансфер, статус заказа на покупку будет " +"автоматически настроено в завершение, то есть ваше ВНК было полностью " +"отменено." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`bills`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`bills`" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:105 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`reception`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`reception`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a Request for Quotation?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" +msgstr "Создайте запрос на коммерческое предложение" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1565,110 +937,35 @@ msgid "" "your supplier. Once your supplier has answered your request, you can choose " "to go ahead with the offer and purchase or to turn down the offer." msgstr "" +"Запрос предложения используется, когда вы планируете приобрести некоторые " +"товары, и хотите получить коммерческое предложение для них. В Odoo запрос " +"предложения используется для отправки вашего списка нужных товаров вашем " +"поставщику. Когда поставщик ответит на ваш запрос, вы можете решить " +"продолжить предложение и приобрести или отклонить предложение." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter " -":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:19 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:16 msgid "Creating a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создание запроса на коммерческое предложение" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:21 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:18 msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " "Quotation` and click on **Create**." msgstr "" +"В модуле Покупки откройте :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " +"Quotation` и нажмите ** Создать **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 msgid "" "Select your supplier in the **Vendor** menu, or create it on-the-fly by " "clicking on **Create and Edit**. In the **Order Date** field, select the " "date to which you wish to proceed to the actual order." msgstr "" +"Выберите своего поставщика в меню ** Поставщик ** или создайте его прямо " +"нажав на кнопку ** Создать и редактировать **. В поле ** Дата заказа ** " +"выберите дату, до которой вы хотите перейти к фактическому заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order or an internal procurement request)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine picking type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:35 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:37 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -1679,41 +976,185 @@ msgid "" "**Send Rfq by email** (make sure an email address is specified for this " "supplier or enter a new one)." msgstr "" +"В ** Товарам ** нажмите Добавить элемент. Выберите товар, который вы хотите " +"заказать меню ** Нет в **. Укажите ** Количество **, вставив номер и выбрав " +"единицу измерения. В поле ** Цена единицы ** укажите цену, которую вы хотите" +" предложить (вы также можете оставить поле пустым, если не знаете, какая " +"цена должна быть), а также добавьте ожидаемую дату доставки в поле " +"Планируемая дата. Нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить **, затем ** Печать " +"коммерческого предложения ** или ** Отправить коммерческое предложение ** " +"электронной почте (убедитесь, что для этого поставщика указан адрес " +"электронной почты или введите новую)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "" +"После нажатия кнопки ** Отправить ** вы заметите, что статус Коммерческого " +"предложения перейдет с ** Черновики ** в ** направленном коммерческое " +"предложение **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " "payment terms, etc.), then click on **Save** to issue a Purchase Order." msgstr "" +"Когда поставщик ответит на предложение, обновите ее, нажав ** Редактировать " +"**, чтобы ответить на коммерческое предложение (цены, налоги, ожидаемая " +"стоимость доставки, условия платежа и т.д.), а затем нажмите кнопку ** " +"Сохранить **, чтобы оформить заказ на покупку." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:62 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы продолжить заказ, нажмите ** Подтвердить заказ **, чтобы отправить " +"заказ поставщику. Статус Коммерческой предложения перейдет в ** Заказ на " +"покупку **." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:68 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." msgstr "" +"Статус коммерческого предложения изменится на ЗАКАЗ НА ПОКУПКУ. Вкладки в " +"верхнем правом углу заказ покажут 1 доставку и 0 счета-фактуры." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Dropship products" +msgstr "Товары дропшипингу" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" +" but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" +"Дропшипинг - это метод, при котором поставщик не сохраняет товары на складе," +" а вместо этого передает их непосредственно от поставщика клиенту." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " +"to work." +msgstr "" +"Вам необходимы модули * Продажи * * Состав * и * Покупки * для работы этой " +"функции." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" +msgstr "Включите функцию дропшипингу" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Dropshipping*." +msgstr "" +"Перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` и " +"выберите * Дропшипинг *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A new route *Dropshipping* has been created. You can go on a product and " +"tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " +"will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " +"drop shipped." +msgstr "" +"Создан новый маршрут * Дропшипинг *. Вы можете перейти на товар и обозначить" +" маршрут дропшипингу. Вы также должны определить, в какого поставщика вы " +"будете покупать товар. Теперь, каждый раз, когда этот товар будет продан, он" +" будет отгружено по дропшипингу." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " +"front of *Order-Specific Routes*." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не всегда отправляете товар по дропшипингу вы можете перейти в " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` и отметьте * Маршруты " +"для конкретных заказов *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " +"per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " +"dropship route on the SO line." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы создаете коммерческое предложение или заказ на продажу, теперь вы " +"можете решить, строка заказ на строку заказ, товары должны быть отгружены, " +"выбрав маршрут дропшипингу на строке SO." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "Drop ship a product" +msgstr "Отправьте товар по дропшипингу" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once a sale order with products to dropship is confirmed, a request for " +"quotation is generated by Odoo to buy the product to the vendor. If you " +"confirm that request for quotation into a purchase order, it will create a " +"transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" +" through your own stock." +msgstr "" +"После того, как заказ на продажу с товарами на дропшипинг будет " +"подтверждено, Odoo сделает запрос на коммерческое предложение, чтобы купить " +"товар у поставщика. Если вы подтвердите этот запрос предложения, он создаст " +"перевод от поставщика непосредственно к вашему клиенту. Продукция не " +"проходит через собственный склад." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Lock a purchase order" +msgstr "Блокировка заказ на покупку" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения заказа можно заблокировать его, предотвращая дальнейшем " +"редактированию." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" +msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Блокировать " +"подтвержденные заказы *" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 +msgid "Lock an order" +msgstr "заблокируйте заказ" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 +msgid "" +"While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " +"the order preventing any further modification on the document." +msgstr "" +"Во время выполнения заказа на покупку, когда вы подтверждаете его, вы можете" +" заблокировать заказ, предотвращая последующим изменениям в документе." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 +msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете разблокировать документ, если нужно внести дополнительные " +"изменения" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 -msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" +msgstr "Контроль получения товаров (полностью и частично)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " "products to receive and to control supplier bills." msgstr "" +"Приложение ** Покупки ** позволяет вам управлять своими заказами на покупку," +" контролировать прием товаров и контролировать счета поставщиков." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1721,10 +1162,14 @@ msgid "" " thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " "purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите контролировать прогнозирования товаров и их прием, первое, " +"что нужно сделать, это развернуть процесс покупки в Odoo. Знание того, что " +"было приобретено, является основой прогнозирования и контроля приема " +"товаров." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите программы покупки и состав" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1732,10 +1177,13 @@ msgid "" "will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " "others), which is required with **Purchase**." msgstr "" +"Начните с установки приложения Покупки из модуля ** Приложения **. Это " +"автоматически приведет к установлению модуля ** Состав ** (среди прочих), " +"который требуется с модулем ** Покупки **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "создайте товары" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -1743,21 +1191,28 @@ msgid "" "**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " "**Create**." msgstr "" +"Затем нужно создать товары, которые вы хотите приобрести. Выделите " +"приложение Покупки, потом :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products` и нажмите " +"кнопку ** Создать **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "При создании товара важно указать ** Тип **:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 msgid "" "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." msgstr "" +"** Товары, которые хранятся и расходные **: товары должны быть получены на " +"складе." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 msgid "" "**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " "installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." msgstr "" +"** Услуги и цифровые товары ** (только тогда, когда установлено приложение " +"** Электронной коммерции **): нет контроля над тем, вы получаете или нет." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1766,14 +1221,18 @@ msgid "" "have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" " set his product type field as **Service**." msgstr "" +"Всегда хорошо создавать ** Другой ** товар для всех товаров, которые вы " +"покупаете редко, и для которых вы не хотите управлять запасами или иметь " +"статистику покупки / продажи. Если вы создаете такой товар, мы рекомендуем " +"установить поле типа товара как ** Услуга **." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 msgid "Control products receptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Контроль приема товаров" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:55 msgid "Purchase products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "купите товары" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -1783,32 +1242,38 @@ msgid "" "with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " "include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." msgstr "" +"С модуля покупке создайте заказ на покупку с несколькими товарами. Если " +"поставщик прислал вам заказ на продажу или коммерческое предложение, " +"поставьте его референс в поле ** Референс поставщика **. Это позволит вам " +"легко сделать соответствии с заказом на доставку позже (так как заказ на " +"доставку, вероятно, будет включать ** Референс поставщика ** в его заказ на " +"продажу)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 -msgid "" -"See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " -"for a full overview of the purchase process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 msgid "Receive Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Приход ТМЦ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:73 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:69 msgid "" "If you purchased physical goods (stockable or consumable products), you can " "receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " "**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " "receipt box of the related warehouse." msgstr "" +"Если вы купили физические товары (запасы и расходные товары), вы можете " +"получать товары из модуля ** Состав **. На информационной панели ** Состав " +"** вы должны увидеть кнопку ** Получить X **, в поле поступления связанного " +"состава." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:77 msgid "" "Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " "warehouse." msgstr "" +"Нажмите эту кнопку, и вы получите доступ к списку всех ожидаемых заказов для" +" этого состава." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:83 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, you can use the filter bar to search " "on the **Vendor** (also called **Partner** in Odoo), the product or the " @@ -1816,446 +1281,532 @@ msgid "" " the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " "the lines within it." msgstr "" +"Если у вас много ожидаемых заказов, вы можете использовать панель фильтров " +"для поиска в ** Поставщика ** (также называется ** Партнером ** в Odoo), " +"товара или исходного документа, который является ссылкой на ваш заказ на " +"покупку. Вы можете открыть документ, который соответствует полученному " +"заказу на доставку, и обработать все строки в нем." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:92 msgid "" "You may validate the whole document at once by clicking on the **Validate** " "button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " "**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " "it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." msgstr "" +"Вы можете проверить весь документ сразу, нажав кнопку ** Проверить ** или вы" +" можете управлять всеми товарами по очереди, вручную изменяя количество ** " +"Выполнено ** (то, что на самом деле получено). Когда строку зеленый, это " +"означает, что полученное количество соответствует ожидаемой." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:99 msgid "" "If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " "quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " "the quantity received." msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете с партиями или серийными номерами, вы не можете установить" +" обработанную количество, но вам нужно предоставить все партийные или " +"серийные номера для записи полученного количества." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 msgid "" "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" " initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." msgstr "" +"Когда вы подтверждаете прием, если вы получили меньше товаров, чем исходная " +"поставка, Odoo спросит у вас разрешение на создание обратной заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:110 msgid "" "If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " "Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " "you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." msgstr "" +"Если вы планируете получать остальные товары в будущем, выберите ** Создать " +"обратное заказ **. Odoo создаст новые документы для ожидаемых товаров. Если " +"вы выберете вариант ** нет обратной заказ **, заказ считается выполненным." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`cancel`" +msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 +msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" +msgstr "Настройка предупреждений на заказах на покупку" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " +"purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." msgstr "" +"Функция * Предупреждение * позволяет поднимать предупреждение или " +"блокировать сообщения на заказе на покупку на основе поставщика или товара." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, if you often have a problem with a vendor, you might want to " +"raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " +"be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Например, если у вас часто возникают проблемы с поставщиком, вы можете " +"подтянуть предупреждения при покупке от этого поставщика. Если поставка " +"товара хотят прекратить, вы можете поднять блокировки на заказ на покупку." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." +msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Предупреждение *." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 +msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" +msgstr "Добавьте предупреждения на поставщика" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " +"Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " +"blocking message." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы активируете эту функцию, вы получаете новую опцию под вкладкой " +"Внутренние примечания * на поставщиках. Можно решить написать простое " +"предупреждение или сообщение о блокировке." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 +msgid "Add a warning on a product" +msgstr "Добавьте предупреждения на товар" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" +" on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы активируете эту функцию, вы получите новую опцию под вкладкой * " +"Покупки * на странице товара, где можно добавить предупреждение или " +"сообщение о блокировке." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 +msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" +msgstr "Попытка купить с предупреждениями или блокирующими сообщениями" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " +"with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." +msgstr "" +"Если вы пытаетесь проверить * заказ на покупку * от поставщика или товара с " +"предупреждением, будет поднят сообщения. Вы можете игнорировать его, нажав " +"на кнопку ok." + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 +msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." +msgstr "Однако, если это сообщение о блокировке, его нельзя игнорировать." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" +msgid "Purchase Agreements" +msgstr "Соглашения о покупке" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" +msgstr "Управление долгосрочным заказом" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" -"For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for " -"Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/purchase/overview/process/difference.html>`__" +"A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " +"supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " +"negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." msgstr "" +"Долгосрочное заказ - это заказ на покупку, которое клиент размещает у " +"поставщика, чтобы позволить несколько сроков поставки в течение " +"определенного периода времени, часто сочетается, чтобы воспользоваться " +"предварительно определенной цене." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17 -msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 msgid "" -"By default, the Purchase Tender is not activated. To be able to use PTs, you" -" must first activate the option." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции, перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Соглашения о покупке *" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 +msgid "Start a Blanket Order" +msgstr "Начните долгосрочное заказ" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " -"In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" -" box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**." +"To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " +"Agreements`." msgstr "" +"Для использования этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Purchase Agreements`." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31 -msgid "Create a Purchase Tender" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 msgid "" -"To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " -"Agreements (PA)`." +"Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " +"drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." msgstr "" +"После создания соглашения о покупке перейдите в выпадающее меню * Тип сделки" +" * и выберите * Долгосрочное заказ *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 msgid "" -"In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase " -"Agreement window opens." +"You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " +"product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете создать новое долгосрочное заказ, выбрать поставщика, товар " +"(ы), срок действия соглашения, дату заказа и дату доставки." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42 -msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44 -msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 msgid "" -"In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in " -"the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as " -"you wish." +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " +"will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " +"the top right corner of the document." msgstr "" +"Когда вы довольны вашей соглашением о покупке, подтвердите ее. Статус сделки" +" будет изменен с * Черновики * в * Отправка * и новый * ЗНКП / Заказ * " +"появится в верхнем правом углу документа." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 -msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**." -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" +msgstr "Запрос предложения по долгосрочному заказ" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the " -"products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the " -"vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor." +"From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " +"the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " +"choose the quantity and confirm the order." msgstr "" +"Вы можете создать новое коммерческое предложение с вашего долгосрочного " +"заказа, Odoo будет автоматически заполнять документ с товаром (ами) с вашего" +" долгосрочного заказа, вы должны только выбрать количество и подтвердить " +"заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62 -msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" -"The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. " -"Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on" -" the RfQs and **Cancel** the others." +"When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" +" you have already ordered from your blanket order." msgstr "" +"Когда вы вернетесь на долгосрочное заказ, вы увидите, сколько количеств вы " +"уже заказали в вашем заказе." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68 -msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT." -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 +msgid "Vendors prices on your product" +msgstr "Цены поставщиков на ваш товар" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 msgid "" -"View `Purchase Tenders " -"<https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition>`__" -" in our Online Demonstration." +"When a blanket order is validated, a new vendor line is added in your " +"product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " +"priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " +"name." msgstr "" +"Во время проверки долгосрочного заказа, добавляется новая строка поставщика " +"в вашем товаре. Вы можете увидеть, какой из них связан с долгосрочным " +"заказом, отдать предпочтение тем, каким вы хотите, со стрелками влево от " +"названия поставщика." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 msgid "" -"How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" +"Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " +"(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." msgstr "" +"Благодаря этому, для автоматического пополнения (используя * правила " +"дозаполнения * или * сделано по заказу *) может использоваться долгосрочное " +"заказ." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 msgid "" -"For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " -"select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" -" possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." +"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " +"link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" msgstr "" +"Вы также можете создать * Запрос на коммерческое предложение * из " +"классического меню запроса на коммерческое предложение и связать их с " +"существующим * Долгосрочным заказу *" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Call for Tender" +msgstr "Управление призывом к участию в тендере" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " -"document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." +"A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " +"vendors to obtain the most interesting price." msgstr "" +"Приглашение к участию в тендере - это специальная процедура, которая требует" +" предложения от нескольких поставщиков для получения наилучшего цены." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 -msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 -msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 msgid "" -"In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " -"advanced mode." +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." msgstr "" +"Для включения этой функции перейдите в :menuselection:`Purchases --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте функцию * Соглашения о покупке *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 +msgid "Create a Call for Tender" +msgstr "Создайте призыв к участию в тендере" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 msgid "" -"To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " -"and click on **Settings**." +"Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " +"and select *Call for Tender*." msgstr "" +"Создайте новое соглашение о покупке, зайдите в выпадающее меню * Тип сделки " +"* и выберите * Призыв к участию в тендере *." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 msgid "" -"In the **Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Allow using call for" -" tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" -" Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " -"(...)** then click on **Apply**." +"When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " +"from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " +"right corner of the document." msgstr "" +"Когда вы довольны вашей соглашением о покупке, убедитесь, что она змею " +"статус с * Черновики * в * Подтверждено *, а новый * ЗНКП / Заказ * появится" +" в верхнем правом углу документа." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 -msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 +msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" msgstr "" +"Сделайте запрос на новые коммерческие предложений по призыву к участию в " +"тендере" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " -"tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " -"way to the **Bid Selection** status." +"From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " +"from your Call for Tender." msgstr "" +"По призыву к участию в тендере Odoo будет автоматически заполнять ЗНКП с " +"товаром (ами) с вашего призыва." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 +msgid "Select the best offer" +msgstr "Выберите лучшее предложение" + +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 msgid "" -"When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " -"list of products and the bids received for all of them." +"The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" +" *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." msgstr "" +"Различные ЗНКП и заказы, связанные с призывом для участия в тендере, будут " +"находиться под кнопкой * ЗНКП / Заказ *, где можно выбрать и подтвердить " +"лучшее предложение." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Unroll the list of offers you received for each product, and click on the " -"*v* symbol (**Confirm order**) next to the offers you wish to proceed with. " -"The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " -"finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " -"product and supplier." -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 +msgid "Close the Call for Tender" +msgstr "Закройте призыв к участию в тендере" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 -msgid "" -"When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " -"switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" -" a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 -msgid "" -"From there, follow the documentation " -":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " -"delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" +#: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 +msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." msgstr "" +"После того, как вы сделаете свой * Призыв к участию в тендере *, не забудьте" +" закрыть его." #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "пополнение" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment Flows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "процессы пополнения" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 -msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "Запланируйте ваши входящие поставки и доставки" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company, Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +"To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " +"Times*." msgstr "" +"Чтобы управлять планированием цепочек поставок, нужно использовать Срок " +"выполнения * Odoo." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 -msgid "Configuring lead times" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 +msgid "" +"*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " +"manufacture products." msgstr "" +"Срок выполнения * - это ожидаемое время, необходимое для получения, доставки" +" или изготовления продукции." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 +msgid "Configure Lead Times" +msgstr "Настройте срок исполнения" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 +msgid "Vendor Lead Time" +msgstr "Срок исполнения поставщика" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is an essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " -"Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +"The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " +"product to you." msgstr "" +"Срок исполнения поставщика - это время, необходимое поставщику для доставки " +"товара к вам." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 -msgid "On a product level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:24 -msgid "Supplier lead time:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased product. To configure the Supplier lead time select a product " -"(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" -" go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " -"product in order to select a supplier lead time." +"To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " +"purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " +"lead time for that Vendor & Product." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить срок исполнения поставщика, перейдите на страницу товара, на" +" вкладке покупки нажмите кнопку * Поставщик *, тогда вы сможете изменить " +"срок исполнения доставки для этого поставщика и товара." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Срок поставки заказчика" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:30 msgid "" -"It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " -"delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +"The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " +"the product to your customer." msgstr "" +"Срок доставки клиенту, с другой стороны, является тем, который нужно " +"доставить товар к вашему клиенту." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " -"delivery lead time." +"To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить срок поставки, откройте товар и перейдите на вкладку * " +"Состав *. Затем можно добавить, сколько дней вам нужно." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 +msgid "Manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "Срок исполнения производства" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 msgid "" -"In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " -"will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." +"The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." msgstr "" +"Срок исполнения производства - время, необходимое для изготовления товара." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 -msgid "Customer lead time" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " +"*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить срок производства, откройте товар и перейдите на вкладку * " +"Состав *. Затем можно добавить, сколько дней вам нужно." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 +msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" +msgstr "Настройте страховочные дни" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 msgid "" -"The customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your " -"store/warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. " -"Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " -"indicate your customer lead time." +"Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " +"potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " +"engagements." msgstr "" +"Odoo также позволяет настроить * Страховочные дни *, позволяющие вам " +"справиться с потенциальными задержками по цепочке поставок и убедиться, что " +"вы выполните свои обязательства." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 -msgid "On the company level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 msgid "" -"On company level, it is possible to parameter **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " +"Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " +"various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." msgstr "" +"Самый простой способ - перейти в * Настройка * с любого модуля и ввести ** " +"Срок выполнения ** в строке поиска. Оттуда, отметьте каждое поле и настройте" +" свои * страховочные дни * для ваших нужд." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 -msgid "Sales Safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 msgid "" -"Sales Safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements on time. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." +"Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " +"*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, вы можете перейти к настройкам модуля * Состав * и * " +"Производство *, чтобы настроить эти параметры." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 +msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" +msgstr "Срок выполнения и страховочные дни в случае использования" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." +"For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " +"and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " +"is your product’s configuration:" msgstr "" +"Например, сегодня вы продаете автомобиль (1 января), который приобретается " +"на заказ, и вы обещаете доставить клиенту в течение 20 дней (20 января). Вот" +" настройки вашего товара:" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 +msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" +msgstr "Страховочные дни для продажи: 1 день" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 +msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" +msgstr "Страховочные дни для покупки: 1 день" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 +msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" +msgstr "Срок выполнения доставки поставщиком 9 дней" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" +" your configuration." +msgstr "" +"В таком случае планировщик инициировать следующие действия на основе ваших " +"настроек." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 +msgid "" +"January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Sales)" +msgstr "" +"19 января: запланированная дата доставки (20 января - 1 день страховочных " +"дней для продажи)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 -msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 msgid "" -"Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " -"time." +"January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " +"time for Purchase)" msgstr "" +"18 января: запланированная дата входящей поставки (19 января - 1 день " +"страховочных дней для покупки)" -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 -msgid "Purchase days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 -msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " -"cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " -"same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 -msgid "On route level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:110 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " -"computed date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " -"module when creating a new push rule for a new route." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Read the documentation " -":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 -msgid "On document level:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:128 -msgid "Requested date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to indicate a requested date by the client " -"straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " -"date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " -"automatically display a warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " +"9 days of vendor lead time)" msgstr "" +"10 января: дата заказа = дедлайн заказ у поставщика (19 января - 9 дней " +"срока исполнения поставщика)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Setup drop-shipping" +msgstr "Настройка дропшипингу" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop shipping allows to deliver the goods directly from the supplier to the " "customer. It means that the products does not transit through your stock." msgstr "" +"Дропшипинг позволяет осуществлять доставку товара непосредственно от " +"поставщика к заказчику. Это означает, что продукция не проходит через ваш " +"склад." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -2265,6 +1816,11 @@ msgid "" "suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " "section." msgstr "" +"Сначала настройте ** Маршруты ** и ** Дропшипинг **. Перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Проверьте ** " +"Расширенную маршрутизацию товаров, используя правила ** в разделе ** " +"Маршруты ** и ** Разрешить поставщикам доставлять непосредственно своим " +"клиентам ** в разделе ** Дропшипинг **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -2272,526 +1828,228 @@ msgid "" "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." msgstr "" +"Вы должны позволить выбор маршрута в замоленни на продажу. Перейдите в " +"приложение ** Продажи **, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` и " +"выберите пункт ** Выбрать конкретные маршруты на строках заказа на продажу " +"(расширенные) **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как пользоваться дропшипингом?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:34 msgid "" "Create the sale order and select the route as **Dropshipping** on the " "concerned order lines." msgstr "" +"Создайте заказ на продажу и выберите маршрут ** Дропшипинг ** на " +"соответствующей строке заказа." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the order has been confirmed, no move will be created from your stock. " "The goods will be delivered directly from your vendor to your customer." msgstr "" +"Только заказ будет подтвержден, перемещения с вашего склада не будет " +"создана. Товар будет доставлен непосредственно от поставщика к вашему " +"клиенту." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to be able to invoice the delivery, you must set the invoice policy" " of your product on **Ordered quantities**." msgstr "" +"Чтобы иметь возможность учитывать стоимость доставки, нужно установить " +"политику счета-фактуры вашего товара в ** заказанного количества **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 -msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" +msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" +msgstr "Запуск покупке товаров на основе продаж (по заказу)" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " +"orders on each sale you make." msgstr "" +"Если вы не храните запас своих товаров, вам может понадобиться запуск заказ " +"на покупку на каждой продаже." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 msgid "" -"When you work in just-in-time, you don't manage stock so you directly order " -"the product you need from your vendor." +"Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" +" just one step." msgstr "" +"Благодаря полном интегрированном решению, Odoo позволяет легко сделать это " +"всего за один шаг." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "The usual flow is:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 +msgid "Configure the product" +msgstr "Настройте товар" -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:13 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:15 -msgid "Purchase the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "Receive and pay the bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:19 -msgid "Deliver your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:21 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:26 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 msgid "" -"In the purchases application, open the **Purchase** menu and click on " -"**Products**. Open the product on which you want to do your purchases based " -"on sales." +"Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " +"*Make To Order*." msgstr "" +"Откройте форму товара и на вкладке запаса поставьте галочку на маршрутах * " +"Купить * и * Сделать на заказ *." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:30 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 +msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "Не забудьте также установить поставщика на вкладке * Покупки *." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 msgid "" -"Next to Routes, tick **Buy** and **Make to order** as a procurement method. " -"When you are generating sales order, Odoo will automatically reorder the " -"same quantity through procurement." +"The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " +"Odoo for this feature to work." msgstr "" +"Модули * Состав * * Продажи * и * Покупки * должны быть установлены в Odoo, " +"чтобы эта функция работала." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Don't forget to set a vendor otherwise the rule won't be triggered." -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 +msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" +msgstr "Создайте заказ на продажу, используя покупку и изготовление на заказ" -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:39 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 msgid "" -"You can also configure minimum stock rules that will trigger the purchase " -"orders." +"Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " +"delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." msgstr "" +"Создайте новый заказ на продажу с вашим товаром. Когда вы подтверждаете " +"заказ, создается заказ на доставку со статусом * Ожидает другую операцию *." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:43 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 msgid "" -"To know how to configure a minimum stock rule, please read the document " -":doc:`setup_stock_rule`." +"A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " +"that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " +"*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." msgstr "" +"В модуле * Покупки * автоматически создан новый запрос на коммерческое " +"предложение. Обратите внимание, что вы можете увидеть, для которого СНП этот" +" ЗНКП был создан благодаря полю * Источник документа *, видимым на ЗНКП." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Sale order" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " +"created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" +" *Shipment* button." msgstr "" +"Когда вы подтверждаете ЗНКП в заказе на покупку, автоматически создается " +"входящая поставка, непосредственно доступна с вашего заказа на покупку с " +"использованием кнопки * Отгрузка *." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " +"delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете подтвердить входную поставку ваших товаров. Когда вы вернетесь к " +"заказу на доставку, вы увидите, что товары готовы к отправке." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 msgid "" -"To create a sale order, go to the **Sales** application, " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Sales order` and create a new sale order." +"As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " +"automatically under it." msgstr "" +"Пока ваш ЗНКП не был проверен, Odoo автоматически добавлять строку ВНК под " +"ним." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:58 -msgid "" -"After confirming it, you will see one **Delivery** associated with this sale" -" order on the **button** on the top of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Click on the **Delivery** button to see the transfer order. The status of " -"the outgoing shipment is **Waiting Another Operation**. It won't be done " -"until the purchase order is confirmed and received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "Purchase order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The purchase order is automatically created. Go to the **Purchase** " -"application :menuselection:`Purchase --> Request for Quotation`. The source " -"document is the sale order that triggered the procurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:79 -msgid "" -"If you make some more sales that trigger procurements to the same vendor, it" -" will be added to the existing request for quotation. Once it is confirmed, " -"the next procurements will create a new request for quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:85 -msgid "Receipt and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Go the the **Inventory** application. Click on **# To Receive** on the " -"**Receipts** tile." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:93 -msgid "Select the receipt from your vendor and **Validate** it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. In the delivery order, click on **# " -"To Do**. The delivery order is now ready to ship." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:104 -msgid "" -"The status of the delivery changed from **Waiting Availability** to " -"**Available**. Validate the transfer to confirm the delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`warning_triggering`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a minimum stock rule?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" +msgstr "Не исчерпывает запас благодаря правилам дозаказа" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 msgid "" -"For some items you hold in stock, it might be useful to have rules making " -"sure you never run out of stocks (for example, products with a high demand, " -"or large items requiring a lot of storage space meaning they're harder to " -"stock)." +"To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " +"*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " +"you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." msgstr "" +"Чтобы удостовериться, что запас никогда не закончится, вы можете определить " +"* Правила дозаказа * на товарах. Благодаря правилам дозаказа, Odoo поможет " +"вам пополнить свой запас, когда он достигнет минимального уровня." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 +msgid "Set a reordering rule" +msgstr "Установите правило дозаказа" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 +msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." +msgstr "Откройте товар на складе, и найдите вкладку * Правила дозаказа *." + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to set up rules so that an automatic replenishment for those" -" items is made, based on minimum stocks available." +"You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" +"Вы также можете получить доступ ко всем вашим правил дозаказа на " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:14 -msgid "When should I use Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:16 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 msgid "" -"Reordering Rules work best for items that have a high demand and high flow. " -"It will relieve you from a lot of work to focus on the rest of your " -"activities knowing that stocks will always be right." +"Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " +"product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " +"it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." msgstr "" +"В следующем меню можно создать правила дозаказа, связанные с вашим товаром. " +"Теперь, каждый раз, когда этот товар достигает минимального количества, он " +"будет пополнять свой запас до ** максимального количества **." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:20 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 msgid "" -"It can also be used when you have limited storage space and you need to keep" -" large items in stock. In this case, you can keep as little as 1 item in " -"stock, and have a new one ordered as a stock replenishment as soon as the " -"item in stock is sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:26 -msgid "When should I avoid Reordering Rules?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:28 -msgid "" -"If you are offering a new product and don't know yet how fast it will go, " -"you should handle stocks yourself first, and setup reordering rules only a " -"few months into the sale to have better forecasts of the demand." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:32 -msgid "" -"If you sell items that have a limited lifetime, such as fashion items, " -"technology items, or products working together with a system that is meant " -"to evolve, you have to be very well informed on when to stop automated " -"replenishments, in order to avoid having to sell these items at a price that" -" will not allow you to break even." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"My company sells modern furniture. We sell a set of table and chairs that " -"are available in 4 seatings and 6 seatings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:44 -msgid "" -"To keep things simple, we stock tables and chairs separately, but sell them " -"all together to our clients as a kit. In order to make sure we can always " -"deliver a complete set of table and chairs, I setup a Reordering Rule for " -"the chairs to make sure I always have at least 10 chairs in stock, but no " -"more than 20. This way, I can sell up to 5 sets of table at once while " -"keeping my stock low enough not to eat up all my storage space." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:52 -msgid "" -"The last table I sold was a 4 seatings, and there were 12 chairs left in my " -"stock. Because the stock in chairs is now only 8 chairs, Odoo will " -"automatically order 12 new chairs to fill up my stock to the maximum amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:61 -msgid "Set up your product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:63 -msgid "" -"In the Purchases module, open the Purchase menu and click on Products. Open " -"the product to which you would like to add a Reordering Rule (or create a " -"new one)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 -msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`General information --> Product type`, make the product " -"stockable (as soon as this is done, the icon \"Reordering rule will appear)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"In :menuselection:`Inventory --> route`, tick the \"Buy\" box (and untick " -"the Make To Order box)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Select a vendor (don't forget to put a minimal quantity greater than 0)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:76 -msgid "Create a reordering rule" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:78 -msgid "Click on the Reordering Rules tab, click on Create. A new page opens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:83 -msgid "" -"By default, Reordering Rules in Odoo are named as \"OP/XXXXX\" but you are " -"free to use any nomenclature. You can modify it via the **Name** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:86 -msgid "The **Product** field is the product you are creating the rule for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Select the warehouse to which the product should be delivered in the " -"**Warehouse** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you have configured multiple warehouses and location, specify the " -"location in which the product will be stored in the **Location** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 -msgid "" -"In the **Minimum Quantity** field, insert the quantity to which the system " -"will trigger a new order for replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In the **Maximum Quantity** field, insert the maximum of items that has to " -"be stocked. The replenishing order will be based on that quantity to " -"reorder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The **Quantity Multiple** is the lowest number of items that can be ordered " -"at once. For instance, some items may be only available for purchase in a " -"set of 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:113 -msgid "" -"In the Misc section, the **Active** box allows you to activate or deactivate" -" the rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:116 -msgid "In the **Lead Time** section, you can enter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:118 -msgid "" -"the number of Day(s) to purchase: correspond to the number of days for the " -"supplier to receive the order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:120 -msgid "the number of Day(s) to get the products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:122 -msgid "" -"By default, the lead times are in calendar days. You can change that in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Minimum Stock " -"Rules`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:125 -msgid "When you have entered all the info, click on Save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" -" stock, the system will automatically send a RfQ to your supplier based on " -"your maximum quantity to replenish your stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:131 -msgid "" -"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the Inventory " +"The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " "module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " "12:00PM." msgstr "" +"Пополнение происходить, когда запускается планировщик в модуле * Состав *. " +"По умолчанию в Odoo, планировщики будут запускаться каждую ночь в 00:00." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:135 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 +msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" +msgstr "" +"Смотрите также:: doc: `../../../ inventory / management / planning / " +"schedulers`" + +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 msgid "" -"To know how to configure and run the schedulers manually, read the document " -"on :doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" +"From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" +" stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " +"the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Теперь, каждый раз, когда товар правилу дозаказа достигнет минимального " +"запаса, система автоматически увидит, как выполнить эту потребность на " +"основе настройки товара (например, создать ЗНКП, создать ЗНВ и т.д.)." -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Решение проблем" -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:69 -msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:8 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:43 msgid "" -"The **Warning Messages and Alerts** module allow you to configure alerts on " -"the customers and vendors or products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:11 -msgid "" -"You can select the following types of warnings and create different warnings" -" for purchases and sales:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Warning: This option displays the warning message during the process, but " -"allows the user to continue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Blocking Message: The message displays a warning message, but the user " -"cannot continue the process further." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:24 -msgid "Module Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:26 -msgid "" -"First, you need to install the **Warning Messages and Alerts** module. Go to" -" **Apps** and look for it (don't forget to remove the **Apps** filter)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:33 -msgid "Vendor or Customer warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" -" Customers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 -msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:42 -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:62 -msgid "The available warnings are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:44 -msgid "Warning on the **Sales Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:46 -msgid "Warning on the **Purchase Order**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:48 -msgid "Warning on the **Picking**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:50 -msgid "Warning on the **Invoice**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:53 -msgid "Product Warnings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products` or to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:57 -msgid "Open the product and click on the **Notes** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:64 -msgid "Warning when selling this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:66 -msgid "Warning when Purchasing this product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Go to the Purchases application, click on :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Vendors`. Go to the **Warnings** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Under **Warning on the Purchase Order**, choose **Warning** and write your " -"warning." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Create a **Request for Quotation**. Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " -"Request for Quotation` and click on **Create**. Choose the vendor on which a" -" warning was set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:84 -msgid "When choosing the vendor, the warning will appear." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you set a blocking message instead of a warning message, you won't be " -"able to choose the vendor." +"For your reordering rules to work, your product needs to be correctly " +"configured. If you are using *Buy* route, you need a vendor on the product. " +"If you are using *Manufacturing* route you will been a BoM on the product. " +"If the product is not fully configured or there is a mistake in your routes," +" a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " +"issue with the configuration." msgstr "" +"Чтобы ваши правила дозаказа работали, ваш товар должен быть правильно " +"настроен. Если вы используете маршрут * Купить *, вам нужен поставщик на " +"товаре. Если вы используете маршрут * Производство *, вам нужно иметь " +"спецификацию на товаре. Если изделие не настроен полностью или возникла " +"ошибка в ваших маршрутах, на товаре будет зарегистрировано следующую " +"активность, сообщит вам о наличии проблем с настройкой." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Мульти-компании" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Настройка процесса покупки / продажи в нескольких компаниях" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2800,6 +2058,11 @@ msgid "" "companies.The inter-company feature helps you to buy and/or sell products " "and services between different branches within your conglomerate." msgstr "" +"Odoo - это выдающееся решение, которое поможет небольшим компаниям, " +"развивающим свой бизнес. Но система также идеально соответствует " +"потребностям мульти-компаниям. Мижкомпанийська функция помогает вам покупать" +" и / или продавать товары и услуги между различными отраслями в вашем " +"конгломерате." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -2809,114 +2072,65 @@ msgid "" "everything is correct and confirm the sale. You can automate the validation " "on your sales and purchase orders." msgstr "" +"Заказ на покупку и заказ на продажу могут быть связаны между собой. Если " +"компания в вашей группе создает покупку или заказ на продажу, " +"соответствующий документ автоматически создается для вашей компании. Все, " +"что вам нужно сделать, это убедиться, что все правильно и подтвердить " +"продажу. Вы можете автоматизировать проверку своих заказов на покупку и " +"продажу." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:24 msgid "It is also possible to only handle invoices and refunds." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Также можно обрабатывать только счета-фактуры и возмещения." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:27 msgid "Manage intercompany rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управление мижкомпанийськимы правилам" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" " companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Отметьте ** " +"Управлять несколькими компаниями **, а затем ** Управлять между компаниями " +"**." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 msgid "Click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Нажмите ** Применить **." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:37 msgid "New options will appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Появятся новые параметры." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "In the drop-down list, choose the company on which you want to add rules." msgstr "" +"В выпадающем списке выберите компанию, на которую вы хотите добавить " +"правила." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:45 msgid "" "If you click on **SO and PO setting for inter company**, you will get extra " "options." msgstr "" +"Если вы нажмете на ** СНП и ВНК для настройки между компаниями **, вы " +"получите дополнительные возможности." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:51 msgid "" "When you are done, click on **Apply**, then you can repeat the same steps " "for the other companies." msgstr "" +"Когда вы закончите, нажмите кнопку ** Применить **, после чего вы можете " +"повторить те же шаги для других компаний." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:55 msgid "" "In order to be able to manage the inter-company rules, be sure that your " "user has the rights to manage the companies." msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 -msgid "Trouble-Shooting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 -msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:6 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the accounting application, you can " -"still control the vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " -"Bills`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 -msgid "Incoming Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Even if you don't have the rights to the inventory application, you can " -"still control the incoming products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Incoming " -"Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:28 -msgid "Procurements exceptions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:30 -msgid "Here, you need the **Inventory Manager** access rights." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Go to the **Inventory** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Procurement" -" Exceptions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:37 -msgid "" -"To understand why the procurement is not running, open the exception and " -"check the message in the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Usually, the problem is located on the procurement rules. Either there are " -"no stock rules, or there are no vendor associated to a product." -msgstr "" +"Чтобы иметь возможность управлять правилами между компаниями, убедитесь, что" +" ваш пользователь имеет право управлять компаниями." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c095763f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -0,0 +1,466 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../quality.rst:5 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Качество" + +#: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 +msgid "Alert" +msgstr "Предупреждение" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " +"consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 +msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you work with simple manufacturing orders, the *Quality Alerts* will be " +"launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " +"for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " +"will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " +"during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " +"document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 +msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " +"alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " +"checks took place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " +"When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " +"appeared during the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 +msgid "Use the Quality Alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " +"Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " +"highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " +"problem with the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " +"button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" +" *Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "Проверки" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " +"processes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 +msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" +" routings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 +msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 +msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "Process the Quality Check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " +"manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " +"*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " +"the quality checks menu, under quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " +"checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " +"type of quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " +"manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " +"generate the necessary work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " +"example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " +"Top component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" +" the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " +"that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " +"displayed and will require the check value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " +"transfer and access it by clicking on the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " +"(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " +"highlighting the corresponding button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" +" the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control.rst:3 +msgid "Control" +msgstr "Контроль" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 +msgid "Quality Control Points" +msgstr "Контрольные точки качества" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Текст" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "сделать изображение" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 +msgid "" +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 +msgid "Register Consumed Materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 +msgid "Register By-Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 +msgid "" +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 +msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 +msgid "" +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index d0bc23907..1b67c5704 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -1,16 +1,23 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sergo S, 2020 +# Denis Baranov <baranov@itlibertas.com>, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Denis Baranov <baranov@itlibertas.com>, 2017\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Vitalius Sharkhun <al070572sva@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -43,15 +50,11 @@ msgstr "" " или информации в системе." #: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For Example: 1. A long term client who needs to view online quotations. 2." -" Accounting consultant who needs to keep track of the company's financials." +msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." msgstr "" -"Например: 1. Клиент, которому необходимо просмотреть on-line коммерческое " -"предложение. 2. Бухгалтер, которому необходимо отслеживать финансовую " -"информацию компании." +"Например, постоянный клиент, которому необходимо посмотреть онлайн цены" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 msgid "" "A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " "any document in the system." @@ -59,15 +62,15 @@ msgstr "" "Портальный пользователь имеет доступ только на чтение. Он или она не может " "редактировать любой документ в системе." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" msgstr "Как предоставить доступ к порталу клиентам?" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 msgid "From Contacts Module" msgstr "Из модуля Контакты" -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 msgid "" "From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " "created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " @@ -77,19 +80,19 @@ msgstr "" " системе, то нажмите на кнопку Создать. Введите информацию о контакте и " "нажмите \"Сохранить\"." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 msgid "" "Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " "interface and from the drop down." msgstr "Выберите контакт, нажмите меню **Действие** в центре интерфейса." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." msgstr "" "И из выпадающего списка выберите **Доступ к порталу**. Появится всплывающее " "окно." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:43 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 msgid "" "Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " "content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " @@ -99,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr "" "сопровождающее письмо, которое будет включено в письмо новому пользователю. " "По окончанию нажмите **Применить**." -#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:49 +#: ../../sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 msgid "" "An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." @@ -107,67 +110,763 @@ msgstr "" "Письмо будет отправлено на указанную электронную почту с инструкцией по " "доступу к порталу новому пользователю." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector: supported features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:9 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:15 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:16 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:22 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees report, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " +"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany <https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace to the Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil or Amazon Netherlands, are " +"not included by default in the Amazon Connector list of possible " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:127 +msgid "" +"These marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo - there is no " +"guarantee that adding a new marketplace as described here will work, nor can" +" this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Amazon marketplaces are only supported in the European and North American " +"region; though Amazon includes Brazil with the North American region and " +"India in the European region, so your mileage may vary; check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_" +" to know to which region your marketplace belongs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it. The" +" **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should contain the " +"*Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarkteplaceId* values from the " +"Amazon Documentation respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). You can then edit " +"the Amazon Account to add the new marketplace in the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces - if the new marketplace is not available in the list, it means" +" it is either incompatible with the account's region or simply that it is " +"not supported by the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" <setup>` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/update.html>`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup <setup>` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "коннектор eBay" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как внести продукт в список?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Составление списка без вариаций" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы указать товар, нужно проверить поле ** использования eBay **" +" на форме товара. Вкладка eBay будет доступна." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "" +"Когда обозначено поле ** Использовать остатки товаров на складе **, " +"количество, установленная в eBay, будет ** Прогноз Количества ** Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " "Description**." msgstr "" +"** Шаблон Описания ** позволяет использовать шаблоны для ваших записей. " +"Шаблон по умолчанию использует только поле ** описания eBay ** в товаре. Вы " +"можете использовать HTML в ** шаблоне описания ** и в ** описании eBay **." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "" +"Чтобы использовать фотографии в вашем списке, нужно добавить их как ** " +"Прикрепление ** в шаблон товара." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список с вариациями" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" " the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" +"Когда проверяется ** использования eBay ** в товаре с вариантами и с ** " +"фиксированной цене ** как ** тип списка **, форма eBay незначительна. В " +"массиве вариантов вы можете выбрать, какой вариант будет указан в eBay, а " +"также установить цену и количество для каждого варианта." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Список с элементами спецификации" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить спецификацию к элементу, необходимо создать атрибут товара с " +"одним значением на вкладке ** Варианты ** формы товара." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "идентификаторы товара" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -178,954 +877,811 @@ msgid "" "If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " "listing." msgstr "" +"Идентификаторы товаров, такие как EAN, UPC, Brand или MPN, необходимые для " +"большинства категорий eBay. Модуль управляет идентификаторами EAN и UPC с " +"помощью поля ** штрих-кода ** варианта товара. Если поле ** Штрих-код ** " +"пустое или значение недействительно, значение EAN и UPC будет установлено " +"как "Не применяется", как это рекомендовано eBay. Значение Brand и" +" MPN работают как спецификация элементов, и они должны быть определены на " +"вкладке ** Варианты ** в форме товара. Если значение этих значений не " +"установлены, "Не применяется" будет использовано для списка eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить eBay в Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте токены eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " "logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать свои токены, необходимо создать учетную запись разработчика на" +" `портале разработчика <https://go.developer.ebay.com/> `_. После входа в " +"систему вы можете создать ** Тестовый режим ** и ** Рабочий режим ** нажав " +"соответствующие кнопки." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " "form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" +"После создания режимов вы можете получить Токен пользователя. Для этого " +"нажмите на ссылку ** Получить токен пользователя ** в нижней части страницы." +" Перейдите по форме, войдите в свой аккаунт eBay, и вы получите ключи и " +"токен, необходимые для настройки модуля в Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установка токенов в Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы настроить интеграцию eBay, перейдите к :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " "Key**. Apply the changes." msgstr "" +"Сначала определитесь, хотите ли вы использовать товар или сайты eBay. Затем " +"заполните поля ** Ключ разработчика **, ** Токен **, ** Ключ приложения ** и" +" ** Ключ сертификата **. Примените изменения." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "" +"После перезагрузки страницы нужно синхронизировать информацию с eBay. " +"Нажмите на ** Синхронизировать страны и валюты **, тогда вы можете заполнить" +" все остальные поля." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" +"Когда все поля заполнены, вы можете синхронизировать категории и политики, " +"нажав соответствующие кнопки." + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Метод выставления счета" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services.rst:3 -msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Request a down payment" +msgstr "Запрос на предоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice milestones of a project?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are different kind of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to invoice milestones of a " -"project." +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 +msgid "First time you request a down payment" +msgstr "Первый раз вы спрашиваете предоплату" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large scale projects, with " -"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" -" build up to the completion of the contract. For example, a marketing agency" -" hired for a new product launch could break down a project into the " -"following milestones, each of them considered as one service with a fixed " -"price on the sale order :" +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:19 -msgid "Milestone 1 : Marketing strategy audit - 5 000 euros" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Обычный счёт" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:21 -msgid "Milestone 2 : Brand Identity - 10 000 euros" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Авансовый платеж (в процентах)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:23 -msgid "Milestone 3 : Campaign launch & PR - 8 500 euros" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Авансовый платеж (фиксированная сумма)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In this case, an invoice will be sent to the customer each time a milestone " -"will be successfully reached. That invoicing method is comfortable both for " -"the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow throughout the " -"project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the project's progress " -"and pay in several times." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"You can also use milestones to invoice percentages of the entire project. " -"For example, for a million euros project, your company might require a 15% " -"upfront payment, 30% at the midpoint and the balance at the contract " -"conclusion. In that case, each payment will be considered as one milestone." +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:26 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:95 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:14 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:21 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:16 -msgid "Configuration" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:42 -msgid "Install the Sales application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:44 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 msgid "" -"In order to sell services and to send invoices, you need to install the " -"**Sales** application, from the **Apps** icon." +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:51 -msgid "Create products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:53 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 msgid "" -"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. From the" -" **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, " -"create a new product with the following setup:" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:57 -msgid "**Name**: Strategy audit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:59 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:50 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:61 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Delivered Quantities, since you will invoice your " -"milestone after it has been delivered" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:64 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Manually set quantities on order, as you complete each " -"milestone, you will manually update their quantity from the **Delivered** " -"tab on your sale order" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:72 -msgid "Apply the same configuration for the others milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:75 -msgid "Managing your project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:78 -msgid "Quotations and sale orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:80 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 msgid "" -"Now that your milestones (or products) are created, you can create a " -"quotation or a sale order with each line corresponding to one milestone. For" -" each line, set the **Ordered Quantity** to ``1`` as each milestone is " -"completed once. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a sale " -"order, you will be able to change the delivered quantities when the " -"corresponding milestone has been achieved." +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:91 -msgid "Invoice milestones" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 +msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" +msgstr "Измените счет дохода и налоги клиента" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" -"Let's assume that your first milestone (the strategy audit) has been " -"successfully delivered and you want to invoice it to your customer. On the " -"sale order, click on **Edit** and set the **Delivered Quantity** of the " -"related product to ``1``." +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As soon as the above modification has been saved, you will notice that the " -"color of the line has changed to blue, meaning that the service can now be " -"invoiced. In the same time, the invoice status of the SO has changed from " -"**Nothing To Invoice** to **To Invoice**" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create invoice** and, in the new window that pops up, select " -"**Invoiceable lines** and validate. It will create a new invoice (in draft " -"status) with only the **strategy audit** product as invoiceable." -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "Включение расходов на счета клиентов" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to invoice a product, you need to set up the " -"**Accounting** application and to configure an accounting journal and a " -"chart of account. Click on the following link to learn more: " -":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Back on your sale order, you will notice that the **Invoiced** column of " -"your order line has been updated accordingly and that the **Invoice Status**" -" is back to **Nothing to Invoice**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:121 -msgid "Follow the same workflow to invoice your remaining milestones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:125 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:185 -msgid ":doc:`support`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:3 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " "while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"employee paying a parking spot for a meeting with your client. As a company," +"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," " you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" +"Часто бывает, что ваши сотрудники должны тратить личные деньги во время " +"работы над проектом для вашего клиента. Давайте приведем пример " +"консультанта, который оплачивает отель для работы с вашим клиентом. Будучи " +"компанией, вы хотели бы иметь такую сумму в счете для своего клиента." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "Настройка расходов" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 msgid "" -"In this documentation we will see two use cases. The first, very basic, " -"consists of invoicing a simple expense to your client like you would do for " -"a product. The second, more advanced, will consist of invoicing expenses " -"entered in your expense system by your employees directly to your customer." +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" +"Для отслеживания затрат и выставления по ним счетов-фактур вам понадобится " +"модуль расходов. Перейдите к :menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses`, чтобы " +"установить его." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:18 -msgid "Use case 1: Simple expense invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example. You are working on a promotion campaign " -"for one of your customers (``Agrolait``) and you have to print a lot of " -"copies. Those copies are an expense for your company and you would like to " -"invoice them." +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" +"Вы также должны активизировать функцию аналитических счетов, чтобы связать " +"расходы по заказу на продажу. Чтобы это сделать, перейдите к разделу " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте * " +"Аналитический бухучет *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:35 -msgid "Create product to be expensed" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "Добавьте расходы к заказу на продажу" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:37 -msgid "You will need now to create a product called ``Copies``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:39 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:112 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 msgid "" -"From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " -"create a product as follows:" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." msgstr "" +"Из приложения расходов вы или ваш консультант можете создать новые расходы, " +"например, гостиница на первую неделю работы с вашим клиентом." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 -msgid "**Product type**: consumable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: on delivered quantities (you will manually set the " -"quantities to invoice on the sale order)" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." msgstr "" +"Затем вы можете ввести соответствующее описание и выбрать существующий товар" +" или создать новый прямо там." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:51 -msgid "Create a sale order" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "Здесь мы создаем товар * Отель *:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:53 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 msgid "" -"Now that your product is correctly set up, you can create a sale order for " -"that product (from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders`) with " -"the ordered quantities set to 0. Click on **Confirm the Sale** to create the" -" sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " -"quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" +"На вкладке выставления счетов выберите * Доставленные количества * или * По " +"стоимости * или * Цена продажи *, если вы хотите начислить стоимость своих " +"расходов или ранее согласованную цену продажи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:177 -msgid "Invoice expense to your client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:66 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 msgid "" -"At the end of the month, you have printed ``1000`` copies on behalf of your " -"client and you want to re-invoice them. From the related sale order, click " -"on **Delivered Quantities**, manually enter the correct amount of copies and" -" click on **Save**. Your order line will turn blue, meaning that it is ready" -" to be invoiced. Click on **Create invoice**." +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить или создать больше товаров, перейдите на страницу " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Expense products`." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:73 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 msgid "" -"The total amount on your sale order will be of 0 as it is computed on the " -"ordered quantities. It is your invoice which will compute the correct amount" -" due by your customer." +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." msgstr "" +"Вернитесь на расходы, добавьте оригинальное заказ на продажу в расходах для " +"отправки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" +"Затем он может быть передан менеджеру, его можно утвердить и окончательно " +"разместить." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "Он будет в заказе на продажу и готов к выставления счета." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "Выставления счета на основе заказанной или доставленной количества" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"The invoice generated is in draft, so you can always control the quantities " -"and change the amount if needed. You will notice that the amount to be " -"invoiced is based here on the delivered quantities." +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:84 -msgid "Click on validate to issue the payment to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:87 -msgid "Use case 2: Invoice expenses via the expense module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:89 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"To illustrate this case, let's imagine that your company sells some " -"consultancy service to your customer ``Agrolait`` and both parties agreed " -"that the distance covered by your consultant will be re-invoiced at cost." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:97 -msgid "Here, you will need to install two more modules:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:99 -msgid "Expense Tracker" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:101 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Accounting, where you will need to activate the analytic accounting from the" -" settings" +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:108 -msgid "Create a product to be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:110 -msgid "You will now need to create a product called ``Kilometers``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:115 -msgid "Product can be expensed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:117 -msgid "Product type: Service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:119 -msgid "Invoicing policy: invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:121 -msgid "Expense invoicing policy: At cost" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:123 -msgid "Track service: manually set quantities on order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:129 -msgid "Create a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:131 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " -"and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"If your product doesn't exist yet, you can configure it on the fly from the " -"SO. Just type the name on the **product** field and click on **Create and " -"edit** to configure it." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:139 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"Depending on your product configuration, an **Analytic Account** may have " -"been generated automatically. If not, you can easily create one in order to " -"link your expenses to the sale order. Do not forget to confirm the sale " -"order." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:148 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Refer to the documentation :doc:`../../../accounting/others/analytic/usage` " -"to learn more about that concept." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:152 -msgid "Create expense and link it to SO" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:154 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Let's assume that your consultant covered ``1.000km`` in October as part of " -"his consultancy project. We will create a expense for it and link it to the " -"related sales order thanks to the analytic account." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:158 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" -"Go to the **Expenses** module and click on **Create**. Record your expense " -"as follows:" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:161 -msgid "**Expense description**: Kilometers October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:163 -msgid "**Product**: Kilometers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:165 -msgid "**Quantity**: 1.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:167 -msgid "**Analytic account**: SO0019 - Agrolait" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:172 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 msgid "" -"Click on **Submit to manager**. As soon as the expense has been validated " -"and posted to the journal entries, a new line corresponding to the expense " -"will automatically be generated on the sale order." +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:179 -msgid "You can now invoice the invoiceable lines to your customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:186 -msgid ":doc:`milestones`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:3 -msgid "How to invoice a support contract (prepaid hours)?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 msgid "" -"There are different kinds of service sales: prepaid volume of hours/days " -"(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " -"consulting hours) and a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 msgid "" -"In this section, we will have a look at how to sell and keep track of a pre-" -"paid support contract." +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer." +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:20 -msgid "Install the Sales and Timesheet applications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" -"In order to sell services, you need to install the **Sales** application, " -"from the **Apps** icon. Install also the **Timesheets** application if you " -"want to track support services you worked on every contract." +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:33 -msgid "Create Products" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "Выставление счетов по этапам проекта" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 msgid "" -"By default, products are sold by number of units. In order to sell services " -"``per hour``, you must allow using multiple unit of measures. From the " -"**Sales** application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. From this screen, activate the multiple **Unit of Measures** " -"option." +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." msgstr "" +"Выставление счетов по этапам может использоваться для дорогих или масштабных" +" проектов, при этом каждый этап представляет собой четкую последовательность" +" работ, которая постепенно будет расти до завершения контракта. Этот метод " +"выставления счетов является удобным как для компании, которая обеспечивает " +"постоянный денежный поток в течение всего срока действия проекта, так и для " +"клиента, который может контролировать достижение проекта и платить его в " +"несколько раз." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "Создайте поэтапные товары" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 msgid "" -"In order to sell a support contract, you must create a product for every " -"support contract you sell. From the **Sales** application, use the menu " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Products`, create a new product with the following" -" setup:" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." msgstr "" +"В Odoo каждый этап вашего проекта рассматривается как товар. Чтобы настроить" +" товары таким образом, перейдите к любой формы товара." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:52 -msgid "**Unit of Measure**: Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Invoicing Policy**: Ordered Quantities, since the service is prepaid, we " -"will invoice the service based on what has been ordered, not based on " -"delivered quantities." +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" +"Вы должны установить тип товара как * Услуга * по общей информацией и " +"выбрать * Основные этапы * на вкладке продажи." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:58 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "Выставления счета-фактуры по этапам" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Timesheet on contracts. An analytic account will " -"automatically be created for every order containing this service so that you" -" can track hours in the related account." +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." msgstr "" +"По заказу на продажу можно вручную изменить поставленную количество после " +"завершения этапа." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:66 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "Вы можете затем выставить счет за первый этап." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Отправка проформы счета" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are different ways to track the service related to a sales order or " -"product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " -"contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " -"timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." +"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " +"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" +" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" +"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " +"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" +" not being a demand or request for payment." msgstr "" +"Проформа счета - сокращенный или ориентировочный счет-фактура перед " +"выставлением счета на доставленный товар. Он отмечает вид и количество " +"товаров, их стоимость и другую важную информацию, такую как вес и " +"транспортные расходы. Файлы проформы обычно используются как предварительные" +" счета-фактуры с коммерческим предложением, или для таможенных целей при " +"импорте. Они отличаются от обычного счета-фактуры, поскольку не является " +"требованием или запросом на оплату." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "Включите эту функцию" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 msgid "" -"Note that you can sell in different unit of measure than hours, example: " -"days, pack of 40h, etc. To do that, just create a new unit of measure in the" -" **Unit of Measure** category and set a conversion ratio compared to " -"**Hours** (example: ``1 day = 8 hours``)." +"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." msgstr "" +"Перейдите к :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` и " +"активируйте функцию * Проформа счета-фактуры *." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:78 -msgid "Managing support contract" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:81 -msgid "Quotations and Sales Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:83 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" -"Once the product is created, you can create a quotation or a sales order " -"with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed " -"into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to " -"this support contract using the timesheet application." +"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" +"forma invoice." msgstr "" +"С любой коммерческой предложения или заказ на продажу вы можете прислать " +"проформу счета-фактуры." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 -msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 msgid "" -"To track the service you do on a specific contract, you should use the " -"timesheet application. An analytic account related to the sale order has " -"been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " -"above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." +"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " +"in attachment." msgstr "" +"Когда вы нажмете на Отправить, Odoo пришлет электронное письмо с проформой " +"счета-фактуры во вложении." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 -msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Sell subscriptions" +msgstr "продажа подписок" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "" -"From the **Sales** application, use the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales" -" Orders` to control the progress of every order. On the sales order line " -"related to the support contract, you should see the **Delivered Quantities**" -" that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " -"timesheet." +"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " +"planning ahead much easier." msgstr "" +"Продажа товаров подписки даст вам прогнозируемый доход, значительно облегчит" +" планирование." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 -msgid "Upselling and renewal" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 +msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" +msgstr "Сделайте подписку по заказу на продажу" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:118 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" -"If the number of hours you performed on the support contract is bigger or " -"equal to the number of hours the customer purchased, you are suggested to " -"sell an extra contract to the customer since they used all their quota of " -"service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the " -"sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`." +"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you use Odoo CRM, a good practice is to create an opportunity for every " -"sale order in upselling invoice status so that you easily track your " -"upselling effort." +"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " +"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " +"upper right corner." msgstr "" +"Подтверждая продажа, подписка будет создан автоматически. В верхнем правом " +"углу вы увидите прямую ссылку с заказа на продажу на подписку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:131 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "Выставления счета на основе сроков и материалов" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you sell an extra support contract, you can either add a new line on the " -"existing sales order (thus, you continue to timesheet on the same order) or " -"create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " -"contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales" -" order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" +"Время и материалы, как правило, используются в проектах, в которых " +"невозможно точно оценить размер проекта или когда ожидается, что требования " +"проекта, скорее всего, изменятся." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138 -msgid "Special Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:140 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" -"When creating the product form, you may set a different approach to track " -"the service:" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." msgstr "" +"Это противостоит контракта с фиксированной ценой, по которым владелец " +"соглашается выплатить подрядчику единовременную сумму за выполнение " +"контракта независимо от того, что подрядчики платят своим работникам, " +"субподрядчикам и поставщикам." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:143 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 msgid "" -"**Create task and track hours**: in this mode, a task is created for every " -"sales order line. Then when you do the timesheet, you don't record hours on " -"a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " -"contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " -"service contracts within the same sales order." +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." msgstr "" +"Для этой документации я буду использовать пример консультанта, вам нужно " +"будет учесть свое время, различные расходы (транспорт, проживание, ...) и " +"покупки." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "Настройка выставления счета-фактуры по времени" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " -"The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " -"manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" +"Чтобы отслеживать прогресс в проекте, вам понадобится модуль * Проект *. " +"Откройте :menuselection:`Apps --> Project`, чтобы установить его." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156 -msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:6 -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" -"As a sales manager, closing opportunities with Odoo Sales is really simple." +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" +"В * Проекте * вы будете использовать табели, чтобы сделать это, перейдите к " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` и активируйте " +"функцию * Табели *." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "Выставления счета за потраченное время" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 msgid "" -"I selected a predefined quotation for a new product line offer. The " -"products, the service details are already in the quotation. Of course, I can" -" adapt the offer to fit my clients needs." +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." msgstr "" +"Со страницы товара, где установлена услуга, вы найдете две функции на " +"вкладке выставления счетов, оба * Табели на задачах * и * Создание задачи в " +"новом проекте *." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "Вы также можете добавить задачу в существующий проект." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 msgid "" -"The interface is really smooth. I can add references, some catchy phrases " -"such as closing triggers (*here, you save $500 if you sign the quote within " -"15 days*). I have a beautiful and modern design. This will help me close my " -"opportunities more easily." +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." msgstr "" +"После подтверждения заказа на продажу вы увидите две новые кнопки, один для " +"осмотра проекта и один для текущей задачи." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 msgid "" -"Plus, reviewing the offer from a mobile phone is easy. Really easy. The " -"customer got a clear quotation with a table of content. We can communicate " -"easily. I identified an upselling opportunity. So, I adapt the offer by " -"adding more products. When the offer is ready, the customer just need to " -"sign it online in just a few clicks. Odoo Sales is integrated with major " -"shipping services: UPS, Fedex, USPS and more. The signed offer creates a " -"delivery order automatically." +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." msgstr "" +"Если вы нажмете на него, вы будете непосредственно находиться в работе, вы " +"также можете получить доступ к нему из модуля * Проект *." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "That's it, I sucesfully sold my products in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" -"Oh, I also have the transaction and communication history at my fingertips. " -"It's easy for every stakeholder to know clearly the past interaction. And " -"any information related to the transaction." +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." msgstr "" +"Во табелям вы можете назначить того, кто работает на проекте. Вы можете либо" +" они могут добавить, сколько часов они отработали над проектом." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:42 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "По заказу на продажу можно отнести эти часы." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" -"If you want to show information, I would do it from a customer form, " -"something like:" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:45 -msgid "Kanban of customers, click on one customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:47 -msgid "Click on opportunities, click on quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "Come back to customers (breadcrum)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:51 -msgid "Click on customer statement letter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:53 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" -"Anytime, I can get an in-depth report of my sales activity. Revenue by " -"salespeople or department. Revenue by category of product, drill-down to " -"specific products, by quarter or month,... I like this report: I can add it " -"to my dashboard in just a click." +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" +"На вкладке выставления счетов выберите * Доставленные количества * или * По " +"стоимости * или * Цена продажи *, если вы хотите начислить стоимость своих " +"расходов или ранее согласованную цену продажи." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:58 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "Выставления счетов-фактур на покупку" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 msgid "" -"Odoo Sales is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the sales " -"planner. Thanks to it, I got tips and tricks to boost my sales performance." +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." msgstr "" +"Последнее, что нужно добавить к заказу на продажу - это покупки, сделанные " +"для заказа." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:62 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 msgid "" -"Try Odoo Sales now and get beautiful quotations, amazing dashboards and " -"increase your success rate." +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" +"Вам понадобится функция * Аналитики покупок *. Чтобы активизировать ее, " +"перейдите к разделу :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` и выберите * Аналитика покупок *." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " -"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " -"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " -"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " -"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " -"email)." +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." msgstr "" +"При оформлении заказа на покупку не забудьте добавить правильный " +"аналитический счет." -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 msgid "" -"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " -"create draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " -"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" -" order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order before triggering the " -"delivery order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:25 -msgid "Invoice based on delivered quantity: see next section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " -"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " -"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice ready" -" to invoice line, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:36 -msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 -msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivered quantity , " -"instead of sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the " -"quantities you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods " -"(invoice based on actual Kg)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " -"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " -"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 -msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " -"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" -" the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 -msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 -msgid "" -"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the invoice when it is " -"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " -"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " -"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " -"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " -"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:85 -msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:87 -msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:89 -msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:91 -msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:94 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:96 -msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:98 -msgid "membership: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:100 -msgid "repairs: invoice your after-sale services" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." msgstr "" +"После того, как СНП будет подтверждено и получено, вы можете создать счет " +"поставщика, автоматически добавит его в СНП, где вы можете выставить счет." #: ../../sales/products_prices.rst:3 msgid "Products & Prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Товары и цены" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими ценами" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как продавать в иностранной валюте" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." msgstr "" +"Прайс-лист может также использоваться для управления ценами в иностранной " +"валюте." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -1133,12 +1689,18 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." msgstr "" +"Проверьте * Разрешить использование нескольких валют * в разделе " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Settings`. Как администратору вам " +"нужны права доступа * Консультантов * для приложений Выставление счетов-" +"фактур / Бухучета." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." msgstr "" +"Создайте один прайс-лист на одну валюту. Новое поле * Валюты * отображается " +"в форме установления прайс-листа." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1146,20 +1708,26 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." msgstr "" +"Чтобы активировать новую валюту, перейдите к :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, выберите в списке и нажмите * Активировать * " +"в верхнем правом углу. Теперь он появится в выпадающих списках валют." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цены в иностранной валюте можно определить двумя способами." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Автоматическая конвертация по открытой цене" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." msgstr "" +"Публичная цена в основной валюте вашей компании (см.: Menuselection: " +"`Бухучет -> Налаштування`) и установлен в форме детальной информации о " +"товаре." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1168,24 +1736,30 @@ msgid "" "European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"Коэффициенты переходов можно найти в :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. Они могут быть обновлены из Нацбанка Украины:" +" вручную, ежедневно, еженедельно и тому подобное. См. : Menuselection: " +"`Бухучет -> Налаштування`." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Установите свои собственные цены" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." msgstr "" +"Установление собственных цен рекомендуется, если вы не хотите, чтобы ваши " +"цены менялись вместе с курсом валют." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как адаптировать цены до ваших клиентов и применять скидки" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1193,179 +1767,244 @@ msgid "" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " "searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " "use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " -"quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " -"they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" -" strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +"quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 -msgid "Several prices per product" +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "Несколько цен на товар" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" +"Чтобы применить несколько цен на товар, выберите * Различные цены на " +"сегменте клиентов * в разделе :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Затем " +"откройте вкладку * Продажи * в форме деталей товара. Вы можете решить " +"следующие стратегии." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цены на сегмент клиента" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" +"Создайте стоимость для ваших сегментов клиентов: например, зарегистрирован, " +"премиум и др." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" +"Прайс-лист по умолчанию, который применяется к любому нового клиента, - это " +"* публичный прайс-лист *. Чтобы сегментировать своих клиентов, откройте " +"подробную форму заказчика и измените * Продажную стоимость * на вкладке * " +"Продажи и покупки *." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "временные цены" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" +"Примените соглашения для праздничных дней и др. Введите даты начала и " +"завершения." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что цены по умолчанию установлены в прайс-листе за пределами " +"периода сделок. Иначе вы можете иметь проблемы после окончания периода." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цены за минимальное количество" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." msgstr "" +"Ценовой заказ не имеет значения. Система умный и применяет первые цены, " +"которые соответствуют дате заказа и / или минимальным количествам." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"The third option allows to set price change rules. Changes can be relative " -"to the product list/catalog price, the product cost price, or to another " -"pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or surcharges and can be " -"forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " -"Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " -"(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скидки, маржа, округление" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" +"После установки перейдите к :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Pricelists` (или :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists` " +"если вы используете электронную коммерцию)." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." msgstr "" +"Каждый элемент прайс-листа может быть связан со всеми товарами, с внутренней" +" категорией товара (набором товаров) или с определенным товаром. Как и во " +"втором варианте, вы можете установить даты и минимальные количества." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 -msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 -msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" +"Еще раз - система является разумной. Если для элемента установлено правило, " +"а другой - для его категории, Odoo принимает правило элемента." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что по крайней мере один элемент прайс-листа охватывает все ваши " +"товара." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "Существует 3 режима вычисления: фиксированная цена, скидка и формула." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "" +"Вот различные настройки цен, которые стали возможными благодаря формулам." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скидки с округлениями" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" +msgstr "напр. 20% скидки с ценами, скругленными к 9.99." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 -msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 -msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Расходы по наценками (розница)" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" +"например, цена продажи = 2 * стоимость (100% расценка) с 5 гривен " +"минимальной маржи." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "Цены на страну" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " "country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " "pricelist without any country group." msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 -msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 -msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 -msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" +"Цены могут устанавливаться по группам стран. Любой новый клиент, " +"зарегистрированный в Odoo, получает прайс-лист по умолчанию, то есть первый " +"в списке соответствует стране. Если ни одна страна не установлена для " +"клиента, Odoo берет первый прайс-лист без какой-либо группы-стран." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию прайс-лист можно заменить при создании заказа на продажу." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете изменять последовательность прайс-листов с помощью перетаскивания " +"в виде списка." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "Вычислите и покажите процент скидки покупателям" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" msgstr "" +"В случае скидки вы можете показать общую цену и исчисленный процент скидки " +"на печатные заказы на продажу и в каталоге электронной коммерции. Делайте " +"так:" -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 -msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" +"Проверьте * Разрешить скидки в строке заказа на продажу * в " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales " +"--> Discounts`." #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 -msgid ":doc:`currencies`" -msgstr "" +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "Используйте эту опцию в форме установления прайс-листа." -#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:134 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать товары с категориями и вариантами в Odoo" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1374,21 +2013,30 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Шаблоны импорта, содержащие наиболее распространенные данные для импорта " +"(контакты, продукты, банковские выписки и т.д.) предоставляются в " +"инструменте импорта. Вы можете открыть их с помощью любого программного " +"обеспечения для электронных таблиц (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google " +"Drive и т.д.)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как настроить файл" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." msgstr "" +"Удалите ненужные столбцы. Мы не рекомендуем удалять столбец *ID* (почему, " +"см. ниже)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" +"Установите уникальный ID для каждой отдельной записи, перетаскивая их вниз " +"последовательно." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1396,6 +2044,9 @@ msgid "" "recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." msgstr "" +"Не изменяйте метки столбцов, которые нужно импортировать. В противном случае" +" Odoo больше не будет их распознавать, и вам придется сопоставлять их на " +"экране импорта." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1403,35 +2054,45 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " "make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить новые столбцы, не стесняйтесь их добавлять, но не забывайте, " +"что в Odoo должны быть поля. Если Odoo не в состоянии сопоставить название " +"столбца с полем, его можно вручную импортировать, просмотрев список " +"доступных полей." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Почему столбец “ID”?" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" "The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " "of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." msgstr "" +"ИD - это уникальный идентификатор позиции. Не стесняйтесь использовать один " +"из предыдущих программных обеспечений, чтобы облегчить переход к Odoo." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" +"Установка ID не является обязательной при импорте, но это помогает во многих" +" случаях:" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" msgstr "" +"Обновление импорта: вы можете импортировать один и тот же файл несколько раз" +" без создания дубликатов;" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Импортируйте поля отношений (см. ниже)." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как импортировать поля отношений" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1440,6 +2101,10 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" +"Объекты в Odoo всегда связаны со многими другими объектами (например, товар " +"связан с категориями товаров, атрибутами, поставщиками и т.д.). Чтобы " +"импортировать эти отношения, вам нужно сначала импортировать записи " +"связанного объекта из их собственного меню." #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1448,433 +2113,1001 @@ msgid "" "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Вы можете сделать это, используя имя соответствующей записи или его ID. ID " +"ожидается тогда, когда две записи имеют одинаковое имя. В таком случае " +"добавьте "/ ID" в конце заголовка колонки (например, для атрибутов" +" товара: атрибуты товара / атрибут / ID товара)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "Использование вариантов товара" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" +"Варианты товара используются для управления товарами, имеющими разные " +"варианты, например размер, цвет и т. Это позволяет управлять товаром на " +"уровне шаблона (для всех вариантов) и на уровне вариантов (специфические " +"атрибуты)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "Например, компания, продающая футболки, может иметь такой товар:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "Футболка B & C" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Размеры: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "Цвета: синий, красный, белый, черный" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" +"В этом примере ** Топ B & C ** называется шаблоном товара, а ** Топ B " +"& C, S **, синий - это вариант. Размеры и цвет является ** атрибутами " +"**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" +"В приведенном выше примере в общей сложности 20 различных товаров (5 " +"размеров на 4 цвета). Каждый из этих товаров имеет собственную " +"инвентаризацию, продажа и др." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "влияние вариантов" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" +"** Штрих-код ** код и штрих-код ассоциируются с вариантом, а не с шаблоном. " +"Каждый вариант может иметь свой штрих-код / ​​SKU." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" +"** Цена **: каждый вариант товара имеет свою публичную цену, которая " +"исчисляется на основе цены шаблона ($ 20) за дополнительным аксессуаром для " +"каждого варианта (+ 3 долл. США за красный цвет). Тем не менее, вы можете " +"определить ценовые правила, применяемые к шаблону или варианта." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" +"** фото **: запас руководствуется вариантом товара. Вы не владеете " +"футболками, у вас есть только "Футболки, S, красный" или " +""Футболки, M, синий". Для информационного назначения, в форме " +"шаблона товара вы получаете запас, который является суммой каждого варианта " +"(но фактический запас исчисляется по варианту)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" +"** Изображения **: картинка связана с вариантом, каждая вариация товара " +"может иметь свою основную картину." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" +"** Другие поля **: большинство других полей принадлежит к шаблону товара. " +"Если вы их обновляете, он автоматически обновляет все варианты (пример: Счет" +" дохода, Налоги)." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "Стоит ли использовать варианты?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "Когда следует использовать варианты?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "Использование вариантов имеет следующие последствия:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" +"** Электронная коммерция **: в вашем интернет-магазине клиент увидит только " +"шаблоны товаров на странице каталога. Когда посетитель нажимает на такой " +"товар, он будет иметь варианты выбора среди вариантов (цвета, размеры, ...)" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" +"** Производство ** Использование вариантов позволяет определить лишь одну " +"спецификацию для шаблона товара и небольшие вариации для некоторых " +"вариантов. Пример: вместо создания спецификации для "Футболки, красный," +" S" вы создаете спецификацию для "футболки" и добавляете " +"строки, соответствующие конкретному размера S, а также другие строки, " +"специфичные для красного цвета." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" +"** Ценообразование **: цена товара по умолчанию вычисляется по цене шаблона " +"товара и добавляет необязательную дополнительную цену за каждым размером " +"варианта. Таким образом, варианты цены проще поддерживать, поскольку вам не " +"нужно устанавливать цены по каждому варианту. Однако можно создать ценовые " +"правила, чтобы установить цену за вариантом." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "Когда следует избегать использования вариантов?" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" +"Использование вариантов может добавить уровень сложности в том, как вы " +"используете Odoo. Вы должны рассмотреть возможность использования вариантов " +"только в том случае, когда вам это нужно, чтобы уменьшить сложность " +"управления многими товарами, которые являются аналогами." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" +"Например, импорт начального каталога товаров является более сложным, если вы" +" используете варианты. Вы не можете просто импортировать список товаров, вы " +"должны импортировать шаблоны товаров и все связанные с ними варианты." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, вы также должны тщательно выбрать параметры, которыми вы " +"управляете как отдельными шаблонами товаров, и те, что являются вариантами. " +"Например, компания, которая имеет эти товары:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "Качество: футболки, поло" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "Цвет: красный, синий" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "Размер: S, M, L, XL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" +"В таком случае вы можете создать 1 шаблон с тремя параметрами вариантов " +"(Компоновка, футболки, поло). Но рекомендуется создать два разных шаблоны " +"товаров, поскольку футболки могут сильно отличаться от поло или рубашек, и " +"потребитель надеется увидеть их как два разных товара в электронной " +"коммерции:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "Шаблон товара: футболка" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "Шаблон товара: поло" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "Активизируйте функцию варианта" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" +"Прежде чем использовать варианты товара, сначала нужно активировать варианты" +" товара в настройках. Для этого нужно перейти к приложению Продажи. В меню " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` найдите строку ** Варианты " +"товара ** и поставьте флажок ** Товары могут иметь несколько атрибутов **, " +"затем нажмите ** Применить **." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "Создание продуктов с различными вариантами" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" +"После активации вариантов, вы можете добавить варианты в ваших товаров. Для " +"этого перейдите к модулю :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Он также " +"доступен в модуле Покупки и Состав." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "Теперь нажмите на товар, к которому нужно добавить варианты." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" +"На странице товара появилась новая вкладка Варианты. Фиолетовый номер, " +"написанный сверху, - это количество вариантов этого товара в настоящее " +"время. Чтобы добавить новые варианты, нажмите на плитку. В новом окне " +"нажмите кнопку ** Создать **." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" +"В разделе ** Атрибуты ** щелкните на развернутом меню и выберите тип " +"разницы, какой вы хотите добавить. Если вариант еще не существует, вы можете" +" создать его на лету, нажав кнопку Создать и изменение ..." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" +"В окне Атрибуты поле ** Значение ** - это описание атрибута, такого как " +"Зеленый, Пластиковый или «32 Гб». Поле ** Атрибут ** - это тип варианта, " +"такого как Цвет, Материал или Память." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить стоимость варианта на лету, добавив его в поле ** " +"Дополнительные характеристики ** или выберите позже. Нажмите кнопку ** " +"Сохранить **." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" +"Вы также можете добавить другой штрих-код и внутренняя ссылка на вариант." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы ввели все спецификации этого варианта, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить " +"**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "Управление вариантами товара" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" +"Приведенные ниже примеры являются основой этого шаблона товара, который " +"имеет два атрибуты варианта:" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "Футболка B & C" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "Цвет: красный, синий, белый" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Размер: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "Управление возможностями комбинации" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " +"you can deactivate the white product variant." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию, используя указанный выше шаблон товара, вы получаете 15 " +"различных товаров (3 цвета, 5 размеров). Если размер XXL существует только " +"для красных и синих футболок, вы можете отключить вариант белого товара." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" +"Для этого нажмите кнопку ** Варианты **, выберите XXL, белая футболка. Из " +"формы товара снимите обозначения ** Активно ** футболки белого цвета XXL." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "Отключение товара отличается от наличия инвентаризации 0." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "Установление цены за вариант" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить стоимость по основной цене для некоторых вариантов " +"товара." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" +"После активации вариантов, вы можете добавить варианты в ваших товаров. Для " +"этого перейдите к модулю Продажи, откройте :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` и нажмите на товар, который нужно изменить. Нажмите кнопку ** " +"Варианты цен **, чтобы посмотреть список вариантов значений." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите на названии варианта, к которому нужно добавить значение, чтобы " +"сделать 3 поля редактируемыми. В поле ** Атрибут дополнительной " +"характеристики ** добавьте стоимость варианта, который будет добавлен к " +"начальной цены." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" +"Когда вы введете все дополнительные значения, нажмите кнопку ** Сохранить " +"**." + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" +msgstr "установите налоги" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "Отправьте коммерческие предложения" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 -msgid "Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online.rst:3 -msgid "Online Quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:3 -msgid "How to create and edit an online quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"To send online quotations, you must first enable online quotations in the " -"Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Doing so will " -"prompt you to install the Website app if you haven't already." +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:18 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Set a deadline" +msgstr "установите дедлайн" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can view the online version of each quotation you create after enabling " -"this setting by selecting **Preview** from the top of the quotation." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:25 -msgid "Edit Your Online Quotations" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 msgid "" -"The online quotation page can be edited for each quotation template in the " -"Sales app via :menuselection:`Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. From " -"within any quotation template, select **Edit Template** to be taken to the " -"corresponding page of your website." +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 msgid "" -"You can add text, images, and structural elements to the quotation page by " -"dragging and dropping blocks from the pallet on the left sidebar menu. A " -"table of contents will be automatically generated based on the content you " -"add." +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" +msgstr "Доставляйте и выставляйте счета на разные адреса" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Advanced descriptions for each product on a quotation are displayed on the " -"online quotation page. These descriptions are inherited from the product " -"page in your eCommerce Shop, and can be edited directly on the page through " -"the inline text editor." +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:45 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" -"You can choose to allow payment immediately after the customer validates the" -" quote by selecting a payment option on the quotation template." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:48 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" -"You can edit the webpage of an individual quotation as you would for any web" -" page by clicking the **Edit** button. Changes made in this way will only " -"affect the individual quotation." +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:52 -msgid "Using Online Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:54 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" -"To share an online quotation with your customer, copy the URL of the online " -"quotation, then share it with customer." +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/online/creation.rst:60 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 msgid "" -"Alternatively, your customer can access their online quotations by logging " -"into your website through the customer portal. Your customer can accept or " -"reject the quotation, print it, or negotiate the terms in the chat box. You " -"will also receive a notification in the chatter within Odoo whenever the " -"customer views the quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "How to use different invoice and delivery addresses?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"It is possible to configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is very useful, because it could happen that your clients have multiple" -" locations and that the invoice address differs from the delivery location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"First, go to the Sales application, then click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" -" the multiple address configuration from menu**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 -msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Invoice and/or shipping addresses and even other addresses are added on the " -"contact form. To do so, go to the contact application, select the customer " -"and in the **Contacts & Addresses** tab click on **Create**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:33 -msgid "" -"A new window will open where you can specify the delivery or the invoice " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once you validated your addresses, it will appear in the **Contacts & " -"addresses** tab with distinctive logos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:46 -msgid "On the quotations and sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When you create a new quotation, the option to select an invoice address and" -" a delivery address is now available. Both addresses will automatically be " -"filled in when selecting the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also create invoice and delivery addresses on the fly by " -"selecting **Create and edit** in the dropdown menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:59 -msgid "When printing your sales orders, you'll notice the two addresses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:3 -msgid "How to create my first quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Quotations are documents sent to customers to offer an estimated cost for a " -"particular set of goods or services. The customer can accept the quotation, " -"in which case the seller will have to issue a sales order, or refuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:13 -msgid "" -"For example, my company sells electronic products and my client Agrolait " -"showed interest in buying ``3 iPads`` to facilitate their operations. I " -"would like to send them a quotation for those iPads with a sales price of " -"``320 USD`` by iPad with a ``5%`` discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:18 -msgid "This section will show you how to proceed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 -msgid "Install the Sales Management module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to issue your first quotation, you'll need to install " -"the **Sales Management** module from the app module in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:34 -msgid "Allow discounts on sales order line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Allowing discounts on quotations is a common sales practice to improve the " -"chances to convert the prospect into a client." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:39 -msgid "" -"In our example, we wanted to grant ``Agrolait`` with a ``5%`` discount on " -"the sale price. To enable the feature, go into the **Sales** application, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and, under **Quotations " -"and Sales**, tick **Allow discounts on sales order line** (see picture " -"below) and apply your changes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 -msgid "Create your quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To create your first quotation, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 -msgid "Customer and Products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:57 -msgid "" -"The basic elements to add to any quotation are the customer (the person you " -"will send your quotation to) and the products you want to sell. From the " -"quotation view, choose the prospect from the **Customer** drop-down list and" -" under **Order Lines**, click on **Add an item** and select your product. Do" -" not forget to manually add the number of items under **Ordered Quantity** " -"and the discount if applicable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you don't have any customer or product recorded on your Odoo environment " -"yet, you can create them on the fly directly from your quotations :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To add a new customer, click on the **Customer** drop-down menu and click on" -" **Create and edit**. In this new window, you will be able to record all the" -" customer details, such as the address, website, phone number and person of " -"contact." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:76 -msgid "" -"To add a new product, under **Order line**, click on add an item and on " -"**Create and Edit** from the drop-down list. You will be able to record your" -" product information (product type, cost, sale price, invoicing policy, " -"etc.) along with a picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:82 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To parameter taxes, simply go on the taxes section of the product line and " -"click on **Create and Edit**. Fill in the details (for example if you are " -"subject to a ``21%`` taxe on your sales, simply fill in the right amount in " -"percentage) and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:93 -msgid "Terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:95 -msgid "" -"You can select the expiration date of your quotation and add your company's " -"terms and conditions directly in your quotation (see picture below)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:103 -msgid "Preview and send quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:105 -msgid "" -"If you want to see what your quotation looks like before sending it, click " -"on the **Print** button (upper left corner). It will give you a printable " -"PDF version with all your quotation details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Update your company's details (address, website, logo, etc) appearing on " -"your quotation from the the **Settings** menu on the app switcher, and on " -"click on the link :menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> " -"Configure company data`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Click on **Send by email** to automatically send an email to your customer " -"with the quotation as an attachment. You can adjust the email body before " -"sending it and even save it as a template if you wish to reuse it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`../online/creation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`optional`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`terms_conditions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:3 -msgid "How to display optional products on a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is a marketing strategy that attempts to " -"increase the amount a customer spends once they begin the buying process. " -"For instance, a customer purchasing a cell phone could be shown accessories " -"like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset. In Odoo, a customer can" -" be presented with additional products that are relevant to their chosen " -"purchase in one of several locations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Suggested products can be added to quotations directly, or to the ecommerce " -"platform via each product form. In order to use suggested products, you will" -" need to have the **Ecommerce** app installed:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:23 -msgid "Quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To add suggested products to quotations, you must first enable online " -"quotations in the Sales app from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you " -"haven't already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You will then be able to add suggested products to your individual " -"quotations and quotation templates under the **Suggested Products** tab of a" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" " quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:39 -msgid "Website Sales" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:41 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" -"You can add suggested products to a product on its product form, under the " -"Website heading in the **Sales** tab. **Suggested products** will appear on " -"the *product* page, and **Accessory Products** will appear on the *cart* " -"page prior to checkout." +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "How to link terms and conditions to a quotation?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy so customer can read " -"all those terms before committing to anything." +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" -"Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on " -"every quotation, sales order and invoice." +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "Получите плату, чтобы подтвердить заказ" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: Your company sells water bottles to " -"restaurants and you would like to add the following standard terms and " -"conditions on all your quotations:" +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" -"*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure " -"their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe " -"storage of the products.*" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25 -msgid "General terms and conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" -"General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They " -"will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to" -" the invoice." +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" -"To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "зарегистрируйте оплату" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" -"After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, " -"sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed " -"documents)." +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" +msgstr "Получите подпись, чтобы подтвердить заказ" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 +msgid "Activate online signature" +msgstr "Активируйте подпись онлайн" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "Используйте шаблоны коммерческого предложения" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 +msgid "Create your first template" +msgstr "Создайте ваш первый шаблон" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " +"in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 +msgid "Use a quotation template" +msgstr "Используйте шаблон коммерческого предложения" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 +msgid "Confirm the quotation" +msgstr "Подтвердите коммерческое предложение" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Стандартные условия" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +msgid "" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9439825a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,563 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Андрей Гусев <gaussgss@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../sms_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 +msgid "Contact lists" +msgstr "Список контактов" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 +msgid "History with the Log Notes" +msgstr "История с записями журнала" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 +msgid "" +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "Чёрный список" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations and Templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Кампании" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 +msgid "" +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " +"the context." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 +msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 +msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 +msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 +msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 +msgid "" +"*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " +"document online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 +msgid "" +"*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 +msgid "" +"*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Начать" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" +"После создания почтовой рассылки необходимо выбрать, когда она будет " +"доставлена:" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "Цены и часто задаваемые вопросы" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Если вы на Odoo Online (SAAS) и у вас версия Enterprise, для тестирования " +"функции вы пользуетесь бесплатными пробными кредитам." + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "Да." + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " +"send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " +"until you have enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " +"lose credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " +"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " +"credit will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " +"charged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "Только те, которые имеют недопустимый формат." + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..076c06b2b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,362 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "Меркетинг соцсетей" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 +msgid "" +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 +msgid "Publish content" +msgstr "опубликовать содержание" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b57495452 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,942 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../studio.rst:5 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Студия" + +#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "понятие" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " +"notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "пример" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "Начиная работу" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " +"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " +"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " +"to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " +"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..480e4a864 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Gennady Marchenko <gennadym@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Поддержка" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "Поддерживаемые версии" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "Оду предоставляет поддержку и багфиксы для 3 последних версий" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"Пользователи пользующиеся **Odoo Online** могут использовать промежуточные " +"версии (иногда называемые *SaaS версиями*), которые также поддерживаются. " +"Эти версии не публикуются для Odoo.sh или локальной установки." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "Каков статус поддержки моего Odoo?" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "Эта матрица показывает статус поддержки каждой версии." + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**Основные выпуски выделены жирным шрифтом.**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Оду Онлайн" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "Локальная установка" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "Дата выпуска" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 13.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|зеленый|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "Октябрь 2019" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Оду 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "Н/A" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "Август 2019" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 12.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "Октябрь 2018" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Оду 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "Апрель 2018" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 11.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "Октябрь 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" +msgstr "*Прекращение поддержки запланировано на Октябрь 2020*" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Оду 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|оранжевый|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "Март 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Оду 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "Январь 2017" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 10.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|красный|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "Октябрь 2016" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Оду 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "Май 2016" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 9.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "Октябрь 2015" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Оду 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "Февраль 2015" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Оду 8.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "Сентябрь 2014" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|зеленый| Поддерживаемая версия" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|красный| Прекращение поддержки" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "Н/А Никогда не выпускалась для этой платформы" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" +"|оранжевый| Некоторые из наших старых клиентов могут до сих пор запускать " +"данную версию на наших серверах Оду Онлайн, мы предоставляем помощь только " +"по проблемам блокирующим работу и советуем вам обновиться" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 Будущая версия, еще не выпущенная" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "Я запускаю более старую версию Оду/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 больше не поддерживается ни на какой платформе" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 больше не поддерживается ни на какой платформе" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" +"Вам следует подумать об `обновлении <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>` вашей базы " +"данных" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo для Предприятий" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b88287b41 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po @@ -0,0 +1,241 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../survey.rst:5 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Опрос" + +#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Начать" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Выбор" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04af07e5b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" + +#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Табели" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Обзор" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3 +msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control " +"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9 +msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the " +"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned " +"Hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` " +"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your " +"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 +msgid "HR analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` " +"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent " +"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they " +"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to " +"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all " +"in favor of becoming a more proactive company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose an encoding unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the" +" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets" +" to help you encoding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours." +" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in" +" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 +msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to" +" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a" +" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being" +" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales " +"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was " +"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 +msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose " +"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be " +"approved first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Send reminders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who " +"have not recorded their times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. " +"The data syncs once you are back online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`compare`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index 90e9fd7d5..527250184 100644 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -1,16 +1,27 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Sergey Vilizhanin, 2020 +# ILMIR <karamov@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Irina Fedulova <istartlin@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Collex100, 2020 +# Ivan Yelizariev <yelizariev@it-projects.info>, 2020 +# Yuriy Razumovskiy <garazdcreation@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Ekaterina <nawsikaya@bk.ru>, 2020 +# Сергей Шебанин <sergey@shebanin.ru>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo Business 10.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Эдуард Манятовский <manyatovskiy@gmail.com>, 2017\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Сергей Шебанин <sergey@shebanin.ru>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,94 +35,109 @@ msgstr "Веб-сайт" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "оптимизировать" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отслеживать трафик вашего сайта на Google Analytics" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чтобы следить за трафиком вашего сайта с помощью Google Analytics:" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" " you don't have any." msgstr "" +"`Создайте аккаунт Google Analytics <https://www.google.com/analytics/> `__ " +"если у вас его нет." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." msgstr "" +"Пройдите форму создания и примите условия, чтобы получить ID отслеживания." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Скопируйте ID отслеживания, чтобы вставить его в Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." msgstr "" +"Откройте меню * Настройка * приложении Сайт Odoo. В настройках включите " +"Google Analytics и вставьте ID отслеживания. Сохраните страницу." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как отслеживать трафик вашего сайта с информационной панели Odoo" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." msgstr "" +"Вы можете следить за вашей статистике трафика прямо с панели инструментов " +"веб-сайта Odoo благодаря Google Analytics." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." msgstr "" +"Для начала создайте учетную запись Google Analytics и введите ID " +"отслеживания в настройках вашего сайта. (See: doc: `google_analytics`)." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" +"Перейдите на "платформу Google API " +"<https://console.developers.google.com> `__ для создания учетных данных " +"Analytics API. Войдите в свой аккаунт Google." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выберите Analytics API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." msgstr "" +"Создайте новый проект и дайте ему имя (например, Odoo). Проект нужен для " +"хранения учетных данных API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Активируйте API." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Создайте учетные данные для использования в Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." msgstr "" +"Выберите *Web browser (Javascript)* как источник вызова и *User data* как " +"тип данных." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -121,6 +147,11 @@ msgid "" "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" +"Тогда вы можете создать ID клиента. Введите название программы (например, " +"Odoo) и разрешены страницы, на которые вы будете перенаправлены. Началом * " +"авторизованного JavaScript * ваша версия URL-адреса Odoo. * Авторизованный " +"URI * перенаправления - это URL-адрес вашей версии Odoo, а потимy '/ " +"google_account / authentication "." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -129,180 +160,880 @@ msgid "" "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " "Client ID in Odoo for the first time." msgstr "" +"Перейдите по шагом согласия на экран, введите название товара (например, " +"Google Analytics в Odoo). Не стесняйтесь проверять параметры настройки, но " +"это не обязательно. Экран согласия отображается только тогда, когда вы " +"впервые введете ID клиента в Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Наконец, вам предоставляется ID клиента. Скопируйте и вставьте его в Odoo." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" "Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" " your Client ID." msgstr "" +"Откройте информационную панель сайта в Odoo и свяжите свой аккаунт Google " +"Analytics с ID клиента." #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" +"В качестве последнего шага позвольте Odoo получить доступ к Google API." + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" +msgstr "Как сделать оптимизацию поисковых систем (SEO) в Odoo" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 -msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:8 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " "short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." msgstr "" +"Поисковая оптимизация (SEO) - это набор оптимальных методов оптимизации " +"вашего сайта, благодаря чему вы получаете лучший рейтинг в поисковых " +"системах, таких как Google. Словом, хорошая оптимизация SEO позволяет " +"получить больше посетителей." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:12 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:9 msgid "" -"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load faster, your page " -"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, your website should have a " +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" +"Некоторые примеры правил SEO: ваши веб-страницы имеют загружаться быстро, на" +" странице должен быть один и только один заголовок ` <h1> `, Мета теги (alt-" +"tag, title-tag) должны соответствовать содержимому страницы, ваш сайт должен" +" иметь файл` / sitemap.xml`` и т.д .." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:16 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" -"The Odoo Website Builder is probably the most SEO-ready CMS out there. We " -"consider SEO a top priority. To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce " -"users have a great SEO, Odoo abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO" -" and handles everything for you, in the best possible way." +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" +"Чтобы гарантировать, что пользователи флеш и электронной коммерции Odoo " +"имеют замечательный SEO, Odoo берет на себя все технические сложности SEO. " +"Как именно - читайте ниже." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:23 -msgid "Page speed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:26 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:28 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" -"The time to load a page is an important criteria for Google. A faster " -"website not only improves your visitor's experience, but Google gives you a " -"better page ranking if your page loads faster than your competitors. Some " -"studies have shown that, if you divide the time to load your pages by two " -"(e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor abandonment rate is also " -"divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to load a page could `cost " -"$1.6b to Amazon in sales <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-" -"could-cost-amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." msgstr "" +"Но сначала посмотрите, как вы можете легко повысить свой рейтинг путем " +"тонкой настройки содержания и метатегов вашего сайта." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "метатеги" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "Название, Описание" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" +"<html> Каждая веб-страница должна определять метаданные ` <title> `,` " +"`<Description>` и `<keywords> ''. Эти информационные " +"элементы используются поисковыми системами, чтобы определить рейтинг вашего " +"сайта. Они генерируются автоматически на основе названия и содержания " +"страницы, но вы можете дополнительно их настроить. Проверьте, что они " +"соответствуют содержанию вашей страницы, иначе поисковые системы снизят ваш " +"рейтинг. </ Html>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Ключевые слова" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:40 msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы написать качественный содержание и увеличить ваш трафик, " +"Odoo предлагает поиск ` <keyword> ''. Эти ключевые слова - это " +"поисковые запросы, которые вы хотите направить на ваш вебсайт. Для каждого " +"ключевого слова вы видите, как оно используется в содержании (H1, H2, " +"заголовок страницы, описание страницы, содержимое страницы) и которые " +"связаны поисковые запросы в Google. Чем больше ключевых слов будет " +"использовано, тем лучше." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" +"Если ваш сайт имеет несколько языков, вы можете использовать инструмент " +"продвижения для каждого языка отдельной страницы и устанавливать специальный" +" заголовок, описание и поисковые тэги." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "Содержание это наше все!" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" +"Когда речь идет о SEO, содержание имеет очень большое влияние. Odoo " +"предоставляет несколько модулей, которые помогут создать свой содержимое на " +"вашем вебсайте:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "** Блоги Odoo **: написание замечательного содержания" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" +"Страница 404 - это обычная страница, которую можно редактировать, как и " +"любую другую страницу в Odoo. Таким образом, вы можете создать классную 404 " +"страницу, перенаправлять на самый популярный содержание вашего сайта, если " +"человек попал на неверную URL." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "Используйте социальные сети" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" +"Социальные сети созданы для того, чтобы делиться интересной информацией с " +"большим количеством людей. Если много людей распространят ваш содержание в " +"социальных сетях, то, вероятно, больше людей будет ссылаться на него, а " +"ссылки является огромным фактором для SEO-рейтинга." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" +"Odoo имеет несколько инструментов для обмена содержимым через социальные " +"сети:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "социальные сети" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" +"Odoo позволяет отображать все ваши учетные записи в социальных сетях в " +"подвале (футере) вашего сайта. Все, что вам нужно сделать - это указать все " +"ваши учетные записи в настройках вашей компании." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "Делиться в социальной сети" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" +"Сдвиньте блок * Делиться * на любую страницу. Пользователи смогут нажать на " +"иконку и поделиться этой веб страницей на своей странице в социальной сети." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" +"Большинство социальных сетей используют изображение для лучшей визуальной " +"презентации своей публикации. По умолчанию Odoo использует логотип флеш, но " +"вы можете выбрать любое другое изображение вашей страницы в инструменте " +"«Продвижение»." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Страница Facebook" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" +"Сдвиньте блок * Страница Facebook *, чтобы отобразить виджет вашей деловой " +"страницы на Facebook и поощрить посетителей следить за ней. Вы можете " +"отобразить временную шкалу, последующие события и сообщения." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "прокрутки Twitter" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" +"Показывайте ленту Twitter с довольными клиентами на своем вебсайте. Это " +"увеличит количество твитов и распространений." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "Проверьте ваш сайт" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "Обработка URL-адресов" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" +"В этом разделе освещены как URL-адреса в Odoo способствуют хорошему рейтинге" +" SEO." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "Структура URL-адреса" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "Типичная URL-адрес Odoo выглядеть так:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "С следующими компонентами:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "** www.mysite.com ** = ваше доменное имя" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" +"** / fr \\ _FR ** указывает на язык страницы. Эта часть URL-адреса " +"удаляется, если посетитель просматривает основной язык сайта. Таким образом," +" основная версия этой страницы: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-" +"great-product-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" +"** / shop / product ** - каждый модуль определяет собственное пространство " +"имен (/ shop - это название каталога модуля электронной коммерции, / shop / " +"product указывает, что это страница товара)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"** my-great-product ** по умолчанию, это сглаженный заголовок товара, " +"содержит эта страница. Но вы можете настроить его для целей SEO. Товар под " +"названием "Pain carré" будет преобразован в "pain-" +"carre". В зависимости от пространства имен это могут быть различные " +"объекты (публикация блога, заголовок страницы, сообщений на форуме, " +"комментарий к форуму, категория товара и т.д.)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "** - 31 ** = уникальный ID товара" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" +"Заметьте, что любой динамический компонент URL-адреса можно свести к его ID." +" В качестве примера, все последующие URL-адреса делают переадресацию 301 на " +"указанный URL-адрес:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" +"Некоторые URL-адреса имеют несколько динамических частей, например эта " +"(категория блога и публикация):" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "В приведенном выше примере:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "* Новости компании * - это название блога" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "* История Odoo * - это название конкретного поста в блоге" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" +"Когда страница Odoo имеет пейджер, номер страницы устанавливается " +"непосредственно в URL (не имеет аргумента GET). Это позволяет каждой " +"странице индексировать поисковые системы. пример:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "Изменения в URL-адресах и заголовках" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" +"Когда меняется URL страницы (например, более дружественная версия для печати" +" вашего товара), вам не нужно беспокоиться об обновлении всех ссылок:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "Odoo автоматически обновит все свои ссылки на новый URL-адрес." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new website." +msgstr "" +"Если внешние сайты все же указывают на старую URL-адрес, переадресация 301 " +"будет выполнена для перенаправления посетителей на новый вебсайт." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "В качестве примера, эта URL-адрес:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "Автоматически переспрямовуватиметься на:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " +"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" +"Короче говоря, просто измените название сообщению блога или название товара," +" и изменения автоматически будут применены везде на вашем вебсайте. Старый " +"ссылки все еще будет работать для ссылок, поступающих с внешних веб-сайтов, " +"с переадресацией 301, чтобы не потерять существующие SEO достижения." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" +"Поисковики повышают рейтинг вебсайтов защищенных через HTTPS / SSL. Итак, по" +" умолчанию все инсталляции Odoo Online полностью основываются на HTTPS. Если" +" посетитель обращается к вашему флеш с помощью URL-адреса, не содержит " +"HTTPS, то 301 переадресация перенаправит его до эквивалента URL-адреса с " +"HTTPS." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "Ссылка: стратегия nofollow" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" +"Но каждое ссылки, размещенное собеседником, который ссылается на внешний " +"веб-сайт, является "nofollow". Таким образом, вы не рискуете, что " +"люди публикуют ссылки на ваш сайт на сторонние веб-сайты, которые имеют " +"плохую репутацию." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" +"Если вы запускаете сайт на нескольких языках, одинаковое содержание будет " +"доступен в различных URL-адресам в зависимости от языка использования:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" +"В этом примере fr \\ _FR является языком страницы. Вы даже можете иметь " +"несколько вариантов одного языка: pt \\ _BR (португальский из Бразилии), pt " +"\\ _PT (португальский из Португалии)." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "С таким подходом:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы заставить посетителя придерживаться стандартной языка, вы можете " +"использовать код языка по умолчанию в вашем ссылке, например " +"yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Это всегда приведет к посещению английского " +"версии страницы без использования языковых настроек браузера." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Введение" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " "your website ranks using these two tools:" msgstr "" +"К счастью, Оdоо делает для вас магию. Ниже вы найдете хитрости, которые Odoo" +" использует, чтобы ускорить время загрузки страницы. Вы можете сравнить, как" +" ваш сайт использует эти два инструмента:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:44 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:329 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" msgstr "" +"`Скорость страницы Google " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/> `__" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "`Тест скорости сайта Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/> `__" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Изображения" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:49 -msgid "Static resources: CSS" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" +"С кнопки загрузки вы можете сохранить оригинальное изображение без " +"изменения, если вы хотите оптимизировать качество изображения, а не " +"производительность." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" +"Odoo сжимает изображения, когда они загружаются на ваш сайт, а не по запросу" +" посетителя. Таким образом, возможно, если вы используете стороннюю тему, " +"она обеспечит изображения, которые не сжаты эффективно. Но все изображения, " +"используемые в официальных темах Odoo, сжимаются по умолчанию." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" +"При нажатии изображение, Odoo показывает атрибуты ` <img> `И название тега. " +"Вы можете нажать на нее, чтобы установить собственное и атрибуты Alt для " +"изображения." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "Когда вы нажмете на это ссылке, появится такое окно:" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" +"Пиктограммы Odoo реализованы с помощью шрифта ( `Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/> `__ в большинстве тем " +"Odoo). Таким образом, вы можете использовать столько пиктограмм, сколько " +"хотите, на своей странице, но они не дадут дополнительных запросов на " +"загрузку страницы." + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:51 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " -"cached (server side and browser side). The result:" +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "для загрузки страницы нужен только один запрос CSS-файла" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:56 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " "resource." msgstr "" +"этот файл CSS используется для совместного использования и кэширования среди" +" страниц, поэтому, когда посетитель нажимает другую страницу, браузер не " +"должен даже загружать ни ресурса CSS." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:386 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" -msgstr "" +msgstr "этот файл CSS оптимизирован как небольшой" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:388 msgid "" -"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo 9 is bootstrap 3. Although" -" a theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize bootstrap " -"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, so you can modify CSS rules, " +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 -msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 -msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:72 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:79 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:121 -msgid ".text-muted {" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "color: #777;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 -msgid "background: yellow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 -msgid "background: yellow;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:75 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 -msgid "}" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:78 -msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:84 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " -"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blog, theme, etc.) Having several" -" CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the performance " -"because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel resulting in " -"lots of files that are loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a file" -" is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small files " -"like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more on the " -"number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:94 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -310,8 +1041,56 @@ msgid "" "shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " "browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" msgstr "" +"Для решения этой проблемы все файлы CSS / Less / Sass объединяются в единый " +"файл .CSS для отправки в браузер. Таким образом, посетитель имеет ** только " +"один CSS файл для загрузки ** на страницу, особенно эффективен. Поскольку " +"CSS распределяется среди всех страниц, когда посетитель нажимает другую " +"страницу, браузер даже не должен загружать новый CSS-файл!" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:100 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "** Оба файлы <head> **" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "** Что получает посетитель (только один файл) **" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr ".text-muted {" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:415 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:422 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "color: #666;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "color: #777;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "background: yellow" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "background: yellow;" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:417 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +msgid "}" +msgstr "}" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:426 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -322,663 +1101,278 @@ msgid "" "is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" " backend (/web)." msgstr "" +"CSS, оставленный Odoo, включает в себя все CSS / Less / Sass всех страниц / " +"модулей. Таким образом, для дополнительных просмотров страниц одного " +"посетителя не нужно будет загружать файлы CSS вообще. Но некоторые модули " +"могут включать в себя огромные ресурсы CSS / Javascript, которые вы не " +"хотите предварительно получать на первой странице, поскольку они слишком " +"велики. В этом случае Odoo распределяет этот ресурс на другой пакет, который" +" загружается только тогда, когда запрашивается страница, которая использует " +"ее. Примером этого является бэкенд, который загружается только тогда, когда " +"посетитель входит в систему и обращается к бэкенд (/ web)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:110 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:436 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " -"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer 8. But most " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:114 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." msgstr "" +"** Минификований **: после предварительной обработки и объединения, " +"результативность CSS уменьшается, чтобы уменьшить его размер." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**Before minification**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** Перед минификациею **" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:444 msgid "**After minification**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "** После минификации **" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:120 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:446 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" -msgstr "" +msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:126 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Конечный результат сжимается, прежде чем поступать в браузер." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:455 msgid "" -"Then, a cached version is stored on the server side (so we do not have to " -"pre-process, concatenate, minify at every request) and the browser side (so " -"the same visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages he will visit)." +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:135 -msgid "" -"If you are in debug mode, the CSS resources are neither concatenated nor " -"minified. That way, it's easier to debug (but it's much slower)" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:140 -msgid "Static resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:142 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," -" compressed and cached (server side and browser side)." +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo создает три пакета Javascript:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:468 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " -"validation, …)" +"validation, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:150 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" -"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (bootstrap)" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" msgstr "" +"Один для бэкэнда конкретного кода Javascript (Odoo Web Client интерфейс для " +"ваших сотрудников, которые использует Odoo)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:156 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:477 msgid "" -"Most visitors to your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:168 -msgid "Images" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:170 -msgid "" -"When you upload new images using the website builder, Odoo automatically " -"compresses them to reduce their sizes. (lossless compression for .PNG and " -".GIF and lossy compression for .JPG)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:174 -msgid "" -"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " -"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " -"performance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " -"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" -" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " -"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " -"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " -"attributes for the image." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:195 -msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:200 -msgid "" -"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " -"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." -" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " -"not result in extra requests to load the page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:491 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" " Network has three advantages:" msgstr "" +"Если вы активируете функцию CDN в Odoo, статические ресурсы (Javascript, " +"CSS, изображения) загружаются из сети доставки содержимого. Использование " +"сети доставки контента имеет три преимущества:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:495 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" msgstr "" +"Загрузка ресурсов из соседнего сервера (большинство CDN имеют серверы в " +"основных странах мира)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:218 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:498 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" msgstr "" +"Эффективный кэш ресурсов (без использования вычислительных ресурсов на вашем" +" собственном сервере)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:221 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " "domain)" msgstr "" +"Разбивка загрузки ресурсов на различные службы, позволяет параллельно " +"загружать больше ресурсов (поскольку лимит Chrome на 6 параллельных запросов" +" по домену)" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:505 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" msgstr "" +"Вы можете настроить параметры CDN из приложения ** Администратор сайта ** в " +"меню Настройка. Вот пример настройки, который вы можете использовать:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:232 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:512 msgid "HTML Pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "страницы HTML" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:234 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:514 msgid "" -"Odoo allows to minify HTML pages, from the **Website Admin** app, using the " -":menuselection:`Configuration` menu. This will automatically remove extra " -"space and tabs in your HTML code, reduce some tags code, etc." +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." msgstr "" +"Кроме того, страницы HTML могут быть сжаты, но, как правило, это " +"обрабатывается вашим веб-сервером (NGINX или Apache)." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:241 -msgid "" -"On top of that, the HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually " -"handled by your web server (NGINX or Apache)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:244 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:517 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " -"usually using bootstrap and the HTML editor." +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:248 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " "following code:" msgstr "" +"В качестве примера, если вы используете средства выбора цвета, чтобы " +"изменить цвет абзаца на основной цвет вашего сайта, Odoo выведет следующий " +"код:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:252 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:525 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` <p class=\"text-primary\"> Мой текст </p> `" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:254 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:527 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" msgstr "" +"Тогда как большинство редакторов HTML (например, CKEditor) производить такой" +" код:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:257 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:530 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` <p style=\"color: #AB0201\"> Мой текст </p> `" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 msgid "Responsive Design" -msgstr "" +msgstr "адаптивный дизайн" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:262 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 msgid "" -"As of 2015, websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in" -" Google Page ranking. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap 3 to render " -"efficiently according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile phone." +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:270 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " -"website are mobile friendly. (as opposed to traditional CMS which have " -"mobile friendly themes, but some specific modules or pages are not designed " -"to be mobile friendly as they all have their own CSS frameworks)" +"website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:277 -msgid "Browser caching" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " "<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:286 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." msgstr "" +"Это позволяет Odoo установить очень длительное время задержки кэширования " +"(XXX) на этих ресурсах: XXX секунды, при этом он обновляется мгновенно, если" +" вы обновляете ресурс." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 msgid "Scalability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "масштабируемость" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:296 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 msgid "" -"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS' " +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes." +"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:301 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:303 -msgid "" -"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo eCommerce and Odoo" -" CMS. (based on Odoo version 8, Odoo 9 is even faster)" +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:310 -msgid "URLs handling" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:313 -msgid "URLs Structure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:315 -msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:317 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:319 -msgid "With the following components:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:321 -msgid "**https://** = Protocol" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:323 -msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 -msgid "" -"**/fr\\_FR** = the language of the page. This part of the URL is removed if " -"the visitor browses the main language of the website (english by default, " -"but you can set another language as the main one). Thus, the English version" -" of this page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:331 -msgid "" -"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" -" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page). This" -" name can not be customized to avoid conflicts in different URLs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:336 -msgid "" -"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " -"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " -"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " -"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " -"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:343 -msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:345 -msgid "" -"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " -"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:348 -msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:350 -msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:352 -msgid "" -"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " -"name)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:355 -msgid "" -"This could be useful to easily get shorter version of an URL and handle " -"efficiently 301 redirects when the name of your product changes over time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:359 -msgid "" -"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " -"post):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:362 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:364 -msgid "In the above example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:366 -msgid "Company News: is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:368 -msgid "The Odoo Story: is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:370 -msgid "" -"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " -"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " -"search engines. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:374 -msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 -msgid "" -"Having the language code as fr\\_FR is not perfect in terms of SEO. Although" -" most search engines treat now \"\\_\" as a word separator, it has not " -"always been the case. We plan to improve that for Odoo 10." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:382 -msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:384 -msgid "" -"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " -"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:387 -msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:389 -msgid "" -"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " -"done to route visitors to the new website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:392 -msgid "As an example, this URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:394 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:396 -msgid "Will automatically redirect to :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:398 -msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:400 -msgid "" -"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" -" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " -"link still works for links coming from external website. (with a 301 " -"redirect to not lose the SEO link juice)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:406 -msgid "HTTPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:408 -msgid "" -"As of August 2014, Google started to add a ranking boost to secure HTTPS/SSL" -" websites. So, by default all Odoo Online instances are fully based on " -"HTTPS. If the visitor accesses your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets" -" a 301 redirect to its HTTPS equivalent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -msgid "Links: nofollow strategy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:416 -msgid "" -"Having website that links to your own page plays an important role on how " -"your page ranks in the different search engines. The more your page is " -"linked from external and quality websites, the better is it for your SEO." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -msgid "Odoo follows the following strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Every link you create manually when creating page in Odoo is \"dofollow\", " -"which means that this link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked " -"page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:427 -msgid "" -"Every link created by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, ...) that " -"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:430 -msgid "" -"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " -"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " -"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:435 -msgid "" -"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " -"trusted. In such case, their links will not have a ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " -"attribute." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 -msgid "Multi-language support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:443 -msgid "Multi-language URLs" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:445 -msgid "" -"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " -"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:448 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (English version = " -"default)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:450 -msgid "" -"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " -"version)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:452 -msgid "" -"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " -"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " -"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:457 -msgid "Language annotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:459 -msgid "" -"To tell Google that the second URL is the French translation of the first " -"URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML <head> " -"section of the English version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " -"pointing to the other versions of that webpage;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:464 -msgid "" -"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " -"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:467 -msgid "With this approach:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:469 -msgid "" -"Google knows the different translated versions of your page and will propose" -" the right one according to the language of the visitor searching on Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:473 -msgid "" -"You do not get penalized by Google if your page is not translated yet, since" -" it is not a duplicated content, but a different version of the same " -"content." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:478 -msgid "Language detection" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:480 -msgid "" -"When a visitor lands for the first time at your website (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/shop), his may automatically be redirected to a translated " -"version according to his browser language preference: (e.g. " -"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:485 -msgid "" -"Odoo redirects visitors to their prefered language only the first time " -"visitors land at your website. After that, it keeps a cookie of the current " -"language to avoid any redirection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 -msgid "" -"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" -" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " -"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " -"using the browser language preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:496 -msgid "Meta Tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:499 -msgid "Titles, Keywords and Description" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:501 -msgid "" -"Every web page should define the ``<title>``, ``<description>`` and " -"``<keywords>`` meta data. These information elements are used by search " -"engines to rank and categorize your website according to a specific search " -"query. So, it is important to have titles and keywords in line with what " -"people search in Google." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:507 -msgid "" -"In order to write quality meta tags, that will boost traffic to your " -"website, Odoo provides a **Promote** tool, in the top bar of the website " -"builder. This tool will contact Google to give you information about your " -"keywords and do the matching with titles and contents in your page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:516 -msgid "" -"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " -"every language of a single page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:519 -msgid "" -"In terms of SEO, content is king. Thus, blogs play an important role in your" -" content strategy. In order to help you optimize all your blog post, Odoo " -"provides a page that allows you to quickly scan the meta tags of all your " -"blog posts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:528 -msgid "" -"This /blog page renders differently for public visitors that are not logged " -"in as website administrator. They do not get the warnings and keyword " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Карта сайта" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" -"Odoo will generate a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For " -"performance reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:538 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -986,159 +1380,105 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " "chunks per file." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию все URL-адреса будут размещены в одном файле `/ sitemap.xml``, " +"но если у вас много страниц, Odoo автоматически создаст файл индекса " +"Sitemap, соблюдая группировки в файле sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html> `__ в 45000 шт. файла." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:544 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Каждая карта сайта содержит 4 атрибуты вычисляются автоматически:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "` <loc> `: URL страницы" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" -" could be the last modification date of the product or the page" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:553 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" " of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " -"it's priority field, which is normalized. (16 is the default)" +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Разметка структурированных данных" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " -"engine robots; helping them to understand your content and create well-" +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:567 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "" +"Google поддерживает множество богатых фрагментов для типов содержимого, в " +"том числе: обзоры, люди, товары, компании, события и организации." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:570 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " "posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " "in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" msgstr "" +"Odoo реализует микро-данные, как это определено в спецификации `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org> `__ для событий, товаров электронной коммерции, " +"сообщений форума и контактных адресов. Это позволяет отображать ваши " +"страницы товара в Google с помощью дополнительной информации, такой как цена" +" и рейтинг товара:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates a ``/robots.txt`` file for your website. Its " -"content is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:585 -msgid "User-agent: \\*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:587 -msgid "Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:590 -msgid "Content is king" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 -msgid "" -"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" -" to help you build your contents on your website:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:595 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:599 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:603 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 -msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:611 -msgid "" -"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " -"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " -"content of your website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:616 -msgid "Social Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:619 -msgid "Twitter Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:621 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not implement twitter cards yet. It will be done for the next " -"version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 -msgid "Social Network" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website. All " -"you have to do is to refer all your accounts in the **Settings** menu of the" -" **Website Admin** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:632 -msgid "Test Your Website" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" -"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Опубликовать" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как использовать собственное доменное имя?" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1146,10 +1486,13 @@ msgid "" "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" +"По умолчанию ваша версия и сайт Odoo Online имеют имя домена .odoo.com для " +"URL-адреса и электронных писем. Но вы можете перейти на обычную (например, " +"www.yourcompany.com)." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Что такое хорошее доменное имя?" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1157,26 +1500,29 @@ msgid "" "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " "domain. Here are some tips:" msgstr "" +"Ваш адрес веб-сайта так же важна для вашего брендинга, как название вашего " +"бизнеса или организации, поэтому подумайте об изменении его для " +"соответствующего домена. Вот несколько советов:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Простое и очевидное" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Легко запомнить и произнести" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Чем короче, тем лучше" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Избегайте специальных символов" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Цель для .com и/или вашей страны расширения" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -1184,41 +1530,47 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" "seo/158951/>`__" msgstr "" +"Подробнее: `Как выбрать доменное имя для максимального SEO " +"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" +"seo/158951/> `__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как купить доменное имя" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Купуты доменное имя можно на популярных реестрах:" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" msgstr "" +"Шаги для покупки доменного имени в значительной степени ведут вас вперед. В " +"случае возникновения проблем ознакомьтесь эти простые подсказки" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1226,110 +1578,725 @@ msgid "" "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " "This is Odoo's job!" msgstr "" +"Не стесняйтесь покупать почтовый сервер, чтобы адреса электронной почты с " +"помощью вашего доменного имени. Однако не покупайте дополнительный сервис " +"для создания или размещения вашего сайта. Это работа Оdоо!" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как применить свое доменное имя в версии Odoo" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" msgstr "" +"Сначала позвольте авторизовать перенаправления (yourcompany.com -> " +"yourcompany.odoo.com):" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Откройте свой аккаунт Odoo.com с домашней страницы." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Перейдите на страницу * Управление базами данных *." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." msgstr "" +"Нажмите на разделе * Домены * справа от базы данных, которую нужно " +"переадресовывать." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." msgstr "" +"Появится подсказка домена базы данных. Введите специальный домен (например, " +"www.yourcompany.com)." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" msgstr "" +"Теперь мы можем применить перенаправления из управляющего аккаунта вашего " +"доменного имени:" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Войдите в свой аккаунт и найдите страницу управления зонами DNS." -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 msgid "" "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "" +"Создайте запись CNAME * www.yourdomain.com * со ссылкой на * " +"mywebsite.odoo.com *. Если вы хотите использовать * голый * домен (например," +" yourdomain.com), вам нужно переадресовывать свой * yourdomain.com * в * " +"www.yourdomain.com *." #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Ниже приведены несколько специальных инструкций для создания записи CNAME:" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 msgid "" "`Namecheap " "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" "can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" msgstr "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" +"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 msgid "" "`OVH " "<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" msgstr "" +"`OVH " +"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как включить SSL (HTTPS) для вашей версии Odoo" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 msgid "" -"To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " -"CloudFlare.com." +"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " +"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 +msgid "" +"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " +"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " +"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " +"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " +"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" +" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 +msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," +" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " +"Odoo cloud platforms/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " +"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " +"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " +"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," +" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Установка" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" +" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " +"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" +" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " +"visitors to it using Geo IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " +"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " +"theme!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " +"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 +msgid "Create the menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 +msgid "Switch from one website to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +msgid "" +"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " +"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " +"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" +" sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +msgid "Add features" +msgstr "Добавьте функции" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" +" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " +"removing the menu item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " +"First, select the website to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " +"only impact the very website you are working on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +msgid "languages," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "и т.д." + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 +msgid "" +"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " +"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " +"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customize the visitor experience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" +" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " +"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " +"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " +"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "Publish specific content per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " +"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " +"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " +"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " +"websites*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Продукты" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "Блоги" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +msgid "Forums" +msgstr "Форумы" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "События" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 +msgid "Job Positions" +msgstr "Штатное расписание" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " +"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 +msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +msgid "" +"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." +" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " +"and set the new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 +msgid "" +"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" +" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " +"being linked to all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +msgid "" +"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " +"page behind each edited page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 +msgid "Multi-companies" +msgstr "Мульти-компании" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" +"companies environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +msgid "" +"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " +"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " +"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " +"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " +"visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " +"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" +" selector in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 +msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +msgid "" +"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" +" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 +msgid "Products only available on one website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +msgid "" +"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." +" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " +"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 +msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " +"should duplicate the product for each website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +msgid "" +"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " +"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " +"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" +" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " +"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Прайс-листы" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 +msgid "" +"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " +"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +msgid "" +"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " +"this website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " +"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " +"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 +msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 +msgid "" +"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" +" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " +"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " +"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 +msgid "" +"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " +"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " +"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " +"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " +"the visitor mind." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 +msgid "Technical hints for customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" +" make it work with multi websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +msgid "" +"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" +" can see a record in the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 +msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 +msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Как перевести свой сайт" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Обзор" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 msgid "" "In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " "possibility to translate it in different languages." msgstr "" +"Кроме создания великолепных современных веб-сайтов, Odoo предоставляет вам " +"возможность переводить их на разные языки." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:12 msgid "Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Выполняется" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:14 msgid "" "Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" " many different languages as you want." msgstr "" +"После того как ваш сайт будет создан, у вас есть возможность переводить его " +"на любой другой язык." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1339,18 +2306,27 @@ msgid "" "and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " "install anything, and follow the next step." msgstr "" +"Есть два способа перевода вашего сайта, это можно сделать вручную или " +"автоматически с помощью программы Gengo. Если вы хотите сделать это, " +"перейдите к модулю ** Приложения ** и установите ** Автоматические переводы " +"через Gengo Api ** и ** Сайт Gengo Translator **. Если вы хотите сделать это" +" вручную, не устанавливайте ничего и выполните следующий шаг." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:23 msgid "" "Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " "**Add a language**." msgstr "" +"Откройте свой веб-сайт. В нижнем правом углу страницы нажмите ** Добавить " +"язык **." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:29 msgid "" "Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " "click on **Load.**" msgstr "" +"Выберите язык, на котором вы хотите перевести ваш сайт, а затем нажмите " +"кнопку ** Скачать **." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -1358,28 +2334,32 @@ msgid "" "that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " "some of the text has been translated automatically." msgstr "" +"Вы увидите, что сейчас у английской также французская, что означает, что " +"страница для перевода была создана. Вы также можете увидеть, что часть " +"текста была переведена автоматически." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:42 msgid "" "To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " "**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." msgstr "" +"Чтобы перевести содержание сайта, нажмите на ** Переложить ** (здесь, ** " +"Traduire **, поскольку мы хотим перевести сайт на французском языке)." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:45 msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " "automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid "" "The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Содержимое, которое вы хотите перевести автоматически переведены." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1388,3 +2368,7 @@ msgid "" "yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " "automatically." msgstr "" +"Теперь вы можете увидеть, что большая часть содержания выделена желтым или " +"зеленым цветом. Желтый - это содержимое, которое требуется перевести " +"самостоятельно. Зеленый - это содержимое, которое уже переведены " +"автоматически." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index c9adffe8e..0b48aa9fa 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,19 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Sergey Doroshenko <sdoroshenko@artwebny.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Zoriana Zaiats, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2020 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 +# Zoriana Zaiats, 2020 +# Артём Инжиянц <artem.inzhyyants@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,475 +26,417 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "Бухоблік" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "Банк та готівка" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" msgstr "Банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr "Імпортувати файли виписки CODA (тільки для Бельгії)" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" +msgstr "Банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." msgstr "" -"CODA - це формат файлів для банківських виписок у Бельгії. Більшість " -"бельгійських банків, а також програмне забезпечення Isabel, дозволяють " -"завантажувати файл CODA з усіма своїми банківськими виписками." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити файл CODA з вашого банку або " -"програмного забезпечення бухобліку та імпортувати його безпосередньо в Odoo." -" Це створить всі банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" msgstr "" -"Перевірте зараз функцію `з цим зразком файлу CODA " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr "Встановіть функцію CODA" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "Відкрити Фінансовий обмін (.OFX)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "Швидкий формат обміну (.QIF)" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановили Бельгійський план рахунків з Odoo, функція імпорту CODA " -"вже встановлена за замовчуванням. У такому випадку ви можете перейти " -"безпосередньо до наступного розділу `Імпортувати свій перший файл coda " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." msgstr "" -"Якщо CODA ще не активовано, вам потрібно зробити це спочатку. У програмі " -"Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. З" -" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте опцію **Імпортувати банківські виписки у " -"форматі .CODA** і застосуйте." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr "Імпортуйте ваші перші файли CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." msgstr "" -"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій " -"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього " -"перейдіть до **Панелі приладів** бухобліку і натисніть кнопку **Більше** на " -"картці банківського рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " -"завантажити свій перший файл CODA." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Завантажте свій файл CODA на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпортувати**, " -"щоб створити всі свої банківські виписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Якщо файл успішно завантажено, ви перейдете на екран узгодження банківської " -"виписки з усіма транзакціями для узгодження." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "Імпорт файлів CODA" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." -msgstr "" -"Після імпортування вашого першого файлу, інформаційна панель бухобліку Odoo " -"автоматично запропонує вам імпортувати більше файлів для вашого банку. Для " -"наступного імпорту вам більше не потрібно переходити до кнопки **Більше**, " -"ви можете безпосередньо натиснути на посилання **Імпорт виписки**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." -msgstr "" -"Щоразу, коли ви отримуєте виписку, пов'язану з новим " -"клієнтом/постачальником, Odoo попросить вас вибрати правильний контакт для " -"узгодження транзакції. Odoo дізнається з цієї операції і автоматично " -"завершить наступні платежі, які ви отримуєте або робите для цих контактів. " -"Це прискорить процес узгодження." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Odoo може автоматично визначити, чи деякі файли або транзакції вже були " -"імпортовані. Отже, ви не повинні турбуватися про те, щоб уникати " -"імпортування двох файлів одного і того ж файлу: Odoo перевірить все для вас," -" перш ніж створювати нові банківські виписки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`synchronize`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "Реєстрація банківської виписки в Odoo вручну" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете імпортувати банківські виписки, синхронізувати з" -" банком, а також зареєструвати банківські виписки вручну." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." msgstr "" -"Для реєстрації рахунків-фактур особливе налаштування не потрібне. Все, що " -"вам потрібно зробити, це встановити додаток бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Створіть вашу банківську виписку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі натисніть кнопку **Нова виписка**, пов'язана з " -"банківським журналом. Якщо потрібно виконати деякі узгодження, посилання на " -"Нову виписку буде знайдено нижче." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." msgstr "" -"Просто заповніть поля відповідно до інформації, написаної на банківській " -"виписці. Посилання можна заповнити вручну або ви можете залишити його " -"порожнім. Ми рекомендуємо заповнити партнера, щоб полегшити процес " -"узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -"Різниця між початковим балансом і кінцевим балансом повинна дорівнювати " -"обчисленому балансу." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Коли ви закінчите, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "Узгодьте ваші банківські виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати безпосередньо узгодити виписку, натиснувши кнопку " -"|manual04|" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете запустити процес узгодження з інформаційної панелі, " -"натиснувши пункт **Узгодити # елементів**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." msgstr "" -"Натисніть на **Перевірити**, щоб узгодити банківську виписку. Якщо партнер " -"відсутній, Odoo попросить вас **вибрати партнера**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -"Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи на аркуші." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "Закрийте банківські виписки з узгодження" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -"Якщо баланс правильний, ви можете безпосередньо закрити виписку з " -"узгодження, натиснувши на |manual07|." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Онлайн користувачі Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." msgstr "" -"В іншому випадку натисніть |manual08| щоб відкрити виписку та виправити " -"проблему." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "Закрийте банківську виписку" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Користувачі Odoo Enterprise" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі бухобліку натисніть кнопку Додатково у своєму " -"банківському журналі, потім натисніть Банківські виписки. " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "Щоб закрити банківську виписку, натисніть **Перевірити**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "Імпорт файлів операцій OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" msgstr "" -"Відкрита фінансова біржа - уніфікована специфікація електронного обміну " -"фінансовими даними між фінансовими установами, підприємствами та споживачами" -" через Інтернет." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "Синхронізуйте свої банківські виписки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити файл OFX з вашого банку або " -"програмне забезпечення для бухгалтерського обліку та імпортувати його " -"безпосередньо у версію Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." msgstr "" -"Перевірте зараз функцію `з цим зразком файлу OFX " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." msgstr "" -"Щоб імпортувати виписки OFX, вам слід активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У " -"програмі Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`. З налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських " -"виписок **Імпортуйте у форматі .OFX** і застосуйте." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." msgstr "" -"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій " -"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього " -"перейдіть на інформаційну панель бухобліку та натисніть кнопку **Більше** на" -" банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " -"завантажити свій перший файл OFX." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." msgstr "" -"Завантажте файл OFX на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпорт**, щоб створити " -"всі свої банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "Імпорт файлів OFX" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." msgstr "" -"Після імпортування вашого першого файлу, інформаційна панель бухобліку Odoo " -"автоматично запропонує вам імпортувати більше файлів для вашого банку. Для " -"наступного імпорту вам більше не потрібно переходити до меню **Більше**, ви " -"можете безпосередньо натиснути на посилання **Імпорт виписки**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." msgstr "" -"Щоразу, коли ви отримуєте заяву, пов'язану з новим клієнтом/постачальником, " -"Odoo попросить вас вибрати правильний контакт для узгодження транзакції. " -"Odoo дізнається про цю операцію і автоматично завершить наступні платежі, " -"які ви отримуєте чи робите з цими контактами. Це прискорить процес " -"узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "Як синхронізувати ваш рахунок PayPal з Odoo" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -559,7 +503,7 @@ msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" "Потім вам доведеться надати свої облікові дані для підключення до PayPal." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -573,7 +517,7 @@ msgstr "" "онлайн-виписками (ви може перемикатися із нового на старий інтерфейс у " "вашому рахунку Paypal). " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." @@ -581,7 +525,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви цього не зробите, ви отримаєте повідомлення про те, щоби виставити " "Paypal англійською або про те, що сайт не підтримується." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -593,7 +537,7 @@ msgstr "" "для отримання транзакції та список вибраних рахунків. Ви повинні вибрати " "рахунок **балансу Paypal**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." @@ -601,7 +545,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як все буде зроблено, ви повинні побачити ваші транзакції PayPal" " прямо в Odoo, і ви можете розпочати узгодження ваших платежів." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." @@ -609,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" "Насолоджуйтесь повною інтеграцією! Вам більше не потрібно записувати " "транзакцію вручну." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -617,580 +561,213 @@ msgstr "" "Вам потрібно лише ввести свої облікові дані вперше. Після завершення роботи," " Odoo автоматично буде синхронізуватися з PayPal кожні 4 години." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "Імпортувати файли виписки QIF" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" msgstr "" -"Формат обміну Quicken - це відкрита специфікація для читання та написання " -"фінансових даних на медіа (тобто файли). Хоча все ще широко " -"використовується, QIF - це більш старий формат, ніж Open Financial Exchange " -"(OFX), і ви можете використовувати версію OFX, якщо ви можете експортувати " -"їх в обидва формати." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"<bank_synchronization>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " "statements." msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете завантажити QIF-файл з вашого банку або " -"бухгалтерської програми та імпортувати його безпосередньо у вашу версію " -"Odoo. Це створить всі банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." msgstr "" -"Перевірте зараз функцію `з цим зразком файлу QIF " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -"Для імпорту звітів QIF потрібно активувати цю функцію в Odoo. У програмі " -"Бухоблік перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. З" -" налаштувань бухобліку перевірте параметри банківських виписок **Імпортувати" -" у .QIF форматі** і застосуйте." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." msgstr "" -"Після того як ви встановили цю функцію, ви зможете налаштувати свій " -"банківський рахунок, щоб імпортувати файли банківських виписок. Для цього " -"перейдіть на панель приладів бухобліку та натисніть кнопку **Більше** на " -"банківському рахунку. Потім натисніть **Імпортувати виписку**, щоб " -"завантажити свій перший файл QIF." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -"Завантажте файл QIF на наступний екран і натисніть **Імпорт**, щоб створити " -"всі виписки з банку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "Імпорт фалів QIF" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "Як синхронізувати Odoo з вашим банківським рахунком?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." msgstr "" -"Odoo може синхронізуватися безпосередньо з банківським рахунком, щоби усі " -"банківські виписки автоматично імпортувалися в Odoo кожні 4 години. Перш ніж" -" перейти до цього посібника, слід перевірити, чи підтримується ваш банк. Ви " -"можете дізнатись це з функцій бухобліку Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/accounting-features>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" msgstr "" -"Знайдіть назву свого банку на наведеній вище сторінці. Якщо ваш банк " -"з'явиться в пропозиції, це означає, що Odoo його підтримує. Країни, які " -"повністю підтримуються (тобто більше 95% банків), включають: Сполучені " -"Штати, Канада, Нова Зеландія, Австрія. Частково підтримується понад 30 " -"країн, зокрема: Колумбія, Індія, Франція, Іспанія тощо." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "Для зв'язку з банками, Odoo використовує два веб-сервіси:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "Plaid: для основних банків США" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "Yodlee: для всіх інших банків" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "Онлайн користувачі Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви підтримуєте банки своєї країни, функція інтеграції з банком вже була" -" встановлена. Якщо вона не встановлена, ви можете вручну встановити модуль " -"**account_yodlee**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "Користувачі Odoo Enterprise" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви плануєте використовувати інтерфейс банку з підпискою Odoo " -"Enterprise, вам не потрібно робити нічого особливого, просто переконайтеся, " -"що ваша база даних зареєстрована у вашому контракті з Odoo Enterprise." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." msgstr "" -"ви можете перевірити, чи немає мережевого екрану/проксі-сервера, який блокує" -" наступні адреси:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "Синхронізуйте свої банківські виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" msgstr "" -"Після встановлення інтерфейсу Plaid або Yodlee ви можете підключити Odoo до " -"свого банку. Для цього натисніть кнопку **Додатково** на вибраному вами " -"банку на інформаційній панелі обліку. У меню натисніть на Налаштування, щоб " -"налаштувати цей банківський рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." msgstr "" -"У банківській формі на вкладці Банківський рахунок встановіть опцію " -"банківських виписок для **Синхронізації банківської виписки**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" msgstr "" -"Після цього поверніться на інформаційну панель бухобліку. Ви повинні " -"побачити кнопку **Синхронізація Онлайн** на вашій банківській картці. " -"Натисніть цю кнопку та введіть свої банківські реквізити." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link <https://odoo.com/download>`_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." msgstr "" -"Щойно ви заповните свої облікові дані, ваші канали банку будуть " -"синхронізовані кожні 4 години." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "Синхронізація не працює в режимі реального часу, чи нормально?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." msgstr "" -"Yodlee намагається отримати дані з банківського рахунку один раз на день. " -"Проте це не завжди відбувається одночасно. І іноді процес може провалитись. " -"У такому випадку Yodlee повторить на одну годину або дві пізніше. Ось чому в" -" Odoo є cron, який працює кожні 4 години, щоб отримати інформацію від " -"Yodlee." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." msgstr "" -"Однак ви можете запустити синхронізацію, натиснувши кнопку \"Синхронізувати " -"зараз\" на панелі приладів бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-link-" +"odoo>`." msgstr "" -"Більше того, транзакція може бути помітна на вашому банківському рахунку, " -"але Yodlee її не може отримати. Дійсно, транзакція на вашому банківському " -"рахунку може мати статус \"в очікуванні\", а не статус \"опубліковано\". У " -"такому випадку Yodlee не імпортує його, вам доведеться почекати, поки статус" -" зміниться." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statements to the database." +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-update-" +"credentials>`." msgstr "" -"Важливо пам'ятати, що Yodlee не є операцією з отримання послуг у режимі " -"реального часу. Це сервіс для полегшення імпорту банківських виписок до бази" -" даних." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "Чи включена функція Yodlee у вашому контракті?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" -"Версія Enterprise: Так, якщо у вас є діючий контракт підприємства, " -"пов'язаний з вашою базою даних." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "Версія спільноти: Ні, ця функція не включена у версію спільноти." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "" -"Онлайн-версія: Так, навіть якщо ви скористаєтеся контрактом One App Free." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "Деякі банки мають статус \"Бета\", що це означає?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." -msgstr "" -"Це означає, що Yodlee лише зараз працює над синхронізацією з цим банком. " -"Синхронізація може вже працювати, або для 100% робочої синхронізації може " -"знадобитися трохи більше часу. На жаль, необхідно трохи терпіння." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "Всі ваші минулі операції не в Odoo, чому?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." -msgstr "Yodlee дозволяє здійснювати транзакції лише до 3 місяців." #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Різне" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "Як управляти серійними депозитами чеків?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"Коли група вашої компанії отримує чеки від клієнтів, вони часто групою " -"розміщують ці гроші на їх банківський рахунок. Оскільки ці гроші були " -"отримані у фізичній формі, хтось у вашій компанії повинен вручну принести " -"чеки в банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"Банк попросить надати депозитний квиток (також називається депозитарна " -"розписка), який повинен бути заповнений, з урахуванням деталей чеків або " -"готівки, що підлягають включенню в операції." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "" -"У виписці з банківського рахунку відображатиметься загальна сума депозиту та" -" посилання на депозитний квиток, а не окремі чеки." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "" -"Odoo допомагає вам підготувати та роздрукувати свої депозитні квитки, а " -"потім з легкістю узгодити їх із банківською випискою." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "Встановіть функцію пакетного депозиту" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "" -"Щоб використовувати функцію пакетного депозиту, вам потрібно встановити " -"модуль **Пакетний депозит**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "" -"Зазвичай цей модуль автоматично встановлюється, якщо чеки широко " -"використовуються у вашій країні." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перевірити, чи встановлено функцію **Пакетний депозит**, перейдіть в " -"меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` додатку Бухоблік. " -"перевірте функцію: **Дозволити пакетний депозит**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "Активуйте цю функцію на своїх банківських рахунках" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви встановили цю функцію, Odoo автоматично активує банківські" -" депозити на ваших основних банківських рахунках." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб контролювати, який банківський рахунок може здійснювати депозит, а який " -"не може, перейдіть до журналу, який ви визначили, щоб сплачувати свої чеки, " -"які зазвичай називають \"Чеки\" або \"Банк\" (дивіться " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, в додатку Бухоблік, " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Журнали`." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"У розділі **Розширені налаштування**, розділ **Різне**, встановіть метод " -"дебетування **Пакетний депозит**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви перевіряєте **Пакетний депозит** у полі вашого методу дебету, це " -"означає, що платежі, створені за допомогою цього журналу (який називається " -"Метод платежу, коли ви хочете здійснити або отримати платіж), буде " -"застосовуватися для створення пакетних депозитів згодом." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "З чеків, отриманих в банк" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "Отримати чеки клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви отримаєте чеки, запишіть їх на банківський рахунок, на " -"який ви плануєте їх внести. Вибравши банківський рахунок (або чековий " -"журнал, якщо ви налаштували Odoo таким чином), Odoo пропонує вам " -"використовувати пакетний депозит. Виберіть цей варіант, якщо плануєте здати " -"чек у свій банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "У полі замітки ви можете встановити референс чеку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"платежі можуть бути зареєстровані в меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Платежі`, або безпосередньо на відповідний рахунок-фактуру, використовуючи " -"кнопку **Реєстрація платежу**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "Підготувати пакетний депозит" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"З програми бухобліку перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Пакетний " -"депозит`, та створіть новий **Пакетний депозит**." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть банк, а потім виберіть платежі (чеки), які потрібно додати в цей " -"депозит. За замовчуванням Odoo пропонує вам усі чеки, які ще не були здані " -"на зберігання. Таким чином ви зможете переконатися, що ви не забули або " -"втратили чек." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете надрукувати пакетний депозит, що буде дуже корисним для " -"підготовки депозитної розписки, яку зазвичай вимагає банк." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "Узгодження депозиту з банківською випискою" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "" -"Під час обробки виписки з банківського рахунку ви побачите номер заявки на " -"депозит, зазначений у виписці. Коли процес узгодження виконується, " -"користувач зможе вибирати депозит, який відповідає банківській виписці." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете пакетний депозит, Odoo автоматично заповнить усі чеки, що " -"містяться в цьому депозиті для співставлення. (2 чеки були в пакетному " -"депозиті в прикладі нижче)" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Вирішення проблем" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "Я не бачу посилання пакетного депозиту на банківських виписках?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо у банківській виписці немає посилання на пакетний депозит, це може мати" -" дві причини:" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення функції пакетного депозиту вам потрібно перезавантажити " -"сторінку, щоби браузер знав про цю нову функцію. Просто натисніть кнопку " -"перезавантаження вашого браузера." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "" -"У вас немає пакетного депозиту, створеного для цього банківського рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "Що станеться, якщо чек було відхилено?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви маєте меншу суму у банківській виписці, ніж фактична сума у вашому " -"пакетному депозиті, це, ймовірно, означає, що один з ваших чеків було " -"відхилено." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку натисніть на рядок, пов’язаний з цим чеком, щоби вилучити " -"його зі співставлення банківських виписок." - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "Як робити банківський переказ в Odoo?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1248,7 +825,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Створіть другий банківський рахунок/журнал" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1308,17 +885,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." msgstr "" -"Примітка є важливою, якщо ви хочете автоматичне узгодження. (`див " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "Збережіть та підтвердіть зміни, щоб зареєструвати платіж." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " @@ -1328,11 +903,11 @@ msgstr "" "переказу. Нам потрібно буде імпортувати банківські виписки, щоб зарахувати " "гроші кінцевому рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте їх" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." @@ -1340,7 +915,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зауважте, що баланс, який обчислюється Odoo, відрізняється від останньої " "банківської виписки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1348,13 +923,8 @@ msgid "" "Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -"Це тому, що ми не імпортували банківську виписку, яка підтверджує отримання " -"та відправлення грошей. Таким чином, потрібно імпортувати банківську виписку" -" та узгодити платіж із правильним рядком виписки банку. Як тільки ви " -"отримаєте свої банківські виписки, натисніть кнопку **нова виписка** " -"відповідного банку, щоб імпортувати їх." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1368,11 +938,11 @@ msgstr "" "виписці, це означає, що помилок зроблено не було. Заповніть **Кінцевий " "баланс** і натисніть кнопку **Узгодити**." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "Відкриється наступне вікно:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " @@ -1382,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківської виписки, яка відповідає зазначеному параметру, та натисніть " "кнопку **узгодити**. Закрийте виписку, щоб завершити транзакцію." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1395,132 +965,191 @@ msgstr "" "відбудеться автоматично." #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "Налаштування моделі записів банківської виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -"В Odoo у вас є можливість попередньо заповнити деякі бухгалтерські записи, " -"щоб легко узгодити періодичні записи, такі як банківські комісії." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -"Ми приведемо такий приклад, щоб проілюструвати концепцію: кожен місяць наша " -"компанія отримує вартість банківської комісії, яка залежить від поточного " -"балансу нашого банківського рахунку. Таким чином, ця плата є змінною." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Створіть модель узгодження" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -"По-перше, нам потрібно налаштувати дві моделі узгодження. Для цього " -"перейдіть на панель приладів модуля бухобліку. У своєму банківському журналі" -" натисніть на посилання :menuselection:`Більше --> Моделі узгодження`." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -"Ми хочемо, щоб ми могли легко бронювати нашу банківську комісію. Наш банк " -"вираховує комісію в залежності від нашого балансу, а це означає, що вона " -"може змінюватися щомісяця." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -"Ми створюємо кнопку Мітка, яка називається Банківська комісія, вибираємо " -"правильний рахунок, щоб замовити ці комісії. Крім того, нам також потрібно " -"вказати, що тип суми \"Відсоток балансу\" із сумою 100%. Цей параметр " -"дозволить Odoo взяти усю комісію в рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "Збережіть свої зміни, коли закінчите." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -"Якщо фіксована сума вашої банківської комісії, ви також можете вибрати " -"**Виправлено** за типом суми та вкажіть суму." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете використовувати цю функцію для обробки знижок. Будь ласка, " -"зверніться до :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "Зареєструйте свої платежі на основі моделі узгодження" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте свій платіж, імпортуючи свої банківські виписки, які вплинуть " -"на сплату банківської комісії." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -"При здійсненні узгодження ви можете вибрати відкритий баланс і натиснути " -"кнопку **Модель узгодження** (у цьому випадку - **Банківські комісії**), щоб" -" миттєво отримувати всі відповідні дані." -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "Нарешті, натисніть **Узгодити**, щоб завершити процес." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Тип" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Умови на рядку банківського рахунку" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Протилежні значення" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -"Використовуйте різні варіанти у процесі узгодження банківської виписки" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1682,144 +1311,180 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо оплата здійснюється за допомогою авансового платежу, просто перевірте, " "чи це правильно, і перевірте всі пов'язані платежі:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "" "Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи у звітах." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановити" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "Як встановити новий банківський рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома банківськими рахунками. На цій сторінці " -"ви дізнаєтесь про створення, зміну або видалення банківського рахунку або " -"кредитної картки." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "Редагування банківського рахунку" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "Банківські рахунки" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити процес, банківський рахунок вже існує. Перш за все, перед " -"заповненням власної банківської інформації ми радимо вам редагувати її." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Банківські " -"рахунки` та натисніть на іконку **Банк**. Відредагуйте це." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." msgstr "" -"Odoo буде виявляти тип банківського рахунку (наприклад, IBAN), щоб дозволити" -" певний спосіб оплати, такий як SEPA." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "Створіть банківський рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Банківськиі " -"рахунки`. Натисніть на **Створити** та заповніть форму. Ви можете вирішити " -"показати номер банківського рахунку, у якому ви плануєте надсилати " -"документи, наприклад, замовлення на продаж чи рахунки-фактури. Виберіть " -"способи оплати, які ви підтримуєте, за допомогою цього банківського рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви працюєте в багатопрофільному середовищі, вам доведеться " -"переключитися на компанію відповідно до ваших уподобань користувачів, щоб " -"додати, змінити або видалити банківські рахунки з іншої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Тип" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "Синхронізація з банком" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." msgstr "" -"Тип банківського рахунку: Нормальний або IBAN. Виведено з номера " -"банківського рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "ABA/Маршрутизація" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "Американська банківська асоціація. Маршрутний номер" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "І'мя власника рахунку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." msgstr "" -"Ім'я власника рахунку, якщо воно відрізняється від імені власника рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Перегляньте *банківський рахунок* у нашій демо онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." msgstr "" -"Початковий баланс банківської виписки буде автоматично встановлено на " -"остаточний залишок попереднього в одному журналі." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "Видалення банківського рахунку або кредитної картки" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "Розширені налаштування" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" msgstr "" -"У списку банківських рахунків виберіть елементи для видалення та видаліть їх" -" з меню дій або перейдіть до форми та видаліть один елемент з меню дій." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "Як керувати валютним банківським рахунком?" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1889,11 +1554,6 @@ msgid "" "created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" " activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." msgstr "" -"Після того, як Odoo буде налаштоване на підтримку кількох валют, вам слід " -"активувати валюти, з якими ви плануєте працювати. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть " -"в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Усі валюти створюються за " -"замовчуванням, але вам слід активувати ті, з які ви плануєте підтримувати " -"(щоб активувати валюту, позначте це поле, як \"Активно\")." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1970,8 +1630,6 @@ msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." msgstr "" -"Коли ви готові оплатити цей рахунок, натисніть зареєструвати платіж на " -"рахунку, щоб записати платіж." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2003,9 +1661,6 @@ msgid "" "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." msgstr "" -"Звірки з клієнтами та постачальниками керуються у валюті рахунка-фактури. " -"Таким чином, сума, яка належить вашим клієнтам (вашим постачальникам), " -"завжди виражається у валюті рахунка-фактури." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2042,8 +1697,8 @@ msgstr "" "отриманих рахунків-фактур." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "Як вести касовий облік?" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2070,323 +1725,16 @@ msgstr "" "У вкладці Записи журналу можна налаштувати дебетове та кредитне повідомлення" " за замовчуванням, а також валюту журналу." -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Активно" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть активне значення \"помилково\", щоби приховати журнал, не " -"видаливши його." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "Виберіть \"Продаж\" для журналів рахунків клієнтів." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "Виберіть 'Купівля' для журналів рахунків постачальників." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть 'Готівка' або 'Банк' для журналів, які використовуються у платежах " -"клієнтів або постачальників." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "Виберіть 'Загальні' для журналів різних операцій." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Компанія" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "Компанія-власник цього журналу" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "Визначає, як будуть зареєстровані банківські виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Synchronization Frequency" -msgstr "Частота синхронізації" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "Визначає, коли з'явилася нова банківська виписка" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "буде створено при завантаженні нових транзакцій" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "з вашого банківського рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "Короткий код" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "Записи в журналі будуть нумеруватися використовуючи цей префікс." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "Наступний номер" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "" -"Наступний порядковий номер буде використано для наступного рахунку-фактури." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Послідовність записів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "Це поле містить інформацію про нумерацію записів у журналі проведень." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "Виділена послідовність сторно" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "" -"Позначте це, якщо ви не хочете поділитися однаковою послідовністю для " -"рахунків-фактур та сторно, створених з цього журналу" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes Next Number" -msgstr "Наступний номер сторно" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "Наступний порядковий номер буде використано для наступного сторно." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "Послідовність запису сторно" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "" -"Це поле містить інформацію, що стосується нумерації записів сторно цього " -"журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "Дебетовий рахунок за замовчуванням" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "Використовується, як рахунок за замовчуванням для суми дебету" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "Кредитний рахунок за замовчуванням" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "Використовується, як типовий кредитний рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "Валюта" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "Валюта, використана для запису виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Type" -msgstr "Тип зв'язку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can set here the default communication that will appear on customer " -"invoices, once validated, to help the customer to refer to that particular " -"invoice when making the payment." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете встановити стандартну комунікацію, яка буде відображатися на " -"рахунках-фактурах клієнтів, після перевірки, щоби допомогти клієнту " -"звернутися до цього конкретного рахунку при здійсненні платежу." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Standard" -msgstr "Стандарт зв'язку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can choose different models for each type of reference. The default one " -"is the Odoo reference." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете обрати різні моделі для кожного типу референсу. Референс Odoo " -"встановлюється за замовчуванням." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name" -msgstr "Ім'я псевдоніма" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft invoices and bills by sending an email." -msgstr "Це створює чернетки рахунків через надсилання електронної пошти." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "Рахунок доходів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Використовується для відображення доходу, коли наприкінці періоду баланс по " -"касі не співпадає з тим, що обчислено системою." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "Рахунок для браку і втрат" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "" -"Використовується для відображення витрат, коли наприкінці періоду баланс по " -"касі не співпадає з тим, що обчислено системою." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Lock Posted Entries with Hash" -msgstr "Блокуйте опубліковані записи з гешем" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If ticked, the accounting entry or invoice receives a hash as soon as it is " -"posted and cannot be modified anymore." -msgstr "" -"Якщо позначено, бухгалтерський запис або рахунок-фактура отримує геш, як " -"тільки його буде опубліковано, і його більше не можна буде змінити." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "Для вхідних платежів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Вручну: отримуйте оплату готівкою, чеком або будь-яким іншим методом за " -"межами Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "" -"Електронний: отримуйте платіж автоматично за допомогою оплати покупця, " -"надіславши запит на транзакцію на картці, збереженої клієнтом під час " -"покупки або підписки онлайн (платіжний токен)." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" -"Пакетний депозит: одноразово зараховуйте кілька клієнтських чеків, створивши" -" пакетний депозит, для подачі в банк. Під час кодування виписки з банку в " -"Odoo вам пропонують узгодити транзакцію з депозитом партії. Увімкніть цю " -"опцію в налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "Для вихідних платежів" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Вручну: сплачуйте рахунок готівкою або будь-яким іншим методом за межами " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "Чек: сплачуйте рахунок чеком та надрукуйте його з Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: сплачуйте рахунок з файлу SEPA Credit Transfer, який " -"ви передаєте в свій банк. Увімкніть цю опцію в налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "Метод оплати друкованим чеком вибрано" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "" -"Технічна функція використовується для того, щоб дізнатись, чи увімкнено друк" -" чеку як спосіб оплати." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "Порядковий номер чеку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "Порядковий номер чеків" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "Ручна нумерація" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть цю опцію, якщо ваші попередньо надруковані чеки не пронумеровані" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "Наступний номер чеку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "Послідовність номера наступного друкованого чеку" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Застосування" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Як зареєструвати грошові оплати?" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -2394,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати готівковий платіж, специфічний для іншого клієнта, " "необхідно виконати такі дії:" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -2402,21 +1750,21 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Панель приладів --> Готівка --> " "Реєстрація транзакцій`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "Заповніть початковий та кінцевий баланс" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "Зареєструйте транзакції, вказавши клієнтів, пов'язаних з транзакцією" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Покладіть гроші" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -2426,11 +1774,11 @@ msgstr "" " ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Покласти гроші`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Візьміть гроші" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -2440,26 +1788,1010 @@ msgstr "" "після закінчення всіх ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Більше --> Забрати гроші`" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операції будуть додані до поточної реєстрації грошових оплат." -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "Локалізації" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Колумбія" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Аргентина" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Вступ" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Середовище" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Податки" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Листи" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Журнали" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Послідовності" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Використання та тестування" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Рахунок" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Звіти" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Колумбія" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" @@ -2467,17 +2799,14 @@ msgstr "" "Електронне виставлення рахунків для Колумбії можна отримати з Odoo 12 і " "вимагає наступних модулів:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" msgstr "" -"**l11n_co**: Всі основні дані для управління модулем бухгалтерського обліку," -" містять стандартні налаштування для: плану рахунків рахунків, податків, " -"ретенцій, типів ідентифікаційних документів" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -2487,15 +2816,15 @@ msgstr "" " інтеграції з T&S Carvajal, і генерування електронного рахунку-фактури на " "основі правових вимог DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "Робочий процес" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "1. Встановіть модулі колумбійської локалізації" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." @@ -2503,11 +2832,11 @@ msgstr "" "Для цього перейдіть у Додатки та знайдіть Колумбію. Потім натисніть кнопку " "Встановити для перших двох модулів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "2. Налаштуйте облікові дані для веб-сервісу Carvajal T&S" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " @@ -2517,8 +2846,8 @@ msgstr "" "з'єднуватися з веб-службою Carvajal T&S, необхідно налаштувати користувача " "та облікові дані, цю інформацію буде надано Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." @@ -2526,7 +2855,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" " знайдіть розділ *Колумбійські електронні рахунки*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " @@ -2538,7 +2867,7 @@ msgstr "" "інтеграцію з порталом CEN Financiero, доступним тут: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." @@ -2546,11 +2875,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як Odoo та Carvajal T&S повністю налаштовані та готові до " "виробництва, середовище тестування може бути вимкнено." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" -msgstr "3. Налаштуйте ваші дані звіту" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." @@ -2558,19 +2887,15 @@ msgstr "" "Як частина налаштованої інформації, що надсилається в XML, можна визначити " "дані для фіскального розділу та банківську інформацію в PDF-файлі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "4. Налаштуйте дані, необхідні в XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "4.1 Партнер" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "Ідентифікація" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "4.1.1 Ідентифікація" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " @@ -2580,7 +2905,7 @@ msgstr "" " доступні у формі Партнера. Колумбійські партнери повинні мати свій " "ідентифікаційний номер і тип документа:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " @@ -2590,11 +2915,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, включаючи перевірочну цифру, Odoo буде розділяти цей номер, коли " "передаються дані третій стороні." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "4.1.2 Фіскальна структура (RUT)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " @@ -2604,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "" " модуля електронного рахунку, який є частиною інформації, що вимагається " "DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" @@ -2612,7 +2937,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ці поля можна знайти в :menuselection:`Партнер --> Продажі & Вкладка купівлі" " --> Фіскальна інформація`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." @@ -2620,11 +2945,7 @@ msgstr "" "Додатково було додано два булевих поля для визначення фіскального режиму " "партнера." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "4.2 Податки" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " @@ -2634,7 +2955,7 @@ msgstr "" "враховувати, що додаткове поле *Тип значення* має бути налаштовано на " "податок. Цей параметр знаходиться на вкладці Додаткові параметри." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " @@ -2644,25 +2965,17 @@ msgstr "" "налаштування податків. Ця конфігурація використовується для коректного " "відображення податків у форматі PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "4.3 Журнали" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" -"Після того, як DIAN призначив офіційну послідовність та префікс для " -"вирішення електронних рахунків, журнали продажів, пов'язані з документами на" -" рахунку-фактурі, потрібно оновлювати в Odoo. До послідовності можна " -"звертатися, використовуючи режим розробника: :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Журнали`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." @@ -2670,11 +2983,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після того, як послідовність відкрита, поля Префікс і Наступний номер " "повинні бути налаштовані і синхронізовані з CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" -msgstr "4.4 Користувачі" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "Користувачі" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" @@ -2682,16 +2995,7 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблон за замовчуванням, який використовується Odoo на рахунку-фактурі PDF, " "включає позицію продавця, тому ці поля повинні бути налаштовані:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "Використання та тестування" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "1. Рахунок" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." @@ -2699,11 +3003,12 @@ msgstr "" "Після налаштування всіх основних даних і облікових даних можна почати " "тестування робочого процесу електронного рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" -msgstr "1.1 Створення рахунку" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " @@ -2713,11 +3018,11 @@ msgstr "" "фактури, не змінюється. Основними змінами, що вводяться в електронний " "рахунок, є наступні поля:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "There are three types of documents:" msgstr "Є три типи документів:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." @@ -2725,7 +3030,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura Electronica**: Цей документ є звичайним типом і застосовується до " "рахунків-фактур, сторно і дебетове повернення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." @@ -2733,7 +3038,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Factura de Importación**: Цей параметр слід вибирати для операцій " "імпортування." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " @@ -2745,11 +3050,11 @@ msgstr "" "ERP, і необхідно генерувати рахунок вручну, коли цей рахунок додано до ERP, " "цей тип рахунку-фактури слід вибрати." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" -msgstr "1.2 Підтвердження рахунку" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." @@ -2757,7 +3062,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після підтвердження рахунку XML-файл створюється і автоматично надсилається " "до Carvajal, цей файл відображається в чаті." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " @@ -2767,11 +3072,11 @@ msgstr "" "файлу XML. Крім того, є друге додаткове поле, яке відображається зі статусом" " електронного рахунку, з початковим значенням \"In progress\":" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "1.3 Отримання правових XML та PDF документів" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2787,11 +3092,11 @@ msgstr "" "XML, який включає цифровий підпис і унікальний код (CUFE), а також " "генерується фактура PDF, яка включає QR-код і CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 msgid "After this:" msgstr "Після цього:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" @@ -2799,15 +3104,15 @@ msgstr "" "ZIP, що містить XML документів, і PDF-файл завантажується і відображається у" " чаті рахунка-фактури:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" msgstr "Стан електронного рахунку змінюється на \"Прийнято\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" -msgstr "1.4 Поширені помилки" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " @@ -2817,7 +3122,7 @@ msgstr "" "відсутністю основних даних. У таких випадках повідомлення про помилку " "відображаються в чаті після оновлення статусу електронного рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" @@ -2825,11 +3130,11 @@ msgstr "" "Після виправлення основних даних можна повторно обробити XML з новими даними" " і надіслати оновлену версію за допомогою наступної кнопки:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" -msgstr "2. Додаткові випадки використання" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." @@ -2837,81 +3142,64 @@ msgstr "" "Процес отримання кредитових та дебетових повернень точно такий же, як і " "рахунок-фактура, функціональний робочий процес також залишається незмінним." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" msgstr "Колумбія (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 -msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" -msgstr "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" -msgstr "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" -"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " -"siguientes puntos:" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" msgstr "" -"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " -"siguientes puntos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "a. Plan Contable" -msgstr "a. Plan Contable" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "b. Impuestos" -msgstr "b. Impuestos" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "c. Retenciones" -msgstr "c. Retenciones" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 -msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" -msgstr "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" -"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " -"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" -" DIAN." +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" -"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " -"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" -" DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 -msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" @@ -2919,15 +3207,11 @@ msgstr "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 -msgid "cz" -msgstr "cz" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 -msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " @@ -2937,45 +3221,34 @@ msgstr "" "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" -"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " -"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" -"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " -"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" " completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 -msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " @@ -2985,27 +3258,25 @@ msgstr "" "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" -"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" -" Electrónica Colombiana**." +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" -"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" -" Electrónica Colombiana**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 -msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 -msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" -msgstr "4.1.1 Identificación" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " @@ -3017,7 +3288,7 @@ msgstr "" "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " @@ -3027,11 +3298,11 @@ msgstr "" "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 -msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " @@ -3041,15 +3312,13 @@ msgstr "" "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " -"Información Fiscal" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " -"Información Fiscal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -3063,29 +3332,15 @@ msgstr "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 -msgid "4.2 Impuestos" -msgstr "4.2 Impuestos" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" -" Valor" -msgstr "" -"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" -" Valor" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " @@ -3097,11 +3352,11 @@ msgstr "" "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 -msgid "4.3 Diarios" -msgstr "4.3 Diarios" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" @@ -3111,31 +3366,24 @@ msgstr "" "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta:" +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" msgstr "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 -msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" -msgstr "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 -msgid "4.4 Usuarios" -msgstr "4.4 Usuarios" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" @@ -3143,15 +3391,15 @@ msgstr "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " @@ -3161,11 +3409,11 @@ msgstr "" "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "1. Invoice Creation" -msgstr "1. Створення рахунку" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " @@ -3177,7 +3425,7 @@ msgstr "" "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" @@ -3185,45 +3433,35 @@ msgstr "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" -msgstr "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" -msgstr "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "transacciones de importación." -msgstr "transacciones de importación." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 -msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" -msgstr "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" -"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " -"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " -"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" -"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " -"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " -"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 -msgid "1. Invoice Validation" -msgstr "1. Підтвердження рахунку" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " @@ -3233,7 +3471,7 @@ msgstr "" "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" @@ -3245,11 +3483,11 @@ msgstr "" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 -msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -3265,41 +3503,34 @@ msgstr "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente." +"automáticamente:" msgstr "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" -msgstr "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 +msgid "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "en el historial de la Factura." -msgstr "en el historial de la Factura." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 msgid "" -"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" -" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" -"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" -" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "1. Errores Frecuentes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " @@ -3311,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr "" "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " @@ -3321,11 +3552,11 @@ msgstr "" "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " @@ -3335,15 +3566,582 @@ msgstr "" "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "Франція" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" @@ -3353,7 +4151,7 @@ msgstr "" "FEC. Для цього перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> " "Франція --> FEC`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." @@ -3361,11 +4159,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не бачите підменю **FEC**, перейдіть до **Додатки** і знайдіть " "модуль **Франція-FEC** та перевірте, чи він добре встановлений." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "Французька бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" @@ -3373,24 +4171,24 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви матимете доступ до " "деяких бухгалтерських звітів, характерних для Франції:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "Bilan comptable" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "Compte de résultats" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "" "Отримайте сертифікат про боротьбу із шахрайством на додану вартість з Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -3404,32 +4202,29 @@ msgstr "" "продаж. Ці юридичні вимоги впроваджені в 9 версії Odoo через модуль та " "сертифікат відповідності для завантаження." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "" "Чи моя компанія зобов'язана використовувати програмне забезпечення проти " "шахрайства?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" msgstr "" -"Ваша компанія повинна використовувати програмне забезпечення для боротьби із" -" шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), " -"якщо:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "" "Ви є оподатковуваними (не звільнені від податку на додану вартість) у " "Франції або будь-якому DOM-TOM," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." @@ -3437,44 +4232,36 @@ msgstr "" "Це правило застосовується до компанії будь-якого розміру. Автострахувальники" " звільняються від сплати ПДВ, тому вони їх це не стосується." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "Приєднатися до Odoo дуже просто." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you " +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " "use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -"Ваша компанія вимагає від податкової адміністрації подати сертифікат " -"відповідності, який підтверджує, що ваше програмне забезпечення відповідає " -"законодавству боротьби із шахрайством. Цей сертифікат надається Odoo SA " -"користувачам Odoo Enterprise тут <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-" -"certification/> `__. Якщо ви використовуєте спільноту Odoo, ви повинні " -"\"перейти на Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>` __ або " -"звернутися до свого постачальника послуг Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "" "У разі невідповідності ваша компанія ризикує отримати штраф у розмірі 7500 " "євро." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "Щоб отримати сертифікат, виконайте наступні кроки:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" @@ -3482,7 +4269,7 @@ msgstr "" "Встановіть модуль боротьби із шахрайством, що відповідає вашій версії Odoo, " "з меню *Додатки*:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -3491,7 +4278,7 @@ msgstr "" "Сертифікація щодо боротьби із шахрайством на додану вартість для точки " "продажу (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" @@ -3499,7 +4286,7 @@ msgstr "" "у будь-якому іншому випадку: * l10n_fr_certification *: Франція - " "Сертифікація боротьби із шахрайством на ПДВ (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -3511,7 +4298,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанії, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`налаштування -> Користувачі та " "компанії -> Компанії`. Виберіть країну зі списку; Не створюйте нову країну." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -3519,19 +4306,15 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA `тут " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -"Щоб встановити модуль у будь-якій системі, створеній до 18 грудня 2017 р., " -"Слід оновити список модулів. Для цього активуйте режим розробника в меню " -"*Налаштування*. Потім перейдіть в меню *Додатки* і натисніть *Оновити список" -" модулів* у верхньому меню." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." @@ -3539,7 +4322,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-premise, вам потрібно оновити вашу інсталяцію та " "заздалегідь перезавантажити сервер." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -3548,22 +4331,16 @@ msgid "" "*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" " installed." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановили початкову версію модуля боротьби із шахрайством (до 18 " -"грудня 2017 року), вам потрібно оновити його. Назва модуля була *Франція - " -"Бухгалтерський облік - Сертифікований CGI 286 I-3 bis*. Після оновлення " -"списку модулів знайдіть оновлений модуль в *Програми*, виберіть його та " -"натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль" -" *l10n_fr_sale_closing*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "Особливості боротьби із шахрайством" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "Модуль боротьби із шахрайством впроваджує такі функції:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" @@ -3571,11 +4348,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Незмінність**: дезактивація всіх способів скасування або зміни ключових " "даних замовлень точки продажу, рахунків-фактур та записів журналу;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" msgstr "**Безпека**: мережевий алгоритм для перевірки незмінності;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." @@ -3583,11 +4360,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Зберігання**: автоматичне закриття торгів з обчисленням як періоду, так і " "сукупних підсумків (щодня, щомісяця, щорічно)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" msgstr "Незмінність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " @@ -3597,7 +4374,7 @@ msgstr "" "продажу, підтверджених рахунків-фактур та записів журналу деактивуються, " "якщо компанія розташована у Франції або в будь-якому DOM-TOM." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." @@ -3605,11 +4382,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви керуєте середовищем декількох компаній, це впливає лише на документи" " таких компаній." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" msgstr "Безпека" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -3619,7 +4396,7 @@ msgstr "" "зашифровується після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових " "даних документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3632,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr "" "Алгоритм перекомпонулює всі хеші та порівнює їх з вихідними. У випадку " "аварії система вказує на перший пошкоджений документ, записаний у системі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " @@ -3645,11 +4422,11 @@ msgstr "" "записів журналу, перейдіть на сторінку :menuselection:`Рахунки/Бухоблік --> " "Звітність --> Французькі виписки`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "Зберігання" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3660,7 +4437,7 @@ msgstr "" "щорічно. Такі закриття чітко обчислюють загальний обсяг періоду продажу, а " "також сукупні великі підсумки з перших продажів, записаних у системі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." @@ -3668,7 +4445,7 @@ msgstr "" "Закриття можна знайти в меню *Французькі виписки* точки продажу, рахунків-" "фактур та обліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." @@ -3676,12 +4453,12 @@ msgstr "" "Завершення обчислюють підсумки для журнальних записів журналів продажів (Тип" " журналу = Продажі)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "Для середовищ кількох компаній такі закриття виконуються компанією." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " @@ -3694,7 +4471,7 @@ msgstr "" "сеансу, відкритому більше 24 годин тому. Такий сеанс повинен бути закритий " "перед продажем знову." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " @@ -3706,21 +4483,19 @@ msgstr "" " публікації. Якщо ви записали нову транзакцію з продажу протягом закритого " "періоду, вона буде зарахована до самого наступного закриття." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -"Для цілей тестування та аудиту такі закриття можуть бути створені вручну в " -"режимі розробника. Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний " -"--> Автоматизація --> Заплановані дії` зробити так." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "Обов'язки" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." @@ -3728,7 +4503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" " минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " @@ -3738,19 +4513,17 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " "вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -"Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " -"функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" msgstr "Більше інформації" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" @@ -3758,41 +4531,34 @@ msgstr "" "Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це законодавство в офіційних " "документах:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" -"`Питання, що часто задаються " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" -"`Офіційна виписка " -"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" -"`Елемент 88 фінансового законодавства 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Німеччина" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Німецький план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " @@ -3803,8 +4569,8 @@ msgstr "" "який ви хочете, перейшовши до :menuselection: `Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, " "потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." @@ -3812,48 +4578,51 @@ msgstr "" "Будьте обережні, ви можете змінити бухгалтерський пакет лише тоді, коли ви " "не створили запис бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" "Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, SKR03 встановлюється за " "замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" msgstr "Німецька бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" "Нижче наведено список спеціальних звітів для Німеччини, доступних на Odoo " "Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "Звіт балансу" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "Доходи та витрати" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "Партнер ПДВ Intra" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "Експорт з Odoo в Datev" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3867,11 +4636,185 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть" " кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Індонезія" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"<localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 msgid "Italy (IT)" msgstr "Італія (IT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3885,11 +4828,11 @@ msgstr "" "inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " "l’interscambio di informazioni." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3903,7 +4846,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" @@ -3911,23 +4854,16 @@ msgstr "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa `guida " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa `guida " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " @@ -3937,7 +4873,7 @@ msgstr "" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3949,7 +4885,7 @@ msgstr "" "che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " "previa comunicazione." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." @@ -3957,7 +4893,7 @@ msgstr "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " @@ -3967,15 +4903,15 @@ msgstr "" "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." @@ -3983,7 +4919,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " @@ -3995,11 +4931,11 @@ msgstr "" "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " @@ -4009,7 +4945,7 @@ msgstr "" "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" @@ -4021,11 +4957,11 @@ msgstr "" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -4039,25 +4975,25 @@ msgstr "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" @@ -4067,19 +5003,19 @@ msgstr "" "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" -msgstr "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." @@ -4087,11 +5023,11 @@ msgstr "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Мексика" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -4107,11 +5043,11 @@ msgstr "" "інформацію щоб дозволити вам використовувати Odoo в компанії з країною " "\"Мексика\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" msgstr "Мексиканська локалізація - це група з 3 модулів:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" @@ -4121,7 +5057,7 @@ msgstr "" "податками та планом рахунків, цей запропонований встановлений план рахунків " "- призначена копія списку кодів групи, які пропонує `SAT`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." @@ -4129,7 +5065,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: все, що стосується електронних транзакцій, CFDI 3.2 та 3.3," " додаток до оплати, додавання рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." @@ -4137,7 +5073,7 @@ msgstr "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: всі обов'язкові електронні звіти для електронного " "бухгалтерського обліку тут (необхідний бухгалтерський додаток)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -4151,7 +5087,7 @@ msgstr "" "вимог для цього ринку, стаючи вашим Odoo в ідеальному рішенні керувати вашою" " компанією в Мексиці." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " @@ -4161,17 +5097,17 @@ msgstr "" "виконати крок за кроком, щоб дозволити вам не витрачати час на виправлення " "помилок. На будь-якому кроці ви можете нагадати крок і повторити спробу." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "1. Встановіть мексиканську локалізацію бухобліку" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." msgstr "" "Для цього перейдіть у додатки та шукайте Мексику. Потім натисніть " "*Встановити*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " @@ -4180,11 +5116,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створюючи базу даних з www.odoo.com, якщо під час створення бухобліку ви " "виберете Мексику як країну локалізації, вона буде автоматично встановлена." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "2. Електронні рахунки (CDFI 3.2 та формат 3.3)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -4198,11 +5134,11 @@ msgstr "" " та 3.3) і створити підписаний платіж (також 3.3) повністю інтегрується зі " "звичайним потоком рахунків-фактур в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" -msgstr "3. Встановіть юридичну інформацію в компанії" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " @@ -4214,7 +5150,7 @@ msgstr "" "введіть дійсну адресу та ПДВ для вашої компанії. Не забудьте визначити " "мексиканську схему оподаткування у контакті з вашою компанією." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " @@ -4224,15 +5160,12 @@ msgstr "" "ви можете помістити будь-яку відому адресу в Мексиці з усіма полями для " "адреси компанії та встановити пдв **TCM970625MB1**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" -"4. Встановіть правильну \"Схему оподаткування\" для партнера, який " -"представляє компанію" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -4248,27 +5181,24 @@ msgstr "" "тестування** це повинно бути *601 - General de Ley Personas Morales*, просто" " знайдіть його як звичайне поле Odoo, якщо ви не бачите варіант)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "5. Включення CFDI версії 3.3" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -"Ці кроки потрібні лише тоді, коли ви активуєте CFDI 3.3 (доступно лише для " -"V11.0 та вище), якщо у вашому прикладі SaaS немає версії 11.0 або пізнішої " -"версії, будь ласка, попросіть оновлення, відправляючи запит на підтримку в " -"https: // www.odoo.com/help" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" -msgstr "Увімкніть режим розробника:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -4280,7 +5210,7 @@ msgstr "" "системи` і встановіть параметр з назвою *l10n_mx_edi_cfdi_version* до 3.3 " "(Створіть його, якщо запис із цією назвою не існує)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " @@ -4292,12 +5222,12 @@ msgstr "" "якій новій базі даних, створеній після виходу випуску v11.0 CFDI 3.3 є " "поведінкою за умовчанням." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" msgstr "Важливі міркування, коли ви увімкнете CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." @@ -4305,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш податок, який представляє ПДВ 16% та 0%, повинен мати поле \"Тип " "фактора\", встановлене для \"Таsа\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" @@ -4315,7 +5245,7 @@ msgstr "" "правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " "встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " @@ -4325,11 +5255,11 @@ msgstr "" "правильно встановити, ви можете їх експортувати та імпортувати, щоб зробити " "це швидше." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "6. Налаштуйте PAC, щоб правильно підписати рахунки-фактури" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " @@ -4341,17 +5271,14 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків (MX)`. Ви можете вибрати PAC у списку **підтримуваних PAC** у полі " "*PAC*, а потім введіть ім'я користувача PAC та пароль PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -"Пам'ятайте, що ви повинні зареєструватися в рецензованому PAC перед ручним, " -"цей процес можна зробити з самого PAC, у цьому випадку у нас буде два (2) " -"наявності `Finkok`_ і` Solución Factible`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -4365,7 +5292,7 @@ msgstr "" "ви завершите запропонований процес для SAT, щоб встановити цю інформацію для" " вашого виробничого середовища за допомогою реальних транзакцій." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." @@ -4373,7 +5300,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви позначили поле *MX PAC тест середовища*, вам не потрібно вводити " "ім'я користувача або пароль PAC." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." @@ -4382,23 +5309,23 @@ msgstr "" "використовувати *Тестування середовища* для мексиканської локалізації " "бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" msgstr "`Certificate`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" msgstr "**Пароль:** 12345678a" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "7. Налаштуйте тег у податках на продаж" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " @@ -4408,7 +5335,7 @@ msgstr "" "призупинення, що застосовується до концепції CFDI. Отже, якщо податок є " "податком на продаж, поле \"Тег\" повинно бути \"IVA\", \"ISR\" або \"IEPS\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." @@ -4416,11 +5343,11 @@ msgstr "" "Зверніть увагу, що для податків за замовчуванням тег уже призначений, але " "при створенні нового податку слід вибрати тег." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "Виставлення рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." @@ -4428,7 +5355,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб скористатися мексиканським рахунком-фактурою, вам просто потрібно " "зробити звичайний рахунок-фактуру, слідуючи звичайній поведінці Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" @@ -4436,7 +5363,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після перевірки першого рахунку правильно підписаний рахунок-фактура повинен" " виглядати так:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " @@ -4446,46 +5373,40 @@ msgstr "" "фактурі або відправивши його по електронній пошті після звичайного процесу, " "щоб надсилати рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -"Як тільки ви надішлете електронний рахунок-фактуру електронною поштою, це " -"так, як виглядає." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "Скасування рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" "Процес скасування повністю пов'язаний з нормальним скасуванням в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." msgstr "Якщо рахунок-фактура не сплачується." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до журналу рахунків-фактур клієнта, до якого належить рахунок-" -"фактура" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" -msgstr "Перевірте поле \"Дозволити скасування записів\"" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." msgstr "" -"Поверніться до рахунку-фактури та натисніть кнопку \"Скасувати рахунок-" -"фактуру\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." @@ -4493,15 +5414,15 @@ msgstr "" "З міркувань безпеки рекомендується повернути перевірку на те, щоб ще раз " "скасувати помилку, а потім перейти до журналу та перевірити це поле." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" msgstr "**Юридичні міркування**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." msgstr "Скасований рахунок-фактура буде автоматично скасований на SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " @@ -4511,22 +5432,18 @@ msgstr "" "вас буде стільки ж скасованих CFDI, скільки ви спробували, тоді всі ці xml є" " важливими, щоб забезпечити хороший контроль за причинами скасування." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -"Ви повинні від'єднати всі пов'язані платежі до рахунку-фактури на odoo перед" -" тим, як скасувати такий документ, ці платежі потрібно скасувати, " -"дотримуючись того самого підходу, але встановлюючи параметр «Дозволити " -"записи відмов» у самому платежі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" msgstr "Платежі (доступно лише для CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " @@ -4535,7 +5452,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб створити платіжний додаток, вам потрібно лише дотримуватися звичайного " "платіжного процесу в Odoo, ці умови, щоб зрозуміти поведінку, важливі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." @@ -4544,11 +5461,11 @@ msgstr "" "бути PPD, оскільки це очікувана поведінка, яка законодавчо вимагається для " "\"Готівкових платежів\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" msgstr "**1.1. Як я можу створити рахунок з терміном оплати `PUE`?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " @@ -4560,11 +5477,11 @@ msgstr "" "календарного місяця (наступного місяця дати CFDI), будь-яка інша умова " "створить рахунок-фактуру PPD." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" msgstr "**1.2. Як я можу отримати це з Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." @@ -4573,7 +5490,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко встановити його, використовуючи ``Умови оплати ``, визначені у " "рахунку-фактурі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." @@ -4581,7 +5498,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо рахунок-фактура генерується без ``Терміну оплати``, атрибут " "``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " @@ -4593,7 +5510,7 @@ msgstr "" "буде першим днем наступного місяця, це означає до 17 числа наступного " "місяця, тоді атрибут ``MetodoPago`` буде ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " @@ -4603,7 +5520,7 @@ msgstr "" "чистих днів``, а термін платежу вищий, ніж 17-те число наступного місяця, " "``MetodoPago`` стане``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " @@ -4613,7 +5530,7 @@ msgstr "" "авансового закінчення наступного місяця``, це термін розстрочки, атрибут " "``MetodoPago`` буде``PPD`` ." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." @@ -4622,11 +5539,11 @@ msgstr "" " із терміном платежу ``30% дострокового закінчення наступного місяця``, а " "потім зареєструйте платіж на ньому." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." -msgstr "Ви повинні надрукувати платіж, щоб правильно завантажити PDF-файл." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -4640,39 +5557,39 @@ msgstr "" "SAT`_ у розділі **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el" " caso de anticipos recibidos**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -"Що стосується теми 4, то заблокована можливість створення платежів клієнта " -"без належного рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "Бухоблік" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" msgstr "Бухоблік Мексики в odoo складається з трьох повідомлень:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." msgstr "План рахунку (Викликається та відображається як COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "Звіт DIOT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -"1 і 2 розглядаються як електронний облік, а DIOT - це лише доступ до звіту в" -" контексті бухгалтерського обліку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." @@ -4680,15 +5597,15 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете знайти всі ці звіти в оригінальному меню звіту в додатку " "Бухгалтерський облік." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Електронний облік (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" msgstr "Електронний графік обліку CoA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " @@ -4698,11 +5615,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> COA` і натисніть " "кнопку **Експорт для SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" -msgstr "**Як додати нові рахунки?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." @@ -4710,7 +5627,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви додаєте облік із конвенцією кодування NNN.YY.ZZ, де NNN.YY є групою " "кодування SAT, то ваш облік буде автоматично налаштований." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -4719,18 +5636,12 @@ msgid "" " automatically set, the tags set are the one picked to be used in the COA on" " xml." msgstr "" -"Приклад, щоб додати облік для нового банківського рахунку, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> План рахунків` а потім " -"створіть новий облік на кнопці \"Створити\" та спробувати створити обліковий" -" запис із номером 102.01.99, коли ви зміните, щоб встановити ім'я, яке ви " -"побачите, тег, який буде автоматично встановлено, встановлені теги будуть " -"вибрані для використання в COA на XML." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" -msgstr "**Що означає тег?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." @@ -4738,7 +5649,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб дізнатись усі можливі теги, ви можете ознайомитись з `Anexo 24`_ на " "веб-сайті SAT у розділі під назвою **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " @@ -4750,11 +5661,11 @@ msgstr "" "вашій базі даних), тоді у вас буде більше загальних тегів, якщо потрібний " "тег не створений, ви можете створити його на льоту." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -4769,7 +5680,7 @@ msgstr "" " допомогою кнопки у верхній частині **Експорт для SAT (XML)** з попереднім " "вибором періоду, який ви хочете експортувати." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." @@ -4777,15 +5688,15 @@ msgstr "" "Всі звичайні функції аудиту та аналізу доступні тут також як і будь-який " "звичайний звіт Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" -msgstr "**Що таке DIOT і важливість презентації SAT**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " @@ -4795,7 +5706,7 @@ msgstr "" " не повинні нехтувати тим, що ми представляємо. Отже, що не повинно бути в " "Оdoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " @@ -4807,7 +5718,7 @@ msgstr "" "операцій третім сторонам або те, що вважається таким же, з нашими " "постачальниками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " @@ -4817,11 +5728,11 @@ msgstr "" "подання до SAT, а також стосується постачальників, це необхідно. надішліть " "DIOT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" -msgstr "**Коли вводити файл DIOT і в якому форматі?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " @@ -4831,7 +5742,7 @@ msgstr "" "його на сторінці SAT, це електронний формат A-29, який ви можете знайти на " "веб-сайті SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " @@ -4843,11 +5754,11 @@ msgstr "" "постачальниками, то до лютого ми повинні представити інформацію, що " "стосується вказаних даних." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" -msgstr "**Де представлений DIOT?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " @@ -4857,7 +5768,7 @@ msgstr "" " який буде вам більш зручним, ніж ви будете представляти щомісяця або " "кожного разу, коли ви маєте справу з постачальниками." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." @@ -4865,7 +5776,7 @@ msgstr "" "Формат A-29 є електронним, так що ви можете його представити на сторінці " "SAT, але це після того, як складете до 500 записів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -4880,11 +5791,11 @@ msgstr "" "перевірки ви будете повернуті, так що не сумнівайтеся в тому, що у вас " "залишиться ці записи і, звичайно, ваш компакт-диск або USB." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" -msgstr "**Ще один факт, щоб знати: партійне завантаження?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " @@ -4894,7 +5805,7 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження, і, звичайно, перше, що ми думаємо, що це таке?, І відповідно " "до сайту SAT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -4910,7 +5821,7 @@ msgstr "" "захоплення, а отже, оптимізації часу, вкладеного в його інтеграцію, для " "презентації у часі та формі для SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " @@ -4921,23 +5832,21 @@ msgstr "" "допускається, що полегшить вам цю операцію, щоб її не було, щоб не " "відповідати SAT у зв'язку з інформацією про операції з третіми сторонами." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "Ви можете знайти `офіційну інформацію тут`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" -msgstr "**Як створити цей звіт в odoo?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Мексика --> " -"Операції з третіми сторонами (DIOT)`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." @@ -4946,24 +5855,22 @@ msgstr "" "безпосередньо до місяця, який ви перебуваєте, або залиште поточний місяць, " "якщо це вам підходить." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." msgstr "Натисніть \"Експорт (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -"Зберігайте в безпечному місці завантажений файл і перейдіть на веб-сайт SAT " -"і дотримуйтесь необхідних інструкцій, щоб оголосити його." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" -"Важливі міркування щодо даних постачальника та рахунків-фактур для IDIOT" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4977,7 +5884,7 @@ msgstr "" "але *L10N Mx Тип операції* повинен бути заповнений вами у всіх ваших " "постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " @@ -4988,7 +5895,7 @@ msgstr "" " якщо податок не нараховується, а інші 2 податки вже належним чином " "налаштовані." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " @@ -4998,7 +5905,7 @@ msgstr "" "потрібно спочатку попросити рахунок-фактуру, а потім сплатити його та " "правильно узгодити платіж за стандартною процедурою odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " @@ -5008,7 +5915,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунок-фактуру постачальника, ви можете виправити цю інформацію під час " "створення звіту." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." @@ -5016,7 +5923,7 @@ msgstr "" "Пам'ятайте, що у цьому звіті відображаються лише фактичні рахунки " "постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -5032,15 +5939,15 @@ msgstr "" "створити його до кінця місяця та використовувати його як свій аудиторський " "процес, щоб правильно встановити всіх ваших партнерів." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "Контактний модуль (безкоштовно)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " @@ -5050,11 +5957,11 @@ msgstr "" "адресами цього модуля, навіть якщо це не є технічною потребою, рекомендуємо " "його встановити." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "Мультивалютність (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -5070,11 +5977,11 @@ msgstr "" "завантажений від SAT і не турбуючись про те, щоб цю інформацію вручну " "вводити щодня в систему." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." msgstr "Перейдіть до налаштувань і ввімкніть функцію мультивалютності." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" @@ -5082,34 +5989,30 @@ msgstr "" "Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD " "(CFDI 3.3)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -"Часто ви хочете отримувати явні помилки з полів, неправильно встановлених у " -"xml, ці помилки краще інформовані користувачеві, якщо ввімкнено перевірку, " -"щоб увімкнути функцію «Перевірити за допомогою xsd», виконайте наступні " -"кроки (при увімкненому режимі налагодження)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії " "сервера`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" @@ -5117,16 +6020,16 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та " "компанії --> Компанії`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " @@ -5136,15 +6039,15 @@ msgstr "" "товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не " "вказано явну помилку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" msgstr "Сгенерований cfd недійсний" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " @@ -5154,101 +6057,74 @@ msgstr "" "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' не " "вирішується до визначення (n) простого типу., рядок 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" msgstr "" -"Це може бути викликано відновлення резервної копії бази даних на іншому " -"сервері або коли файли XSD не завантажені належним чином. Виконайте ті самі " -"дії, що описані вище, але:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку** (застосовується лише до CFDI 3.3):" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: елемент " -"'(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', атрибут 'NoIdentificacion': [аспект" -" 'minLength'] Значення '' має довжину \"0\"; це перевищує дозволену " -"мінімальну довжину \"1\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' не прийнято за схемою '[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" -"**Рішення:** Ви забули встановити правильне поле \"Посилання\" у товарі, " -"будь ласка, перейдіть до форми товару і правильно встановіть внутрішню " -"довідку." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Елемент " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': атрибут 'Режим' обов'язковий, " -"але відсутній." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Елемент " -"'(http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor: атрибут 'RegimenFiscal'обов'язковий, " -"але відсутній." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" " for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " "which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " "possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" -"**Рішення:** Ви забули встановити правильну \"Схему оподаткування\" у " -"партнера компанії, перейти до клієнтів, вилучити клієнтський фільтр і шукати" -" партнера, який називається вашою компанією, і встановити належне фіскальне " -"положення, яке є таким бізнес, який ви використовуєте, пов'язано зі списком " -"можливих цін SAT, можливо, що ви забули слідкувати за міркуваннями про схему" -" оподаткування." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " @@ -5258,121 +6134,97 @@ msgstr "" "правильний код (це перші 3 номери в назві), наприклад, для тесту, який слід " "встановити на 601, він буде виглядати як зображення." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" -"Для цілей тестування це значення має бути *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales*, який є необхідним для демонстраційного ПДВ." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " "'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "**Рішення:** У вашому рахунку-фактурі потрібен спосіб оплати." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " "is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " "the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." msgstr "" -"**Рішення:** Ви повинні правильно встановити адресу у вашій компанії, це " -"обов'язкова група полів, ви можете перейти до налаштування вашої компанії " -"на: menuselection: `Налаштування --> Користувачі та компанії --> Компанії` " -"та заповнити всі необхідні поля для вашої адреси після кроку :ref:`mx-legal-" -"info`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" -"**Рішення:** Поштовий індекс на адресу вашої компанії не є дійсним для " -"Мексики, виправте це." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" +"required but missing." msgstr "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" -"**Рішення:** Встановіть для мексиканської назви податки на рівні 0% і 16% у " -"вашій системі та використайте в рахунку-фактурі." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Нідерланди" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" msgstr "Експорт XAF " -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -5386,11 +6238,11 @@ msgstr "" "визначаєте записи, які ви хочете експортувати за допомогою фільтрів (період," " журнали, ...), а потім натисніть на кнопку **ЕКСПОРТ (XAF)**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" msgstr "Голландська бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" @@ -5398,42 +6250,42 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви встановите голландську локалізацію бухгалтерського обліку, ви " "матимете доступ до деяких звітів, специфічних для Нідерландів, таких як:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" msgstr "Звіт Intrastat (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Іспанія" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" "В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " @@ -5443,7 +6295,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " "розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." @@ -5451,11 +6303,11 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 встановлюється за " "замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" @@ -5463,27 +6315,27 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до " "бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Швейцарія" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " @@ -5493,7 +6345,7 @@ msgstr "" "надрукувати їх безпосередньо з Odoo. На рахунках клієнта є нова кнопка під " "назвою *Друк ISR*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " @@ -5503,28 +6355,44 @@ msgstr "" " банківський рахунок. Ви можете використовувати CH6309000000250097798 як " "номер банківського рахунку та 010391391 як посилання CHF ISR." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "Потім ви відкриваєте PDF з ISR." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " "bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -"Існує два макети для ISR: один з, і один без банківських координат. Щоб " -"вибрати, який з них використовувати, є можливість друкувати банківську " -"інформацію на ISR. Щоб його активувати, зайдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік " -"--> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Бухгалтерські звіти` і позначте це :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" msgstr "Оновлення валюти онлайн" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -5536,11 +6404,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування " "мультивалютності і вибрати потрібну послугу." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ до січня 2018" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" @@ -5550,11 +6418,11 @@ msgstr "" "ПДВ. Нормальна ставка на рівні 8,0% перейде на 7,7%, а спеціальна ставка для" " готельного сектору зміниться з 3,8% до 3,7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" msgstr "Як оновити свої податки в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS або On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." @@ -5562,7 +6430,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є версія V11.1, вся робота вже виконана, вам не потрібно нічого " "робити." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -5576,7 +6444,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\" --> відкрийте модуль --> " "натисніть \"оновити\"`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." @@ -5584,7 +6452,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як тільки це буде зроблено, ви можете працювати над створенням нових " "податків для оновлених ставок." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " @@ -5596,11 +6464,11 @@ msgstr "" " період часу. Замість цього не забудьте архівувати їх, коли ви закодуєте всі" " ваші транзакції 2017." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" msgstr "Створення таких податків має здійснюватися наступним чином:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" @@ -5609,7 +6477,7 @@ msgstr "" "мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " "v10)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" @@ -5620,7 +6488,7 @@ msgstr "" "v10). Оскільки звіт пдв тепер показує подробиці старих та нових ставок, ви " "також повинні встановити відповідні теги" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" @@ -5628,7 +6496,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для податків 7,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 302 бази, Швейцарія ПДВ " "Форма: сітка 302 податок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" @@ -5636,7 +6504,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для податків 3,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія ПДВ " "Форма: сітка 342 податок" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" @@ -5644,205 +6512,204 @@ msgstr "" "Нижче наведено, як приклади, правильну конфігурацію для всіх податків, " "включених в Odoo за умовчанням" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" msgstr "**Назва податку**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" msgstr "**Ставка**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" msgstr "**Мітка в рахунку-фактурі**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" msgstr "**Податкова група (діє з V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" msgstr "**Податкова сфера**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" msgstr "**Тег**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" msgstr "7.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" msgstr "TVA 7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "Купівлі" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 400" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." msgstr "7.7% invest." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 405" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "3.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" msgstr "TVA 3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" msgstr "3.7% invest" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Продажі" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" "Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 302 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 302 пдв" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." @@ -5850,7 +6717,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо у вас є запитання чи зауваження, зв'яжіться з нашою підтримкою за " "допомогою odoo.com/help." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " @@ -5860,8 +6727,1830 @@ msgstr "" "(або вище), нічого не робіть. В іншому випадку вам також доведеться " "відповідно оновити свою схему оподаткування." +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Користування" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "Звітний період" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "" +"Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби " +"переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що ви повністю узгодили **банківський рахунок(-и)** до кінця " +"року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими " +"балансами банківських виписок." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "" +"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" +"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" +" є правильною." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "" +"Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " +"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " +"випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "" +"Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " +"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " +"дебіторами**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" +"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції " +"впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" +" основних засобів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " +"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки " +"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " +"необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі " +"несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " +"призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "" +"Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг " +"для:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"Інструкції з корекції на кінець року, використовуючи меню **Журнальних " +"записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та " +"**Збережені прибутки**)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr "**Робота в процесі**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "**Позики**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть " +"знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, " +"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " +"погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " +"для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" +" встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " +"впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти " +"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** " +"безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, " +"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " +"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків " +"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня " +"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " +"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " +"відповідають нульовому балансу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "Управління звітним періодом" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "" +"У більшості випадків звітні періоди тривають 12 місяців. Якщо це ваш " +"випадок, ви просто повинні визначити, який останній день вашого звітного " +"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" +" грудня." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "" +"Проте можуть бути деякі винятки. Наприклад, якщо це перший звітний період " +"вашої компанії, він може тривати більше або менше 12 місяців. У цьому " +"випадку потрібна додаткова конфігурація." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" +" активуйте звітні періоди." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "" +"Потім ви можете налаштувати ваш звітний період у :menuselection:`Бухобліку " +"--> Налаштування --> Звітний період`." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" +"Працюючи з клієнтами, ціни зазвичай виражаються з податками, включеними в " +"ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в " +"B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo легко керує обома випадками використання, якщо ви реєструєте свої ціни " +"на товар з виключеними чи включеними податками, але не обидва разом. Якщо ви" +" керуєте всіма своїми цінами лише з податком (або виключеним), ви все одно " +"можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки " +"(або включає): це просто." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"Ця документація призначена лише для конкретного випадку використання, коли " +"вам потрібно мати два референси на ціну (включно з ПДВ або без ПДВ) для " +"цього самого товару. Причиною складності є те, що не існує симетричного " +"співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним " +"податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" +"Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" +"Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару " +"(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Отже, залежно від того, як ви реєструєте свої ціни на формі товару, ви " +"матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком " +"податків:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви " +"отримаєте: **1000€ (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45€ (ціна) + 173.55€ " +"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " +"податку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" +"У цій документації пояснюється, як керувати дуже конкретним випадком " +"використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з " +"включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"З точки зору фінансів, ви більше не отримуєте прибуток від продажу товару за" +" 10 євро, а не 9,99 євро (за податком у розмірі 21%), оскільки ваш прибуток " +"буде таким же за 9,99 євро, лише податок на 0,01 євро вище. Отже, якщо ви " +"запускаєте електронну комерцію в Бельгії, зробіть послугу своєму клієнту та " +"встановіть ціну на рівні 9,99 євро замість 10 євро. Зверніть увагу, що це не" +" стосується 20 євро або 30 євро, або інших ставок податку або кількості> 1. " +"Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" +" правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"Найкращим способом уникнути цієї складності є вибір лише одного способу " +"управління вашими цінами та дотримання його: ціна без податків або ціни з " +"включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у " +"формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo " +"автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. " +"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " +"вас немає конкретних налаштувань." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не можете це зробити, і якщо ви дійсно домовляєтесь про деякі ціни " +"за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то " +"вам необхідно:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "" +"завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " +"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "" +"створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" +"створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із " +"включеним податком" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" +"призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть " +"скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" +"Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене " +"використання:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" +"але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або" +" на сайті електронної комерції" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" +"Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай " +"це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на " +"продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист **B2C**. Ви можете активувати " +"функцію прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування" +" --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " +"клієнта**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"Після цього створіть прайслист B2C з меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб" +" уникнути плутанини." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"Потім створіть товар на 8,26 євро з податком у розмірі 21% (визначається як " +"податок, що не входить у вартість), і встановіть ціну на цей товар для " +"клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з " +"додатку Продажі:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"У бухгалтерському додатку створіть схему оподаткування В2С з цього меню: " +":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Схема оподаткування`. Ця схема " +"оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%" +" (податок входить у вартість)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню " +":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " +"результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та " +"схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій " +"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" +" клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"Зверніть увагу, що може виникнути помилка: якщо ви встановлюєте схему " +"оподаткування з податком, включеним у вартість, але використовуєте " +"прайслист, без включеного податку, для вас можуть бути обрані неправильні " +"ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " +"ціновим референсом." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" +"Податки, нараховані касовим методом, мають бути здійснені після здійснення " +"платежу, а не при підтвердженні рахунку-фактури (як у випадку зі звичайними " +"податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є " +"законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "" +"Приклад: ви продаєте товар в 1 кварталі вашого фінансового року та отримуєте" +" платіж у 2 кварталі вашого фінансового року. Виходячи з касового методу, " +"податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути " +"сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні спочатку активізувати налаштування в :menuselection:`Бухоблік -->" +" Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде " +"запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"На вкладці *Додаткові параметри* ви перетворите *Податок на прибуток* на *На" +" основі платежу*. Тоді вам доведеться визначити *Податковий рахунок*, на " +"якому потрібно розміщувати суму податку при отриманні платежу, і *Рахунок " +"отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" +" податкового звіту." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "" +"Давайте розглянемо приклад. Ви здійснюєте продаж у розмірі 100 доларів з 15%" +" податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " +"клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Дебет**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Кредит**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "Отримані $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Банківський журнал" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "Банк $115" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "" +"Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "Типові податки" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" +"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунка-фактури утримувати" +" або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " +"більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" +"Зі звичайними податками цей податок додається до підсумкової суми, щоб ви її" +" сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання " +"стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo податок на утримання визначається шляхом створення негативного " +"податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок " +"(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Для того, щоби він відображався як збереження в рахунку-фактурі, на вкладці " +"**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На " +"утримання** свого податку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" +"Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, " +"замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо утримання є відсотком від звичайного податку, створіть податок з " +"**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки " +"у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" +"Коли ваш податок буде створений, ви можете використовувати його за формою " +"замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете " +"подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви бачите рахунок клієнта на екрані, ви отримуєте лише податковий " +"рядок, узагальнюючи всі податки (звичайні податки та на утримання). Але коли" +" ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну " +"групу серед всіх податків." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" +"У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " +"групі." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"Інтеграція **TaxCloud** дозволяє вам правильно розраховувати податок продажу" +" для кожної адреси в США та слідкує, яка продукція звільняється від податку " +"з продажу та в яких штатах застосовується кожне звільнення. TaxCloud " +"обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " +"та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "" +" Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " +"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "" +"Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " +"API*." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "" +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " +"місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" +"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " +"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "В Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків / Бухоблік --> Налаштування" +" --> Налаштування` та позначте *TaxCloud - Вираховувати податкові ставки на " +"основі індексу США* (занотуйте: фактично використовує повну адресу вулиці)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "" +"Натисніть на іконку Оновлення біля *Категорія за замовчуванням* для імпорту " +"категорій товару із TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). Деякі " +"категорії можуть передбачати певні ставки або залучати винятки щодо " +"товарів/послуг." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "" +"Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " +"новостворених товарів." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть конкретну категорію TaxCloud TIC на вкладці товару *Загальна " +"інформація*, або в категорії товару." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії заповнена (включаючи область та " +"індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " +"компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для автоматичного визначення, які клієнти повинні" +" використовувати цю схему оподаткування. Перейдіть на " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " +"відкрити та редагувати запис." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "" +"Тепер ця схема оподаткування автоматично встановлюється на будь-якому " +"замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " +"*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "" +"Додайте ваш товар(и). У вас є дві опції, щоб отримати податок продажу в " +"замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " +"*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "Купони та акції" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Назва податку" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Розрахунок податку" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Разом" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Активно" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Сфера податку" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Мітки на рахунках" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Група податків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Включити в аналітичні витрати" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Включено в ціну" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Впливає на базу дочірніх податків" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "Інші" @@ -5869,276 +8558,9 @@ msgstr "Інші" msgid "Adviser" msgstr "Консультант" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "Управління основними засобами" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" -"Додаток \"Основні засоби\" (Активи) дозволяє вам стежити за вашим активами, " -"такими як устаткування, землею та будинком. Модуль дозволяє автоматично " -"створювати щомісячні записи амортизації, отримувати плату за амортизацію, " -"продавати чи розпоряджатись активами та виконувати звіти про свої активи " -"компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, ви можете придбати автомобіль за 36 000 доларів (валова " -"вартість), і ви плануєте амортизувати цей актив протягом 36 місяців (3 " -"роки). Щомісяця (періодичність), Odoo створить амортизаційний запис, " -"автоматично зменшуючи вартість активів на 1000 доларів і проводячи 1000 " -"доларів як витрати. Через 3 роки ці активи складають 0 доларів (балансова " -"вартість) у вашому балансі." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "" -"Різні типи активів згруповані у \"Типи основних засобів\", які описують, як " -"відхилити актив. Ось два приклади типів основних записів:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "Будівництво: 10 років, річна лінійна амортизація" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "Автомобіль: 5 років, щомісячна лінійна амортизація" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "Встановіть модуль основних засобів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "Почніть із *встановлення модуля основних засобів*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення модуля ви повинні побачити два нові меню в програмі " -"бухобліку:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Основні засоби`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи основних засобів`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж зареєструвати свій перший актив, ви повинні :ref:` визначити свої " -"типи активів. <accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "Визначте типи активів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"Тип актива використовується для налаштування всієї інформації про основні " -"засоби: основні засоби та рахунки амортизації, метод амортизації тощо. Таким" -" чином, консультанти можуть налаштувати типи основних засобів, а користувачі" -" можуть додатково записувати активи, не вимагаючи надання будь-якої складної" -" бухгалтерської інформації. Вони просто повинні вказати тип основного засобу" -" на рахунку постачальника." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні створювати типи основних засобів для кожної групи основних " -"засобів, які ви часто купуєте, наприклад \"Автомобілі: 5 років\", " -"\"Комп'ютерне обладнання: 3 роки\". Для всіх інших активів ви можете " -"створити загальні типи основних засобів. Назвіть їх за тривалістю активу, " -"наприклад, \"36 місяців\", \"10 років\", ..." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "" -"Щоб визначити типи основних засобів, перейдіть до розділу " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи активів`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "Створіть основні засоби вручну" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати актив вручну, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Консультант --> Активи`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваш актив буде створено, не забувайте підтверджувати його. Ви також " -"можете натиснути кнопку Обчислення амортизації, щоб перевірити амортизацію, " -"перш ніж підтвердити актив." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"якщо ви створюєте актив вручну, вам все одно потрібно створити рахунок " -"постачальника для цього основного засобу. Документ основних засобів " -"відображатиме лише записи про амортизацію журналу, а не ті, що стосуються " -"рахунка постачальника." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "Пояснення полів: " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "Спробуйте створити *Актив* в нашій демо-версії онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "Створення основних засобів автоматично з рахунку постачальника" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"Активи можуть бути автоматично створені за рахунками постачальників. Все, що" -" вам потрібно зробити - це встановити категорію основних засобів у рядку " -"рахунка. Коли користувач перевірить рахунок, основні засоби буде автоматично" -" створено, використовуючи інформацію про рахунок постачальника." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від інформації про категорію основних засобів, актив буде створено " -"за проектом або безпосередньо перевірено\\ *.* Легше підтверджувати основні " -"засоби безпосередньо, щоб ви не забули підтвердити це пізніше. (перевірте " -"поле *Пропустити стан чернетки* на *Категорію основних засобів*). Генеруйте " -"активи в проекті лише тоді, коли ви хочете, щоб ваш радник керував усіма " -"основними засобами перед їх розміщенням у ваших рахунках." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"якщо ви встановили актив на товар, категорія активу буде автоматично " -"заповнена в рахунку постачальника." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" -msgstr "Як амортизувати актив?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" -"Odoo автоматично створить записи про амортизацію в потрібну дату для кожного" -" підтвердженого активу (але не чернетка). Ви можете керувати амортизаційною " -"таблицею: зелена точка означає, що для цього рядки створено журнал." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "" -"Але ви також можете опублікувати записи журналу до очікуваної дати, " -"натиснувши на зелену точку, змусивши створити пов'язаний амортизаційний " -"запис." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "" -"В таблиці амортизації натисніть на червону точку, щоби опублікувати запис " -"журналу. Натисніть кнопку :guilabel:`Елементи` вгорі, щоби переглянути " -"записи журналу, які вже розміщені." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "Як змінити існуючий актив?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "Натисніть на :guilabel:`Змінити амортизацію`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "Змініть кількість амортизації" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "Odoo автоматично перерахує нову таблицю амортизації." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "Як зареєструвати ліквідацію або продаж активу?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви продаєте або розпоряджаєтеся активом, вам потрібно повністю " -"припинити цей актив. Натисніть кнопку :guilabel:`Продаж або Утилізація`. Ця " -"дія буде публікувати повні витрати на ці активи, але не буде зареєстрована " -"транзакція з продажу, яка повинна бути зареєстрована через рахунок-фактуру " -"клієнта." - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "Як управляти фінансовим бюджетом?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6261,8 +8683,6 @@ msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку ми вибираємо три відповідні рахунки, в яких ми будемо " -"замовляти наші витрати." #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -6370,29 +8790,23 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете перевірити свій бюджет у будь-який час. Щоб побачити еволюцію, " "давайте складемо кілька рахунків-фактур та рахунків постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." msgstr "" -"якщо ви використовуєте аналітичні рахунки, пам'ятайте, що вам потрібно " -"вказати рахунок у рахунку-фактурі та/або рядки покупки." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" msgstr "" -"для отримання додаткової інформації про бронювання рахунків-фактур та " -"замовлень на купівлю дивіться:" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "Поверніться до списку бюджетів та знайдіть проект Smith." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " @@ -6402,7 +8816,7 @@ msgstr "" "рядки покупки, заброньовані в рахунках, і відображатиме їх у стовпчику " "**Фактична сума**." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -6416,245 +8830,13 @@ msgstr "" "теоретична сума становитиме 1000, оскільки це реальна сума, яку можна було б" " реалізувати." -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "Як закрити річний період в Odoo? (закриття звітного періоду)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби " -"переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що ви повністю узгодили **банківський рахунок(-и)** до кінця " -"року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими " -"балансами банківських виписок." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "" -"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" -" є правильною." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "" -"Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " -"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " -"випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "" -"Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " -"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " -"дебіторами**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції " -"впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" -" основних засобів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " -"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки " -"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " -"необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі " -"несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " -"призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг " -"для:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"Інструкції з корекції на кінець року, використовуючи меню **Журнальних " -"записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та " -"**Збережені прибутки**)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Робота в процесі**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Позики**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть " -"знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, " -"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " -"погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " -"для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" -" встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " -"впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти " -"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** " -"безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, " -"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " -"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків " -"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня " -"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " -"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " -"відповідають нульовому балансу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "Автоматичне сторнування бухгалтерського запису" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" -"Можливо, вам потрібне автоматичне сторнування бухгалтерського запису на " -"певну дату." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" -"Це, наприклад, використовується, коли ви робите реєстрацію (наприклад, " -"реєструєте ненадійного боржника). При внесенні запису реєстрації, сума, яку " -"ви вводили, є лише приблизною. Ви будете впевнені у сумі лише наприкінці " -"звітного періоду. Ось чому на той момент ви хочете, щоби бухгалтерський " -"запис сторнувався, аби мати можливість вводити реальні витрати." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" -"Для цього потрібно просто позначити \"Автоматичне сторнування\" на записі " -"журналу і визначити дату сторнування. Бухгалтерський запис буде сторновано " -"на цю дату." - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "Аналітика" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "Як відстежувати витрати, співробітників та субпідряд?" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6700,7 +8882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "Увімкніть аналітичний облік" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -6844,16 +9026,16 @@ msgstr "" "правильний аналітичний бухоблік. Нам просто потрібно створити правильний " "товар постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "" "Ви також можете відстежувати вартість з табелем, дивіться: :doc:`timesheets`" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "Відстежуйте витрати в бухобліку" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." @@ -6861,7 +9043,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер все, що реєструється, вказує на аналітичний бухоблік. Просто відкрийте" " його, щоби перевірити витрати, пов'язані з цим рахунком." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." @@ -6870,7 +9052,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичний бухоблік --> Відкрити плани " "рахунків`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." @@ -6878,7 +9060,7 @@ msgstr "" "Виберіть \"пакет консультацій - Smith\" і натисніть кнопку Вартість і дохід," " щоби переглянути всі витрати, пов'язані з обліком." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -6889,8 +9071,8 @@ msgstr "" " обліковим записом." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "Як відстежувати витрати на людські ресурси з розкладом?" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6932,10 +9114,6 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -"Далі вам потрібно буде включити аналітичний бухоблік. Для цього введіть " -"додаток **Бухобліку**. Виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` та позначте опцію **Аналітичний бухоблік** (див. зображення " -"нижче)." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -7003,21 +9181,14 @@ msgid "" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." msgstr "" -"Отже, нам потрібно створити **замовлення на продаж** із товаром **послуга**," -" на який виставлено рахунок **заснований на часі та матеріалі**, і " -"відстежується табелем з **годинами** як одиниця вимірювань." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." msgstr "" -"Для отримання додаткової інформації про те, як створити замовлення на " -"продаж, в залежності від часу та матеріалу, перегляньте таку інформацію: *Як" -" виставляти рахунки на основі часу та матеріалів* (робота в процесі)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -7031,27 +9202,23 @@ msgstr "" "вказати на цей рахунок (у цьому випадку **SO002-Smith&Co**), щоб мати " "можливість виставляти рахунки за години (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "Заповніть табель" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -"Як працівник, пов'язаний із користувачем, Гаррі може ввійти в додаток " -"**Табель** та вказати його табель для контракту. Увійшовши на облік Гаррі, " -"ми заходимо в додаток **Табель** і вводимо детальний рядок, який вказує на " -"**аналітичний бухоблік**, описаний вище." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "Гаррі працював три години на SWOT-аналізі для Smith&Co." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" @@ -7061,7 +9228,7 @@ msgstr "" "вказав її також у своєму особистому табелі, вказуючи також в **Аналітичному " "бухобліку**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." @@ -7069,11 +9236,11 @@ msgstr "" "У **Замовленні на продаж** ми помічаємо, що кількість доставлених годин " "автоматично обчислюється (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " @@ -7083,15 +9250,15 @@ msgstr "" "персоналу. Усі доходи та вартість цих операцій зареєстровані на рахунку " "**SO002-Smith&Co**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "Ми можемо використовувати два способи аналізу цієї ситуації." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "Без фільтрів" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -7104,7 +9271,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичні рахунки --> Відкрити плани " "рахунків`." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " @@ -7114,7 +9281,7 @@ msgstr "" "поточну ситуацію, ви повинні залишити поля порожніми. Ми вже можемо " "відзначити кредитний та дебетовий баланс рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." @@ -7122,7 +9289,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ми натиснемо на рахунок, буде надана спеціальна кнопка, яка містить " "інформацію про вартість та доходи (див. зображення нижче)." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." @@ -7130,16 +9297,16 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку **Вартість/дохід**, щоб мати огляд вартості та доходів з " "відповідним описом." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "З фільтрами" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "" "Таким чином, ми можемо фільтрувати цю інформацію з **Аналітичних записів**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" @@ -7149,7 +9316,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Аналітичні записи`. У цьому меню ми маємо кілька варіантів аналізу " "вартості людських ресурсів." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -7159,7 +9326,7 @@ msgstr "" "доходи проекту. Додайте індивідуальний **Фільтр**, де **Аналітичний " "рахунок** містить номер **Замовлення на продаж**." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." @@ -7167,7 +9334,7 @@ msgstr "" "У результаті ми бачимо, що дії табелів та рядки рахунків є з відповідними " "витратами та доходами." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -7320,31 +9487,9 @@ msgstr "**Заголовок**" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr "**Рахунок**" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Дебет**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Кредит**" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr "**Значення**" @@ -7363,7 +9508,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "1500" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -7371,7 +9516,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "Субпідряники" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -7386,7 +9531,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "Повернення дефектних матеріалів" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -7418,7 +9563,7 @@ msgstr "Маркетинг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "-2 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -7435,7 +9580,7 @@ msgstr "Адміністративний" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "-1 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -7474,9 +9619,6 @@ msgid "" "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." msgstr "" -"Наведені вище приклади базуються на розподілі витрат компанії. Аналітичні " -"розподіли можуть бути настільки ж ефективними для продажів. Це дає вам " -"рентабельність (продажі - витрати) різних відділів." #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -7616,7 +9758,7 @@ msgstr "Пошук інформації (3 год)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "-45" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -7637,7 +9779,7 @@ msgstr "Оплата послуг" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "280" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -7661,7 +9803,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "Вартість палива - клієнтська поїздка" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -7685,7 +9827,7 @@ msgstr "6201 - Зарплати" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "3 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -7789,7 +9931,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "Висновок" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -7809,317 +9951,13 @@ msgstr "" "Аналітичний бухоблік є гнучким і простим у використанні за допомогою всіх " "додатків Odoo (продаж, купівля, табель, виробництво, рахунок-фактура ...)." -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "Що таке тип рахунку та як його налаштувати?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "Що таке тип рахунку?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "" -"Тип рахунку - це назва або код, наданий рахунку, який вказує на мету " -"рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo типи рахунку використовуються для інформаційних цілей, для створення " -"юридичних звітів для конкретних країн, встановлюються правила для закриття " -"звітного періоду та створення відкритих записів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "" -"В основному типи рахунку класифікують рахунок у певній категорії відповідно " -"до її поведінки або мети." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "Які типи рахунків є в Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "" -"Odoo охоплює всі типи рахунків. Тому ви не можете створювати нові. Просто " -"виберіть той тип, який стосується вашого рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr "**Список типів рахунку**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Дебітор" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Кредитор" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Банк і готівка" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Оборотні активи" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Необоротні активи" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Аванси" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Основні засоби" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Короткострокові зобов’язання" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Капітал" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Інший дохід" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Дохід" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Амортизація" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "Прямі витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати мої рахунки?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "" -"Типи рахунків автоматично створюються під час встановлення плану рахунків. " -"За замовчуванням Odoo надає дуже багато планів рахунків, просто встановіть " -"той, який пов'язаний із вашою країною." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "" -"Він буде встановлювати загальні рахунки. Але якщо він не охоплює всі ваші " -"випадки, ви також можете створити власні рахунки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви є користувачем Saas, ваша країна автоматично встановлює план " -"рахунків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити нові рахунки, перейдіть до програми Бухобліку. Відкрийте меню " -":menuselection:`Консультант --> План рахунків`, натисніть кнопку " -"**Створити**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "" -"Тип рахунку має інформаційне призначення, для створення звітів, відповідно " -"до законодавства конкретних країн і встановлення правил для закриття " -"звітного періоду та створення відкритих записів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Can Create Asset" -msgstr "Може створити актив" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field specifying if the account can generate asset depending on " -"it's type. It is used in the account form view." -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле із зазначенням, чи рахунок може генерувати актив залежно від " -"його типу. Він використовується в режимі перегляду форми рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Model" -msgstr "Модель активу" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this is selected, an asset will be created automatically when Journal " -"Items on this account are posted." -msgstr "" -"Якщо цей параметр вибрано, об'єкт буде створено автоматично, коли буде " -"опубліковано елементи журналу на цьому обліковому записі." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Теги" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "Необов'язкові теги, які ви можете призначити для спеціальних звітів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "Валюта рахунку" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "Запущені за цим рахунком, щоб мати валюту на цьому рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "Внутрішній тип" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr "" -"\"Внутрішній тип\" використовується для функцій, доступних для різних типів " -"рахунків: тип ліквідності - для готівкових або банківських рахунків, " -"кредиторська/дебіторська заборгованість - для рахунків " -"постачальників/клієнтів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Group" -msgstr "Внутрішня група" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Group' is used to filter accounts based on the internal group " -"set on the account type." -msgstr "" -"\"Внутрішня група\" використовується для фільтрації рахунків на основі " -"внутрішнього набору груп для типу рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Дозвольте узгодження" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "" -"Позначте це, якщо в цьому рахунку пропонуються рахунки-фактури та відповідні" -" платежі для елементів журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "Переглянути *Створити рахунок* у нашій демо-версії онлайн" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Управління звітним періодом" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" -"У більшості випадків звітні періоди тривають 12 місяців. Якщо це ваш " -"випадок, ви просто повинні визначити, який останній день вашого звітного " -"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" -" грудня." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" -"Проте можуть бути деякі винятки. Наприклад, якщо це перший звітний період " -"вашої компанії, він може тривати більше або менше 12 місяців. У цьому " -"випадку потрібна додаткова конфігурація." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" -" активуйте звітні періоди." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете налаштувати ваш звітний період у :menuselection:`Бухобліку " -"--> Налаштування --> Звітний період`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно лише створити звітні періоди, якщо вони тривають більше або " -"менше 12 місяців." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "Склад" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "Вплив на середню ціну при поверненні товару в Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8183,7 +10021,7 @@ msgstr "Коли товари виходять зі складу: середня #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "Визначення ціни покупки" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -8199,7 +10037,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "Приклад середньої вартості" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -8349,7 +10187,7 @@ msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -8529,7 +10367,7 @@ msgstr "різниця цін" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "($80)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -8664,7 +10502,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "Запишіть платіж в іншій валюті" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -8735,20 +10573,20 @@ msgstr "" "Журнал курсових різниць може бути змінений у ваших налаштуваннях бухобліку." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Як діє мультивалютність в Odoo?" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -8778,7 +10616,7 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "Журнал курсових різниць" @@ -8851,15 +10689,15 @@ msgstr "" "запустити оновлення, натиснувши кнопку **Оновити зараз**. Виберіть " "постачальника і ви все встановили!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "Оновлюються лише **активні** валюти." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш план рахунків" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -8869,7 +10707,7 @@ msgstr "" "План рахунків`. На кожному рахунку можна встановити валюту. Це запустить всі" " кроки для цього рахунку, щоби мати валюту рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." @@ -8877,11 +10715,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви залишите це порожнім, це означає, що він може обробляти всі валюти, " "які є активними." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші журнали" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " @@ -8891,7 +10729,7 @@ msgstr "" "обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухоблік, натисніть кнопку " "**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" @@ -8902,7 +10740,11 @@ msgstr "" "реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете " "зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Як діє мультивалютність в Odoo?" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " @@ -8911,11 +10753,11 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер, коли ви працюєте в мультивалютному середовищі, всі підзвітні елементи" " будуть пов'язані з валютою, внутрішньою або іноземною." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж та рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -8926,11 +10768,11 @@ msgstr "" " на продаж та ваших рахунків-фактур. Валюта встановлюється для всього " "документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю та рахунки постачальників" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -8941,23 +10783,17 @@ msgstr "" "на купівлю та рахунки постачальників. Валюта встановлюється для всього " "документа." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "Оплата реєстрів" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." msgstr "" -"У бухгалтерській програмі перейдіть у розділ **Продажі > Платежі**. " -"Зареєструйте платіж і встановіть валюту." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Банківські виписки" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " @@ -8968,7 +10804,7 @@ msgstr "" "компанії. Але зараз існує два додаткових поля: фактично сплачена сума та " "валюта, в якій вона була сплачена." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " @@ -8978,7 +10814,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " "валюті вашої компанії." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" @@ -8988,18 +10824,18 @@ msgstr "" "записи журналу курсових різниці в журналі. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові " "різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "Як керувати рахунками та оплатою в мультивалютності Odoo?" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -9059,15 +10895,9 @@ msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "Мультивалютні рахунки-фактури та рахунки постачальників" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "Рахунки" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "Мультивалютні платежі" @@ -9084,7 +10914,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "Мультивалютні банківські виписки" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -9105,1779 +10935,607 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть " "**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці." -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Звітність" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "Як створити персоналізовані звіти за допомогою власних формул?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." msgstr "" -"Odoo 13 оснащена потужною та зручною системою звітування. Створювати нові " -"звіти (наприклад, податковий звіт, або баланс, або звіт про прибутки та " -"прибутки з певними угрупованнями та компонуванням), щоби відповідати вашим " -"потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб мати доступ до інтерфейсу створення фінансової звітності, потрібно " -"активувати **режим розробника**. Для цього спочатку натисніть на профіль " -"користувача у верхньому правому меню, а потім - **Про**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "Натисніть на : **Активувати режим розробника**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" -" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" -"На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" -" 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" -"На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" -" рух грошових коштів)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібна " -"**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " -"**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" -"У полі **формул** ви можете додати одну чи кілька формул, щоби призначити " -"значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " -"потрібно, розділений;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" -"``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " -"дат)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"Інший звіт, на який посилається його код. Використовуйте ``.balance`` для " -"отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " -"``.amount_residual``)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"Рядок також може базуватися на сумі рядків переміщення рахунку у вибраному " -"домені. У цьому випадку вам потрібно заповнити поле домену доменом Odoo в " -"об'єкті переміщення профілю. Тоді в полі формул доступний додатковий об'єкт," -" а саме ``sum``, сума рядків переміщення рахунку в домені. Ви також можете " -"використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" -" одним зі стовпців." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" -"**Чи добре зростання чи погане**: використовується при обчисленні стовпчика " -"порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " -"кольором) чи ні." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" -"**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " -"використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -"**Показати домен**: як відображається домен рядка. Можна згортати (``за " -"замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" -" (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "Які основні звіти доступні в Odoo?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "" -"Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні " -"кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**План рахунку**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr "**Податковий звіт**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете коментувати всі звіти, щоб надрукувати їх і повідомити свого " -"радника. Експортувати в xls для керування додатковим аналізом. Перегляньте " -"докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у " -"розділі звітів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете порівняти значення з іншим періодом. Виберіть, скільки " -"періодів ви хочете порівняти з вибраним періодом часу. Ви можете обрати до " -"12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " -"параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr "" -"У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " -"власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "Доходи і витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr "" -"Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" -" дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "План рахунків" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згрупованих за класом." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Управлінський звіт" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr "" -"**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, " -"необхідні для керування вашою компанією." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "" -"У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього " -"розділу:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr "**Продуктивність:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "" -"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" -" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як " -"робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "" -"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" -" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів, а також " -"будь-яких фіксованих накладних витрат вашої компанії (такі, як орендна " -"плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих " -"продажів)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "" -"Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала " -"для отримання цього прибутку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr "**Позиція:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "" -"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по" -" всім рахункам клієнтів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "" -"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам " -"(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "" -"Скільки очікується грошового обігу у вашій компанії протягом наступного " -"місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за " -"вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr "**Відношення активів до зобов'язань:**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "" -"Також називається **поточним співвідношенням**, це співвідношення поточних " -"активів (активів, які можуть бути перетворені на грошові кошти протягом " -"року) до поточних зобов'язань (зобов'язання, які будуть сплачуватись у " -"наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності " -"компанії обслуговувати свої борги." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"**Звіт загальної бухгалтерської книги** відображає всі транзакції з усіх " -"рахунків за вибраний діапазон дат. У початковому зведеному звіті " -"відображаються підсумки для кожного рахунку, а звідти можна переглянути " -"детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для " -"перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "Протермінована оплата" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "" -"Запустіть **звіт розрахунків з кредиторами**, щоби відобразити інформацію " -"про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки" -" часу вони не сплачені." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "Протермінована дебіторська заборгованість" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "" -"Звіт про **розрахунки з дебіторами** відображає рахунки-фактури продажу, які" -" очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до " -"цього." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Звіт про рух грошових коштів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "" -"Звіт про **рух грошових коштів** показує, як зміни у звіту балансу рахунків " -"та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує " -"аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності." - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Податковий звіт" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "" -"Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " -"податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Податки" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "" -"Як керувати цінами для B2B (з виключеним податком) та B2C (з включеним " -"податком)?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "" -"Працюючи з клієнтами, ціни зазвичай виражаються з податками, включеними в " -"ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в " -"B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo легко керує обома випадками використання, якщо ви реєструєте свої ціни " -"на товар з виключеними чи включеними податками, але не обидва разом. Якщо ви" -" керуєте всіма своїми цінами лише з податком (або виключеним), ви все одно " -"можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки " -"(або включає): це просто." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"Ця документація призначена лише для конкретного випадку використання, коли " -"вам потрібно мати два референси на ціну (включно з ПДВ або без ПДВ) для " -"цього самого товару. Причиною складності є те, що не існує симетричного " -"співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним " -"податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "" -"Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "" -"Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару " -"(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "" -"Отже, залежно від того, як ви реєструєте свої ціни на формі товару, ви " -"матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком " -"податків:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви купуєте 100 одиниць з податками 10 євро, це стає ще складніше. Ви " -"отримаєте: **1000€ (з урахуванням податків) = 826.45€ (ціна) + 173.55€ " -"(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " -"податку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "" -"У цій документації пояснюється, як керувати дуже конкретним випадком " -"використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з " -"включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"З точки зору фінансів, ви більше не отримуєте прибуток від продажу товару за" -" 10 євро, а не 9,99 євро (за податком у розмірі 21%), оскільки ваш прибуток " -"буде таким же за 9,99 євро, лише податок на 0,01 євро вище. Отже, якщо ви " -"запускаєте електронну комерцію в Бельгії, зробіть послугу своєму клієнту та " -"встановіть ціну на рівні 9,99 євро замість 10 євро. Зверніть увагу, що це не" -" стосується 20 євро або 30 євро, або інших ставок податку або кількості> 1. " -"Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" -" правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"Найкращим способом уникнути цієї складності є вибір лише одного способу " -"управління вашими цінами та дотримання його: ціна без податків або ціни з " -"включеними податками. Визначте, який тип за замовчуванням зберігається у " -"формі товару (за замовчуванням податок, що відноситься до товару), і Odoo " -"автоматично обчислює інший, виходячи з прайслиста та схеми оподаткування. " -"Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " -"вас немає конкретних налаштувань." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не можете це зробити, і якщо ви дійсно домовляєтесь про деякі ціни " -"за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то " -"вам необхідно:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "" -"завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " -"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "" -"створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "" -"створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із " -"включеним податком" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "" -"призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть " -"скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "" -"Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене " -"використання:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" -"але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або" -" на сайті електронної комерції" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" -"Ваша компанія повинна бути налаштована за ціною за замовчуванням. Зазвичай " -"це налаштування за замовчуванням, але ви можете перевірити **податок на " -"продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви можете створити прайслист **B2C**. Ви можете активувати " -"функцію прайслиста для кожного клієнта у меню : :menuselection:`Налаштування" -" --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " -"клієнта**." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"Після цього створіть прайслист B2C з меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб" -" уникнути плутанини." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"Потім створіть товар на 8,26 євро з податком у розмірі 21% (визначається як " -"податок, що не входить у вартість), і встановіть ціну на цей товар для " -"клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з " -"додатку Продажі:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"У бухгалтерському додатку створіть схему оподаткування В2С з цього меню: " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Схема оподаткування`. Ця схема " -"оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%" -" (податок входить у вартість)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"Створіть комерційну пропозицію з програми Продажі за допомогою меню " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " -"результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"Потім створіть комерційну пропозицію, але **змініть прайслист на B2C та " -"схему оподаткування B2C** на комерційну пропозицію, перш ніж додавати свій " -"товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" -" клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви укладаєте договір з клієнтом, чи обговорюєте ціну, із включеним " -"податком або виключеним, ви можете встановити прайслист і схему " -"оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при " -"кожному продажі цього клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "" -"Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " -"схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що може виникнути помилка: якщо ви встановлюєте схему " -"оподаткування з податком, включеним у вартість, але використовуєте " -"прайслист, без включеного податку, для вас можуть бути обрані неправильні " -"ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " -"ціновим референсом." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" -"Як переключити податки відповідно до схеми оподаткування клієнта або його " -"місцезнаходження" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" -"Найчастіше ставки податку залежать від схеми оподаткування або " -"місцезнаходження вашого клієнта. Щоби відобразити податки, Odoo пропонує так" -" звані *Схеми оподаткування*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "Створіть співставлення податків" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "" -"Схема оподаткування - це лише набір правил, який співставляє типові податки " -"(як це визначено на формі товару) з іншими податками. На знімку екрана нижче" -" іноземні покупці отримують 0% податків замість 15%, як для продажів, так і " -"для покупок." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Основні схеми оподаткування автоматично створюються відповідно до вашого " -"місцезнаходження. Але вам може знадобитися створення схеми оподаткування для" -" конкретних випадків використання. Щоби визначити схеми оподаткування, " -"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків/Бухоблік --> Налаштування " -"--> Схеми оподаткування`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, ви також можете співставити рахунки " -"Доходів/Витрат відповідно до схеми оподаткування. Наприклад, в деяких " -"країнах доходи від продажу не розміщуються на одному рахунку, порівняно з " -"доходами від продажів у зарубіжних країнах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "Переключіть податки відносно схеми оподаткування вашого клієнта" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнт потрапляє у конкретне правило оподаткування, вам потрібно " -"застосувати співставлення податків. Для цього створіть схему оподаткування " -"та призначте її своїм клієнтам." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "" -"Odoo буде використовувати цю конкретну схему оподаткування для будь-якого " -"замовлення/рахунку, записаного для клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановите схему оподаткування в замовленні клієнта чи рахунок-" -"фактуру вручну, вона буде застосовуватися лише до цього документа, а не до " -"майбутніх замовлень/рахунків-фактур того самого клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" -"Співставте податки відповідно до адреси клієнта (на основі призначення)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого місцерозташування податки на продаж можуть бути на основі" -" початкової точки чи призначення. Більшість держав або країн вимагають, щоб " -"ви збирали податки відповідно до призначення (наприклад, адреси вашого " -"покупця), тоді як деякі інші вимагають збирати їх за ставкою, яка діє в " -"початковій точці (наприклад, ваш офіс або склад)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви перебуваєте під правилом на основі призначення, створіть одну схему " -"оподаткування для співставлення податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "Позначте *Автоматично визначати*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть країну, область або місто, щоб запустити співставлення податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, якщо для клієнта не встановлено схему оподаткування, Odoo " -"вибере співставлення схеми оподаткування, яке відповідає адресі відправлення" -" при створенні замовлення." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "" -"Для замовлень електронної комерції податок кошика відвідувача автоматично " -"оновлюється та застосовується новий податок після того, як відвідувач " -"увійшов у систему або заповнив адресу своєї доставки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "Конкретні випадки використання" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" -"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете видалити податок, а не замінити" -" іншим, просто залиште поле *Податку, який потрібно застосувати* " -"незаповненим." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо для деяких схем оподаткування ви хочете замінити податок двома іншими " -"податками, просто створіть два рядки, що мають однаковий *податок на товар*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" -"Схеми оподаткування не застосовуються до основних засобів та доходів " -"майбутніх періодів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "Як керувати податками, які нараховані касовим методом" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" -"Податки, нараховані касовим методом, мають бути здійснені після здійснення " -"платежу, а не при підтвердженні рахунку-фактури (як у випадку зі звичайними " -"податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є " -"законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "" -"Приклад: ви продаєте товар в 1 кварталі вашого фінансового року та отримуєте" -" платіж у 2 кварталі вашого фінансового року. Виходячи з касового методу, " -"податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути " -"сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні спочатку активізувати налаштування в :menuselection:`Бухоблік -->" -" Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде " -"запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " -":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" -" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " -"зареєструєте платіж." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" -"На вкладці *Додаткові параметри* ви перетворите *Податок на прибуток* на *На" -" основі платежу*. Тоді вам доведеться визначити *Податковий рахунок*, на " -"якому потрібно розміщувати суму податку при отриманні платежу, і *Рахунок " -"отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" -" податкового звіту." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "" -"Давайте розглянемо приклад. Ви здійснюєте продаж у розмірі 100 доларів з 15%" -" податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " -"клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Отримані $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Банківський журнал" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Банк $115" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" -"Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" -"Останні дві статті журналу є нейтральними, але вони потрібні для " -"забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo з точними базовими сумами " -"податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " -"цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "Як створити нові податки " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"Податковий двигун Odoo дуже гнучкий і підтримує багато різних податків: " -"податки на додану вартість, екологічні податки, федеральні/штатні/міські " -"податки, утримання, сплата податків і т. д. Для більшості країн ваша система" -" попередньо налаштована на необхідні податки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі описано, як можна визначити нові податки для конкретних " -"випадків використання." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Податки`. У цьому" -" меню ви отримуєте всі податки, які ви можете використовувати: податки на " -"продаж та податки на купівлю." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть область: продаж, купівлі або нічого (наприклад, застарілий " -"податок)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "Виберіть метод обчислення:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**Фіксовані**: екологічні податки тощо." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" -"**Відсоток від ціни**: найпоширеніші (наприклад, 15% податку з продажів)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" -"**Відсоток від ціни, яка вже включає податок**: використовується в Бразилії " -"та ін." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr "**Група податків**: дозволяє мати складний податок" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, встановіть податковий облік (тобто, де" -" буде розміщений елемент податкового журналу). Це поле необов'язкове, якщо " -"ви зберігаєте його порожнім, Odoo публікує елемент податкового журналу у " -"вхідному рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете уникнути використання податку, його не можна видалити, " -"оскільки податок, ймовірно, використовується в кількох рахунках-фактурах. " -"Отже, щоб уникнути того, що користувачі продовжують користуватись цим " -"податком, вам слід встановити поле *Облік податків* у *Немає*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібен більш просунутий податковий механізм, ви можете встановити" -" модуль **account_tax_python**, і ви зможете визначити нові податки за " -"допомогою коду Python." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Розширені налаштування" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" -"**Мітка на рахунках-фактурах**: короткий текст про те, як ви бажаєте " -"надрукувати цей податок у рядку рахунка-фактури. Наприклад, податок з назвою" -" \"15% на послуги\" може містити таку мітку в рахунку \"15%\"." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "" -"**Податкова група**: визначає, де цей податок підсумовується в нижній " -"частині рахунка-фактури. Всі податки, що належать до однієї податкової " -"групи, будуть згруповані в нижній частині рахунка-фактури. Приклади " -"податкової групи: ПДВ, утримання." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "" -"**Включення в аналітичну вартість**: податок розраховується як вартість, і, " -"таким чином, генерує аналітичний запис, якщо ваш рахунок-фактура " -"використовує аналітичні рахунки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "" -"**Теги**: використовуються для спеціальних звітів. Зазвичай ви можете " -"залишити це поле порожнім." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "Встановлення типових податків" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "" -"Податки, що застосовуються у вашій країні, автоматично встановлюються для " -"більшості локалізацій." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "" -"Типові податки, встановлені в замовленнях і рахунках, надходять до вкладки " -"\"Виставлення рахунків\" кожного товару. Такі податки використовуються, коли" -" ви продаєте компаніям, що знаходяться у тій же країні, як і ви." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити типові податки, встановлені для будь-якого створеного нового " -"товару, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунку/Бухоблік --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви працюєте у декількох компаніях, податки на купівлю та продаж можуть " -"мати інше значення відповідно до компанії, в якій ви працюєте. Ви можете " -"увійти до двох різних компаній та змінити це поле для кожної компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "Як керування податками на утримання?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "" -"Податок на утримання є державною вимогою платника рахунка-фактури утримувати" -" або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " -"більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "" -"Зі звичайними податками цей податок додається до підсумкової суми, щоб ви її" -" сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання " -"стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі **компанія**, яка надіслала рахунок-фактуру, зобов'язана " -"**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 " -"доларів податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"В Odoo податок на утримання визначається шляхом створення негативного " -"податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок " -"(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоби він відображався як збереження в рахунку-фактурі, на вкладці " -"**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На " -"утримання** свого податку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "" -"Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, " -"замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо утримання є відсотком від звичайного податку, створіть податок з " -"**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки " -"у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваш податок буде створений, ви можете використовувати його за формою " -"замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете " -"подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви бачите рахунок клієнта на екрані, ви отримуєте лише податковий " -"рядок, узагальнюючи всі податки (звичайні податки та на утримання). Але коли" -" ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну " -"групу серед всіх податків." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "" -"У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " -"групі." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "Як встановити ціни, які вже включають податок" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"У більшості країн ціни B2C включають податок. Для того, щоб зробити це в " -"Odoo, перевірте *Включені в ціну* для кожного з ваших податків з продажів у" -" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Бухоблік --> Податки`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином ціна, встановлена на формі товару, включає податок. Наприклад, " -"скажімо, у вас є товар з податком на продаж у розмірі 10%. Ціна продажу на " -"формі товару становить 100 доларів США." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "Якщо податок не входить у вартість, ви отримаєте:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "Ціна без податку: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "Податки: $10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "Всього сплатити: $110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "Якщо податок включений в ціну:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "Ціна без податку: 90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "Податки: $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "Всього сплатити: $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете покладатися на наступну документацію, якщо вам потрібні ціни як з " -"податком (B2C), так і без податку (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "Покажіть ціни, які включають податок у каталозі електронної комерції" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням ціни, що відображаються у вашому каталозі електронної " -"комерції, не включають податки. Щоб відобразити їх у податковій системі, " -"перевірте *Показати рядок суми з включеними податками (B2C)* у розділі " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` (екран податку)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "Як отримати правильну ставку податку в США, використовуючи TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" -"Інтеграція **TaxCloud** дозволяє вам правильно розраховувати податок продажу" -" для кожної адреси в США та слідкує, яка продукція звільняється від податку " -"з продажу та в яких штатах застосовується кожне звільнення. TaxCloud " -"обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " -"та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "У TaxCloud" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" -" Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " -"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " -"API*." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " -"місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " -"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "В Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків / Бухоблік --> Налаштування" -" --> Налаштування` та позначте *TaxCloud - Вираховувати податкові ставки на " -"основі індексу США* (занотуйте: фактично використовує повну адресу вулиці)." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на іконку Оновлення біля *Категорія за замовчуванням* для імпорту " -"категорій товару із TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). Деякі " -"категорії можуть передбачати певні ставки або залучати винятки щодо " -"товарів/послуг." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" -"Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " -"новостворених товарів." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть конкретну категорію TaxCloud TIC на вкладці товару *Загальна " -"інформація*, або в категорії товару." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії заповнена (включаючи область та " -"індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " -"компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Як це працює" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" -"Податок продажу вираховується в Odoo на основі схеми оподаткування (див. " -":doc:`бухоблік`). Схема оподаткування для США створюється під час " -"встановлення *TaxCloud*. Усе працює з коробки." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для автоматичного визначення, які клієнти повинні" -" використовувати цю схему оподаткування. Перейдіть на " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " -"відкрити та редагувати запис." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ця схема оподаткування автоматично встановлюється на будь-якому " -"замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " -"*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." -msgstr "" -"Додайте ваш товар(и). У вас є дві опції, щоб отримати податок продажу в " -"замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " -"*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "Розпочніть" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Зобов'язання" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Капітал" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Дохід" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Витрати" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Звіт" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Категорія" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Типи рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Дебітор" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Банк і готівка" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Оборотні активи" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Необоротні активи" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Аванси" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Основні засоби" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Кредитор" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Кредитна картка" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Короткострокові зобов’язання" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Інший дохід" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Амортизація" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Собівартість продажу" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Інше" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Позабалансовий звіт" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Теги" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "Групи рахуків" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "Дозвольте узгодження" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Не використовується" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "Як встановити бухоблік Odoo?" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." msgstr "" -"У програмі Бухоблік Odoo є помічник із впровадження, якого слід " -"дотримуватися, щоб налаштувати додаток. Це покроковий помічник із різними " -"посиланнями, які вам знадобляться." #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви встановили модуль бухгалтерського обліку, " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, потрібно " -"натиснути на верхню праву панель процесу, щоб отримати доступ до посібника " -"із впровадження." -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "Помічник із впровадження допоможе вам виконати наступні кроки:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "Заповнення налаштувань вашої компанії" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "Записи у свої банківські рахунки" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "Вибір плану рахунків " +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "Підтвердження звичайних податкових ставок" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "Встановлення будь-якої іноземної валюти" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "Імпорт ваших клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "Імпорт ваших постачальників" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "Імпорт ваших товарів" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "Імпорт ваших неузгоджених транзакцій" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "Імпорт початкових балансів" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "Визначення користувачів бухобліку" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Дані компанії" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Банківський рахунок" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Бухгалтерські періоди" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Макет рахунка" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Спосіб оплати" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Зразок рахунка-фактури" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" msgstr "" -"Після завершення цих кроків ви можете натиснути кнопку \"Позначити як " -"виконаний\" у нижній частині екрану. Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати " -"прогрес загальних налаштувань Odoo." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -10917,13 +11575,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo використовує правила дворівневої бухгалтерської системи: всі записи " "журналу автоматично збалансовані (сума дебету = сума кредитів)." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -"`Зрозумілі облікові операції Odoo по одному " -"документу<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" @@ -10942,7 +11598,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Мульти-компанії" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -11010,31 +11666,20 @@ msgid "" "including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " "sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." msgstr "" -"Англо-саксонський бухгалтерський облік (США, Великобританія, та інші " -"англомовні країни, включаючи Ірландію, Канаду, Австралію та Нову Зеландію), " -"де продаються/доставляються товари." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "Європейський облік, де витрати враховуються на рахунку постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "" -"Бухоблік Storno (Італія), де рахунки-фактури відшкодування мають негативний " -"кредит/дебет, а не повернення оригінальних статей журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "Odoo також має модулі, що відповідають правилам МСФЗ." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "Дебіторська та кредиторська заборгованість" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -11045,7 +11690,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете створювати окремі облікові записи для клієнтів/постачальників, але" " вам це не потрібно." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " @@ -11056,11 +11701,11 @@ msgstr "" "виписки клієнта, доходи на одного клієнта, старі дебіторську/кредиторську " "заборгованість ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "Широкий спектр фінансових звітів" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " @@ -11070,33 +11715,33 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo варіюються від основних звітів бухгалтерського обліку до розширених " "управлінських звітів. Звіти Odoo включають у себе:" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "" "Звіти про ефективність (наприклад, \"Прибуток та збитки\", \"Вартість " "бюджету\")" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" msgstr "" "Позиційні звіти (такі як баланс, погашені кредиторські та дебіторські " "заборгованості)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "Готівкові звіти (наприклад, балансовий звіт)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "" "Детальні звіти (наприклад, Судовий баланс і Загальна бухгалтерська книга)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" msgstr "Управлінські звіти (наприклад, бюджети, резюме)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." @@ -11104,11 +11749,11 @@ msgstr "" "Процес звітів Odoo дозволяє вам налаштувати власний звіт на основі власних " "формул." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "Автоматичний імпорт банківських комісій" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -11124,7 +11769,7 @@ msgstr "" "що ви можете мати щоденний огляд свого грошового потоку без необхідності " "входити в онлайн-банкінг або чекати банківські виписки." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -11136,11 +11781,11 @@ msgstr "" "пам'ятає, як ви обробляли інші банківські виписки та надавали запропоновані " "транзакції у головну бухгалтерську книгу." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" msgstr "Обчислення податку для податкової" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" @@ -11151,33 +11796,28 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете перевірити свій податок з продажу, запустивши податковий " "звіт Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Оцінка запасу" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -"Odoo підтримує як періодичні (ручні), так і постійні (автоматичні) оцінки " -"запасів. Доступними методами є стандартна ціна, середня ціна, LIFO (для " -"країн, що дозволяють це) та FIFO." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" msgstr "" -"`Перегляньте вплив методу оцінки на ваші транзакції " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "Збережений прибуток" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" @@ -11190,99 +11830,6 @@ msgstr "" "шляхом автоматичного звітування про баланс прибутку та збитку у звіті про " "баланс." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Вступ до Бухобліку Odoo" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Опис" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "" -"Odoo - це прекрасна бухгалтерська програма, призначена для потреб 21-го " -"століття." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "" -"Odoo підключається безпосередньо до вашого банку або рахунку paypal. " -"Операції синхронізуються щогодини, а узгодження відбувається швидко. Це наче" -" магія." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "" -"Миттєво створюйте рахунки-фактури та надсилайте їх лише одним кліком. Не " -"потрібно друкувати їх." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "" -"Odoo може надіслати їх за допомогою електронної пошти або звичайної пошти." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "Ваші клієнти платять онлайн, тобто ви отримуєте свої гроші одразу." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "" -"Бухоблік Odoo пов'язаний з усіма нашими додатками Odoo, такими як продаж, " -"купівлі, склад та підписки." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, записи рахунків постачальників також є надзвичайно швидкими. " -"Встановіть постачальника, виберіть замовлення на купівлю і Odoo автоматично " -"заповнює все за вас." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "" -"Потім просто використовуйте протокол SEPA або друкуйте чек, щоби за раз " -"робити кілька платежів постачальникам." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "Це так просто з Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "" -"Чекайте, є ще більше. Ви полюбите звіти Odoo. Від офіційних звітів до " -"виконавчих, які є швидкими та динамічними. Використовуйте функцію бізнес-" -"аналізу Odoo, щоби оглянути всі дані вашої компанії." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "" -"Звичайно, Odoo також є й у мобільній версії. Ви можете використовувати її " -"для перевірки своїх рахунків на ходу." - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" -"Спробуйте Odoo зараз, та приєднайтеся до 2 мільйонів щасливих користувачів." - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" msgstr "Бухгалтерська пам'ятка для підприємців (US GAAP)" @@ -11376,10 +11923,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "Активи = зобов'язання + власний капітал" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "План рахунків" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -11398,6 +11941,7 @@ msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" msgstr "Записи в журналі" @@ -11416,8 +11960,6 @@ msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб запис журналу був *збалансований*, сума всіх його дебетів " -"повинна бути рівною сумі всіх його кредитів." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -11447,7 +11989,7 @@ msgstr "Замовник має $1,090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Налаштування:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -11551,16 +12093,10 @@ msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" @@ -11568,16 +12104,10 @@ msgstr "Дебет" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" @@ -11585,23 +12115,6 @@ msgstr "Кредит" msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "Рахунок 1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" msgstr "Платіж 1.1" @@ -11625,7 +12138,7 @@ msgstr "Платіж 1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "30" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -11663,8 +12176,6 @@ msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" msgstr "" -"платіж реєструється, коли чек одержується від клієнта, а потім під час " -"перевірки банківської виписки" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -11728,31 +12239,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" msgstr "Рахунок" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" @@ -11776,8 +12275,6 @@ msgstr "Чек 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "Банк" @@ -11858,19 +12355,12 @@ msgstr "" " цьому етапі, Odoo підтримує створення так званого чорновика рахунку-фактури" " при отриманні товару." -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур" - #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." msgstr "" -"Чернетка рахунка-фактури може бути згенерована вручну з інших документів, " -"таких як замовлення на продаж, замовлення на купівлю тощо. Хоча ви можете й " -"самі створити чернетку рахунка, якщо хочете." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -11934,7 +12424,7 @@ msgstr "Документ складається з трьох частин:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "верхня частина рахунка-фактури, інформація про клієнтів," +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -12084,15 +12574,13 @@ msgstr "Узгодьте" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "Тепер давайте узгодимо!" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете пройти через кожну транзакцію та узгодити її, або ж можна " -"узгодити з інструкціями нижче." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -12152,7 +12640,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "Звіт про старіння клієнта:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -12195,8 +12683,6 @@ msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." msgstr "" -"Баланс підсумовує зобов’язання, активи та власний капітал вашої компанії на " -"конкретний момент часу." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 msgid "" @@ -12432,6 +12918,11 @@ msgstr "" "попросить вас встановити наступний номер чеку у послідовності, а потім " "надрукувати всі чеки одночасно." +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "Звіт розрахунків з кредиторами" @@ -12443,11 +12934,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати список відкритих рахунків постачальників та пов'язаних з ними " -"термінів, ви можете скористатися звітом **Розрахунки з кредиторами**, в меню" -" звітів (у меню :menuselection:`Звітність --> Банківська виписка --> " -"Розрахунки з кредиторами`), щоб отримати візуальну інформацію про всі " -"виплачені рахунки." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -12471,409 +12957,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "Облікові платежі" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "Як стежити за витратами працівників?" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "" -"Витрати працівників - це витрати від імені компанії. Потім компанія " -"відшкодовує ці витрати працівнику. Отримані квитанції на витрати найчастіше," -" такі:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "подорож авто, відшкодована на одиницю відстані (миля або кілометр)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "суми витрат, відшкодованих на підставі рахунку," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "" -"інші покупки, такі як канцелярські товари та книги, призначені для компанії," -" але виконані працівником." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати витратами, потрібно встановити додаток **Відстеження витрат** " -"із модуля додатків." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "" -"Вам також потрібно буде встановити модуль **Управління продажами**, щоби " -"пересилати ваші витрати клієнтам." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення цих модулей ви можете налаштувати різні товари, що " -"відображають типи витрат. Щоб створити перші товари, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари` у модулі **Витрати**." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "Деякими прикладами товарів можуть бути:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr "**Подорож (машина)**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "Тип товару: Послуга" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "" -"Політика щодо виставлення рахунків: рахунки залежать від часу та матеріалу" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "Політика рахунків витрат: за цінами продажу" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "Ціна продажу: 0,32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "" -"Одиниця вимірювання: км або миля (вам потрібно буде ввімкнути опцію " -"**Кілька одиниць вимірювань** у меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Налаштування`)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr "**Готель**" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "Політика рахунків-фактур: за ціною" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "Одиниця вимірювання: одиниця" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "" -"У цих прикладах перший товар буде витратним, який ми компенсуємо працівнику " -"на основі кількості км, які він зробив з власною машиною (наприклад, для " -"відвідування замовника): 0,32€ / км. Готель відшкодовується на основі " -"реальної вартості готелю." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що всі ці товари позначені на **Можна витратити**, а політика" -" виставлення рахунків встановлюється на **Рахунок-фактуру на основі часу та " -"матеріалів**. Ця політика щодо виставлення рахунків означає, що, якщо " -"витрати пов'язані із проектом клієнта/замовленням на продаж, Odoo буде " -"перерахувати ці витрати клієнту." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo підтримує два види витрат:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "витрати, оплачені працівником за свої кошти" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "витрати, оплачені компанією за допомогою кредитної картки" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "Витрати робочого процесу" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "Запишіть нові витрати" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"Кожен співробітник компанії може зареєструвати свої витрати із " -":menuselection:`Призначення витрат --> Мої витрати`. Робочий процес для " -"особистих витрат працює таким чином:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "працівник записує його витрати і подає його менеджеру" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "менеджер затверджує або відмовляє в оплаті" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "запис у журналі бухгалтера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "" -"компанія відшкодовує витрати працівника (працівник, як постачальник, має " -"платіжний рахунок)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "" -"якщо витрати пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, компанія може ревізувати " -"клієнта" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "Для кожної витрати працівник повинен записати щонайменше:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "опис: він повинен містити референс заявки/рахунка" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "товар: вид витрат" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "" -"ціна (наприклад, готель) або кількість (наприклад, відшкодування за км, якщо" -" подорожувати власною машиною)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від політики компанії, йому, можливо, доведеться прикріпити скан чи " -"фотографію витрат. Для цього просто напишіть повідомлення у нижній частині " -"витрати зі скануванням рахунка/квитка у вкладці." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо витрати пов'язані з проектом клієнта, не забувайте встановлювати " -"аналітичний рахунок, пов'язаний із проектом клієнта або замовленням на " -"продаж (можливо, вам доведеться активувати аналітичні рахунки в " -"налаштуваннях бухобліку, щоб отримати цю функцію)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ціна буде повністю зафіксована, працівник повинен натиснути " -"кнопку **Надіслати менеджеру**. У деяких компаніях працівники повинні подати" -" свої витрати, згруповані в кінці місяця або наприкінці ділової поїздки." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "" -"Працівник може подати всі свої витрати в пакетному режимі, скориставшись " -"діями Відправити витрати зі списку витрат або невеликих значків у вигляді " -"списку." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "Перевірка менеджером" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "" -"Менеджери повинні отримувати електронний лист за кожними затвердженими " -"витратами (менеджер працівника визначається у формі працівника). Вони можуть" -" скористатись меню **Підтвердити**, щоб перевірити всі витрати, які очікують" -" перевірки." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "Менеджер може:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "" -"обговорити рахунок, щоби попросити додаткову інформацію (наприклад, якщо " -"сканування рахунку відсутнє);" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "відхилити витрати;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "затвердити витрати." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "Контроль бухгалтера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "" -"Потім усі витрати, які було підтверджено менеджером, повинні бути " -"опубліковані бухгалтером. Коли виставляється рахунок, відповідний запис " -"журналу створюється та публікується у вашому рахунку." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "" -"Якщо бухгалтер хоче створити лише один запис журналу для партії витрат, він " -"може розміщувати витрати в пакетному режимі зі списку всіх витрат." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "Розрахунки з клієнтами" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"Якщо витрати були пов'язані з аналітичним рахунком, пов'язаним із " -"замовленням на продаж, який містить новий рядок, пов'язаний з витратами. Цей" -" рядок ще не виставлений ​​клієнту, і він буде включений до наступного " -"рахунка-фактури, який буде відправлений клієнту (оплата поїздки та " -"розміщення на проект клієнта)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "" -"Щоби виставити рахунок-фактуру клієнту, просто натисніть на кнопку рахунка-" -"фактури у своєму замовленні на продаж (або це буде зроблено автоматично " -"наприкінці тижня/місяця, якщо ви будете оплачувати всі ваші замовлення в " -"пакетному режимі)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "Відшкодування працівнику" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "" -"Якщо витрати були оплачені за власні кошти працівника, компанія повинна " -"відшкодувати їх. У такому випадку працівник з'явиться у звіті розрахунків з " -"кредиторами, поки компанія не відшкодує йому свої витрати." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "" -"Все, що вам потрібно - це створити платіж цьому працівнику за суму, що йому " -"належить." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "Витрати, які не компенсуються клієнтам" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо деякі витрати не потрібно повторно отримувати клієнтам, у вас є два " -"варіанти:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "" -"якщо є рішення виставляти рахунок чи ні стосується товару, змініть політику " -"виставлення рахунку на товар:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**на основі часу та матеріалу**: компенсується клієнту" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr "**на основі замовлень на продаж**: не компенсується клієнту" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "" -"якщо ви повинні зробити виключення для одного рахунка-фактури, про який не " -"потрібно повторно повідомляти клієнту, не встановлюйте відповідний " -"аналітичний рахунок для цього рахунка-фактури." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "Як прогнозувати майбутні рахунки в Odoo?" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12977,7 +13063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "Виберіть рахунки для оплати" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -13007,7 +13093,7 @@ msgstr "Платежі постачальника" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "Оплачуйте чеками" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13039,7 +13125,7 @@ msgstr "" "модулі необхідні для друку чеків, залежно від країни. Наприклад, модуль " "**Друк чеків США** потрібен для друку чеків США." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " @@ -13049,11 +13135,11 @@ msgstr "" "можуть бути встановлені за замовчуванням. (приклад: користувачам Сполучених " "Штатів не потрібно встановлювати, вони налаштовані замовчуванням)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати чеками" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -13067,62 +13153,61 @@ msgstr "" "банківський рахунок :menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштуання`. На полі **Метод" " оплати** встановіть **Чек**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "Сумісний прилад для друку чеків" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "США" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "Для США Odoo за замовчуванням підтримує формати перевірки:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: чек зверху, корінець в середині та внизу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "**Peachtree**: чек в середині, корінець зверху та знизу" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP **: чек внизу, і заголовки зверху." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." msgstr "" -"Також можна налаштувати свій власний формат чеку за допомогою налаштувань." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Оплата рахунку постачальника чеком" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "Оплата постачальника чеком здійснюється в три етапи:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "зареєструйте платіж, який ви хочете зробити на рахунку" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "друк чеків пакетом для всіх зареєстрованих платежів" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "узгодьте банківські виписки" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "Зареєструйте платіж чеком" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " @@ -13136,155 +13221,10 @@ msgstr "" "платежу." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "Пояснення полів екрана платежу:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "Має рахунки" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "Технічне поле використовується для зручності використання" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field containing the invoice for which the payment has been " -"generated." -msgstr "Технічне поле містить рахунок для якого було створено платіж." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This does not especially correspond to the invoices reconciled with the " -"payment," -msgstr "Це особливо не відповідає рахункам-фактурам, узгодженим із платежем," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "as it can have been generated first, and reconciled later" -msgstr "оскільки він може спершу створюватися, а потім узгоджуватися" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "Сховати метод оплати" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для приховання способу оплати, якщо у " -"вибраному журналі є лише один доступний, який є \"ручним\"" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "Спосіб оплати" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "Чек: сплачуйте рахунок чеком та надрукуйте його з Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Пакетний депозит: одноразово зараховуйте кілька клієнтських чеків, створивши" -" пакетний депозит, щоби подати в банк. Під час кодування виписки з банку в " -"Odoo вам пропонується узгодити транзакцію з пакетним депозитом. Щоби " -"увімкнути пакетний депозит, потрібно встановити модуль " -"account_batch_payment." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: сплачуйте рахунок з файлу SEPA Credit Transfer, який " -"ви передаєте в свій банк. Щоб включити кредитний переказ SEPA, модуль " -"account_sepa повинен бути встановлений" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "Код" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для адаптації інтерфейсу до обраного " -"типу платежу." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Saved payment token" -msgstr "Збережені токени оплати" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that tokens from acquirers set to only authorize transactions (instead " -"of capturing the amount) are not available." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що токени від покупців, призначені для авторизації " -"транзакцій (замість отримання суми), недоступні." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Показати банківський рахунок партнера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для розуміння, чи потрібно відображати " -"поле `partner_bank_account_id` у вигляді форми платежів" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Require Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "Необхідний банківський рахунок партнера" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be required or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле використовується для того, аби дізнатися, чи поле " -"`partner_bank_account_id` обов’язково вводити у формі платежів чи ні" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "Номер чеку" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "" -"Вибраний журнал налаштовано на друк номерів чеків. Якщо у вашому попередньо " -"надрукованому чеку вже є цифри або якщо поточна нумерація неправильна, її " -"можна змінити на сторінці налаштування журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Journal Item Label" -msgstr "Мітка запису у журналі" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Change label of the counterpart that will hold the payment difference" -msgstr "" -"Змініть ярлик відповідного партнера, який буде містити різницю в оплаті" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Спробуйте сплатити рахунок постачальника чеком" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "Друк чеків" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -13296,7 +13236,7 @@ msgstr "" "список всіх чеків, які ще не надруковано. З цього екрану ви можете друкувати" " всі чеки партіями або переглядати їх по черзі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " @@ -13309,19 +13249,17 @@ msgstr "" "але ви можете змінити його, якщо він не відповідає вашому наступному " "чековому номеру." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." msgstr "" -"Щоб друкувати всі чеки партіями, виберіть усі платежі зі списку та " -"надрукуйте чек у верхньому меню \"Друк\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "Узгодьте банківські виписки" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " @@ -13331,21 +13269,18 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично підігнати його до " "платежу. Це позначатиме платіж як **Узгоджений**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." msgstr "" -"для перевірки чеків, які не зараховані, відкрийте список платежів і " -"фільтруйте в стані відправлення. Перегляньте ці платежі, які мають дату " -"більше 2 тижнів тому." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "Оплачуйте будь-що чеком" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -13355,7 +13290,7 @@ msgstr "" " Для цього використовуйте головне меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Платежі`." " Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати чеком." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." @@ -13363,7 +13298,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " "рахунок у полі **Нагадування**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" @@ -13374,17 +13309,17 @@ msgstr "" "безпосередньо або дотримуватися попереднього потоку для друку чеків у " "пакетному режимі:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr "`Друк чеків <PrintChecks_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr "`Узгодження банківських виписок<ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "Як за один раз оплатити кілька рахунків в Odoo?" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13410,9 +13345,6 @@ msgid "" "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." msgstr "" -"У наступному прикладі ми створимо кілька рахунків. Ви можете контролювати " -"весь процес з інформаційної панелі бухобліку (перший екран, який ви " -"отримуєте, коли ви відкриваєте обліковий додаток)." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -13443,9 +13375,6 @@ msgid "" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." msgstr "" -"Тепер ми будемо записувати платіж лише за один рахунок. Відкрийте рахунок, " -"потім натисніть **Зареєструвати оплату**. Вставте спосіб оплати, дату, суму " -"та натисніть **Підтвердити**." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -13511,8 +13440,6 @@ msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" msgstr "" -"Це виконується в :menuselection:`Панелі інструментів --> Банківський журнал " -"--> Більше варіантів --> Надіслати гроші` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -13543,33 +13470,24 @@ msgstr "" "узгодити транзакцію з інформаційної панелі. Він буде автоматично відображати" " суму транзакції." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб дізнатись більше про процес узгодження банківської виписки, прочитайте " -"наступне:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "Часткові виплати декількох рахунків постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "" "Як сплатити кілька рахунків постачальників, які мають готівкові знижки " "одночасно?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." msgstr "" -"Ви вже дізналися про те, як сплачувати рахунки у різних варіантах, а як щодо" -" часткової оплати? Ми розглянемо ще один приклад, де будемо робити часткову " -"оплату за різні рахунки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." @@ -13577,7 +13495,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ми створюємо кілька рахунків і частково оплачуємо їх через банківські " "виписки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." @@ -13585,18 +13503,18 @@ msgstr "" "Ми додаємо умови платежу, які дозволяють отримати певну готівкову знижку, " "коли постачальник пропонує нам знижку дострокового платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "" "Ми створюємо наступні рахунки з призначенням зазначеного терміну платежу." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "Ми створили наступні рахунки:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." @@ -13604,26 +13522,20 @@ msgstr "" "Ми будемо сплачувати рахунки, створивши виписку в банку, де ми будемо " "коригувати готівкову знижку, надану нашим продавцем за умовами оплати." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." msgstr "" -"Перш ніж узгодити цю банківську виписку, нам потрібно створити одну модель " -"заявки для готівкової знижки." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "" "Тепер ми повертаємося до виписки з банківського рахунку та відкриваємо " "узгоджений перегляд." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "Для узгодження банківської виписки з варіантом моделі дивіться" - #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "Оплачуйте із SEPA" @@ -13634,10 +13546,6 @@ msgid "" " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." msgstr "" -"SEPA, єдина зона платежу в євро, є ініціативою Європейського союзу з " -"платіжної інтеграції для спрощення банківських переказів, виражених у євро. " -"SEPA дозволяє відправляти замовлення на оплату у ваш банк для автоматизації " -"банківського переказу." #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -13683,19 +13591,17 @@ msgstr "" "Transfer**. Цей модуль обробляє процес створення файлів SEPA на основі " "платежів Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." msgstr "" -"За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, цей модуль може" -" бути встановлений за замовчуванням." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати SEPA у банках" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -13708,7 +13614,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Додатково\" на своєму банківському рахунку та виберіть параметр " "\"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" @@ -13718,16 +13624,13 @@ msgstr "" "розділі **Способи оплати** розділу **Різне** позначте **Sepa Credit " "Transfer**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." msgstr "" -"Обов'язково вкажіть номер рахунку IBAN (внутрішній номер рахунку не буде " -"працювати з SEPA) та BIC (код ідентифікатора банку) у вашому банківському " -"журналі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -13740,11 +13643,11 @@ msgstr "" "можете налаштувати його в налаштуваннях вашої компанії, на вкладці " "**Налаштування**, в розділі ** SEPA **." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "Зареєструйте ваш платіж" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " @@ -13755,7 +13658,7 @@ msgstr "" "Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати за допомогою Sepa Credit " "Transfer." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " @@ -13765,7 +13668,7 @@ msgstr "" "банківського рахунку одержувача принаймні з назвою банку, IBAN та BIC " "(банківський ідентифікаційний код). Odoo автоматично перевірить формат IBAN." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " @@ -13775,7 +13678,7 @@ msgstr "" "автоматично банківські рахунки, але ви зможете вибрати інший або створити " "новий." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." @@ -13783,7 +13686,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " "рахунок у полі **нагадування**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -13796,11 +13699,11 @@ msgstr "" "однакова, але оплата безпосередньо пов'язана з рахунком і буде автоматично " "узгоджена до нього." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "Створення файлів SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." @@ -13808,7 +13711,7 @@ msgstr "" "З вашої панелі приладів бухобліку ви повинні побачити, чи існують файли SEPA" " для створення кожного банківського рахунку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -13820,11 +13723,15 @@ msgstr "" "перевірте верхнє вікно, щоби вибрати весь платіж одночасно) і натисніть " "кнопку :menuselection:`Більше --> Завантажити платежі SEPA`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Вирішення проблем" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "Банк відмовляється від мого файлу SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " @@ -13834,13 +13741,13 @@ msgstr "" "SEPA**. Якщо вони не надають або не можуть надати відповідну інформацію, " "надішліть повідомлення про помилку своєму партнеру Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "" "Немає банківського ідентифікаційного коду, зареєстрованого для банківського " "рахунку ..." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " @@ -13850,149 +13757,622 @@ msgstr "" "дійсний IBAN та BIC. Якщо з'явиться це повідомлення, ви, імовірно, кодували " "облік IBAN для партнера, якому ви платите, але забули заповнити поле BIC." -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check`" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" msgstr "" -"Коли варто застосовувати рахунки постачальників чи квитанції закупівлі в " -"Odoo?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -"Квитанції закупівлі відрізняються від рахунків постачальника. Рахунки " -"постачальника - це запити на оплату. Якщо ви видаєте замовлення на купівлю, " -"у більшості випадків ваш постачальник надсилатиме рахунок постачальника. " -"Залежно від політики щодо рахунків-фактур у вас є певний час для оплати " -"рахунку. Квитанції закупівлі є підтвердженнями отриманих платежів. Це ваші " -"повсякденні квитанції." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." msgstr "" -"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку це має значення, оскільки рахунок " -"постачальника спочатку кредитує борговий рахунок, перш ніж узгодити з " -"банківським рахунком. З іншого боку, ми зазвичай негайно сплачуємо квитанції" -" закупівлі, що означає, що дебетовий рахунок не потрібний." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -"Крім того, квитанції закупівлі можуть мати різну суму податку на товарний " -"рядок, оскільки рахунки постачальників застосовують одну суму податку на " -"весь рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." msgstr "" -"Якщо банківський рахунок вашої компанії використовується для оплати товарів," -" у яких видається лише квитанція про придбання, я повинен використовувати " -"функцію квитанцій закупівлі в Odoo для їх обробки в бухгалтерському " -"бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "Лінійно" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "Коефіцієнт" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." msgstr "" -"Давайте розглянемо такий приклад: ми повинні купувати чай для наших клієнтів" -" із місцевого магазину чаю, який не видає рахунки. Ми кожного тижня віддаємо" -" 50 євро за чай та чайник вартістю 20 євро. Ми платимо за допомогою " -"банківського рахунку компанії." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Передумови" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." msgstr "" -"Для обробки квитанцій закупівлі в модулі Odoo потрібно встановити один " -"додаток. Перейдіть у меню додатків та встановіть модуль Бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть на панель пошуку, видаліть пошук по модулю за замовчуванням " -"та шукайте \"Закупівлі\". Встановіть модуль **Продажу та Ваучери купівлі**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Зареєструйте квитанцію" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." msgstr "" -"Встановивши **Продаж та Ваучери купівлі**, ви відкриваєте спадне меню нового" -" додатку **Квитанції закупівлі**, який відображається в бухобліку." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" msgstr "" -"Щоб імпортувати квитанцію закупівлі чаю на суму 50 євро, введіть додаток " -"бухобліку, виберіть :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Квитанції купівлі`." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" msgstr "" -"Створіть нову квитанцію купівлі та заповніть всю необхідну інформацію. " -"Зверніть увагу, що у полі Платіж є вибір **Заплатити пізніше** або " -"**Заплатити зараз**. Це суттєва відмінність, оскільки функція Заплатити " -"пізніше створить обліковий запис боргу, тоді як Заплатити зараз зараховує " -"банківський рахунок." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." msgstr "" -"У більшості випадків ви сплачуєте зараз, таким чином, обираєте опцію " -"Оплатити напряму. Додайте товари, відповідний рахунок та відповідний " -"податок. Наприклад, ви вважаєте, що чай - 12% податку, а чайник - 21%." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Моделі витрат майбутніх періодів" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -"Перевірте квитанцію закупівлі, щоб опублікувати його. Не забувайте, що вам " -"потрібно узгодити платежі <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` щоб " -"повністю завершити транзакцію у вашому бухобліку." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "Як управляти рахунками постачальників?" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -14115,7 +14495,7 @@ msgstr "" "будуть означати управління складом, просто через відсутність складу для " "управління. Ви не зможете отримувати товари під будь-яким із цих позначень." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " @@ -14126,15 +14506,15 @@ msgstr "" "нечасто і не потребують оцінки запасів або управління. Якщо ви створюєте " "такий товар, рекомендується встановити тип товару **Послуга**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальника" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "Закупівля товарів або послуг" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -14151,18 +14531,18 @@ msgstr "" "(оскільки рахунок постачальника, ймовірно, включатиме посилання " "постачальника)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "" "Підтвердіть замовлення на придбання та отримання товарів у додатку Склад." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "Прийом товару" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -14176,7 +14556,7 @@ msgstr "" " безпосередньо посилає вас на переміщення товарів. Ця кнопка окреслена " "червоним кольором внизу:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." @@ -14184,7 +14564,7 @@ msgstr "" "Навігація цього маршруту переведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які " "необхідно отримати." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -14201,15 +14581,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Групувати за**. Вибравши елемент із цього списку, відкриється наступний " "екран, де ви отримаєте товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "Закупівля послуги як товару не запускають замовлення на доставку." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальників" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" @@ -14220,7 +14600,7 @@ msgstr "" "створити новий рахунок постачальника, навіть, якщо ви вже зареєстрували " "замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -14243,7 +14623,7 @@ msgstr "" "списку, ввівши довідковий номер постачальника або внутрішній номер " "замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " @@ -14253,13 +14633,13 @@ msgstr "" "які необхідні зміни (тобто видаляти або додавати рядки товару, змінювати " "кількість та змінювати ціни)." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" "Ваш постачальник може надіслати вам кілька рахунків за те саме замовлення на" " купівлю, якщо:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." @@ -14267,11 +14647,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ваш постачальник знаходиться у зворотному порядку і надсилає вам рахунки-" "фактури, коли вони відправляють товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "Ваш постачальник надсилає вам частковий рахунок або запит на депозит." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -14288,17 +14668,17 @@ msgstr "" "будь-який момент часу, перш ніж перевіряти рахунок постачальника, ви можете " "перевизначити цю нульову кількість." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "Відповідність рахунка постачальника" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "" "Що робити, якщо рахунок вашого постачальника не відповідає тому, що ви " "отримали" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " @@ -14308,14 +14688,14 @@ msgstr "" "відповідає кількості, автоматично заповненій Odoo, це може бути пов’язано з " "кількома причинами:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "" "Постачальник неправильно вказує товари та/або послуги, які ви не замовляли." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." @@ -14324,11 +14704,11 @@ msgstr "" "оскільки контроль за рахунками-фактурами може базуватися на замовлених або " "отриманих кількостях." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." msgstr "Постачальник не виставляв вам рахунки за раніше придбані товари." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " @@ -14338,7 +14718,7 @@ msgstr "" " замовлення на купівлю з постачальником правильним, і ви розумієте, що ви " "замовили та що ви вже отримали." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" @@ -14346,7 +14726,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви не можете знайти замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з рахунком " "постачальника, це може бути пов'язано з однією з кількох причин." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." @@ -14354,22 +14734,22 @@ msgstr "" "Постачальник уже виставляв рахунок за це замовлення на купівлю; тому він не " "з’явиться у виборі." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "" "Хтось у компанії забув записати замовлення на купівлю для цього " "постачальника." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." msgstr "Постачальник стягує плату з вас за те, що ви не замовляли." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "Яким чином регулюється кількість товару" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." @@ -14377,7 +14757,7 @@ msgstr "" "За замовчуванням послуги керуються на основі замовлених кількостей, а запаси" " та витратні матеріали управляються на основі отриманих кількостей." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -14394,7 +14774,7 @@ msgstr "" "хочете змінити, і ви побачите нове поле, яке відображатиметься під назвою " "**Контроль рахунків закупівлі**." -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" @@ -14402,19 +14782,19 @@ msgstr "" "Потім ви можете змінити метод керування за замовчуванням для вибраного " "товару на основі:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "Замовлені кількості" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "або отримані величини" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "Групова оплата" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -14428,12 +14808,165 @@ msgstr "" "ви не видалили попередні елементи з першого замовлення на купівлю, рахунок " "буде пов’язаний з усіма відповідними замовленнями на купівлю." +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " +"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "Товарні чеки" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "Зареєструйте квитанцію" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "Рахунки клієнта" @@ -14542,97 +15075,65 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "Налаштування округлення цін" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округлення готівки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -"У деяких валютах найменших копійок (монет) не існує. Наприклад, у Швейцарії " -"немає монет на 0,01 швейцарських франків. З цієї причини, якщо рахунки-" -"фактури сплачуються готівкою, вам доведеться округлити їх загальну суму до " -"найменшої монети, яка існує у валюті. Для CHF найменша монета - 0,05 CHF." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "Є дві стратегії округлення:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" -msgstr "Додайте рядок в рахунку-фактурі для округлення" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "Додайте округлення в суму податку" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "Обидві стратегії застосовні в Odoo." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам слід активувати цю функцію. Для цього перейдіть в " -":menuselection:` Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активація " -"округлення цін." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -"Існує нове меню для управління округленнями готівки в " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Управління --> Округлення " -"цін`." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете створювати округлення цін. Ви можете вибрати один з двох " -"варіантів округлення:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" -"**Додайте рядок округлення**: якщо потрібне округлення, Odoo додасть рядок у" -" ваш рахунок-фактуру клієнта, щоби врахувати це округлення. Ви також повинні" -" визначити обліковий запис, в якому буде здійснюватися округлення." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" -"**Змінити суму податку:** Odoo додасть округлення до суми найвищого податку." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "Застосуйте округлення" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." msgstr "" -"Як тільки ваші округлення створюються, ви можете застосувати їх на рахунках " -"клієнтів. На рахунках клієнта з'явиться нове поле **Метод округлення цін**, " -"в якому ви можете просто вибрати один із методів округлення, створених " -"раніше. Якщо потрібно, округлення буде застосовано до рахунку-фактури." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" @@ -14777,7 +15278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "Це опція для зміни вмісту підтвердженого рахунку." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" @@ -14823,383 +15324,334 @@ msgstr "" "фактуру вище:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "Доходи майбутніх періодів: як автоматизувати їх?" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -"Неоплачений дохід або дохід майбутніх періодів – це авансовий платіж, який " -"фіксується у звіті одержувача як рахунок заборгованості, доки не будуть " -"надані послуги або товари не будуть доставлені. Відтепер дохід майбутніх " -"періодів є рахуноком заборгованості, оскільки він стосується доходу, який ще" -" не було зароблено, але являє собою товари чи послуги, які заборговано перед" -" клієнтом. Оскільки товари або послуги доставляються з часом, прибуток " -"визнається та відображається у звіті про доходи." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -"Наприклад: скажімо, ви продаєте контракт на 2 роки на суму $24,000, який " -"починається в наступному місяці на строк 24 місяці. Після перевірки рахунка-" -"фактури клієнта, $24.000 слід розмістити на рахунку доходів майбутніх " -"періодів. Це тому, що $24.000, отримані вами, ще не було зароблено." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." msgstr "" -"Протягом наступних 24 місяців ви будете зменшувати рахунок доходів майбутніх" -" періодів на $1,000 ($24,000/24) за місяць та визнавати цю суму як дохід." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "Установка модуля" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." msgstr "" -"Щоб автоматизувати доходи майбутніх періодів, перейдіть до меню налаштувань " -"під назвою :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування` та активуйте параметр" -" **Управління активами та визнання доходів**. Це дозволить встановити " -"модуль **Керування визнанням доходів**." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." msgstr "" -"У деякій версії Odoo, крім перевірки цієї опції, потрібно встановити модуль " -"\"Управління визнанням доходів\". Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo 9, ви можете " -"перевірити, чи правильно встановлений модуль." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "Визначте типи доходу майбутніх періодів" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" msgstr "" -"Після встановлення модуля потрібно створити типи доходу майбутніх періодів. " -"В Бухобліку перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи доходів " -"майбутніх періодів`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "Приклад: договір про технічне обслуговування на 12 місяців" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "Деякий приклад типів доходів майбутніх періодів:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "контракт на 1 рік обслуговування " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "контракти на 3 роки обслуговування" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "Установіть доходи майбутніх періодів на товари" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -"Після визначення типів доходів майбутніх періодів ви можете встановити їх на" -" відповідні товари. У формі товару на вкладці Бухоблік можна встановити тип " -"доходу майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено кілька прикладів товарів та пов'язаних з ними типів доходів " -"майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Товар" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "Тип доходів майбутніх періодів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "Контракт підтримки: 3 роки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Підписка на Netflix: 3 роки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "Квіти кожного місяця" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "Контракт на 1 рік обслуговування" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "Продаж та виставлення товарів у рахунках-фактурах" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -"Після того, як товари налаштовані, ви зможете створити рахунок-фактуру за " -"допомогою цього товару. Після того, як рахунок-фактуру клієнта буде " -"підтверджено, Odoo автоматично створить дохід майбутніх періодів для вас і " -"пов'язаний запис журналу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr "**Dr**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr "**Cr**" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "Рахунок доходу майбутніх періодів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "Потім щомісяця Odoo публікує запис журналу для визнання доходу." +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "Рахунок доходу майбутніх періодів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -"Щоб проаналізувати всі ваші поточні контракти з доходом майбутніх періодів, " -"можна скористатися меню Звітування > Аналіз доходів майбутніх періодів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "Як визначити платіж за рахунками клієнта?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати планами розрахунків, пов'язаними з рахунком-фактурою, ви " -"повинні використовувати умови оплати в Odoo. Вони застосовуються як до " -"рахунків клієнтів, так і до постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "Наприклад, для конкретного рахунка-фактури:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "Оплата 50% протягом 10 днів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "Оплата залишкового балансу протягом 30 днів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -"умови оплати не можна плутати з оплатою в декількох частинах. Якщо для " -"певного замовлення ви зараховуєте клієнта до двох частин, це не термін " -"сплати, а політика рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте свої звичайні планові розстрочки з модуля " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування > Умови оплати`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." msgstr "" -"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або декілька рядків" -" (10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили " -"термін платежу з кількома рядками, переконайтеся, що останній є балансом. " -"(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це " -"може бути не рівно 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -"Опис терміну оплати буде відображатися в рахунку-фактурі або в замовлення на" -" продаж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "Умови оплати для клієнтів" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "Ви можете встановити умови оплати на:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -"**клієнті**: термін оплати автоматично застосовується до нових замовлень " -"клієнта або рахунків-фактур для цього клієнта. Встановіть умови оплати для " -"клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цей термін оплати для всіх майбутніх замовлень для" -" цього клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." msgstr "" -"**комерційній пропозиції**: термін оплати буде застосовано до всіх рахунків-" -"фактур, створених за цією пропозицією або замовленням продажу, але не з " -"інших комерційних пропозицій" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**рахунку-фактурі**: термін оплати буде застосовуватися лише до цього " -"рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -"Якщо рахунок-фактура містить термін платежу, запис журналу, пов'язаний із " -"рахунком-фактурою, відрізняється. Без терміну платежу рахунок-фактура в " -"розмірі 100 доларів створить наступний запис журналу (для наочності нашого " -"прикладу ми не встановили податок на рахунок-фактуру):" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Установлений термін" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Моделі доходів майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виставляєте рахунок-фактуру з 1 січня з терміном платежу в розмірі " -"10% протягом трьох днів та кінцевою оплатою протягом 30 днів, ви отримуєте " -"наступний запис журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "Січ 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "Січ 30" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -"У звірці з клієнтом ви побачите два рядки з різними термінами. Щоб отримати " -"звірку з клієнтом, скористайтеся меню Продажі > Звірка з клієнтом." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" @@ -15288,13 +15740,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "Цей процес корисний як для надання послуг, так і для продажу товарів." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Замовлення на доставку ‣ Рахунок-фактура" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -15307,7 +15763,7 @@ msgstr "" "відрізнятись від замовлених кількостей: продукти харчування (рахунок-фактура" " на основі фактичних кг)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -15318,11 +15774,15 @@ msgstr "" "решта пізніше), клієнт отримає два рахунки-фактури, по одному для кожного " "замовлення на доставку." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення в електронній комерції ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -15334,15 +15794,15 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення за допомогою чеків або банківських переказів, Odoo створює лише " "замовлення, а рахунок-фактура буде активовано після отримання платежу." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Контракти" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Звичайні контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -15353,31 +15813,31 @@ msgstr "" "послуг/товарів. Щомісяця продавець запускає рахунок-фактуру, виходячи з дій " "на контракті." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Дії можуть бути такі:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "фіксовані товари/послуги, що надходять від замовлення продажу, пов'язаного з" " цим контрактом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "придбані матеріали (які ви будете надавати)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "час і матеріали на основі табелю або купівлі (субпідряд)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "витрати, такі як подорожі та проживання, які ви переказуєте клієнту" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -15390,6 +15850,18 @@ msgstr "" "послуг компанії, які виставляють рахунки-фактури за встановлену ціну, вони " "використовують звичайний замовлення на продаж." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Повторювані контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" @@ -15404,11 +15876,15 @@ msgstr "" "Частота виставлення рахунків та послуг/товарів, на які виставлено рахунок, " "визначаються на контракті." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "Створення рахунка-фактури вручну" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -15419,7 +15895,7 @@ msgstr "" "якщо вам не потрібно керувати процесом продажу (комерційні пропозиції) або " "доставкою товарів або послуг." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -15428,236 +15904,522 @@ msgstr "" "знадобитися створення рахунку-фактури вручну у виняткових випадках " "використання:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно створити відшкодування" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно надати знижку" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "якщо вам потрібно змінити рахунок-фактуру, створений за замовленням на " "продаж" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно нарахувати щось не пов'язане з основним бізнесом" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Спеціальні модулі" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Деякі спеціальні модулі також можуть створювати проекти рахунків-фактур:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**членство**: виставляйте рахунки своїх членів щорічно" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" "**налагодження**: виставляйте рахунки на послуги післяпродажного " "обслуговування" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "Як встановити та використовувати умови оплати" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"Умови оплати визначають умови оплати рахунку-фактури. Вони застосовуються як" -" до рахунків клієнтів, так і до постачальників." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." msgstr "" -"Умови оплати відрізняються від виставлення рахунків у кількох областях. Якщо" -" для певного замовлення ви зараховуєте клієнта до двох частин, це не термін " -"сплати, а умови рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте звичайні умови оплати в меню Налаштування програми Бухоблік. Опис" -" терміну оплати - це той, який відображається в рахунку-фактурі або " -"замовленні на продаж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -"Термін платежу може мати один рядок (наприклад, 21 день) або кілька рядків " -"(10% протягом 3 днів та кінцева оплата протягом 21 дня). Якщо ви створили " -"термін платежу з кількома рядками, переконайтеся, що останній є балансом. " -"(не робіть 50% через 10 днів, а 50% - за 21 день, тому що з округленням це " -"може бути не рівно 100%)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "Використання умов оплати" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "Умови оплати можна встановити на:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" msgstr "" -"**клієнта**: автоматично застосовуйте цю умову оплати за новими замовленнями" -" на продаж або рахунками-фактурами для цього клієнта. Встановіть умови " -"платежу для клієнтів, якщо ви надасте цю умову оплати для всіх майбутніх " -"замовлень цього клієнта." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 -msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" msgstr "" -"**комерційну пропозицію**: застосуйте цей термін платежу до всіх рахунків-" -"фактур, створених за цією пропозицією або замовленням на продаж, але не на " -"інші комерційні пропозиції" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "" -"**рахунок-фактуру**: застосуйте умову платежу лише до цього рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -"Якщо в рахунку-фактурі вказано платіжний термін, запис журналу, пов'язаний " -"із рахунком-фактурою, відрізняється. Без умови оплати або податку, рахунок-" -"фактура в розмірі 100 доларів видасть запис цього журналу:" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "У виписці клієнта ви побачите два рядки з різними термінами." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "Умови оплати для продавців" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -"Найпростіший спосіб керувати умовами платежу для рахунків постачальників - " -"це фіксувати термін сплати за рахунком. Вам не потрібно призначати умову " -"оплати, достатньо лише терміну оплати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." msgstr "" -"Але якщо вам потрібно керувати умовами постачальника з кількома " -"розстрочками, ви все ще можете користуватися платіжними умовами, так само, " -"як у рахунках клієнтів. Якщо ви встановили термін платежу на рахунку " -"постачальника, вам не потрібно встановлювати термін сплати. Точна дата " -"внесення всіх платежів буде автоматично створена." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Установлений термін" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "Платежі клієнта" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "Типи методу оплати" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" msgstr "Групові платежі: Прямий дебет SEPA (SDD)" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -"SEPA, єдина область євро-платежів, є платіжно-інтеграційною ініціативою " -"Європейського Союзу щодо спрощення банківських переказів, виражених у євро. " -"За допомогою **Прямого дебету SEPA** ваші клієнти можуть підписати " -"**мандат**, який дає вам змогу автоматично збирати майбутні платежі зі своїх" -" банківських рахунків." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -"Ви можете записати ваші клієнтські мандати в Odoo та створити XML-файли, які" -" вміщують платежі в очікуванні, зроблені з мандатом SDD." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -"SDD підтримується всіма країнами SEPA, що включає 28 країн-членів " -"Європейського Союзу, а також додаткові країни." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries. <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -"`Список усіх країн SEPA. <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-" -"library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"активуйте функцію **Прямого дебету SEPA (SDD)**. Введіть **Ідентифікатор " -"кредитора** вашої компанії. Цей номер надається вашим банком або органом, " -"відповідальним за їх постачання." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Мандати прямого дебету SEPA" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "Створіть" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." @@ -15665,129 +16427,129 @@ msgstr "" "Мандат прямого дебету SEPA - це документ, який підписують ваші клієнти для " "авторизації вас для отримання грошей прямо з їхніх банківських рахунків." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"Щоб створити новий, перейдіть в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Клієнти --> " -"Мндати прямого дебету`, натисніть на *Створити*, та заповніть нову форму " -"мандату." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -"Спершу, експортуйте PDF-файл, натиснувши *Друк*. Потім ваш клієнт повинен " -"підписати цей документ. Після завершення завантажте підписаний файл у поле " -"**Оригінальний документ** та натисніть *Перевірити*, щоби розпочати " -"виконання мандату." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -"Спершу переконайтеся, що **Деталі банківських рахунків IBAN** вірно записані" -" на формі контакту дебітора, під вкладкою *Бухоблік*, та у ваших власних " -"налаштуваннях *Банківського рахунку*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Закрийте чи скасуйте мандат" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" -"Мандати прямого дебету закриваються автоматично після їхньої *Дати " -"закінчення*. Якщо це поле залишити порожнім, мандат продовжує бути " -"*Активним*, поки не буде *Закрито* або *Скасовано*." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" -"Якщо натиснути **Закрити**, оновляється кінцевий день мандату до поточного " -"дня. Це означає, що рахунки-фактури, зроблені після цього дня, не " -"обробляться автоматично за допомогою SDD-платежу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на **Відкликати**, негайно відключається мандат. Платіж SDD " -"більше не може бути зареєстрований, незалежно від дати рахунка-фактури. " -"Однак платежі, які вже були зареєстровані, все одно будуть включені до " -"наступного XML-файлу SDD." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як мандат буде *закрито* або *відкликано*, його не можна буде " -"реактивувати. Якщо клієнт знову вимагатиме оплати за допомогою SDD, вам " -"доведеться створити новий мандат з нуля." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "Отримуйте платежі з Груповими платежами SDD" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -"Усі нові опубліковані рахунки, видані клієнтам з активним мандатом, будуть " -"автоматично реєструвати платіж та позначати їхній статус як *Оплачено*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є неоплачені рахунки, які могли бути оплачені з новим мандатом, " -"це все ще можливо зробити. Перейдіть в рахунок, натисніть *Зареєструвати " -"платіж* та оберіть *Прямий дебет SEPA* як метод платежу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "Створіть XML-файли Прямого дебету SEPA, щоб надати платежі" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -"Щоб надати ваші платежі SDD вашому банку, вам спершу потрібно створити " -"**XML-файл**, який можна завантажити прямо у вашому банківському інтерфейсі." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "Отримуйте платежі з Груповими платежами SDD" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "Створіть XML-файли Прямого дебету SEPA, щоб надати платежі" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " "Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -"Файли, створені Odoo, слідують за специфікаціями Прямого дебету SEPA " -"**PAIN.008.001.02**, що вимагаються Керівництвом щодо впровадження клієнта " -"до банку SEPA, що забезпечує сумісність з банками." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" "To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " "*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " @@ -15797,27 +16559,25 @@ msgstr "" "*банківський журнал* на вашій *панелі приладів Бухобліку*, потім натисніть " "на *Платежі прямого дебету для отримання*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." msgstr "" -"Оберіть всі платежі у списку, які ви хочете включити у ваш XML-файл SDD, а " -"потім натисніть *Дія* та оберіть *Створити груповий платіж*." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 msgid "" "Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"download the SDD XML file." msgstr "" -"Потім Odoo направить вас на форму вашого *Групового платежу*. Натисніть на " -"*Підтвердити* та завантажте XML-файл SDD." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." -msgstr "І нарешті завантажте цей файл у ваш банк для обробки платежів." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 msgid "" "You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " @@ -15826,11 +16586,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете отримати усі створені XML-файли SDD, перейшовши у " ":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Клієнти --> Групові платежі`." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" @@ -15838,9 +16598,15 @@ msgstr "" "`Академія Odoo: Мандати прямого дебету SEPA (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "Як зареєструвати клієнтські оплати чеком?" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -15906,7 +16672,6 @@ msgstr "" "кілька групових перевірок на свої банківські рахунки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" msgstr "Варіант 1: незараховані кошти" @@ -15961,16 +16726,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "Ця операція видасть наступний запис журналу:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Узгодження виписки" @@ -15980,12 +16741,6 @@ msgstr "Узгодження виписки" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -16010,10 +16765,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" -msgstr "X" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -16037,7 +16790,6 @@ msgstr "" "банківських рахунках ще не повідомлялося про ці чеки." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "Варіант 2: лише один журнал" @@ -16046,8 +16798,6 @@ msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." msgstr "" -"Ці налаштування неможливі, якщо ви плануєте керувати вашими чеками за " -"допомогою цього методу." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -16068,7 +16818,6 @@ msgstr "" " його з рядком виписки)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "За допомогою цього підходу ви отримаєте наступний запис журналу:" @@ -16099,264 +16848,6 @@ msgstr "" "**Додатково** на інформаційній панелі бухобліку на відповідному банківському" " рахунку)." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "Як зареєструвати оплати кредитною карткою в рахунках-фактурах?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "" -"Є два способи обробки платежів, оплачених кредитними картками. Odoo " -"підтримує обидва підходи, щоб ви могли використовувати той, який краще " -"відповідає вашим звичкам." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"**Незараховані кошти** (найчастіше використовуються в європейських країнах):" -" після одержання дозволу на оплату кредитною карткою ви зараховуєте платіж " -"за допомогою кредитної картки в рахунку-фактурі (використовуючи журнал " -"кредитної картки та розміщуючи на рахунку незараховані кошти). Потім, коли " -"платежі кредитної картки надходять на ваш банківський рахунок, перемістіть " -"гроші з незарахованих коштів на свій банківський рахунок." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"**Лише один запис журналу** (найчастіше використовується в США): після того," -" як ви отримаєте оплату за допомогою кредитної картки, ви зараховуєте платіж" -" у ваш банк, сплачуючи кредитною карткою, не переходячи на незараховані " -"кошти. Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банківського рахунку, ви виконуєте " -"відповідність за допомогою банківського каналу та платежу за допомогою " -"кредитної картки, не створюючи спеціальну публікацію журналу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "" -"Ми рекомендуємо перший підхід, оскільки він є більш точним (баланс вашого " -"банківського рахунку точний, беручи до уваги кредитні картки, які ще не були" -" нараховані). Обидва підходи потребують однакових зусиль." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви користуєтеся електронною комерцією та автоматизованим шлюзом " -"платежів, вам потрібно буде лише взяти під контроль частину узгодження " -"банківських виписок, оскільки оплачений рахунок-фактура буде автоматично " -"записано в правильний журнал. Тоді ви будете використовувати другий підхід." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "" -"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш зрозумілим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " -"оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі *QuickBooks* і " -"*Peachtree*)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "" -"В модулі Бухоблік перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Журнали --> " -"Створити`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "" -"Створіть журнал під назвою \"Платежі за кредитною карткою\" з такими даними:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Назва журналу**: кредитна картка" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Дебетовий рахунок за замовчуванням**: кредитні картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**Кредитний рахунок за замовчуванням**: кредитні картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" -"Тип рахунку має бути \"Кредитна картка\". Після цього не забувайте " -"встановлювати рахунок \"Кредитні картки\" як \"Дозволити узгодження\"." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Від платежів кредитної картки до банківських виписок" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "" -"Першим способом обробки кредитних карток є створення журналу кредитних " -"карток. Таким чином, кредитні картки стають самостійним способом оплати, а " -"ви будете записувати дві транзакції." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "" -"Отримавши платіж за допомогою кредитної картки клієнта, перейдіть на " -"відповідний рахунок-фактуру та натисніть \"Реєстрація платежу\". Заповніть " -"інформацію про платіж:" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: кредитна картка" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть референс рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "Кредитні картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте платіж за " -"допомогою кредитної картки." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "" -"Потім, як тільки ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви узгоджуєте цю виписку " -"за допомогою кредитної картки, яка знаходиться на рахунку \"Кредитна " -"картка\"." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "Кредитні картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування платежами за кредитними " -"картками, ви отримуєте перелік платежів за кредитними картками, які не були " -"зараховані в рахунку \"Кредитна картка\" (доступні, наприклад, з головної " -"книги)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "" -"Обидва методи дадуть ті самі дані у вашому бухобліку в кінці процесу. Але " -"якщо у вас є кредитні картки, які не були виплачені готівкою, це буде " -"прозоріше, тому що на цих банківських рахунках ще не повідомляється про ці " -"кредитні картки." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "" -"Немає нічого для налаштування, якщо ви плануєте керувати своїми кредитними " -"картками за допомогою цього методу." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: банк, який буде використовуватися для депозиту" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr "**Призначення**: напишіть номер транзакції кредитної картки" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки буде здійснено платіж " -"за допомогою кредитної картки. Щойно ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви " -"зробите узгодження із випискою та цим фактичним платежем (технічно: вкажіть " -"цей платіж і пов'яжіть його з рядком виписки)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете безпосередньо зареєструвати платіж без рахунку-фактури " -"клієнта, скориставшись головним меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Платежі`. " -"Цей метод може бути більш зручним, якщо у вас є багато кредитних карток для " -"групового запису, але вам доведеться узгодити записи пізніше (відповідні " -"платежі з рахунками-фактурами)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування отриманими кредитними " -"картками, ви можете використовувати звіт \"Звіт про узгодження банківських " -"виписок\", щоб перевірити, які кредитні картки були отримані або сплачені " -"банком (цей звіт доступний з опції \"Додатково\" на панелі інструментів " -"бухобліку на відповідний банківський рахунок)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" msgstr "Нагадуйте про рахунки та отримуйте оплату швидше" @@ -16484,9 +16975,62 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви бажаєте отримати нагадування перед фактичною датою, встановіть " "від'ємне число днів." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "Виставити рахунок на онлайн-оплату" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Клієнтський портал" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "Які є способи запису оплати?" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -16540,7 +17084,7 @@ msgstr "" "платіж. Звідти ви можете вибрати, аби відкрити запис журналу або узгодити " "платіж." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -16552,15 +17096,15 @@ msgstr "" "платіж в іншій валюті, Odoo створить журнал, щоб змінити втрату/здобуток " "валютної біржі, розміщену під час узгодження." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "Платежі, не пов'язані з рахунком-фактурою" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" msgstr "Реєстрація платежу" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -16572,7 +17116,7 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви користуєтеся цими меню, платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, " "але його можна легко узгодити з рахунком-фактурою пізніше." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -16586,7 +17130,7 @@ msgstr "" "купівлю чи рахунок-фактуру), встановіть посилання на цей документ у полі " "призначення." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." @@ -16594,11 +17138,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щойно буде підтвердження, буде надруковано запис журналу, що відображає " "транзакцію, яка була щойно зроблена в бухгалтерському модулі." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "Узгодження платежів рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." @@ -16606,7 +17150,7 @@ msgstr "" "Найпростіший спосіб узгодити оплату з рахунком-фактурою - це узгодження " "безпосередньо на рахунок-фактуру." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -16618,11 +17162,11 @@ msgstr "" "можете узгодити цей платіж з рахунком-фактурою поруч із підсумками у нижній " "частині під розділом \"Невиплачені платежі\"." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "Узгодження всіх ваших непогашених платежів та рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " @@ -16632,7 +17176,7 @@ msgstr "" "(замість того, щоби робити це по черзі), ви можете використовувати функцію " "групового узгодження в Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " @@ -16642,7 +17186,7 @@ msgstr "" "рахунків клієнтів і на картці рахунку постачальників, щоб узгодити " "дебіторську та кредиторську заборгованість, відповідно." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " @@ -16652,7 +17196,7 @@ msgstr "" "постачальників, і дасть вам можливість обробити їх по черзі, одночасно " "виконуючи відповідність усіх ваших платежів і рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " @@ -16662,11 +17206,11 @@ msgstr "" "що ще є залишок балансу, який потрібно або узгодити пізніше, або потрібно " "буде безпосередньо списати." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "Переказ грошей з одного банківського рахунку на інший" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." @@ -16675,7 +17219,7 @@ msgstr "" "грошову одиницю між вашими банківськими рахунками з інформаційної панелі або" " з меню вгорі." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." @@ -16683,7 +17227,7 @@ msgstr "" "Це приведе вас до того самого екрану, який ви маєте для отримання та " "здійснення платежів." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -16697,6 +17241,656 @@ msgstr "" "Не повторюйте цей процес знову на іншому банківському рахунку, або ж ви " "отримаєте два записи журналу для однієї транзакції." +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" +"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "Періодичність повернення податку" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Сітки податків" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Податковий звіт" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo 13 оснащена потужною та зручною системою звітування. Створювати нові " +"звіти (наприклад, податковий звіт, або баланс, або звіт про прибутки та " +"прибутки з певними угрупованнями та компонуванням), щоби відповідати вашим " +"потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "" +"По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" +" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "" +"На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" +" 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" +"На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" +" рух грошових коштів)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібна " +"**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " +"**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "" +"У полі **формул** ви можете додати одну чи кілька формул, щоби призначити " +"значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " +"потрібно, розділений;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "" +"``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " +"дат)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" +"Інший звіт, на який посилається його код. Використовуйте ``.balance`` для " +"отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " +"``.amount_residual``)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"Рядок також може базуватися на сумі рядків переміщення рахунку у вибраному " +"домені. У цьому випадку вам потрібно заповнити поле домену доменом Odoo в " +"об'єкті переміщення профілю. Тоді в полі формул доступний додатковий об'єкт," +" а саме ``sum``, сума рядків переміщення рахунку в домені. Ви також можете " +"використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" +" одним зі стовпців." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr "" +"**Чи добре зростання чи погане**: використовується при обчисленні стовпчика " +"порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " +"кольором) чи ні." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr "" +"**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " +"використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +"**Показати домен**: як відображається домен рядка. Можна згортати (``за " +"замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" +" (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" +"Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні " +"кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr "**План рахунку**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "**Податковий звіт**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете коментувати всі звіти, щоб надрукувати їх і повідомити свого " +"радника. Експортувати в xls для керування додатковим аналізом. Перегляньте " +"докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у " +"розділі звітів." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" +"Ви також можете порівняти значення з іншим періодом. Виберіть, скільки " +"періодів ви хочете порівняти з вибраним періодом часу. Ви можете обрати до " +"12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " +"параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" +"У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " +"власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Доходи і витрати" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" +"Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" +" дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згрупованих за класом." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Управлінський звіт" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" +"**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, " +"необхідні для керування вашою компанією." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" +"У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього " +"розділу:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "**Продуктивність:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" +"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" +" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як " +"робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" +"Внесок кожного окремого продажу, здійсненого вашим бізнесом, за вирахуванням" +" будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів, а також " +"будь-яких фіксованих накладних витрат вашої компанії (такі, як орендна " +"плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих " +"продажів)." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" +"Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала " +"для отримання цього прибутку." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "**Позиція:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" +"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по" +" всім рахункам клієнтів." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" +"Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам " +"(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" +"Скільки очікується грошового обігу у вашій компанії протягом наступного " +"місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за " +"вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "**Відношення активів до зобов'язань:**" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" +"Також називається **поточним співвідношенням**, це співвідношення поточних " +"активів (активів, які можуть бути перетворені на грошові кошти протягом " +"року) до поточних зобов'язань (зобов'язання, які будуть сплачуватись у " +"наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності " +"компанії обслуговувати свої борги." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"**Звіт загальної бухгалтерської книги** відображає всі транзакції з усіх " +"рахунків за вибраний діапазон дат. У початковому зведеному звіті " +"відображаються підсумки для кожного рахунку, а звідти можна переглянути " +"детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для " +"перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Протермінована оплата" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" +"Запустіть **звіт розрахунків з кредиторами**, щоби відобразити інформацію " +"про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки" +" часу вони не сплачені." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Протермінована дебіторська заборгованість" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" +"Звіт про **розрахунки з дебіторами** відображає рахунки-фактури продажу, які" +" очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до " +"цього." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Звіт про рух грошових коштів" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" +"Звіт про **рух грошових коштів** показує, як зміни у звіту балансу рахунків " +"та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує " +"аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності." + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" +"Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " +"податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 442f69d7f..7dd4aaf60 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,4 +19,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Заявки" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b21d2445 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1735 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " +"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " +"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " +"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " +"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " +"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " +"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +msgid "Writing style" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " +"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" +" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " +"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " +"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " +"it to match your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "Grammatical tenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " +"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" +" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Good example (present):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Bad example (future):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +msgid "Paragraphing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " +"They usually are two to six lines long." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " +"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " +"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " +"separating ideas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" +"/line-break>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "To write a good title :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "**Be concise.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Document's structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" +"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " +"the side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " +"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " +"contents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " +"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " +"is documentation and not marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" +" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " +"topic** in the following paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " +"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " +"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " +"enable the XYZ feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." +" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H3: Subsection**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" +" in the form of a question, if appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +msgid "**H2: Next Section**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" +"directives>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Зображення" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " +"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " +"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " +"<contributing/pngquant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" +" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " +"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " +"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " +"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " +"resizing the width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " +"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " +"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " +"width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +msgid "" +"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " +"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " +"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " +"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " +"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " +"documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " +"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" +" or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " +"documentation for `developing in Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " +"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " +"markup language " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " +"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " +"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " +"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " +"you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " +"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" +" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " +"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " +"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " +"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +msgid "" +"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " +"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " +"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " +"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " +"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " +"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " +"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " +"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" +"workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " +"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " +"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " +"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " +"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" +" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" +" this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " +":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " +"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " +"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " +"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " +"however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " +"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " +"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " +"that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " +"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " +"on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " +"\"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " +"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " +"request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " +"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +msgid "" +"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " +"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " +"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " +"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" +" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " +"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " +"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " +"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +msgid "" +"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " +"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " +"register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " +"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " +"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " +"and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " +"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " +"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " +"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " +"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " +"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " +"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " +":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " +"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" +".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" +" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " +"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " +"much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " +"installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " +"install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " +"installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " +"dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " +"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +msgid "" +"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" +" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " +"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " +"single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " +"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" +" in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " +"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " +"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " +"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" +" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" +" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " +"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " +"``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +msgid "" +"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " +"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " +":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " +":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +msgid "" +"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " +"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " +"default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +msgid "" +"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " +"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +msgid "" +"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " +"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " +"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " +"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " +"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " +"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" +"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " +"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +msgid "RST cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " +"there are characters in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " +"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " +"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " +"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " +"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Heading size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "H1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``=======``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``Heading``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "1/1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +msgid "H2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "0/∞" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +msgid "H3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``-------``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +msgid "H4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``~~~~~~~``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +msgid "H5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``*******``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "H6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``^^^^^^^``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +msgid "Inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "**Text**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "\\*Text\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "*Text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "``Text``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +msgid "Bulleted list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +msgid "Numbered list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "Nested lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "Hyperlinks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +msgid "Hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " +"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Приклад" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " +"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " +"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +msgid "External hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +msgid "" +"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " +"references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +msgid "" +"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" +" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +msgid "" +"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " +"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +msgid "RST" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +msgid "Render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes. `PoC " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " +"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " +"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " +"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" +" of the page containing the target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" +" below as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " +"label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" +" links for internal references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" +" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " +"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "**How to create a product?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +msgid "" +"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" +"of-page>`_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" +" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " +"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +msgid "" +"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " +"using the name of the section title as URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " +"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +msgid "The ``doc`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" +" in the file tree through a relative file path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the title of the page as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the given label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `this documentation " +"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" +"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +msgid "The ``download`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " +"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" +" to be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Download this `module structure template " +"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " +"your module in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +msgid "The ``image`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" +" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " +"considered redundant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +msgid "Seealso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +msgid "" +"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" +"the-feature>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +msgid "Tip" +msgstr "Чайові" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +msgid "" +"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " +"described in the warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +msgid "Danger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 +msgid "Add banners on top of documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " +"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " +"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " +"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +msgid "" +"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "" +"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " +"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " +"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " +"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " +"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" +" the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +msgid "" +"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Make use of `this convenient table generator " +"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " +"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Purpose**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**RST**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**HTML**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``abbr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``command``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "Highlight a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid ":command:`python example.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``dfn``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "Define a term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "Indicate a file path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``menuselection``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " +"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " +"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +msgid "" +"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " +":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " +"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " +"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " +"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " +"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " +"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "RST guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " +"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " +"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " +"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " +"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " +"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " +"*relative* to that of the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +msgid "Given the following source file tree:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " +"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "Absolute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "Relative:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "``../prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "``variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " +"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " +"file tree restructurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " +"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " +"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" +" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " +"the end of a line to separate words." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " +"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " +"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " +"label part of the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Be consistent with indentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " +"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" +" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " +"spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +msgid "Use the menuselection directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " +"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" +" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " +"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " +"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " +"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " +"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +msgid "Write resilient code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " +"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " +"the list and is easier to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" +" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " +"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " +"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " +"even less likely to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " +"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " +"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " +"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " +"makes the purpose of the target clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " +"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " +"targets or update them accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" +" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " +"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " +"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " +"only of two underscore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +msgid "" +"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " +"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index f1cc02d9d..90b4478d1 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,17 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,15 +23,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "Отримайте ліди" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "Перетворення лідів у нагоди" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -49,25 +48,22 @@ msgid "" "sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " "channels from their configuration form." msgstr "" -"Ви можете активувати цей режим із Налаштувань CRM. Він застосовується до " -"всіх каналів продажу за замовчуванням. Але ви можете застосувати його для " -"конкретних каналів із їхньої форми налаштування." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" -"Щоб ця функція працювала, перейдіть на :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Ліди*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -79,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "Конвертуйте лід у нагоду" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -98,13 +94,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " "customer already exists." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас вже є нагода з цим клієнтом, Odoo автоматично запропонує вам " -"об'єднати цю нагоду. Точно так само Odoo автоматично запропонує вам зв'язати" -" з існуючим клієнтом, якщо цей клієнт вже існує." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "Об'єднайте нагоди" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -113,45 +106,32 @@ msgid "" " into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " "information present on the first opportunity." msgstr "" -"Odoo також автоматично запропонує об'єднати нагоди, якщо в них однакова " -"електронна адреса. Під час об'єднання нагод Odoo об'єднує й інформацію " -"нагод, яка була спершу створена, надаючи пріоритет інформації першої нагоди." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 msgid "" "No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " "chatter and the information fields for easy access." msgstr "" -"Жодна інформація не втрачаться: дані з інших нагод записується у чаттері та " -"інформаційних полях для легкого доступу." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 msgid "" "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " "leads even if the system doesn't propose it." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви знайдете дублікат самостійно, ... ви також можете об'єднати нагоди " -"або ліди, навіть якщо система цього не пропонує." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 msgid "" "Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." msgstr "" -"Тут є як це зробити зі списку. Оберіть нагоди або ліди, які ви хочете " -"об'єднати, тоді з'явиться кнопка дії. Потім ви можете обрати об'єднання." - -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 -msgid "..note::" -msgstr "..занотуйте::" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." -msgstr "Можливо також об'єднати більше, ніж дві нагоди або ліда." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Генеруйте ліди/нагоди з електронної пошти" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -159,31 +139,28 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" -"Автоматизація генерації ліда/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " -"замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ " -"_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "Налаштуйте псевдоніми електронної пошти" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " "leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" " several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." msgstr "" "Кожен канал продажу може мати власний псевдонім електронної пошти, щоб " "генерувати ліди/нагоди, автоматично призначені для нього. Це корисно, якщо " "ви керуєте кількома командами продажів з певними бізнес-процесами. Ви " -"знайдете налаштування каналів продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Канали продажів`." +"знайдете налаштування команд продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " +"Команди продажів`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Створіть ліди/нагоди зі сторінки контактів вашого веб-сайту" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -197,11 +174,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Використовуйте зв'яжіться з нами на своєму веб-сайті" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Спочатку потрібно перейти до вашого додатка веб-сайту." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -212,9 +189,6 @@ msgid "" "With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " "your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." msgstr "" -"Зі встановленням модуля CRM, ви користуєтесь готовою до використання " -"контактною формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично генерує " -"ліди/нагоди." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -222,15 +196,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" -"Щоб перейти на конкретний канал продажів, перейдіть на сторінку " -":menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` під *Зв'язок* ви" -" знайдете інформацію про контактну форму та куди слід змінити *Канали " -"продажу* або *Продавця*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -239,19 +209,12 @@ msgid "" "contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " "leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" msgstr "" -"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує " -"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну " -"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у" -" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби " -"підтримки тощо)." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 msgid "" "You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " "Odoo Enterprise." msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно буде встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форм*, який " -"доступний в лише Odoo Enterprise." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -259,29 +222,22 @@ msgid "" " drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " "fields you wish." msgstr "" -"Спершу перейдіть до сторінки, де в хочете вставити вашу контактну форму. В " -"режимі редагування перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінку, і тоді ви " -"зможете додати всі поля, які ви хочете." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " "lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням усі нові форми контакту будуть надсилати електронний лист. " -"Ви можете перемкнути на створення ліда/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 msgid "" "If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " "added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Якщо той же відвідувач використовує контактну форму двічі, другий запис буде" -" додано до першого ліда/нагоди у чаті." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -289,13 +245,10 @@ msgid "" "assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " "CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" -"Під час використання контактної форми, вам слід використовувати крок " -"кваліфікації перед призначенням форми правильному продавцю. Зробивши це, " -"активуйте *Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та перейдіть на :doc:`convert`." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" -msgstr "Отримання лідів" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -305,23 +258,16 @@ msgid "" "country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" " make them relevant to your business." msgstr "" -"У будь-якому бізнесі, отримання якісних лідів має важливе значення для " -"зростання бізнесу. Отримання лідів дозволяє генерувати ліди з нуля " -"безпосередньо з бази даних. Націлюйте свої ліди на основі набору таких " -"критеріїв, як країна, розмір компанії, галузь, з відки походить ваш лід, " -"щоби зробити їх відповідними до вашого бізнесу." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." msgstr "" -"Щоб запустити цю функцію, перейдіть в :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію **Отримання лідів**." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "Почніть створення лідів" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -331,18 +277,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " "button." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас буде кнопка **Створити ліди**, доступна у вашому конвеєрі. Ви " -"також можете створювати запити на отримання лідів з " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Запити на отримання лідів` та через " -":menuselection:`Ліди --> Ліди`, де у вас є кнопка **Створити ліди**." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 msgid "" "From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " "be able to pick your criteria will pop up." msgstr "" -"Там натисніть на кнопку **Створити ліди**, з'явиться вікно, де ви зможете " -"обрати критерії." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -352,11 +292,6 @@ msgid "" "information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " "<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," msgstr "" -"Під час обрання цілі компнаій та їхні контакти, ви можете обрати окнтакти, " -"які ви отримуєте на основі Ролі або Стажу. Отримавши інформацію про " -"контакти, переконайтеся, що ви в курсі останніх норм ЄС, більше інформації " -"про Загальні положення про захист даних отримайте на `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -366,10 +301,6 @@ msgid "" "pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " "multiple countries." msgstr "" -"Ви можете обрати фільтр лідів, які ви отримуєте залежно від розміру " -"(кількість співробітників) компанії. Ви можете обрати країни, з яких " -"походять ваші ліди. Можна обирати кілька країн. Також ви можете обрати " -"галузі, з відки походять ваші ліди. Можна також обрати кілька галузей." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -382,11 +313,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "Створені ліди матимуть назву компанії." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -394,56 +326,42 @@ msgid "" "credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to CRM > Configuration > Settings > Buy Credits; or go to Settings" -" > In-App Purchases>View my Services" +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection: `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View " +"my Services`." msgstr "" -"Це функція купівлі в додатку, кожен створений лід буде коштувати один " -"кредит. Якщо ви оберете отримання інформації контакту, кожен контакт також " -"буде коштувати один додатковий кредит. Тут є ціни цієї `функції " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, Щоб купити кредити, ви " -"можете перейти в CRM > Налаштування > Налаштування > Купити кредити; або " -"перейти в Налаштування > Купівлі в додатку>Переглянути мої послуги" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:64 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " "consumed." msgstr "Синє поле автоматично підкаже, скільки кредитів буде використано." -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " -"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" -"More information about `In-App Purchases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.html?highlight=iap>`__," -" (IAP)." +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" -"Більше інформації про `Купівлі в додатку " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.html?highlight=iap>`__," -" (IAP)." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Надсилання комерційних пропозицій" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." msgstr "" -"Коли ви кваліфікуєте лід у нагоду, вам буде необхідно надіслати йому " -"комерційну пропозицію. Ви можете робити це безпосередньо у модулі CRM з " -"Odoo." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "Створіть нову комерційну пропозицію" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -459,8 +377,6 @@ msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете всі свої комерційні пропозиції за конкретною нагодою в меню " -"*Комерційні пропозиції* на цій сторінці." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -471,25 +387,142 @@ msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." msgstr "" -"Тепер вам доведеться відзначити вашу нагоду як впіймано чи втрачено, щоб " -"перемістити цей процес." #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите їх як впіймано, вони перейдуть до вашого стовпця " -"*Впіймано* у вашому конвеєрі Канбану. Якщо ви позначите їх як *Втрачено*, " -"вони будуть архівовані." #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Синхронізація Google Календаря з Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -497,9 +530,6 @@ msgid "" "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." msgstr "" -"Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Google Calendar, щоб ви могли бачити і керувати" -" своїми зустрічами з обох платформ (оновлення відбуваються в обох " -"напрямках)." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -510,17 +540,14 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до `Платформи Google API " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__, щоб створити повноваження Google" -" Календар API. Зайдіть через ваш акаунт Google." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Перейдіть до сторінки API та Послуги." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Знайдіть*Google Calendar API* і виберіть його." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -536,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Створіть облікові дані." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -554,11 +581,6 @@ msgid "" "redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете створити ідентифікатор клієнта. Введіть назву модуля " -"(наприклад, Odoo Calendar) і дозволені сторінки, на які буде відбуватися " -"перенаправлення. *Авторизоване джерело JavaScript* - це ваш приклад URL-" -"адреси Odoo. *Авторизована URI перенаправлення* - це ваш приклад URL-адреси " -"Odoo, а потім -'/google_account/authentication'." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -582,24 +604,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." msgstr "" -"Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Додатки* або позначте опцію в " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування` та " -"введіть ваш **ID клієнта** та **Секретний ключ клієнта** в налаштуванні " -"Google Календаря." #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -615,15 +632,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "Тепер ви більше не маєте виправдання, щоби пропустити зустріч!" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "Використовуйте послугу IP-телефонії в Odoo з OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -631,10 +648,6 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -"ІР-телефонія Odoo може бути налаштована для роботи разом з OnSIP " -"(www.onsip.com). У цьому випадку встановлення та налаштування сервера " -"Asterisk не потрібні, оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована " -"OnSIP." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -643,10 +656,6 @@ msgid "" "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -"Для використання цієї послуги вам потрібно буде відкрити обліковий запис на " -"OnSIP. Перш ніж це зробити, переконайтеся, що ця послуга охоплює вашу " -"територію та області, в які ви хочете зателефонувати. Після відкриття обліку" -" OnSIP виконайте процедуру налаштування нижче." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." @@ -666,14 +675,10 @@ msgid "" "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"**Домен OnSIP** - це домен, який ви обрали під час створення облікового " -"запису на www.onsip.com. Якщо ви не знаєте цього, увійдіть до " -"https://admin.onsip.com/, і ви побачите його у верхньому правому куті " -"екрана." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "**WebSocket** повинен містити wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" @@ -684,17 +689,14 @@ msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до **Налаштування/Користувачі**. У формі перегляду кожного " -"користувача IP-телефонії на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ " -"**Налаштування PBX**:" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**Логін SIP/Розширення браузера**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -702,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "**Пароль SIP**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "**Розширення для телефонів**: 'Розширення' OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -720,17 +722,12 @@ msgid "" "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете телефонувати, натиснувши значок телефону у верхньому правому" -" куті Odoo (переконайтеся, що ви ввійшли як користувач, який належним чином " -"налаштований в Odoo та OnSIP)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бачите повідомлення про *відсутність параметрів* на софтводі Odoo, " -"обов'язково оновіть вікно Odoo та повторіть спробу." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -739,10 +736,6 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -"Якщо в Odoo softphone з'являється повідомлення *Неправильне число*, " -"обов'язково використовуйте міжнародний формат, який містить знак плюс (+), а" -" потім міжнародний код країни. Наприклад: +16506913277 (де +1 - міжнародний " -"префікс для США)." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -754,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефоні" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -763,11 +756,6 @@ msgid "" " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -"Щоб робити та отримувати телефонні дзвінки, коли ви не перебуваєте перед " -"вашим комп'ютером, ви можете використовувати прикладну програму для " -"мобільних телефонів паралельно з ІР-телефонією Odoo. Це корисно для викликів" -" на ходу, але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, " -"або просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP softphone буде працювати." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -776,26 +764,22 @@ msgid "" " When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -"На Android та iOS, OnSIP успішно протестовано за допомогою `Grandstream Wave" -" <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave> _ _. " -"Під час створення облікового запису виберіть OnSIP у списку постачальників. " -"Вам потрібно буде налаштувати його таким чином:" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "**Ім'я облікового запису**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "**SIP сервер**: OnSIP 'Домен'" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "**ID користувача SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача' OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "**ID Аутентифікації SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача аут.' OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -811,44 +795,104 @@ msgid "" "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -"Окрім ініціювання дзвінків з Grandstream Wave на свій телефон, ви також " -"можете ініціювати дзвінки, натиснувши номери телефонів у вашому браузері на " -"своєму ПК. Це зробить дзвінок Grandstream Wave і маршрут дзвінка через " -"телефон на іншу сторону. Цей підхід корисний, щоб не витрачати час на набір " -"телефонних номерів. Для цього вам знадобиться розширення Chrome `Помічник " -"дзвінків OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." msgstr "" -"Недоліком використання софтфону на вашому мобільному телефоні є те, що ваші " -"виклики не будуть входити в систему Odoo, оскільки софтфон виступає в ролі " -"незалежного окремого додатка." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти` та активуйте функцію " +"*Автозаповнення партнера*." + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш сервер VOIP Asterisk для Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "Встановлення сервера Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "Залежності" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" msgstr "" -"Перед встановленням Asterisk вам потрібно встановити наступні залежності:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -856,7 +900,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -868,7 +912,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -880,15 +924,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-config" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "Для встановлення libsrtp виконайте наведені нижче інструкції:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -896,36 +940,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -"Вам також потрібно встановити PJSIP, ви можете завантажити джерело `тут " -"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>` _. Після вилучення вихідного каталогу:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr "**Перейдіть у вихідний каталог pjproject:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr "**запустіть:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr "**Побудуйте та встановіть pjproject:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr "**Оновіть посилання на спільну бібліотеку:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr "**Перевірте, чи встановлено pjproject:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr "**Результат повинен бути:**" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -933,13 +975,10 @@ msgid "" "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -"Щоб встановити Asterisk 13.7.0, ви можете завантажити джерело безпосередньо " -"`там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" -"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "Вилучіть Asterisk:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -947,11 +986,11 @@ msgstr "Введіть каталог Asterisk:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "Запустіть налаштування скрипта Asterisk:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "Запустіть інструмент вибору меню Asterisk:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -960,14 +999,10 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -"У меню вибору перейдіть до опції ресурсів і переконайтесь, що res_srtp " -"увімкнено. Якщо біля res_srtp є 3 х, виникають проблеми з бібліотекою srtp, " -"і ви повинні перевстановити його. Збережіть налаштування (натисніть x). Ви " -"також повинні побачити зірки перед рядками res_pjsip." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "Скомпілюйте та встановіть Asterisk:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -975,33 +1010,28 @@ msgid "" "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібні зразки налаштування, ви можете запустити 'зробити зразки' " -"для встановлення зразків налаштування. Якщо вам потрібно встановити сценарій" -" запуску Asterisk, ви можете запустити 'зробити налашт'." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "Сертифікати DTLS" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "Після цього вам потрібно встановити сертифікати DTLS." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "Введіть каталог скриптів Asterisk:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -"Створіть сертифікати DTLS (замініть pbx.mycompany.com на свою IP-адресу чи " -"ім'я dns, замініть My Super Company на назву вашої компанії):" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "Налаштуйте сервер Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -1011,11 +1041,6 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" -"Для WebRTC велика кількість необхідних параметрів ПОВИННА бути в показаних " -"налаштуваннях. Глобальні параметри не дуже добре потраплять в налаштування " -"показаних рівнів. За замовчуванням конфігураційні файли Asterisk розташовані" -" в /etc/asterisk/. Почніть з редагування http.conf і переконайтеся, що " -"наступні рядки не коментуються:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -1025,19 +1050,12 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -"Далі змініть файл sip.conf. WebRTC потребує розшифрування, avpf та " -"iicesupport. У більшості випадків, Directmedia повинен бути відключений. " -"Також під клієнтом WebRTC транспорт потрібно вказати як \"ws\", щоб " -"дозволити з'єднання веб-вузлів. Всі ці конфігураційні лінії мають бути під " -"одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних рядки глобально можуть не " -"працювати:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -"У sip.conf та rtp.conf файлах вам також потрібно додати чи відключити рядки:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -1045,153 +1063,55 @@ msgstr "Нарешті, встановіть extensions.conf:" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ІР-телефонію Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "В Odoo налаштування повинне виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача." +msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -"Логін SIP/Розширення браузера - це номер, який ви вже налаштували у файлі " -"sip.conf. У нашому прикладі 1060. Пароль SIP - секрет, який ви обрали у " -"файлі sip.conf. Розширення телефону вашого офісу не є обов'язковим полем, " -"але воно використовується, якщо ви хочете передати свій дзвінок з Odoo на " -"зовнішній телефон, також налаштований у файлі sip.conf." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -"Налаштування також повинно бути зроблене в налаштуваннях продажу під назвою " -"\"Конфігурація PBX\". Ви повинні вказати IP, який ви визначите у файлі " -"http.conf, і WebSocket має бути: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. Частина " -"\"127.0.0.1\" повинна бути такою ж, як IP, визначений раніше, і \"8088\" - " -"це порт, визначений у файлі http.conf." #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "Проаналізуйте ефективність" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "Отримайте точний ймовірний оборот" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." msgstr "" -"Коли ви розвиваєте свій цикл продажів і переходите з одного етапу до іншого," -" ви можете сподіватися отримати більш точні дані про дану нагоду, що дасть " -"вам краще уявлення про ймовірність її закриття, це важливо, щоб побачити ваш" -" очікуваний оборот у ваших варіантах звітів." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "Налаштуйте етапи вашого канбану" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням Канбан Odoo має чотири етапи: Новий, Кваліфікований, " -"Пропозиція, Впіймано. Відповідно до 10, 30, 70 та 100% ймовірності успіху. " -"Ви можете додавати етапи, а також редагувати їх. Редагуючи імовірність " -"успіху для вашого бізнесу за фазами, ви можете зробити свій вірогідний " -"оборот більш точнішим." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "" -"Кожна з ваших нагод матиме імовірність, встановлену за умовчанням, але, " -"звичайно, ви можете змінити її вручну." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "Встановіть очікуваний прибуток та дату закриття" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви отримуєте інформацію про потенційного клієнта, важливо встановити " -"очікуваний дохід та очікувану дату закриття. Це дозволить вам побачити ваш " -"загальний очікуваний дохід на етапі, а також дати більш точний можливий " -"оборот." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "Подивіться протерміновані або нагоди на закриття незабаром" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "" -"У вашому конвеєрі можна фільтрувати нагоди, як скоро вони будуть закриті, " -"дозволяючи визначити пріоритет." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "" -"Як менеджеру з продажуів, цей інструмент також може допомогти вам з'ясувати " -"потенційні способи покращити процес продажу, наприклад, багато нагод на " -"ранніх стадіях, але з близькою датою закриття можуть вказувати на проблему." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "Перегляньте загальний очікуваний дохід та можливий оборот" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "" -"Хоча у вашому конвеєрі Канбану ви можете побачити очікуваний прибуток для " -"кожного з ваших етапів. Це базується на кожному з очікуваних прибутків, які " -"ви встановили." - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" -"Як менеджер ви можете перейти до :menuselection:`CRM --> Звітування --> " -"Аналіз конвеєру` за замовчуванням *Імовірний оборот* встановлений як міра. У" -" цьому звіті буде враховано дохід, встановлений за кожною нагодою, а також " -"вірогідність її закриття. Це дає вам набагато краще уявлення про очікуваний " -"дохід, який дозволяє вам скласти плани та встановити цілі." #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Перевірте ваш коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1220,11 +1140,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "Ви також можете змінити *Вимірювання* на * Загальний дохід *." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "Ви також маєте можливість перейти на перегляд кругової діаграми." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1240,9 +1160,6 @@ msgid "" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." msgstr "" -"Під час роботи з вашими нагодами ви можете втратити деякі з них. Ви захочете" -" відстежувати причини, з яких ви їх втратили, а також, у які способи Odoo " -"допоможе вам відновити їх у майбутньому." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -1253,59 +1170,47 @@ msgid "" "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " "*Mark Lost* button." msgstr "" -"У вашому конвеєрі виберіть будь-яку нагоду, і ви побачите кнопку *Позначити " -"як втрачено*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючу *Причину втрати* або створити нову, що " -"знаходиться тут." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "Керуйте та створюйте причини втрат" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Lost Reasons`." msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете ваші *причини втрат* під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Причини втрат`." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати та перейменувати будь-яку з них, а також створити нову " -"звідти." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "Отримайте втрачені нагоди" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" " feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати втрачені нагоди та робити на них дії (надсилати електронні " -"листи, зробити зворотній зв'язок тощо), виберіть фільтр *Втрачено* на панелі" -" пошуку." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "Там ви побачите всі ваші втрачені нагоди." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете уточнити їх, ви можете додати фільтр на *Причини втрати*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -1313,7 +1218,7 @@ msgstr "Наприклад, *Дуже дорого*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "Відновіть втрачені нагоди" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1321,9 +1226,6 @@ msgid "" "opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " "clicking on *Archived*." msgstr "" -"З Канбану з фільтром(ами) на місці, ви можете вибрати будь-яку нагоду, яку " -"ви бажаєте, і працювати як завжди. Ви також можете відновити її, натиснувши " -"*Заархівовано*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1331,13 +1233,10 @@ msgid "" " the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " "also archive the same way." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете відновити елементи групою з Канбану, коли вони належать до " -"одного етапу. Виберіть *Відновити записи* у параметрах стовпців. Ви також " -"можете архівувати так само." #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "Щоб вибрати конкретні нагоди, потрібно перейти до перегляду списку." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1353,20 +1252,17 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Управління кількома командами продажу" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " "specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома командами продажів, відділами або " -"каналами з конкретними процесами продажу. Для цього ми використовуємо " -"концепцію *Каналу продажів*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Створіть новий канал продажу" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1381,12 +1277,10 @@ msgid "" "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " "address will create a lead/opportunity." msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете вказати йому псевдонім електронної пошти. Кожне повідомлення, " -"відправлене на цю адресу електронної пошти, створить лід/нагоду." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Додайте учасників до свого каналу продажів" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1395,26 +1289,20 @@ msgid "" "lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," " you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" -"Ви можете додати учасників до будь-якого каналу; таким чином, ці учасники " -"побачать конвеєрну структуру каналу продажу при його відкритті. Будь-який " -"лід/нагода, призначена їм, буде посилатися на канал продажу. Тому ви можете " -"бути учасником лише одного каналу." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Це полегшить процес огляду менеджера команди." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " "all of its opportunities." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви зараз відфільтруєте цей конкретний канал у вашому конвеєрі, ви " -"знайдете всі його нагоди." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Інформаційна панель каналу продажів" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1422,9 +1310,6 @@ msgid "" "sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " "*Reporting*." msgstr "" -"Щоб побачити операції та результати будь-якого каналу продажу, миттєвий " -"огляд менеджера з продажу також має доступ до інформаційної панелі *Каналу " -"продажів* в розділі *Звітування*." #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1436,11 +1321,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "Призначайте та відстежуйте ліди" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Призначення лідів на основі оцінювання" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1455,8 +1340,6 @@ msgid "" "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " "that visited specific pages on your website." msgstr "" -"Наприклад, ви можете оцінити клієнтів у вашій країні вище або тих, хто " -"відвідав певні сторінки вашого веб-сайту." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1483,21 +1366,16 @@ msgid "" "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " "you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." msgstr "" -"Ось приклад для канадського ліду, ви можете змінити на будь-які критерії, за" -" якими ви хочете оцінити своїх лідів. Ви можете додати стільки критеріїв, " -"скільки хочете." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " "assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." msgstr "" -"Кожну годину кожен лід без оцінки буде автоматично відсканований і йому буде" -" призначено правильний бал за вашими правилами." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Призначення лідів" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1506,33 +1384,23 @@ msgid "" "Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " "This domain can include scores." msgstr "" -"Після того, як результати розраховані, ліди можуть бути призначені для " -"конкретних команд за допомогою того самого механізму домену. Щоб це зробити," -" перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> Призначення " -"команди` і застосовувати конкретний домен у кожній команді. Цей домен може " -"включати оцінки." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " "more refined domain." msgstr "" -"Далі, ви можете призначити конкретного постачальника в команді ще більш " -"витонченого домену." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " "Assignation`." msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це, перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> " -"Призначення лідів`." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." msgstr "" -"Присвоєння команди та лідів призначає непризначені ліди один раз на день." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" @@ -1544,16 +1412,11 @@ msgid "" "unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " "useful to do something with them." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваші правила оцінювання встановлені, ви, найімовірніше, " -"матимуть певні непризначені ліди. Деякі з них, як і раніше, можуть бути " -"перетворені у нагоди, тому корисно щось з ними зробити." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." msgstr "" -"На вашій сторінці лідів ви можете помістити фільтр, щоб знайти непризначені " -"ліди." #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1561,10 +1424,6 @@ msgid "" "Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" " unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" -"Чому б не користуватися додатками :menuselection:`Маркетинг електронною " -"поштою` чи :menuselection:`Автоматизація маркетингу`, щоб надсилати їм " -"масову електронну пошту? Ви також можете легко знайти такі непризначені ліди" -" звідти." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" @@ -1575,28 +1434,22 @@ msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" -"Відстеження сторінок вашого сайту дасть вам набагато більше інформації про " -"інтереси відвідувачів вашого веб-сайту." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." msgstr "" -"Кожна відстежувана сторінка, яку вони відвідують, буде записана на вашому " -"ліді/нагоді, якщо вони використовують контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатися цією функцією, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінка " -"лідів* на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "Відстеження веб-сторінок" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1613,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "Перегляньте відвідані сторінки у ваших лідах/нагодах" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1633,16 +1486,13 @@ msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." msgstr "" -"Обидва вони оновлюватимуться, якщо відвідувачі повернуться на ваш веб-сайт і" -" відвідають інші сторінки." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." msgstr "" -"Ця функція не буде повторювати кілька переглядів тих самих сторінок у чаті." #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "Ваші клієнти більше не зможуть зберігати будь-які секрети від вас!" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index e4d496a0e..f2a6e6313 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "Управління базами даних онлайн" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -32,10 +28,6 @@ msgid "" "click on the `Manage Your Databases " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати базами даних, відкрийте `сторінку Керування базою даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ (вам доведеться увійти в систему). " -"Потім натисніть кнопку `Керування вашими базами даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -43,91 +35,78 @@ msgid "" " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " "database." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що ви підключені як адміністратор бази даних, якою хочете " -"керувати - багато операцій залежать від того, як ви віддалено ідентифікуєте " -"цю базу даних." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" -msgstr "Доступні декілька дій:" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid ":ref:`Upgrade <upgrade_button>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Оновлення <upgrade_button>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:28 msgid "" "Upgrade your database to the latest Odoo version to enjoy cutting-edge " "features" msgstr "" -"Оновіть вашу базу даних до останньої версії Odoo, щоб насолодитися " -"передовими функціями" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`Duplicate <duplicate_online>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Копіювання <duplicate_online>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:31 msgid "" "Make an exact copy of your database, if you want to try out new apps or new " "flows without compromising your daily operations" msgstr "" -"Створіть точну копію вашої бази даних, якщо ви хочете спробувати нові модулі" -" або нові процеси, не покладаючи на небезпеку щоденні операції" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`Rename <rename_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Перейменування <rename_online_database>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:35 msgid "Rename your database (and its URL)" -msgstr "Перейменуйте вашу базу даних (і її URL-адресу)" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "**Backup**" -msgstr "**Резервне копіювання**" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:37 msgid "" "Download an instant backup of your database; note that we back up databases " "daily according to our Odoo Cloud SLA" msgstr "" -"Завантажте миттєву резервну копію вашої бази даних; Зверніть увагу, що ми " -"створюємо резервні копії баз даних щодня згідно з нашими Odoo Cloud SLA" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Домени <custom_domain>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте власні домени для доступу до вашої бази даних за допомогою іншої " -"URL-адреси" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" -msgstr ":ref:`Видалення <delete_online_database>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:43 msgid "Delete a database instantly" -msgstr "Видаліть базу даних миттєво" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:46 msgid "Contact Support" -msgstr "Зв'язок з техпідтримкою" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:45 msgid "" "Access our `support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__ with the correct " "database already selected" msgstr "" -"Отримайте доступ до нашої `сторінки підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -" з уже вибраною правильною базою даних" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:51 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Оновлення" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -135,9 +114,6 @@ msgid "" "that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" " the process before upgrading your production database." msgstr "" -"Оновлення вашої бази даних до нової версії Odoo - це складна операція, яка " -"вимагає часу та обережності. Надзвичайно важливо, щоби ви повністю " -"протестували процес перед оновленням виробничої бази." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -145,9 +121,6 @@ msgid "" "your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " "experience." msgstr "" -"Odoo регулярно випускає нові версії (принаймні один раз на рік), а оновлення" -" бази даних, щоби користуватися новими функціями Odoo, є частиною досвіду " -"Odoo Online." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -157,12 +130,6 @@ msgid "" " database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " "multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" -"Процес оновлення може зайняти деякий час, особливо якщо ви використовуєте " -"кілька додатків або програм, які керують конфіденційними даними (наприклад, " -"Бухоблік, Склад та ін.). Загалом, чим менша база даних, тим швидше буде " -"оновлено. База даних для одного користувача, яка використовує лише CRM, буде" -" оброблятися швидше, ніж база даних мульти-компаній та багатьох юзерів, яка " -"використовує Бухоблік, Продаж, Купівлі та Виробництво." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -174,61 +141,44 @@ msgid "" "they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " "a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" -"На жаль, неможливо дати оцінку часу для кожного запиту на оновлення, " -"оскільки Odoo.com щонайменше один раз перевірятиме вручну кожне оновлення " -"бази даних та потрібно буде виправити/адаптувати зміни, внесені до " -"стандартних модулів Odoo (наприклад, через Студію або через Пакет послуг) у " -"кожному конкретному випадку. Це може зробити процес повільніше, оскільки " -"запити обробляються в порядку їх надходження. Особливо це стосується місяців" -" після виходу нової основної версії, яка може значно подовжити затримку " -"оновлення." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "Процес оновлення з вашої сторони досить простий:" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "Ваш запит на тестове оновлення" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " "database" msgstr "" -"Коли усі тести будуть підтверджені **вами**, ви оновлюєте вашу фактичну базу" -" даних" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 msgid "" "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " "same." -msgstr "Обробка запиту на тестове чи робоче (*фактичне*) оновлення однакова." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " "access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." msgstr "" -"Спершу переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити " -"та отримайте доступ до `сторінки управління базою даних " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 msgid "" "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " "database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." msgstr "" -"Потрібно мати активну сесію з доступом до модуля Налаштування в базі даних, " -"яку ви хочете оновити, щоби кнопка була видимою." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 msgid "" "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " "If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." msgstr "" -"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете оновити, натисніть на меню \"Cog\". Якщо " -"доступна новіша версія Odoo, ви побачите кнопку \"Оновити\"." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -238,10 +188,6 @@ msgid "" "automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " "released a more recent version during your tests)." msgstr "" -"У вас є можливість вибрати цільову версію оновлення. За замовчуванням ми " -"вибираємо найвищу версію, доступну для вашої бази даних; якщо ви вже були в " -"процесі тестування оновлення, ми автоматично виберемо версію, яку ви вже " -"тестували (навіть якщо ми випустили більш нову версію під час ваших тестів)." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -250,10 +196,6 @@ msgid "" "request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" " and asking another request will not be possible." msgstr "" -"Натиснувши кнопку \"Тестувати оновлення\", буде створено запит на оновлення." -" Вчасно можна зробити один запит для кожної бази даних; якщо запит уже " -"зроблено, ви побачите замітку \"Оновити чергу\", і запит на інший запит буде" -" неможливим." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -265,13 +207,6 @@ msgid "" "made available in a few hours. Once the test database is available, you " "should receive an e-mail with the URL of the test database." msgstr "" -"Тестове оновлення створить копію вашої бази даних, оновить її та автоматично" -" зробить її доступною для вас. Якщо це перший тест, який ви запитуєте для " -"цієї конкретної бази даних, Odoo.com здійснить етап ручного тестування - це " -"може зайняти час (до декількох тижнів). Подальші запити не пройдуть цей крок" -" тестування вручну, і зазвичай вони будуть доступні через кілька годин. " -"Після того, як тестова база даних буде доступною, ви повинні отримати " -"електронний лист із URL-адресою тестової бази даних." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -279,17 +214,10 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" -"**Тестування вашої бази даних є найважливішим кроком процесу оновлення!** " -"Хоча ми перевіряємо всі оновлення вручну, ми не знаємо ваших робочих " -"процесів. Зміна стандартних технологій Odoo в нових версіях може вимагати " -"змінити внутрішні процеси, або деякі налаштування, зроблені через Odoo " -"Studio, тепер можуть працювати належним чином. *Ви повинні переконатися, що " -"все працює як слід!* Про проблеми зі своєю тестовою базою даних ви можете " -"повідомляти через нашу `Сторінку підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -298,10 +226,6 @@ msgid "" "is not possible and post-poning an upgrade is always easier than being " "prevented to work by an upgrade issue after the fact!" msgstr "" -"Не забудьте зробити останній тест оновлення безпосередньо перед остаточним " -"оновленням (наприклад, напередодні), щоб гарантувати, що все буде працювати " -"безперебійно. Поновлення версії неможливе, а післяналаштовуване оновлення " -"завжди простіше, ніж запобігання роботі над оновленням після факту!" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -312,26 +236,17 @@ msgid "" " and will be upgraded automatically; you receive a confirmation e-mail once " "the process is completed." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви будете готові і підтвердили всі свої тести, ви можете " -"знову натиснути кнопку «Оновити» та підтвердити, натиснувши «Оновити» " -"(кнопку з маленькою ракетою!), щоби перемкнути вашу робочу базу даних на " -"нову версію. Потім ваша база даних буде перенесена офлайн протягом наступних" -" 10 хвилин і буде оновлена автоматично; ви отримаєте електронний лист із " -"підтвердженням, коли процес завершено." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " "migration during non-business hours." msgstr "" -"Ваша база даних буде завантажуватися в режимі офлайн під час оновлення " -"(зазвичай від 30 хвилин до декількох годин для великих баз даних), тому " -"обов'язково плануйте міграцію протягом неробочих годин." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -339,9 +254,6 @@ msgid "" "databases on our Online platform. Paid Databases and \"One App Free\" " "database can duplicate without problem." msgstr "" -"Дублювання бази даних, перейменування, користувацький DNS і т. д. недоступні" -" для пробних баз даних на нашій онлайн-платформі. Оплачені бази даних та " -"база даних \"One App Free\" може дублювати без проблем." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -349,153 +261,119 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" -"У рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете дублювати, у вас буде кілька кнопок. Щоби " -"копіювати вашу базу даних, просто натисніть кнопку **Копіювати**. Вам " -"доведеться назвати свою копію, потім натисніть кнопку **Копіювати базу " -"даних**." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" "If you do not check the \"For testing purposes\" checkbox when duplicating a" " database, all external communication will remain active:" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не перевіряєте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\" під час " -"копіювання бази даних, всі зовнішні процеси залишатимуться активними:" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "Відправлення електронних листів" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" "Payments are processed (in the e-commerce or Subscriptions apps, for " "example)" msgstr "" -"Платежі обробляються (наприклад, у програмах електронної комерції або " -"підписки)" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "Замовлення на доставку (постачальники доставки) відправляються" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "І т.д.." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." msgstr "" -"Перевірте позначення \"Для цілей тестування\", якщо ви хочете, щоб ці дії " -"були вимкнені." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." msgstr "" -"Через кілька секунд ви будете входити в копію бази даних. Зверніть увагу, що" -" URL-адреса використовує вашу назву для копій бази даних." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "Копії баз даних закінчуються автоматично через 15 днів." +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "Перейменування бази даних" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " "want to rename, access the `database management page " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ and click **Rename**. You will have " "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" -"Щоб перейменувати вашу базу даних, переконайтеся, що ви підключені до бази " -"даних, яку ви хочете перейменувати, відкрийте `сторінку керування базою " -"даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ та натисніть **Перейменувати**." -" Вам потрібно буде вказати нову назву у вашій базі даних, а потім натиснути " -"**Перейменувати базу даних**." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "Видалення бази даних" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "Ви можете видалити лише ті бази даних, де ви є адміністратором." +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " "backup of your database before deleting it, since the last automated daily " "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" -"Коли ви видалите базу даних, всі дані будуть втрачені назавжди. Видалення є " -"миттєвим і для всіх користувачів. Ми радимо вам негайно зробити резервну " -"копію вашої бази даних, перш ніж видалити її, оскільки останнє автоматичне " -"щоденне резервне копіювання може становити кілька годин на той момент." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" -"На `сторінці управління базою даних <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " -"в рядку бази даних, яку ви хочете видалити, натисніть кнопку \"Видалити\"." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, уважно прочитайте попередження, яке з'явиться і висітиме, поки " -"ви повністю не зрозумієте наслідки видалення бази даних:" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" -"Через кілька секунд база даних буде видалена, і сторінка буде автоматично " -"перезавантажена." -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно буде повторно використовувати цю назву бази даних, вона " -"буде доступна" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -"Неможливо видалити базу даних, якщо вона минула або пов'язана з підпискою. У" -" цих випадках звертайтеся в `Службу підтримки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете видалити свій обліковий запис, зверніться до `Служби " -"підтримки Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 msgid "On-premises Database management" -msgstr "Управління базами даних на власному сервері" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "Реєстрація бази даних" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -506,34 +384,26 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати вашу базу даних, вам просто потрібно ввести свій код " -"підписки у вікні Перемикання Додатків. Переконайтеся, що ви не додали " -"додаткових пробілів перед або після коду підписки. Якщо реєстрація буде " -"успішною, вона стане зеленою і надасть вам Дату закінчення термінової " -"реєстрації вашої бази даних. Ви можете перевірити цю дату закінчення в меню " -"Про (Odoo 9) або на інформаційній панелі параметрів (Odoo 10)." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку реєстрації" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не можете зареєструвати свою базу даних, ви, імовірно, побачите це " -"повідомлення:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "Рішення" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "Чи є у вас дійсна Підписка на Enterprise?" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -541,22 +411,16 @@ msgid "" " Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" " Manager" msgstr "" -"Перевірте, чи отримує інформацію про підписку тег \"В процесі\" в `J,ksre " -"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ або з вашим менеджером " -"облікового запису." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "Ви вже пов'язали базу даних з посиланням на підписку?" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" msgstr "" -"Ви можете пов'язати лише одну базу даних для кожної підписки. (Потрібен тест" -" або база даних розробки? `Знайдіть партнера " -"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -564,30 +428,23 @@ msgid "" "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" msgstr "" -"Ви можете самостійно від'єднати стару базу даних в своєму `Кнтракті Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ за допомогою кнопки " -"\"Від'єднати базу даних\"." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" msgstr "" -"З'явиться повідомлення про підтвердження; переконайтеся, що це правильна " -"база даних, оскільки її буде негайно вимкнено:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "У вас є оновлена версія Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." msgstr "" -"З липня 2016 року Odoo 9 тепер автоматично змінює UUID копії бази даних; " -"ручна операція більше не потрібна." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -596,10 +453,6 @@ msgid "" "<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" msgstr "" -"Якщо ні, ви можете мати кілька баз даних, що мають однакову UUID. Будь " -"ласка, перевірте свій `Контракт Odoo " -"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, з'явиться коротке " -"повідомлення, в якому буде зазначено, яка база даних є проблематичною:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -607,9 +460,6 @@ msgid "" "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "<duplicate_premise>`." msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку вам потрібно змінити UUID на своїх тестових базах даних, " -"щоби вирішити цю проблему. Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це у " -":ref:`цьому розділі <duplicate_premise>`." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -617,13 +467,10 @@ msgid "" "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." msgstr "" -"Для вашої інформації ми ідентифікуємо базу даних з UUID. Тому кожна база " -"даних повинна мати чіткий UUID, щоб забезпечити безперебійну реєстрацію та " -"виставлення рахунків для вас і для нас." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" -msgstr "Перевірте налаштування мережі та firewall" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -631,152 +478,110 @@ msgid "" " servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " "outgoing connections towards:" msgstr "" -"Повідомлення про оновлення повинне мати можливість дійти до серверів " -"перевірки підписки Odoo. Іншими словами, переконайтеся, що сервер Odoo " -"здатний відкривати вихідні з'єднання у напрямку:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:86 msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" -msgstr "services.odoo.com на порту 443 (або 80)" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:87 msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" -msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (або 80) для старіших розгортань" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:89 msgid "" "Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " "Update notification runs once a week." msgstr "" -"Після активації вашої бази даних ви повинні тримати ці порти відкритими, " -"оскільки повідомлення про оновлення працює раз на тиждень." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку через через велику кількість користувачів" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" msgstr "" -"Якщо у вашій місцевій базі даних є більше користувачів, ніж передбачено в " -"підписці Odoo Enterprise, ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." msgstr "" -"Коли з'явиться повідомлення, у вас є 30 днів до закінчення терміну дії. " -"Зворотній відлік оновлюється кожного дня." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." msgstr "" -"**Додайте більше користувачів** до вашої підписки: перейдіть за посиланням " -"та підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію допродажу, оплатіть додаткових " -"користувачів." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "або" +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" -"**Деактивуйте користувачів**, як показано у цій `Документації " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ та **Відхиліть** комерційні пропозиції допродажу." - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 -msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " "occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -"Коли ваша база даних матиме правильну кількість користувачів, повідомлення " -"про закінчення терміну дії автоматично зникне через кілька днів після " -"наступної перевірки. Ми розуміємо, що це може бути трохи лякаюче, коли ви " -"побачите зворотний відлік, тому ви можете запустити Оновлення Повідомлення, " -"<force_ping>` щоби повідомлення зникло відразу." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "Помилка повідомлення про закінчення терміну дії бази даних" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша база даних закінчується до закінчення терміну дії вашої підписки, " -"ви побачите це повідомлення:" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." msgstr "" -"Це повідомлення про **блокування** з'являється після неблокуючого " -"повідомлення, яке триває 30 днів. Якщо ви не вживаєте заходів до закінчення " -"зворотнього відліку, термін дії бази даних закінчиться." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" msgstr "" -"Відновіть свою підписку: перейдіть за посиланням та поновіть свою підписку, " -"зверніть увагу," -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." msgstr "" -"якщо ви хочете оплатити через Wire Transfer, ваша підписка буде дійсно " -"поновлена ​​лише після отримання платежу, що може тривати кілька днів. " -"Платежі за кредитною карткою обробляються негайно." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нашою `Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -"Жодні з цих рішень не підходять для вас? Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з нашою " -"`Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -"Ви можете дублювати свою базу даних, звернувшись до менеджера баз даних на " -"своєму сервері (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). На цій сторінці ви " -"можете легко дублювати вашу базу даних (серед інших)." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -784,30 +589,19 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -"Коли ви копіюєте локальну базу даних, **настійно** рекомендуємо змінювати " -"uuid дублікатів бази даних (Unniversically Unique Identifier), оскільки цей " -"uuid - те, як ваша база даних ідентифікує себе на наших серверах. Дві бази " -"даних з тим самим uuid можуть призвести до виставлення рахунків-фактур або " -"реєстраційних проблем нижче по рядку." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" -"В даний час UIID бази даних доступний з меню **Налаштування > Технічні " -"параметри > Параметри** системи, ми радимо використовувати `генератор uuid " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ або використовувати команду unіx " -"``uuidgen`` для створення нового uuid. Тоді ви можете просто замінити його, " -"як і будь-який інший запис, натиснувши на нього та використовуючи кнопку " -"редагування." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Користувачі та додатки" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -815,9 +609,6 @@ msgid "" "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." msgstr "" -"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її " -"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість " -"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -827,11 +618,6 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" -"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції " -"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при " -"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки" -" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете " -"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -840,10 +626,6 @@ msgid "" "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." msgstr "" -"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями " -"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку " -"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не " -"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -851,9 +633,6 @@ msgid "" " <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " "installations." msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. " -":ref:`онлайн <duplicate_online>` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу " -"<duplicate_premise>." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -861,43 +640,35 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми " -"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми " -"підтримки <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Деактивація користувачів" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви " -"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " "showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" msgstr "" -"У вашій версії Odoo, натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде секція, яка " -"показуватиме вам активних користувачів вашої бази даних. Натисніть " -"**Керувати користувачами.**" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -905,10 +676,6 @@ msgid "" "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" -"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних " -"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). " -"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого" -" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -916,21 +683,18 @@ msgid "" "you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " "on Archive." msgstr "" -"У вашому списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якаого ви хочете " -"деактивувати. Як тільки ви будете на формі користувача, натисніть на " -"випадаюче меню дій та натисніть Архівувати." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "Користувача деактивовано." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Видалення додатків" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -938,9 +702,6 @@ msgid "" "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" -"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку " -"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій <duplicate_online>` " -"базі даних. " #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -948,13 +709,10 @@ msgid "" "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." msgstr "" -"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете " -"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути " -"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -962,9 +720,6 @@ msgid "" "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." msgstr "" -"На панелі приладів додатків ви побачите всі значки ваших модулів. Натисніть " -"програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою додатку, натисніть кнопку" -" **Видалити**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -975,26 +730,19 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна " -"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збираєтеся " -"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також " -"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно " -"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку " -"**Підтвердити**." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашого модуля." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Варто знати" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -1005,12 +753,6 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" -"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто" -" не знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " -"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були " -"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був " -"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити" -" такі операції." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -1021,13 +763,6 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" -"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися " -"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій " -"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder " -"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-" -"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого " -"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн " -"працювала належним чином." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -1035,7 +770,3 @@ msgid "" "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" -"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або " -"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які " -"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при " -"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index f2431786d..5d0e70836 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,18 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,27 +19,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "Обговорення" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -"Як використовувати свій поштовий сервер для надсилання та отримання " -"електронних листів у Odoo" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " "<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." msgstr "" -"Цей документ, в основному, присвячений користувачам Odoo на власному " -"сервері, які не користуються нестандартним рішенням для надсилання та " -"отримання електронних листів в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " -"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -52,167 +65,132 @@ msgid "" "still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими " -"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу " -"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється " -"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні " -"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної " -"пошти." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне " -"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " "<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -"Сервери електронної пошти Office 365 не дозволяють просто надсилати сторонні" -" електронні листи з хостів, таких як Odoo. Зверніться до `документації " -"Microsoft <https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a" -"-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ щоби це запрацювало." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " "create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. " -"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані " -"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, " -"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на " -"власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" "email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування " -"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " "`Google documentation " "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. " -"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки " -"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб " -"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте " -"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" -" налаштування для Odoo Online:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" -" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". " -"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo " -"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" -" _spf.google.com ~ all" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." msgstr "" -"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру " -"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." msgstr "" -"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " -"правило, відбувається швидше." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." msgstr "" -"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з " -"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " -"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -221,114 +199,92 @@ msgid "" "a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти " -"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та " -"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати " -"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " -"вхідні повідомлення." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх " -"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " -"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " "recipients." msgstr "" -"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати " -"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email " -"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від" -" недійсних одержувачів." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім" -" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " -"пошти:" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" -"Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" -"Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" -"Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" -"Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." -msgstr "тощо." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів " -"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш " -"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " -"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " -"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -336,14 +292,8 @@ msgid "" "Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo на власному сервері, створіть *вхідний поштовий " -"сервер* в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в " -"загальних налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань " -"постачальника послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати*" -" на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть" -" на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -353,559 +303,468 @@ msgid "" "domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо " -"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно " -"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви " -"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує " -"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні " -"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного " -"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " -"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Всі псевдоніми можна налаштувати в Odoo. Псевдоніми об'єктів можна " -"редагувати з відповідного виду налаштування. Щоб відредагувати атрибути " -"catchall і bounce, потрібно спочатку активувати режим розробника на панелі " -"керування налаштувань." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -"Потім оновіть свій екран і перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Технічні --> Параметри --> Параметри системи` для налаштування псевдоніму " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням вхідні повідомлення завантажуються кожні 5 хвилин в режимі " -"очікування в Odoo. Ви можете змінити це значення в режимі розробника. " -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні --> Автоматизація -->" -" Заплановані дії` та знайдіть*Mail: Fetchmail Service*." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за Twitter в Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "" -"Ви можете слідкувати за конкретними хеш-тегами в Twitter і переглядати твіти" -" в межах каналів Обговорення Odoo за вашим вибором. Твіти періодично " -"витягуються з Twitter. Автентифікований користувач може ретвітити " -"повідомлення." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "Налаштування програми зі сторони Twitter" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -"Twitter використовує \"Програму\" зі своєї сторони, яка відкриває шлях, до " -"якого Odoo вимагає твітів, і за допомогою якого користувач може відновити " -"ретвіти. Щоб налаштувати цю програму, перейдіть на сторінку " -"http://apps.twitter.com/app/new і введіть значення:" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Назва: це назва програми на Twitter" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -"Веб-сайт: це зовнішня URL-адреса бази даних Odoo, додавши \"/web\". " -"Наприклад, якщо ваша версія Odoo розміщена на \"http://www.example.com\", у " -"цьому полі слід додати \"http://www.example.com/web\"." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" msgstr "" -"Зворотня URL-адреса: це адреса, на яку Twitter відповідає. Після " -"попереднього прикладу слід написати " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." msgstr "" -"Не забудьте прийняти умови використання угоди для розробників та натисніть " -"кнопку **Створити свій додаток Twitter** у нижній частині сторінки." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "Отримання ключа API та секретності" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." msgstr "" -"Коли ви на інформаційній панелі програми, перейдіть на вкладку **Токени " -"ключів та доступу**." -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." msgstr "" -"Скопіюйте ці значення в Odoo в :menuselection:`Налаштування--> загальні " -"налаштування--> Налаштування обговорення Twitter` та натисніть кнопку " -"**Зберегти**, щоб зберегти налаштування." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "Як привернути увагу інших користувачів до ваших повідомлень" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." msgstr "" -"Ви можете **згадати** користувача в каналі або в чаті, набравши **@user-" -"name**. Згадуючи користувача в чаті, він встановить його як елемент підписки" -" (якщо він ще не є ним) та надішліть повідомлення на поштову скриньку. " -"Елемент, що містить згадування, також буде виділено жирним шрифтом у вікні " -"списку. Згадування користувача в каналі надсилатиме повідомлення до своєї " -"поштової скриньки. Ви не можете згадати користувача в каналі, який не " -"підписався на канал. Натискання **#channel-name** дасть посилання на " -"згаданий канал у чатах або на іншому каналі." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "Прямий обмін повідомленнями з користувачем" +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." msgstr "" -"**Прямі повідомлення** - приватні повідомлення, доступні лише відправнику та" -" одержувачу. Ви можете надсилати прямі повідомлення іншим користувачам з " -"модуля Обговорення, створивши нову бесіду або вибравши існуючу з бічної " -"панелі. Прямі повідомлення можна надсилати з будь-якого місця в Odoo за " -"допомогою значка спливаючої підказки у верхній панелі. Статус інших " -"користувачів відображається ліворуч від імені. **Зелена точка** вказує на " -"те, що користувач є онлайн, **помаранчева точка**, в якій вони перебувають в" -" режимі очікування, а **сіра точка** - в автономному режимі." -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "Сповіщення на робочому столі з обговорення" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." msgstr "" -"Ви можете обрати відображення **настільного сповіщення**, коли ви отримуєте " -"нове пряме повідомлення. У сповіщенні відображається повідомлення " -"відправника та короткий попередній перегляд вмісту повідомлення. Вони можуть" -" бути налаштовані або вимкнені, натиснувши значок приладу в кутку " -"сповіщення." -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "Як бути чуйним на роботі завдяки моїм вхідним повідомленням Odoo" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" -"Використовуйте **Вхідні** в модулі обговорення, щоб контролювати оновлення " -"та прогрес у всьому, що ви робите в Odoo. Сповіщення та повідомлення від " -"усього, на що ви підписані або у чому ви згадані, з'являються у папці " -"Вхідні." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "Ви можете стежити за папкою **Вхідні** з будь-якого екрану." - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" -"Позначення елемента позначає повідомлення як **прочитане** та видаляє його з" -" папки Вхідні. Якщо ви хочете зберегти об'єкт для подальшого посилання або " -"дії, позначте його зірочкою, щоб додати до поля **Позначення**. Ви можете " -"зібрати будь-яке повідомлення або сповіщення в Обговорення або будь-якого з " -"учасників, що займаються конкретними товарами в Odoo, щоб зберігати тут " -"вкладки." #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "Чому потрібно використовувати обговорення" - -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -"Обговорення Odoo - це простий у використанні додаток для обміну " -"повідомленнями для команд, які об'єднують всю вашу організацію в одному " -"місці та без проблем інтегрується із системою Odoo. Обговорення дає змогу " -"надсилати та отримувати повідомлення будь-де, де ви знаходитесь в Odoo, а " -"також легко керувати своїми повідомленнями та повідомленнями в додатку. " -"Обговорення дає змогу створювати **канали** для командних чатів, бесід про " -"проекти, координацію зустрічей тощо в одному простому та доступному для " -"пошуку інтерфейсі." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" -msgstr "Ставайте ще більш організованими з плануванням дій" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" msgstr "" -"Планування дій - це ідеальний спосіб продовжити роботу. Отримайте " -"нагадування про те, що потрібно зробити, і заплануйте наступні заходи, які " -"потрібно виконати." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -"Ваша діяльність доступна в будь-якому місці, де ви знаходитеся в Odoo. " -"Вашими пріоритетами легко керувати." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -"Діяльність може бути запланована і керована учасниками спілкування та " -"переглядів канбанів. Ось приклад можливостей:" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" -msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 -msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням в Odoo доступні різні типові види дій (наприклад, дзвінок, " -"електронна пошта, зустріч та інше). Якщо ви хочете встановити нові, " -"перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування --> Типи" -" дій`." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "Розклад зустрічей" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -"Дії заплановані на певні дні. Якщо вам потрібно встановити години, перейдіть" -" за типом дії *Зустріч*. При плануванні дії, календар буде просто відкритий," -" щоби дозволити вам вибрати часовий інтервал." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"If you need to create an activity type with n available calendar available, " +"make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно використовувати інші типи дій за допомогою планування " -"календаря, переконайтеся, що їх *Категорія* встановлена як *Зустріч*." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "Заплануйте послідовність дій для їх відслідковування" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" msgstr "" -"Odoo допомагає вам легко спланувати свій звичайний робочий процес. Перейдіть" -" до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Типи діяльності` та встановіть наступні" -" кроки, такі як *Рекомендовані наступні дії*." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли дія завершена, ви можете вибрати *Готово і запланувати " -"наступну*. Наступні кроки будуть автоматично запропоновані для вас." -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "Розважайтеся, стаючи організованішими із плануванням дій!" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "Як ефективно комунікувати у команді, використовуючи канали" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати **канали** для організації обговорень між окремими" -" групами, департаментами, проектами або будь-якою іншою групою, яка потребує" -" регулярного спілкування. Знайшовши бесіди, кожен, хто бачить її у каналі, " -"легко збереже всю команду в циклі з останніми новинками." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "Створення каналу" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "В Обговоренні є два типи каналів - **публічний** та **приватний**." - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -"**Публічний канал** може бути створений адміністратором лише з правами на " -"запис, і його можуть бачити всі, хто в організації. Навпаки, **приватний " -"канал** може бути створений будь-яким користувачем, і за замовчуванням він " -"відображається лише користувачам, запрошеним на цей канал." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -"Публічний канал найкраще використовується, коли багато працівників повинні " -"мати доступ до інформації (наприклад, міжвідомчі комунікації або компанії), " -"тоді приватний канал повинен використовуватися, коли інформація повинна бути" -" обмежена лише певними користувачами/працівниками (наприклад, департамент " -"або конфіденційна інформація)." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "Налаштування каналу" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштовувати назву каналу, опис, права доступу, автоматичну " -"підписку та надсилати електронні листи з :menuselection:`#channel-name --> " -"Налаштування`. Змінюючи права доступу до каналу, ви можете контролювати, які" -" групи можуть переглядати кожен канал. Ви можете зробити канал видимим для " -"всіх користувачів, запрошених користувачів або користувачів вибраної групи " -"користувачів. Зауважте, якщо дозволити \"всім\" користуватись приватним " -"каналом, інші користувачі зможуть переглядати та приєднуватися до неї, " -"оскільки це буде відкритим каналом." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "Як налаштувати список розсилки" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -"Канал можна налаштувати так, щоб він поводився як список розсилки. Зі списку" -" :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Налаштування`, визначте електронне " -"повідомлення, яке ви хочете використовувати. Після цього користувачі зможуть" -" опублікувати в каналі та вибрати отримання сповіщень за допомогою " -"визначеної електронної адреси. Біля назви каналу в списку з'явиться значок " -"конверта, який покаже, що канал надсилатиме повідомлення електронною поштою." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "Пошук каналу" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не бачите канал на інформаційній панелі, ви можете шукати в списку " -"**публічних каналів**, щоб знайти потрібний канал або створити новий канал, " -"натиснувши значок +." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете натиснути заголовок **КАНАЛИ**, щоб переглянути список всіх " -"публічних каналів. Це дозволяє користувачеві вручну **приєднуватися** і " -"**залишати** публічні канали з одного екрану." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." msgstr "" -"Завжди мудро шукати канал, перш ніж створювати новий, щоб не створювати " -"дубльовані записи для однієї теми." -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "Використання фільтрів для навігації в обговоренні" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." msgstr "" -"Пошук у верхньому рядку забезпечує доступ до тієї ж всеохоплюючої функції " -"пошуку, що присутня в решті частини Odoo. Ви можете застосувати кілька " -"**критеріїв фільтрації** та **зберігати фільтри** для подальшого " -"використання. Функція пошуку приймає підстановку символів, використовуючи " -"символ підкреслення \"\\ **\\_**\\ \", щоб представляти **підстановку одного" -" символу**." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за дискусійною темою та визначати, що я хочу почути" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "Як слідкувати за темою дискусії" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." msgstr "" -"Ви можете відстежувати практично будь-який бізнес-об'єкт в Odoo (нагода, " -"комерційна пропозиція, завдання тощо), **додавши** це." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "Як вибрати події, щоб слідкувати за ними" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати типи подій, про які ви хочете отримувати повідомлення. " -"Наведений нижче приклад показує параметри, доступні при виконанні " -"**завдання** в додатку **Проект**." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "Як додати інших підписників" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." msgstr "" -"Ви можете запросити інших користувачів і додавати канали як підписки. " -"Додавання каналу як підписки відправить повідомлення, опубліковані в чаті, " -"до каналу з посиланням на вихідний документ." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "Як бути підписником за замовчуванням" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." msgstr "" -"Ви автоматично встановлюєте себе як підписника за замовчуванням будь-якого " -"елемента, який ви створюєте. У деяких програмах, таких як CRM та Проект, ви " -"можете стати підписником за замовчуванням будь-якого нового запису, " -"створеного для отримання сповіщень про конкретні події (наприклад, створене " -"нове завдання, виграна нагода)." -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -"Щоб це зробити, розпочніть наступний батьківський бізнес-об'єкт (наприклад, " -"канал збуту в CRM, проект у проекті). Потім виберіть події, за якими ви " -"хочете слідкувати." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 87c31560b..c166e8737 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -3,19 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,38 +19,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce.rst:5 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "Електронна комерція" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Як налаштувати сторінку каталогу товарів" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Каталог товарів" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." msgstr "" -"Усі ваші опубліковані елементи відображаються на вашій сторінці каталогу " -"(або на сторінці *Магазину*)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." msgstr "" -"Більшість параметрів доступні в меню *Налаштування*: елементи відображення, " -"категорії веб-сайту тощо." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Виділіть товар" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -64,22 +54,16 @@ msgid "" "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." msgstr "" -"Підвищуйте видимість товарів із зірочкою/рекламовані товари: підніміть їх " -"вгору, збільшіть їх, додайте стрічку, яку можна редагувати (продаж, новий " -"тощо). Відкрийте сторінку магазину, перейдіть у режим редагування та " -"натисніть на будь-який елемент, щоб розпочати налаштування сітки." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" msgstr "" -"Подивіться, як зробити це: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Швидке додавання до кошика" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -89,72 +73,66 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваші клієнти купують багато товарів одночасно, зробіть цей процес " -"швидшим, дозволяючи купівлі зі сторінки каталогу. Для цього додайте опис " -"товару та додайте у кнопку кошика. Увімкніть наступні параметри в меню " -"*Налаштування*: опис товару, додавання в кошик, перегляд списку (для кращого" -" відображення опису товару)." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Як створити сторінку товару" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." msgstr "" -"На веб-сайті натисніть кнопку *Нова сторінка* у верхньому правому куті." #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "Потім натисніть *Новий товар* і дотримуйтесь спливаючих порад." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Ось основні елементи сторінки товару:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "Багато елементів можна зробити видимими в меню *Налаштування*." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Дізнайтеся, як налаштовувати свої товари зі сторінок нижче." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -162,64 +140,48 @@ msgid "" "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого " -"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете " -"перетворити зображення в карусель." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-" -"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки " -"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати " -"майстер завантаження." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." msgstr "" -"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі " -"є)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "Як показати наявність товару" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." msgstr "" -"Наявність ваших товарів може бути показана на веб-сайті, щоб переконати " -"ваших клієнтів." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." msgstr "" -"Щоб відобразити це, відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару та " -"виберіть параметр *В наявності*." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." msgstr "" -"Користувацьке попередження може бути пов'язане із наявністю на складі, " -"затримкою доставки тощо." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "Цей інструмент не вимагає встановлення додатку Склад." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -227,13 +189,10 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" -"Якщо один елемент більше не можна продавати, скасуйте публікацію на своєму " -"веб-сайті. Якщо мова йде про конкретний варіант товару, дезактивуйте варіант" -" на бекенді (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Як керувати варіантами товару" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -243,28 +202,20 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" -"Варіанти товару використовуються для того, щоб запропонувати варіанти того " -"самого товару для ваших клієнтів на сторінці товарів. Наприклад, клієнт " -"вибирає футболку, а потім вибирає її розмір і колір. У наведеному нижче " -"прикладі клієнт вибирає телефон, а потім вибирає пам'ять; колір та Wi-Fi з " -"доступних опцій." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Як створити атрибути та варіанти" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " -"(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Налаштування`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "Виберіть товар у списку товарів, перейдіть на вкладку *Варіанти*." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -272,53 +223,48 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." msgstr "" -"Додайте якомога більше атрибутів, які вам потрібно, з 3 різних типів: " -"перемикачі, випадаюче меню або кольорові кнопки. Ви отримуєте кілька " -"варіантів, як тільки буде 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Як редагувати варіанти" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Перегляньте всі варіанти з форми шаблону деталей товару." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Ви можете редагувати наступні дані:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Зображення (буде оновлено в реальному часі на веб-сайті)," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Штрих-код," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Внутрішня довідка (SKU #)," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Об'єм," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Вага," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Активний (доступний у пропозиціях та на веб-сайті)." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." msgstr "" -"Штрих-код та внутрішня довідка є спеціальними для варіантів. Потрібно " -"заповнити їх, коли створені варіанти." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -326,42 +272,32 @@ msgid "" "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." msgstr "" -"Перегляньте та відредагуйте всі варіанти з :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Продажі --> Варіанти товару`. Це може бути швидше, якщо ви управляєте " -"безліччю варіантів." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Як встановити конкретні ціни за варіант" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете встановити конкретну загальну вартість кожного варіанта, " -"натиснувши *Ціни варіанту* у формі відомостей про товар (дія у верхньому " -"лівому куті)." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." msgstr "" -"Додаткова ціна додається до ціни товару, коли вибирається відповідне " -"значення атрибута." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -"Формули преміум-класу дозволяють встановлювати розширені методи обчислення " -"ціни для варіантів товару. Див. :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Як відключити/архівувати варіанти" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -369,25 +305,20 @@ msgid "" "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." msgstr "" -"Ви можете відключити/архівувати конкретні варіанти, щоб вони більше не були " -"доступні в пропозиціях та на веб-сайті (не існуючих на вашому складі, " -"застарілих тощо). Просто зніміть позначку *Активно* в детальній формі." #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати такі архівні елементи, натисніть *Архівувати* при пошуку списку" -" варіантів. Ви можете повторно активувати їх так само." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Збільшіть свій дохід" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Як продавати аксесуари та функціональні товари (перехресний продаж)" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -395,36 +326,29 @@ msgid "" "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" msgstr "" -"Ви продаєте комп'ютери. Чому б не стимулювати своїх клієнтів купувати " -"найкращий екран або додаткову гарантію? Це мета перехресних продажів:" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Аксесуари на сторінці оформлення замовлення," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." msgstr "" -"Додаткові товари на новому екрані *Додати до кошика* (не встановлено за " -"замовчуванням)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Аксесуари під час перевірки" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." msgstr "" -"Аксесуари (наприклад, для комп'ютерів: миша, клавіатура) з'являються, коли " -"користувач переглядає кошик перед оплатою." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." msgstr "" -"Виберіть аксесуари на вкладці *Продажі* на сторінці відомостей про товар." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -433,14 +357,10 @@ msgid "" "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." msgstr "" -"Існує алгоритм виявлення найкращих аксесуарів для відображення, якщо до " -"кошика додано кілька елементів. Якщо будь-який елемент є аксесуаром кількох " -"товарів, доданих у кошик, то, швидше за все, він буде зверху списку " -"запропонованих аксесуарів." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Додаткові товари при додаванні до кошика" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -448,14 +368,10 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" -"Необов'язкові товари безпосередньо пов'язані з елементом, доданим до кошика " -"(наприклад, для комп'ютерів: гарантія, програмне забезпечення для ОS, " -"додаткові компоненти). Кожного разу, коли основний товар додається до " -"кошика, такий новий екран з'являється як додатковий крок." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Опублікувати додаткові товари:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -463,67 +379,55 @@ msgid "" "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." msgstr "" -"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Додатки*. " -"Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться " -"лише основні модулі." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "Виберіть додаткові елементи на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." msgstr "" -"Кількість додаткових елементів, доданих до кошика, співпадає з основним " -"елементом." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до відвідувачів сайту" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі висвітлено особливості ціноутворення модуля електронної " -"комерції." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." msgstr "" -"Для початку перевірте, як керувати ціною товару: " -"знижки.:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP для автоматичного застосовування правильної ціни" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." msgstr "" -"Призначте групи країн вашому прайслисту. Таким чином, ваші відвідувачі, які " -"ще не увійшли в систему, отримуватимуть свою валюту при завантаженні на ваш " -"веб-сайт." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "Після входу вони отримують прайслист, який відповідає їхній країні." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Валютний вибір" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -531,46 +435,39 @@ msgid "" "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви продаєте у кількох валютах, ви можете дозволити своїм клієнтам " -"обрати валюту. Перевірте вибір, щоб додати прайслист до спадного меню веб-" -"сайту." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Як створити та ділитися промокодами" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." msgstr "" -"Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою " -"маркетингових кампаній та застосуйте будь-які знижки." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановлення" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть " -"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *Ціни продажу*." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -578,45 +475,36 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " -"Прайслисти` та створіть новий прайслист з правилом знижки (див. " -":doc:`pricing`). Потім введіть код." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." msgstr "" -"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *Сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " -"*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." msgstr "" -"Після увімкнення цієї функції ви побачите новий розділ з правого боку. При " -"натисканні кнопки *Застосувати* ціни автоматично оновлюються в кошику." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -"Промокод, який використовує клієнт, зберігається в системі, щоби ви могли " -"проаналізувати ефективність ваших маркетингових кампаній." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Покажіть продажі за цінами..." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Як включити коментарі та рейтинг в електронній комерції" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -624,88 +512,70 @@ msgid "" "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" msgstr "" -"Публікація та моніторинг досвіду клієнтів допоможе довіряти вам новим " -"клієнтам та краще взаємодіяти з вашою спільнотою. Лише у два кліки дозвольте" -" своєму клієнту поділитися своїм відгуком!" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" -"Активуйте коментарі та рейтинг в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." msgstr "" -"Відвідувачі повинні увійти, щоби поділитися своїми коментарями. " -"Переконайтеся, що вони зможуть це зробити (див. Документацію Портал)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Переглядайте публікації в режимі реального часу" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." msgstr "" -"Кожного разу, коли пост опубліковано, менеджер товару та всі підписники на " -"товар отримують сповіщення у своїй папці Вхідні (меню (*Обговорення*)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням користувач, який створив товар, автоматично встановлюється " -"як підписник." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." msgstr "" -"Натисніть на назву товару, щоби відкрити детальну форму та переглянути " -"коментар (в обговоренні про товар)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Модеруйте та скасовуйте публікації" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко модерувати, використовуючи чат, у формі детальної інформації" -" про товар або на веб-сторінці." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." msgstr "" -"Щоби скасувати публікацію, відкрийте веб-сторінку товару та натисніть кнопку" -" *Опубліковано*, щоби перетворити її у червоний колір (*Неопубліковано*)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати доступ до веб-сторінки в детальній формі, натиснувши " -"кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Як продавати альтернативні товари (допродаж)" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -713,13 +583,10 @@ msgid "" "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." msgstr "" -"Щоб максимально збільшити ваш дохід, рекомендується пропонувати вартісніші " -"варіанти товару для базових товарів. Таким чином, ваш клієнт витратить " -"більше часу на перегляд вашого каталогу." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Зробити так:" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -727,452 +594,74 @@ msgid "" "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." msgstr "" -"Виберіть такі *Альтернативні товари* на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Три " -"альтернативи буде достатньо! Не публікуйте занадто багато, інакше ваші " -"клієнти будуть плутатися." #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." msgstr "" -"Увімкніть *альтернативні товари* в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Введення в електронну комерцію Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" msgstr "" -"Ця документація допоможе вам швидко перейти на веб-сайт електронної " -"комерції. Теми слідують за процесом купівлі:" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "Сторінка товару" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "Сторінка магазину" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Податки" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "Оформлення замовлення " +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "Розпродаж та перехресний продаж" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "Оплата" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "Доставка і відстеження" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Отримайте оплату" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Як отримати оплату за допомогою Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." msgstr "" -"Authorize.Net є однією з найпопулярніших платформ електронної комерції в " -"Північній Америці. На відміну від більшості інших постачальників платежів, " -"сумісних з Odoo, Authorize.Net може використовуватися лише як платіжний " -"шлюз. " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"Таким чином, ви можете скористатись процесором платежу або " -"продавцем,<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__" -" який вам подобається." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" -"Створіть обліковий запис Authorize.Net, <https://www.authorize.net>`__ " -"натиснувши кнопку 'Почати роботу'." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" -"На сторінці ціноутворення натисніть *Зареєструйтеся зараз*, якщо ви хочете " -"використовувати Authorize.net як платіжний шлюз та продаж. Якщо ви хочете " -"використовувати свій власний продаж, натисніть відповідну опцію." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "Перейдіть за кроками реєстрації." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням обліковий запис встановлено як тестовий обліковий запис. Ви" -" можете використовувати цей тестовий обліковий запис для обробки тестової " -"транзакції з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "Після завершення перейдіть у режим **Розробника**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштуйте Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" -"Активізуйте Authorize.Net в Odoo з :menuselection:`Веб-сайту чи Продажів або" -" Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Платіжні еквайєри`." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "Введіть свій **ID входу** та **Транзакційний ключ API**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати ці облікові дані в Authorize.Net, ви можете покластися на відео" -" з ідентифікаторами реєстрації API та відео-транзакції Video Tutorials " -"Authorize.Net. <https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Такі відеозаписи " -"дають змістовну інформацію про те, як налаштувати обліковий запис " -"Authorize.Net відповідно до ваших потреб." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" -"Ваше налаштування вже готове! Ви можете зробити Authorize.Net видимим у " -"вашому інтерфейсі продавця та активувати режим **Розробника**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" -"Повноваження, надані Authorize.net, відрізняються як для тестування, так і " -"для режиму розробника. Не забувайте оновлювати їх в Odoo, коли ви вмикаєте " -"режим розробника." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "Оцініть Authorize.Net як платіжне рішення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете безкоштовно протестувати та оцінити Authorize.Net, створивши " -"`обліковий запис розробника <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" -"Після створення облікового запису ви отримаєте облікові дані sandbox. " -"Введіть їх в Odoo, як описано вище, і переконайтеся, що ви все ще " -"перебуваєте в режимі *тестування*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете увійти в платформу для автозавантаження Authorize.Net, " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ щоб налаштувати свій обліковий запис для" -" sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" -"Для виконання фальшивих операцій ви можете використовувати підроблені номери" -" карт, вказані в посібнику з тестування Authorize.Net " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж через платіжні еквайєри" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo включає кілька способів оплати з електронної комерції, продажів і " -"рахунків-фактур." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "Які доступні способи оплати?" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "Банківський переказ" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"Банківський переказ - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета - " -"надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " -"самостійно через свій банк. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і " -"неефективно. Виберіть онлайн-покупців, як тільки зможете!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "Платіжні еквайєри" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "" -"Переадресовуйте своїх клієнтів на платформи, щоби легко отримувати гроші та " -"відстежувати статус платежу (зворотній зв'язок). Odoo підтримує все більше і" -" більше платформ:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "Sips" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "Як це втілити" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як спосіб оплати готовий, зробіть його видимим у інтерфейсі " -"платежу та активуйте режим **Виробництва**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" -"Як дозволити клієнтам зберігати та повторно використовувати кредитні картки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити сплату повернених клієнтів, ви можете дозволити їм зберігати " -"та повторно використовувати кредитну картку, якщо вони хочуть. Якщо так, " -"токен платежу буде збережений в Odoo. Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та" -" Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "Ви можете увімкнути це за допомогою форми налаштування еквайєра." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "Як дебетувати кредитні картки для оплати підписки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"`Підписка Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ дозволяє " -"автоматично сплачувати послуги на регулярній основі. Поряд з цим, ви можете " -"мати автоматичне дебетування кредитної картки клієнта." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "Цей параметр доступний для Ingenico та Authorize.net." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, платіжний токен буде фіксуватися, коли користувач перейде на " -"підписку, а автоматичний дебет запускатиметься кожного разу, коли рахунок-" -"фактура випадає з підписки." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "Як користуватися іншими еквайєрами (розширені)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" -"Odoo може надати запити на одноразову оплату та переадресацію до будь-якого " -"платника. Але немає зворотнього зв'язку, тобто Odoo не відстежує стан " -"транзакції. Таким чином, ви підтвердите замовлення вручну, як тільки ви " -"отримаєте плату." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "Як це зробити:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "Переключитися в режим розробника." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "Встановіть метод платежу **Кастомний**." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте форму для оплати (шаблон форми S2S), як вказано вашим платіжним " -"еквайєром. Ви можете почати з *default_acquirer_button*, яке ви можете " -"дублювати." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "Інші налаштування" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Система Odoo також може бути використана для більш просунутих платіжних " -"транзакцій, таких як плати за розстрочку (напр. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" -"Така служба налаштування здійснюється на вимогу наших технічних експертів на" -" основі ваших власних вимог. Бізнес-консультант може зв'язатися з вами з " -"таким питанням. `Зв'яжіться з нами. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "Як керувати замовленнями, оплаченими через платіжні еквайєри" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1180,32 +669,25 @@ msgid "" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." msgstr "" -"Odoo підтверджує замовлення автоматично, як тільки платіж буде авторизовано " -"платіжним еквайєром. Це запускає доставку. Якщо ви виставили рахунок-фактуру" -" на основі замовлених кількостей, вам також пропонується нарахувати вартість" -" замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "Який статус платежу" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." msgstr "" -"У будь-який час продавець може перевірити стан транзакції із замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Чернетка*: транзакція в обробці." +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." msgstr "" -"*Очікує на розгляд*: платіжний еквайєр утримує транзакцію, і вам потрібно " -"авторизувати її з інтерфейсу еквайєра." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1213,33 +695,24 @@ msgid "" " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." msgstr "" -"*Авторизовано*: платіж було авторизовано, але ще не отримано. В Odoo " -"замовлення вже підтверджено. Після завершення доставки ви можете зафіксувати" -" суму з інтерфейсу еквайєра (або з Odoo, якщо ви використовуєте " -"Authorize.net)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." msgstr "" -"*Готово*: платіж авторизований та зафіксований. Замовлення підтверджено." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." msgstr "" -"*Помилка*: під час транзакції сталася помилка. Клієнтові потрібно повторити " -"платіж. Замовлення все ще знаходиться у стані чернетки." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." msgstr "" -"*Скасовано*: коли клієнт скасовує платіж у формі платіжного еквайєра. Він " -"повертається до Odoo, щоби змінити замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1247,14 +720,10 @@ msgid "" "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." msgstr "" -"Спеціальні повідомлення надаються вашим клієнтам за кожним платіжним " -"статусом, коли вони переспрямовуються в Odoo після транзакції. Щоби " -"відредагувати такі повідомлення, перейдіть на вкладку *Повідомлення* методу " -"оплати." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "Автоматично перевірені рахунки за замовленням" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1262,11 +731,8 @@ msgid "" "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." msgstr "" -"Коли замовлення підтверджено, ви також можете мати рахунок-фактуру, що " -"виставляється автоматично та оплачується. Це повністю автоматизовано для " -"підприємств, яким виставляється замовлення." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " "order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " @@ -1274,435 +740,36 @@ msgid "" "account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете цей режим, вам буде запропоновано вибрати журнал платежів " -"для запису у ваших книгах. Цей платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-" -"фактурою, позначаючи його як оплачений. Виберіть банківський рахунок, якщо " -"ви одразу отримуєте платіж на своєму банківському рахунку. Якщо ви не " -"можете, ви можете створити окремий журнал для покупця платежу (тип = Банк). " -"Таким чином, ви можете відстежувати онлайн-платежі через проміжний рахунок " -"ваших бухгалтерських книг, доки ви не отримаєте оплату на свій банківський " -"рахунок (див. Як реєструвати платежі кредитною карткою " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." msgstr "" -"За допомогою цього режиму замовлення підтверджено, але сума утримується. " -"Після обробки доставки ви можете отримати платіж від Odoo. Цей режим " -"доступний лише з Authorize.net." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." msgstr "" -"Щоби відобразити платіж, відкрийте транзакцію із замовлення. Потім натисніть" -" *Утримати транзакцію*." -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." msgstr "" -"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " -"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" -"Paypal доступний та популярний по всьому світу. Він не стягує плату за " -"підписку, а створити обліковий запис дуже легко. Ось чому ми рекомендуємо " -"його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " -"перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" -"Бізнес-рахунок потрібен для отримання платежів з Paypal. Створіть `Бізнес-" -"рахунок Paypayl " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" або оновіть ваш Персональний рахунок на Бізнес. Перейдіть в налаштування " -"Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " -"кроків налаштування." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " -"створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть та відкрийте налаштування. Перейдіть у *Товари та Послуги > Платежі" -" веб-сайту* та натисніть *Оновити* на *Переваги веб-сайту*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" -"*Автоматичне повернення* автоматично перенаправляє ваших клієнтів на Odoo " -"після того, як платіж оброблено. Позначте *Автоматичне повернення* та " -"введіть ваше доменне ім'я \"/shop/confirmation\" як *URL-адресу повернення* " -"(напр. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" -"Ця URL-адреса дає запит на Paypal, але не використовується на практиці, " -"оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " -"керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"*Переказ даних про оплату* передає підтвердження платежу в Odoo, як тільки " -"він оброблений. Без цього Odoo не зможе завершити процес продажу. Ці " -"налаштування повинні бути активованими як слід. Під час збереження " -"створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" -"Ми радимо не спонукати клієнтів входити за допомогою облікового запису " -"Paypal, коли вони отримують оплату. Нехай вони також платять " -"дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " -"Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"PDT надсилає підтвердження замовлень лише один раз. В результаті ваш сайт " -"повинен запускатися, коли це трапляється; в іншому випадку він ніколи не " -"отримає повідомлення. Тому ми радимо активувати *Миттєві сповіщення оплати* " -"(IPN) в горі. З IPN, доставка підтвердження замовлень практично гарантоване " -"з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш сайт не " -"підтвердить отримання." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " -"*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" -"*URL сповіщення* для встановлення - це ваше доменне ім'я + " -"“payment/paypal/ipn” (напр. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" -"Врешті переконайтеся, що формат кодування повідомлень про оплату встановлено" -" вірно. Перейдіть на *Кодування мови кнопки PayPal*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть *Більше опцій* та встановіть два формати кодування за " -"замовчуванням як *UTF-8*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" -"Для зашифрованих платежів на веб-сайті та помилки EWP_SETTINGS, перевірте " -"`документацію paypal. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Активація" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" -"Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " -"Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Повноваження" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" -"*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" -"*Merchant ID* можна знайти у налаштуваннях облікового запису Paypal, у " -"*Профіль > Про бізнес*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" -"*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " -"показано нижче." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Оплата транзакції" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете стягувати додаткову комісію з клієнтів за оплату через Paypal; Це " -"покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " -"Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " -"позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" -"/paypal-fees>`__ щоби встановити комісію." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" -"..note:: `Продавцям у ЄС " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ заборонено стягувати додаткову комісію за оплату " -"кредитними картками." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" -"Ваші налаштування готові до запуску. Переконайтеся, що увімкнено режим " -"*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " -"*Опубліковано* поруч." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Тепер Paypal доступний у ваших платежах у модулях Електронної комерції, " -"Продажах та Виставленні рахунків. Клієнти перенаправляються на веб-сайт " -"Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " -"підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "Тестове середовище" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки рахункам Paypal Sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ з " -"вашими обліковими даними Paypal." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Бізнес-рахунок (для використання як покупці, напр. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть у Paypal Sandbox з обліковим записом продавця та слідуйте тим самим" -" інструкціям налаштування. Введіть ваші облікові дані sandbox в Odoo та " -"переконайтеся, що Paypal досі встановлено як *Тестове середовище*. Також " -"переконайтеся, що автоматичне виставлення рахунку не активовано у ваших " -"налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " -"завершуються фіктивні транзакції." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " -"запис Sandbox." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "Перегляньте також" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Як керувати оплаченими замовленнями через платіжні евайєри " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Як керувати оплаченими замовленнями через платіжні еквайєри " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" msgstr "" -"Як клієнти можуть отримати доступ до свого клієнтського облікового запису" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1712,114 +779,39 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" -"Вашим клієнтам ще ніколи не було так легко отримати доступ до свого " -"клієнтського облікового запису. Забудьте про нескінченні форми реєстрації, " -"Odoo робить це так само просто, як AБВ. Пропонуємо реєстрацію (ім'я, " -"електронна пошта, пароль), коли замовлення розміщено, а не раніше. Дійсно, " -"ніщо не дратує більше, ніж процес реєстрації, до того, як відбувається " -"купівля." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Реєстрація" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." msgstr "" -"Запрошення на реєстрацію з'являється, коли клієнт хоче візуалізувати " -"замовлення з електронного листа з підтвердженням замовлення." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Клієнтський обліковий запис" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." msgstr "" -"Після входу клієнт отримає доступ до облікового запису, натиснувши *Мій " -"обліковий запис* у випадаючому меню." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." msgstr "" -"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)" -" також можна змінити." #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він " -"побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**Банківський переказ** - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета " -"- надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " -"самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть " -"покупців, як тільки зможете!" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **Повідомлення подяки** за допомогою " -"вашого способу оплати." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Кожного разу, коли клієнт оплачує банківським переказом, замовлення " -"залишається на проміжному етапі **надісланої комерційної пропозиції** " -"(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви " -"підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку." - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви керуєте B2B-бізнесом, ви можете створювати інші способи оплати, що " -"обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте " -"*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його." #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Збирайте податки" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3c159cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..921152d54 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 +msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" +" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" +" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " +"to advertise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" +" be enabled or installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " +"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " +":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" +" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" +"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 +msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " +"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " +"the *Reminder* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 +msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 +msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " +"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" +" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " +"*Filters* are eligible here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " +"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " +"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " +"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 +msgid "Create your First Event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 +msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 +msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 +msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 +msgid "To allow networking;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " +"through the product and even their pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " +"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " +"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " +"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " +"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 +msgid "Tab: Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " +"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " +"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " +"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 +msgid "Tab: Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " +"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " +"*Communication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " +"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " +"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" +" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " +"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" +" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" +" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " +"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " +"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" +" and used again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 +msgid "Publish your event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 +msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Selling Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " +"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " +"more registrations to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" +" *Online Ticketing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " +"the sale of tickets to happen " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 +msgid "Through Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " +"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " +"which you want to create the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " +"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " +"your event’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 +msgid "Through the Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " +"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 +msgid "Track your Attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " +"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " +"analyzing reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " +"the *Attendees* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " +"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 +msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " +"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " +"*Cancelled* stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " +"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and Manage Talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " +"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Schedule & Tracks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " +"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " +"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " +"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " +"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 +msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " +"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " +"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6aba8c4a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97ae7bd8a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 8b3439573..aced140bc 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,16 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "Загальне" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "Аутентифікація" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" @@ -38,8 +40,6 @@ msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." msgstr "" -"Відповідно до спеціальних вимог у впровадженні Azure OAuth, ідентифікація " -"Microsoft Azure OAuth на даний момент НЕ сумісна з Odoo." #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -49,32 +49,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -"Підключіться до свого облікового запису Google і перейдіть на сторінку " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "Натисніть **Створити проект** і введіть назву проекту та інші деталі." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "Натисніть **Використовувати Google API**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." msgstr "" -"У лівій частині меню виберіть підменю **Перелік** (у **Менеджер API**), " -"потім виберіть **Екран згоди OAuth**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." @@ -82,23 +76,19 @@ msgstr "" "Введіть адресу, електронну пошту та назву товару (наприклад, odoo), а потім " "збережіть." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." msgstr "" -"Потім натисніть **Додати повноваження** та виберіть другий варіант (OAuth " -"2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." msgstr "" -"Перевірте, чи встановлено тип програми на **Веб-додаток**. Тепер налаштуйте " -"дозволені сторінки, на які вас буде перенаправлено." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -108,14 +98,135 @@ msgstr "" "вставте наступне посилання в поле: " "http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Потім натисніть **Створити**." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." msgstr "" -"Після цього ви отримуєте дві інформації (ваш ID клієнта та Секретний ключ " -"клієнта). Вам потрібно вставити свій ID клієнта в **Загальних " -"налаштуваннях**." + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" @@ -142,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." -msgstr "Позначте **TLS користувача**, якщо ваш сервер сумісний." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -163,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" -msgstr "У **фільтрі LDAP**, введіть ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -179,8 +290,6 @@ msgid "" "In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -"У **Шаблоні користувача**, вкажіть шаблон для новостворених профілів. Якщо " -"залишити заблокованим, профіль адміна, буде використовуватися як шаблон." #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" @@ -188,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr "Імпорт даних" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "Як імпортувати шаблон імпорту" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -197,10 +306,6 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для " -"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх " -"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" @@ -210,15 +315,13 @@ msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." msgstr "" -"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " -"послідовність ID." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -240,7 +343,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Чому стовпець \"ID\"?" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -269,11 +372,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Поле імпорту відносин (див. Нижче)." +msgstr "Пов'язані поля імпорту (див. Нижче)." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Як імпортувати поля посилання" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -282,10 +385,6 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар " -"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб " -"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " -"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -296,7 +395,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. " "ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку " -"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку стовпця (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" +"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку колонки (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" " атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 @@ -320,8 +419,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте перегляд об'єкта, який хочете заповнити, та натисніть " -"*Імпортувати*." #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -332,21 +429,21 @@ msgstr "" "Вам надаються шаблони, які можна легко заповнити власними даними. Такі " "шаблони можна імпортувати одним кліком; Відображення даних вже виконано." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "Як адаптувати шаблон?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Додайте, видаліть та відсортуйте стовпці, щоби найкраще відповідати " "структурі даних." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "Ми радимо не видаляти **ID** (Чому? Дивіться в наступному розділі)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -358,7 +455,7 @@ msgstr "" "хвилюйтеся! Ви можете вставляти нові стовпці вручну під час перевірки " "імпорту. Знайдіть список відповідного поля." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -366,11 +463,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім використовуйте мітку цього поля у вашому файлі, щоби він працював " "наступного разу." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Як імпортувати з іншої програми?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -387,7 +484,7 @@ msgstr "" "знайти цей запис, використовуючи його назву, але ви зупинитесь, якщо " "принаймні 2 записи мають однакову назву." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -397,11 +494,11 @@ msgstr "" " доведеться повторно імпортувати змінені дані пізніше, тому, якщо можливо, " "ви зможете його вказати." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "Я не можу знайти поле, в якому я хочу позначити стовпець" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -418,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr "" "бути хорошою і легкою, можливо, що це трапиться не так, або ви хочете " "вказати стовпчик на поле, яке не пропонується за замовчуванням." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -428,11 +525,11 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язаної моделі (розширено)**, після чого ви зможете вибрати з повного " "списку полів для кожного стовпця." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування дати?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -441,43 +538,28 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" -"Odoo може автоматично визначити, чи колонка є датою, та спробує вгадати " -"формат дати з набору найчастіше використовуваних форматів дати. Хоча цей " -"процес може працювати для багатьох форматів дат, деякі формати дати не " -"будуть розпізнані. Це може спричинити плутанину через перетворення дня в " -"місяць; важко здогадатися, яка частина формату дати - це день, а яка - " -"місяць у такій даті, як '01-03-2016 '." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -"Щоби переглянути, який формат дати Odoo знайшов у вашому файлі, ви можете " -"перевірити **Формат дати**, який відображається, коли ви натискаєте " -"**Параметри** під списком файлів. Якщо цей формат неправильний, ви можете " -"змінити його, використовуючи *ISO 8601*, щоби визначити формат." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви імпортуєте файл Excel (.xls, .xlsx), ви можете використовувати " -"цифрові дати для зберігання дат, оскільки відображення дати у форматі excel " -"відрізняється від способу його зберігання. Таким чином, ви будете впевнені, " -"що формат дати в Odoo правильний, незалежно від формату вашої локальної " -"дати." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "Чи можу я імпортувати номери з позначкою валюти (наприклад, $ 32.00)?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -486,141 +568,108 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" -"Так, ми повністю підтримуємо числа в круглих дужках, щоби відобразити " -"негативний знак, а також цифри з прикріпленим до них знаком валюти. Odoo " -"також автоматично визначає, який тисячний/десятковий роздільник ви " -"використовуєте (ви можете змінити ці параметри під **параметрами**). Якщо ви" -" використовуєте символ валюти, який не відомий Odoo, він, можливо, не буде " -"визнаний як номер, хоча й буде збігатися." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" -"Приклади підтримуваних чисел (наприклад, з використанням тридцяти двох " -"тисяч):" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "32,000.00" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Приклад, який не буде працювати:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" -"Що робити, коли таблиці попереднього перегляду імпорту відображаються " -"неправильно?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням попередній перегляд імпорту встановлюється комами як " -"роздільники розділів і лапки як роздільники тексту. Якщо ваш файл CSV не має" -" цих налаштувань, ви можете змінити параметри формату файлу (відображається " -"під панеллю перегляду файлів CSV після вибору файлу)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, якщо файл CSV має табуляцію як розділювач, Odoo не буде " -"виявляти розділення. Вам потрібно буде змінити параметри формату файлу у " -"вашій програмі для роботи з електронними таблицями. Дивіться наступне " -"питання." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" msgstr "" -"Як змінити параметри формату файлу CSV при збереженні електронної таблиці в " -"моїй програмі?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви редагуєте та зберігаєте файли CSV у програмах електронної таблиці, " -"регіональні параметри комп'ютера застосовуватимуться до сепаратора та " -"розділювача. Ми рекомендуємо вам скористатись OpenOffice або LibreOffice " -"Calc, оскільки вони дозволять вам змінити всі три варіанти (в діалоговому " -"вікні «Зберегти як»> встановіть прапорець «Редагувати параметри фільтра»> " -"Зберегти)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -"Microsoft Excel дозволить вам змінювати лише кодування при збереженні (у " -"діалоговому вікні «Зберегти як»> натисніть «Інструменти» у спадному списку> " -"вкладка «Кодування»)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Яка різниця між ID бази даних та зовнішнім ID?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -"Деякі поля визначають зв'язок з іншим об'єктом. Наприклад, країна контакту -" -" це посилання на запис об'єкта \"Країна\". Якщо ви хочете імпортувати такі " -"поля, Odoo доведеться відтворити посилання між різними записами. Щоби " -"допомогти вам імпортувати такі поля, Odoo надає 3 механізми. Для поля, яке " -"потрібно імпортувати, потрібно використовувати єдиний механізм." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -628,54 +677,47 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, щоби вказати країну контакту, Odoo пропонує вам 3 різних поля для" " імпорту:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Країна: назва або код країни" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" msgstr "" -"Країна/ID бази даних: унікальний ID Odoo для запису, визначеного стовпцем ID" -" postgresql" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" msgstr "" -"Країна/Зовнішній ID: ID запису, зазначеного в іншій програмі (або .XML-" -"файлі, який імпортував його)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Для країни Бельгії можна використовувати один із цих 3 способів імпорту:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Країна: Бельгія" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "Країна/ID бази даних: 21" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Країна/Зовнішній ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" msgstr "" -"Згідно з вашими потребами, ви повинні використовувати один із цих трьох " -"способів відстежувати пов'язані записи. Ось коли ви повинні використовувати " -"той чи інший спосіб, відповідно до вашої потреби:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -683,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте країну: це найпростіший спосіб, коли ваші дані надходять з " "файлів CSV, які були створені вручну." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -695,7 +737,7 @@ msgstr "" "тому, щоби ніколи не було конфліктів (у вас може бути кілька записів з " "однаковою назвою, але вони завжди мають унікальний ID бази даних)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -703,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте назву країни/зовнішній ID: використовуйте зовнішній ID, коли " "ви імпортуєте дані зі сторонньої програми." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -717,27 +759,23 @@ msgstr "" "стовпчиками типу \"Поле/Зовнішній ID\". Наступні два файли CSV наводять " "приклад для товарів і їх категорій." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV файл для категорій " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`CSV файл для товарів " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Що робити, якщо у мене є кілька співпадінь для поля?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -747,53 +785,35 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -"Якщо, наприклад, у вас є дві категорії товарів з дочірнім ім'ям \"Sellable\"" -" (тобто. \"Різні Товари/ Продаються\" та \"Інші товари/Продаються\"), ваша " -"перевірка призупиняється, але ви все одно можете імпортувати свої дані. " -"Однак ми рекомендуємо не імпортувати дані, оскільки всі вони будуть " -"пов'язані з першою категорією \"Продаються\", яка знаходиться в списку " -"\"Категорії товарів\" (\"Різні Товари/Продаються\"). Ми рекомендуємо змінити" -" один зі значень дублікатів або ієрархію категорії товарів." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не бажаєте змінювати своє налаштування категорій товарів, ми " -"рекомендуємо використовувати зовнішній ідентифікатор для цього поля " -"\"Категорія\"." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" msgstr "" -"Як я можу імпортувати поле зв'язку many2many (наприклад, клієнта з кількома " -"тегами)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -"Теги слід розділити комою без будь-якого інтервалу. Наприклад, якщо ви " -"хочете, щоби ваш клієнт був пов'язаний з обома тегами \"Виробник\" та " -"\"Роздрібний продавець\", ви кодуєте \"Виробник, роздрібний продавець\" у " -"тому ж рядку файлу CSV." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`CSV для виробника, роздрібного продавця " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -801,34 +821,24 @@ msgstr "" "Як імпортувати зв'язок one2many (наприклад, кілька рядків замовлення від " "замовлення на продаж)?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете імпортувати замовлення клієнта, що має кілька рядків " -"замовлень; для кожного рядка замовлення вам потрібно зарезервувати певний " -"рядок у файлі CSV. Рядок першого замовлення буде імпортовано в тому ж рядку," -" що й інформація щодо замовлення. Для будь-яких додаткових рядків замовлення" -" буде потрібно додатковий рядок файлу, який не містить інформації у полях " -"щодо замовлення. Наприклад, тут є файл " -"buy.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV деяких комерційних " -"пропозицій, які ви можете імпортувати, на основі демо-даних." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Файл для деяких комерційних пропозицій " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -836,35 +846,29 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати замовлення на купівлю " "за допомогою відповідних рядків замовлення." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Замовлення на купівлю з відповідними рядками замовлення на купівлю " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" msgstr "" -"У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати клієнтів та їх " -"відповідні контакти:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -"`Клієнти та їхні відповідні контакти " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Чи можу я кілька разів імпортувати той самий запис?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -873,26 +877,18 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви імпортуєте файл, який містить один зі стовпців \"Зовнішній ID\" або " -"\"ID бази даних\", записи, які вже були імпортовані, будуть змінені, а не " -"створені. Це дуже зручно, оскільки система дозволяє імпортувати кілька разів" -" один і той же файл CSV при внесенні деяких змін між двома імпортами. Odoo " -"буде дбати про створення або зміну кожного запису залежно від того, він " -"новий чи ні." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." msgstr "" -"Ця функція дозволяє вам використовувати інструмент імпорту/експорту Odoo для" -" зміни записів цілим пакетом у вашій програмі електронної таблиці." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "Що станеться, якщо я не надам значення для конкретного поля?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -904,55 +900,38 @@ msgstr "" "порожніми значеннями у своєму файлі CSV, Odoo встановить значення EMPTY у " "полі, замість того, аби призначити значення за замовчуванням." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "Як експортувати/імпортувати різні таблиці з додатка SQL до Odoo?" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно імпортувати дані з різних таблиць, вам доведеться " -"відтворити зв'язки між записами, що належать до різних таблиць. (наприклад, " -"якщо ви імпортуєте компанії та людей, вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між " -"кожною особою та компанією, в якій вони працюють)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"Щоби керувати зв'язками між таблицями, ви можете використовувати \"Зовнішній" -" ID\" об'єктів Odoo. \"Зовнішній ID\" запису є унікальним ідентифікатором " -"цього запису в іншій програмі. Цей \"Зовнішній ID\" повинен бути унікальним " -"для всіх записів усіх об'єктів, тому доцільно привласнити \"Зовнішній ID\" з" -" назвою програми чи таблиці. (наприклад, \"company_1\", \"person_1\" замість" -" \"1\")." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"Припустимо, у вас є база даних SQL з двома таблицями, які ви хочете " -"імпортувати: компанії та особи. Кожна людина належить до однієї компанії, " -"тому вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між людиною та компанією, в якій він " -"працює. (Якщо ви хочете перевірити цей приклад, ось <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">копія такої бази " -"даних PostgreSQL</a>)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -960,11 +939,11 @@ msgstr "" "Спочатку ми експортуємо всі компанії та їх \"Зовнішній ID\". У PSQL, " "напишіть таку команду:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Ця команда SQL створить наступний файл CSV::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -972,27 +951,21 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби створити файл CSV для осіб, пов'язаних з компаніями, ми використаємо " "наступну команду SQL у PSQL:" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "Він буде створювати такий файл CSV::" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"Як ви бачите у цьому файлі, Фаб'єн і Лоуренс працюють у компанії Bigees " -"(company_1), а Ерік працює в компанії Organi. Зв'язок між особами та " -"компаніями здійснюється за допомогою зовнішнього ідентифікатора компаній. " -"Нам довелося привласнювати \"Зовнішній ID\" за назвою таблиці, щоб уникнути " -"конфлікту ID між особами та компаніями (person_1 та company_1, які " -"поділилися однаковим ID 1 в оригінальній базі даних)." -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1004,15 +977,88 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язані з першою компанією). Спочатку потрібно імпортувати компанії, а " "потім особи." +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "Загальний путівник про Послуги Купівлі в додатку (IAP)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " @@ -1022,21 +1068,18 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, це дозволяє надсилати текстові SMS-повідомлення або надсилати " "рахунки поштою безпосередньо зі своєї бази даних." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "Купівля кредитів" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -"Кожна послуга IAP спирається на передплачені кредити на роботу та має власну" -" ціну. Щоб ознайомитися з поточним балансом або поповнити рахунок, перейдіть" -" в *Налаштування> Odoo IAP > Переглянути мої послуги*." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." @@ -1044,201 +1087,483 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо я на Odoo Online (SAAS) і в мене версія Enterprise, я користуюся " "безкоштовними кредитами для тестування функцій IAP." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "Рахунки IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -"Кредити для використання послуг IAP зберігаються в рахунках IAP, визначених " -"для кожної послуги та бази даних. За замовчуванням рахунки IAP є загальними " -"для всіх компаній, але їх можна обмежити на конкретні компанії, перейшовши в" -" *Модуль Налаштування > Активувати режим розробника > Технічні налаштування " -"> Рахунок IAP*." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" -msgstr "Портал IAP" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -"Портал IAP - це платформа, яка перегруповує послуги IAP. Вона доступна з " -"*Модуля Налаштування > Odoo IAP > переглянути мої послуги*. Звідти можна " -"переглянути свій поточний баланс, списати кредити, переглянути своє " -"споживання та встановити нагадування про низькі кредити." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "Отримуйте сповіщення, коли недостатньо кредитів" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" -"Щоб отримувати сповіщення, коли настає час поповнити свої кредити, необхідно" -" перейти в портал IAP через *Модуль Налаштування> Odoo IAP > Переглянути мої" -" послуги*, розгорніть послугу та позначте опцію Отримання попередження. Тоді" -" необхідно надати мінімальну кількість кредитів та електронну адресу. Тепер," -" кожного разу, коли буде досягнуто обмеження, автоматично надсилатиметься " -"нагадування електронною поштою!" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "Доступні послуги IAP" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" -msgstr "Різні послуги доступні в залежності типу хостингу вашої бази даних:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: можна використовувати лише послуги IAP, які надаються " -"Odoo (напр. такі функції, як SMS, Snailmail, Відкриття та Автоматичне " -"заповнення партнера);" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -"*Odoo.sh та Odoo Enterprise (на власному сервері)*: можна використовувати " -"обидві послуги, які надаються Odoo, та сторонні модулі." -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "Запропонувати власні послуги" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Мультикомпанії" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" -"Мені більше ніж приємно пропонувати власні послуги IAP через Додатки Odoo! " -"Це ідеальна можливість отримати постійний дохід за постійне використання " -"послуг замість єдиного початкового придбання. Додаткову інформацію можна " -"знайти на: `Купівлі в додатку " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "Basics" msgstr "Основне" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "Як додати користувача" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "Odoo надає вам можливість додавати користувачів у будь-який момент." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "Додайте окремих користувачів" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." msgstr "" -"У модулі \"Налаштування\" перейдіть до підменю :menuselection:`Користувачі " -"--> Користувачі` та натисніть **СТВОРИТИ**. Спочатку додайте ім'я вашого " -"нового користувача та адресу електронної пошти - ту, яку він буде " -"використовувати для входу в Odoo, та зображення." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -"У розділі Права доступу ви можете вибрати, до яких додатків ваш користувач " -"може отримати доступ та які використовувати. Доступні різні рівні залежно " -"від програми." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -"Коли ви закінчите редагувати сторінку та натиснете кнопку **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**, " -"електронний лист запрошення автоматично надсилатиметься користувачеві. " -"Користувач повинен натиснути на нього, щоби прийняти запрошення до системи " -"та створити вхід." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"Пам'ятайте, що кожен додатковий користувач збільшить вашу плату за підписку." -" Для отримання додаткової інформації зверніться до нашої сторінки `*Ціна* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете додати нового користувача \"на льоту\" з інформаційної " -"панелі. З наведеного вище знімка екрану введіть адресу електронної пошти " -"користувача, якого ви хочете додати, і натисніть на **ЗАПРОСИТИ**. " -"Користувач отримає запрошення електронною поштою, що містить посилання для " -"встановлення його пароля. Після цього ви зможете визначити його права " -"доступу в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Меню користувача`." -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." msgstr "" -"`Деактивування користувачів <../../db_management/documentation.html" -"#deactivating-users>`_" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Групи" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашою рідною мовою" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." msgstr "" -"Odoo надає вам можливість керувати Odoo різними мовами, і кожен користувач " -"може використовувати Odoo своєю мовою." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "Завантажте потрібну мову" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1282,7 +1607,6 @@ msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -"Потім змініть налаштування мови на встановлену та натисніть **Зберегти**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -1309,24 +1633,1130 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -"Щоби змінити мову іншого користувача, виберіть :menuselection:`Користувачі " -"--> Користувачі` в додатку Налаштування. Тут ви маєте список всіх " -"користувачів, і ви можете вибрати користувача, для якого ви хочете змінити " -"мову. Виберіть користувача та натисніть **Редагувати** у верхньому лівому " -"куті. У розділі Параметри ви можете змінити мову на будь-яку раніше " -"встановлену та натисніть **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**." #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" +"Guide>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Повноваження" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "Процес оплати" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "Прямий дебет SEPA " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "Перенаправлення на веб-сайт покупця" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "Зберегти картки" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Країни" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "Банківський журнал" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal доступний та популярний по всьому світу. Він не стягує плату за " +"підписку, а створити обліковий запис дуже легко. Ось чому ми рекомендуємо " +"його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " +"перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " +"applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть та відкрийте налаштування. Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Товари та " +"послуги --> Платежі веб-сайту` та натисніть **Оновити** у **Налаштуваннях " +"веб-сайту**." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" +"*Автоматичне повернення* автоматично перенаправляє ваших клієнтів на Odoo " +"після обробки платежу. Позначте *Автоматичне повернення* та введіть ваше " +"ім'я домену із суфіксом ``/shop/confirmation`` як *URL повернення* (напр., " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" +"Ця URL-адреса дає запит на Paypal, але не використовується на практиці, " +"оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " +"керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "" +"Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " +"*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви використовуєте символи з наголосом (або що-небудь ще, крім основних " +"латинських символів) для імен ваших клієнтів, адрес... вам НЕОБХІДНО " +"налаштувати формат кодування запиту на платіж, що надсилається Odoo в " +"Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не налаштуєте це, деякі транзакції не вдаватимуться без приміток." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "Щоб зробити це, відкрийте:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`цю сторінку для робочого облікового запису <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви хочете, щоби ваші клієнти платили без створення облікових записів " +"Paypal, потрібно увімкнути *Опціональний обліковий запис Paypal*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" +"website-payments-ewp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активація" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "" +"Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " +"Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "" +"*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " +"показано нижче." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете стягувати додаткову комісію з клієнтів за оплату через Paypal; Це " +"покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " +"Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" +"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"`Продавцям у ЄС <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" +"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ заборонено стягувати додаткові збори за " +"оплату кредитними картками." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки рахункам Paypal Sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "" +"Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ з " +"вашими обліковими даними Paypal." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " +"запис Sandbox." + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**Банківський переказ** - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета " +"- надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " +"самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть " +"покупців, як тільки зможете!" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "Як створити ключ доступу Unsplash" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 msgid "" @@ -1346,7 +2776,6 @@ msgstr "Створіть ключ доступу Unsplash для користу #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." msgstr "" -"Створіть обліковий запис на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1354,13 +2783,10 @@ msgid "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " "Application**." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до вашої `панелі приладів додатків " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на **Новий " -"додаток**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "Прийміть умови та натисніть **Прийняти умови**." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1369,10 +2795,6 @@ msgid "" "that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " "**Create application**." msgstr "" -"Вам буде запропоновано вставити **Назву заявки** та **Опис**.Будь ласка, " -"префіксуйте назву вашого модуля за \"** Odoo: **\", щоби Unsplash міг " -"розпізнати його як екземпляр Odoo. Після завершення натисніть на **Створити " -"додаток**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1405,8 +2827,6 @@ msgid "" "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " "tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." msgstr "" -"Вам спершу потрібно створити та встановити ваш додаток Unsplash з цим " -"посібником: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1414,9 +2834,6 @@ msgid "" "<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " "Unsplash application under **Your applications**." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до `панелі приладів додатків " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на щойно створений " -"додаток Unsplash під **Вашими додатками**." #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1424,9 +2841,6 @@ msgid "" "ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" " ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" msgstr "" -"Вас буде перенаправлено на сторінку деталей вашого модуля. **ID модуля** " -"буде видимий у вашій URL-адресі браузера. URL-адреса повинна бути схожа на " -"``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1434,6 +2848,3 @@ msgid "" "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " "requests per hour restriction." msgstr "" -"**Як не користувач SaaS**, ви не зможете зареєструватися для робочого ключа " -"Unsplash та будете обмежені у доступі до тестового ключа, який має обмеження" -" у 50 запитів Unsplash на годину." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index 04bfa37a1..616cb4305 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "Базова методологія швидкого старту" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -31,13 +27,10 @@ msgid "" "implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." msgstr "" -"Цей документ підсумовує послуги Odoo Online, методологію впровадження наших " -"Пакетів Послуг та найкращі практичні поради для початку роботи з нашим " -"продуктом." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. Єдина контактна особа та консультант" +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -46,10 +39,6 @@ msgid "" " of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" " project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." msgstr "" -"В контексті вашого проекту настійно рекомендуємо призначати та підтримувати " -"з обох сторін (з вашої сторони та нашої) **єдину контактну особу**, яка " -"візьме на себе відповідальність за проект. Він також повинен мати " -"**повноваження** щодо прийняття рішень." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -58,9 +47,6 @@ msgid "" " of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " "practices." msgstr "" -"**Консультант Odoo забезпечує реалізацію проекту від А до Я**: від початку " -"до кінця проекту він забезпечує загальну послідовність впровадження Odoo та " -"ділиться своїм досвідом з точки зору належної практики." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -69,10 +55,6 @@ msgid "" "if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " "point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" msgstr "" -"**Єдина контактна особа, яка приймає рішення зі сторони клієнта**: він " -"відповідає за передачу ділових знань (в разі потреби координує втручання " -"ключових користувачів) та узгоджує виконання з точки зору бізнесу (прийняття" -" рішень, управління змінами тощо). " #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -83,12 +65,6 @@ msgid "" " meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " "needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -"**Оптимізація зустрічей**: консультант Odoo не бере участі у процесі " -"прийняття рішень з точки зору бізнесу, а також не має чітких процесів та " -"внутрішніх процедур компанії (крім конкретного запиту чи винятку). Зустрічі " -"щодо проекту, які відбудуться раз або два на тижні, призначені для " -"узгодження бізнес-потреб (єдина контактна особа) та визначення способу " -"реалізації цих потреб в Odoo (консультант)." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -96,35 +72,22 @@ msgid "" "training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " "collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " "that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" -"**Підготовка до навчання**: консультант Odoo надає функціональну підготовку " -"для єдиної контактної особи, щоб вона могла передавати ці знання своїм " -"співробітникам. Для того, щоби цей підхід був успішним, необхідно, щоби " -"контактна особа також брала участь у власному підвищенні навичок шляхом " -"самостійного навчання за допомогою `Документації Odoo " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `Платформи " -"електронного навчання <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-" -"functional>`__ та тестування функціональних можливостей." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. Сфера застосування проекту" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." msgstr "" -"Аби переконатися, що всі зацікавлені сторони завжди узгоджують процеси між " -"собою, необхідно визначати та вносити зміст проекту поки реалізується " -"проект." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " "the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " @@ -132,13 +95,8 @@ msgid "" "the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" " clear." msgstr "" -"**Чітке визначення початкового обсягу проекту**: Чітке визначення початкових" -" потреб має вирішальне значення для забезпечення безперебійного виконання " -"проекту. Дійсно, коли всі зацікавлені сторони поділяють одне і те ж бачення," -" еволюцію потреб та процес прийняття рішень є більш простими та " -"зрозумілішими." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " "phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" @@ -146,13 +104,8 @@ msgid "" "approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " "the implementation." msgstr "" -"**Поступова реалізація проекту**: Сприяння впровадженню на декількох " -"узгоджених етапах, що дозволяють регулярно впроваджувати продукцію, та " -"поступово охоплювати Odoo кінцевими споживачами, довели свою ефективність із" -" часом. Цей підхід також допомагає виявити прогалини та застосовувати " -"коригувальні дії на початку впровадження." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " "environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " @@ -163,30 +116,19 @@ msgid "" "should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -"**Прийняття стандартних функцій в якості пріоритету**: Odoo пропонує чудове " -"середовище для здійснення незначних удосконалень (налаштувань) або більш " -"важливих (доробок). Тим не менше, прийняття стандартного рішення буде " -"віддавати перевагу якомога частіше, щоб оптимізувати час доставки проекту та" -" надавати користувачеві довгострокову стабільність та масштабність його " -"нового інструмента. В ідеалі, якщо поліпшення програмного забезпечення все-" -"таки має бути реалізоване, його впровадження буде здійснено після " -"експерименту зі стандартним впровадженням." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "3. Управління очікуваннями" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" msgstr "" -"Розрив між реальним впровадження та майбутніми очікуваннями користувачів є " -"вирішальним чинником. З початку проекту необхідно враховувати три важливі " -"аспекти:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " "responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," @@ -195,14 +137,8 @@ msgid "" "at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -"**Співпрацювати з підходом до проекту**: Як чіткий розподіл ролей та " -"відповідальності, так і чіткий опис режимів роботи (перевірка, вирішення " -"проблем та ін.) мають вирішальне значення для успішного впровадження Odoo. " -"Тому настійно рекомендуємо вживати необхідний час на початку проекту, щоби " -"вирівнятися з цими темами, і регулярно перевіряти, чи усе ще так, як було " -"заплановано." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " "of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" @@ -216,69 +152,43 @@ msgid "" "global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -"**Зосередьтеся на успіху проекту, а не на ідеальному рішенні**: Головною " -"метою єдиної контактної особи та консультанта є виконання завданого ними " -"проекту, щоби забезпечити найефективніше рішення для задоволення виражених " -"потреб. Ця мета іноді може суперечити баченню ідеального рішення клієнта. У " -"такому випадку контактна особа та консультант застосовуватимуть правило " -"80-20: зосередитись на 80% виражених потреб та вилучити решту 20% найбільш " -"невигідних цілей з точки зору співвідношення витрат і вигоди (ці відсотки, " -"звичайно, можуть бути зміненими з часом). Тому, якщо глобальне рішення буде " -"визначено, буде прийнято інтегрувати найбільш трудомістку маніпуляцію. Зміни" -" в бізнес-процесах також можуть бути запропоновані для досягнення цієї ж " -"мети." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " "avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " "tools\\* :" msgstr "" -"**Технічні характеристики завжди є ВИКЛЮЧНИМИ**: прогалини між тим, що " -"очікується і що доставляється, часто є джерелом конфлікту в проекті. Щоб " -"уникнути перебування в цій делікатній ситуації, ми рекомендуємо " -"використовувати кілька типів інструментів\\* :" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." msgstr "" -"**GAP аналіз**: порівняння запиту клієнта зі стандартними функціями, " -"запропонованими компанією Odoo, дозволить визначити розрив, який повинен " -"бути заповнений розробками/налаштуваннями або змінами бізнес-процесів." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." msgstr "" -"**Історія користувача**: Це технічно розділяє обов'язки між SPoC, " -"відповідальним за поясненням ЩО, ЧОМУ та ХТО, та консультантом, хто надасть " -"відповідь на питання ЯК." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" "`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -"`Доказ концепції <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " -"Cпрощена версія, прототип того, що очікується, узгоджується з основними " -"лініями очікуваних змін." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." msgstr "" -"**Макет**: у тій же ідеї, що й PoC, який буде відповідати змінам, пов'язаним" -" з інтерфейсом." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " "limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " @@ -286,37 +196,26 @@ msgid "" "project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -"До цих інструментів буде додано повну прозорість щодо можливостей та " -"обмежень програмного забезпечення та його оточення, щоб усі зацікавлені " -"сторони проекту могли чітко розуміти, що можна очікувати/досягти у проекті. " -"Тому ми не будемо базувати нашу роботу на гіпотезах, не перевіряючи " -"заздалегідь їх правдивість." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" msgstr "" -"*Цей список, звичайно, можна доповнити іншими інструментами, які би більш " -"адекватно відповідали реаліям та потребам вашого проекту*" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. Комунікаційна стратегія" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " "success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " "follow those principles:" msgstr "" -"Метою методології Швидкого старту є забезпечення швидкого володіння цим " -"інструментом для кінцевих користувачів. Тому ефективне спілкування має " -"вирішальне значення для успіху цього підходу. Тому його оптимізація приведе " -"нас до таких принципів:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " "that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " @@ -325,62 +224,46 @@ msgid "" "performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -"**Спільне використання документації з управління проектами**: Найкращий " -"спосіб забезпечити усіх зацікавлених сторін проекту володінням однаковим " -"рівнем знань, забезпечити прямий доступ до документу відстеження проекту " -"(Організатор проекту). Цей документ міститиме, принаймні, список завдань, що" -" будуть виконуватися як частина реалізації, для чого чітко визначений рівень" -" пріоритету та менеджер. " -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." msgstr "" -"Організатор проекту - це інструмент відстеження проектів, який дозволяє як " -"детальне відстеження поточних завдань, так і загальний прогрес проекту." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" msgstr "" -"**Зверніть увагу на важливу інформацію**: щоб мінімізувати час документації " -"до найважливіших вимог, ми дотримуємось наступних правильних практик:" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "Протоколи зустрічі будуть обмежені лише рішеннями та перевірками;" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" msgstr "" -"Статуси проекту визначаються лише тоді, коли досягнуто важливого етапу;" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." msgstr "" -"Будуть організовані навчальні курси по стандартному або індивідуальному " -"рішенню." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. Налаштування та розробка" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" msgstr "" -"Odoo - це програмне забезпечення, відоме своєю гнучкістю та важливою " -"здатністю до еволюції. Однак значна частина розвитку суперечить швидкій та " -"стабільній реалізації. Ось чому рекомендується:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " "taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," @@ -393,17 +276,8 @@ msgid "" "requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -"**Розвиватися лише з вагомих причин**: рішення про розробку завжди повинно " -"бути прийняте, коли співвідношення витрат і вигод є позитивним (економія " -"часу на щоденній основі тощо). Наприклад, краще реалізувати значний " -"розвиток, щоб скоротити час щоденної експлуатації, а не виконувати операцію " -"лише один раз на квартал. Загальновизнано, що чим ближче рішення до " -"стандарту, тим легше і більш плавно відбувається процес міграції, і чим " -"нижчі витрати на обслуговування для обох сторін. Крім того, досвід показує " -"нам, що 60% первинних запитів на розробку знищуються через кілька тижнів " -"використання стандартного Odoo (див. \"Прийняття стандарту як пріоритет\")." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " "change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" @@ -411,70 +285,53 @@ msgid "" " both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " "business processes of the company." msgstr "" -"**Заміна без реплікації**: є вагомі підстави для прийняття рішення про зміну" -" програмного забезпечення для управління. У цьому контексті момент " -"реалізації є правильним моментом прийняття і навіть є ініціатором зміни як з" -" точки зору використання програмного забезпечення, так і на рівні бізнес-" -"процесів компанії." - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "6. Тестування та принципи перевірки" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." msgstr "" -"Незалежно від того, чи були розробки чи ні, важливо перевірити відповідність" -" рішення операційним потребам компанії." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " "SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " "requirements of the operational reality." msgstr "" -"**Розподіл ролей**: у цьому контексті консультант буде відповідати за " -"надання рішення, що відповідає визначеним специфікаціям; контактна особа " -"повинна буде протестувати та підтвердити, що рішення, яке постачається, " -"відповідає вимогам операційної реальності." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" msgstr "" -"**Управління змінами**: коли необхідно внести зміни до рішення, зазначений " -"розрив обумовлений:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" msgstr "" -"Різницею між специфікацією та доставленим рішенням - це виправлення, за яке " -"відповідає консультант." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" -msgstr "**або**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." msgstr "" -"Різницею між специфікацією та вимогами операційної реальності - це зміна, на" -" яку відповідає контактна особа." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. Імпорт даних" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " "be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " @@ -482,23 +339,15 @@ msgid "" "prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " "it will be decided :" msgstr "" -"Імпорт історії транзакційних даних є важливою проблемою, і відповідним чином" -" потрібно відповісти на це, щоб забезпечити безперебійну роботу проекту. " -"Дійсно, це завдання може зайняти багато часу, і, якщо його пріоритет не є " -"чітко визначеним, запобігти впровадженню вчасно. Щоб зробити це якомога " -"швидше, буде вирішено:" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." msgstr "" -"**Не імпортувати нічого**: Часто буває, що після відображення імпортування " -"історії даних стає не необхідним, причому ці дані зберігаються поза межами " -"Odoo і консолідуються для подальшої звітності." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " "the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " @@ -506,36 +355,25 @@ msgid "" "available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" -"**Щоб імпортувати обмежену кількість даних перед початком впровадження**: " -"коли історія даних стосується оброблюваної інформації (наприклад, замовлення" -" на купівлю, рахунки-фактури, відкриті проекти), необхідність мати цю " -"інформацію з першого дня використання у впровадженні - це реально. У цьому " -"випадку імпорт буде здійснюватися до початку запуску впровадження." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " "integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " "can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" -"**Імпорт після запуску впровадження**: коли історія даних повинна бути " -"інтегрована з Odoo, в основному для цілей звітування, то очевидно, що вони " -"можуть бути інтегровані в програмне забезпечення ретроспективно. У цьому " -"випадку запуск впровадження буде передувати необхідному імпорту." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. Підтримка" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -"Коли ваш проект береться у виконання, наші команди підтримки піклуються про " -"ваші запитання чи технічні проблеми." -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." -msgstr "Перегляньте :ref:`support-expectations`." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 970cef834..60009ea55 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,16 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -25,110 +27,93 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "Служба підтримки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" msgstr "" -"Післяпродажні функції: відшкодування, купони, повернення, ремонт, втручання " -"на місці" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -"Оскільки мій бізнес зростає, ключовим фактором є наявність інструментів, які" -" дозволяють моїй службі підтримки легко та ефективно записувати, " -"відстежувати та керувати проблемами. Модуль Служби підтримки Odoo дозволяє " -"мені генерувати сторно, повертати товари, видавати купони, робити ремонт та " -"планувати виїзні заходи на сторінці заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "Встановіть Післяпродажні послуги" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть в *Налаштування > Команди служби підтримки* та увімкніть " -"Післяпродажні опції: *Відшкодування, Повернення, Купони, Ремонт та Втручання" -" на місці*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" msgstr "Створити сторно із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -"Можна використовувати сторно для відшкодування клієнтам або коригування суми" -" боргу. Для цього потрібно перейти на сторінку своїх заявок, натиснути " -"*Відшкодувати* та обрати кореспондуючий *Рахунок*. Натиснувши на " -"*Зворотній*, буде створено сторно, а також можна *Опублікувати* це, " -"перебуваючи в модулі *Служба підтримки*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" msgstr "Дозволити повернення товару із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -"Процес повернення товару від клієнта назад до складу буде введено в дію, " -"коли на сторінці заявки буде обрано опцію *Повернення*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" msgstr "Надавайте купони із заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -"По-перше, не забудьте запланувати *Купонну програму* у модулі *Продажі* або " -"*Веб-сайті*. У додатку *Служба підтримки* потрібно відкрити свою заявку і " -"натиснути *Купон*, обрати *Купонну програму > Створити*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" msgstr "Ремонт із заявки" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -"Натиснувши на опцію *Ремонт* на сторінці заявки, буде показано нове " -"замовлення на ремонт. Заповніть залишені поля за потребою та виберіть " -"наступний крок." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" msgstr "Плануйте втручання на місці із заявок" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -"На сторінці заявки можна налаштувати втручання на місці у той же спосіб, що " -"і в модулі *Виїзне обслуговування*, натиснувши на *Запланувати втручання*." -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" @@ -136,485 +121,753 @@ msgstr "" "`Купони <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" -msgstr ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Почніть Службу підтримку в Odoo" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "Початок роботи зі Службою підтримки Odoo" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "Встановлення Служби підтримки Odoo:" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "Відкрийте Модулі, знайдіть \"Службу підтримки\" та встановіть." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "Налаштуйте команди служби підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням Служба підтримки Odoo встановлюється з командою під назвою " -"\"Підтримка\"" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Форум" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." msgstr "" -"Щоб змінити цю команду або створити додаткові команди, виберіть " -"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете створити нові команди, вирішити, які члени команди додавати до" -" цієї команди, як ваші клієнти можуть подавати заявки та встановлювати " -"політику та рейтинги SLA. Для методів присвоєння ви можете мати заявки, " -"призначені випадково, збалансовано або вручну." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "Як налаштувати різні етапи для кожної команди" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." msgstr "" -"Спочатку вам потрібно активувати режим розробника. Для цього перейдіть до " -"свого модуля налаштувань та виберіть посилання \"Активувати режим " -"розробника\" у нижній правій частині сторінки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли ви повернетесь до свого модуля Служба підтримки і виберете " -"\"Налаштування\" на фіолетовій панелі, ви знайдете додаткові параметри, такі" -" як \"Етапи\". Тут ви можете створити нові етапи та призначити їх для однієї" -" або кількох команд, що дозволить налаштувати етапи для кожної команди." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "Почніть отримувати заявки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "Як мої клієнти можуть подавати заявки?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." msgstr "" -"Виберіть \"Налаштування\" на фіолетовий панелі та виберіть \"Налаштування\"," -" виберіть команду \"Служба підтримки\". У розділі \"Канали\" ви знайдете 4 " -"варіанти:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "електронне навчання" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." msgstr "" -"Псевдонім електронної пошти дозволяє клієнтам надсилати електронні листи, " -"які ви обираєте для створення заявки. Тема рядка електронного листа стає " -"темою заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -"Форма веб-сайту дозволяє вашому клієнту перейти на сторінку " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit і надіслати заявку через форму " -"веб-сайту - так само, як odoo.com/help!" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Онлайн-чат дозволяє вашим клієнтам подавати заявки через онлайн-чат на " -"вашому веб-сайті. Ваш клієнт розпочне чат, і оператор онлайн-чату зможе " -"створити заявку за допомогою теми заявки команди/служби підтримки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -"Остання опція, щоби подати заявки - через з'єднання API. Перегляньте " -"документацію `*тут* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "Заявки створені, що тепер?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -"Тепер ваші співробітники можуть почати працювати над ними! Якщо ви обрали " -"метод ручного присвоєння, то вашим співробітникам доведеться призначати себе" -" на заявки, використовуючи кнопку \"Призначити для мене\" в лівому верхньому" -" кутку заявки або додати себе до поля \"Призначений для\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вибрали метод призначення \"Випадковий\" або \"Збалансований\", ваші" -" заявки будуть призначатися членам цієї команди служби підтримки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -"Звідти вони почнуть працювати над вирішенням заявок! Коли вони будуть " -"завершені, вони перемістять заявку на стадію завершення." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" -msgstr "Як позначити цю заявку, як термінову?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -"На ваших заявках ви побачите зірочки. Ви можете визначити, наскільки " -"терміновою є заявка, але вибирати одну або декілька зірок на ній. Ви можете " -"зробити це в Канбані або на формі заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати політику Угоди про якість обслуговування ваших " -"співробітників, спершу активуйте налаштування в розділі \"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "Звідси виберіть \"Налаштувати політику SLA\" та натисніть \"Створити\"." - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -"Ви будете заповнювати інформацію, подібну до команди служби підтримки, про " -"мінімальний пріоритет на заявці (зірки) та цілі для заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "Що робити, якщо заявка заблоковано або готова до виконання?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -"Якщо заявка не може бути вирішеною або заблокована, ви можете змінити стан " -"заявки на Канбані. У вас є 3 варіанти:" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "Сірий - нормальний стан" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "Червоний - заблоковано" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "Зелений - готова до наступного етапу" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Подібно зіркам із нагальністю, ви можете налаштувати стан у Канбані або на " -"формі заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "Як мої співробітники можуть зареєструвати час за заявкою?" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -"Спочатку перейдіть до \"Налаштування\" та виберіть параметр \"Табель на " -"заявці\". З'явиться поле, де ви можете вибрати проект, куди потрібно " -"записувати табель." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли ви вибрали проект, ви можете зберегти. Якщо ви повернетесь до " -"своїх заявок, ви побачите нову вкладку \"Табелі\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -"Тут співробітники можуть додати рядок, щоб додати роботу, яку вони зробили " -"для цієї заявки." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" -msgstr "Як дозволити своїм клієнтам оцінювати отриману ними послугу" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам потрібно активувати параметри оцінювання в розділі " -"\"Налаштування\"." -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Оцінювання" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли заявка переміщується до її вирішення або завершеного етапу, вона" -" надішле електронний лист клієнту, який запитає, як пройшло їхнє " -"обслуговування." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "Запис часу на завдання та виставлення рахунку" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -"Ви можете мати контракти на обслуговування з клієнтами, щоб надати їм " -"допомогу у разі виникнення проблеми. Для цього Odoo допоможе вам записати " -"час, який витрачається на вирішення завдання, а головне, виставляти рахунки " -"своїм клієнтам." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "Необхідні модулі" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -"Для запису та виставлення рахунків-фактур на завдання потрібні наступні " -"модулі: Служба підтримки, Проект, Табелі, Продажі. Якщо вам не вистачає " -"одного з них, перейдіть до модуля Додатки, знайдіть його, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку *Встановити*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Почніть пропонувати службу підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "Крок 1: запустіть проект служби підтримки" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -"Щоб запустити спеціальний проект для служби підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до" -" :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся," -" що функція *Табелі* активована." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть на свою інформаційну панель, створіть новий проект і " -"дозвольте табелі для нього." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" -msgstr "Крок 2: встановіть команду служби підтримки" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -"Щоб встановити команду, яка відповідає за службу підтримки, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Служба підтримки --> Налаштування --> Команда служби " -"підтримки` і створіть нову команду або виберіть існуючу. На формі, позначте " -"поле перед *Табелем на заявці*, щоб активувати цю функцію. Не забудьте " -"вибрати раніше створений вами проект служби підтримки." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" -msgstr "Крок 3: запустіть службу підтримки" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -"Нарешті, щоб запустити нову службу підтримки, спочатку перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та переконайтеся," -" що активовано функцію *Одиниця вимірювання*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть на :menuselection:`Товари --> Товари` та створіть новий. " -"Переконайтеся, що товар встановлено як послугу." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Псевдонім ел. пошти" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -"Тут ми пропонуємо встановити *Одиницю вимірювання* як *Годину(и)*, але будь-" -"яка одиниця буде виконуватися." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -"Нарешті, виберіть керування рахунками-фактурами, які ви хочете мати на " -"вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Тут ми рекомендуємо наступне налаштування:" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "Тепер ви готові отримувати завдання!" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "Вирішіть проблеми та зафіксуйте витрачений час" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "Крок 1: розмістіть замовлення" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -"Ви перебуваєте в модулі Служба підтримки, і ви тільки що отримали заявку від" -" клієнта. Щоб розмістити нове замовлення, перейдіть на " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та створіть його для " -"послуги служби підтримки, яку ви раніше записали. Встановіть кількість " -"годин, необхідних для надання послуги клієнту та підтвердіть продаж." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "Крок 2: пов'яжіть завдання із заявкою" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Форма веб-сайту" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви отримуєте доступ до конкретного проекту служби підтримки, ви " -"помітите, що із замовленням було автоматично створене нове завдання. Щоби " -"пов'язати це завдання з клієнтською заявкою, перейдіть до модуля Служба " -"підтримки, отримайте доступ до відповідної заявки та оберіть завдання у її " -"формі." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "Крок 3: запишіть час, витрачений на допомогу клієнту" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -"Робота виконана, а заявка клієнта відсортована. Аби записати години, " -"виконані для цього завдання, поверніться до форми заявки та додайте її на " -"вкладку *Табелі*." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"Часи, записані в заявці, також автоматично з'являться в модулі табелю та у " -"конкретному завданні." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "Крок 4: виставіть рахунок-фактуру клієнту" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живий чат" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -"Щоби виставити рахунок-фактуру клієнту, поверніться до модуля продажу та " -"виберіть замовлення, яке було розміщено. Зверніть увагу, що години, записані" -" у формі заявки, тепер відображаються як доставлена кількість." -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." msgstr "" -"Все, що потрібно зробити - це створити рахунок-фактуру із замовлення, а " -"потім перевірити його. Тепер вам просто доведеться чекати оплату клієнта!" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 6fd707419..64fb01004 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 57f561a5c..a79e337b9 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -85,15 +85,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sales that sells products in" -" bulk. The customers will scale their products themselves and get the " -"printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -103,51 +115,53 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo supports *Barcode Nomenclatures*, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information." +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the *Barcode Nomenclature*, you need to activate the debug " -"mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the *rule name*, for example, *Weight Barcode* " -"with 3 decimals. Then, you have to specify the type for barcode " -"nomenclature, like the *Weighted Product*." +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" -"The *Barcode Pattern* is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example, 21 defines the products on which the rule will" -" be applied. Those are the numbers by which the product barcode should " -"start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are" -" there to identify the product in question. The “N” defines a number and the" -" “D” defines the decimals." +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule that matches the scanned barcode will then be " -"applied." +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" @@ -157,100 +171,95 @@ msgid "" "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s when you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case," -" we need to set 5 zeros because we condigures “21………{NNDDD}”;" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number. Use an EAN13 generator to know" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following " -"barcode: *2112345015001*. If you scan this barcode in your PoS, or when " -"receiving the products in your barcode app, Odoo will automatically create a" -" new line for the product, for a quantity of 1,5kg." +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:67 -msgid "" -"For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be " -"computed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in PoS;" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: it allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. Then, you can scan your product in the PoS and apply discounts on " -"the product by scanning the discount barcode;" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both PoS and in Inventory;" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "" -"**Client**: it allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program;" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" -"**Cashier**: it allows you to identify the cashier when entering the PoS;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Location**: it allows you to identify the location on a transfer when " -"multi-location is activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Package**: it allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages " -"are activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: it allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a " -"transfer;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: it doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from " -"the Mercury module;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: it allows you to identify a product for both PoS and " -"Transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:97 -msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters. Those characters can be any number." +"number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 @@ -395,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановити" +msgstr "Встановлення" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" @@ -518,7 +527,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -527,16 +535,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -550,8 +555,8 @@ msgstr "Налаштування" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 @@ -561,50 +566,52 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." @@ -618,25 +625,6 @@ msgstr "Управління складом" msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "Як скасувати замовлення на доставку?" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " @@ -850,22 +838,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 @@ -1069,80 +1057,71 @@ msgstr "" "наприклад, нижню половину типу накладної, вона буде відрізнятися:" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "Створити замовлення на продаж" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "Обробіть доставку" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 @@ -1158,7 +1137,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 @@ -1202,577 +1181,208 @@ msgid "" "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "Як визначається запланована дата доставки?" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Заплановані дати обчислюються, щоби бути в змозі планувати доставку, прийоми" -" тощо. Залежно від звичок вашої компанії, Odoo автоматично генерує " -"заплановані дати за допомогою планувальника. Планувальник Odoo вираховує все" -" на кожен рядок, незалежно від того, що це виробниче замовлення, замовлення " -"на доставку, замовлення на продаж і т. д. Дати, які обчислюються, залежать " -"від різних часів виконання, налаштованих в Odoo." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "Налаштування терміну виконання" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування **часу виконання** є першим необхідним кроком для обчислення " -"запланованих дат. Час виконання - це затримки (в термін доставки, " -"виготовлення, ...), обіцяні вашим різним партнерам та/або клієнтам." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "Налаштування різних часів виконання виконується таким чином:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "На рівні товару" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr "**Час виконання постачальника**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"Час, необхідний для того, аби постачальник доставив ваш придбаний товар. " -"Щоби налаштувати час доставки постачальника, виберіть товар та перейдіть на " -"вкладку **Склад**. Щоби вибрати час доставки постачальника, вам доведеться " -"додати продавця до свого товару." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" -"Не забувайте, що можна додати різних постачальників і, таким чином, різні " -"строки доставки в залежності від постачальника." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"Коли постачальника вибрано, просто відкрийте його форму та заповніть його " -"**Час доставки**. У цьому випадку дні безпеки не мають впливу, заплановані " -"дні доставки будуть дорівнювати: **Дата** замовлення на купівлю + **Час " -"виконання доставки**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr "**Термін доставки клієнту**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"Термін доставки клієнту - це час, необхідний для отримання вашого товару від" -" вашого магазину/складу для вашого клієнта. Він може бути налаштований для " -"будь-якого товару. Просто виберіть товар, перейдіть на вкладку Продажі і " -"вкажіть **Термін доставки клієнту**." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr "**Час виробництва**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "" -"На тій же сторінці можна налаштувати **Час виробництва**. Час виробництва - " -"це час, необхідний для виготовлення товару." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "" -"Не забудьте позначити виробництво на складі, якщо хочете створити виробничі " -"маршрути." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "На рівні компанії" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"На рівні компанії можна налаштувати **страхувальні дні**, щоби впоратися з " -"можливими затримками та обов'язково виконувати ваші завдання. Ідея полягає в" -" тому, щоби вилучити **резервні** дні з **обчисленої запланованої дати** у " -"разі затримки." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Страхувальні дні продажу**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"Щоденні страхувальні дні - це **резервні** дні, щоби гарантувати, що ви " -"зможете виконати доставку вашим клієнтам у терміни. Вони є межами помилок " -"для часу доставки. Страхувальні дні - це та сама логіка, що й наручний " -"годинник із пришвидшеним часом, щоби прибути вчасно. Ідея полягає в тому, " -"щоби вирахувати числа страхувальних днів з розрахунку і таким чином " -"обчислювати заплановану дату раніше, ніж та, яку ви обіцяли своєму " -"клієнтові. Таким чином ви впевнені, що зможете зберегти свою прихильність." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "" -"Коли меню відкрите, перейдіть на вкладку налаштувань та вкажіть кількість " -"страхувальних днів." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr "**Страхувальні дні купівлі**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "Дні купівлі слідують за тією ж логікою, що й страхувальні дні." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"Вони є межами помилки для часу введення постачальника. Коли система генерує " -"замовлення на придбання для закупівлі товарів, їм буде заплановано, що за " -"багато днів раніше вони мали справу з несподіваними затримками " -"постачальників. Час здійснення купівлі можна знайти в тому самому меню, що й" -" страхувальні дні продажу." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що ви також можете налаштувати час виробництва за замовчуванням " -"тут." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "На рівні маршруту" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "" -"Внутрішні переміщення, які товар може зробити через рух запасів, також " -"можуть вплинути на обчислену дату." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "" -"Затримки внаслідок внутрішніх переміщень можуть бути вказані в додатку " -"**склад** при створенні нового правила натискання на маршруті." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до розділу правила виштовхування на формі маршруту, щоби " -"встановити затримку." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "На рівні замовлення на продаж:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr "**Запитувана дата**:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo пропонує можливість вибрати запитувану дату клієнтом, вказавши дату на " -"іншій інформаційній вкладці замовлення на продаж. Якщо ця дата раніше, ніж " -"теоретична обчислювана дата, odoo автоматично відображатиме попередження." - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Приклад" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"Як приклад, ви можете продати автомобіль сьогодні (1 січня), який придбаний " -"за замовленням, і ви обіцяєте доставити своєму клієнту протягом 20 днів (20 " -"січня). У такому випадку планувальник може ініціювати наступні дії, виходячи" -" з вашої конфігурації:" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "19 січня: фактична запланована доставка (1 день безпеки продажу)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "18 січня: отримуйте товар від свого постачальника (1 день купівлі)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "" -"10 січня: крайній термін замовлення у вашого постачальника (9 днів терміну " -"доставки постачальника)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" -"8 січня: запустіть запит на купівлю в команду покупців, оскільки команда " -"потребує в середньому 2 дні, щоби знайти потрібного постачальника та " -"замовлення." - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "Багатокрокові маршрути" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Створити замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо натиснути кнопку, ви повинні побачити три різні варіанти " +"комплектування:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" +"Коли замовлення надходить до відділу доставки для остаточної доставки, Odoo " +"за замовчуванням налаштований на використання одно-етапної операції: після " +"того, як всі товари доступні, вони можуть бути відправлені в одному " +"замовленні на доставку." + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 @@ -1880,10 +1490,307 @@ msgstr "Це налаштування за замовчуванням в Odoo" msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Партії та серійні номери" @@ -2017,8 +1924,8 @@ msgstr "Налаштування програми" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 @@ -2078,9 +1985,9 @@ msgstr "Сповіщення про закінчення терміну дії" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 @@ -2120,8 +2027,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 @@ -2136,8 +2043,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 @@ -2191,7 +2099,7 @@ msgstr "Типи операції" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 @@ -2217,8 +2125,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 @@ -2255,16 +2164,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 @@ -2335,8 +2244,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 @@ -2365,13 +2274,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." @@ -2381,6 +2291,127 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Різні операції" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " +":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" msgstr "" @@ -2447,9 +2478,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 @@ -2507,12 +2538,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 @@ -2538,8 +2571,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 @@ -2560,8 +2594,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 @@ -2584,7 +2618,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 @@ -2655,244 +2689,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планування" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "Термін доставки клієнту" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "Термін виконання виробництва" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Час проведення безпеки" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Час виконання виробництва" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 @@ -2945,10 +3095,10 @@ msgstr "Запустіть планувальник вручну" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 @@ -2957,15 +3107,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 @@ -3011,7 +3161,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "Зробити на замовлення" @@ -3121,8 +3271,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 @@ -3131,9 +3282,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 @@ -3150,9 +3301,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 @@ -3194,7 +3345,7 @@ msgstr "Поповнення" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 @@ -3215,7 +3366,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -3256,24 +3407,31 @@ msgid "" "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Упаковка" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" @@ -3309,25 +3467,22 @@ msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "Правила поповнення" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3336,20 +3491,20 @@ msgid "" "will be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3358,29 +3513,29 @@ msgid "" "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "" @@ -3397,13 +3552,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/14xNFdUOAbfzdloqXcjq67T8qjjlY7pu4Db6BbR4_fdA/edit>`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 @@ -3417,8 +3570,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 @@ -3434,481 +3587,417 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Методи оцінки" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "Як провести оцінку інвентаризації? (Англосаксонський бухоблік)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "" -"Щороку ваша оцінка інвентаризації повинна бути записана у вашому балансі. Це" -" передбачає два основних варіанти вибору:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -"спосіб, яким ви обчислюєте вартість ваших збережених елементів (стандарт " -"проти середнього чи реального);" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." msgstr "" -"як ви фіксуєте вартість рекламних ресурсів у своїх книгах (періодичний або " -"безстроковий)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "Метод розрахунку" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "Стандартна ціна" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" msgstr "Операція" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "Вартість одиниці" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "Кількість в наявності" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "Значення дельти" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "Складська оцінка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів на 10 доларів" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів за 10 євро" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "+8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Отримати 4 товари на 16 доларів " +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "Отримати 4 товари за €16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "+4*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "$120" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "-10*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "$20" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за $9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "+2*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "$40" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" -"**Стандартна ціна** означає, що ви оцінюєте собівартість, виходячи з прямих " -"матеріалів, прямих витрат та виробничих накладних витрат наприкінці певного " -"періоду (як правило, один раз на рік). Ви вводите цю собівартість у формі " -"товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "Середня ціна" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "+4*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "-10*$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10*€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за $6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "$9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "+2*$6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2*€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "$36" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "" -"Метод **Середня ціна** перерозподіляє собівартість, оскільки обробка " -"замовлення на отримання була оброблена, виходячи з цін, визначених у " -"прив'язаних замовленнях на закупівлю: FORMULA (див. тут додаток)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "Середня вартість не змінюється, коли товари забирають зі складу." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" -"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку, цей метод в основному виправданий у " -"разі великих коливань цін на купівлі та є досить незвичним через його " -"операційну складність. Насправді вам потрібне таке програмне забезпечення, " -"як Odoo, щоб легко оновлювати ці витрати." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "" -"Цей метод призначений для досвідчених користувачів. Це вимагає добре " -"сформованих бізнес-процесів, оскільки порядок, в якому ви обробляєте " -"замовлення на забезпечення, має значення для розрахунку вартості." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "FIFO" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "-8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8*€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "-2*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2*€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "$32" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "$11" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "$44" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." msgstr "" -"За **Реальною ціною** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO тощо) ціна далі вдосконалюється " -"стратегією видалення, встановленою на місці складу або внутрішній категорії " -"товару. Стратегія за замовчуванням - це FIFO. За допомогою такого методу " -"вартість вашого запасу обчислюється з реальної вартості ваших товарів, що " -"зберігаються (з кількісним оцінюванням), а не від собівартості, вказаної у " -"формі товару. Кожного разу, коли ви доставляєте товари, вартість " -"відновлюється до вартості останнього товару(-ів), що відправляється. Ця " -"собівартість використовується для оцінки будь-якого товару, який не отримано" -" із замовлення на купівлю (наприклад, інвентаризація)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." msgstr "" -"FIFO рекомендується, якщо ви керуєте всім своїм робочим процесом в Odoo " -"(продажі, купівлі, склад). Це підходить будь-якому користувачу." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "LIFO (не прийнятний в IFRS)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "-4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "-6*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "$8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "LIFO не дозволяється за межами Сполучених Штатів." - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє будь-який метод. За умовчанням - **Стандартна ціна**. Щоб " -"змінити його, позначте **Використовуйте метод \"Виправлено\", \"Реальний\" " -"або \"Середній\"** у налаштуваннях покупки. Потім встановіть метод " -"калькулювання з внутрішніх категорій товарів. Категорії з'являються на " -"вкладці Склад у формі товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "" -"Незалежно від методу, Odoo забезпечує повну оцінку інвентаризації в " -":menuselection:`Склад --> Звіти --> Значення інвентаризації` (i.e. поточна " -"кількість в наявності * собівартість)." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Періодичне оцінювання запасів" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -"При періодичній оцінці інвентаризації приймальні та вихідні відвантаження " -"товарів не мають прямого впливу на бухгалтерський облік. Наприкінці місяця " -"чи року бухгалтер публікує один запис журналу, що відображає вартість " -"фізичної інвентаризації." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 +msgid "" +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " @@ -3918,78 +4007,83 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте наступні операції та дізнайтеся, як Odoo керує бухгалтерськими " "повідомленнями." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "Рахунок від постачальника" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "Дебет" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "Кредит" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "Активи: склад" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "Активи: відстрочені податкові активи" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "Обов'язки: кредиторська заборгованість" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "Налаштування:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" @@ -3997,72 +4091,72 @@ msgstr "" "Придбані товари: визначені на товарі або на внутрішній категорії " "відповідного товару (поле рахунку витрат)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "" "Майбутні податкові активи: визначається податком, що використовується на " "рядок замовлення на придбання" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "" "Кредиторська заборгованість: визначається постачальником, пов'язаним із " "рахунком" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "Прийом товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "Немає журнальних записів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "Рахунок клієнта" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "Доходи: продані товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "Обов'язки: відстрочені податкові зобов'язання" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "Активи: дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" @@ -4070,40 +4164,40 @@ msgstr "" "Доходи: визначаються по товару або за внутрішньою категорією відповідного " "товару (поле Поточний рахунок)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Податкові зобов'язання майбутніх періодів: визначається податком, що " "використовується на рядку рахунку-фактури" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "" "Дебіторська заборгованість: визначається на клієнта (Рахунок на отримання)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "" "Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " -"замінює облік доходів або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." +"замінює рахунок доходу або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "Клієнтська доставка" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." @@ -4111,7 +4205,41 @@ msgstr "" "Наприкінці місяця/року ваша компанія здійснює фізичну інвентаризацію або " "просто спирається на склад в Odoo, щоб оцінити запас у ваші книги." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " +"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +msgstr "" +"Створіть запис журналу, щоб перемістити вартість запасів у розділі Дохід і " +"втрати до своїх активів." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" +msgstr "Витрати: варіанти інвентаризації" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 +msgid "" +"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " +"**Inventory Variations** debited." +msgstr "" +"Якщо знизилася вартість складу, **Склад** рахунок зараховується і **Варіанти" +" інвентаризації** дебетуються." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "Англо-Саксонський бухоблік" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" @@ -4119,7 +4247,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тоді вам потрібно розбити баланс купівлі як інвентаризацію, так і вартість " "проданих товарів за такою формулою:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" @@ -4127,81 +4255,91 @@ msgstr "" "Вартість проданих товарів (COGS) = Початкова вартість запасу + Покупки - " "Завершення інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "Щоб оновити оцінку складу у своїх книгах, зареєструйте такий запис:" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (кінцева вартість)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "Витрати: вартість проданих товарів" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "Витрати: придбані товари" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (початкове значення)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Безстрокове оцінювання запасів" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "" -"При безстроковій оцінці інвентаризації, прийом товарів та вихідні " -"відправлення відображаються у вашій книзі у реальному часі. Тому книги " -"завжди актуальні. Цей режим призначений лише експертним бухгалтерам та " -"досвідченим користувачам. На відміну від періодичної оцінки, це потребує " -"додаткового налаштування та тестування." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "Давайте розглянемо справу продавця." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr "**Налаштування:**" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "" "Дебіторська заборгованість/кредиторська заборгованість: визначена у партнера" " (вкладка Облік)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "" "Відстрочені податкові активи/зобов'язання: визначається податком, що " "використовується на рядку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" +" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +msgstr "" +"Доходи/витрати: визначаються за замовчуванням на внутрішню категорію товару;" +" також може бути встановлений у формі товару (вкладка Бухоблік) як значення " +"заміни." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "" +"Варіанти інвентаризації: встановлювати як вхідний/вихідний обліковий запис у" +" внутрішній категорії товару" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "" +"Інвентаризація: призначати облік вартості складу у внутрішній категорії " +"товару" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." @@ -4209,7 +4347,7 @@ msgstr "" "Доходи: визначається як категорія товару за замовчуванням, або для " "конкретного товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " @@ -4219,7 +4357,7 @@ msgstr "" "Визначено категорію товару як значення за замовчуванням або конкретно на " "формі товару." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4227,7 +4365,7 @@ msgstr "" "Отримані товари не були придбані: щоб встановити вхідний облік у внутрішній " "категорії товару" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" @@ -4235,15 +4373,7 @@ msgstr "" "Випущені товари не враховуються в рахунках: для внутрішньої категорії товару" " призначайте облік вихідних витрат" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" -"Інвентаризація: призначати облік вартості складу у внутрішній категорії " -"товару" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" @@ -4251,224 +4381,94 @@ msgstr "" "Різниця цін: встановити у внутрішній категорії товару або у формі товару як " "певну зміну вартості" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "Як провести оцінку інвентаризації? (Континентальний облік)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів за 10 євро" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Отримати 4 товари за €16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "€24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*€6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "€32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "-4*€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "-6*€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "€8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "" -"Створіть запис журналу, щоб перемістити вартість запасів у розділі Дохід і " -"втрати до своїх активів." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "Витрати: варіанти інвентаризації" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Якщо знизилася вартість складу, **Склад** рахунок зараховується і **Варіанти" -" інвентаризації** дебетуються." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "" -"Доходи/витрати: визначаються за замовчуванням на внутрішню категорію товару;" -" також може бути встановлений у формі товару (вкладка Бухоблік) як значення " -"заміни." -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." msgstr "" -"Варіанти інвентаризації: встановлювати як вхідний/вихідний обліковий запис у" -" внутрішній категорії товару" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" @@ -4566,14 +4566,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 @@ -4620,13 +4621,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 @@ -4669,8 +4671,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 @@ -4707,11 +4709,17 @@ msgid "" "forecasts." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " @@ -4736,8 +4744,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 @@ -4877,34 +4885,34 @@ msgid "" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4912,7 +4920,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4923,21 +4931,21 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" @@ -4968,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" "місцезнаходженнями на складі**. Будь ласка, не забудьте **застосувати** свої" " зміни." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." @@ -4976,11 +4984,11 @@ msgstr "" "Цей параметр слід також позначити, якщо ви хочете керувати різними " "місцезнаходженнями та маршрутами на своєму складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "Створення нового складу" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4992,7 +5000,7 @@ msgstr "" "Склади`. Тепер ви можете створити свій склад, натиснувши кнопку " "**Створити**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." @@ -5000,18 +5008,14 @@ msgstr "" "Заповніть **назву складу** та **коротку назву**, яка повинна становити " "максимум 5 символів." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу на те, що **коротка назва** є дуже важливою, оскільки вона " -"відображатиметься у вашому розпорядженні та інших складських документах. " -"Можливо, розумно використовувати зрозумілу назву (наприклад, ВС/ [перші " -"літери внутрішнього складу])." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." @@ -5019,11 +5023,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви повернетесь на інформаційну панель, нові операції буде автоматично " "створено для вашого нового складу." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "Створення нової інвентаризації" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -5033,7 +5037,7 @@ msgstr "" " У такому випадку ви повинні створити інвентаризацію в Odoo, якщо не можете " "пропустити цей крок." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " @@ -5045,7 +5049,7 @@ msgstr "" "інвентаризацію, натиснувши кнопку **Створити**. Заповніть **реєстр товару**," " **дату** та обов'язково виберіть правильний склад та місцезнаходження." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -5059,7 +5063,7 @@ msgstr "" "змінена, оскільки вона представляє обчислений обсяг замовлень на купівлю та " "продаж." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." @@ -5067,11 +5071,11 @@ msgstr "" "Не забудьте перевірити свою інвентаризацію, як тільки у вас запишеться етап " "всього вашого товару." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "Створіть внутрішнє переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " @@ -5081,7 +5085,7 @@ msgstr "" "перемістити дві одиниці товару з вашого першого складу на інший, який " "знаходиться приміром у Брюсселі, виконайте наступні дії:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." @@ -5089,7 +5093,7 @@ msgstr "" "На інформаційній панелі виберіть внутрішнє переміщення одного з двох " "складів. Для цього натисніть :menuselection:`Більше --> Переміщення`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " @@ -5099,7 +5103,7 @@ msgstr "" "(у цьому випадку наш \"старий склад\") та зону місцезнаходження призначення " "(в даному випадку наш \"новий склад\" розташований у Брюсселі)." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." @@ -5107,14 +5111,14 @@ msgstr "" "Додайте товари, які ви хочете передати, натиснувши **Додати об'єкт**, і не " "забудьте **перевірити** або **позначити як ЗРОБИТИ**, коли ви закінчите." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "" "Якщо ви виберете **Перевірити**, Odoo буде обробляти всі перелічені " "величини." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " @@ -5124,21 +5128,21 @@ msgstr "" "статус **очікування**. Натисніть **Резерв**, щоби зарезервувати кількість " "товарів на своєму вихідному складі." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "Можна також вручну перемістити кожний товар:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "" "За допомогою інформаційної панелі виберіть замолвння на переміщення в " "місцезнаходженні джерела." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "Виберіть правильне замовлення на переміщення" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " @@ -5148,7 +5152,7 @@ msgstr "" "відкрити вікно деталей операції. У цьому новому вікні ви можете вручну " "вказати, скільки товарів ви обробляєте" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -5163,258 +5167,6 @@ msgstr "" "не створюйте зворотнє замовлення, якщо ви не надаєте/не отримаєте інші " "товари." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "Що таке правила закупівлі?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" -"Система управління закупівель на складі починається із замовлення клієнта. " -"За допомогою цієї стратегії компанії виготовляють достатньо товарів для " -"виконання замовлень клієнта. Перевага системи полягає в тому, що не буде " -"перевищення запасу, який потрібно зберігати, таким чином знижуючи рівень " -"запасів і вартість транспортування та зберігання товарів. Утім одним із " -"головних недоліків системи збору даних є те, що дуже важко потрапити в " -"дилеми замовлення, такі як постачальник, який не в змозі своєчасно " -"відвантажити товар. Тоді компанія не може виконати замовлення та сприяє " -"невдоволенню клієнтів." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" -"Прикладом системи контролю якості складу є макет замовлення. Мета полягає в " -"тому, щоби зберегти рівень складу на мінімумі, маючи достатньо запасів для " -"задоволення потреб покупців. Система МТО (під замовлення) усуває витрати, " -"зменшуючи обсяги запасів, необхідних для складу, та витрат на зберігання " -"товарів." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "" -"Правила закупівель є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть у додаток " -"Склад>Налаштування>Налаштування та позначте пункт \"Просування маршрутних " -"товарів з використанням правил\"." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "Налаштування правил закупівель" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "" -"Правила закупівель встановлюються на маршрутах. У програмі Склад перейдіть " -"до розділу Налаштування> Маршрути." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "У розділі Правила закупівель натисніть Додати об'єкт." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "Переміщення з іншого правила місцезнаходження." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "" -"Додаток Виробництво повинно бути встановлене, щоби запустити правила " -"виробництва." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "" -"Додаток Закупівлі потрібно встановити, щоб запустити правила **купівлі**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" -"Спробуйте створити правило закупівель у нашому демонстраційному прикладі." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"Деякі налаштування складу створює маршрути із вже визначеними правилами " -"закупівель." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "Що таке правило виштовхування?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" -"Потік виштовхування показує, як місцезнаходження розташовуються з іншими. Як" -" тільки певна кількість товарів переміщується у місцезнаходження джерела, " -"автоматично передбачається рух розташування відповідно до параметрів, " -"заданих у специфікації потоку (місце призначення, затримка, тип переміщення," -" журнал). Це може спрацьовувати автоматично або вручну." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" -"Правила виштовхування є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та позначте пункт " -"**Попередня маршрутизація товарів із використанням правил**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "Налаштування правил виштовхування" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "" -"Правила виштовхування встановлюються на маршрутах. Перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Маршрути`." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "У розділі правила виштовхування натисніть **Додати об'єкт**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете встановити умови вашого правила. У цьому прикладі, коли товар " -"знаходиться у **місці прийому**, його потрібно перемістити в контроль " -"якості. У 3 етапах надходжень, інше правило виштовхування призведе до того, " -"що товари, які перебувають у місці контролю якості, переміщуються до складу." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "" -"Спробуйте створити правило виштовхування в нашому демонстраційному прикладі." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "" -"Деякі налаштування складу створюють маршрути із вже встановленими правилами " -"виштовхування." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "Складські переміщення" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "" -"Правило виштовхування призведе до складського переміщення. Відповідно до " -"правила, встановленого на вашому маршруті, ви побачите, що деякі переміщення" -" можуть бути готові, а інші в очікуванні." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "" -"Правило виштовхування, яке було встановлено вище, створить переміщення зі " -"**складу/місця прийому** до місцезнаходження **складу/контролю якості**." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі, інше переміщення очікує згідно із другим правилом " -"виштовхування, воно визначає, що коли контроль якості буде завершено, товари" -" будуть переміщені на основний склад." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule`" - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -5475,274 +5227,468 @@ msgid "" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "Як використовувати маршрути?" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -"Маршрут - це сукупність правил закупівель та правил переміщення. Odoo може " -"керувати додатковими налаштуваннями маршрутів виштовхування/витягування, " -"наприклад:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "Управління ланцюгами виробництва продукції" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "Керування місцезнаходженням за замовчуванням для кожного товару" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "Правила виштовхування" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -"Визначення маршрутів на вашому складі відповідно до потреб бізнесу, таких як" -" контроль якості, післяпродажне обслуговування чи повернення постачальникам" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." msgstr "" -"Допомога в управлінні орендою, генеруючи автоматичні зворотні рухи для " -"орендованих товарів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" -"Правила закупівель є частиною маршрутів. Перейдіть до програми **Склад**, " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` і виберіть пункт **Розширені" -" маршрути товарів, що використовують правила**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "Попередньо-налаштовані маршрути" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo має деякі попередньо налаштовані маршрути для ваших складів." - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." msgstr "" -"У програмі Склад перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "" -"На вкладці **Налаштування складу** параметри **Вхідні відправлення** та " -"**Вихідні відправлення** встановлюють деякі маршрути відповідно до вашого " -"вибору." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "Налаштування маршрутів" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -"У програмі **Склад** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Маршрути`." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам слід вибрати місця, де можна вибрати цей маршрут. Ви можете " -"об'єднати кілька варіантів вибору." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "Маршрути застосовуються на складах" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите **Склади**, ви повинні вибрати, який склад буде " -"застосовано. Маршрут буде встановлено для всього переміщення на цьому " -"складі, який відповідатиме умовам закупівель та правилам переміщення." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "Маршрути застосовуються до товарів" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите **Товари**, вам потрібно вручну встановити, який товар він" -" буде застосовуватися." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте продукт, на якому ви бажаєте застосувати маршрути " -"(:menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль --> Товари`). На вкладці Склад виберіть " -"маршрути:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "Маршрути, застосовані до категорії товарів" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите **Категорії товарів**, вам потрібно вручну встановити, до " -"яких категорій він буде застосовуватися." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте товар, на який ви хочете застосувати маршрути " -"(:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Категорії товару`). Виберіть маршрути в " -"розділі **Логістики**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "Маршрути, застосовані до рядків замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви позначите **Рядки замовлення на продаж**, вам доведеться вручну " -"встановлювати маршрут щоразу, коли ви хочете зробити замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб це запрацювало, ви також повинні активувати використання " -"маршрутів у замовленні клієнта." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Правила" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" -"У додатку Продажі перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Вибрати конкретні маршрути по рядках " -"замовлення на продаж (розширені)**." -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете вибрати маршрути для кожного рядка ваших замовлень на " -"продаж:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "Закупівлі і правила виштовхування" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "Будь ласка, зверніться до документації:" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування закупівель" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" msgstr "" -"Під час запиту на закупівлю ви можете застосувати маршрут, який ви хочете " -"використовувати. На товарі (:menuselection:`Контроль складу --> Товари`), " -"натисніть на **Запит на закупівлю**. Виберіть маршрут, який ви хочете " -"використовувати поруч із **Рекомендованими маршрутами**:" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "Маршрут на замовлення" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви працюєте без складу, або з мінімальними правилами закупівлі, краще " -"скористатись маршрутом **на замовлення**. Поєднайте його з маршрутом " -"**Купівля** або **Виробництво**, і він автоматично запускає замовлення на " -"закупівлю або замовлення на виробництво, коли ваші товари недоступні." -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "Вартість товару" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 @@ -5772,41 +5718,42 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " @@ -6191,12 +6138,8 @@ msgstr "" "дат вилучення." #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" +msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" @@ -7181,21 +7124,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." msgstr "" -"1. Зайдіть на сайт UPS.com (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__) " -"використовуючи ваш ID UPS.com та пароль." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "Натисніть вкладку **Мій UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Резюме облікового запису**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." @@ -7203,7 +7144,7 @@ msgstr "" "4. Натисніть посилання **Додати існуючий обліковий запис UPS ** у розділі " "сторінки **Інформація про обліковий запис UPS**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -7213,15 +7154,15 @@ msgstr "" "запису **, **Назву облікового запису**, а також **Поштовий код**. Країна за " "замовчуванням стоїть як Сполучені Штати." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Далі**, щоби продовжити." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "Отримайте ключ доступу" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" @@ -7230,33 +7171,29 @@ msgstr "" "користувача, ви можете замовити ключ доступу з UPS, скориставшись наведеними" " нижче інструкціями." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" msgstr "" -"1. Перейдіть до веб-сторінки **UPS Developer Kit** " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "Увійдіть на UPS.com з вашим ID та паролем" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "Натисніть на посилання **Запит на ключ доступу**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "Перевірте свою контактну інформацію" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку **Запит на ключ доступу**." -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index 94335fd3c..3c75082a3 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -64,22 +64,35 @@ msgid "Power on the IoT Box." msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "Потім натисніть на кнопку Сканувати." +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "З'єднання з WiFi" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "Скопіюйте токен" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." @@ -87,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Підключіть WiFi до IoT Box (переконайтеся, що в комп'ютері не підключено " "кабель Ethernet)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " @@ -97,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" "підключіться до IP-адреси коробки). Дайте назву вашому IoT Box (не " "обов'язково) і вставте токен, а потім натисніть кнопку Далі." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" @@ -109,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "" "f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** повинен стати " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " @@ -119,11 +132,11 @@ msgstr "" "є) і натисніть кнопку Надіслати. Зачекайте кілька секунд, перш ніж " "перенаправитися у базу даних." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." msgstr "Тепер ви можете бачити IoT Box." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" msgstr "Схема IoT Box" @@ -145,13 +158,10 @@ msgstr "Оновлення вашої SD картки через Etcher" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на веб-сайт Balena та завантажте `Etcher " -"<http://wwww.balena.org>`__, Це безкоштовно, а утиліти з відкритим кодом " -"використовуються для для запису фалів зображень. Встановіть та запустіть це." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -211,19 +221,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +"can be found `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваше зображення IoT Box старішої версії, тоді вам необхідно " -"перезаписати SD картку вашого IoT Box, щоби оновити зображення (найновіше " -"зображення можна знайти `тут <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти документацію про перепрошивку SD картки (`тут " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" @@ -292,12 +295,8 @@ msgstr "Встановіть" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." msgstr "" -"Щоби підключити обладнання, першим кроком є підключення IoT Box до вашої " -"бази даних. Для цього перегляньте `документацію " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." @@ -369,13 +368,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" -"Як тільки це зроблено, ви можете підключити IoT Box до вашої точки продажу. " -"Для цього перейдіть у Точку продажу > Налаштування > Точка продажу, позначте" -" \"IoT Box\" і виберіть IoT Box, із яким ви хочете з'єднатися. Збережіть " -"зміни." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 95ab98573..211c84422 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,230 +22,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Живий чат" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" -msgstr "Спілкуйтеся з відвідувачами сайту в реальному часі" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -"З Онлайн-чатом Odoo ви можете встановити прямий контакт із відвідувачами " -"вашого веб-сайту. Просте діалогове вікно з'явиться на екрані та дозволить їм" -" зв'язатися з одним із ваших торгових представників. Таким чином, ви можете " -"легко перетворити ліди у нагоди. Ви також зможете надавати допомогу своїм " -"клієнтам. Загалом, це ідеальний інструмент для покращення задоволеності " -"клієнтів." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати функцію Онлайн-чату, відкрийте модуль Додатки, знайдіть " -"\"Онлайн-чат\", а потім натисніть кнопку Встановити." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -"Модуль Онлайн-чату надає прямий доступ до ваших каналів. Там оператори " -"можуть легко приєднатися та виходити з чату." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на веб-сайт Odoo" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш веб-сайт був створений за допомогою Odoo, то автоматично буде " -"доданий онлайн-чат. Все, що потрібно зробити, це перейти на :menuselection" -":`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`, щоби вибрати канал, який буде" -" пов'язаний з веб-сайтом." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "Додайте онлайн-чат на зовнішній веб-сайт" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш веб-сайт не був створений за допомогою Odoo, перейдіть до модуля " -"Онлайн-чат, а потім виберіть канал, який потрібно прив'язати. Там ви можете " -"просто скопіювати доступний код на свій веб-сайт. Також надається конкретна " -"URL-адреса, яку ви можете надіслати клієнтам або постачальникам для доступу " -"до чату." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "Сховайте/покажіть онлайн-чат відповідно до правил" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -"Правила онлайн-чату можна визначити за формою каналу. Наприклад, ви можете " -"вибрати показ чату в країнах, в яких ви володієте мовою. Навпаки, ви можете " -"приховати чат у країнах, де ваша компанія не веде діяльність. Якщо ви " -"виберете *Автоматичне спливаюче вікно*, ви також можете встановити, скільки " -"часу потрібно для показу чату." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "Підготуйте автоматичні повідомлення" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -"У формі каналу, у розділі *Параметри*, кілька повідомлень можуть бути " -"набрані, щоби з'являтися автоматично у чаті. Це спонукає відвідувачів " -"звернутися до вас через онлайн-чат." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "Почніть спілкуватися з клієнтами" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -"Щоб розпочати спілкування з клієнтами, спершу переконайтеся, що канал " -"публікується на вашому веб-сайті. Щоби зробити це, виберіть *Неопубліковано " -"на Веб-сайті* у верхньому правому куті форми каналу, щоби переключити " -"параметр *Опубліковано*. Потім можна розпочати чат, коли оператор " -"приєднається до каналу." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." msgstr "" -"Якщо жоден оператор не доступний або якщо канал не опубліковано на веб-" -"сайті, кнопка онлайн-чату не відображатиметься відвідувачам." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." msgstr "" -"Розмова, ініційована відвідувачами, також з'вляється у модулі Обговорення " -"крім того, що з'являється як пряме повідомлення. Тому на запити можна " -"відповісти, де б ви не були в Odoo." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." msgstr "" -"Якщо є кілька операторів, які приєдналися до каналу, система буде " -"відправляти сесії відвідувачів випадковим чином між ними." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Оцінювання" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Рейтинг клієнта" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" msgstr "Використовуйте команди" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -"Команди є корисними для виконання певних дій або доступу до інформації, яка " -"вам може знадобитися. Щоби використовувати цю функцію, просто введіть " -"команди в чат. Доступні наступні дії:" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help** : показати допоміжне повідомлення." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk** : створити заявку служби підтримки." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "**/helpdesk\\_search** : шукати заявку для служби підтримки." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history** : дивитись 15 останніх відвіданих сторінок." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." -msgstr "**/lead** : створити новий лід." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." -msgstr "**/leave** : залишити канал." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -"Якщо з чату створено заявку служби підтримки, тоді розмова, з якої вона була" -" згенерована, автоматично відображатиметься як опис заявки. Те ж саме " -"стосується і створення ліда." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -"Фіксовані відповіді дозволяють створювати замінники загальних речень, які ви" -" часто використовуєте. Введіть слово замість кількох, це заощадить вам " -"багато часу. Щоб додати фіксовані відповіді, перейдіть до :menuselection" -":`ОНЛАЙН-ЧАТ --> Налаштування --> Фіксовані відповіді` та створіть стільки " -"відповідей, скільки потрібно. Щоби використовувати їх під час чату, просто " -"введіть \":\" до ярлика, який ви призначили." -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є всі інструменти, необхідні для спілкування в онлайн з " -"відвідувачами вашого сайту. Насолоджуйтеся!" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index bae5de3b8..cf7515020 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" @@ -161,64 +161,64 @@ msgid "" "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" @@ -755,153 +755,320 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Оцінка запасу" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "З:" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Відстеження" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "Контроль якості" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" msgstr "Розбирання товару" @@ -990,8 +1157,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 @@ -1002,10 +1169,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 @@ -1143,11 +1310,11 @@ msgstr "Загальний огляд" msgid "Repair Management" msgstr "Управління ремонтом" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair products" msgstr "Ремонт товарів" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " @@ -1157,11 +1324,11 @@ msgstr "" "а також просто ремонтувати вироби, які ви виготовили, якщо вони є " "дефектними." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 msgid "Create a Repair Order" msgstr "Створіть замовлення на ремонт" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." @@ -1169,11 +1336,11 @@ msgstr "" "Опинившись у програмі, ви зможете отримати доступ до існуючих *Замовлень на " "ремонт* та створити нове." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 msgid "Manage a repair" msgstr "Керування ремонтом" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " @@ -1185,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" "клієнт, якщо він має бути виписаний після або перед ремонтом, деталей, які " "можуть знадобитися і т.д." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " @@ -1195,6 +1362,6 @@ msgstr "" "вашому клієнту. Якщо це буде схвалено, ви можете підтвердити ремонт. Після " "цього ви зможете запустити та завершити ремонт, коли він буде завершений." -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." msgstr "Тепер ви можете виставити рахунок на ремонт." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73c19c313 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,380 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Автоматизація маркетингу" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "Запустити тест" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index a5a7cec1c..864aacbb6 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." msgstr "" -"Просто перейдіть у *Налаштування* > *Загальні налаштування* > *Хмарні " -"Сповіщення Odoo (OCN)* та переконайтеся, що **Push-сповіщення** позначені." +"Просто перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування " +"--> Сповіщення Odoo Cloud (OCN)` та переконайтеся, що позначені **Пуш-" +"сповіщення**." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fa6c65bd --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Планування" + +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "" +"Організовуйте регулярні розклади або прогнозуйте проекти на довгостроковій " +"основі. Створюйте зміни, щоб керувати своїми завданнями, розподіляти " +"працівників та залишатися організованими на високому рівні." + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "Організуйте вашу команду за ролями" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Ролі --> Створити`. Додатково " +"перейдіть у модуль *Співробітники*, оберіть відповідного співробітника і під" +" вкладкою *Робоча інформація* оберіть *Роль планування за замовчуванням*." + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "Зробіть зміни періодичними" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "" +"Створюючи зміну, виберіть *Повторити* та налаштуйте за необхідністю, " +"позбавляючи себе від необхідності її повторного планування." + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "Дозвольте співробітника скасовувати самостійно призначення на зміни" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 319ffe6ae..1da43b155 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,309 +26,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Точка продажу" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "Розширені теми" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" -"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " -"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " -"продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " -"виберіть товар." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" -"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " -"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Сканування товарів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" -"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " -"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " -"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "Прийом оплати кредитною карткою через Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" -"MercuryPay (див. `*Веб-сайт MercuryPay* <https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) " -"приймає платежі за допомогою кредитних карток в точці продажу Odoo 11 із " -"вбудованим пристроєм для читання карт. MercuryPay працює лише з " -"американськими та канадськими банками, що робить цю процедуру лише придатною" -" для підприємств Північної Америки." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Альтернативою інтегрованому кардрідеру є робота з автономним пристроєм для " -"зчитування карток, копіювання загальної транзакції з екрану точки продажу " -"Odoo в кардрідер та записування транзакції в точці продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "Встановіть Mercury" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Щоби встановити Mercury перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки` і знайдіть " -"модуль *Mercury*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати mercury, потрібно активувати режим розробника. Щоб це " -"зробити, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Додатки --> Налаштування` та виберіть " -"*Активувати режим розробника*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" -"У режимі розробника перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування Mercury`." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"Створіть нову конфігурацію для кредитних карток і введіть свої облікові дані" -" Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Метод " -"оплати` і створіть ще один." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" -"Під *Точкою продажу*, коли ви оберете *Використовувати в точці продажу*, ви " -"зможете вибрати щойно створені вами облікові дані Mercury." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви маєте можливість оплатити кредитну картку під час перевірки " -"платежу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " -"повторно друкувати чек." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " -"друку*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." - #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" +msgid "Pricing Features" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 @@ -402,6 +101,132 @@ msgstr "" "Потім відскануйте тег зі знижкою. Знижка буде застосована, і ви можете " "закінчити транзакцію." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "Створіть прайслист" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" msgstr "Управління програмою лояльності" @@ -414,6 +239,19 @@ msgstr "" "Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів продовжувати купувати у вашій точці продажу з " "*програмою лояльності*." +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " @@ -457,7 +295,6 @@ msgstr "" "відповідно до правил, визначених у програмі лояльності." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." @@ -466,7 +303,6 @@ msgstr "" "прайслист. Ви можете завершити оформлення замовлення звичайним способом." #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." @@ -474,189 +310,64 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви виберете клієнта із прайслистом за замовчуванням, він буде " "застосований. Ви, звичайно, можете змінити це." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви рідко користуєтеся знижками, то застосування знижок вручну може " -"стати найлегшим рішенням для вашої точки продажу." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -"Ви можете або застосувати знижку на усе замовлення або на окремі товари." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку *Знижка*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вносити знижку (у відсотках) на товар, який зараз обраний, і" -" знижка буде застосована." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -"Щоб застосувати знижку до всього замовлення, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." -msgstr "У розділі *Ціни* ви знайдете *Загальні знижки*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу з'явилася нова кнопка *Знижка*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." -msgstr "Після натискання ви зможете ввести бажану знижку (у відсотках)." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -"На цьому прикладі ви можете побачити загальну знижку 50%, а також конкретну " -"знижку товарі на 50%." -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" -"Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів та збільшуйте ваші доходи, пропонуючи обмежені за " -"часом знижки або сезонні знижки. Odoo має потужну функцію прайслиста, що " -"підтримує стратегію ціноутворення, адаптовану до вашого бізнесу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *прайслистів*, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть прайслисти, які ви хочете застосувати в цій точці продажу та " -"визначте прайслист за замовчуванням. Ви можете отримати доступ до всіх своїх" -" *прайслистів*, натиснувши на них." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "Створіть прайслист" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням у вас є загальний прайслист, щоб створити більше, перейдіть" -" до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Прайслисти`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете встановити декілька критеріїв використання конкретної ціни: " -"періоди, хв. кількість (задовольняйте мінімальну замовлену кількість та " -"отримуйте перерву на ціну) тощо. Ви також можете вибрати, щоб застосувати " -"цей прайслист лише до певної продукції або всього діапазону." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "Використання прайслиста в інтерфейсі точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка над *Клієнтом*, використовуйте її, щоб миттєво " -"вибрати потрібний прайслист." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "Аналіз продажів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "Перегляд статистики точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" -"Відстеження продажів є ключовим для будь-якого бізнесу. Ось чому Odoo " -"пропонує вам практичний перегляд, щоби проаналізувати свої продажі та " -"отримати статистику." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Переглянути статистику" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до вашої статистики, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Звітність --> Замовлення`" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете переглянути різні статистичні дані у вигляді графіка або у " -"формі таблиці." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете отримати доступ до переглядів статистики, натиснувши тут" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "Бельгійський модуль податкових даних" +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" @@ -729,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "Налаштування зареєстрованого IoT Box на т #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановити" +msgstr "Встановлення" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" @@ -844,10 +555,170 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "Модулі з чорним списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "Переглянути статистику" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "Реєстрація клієнтів" @@ -889,206 +760,6 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви закінчите, скористайтеся кнопкою збереження. Потім ви можете вибрати" " цього клієнта в будь-яких майбутніх операціях." -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "Розпочніть точку продажу в Odoo" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" -"Онлайн-додаток Odoo на базі простого, зручного для користувача інтерфейсу. " -"Програму Точка продажу можна використовувати в режимі онлайн або офлайн на " -"пристроях iPad, планшетах або ноутбуках Android." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" -"Точка продажу Odoo повністю інтегрована з програмами складу та бухобліку. " -"Будь-яка транзакція у вашій торговій точці буде автоматично зареєстрована у " -"вашому обліку, а також CRM, оскільки клієнт може бути ідентифікований з " -"додатка." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "" -"Ви зможете проводити статистику та консолідацію в режимі реального часу у " -"всіх своїх магазинах без необхідності інтеграції кількох зовнішніх програм." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "Встановіть програму Точка продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть програму Точка продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Бухоблік Odoo, не забудьте встановити схему облікових" -" записів, якщо це ще не зроблено. Це можна досягти в налаштуваннях обліку." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "Зробіть товари доступними в точці продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити товари доступними для продажу в точці продажу відкрийте товар, " -"перейдіть на вкладку Продажі та поставте прапорець біля опції \"Доступно в " -"точці продажу\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "Ви також можете визначити там, чи товар має бути зваженим за шкалою." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати новий спосіб оплати для точки продажу, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу --> " -"Виберіть точку продажу --> Перейдіть у розділ платежі` та натисніть на " -"посилання \"Способи оплати\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете створити нові способи оплати. Не забудьте позначити поле " -"\"Використовувати в точці продажу\"." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" -"Коли ваші способи оплати будуть створені, ви можете вирішити, в якій точці " -"продажу ви хочете зробити їх доступними в налаштуваннях точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свою точку продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " -"продажу` та виберіть точку продажу, яку ви хочете налаштувати. У цьому меню " -"ви можете редагувати всі налаштування точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "Створіть свою першу сесію точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви готові зробити перші продажі через Точку продажу. З інформаційної " -"панелі Точки продажу ви бачите всі ваші точки продажу, і ви можете почати " -"новий сеанс." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "Тепер ви перейшли на інтерфейс Точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як замовлення буде завершено, ви зможете зареєструвати платіж. " -"Усі доступні способи оплати з'являються ліворуч на екрані. Виберіть спосіб " -"оплати та введіть отриману суму. Потім ви можете підтвердити платіж." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "Ви можете зареєструвати наступні замовлення." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Наприкінці дня ви закриваєте свою сесію. Для цього натисніть кнопку " -"закриття, яка з'явиться у верхньому правому куті та підтвердіть. Тепер ви " -"можете закрити сеанс з інформаційної панелі." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" -"Настійно рекомендуємо закривати свій сеанс роботи в кінці кожного дня." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви побачите резюме всіх операцій за одним способом оплати." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете натиснути рядок цього резюме, щоби переглянути всі замовлення, які" -" були оплачені цим способом оплати під час цього сеансу Точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" -"Якщо все правильно, ви можете перевірити сесії точки продажу і опублікувати " -"закриті записи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "Все зроблено, ви закрили свою першу сесію точки продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" msgstr "Платіжні термінали" @@ -1110,37 +781,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Підключити IoT Box" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/iot.html>`__." +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > " -"Point of Sale*. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your" -" payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:31 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the *PoS Menu* > settings " -"menu and enter the settings password." +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " @@ -1148,29 +810,29 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "" -"Go back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the " -"payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment " -"method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select" -" your payment terminal device." +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:62 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1179,104 +841,73 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:82 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/iot.html>`__." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > Point of Sale*. Select" -" a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select your payment " -"terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " @@ -1284,36 +915,19 @@ msgid "" "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" @@ -1338,10 +952,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " -"credentials." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 @@ -1358,8 +972,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "Розширені особливості ресторану" +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print the Bill" @@ -1405,6 +1019,61 @@ msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепе msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." msgstr "Коли ви застосуєте, ви зможете роздрукувати рахунок." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" msgstr "Друк замовлень на кухні або в барі" @@ -1472,78 +1141,122 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "При натисканні на неї буде надруковано замовлення на принтері на кухні/барі." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "Реєстрація кількох замовлень" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -"Програма точка продажу Odoo дозволяє вам зареєструвати кілька замовлень " -"одночасно, надаючи вам всю необхідну гнучкість." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "Додайте поверх" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "Додайте столи" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "Зареєструйте додаткове замовлення" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -"Коли ви реєструєте будь-яке замовлення, ви можете використовувати кнопку " -"\"+\", щоб додати нове замовлення." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете переміщатись між кожним із ваших замовлень і обробляти " -"платіж за потреби." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" -"Використовуючи кнопку \"-\", ви можете видалити замовлення, яке ви зараз " -"обробляєте." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "Встановлення точки продажу в ресторані/барі" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" -"Харчовий бізнес та бізнес напоїв мають особливі потреби, в яких може " -"допомогти вам Точка продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функції *Бар/Ресторан*, перейдіть доo :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" -" продажу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "Виберіть *бар/ресторан*" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." -msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є різні функції, які допоможуть вам налаштувати вашу точку " -"продажу. Ви можете побачити, що біля цих функцій є маленький логотип вилки " -"та ножа." #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" @@ -1590,84 +1303,6 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви використовуєте його, ви зможете вибрати, що цей гість повинен " "отримати і виконати платіж, повторюючи процес для кожного гостя." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "Налаштування управління столами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваша точка продажу налаштована на використання " -"барів/ресторанів, виберіть *Управління столами* :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу`.." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "Додайте поверх" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви оберете *Управління столами*, ви можете керувати своїми поверхами, " -"натиснувши *Поверхи*." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "Додайте столи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу ви побачите ваші поверхи." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натискаєте олівець, ви ввійдете в режим редагування, який дозволить " -"вам створювати таблиці, переміщати їх, змінювати,..." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі у нас є 2 круглі столи на шістьох та 2 квадратних столи на " -"чотирьох, кольорові кодування, щоб їх було легше знайти, ви також можете " -"перейменувати їх, змінити їх форму, розмір, кількість людей, які вони " -"вміщають, а також дублікати їх зі зручною панеллю інструментів." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "Після встановлення плану поверху можна закрити режим редагування." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви виберете стіл, вам буде запропоновано зареєструвати замовлення та " -"платіж за звичайним інтерфейсом." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете швидко повернутися до плану поверху, вибравши кнопку поверху, і ви" -" також можете перенести замовлення на інший стіл." - #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" msgstr "Інтегруйте чайові в оплату" @@ -1712,40 +1347,70 @@ msgstr "Після цього в інтерфейсі платежу з'явит msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." msgstr "Додайте чайові, які ваш клієнт хоче залишити та обробіть у платежу." -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "Переміщення клієнтів між столами" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш клієнт хоче змінити cnsk після того, як він вже зробив замовлення, " -"Odoo може допомогти вам перемістити клієнта та його замовлення за інший " -"стіл, залишаючи щасливих клієнтів та не ускладнюючи роботу." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "Виберіть стіл, за яким ваш клієнт сидить зараз." - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете перемістити клієнтів, просто скористайтеся кнопкою " -"переміщення та виберіть новий стіл" - #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "Розширені можливості магазину" +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "" +"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " +"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" +"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " +"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " +"продажу." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " +"виберіть товар." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "" +"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " +"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "Сканування товарів" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "" +"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " +"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " +"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" @@ -1845,6 +1510,72 @@ msgstr "" "самим балансом закриття, як початковий баланс. Ваша каса готова для " "наступної сесії." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "Округлення готівки" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "" + #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з інтерфейсу точки продажу" @@ -1936,35 +1667,135 @@ msgstr "" "вкладці статусу ви побачите, на які виставлено рахунки. Після натискання " "замовлення ви зможете отримати доступ до рахунку-фактури." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "Прийом повернення та відшкодування товарів" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" msgstr "" -"Наявність добре продуманої політики повернення - це ключ до залучення та " -"збереження ваших клієнтів. Таким чином, це полегшує прийняття та " -"відшкодування цих повернень, тому це також є ключовим аспектом вашого " -"інтерфейсу *точки продажу*." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." msgstr "" -"З інтерфейсу *точки продажу* виберіть товар, який ваш клієнт хоче повернути," -" скористайтеся кнопкою +/- та введіть кількість, яку потрібно повернути. " -"Якщо їм потрібно повернути кілька товарів, повторіть процес." -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." msgstr "" -"Як ви бачите, загальна сума є негативною, щоб закінчити відшкодування, яке " -"вам просто потрібно обробити." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "" +"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " +"повторно друкувати чек." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "" +"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " +"друку*." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index 514b00dcf..fa40ea35d 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -36,16 +36,12 @@ msgstr "" "документи, такі як комерційні пропозиції, замовлення на продаж, рахунки та " "підписки." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 msgid "" "To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати доступ до цієї секції, вам необхідно увійти з ім'ям користувача" -" та паролем в `Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . Якщо ви вже увійшли," -" просто натисніть на ваше ім'я у верхньому правому куті та оберіть \"Мій " -"обліковий запис\"." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 msgid "Quotations" @@ -182,19 +178,14 @@ msgstr "" "натиснувши на \"Управління вашими методами платежу\" внизу сторінки. " "Натисніть \"Видалити\", щоби видалити метод платежу." -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" -"На дату наступного рахунку, якщо не надано жодної інформації про платіж або," -" якщо ваша кредитна картка протермінована, статус вашої підписки зміниться " -"на \"Оновити\". Тоді у вас буде 7 днів надати дійсний метод платежу. Після " -"цієї затримки, підписку буде закрито, і ви більше не зможете отримати доступ" -" до вашої бази даних." #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 msgid "Success Packs" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index cd56d9012..ad999d9ba 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 4ea0ceb10..eb902f189 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,2074 +30,1071 @@ msgstr "Проект" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Розширено" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "Як отримувати відгуки від клієнтів в Odoo?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -"Менеджеру не завжди просто слідкувати за всіма командами. Отримання простих " -"відгуків від клієнтів може бути дуже цікавим для оцінки результатів роботи " -"вашої команди. Ви можете легко зібрати відгуки від своїх клієнтів, " -"використовуючи Odoo." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." msgstr "" -"Електронна пошта може бути відправлена протягом проекту, щоб отримати " -"зворотній зв'язок від клієнта. Він просто повинен вибрати один із трьох " -"смайлів для оцінки вашої роботи (посмішка, нейтральний або сумний)." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "Як отримати зворотній зв'язок від клієнтів" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -"Перед початком роботи потрібна певна конфігурація. Перш за все необхідно " -"встановити додаток **Проект**. Для цього просто перейдіть до модуля додатків" -" та встановіть його." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" msgstr "" -"Крім того, у тому ж меню потрібно встановити модуль **Оцінки проекту**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." msgstr "" -"Потім поверніться назад і введіть модуль проекту. Виберіть кнопку " -"**Налаштування** та натисніть **Налаштування** у спадному меню. Далі " -"виберіть **Дозволити активацію оцінювання клієнтів на проектах під час " -"закриття проблеми**. Не забудьте застосувати свої зміни." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "Як отримати відгук клієнтів?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." msgstr "" -"Електронний лист може бути відправлений клієнтам на кожному етапі поточних " -"проектів." #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 -msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." +msgid "Get reports" msgstr "" -"По-перше, потрібно вибрати, для яких проектів ви хочете отримати відгук." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування проекту" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до програми **Проект**, в налаштуваннях проекту виберіть параметр " -"**Задоволення клієнтів**." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "Шаблон електронного листа" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до налаштувань етапу (натисніть значок налаштування у верхній " -"частині стовпця етапу, потім виберіть **Редагувати**). Виберіть шаблон " -"електронного листа, який буде використовуватися. Ви можете безпосередньо " -"редагувати його там." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "Ось приклад електронного листа, який клієнт може отримати:" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." msgstr "" -"Клієнт повинен натиснути на смайл (Посмішка, Нейтральний або Сумний), щоб " -"оцінити вашу роботу. Клієнт може відповісти на електронний лист, щоб додати " -"більше інформації. Він буде доданий до чату завдання." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." msgstr "" -"У вас є стислий виклад про задоволення в правому верхньому кутку проекту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "Як відображати оцінювання на вашому веб-сайті?" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" msgstr "" -"Перш за все необхідно встановити програму **Конструктор веб-сайту**. Для " -"цього просто перейдіть до модуля додатків та знайдіть конструктор веб-сайту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" msgstr "" -"Крім того, в тому ж меню потрібно встановити модуль **Оцінка проблем " -"проекту** веб-сайту." -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" msgstr "" -"Потім ви зможете опублікувати свій результат на своєму веб-сайті, натиснувши" -" кнопку веб-сайту в правому верхньому кутку та підтвердіть його в передній " -"частині веб-сайту." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "Як створити завдання із замовлення на продаж в Odoo?" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." msgstr "" -"У цьому розділі ми побачимо інтеграцію між **Управлінням проектом** Odoo та " -"модулями **Продажу** та, більш точно, як генерувати завдання з рядків " -"замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"Завдання в управлінні проектом - це діяльність, яка повинна виконуватися " -"протягом певного періоду часу. Для компанії, що продає послуги, зазвичай це " -"завдання представляє собою послугу, яка була продана клієнту і яка повинна " -"бути доставлена. Ось чому корисно мати можливість генерувати завдання із " -"замовлення на продаж, щоб спростити процес між відділами продажу та послуг." #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." +msgid "If you choose to:" msgstr "" -"Наприклад, ви можете продати ``50-годинну`` підтримку в розмірі ``25 000 " -"доларів`` США. Ціна фіксується та сплачується спочатку. Але ви хочете " -"стежити за підтримкою, яку ви надали клієнту. У замовленні на продаж послуга" -" буде ініціювати створення завдання, з якого консультант буде записувати " -"табелі та, у разі необхідності, виставляти додатково рахунок клієнту " -"відповідно до понаднормових витрат, витрачених на проект." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "Встановіть необхідні модулі" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -"Щоб мати можливість генерувати завдання із замовлення на продаж, вам " -"потрібно буде встановити модулі **Управління продажами** та **Проект**. " -"Просто перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть наступне:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -"І нарешті модуль **Табелі**, Табелі не лише дозволять вам створювати " -"завдання із замовлень на продаж, а й виставляти рахунки клієнтам на основі " -"витраченого часу на ці завдання." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "Просто перейдіть в модуль додатків та встановіть наступне:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "Створіть та налаштуйте товар" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно налаштувати свою послугу на самій формі товару, щоби створювати" -" завдання кожного разу, коли вона буде продаватися. У модулі **Продажі** " -"використовуйте меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` і створіть новий " -"товар з наступним налаштуванням:" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr "**Назва**: Технічна підтримка" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr "**Тип товару**: Послуга" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" msgstr "" -"**Одиниця вимірювання**: Години (перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та в розділі **Одиниці вимірювання** перевірте кнопку " -"**Деякі товари можуть бути продані/придбані в різних одиницях вимірювань " -"(розширені)**)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." msgstr "" -"**Політика щодо виставлення рахунків**: Ви можете налаштувати політику " -"рахунків-фактур як за замовленою кількістю, так за кількістю, що " -"доставляється. Ви можете легко стежити за кількістю годин, які були " -"доставлені та/або рахунки-фактури для вашого клієнта." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" msgstr "" -"**Відстеження послуги**: створіть завдання та відстежуйте години, тому що " -"ваш товар - це послуга, що виставляється у рахунках за години, де ви також " -"повинні встановлювати одиниці вимірювання товару за годину." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" msgstr "" -"Пов'яжіть ваше завдання з існуючим проектом або створіть новий \"на льоту\"," -" якщо товар відповідає конкретному проекту. В іншому випадку, ви можете " -"залишити це порожнім, Odoo потім створить проект на замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" msgstr "" -"Після налаштування товару можна створити комерційну пропозицію або " -"замовлення на продаж з відповідним товаром. Коли комерційну пропозицію буде " -"підтверджено та перетворено в замовлення на продаж, завдання буде створено." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "Надайте доступ до завдання, створене за замовленням на продаж" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "На модулі проекту з'явиться ваше нове завдання:" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "або на пов'язаному проекті, якщо ви вибрали його у формі товару" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 -msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." msgstr "" -"або на новому проекті з назвою пов'язаного замовлення на продаж як заголовок" -" (ви можете легко змінити назву проекту, натиснувши кнопку " -":menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштування`)" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." msgstr "" -"На самому завданні тепер ви зможете записувати табелі та виставляти рахунки " -"вашим клієнтам на основі політики щодо виставлення рахунків." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." msgstr "" -"В Odoo центральним документом є замовлення на продаж, що означає, що " -"вихідним документом завдання є пов'язане замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "Чудовий модуль Табелю" +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "Демонстративне відео" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "Опис" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -"Чудовий табель - це мобільний додаток, який допомагає мені миттєво " -"записувати будь-який час, витрачений на проекти в один клік. Це так легко." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -"Незалежно від пристрою, додаток табелю з'являється лише в один клік. " -"Подивіться на плагін Chrome. Не потрібно входити, просто натисніть і " -"запустіть його. Це просто. Він також працює в автономному режимі та " -"автоматично синхронізується з обліковим записом Odoo." -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, я отримую індивідуальну статистику за допомогою мобільного та " -"плагіну Chrome. Я можу просуватися в аналізі в моєму обліковому записі Odoo." -" Я отримую звіти про табелі для кожного користувача, детальну інформацію про" -" проект, і багато іншого." - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"Чудовий табель повністю інтегрований з виставленням рахунків Odoo, " -"виставлення рахунків клієнтам здійснюється автоматично. Але й також через " -"проекти Odoo. Це економія часу!" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "Завантажте чудовий табель зараз і підвищіть продуктивність." - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "Налаштування та базове використання" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "Як керувати завданнями та співпрацювати на них?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Обов'язки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "В Odoo можна призначити особу, яка відповідає за завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "" -"При створенні завдання за замовчуванням ви відповідальні за нього. Ви можете" -" змінити це, просто набравши інше ім'я користувача та вибравши його з " -"пропозицій у випадаючому меню." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви додаєте когось нового, ви можете \"Створити та редагувати\" нового " -"користувача \"на льоту\". Для цього вам потрібні права адміністратора." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "Підписники" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"У завданні можна додати інших користувачів, як **Підписників**. Додавання " -"підписника означає, що цю людину буде повідомлено про будь-які зміни, які " -"можуть статися в завданні. Мета полягає в тому, щоб дозволити зовнішні " -"внесення змін з чату. Це може стати безцінним, коли вам потрібна порада " -"колег з інших відділів. Ви також можете запросити клієнтів взяти участь у " -"завданні. Вони будуть повідомлені електронною поштою про розмову в чаті, і " -"зможуть взяти участь у ньому, просто відповівши на лист. Підписники можуть " -"бачити ціле таке завдання, як ви, з описом і чатом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "Проект: підпишіться на проект, щоби слідкувати за конвеєром" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете прийняти рішення про виконання проекту. У цій ситуації вам буде " -"повідомлено про будь-які зміни, внесені в проект: завдання, що рухаються з " -"однієї стадії до іншої, відбувається розмова, і т. д. Ви отримаєте всю " -"інформацію у своїй поштовій скриньці. Ця функція ідеально підходить для " -"менеджера проектів, який хоче бачити загальну картину постійно." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "Завдання: підпишіться на конкретне завдання" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" -"Підписка на завдання - це та сама ідея, що й підписка на проект, за винятком" -" того, що ви зосереджені на конкретній частині проекту. Усі сповіщення або " -"зміни у цьому завданні також відображаються у папці \"Вхідні\"." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "Виберіть, які дії потрібно виконати" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати, за чим ви хочете стежити, натиснувши стрілку вниз на " -"кнопці Стежити." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням ви стежите за обговореннями, але ви також можете вибрати, " -"щоб отримувати сповіщення про вхід до нотатки, коли завдання створюється, " -"заблоковано або готове до виконання, а також коли стадія завдання змінилася." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "Управління часом: аналітичні рахунки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "" -"Незалежно від того, чи це допоможе вам оцінити майбутні проекти чи дані для " -"виставлення рахунків, відстеження часу в Управлінні проектами є справжнім " -"плюсом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "" -"Додаток Табель Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Проектом Odoo і може допомогти " -"легко відстежувати час." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення Табеля Odoo параметр табеля автоматично доступний у " -"проектах та на завданнях." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "" -"Щоб уникнути будь-якої плутанини, Odoo працює з аналітичними рахунками. " -"Аналітичний рахунок - це назва, яка завжди буде посиланням на конкретний " -"проект або контракт. Кожен раз, коли створюється проект, аналітичний рахунок" -" створюється автоматично під тією ж назвою." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "Запишіть табель у проект:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "Натисніть на налаштування проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "Натисніть на кнопку Табеля у верхньому сірому меню." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" -"Ви отримаєте Табель Odoo. Натисніть кнопку Створити, з'явиться рядок із " -"сьогоднішньою датою та часом. Назва вашого проекту автоматично вибирається " -"як Аналітичний рахунок. Якщо не задано жодного завдання, ви можете додати " -"конкретне завдання для нього, або ні." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви перейдете в Табель Odoo, ваш рядок буде записаний серед інших " -"табелів." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "Запишіть табель на завданні:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "У межах завдання також доступний параметр табелю." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "" -"У вікні завдання натисніть кнопку Редагувати. Перейдіть на вкладку Табель та" -" натисніть Додати елемент." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "" -"З'явиться рядок з назвою проекту, вже вибраного в Аналітичному рахунку." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "Знову ж таки, ви знайдете ці рядки табелю у додатку Табель Odoo." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "" -"Наприкінці вашого проекту ви можете отримати реальне уявлення про час, " -"витрачений на нього, шляхом пошуку на основі аналітичного рахунку вашого " -"проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "Управління документами у завданнях" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете керувати документами, пов'язаними із завданнями, незалежно від " -"того, чи є вони планами, зображеннями форматування тощо. Зображення іноді є " -"більш інформативним, ніж тисяча слів! У вас є два способи додати документ до" -" завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"1. Ви можете додати зображення/документ до свого завдання, натиснувши " -"вкладку Прикріплення у верхній частині форми." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" -"2. Ви можете додати зображення/документ до свого завдання через Чат. Ви " -"можете зареєструвати нотатку/відправити повідомлення та прикріпити до нього " -"файл. Або, якщо хтось надсилає електронне повідомлення із вкладенням, " -"документ буде автоматично збережений у завданні." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є важливе зображення, яке допомагає зрозуміти завдання, ви можете" -" встановити його як обкладинку. Воно буде відображатися безпосередньо у " -"вигляді Канбану." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "Співпрацюйте на завданнях" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "" -"Завдання в Проекті Odoo створені, щоби допомогти вам легко працювати разом " -"із колегами. Це допоможе вам заощадити час та енергію." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "" -"Ідея - бути в курсі того, що вас цікавить. Ви можете співпрацювати з " -"колегами, написавши одне і те ж завдання одночасно, з делегуванням завдань " -"та чатом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "Створіть завдання з електронного листа" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати адресу електронної пошти, пов'язану з вашим проектом. " -"Коли електронний лист надсилається на цю адресу, воно автоматично створює " -"завдання на першому етапі проекту з усіма одержувачами (To/Cc/Bcc) як " -"послідовниками." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo Online поштовий шлюз вже налаштований, і тому кожен проект" -" отримує автоматичну адресу електронної пошти." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "" -"Електронна пошта завжди має назву проекту (замість пробілу \"-\"), ви " -"побачите його під назвою вашого проекту на панелі інструментів проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "" -"Ця адреса електронної пошти створюється за замовчуванням, оскільки назва " -"проекту може бути змінена." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "Псевдонім адреси електронної пошти може змінити менеджер проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "" -"Для цього перейдіть до Налаштування проекту та натисніть вкладку Електронної" -" пошти." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "Ви можете безпосередньо редагувати адресу електронної пошти проекту." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "Чат, статус та підписки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "" -"Чат є дуже корисним інструментом. Це комунікаційний інструмент і показує " -"історію завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" -"У чаті, ви можете бачити, коли завдання було створено, коли воно пройшло від" -" одного етапу до іншого, тощо. Будь-які зміни, внесені до цього завдання, " -"автоматично вносяться в чат. Він також включає в себе історію взаємодії між " -"вами та вашим клієнтом або колегами. Всі взаємодії входять до чату, завдяки " -"чому керівник завдання легко запам'ятовує минулі взаємодії." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете взаємодіяти з підписниками, незалежно від того, внутрішні (ваші " -"колеги) або зовнішні (наприклад, клієнт), записавши нотатку або важливу " -"інформацію. Також, якщо ви хочете надіслати електронний лист усім " -"підписникам цього конкретного завдання, ви можете додати повідомлення, щоб " -"повідомити всіх. Для обох цих параметрів дата і час зберігаються на записі." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "Опис завдання, Пад" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє замінити поле опису завдання за допомогою спільної нотатки " -"Etherpad (http://etherpad.org). Це означає, що ви можете співпрацювати над " -"завданнями в режимі реального часу, коли кілька користувачів надають той " -"самий вміст. Кожен користувач має свій власний колір, і ви можете відтворити" -" увесь створений вміст." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати цю опцію, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування проекту " -"--> Пади`, позначте пункт \"Спільний багатофункціональний текст в описі " -"завдань\"." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам просто потрібен пад, а не вся сторінка завдання, ви можете " -"натиснути піктограму у верхньому правому куті, щоби перейти до панелі " -"безпосередньо в повноекранному режимі. Натисніть на значок ``</>``, щоби " -"отримати пряму URL-адресу опису завдання: корисно, якщо ви хочете відправити" -" його комусь, не додаючи цю особу як підписника." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "Етапи завдання" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "Встановіть етап завдання" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "" -"Етап завдання - найпростіший спосіб повідомити своїх колег, коли ви працюєте" -" над завданням, якщо завдання готові або їх заблоковано. Це візуальний " -"індикатор, який видно одразу." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете змінити етап завдання з Канбану або безпосередньо із завдання. " -"Просто натисніть на кружок етапу, щоб отримати вибір:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "Змінювані етапи" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вирішити, який статус означає для кожного етапу вашого проекту. У " -"перегляді Канбану натисніть на значок налаштування у верхній частині екрану," -" після чого натисніть Редагувати:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "Поруч із кольоровим кружочком, напишіть пояснення етапу." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "Тепер пояснення буде відображатися замість загального тексту:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "Кольорові мітки" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "" -"У кожному завданні можна додати тег. Теги дуже корисні для класифікації " -"завдань. Це допоможе вам виділити завдання з Канбану або краще знайти їх " -"завдяки фільтрам." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви завжди працюєте з певним типом тегів, ви можете виділити завдання, " -"що містять тег із кольором. Кожен тег може отримати певний колір, це видно " -"на Канбані." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити його видимим у Канбані, потрібно встановити колір тегу " -"безпосередньо із завдання:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "Як встановити та налаштувати проект?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "" -"Проект Odoo дозволяє вам керувати проектом разом з усією вашою командою та " -"спілкуватися з будь-яким членом для кожного проекту та завдання." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" -"Він працює з проектами, що містять завдання, які накладаються на " -"налаштовувані етапи. Проект може бути внутрішнім або орієнтованим на " -"клієнта. Завдання - виконання частини проекту. Ви зможете надати різні " -"завдання кільком працівникам, які працюють над цим проектом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "Встановлення модуля Проект" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "" -"Відкрийте модуль **Додатки**, знайдіть **Керування проектами** та натисніть " -"**Встановити**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "Створення нового проекту" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте додаток **Проект** та натисніть кнопку **Створити**. У цьому вікні" -" ви можете вказати назву проекту та встановити конфіденційність проекту." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "Параметр конфіденційності працює як:" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr "**Проект клієнта**: видимий на порталі, якщо клієнт є підписником." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr "**Усі співробітники**: працівники бачать всі завдання чи проблеми." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr "" -"**Приватний проект**: підписники можуть бачити лише наступні завдання чи " -"проблеми." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете вказати, чи проект призначений клієнту, або залишити поле " -"**клієнта** порожнім, якщо ні." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "Коли ви введете всі необхідні дані, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "Керування етапами вашого проекту" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "Додайте етапи вашого проекту" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "На інформаційній панелі вашого проекту натисніть **# Завдання**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." msgstr "" -"У новому вікні додайте новий стовпець і назвіть його відповідно до першого " -"етапу вашого проекту, а потім додайте стільки стовпчиків, скільки є етапів у" -" вашому проекті." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." msgstr "" -"Для кожного етапу є маркери для статусу завдань в рамках стадії, які можна " -"персоналізувати відповідно до ваших потреб." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." msgstr "" -"Перетягніть вказівник миші над назвою стадії та натисніть на значення, що " -"з'являється, а у відкритому меню натисніть **Редагувати**." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." msgstr "" -"Відкриється нове вікно. Кольорові точки та значок зірки відповідають " -"налаштовуваним маркерам, застосованим до завдань, що полегшує знання того, " -"яке завдання потребує уваги. Ви можете дати їм будь-яке позначення, яке вам " -"подобається." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти** після завершення." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "Налаштування етапів" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко персоналізувати цей перегляд, щоби краще відповідати вашим " -"потребам бізнесу, створивши нові стовпці. З канбану вашого проекту, ви " -"можете додати етапи, натиснувши кнопку **Додати новий стовпець**. Якщо ви " -"хочете змінити порядок ваших етапів, ви можете легко зробити це, " -"перетягнувши стовпчик, який потрібно перемістити в потрібне місце. Ви також " -"можете скласти або розгорнути свої етапи, використовуючи значок " -"**Налаштування** на потрібному вам етапі." -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record`" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "Як записати витрачений час?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє записувати час, витрачений на одного співробітника на кожен " -"проект, для простих звітів, а також для прямого виставлення рахунків " -"клієнту." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -"Щоб записати час, витрачений на проекти, спершу потрібно активувати " -"виставлення рахунків за часом. У модулі **Проект** відкрийте " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. У розділі **Табелі** " -"позначте пункт **Активувати табелі на проблемах**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -"Активація цього параметра дозволить встановити додатки для продажів, " -"виставлення рахунків-фактур, відстеження проблем, працівників і табель." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "Запис табелів" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" -"Ви можете зафіксувати час, витрачений на проекти, безпосередньо із програми " -"проекту. Ви можете або записувати табелі в проекті, або в завданні." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "Запис у проекті" +#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Планування" -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі програми **Проект** відкрийте меню **Більше** " -"проекту, для якого потрібно записати табелі, і натисніть кнопку **Табелі**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." msgstr "" -"У новому вікні натисніть кнопку **Створити** та вставте необхідні дані, а " -"потім натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "Запис у завданні" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." msgstr "" -"У модулі **Проект** відкрийте проект, в якому ви хочете записати табель, і " -"відкрийте завдання, на якому ви працювали." -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." msgstr "" -"У цьому завданні натисніть **Редагувати**, відкрийте вкладку **Табель** та " -"натисніть **Додати елемент**. Вставте потрібні дані, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" -msgstr "Візуалізуйте завдання проекту" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." msgstr "" -"У повсякденному бізнесі ваша компанія може зіткнутися з великою кількістю " -"завдань. Ці завдання досить складні. Потрібно згадати їх усіх і слідкувати " -"за ними, що може бути тягарем. На щастя, Odoo дозволяє вам ефективно " -"візуалізувати та організовувати різні завдання, з якими ви маєте справу." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Завдання" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the *</>* icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 msgid "Create a task" msgstr "Створіть завдання" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." msgstr "" -"Під час додавання проекту, виберіть існуючий проект або створіть новий." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." -msgstr "У проекті створіть нове завдання." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "Присвоєння" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." msgstr "" -"Це завдання ви можете призначити потрібній людині, додавати в ньому теги, " -"терміни, описи ... і все інше, що вам може знадобитися для цього завдання." -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" -msgstr "Перегляньте свої завдання за допомогою Канбану" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви створили декілька завдань, їх можна буде керувати та " -"контролювати завдяки Канбану." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"Перегляд у Канбані - перегляд посту, розділений на різні етапи. Це дає змогу" -" мати чітке уявлення про етапи виконання ваших завдань і про те, які з них " -"мають вищі пріоритети." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "" -"Канбан є переглядом за замовчуванням при доступі до проекту, але якщо ви " -"перебуваєте в іншому перегляді, ви можете будь-коли повернутися до нього, " -"натиснувши значок Канбану у верхньому правому куті." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете повідомити своїх колег про стан завдання прямо з Канбану за " -"допомогою маленької точки, він буде повідомляти підписника завдання і " -"вказувати, чи завдання готові." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" -msgstr "Сортування завдань у Канбані" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." -msgstr "" -"Задачі упорядковуються за пріоритетом, які ви можете надати, натиснувши " -"зірочку поруч із годинником, а потім підписку, тобто якщо ви рухаєте їх за " -"допомогою перетягування, вони будуть в такому порядку і, нарешті, своїми " -"ідентифікаторами, пов'язаними з датою їх створення." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" -"Задачі, що минули через їхній термін, будуть позначені червоним у вашому " -"Канбані." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви поставите завдання з низьким пріоритетом зверху, коли ви знову " -"повернетеся на інформаційну панель наступного разу, завдання повернеться " -"назад до задач з високим пріоритетом." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Керуйте дедлайнами в Календарі" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" -"Ви також маєте можливість перейти з режиму перегляду Канбану на режим " -"перегляду Календаря, що дозволяє переглядати дедлайн кожного завдання просто" -" в одному вікні." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" -"Задачі позначені кольором для працівника, якому вони призначені, і ви можете" -" відфільтрувати дедлайни для працівників, вибравши кінцевий термін, який ви " -"хочете бачити." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко змінити кінцевий термін з перегляду Календаря, перетягнувши " -"завдання в інший." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "Введення у Проект Odoo" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "" -"Будучи менеджером по бізнесу, у нас є різноманітна робота, що включає кілька" -" зацікавлених сторін. Керуючи кожним завданням, Проект Odoo відмінно з цим " -"справляється." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"Завдяки проектам Odoo, наші члени проекту можуть легко спланувати та " -"здійснити запуск нової лінійки продуктів у Канаді. Ми організували цей " -"проект, створивши різні етапи. Це дозволяє нам чітко визначити статус будь-" -"якого завдання в будь-який час і для будь-якого користувача. Це зручно для " -"будь-якого іншого менеджера проекту." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"Ці добре структуровані етапи проекту повністю налаштовуються. Тут ми " -"ідентифікуємо одну відсутню стадію, ми можемо легко додати її лише d один " -"клік. У процесі управління проектом ми приступаємо до остаточного розгляду, " -"тому додаємо цей етап. Проекти Odoo призначені для роботи будь-якого виду " -"бізнесу." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "" -"Після виконання завдання, кожен колега може виділити його, змінивши статус. " -"Це допоможе менеджеру проекту переглянути завдання перед тим, як змінити " -"етап з простим перетягуванням. Легко, чи не так?" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"Ми також можемо організувати різні завдання, адаптуючи вигляд. Тут ми " -"вибираємо перегляд списку, в якому відображається інша інформація, така як " -"робочий час. Якщо ми натискаємо на наше завдання, то перейдемо на вигляд " -"форми, де можемо відредагувати заплановані години і ввести наші табелі. Це " -"відмінний інструмент для будь-якого менеджера проекту. Контроль за прогресом" -" робочого часу і час, витрачений на кожного члена команди, є дуже важливим. " -"Ми встановили час для тренінгу команди продажів до 24 годин. Сьогодні ми " -"підготували матеріал, тому вказуємо 4 години у табелі. Прогрес робочого часу" -" оновлюється автоматично. Завдяки цій схемі інтеграції, керівник проекту " -"ретельно відстежує хід виконання кожного завдання." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Іншою відмінною функцією в проектах Odoo є інструмент прогнозування. Коли " -"він активований, ми можемо спланувати ресурси за проект і робоче " -"навантаження. Тому розподіл часу для інших проектів набагато простіший. Для " -"цього проекту ми повинні навчати членів команди з продажу. Це вимагатиме 50%" -" часу до кінця тижня. Як керівник проекту, ми можемо зробити цей розподіл " -"ресурсів для будь-якого користувача та адаптувати його за іншими проектами. " -"Це дозволить запобігти будь-якому перетину часу. Ми можемо перепризначити " -"завдання або пристосувати термін. Проект Odoo - це ідеальний додаток для " -"стратегічного та виконавчого планування." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, завдяки звітам можна проаналізувати будь-який аспект будь-якого " -"проекту. Наприклад, ми можемо мати звіт про фактичні години, витрачені у " -"порівнянні із запланованими годинами. Ми можемо оцінити прибутковість будь-" -"якого проекту, будь-якого завдання чи будь-якого члена команди. Ми також " -"можемо подивитися на кількість годин, призначених кожному члену команди." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"Іншим елементом відмінного управління проектом є спілкування. Це ключовий " -"фактор успіху будь-якого проекту. Під час роботи з кількома зацікавленими " -"сторонами, можливість безпосереднього обміну документами у завданні дуже " -"корисна. З проектами Odoo ми можемо говорити через функцію чату, яка є в " -"одному кліку миші. Ми також можемо почати нову бесіду з тими, хто працює в " -"нашій команді." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, що потужний додаток для керування проектами незмінний, проекти " -"Odoo також є ефективним сервісним обслуговуванням або післяпродажним " -"додатком. Завдяки цьому ми можемо стежити за будь-яким питанням клієнтів, " -"навіть створюючи спеціальний проект підтримки. Програма також автоматично " -"створює рахунок-фактуру на час, витрачений на завдання чи проблеми." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"Проект Odoo - це потужний, але простий у використанні додаток. Спочатку ми " -"використовували планувальник, аби чітко визначити свої цілі та налаштувати " -"додаток до проекту. Отримайте цей додаток, який допоможе вам швидко " -"розпочати роботу." - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "" -"Почніть безкоштовну пробну версію і краще керуйте своїми проектами за " -"допомогою Odoo!" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "Почніть свою безкоштовну пробну версію зараз, з любов'ю продавців CRM" - -#: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "Планування вашого проекту" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "Як планувати та відстежувати завдання співробітників?" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "" -"Слідкування та планування завдань ваших співробітників можуть бути важким " -"завданням, особливо коли ви керуєте кількома людьми. На щастя, " -"використовуючи Проект Odoo, ви можете впоратися з ним лише за кілька кліків." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "" -"Єдина необхідна конфігурація - встановити модуль **Управління проектами**. " -"Для цього перейдіть у модуль додатків, знайдіть Проект та встановіть його." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете керувати оцінкою часу, вам потрібно буде ввімкнути табелі для" -" завдань. У програмі **Проект** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` у спадному меню. Потім, під **Оцінкою часу роботи**, " -"виберіть **керування оцінкою часу завдань** у параметрах. Не забудьте " -"застосувати свої зміни." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 -msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "" -"Ця функція створить панель прогресу у вигляді перегляду ваших завдань. " -"Кожного разу, коли ваш продавець додасть робочий час у свій табель, панель " -"буде оновлено відповідно до запланованих раніше годин." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "Керуйте завданнями з переглядами" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати огляд ваших різних завдань завдяки різноманітним " -"переглядам з Odoo. Три основні перегляди допоможуть вам планувати та " -"відслідковувати завдання своїх співробітників: вигляд Канбану, перегляд " -"списку (за допомогою розрахункових таблиць) та перегляд календаря." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "" -"Створіть та відредагуйте завдання, щоби заповнити конвеєр. Не забудьте " -"заповнити відповідальну особу та приблизний час, якщо він є." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "Ознайомтеся з діями з переглядом Канбану" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "" -"Перегляд Канбану - пост-подібний перегляд, розділений на різні етапи. Це дає" -" змогу мати чітке уявлення про етапи виконання ваших завдань і те, що має " -"вищі пріоритети." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "Додати/переставити етапи" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко персоналізувати свій проект відповідно до потреб вашого " -"бізнесу, створивши нові стовпці. З перегляду Канбану на ваш проект, ви " -"можете додати етапи, натиснувши на **Додати новий стовпець** (див. Малюнок " -"нижче). Якщо ви хочете змінити порядок ваших етапів, ви можете легко зробити" -" це, перетягнувши стовпчик, який потрібно перемістити в потрібне місце. Ви " -"також можете скласти або розгорнути етапи, використовуючи значок " -"**налаштування** на потрібному етапі." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "" -"Створіть один стовпець на кожному етапі в робочому процесі. Наприклад, у " -"проекті розробки етапи можуть бути: Специфікації, Розробка, Тестування, " -"Готово." - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "Сортуйте завдання за пріоритетом" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." msgstr "" -"У кожному з ваших стовпчиків ви можете сортувати свої завдання за " -"пріоритетом. Завдання з вищим пріоритетом автоматично переміщаються до " -"верхньої частини стовпця. У режимі перегляду Канбану натисніть на зірочку у " -"лівій нижній частині завдання, щоби позначити його як **найвищий " -"пріоритет**. Для завдань, які не позначені, Odoo буде автоматично " -"класифікувати їх відповідно до їх термінів." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що дати, що пройшли їхні терміни, позначатимуться червоним " -"(також у перегляді списку), щоб ви могли легко відслідковувати прогрес " -"різних завдань." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" -"Не забувайте, що ви можете фільтрувати свої завдання за допомогою меню " -"фільтру." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "Відстежуйте прогрес кожної задачі за допомогою перегляду списку" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви ввімкнули **Керування оцінкою часу на завданнях**, ваші " -"співробітники зможуть зареєструвати свою діяльність на задачах під меню " -"**Табелі** разом із їх тривалістю. **Прогрес робочого часу** буде " -"оновлюватись кожного разу, коли працівник додасть активність." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"Як менеджер, ви можете легко переглянути час, витрачений на завдання для " -"всіх співробітників, за допомогою перегляду списку. Для цього відкрийте " -"проект за вашим вибором та натисніть значок списку (див. Нижче). Останній " -"стовпець покаже вам прогрес кожного завдання." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "Слідкуйте за дедлайнами в Календарі" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви додасте дедлайн у своєму завданні, вони з'являться у вікні " -"календаря. Цей перегляд дає змогу менеджеру стежити за усіма кінцевими " -"термінами в одному вікні." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." msgstr "" -"Всі завдання позначаються відповідним кольором, призначеному працівнику. Ви " -"можете легко відфільтрувати дедлайни співробітників, позначаючи відповідні " -"поля справа на екрані календаря." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast`" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "Як прогнозувати завдання?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "Введення в прогнозування" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." msgstr "" -"Планування та прогнозування завдання - це ще один спосіб керувати проектами." -" В Odoo параметр Прогнозування дає вам доступ до діаграми Ганта." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." msgstr "" -"Поки що ви працювали з Канбаном, який показує вам прогрес проекту та " -"пов'язані з ним завдання." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" msgstr "" -"Тепер, якщо вибрати параметр Прогнозування, діаграма Ганта відображає велику" -" картину. Це дуже візуальне зображення, яке є справжнім плюсом для складних " -"проектів, і це допомагає членам команди працювати краще." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." msgstr "" -"Цей варіант вигідний для планування та організації робочого навантаження та " -"людських ресурсів." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати проекти?" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "Налаштуйте додаток проекту" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." msgstr "" -"Параметр **Прогнозування** допоможе вам організувати свої проекти. Він " -"ідеально підходить, коли вам потрібно налаштувати проект із певним " -"дедлайном. Тому для кожної задачі призначається певний часовий проміжок " -"(кількість годин), в який ваш працівник повинен його заповнити!" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" msgstr "" -"Спочатку потрібно активувати параметр **Прогнозування** для всього модуля " -"проекту:" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Проект --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. " -"Виберіть опцію Прогноз і натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Після цього вам все одно потрібно активувати параметр **Прогнозування** " -"спеціально для вашого **Проекту** (можливо, вам не потрібна діаграма Ганта " -"для всіх проектів, якими ви керуєте)." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "Налаштуйте конкретний проект" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" msgstr "" -"Під час створення нового проекту обов'язково виберіть параметр \"Дозволити " -"прогноз\" у налаштуваннях проекту." -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." msgstr "" -"Ви побачите параметр **Прогнозування**, який з'явиться у верхньому меню." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви додаєте параметр Прогнозування до існуючого проекту, будь то терміни" -" завдань або незаплановані, завдання не відображатимуться." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "Завдання проекту не пов'язані з прогнозом." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "Як створити прогнозування?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "" -"Перед створенням проекту з прогнозом перелічіть усі завдання за " -"прогнозованим часом, який вони повинні взяти. Це допоможе вам координувати " -"роботу." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб відобразити проекти в діаграмі Ганта, потрібно створити прогноз на " -"сторінці завдання. Щоб створити прогноз, натисніть на верхньому лівому куті " -"завдання **Створити прогнозування**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете легко створити нове Прогнозування, просто натиснувши на " -"порожній простір у календарі діаграми Ганта." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "" -"Інтерфейс Прогнозування автоматично заповнить назву проекту та завдання. Вам" -" просто потрібно додати дату та час виконання завдання." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "" -"Поле \"Ефективні години\" з'являється, лише якщо у вашій базі даних " -"встановлено додаток **Табель**. Цей параметр допомагає вам побачити прогрес " -"завдань завдяки інтеграції з Табелем." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад: коли користувач заповнює таблицю з назвою свого проекту " -"(аналітичний облік), при цьому витрачається 10 годин, прогноз буде " -"відображати 10 годин у полі Ефективні години." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "Яка різниця між переглядами?" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "" -"У меню модуля **Проект** є меню **Прогнозування**. Це підменю допомагає " -"переглядати діаграму Ганта з різних точок зору: користувачами або проектами." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "Користувачами: управління людьми" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "" -"Цей параметр відображає діаграму Ганта з призначеними людьми. Діаграма Ганта" -" показує залучених; це дає вам загальну картину проекту. Дуже корисно " -"ефективно розподіляти ресурси." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "" -"На лівій стороні, на першому рівні, ви можете побачити задіяних " -"користувачів. Потім на другому рівні ви бачите, до яких проектів вони " -"призначені. По-третє, ви бачите, які завдання вони виконують." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "" -"Кожне завдання позначено кольоровим прямокутником. Цей прямокутник " -"відображає тривалість завдання в календарі." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." -msgstr "" -"Верхній прямокутник на першому рівні - це сума всіх завдань, складена з " -"третього рівня. Якщо він зелений, це означає, що загальний час, призначений " -"для цього користувача, становить менше 100%. Коли він червоний, це означає, " -"що цей користувач призначений для виконання декількох завдань, які складають" -" більше 100% свого часу." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "План робочого навантаження" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." -msgstr "" -"Під час створення прогнозування потрібно вибрати час, який користувач має " -"витратити на нього. 100% означає, що ваш користувач повинен працювати на " -"повний робочий день протягом цих днів. Він/вона не має інших завдань для " -"роботи. Таким чином, ви можете вирішити від 1 до 100%, як ваші користувачі " -"повинні організувати свій час між різними завданнями." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 -msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "" -"Інтеграція допомагає вам уникнути подвійного бронювання співробітника. " -"Наприклад, якщо ваш експерт уже має 40% від іншого завдання в іншому " -"проекті, ви можете забронювати його лише на 60% за цей період." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." -msgstr "" -"У наведеному нижче прикладі користувач \"Адміністратор\" працює над двома " -"проектами (\"Фази доставки IT1367\" та \"Процес виконання 56\"). Користувач " -"призначений для обох проектів загальним обсягом у 110% свого часу. Це " -"занадто багато, тому Менеджер проектів повинен змінити користувачів, " -"призначених для завдання. В іншому випадку менеджер проектів може змінити " -"визначений час або дату, аби переконатися, що це можливо." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "Переваги діаграми Ганта" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." -msgstr "" -"Діаграма Ганта \"за користувачем\" допомагає вам краще спланувати свої " -"кадри. Ви уникаєте плутанини щодо завдань і призначень користувачів. " -"Діаграма Ганта є візуальною і допомагає зрозуміти всі різні елементи " -"одночасно. Також ви негайно знаєте, що потрібно зробити далі. Цей метод " -"допоможе вам краще зрозуміти відносини між завданнями." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "Динамічний перегляд Ганта в Odoo дозволяє:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 -msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "" -"змінити час і дату прогнозу, натиснувши та пересунувши завдання в " -"майбутньому чи в минулому" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "негайно створити новий прогноз у діаграмі Ганта" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "змінити існуючий прогноз" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "змінити довжину задачі шляхом розширення або скорочення прямокутника." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "За проектами: управління проектами" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." -msgstr "" -"Діаграма Ганта - це ідеальне уявлення про проект, щоби краще зрозуміти " -"взаємодію між завданнями. Ви можете уникати дублювання завдань або запускати" -" їх занадто рано, якщо інший не завершений. Діаграма Ганта в Odoo є чіткою і" -" допомагає вам ефективно координувати завдання." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "" -"Цей параметр відображає графік Ганта, показуючи проекти на першому рівні " -"ієрархії." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "" -"Зліва, на першому рівні, ви можете побачити проекти. Потім на другому рівні " -"ви бачите призначених користувачів. По-третє, ви бачите, які завдання вони " -"виконують." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 -msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "" -"Цей перегляд не покаже ваш час HR. Кольори не застосовуються. (див. розділ " -"**Користувачами**)" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index bf88780bd..dd7ed302c 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -98,11 +98,11 @@ msgstr "Нижче наведено шаблон використаних сто #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" -"`Завантажити шаблон " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" +":download:`Натисніть тут, щоб завантажити " +"шаблон<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" @@ -424,13 +424,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" -"Щоб визначити, чи повинен бути оплачений рахунок постачальника, ви можете " -"використовувати так зване *3-стороннє узгодження*. Це стосується порівняння " -"інформації, яка відображається у *замовленні на купівлю*, *рахунку " -"постачальника* та *надходженні*." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -968,111 +964,7 @@ msgstr "" " натиснувши на кнопку **Створити та редагувати**. У полі **Дата замовлення**" " виберіть дату, до якої ви хочете перейти до фактичного замовлення." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "Надходження" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Вхідні відправлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "Постачальник" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти продавця за своїм ім'ям, ІПН, електронною поштою або " -"внутрішнім посиланням." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "Референс постачальника" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "" -"Посилання на замовлення на продаж або пропозицію вашого постачальника. Він " -"використовується для виконання відповідності, коли ви отримуєте товари, " -"оскільки це посилання, як правило, написано в посиланні на доставку, " -"надісланої вашим постачальником." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "Дата замовлення" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "" -"Визначає дату, коли комерційна пропозиція повинна бути підтвердженою та " -"перетвореною у замовлення на купівлю." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "Джерело документа" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "" -"Посилання на документ, який створив цей запит на замовлення на купівлю " -"(наприклад, замовлення на продаж)" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "Доставити на" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "Це визначатиме тип операції вхідної доставки" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "Адреса дроп-шипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "" -"Введіть адресу, якщо ви хочете доставити безпосередньо від продавця до " -"клієнта. Інакше залишайте порожніми, щоб доставити до своєї компанії." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "Тип місцезнаходження призначення:" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "" -"Технічне поле, яке використовується для відображення адреси дроп-шипінгу" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "Інкотерм" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "" -"Міжнародні комерційні умови, комплект міжнародних правил з тлумачення " -"найбільш широко використовуваних торговельних термінів в галузі міжнародної " -"торгівлі." - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "" -"Перегляньте *Запит на комерційну пропозицію* в нашій демоверсії онлайн" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -1093,7 +985,7 @@ msgstr "" "що для цього постачальника вказано адресу електронної пошти або введіть " "нову)." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." @@ -1101,7 +993,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після натискання кнопки **Надіслати** ви помітите, що статус Комерційної " "пропозиції перейде з **Чернетки** в **Надіслану комерційну пропозицію**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -1112,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "" "очікувана вартість доставки, умови платежу тощо), а потім натисніть кнопку " "**Зберегти**, щоб оформити замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." @@ -1121,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "" "відправити замовлення постачальнику. Статус Комерційної пропозиції перейде у" " **Замовлення на купівлю**." -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index 15d50bc91..8c43c87d6 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -159,9 +159,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 @@ -192,9 +193,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 @@ -225,9 +226,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 @@ -270,146 +271,196 @@ msgstr "Контроль" msgid "Define Quality Control Points" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" msgstr "Пункти контролю якості" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "Текст" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "Зробити зображення" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Текст" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "Зробити зображення" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +msgid "Pass-Fail" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 +msgid "" +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 549b47153..e456bfd13 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -111,15 +111,696 @@ msgstr "" "вказує на те, що цей контакт зараз є користувачем порталу відповідного " "примірника Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "Конектор Amazon" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector: supported features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:9 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:15 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:16 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:22 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Сплати" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees report, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " +"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany <https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace to the Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil or Amazon Netherlands, are " +"not included by default in the Amazon Connector list of possible " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:127 +msgid "" +"These marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo - there is no " +"guarantee that adding a new marketplace as described here will work, nor can" +" this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Amazon marketplaces are only supported in the European and North American " +"region; though Amazon includes Brazil with the North American region and " +"India in the European region, so your mileage may vary; check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_" +" to know to which region your marketplace belongs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it. The" +" **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should contain the " +"*Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarkteplaceId* values from the " +"Amazon Documentation respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). You can then edit " +"the Amazon Account to add the new marketplace in the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces - if the new marketplace is not available in the list, it means" +" it is either incompatible with the account's region or simply that it is " +"not supported by the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" <setup>` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/update.html>`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup <setup>` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "конектор eBay " + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "Як впорядкувати товари?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "Список без змін" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." @@ -127,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "Для того, щоби вказати товар, потрібно перевірити поле **використання eBay**" " на формі товару. Вкладка eBay буде доступна." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." @@ -135,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли позначено поле **Використовувати залишки товарів на складі**, " "кількість, встановлена в eBay, буде **Прогноз Кількості** Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -146,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" "Шаблон за замовчуванням використовує лише поле **опису eBay** у товарі. Ви " "можете використовувати HTML у **шаблоні опису** та в **описі eBay**." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." @@ -154,11 +835,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати фотографії у вашому списку, потрібно додати їх як " "**Прикріплення** у шаблон товару." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "Список з варіаціями" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -170,11 +851,11 @@ msgstr "" "варіантів ви можете вибрати, який варіант буде вказаний в eBay, а також " "встановити ціну та кількість для кожного варіанту." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "Список з елементами специфікації" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." @@ -182,11 +863,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб додати специфікацію до елементу, потрібно створити атрибут товару з " "одним значенням на вкладці **Варіанти** форми товару." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "Ідентифікатори товару" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -206,15 +887,15 @@ msgstr "" "**Варіанти** у формі товару. Якщо значення цих значень не встановлені, 'Не " "застосовується' буде використано для списку eBay." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "Як налаштувати eBay в Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "Створіть токени eBay" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -226,7 +907,7 @@ msgstr "" "систему ви можете створити **Тестовий режим** та **Робочий режим** " "натиснувши відповідні кнопки." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -238,11 +919,11 @@ msgstr "" "сторінки. Перейдіть за формою, увійдіть у свій обліковий запис eBay, і ви " "отримаєте ключі та токен, необхідні для налаштування модуля в Odoo." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "Встановлення токенів у Odoo?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -250,7 +931,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб налаштувати інтеграцію eBay, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> " "Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -260,7 +941,7 @@ msgstr "" "заповніть поля **Ключ розробника**, **Токен**, **Ключ додатка** та **Ключ " "сертифіката**. Застосуйте зміни." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " @@ -270,7 +951,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть на **Синхронізувати країни та валюти**, тоді ви можете заповнити " "всі інші поля." -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." @@ -278,6 +959,62 @@ msgstr "" "Коли всі поля заповнені, ви можете синхронізувати категорії та політики, " "натиснувши відповідні кнопки." +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Метод виставлення рахунку" @@ -288,64 +1025,131 @@ msgstr "Запит на передоплату" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." msgstr "" -"Передоплата - початкова, часткова оплата, за умови, що решта буде сплачена " -"пізніше. Для дорогих замовлень або проектів це спосіб захистити себе та " -"переконатися, що ваш клієнт є серйозним." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "Перший раз ви запитуєте передоплату" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "" -"Підтверджуючи продаж, ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру та вибрати варіант " -"передоплати. Це може бути або фіксована сума, або відсоток від загальної " -"суми." - #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" msgstr "" -"У перший раз, коли ви запитуєте передоплату, ви можете вибрати рахунок " -"доходу та налаштування податку, яке буде використано для подальших " -"передоплат." + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "Регулярне виставлення рахунків" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "Попередня оплата (відсоток)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "Після цього ви побачите рахунок-фактуру для передоплати." +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "Попередня оплата (фіксована сума)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." msgstr "" -"На наступному або останньому рахунку-фактурі будь-яка передоплата буде " -"автоматично відрахована." #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "Змініть рахунок доходу та податки клієнта" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "З переліку товарів знайдіть *Передоплату*." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -"Після цього ви зможете змінити це, на вкладці виставлення рахунків ви " -"зможете змінити рахунок доходу та податки клієнта." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -379,7 +1183,6 @@ msgstr "" "встановити його." #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" @@ -463,98 +1266,110 @@ msgstr "Виставлення рахунку на основі замовлен #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого бізнесу та того, що ви продаєте, у вас є два варіанти " -"виставлення рахунків:" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." msgstr "" -"Рахунок на замовлену кількість: рахунок-фактура повного замовлення, як " -"тільки буде підтверджено замовлення на продаж." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура на доставлену кількість: рахунок-фактура на те, що ви " -"доставили, навіть якщо це часткова доставка." - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "Рахунок-фактура на замовлену кількість є режимом за замовчуванням." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" msgstr "" -"Переваги використання *рахунку-фактури на доставлену кількість* залежать від" -" вашого виду бізнесу, коли ви продаєте матеріал, рідину або їжу у великій " -"кількості, кількість може дещо зменшитись, і тому краще нараховувати " -"фактичну доставлену кількість." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." msgstr "" -"Ви також маєте можливість виставляти рахунки вручну, дозволяючи контролювати" -" кожен параметр: готові до виставлення рядки рахунків-фактур, виставлення " -"рахунку-фактури на відсоток (заздалегідь), рахунок-фактура з фіксованою " -"передоплатою." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "Визначіть політику на сторінці товару" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -"На сторінці будь-якої продукції під вкладкою виставлення рахунків знайдіть " -"політику виставлення рахунків та виберіть потрібну." #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "Надішліть рахунок-фактуру" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви підтвердите продаж, ви зможете побачити ваші доставлені та" -" виставлені кількості." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановите це в замовлених кількостях, ви зможете виставляти " -"рахунок, як тільки продаж буде підтверджено. Якщо ж ви обрали доставлені " -"кількості, вам спочатку доведеться підтвердити доставку." -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." msgstr "" -"Після того, як товари будуть доставлені, ви можете виставляти рахунки вашому" -" клієнту. Odoo буде автоматично додавати кількості до рахунку-фактури на " -"основі того, скільки ви доставили, якщо ви здійснили часткову доставку." #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" @@ -682,10 +1497,8 @@ msgstr "Зробіть підписку із замовлення на прод #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." msgstr "" -"У додатку для продажів створіть комерційну пропозицію бажаному клієнту та " -"виберіть раніше створений товар підписки." #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -799,6 +1612,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "Із замовлення на продаж можна зарахувати ці години." +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -1524,7 +2344,8 @@ msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "Шаблон товару: поло" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" @@ -1713,336 +2534,35 @@ msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "" "Коли ви введете всі додаткові значення, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" msgstr "Встановіть податки" -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" -msgstr "Конектор Amazon MWS" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form <setup.html" -"#developer-form>`_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " -"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" -" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " -"Seller Central and notify the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " -"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" -" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " -"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 -msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " -"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " -"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " -"orders based on the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 -msgid "" -"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " -"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " -"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " -"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " -"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " -"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " -"selling plan is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"<http://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Registering.html>`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " -"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " -"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " -"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " -"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " -"Amazon service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" -" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " -"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " -"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " -"Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " -"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " -"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" -" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" -" synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " -"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " -"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" -" charges (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " -"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " -"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " -"for gift wrapping charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" -" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " -"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " -"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " -":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <matching>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " -"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" -" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" -" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" -" under different conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " -"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " -"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " -"the shipping code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " -"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 -msgid "Configure taxes of products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 -msgid "" -"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " -"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " -"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" -" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" -" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " -"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " -"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " -"reconciling the payments in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "eBay" - #: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Надішліть комерційні пропозиції" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" -msgstr "Стимулюйте клієнтів дедлайном комерційної пропозиції" +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 @@ -2050,31 +2570,36 @@ msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "Встановіть дедлайн" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "" -"У кожній комерційній пропозиції або замовленні на продаж ви можете додати " -"*Дату закінчення*." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "Використовуйте дедлайн в шаблонах" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете встановити дедлайн за замовчуванням у *Шаблоні комерційної " -"пропозиції*. Щоразу, коли цей шаблон використовується в комерційній " -"пропозиції, цей термін застосовується. Ви можете знайти більше інформації " -"про шаблони комерційних пропозицій `тут <https://docs.google.com/document/d" -"/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 @@ -2083,67 +2608,79 @@ msgstr "Доставляйте та виставляйте рахунки на #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете налаштувати різні адреси для доставки та виставлення " -"рахунків. Це є ключовим, не всі матимуть однакове місце для доставки, як " -"місце розташування рахунка-фактури." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"активуйте функцію *Адреси клієнта*." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" -msgstr "Додайте різні адреси в комерційні пропозиції чи замовлення на продаж" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете клієнта з набором рахунків-фактур та адресою доставки, Odoo" -" буде автоматично використовувати їх. Якщо є тільки одна, Odoo буде " -"використовувати її для обох, але ви, звичайно, можете змінити це миттєво і " -"створити нову прямо з комерційної пропозиції або замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "Додайте рахунки-фактури та адреси доставки клієнту" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете додати їх клієнту перед замовленням або продажем, вони " -"додаються до форми клієнта. Перейдіть до будь-якої форми клієнтів у " -":menuselection:`Продажі --> Замовлення --> Клієнти`." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." -msgstr "Звідти ви можете додати нові адреси клієнту." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" -msgstr "Різні адреси в комерційних пропозиціях/замовленнях на продаж" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." msgstr "" -"Ці дві адреси потім використовуватимуться у комерційній пропозиції або " -"замовленні на продаж, яке ви надсилаєте електронною поштою або друкуєте." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" @@ -2151,65 +2688,69 @@ msgstr "Отримайте плату, щоб підтвердити замов #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати онлайн-платежі, щоб автоматично підтверджувати " -"замовлення. Збереження часу як ваших клієнтів, так і вас самих." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" -msgstr "Активуйте оплату онлайн" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"активуйте функцію *Підпис онлайн та Оплата*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." msgstr "" -"Отримавши в меню *Платники*, ви можете вибрати та налаштувати вибраних вами " -"платників." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти різноманітну документацію про те, як платити з платниками, " -"такими як `Paypal <../../ ecommerce / shopper_experience / paypal>`, " -"`Authorize.Net (оплата кредитною карткою) <../../ ecommerce / " -"shopper_experience / authorize> `і інші, що знаходяться в документації " -"електронної комерції <../../ ecommerce> _ _." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте `шаблони комерційних пропозицій <../quote_template>` " -"_, ви також можете вибрати стандартний параметр для кожного шаблону." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "Зареєструйте оплату" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" msgstr "" -"З вашого електронного листа комерційної пропозиції, який ви надіслали, ваш " -"клієнт зможе оплатити онлайн." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" @@ -2217,121 +2758,121 @@ msgstr "Отримайте підпис, щоб підтвердити замо #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати підпис онлайн, щоб автоматично підтверджувати " -"замовлення. Ви і ваш клієнт заощадять час за допомогою цієї функції " -"порівняно з традиційним процесом." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "Активуйте підпис онлайн" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" -"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте `шаблони комерційної пропозиції " -"<https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, ви також можете вибрати параметри за " -"замовчуванням для кожного шаблону." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "Підтвердження замовлення з підписом" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" msgstr "" -"Коли ви надсилаєте комерційну пропозицію своєму клієнтові, він може прийняти" -" її та підписати в мережі онлайн." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" msgstr "" -"Після підписання комерційної пропозиції буде підтверджено, і почнеться " -"доставка." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "Збільшіть продажі за допомогою рекомендованих товарів" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -"Використання запропонованих товарів - це спроба запропонувати споживачам " -"відповідні та корисні товари. Наприклад, клієнту, що купує мобільний " -"телефон, можуть бути показані такі аксесуари, як захисний корпус, кришка " -"екрана та гарнітура." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "Додайте запропоновані товари до шаблонів комерційних пропозицій" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "" -"Пропоновані товари можна встановити на *Шаблони комерційної пропозиції*." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -"Після появи шаблону ви побачите вкладку *Рекомендовані товари*, де ви можете" -" додати відповідні товари чи послуги." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете додати або змінити пропоновані товари на комерційній " -"пропозиції." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "Додайте запропоновані товари до комерційної пропозиції" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." msgstr "" -"Відкриваючи комерційну пропозицію з отриманої електронної пошти, клієнт може" -" додати запропоновані товари до замовлення." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" msgstr "" -"Товар(и) буде негайно доданий до їх комерційної пропозиції при натисканні на" -" будь-який з маленьких візків." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого процесу підтвердження, вони можуть або залишити цифровий " -"підпис або сплатити, щоби підтвердити комерційну пропозицію." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." msgstr "" -"Кожен крок, здійснений замовником до комерційної пропозиції, " -"відслідковується в замовленні на продаж, дозволяючи продавцеві його " -"побачити." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" @@ -2339,196 +2880,225 @@ msgstr "Використовуйте шаблони комерційної пр #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви часто продаєте ті ж товари чи послуги, ви можете заощадити багато " -"часу, створивши власні шаблони комерційних пропозицій. Використовуючи " -"шаблон, ви можете надіслати заповнену комерційну пропозицію в найкоротші " -"терміни." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." msgstr "" -"Щоби ця функція запрацювала, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте *Шаблони комерційних " -"пропозицій*." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "Створіть ваш перший шаблон" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете меню шаблонів у :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування`." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете створити або відредагувати існуючий. Після вказання назви ви" -" зможете вибрати товар(и) і кількість, а також термін дійсності комерційної " -"пропозиції." - #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." +"in the **Sales** settings." msgstr "" -"На кожному шаблоні також можна вказати знижки, якщо ця опція активована у " -"налаштуваннях *Продажі*. Базова ціна встановлюється в налаштуванні товару, і" -" її можна змінити за прайслистами клієнтів." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" -msgstr "Відредагуйте ваш шаблон" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -"Ви можете редагувати клієнтський інтерфейс шаблону, який вони бачать, щоби " -"прийняти або оплатити комерційну пропозицію. Це дозволяє описати вашу " -"компанію, послуги та товари. Коли ви натискаєте *Редагувати шаблон*, ви " -"перейдете в редактор комерційних пропозицій." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." msgstr "" -"Це дозволяє змінювати опис вмісту завдяки перетягуванням блоків. Щоб описати" -" ваші товари, додайте блок вмісту в зону, присвячену кожному товару." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "" -"Опис, встановлений для товарів, буде використовуватися у всіх шаблонах " -"комерційних пропозицій, що містять ці товари." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "Використайте шаблон комерційної пропозиції" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "Під час створення комерційної пропозиції, ви можете обрати шаблон." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." msgstr "" -"Кожен товар у цьому шаблоні буде додано до вашої комерційної пропозиції." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати шаблон, який буде запропоновано за замовчуванням у " -"налаштуваннях *Продажі*." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "Підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." msgstr "" -"Шаблони також полегшують процес підтвердження для клієнтів із цифровим " -"підписом або оплатою онлайн. Ви можете вибрати його в самому шаблоні." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." -msgstr "Кожна комерційна пропозиція тепер додасть до цього налаштування." - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -"Звичайно, ви все одно можете змінити це і зробити його специфічним для " -"кожної комерційної пропозиції." #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "Додайте терміни та умови на замовлення" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -"Визначення термінів та умов є важливим для забезпечення гарних відносин між " -"клієнтами та продавцями. Кожен продавець повинен заявити всю офіційну " -"інформацію, яка включає в себе товари та політику компанії; дозволяючи " -"клієнту читати всі ці терміни, все, перш ніж робити що завгодно." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "Загальні положення та умови за замовчуванням" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє легко включати ваші загальні терміни та умови за замовчуванням" -" на кожну комерційну пропозицію, замовлення на продаж та рахунок-фактуру." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "Налаштуйте загальні терміни та умови за замовчуванням" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"активуйте *Терміни та умови за замовчуванням*." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." msgstr "" -"У цьому полі ви можете додати свої терміни та умови за замовчуванням. Потім " -"вони з'являться на кожній комерційній пропозиції, так і в рахунку-фактурі." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "Налаштування докладніших термінів та умов" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." msgstr "" -"Хороша ідея полягає в тому, щоб поділитися більш детальними або " -"структурованими умовами - публікувати в Інтернеті та посилатися на це в " -"термінах та умовах Odoo." -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете прикріпити зовнішній документ з більш детальними та " -"структурованими умовами до електронного листа, який ви надішлете клієнту. Ви" -" навіть можете встановити вкладений файл за замовчуванням для всіх " -"розісланих електронних комерційних пропозицій." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 03be993f8..4b4eaffd0 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,17 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -26,354 +26,417 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Чорний список" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "Кампанії" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." @@ -381,138 +444,115 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " "функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index 324659b8a..a6479c0f5 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -4,16 +4,17 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -22,205 +23,339 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "Меркетинг соцмереж" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Розширені теми" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 -msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" msgstr "" -"Одним із найбільших випробувань компанії є ефективна співпраця з її " -"аудиторією. Соцмережі Odoo допомагають вам зустрітися з вашою аудиторію за " -"допомогою деякої підтримки: соцмережі, push-сповіщення або запит на живий " -"чат." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" -msgstr "Додайте ваші соцмережі та створіть канал" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" -"Спершу вам потрібно додати ваші облікові записи соцмереж. Щоб зробити це, " -"додайте Стрім та оберіть ваш обліковий запис соцмережі. Вам потрібно буде " -"надати доступ до модуля Маркетинг соцмереж Odoo." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" -"Після того, як це буде виконано, вас буде перенаправлено на ваш канал, і " -"буде автоматично додано колонку з публікаціями щойно доданого облікового " -"запису. Потім ви можете додати нові стріми на ваш канал та налаштувати ваш " -"перегляд канбану, як вам подобається.." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." msgstr "" -"Додаючи облікові записи соцмереж до вашого каналу, на нього також KPI:" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "Аудиторія: Кількість підписників вашого каналу" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "Залучення: Кількість людей, залучених до ваших публікацій" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "Історії: Кількість людей, залучених до вашого каналу" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." msgstr "" -"створили історії на каналі свого друга чи підписника (Поширення, Ретвіти,..)" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати більше інформації, натиснувши на посилання “Інформація”: " -"це направить вас на статистику обраної соцмережі." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" msgstr "Опублікувати вміст" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" -"Щоб опублікувати вміст на ваші облікові записи соцмереж або надіслати push-" -"сповіщення вашому підписаному користувачу, просто перейдіть на ваш Канал та " -"натисніть Нова публікація, або використовуйте меню “Публікації” та створіть " -"публікацію звідти. Оберіть облікові записи, де ви хочете опублікувати ваш " -"вміст, напишіть пост та отримайте миттєвий попередній перегляд того, як " -"виглядатиме пост після його опублікування." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви оберете push-сповіщення, ви отримаєте деякі додаткові поля на формі," -" яка дозволить вам заповнювати налаштування push-сповіщень та обере сегмент " -"між усіма вашими підписниками. Ви також можете надсилати push-сповіщення " -"через меню Відвідувачі, як пояснено у попередньому параграфі." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" -msgstr "Увімкніть push-сповіщення на вашому сайті" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." msgstr "" -"Система push-сповіщень використовує обліковий запис Firebase, налаштований " -"за замовчуванням. Ця функція дозволяє вам надсилати push-сповіщення " -"відвідувачам вашого веб-сайту після їхньої підписки на нього. Щоби увімкнути" -" push-сповіщення на вашому сайті, перейдіть в Налаштування модуля Веб-сайт " -"та налаштуйте запит на дозвіл на сповіщення." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" -"Після того, як це буде виконано, сповіщення будуть з'являтися відвідувачам " -"вашого сайту, запитуючи їх про дозвіл на push-сповіщення. Як тільки вони " -"підпишуться на них, ви можете починати надсилати їм push-сповіщення через " -"меню Відвідувачів. Ви можете легко надсилати їх персонально або націлювати " -"їх на більший сегмент, обравши кілька відвідувачів у перегляді списку " -"(напр., усі відвідувачі, які відвідали Домашню сторінку)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" -msgstr "Взаємодійте з вашими відвідувачами онлайн" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." msgstr "" -"Ви можете моніторити ваші онлайн-відвідування через меню Відвідувачі. Ви " -"побачите кожного відвідувача, який зайшов на одну з ваших відслідковуваних " -"сторінок (ви можете налаштувати відслідковувані сторінки у модулі Веб-сайт)," -" онлайн або офлайн. Ваші онлайн-відвідувачі будуть автентифіковані, якщо " -"вони пов'язані з лідом або з існуючим партнером. Ви зможете зв'язатися з " -"ними через email, sms-повідомлення, push-сповіщення (якщо вони на них " -"підписані), або навіть надсилати їм запит на живий чат, який вони отримають " -"під час наступної дії на відслідковуваних сторінках (якщо ви встановили " -"модуль Живого чату)." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші облікові записи розробника Facebook та Twitter" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням модуль Соцмережі вже налаштовані з обліковим записом " -"розробника Facebook та Twitter, але ви можете використовувати власні, якщо " -"це необхідно. Активуйте режим розробника, перейдіть у Налаштування > " -"Налаштування та введіть ваші ключі API." -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш власний API Firebase" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням проект Firebase запускається на вашій базі даних, тому не " -"потрібно ніяких налаштувань. Якщо у вас кілька веб-сайтів, кожен веб-сайт " -"буде пов'язано з різними проектами Firebase. Якщо вам потрібно налаштувати " -"власний проект Firebase, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` секцію веб Push-сповіщення." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa6ce0f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,941 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../studio.rst:5 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Студія" + +#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "Поняття" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " +"notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Приклад" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " +"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " +"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " +"to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " +"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Використовувати досвід" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fd537006 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "Підтримка" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "Дані відсутні" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"Ваша підписка на Odoo Online включає **необмежену підтримку 24 години на " +"добу без додаткових витрат з понеділка по п'ятницю**. Наші команди " +"розташовані по всьому світу, щоби забезпечити підтримку, незалежно від " +"вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із" +" Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" +"З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "" +"Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту " +"тощо...)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "" +"Відповіді на проблеми, які можуть виникнути у вашій стандартній базі даних " +"Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу " +"знайти мої KPI продажів?\")" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "" +"Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною " +"системою" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "" +"Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через " +"неправильне налаштування)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "" +"Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до " +"нової версії" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "" +"Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб " +"допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "" +"Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо " +"вас на наші ресурси)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "" +"Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або " +"бази даних" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "" +"Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, " +"умови оплати, склади тощо)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "" +"Питання чи проблеми, пов'язані з конкретними розробками або налаштуваннями, " +"зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних " +"або включеного коду)" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете отримати такий тип підтримки за допомогою `Пакету послуг " +"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Один із наших консультантів з таким" +" пакетом проаналізує, як працює ваш бізнес, і розповість вам, як ви можете " +"максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі " +"налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo." + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Платна версія Odoo" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcb3a27c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../survey.rst:5 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "Опитування" + +#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "Ліміт часу" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "Вибір" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..edf23e4d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Табелі" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3 +msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control " +"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9 +msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the " +"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned " +"Hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` " +"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your " +"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 +msgid "HR analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` " +"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent " +"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they " +"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to " +"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all " +"in favor of becoming a more proactive company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose an encoding unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the" +" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets" +" to help you encoding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours." +" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in" +" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 +msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to" +" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a" +" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being" +" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales " +"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was " +"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 +msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose " +"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be " +"approved first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Send reminders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who " +"have not recorded their times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. " +"The data syncs once you are back online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`compare`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index bf0124e5f..b3945ab0a 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Zoriana Zaiats, 2019 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Zoriana Zaiats, 2020 +# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-21 10:39+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -70,14 +70,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити перші кроки в Google Analytics, зверніться до `Документації " -"Google. <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" @@ -183,6 +180,105 @@ msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "" "В якості останнього кроку дозвольте Odoo отримати доступ до Google API." +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" msgstr "Як зробити оптимізацію пошукових систем (SEO) в Odoo" @@ -299,35 +395,23 @@ msgstr "**Блоги Odoo**: написання чудового вмісту" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" msgstr "" -"**Слайди Odoo**: опублікуйте всі ваші Powerpoint або PDF презентації. Їх " -"вміст автоматично індексується на веб-сторінці. Приклад: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" msgstr "" -"**Форму Odoo**: дозвольте спільноті створювати для вас вміст. Приклад: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (становить 30% від " -"цільових сторінок Odoo.com)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -"**Архів розсилки Odoo**: публікуйте архіви списків розсилки на своєму веб-" -"сайті. Приклад: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 сторінок створено за " -"місяць)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -431,11 +515,8 @@ msgstr "Перевірте ваш веб-сайт" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" msgstr "" -"Ви можете порівняти ваш веб-сайт з точки зору SEO, в той час як Odoo " -"використовує безкоштовні послуги WooRank: `https://www.woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" @@ -1110,10 +1191,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 @@ -1234,19 +1316,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " "<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." msgstr "" -"Javascript, зображення та ресурси CSS мають URL-адресу, яка динамічно " -"змінюється при зміні змісту. Як приклад, всі файли CSS завантажуються за " -"цією URL-адресою: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"``457-0da1d9d`` частина цієї URL-адреси зміниться, якщо ви зміните CSS свого" -" веб-сайту." #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" @@ -1267,32 +1341,32 @@ msgid "" "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " "Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Мапа сайту" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1305,22 +1379,22 @@ msgstr "" "файл індексу Sitemap, дотримуючись групування у файлі `sitemaps.org protocol" " <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ у 45000 шт. на файл." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "Кожна карта сайту містить 4 атрибути, які обчислюються автоматично:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "``<loc>`` : URL-адреса сторінки" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -1328,11 +1402,11 @@ msgid "" "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Розмітка структурованих даних" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -1340,7 +1414,7 @@ msgid "" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." @@ -1348,7 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "" "Google підтримує безліч багатих фрагментів для типів вмісту, зокрема: " "огляди, люди, товари, компанії, події та організації." -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -1360,34 +1434,35 @@ msgstr "" "форуму та контактних адрес. Це дозволяє відображати ваші сторінки товару в " "Google за допомогою додаткової інформації, такої як ціна та рейтинг товару:" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 @@ -1604,26 +1679,62 @@ msgid "" "certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 msgid "" "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " "Odoo cloud platforms/" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" @@ -1645,7 +1756,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановити" +msgstr "Встановлення" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1677,8 +1788,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 @@ -1688,8 +1799,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 @@ -1707,94 +1818,93 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" msgstr "Додайте функції" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " "removing the menu item." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 msgid "languages," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 msgid "domain names," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 msgid "social media links," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 msgid "dedicated live chat channels," msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "etc." msgstr "тощо." -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 msgid "Manage domain names" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " "a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " "set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1803,11 +1913,11 @@ msgid "" "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " @@ -1815,93 +1925,93 @@ msgid "" "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 msgid "Products" msgstr "Товари" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 msgid "Blogs" msgstr "Блоги" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 msgid "Slide Channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "Форуми" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "Події" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "Вакансії" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "Мульти-компанії" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " @@ -1909,46 +2019,46 @@ msgid "" "visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1957,41 +2067,41 @@ msgid "" "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "Прайс-листи" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " @@ -1999,11 +2109,11 @@ msgid "" "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -2012,42 +2122,148 @@ msgid "" "the visitor mind." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 msgid "Access: you should call the method" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" msgstr "" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" msgstr "Як перекласти свій веб-сайт" @@ -2129,18 +2345,10 @@ msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " "automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" -"Тоді, якщо ви встановили Gengo Translator, ви побачите, що біля кнопки " -"Перекласти ви також матимете кнопку Перекласти автоматично. Після того, як " -"ви натиснете цю кнопку, вам буде запропонована деяка інформація про ваш " -"обліковий запис. Якщо у вас ще немає облікового запису, перейдіть на " -"сторінку `*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ щоб створити його. Потрібно " -"попросити відкритий ключ і приватний ключ." #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 67e441e49..dbdbb14ef 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,53 +4,47 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# yuan wenpu <1140021222@qq.com>, 2019 -# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2019 -# xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2019 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 -# keecome <7017511@qq.com>, 2019 -# Jeanphy <hzh0292@qq.com>, 2019 -# 卓忆科技 <zhanghao@jointd.com>, 2019 -# OCA-ALL <sasakuma@gz2001.com>, 2019 -# xu xiaohu <xu.xiaohu@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2019 -# udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2019 -# 卫安琪 <weianqi1991@gmail.com>, 2019 -# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2019 -# Gang LIU <liu9ang@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# 张宏奎 <zhanghongkui@inspur.com>, 2019 -# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2019 -# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2019 -# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2019 -# neter ji <jifuyi@qq.com>, 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019 -# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2019 -# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felix.yang@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 +# xiaobin wu <bd5dml@gmail.com>, 2020 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2020 +# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2020 +# liulixia <liu.lixia@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# r <263737@qq.com>, 2020 +# v2exerer <9010446@qq.com>, 2020 +# lttlsnk <lttlsnk@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2020 +# 226408 台北 <226408@so8d.com>, 2020 +# 飛行de魚 <cnpioneer@163.com>, 2020 +# waveyeung <waveyeung@qq.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2020 +# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2020 +# Jeff Yu - Elico Corp <jeff.yu@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2020 +# Richard yang <yanglinqiangdata@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 +# Norman Chang <xromanxmu@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -58,403 +52,431 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../accounting.rst:5 ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:312 -msgid "Accounting" -msgstr "会计" +#: ../../accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank.rst:3 msgid "Bank & Cash" msgstr "银行&现金" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "银行存款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:3 -msgid "Import Coda statement files (Belgium only)" -msgstr " 导入CODA语句文件（仅比利时） " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:5 -msgid "" -"CODA is a file format for bank statements in Belgium. Most Belgian banks, as" -" well as the Isabel software, allows to download a CODA file with all your " -"bank statements." -msgstr " CODA是比利时银行对账单的一种文件格式。大多数比利时银行，以及伊莎贝尔软件，允许下载一个CODA文件与您的所有银行报表。 " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an CODA file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in Odoo. This will create all bank " -"statements." -msgstr " 使用odoo，您可以从银行或会计软件下载coda文件，并将其直接导入odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。 " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample CODA file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" msgstr "" -" 现在使用这个示例CODA文件 `with this sample CODA file <https://drive.google.com/file/d" -"/0B5BDHVRYo-q5UVVMbGRxUmtpVDg/view?usp=sharing>`__" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:25 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:33 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:17 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:30 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:20 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:18 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:40 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:113 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:20 -msgid "Install the CODA feature" -msgstr " 安装CODA功能" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:22 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the Belgian Chart of Account provided with Odoo, the " -"CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" -" move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " -"<InstallCoda_>`_" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Statements" msgstr "" -" 如果您安装了Odoo提供的比利时会计科目，默认情况下已经安装了CODA导入功能。在这种情况下，可以直接转到下一节“导入第一个coda文件” " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:4 msgid "" -"If CODA is not activated yet, you need to do it first. In the Accounting " -"application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " -"From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " -"in .CODA Format** and apply." +"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " +"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " +"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +msgstr "将银行对账单导入Odoo的会计模块，以便于你跟踪银行账户的资金流动，并且还方便你调节银行对账单与会计分录以保持一致。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to do so is by synchronizing. To do so, please read the " +"related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +msgstr "最简便的方法就是进行同步。如何做，请阅读相关文档： :doc:`bank_synchronization`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:11 +msgid "" +"However, if your bank account is not synchronized with Odoo, you still have " +"two options:" +msgstr "但是，如果你的银行账户无法与Odoo同步，你还有两个办法：" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:13 +msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" +msgstr "导入银行发送给你的对账单的电子文件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:14 +msgid "Register the bank statements manually" +msgstr "手动注册银行对账单" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:17 +msgid "Import bank statements files" +msgstr "导入银行对账单文件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:18 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" msgstr "" -" 如果尾波还没有激活，你需要先做。在记帐应用程序中，转到菜单：menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`。在会计设置中，选中**导入.coda格式的银行对账单**选项并应用。 " -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 -msgid "Import your first CODA file" -msgstr " 导入第一个CODA文件 " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " -"Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:20 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" msgstr "" -"一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 " -"**更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Load your CODA file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面界面中加载 CODA 文件并点击 **导入** 来创建你的所有的银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:49 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:42 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " -"reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "如果成功加载该文件, 您会被重定向到银行核对屏幕, 所有的交易会被重新核对。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 -msgid "Importing CODA files" -msgstr "导入 CODA 文件" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** button anymore, you can " -"directly click on the link **Import Statement**." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" msgstr "" -"在导入了您的第一个文件后, Odoo会计仪表板会自动建议为您的银行导入更多的文件。下一次导入时, 您无需再去点击 **更多** 按钮, " -"您可以直接在链接上点击 **导入结算单** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or make to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:22 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" +msgstr "开放金融交易格式（.OFX）" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" +msgstr "加快交换格式（.QIF）" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 +msgid "Belgium Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" msgstr "" -"每当您得到一个新客户/供应商的对账单, " -"Odoo会要求您选择正确的单据去调节。Odoo会学习这个操作信息并自动完成下一个您的付款或自动关联。这将加快调节过程。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 msgid "" -"Odoo is able to automatically detect if some files or transactions have " -"already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" -" times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" -" bank statements." -msgstr "Odoo能够自动检测文件或交易是否已经导入。所以您不必担心如何避免重复导入相同的文件 :Odoo将在创建新的银行对账单之前检查全部。" +"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " +"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" +"导入步骤，进入 :menuselection:`会计 --> 概览 --> 银行`，点击 *导入银行对账单* ，或者移动到”...\"，等待出见 " +"*导入银行对账单*，点击。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`ofx` " +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:33 +msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." +msgstr "下一步，选择你想导入的文件，点击”导入\"。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`qif`" -msgstr ":doc:`qif` " +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Odoo opens an **import tool** with which you can set the **Formatting " +"Options** and **map** the different columns you want to import." +msgstr "Odoo 打开一个**导入工具**，使用这个工具你可以设置**格式选项**，同时这个工具还可以**对应**不同的列到你希望导入的数据。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`synchronize` " +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is not " +"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +msgstr "加快交换格式（.QIF）是一个比较老的文件格式，2005年开始就不再支持。如果可能，尽量使用OFX文件，而非QIF文件。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:67 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`manual` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:47 msgid "Register bank statements manually" msgstr "手工登记银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:48 +msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +msgstr "如果需要，你也可以手动输入你的银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can import your bank statements, synchronize with your bank " -"but also register your bank statements manually." -msgstr "通过Odoo, 你可以导入你的银行对账单并与你的银行同步，当然你也可以手动创建你的银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:14 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to register invoices. All you need to " -"do is install the accounting app." -msgstr "登记发票不需要任何特殊配置。所有您需要做的就是安装会计应用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:24 -msgid "Create your Bank Statements" -msgstr "创建银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In the Dashboard, click on the button **New Statement** related to the bank " -"journal. If some reconciliations need to be done, the New Statement link " -"will be found underneath." -msgstr "在仪表板中, 点击相关银行账目的按钮 **新对账单** 。如果某些调节需要完成, 新的对账单链接将会出现在下面。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Just fill in the fields according the the information written on your bank " -"statement. The reference can be filled in manually or you can leave it " -"empty. We recommend to fill in the partner to ease the reconciliation " -"process." -msgstr "只需在你的银行对账单中填写字段的信息。参考信息可以手动填写或者不填。我们建议填写合作伙伴来简化调节进程。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The difference between the starting balance and the ending balance should be" -" equal to the computed balance." -msgstr "期初余额和期末余额之间的差异该等于计算的余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:44 -msgid "When you are done, click on **Save**." -msgstr "做完这些后, 点击 **保存** ." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:47 -msgid "Reconcile your Bank Statements" -msgstr "调节银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can choose to directly reconcile the statement by clicking on the button" -" |manual04|" -msgstr "您可以选择直接调节对账单, 通过单击按钮 |manual04|" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" -" on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "你也可以在仪表板上开始调节进程, 通过点击 **Reconcile # Items** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Click on **Validate** to reconcile your bank statement. If the partner is " -"missing, Odoo will ask you to **select a partner**." -msgstr "点击 **Validate** 调节你的银行对账单。如果没有业务伙伴信息, Odoo会让你 **select a partner** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:68 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items on the sheets." -msgstr "按ctrl + enter调节表格里所有平衡过的项。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:71 -msgid "Close Bank Statements from the reconciliation" -msgstr "从调节关闭银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If the balance is correct, you can directly close the statement from the " -"reconciliation by clicking on |manual07|." -msgstr "如果余额正确, 你可以直接关闭调节, 点击调节 |manual07|." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Otherwise, click on |manual08| to open the statement and correct the issue." -msgstr "否则, 单击| manual08 |打开对账单并纠正这个问题。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:84 -msgid "Close Bank Statements" -msgstr "关闭银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the accounting dashboard, click on the More button of your bank journal, " -"then click on Bank Statements." -msgstr "在会计仪表板, 点击银行账的更多按钮, 然后点击银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:92 -msgid "To close the bank statement, just click on **Validate**." -msgstr "关闭银行对账单, 只需点击 **验证** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../reconciliation/use_cases` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/synchronize` " - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:3 -msgid "Import OFX statement files" -msgstr "导入OFX 对账单文件" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic " -"exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and " -"consumers via the Internet." -msgstr "开放金融交易所(OFX)是一个统一规范金融机构之间的电子金融数据交换平台, 企业和消费者通过互联网交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download an OFX file from your bank or accounting " -"software and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all " -"bank statements." -msgstr "Odoo, 您可以从你的银行或财务软件下载一个OFX文件并将其直接导入Odoo。这将创建所有银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample OFX file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " +"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." msgstr "" -"现在测试OFX文件的功能 <https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-" -"q5Mmg4T3oxTWszeEk/view>`__" +"为了创建银行对账单，你可以到菜单选择 :menuselection:`财务 --> 会计概览 --> 银行`，点击 " +"*创建对账单*，或者在银行右上角点击三个点号，然后选择 *新对账单* 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:53 msgid "" -"In order to import OFX statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .OFX Format** and apply." +"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +msgstr "为原始银行对帐单上每笔交易添加新行。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " +"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +msgstr "为简化对帐流程，请确保填写合作伙伴字段。 您也可以在“标签”字段中编写付款参考。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." +" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " +"transactions’ amounts." +msgstr "期末余额和计算的余额应该一致。如果不一致，请确保交易金额没有错误。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +msgstr "银行同步：自动导入" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "Odoo可以直接与您的银行同步，以将所有银行对帐单自动导入到您的数据库中。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and search for " +"your bank in the *Supported Banks* section." msgstr "" -"为了能导入OFX对账单, 您需要在Odoo激活特性。在会计应用程序中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` . 从会计设置, 检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .OFX Format** 和应用。" +"要检查您的银行是否与Odoo兼容，请转到 `Odoo会计功能<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-" +"features>`_，然后在“支持的银行”部分中搜索您的银行。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first OFX file." +"The countries which are fully supported include the United States, Canada, " +"New Zealand, Austria, and Belgium." msgstr "" -"一旦你安装这个功能, 你可以设置你的银行账户, 允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计仪表板, 在银行账户点击 **更多** 按钮。然后, 点击" -" **Import Statement** 加载第一个OFX文件。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "" -"Load your OFX file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面的屏幕加载OFX文件, 单击 **导入** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" +"More than 30 countries are partially supported, including Colombia, India, " +"France, and Spain." +msgstr "包括哥伦比亚，印度，法国和西班牙在内的30多个国家得到了部分支持。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:46 -msgid "Importing OFX files" -msgstr "导入OFX 文件" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "为了连接到银行，Odoo使用了多种Web服务：" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:48 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:23 +msgid "**Plaid**: Mainly for the U.S" +msgstr "**Plaid**: 主要用于美国" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:24 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "**Yodlee**: 全世界" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 msgid "" -"After having imported your first file, the Odoo accounting dashboard will " -"automatically propose you to import more files for your bank. For the next " -"import, you don't need to go to the **More** menu anymore, you can directly " -"click on the link **Import Statement**." +"**Ponto**: For a growing number of European Banks. (:doc:`Click here for " +"more information <ponto>`)" msgstr "" -"在导入你的第一个文件之后, Odoo会计仪表板将自动建议你导入更多文件。在接下来的文件导入, 你不需要去 **More** 菜单了, 您可以直接点击链接" -" **Import Statement** 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "Odoo Online Users" +msgstr "Odoo 在线用户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" -"Every time you get a statement related to a new customer / supplier, Odoo " -"will ask you to select the right contact to reconcile the transaction. Odoo " -"learns from that operation and will automatically complete the next payments" -" you get or do to these contacts. This will speed up a lot the " -"reconciliation process." +"Make sure the **Automatic Import** feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` in the *Bank & " +"Cash* section." msgstr "" -"每次你得到一个新客户/供应商的相关对账单时, Odoo将要求您选择正确的调节对象。从此操作信息, " -"Odoo将自动完成下一个付款或是这些联系。这将加快调节过程。" +"确保 **自动导入** 银行对账单功能被激活，请进入菜单选择 :menuselection:`总账--> 配置 --> 设置`, 找到 *银行&现金* " +"区域。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ofx.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:66 -msgid ":doc:`coda`" -msgstr ":doc:`coda` " +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:37 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" +msgstr "Odoo 企业用户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " +"you don’t have to do anything special. Just make sure that your database is " +"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." +msgstr "如果您打算在Odoo Enterprise订阅中使用银行接口，则无需执行任何特殊操作。 只需确保您的数据库已在Odoo 企业版合同中注册。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:43 +msgid "" +"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " +"following address:" +msgstr "您可能要检查一下是否没有防火墙/代理阻止以下地址：" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:45 +msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" +msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:48 +msgid "Sync your bank feeds" +msgstr "同步银行费用" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the **Automated Bank Synchronization** is activated in" +" your journal." +msgstr "首先，确保在日志中激活 **自动银行同步** 。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then open your *Bank Journal*, click on *Edit*, and select **Automated Bank " +"Synchronization** in the *Bank Feed* field." +msgstr "" +"为此，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日志`，然后打开您的 *银行日记帐*，单击 *编辑* ，然后在 *银行源* " +"字段中选择 *自动银行同步* 。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "You can then connect Odoo to your bank." +msgstr "然后，您可以将 Odoo 连接到您的银行。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank " +"Account`, and follow the steps." +msgstr "为此，请转到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 添加银行帐户`，然后按照步骤操作。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once done, go back to your *Accounting dashboard*. You should now see a " +"**Synchronize Now** button on your *Bank* card. Click on this button and " +"enter your bank credentials." +msgstr "完成后，请返回 *会计仪表板* 。现在，您应该在 *银行* 卡上看到一个 **立即同步** 按钮。单击此按钮并输入您的银行凭据。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:71 +msgid "After this, your bank feeds will be regularly synchronized." +msgstr "在此之后，您的银行源将定期同步。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:579 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "常问问题" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:77 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time, is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," +" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button." +msgstr "" +"由于第三方提供商以不同的时间间隔同步您的帐户，因此该过程不会实时工作。若要强制同步并获取报表，请转到 *会计仪表板*，然后单击 *立即同步* 按钮。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +msgid "" +"A transaction can be visible in your bank account, but not be fetched if it " +"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" +" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " +"status changes." +msgstr "" +"交易记录可以在您的银行帐户中可见，但如果交易记录的状态为\"挂起\"，则不会提取。将仅检索状态为已过帐的交易记录。如果尚未发布 ，则必须等待状态更改。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:88 +msgid "Is the Automatic Import feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "自动导入功能是否包含在我的合同中？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." +msgstr "**企业版本**：是的，如果您有链接到数据库的有效企业合同。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "**社区版本**：不，此功能不包括在社区版本中。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "**在线版本**：是的，即使您受益于一个应用程序免费合同。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:95 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta,\" what does this mean?" +msgstr "有些银行有地位\"测试版\"，这是什么意思？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks can aid in the" +" development process since the Provider will have real data & feedback from " +"the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "为什么我的事务仅在手动刷新时同步？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "某些银行有额外的安全措施，需要额外的步骤，如短信/电子邮件身份验证代码或其他类型的 MFA。因此，在提供安全代码之前，集成器无法提取事务。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:110 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "所有我的过去交易都不在Odoo，为什么？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +msgid "Transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in the past." +msgstr "过去最多只能提取 3 个月的交易记录。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:115 +msgid "Why don’t I see any transactions?" +msgstr "为什么我看不到任何交易？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When you first connect with your bank, you will be prompted to add each " +"account to its own journal. If you skip this step, you will not be able to " +"see your transactions in Odoo." +msgstr "首次与银行连接时，系统会提示您将每个帐户添加到其自己的日记帐中。如果跳过此步骤，您将无法在 Odoo 中查看您的交易。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" +"如果您的银行帐户正确链接到日记帐，并且已过帐的交易在您的数据库中不可见，`请'提交支持票证 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ " +"。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:123 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "如何更新银行凭据？" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "您可以在\" :doc:`开发人员模式下更新凭据 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization`, and open the Institution you want to edit, and click on " +"*Update Credentials*." +msgstr "然后前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 在线同步`，打开你想要编辑的银行机构，并点击*更新凭据*。" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +msgstr ":doc:`bank_statements`" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo?" -msgstr "在Odoo如何同步你的PayPal账户?" +msgid "Synchronize your PayPal account with Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -478,13 +500,12 @@ msgid "" "**Bank & Cash**, set the option **Bank Interface - Sync your bank feeds " "automatically**." msgstr "" -"首先请安装 **account_yodlee** 模块,如果尚未安装。要做到这一点,到菜单 :`Accounting --> Configuration" -" --> Settings` of the accounting application。在 **银行和现金** 这部分,设置选项 **Bank " -"Interface - Sync your bank feeds automatically** 。" +"首先请安装 **account_yodlee** 模块, 如果尚未安装。可到 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置` " +">会计应用程序。在 **银行和现金** 这部分,设置选项 **银行界面-自动同步您的银行馈送** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:25 msgid "Click on the apply button once it's done." -msgstr "完成后点击使用按钮" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:28 msgid "Setup your PayPal account" @@ -497,8 +518,8 @@ msgid "" "Accounts`. Create a new bank account and name it **PayPal**. In the bank " "field, you can set **PayPal**." msgstr "" -"在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Bank Accounts` 。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为 **PayPal** 。在银行领域, 可以设置 **PayPal** 。" +"在Odoo, PayPal账户的管理就像一个银行账户。设置你的PayPal账户, 使用菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 银行账户` " +"。创建一个新的银行账户并命名为 **PayPal** 。在银行领域, 可以设置 **PayPal** 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -506,14 +527,14 @@ msgid "" "and click on the **Synchronize** button. In the dialog, choose **PayPal** as" " the online institution and click on the configure button." msgstr "" -"一旦创建PayPal帐户, 回到 **Accounting** 仪表板, 点击 **Synchronize** 按钮。在对话框中, 选择 " -"**PayPal** 作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" +"一旦创建PayPal帐户, 回到 **会计** 仪表板, 点击 **同步** 按钮。在对话框中, 选择 **PayPal** " +"作为在线机构和点击配置按钮。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "然后, 你必须提供连接到PayPal的凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:48 msgid "" "Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " "the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" @@ -524,13 +545,13 @@ msgstr "" "你的Paypal **must be in English** (如果它不是这样, 你必须改变你的Paypal账户), " "如果你使用Paypal业务帐户必须切换回旧的接口才能使用在线提交(从新老界面可以切换你的Paypal账户)。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 msgid "" "If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " "English or that the site is not supported." msgstr "如果你不这样做, 你会得到一个消息, 要么说把Paypal切换成英文要么不支持该网站。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:56 msgid "" "If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " "step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " @@ -540,492 +561,231 @@ msgstr "" "如果你正确地配置您的Paypal帐户, 你应到下一步的在线提交配置。有一个屏幕显示获取交易的日期和供选择账户的列表。你必须选择 **Paypal " "balance** 帐户。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:61 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " "Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." msgstr "一切都完成之后, 在Odoo中, 你应该看得到你的PayPal交易, 你可以开始调节你的付款了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:64 msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "享受一个完整的集成!你不需要手动记录事务了。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:68 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." msgstr "你只需在第一次提供你的凭证。一旦完成, Odoo将与PayPal 每4个小时自动同步。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:3 -msgid "Import QIF statement files" -msgstr "导入QIF 对账单文件" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (QIF) is an open specification for reading and " -"writing financial data to media (i.e. files). Although still widely used, " -"QIF is an older format than Open Financial Exchange (OFX) and you should use" -" the OFX version if you can export to both file formats." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto as Bank Synchronization provider" msgstr "" -"加快交换格式(QIF)是一种开放式的阅读和写作财务数据媒体(例如文件)的规范, 。尽管仍然广泛使用, QIF比公开的金融交易(OFX)的格式要老. " -"你应该使用OFX版本, 这样两个格式都能导出." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can download a QIF file from your bank or accounting software" -" and import it directly in your Odoo instance. This will create all bank " +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database. This allows for easier" +" **bank reconciliation**. When :doc:`adding a bank account on Odoo " +"<../setup/bank_accounts>`, you can see if your bank requires a connection " +"through Ponto by searching for your bank institution, and clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " +"<bank_synchronization>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:33 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:34 +msgid "Create an account if you don’t have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:35 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Select your bank institution and follow the steps on-screen to link your " +"bank account with your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all the bank accounts you want to synchronize with your " +"Odoo database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo requires you to insert your Ponto's **Client ID** and **Secret ID** to " +"synchronize both platforms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To generate these IDs, go to :menuselection:`Ponto Dashboard --> Integration" +" --> Live`, click on *Add Integration*, fill out the form, and select which " +"accounts you want to synchronize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:61 +msgid "Copy the Client ID and Secret ID generated and paste them in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:62 +msgid "Configure the synchronization options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "" +"**Action**: define if Odoo must create a new *Journal* for this bank " +"account, link to an existing Journal, or create no link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:66 +msgid "**Journal**: select the appropriate *Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Synchronization Frequency**: define how often Odoo should fetch the bank " "statements." -msgstr "使用Odoo, 你可以从从你的银行或财务软件下载一个QIF文件, 并将其直接导入Odoo实例。这将创建所有银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Test now the feature `with this sample QIF file " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view>`__" -msgstr "" -"现在测试示例QIF文件的功能\n" -"<https ://drive.google.com/file/d/0B5BDHVRYo-q5X1ZkUWYzWmtCX0E/view> `__" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In order to import QIF statements, you need to activate the feature in Odoo." -" In the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration" -" --> Settings`. From the accounting settings, check the bank statements " -"option **Import in .QIF Format** and apply." -msgstr "" -"为了导入QIF, 您需要在在Odoo激活其特性。在会计应用程序中, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` 。从会计设置, 检查银行对账单选项 **Import in .QIF Format** 和应用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, you can setup your bank account to " -"allow importing bank statement files. To do this, go to the accounting " -"Dashboard, and click on the **More** button of the bank account. Then, click" -" on **Import Statement** to load your first QIF file." -msgstr "" -"一旦你安装这个功能, 你可以设置你的银行账户, 允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计仪表板, 点击银行账户的 **More** 按钮。然后, " -"点击 **Import Statement** 加载第一个QIF文件。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Load your QIF file in the following screen and click **Import** to create " -"all your bank statements." -msgstr "在下面的屏幕中加载QIF文件, 单击 **Import** 创建你所有的银行对账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:47 -msgid "Importing QIF files" -msgstr "导入 QIF 文件" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:3 -msgid "How to synchronize Odoo with your bank?" -msgstr "如何与银行同步odoo？" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo is able to synchronize directly with your bank in order to get all bank" -" statements imported automatically in Odoo every 4 hours. Before moving " -"forward in this tutorial, you should check if your bank is supported. You " -"can find it out from the `Odoo Accounting Features " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`__" -msgstr "" -"Odoo能够每4小时直接获得所有银行对账单并自动导入Odoo, 与你的银行同步。在做这步之前, " -"你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能 <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-" -"features>`__" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Search for your bank name in the above page. If your bank appears in the " -"proposition, it means it is supported by Odoo. The countries which are fully" -" supported (meaning more than 95% of the banks) include: United States, " -"Canada, New Zealand, Austria. More than 30 countries are partially " -"supported, including: Colombia, India, France, Spain, etc." -msgstr "" -"在上面的页面中寻找你银行的名字。如果你的银行出现在其中, 这意味着它受Odoo支持。完全支持的国家(即超过95%的银行)包括 " -":美国、加拿大、新西兰、奥地利。30多个国家部分支持, 包括: 哥伦比亚、印度、法国、西班牙等。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:19 -msgid "In order to connect with the banks, Odoo uses two web-services:" -msgstr "为了与银行连接, Odoo 使用两个 web-services :" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:21 -msgid "Plaid: for the main banks in the U.S." -msgstr "Plaid：美国的主要银行" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:23 -msgid "Yodlee: for all other banks" -msgstr "Yodlee : 对于其他银行" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:29 -msgid "Odoo Online Users" -msgstr "Odoo 在线用户" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If you we support banks of your country, the bank integration feature should" -" already been installed. If it's not installed, you can manually install the" -" module **account_yodlee**." -msgstr "如果我们支持你们国家的银行, 银行特性应该已经被安装集成。如果没有安装, 您可以手动安装模块 **account_yodlee** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise Users" -msgstr "Odoo 企业用户" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:38 -msgid "" -"If you plan to use a bank interface with your Odoo Enterprise subscription, " -"you don't have to do anything special, just make sure that your database is " -"registered with your Odoo Enterprise contract." -msgstr "如果你计划使用Odoo企业版中的银行接口, 你不需要做什么特别的, 只是确保数据库已在Odoo企业合同注册。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:42 -msgid "" -"you might want to check that you don't have a firewall/proxy blocking the " -"following addresses" -msgstr "你可能需要检查一下, 没有防火墙/代理屏蔽以下地址" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:44 -msgid "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" -msgstr "https://onlinesync.odoo.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:45 -msgid "https://api.plaid.com/" -msgstr "https://api.plaid.com/" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:49 -msgid "Sync your bank feeds" -msgstr "同步银行费用" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Once the Plaid or Yodlee interface is installed, you can connect Odoo to " -"your bank. To do that, click on **More** on the bank of your choice from the" -" accounting dashboard. In the menu, click on Settings to configure this bank" -" account." -msgstr "" -"一旦Plaid或Yodlee接口安装后, 您可以将Odoo连接到你的银行。这样做, 在银行会计仪表板上点击 **More** 。在菜单中, 单击设置配," -" 置该银行账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:59 -msgid "" -"In the bank form, from the Bank Account tab, set the bank feeds option to " -"**Bank Synchronization**." -msgstr "在银行界面, 从银行帐户选项卡, 设置银行选项为 **Bank Synchronization** .。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, go back to your accounting dashboard. You should see a " -"**Online Synchronization** button on your bank card. Click on this button " -"and fill in your bank credentials." -msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 回到你的会计仪表板。在你的银行卡上, 您应该能看到一个 **Online Synchronization** 的按钮。点击这个按钮, " -"填写你的银行凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you filled in your credentials, your bank feeds will be synchronized " -"every 4 hours." -msgstr "一旦你填写了你的凭证,你的银行订阅将会每4小时进行一次同步。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:562 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "常问问题" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:76 -msgid "The synchronization is not working in real time, is it normal?" -msgstr "同步不能实时运行，这是正常的吗？" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Yodlee tries to get the data from a bank account once a day. However, this " -"doesn't always happen at the same time. And sometimes the process can fail. " -"In that case, Yodlee retries one hour or two later. This is why in Odoo " -"there is a cron that is running every 4 hours to fetch the information from " -"Yodlee." -msgstr "" -"Yodlee每天尝试从银行账户中获取数据一次。然而，这种情况并不总是同时发生的。有时候这个过程可能会失败。在这种情况下，Yodlee会在一两个小时后再试一次。这就是为什么在Odoo有一个cron每4小时运行一次，从Yodlee获取信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can however force this synchronization by clicking on the button " -"\"Synchronize now\" from the accounting dashboard." -msgstr "但是, 您可以通过单击按钮 \"立即同步 \" 从会计仪表板强制此同步。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Moreover, a transaction can be visible in your bank account but not being " -"fetched by Yodlee. Indeed, the transaction in your bank account can have the" -" status \"pending\" and not the status \"posted\". In that case, Yodlee " -"won't import it, you will have to wait till the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:74 msgid "" -"What is important to remember is that Yodlee is not a service fetching " -"transactions in real time. This is a service to facilitate the import of the" -" bank statements to the database." +"It is good practice to have one Journal per bank account. If you synchronize" +" a single bank account, link it to the existing *Bank* journal. If you have " +"multiple accounts, it is recommended to pick the *Create new journal* option" +" for all additional accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:95 -msgid "Is the Yodlee feature included in my contract?" -msgstr "我的合同中是否包含Yodlee功能？" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Enterprise Version: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked to " -"your database." -msgstr "企业版：是的，如果你有一个有效的企业合同链接到你的数据库。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Community Version: No, this feature is not included in the Community " -"Version." -msgstr "社区版：不，该功能未包含在社区版本中。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Online Version: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." -msgstr "在线版：是的，甚至您从One App Free合同中受益。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:102 -msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta\", what does it mean?" -msgstr "一些银行是\"Beta\"状态，这是什么意思？" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:104 -msgid "" -"This means that Yodlee is only currently working on developing the " -"synchronization with this bank. The synchronization could already work or it" -" may need a bit more time to have a 100% working synchronization. " -"Unfortunately, there is not much to do about it except for being patient." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:81 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:110 -msgid "All my past transactions are not in Odoo, why?" -msgstr "所有我的过去交易都不在Odoo，为什么？" +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:112 -msgid "Yodlee only allows to fetch transactions up to 3 months in the past." +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on *Update Accounts* to enter your new Client ID and Secret ID, or " +"click on *Edit* to modify the synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:92 +msgid "Deprecated API tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Ponto's previous synchronization system using API tokens is now deprecated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:96 +msgid "" +"This section is only relevant for users who had previously linked Ponto with" +" Odoo using a single API token instead of the current synchronization system" +" with a *Client ID* and a *Secret ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:99 +msgid "**Update** your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*SaaS* and *Odoo.sh* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "you can skip this step, as your database is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "*Community* and *Enterprise* users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"download the latest Odoo source code for your version (you can download it " +"from `this link <https://odoo.com/download>`_ or from GitHub), install it, " +"and restart your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Do a **hard refresh** of your Odoo page by pressing *CTRL + F5*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A hard refresh clears the cache and the javascript code for the current " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To **generate your access key**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-link-" +"odoo>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To **update your credentials**, follow :ref:`the steps above <ponto-update-" +"credentials>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/bank_accounts`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:187 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage batch deposits of checks?" -msgstr "如果管理支票的批量存款?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When your company's collections group receives checks from customers they " -"will often place this money into their bank account in batches. As this " -"money has been received in a physical form, someone in your company must " -"manually bring the checks to the bank." -msgstr "" -"当你们公司集中从客户收到支票后, 他们往往会把这些钱批次地放到银行账户。这钱已经以一个物理形式收到了, 你的公司的人必须手动把支票登记到银行。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The bank will ask for a deposit ticket (also referred to as deposit slip) to" -" be filled-in with the details of the checks or cash to be included in the " -"transactions." -msgstr "银行将要求填写一张存款单，交易包括的支票详情以及现金。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The bank statement will reflect the total amount that was deposited and the " -"reference to the deposit ticket, not the individual checks." -msgstr "银行对账单将反映总计和存款单的参考信息, 而不是个人支票。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Odoo assists you to prepare and print your deposit tickets, and later on " -"reconcile them with your bank statement easily." -msgstr "Odoo帮助您准备和打印你的存款单, 之后与银行对账单调节就很容易了。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:24 -msgid "Install the batch deposit feature" -msgstr "安装批量存款功能" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:26 -msgid "" -"In order to use the batch deposit feature, you need the module **Batch " -"Deposit** to be installed." -msgstr "为了使用批处理存款功能, 你需要安装模块 **批量存款** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Usually, this module is automatically installed if checks are widely used in" -" your country." -msgstr "通常, 如果支票在你的国家被广泛使用, 这个模块是自动安装的。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To verify that the **Batch Deposit** feature is installed, go to the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of the accounting " -"application. Check the feature: **Allow batch deposit**." -msgstr "" -"验证 **批量存款** 功能是否安装, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` menu of " -"the accounting application。检查功能 : **Allow batch deposit** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Activate the feature on your bank accounts" -msgstr "在银行账户激活该功能" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Once you have installed this feature, Odoo automatically activate bank " -"deposits on your main bank accounts." -msgstr "一旦你已经安装了这个特性, Odoo将自动激活你的银行账户内的存款功能。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To control which bank account can do batch deposit and which can not, go to " -"the journal that you defined to pay your checks, usually called 'Checks' or " -"'Bank' (see :doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check`, in the " -"Accounting apps, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals`." -msgstr "" -"哪个银行账户可以做批处理存款, 哪些不能, 这个控制可以去账内定义, 通常被称为“支票\" 或“银行 \"(参见 " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_payments/check` , 会计应用程序 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting --> Journals` ." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:52 -msgid "" -"In **Advanced Settings** tab, in section **Miscellaneous**, set Debit Method" -" to **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "在 **高级设置** 页卡, **杂项** 部分, 设置借记方式为 **批量存款** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:58 -msgid "" -"If you check **Batch Deposit** in your debit method field, it means that " -"payments created using this Journal (called Payment method when you want to " -"make or receive a payment) will be applicable for the creation of Batch " -"Deposits afterwards." -msgstr "" -"如果你在借记方式中检查 **Batch Deposit** , 这意味着付款时使用这个账(当收款或是付款时称为支付方式), 将适用于之后的存款批处理。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:64 -msgid "From checks received to the bank" -msgstr "从收到支票到银行" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:67 -msgid "Receive customer checks" -msgstr "收到客户支票" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once your checks are received, record them on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them. Once you select the bank account (or check journal if " -"you configured Odoo that way), Odoo proposes you to use a batch deposit. " -"Select this option if you plan to deposit the check to your bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:78 -msgid "In the memo field, you can set the reference of the check." -msgstr "在备忘录字段, 你可以设置支票的参考。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:82 -msgid "" -"payments can be registered from the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`, or directly on the related invoice, using the **Register " -"Payment** button." -msgstr "" -"可在此菜单中登记付款 :menuselection: :`Sales --> Payments` , 或直接在相关发票上登记, 使用 " -"**Register Payment** 按钮。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:86 -msgid "Prepare a batch deposit" -msgstr "预备批量存款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:88 -msgid "" -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Batch Deposit`, and create a new **Batch Deposit**." -msgstr "" -"从会计程序, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Batch Deposit` , 并创建一个新的 **Batch " -"Deposit** ." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Select the bank, then select the payments (checks) you want to add in this " -"deposit. By default, Odoo proposes you all the checks that have not been " -"deposited yet. That way you can verify that you do not forget or lost a " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:102 -msgid "" -"You can then print the batch deposit, which will be very useful to prepare " -"the deposit slip that the bank usually requires to complete." -msgstr "然后你可以打印批存款, 这将是非常有用的, 银行通常需要。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:106 -msgid "Reconciling the Deposit with the Bank Statement" -msgstr "使用银行对账单调节存款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:108 -msgid "" -"When you process the bank statement reconciliation you will see the deposit " -"ticket number referenced in the statement. When the reconciliation process " -"is run, the user will be able to select the batch deposit that matches with " -"the bank statement line." -msgstr "当调节银行对账单时, 对账单中将会看到存款单的号码。核销运行时, 用户将能够选择匹配的批处理存款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you select a batch deposit, Odoo will automatically fill all the checks " -"contained in this deposit for the matching. (2 checks were in the batch " -"deposit in the example below)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:113 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "排查" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:127 -msgid "I don't see the batch deposit link on bank statements?" -msgstr "在银行对帐单上没有此明细行？" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:129 -msgid "" -"If you don't have a batch deposit link in your bank statement, there could " -"be two reasons:" -msgstr "如果在银行对账单中没有批存款链接, 可能是两个原因 :" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:132 -msgid "" -"After having installed the batch deposit features you need to reload the " -"page so that the browser is aware of this new feature. Just click the reload" -" button of your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:136 -msgid "You do not have a batch deposit created for this bank account." -msgstr "你的银行账户内没有创建批处理存款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:139 -msgid "What happens if a check was refused?" -msgstr "假如支票被拒绝会发生什么?" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:141 -msgid "" -"If you have a smaller amount in your bank statement than the actual amount " -"in your batch deposit, it probably means that one of your check has been " -"refused." -msgstr "如果银行对账单的金额小于实际批存款的金额, 它可能意味着你的某一张支票已经被拒绝了。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/batch.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In this case click on the line related to this check to remove it from the " -"bank statement matching." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another?" -msgstr "如何用电汇从一个银行转移到另一个银行?" +msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1053,6 +813,8 @@ msgid "" "default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" +"处理内部转账需要在科目表中添加转账科目。Odoo将根据你所在国家的科目表自动生成一个科目。如要配置科目表并检查默认的转账科目，前往会计模块设置，并选择 " +":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -1065,11 +827,11 @@ msgid "" "The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " "depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " "from the same page." -msgstr "自动生成默认的转移帐户取决于你们国家的立法。如果有必要, 可以修改相同的页面。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "创建第二银行账户/日记账" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1099,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "现在我们将把50.000欧元从我们的 **Bank** 转到 **Bank BE57 0 #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "记录内部转账" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1107,6 +869,7 @@ msgid "" "accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " "select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." msgstr "" +"第一步是登记内部付款。为此，进入你的会计仪表板，点击其中一个银行的 **更多** 按钮并选择 :menuselection:`新建 --> 内部转账`。" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1119,32 +882,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (`see " -"<Reconcile_>`_)." -msgstr "备忘录是很重要的, 如果你想自动调节 (`see <Reconcile_>`_)." +"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " +"bank statements and reconcile`_)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." msgstr "保存并确认变更以登记付款。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 msgid "" "In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " "We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " "accounts." msgstr "在会计方面, 钱现在登记在转移账户。我们需要导入银行对账单, 将钱登记在最终的账户." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "导入银行对账单并调节" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 msgid "" "Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " "statement of your bank." msgstr "注意, 银行余额在Odoo的计算与银行最新的对账单是不同的." -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 msgid "" "That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " "receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " @@ -1153,7 +916,7 @@ msgid "" "the corresponding bank to import them." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 msgid "" "Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " "**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " @@ -1165,18 +928,18 @@ msgstr "" "。计算的余额是理论上你的账户的余额。如果与银行对账单一致, 就意味着没有错误。填写 **Ending balance** , 然后点击 " "**Reconcile** 按钮。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 msgid "The following window will open:" msgstr "下列窗口将会打开 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 msgid "" "You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " "statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " "button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要为付款选择交易对手。选择付款对应的正确银行对账单行并点击**对账**按钮。关闭对账单，完成交易。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 msgid "" "The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " "statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " @@ -1185,115 +948,191 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "银行核销" +msgstr "银行对账" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:3 -msgid "Configure model of entries" -msgstr "配置分录模型" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo you have the possibility to pre-fill some accounting entries in " -"order to easily reconcile recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "在Odoo中你可以预设一些会计分录, 这样在计提例如银行费用这些经常性会计分录的时候就省事多了。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate the concept : Every month " -"my company receives a bank fee cost, which depends of our bank account " -"current balance. This fee is thus variable." -msgstr "我们将下面的例子来说明这一概念 :每个月, 我公司收到银行费用成本, 这取决于我们的银行账户当前余额。这个费用是变量。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:16 -msgid "Create Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "创建对账模型" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, we need to configure two model reconciliation entries. To do so, go " -"to the accounting application dashboard. On your bank journal, click on " -":menuselection:`More --> Reconciliation Models`." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -"首先, 我们需要配置两个调节分录。为此, 会计应用程序仪表盘。在银行账点击 :menuselection:`更多(More) --> " -"调节模型(Reconciliation Models)` 。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" -"We want to be able to book our bank fees easily. Our bank deducts fees " -"depending on our balance, meaning that it can vary every month." -msgstr "我们银行费用容易记账。我们的银行扣除费用根据余额, 也就是说它可以每个月都不同。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:28 -msgid "" -"We create a button Label called Bank fees, select the correct account to " -"book those fees. Moreover we also need to specify that the amount type is " -"\"Percentage of balance\" with an Amount of 100%. This parameter will tell " -"Odoo to take the entire fee into account." +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -"我们创建一个名为银行费用的按钮标签, 选择正确的科目记录这些费用。此外我们还需要指定类型是\" Percentage of balance\\ \\ " -"\\ \", 比例为100%。这个参数将告诉Odoo考虑整个费用。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:36 -msgid "Save your changes when you are done." -msgstr "当完成时保存变更。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" -"If the amount of your bank fee is fixed, you can as well select **Fixed** " -"under amount type and specify the amount in the amount tap." -msgstr "如果你的银行费用是固定的, 也可以选择 **固定的(Fixed)** 以及定义金额。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also use this functionality to handle discounts. Please refer to " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation " +"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." msgstr "" -"您还可以使用此功能来处理折扣。请参阅 :doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -" " -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:49 -msgid "Register your payments based on a reconciliation model" -msgstr "基于对账模型登记付款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Register your payment by importing your bank statements that will be " -"impacted by the payment of the bank fee." -msgstr "通过导入你的银行对账单来登记付款, 这会影响银行的支付费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:54 -msgid "" -"When doing the reconciliation, you can select an open balance and click the " -"**Reconciliation Model** button (in this case, **Bank Fees**) to get all the" -" relevant data instantly." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -"进行调节时, 您可以选择一个未清的余额, 点击 **调节模型(Reconcilication Model)** 按钮(在这种情况下, " -"**银行费用(Bank Fees)** )立即获得所有相关的数据。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:61 -msgid "Finally, click on **Reconcile** to finish the process." -msgstr "最后, 点击 **调节(Reconcile)** 完成过程." +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:112 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/manual`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/manual` " +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/ofx`" -msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/ofx` " +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/configure.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "类型" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "银行对账单明细条件" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "对应值" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" msgstr ":doc:`use_cases` " +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use cases in the bank reconciliation process?" -msgstr "银行对账过程中的使用案例？" +msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/overview.rst:3 ../../accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1303,14 +1142,15 @@ msgid "" "lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " "any other payment document with your bank statements." msgstr "" +"将会计记录与银行对账单匹配的工作量比较大。你需要找到对应的发票，比较发票金额及合作伙伴详情与银行对账单是否相符。这些步骤需要很多时间。幸运的是，使用Odoo，你可以很容易地将发票或其他付款文件与银行对账单匹配。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中有2种对账过程选项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们可以直接在发票上注明付款" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" @@ -1320,11 +1160,11 @@ msgstr "我们可以用银行对账单调整销售发票" msgid "" "No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " "is to install the accounting app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记发票不需要特殊设置。我们只需安装会计应用程序就可以了。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "使用案例" +msgstr "用例" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" @@ -1334,7 +1174,7 @@ msgstr "案例1 : 付款登记" msgid "" "We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " "issued to Smith & Co." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们收到发票付款证明，是史密斯公司的2100欧元。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1344,6 +1184,7 @@ msgid "" "invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" " services to our customer." msgstr "" +"我们开了张2100欧元的发票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务，要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单，所以我们必须将该发票标记为立即支付，表明我们可以开始为客户提供服务。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -1356,7 +1197,7 @@ msgid "" "By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " "has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " "method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过点击**付款登记**，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我们需要在此指定金额和支付方式。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1384,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "我们开始已开给Smith & Co的3000欧元的发票。让我们也假 msgid "" "We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " "Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们收到银行对账单，发现不仅是史密斯公司已付款，Buzz的92欧元也已支付。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1410,7 +1251,7 @@ msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **手工动作** 。" msgid "" "For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " "it in :" -msgstr "例如, 如果在银行对账单中缺少业务伙伴, 请填写" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -1418,123 +1259,179 @@ msgid "" "and validate all related payments :" msgstr "如果用首付完成了付款, 只检查它是否正确并验证所有相关的付款" -#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." msgstr "点击CTRL-Enter, 调节表格中的所有项。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup a new bank account?" -msgstr "如何设置一个新的银行账户？" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage multiple bank accounts. In this page, you will be " -"guided in the creation, modification or deletion of a bank or a credit card " -"account." -msgstr "在Odoo, 您可以管理多个银行账户。在这个页面, 你会在银行或信用卡帐户的创建, 修改或删除的指导。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:10 -msgid "Edit a bank account" -msgstr "编辑银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To ease the process, a bank account is already there. We suggest you to edit" -" it first before filling your own bank information." -msgstr "为了简化这一过程, 银行账户已经存在。我们建议你在填写银行信息前先编辑它。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` and " -"click on the **Bank** item. Edit it." msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` , 然后点击 " -"**银行** 项。编辑它。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 +msgid "Bank Accounts" +msgstr "银行账户" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo will detect the bank account type (e.g. IBAN) to allow some payment " -"method like SEPA" -msgstr "Odoo将检测银行账户类型(例如 IBAN), 允许类似于SEPA等的支付方式" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:28 -msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "创建银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Click" -" on **create** and fill in the form. You can decide to show the bank account" -" number in you intend to send documents like sales orders or invoices. " -"Select the payments methods you support with this bank account." +"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " +"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Bank Accounts` .点击 **创建**" -" 和填写表格。你可以决定在文件上显示银行帐号, 就如销售订单或发票。选择银行账户的支付方式。" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you are working in a multi-company environnement, you'll have to switch " -"the company on your user preferences in order to add, edit or delete bank " -"accounts from another company." -msgstr "如果你在多公司环境内工作, 如你添加、编辑或删除银行账号, 需要在首选项中切换公司。" +"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " +"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "类型" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 msgid "" -"Bank account type: Normal or IBAN. Inferred from the bank account number." -msgstr "银行账户类型：正常或IBAN。从银行账号推断。" +"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" +" are automatically created and configured." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "ABA/Routing" -msgstr "ABA/路由" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "American Bankers Association Routing Number" -msgstr "美国银行家协会路由号码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 -msgid "Account Holder Name" -msgstr "账户持有人名称" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 msgid "" -"Account holder name, in case it is different than the name of the Account " -"Holder" -msgstr "帐户持有人姓名，谨防不同于帐户持有人的名称" +"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " +"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" +" are displayed when appropriate." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:49 -msgid "View *Bank Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *银行帐户*" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 +msgid "Add a new Bank Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 msgid "" -"The initial balance of a bank statement will be set to the closing balance " -"of the previous one within the same journal automatically." -msgstr "银行对帐单的初始余额将被设置为自动在同一期杂志上一个期末余额。" +"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" +" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " +"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:63 -msgid "Delete a bank account or credit card account" -msgstr "删除银行帐户或信用卡帐户" +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 +msgid "Bank Synchronization" +msgstr "银行同步" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/create_bank_account.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 msgid "" -"From the list of bank accounts, select items to delete and delete them from " -"the action menu or go to the form and delete a single item from the action " -"menu" -msgstr "从银行账户列表中, 选择要删除的项, 从行动菜单删除它们, 或者去表单和在行动菜单中删除" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " +"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this bank synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" +" out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " +"accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Advanced configuration" +msgstr "高级配置" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" +" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " +"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" +" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " +"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "" +"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " +"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " +"in the **Bank Statements** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 +msgid "`Odoo Learn: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a bank in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "如何管理银行的外币？" +msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1551,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," " Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "当你有一个外币的银行账户, 对于每笔交易, Odoo都保存两个值 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" @@ -1585,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "配置货币" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1605,7 +1502,7 @@ msgstr "激活货币后, 你可以配置的参数自动更新汇率。这些选 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "点击 **现在更新** 链接到目前最新的汇率。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 msgid "Create a new bank account" @@ -1615,9 +1512,7 @@ msgstr "创建银行账户" msgid "" "In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 我们首先去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Accounting / Bank account`" -" , 我们创建一个新的账户。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 我们首先去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 会计/银行账户` , 我们创建一个新的账户。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -1640,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr "如果选择框 **在发票页脚显示** , 银行信息将在发票页 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "例如 :外币的供应商账单" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1652,13 +1547,13 @@ msgstr "根据上面的例子中, 我们假设我们收到中国供应商的发 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " "see:" -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , 你可以看到 :" +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商账单` , 你可以看到 :" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 msgid "" "Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " "to record a payment." -msgstr "一旦你已经准备好支付这个账单, 点击登记付款记录付款。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1676,14 +1571,14 @@ msgstr "注意, 您可以用另一种货币支付外汇发票。在这种情况 #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "客户对账单" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 msgid "" "Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " "So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " "the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "客户和供应商的报表是用发票货币来管理的。所以, 客户(供应商)的到期金额总是用发票的货币表示。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -1700,6 +1595,7 @@ msgid "" "this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " "be converted to this currency." msgstr "" +"在上面的报告中，与Camptocamp相关的应收帐款没有用第二种货币进行管理，也就是说，每笔交易都使用本币。如需要，你可以将该客户的应收帐款设置为第二种货币，则所有的债务将自动转换该货币。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -1709,8 +1605,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在这种情况下, 客户对账单总是只有一种货币。一般来说, 这不是什么客户所希望的, 他更喜欢看到他收到发票的货币金额;" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a cash register?" -msgstr "如何管理现金出纳？" +msgid "Manage a cash register" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1723,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr "收银是日记注册receivings和支付交易。它计算总资金进 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." -msgstr "配置现金账, 在 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` ." +msgstr "配置现金日记帐, 在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 日记帐` ." #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -1731,369 +1627,1297 @@ msgid "" "configured as well as the currency of the journal" msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录, 默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同时配置为期刊的货币" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "有效" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Set active to false to hide the Journal without removing it." -msgstr "设置为无效，可以隐藏日记账而不用删除它。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "在客户发票日记账中选择‘销售’。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "在供应商账单日记账中选择‘购买’。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " -"payments." -msgstr "在客户或供应商的日记账中选择‘现金’或‘银行’。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "在杂项业务日记账中选择‘通用’。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "公司" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Company related to this journal" -msgstr "日记账相关的公司" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines how the bank statements will be registered" -msgstr "定义银行对账单的注册方式" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Synchronization Frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Defines when a new bank statement" -msgstr "定义新的银行对帐单的时间" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "will be created when fetching new transactions" -msgstr "将在提取新交易时创建" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "from your bank account." -msgstr "从你的银行账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Short Code" -msgstr "简码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The journal entries of this journal will be named using this prefix." -msgstr "这个日记账中的日记账分录会用这个前缀命名" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Number" -msgstr "下一号码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next invoice." -msgstr "下一号码将用于下一张发票." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Entry Sequence" -msgstr "分录序列" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the journal " -"entries of this journal." -msgstr "该字段包含和这个日记中日记账分录数量相关的信息" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Dedicated Credit Note Sequence" -msgstr "专用的信用票序列" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if you don't want to share the same sequence for invoices and" -" credit notes made from this journal" -msgstr "勾选此框，则此日记账下的会计发票或信用票不使用同一个序列。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Notes Next Number" -msgstr "贷项发票下一个编号" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The next sequence number will be used for the next credit note." -msgstr "下一号码将用于下一张退款单." - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Credit Note Entry Sequence" -msgstr "信用票分录序列" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This field contains the information related to the numbering of the credit " -"note entries of this journal." -msgstr "该字段包含此日记账中与信用清单目录数量相关的信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Debit Account" -msgstr "默认借方科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for debit amount" -msgstr "它将作为一个默认借方科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Default Credit Account" -msgstr "默认贷方科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It acts as a default account for credit amount" -msgstr "它将充当贷方金额的默认科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "币种" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "The currency used to enter statement" -msgstr "用来输入对账单的币种" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Type" -msgstr "讯息类型" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can set here the default communication that will appear on customer " -"invoices, once validated, to help the customer to refer to that particular " -"invoice when making the payment." -msgstr "您可以在这里设置默认联系方式，该联系方式将显示在客户发票上，一旦验证，以帮助客户在付款时参考该发票联系。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Communication Standard" -msgstr "通信标准" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"You can choose different models for each type of reference. The default one " -"is the Odoo reference." -msgstr "您可以为每种参考类型选择不同的模型。默认值是Odoo引用。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Alias Name" -msgstr "别名" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "It creates draft invoices and bills by sending an email." -msgstr "它通过发送电子邮件创建草稿发票和账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Profit Account" -msgstr "利润科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs" -" from what the system computes" -msgstr "当收银机的关账余额与系统计算的有差异时，用于记录利润" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Loss Account" -msgstr "损失科目" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs " -"from what the system computes" -msgstr "收银机的期末余额与系统计算的有差异时候用来记录损失" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Lock Posted Entries with Hash" -msgstr "使用Hash锁定已过账分录" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If ticked, the accounting entry or invoice receives a hash as soon as it is " -"posted and cannot be modified anymore." -msgstr "如果勾選，會計分錄或應收付憑單在過帳後立即完成沖帳/對帳，並且無法再修改。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Incoming Payments" -msgstr "未收款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual: Get paid by cash, check or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "手动：通过现金，支票或Odoo以外的任何其他方式进行付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Electronic: Get paid automatically through a payment acquirer by requesting " -"a transaction on a card saved by the customer when buying or subscribing " -"online (payment token)." -msgstr "电子化：在购买或在线订购（付款标记）时，通过客户保存的卡上的交易的付款请求自动进行付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo,you" -" are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit. Enable " -"this option from the settings." -msgstr "" -"批量存款：通过生成一批存款，并提交给你的银行，将几个客户的支票同时包裹起来。在用Odoo编码银行结单时，建议您将交易与批量存款对账。从设置中启用此选项。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "For Outgoing Payments" -msgstr "为付款" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Manual:Pay bill by cash or any other method outside of Odoo." -msgstr "手动：通过现金，支票或Odoo以外的任何其他方式进行付款。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check:Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "支票: 通过支票支付账单, 并从 Odoo 打印。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. Enable this option from the settings." -msgstr "sepa 信用转移: 从您提交到您的银行的 SEPA 信用转移文件支付账单。从设置中启用此选项。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "检查已选择的打印付款方式" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical feature used to know whether check printing was enabled as payment" -" method." -msgstr "用于检查支票打印是否作为付款方式启用的技术特征。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Check Sequence" -msgstr "支票序列" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Checks numbering sequence." -msgstr "支票编号序列。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Manual Numbering" -msgstr "手动编号" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check this option if your pre-printed checks are not numbered." -msgstr "如果你的预先印制支票是没有编号的请勾选此选项。" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Next Check Number" -msgstr "下一个支票号码" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 -msgid "Sequence number of the next printed check." -msgstr "下个打印支票的序列编号" - -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "用途" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "如何登记现金付款？" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" msgstr "要注册特定于该客户的现金支付, 你应该遵循以下步骤 :" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " -"Transactions` " +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 仪表板 --> 现金 --> 注册交易` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" -msgstr "开始和结束余额填写" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "注册交易, 指定链接到交易的客户" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "把钱放入" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" -msgstr "" -"把钱放入, 在交易开始前用于手动放置你的现金。从登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Put money in` " +msgstr "投入资金用于在开始交易之前手动放置现金。 从登记交易窗口中, 去 :menuselection:`更多 --> 投入资金` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "拿钱出来" -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " ":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -msgstr "" -"把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" -" " +msgstr "把钱拿出, 是在所有的交易结束后, 收集你的现金。在登记交易窗口, 去 :menuselection:`更多 --> 把钱拿出` " -#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "该交易将被添加到当前的现金支付登记。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 msgid "Localizations" msgstr "本地化" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "阿根廷" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " +"this version the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " +"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" +" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " +"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " +"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " +"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " +"that is used to analyze the invoice" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" +"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " +"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " +"AFIP regulations." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 +msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" +msgstr "Install the Argentinean localization modules" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:29 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." +msgstr "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " +"the first two modules." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "Configure your company" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" +msgstr "" +"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " +"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " +"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " +"structure of the company:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" +"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " +"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " +"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" +" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." +msgstr "Monotributista (149 accounts)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:53 +msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." +msgstr "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 +msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." +msgstr "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "Configure Master data" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "Electronic Invoice Credentials" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:66 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Environment" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " +"and Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " +"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" +msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " +"to select the environment:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:81 +msgid "AFIP Certificates" +msgstr "AFIP Certificates" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" +"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " +"provided by the AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." +msgstr "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" +"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " +"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " +"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" +"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " +"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " +"`Get AFIP Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." +msgstr "" +"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " +"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " +"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." +msgstr "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " +"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " +"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " +"default:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" +"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" +" Odoo but only the common ones are active." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" +msgstr "AFIP Responsibility Type" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " +"should be defined in the partner form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "税金设置" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " +"with their related financial account and configuration." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:144 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "Taxes Types" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:146 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:148 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." +msgstr "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:149 +msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:150 +msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" +msgstr "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:151 +msgid "Otros." +msgstr "Otros." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 +msgid "Special Taxes" +msgstr "Special Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" +msgstr "" +"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" +" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " +"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " +"Inactive taxes:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "Document Types" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." +msgstr "" +"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " +"AFIP)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:170 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" +"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " +"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " +"of invoices as well of account moves." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" +" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " +"when the localization module is installed." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:184 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:187 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "信" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:189 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" +msgstr "" +"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" +" the transaction/operation, example:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " +"be used." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." +msgstr "" +"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" +" must be used." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." +msgstr "" +"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " +"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:203 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "Use on Invoices" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:205 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " +"documents." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" +msgstr "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:212 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:133 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" +msgstr "" +"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:218 +msgid "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." +msgstr "" +"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " +"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" +" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " +"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." +msgstr "" +"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" +" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " +"account moves related to internal control process." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" +msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " +"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " +"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." +msgstr "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:236 +msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 +msgid "Web Services" +msgstr "Web Services" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:240 +msgid "" +"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " +"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:242 +msgid "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." +msgstr "" +"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " +"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" +" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`_." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:246 +msgid "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." +msgstr "" +"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " +"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " +"the document type related is type “E”." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:252 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." +msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " +"the operations related to this AFIP POS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:255 +msgid "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." +msgstr "" +"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" +" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " +"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " +"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " +"invoice report." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 +msgid "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" +"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " +"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " +"sequence. For example:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." +msgstr "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:264 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." +msgstr "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:265 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "顺序号" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:269 +msgid "" +"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" +" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " +"under :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` can " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 +msgid "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." +msgstr "" +"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " +"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " +"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " +"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:283 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "用法和测试" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:286 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:166 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "发票" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" +msgstr "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " +"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:292 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "Document type assignation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " +"based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:297 +msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." +msgstr "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:307 +msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." +msgstr "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:312 +msgid "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." +msgstr "" +"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " +"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." +msgstr "" +"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " +"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " +"manually by the user." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" +msgstr "Electronic Invoice elements" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:321 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." +msgstr "" +"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" +" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" +" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " +"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " +"draft until the related data is corrected." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" +msgstr "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 +msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." +msgstr "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." +msgstr "" +"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " +"10 days after the CAE is generated." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:332 +msgid "Result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 +msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." +msgstr "Aceptado en AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." +msgstr "Aceptado con Observaciones." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "Invoice Taxes" +msgstr "Invoice Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" +msgstr "" +"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " +"behavior on the pdf report:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:346 +msgid "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" +msgstr "" +"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " +"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " +"following AFIP Responsibility type:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto." +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" +"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " +"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " +"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:358 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:359 +msgid "Consumidor Final." +msgstr "Consumidor Final." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:360 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo." +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:361 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "IVA liberado." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 +msgid "Special Use Cases" +msgstr "Special Use Cases" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:371 +msgid "Invoices for Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" +msgstr "" +"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " +"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" +" tab “Other Info”:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:378 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" +msgstr "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" +" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " +"the invoice month:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 +msgid "Exportation Invoices" +msgstr "Exportation Invoices" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:387 +msgid "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" +msgstr "" +"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " +"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" +" type be associated:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" +msgstr "" +"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " +"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " +"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." +msgstr "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:397 +msgid "Exportation document type ." +msgstr "Exportation document type ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:398 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." +msgstr "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:399 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." +msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:400 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "Exempt Taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" +msgstr "" +"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " +"Info --> Accounting`:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:413 +msgid "Fiscal Bond" +msgstr "Fiscal Bond" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 +msgid "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" +"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " +"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " +"Ministry of Economy." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:419 +msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." +msgstr "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "Taxes." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 +msgid "Zone." +msgstr "Zone." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "Detail each item." +msgstr "Detail each item." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:424 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 +msgid "Complete description." +msgstr "Complete description." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:426 +msgid "Unit Net Price." +msgstr "Unit Net Price." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 +msgid "Quantity." +msgstr "Quantity." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 +msgid "Unit of measurement." +msgstr "Unit of measurement." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "Bonus." +msgstr "Bonus." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "VAT rate." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 +msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 +msgid "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." +msgstr "" +"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " +"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " +"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " +"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " +"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" +" to their clients and / or vendors." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 +msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:445 +msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." +msgstr "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." +msgstr "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:447 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" +msgstr "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" +msgstr "" +"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " +"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." +msgstr "" +"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " +"originator document passed to the note." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:462 +msgid "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." +msgstr "" +"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " +"A or B)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" +"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:468 +msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 +msgid "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." +msgstr "" +"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " +"Cancellation?” as True." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." +msgstr "" +"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " +"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " +"(false)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "Invoice printed report" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" +msgstr "" +"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " +"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " +"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:488 +msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" +msgstr "Troubleshooting and Auditing" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:489 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," +msgstr "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " +"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:499 +msgid "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" +"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " +"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " +"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "供应商账单" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:509 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." +msgstr "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " +"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" +" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " +"if necessary." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." +msgstr "" +"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " +"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " +"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:523 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." +msgstr "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " +"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " +"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:529 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." +msgstr "" +"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:534 +msgid "" +"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " +"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 +msgid "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" +"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " +"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "How to use it in Odoo" +msgstr "How to use it in Odoo" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 +msgid "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." +msgstr "" +"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " +"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:550 +msgid "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" +"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " +"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:560 +msgid "Untaxed Concepts" +msgstr "Untaxed Concepts" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:561 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " +"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" +msgstr "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" +" the Exempt concept:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:571 +msgid "Perception Taxes" +msgstr "Perception Taxes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." +msgstr "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " +"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " +"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 +msgid "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." +msgstr "" +"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " +"it and set the correct amount." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:586 +msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." +msgstr "After this is done the invoice can be validated." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:592 +msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" +msgstr "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "VAT Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:601 +msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Ventas" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:607 +msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" +msgstr "Libro de IVA Compras" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "Resumen de IVA" +msgstr "Resumen de IVA" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:619 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "IIBB - Reports" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:622 +msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" +msgstr "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "哥伦比亚" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:14 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 msgid "" "Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" " next modules:" msgstr "哥伦比亚的电子发票可从 otoo 12 获得, 需要下一个模块:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:11 msgid "" -"**l11n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " +"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " +"document types" +msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " "the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " "document types" -msgstr "**l11n_co**:管理会计模块的所有基本数据, 包含以下的默认设置: 会计科目表、税金、保留、身份证明文件类型" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:14 msgid "" "**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" " for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " @@ -2101,230 +2925,263 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "**l10n_co_edi**: 本模块包括与 Carvajal T&S 集成所需的所有额外字段, 并根据 DIAN 法律要求生成电子发票。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:20 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "工作流" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:28 -msgid "1. Install the Colombian localization modules" -msgstr "1. 安装哥伦比亚本地化模块" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +msgstr "Install the Colombian localization modules" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:32 msgid "" "For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " "first two modules." msgstr "为此, 请访问应用程序并搜索哥伦比亚。然后单击前两个模块的 \"安装\"。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "2. Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -msgstr "2. 配置 Carvajal T&S 服务的凭据" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +msgstr "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" "Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " "Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " "credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" +"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " +"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " +"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:43 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:68 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " "for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." -msgstr "进入：菜单选择：`会计->配置->设置`并查找*哥伦比亚电子发票*章节" +msgstr "进入:menuselection:`菜单选择：`会计->配置->设置`并查找*哥伦比亚电子发票*章节" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:52 msgid "" "Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" " environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " "integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " "https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" msgstr "" +"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" +" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " +"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " +"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:57 msgid "" "Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" " the testing environment can be disabled." msgstr "" +"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" +" the testing environment can be disabled." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:58 -msgid "3. Configure your report data" -msgstr "3.配置你的报表数据" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:62 +msgid "Configure your report data" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 msgid "" "As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " "define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." msgstr "" +"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " +"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "4. Configure data required in the XML" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:76 +msgid "Configure data required in the XML" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:74 -msgid "4.1 Partner" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:82 +msgid "Identification" +msgstr "ID" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "4.1.1 Identification" -msgstr "标识" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:84 msgid "" "As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " "DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " "their identification number and document type set:" msgstr "" +"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " +"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " +"their identification number and document type set:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 msgid "" "When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " "configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " "number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." msgstr "" +"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " +"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " +"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "4.1.2 Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgstr "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:100 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " "included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " "information required by the DIAN ." msgstr "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " +"information required by the DIAN ." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:104 msgid "" "These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " "Tab --> Fiscal Information`" msgstr "" +"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " +"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:110 msgid "" "Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " "regimen of the partner." msgstr "" +"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " +"regimen of the partner." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:108 -msgid "4.2 Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 msgid "" "If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " "consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " "This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." msgstr "" +"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " +"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " +"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 msgid "" "Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " "configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " "display taxes in the invoice PDF." msgstr "" +"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " +"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " +"display taxes in the invoice PDF." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:125 -msgid "4.3 Journals" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:135 msgid "" "Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " "electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " "documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"developer mode: :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration " -"Setting --> Journals`." +"the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`: " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " +"Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" "Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " "be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." msgstr "" +"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " +"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:143 -msgid "4.4 Users" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "Users" +msgstr "用户" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:154 msgid "" "The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " "job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" msgstr "" +"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " +"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:153 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "用法和测试" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:156 -msgid "1. Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:168 msgid "" "When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" " to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." msgstr "" +"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" +" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:162 -msgid "1.1 Invoice creation" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 +msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 msgid "" "The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " "doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " "invoice are the next fields:" msgstr "" +"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " +"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " +"invoice are the next fields:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:171 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "There are three types of documents:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:184 msgid "" "**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " "applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." msgstr "" +"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " +"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:186 msgid "" "**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " "transactions." msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"transactions." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:188 msgid "" "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " "manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " "necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " "the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." msgstr "" +"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " +"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " +"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " +"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:184 -msgid "1.2 Invoice validation" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "Invoice validation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:198 msgid "" "After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" " to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." msgstr "" +"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" +" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:204 msgid "" "An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " "XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " "the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" msgstr "" +"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " +"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " +"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:201 -msgid "1.3 Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:214 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:203 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:216 msgid "" "The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" " the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " @@ -2333,221 +3190,254 @@ msgid "" "Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" " invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." msgstr "" +"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" +" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " +"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " +"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " +"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" +" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:224 msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "After this:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:213 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "" "A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " "the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" +"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " +"the invoice chatter:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:222 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:225 -msgid "1.4 Common errors" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "Common errors" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:239 msgid "" "During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " "missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " "after updating the electronic invoice status." msgstr "" +"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " +"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " +"after updating the electronic invoice status." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:234 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" "After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " "the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" msgstr "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:245 -msgid "2. Additional use cases" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:258 +msgid "Additional use cases" +msgstr "Additional use cases" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia.rst:247 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:260 msgid "" "The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " "the functional workflow remains the same as well." msgstr "" +"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " +"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Colombia (ES)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:5 -msgid "**Facturación Electrónica para Colombia**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introducción" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo V12 y " +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " "requiere los siguientes Módulos:" msgstr "" +"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " +"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "**l11n_co**:** Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 msgid "" -"módulo de contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los " -"siguientes puntos:" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" msgstr "" +"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " +"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " +"puntos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "a. Plan Contable" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 +msgid "Plan Contable" +msgstr "Plan Contable" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "b. Impuestos" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 +msgid "Impuestos" +msgstr "Impuestos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "c. Retenciones" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 +msgid "Retenciones" +msgstr "Retenciones" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "d. Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 +msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" +msgstr "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:25 -msgid "**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 msgid "" -"adicionales que son requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la " -"generación de la Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la" -" DIAN." +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." msgstr "" +"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " +"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " +"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flujo General" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 msgid "Configuración" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:34 -msgid "1. Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 msgid "" "Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " "Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" msgstr "" +"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " +"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:39 -msgid "cz" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" +msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:42 -msgid "2. Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 msgid "" "Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " "Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " "Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." msgstr "" +"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " +"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " +"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 msgid "" -"Ve a Facturación –> Configuración –> Configuración y busca la sección " -"**Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" msgstr "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " +"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 msgid "" "La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " "ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" " completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" " través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 msgid "" "Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " "el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " "información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`__," +" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:64 -msgid "3. Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 +msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" +msgstr "Configuración de Información para PDF" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 msgid "" "Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " "definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " "Bancaria." msgstr "" +"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " +"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " +"Bancaria." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 msgid "" -"Ve a Contabilidad – Configuración – Ajustes y busca la sección **Facturación" -" Electrónica Colombiana**." +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." msgstr "" +"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " +"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:76 -msgid "4. Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 +msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" +msgstr "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:79 -msgid "4.1 Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" +msgstr "Contacto (Tercero)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "4.1.1 Identificación" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 +msgid "Identificación" +msgstr "Identificación" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 msgid "" "Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " "por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " "cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " "de documento correspondiente." msgstr "" +"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " +"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " +"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " +"de documento correspondiente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 msgid "" "Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " "ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " "número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." msgstr "" +"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " +"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " +"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:99 -msgid "4.1.2 Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" +msgstr "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 msgid "" "Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " "el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " "Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." msgstr "" +"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " +"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " +"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en Contactos –> Pestaña de Ventas y Compras –> " -"Información Fiscal" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" msgstr "" +"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 msgid "" "Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " "régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " @@ -2555,157 +3445,179 @@ msgid "" "Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " "opciones." msgstr "" +"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " +"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " +"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " +"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " +"opciones." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:118 -msgid "4.2 Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 msgid "" "Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " "importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta:" +"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Contabilidad – > Configuración –> Impuestos: –> Opciones Avanzadas –>Tipo de" -" Valor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 msgid "" "Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " "en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " "considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " "gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" msgstr "" +"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " +"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " +"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " +"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:138 -msgid "4.3 Diarios" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 +msgid "Diarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:140 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 msgid "" "Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " "resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" " con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." msgstr "" +"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " +"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" +" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:145 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 msgid "" "La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta:" +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" msgstr "" +"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " +"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" +" Secuencia`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:148 -msgid "Contabilidad –> Configuración –> Diarios –> Liga de Secuencia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 msgid "" "Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " "Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:160 -msgid "4.4 Usuarios" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 +msgid "Usuarios" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 msgid "" "La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " "incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" msgstr "" +"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " +"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturas" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 msgid "" "Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " "configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " "Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" msgstr "" +"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " +"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " +"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "1. Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 +msgid "Invoice Creation" +msgstr "Invoice Creation" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 msgid "" "El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " "factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " "independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " "manualmente." msgstr "" +"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " +"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " +"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " +"manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:187 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 msgid "" "Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " "son los siguientes:" msgstr "" +"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " +"son los siguientes:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:193 -msgid "para Facturas, Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:196 -msgid "transacciones de importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:202 -msgid "**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 msgid "" -"utilizada como un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el " -"ERP y hay necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta " -"factura en el ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." msgstr "" +"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," +" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:208 -msgid "1. Invoice Validation" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." msgstr "" +"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " +"importación." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:210 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." +msgstr "" +"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" +" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " +"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " +"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice Validation" +msgstr "Invoice Validation" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 msgid "" "Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " "automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " "desplegado en el historial." msgstr "" +"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " +"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " +"desplegado en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:217 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 msgid "" "Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " "con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" " que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " "inicial **En Proceso**." msgstr "" +"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " +"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" +" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " +"inicial **En Proceso**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:226 -msgid "1. Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 +msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" +msgstr "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:233 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 msgid "" "El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " "validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " @@ -2714,110 +3626,700 @@ msgid "" "(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " "CUFE." msgstr "" +"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " +"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " +"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " +"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " +"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " +"CUFE." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:237 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 msgid "" "Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " "el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente." +"automáticamente:" msgstr "" +"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " +"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " +"automáticamente:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:240 -msgid "en el historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:245 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:250 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 msgid "" -"Nota: En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible" -" mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." msgstr "" +"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " +"historial de la Factura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "1. Errores Frecuentes" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 +msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." +msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 +msgid "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" msgstr "" +"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " +"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:260 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 +msgid "Errores Frecuentes" +msgstr "Errores Frecuentes" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 msgid "" "Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " "relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " "detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " "desplegados en el historial." msgstr "" +"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " +"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " +"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " +"desplegados en el historial." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 msgid "" "Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " "la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " "botón:" msgstr "" +"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " +"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " +"botón:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 msgid "" "El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " "el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " "igual." msgstr "" +"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " +"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " +"igual." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 +msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 +msgid "Contexto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 +msgid "Contexto Normativo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 +msgid "Soporte Normativo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " +"desarrollan:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 +msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 +msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 +msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 +msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 +msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 +msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 +msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 +msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 +msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 +msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 +msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 +msgid "Calendario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " +"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" +" en el RUT:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 +msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 +msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 +msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" +" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " +"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " +"nuevos procesos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 +msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " +"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 +msgid "Actualización de Módulos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " +"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 +msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " +"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 +msgid "" +"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " +"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 +msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 +msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 +msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " +"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " +"cambios del Anexo 1.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 +msgid "Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 +msgid "" +"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" +" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " +"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " +"genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" +" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 +msgid "" +"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " +"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" +" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 +msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 +msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 +msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 +msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" +" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 +msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " +"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " +"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" +" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 +msgid "" +"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 +msgid "" +"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " +"siguientes parámetros:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 +msgid "" +"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " +"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " +"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " +"Valor**: *IVA*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 +msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 +msgid "" +"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " +"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " +":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " +"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" +" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre de provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Código de Provincia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 +msgid "Nombre actualizado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "D.C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "DC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 +msgid "Bogotá" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "QUI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 +msgid "Quindío" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "SAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 +msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 +msgid "Ejemplo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 +msgid "Verificación de Código postal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " +"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " +"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " +"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " +"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " +"<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 +msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 +msgid "" +"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " +"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " +"facturación del punto de punto de venta." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 +msgid "" +"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " +"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " +"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" +" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " +"correspondientes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " +"identificador generico:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 +msgid "" +"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " +"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" +" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " +"generadas a causa del COVID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 +msgid "Fechas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " +"(3 días SIN IVA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 +msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 +msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 +msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 +msgid "Condiciones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " +"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " +"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " +"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " +"corresponda." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 +msgid "" +"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " +"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " +"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " +"<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 +msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Tipo de Productos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 +msgid "Precio Máximo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "Electrodomesticos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 +msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 +msgid "Vestuario y complementos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 +msgid "Elementos deportivos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 +msgid "Utiles Escolares" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 +msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 +msgid "Métodos de Pago:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 +msgid "" +"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " +"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 +msgid "Limite de unidades:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 +msgid "" +"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " +"producto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 +msgid "Medidas en Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 +msgid "**Preparación de datos**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " +"punto: Datos maestros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 +msgid "" +"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " +"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " +"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " +"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " +"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 +msgid "" +"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " +"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " +"Cubiertos." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 +msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " +"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " +"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 +msgid "" +"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " +"mismo día." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 +msgid "" +"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" +" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " +"momento de facturar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 +msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 +msgid "" +"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " +"original." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 +msgid "" +"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " +"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " +"correspondiente al IVA convencional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" msgstr "法国" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 msgid "FEC" msgstr "FEC" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " "the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" " --> FEC`." -msgstr "如果你已经安装了法国会计，你将能下载FEC。为此，可以这样：菜单选项“会计-->报表-->法国-->FEC”。" +msgstr "" +"如果你已经安装了法国会计，你将能下载FEC。为此，可以这样：菜单选项:menuselection:` 会计 --> 报表 --> 法国 -->FEC " +"`。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 msgid "" "If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " "module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." msgstr "如果您看不到子菜单 **, 请进入 ** 应用程序 ** 并搜索名为 ** 法国-FEC ** 的模块, 并验证它是否安装良好。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 msgid "French Accounting Reports" msgstr "法国会计报告" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 msgid "" "If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " "accounting reports specific to France:" msgstr "如果您安装了法国会计, 您将可以访问特定于法国的一些会计报告:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 msgid "Bilan comptable" msgstr "会计余额" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 msgid "Compte de résultats" msgstr "结果帐户" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:22 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 msgid "Plan de Taxes France" msgstr "法国税收计划" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" msgstr "通过 Odoo 获得增值税反欺诈认证" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 msgid "" "As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " "France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " @@ -2828,82 +4330,84 @@ msgstr "" "截至 2018年1月1日, 法国和 DOM-TOM 实施了一项新的反欺诈立法。这一新立法规定了有关销售数据的 " "inalterability、安全、存储和归档的某些标准。这些法律要求在 Odoo 中实施, 版本9继续, 通过模块和合格证书下载。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" msgstr "我的公司是否需要使用反欺诈软件？" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 msgid "" "Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " "Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "您的公司需要使用一个反欺诈现金登记软件, 如 Odoo (CGI 艺术 286, i. 3° bis) 如果:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," msgstr "您在法国或任何 DOM-汤姆应纳税 (不含增值税)," -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "您的一些客户是个人 (B2C)。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 msgid "" "This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " "VAT and therefore are not affected." msgstr "此规则适用于任何公司规模。自动创业者免征增值税, 因此不受影响。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 msgid "Get certified with Odoo" msgstr "获得 Odoo 认证" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." msgstr "与 Odoo 的兼容是非常容易的。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 msgid "" "Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" " of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " "legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__. If you " +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " "use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>`__ or " -"contact your Odoo service provider." +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." msgstr "" -"税务管理部门要求贵公司提供合格证书, 证明您的软件符合反欺诈法规。此证书由 odoo SA 授予 odoo 企业用户 \" " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__.。如果您使用 odoo 社区, " -"您应该 \"升级到 odoo " -"企业版<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/online/setup/enterprise.html>\" __ " -"或联系您的 odoo 服务提供商." +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should `upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ or contact" +" your Odoo service provider." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." msgstr "如果不符合规定, 您的公司将面临7500欧元的罚款。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" msgstr "要获得认证, 只需按照以下步骤操作:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 msgid "" "Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " "menu:" msgstr "从 * 应用程序 * 菜单中安装适合您 Odoo 环境的反欺诈模块:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 msgid "" "if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "" "如果您使用 Odoo 销售点: * l10n_fr_pos_cert *: 法国-销售点的增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 msgid "" "in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " "Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" msgstr "在任何其他情况下: * l10n_fr_certification *: 法国-增值税反欺诈认证 (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 msgid "" "Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " "encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " @@ -2911,9 +4415,9 @@ msgid "" "country from the list; Do not create a new country." msgstr "" "确保您的公司设置了一个国家/地区, 否则您的条目将不会被加密 inalterability 检查。要编辑您公司的数据, 请转到: " -"menuselection: \"设置->> 用户和公司->> 公司\"。从列表中选择一个国家/地区;不要创建一个新的国家。" +"menuselection: `设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`。从列表中选择一个国家/地区; 不要创建一个新的国家。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 msgid "" "Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." @@ -2921,23 +4425,21 @@ msgstr "" "下载 Odoo SA ' 这里 ' 提供的强制性合格证书<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-" "certification/>`__." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 msgid "" "To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the developer mode from " -"the *Settings* menu. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " -"List* in the top-menu." +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " +"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." msgstr "" -"要在2017年12月18日之前创建的任何系统中安装该模块, 应更新 \"模块\" 列表。为此, 请从 * 设置 * 菜单中激活开发人员模式。然后转到 *" -" 应用程序 * 菜单, 然后在顶部菜单中按 * 更新模块列表 *。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " "restart your server beforehand." msgstr "如果您在本地运行 Odoo, 您需要更新您的安装并提前重新启动服务器。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 msgid "" "If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" " December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" @@ -2946,56 +4448,53 @@ msgid "" "*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" " installed." msgstr "" -"如果您安装了反欺诈模块的初始版本 (2017年12月18日之前), 则需要对其进行更新。该模块的名称是 * 法国-会计认证 CGI 286 I-3 " -"bis *。更新模块列表后, 在 * 应用程序 * 中搜索更新的模块 *, 选择它, 然后单击 * 升级 *。最后, 确保安装了以下模块 * " -"l10n_fr_sale_closing *。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Anti-fraud features" msgstr "反欺诈功能" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" msgstr "反欺诈模块引入了以下功能:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 msgid "" "**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " "data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" msgstr "**Inalterability**: 取消或修改 POS 订单、发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有方式的停用;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "**Security**: 链算法验证 inalterability;" +msgstr "**Security**: 链算法验证不变化;" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 msgid "" "**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " "cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." msgstr "**Storage**: 自动销售结转, 计算期间和累计合计 (每日、每月、每年)。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inalterability" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 msgid "" "All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " "confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " "located in France or in any DOM-TOM." msgstr "如果公司位于法国或任何 DOM-TOM, 则取消和修改付费 POS 订单、已确认发票和日记帐分录的关键数据的所有可能方法都将被停用。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 msgid "" "If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " "companies are impacted." msgstr "如果您运行的是多公司环境, 则只有这些公司的文档受到影响。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Security" -msgstr "安全" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:112 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 msgid "" "To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" " validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " @@ -3003,7 +4502,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "为确保 inalterability, 每个订单或日记帐条目在验证时进行加密。此数字 (或哈希) 是从文档的关键数据以及先例文档的哈希计算得出的。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 msgid "" "The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " "information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " @@ -3014,21 +4513,21 @@ msgstr "" "该模块引入一个接口来测试数据 inalterability。如果文档在验证后修改了任何信息, 则测试将失败。算法重新计算所有哈希值, " "并将它们与初始值进行比较。在出现故障时, 系统会指出系统中记录的第一个损坏的文档。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 msgid "" "Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " "POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " "Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." msgstr "" -"具有 * 管理员 * 访问权限的用户可以启动 inalterability 检查。对于 POS 订单, 请转到: menuselection: " -"\"销售点->> 报告-法国声明\"。对于发票或日记帐分录, 请转到: menuselection: \"开票/记帐->> 报告-法国声明\"。" +"具有 *管理员* 访问权限的用户可以启动不变化检查。对于 POS 订单, 请转到: menuselection:`POS --> 报告 - " +"法国声明\"。对于发票或日记帐分录, 请转到: menuselection:`开票/记帐 --> 报告-法国声明`。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 msgid "Storage" msgstr "存储" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 msgid "" "The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " "annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" @@ -3036,159 +4535,198 @@ msgid "" "recorded in the system." msgstr "该系统还处理每日、每月和每年的自动销售结转。此类结算会显著计算该期间的销售总额以及系统中记录的第一个销售条目的累计总计。" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 msgid "" "Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " "Invoicing and Accounting apps." msgstr "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:142 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 msgid "" "Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " "Type = Sales)." msgstr "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 msgid "" "For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." msgstr "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 msgid "" "POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " "Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " "daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" " hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." msgstr "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 msgid "" "A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " "previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " "record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " "counted in the very next closing." msgstr "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 msgid "" "For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -"developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation " -"--> Scheduled Actions` to do so." +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Then go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " +"Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 msgid "Responsibilities" msgstr "责任" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 msgid "" "Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" " of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." msgstr "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 msgid "" "Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " "diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " "the inalterability of data." msgstr "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 msgid "" "Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" " module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 msgid "More Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "More Information" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 msgid "" "You will find more information about this legislation in the official " "documents:" msgstr "" +"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " +"documents:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "" "`Frequently Asked Questions " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`__" +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" msgstr "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 msgid "" "`Official Statement " "<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`__" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" msgstr "" +"`Official Statement " +"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "" "`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`__" +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" msgstr "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "德国" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "German Chart of Accounts" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 msgid "" "The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " "choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " "section." msgstr "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 msgid "" "Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " "not created any accounting entry." msgstr "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." msgstr "" +"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "German Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 msgid "" "Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" msgstr "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 msgid "Balance Sheet" msgstr "资产负债表" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 msgid "Profit & Loss" msgstr "利润损失" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 msgid "Partner VAT Intra" msgstr "合作伙伴增值税内" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" msgstr "导出从Odoo到Datev" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/germany.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 msgid "" "It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " "able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " @@ -3196,12 +4734,191 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " "the **Export Datev (csv)** button." msgstr "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "印度尼西亚" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"<localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 +msgid "Italy (IT)" +msgstr "Italy (IT)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 msgid "" "Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" " configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " @@ -3210,11 +4927,11 @@ msgid "" "l’interscambio di informazioni." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 msgid "" "Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " "funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" @@ -3223,30 +4940,34 @@ msgid "" " configurare la fatturazione elettronica." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 msgid "" "I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " "elettronica sono i seguenti:" msgstr "" +"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " +"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 msgid "" "Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" " elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " "stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " "corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa `guida " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/discuss/email_servers.html>`__." +"relativa :doc:`guida <../../../discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" " presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " "elettronica." msgstr "" +"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" +" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " +"elettronica." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 msgid "" "Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " "della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " @@ -3254,65 +4975,81 @@ msgid "" "previa comunicazione." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 msgid "" "Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " "funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 msgid "" "Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " "selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " "commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" msgstr "" +"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " +"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " +"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "1. Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 +msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" +msgstr "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 msgid "" "Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " "Commercio." msgstr "" +"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " +"Commercio." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 msgid "" "Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " "fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " "rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " "l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." msgstr "" +"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " +"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " +"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " +"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "1. Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 +msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" +msgstr "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 msgid "" "Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " "fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " "necessarie informazioni legali." msgstr "" +"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " +"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " +"necessarie informazioni legali." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 msgid "" "Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" " i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" " e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " "necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." msgstr "" +"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" +" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" +" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " +"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 msgid "" "Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " "dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" @@ -3320,54 +5057,60 @@ msgid "" "quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " "tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." msgstr "" +"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " +"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" +" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " +"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " +"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 msgid "" "La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." msgstr "" +"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 msgid "" "I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " "dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" " dall’applicazione contabilità." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa:* Invio fallito" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 +msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +msgstr "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla:* Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 +msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +msgstr "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde:* Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 +msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +msgstr "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 msgid "" "Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " "su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "墨西哥" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 msgid "" "This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" " documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " @@ -3376,31 +5119,44 @@ msgid "" "information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " "\"Mexico\" set." msgstr "" +"This documentation is written assuming that you follow and know the official" +" documentation regarding Invoicing, Sales and Accounting and that you have " +"experience working with odoo on such areas, we are not intended to put here " +"procedures that are already explained on those documents, just the " +"information necessary to allow you use odoo in a Company with the country " +"\"Mexico\" set." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:17 msgid "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The mexican localization is a group of 3 modules:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:18 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:19 msgid "" "**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" " account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" " list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx:** All basic data to manage the accounting, taxes and the chart of" +" account, this proposed chart of account installed is a intended copy of the" +" list of group codes offered by the `SAT`_." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," " payment complement, invoice addendum." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_edi**: All regarding to electronic transactions, CFDI 3.2 and 3.3," +" payment complement, invoice addendum." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:24 msgid "" "**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " "accounting are here (Accounting app required)." msgstr "" +"**l10n_mx_reports**: All mandatory electronic reports for electronic " +"accounting are here (Accounting app required)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:26 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" "With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " "with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" @@ -3408,34 +5164,42 @@ msgid "" "market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " "company in Mexico." msgstr "" +"With the Mexican localization in Odoo you will be able not just to comply " +"with the required features by law in México but to use it as your accounting" +" and invoicing system due to all the set of normal requirements for this " +"market, becoming your Odoo in the perfect solution to administer your " +"company in Mexico." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:38 msgid "" "After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" " to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " "debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." msgstr "" +"After the configuration we will give you the process to test everything, try" +" to follow step by step in order to allow you to avoid expend time on fix " +"debugging problems. In any step you can recall the step and try again." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "1. Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" +msgstr "Install the Mexican Accounting Localization" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:46 msgid "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "For this, go in Apps and search for Mexico. Then click on *Install*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:52 msgid "" "When creating a database from www.odoo.com, if you choose Mexico as country " "when creating your account, the mexican localization will be automatically " "installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:54 -msgid "2. Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -msgstr "2. 电子发票(CDFI 3.2 和 3.3 格式)" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:58 +msgid "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" +msgstr "Electronic Invoices (CDFI 3.2 and 3.3 format)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:60 msgid "" "To enable this requirement in Mexico go to configuration in accounting Go in" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings` and enable the option on the image" @@ -3444,32 +5208,39 @@ msgid "" " integrate with the normal invoicing flow in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:68 -msgid "3. Set you legal information in the company" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid "Set your legal information in the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid "" "First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " "in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " "address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " "position on your company’s contact." msgstr "" +"First, make sure that your company is configured with the correct data. Go " +"in :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Companies` and enter a valid " +"address and VAT for your company. Don’t forget to define a mexican fiscal " +"position on your company’s contact." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:82 msgid "" "If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" " address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " "vat to **TCM970625MB1**." msgstr "" +"If you want use the Mexican localization on test mode, you can put any known" +" address inside Mexico with all fields for the company address and set the " +"vat to **TCM970625MB1**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 msgid "" -"4. Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the " -"company" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" msgstr "" +"Set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the partner that represent the company" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:93 msgid "" "Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " "order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " @@ -3478,24 +5249,31 @@ msgid "" " Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " "the option)." msgstr "" +"Go In the same form where you are editing the company save the record in " +"order to set this form as a readonly and on readonly view click on the " +"partner link, then edit it and set in the *Invoicing* tab the proper Fiscal " +"Information (for the **Test Environment** this must be *601 - General de Ley" +" Personas Morales*, just search it as a normal Odoo field if you can't see " +"the option)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "5. Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" +msgstr "Enabling CFDI Version 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:104 msgid "" "This steps are only necessary when you will enable the CFDI 3.3 (only " "available for V11.0 and above) if you do not have Version 11.0 or above on " -"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade sending a ticket to support in " -"https://www.odoo.com/help." +"your SaaS instance please ask for an upgrade by submitting a ticket to " +"support in https://www.odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:102 -msgid "Enable debug mode:" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:111 msgid "" "Go and look the following technical parameter, on :menuselection:`Settings " "--> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` and set the parameter " @@ -3503,59 +5281,75 @@ msgid "" "name does not exist)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "" "The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " "3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " "resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " "the default behavior." msgstr "" +"The CFDI 3.2 will be legally possible until November 30th 2017 enable the " +"3.3 version will be a mandatory step to comply with the new `SAT " +"resolution`_ in any new database created since v11.0 released CFDI 3.3 is " +"the default behavior." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Important considerations when yo enable the CFDI 3.3" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:680 msgid "" "Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " "field set to \"Tasa\"." msgstr "" +"Your tax which represent the VAT 16% and 0% must have the \"Factor Type\" " +"field set to \"Tasa\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 msgid "" "You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" " is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" " set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" +"You must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it" +" is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should" +" set 601, it will look like the image." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:144 msgid "" "All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " "\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " "faster." msgstr "" +"All products must have for CFDI 3.3 the \"SAT code\" and the field " +"\"Reference\" properly set, you can export them and re import them to do it " +"faster." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:146 -msgid "6. Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" +msgstr "Configure the PAC in order to sign properly the invoices" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 msgid "" "To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " "can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " "and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." msgstr "" +"To configure the EDI with the **PACs**, you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. You " +"can choose a PAC within the **List of supported PACs** on the *PAC field* " +"and then enter your PAC username and PAC password." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:154 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "Remember you must sign up in the refereed PAC before hand, that process can " "be done with the PAC itself on this case we will have two (2) availables " "`Finkok`_ and `Solución Factible`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:164 msgid "" "You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " "follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " @@ -3563,209 +5357,259 @@ msgid "" " proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " "environment with real transactions." msgstr "" +"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " +"follow this steps, if you do not have such information please try all the " +"\"Steps for Test\" and come back to this process when you finish the process" +" proposed for the SAT in order to set this information for your production " +"environment with real transactions." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:174 msgid "" "If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " "PAC username or password." msgstr "" +"If you ticked the box *MX PAC test environment* there is no need to enter a " +"PAC username or password." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:175 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:181 msgid "" "Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " "Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." msgstr "" +"Here is a SAT certificate you can use if you want to use the *Test " +"Environment* for the Mexican Accounting Localization." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 msgid "`Certificate`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Certificate`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:179 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "`Certificate Key`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Certificate Key`_" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:186 msgid "**Password:** 12345678a" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Password:** 12345678a" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:183 -msgid "7. Configure the tag in sales taxes" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:190 +msgid "Configure the tag in sales taxes" +msgstr "Configure the tag in sales taxes" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:185 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" "This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " "applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " "\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." msgstr "" +"This tag is used to set the tax type code, transferred or withhold, " +"applicable to the concept in the CFDI. So, if the tax is a sale tax the " +"\"Tag\" field should be \"IVA\", \"ISR\" or \"IEPS\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 msgid "" "Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " "a new tax you should choose a tag." msgstr "" +"Note that the default taxes already has a tag assigned, but when you create " +"a new tax you should choose a tag." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:199 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:207 msgid "Invoicing" msgstr "开票" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:201 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" "To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " "the normal Odoo's behaviour." msgstr "" +"To use the mexican invoicing you just need to do a normal invoice following " +"the normal Odoo's behaviour." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:204 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:212 msgid "" "Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " "like this:" msgstr "" +"Once you validate your first invoice a correctly signed invoice should look " +"like this:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:219 msgid "" "You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" " sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " "invoice by email." msgstr "" +"You can generate the PDF just clicking on the Print button on the invoice or" +" sending it by email following the normal process on odoo to send your " +"invoice by email." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:226 msgid "" "Once you send the electronic invoice by email this is the way it should " "looks like." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:234 msgid "Cancelling invoices" msgstr "取消的发票" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:227 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 msgid "" "The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"The cancellation process is completely linked to the normal cancellation in " +"Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:229 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:238 msgid "If the invoice is not paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "If the invoice is not paid." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:231 -msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:240 +msgid "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." +msgstr "Go to to the customer invoice journal where the invoice belong to." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:246 +msgid "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." +msgstr "Check the \"Allow cancelling entries\" field." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:244 -msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:250 +msgid "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." +msgstr "Go back to your invoice and click on the button \"Cancel Invoice\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:249 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:254 msgid "" "For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " "cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." msgstr "" +"For security reasons it is recommendable return the check on the to allow " +"cancelling to false again, then go to the journal and un check such field." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:252 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:257 msgid "**Legal considerations**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Legal considerations**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 msgid "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A cancelled invoice will automatically cancelled on the SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:255 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "" "If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " "cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " "good control of the cancellation reasons." msgstr "" +"If you retry to use the same invoice after cancelled, you will have as much " +"cancelled CFDI as you tried, then all those xml are important to maintain a " +"good control of the cancellation reasons." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:258 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:263 msgid "" "You must unlink all related payment done to an invoice on odoo before cancel" " such document, this payments must be cancelled to following the same " "approach but setting the \"Allow Cancel Entries\" in the payment itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:263 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:269 msgid "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payments (Just available for CFDI 3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 msgid "" "To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " "payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " "important." msgstr "" +"To generate the payment complement you only need to follow the normal " +"payment process in Odoo, this considerations to understand the behavior are " +"important." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:268 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:274 msgid "" "To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " "because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." msgstr "" +"To generate payment complement the payment term in the invoice must be PPD, " +"because It is the expected behavior legally required for \"Cash payment\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:272 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:278 msgid "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1.1. How can I generate an invoice with payment term `PUE`?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:274 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:280 msgid "" "`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " "the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " "calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " "generate a ``PPD`` invoice." msgstr "" +"`According to the SAT documentation`_ a payment is classified as ``PUE`` if " +"the invoice was agreed to be fully payed before the 17th of the next " +"calendar month (the next month of the CFDI date), any other condition will " +"generate a ``PPD`` invoice." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:279 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:285 msgid "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**1.2. How can I get this with Odoo?**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:281 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:287 msgid "" "In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " "easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." msgstr "" +"In order to set the appropriate CFDI payment term (PPD or PUE), you can " +"easily set it by using the ``Payment Terms`` defined in the invoice." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:284 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:290 msgid "" "If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" +"If an invoice is generated without ``Payment Term`` the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:287 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:293 msgid "" "Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " "``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " "the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " "next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." msgstr "" +"Today, if is the first day of the month and is generated an invoice with " +"``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` the ``Due Date`` calculated is going to be " +"the first day of the following month, this means its before the 17th of the " +"next month, then the attribute ``MetodoPago`` will be ``PUE``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:292 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:298 msgid "" "Today, if an invoice is generated with ``Payment Term`` ``30 Net Days`` and " "the ``Due Date`` is higher than the day 17 of the next month the " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:302 msgid "" "If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" " End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " "``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." msgstr "" +"If having a ``Payment Term`` with 2 lines or more, for example ``30% Advance" +" End of Following Month``, this is an installments term, then the attribute " +"``MetodoPago`` will be ``PPD``." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:300 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 msgid "" "To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " "``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." msgstr "" +"To test a normal signed payment just create an invoice with payment term " +"``30% Advance End of Following Month`` and then register a payment to it." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 msgid "You must print the payment in order to retrieve the PDF properly." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:309 msgid "" "Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " "the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " @@ -3773,67 +5617,83 @@ msgid "" " the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " "caso de anticipos recibidos**." msgstr "" +"Regarding the \"Payments in Advance\" you must create a proper invoice with " +"the payment in advance itself as a product line setting the proper SAT code " +"following the procedure on the official documentation `given by the SAT`_ in" +" the section **Apéndice 2 Procedimiento para la emisión de los CFDI en el " +"caso de anticipos recibidos**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:308 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 msgid "" "Related to topic 4 it is blocked the possibility to create a Customer " "Payment without a proper invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:313 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +msgid "Accounting" +msgstr "会计" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The accounting for Mexico in odoo is composed by 3 reports:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:315 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:322 msgid "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chart of Account (Called and shown as COA)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:316 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:323 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "电算试平衡。" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:317 -msgid "DIOT report." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:319 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 +msgid "DIOT report." +msgstr "DIOT report." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 msgid "" -"1 and 2 are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " +"1. and 2. are considered as the electronic accounting, and the DIOT is a " "report only available on the context of the accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:329 msgid "" "You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " "app." msgstr "" +"You can find all those reports in the original report menu on Accounting " +"app." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:336 msgid "Electronic Accounting (Requires Accounting App)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:331 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 msgid "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic Chart of account CoA" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:333 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 msgid "" "The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " "the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" msgstr "" +"The electronic accounting never has been easier, just go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> COA` and click on " +"the button **Export for SAT (XML)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:340 -msgid "**How to add new accounts?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 +msgid "How to add new accounts ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:342 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:351 msgid "" "If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" " SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." msgstr "" +"If you add an account with the coding convention NNN.YY.ZZ where NNN.YY is a" +" SAT coding group then your account will be automatically configured." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:354 msgid "" "Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " @@ -3843,29 +5703,35 @@ msgid "" " xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:355 -msgid "**What is the meaning of the tag?**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "What is the meaning of the tag ?" +msgstr "What is the meaning of the tag ?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:357 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 msgid "" "To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" " the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." msgstr "" +"To know all possible tags you can read the `Anexo 24`_ in the SAT website on" +" the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:361 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:371 msgid "" "When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " "(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " "your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " "is not created you can create one on the fly." msgstr "" +"When you install the module l10n_mx and yous Chart of Account rely on it " +"(this happen automatically when you install setting Mexico as country on " +"your database) then you will have the more common tags if the tag you need " +"is not created you can create one on the fly." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:367 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 msgid "Electronic Trial Balance" -msgstr "电算试平衡" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:369 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" "Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " "your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " @@ -3873,80 +5739,109 @@ msgid "" "exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " "the previous selection of the period you want to export." msgstr "" +"Exactly as the COA but with Initial balance debit and credit, once you have " +"your coa properly set you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports " +"--> Mexico --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated, and can be " +"exported to XML using the button in the top **Export for SAT (XML)** with " +"the previous selection of the period you want to export." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:389 msgid "" "All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" " regular Odoo Report." msgstr "" +"All the normal auditory and analysis features are available here also as any" +" regular Odoo Report." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:382 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" +msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 +msgid "What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:384 -msgid "**What is the DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:386 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 msgid "" "When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" " we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " "Odoo." msgstr "" +"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service we know that" +" we should not neglect what we present. So that things should not happen in " +"Odoo." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:389 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:402 msgid "" "The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " "(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " "give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " "the same, with our providers." msgstr "" +"The DIOT is the Informational Statement of Operations with Third Parties " +"(DIOT), which is an an additional obligation with the VAT, where we must " +"give the status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered " +"the same, with our providers." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:394 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 msgid "" "This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" " for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " "to. submit the DIOT:" msgstr "" +"This applies both to individuals and to the moral as well, so if we have VAT" +" for submitting to the SAT and also dealing with suppliers it is necessary " +"to. submit the DIOT:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:398 -msgid "**When to file the DIOT and in what format?**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:412 +msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" +msgstr "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:400 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:414 msgid "" "It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " "it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " "find in the SAT website." msgstr "" +"It is simple to present the DIOT, since like all format this you can obtain " +"it in the page of the SAT, it is the electronic format A-29 that you can " +"find in the SAT website." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:404 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:418 msgid "" "Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " "present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " "deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " "to said data." msgstr "" +"Every month if you have operations with third parties it is necessary to " +"present the DIOT, just as we do with VAT, so that if in January we have " +"deals with suppliers, by February we must present the information pertinent " +"to said data." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "**Where the DIOT is presented?**" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:424 +msgid "Where the DIOT is presented ?" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:411 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" "You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " "choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " "every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." msgstr "" +"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " +"choose and which will be more comfortable for you than you will present " +"every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:415 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 msgid "" "The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " "this after having made up to 500 records." msgstr "" +"The A-29 format is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but " +"this after having made up to 500 records." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:418 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" "Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " "Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " @@ -3954,19 +5849,27 @@ msgid "" " as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " "that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." msgstr "" +"Once these 500 records are entered in the SAT, you must present them to the " +"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to your " +"tax address, these records can be presented in a digital storage medium such" +" as a CD or USB, which once validated you will be returned, so do not doubt " +"that you will still have these records and of course, your CD or USB." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "**One more fact to know: the Batch load?**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" +msgstr "One more fact to know: the Batch load ?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 msgid "" "When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " "load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " "according to the SAT site is:" msgstr "" +"When reviewing the official SAT documents on DIOT, you will find the Batch " +"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " +"according to the SAT site is:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:430 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 msgid "" "The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " "with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " @@ -3975,50 +5878,66 @@ msgid "" "direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " "integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." msgstr "" +"The \"batch upload\" is the conversion of records databases of transactions " +"with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These files have the " +"necessary structure for their application and importation into the system of" +" the Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties, avoiding the " +"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in its " +"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:437 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:453 msgid "" "You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " "this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " "line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " "Third Parties." msgstr "" +"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will make " +"this operation easier for you, so that it does not exist to avoid being in " +"line with the SAT in regard to the Information Statement of Operations with " +"Third Parties." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:442 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:458 msgid "You can find the `official information here`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:444 -msgid "**How Generate this report in odoo?**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:461 +msgid "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" +msgstr "How Generate this report in Odoo ?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:446 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:463 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " "with third partied (DIOT)`." msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " +"with third partied (DIOT)`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:467 msgid "" "A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " "month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." msgstr "" +"A report view is shown, select last month to report the immediate before " +"month you are or left the current month if it suits to you." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:457 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 msgid "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on \"Export (TXT)." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:476 msgid "" "Save in a secure place the downloaded file and go to SAT website and follow " "the necessary steps to declare it." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "Important considerations on your Supplier and Invice data for the DIOT" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" msgstr "" +"Important considerations on your Supplier and Invoice data for the DIOT" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:468 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:483 msgid "" "All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " "Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " @@ -4026,35 +5945,48 @@ msgid "" "there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" " suppliers." msgstr "" +"All suppliers must have set the fields on the accounting tab called \"DIOT " +"Information\", the *L10N Mx Nationality* field is filled with just select " +"the proper country in the address, you do not need to do anything else " +"there, but the *L10N Mx Type Of Operation* must be filled by you in all your" +" suppliers." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:476 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:490 msgid "" "There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " "line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " "properly configured already." msgstr "" +"There are 3 options of VAT for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, an invoice " +"line in odoo is considered exempt if no tax on it, the other 2 taxes are " +"properly configured already." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:479 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:493 msgid "" "Remember to pay an invoice which represent a payment in advance you must ask" " for the invoice first and then pay it and reconcile properly the payment " "following standard odoo procedure." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:482 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:496 msgid "" "You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " "supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " "itself." msgstr "" +"You do not need all you data on partners filled to try to generate the " +"supplier invoice, you can fix this information when you generate the report " +"itself." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 msgid "" "Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " "paid." msgstr "" +"Remember this report only shows the Supplier Invoices that were actually " +"paid." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:487 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:501 msgid "" "If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " "this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " @@ -4063,27 +5995,33 @@ msgid "" "before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " "your partners are correctly set." msgstr "" +"If some of this considerations are not taken into account a message like " +"this will appear when generate the DIOT on TXT with all the partners you " +"need to check on this particular report, this is the reason we recommend use" +" this report not just to export your legal obligation but to generate it " +"before the end of the month and use it as your auditory process to see all " +"your partners are correctly set." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:498 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:513 msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Extra Recommended features" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:501 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:516 msgid "Contact Module (Free)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:503 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:518 msgid "" "If you want to administer properly your customers, suppliers and addresses " "this module even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " "install." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:508 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:524 msgid "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Multi currency (Requires Accounting App)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:510 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" "In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " "currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" @@ -4092,231 +6030,308 @@ msgid "" "automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " "information daily in the system manually." msgstr "" +"In Mexico almost all companies send and receive payments in different " +"currencies if you want to manage such capability you should enable the multi" +" currency feature and you should enable the synchronization with " +"**Banxico**, such feature allow you retrieve the proper exchange rate " +"automatically retrieved from SAT and not being worried of put such " +"information daily in the system manually." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:517 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:533 msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Go to settings and enable the multi currency feature." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:523 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:540 msgid "" "Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " "3.3)" msgstr "" +"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " +"3.3)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:542 msgid "" "Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " "on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with " -"debug mode enabled)." +"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" +" :doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:530 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:547 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:532 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:549 msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 msgid "" "Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " "Companies`" msgstr "" +"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " +"Companies`" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:534 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:551 msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open any company you have." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:535 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:558 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:552 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:575 msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" "Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " "code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " "generic one with no explanation." msgstr "" +"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " +"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " +"generic one with no explanation." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:545 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:562 msgid "If you see an error like this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:547 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "The cfdi generated is not valid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The cfdi generated is not valid" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:549 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 msgid "" "attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " "not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" msgstr "" +"attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " +"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:570 msgid "" -"This can be caused because of a database backup restored in anothe server, " -"or when the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as" -" above but:" +"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " +"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " +"but:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:557 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:574 msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:564 -msgid "**Error message** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" +msgstr "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:566 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:583 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " "allowed minimum length of '1'." msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " +"allowed minimum length of '1'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:568 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:588 msgid "" -":9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " "[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." msgstr "" +"9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " +"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern '[^|]{1,100}'." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:571 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " "product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " "properly." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " +"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " +"properly." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:574 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:599 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:622 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:633 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "**Error messages**:" +msgstr "**Error messages**:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:576 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "" -":6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:578 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 msgid "" -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " "required but missing." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " "partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" " for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " "which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " "possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " "considerations about fiscal positions." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You forget to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " +"partner of the company, go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" +" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " +"which is the kind of business you company does related to SAT list of " +"possible values, antoher option can be that you forgot follow the " +"considerations about fiscal positions." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 msgid "" "Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " "is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " "set 601, it will look like the image." msgstr "" +"Yo must go to the Fiscal Position configuration and set the proper code (it " +"is the first 3 numbers in the name) for example for the test one you should " +"set 601, it will look like the image." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:596 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:620 msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be *601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales* which is the one required for the demo VAT." +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." msgstr "" +"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " +"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the demo VAT." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:601 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:654 +msgid "**Error message**:" +msgstr "**Error message**:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:625 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " "'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " "'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " "'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " +"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " +"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " +"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "**Solution:** The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:631 +msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." +msgstr "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:611 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:638 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00 " -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " +"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:641 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:656 +msgid "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " "is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'. " -":5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." +msgstr "" +"2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " +"is not a valid value of the atomic type " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " "missing." msgstr "" +"5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " +"missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:647 msgid "" -"**Solution:** You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " "mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " "the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" "info`." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: You must set the address on your company properly, this is a " +"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration on " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill all " +"the required fields for your address following the step :ref:`mx-legal-" +"info`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:624 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:661 msgid "" -":2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:627 -msgid "" -"**Solution:** The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" " Mexico, fix it." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: The postal code on your company address is not a valid one for" +" Mexico, fix it." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:669 msgid "" -":18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " "'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing. :34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: " -"Element '{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' " -"is required but missing.\", '')" +"required but missing." msgstr "" +"18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/mexico.rst:639 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:672 msgid "" -"**Solution:** Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" +msgstr "" +"34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " +"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " +"required but missing.\", '')" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:676 +msgid "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" " used on the invoice." msgstr "" +"**Solution**: Set the mexican name for the tax 0% and 16% in your system and" +" used on the invoice." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:2 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "荷兰" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XAF Export" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:7 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 msgid "" "With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" " all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " @@ -4324,155 +6339,204 @@ msgid "" " entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " "then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." msgstr "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dutch Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 msgid "" "If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " "some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" msgstr "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:21 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/nederlands.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" msgstr "西班牙" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " "default:" msgstr "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:10 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:11 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 msgid "" "You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " "Localization** section." msgstr "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 msgid "" "When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " "default." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spanish Accounting Reports" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 msgid "" "If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" " accounting reports specific to Spain:" msgstr "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/spain.rst:30 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "瑞士" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 msgid "" "The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " "from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " "ISR*." msgstr "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 msgid "" "The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " "the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " "010391391 as CHF ISR reference." msgstr "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 msgid "" "There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " "coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " "bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " -"Reports` and tick this box :" +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Currency Rate Live Update" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 msgid "" "You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " "Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " "--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " "you want." msgstr "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Updated VAT for January 2018" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 msgid "" "Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" " Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" " for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." msgstr "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 msgid "" "If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " "have to do anything." msgstr "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 msgid "" "If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " "module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " @@ -4480,267 +6544,1933 @@ msgid "" "\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " "\"upgrade\"`." msgstr "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 msgid "" "Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " "rates." msgstr "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 msgid "" "**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " "to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " "time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " "transactions." msgstr "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 msgid "" "**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " "rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" msgstr "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 msgid "" "**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" " and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" " details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" msgstr "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 msgid "" "For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 302 tax" msgstr "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 msgid "" "For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " "grid 342 tax" msgstr "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 msgid "" "You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " "included in Odoo by default" msgstr "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Name**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Rate**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Label on Invoice**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tax Scope**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Tag**" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% achat" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" msgstr "采购" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:99 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% invest." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:103 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 msgid "3.7% achat" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% invest" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 msgid "Sales" msgstr "销售" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:115 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" msgstr "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "7.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:119 -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "" "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3.7% Incl." -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 msgid "" "If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " "odoo.com/help." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 msgid "" "Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" " higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " "your fiscal positions accordingly." msgstr "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "使用" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 +msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:254 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscality/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscality" +msgstr "财务" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Year" +msgstr "会计年度" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " +"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," +" and accurate:" +msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的, 最新的, 和精确的 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " +"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " +"balances." +msgstr "确保你完全调节了 **银行账户** 直至年底，并且确认期末账面余额符合银行对账单的余额。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 +msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +msgstr "确认所有 **客户发票** 已输入和批准。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 +msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." +msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单** 。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 +msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "审核所有的 **费用**，保证其准确性。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " +"accurately." +msgstr "确认所有 **已收到的付款** 已输入并准确记录。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "年终检查表" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 +msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 +msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" +msgstr "调节 **资产负债表** 上的所有科目；" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " +"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Reconciliation** 报表来辅助。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " +"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " +"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " +"loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " +"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " +"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" +" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " +"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" +"在仪表板的 " +"**更多**下拉菜单中，运行可选的**付款匹配**功能，验证任何打开的**供应商帐单**和**客户发票**及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " +"book entries for:" +msgstr "您的会计师/记账员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目，以及为以下交易记账：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" +" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +msgstr "" +"年底手动调整, 使用 **Adviser Journal Entries** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 +msgid "**Work in Progress**." +msgstr " **工作进度** ." + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 +msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." +msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 +msgid "**Loans**." +msgstr "**贷款**" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 +msgid "**Tax adjustments**." +msgstr "**税金调整**。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " +"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " +"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " +"these against your Odoo balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" +"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " +"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " +"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " +"auditing the books." +msgstr "" +"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **Lock date for Non-Advisers** " +"设置为会计年度的最后一天，在会计配置下设置。这样，在审计时，会计师可确保没有人能改变前一年的交易。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 +msgid "Closing the fiscal year" +msgstr "关闭会计年度" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" +" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " +"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" +" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " +"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " +"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " +"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" +" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" +" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " +"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " +"reporting a 0 balance." +msgstr "" +"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** " +"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" +msgstr "管理财政年度" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" +" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " +"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +msgstr "在多数情况下，财政年度包括12个月。如你的公司也是如此，则只需在会计设置中定义财政年度的最后一天。默认情况下，它设置为12月31日。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +msgid "" +"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " +"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " +"this case, some additional configuration is required." +msgstr "但是，有时也有例外。例如，如果你的公司现在处于首个财政年度，则可能超过或少于12个月。在这种情况下，需要进行一些额外配置。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " +"activate the fiscal years." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用财政年度功能。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " +"configuration --> fiscal years`." +msgstr "你可在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政年度`中配置你的财政年度。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " +"months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +msgstr ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "销售消耗品的时候, 标价通常都包含税(例如, 大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中, 公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" +"Odoo能容易地管理两种用例, 不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价), 你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价) " +":就是这么简单。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" +"本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称, 例如本用例中, 比利时的税率是21% :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)** 的产品" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "会做成 **8.26€ (不含税)** 和 **1.74€的税** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "但是对于同一个用例, 如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€), 但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€, 原因是 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€* *" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "所以, 基于你在产品信息中维护的价格, 你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "不含税 : **8.26€ & 10.00€** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "含税价 : **8.26€ & 9.99€** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" +"如果以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" +"你会得到 : **1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** , 这和\n" +"不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "本文档解释了如何处理特定用例下的同一个公司的产品上两种价格处理(含税价和不含税价)。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" +"在财务方面, 你的产品卖到10€ 比9.99€ (21% 的税)对你的年营收来说并没有增加, " +"因为对你来说你的营收和你卖9.99€时候是一样的。只是税高了0.01€。所以如果你在比利时营运着一家电子商务, 为了讨好顾客, " +"你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率, 或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙, " +"因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理, 而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" +"要避免此种复杂状况, 最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来 :价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上), " +"然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用, 而你不需要做特别的配置。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税, 但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" +" tax (price included on the product form)" +msgstr "总是在产品信息中默认的维护不含税价并且维护一个税(产品信息中包含价格)" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +msgstr "为特定的客户创建一个含税价的价格表" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "把价格表和财政位置分别设置在需要使用它们的客户上" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "产品的默认价格是8.26€，不含税价" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "但我们想在门店或者电商网站中卖10€，含税价" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "设置你的产品" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" +"一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。选择设置 " +"**不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" +"一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置 --> 价格表` " +"。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" +"然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " +":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" +"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置 --> 财务结构` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT " +"21%(含税价)的映射" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "创建报价单测试" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" +"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用 :menuselection:`销售 --> 报价单` 菜单。你会得到以下结果 : 8.26€ + 1.73€ = " +"9.99€。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" +"然后, 创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的 **价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C** 。你会得到预期的结果 :总价是10€, " +"对客户就是: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "这是你的店铺中客户的预期行为。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "避免更改每一张销售订单" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面，财政位置在客户的会计标签页面。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" +"注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 +msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " +"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" +" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " +"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " +"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " +"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " +"2nd quarter." +msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 +msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" +msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " +"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +msgstr "" +"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> " +"允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " +"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." +" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " +"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " +"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +msgstr "" +"在*高级选项*选项卡中，将*应有税金*转为*基于付款*。然后，你必须定义*已收税金*科目，以便在收到付款时过账税款金额，以及*基本税应收科目*，以便过账基本税金额，确保税收报告的准确性。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 +msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" +msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " +"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " +"your accounting:" +msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 +msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" +msgstr "客户发票日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr " **借方** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr " **贷方** " + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 +msgid "Receivables $115" +msgstr "应收15美元" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 +msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" +msgstr "临时税务科目$15" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 +msgid "Income Account $100" +msgstr "收入帐户100美元" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 +msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" +msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "银行日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 +msgid "Bank $115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 +msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 +msgid "Tax Received Account $15" +msgstr "税收帐户15美元" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" +" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " +"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " +"zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 +msgid "Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " +"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " +"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " +"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " +"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " +"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " +"Fiscal Position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " +"Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" +" company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" +"specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " +"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " +"and providers' localizations and business types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " +"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +msgid "" +":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " +"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " +"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " +"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " +"or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the products' forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " +"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " +"**Tax to Apply** empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" +" **Tax on Product**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " +"following a set of conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " +"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " +"contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" +" logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " +"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" +" Fiscal Positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " +"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " +"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " +"from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 +msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " +"specific partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " +"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 +msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " +"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" +" Position** *before* adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:281 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:3 +msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "预提税,也称为保留税收. 它是政府要求在销售发票上预扣或是从收款中扣除税,并将之支付给政府。在大多数地区,预提税用于就业收入。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "关于普通税收,税应计入应付款合计。而非正常的税收,预提税从应付款中扣除,税由客户支付。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "在哥伦比亚,举个例子,你可能有以下发票:" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "在这个示例中, 开票 **公司** 欠政府20美元的税, **客户** 欠 **政府** 10美元的税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`配置 --> 税收`):" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组* *保留* *,在* * 高级选项* *选项卡上。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "一旦税率定义完成, 可在产品,销售订单或发票上使用。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含* *税计算* * 作为* *税集团* *, 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "在发票上使用保留税" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个* *税行* *, 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" +" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " +"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " +"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " +"special jurisdiction in the United States." +msgstr "" +"**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，追踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 +msgid "In TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " +"website." +msgstr "在*TaxCloud* <https://taxcloud.net/#register>`__地址下创建一个免费帐户。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +msgstr "在TaxCloud上注册你的Odoo网站，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " +"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +msgstr "在TaxCloud的设置中，点击*地点*并输入你的办公室和仓库的地点。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " +"where you collect sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +msgid "In Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo上" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" +" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " +"actually uses complete street address)." +msgstr "" +"前往 :menuselection:`发票/会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`，勾选*根据美国邮编使用TaxCloud计算税率*（注意：实际使用完整的街道地址）。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." +msgstr "输入你的TaxCloud凭据。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." +msgstr "点击保存，保存你的凭据。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " +"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" +" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +msgstr "点击*默认类别*旁边的刷新图标，从TaxCloud中导入TIC（征税信息代码）产品类别。有些类别可能适用特定税率或产品/服务类型豁免。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*。这适用于创建的任一新产品。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" +" Product, or on the Product Category." +msgstr "在产品的*一般信息*选项卡上或在产品类别上设置特定的TaxCloud TIC类别。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " +"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " +"to open and edit your Company record." +msgstr "" +"确保你的公司地址是完整的（包括州名和邮编）。前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户和公司 --> 公司`，打开并编辑你的公司记录。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "How it works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " +":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" +" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " +"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +msgstr "" +"你可将Odoo配置为自动检测使用该财政状况的客户。前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财政状况`，打开并编辑记录。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " +"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " +"triggers the automated tax computation." +msgstr "现在，当客户国家为*美国*时，此财政状况将自动设置在所有销售订单、网络订单或发票上。这将触发自动化税务计算。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " +"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " +"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +msgstr "添加你的产品。你有两种选项来获取订单的销售税。你可确认它，或保存它并从*操作*菜单选择**用TaxCloud更新税收**。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 +msgid "Coupons & Promotions" +msgstr "优惠券和促销" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " +"might seem a bit odd." +msgstr "如果你使用优惠券或促销计划，与TaxCloud的集成可能有点奇怪。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " +"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " +"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " +"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " +"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " +"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " +"deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" +"问题在于，Taxcloud在税收计算中不接受负金额行。这意味着促销计划所增加行的金额必须从其所影响行中扣除。因此，使用优惠券或促销的订单在TaxCloud财政状况中**必须**完整开具发票，你不能为部分发货创建发票。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " +"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " +"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " +"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " +"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " +"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " +"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " +"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " +"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " +"from a user point of view." +msgstr "" +"另一个特别的奇怪之处可能是用户界面：想象一下，你从TaxCloud类别*[20110]计算机*中销售了一件产品，并且你已制定了促销计划，提供产品的50%折扣。如果该产品的税率为7%，则从TaxCloud集成计算的税率将显示3.5%。这是因为折扣已包括在发送到TaxCloud的价格中，但是在Odoo中，该折扣完全在另一行显示。结果，你的税务计算是正确的（因为全价3.5%的税费相当于半价7%的税费)，但从用户的角度来看，这可能让人感到奇怪。" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:12 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" +" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " +"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " +"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:45 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:48 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:53 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:58 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "税金名称" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:66 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "税金计算" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:68 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:78 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:231 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "合计" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:92 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:104 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:107 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:118 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:124 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "启用" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:126 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:139 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "税范围" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:143 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:144 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:145 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:154 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:163 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:165 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " +"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" +" country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:180 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "发票上的标签" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:193 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "税组" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:205 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:213 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "包含在分析成本" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:215 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:221 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "包含在价格中" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:223 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:225 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:227 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:234 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:246 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:253 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "影响后续税金的基础" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:270 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/taxes.rst:282 +msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 +msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" msgstr "其它" @@ -4748,225 +8478,9 @@ msgstr "其它" msgid "Adviser" msgstr "顾问" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your fixed assets" -msgstr "管理固定资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The \"Assets\" module allows you to keep track of your fixed assets like " -"machinery, land and building. The module allows you to generate monthly " -"depreciation entries automatically, get depreciation board, sell or dispose " -"assets and perform reports on your company assets." -msgstr "" -"在 \" 资产\\ \\ \\ \"模块, 可以让你保持跟踪机械, 土地和建筑物等固定资产。该模块可以自动生成每月的折旧项, 获得折旧板, " -"出售或处置资产, 并对公司的资产产生报告。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:10 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may buy a car for $36,000 (gross value) and you plan to " -"amortize it over 36 months (3 years). Every months (periodicity), Odoo will " -"create a depreciation entry automatically reducing your assets value by " -"$1,000 and passing $1,000 as an expense. After 3 years, this assets accounts" -" for $0 (salvage value) in your balance sheet." -msgstr "" -"举个例子, 你可以买一辆车的$ 36, 000个（总值）, 并且计划的期限平均摊销超过36个月（3年）。每月（周期）, " -"Odoo将创建一个折旧分录自动降低自己的资产价值由$ 1, 000, 并通过1000 $的费用。 3年后, 该资产在资产负债表占$ 0（残值）。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The different types of assets are grouped into \"Assets Types\" that " -"describe how to deprecate an asset. Here are two examples of assets types:" -msgstr "不同类型的资产分为'资产类型', 描述了如何折旧资产。下面是资产类型的两个例子 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:20 -msgid "Building: 10 years, yearly linear depreciation" -msgstr "建筑 :10年, 按年直线折旧" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Car: 5 years, monthly linear depreciation" -msgstr "汽车 :5年, 按月直线折旧" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:27 -msgid "Install the Asset module" -msgstr "安装资产模块" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:29 -msgid "Start by *installing the Asset module.*" -msgstr "首先, *安装资产模块。*" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you should see two new menus in the accounting" -" application:" -msgstr "一旦模块被安装了, 你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个新的菜单 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 -msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) -->资产(Assets)` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 -msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->资产类型(Asset Types)` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Before registering your first asset, you must :ref:`define your Asset Types " -"<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining>`." -msgstr "" -"在登记你的第一资产之前, 您必须定义资产类型<accounting/adviser/assets_management/defining> `." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:43 -msgid "Defining Asset Types" -msgstr "定义资产类型" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Asset type are used to configure all information about an assets: asset and " -"deprecation accounts, amortization method, etc. That way, advisers can " -"configure asset types and users can further record assets without having to " -"provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " -"asset type on the supplier bill." -msgstr "" -"资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, " -"而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案》。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 -msgid "" -"You should create asset types for every group of assets you frequently buy " -"like \"Cars: 5 years\", \"Computer Hardware: 3 years\". For all other " -"assets, you can create generic asset types. Name them according to the " -"duration of the asset like \"36 Months\", \"10 Years\", ..." -msgstr "" -"您应当为每一个资产组你经常买喜欢中创建资产类型'汽车 :5年','计算机硬件: 3年'。对于所有其他资产, " -"你可以创建通用的资产类型。根据资产的期限如'36个月'的名字他们,'10年', ..." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置-->资产类型` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 -msgid "Create assets manually" -msgstr "手动创建资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Assets`." -msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问-->资产` 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once your asset is created, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also click " -"on the Compute Depreciation button to check the depreciation board before " -"confirming the asset." -msgstr "一旦资产创建, 别忘了确认一下。在确认资产前, 可以单击计算折旧按钮检查折旧。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:77 -msgid "" -"if you create asset manually, you still need to create the supplier bill for" -" this asset. The asset document will only produce the depreciation journal " -"entries, not those related to the supplier bill." -msgstr "如果您手动创建的资产, 你仍然需要建立供应商账单这一资产。资产文件只会产生折旧日记帐分录, 而不是那些涉及到供应商账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:82 -msgid "Explanation of the fields:" -msgstr "字段的说明 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:88 -msgid "Try creating an *Asset* in our online demonstration" -msgstr "尝试创建一个 *资产* 我们的在线演示" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:91 -msgid "Create assets automatically from a supplier bill" -msgstr "从供应商票据自动创建资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Assets can be automatically created from supplier bills. All you need to do " -"is to set an asset category on your bill line. When the user will validate " -"the bill, an asset will be automatically created, using the information of " -"the supplier bill." -msgstr "资产可以从供应商账单中自动创建。所有你需要做的是设置您的帐单上线的资产类别。当用户将验证票据, 资产将被自动创建, 使用供应商帐单的信息。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Depending on the information on the asset category, the asset will be " -"created in draft or directly validated\\ *.* It's easier to confirm assets " -"directly so that you won't forget to confirm it afterwards. (check the field" -" *Skip Draft State* on *Asset Category)* Generate assets in draft only when " -"you want your adviser to control all the assets before posting them to your " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"根据资产类别上的信息, 可直接生成草稿资产或是直接确认。直接生成确认的资产更容易, 这样你不会忘记确认。(检查字段 *跳过草案状态* 在 *资产类别上*" -" ). 如果你想要在过账前检查你的资产, 可生成草稿资产." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:107 -msgid "" -"if you put the asset on the product, the asset category will automatically " -"be filled in the supplier bill." -msgstr "如果你把资产的产品, 资产类别将自动填入该供应商的法案。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:111 -msgid "How to depreciate an asset?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Odoo will create depreciation journal entries automatically at the right " -"date for every confirmed asset. (not the draft ones). You can control in the" -" depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " -"been created for this line." -msgstr "" -"Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。（不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 -msgid "" -"But you can also post journal entries before the expected date by clicking " -"on the green bullet and forcing the creation of related depreciation entry." -msgstr "但你也可以通过点击绿色子弹, 迫使建立相关的折旧入境后的预产期前日记帐分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:125 -msgid "" -"In the Depreciation board, click on the red bullet to post the journal " -"entry. Click on the :guilabel:`Items` button on the top to see the journal " -"entries which are already posted." -msgstr "在折旧板, 点击红色子弹后日记帐分录。点击 :guilabel:`Items` 键在顶部, 看看哪些是已经发布的日记帐分录。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:130 -msgid "How to modify an existing asset?" -msgstr "如何修改现有的资产？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:132 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation`" -msgstr "点击 :guilabel:`Modify Depreciation` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:133 -msgid "Change the number of depreciation" -msgstr "更改折旧次数" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo will automatically recompute a new depreciation board." -msgstr "Odoo会自动重新计算一个新的折旧板。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:138 -msgid "How to record the sale or disposal of an asset?" -msgstr "如何记录出售或处置资产？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"If you sell or dispose an asset, you need to deprecate completly this asset." -" Click on the button :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose`. This action will post the " -"full costs of this assets but it will not record the sales transaction that " -"should be registered through a customer invoice." -msgstr "" -"如果您出售或处置资产, 则需要完全地贬低该资产。点击按钮 :guilabel:`Sell or Dispose` 。这一行动将在本资产的全部成本, " -"但它不会记录应通过客户发票登记的销售交易。" - #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage a financial budget?" -msgstr "如何管理财务预算?" +msgid "Manage a financial budget" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4977,6 +8491,7 @@ msgid "" "performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " "Analytic Accounts." msgstr "" +"管理预算是经营企业的重要组成部分。预算帮助相关人员意识到使用资金的方式，并指导他们组织和优先安排工作，以达到财务目标。预算可以计划想要的财务结果，然后根据计划来衡量实际表现。Odoo使用总账科目和分析科目来管理预算。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -5000,8 +8515,6 @@ msgid "" " module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" " feature" msgstr "" -"也进一步配置是必要的。去 :menuselection:`Accounting module --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` , 使用 **预算管理** 功能" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 msgid "Budgetary Positions" @@ -5012,20 +8525,20 @@ msgid "" "Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" " (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" " know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算状况是指你记录预算（通常是费用或收入科目）的科目列表。你需要对它们进行定义，以便Odoo了解在哪些科目获取预算信息。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 msgid "" "The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" " in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "" +msgstr "预算状况是对预算中“实际金额”一栏可记录内容的一种限制。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 msgid "" "Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " "ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " "least one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每种预算状况可包含从总分类账（主会计科目表）中分配给它的任意数量的科目，但必须至少有一个科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5034,12 +8547,13 @@ msgid "" "not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " "not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." msgstr "" +"如果你所记录交易已分配的分析科目*是*包含在预算行中，但同一预算行的其中一个总账科目*不*包含在预算状况中，那么它不会出现在该预算行的“实际金额”栏。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 msgid "" "Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些预算状况可能已经安装在你的会计科目表中。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5059,7 +8573,7 @@ msgstr "在我们的示例中, 我们需要定义关联到项目费用的科目 msgid "" "In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" " our expenses." -msgstr "在这种情况下, 我们选择使用的三个相关科目, 用来登记费用。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 msgid "Click on *Select*." @@ -5088,6 +8602,8 @@ msgid "" "Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" " partner." msgstr "" +"Odoo需要知道与具体预算相关的成本或费用。因此，我们需要将发票和费用关联到定义的分析科目。创建分析科目，需进入会计模块并点击 " +":menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析科目 --> 打开报表`。创建一个名为史密斯公司项目的新账户并选择相关的合作伙伴。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 msgid "Set a budget" @@ -5144,32 +8660,30 @@ msgid "" " Invoices and Vendors Bills." msgstr "你可以在任何时间检查你的预算。查看进化, 让我们录入一些发票和供应商账单。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 msgid "" -"if you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and / or purchase line." -msgstr "如果你使用分析账户, 请记住, 您需要在发票上和/或购买行指定科目。" +"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" +" in the invoice and/or purchase line." +msgstr "如果你使用分析科目，请记住，你需要在发票和/或采购行指定科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:141 -msgid "for more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see:" -msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看 :" +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " +":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" +msgstr "关于发票和采购订单的信息请看：:doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." msgstr "返回预算明细并且找到具体项目" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 msgid "" "Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " "lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " "Amount** column." msgstr "通过分析账户, Odoo可以计算发票行和采购发票行, 金额将显示在 **实际金额** 列。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:156 +#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 msgid "" "The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " "could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " @@ -5180,198 +8694,13 @@ msgstr "" "理论数据代表理论上可用/可收到的金额。当你12个月的预算是1200 (1月至12月), 今天是1月31日, 理论数量将达到1000, " "因为这是实际的数量。" -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:3 -msgid "How to do a year end in Odoo? (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "如何在Odoo中做年末(关闭会计区间)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" -msgstr "在关闭一个财政年度前, 需要做几步以确保你的会计是正确的, 最新的, 和精确的 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." -msgstr "确保你完全调节了 **银行账户** 直至年底，并且确认期末账面余额符合银行对账单的余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." -msgstr "确认所有 **客户发票** 已输入和批准。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "确认您已输入并同意的所有 **供应商账单** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "审核所有的 **费用**，保证其准确性。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." -msgstr "确认所有**已收到的付款**已输入并准确记录。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "年终检查表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "运行 **税报告** , 并验证你的税务信息是正确的。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "调节 **资产负债表** 上的所有科目；" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." -msgstr "将银行对账单和实际的银行余额一致, 可利用 **Bank Reconciliation** 报表来辅助。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." -msgstr "通过运行 **Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** 报表, 调节所有交易中的现金和银行科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." -msgstr "检查你的科目, 确定理解所有交易对科目的影响和交易的性质, 确保包括贷款和固定资产。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"在仪表板的 " -"**更多**下拉菜单中，运行可选的**付款匹配**功能，验证任何打开的**供应商帐单**和**客户发票**及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但可以帮助年终过程，假如所有未结的付款和发票都已调节，可能会导致系统中发现错误或麻烦。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" -msgstr "您的会计师/记账员可能会验证您的资产负债表项目，以及为以下交易记账：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." -msgstr "" -"年底手动调整, 使用 **Adviser Journal Entries** 菜单(例如, **当年收入** 和 **留存收益** 报告)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr " **工作进度** ." - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**折旧分类账分录**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**贷款**" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**税金调整**。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." -msgstr "" -"如果您的会计师/记账员正在通过年底审计，他们可能想要所有资产负债表项目（例如贷款，银行帐户，预付款，销售税报表等）的纸质副本，这些应该与Odoo余额一致。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:67 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." -msgstr "" -"在这个过程中，好的做法是将 **Lock date for Non-Advisers** " -"设置为会计年度的最后一天，在会计配置下设置。这样，在审计时，会计师可确保没有人能改变前一年的交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "关闭会计年度" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " -"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表** " -"中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/fiscal_year`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:3 -msgid "Reverse an accounting entry automatically" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You may want to automatically reverse an accounting entry at a specific " -"date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:8 -msgid "" -"This is, for example, used when you make a provision (e.g. provision for bad" -" debt). When making the accounting entry for the provision, the amount you " -"entered is only an estimated amount. You will only be sure of the amount at " -"the end of the fiscal year. That's why, at that point, you want the " -"accounting entry to be reversed to be able to enter the real loss that " -"occurred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/adviser/reverse_entry.rst:15 -msgid "" -"For this, you just have to tick the box \"Reverse Automatically\" on the " -"journal entry and to define a reversal date. The accounting entry will be " -"reversed at that date." -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 msgid "Analytic" msgstr "分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting?" -msgstr "如何追踪采购成本, 费用, 外包合同？" +msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -5403,20 +8732,19 @@ msgid "" "costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" " the Sales management app as well." msgstr "" -"请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **记录** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , " +"请注意, 这些应用程序提供的程序只允许我们 **跟踪** 成本。我们无法向我们的客户自动重新发票。跟踪和 **将成本再开票** , " "你应该安装销售管理应用程序。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "启用分析会计" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 msgid "" "Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " "select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " "accounting box." -msgstr "" -"下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择分析会计。" +msgstr "下一步是启动分析会计。在会计软件, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择分析会计。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5430,7 +8758,7 @@ msgstr "别忘了保存您的更改。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "创建分析账户" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -5439,12 +8767,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " "this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." msgstr "" -"首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Analytic Accounts` . 创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " +"首先, 你应该创建一个分析科目用来记录所有的费用。输入会计应用程序, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分析帐户` . " +"创建一个新的。在这种情况下, 我们将称之为“咨询包\" , 为我们的客户Smith&Co所创建。 " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "我们将在这个科目记录所有的成本, 以便跟踪。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 msgid "Record an expense" @@ -5467,8 +8795,8 @@ msgid "" "product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" " the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." msgstr "" -"我们首先需要创建一个费用性产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense " -"Products` . 创建一个新产品, 名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" +"我们首先需要创建一个可报销的产品。进入 **费用** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 报销产品` . 创建一个新产品, " +"名为火车票, 设置成本价格为15.50欧元。确保 **Can be expensed** 已勾选。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 msgid "Book the expense" @@ -5479,8 +8807,7 @@ msgid "" "Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " "Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " "discussed above." -msgstr "" -"进入费用模块, 点击 :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" +msgstr "进入报销模块, 点击 :menuselection:`我的费用 --> 创建` . 选择火车票产品, 将其链接之前讨论过的科目上。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -5503,6 +8830,7 @@ msgid "" "product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " "select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." msgstr "" +"我们还需要为客户买一个软件。在购买应用程序中，创建一个软件产品的采购订单。在产品行上，我们可以将成本关联到分析科目上。指定订单行，选择正确的分析科目。确认销售。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -5525,34 +8853,33 @@ msgstr "" "采购模块可以使用相同的方式, 就如之前的分包处理。如果我们从另一家公司购买服务, 我们可以重新开票到正确的分析科目, " "通过链接采购行。我们只是需要创建正确的供应商的产品。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" msgstr "你也可以用工时表跟踪成本, 请参阅 : : doc :`timesheets` " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Track costs in accounting" msgstr "在会计中追踪成本" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 msgid "" "Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " "open it to check the costs related to that account." msgstr "现在一切都是入账并指到分析账户。只是打开它检查科目的相关成本。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 msgid "" "Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " "Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" -"进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." +msgstr "进入会计模块, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析会计 --> 打开图表` ." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 msgid "" "Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " "to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "选择“咨询包-史密斯\" , 单击成本和销售按钮, 以此来查看这个科目下的所有的成本。 " +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:146 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" "If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " "Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " @@ -5560,8 +8887,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "收入的话, 在发票菜单下开具'咨询包'的发票, 将发票行链接到分析科目。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to track costs of human resources with timesheets?" -msgstr "如何使用工时表跟踪人力资源成本？" +msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5587,9 +8914,7 @@ msgid "" "First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " "namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " "name and install them." -msgstr "" -"首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **Accounting** , **Sales** 和 **Timesheet** . 。进入应用程序模块, " -"并安装它们。" +msgstr "首先, 安装必要的三个应用程序, 即 **会计** , **销售** 和 **工时单** . 。进入应用程序模块, 并安装它们。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5597,8 +8922,8 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " "tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" msgstr "" -"接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **Accounting app** 。选择 :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` 和点击 **Analytic accounting** 选项(见下图)" +"接下来您将需要启用分析会计。这样, 进入 **会计应用** 。选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 和点击 **分析会计** " +"选项(见下图)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 msgid "Apply your changes." @@ -5614,8 +8939,7 @@ msgid "" " an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " "new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." msgstr "" -"为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **Employee** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **Employee** , 并创建一个新员工, " -"填写名称和基本信息。" +"为了检查员工的收入, 你需要有一个。进入 **员工** 应用, 创建一个员工。选择 **员工** , 并创建一个新员工, 填写名称和基本信息。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -5630,7 +8954,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " "related to a User." -msgstr "如果你希望员工能够进入工时表, 他需要相关用户。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -5648,23 +8972,24 @@ msgid "" "**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " "customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." msgstr "" -"我们在 **Employee** 创建了两个员工, 塞德里克·迪戈里的哈利波特。他们将为Smith&Co 工作, 他们会将工时填入咨询合同。" +"我们在 **员工** 应用创建了两个员工, Harry Potter和Cedric Diggory。他们将为Smith&Co 工作, " +"他们会将工时填入咨询合同。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 msgid "" "We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" " **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " "unit of measures." -msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以小时为单位。" +msgstr "因此我们需要创建一个 **销售订单** , 产品是 **服务** , **基于时间和材料** 开票, 公式以 **小时** 为单位。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see: *How to invoice based on time and material* (Work in " -"Progress)." -msgstr "有关如何根据时间和材料创建销售订单的更多信息，请参阅：*如何根据时间和材料开具发票*（正在进行中）。" +"material please see :doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`." +msgstr "" +"有关如何根据时间和材料创建销售订单的更多信息，请参阅:doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 msgid "" "We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " "analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " @@ -5675,57 +9000,57 @@ msgstr "" "我们保存一个销售订单, 订单内产品为 **External Consulting** . **Sales Order** 一旦确认, " "分析科目会自动生成。我们的员工将被指定一个科目(在本例中 **SO002-Smith&Co** ), 是为了将工时开票给客户(见下图)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 msgid "Fill in timesheet" msgstr "填写工时表" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 msgid "" "As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " "specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " "the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" " Account** discussed above." msgstr "" -"一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时表** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **Timesheet** 应用程序, " -"输入明细行, 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" +"一个员工链接到一个用户, 哈利可以进入 **工时单** 应用, 为工时单指定相应的合同。登入哈利的帐户, 进入 **工时单** 应用程序, 输入明细行," +" 指定上面所讨论的 **分析账户** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." msgstr "哈利为Smith&Co付出了三个小时的SWOT analysis。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 msgid "" "In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " "hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" " the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **Analytic Account** ." +msgstr "同时, Cedric与客户讨论需要1小时, 指定到他个人的工时表, 也指向 **分析账户** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 msgid "" "In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " "automatically computed (see picture below)." msgstr "在 **销售订单** 中, 我们注意到交付的时间会自动计算(见下图)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 msgid "Analytic accounting" msgstr "分析会计" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 msgid "" "Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " "revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " "registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." msgstr "由于分析科目, 我们能够对人力资源成本和收入有个总的概念。所有交易的收入和成本都将登记在 **SO002-Smith&Co** 科目。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." msgstr "在该情景下我们可以使用两种方式。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 msgid "Without filters" msgstr "不要过滤" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 msgid "" "If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " "analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " @@ -5735,43 +9060,42 @@ msgstr "" "如果所有项目的成本和收入的分析科目都正确, 我们可以轻松地检索相关的成本和收益。输入 *Accounting* 应用, 选择 " ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts` ." -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:131 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 msgid "" "Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " "current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " "credit and debit balance of the account." msgstr "注意 :您可以为 **Analysis** 指定一个时间。如果你想打开当前状态, 你应该保持空的字段。我们可以看到借贷方余额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:138 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 msgid "" "If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " "of cost and revenues (see picture below)." msgstr "如果我们单击科目, 提供了成本和收入的细节(见下图)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 msgid "" "Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " "with the corresponding description." msgstr "单击按钮 **Cost/Revenue** , 可以看到成本和收入的总况。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 msgid "With filters" msgstr "有过滤" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:150 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." msgstr "因此我们可以在 **分析分录** 中过滤该信息。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:152 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 msgid "" "Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" " resource cost." msgstr "" -"进入 **Accounting** 程序, 点击 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Entries` . " -"在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" +"进入 **会计** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 分析条目` . 在这个菜单中, 我们有几个选项来分析人力资源成本。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 msgid "" "We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" " the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " @@ -5780,13 +9104,13 @@ msgstr "" "过滤 **分析账户** , 我们可以看到项目的成本和收入。添加一个自定义的 **过滤器**: **Analytic Account** 包括 " "**Sales Order** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 msgid "" "In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " "corresponding costs and revenues." msgstr "结果, 我们看到时间表活动, 和成本和收入的相关开票行。" -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:168 +#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 msgid "" "We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " "respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " @@ -5817,7 +9141,7 @@ msgstr "分析服务或者项目的绩效" msgid "" "To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "管理分析会计, 你必须激活它, 在 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -5839,7 +9163,7 @@ msgstr "IT/服务公司 :绩效分析" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "案例1 :工业公司: 成本分析" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5921,31 +9245,9 @@ msgstr " **称呼** " #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 msgid "**Account**" msgstr " **科目** " -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr " **借方** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr " **贷方** " - #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 msgid "**Value**" msgstr " **值** " @@ -5964,7 +9266,7 @@ msgstr "2122" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "1500" -msgstr "1500" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 msgid "-1 500" @@ -5972,7 +9274,7 @@ msgstr "-1 500" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "分包" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 @@ -5987,7 +9289,7 @@ msgstr "-450" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "有缺陷的材料的待方记录" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 @@ -6004,7 +9306,7 @@ msgstr "员工成本" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "2121" -msgstr "2121" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 msgid "10000" @@ -6013,13 +9315,13 @@ msgstr "10000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "市场营销" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "-2 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 msgid "Commercial" @@ -6032,11 +9334,11 @@ msgstr "-3 000" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "行政" +msgstr "管理" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "-1 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 msgid "PR" @@ -6068,7 +9370,7 @@ msgid "" "The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " "Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " "profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "上面的示例是基于公司的成本的分解。分析科目就如销售一样可以有效分配。给你不同部门的盈利能力(销售成本)。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -6092,7 +9394,7 @@ msgstr "选择一种取决于你如何看待你的营销努力。一般是全球 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "案例2 :法律公司: 人力资源的成本？" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -6154,7 +9456,7 @@ msgstr "下表显示了不同分析凭证的例子, 你可以找到分析科目 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr " **总量** " +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 msgid "**General Account**" @@ -6181,7 +9483,7 @@ msgstr "搜索信息(3h)" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 msgid "-45" -msgstr "-45" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 msgid "Consultation (4 h)" @@ -6202,7 +9504,7 @@ msgstr "服务费用" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "280" -msgstr "280" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 msgid "705 – Billing services" @@ -6226,7 +9528,7 @@ msgstr "42" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "燃油成本－客户方出差" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 msgid "-35" @@ -6250,7 +9552,7 @@ msgstr "6201 – 工资" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 msgid "3 000" -msgstr "3 000" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -6306,7 +9608,7 @@ msgid "" "The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " "presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " "also similar." -msgstr "服务、支出、销售的管理, 类似于上面提到的律师例子。发票和盈利能力的研究也类似。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -6332,7 +9634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "结论" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -6347,270 +9649,13 @@ msgid "" "applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." msgstr "分析会计灵活, 方便使用. 可应用于所有程序(销售、采购、工时、生产、发票, …)。" -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:3 -msgid "What is an account type and how do I configure it?" -msgstr "怎么理解科目类型, 如何配置呢？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:6 -msgid "What is an account type ?" -msgstr "科目类型是什么？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"An account type is a name or code given to an account that indicates the " -"account's purpose." -msgstr "账户类型是一个名称或代码, 代表科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:11 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, Account Types are used for information purpose, to generate " -"country-specific legal reports, set the rules to close a fiscal year and " -"generate opening entries." -msgstr "在Odoo, 账户类型用于信息的目的, 来生成特定国家的法律报告, 制定规则关闭一个财政年度, 生成凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Basically Account types categorize general account with some specific " -"category according to its behaviour or purpose." -msgstr "基本账户类型根据其行为或目的, 分类一般账户和一些特定类别。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:19 -msgid "Which are the account types in Odoo ?" -msgstr "odoo中有哪些科目类型？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo covers all accounting types. Therefore, you cannot create new account " -"types. Just pick the one related to your account." -msgstr "Odoo涵盖所有会计类型。因此, 您不能创建新帐户类型。只选择一个与您的帐户有关的类型。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:25 -msgid "**List of account types**" -msgstr " **科目类型列表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:27 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "应收" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:29 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "应付" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:31 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "银行和现金" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:33 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "流动资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:35 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "非流动资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:37 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "预付账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:39 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "固定资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:41 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "流动负债" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:43 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "非流动负债" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:45 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "权益" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:47 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "本年度收入" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:49 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "其他收入" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:51 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "收入" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:53 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "折旧" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:55 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "费用" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:57 -msgid "Direct Costs" -msgstr "直接成本" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:61 -msgid "How do I configure my accounts?" -msgstr "如何配置科目？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Account types are automatically created when installing a chart of account. " -"By default, Odoo provides a lot of chart of accounts, just install the one " -"related to your country." -msgstr "在创建科目表时, 科目类型会自动产生。默认情况下, Odoo提供了大量的会计科目表, 只安装一个与你的国家有关。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:67 -msgid "" -"It will install generic accounts. But if it does not cover all your cases, " -"you can create your own accounts too." -msgstr "它将安装通用账户。但是如果它不涵盖你所有的情况, 你也可以创建自己的帐户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:72 -msgid "" -"If you are a Saas User, your country chart of account is automatically " -"installed." -msgstr "如果你是Saas用户, 贵国的科目表会自动安装。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To create a new accounts, go to the Accounting application. Open the menu " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Chart of Accounts`, the click on the **Create** " -"button." -msgstr "要创建一个新科目, 转到会计应用模块。打开菜单 :menuselection:'顾问 -->科目表', 点击 **新建** 按钮。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Account Type is used for information purpose, to generate country-specific " -"legal reports, and set the rules to close a fiscal year and generate opening" -" entries." -msgstr "科目类型用于信息目的，用于生成符合各国财税规范的报告，以及设置会计年度关闭的规则，并生成期初分录" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Can Create Asset" -msgstr "可创建资产" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field specifying if the account can generate asset depending on " -"it's type. It is used in the account form view." -msgstr "指定帐户是否可以根据其类型生成资产的技术字段。它在帐户窗体视图中使用。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Asset Model" -msgstr "资产模型" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"If this is selected, an asset will be created automatically when Journal " -"Items on this account are posted." -msgstr "如果选择此选项，则过帐该帐户的日记帐项目时将自动创建资产。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "标签" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Optional tags you may want to assign for custom reporting" -msgstr "你可能想赋予给定义报表的选项标签" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Account Currency" -msgstr "科目币种" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Forces all moves for this account to have this account currency." -msgstr "强制这个科目所有的凭证拥有这个科目的币种." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Type" -msgstr "内部类型" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Type' is used for features available on different types of " -"accounts: liquidity type is for cash or bank accounts, payable/receivable is" -" for vendor/customer accounts." -msgstr " '内部类型' 用于不同类型科目的功能: 流动性用于现金或银行科目, 应付/应收用于供应商/客户科目." - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Internal Group" -msgstr "内部群组" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The 'Internal Group' is used to filter accounts based on the internal group " -"set on the account type." -msgstr "'内部组' 是用于基于账户类型上设置的内部组来过滤账户的。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "允许核销" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Check this box if this account allows invoices & payments matching of " -"journal items." -msgstr "如果这个科目能够让发票和付款与日记账的匹配就勾选这个框" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:86 -msgid "View *Create Account* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在我们的在线演示查看 *创建科目*" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:12 -msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/configuration/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`../adviser/fiscalyear`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "库存" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "产品退货时使用移动平均计算成本" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6664,7 +9709,7 @@ msgstr "当产品离开仓库 :平均成本 **不** 变化" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "定义采购价格" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -6676,7 +9721,7 @@ msgstr "购买价格是接收产品时的暂估 (您可能没有收到供应商 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "平均成本示例" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -6826,7 +9871,7 @@ msgstr "$24" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "2" -msgstr "2" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -6960,8 +10005,8 @@ msgid "" "receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " "shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." msgstr "" -"人们在使用 **anglo saxon accounting** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, " -"这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, 收到发票时会减少." +"人们在使用 **盎克鲁撒克逊会计** 会计原则, 还有另一个概念需考虑 :产品的入库科目, 这是为了保存收票时的价值。所以这个账户在收货时会增加, " +"收到发票时会减少。" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -6980,7 +10025,7 @@ msgstr "价格差异" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "($80)" -msgstr "($80)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" @@ -6988,7 +10033,7 @@ msgstr "收到供应商的账单$80" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "($64)" -msgstr "($64)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" @@ -7039,7 +10084,7 @@ msgid "" "After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " "into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " "fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "在收到付款时, 可转换成公司货币。多货币支付意味着有利率的波动。Odoo将自动记录汇率的差异。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 msgid "Enable multi-currencies" @@ -7049,21 +10094,19 @@ msgstr "启用多币种" msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" -"会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 " -"**应用** 。" +msgstr "会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 勾选 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 msgid "" "Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" +msgstr "汇率的配置 :menuselection:`配置 -->货币` . 写下汇率, 确保货币是活跃的。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 msgid "" "In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " "in **Dollars**." -msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** , 我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" +msgstr "在本文档中, 基础货币是 **欧元** ，我们将收付款记录在 **美元** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -7092,11 +10135,11 @@ msgid "" "Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" " you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " "you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" +msgstr "检查 **货币** 字段是否为空白, 或是您将用来登记收付款的外币。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你只可以用这种货币登记收付款。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "用其他币种记录付款" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -7148,9 +10191,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记帐分录` , 找到 **汇率差异** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -7158,20 +10199,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "在会计设置上, 可以更改汇率差异账的设置." #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:109 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/configure` " +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:110 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases` " +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:111 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Odoo多币种是如何工作的？" +msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7192,12 +10233,10 @@ msgstr "开启多币种" msgid "" "In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"会计模块, 去 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 " -"**应用** 。" +msgstr "会计模块中, 去 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **允许多货币** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" msgstr "汇率分类账" @@ -7252,24 +10291,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认情况下,货币需要手动更新。但是你可以同步 `Yahoo <https ://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" "converter/>` __或是 `European Central Bank <http: //www.ecb.europa.eu>` __. 在 " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` , 去 **Live Currency Rate** 部分。" +":menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 去 **实时汇率** 部分。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 msgid "" "Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " "force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" " are set !" -msgstr "选择间隔 :手动, 每日, 每周或每月。你可以强制更新, 通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商, 并设置!" +msgstr "选择间隔 :手动, 每日, 每周或每月。你可以强制更新, 通过点击 **现在更新** 。选择供应商, 设置完成!" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" msgstr "只有 **有效的** 币别被更新" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 msgid "Configure your charts of account" msgstr "配置科目表" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " "Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " @@ -7278,24 +10317,24 @@ msgstr "" "在会计应用程序中, 去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of Accounts` . 在每个科目, " "您可以设置一个货币。所有这个账目的账都使用这个货币。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 msgid "" "If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " "Active." msgstr "如果留空, 就意味着可以处理所有有效的币别。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:94 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 msgid "Configure your journals" msgstr "配置日记账" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 msgid "" "In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " "on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." msgstr "用外币登记收付款, 需在账上去除货币限制。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** 和 **设置** 。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 msgid "" "Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" @@ -7303,18 +10342,22 @@ msgid "" "can register payments only in this currency." msgstr "检查外币的字段是否为空, 或者需要在哪个货币下登记收付款。如果货币已填写, 这意味着你可只能用这种货币登记收付款。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 +msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" +msgstr "Odoo多币种是如何工作的？" + +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 msgid "" "Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " "items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." msgstr "现在你在多种货币环境中, 所有科目将链接一个货币, 国内或国外。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" msgstr "销售订单和发票" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -7322,11 +10365,11 @@ msgid "" "document." msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币而不是销售订单和发票上的货币。货币设置将应用到整个文档。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "采购订单和供应商账单" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 msgid "" "You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " @@ -7334,21 +10377,17 @@ msgid "" "document." msgstr "你现在可以设置不同的货币比公司对你的采购订单和供应商的账单。货币被设置为整个文档。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:137 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 msgid "Payment Registrations" msgstr "付款登记" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:139 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to **Sales > Payments**. Register the " -"payment and set the currency." -msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 去 **Sales > Payments** 。登记收付款, 设置货币。" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " +"Register the payment and set the currency." +msgstr "在会计应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。登记付款并设置币种。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:146 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:148 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 msgid "" "When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " @@ -7356,34 +10395,32 @@ msgid "" "actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." msgstr "当创建或导入银行对账单, 是本位币的金额。但是现在有两个字段, 实际支付的金额和原币支付的金额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 msgid "" "When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " "Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " "amount in your company currency." msgstr "当调节时, Odoo将收款直接与正确的发票匹配。你会得到的发票金额和公司本位币金额。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:162 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" " difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" " in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:168 msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments` " -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr ":doc:`exchange` " +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage invoices & payment in multiple currencies?" -msgstr "如何在多币别环境下管理发票和付款？" +msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7405,7 +10442,7 @@ msgid "" "When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " "Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" " the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "在创建发票时, 改变货币很容易; 然而公司本位币是作为一个默认值。Odoo将自动将外币转换成本位币." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" @@ -7423,23 +10460,15 @@ msgid "" "currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" " journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"为了用其他货币登记收付款, 你必须在账上 **remove the currency constraint** 。去财务应用程序, 点击 **更多** " -"和 **设置** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" msgstr "多币别发票和供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Invoices" msgstr "发票" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "供应商帐单" - #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 msgid "Multi-currency Payments" msgstr "多币种付款" @@ -7449,13 +10478,11 @@ msgid "" "In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " "Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " "Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments` . 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定**" -" 。" +msgstr "在会计应用程序中, 至 :menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 登记收付款并注明已用外币登记。然后点击 **确定** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "多币种银行对账单" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -7469,1425 +10496,615 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " "**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " "are recorded in it." -msgstr "" -"去 :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` , 找到 **Exchange difference** " -"日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" +msgstr "去 :menuselection:`顾问 --> 日记条目` , 找到 **汇率差额** 日记账分录。所有的汇率差异将记录在此。" -#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:106 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "报表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:3 -msgid "How to create a customized reports with your own formulas?" -msgstr "用你自己的公式如何创建定制报表？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "激活开发者模式" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -"**developer mode** needs to be activated. To do that, first click on the " -"user profile in the top right menu, then **About**." -msgstr "进入财务报告创建界面, 需激活 **开发人员模式** 。要做到这一点,首先在右上角目录中点击用户资料,然后点击 **About** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:23 -msgid "Click on : **Activate the developer mode**." -msgstr "点击 : **激活开发者模式** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:29 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "创建财务报表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Financial Reports` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:40 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:42 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr " **分析期间**: " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:44 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:51 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:55 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:57 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用-隔开;)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:68 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:70 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"另一份报告, 引用的代码。使用“。平衡“获得其余额(也可用\" .credit \\ \",\" .debit \\ \"and\" " -".amount_residual \\ \")" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:77 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group " -"by字段组合科目行。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:84 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:86 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -" **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“never\" " -"(永远不会)。 " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/customize.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:3 -msgid "What are the main reports available?" -msgstr "有哪些可用的主要报表？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " -"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " -"countries :" -msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **generic** 和 **dynamic reports** 也非常有用 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:9 -msgid "**Balance Sheet**" -msgstr " **资产负债表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:10 -msgid "**Profit and Loss**" -msgstr " **损益表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr " **科目表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:12 -msgid "**Executive Summary**" -msgstr " **执行概要** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:13 -msgid "**General Ledger**" -msgstr " **总账** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:14 -msgid "**Aged Payable**" -msgstr " **到期应付** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:15 -msgid "**Aged Receivable**" -msgstr " **到期应收** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:16 -msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" -msgstr " **现金流量表** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:17 -msgid "**Tax Report**" -msgstr " **税金报告** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:18 -msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" -msgstr " **银行对账** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " -"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " -"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." -msgstr "可以标注每个报表, 打印出来并呈报你的顾问。导出xls, 进一步分析管理。深入研究, 可看到更多的细节(付款,发票、分录,等等)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" -" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " -"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " -"default **Previous 1 Period** option." -msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的* *前一期间 * *, 你可以选择之前的12期。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" -" of your organisation as at a particular date." -msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的快照。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:39 -msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "损益表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " -"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" -" period." -msgstr " * *损益 * *表(或* * 收益状态* *)显示收入扣除费用后的净收益。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "科目表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "分类账科目的列表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:57 -msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "执行摘要" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " -"figures you need to run your company." -msgstr " **执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:62 -msgid "" -"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " -"reporting :" -msgstr "在非常基本的规则中,这是本节中每个项目的报告:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Performance:**" -msgstr " **绩效 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:68 -msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" -msgstr " **毛利润 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." -msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本(诸如劳动力、材料等)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:74 -msgid "**Net profit margin:**" -msgstr " **净利润 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " -"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " -"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " -"result of those sales)." -msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本, 再减去公司的固定费用 (例如: 租金、电力、销售的税费)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" -msgstr " **投资回报率(每年) :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:77 -msgid "" -"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " -"make those profits." -msgstr "净利润的比率, 公司的资产用来创造这些利润。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Position:**" -msgstr " **状况:** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "**Average debtor days:**" -msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " -"across all your customer invoices." -msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "**Average creditor days:**" -msgstr " **平均债权人天数 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" -" all your bills." -msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:89 -msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" -msgstr " **短期现金预测 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:87 -msgid "" -"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " -"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " -"your **Purchases account** for the month." -msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即* *销售科目 * *的余额减去* *购买科目 * *的余额。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:97 -msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" -msgstr " **流动资产到负债 :** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " -"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " -"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " -"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." -msgstr "* *流动比率* *, 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:103 -msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "总分类账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" -" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " -"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " -"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " -"occurred during a certain period of time." -msgstr "" -"* * 总分类帐* *显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:115 -msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "到期的应付" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" -" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " -"gone unpaid." -msgstr "运行* *应付账龄表* *, 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:125 -msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "到期的应收" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " -"payment during a selected month and several months prior." -msgstr "* *应收账龄表* *显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:134 -msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "现金流量表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " -"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " -"operating, investing and financing activities." -msgstr "* *现金流量表 * *显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "税金报告" - -#: ../../accounting/others/reporting/main_reports.rst:146 -msgid "" -"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " -"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." -msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的* *净额* *和* *税额* *(销售/采购)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)?" -msgstr "如果管理B2B (不含税) 和 B2C (含税)价格?" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " -"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" -" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." -msgstr "销售消耗品的时候, 标价通常都包含税(例如, 大多数的电商场景中)。但是一旦在B2B场景中, 公司之间的价格谈判都不包含税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " -"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " -"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " -"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " -"that's easy." -msgstr "" -"Odoo能容易地管理两种用例, 不管你在产品的标价上是否包含税。如果你对所有产品都标含税价(或者不含税价), 你也可以在销售订单上报不含税价(含税价) " -":就是这么简单。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " -"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " -"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " -"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " -"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" -msgstr "" -"本文档只是用在一个产品的价格的两种参照(含税价或者不含税价)特定用例中。复杂的理由是含税价和不含税价的不对称, 例如本用例中, 比利时的税率是21% :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 -msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" -msgstr "电商业务中有一个标价为 **10€ (含税)** 的产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 -msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" -msgstr "会做成 **8.26€ (不含税)** 和 **1.74€的税** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 -msgid "" -"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " -"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" -msgstr "但是对于同一个用例, 如果你在产品上的标价不含税(8.26€), 但是你确得到了一个含税的价格9.99€, 原因是 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 -msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -msgstr " **8.26€ \\ * 1.21 = 9.99€* *" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 -msgid "" -"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " -"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" -" taxes:" -msgstr "所以, 基于你在产品信息中维护的价格, 你将可以得到含税价和不含税价两种不同结果 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 -msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -msgstr "不含税 : **8.26€ & 10.00€** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 -msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -msgstr "含税价 : **8.26€ & 9.99€** " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " -"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " -"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." -msgstr "" -"如果以10€的含税价买了100片, 结果看起来会很有意思。\n" -"你会得到 : **1000€ (含税价) = 826.45€ (单价) + 173.55€ (税)** , 这和\n" -"不含税价格8.26€明显存在差异。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 -msgid "" -"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " -"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" -" form within the same company." -msgstr "本文档解释了如何处理特定用例下的同一个公司的产品上两种价格处理(含税价和不含税价)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 -msgid "" -"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " -"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " -"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " -"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " -"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," -" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " -"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " -"salespeople." -msgstr "" -"在财务方面, 你的产品卖到10€ 比9.99€ (21% 的税)对你的年营收来说并没有增加, " -"因为对你来说你的营收和你卖9.99€时候是一样的。只是税高了0.01€。所以如果你在比利时营运着一家电子商务, 为了讨好顾客, " -"你可以把价格定为9.99€而不是10€ 。请注意此种状况对20€ 或者30€不一定适用。或者是别的税率, 或者数量大于1的时候。当然这也忙了你很大忙, " -"因为你可以对所有的东西都可以价外税管理, 而这能让你的销售人员操作起来更加简单以及出错更少。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 -msgid "" -"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " -"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " -"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" -" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " -"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " -"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " -"and you have no specific configuration to do." -msgstr "" -"要避免此种复杂状况, 最好的办法就是只选择一种方法管理价格并固定下来 :价格含税或者不含税。在产品表单中设置为默认的(在产品相关的默认税上), " -"然后让Odoo根据价格表和财政位置自动计算其余的。只要专注于和客户谈判。这样就实现了开箱即用, 而你不需要做特别的配置。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " -"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " -"must:" -msgstr "如果你实在做不来并且把价格谈定为价外税, 但是对其余的客户却是含税价。这时必须 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 -msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" -msgstr "总是在产品信息中默认的维护不含税价并且维护一个税(产品信息中包含价格)" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" -msgstr "为特定的客户创建一个含税价的价格表" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 -msgid "" -"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" -msgstr "创建一个把不含税价格换位含税价格的财政位置" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 -msgid "" -"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " -"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" -msgstr "把价格表和财政位置分别设置在需要使用它们的客户上" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 -msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" -msgstr "对于本文当的目的, 我们会使用以上的用例 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 -msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 -msgid "" -"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " -"website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 -msgid "Setting your products" -msgstr "设置你的产品" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " -"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " -"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " -"Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " -"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " -"per customer segment**." -msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " -"-->设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " -"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." -msgstr "" -"一旦完成, 从以下路径创建一个B2C价格表 :销售模块菜单项 : menuselection :`配置(Configuration) --> " -"价格表(Pricelists)` 。当然也可以把默认的价格表更名为B2B。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " -"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," -" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" -msgstr "" -"然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " -":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 -msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" -msgstr "设置B2C的财政状况" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 -msgid "" -"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " -"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " -"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " -"included in price)" -msgstr "" -"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) -->财务结构(Fiscal " -"Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 -msgid "Test by creating a quotation" -msgstr "创建报价单测试" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " -"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -msgstr "" -"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` " -"菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " -"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " -"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " -"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -msgstr "" -"然后, 创建一个报价单但是在添加产品之前把报价单上的 **价格表更改为B2C并且财政位置也更改为B2C** 。你会得到预期的结果 :总价是10€, " -"对客户就是: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 -msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." -msgstr "这是你的店铺中客户的预期行为。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 -msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" -msgstr "避免更改每一张销售订单" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " -"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " -"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " -"of this customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 -msgid "" -"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " -"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 -msgid "" -"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " -"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " -"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " -"to only work with one price reference." -msgstr "" -"注意有一个错误的倾向 :如果你要设置一个价内税的财政位置但是使用一个不含税的价格表, 你可能会得出错误的价格。这就是我们建议公司只用一个价格参照" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "如何适应税务对我的客户状态或定位" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " -"To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "多数情况下，销售税率取决于你的客户状态或定位。为体现税率情况，Odoo带来了*财务状况*图" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 -msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "创建税务映射" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 -msgid "" -"A fiscal position is just a set of rules that maps default taxes (as defined" -" on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " -"customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " -"purchases." -msgstr "财务状况是一套将欠税（在产品表格中定义）映射到其他税种的规则。在以下截图中，外国客户取得0% 而非默认的15%税率。同时适用于销售与采购。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The main fiscal positions are automatically created according to your " -"localization. But you may have to create fiscal positions for specific use " -"cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " -"Positions`." -msgstr "依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径：:menuselection:‘发票/会计配置财务位置’" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, you can also map the Income/Expense accounts " -"according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " -"from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " -"foreign countries." -msgstr "如需使用Odoo会计功能，也可依据财务状况映射收入/支出帐户。举例说，有些国家的销售收入不会记入与来自国外的销售收入帐户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "调整客户的对应税率" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" -"mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "如客户适用于某个特定税务规则，请应用税率映射功能，首先创建一个财务状况并分配给你的客户。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " -"for the customer." -msgstr "Odoo将把这一特定财务状况分配给客户记录的任何订单/发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 -msgid "" -"If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " -"will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " -"same customer." -msgstr "如果在销售订单或发票中手动设置了财务状况，则其只会应用到这一文件，而不会应用到同一客户的未来订单/发票。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 -msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "调整客户所在地的税率（基于目的地）" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Depending on your localization, sales taxes may be origin-based or " -"destination-based. Most states or countries require you to collect taxes at " -"the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " -"require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " -"your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" -"依据你的地理位置，销售税率可能基于源头或基于目的地课税。多数州或国家要求以目的地（即买方地址）收税，而另一些国家或地区要求以源头（即你的办公室或仓库所在地）位置收税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " -"tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "如您适用于目的地课税规则，请为每个“应用税率映射”创建一个财务状况。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 -msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "勾选*自动发现*。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "选择一个国家组、国家、州或城市，开启税率映射。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " -"fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "这种方式不会为客户设置财务状况，Odoo将在创建订单时选择与送货地址匹配的财务状况。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " -"update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " -"his shipping address." -msgstr "对于电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 其购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 -msgid "Specific use cases" -msgstr "特殊使用案例" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " -"replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "在某些财务状况下，如要删除而不是替换一种税，只需让*应用税率*栏保持空白。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," -" just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税，只需用同一个*产品税率*创建两行。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:80 -msgid "The fiscal positions are not applied on assets and deferred revenues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`create`" -msgstr ":doc:`create` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "如何管理现金基本税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." -msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" -"首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:会计->配置->设置->允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 -msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" -msgstr "举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "客户发票日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "应收15美元" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "收入帐户100美元" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "银行日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "银行115美元" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "税率现金收付制日记账" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "税收帐户15美元" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 -msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "如何创建新税收" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo's tax engine is very flexible and support many different type of taxes:" -" value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " -"withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " -"with the right taxes." -msgstr "" -"Odoo的税收引擎非常灵活，它可以支持多种不同的税别，包括：增值税(VAT)、环境污染税、联邦/州/城市税、保留额、代扣所得税等等。在多数国家，系统已经预先配置了正确的税种。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This section details how you can define new taxes for specific use cases." -msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " -"menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`会计->配置->税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "选择一个范围：销售、购置或无（例如：废弃税种）。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 -msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "选择一种计算方法：" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 -msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "**固定**：环境污染税，以及其他" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "**价格百分比**：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "**包含售价的百分比**：例如巴西等国。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 -msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" -msgstr " **税组**: 能使用复合税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:34 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " -"item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " -"posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "如你使用Odoo做帐，请设定税款帐户（即税款日记帐条目所在位置）。这一字段是可选的，如不填写，Odoo则将税收日记帐条目存放在收入帐户上。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 -msgid "" -"If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " -"probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " -"using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "如不想使用某种税种，不可简单删除，因为此税种很可能用于多种发票上。为防止用户继续使用这一税种，可以将*税收范围*设置为*无*。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 -msgid "" -"If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " -"**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " -"code." -msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装**account_tax_python**模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "高级配置" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " -"on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " -"following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "**发票标签**：用于表示税种在发票行打印方式的短文本。例如，名为\"15%服务费\"的税种可以显示为。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 -msgid "" -"**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " -"the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " -"footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Include in Analytic Cost**: the tax is counted as a cost and, thus, " -"generate an analytic entry if your invoice uses analytic accounts." -msgstr "* *包含于成本分析* * : 税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票使用分析科目, 会自动生成分析凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " -"empty." -msgstr "**标签**:用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 -msgid ":doc:`application`" -msgstr ":doc:`application` " - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "如何设置欠税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " -"localizations." -msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种已在大多数地区自动安装。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 -msgid "" -"Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " -"tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " -"country/state than you." -msgstr "订单和发票中的欠税设置来自每个产品的发票系统的页签。你向同一国家/州的公司销售产品时适用这些税种。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择：menuselection:‘发票/会计->配置->设置’。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " -"may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " -"login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "如你处于多公司环境中，你服务的每个公司的销售和购置税值可能有所不同。你可以登入两个不同的公司中，为每个公司修改这一字段。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" -msgstr "如何管理预扣税？" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " -"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " -"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " -"withholding tax applies to employment income." -msgstr "预提税,也称为保留税收. 它是政府要求在销售发票上预扣或是从收款中扣除税,并将之支付给政府。在大多数地区,预提税用于就业收入。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:10 -msgid "" -"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" -" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " -"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." -msgstr "关于普通税收,税应计入应付款合计。而非正常的税收,预提税从应付款中扣除,税由客户支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:14 -msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" -msgstr "在哥伦比亚,举个例子,你可能有以下发票:" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:19 -msgid "" -"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " -"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " -"**government**." -msgstr "在这个示例中,开票* *公司* * 欠政府20美元的税, * *客户* *欠* *政府* * 10美元的税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " -"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" -msgstr "" -"在Odoo, 创建一个负的税来定义预提税。保留的10%, 需要一下配置(通过:menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Taxes`):" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:32 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " -"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " -"tab." -msgstr "为了使税在发票上作为保留税出现,你应该设定一个具体的税组* *保留* *,在* * 高级选项* *选项卡上。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " -"invoices." -msgstr "一旦税率定义完成, 可在产品,销售订单或发票上使用。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" -" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " -"(normal tax and retention)." -msgstr "如果保留税是普通税的一定比例, 创建一个税包含* *税计算* * 作为* *税集团* *, 并在这组设置两个税(正常的税和保留税)。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:48 -msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" -msgstr "在发票上使用保留税" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " -"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " -"line." -msgstr "一旦税建立, 可用于客户界面,销售订单或客户发票。也可在销售发票行应用多个税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:58 -msgid "" -"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " -"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " -"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " -"taxes." -msgstr "" -"当你看到客户发票, 只能得到一个* *税行* *, 这行汇总了的税收(正常的税收和保留税)。但是当你打印或发送发票, Odoo将正确地组合所有的税。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:63 -msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." -msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 -msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "如何设置含税价" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " -"*Included in Price* for each of your sales taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " -"let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" -" product form is $100." -msgstr "这样产品的价格设定就是含税的。例如，如果某产品的销售税为10%，那么产品表单上的售价为100美元。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 -msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" -msgstr "如果价格中不含税, 你会得到 :" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:18 -msgid "Price without tax: $100" -msgstr "不含税价格 : $100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:20 -msgid "Taxes: $10" -msgstr "税 :$10" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:22 -msgid "Total to pay: $110" -msgstr "待支付总计 : $110" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:24 -msgid "If the tax is included in the price" -msgstr "如果税包含在价格中" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:26 -msgid "Price without tax: 90.91" -msgstr "不含税价格 :90.91" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:28 -msgid "Taxes: $9.09" -msgstr "税 : $9.09" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:30 -msgid "Total to pay: $100" -msgstr "总计待支付 :$100" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:32 -msgid "" -"You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " -"and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "如同时需要含税(B2C)和不含税(B2B)两种方式，可依据以下文档：:doc:`B2B_B2C`." - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 -msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "在电子商务目录中显示含税价" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 -msgid "" -"By default prices displayed in your eCommerce catalog are tax-excluded. To " -"display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " -"(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " -"Display)." -msgstr "" -"显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开 " -":menuselection:`销售->配置->设置（税种显示）,勾选*显示含税(B2C)*。" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 -msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo上" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "工作方式" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`application`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created when" -" installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 -msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "入门" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "会计科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr " **会计科目表(COA)**是指一个组织的总分类账中记录财务事项的所有科目列表。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "这些科目通常按财务报告中的出现顺序列出。大多数时候，它们列示为如下：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" +msgstr "资产负债表科目" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "负债" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "权益" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "收入" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "费用" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." +msgstr "在浏览会计科目表时，你可在左边的列中按数字筛选科目，并按科目类型分组。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an Account" +msgstr "配置科目" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" +"你在创建数据库时选择的国家（或数据库上的其他公司）确定了默认安装了哪个**财务本地化包**。它们包括已经按照对应国家规定配置的标准会计科目表。你可以直接使用这些会计科目表或根据你公司的需要设置它们。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" +" Journal Entry has been posted." +msgstr "在日记账分录过账后，就无法再修改公司的**财务本地化**。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "如要创建新科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and Name" +msgstr "代码和名称" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "每个科目通过其**代码**和**名称**来进行识别，它们也体现了科目的目的。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "正确配置**科目类型**至关重要，因为它将应用到多种目的：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "关于科目目的和行为的信息" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "生成特定国家的法律和财务报告" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "设置结束一个财政年度的规则" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "生成期初分录" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " +"and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "如要配置科目类型，打开**类型**字段的下拉选择器并在列表中选择合适类型：" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "报表" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "类别" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "科目类型" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "应收" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "银行和现金" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "预付账" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "固定资产" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "应付" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "信用卡" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "流动负债" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "非流动负债" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "本年收益" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "其他收入" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "折旧" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "收入成本" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "其他" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "资产负债表" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 +msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" +msgstr "资产、递延费用和递延收入自动化 " + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" +"某些科目类型会显示新字段**自动化**创建:ref:`资产<assets-automation>`分录、:ref:`递延费用<deferred-" +"expenses-automation>`分录和:ref:`递延收入<deferred-revenues-automation>`分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "**否：**这是默认值。系统不会进行任何自动化。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " +"corresponding form." +msgstr "**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建分录草稿，但未确认。你必须首先填写对应的表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " +"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种模式。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 +msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "请参阅相关文档，获取更多信息。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "选择一个**默认税**，当此科目被选择用于产品销售或采购时将适用。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "标签" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "某些会计报告要求在相关科目上设置*标签*。默认情况下，你可以在*现金流量表*使用的标签中进行选择。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 +msgid "Account Groups" +msgstr "科目组" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 +msgid "" +"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " +"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " +"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " +"the right Account Group." +msgstr "" +"如要创建新科目组，打开想要配置为子科目的科目，点击*群组*下拉选择器，选择*创建并编辑...*，填写表单并保存。然后，设置该科目组下面的所有子科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " +"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." +msgstr "" +"如要显示科目组的**试算表**报告，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 报告 --> " +"试算表`，然后打开*选项*菜单并选择**层级及小计**。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 +msgid "Allow Reconciliation" +msgstr "允许对账" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "某些科目，如用于记录某支付方式交易的科目，可用于日记账分录对账。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " +"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " +"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." +msgstr "例如，用信用卡支付的发票在与付款对账后可以*标记为已支付*。因此，用于记录信用卡付款的科目需要配置为*允许对账*。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 +msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." +msgstr "为此，勾选**允许对账**框并保存。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "废弃" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "如科目内已记录了交易，则无法删除该科目。你可通过**废弃**功能使其不可用。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 +msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." +msgstr "为此，勾选**废弃**框并保存。" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 +msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 +msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" + #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup Odoo Accounting?" -msgstr "如何设置odoo会计？" +msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Accounting application has an implementation guide that you should " -"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step wizard with links to the " -"different screens you will need." -msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序有一个实施指导, 配置时可参考。每一步都有相应截屏。" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 msgid "" -"Once you have `installed the Accounting application " -"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__, you " -"should click on the top-right progressbar to get access to the " -"implementation guide." +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"一旦你安装会计应用<https://www.odoo.com/apps/modules/online/account_accountant/>`__," -" 可点击右上角的获得实施指南。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:17 -msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" -msgstr "实施指南将帮助您, 以下具体步骤:" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:19 -msgid "Completing your company settings" -msgstr "完善你的公司设置" +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Entering in your bank accounts" -msgstr "输入你的银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:21 -msgid "Selecting your chart of accounts" -msgstr "选择你的科目表" +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "Confirming your usual tax rates" -msgstr "确认常用税率" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:23 -msgid "Setting up any foreign currencies" -msgstr "设置外币" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:24 -msgid "Importing your customers" -msgstr "导入你的客户" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:25 -msgid "Importing your suppliers" -msgstr "导入你的供应商" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:26 -msgid "Importing your products" -msgstr "导入你的产品" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:27 -msgid "Importing your outstanding transactions" -msgstr "导入你的未清账款交易" +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Importing your starting balances" -msgstr "导入你的起始余额" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid "Define the users for accounting" -msgstr "为会计定义用户" +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "公司数据" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 msgid "" -"Once a step is done, you can click on the \"Mark as Done\" button, in the " -"bottom of the screen. That way, you can track the progress of your overall " -"configuration of Odoo." -msgstr "一旦一个步骤完成,你可以点击“标记为完成”按钮, 按钮在屏幕底部。这样,你可以跟踪整体配置的进度。" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "银行账户" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " +"information about this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " +"about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "会计期间" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " +"configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "发票格式" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "付款方式" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "发票示例" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -8920,13 +11137,13 @@ msgid "" "are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." msgstr "Odoo采用复式记账规则 : 所有日记账分录自动平衡（借方总和 = 贷方总和）。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:20 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" msgstr "" -" `理解每个单据的odoo会计交易<https " -"://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>` __" +"`通过文档了解Odoo的会计交易 " +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" @@ -8937,18 +11154,18 @@ msgid "" "Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " "report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " "basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持权责发生制和收付实现制的报告。这允许你在交易发生时报告收入/费用（即权责发生制），或者收付款时（即收付实现制）报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "多公司" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 msgid "" "Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " "company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " "reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo允许在同一个数据库管理几个公司。每个公司有自己的科目表以及规则。依据你的合并规则，你可以得到合并报告。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -8967,8 +11184,6 @@ msgid "" "transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " "reconciliation of the journal items." msgstr "" -"每一笔交易以公司的默认币种记录。对于以其他币种发生的交易, Odoo同时以公司的币种的价值，以及以交易币种的价值存储。 " -"Odoo可以在分类账项目的调节后生成币种增益和损失。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -8986,10 +11201,11 @@ msgid "" "modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " "chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." msgstr "" +"Odoo会计应用程序支持超过50个国家。Odoo核心会计应用程序实施所有国家共用的会计准则。每个国家还有特定的模块，例如科目表、税收或银行接口。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "特别是, Odoo 核心会计引擎支持 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -9002,21 +11218,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." msgstr "欧洲会计, 费用记账在供应商帐单。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Storno accounting (Italy) where refund invoices have negative credit/debit " -"instead of a reverting the original journal items." -msgstr "意大利会计, 退款发票使用负数借/贷, 而不是翻转原始的记账项目。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:71 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 msgid "Odoo also have modules to comply with IFRS rules." msgstr "Odoo还有符合IFRS规则的模块。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "应收账款和应付账款" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 msgid "" "By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " "and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " @@ -9024,56 +11234,56 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认, odoo使用单一科目用于所有的应收账款分录，以及另外一个用于所有的应付账款分录。你可以每个客户/供应商创建独立的科目, 但是没有必要这样做。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 msgid "" "As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" " perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " "revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." msgstr "由于交易关联了客户或供应商，你得到对每个客户/供应商进行分析的报告, , 如客户对账, 每客户收入, 到期的应收/应付款, ..." -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 msgid "Wide range of financial reports" msgstr "更宽广范围的财务报表" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:88 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " "range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " "reports include:" msgstr "在Odoo, 你可以实时生成财务报告。 Odoo的报告范围从基本的会计报告到高级的管理报告。 Odoo的报告包括 :" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" msgstr "绩效报告（如损益表, 预算差异）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 msgid "" "Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "状况报告(如资产负债表, 到期应付款, 到期应收款)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" msgstr "现金报告（例如银行摘要）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" msgstr "详细报告（如试算表和总账）" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "管理报告（如预算, 执行概要）" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:99 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 msgid "" "Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " "own formulae." msgstr "Odoo的报告引擎可让您根据自己的公式来定制您自己的报告。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" msgstr "自动导入银行回单" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:105 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 msgid "" "Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " "supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." @@ -9086,7 +11296,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo使得银行对帐容易，频繁的直接从你的银行导入银行对帐单明细到你的Odoo会计。这意味着你可以有现金流的每日视图, " "而无需登录到您的网上银行，或等候纸质银行对账单。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 msgid "" "Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " "statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " @@ -9095,124 +11305,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo通过匹配大部分导入的银行对帐单明细到你的会计交易，加快银行对账。 Odoo还记住你是如何处理其他的银行对帐单明细，并提供建议的总帐交易。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算你欠税务机关的税金" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "库存计价" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:128 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "" "Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " "valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " "(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." msgstr "" -"Odoo支持定期(手动)以及永续(自动)库存估价。可用的成本方法有标准价、平均价、后进先出（LIFO对于允许的国家而言）以及先进先出(FIFO)" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__" +"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 +msgid "Easy retained earnings" msgstr "" -" `查看计价方法对交易的影响<https ://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>` " -"__" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "容易的留存收益" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:139 msgid "" "Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " "automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" "end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " "profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "介绍Odoo会计" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "副本" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo is beautiful accounting software designed for the needs of the 21st " -"century." -msgstr "Odoo是针对21世纪需求设计的完美的会计软件。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo connects directly to your bank or paypal account. Transactions are " -"synchronized every hour and reconciliation is blazing fast. It's like magic." -msgstr "Odoo直接连到你的付款账户。每小时做一次交易同步, 核销也是超级快。就像魔法。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Instantly create invoices and send them with just a click. No need to print " -"them." -msgstr "即刻创建发票, 点一个按钮就发送出去。不需要打印。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:20 -msgid "Odoo can send them for you by email or regular mail." -msgstr "Odoo可以帮你以电子邮件或普通邮件的方式发送它们。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:22 -msgid "Your customers pay online, meaning you get your money right away." -msgstr "你的客户在线付款, 意味着你马上就能拿到钱。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting is connected with all Odoo our apps such as sale, purchase, " -"inventory and subscriptions." -msgstr "Odoo财务和你的所有Odoo模块无缝衔接, 如销售、采购、库存、订阅服务。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This way, recording vendor bills is also super quick. Set a vendor, select " -"the purchase order and Odoo fills in everything for you automatically." -msgstr "这样, 记录供应商的发票也很快。输入供应商, 选择采购订单, Odoo会自动为你填充其他字段。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then, just use the SEPA protocol or print checks to pay vendors in batches." -msgstr "然后, 只需调用SEPA协议或打印支票批量付款给供应商。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:33 -msgid "It's that easy with Odoo." -msgstr "有了Odoo这都很容易。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Wait, there is more. You will love the Odoo reports. From legal statements " -"to executive summaries, they are fast and dynamic. Use Odoo's business " -"intelligence feature to navigate through all your companies data." -msgstr "还不仅这些。你会爱上Odoo报告。包括法定报告和执行概要, 他们快速又动态。使用Odoo商务智能功能航行于贵公司所有数据。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo is mobile too. You can use it to check your accounts on the " -"go." -msgstr "当然, Odoo也支持移动设备。你可以用它随时查看你的账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:41 -msgid "Try Odoo now, and join 2 million happy users." -msgstr "" +"留存收益是指企业留存的部分收入。Odoo实时自动计算你的当年盈利，所以不需要进行年终分录或翻转。留存收益通过自动将损益表报告到资产负债表计算得出。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:5 msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "对于企业家的会计备忘录 (US GAAP)" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -9279,10 +11415,6 @@ msgstr "资产购置(例如，建筑物)和费用(例如，燃油)之间是有 msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" msgstr "资产 = 负债 + 权益" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:67 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "会计科目" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 msgid "" "The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " @@ -9299,8 +11431,9 @@ msgstr "余额 = 借方 - 贷方" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "日记账分录" +msgstr "会计凭证" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9313,7 +11446,7 @@ msgstr "公司的每一份财务单据（如发票、银行对账单、工资单 msgid "" "For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " "equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "会计分录要保持 *平衡* , 借方合计必须等于贷方合计。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:95 msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" @@ -9343,7 +11476,7 @@ msgstr "客户欠 $ 1, 090" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "配置 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" @@ -9385,7 +11518,7 @@ msgstr "银行账户 :在相关的银行存款日记帐定义" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "核销" +msgstr "对账" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -9434,16 +11567,10 @@ msgstr "应收账款" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" @@ -9451,43 +11578,20 @@ msgstr "借方" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "信用" +msgstr "贷方" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "发票1" -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:76 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "付款1.1" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 msgid "70" @@ -9508,7 +11612,7 @@ msgstr "付款1.2" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 msgid "30" -msgstr "30" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -9542,7 +11646,7 @@ msgstr "与先前记录的付款匹配 :" msgid "" "a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " "matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "当从客户收到支票时, 付款已登记, 在核对银行对账单时匹配上" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" @@ -9557,7 +11661,7 @@ msgstr "在处理银行对账单时, 付款的会计分录创建, 并与相关 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "记录为另一个交易 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." @@ -9591,36 +11695,24 @@ msgstr "1笔日记帐分录和1笔银行对账调节记录" msgid "" "The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " "invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." -msgstr "第一个日记帐分录是由注册在发票付款创建的。注册银行对账单时, 第二个是创建。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:216 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:226 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:242 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Account" -msgstr "账户" +msgstr "科目" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:61 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "Account Receivable" msgstr "应收账款" @@ -9644,8 +11736,6 @@ msgstr "支票0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "Bank" msgstr "银行" @@ -9670,7 +11760,7 @@ msgstr "过程概述" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从客户发票到付款收集" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9711,16 +11801,12 @@ msgstr "" "在大多数国家, 合同义务发生时开具发票。如果你将一个盒子发给客户, 你需要查看合同的条款, 然后开票。如果你的供应商给你发货, 需要查看合同的条款, " "然后开票。因此, 在发货前, 应将合同条款填写完整。在这一点上, Odoo支持由仓库人员开具草稿发票。" -#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "发票创建" - #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " "directly if you would like." -msgstr "可从其他文件手动创建草稿发票, 例如从销售订单,采购订单等。也可直接创建一个草稿发票。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -9776,7 +11862,7 @@ msgstr "该文档由三部分构成 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "在发票上方, 有客户信息," +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -9795,7 +11881,7 @@ msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" " tax information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票通常包括商品和/或服务的数量和价格、日期、客户、唯一的发票号码和税务信息。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -9818,7 +11904,7 @@ msgstr "当发票验证后会自动生成会计分录。你可以查看凭证细 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" -msgstr "发送发票给客户" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -9865,7 +11951,7 @@ msgstr "15" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "付款" +msgstr "支付" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -9899,17 +11985,17 @@ msgstr "在会计仪表板上创建一个银行对账单,输入金额100美元 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "核销" +msgstr "对账" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "我们开始调节吧!" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." -msgstr "你可以一笔笔核销, 或者批量核销。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -9951,11 +12037,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." -msgstr "通过查看记录和“未清款项”, 可看到跟踪信息和所有逾期的发票。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 msgid "Customer aging report:" -msgstr "客户的账龄报表 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 msgid "" @@ -10029,8 +12115,8 @@ msgid "" "As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " "dashboard." msgstr "" -"当收到供应商发票, 可在财务应用模块中录入 :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. " -"还有一个快捷方式,您还可在会计仪表盘上使用* *新发票* *功能。" +"当收到供应商发票, 可在会计应用中录入 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商帐单`。 还有一个快捷方式,您还可在会计仪表盘上使用 " +"**新发票** 功能。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -10080,7 +12166,7 @@ msgstr "对于欧洲国家会计, 分类账分录将会使用以下科目 :" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr " **应付账款 :** 在供应商页面维护" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 @@ -10089,7 +12175,7 @@ msgstr " **税 :** 在产品或者订单行上维护" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr " **费用科目 :** 在产品上维护" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10149,7 +12235,7 @@ msgid "" "so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " "daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " "checks in batches." -msgstr "如果你选择用支票支付你的供应商。Odoo提供一个方法直接从你的供应商付款来做。不管你每日做，还是在每周结束时做，你总是可以批量打印支票。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -10172,6 +12258,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "选择需要打印的所有支票(使用第一个复选框, 选择所有), 并设置* * 打印支票* *。Odoo将要求您设置打印序列, 之后将打印所有的支票。" +#: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "报告" + #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 msgid "Aged payable balance" msgstr "到期应付余额" @@ -10183,8 +12274,6 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" " visual of all of your outstanding bills." msgstr "" -"使用* *应付款账龄表* *, 可获得未清应付款和相关到期日. 在菜单下, (in :menuselection:`Reporting --> " -"Business Statement --> Aged payable`) , 可看到这个报表。" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -10205,337 +12294,9 @@ msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice` " msgid "Account Payables" msgstr "应付账款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 -msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "如何追踪员工费用？" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Employee expenses are charges incurred on behalf of the company. The company" -" then reimburses these expenses to the employee. The receipts encountered " -"most frequently are:" -msgstr "员工为公司发生的费用, 可报销这些费用。最常遇到的收据:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 -msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "汽车旅行, 根据距离按照每单位进行报销(英里或者公里)," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 -msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," -msgstr "生活费, 根据小票进行报销," - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:13 -msgid "" -"other purchases, such as stationery and books, destined for the company but " -"carried out by the employee." -msgstr "员工的报销包含员工为公司支付的如文具和书籍等。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To manage expenses, you need to install the **Expense Tracker** application " -"from the Apps module." -msgstr "管理费用, 需要安装* *费用跟踪 * *应用程序模块。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:22 -msgid "" -"You will also need to install the **Sales Management** module in order to " -"re-invoice your expenses to your customers." -msgstr "还需要安装* *销售管理* *模块, 可用于将费用重新开票给客户." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Once these applications are installed you can configure the different " -"products that represent the types of expenses. To create the firsts " -"products, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses " -"Products` in the **Expenses** application." -msgstr "" -"应用程序安装后, 可以配置代表不同费用类型的产品。创建产品, 在* *费用* " -"*应用程序中进入菜单:menuselection:`Configuration --> Expenses Products` ." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 -msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "一些示例产品可以是 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 -msgid "**Travel (car)**" -msgstr " **出差 (汽车)** " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:34 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:50 -msgid "Product Type: Service" -msgstr "产品类型 :服务" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:52 -msgid "Invoicing Policy: Invoice based on time and material" -msgstr "开票策略 :基于记工单开票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:38 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At sales price" -msgstr "费用开票原则 :根据销售价格" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:40 -msgid "Sale Price: 0.32" -msgstr "销售价 : 0.32" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " -"Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \"" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 -msgid "**Hotel**" -msgstr " **酒店** " - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:54 -msgid "Expense Invoice Policy: At cost" -msgstr "费用开票原则 :基于成本" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:56 -msgid "Unit of Measure: Unit" -msgstr "计量单位 :个" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In these examples, the first product will be an expense we reimburse to the " -"employee based on the number of km he did with his own car (e.g. to visit a " -"customer): 0.32€ / km. The hotel is reimbursed based on the real cost of the" -" hotel." -msgstr "在这些示例中,第一个产品是用于员工报销的, 基于汽车所行驶的公里数(如拜访客户):0.32€/公里。住宿费根据实际酒店发生费用报销." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Be sure that all these products have the checkbox **Can be expensed** " -"checked and the invoicing policy set to **Invoice Based on time and " -"material**. This invoicing policy means that, if the expense is related to a" -" customer project/sale order, Odoo will re-invoice this expense to the " -"customer." -msgstr "" -"确保所有这些产品的复选框* * Can be expensed* *已勾选, 并且发票政策设置为* *基于时间和材料 * " -"*。这发票政策意味着,如果相关的费用用于客户项目/销售订单, Odoo 将再次开票给客户。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "Odoo支持两种类型的费用 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 -msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "雇员自己付款的费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 -msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "用公司信用卡支付的费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 -msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "费用报销工作流程" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 -msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "登记新的费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Every employee of the company can register their expenses from " -":menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. The workflow for " -"personal expenses work that way:" -msgstr "" -"公司的每个员工可将费用登记在:menuselection:`Expenses application --> My Expenses`. " -"个人支出报销流程为:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:85 -msgid "an employee record his expense, and submit it to the manager" -msgstr "员工登记自己的费用, 然后提交给自己的经理" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:87 -msgid "the manager approve or refuse the expense" -msgstr "经理通过或者拒绝费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:89 -msgid "the accountant post journal entries" -msgstr "会计登录日记账分录" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:91 -msgid "" -"the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " -"with a payable account)" -msgstr "公司报销员工费用（员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 -msgid "" -"if the expense is linked to an analytic account, the company can reinvoice " -"the customer" -msgstr "如果费用链接到分析帐户, 该公司可以重开发票给客户" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:97 -msgid "For every expense, the employee should record at least:" -msgstr "每个费用, 员工至少应该登记 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:99 -msgid "a description: that should include the reference of the ticket / bill" -msgstr "描述 :应该包含票据／账单的号码参照" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:101 -msgid "a product: the expense type" -msgstr "一个产品 :费用类型" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:103 -msgid "" -"a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" -" car)" -msgstr "价格（例如酒店）或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Depending of the policy of the company, he might have to attach a scan or a " -"photo of the expense. To do that, just a write a message in the bottom of " -"the expense with the scan of the bill/ticket in attachment." -msgstr "根据公司的政策,可能需要在费用上附加扫描件或照片。如果要这样,就在费用单底部留言并添加附件。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:113 -msgid "" -"If the expense is linked to a customer project, you should not forget to set" -" an analytic account, related to the customer project or sale order (you " -"might have to activate analytic accounts in the accounting settings to get " -"this feature)." -msgstr "如果费用是用于客户的项目,别忘了设置一个分析科目, 链接到相关客户项目或者销售订单(需要事先在会计设置中激活这个功能)。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once the expense is fully recorded, the employee has to click the button " -"**Submit to Manager**. In some companies, employees should submit their " -"expenses grouped at the end of the month, or at the end of a business trip." -msgstr "费用全部填写后,员工必须单击按钮* *向经理提交* *。在一些公司,员工应在月底或是出差结束后统一提交。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:123 -msgid "" -"An employee can submit all his expenses in batch, using the Submit Expenses " -"action from the list view of expenses, or the small icons in the list view." -msgstr "在费用列表或是列表视图提交费用选项中, 员工可以批量提交费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:128 -msgid "Validation by the manager" -msgstr "由经理通过" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Managers should receive an email for every expense to be approved (the " -"manager of an employee is defined on the employee form). They can use the " -"menu **To Approve** to check all expenses that are waiting for validation." -msgstr "每个费用的申请, 经理都会收到相应的待批准邮件(在员工表格中定义经理字段)。所有等待确认的单据, 经理可使用按钮* *批准* *。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:135 -msgid "The manager can:" -msgstr "经理能 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:137 -msgid "" -"discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " -"bill is missing);" -msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息（例如, 单据复印件丢失）;" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 -msgid "reject an expense;" -msgstr "拒绝一个费用；" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:142 -msgid "approve an expense." -msgstr "通过一个费用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:145 -msgid "Control by the accountant" -msgstr "由会计控制" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Then, all expenses that have been validated by the manager should be posted " -"by the accountant. When an expense is posted, the related journal entry is " -"created and posted in your accounting." -msgstr "然后,所有已由经理批准的费用将转到会计那里。当一个费用过账后, 相应的分录会自动创建并过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:151 -msgid "" -"If the accountant wants to create only one journal entry for a batch of " -"expenses, he can post expenses in batch from the list view of all expenses." -msgstr "如果一批费用对应生成一个凭证, 可在列表视图中批量过账费用单据。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:156 -msgid "Reinvoice expenses to customers" -msgstr "重开发票给客户" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:158 -msgid "" -"If the expense was linked to an analytic account related to a sale order, " -"the sale order has a new line related to the expense. This line is not " -"invoiced to the customer yet and will be included in the next invoice that " -"will be send to the customer (charge travel and accommodations on a customer" -" project)" -msgstr "" -"如果费用与销售订单的分析账户相关联,销售订单中有一行是这个费用。如这个费用未开票, 下次开票时可将这行开票给客户(这个项目相关的差旅费和住宿费)." - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:164 -msgid "" -"To invoice the customer, just click on the invoice button on his sale order." -" (or it will be done automatically at the end of the week/month if you " -"invoice all your orders in batch)" -msgstr "开发票给顾客, 只需单击客户销售订单的发票按钮。（如果你给所有订单整批开票, 则会在周/月末自动完成）" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:176 -msgid "Reimburse the employee" -msgstr "员工报销" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:178 -msgid "" -"If the expense was paid with the employee's own money, the company should " -"reimburse the employee. In such a case, the employee will appear in the aged" -" payable balance until the company reimburse him his expenses." -msgstr "如果员工已支付了这个费用,公司应报销给员工。在这种情况下,在公司报销前, 员工将在应付账款账龄表中。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:183 -msgid "" -"All you have to do is to create a payment to this employee for the amount " -"due." -msgstr "你只需要创建对雇员款项的支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:190 -msgid "Expenses that are not reinvoiced to customers" -msgstr "未重开票给客户的费用" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:192 -msgid "" -"If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " -"options:" -msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项︰" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 -msgid "" -"if the decision to invoice or not is related to the product, change the " -"invoicing policy on the product:" -msgstr "是否开票取决于产品上的设置, 在产品上更改发票政策:" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:198 -msgid "**based on time and material**: reinvoice the customer" -msgstr " **基于记工单**: 重新给客户开票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:200 -msgid "**based on sale orders**: do not reinvoice the customer" -msgstr " **基于销售订单 :** 不给客户重新开票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:202 -msgid "" -"if you have to make an exception for one invoice that should not be " -"reinvoiced to the customer, do not set the related analytic account for this" -" invoice." -msgstr "如果有个别费用, 不需要重开票给客户,这个发票不需要设置相关分析科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:208 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " - #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast future bills to pay?" -msgstr "如何预测未来要付的账单？" +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10577,8 +12338,8 @@ msgid "" "**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" " directly and the balance after 30 days." msgstr "" -"创建最常见的付款方式,在会计应用程序中使用菜单: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> " -"Payment Terms` 。下面的例子: 30%直接支付, 余款30天后支付。" +"创建最常见的付款方式,在会计应用程序中使用菜单: :menuselection:`配置 --> 管理 --> 付款条款` 。下面的例子: " +"30%直接支付, 余款30天后支付。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -10616,7 +12377,7 @@ msgstr "这个报告告诉你接下来的几个月需要支付的款项。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "选择要支付的账单" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -10625,8 +12386,8 @@ msgid "" " that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " "payment)." msgstr "" -"菜单 :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor " -"Bills`,可看到采购发票列表。使用高级过滤器,可列出所有的应付账单,或是逾期的账单(滞后支付)。" +"使用菜单 :menuselection:`购买 --> " +"供应商账单``,可看到采购发票列表。使用高级过滤器,可列出所有的应付账单,或是逾期的账单(滞后支付)。" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -10641,7 +12402,7 @@ msgstr "供应商账单" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "使用支票支付" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10667,18 +12428,18 @@ msgstr "" "用支票来付款,必须安装* *支票填写* *模块。这个模块登记支票处理。其他模块用来打印支票, 国家不同也不同。举个例子,美国* *支票打印* " "*模块根据美国的支票来设计。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:24 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " "may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " "install, it's configured by default)." msgstr "根据所在国家和所使用的科目表,这些模块可默认安装。(例如:美国用户不用安装,已默认配置)。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 msgid "Activate checks payment methods" msgstr "激活支票付款方式" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:31 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " "on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " @@ -10686,199 +12447,78 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " "set **Check**." msgstr "" -"如需用支票支付,必须在银行账上激活付款方式。从会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),点击你的银行账户:`More --> Settings` " -"option. 在* *支付方式* *字段,设置* *检查* *。" +"如需用支票支付,必须在银行账上激活付款方式。从会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),点击你的银行账户:menuselection:`更多 --> 设置`" +" 选项。 在 **支付方式** 字段, 设置 **检查** 。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" msgstr "打印支票的兼容支票纸张" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 msgid "United States" msgstr "美国" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:46 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "对于美国, Odoo默认支持支票格式 :" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: 在顶部检查,存根在中间和底部" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" msgstr "**Peachtree**: 在中部检查,存根在顶部和底部" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." msgstr "**ADP**: 在底部检查,存根在顶部" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 msgid "" "It is also possible to customize your own check format through " "customizations." -msgstr "通过自定义格式, 可自定义自己的支票格式。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:55 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "用支票支付供应商账单" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:57 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" msgstr "用支票支付采购发票, 需要三个步骤:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" msgstr "在账单上登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "批量打印所有的已登记付款" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 msgid "reconcile bank statements" msgstr "调节银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 msgid "Register a payment by check" msgstr "用支票登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 msgid "" "To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " ":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " "validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " "**Check** and validate the payment dialog." msgstr "" +"如需在账单上登记付款，在此点开任何供应商发票 :menuselection:`采购 --> " +"供应商发票`。在确认供应商发票后，即可登记付款。将**支付方式**设置为**支票**，并确认付款对话框。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Explanation of the fields of the payment screen:" -msgstr "付款界面字段的解释 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "有发票" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" -msgstr "用于可用性用途的技术领域" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field containing the invoice for which the payment has been " -"generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This does not especially correspond to the invoices reconciled with the " -"payment," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "as it can have been generated first, and reconciled later" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "隐藏付款方式" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to hide the payment method if the selected journal has " -"only one available which is 'manual'" -msgstr "如果选择的日记账只有“手动”选项，则自动隐藏付款方法，" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "付款方式" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check: Pay bill by check and print it from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Batch Deposit: Encase several customer checks at once by generating a batch " -"deposit to submit to your bank. When encoding the bank statement in Odoo, " -"you are suggested to reconcile the transaction with the batch deposit.To " -"enable batch deposit, module account_batch_payment must be installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"SEPA Credit Transfer: Pay bill from a SEPA Credit Transfer file you submit " -"to your bank. To enable sepa credit transfer, module account_sepa must be " -"installed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Code" -msgstr "代码" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to adapt the interface to the payment type selected." -msgstr "用来调整付款方式的字段" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Saved payment token" -msgstr "保存的付款令牌" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Note that tokens from acquirers set to only authorize transactions (instead " -"of capturing the amount) are not available." -msgstr "请注意，来自设置为仅授权交易（而非获取金额）的收购方的标记不可用。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Show Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "显示合作伙伴银行账户" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be displayed or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "字段用于告知‘partner_bank_account_id’字段是否需要被显示在付款表单视图中。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Require Partner Bank Account" -msgstr "需要合作银行帐户" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Technical field used to know whether the field `partner_bank_account_id` " -"needs to be required or not in the payments form views" -msgstr "技术领域用于了解支付表格视图中是否需要字段`partner_bank_account_id`" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Check Number" -msgstr "支票号码" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "" -"The selected journal is configured to print check numbers. If your pre-" -"printed check paper already has numbers or if the current numbering is " -"wrong, you can change it in the journal configuration page." -msgstr "选择的日记账配置上了打印支票号码。如果预先印制支票已经有号码或者当前的号码是错误的，你可以在日记账配置页面修改" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Journal Item Label" -msgstr "日记账项目标签" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 -msgid "Change label of the counterpart that will hold the payment difference" -msgstr "更改对方的标签将导致付款差额" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:80 -msgid "Try paying a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "试着用支票支付供应商账单" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:85 msgid "Print checks" msgstr "打印支票" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 msgid "" "From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " "\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " @@ -10886,75 +12526,75 @@ msgid "" "in batch or review them one by one." msgstr "从会计仪表盘,银行账户,可看到一个链接“X支票打印”。点击这个链接,会得到所有未打印的支票清单。从这个界面,可批量打印或是逐个检查。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:92 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 msgid "" "If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " "open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " "will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" " number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." msgstr "" -"如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款,打开支付界面,点击* *打印支票* *。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号,但是,如果编号不匹配, 可修改。" +"如果你想在打印前查看每笔付款,打开支付界面, 点击 **打印支票** 。对话框会问你检查的编号。它会自动提出你下一个编号, 但是,如果编号不匹配, " +"可修改。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 msgid "" "To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " "Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "如需批量打印,从列表中选择所有支票, 点击顶部“打印”菜单。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:107 -msgid "Reconcile Bank Statements" -msgstr "调节银行对账单" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 +msgid "Reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "核对银行对账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 msgid "" "Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " "bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " "payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." msgstr "当处理银行对账单时,支票已从银行账户支出,Odoo将自动与付款匹配。这标志着付款* *核销* *。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 msgid "" -"to review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " +"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " "filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" " weeks ago." -msgstr "如支票未支付,点击付款, 过滤状态。查看2星期前的付款。" +msgstr "如要检查未贷记的支票，请打开付款列表并筛选出已发送状态。查看日期在2周前的付款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "用支票支付任何东西" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" -"可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" +msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:126 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**Memo** field." msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 msgid "" "Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " "Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" " flow to print checks in batch:" msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印支票* *或批量打印:" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 -msgid "`Print checks <PrintChecks_>`_" -msgstr " `打印支票<PrintChecks_>` _" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 +msgid "`Print checks`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements <ReconicleBankStatements_>`_" -msgstr " `银行对账<ReconicleBankStatements_>` _" +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 +msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" +msgstr "`核对银行对账单`_" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" -msgstr "如何一次性支付几个账单？" +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -10976,7 +12616,7 @@ msgid "" "In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " "whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " "open the accounting application)." -msgstr "在以下示例中,我们将生成一些账单。可在会计仪表板控制整个过程(打开会计应用程序后的界面)。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -11000,7 +12640,7 @@ msgid "" "We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" " **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" " on **Validate**." -msgstr "现在一个付款对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击* *付款登记 * *。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击* *确认 * *。" +msgstr "现在一个付款只对应一张发票。打开发票,然后点击 **付款登记** 。输入支付方式、日期和金额,点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -11012,7 +12652,7 @@ msgstr "确认支付后,系统将自动将付款和发票核销,发票将到* * #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "多个账单一块支付" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -11032,7 +12672,7 @@ msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。" +msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击 **确认 ** 。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" @@ -11052,7 +12692,7 @@ msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 -->银行分类账 -->更多选项 -->付款` " +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -11065,7 +12705,7 @@ msgstr "用支票支付的方式付款。选择供应商和应支付的余款金 msgid "" "As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " "remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "如你所见, 账单的状态显示什么已经过账什么还没有过账。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -11074,69 +12714,61 @@ msgid "" "transaction amount." msgstr "收到银行对账单后, 可在仪表板上进行核销。它会自动核对金额。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:101 -msgid "For more detail on the bank reconciliation process, please read:" -msgstr "详情参见银行调节过程, 请参阅 :" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" msgstr "多个供应商账单的部分付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:109 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" msgstr "如何同时支付几个有现金折扣的供应商的发票?" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:111 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 msgid "" "You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " "payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " "various bills." -msgstr "你已学会了如何以各种方式支付账单, 但是部分付款呢?我们举个例子,多个账单如何做部分付款。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 msgid "" "We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " "statements." msgstr "通过银行对账单, 可创建多个账单和部分付款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 msgid "" "We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " "offer us early payment discount." msgstr "如供应商给我们提前付款现金折扣, 应添加一些付款条款。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:124 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 msgid "" "We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" " term." msgstr "用以上的付款条款来创建发票。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 msgid "We have created the following bills:" msgstr "我们已经创建了以下账单 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:135 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 msgid "" "We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" " cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." msgstr "我们可通过创建银行对账单来支付款项,付款时可调整现金折扣。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:141 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 msgid "" "Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " "model for cash discount." -msgstr "核销银行对账单之前,需要先创建一个现金折扣模型。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." msgstr "现在我们回到银行对账单，并打开调节视图。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:151 -msgid "For bank statement reconciliation with model option, see" -msgstr "对于带有模型选项的银行对账单的调节, 见" - #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:65 msgid "Pay with SEPA" msgstr "使用SEPA" @@ -11146,7 +12778,7 @@ msgid "" "the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " "transfer." -msgstr "SEPA,是唯一欧元付款地, 是欧盟的付款倡议简化欧元转帐。SEPA将付款单发给银行以简化转账。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -11180,38 +12812,38 @@ msgid "" "Odoo payments." msgstr "用SEPA支付,必须安装* *SEPA信用转帐* *模块。这个模块将Odoo付款申请生成SEPA文件。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:36 msgid "" "According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " "be installed by default." -msgstr "根据所在国家和所用科目表,这个模块会默认安装。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" msgstr "激活银行SEPA付款方法" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:42 msgid "" "In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " "related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " "when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " "account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "如用SEPA支付,必须激活银行账内的付款方法。会计仪表板(进入会计应用程序的界面),在银行科目上点击“更多”,并选择“设置”选项。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:47 msgid "" "To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " "Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" " Transfer**." msgstr "激活SEPA,点击* * 高级设置* *选项卡,在* *支付方式* * 下的* *杂项* *,勾选复选框* *SEPA支付 * *。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 msgid "" "Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " "work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "在银行账上, 确认定义IBAN账号(国内帐号不会使用SEPA)和BIC(银行识别码)。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:56 msgid "" "By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " "initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " @@ -11221,41 +12853,38 @@ msgstr "" "默认情况下,使用SEPA付款将使用你公司的名称。公司名称将出现在收款人的银行对账单的* *付款* *字段。在* *SEPA* *下的* *配置* " "*选项卡内, 你可以在公司界面设置。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:68 msgid "Register your payments" msgstr "登记付款" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:70 msgid "" "You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," " use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " "payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" -"可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. 登记付款, 选择付款方式。" +msgstr "可登记与发票没有关系的付款。使用顶部菜单:menuselection:`采购 --> 付款`。登记付款, 选择付款方式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 msgid "" "If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " "Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " "(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." msgstr "" -"如果这是第一次支付这个供应商,需要填写收件人的银行账户信息,至少需要:银行的名字, IBAN 和 " -"BIC(银行识别码)。Odoo会自动验证IBAN的格式。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 msgid "" "For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " "bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " "one." -msgstr "未来会付款给这个供应商,Odoo会自动提供银行账户,但你可更改或者创建一个新的。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:84 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 msgid "" "If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " "**memo** field." msgstr "如果支付一个特殊的发票,在* * 备忘录* *字段写入备注。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:90 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:88 msgid "" "Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " "pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" @@ -11263,17 +12892,17 @@ msgid "" "linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." msgstr "付款登记后,别忘了确认。你也可以直接在发票上登记付款。形式是相同的,但是付款是直接与账单链接并自动核销。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:94 msgid "Generate SEPA files" msgstr "生成SEPA 文件" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:96 msgid "" "From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " "generate for every bank account." msgstr "在会计仪表板,您可看到是否有银行账户生成的SEPA文件。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:104 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:102 msgid "" "Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " "SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " @@ -11283,11 +12912,15 @@ msgstr "" "点击链接,检查是否所有的通过SEPA的付款已准备就绪。然后,选择所有要发送的款项(或勾选顶部的选相框一次选中所有的付款), " "单击:menuselection:`More --> Download SEPA Payments`.。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:111 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "排查" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:114 msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" msgstr "银行拒绝SEPA文件" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:116 msgid "" "Ask your bank if they support **PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers**. If " "they don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the " @@ -11296,125 +12929,656 @@ msgstr "" "问银行是否支持* * PAIN.001.001.03 SEPA Credit Transfers* " "*。如果不支持,或无法提供相关信息,请向前Odoo供应商提供相关信息" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:121 msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." msgstr "该银行账号没有银行识别码……" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:123 msgid "" "In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" " IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " "for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." msgstr "用SEPA支付,收款人必须有有效的IBAN和BIC。如果这个提示出现,你可能填写了IBAN但忘了填写BIC。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:132 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:168 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:129 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`check`" msgstr ":doc:`check` " -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "When should I use supplier bills or purchase receipts?" -msgstr "什么时候应该使用供应商帐单或购买发票？" +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" +msgstr "非流动资产和固定资产" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Purchase receipts are different than vendor bills. Vendor bills are requests" -" for payment. If I issue a Purchase Order my vendor will in most business " -"cases send me a Vendor Bill. Depending on his invoice policy I then have a " -"defined amount of time to pay the Bill. A Purchase receipts are " -"confirmations of received payments. They are my day-to-day ticket receipts." +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." msgstr "" -"采购收据不同于采购发票。基于发票和申请付款。如果我发出采购订单, 将在大多数情况下, 供应商会发账单给我。基于付款条款, " -"可得到应付款信息。根据收到的货款开具采购收据。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:12 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view this makes a difference as a Vendor Bill " -"will first credit a debt account before reconciling with the bank account. " -"On the other hand we usually immediately pay the purchase receipts, which " -"means no debt account is necessary." -msgstr "从会计的角度来看, 这是核销账单和银行对账单前的差异。另一方面, 我们通常立即支付采购收据,这意味着没必要设任何债务账户。" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "**固定资产**是一种非流动性资产，包括为其生产方面购买的财产，如建筑物、车辆、设备、土地和软件。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:17 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 msgid "" -"Moreover purchase receipts can have a different tax amount per product line," -" as vendors bills apply one tax amount over the entire bill." -msgstr "此外购买收据可以每产品行设不同的税率,整张发票有个税的汇总。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If my company's bank account is used to pay for goods where only a purchase " -"receipt are issued I should use the purchase receipts function in Odoo to " -"handle them in accounting." -msgstr "如果公司的银行账户用于支付采购商品,采购收据可用于财务。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let's take the following example: we need to buy tea for our customers from " -"a local tea store that doesn't issue bills. We go every week buy 50 euros " -"worth of tea and a teapot worth 20 euros. We pay with the company's bank " -"account." -msgstr "看下面的例子:需要从本地买茶叶, 但茶叶商店不开具发票。我们每周都去买50欧元的茶和20欧元的茶壶。用公司银行账户支付。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To handle purchase receipts in Odoo one module and one app has to be " -"installed. Go into the app module and install the accounting app." -msgstr "如需处理购买收据, 需安装一个模块和一个应用程序。进入应用程序模块, 安装会计软件。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Then, go in the search bar, delete the default module search, and search for" -" \"purchase\". Install the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** module." -msgstr "然后,去搜索栏、删除默认模块搜索,搜索“购买”。安装* *销售&采购凭证* *模块。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:45 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "登记收据" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"By installing the **Sale & Purchase Vouchers** I've made the new **Purchase " -"Receipts** drop down menu visible in the accounting app." -msgstr "安装* *销售&采购凭证* *模块后, 在会计应用中可看到* *购买收据* *下拉菜单。" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"To import our 50 euros worth of tea purchase receipt, enter the accounting " -"app, select :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." msgstr "" -"输入50欧元茶的购买收据,进入会计应用程序,选择:menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase Receipts`." +"举例来说，假设我们花$ 27,000买了一辆车。我们计划在五年内摊销它，之后以$ 7,000将它卖出。根据线性或直线折旧法，每年支出$ " +"4,000为**折旧费用**。五年后，在资产负债表上报告的**累计折旧**数额为$ 20,000，所以还有$ " +"7,000为**不可折旧价值**或剩余价值。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 msgid "" -"Create a new Purchase Receipt and fill in all the necessary information. " -"Note that you have the choice in the Payment field between **Pay Later** or " -"**Pay Now**. It's a significant difference as Pay Later will generate a debt" -" accounting entry whereas Pay Now will immediately credit the Bank account." +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序以*草稿模式*自动创建所有折旧分录，处理折旧事宜。然后再定期过账。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "Odoo支持以下**折旧方法**：" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Linear" +msgstr "线性" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Degressive" +msgstr "递减" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Accelerated Degressive" msgstr "" -"创建一个新的购买收据并填写所有必要信息。请注意,您可选择* *稍后支付* *或* *立即支付* *。两者有显著差异, " -"稍后支付将生成一个会计分录而立即支付将立即用银行支付。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:59 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 msgid "" -"In most cases you immediately pay, we will thus select the Pay Directly " -"option. Add the products, the related account and the appropriate taxe. For " -"the example we suppose the tea is a 12% taxe and the Tea Pott 21%." -msgstr "大多数情况下使用立即支付，因此选择直接支付。添加产品，设置相关科目和相应的税。例如, 茶是12%的税和茶波特是21%。" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "服务器每天一次检查是否有分录需要过账。因此，你所做变更可能需要24小时才能从*草稿*变为*已过账*。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/bills_or_receipts.rst:66 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "先决条件" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 msgid "" -"Validate the Purchase Receipt to post it. Don't forget you need to " -":doc:`reconcile payments <../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` in order to " -"completely close the transaction in your accounting." +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**资产科目**，而不是默认费用科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "配置资产科目" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -"确认购买收据并过账。别忘了：文件：`核销付款<../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases>` , " -"文件讲述如何在财务模块内将交易关闭。" +"如要在**会计科目表**中配置科目，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 会计科目表`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "科目类型必须为*固定资产*或*非流动资产*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "在草稿账单上选择科目" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "在草稿账单上，为你所购买的所有资产选择合适的科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "为特定产品选择不同的费用科目" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "开始编辑产品，前往*会计*选项卡，选择合适的**费用科目**，并保存。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "你可以为这些产品:ref:`自动创建资产分录<assets-automation>`。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "更改已过账日记账项目的科目" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "资产分录" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "创建新分录" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "**资产分录**自动以*草稿模式*生成所有日记账分录。然后在合适的时间逐一过账。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关采购*选项卡下。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算折旧*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**折旧面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将过账资产折旧的所有分录和日期。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "什么是“即时按比例分配”？" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地折旧你的资产。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "使用此功能，折旧面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次折旧日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是折旧之间的默认时间来计算的。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "例如，以上折旧面板的首次折旧金额为$ 241.10，而不是$ 4,000.00。因此，最后分录金额也更低，为$ 3758.90。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "有哪些不同的折旧方法" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Linear Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable Value by " +"the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have the same " +"amount." +msgstr "**线性折旧方法**将初始可折旧价值除以计划折旧数。所有折旧分录的金额相同。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Degressive Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Degressive Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a " +"lower amount than the previous entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The **Accelerated Degressive Depreciation Method** uses the Degressive " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Linear Method. This " +"method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a constant " +"one afterward." +msgstr "**加速递减折旧方法**使用递减方法，但最低折旧等于线性方法。这种方法确保了在开始时快速折旧，然后按常数折旧。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:147 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "采购日记账的资产" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "你可在**采购日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建资产分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要记录为资产的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见 :ref:`journal-assets-account）。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "然后，点击*操作*，选择**创建资产**，并用与:ref:`创建新分录<create-assets-entry>`相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:163 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "修改某项资产" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "为此，打开想要修改的资产，并点击**修改折旧**。然后，在表单中填入新的折旧值并点击*修改*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:170 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "**价值减少**为**减值**科目过账新的日记账分录，并在折旧面板中修改列出的所有未来*未过账*日记账分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:173 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "**价值增加**要求你填写与科目变动相关的其他字段，并创建新的资产分录**增值**。通过智能按钮可访问总增加资产分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:182 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "固定资产处置" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "**出售**或**处置**资产意味着必须将它从资产负债表中删除。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "为此，打开想要处置的资产，点击*出售或处置*，并填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "然后，Odoo会计应用程序生成处置资产所需的所有日记账分录，包括出售损益，它基于资产在销售时的账面价值和它出售的金额之间的差额。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:201 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "资产模型" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "你可创建**资产模型**，以更快创建资产分录。如果你经常购买相同类型的资产，这项功能特别有用。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 资产模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 资产`打开*已确认资产分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:215 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "将资产模型应用到新分录" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "在创建新资产分录时，在**固定资产科目**中填写正确的资产科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:230 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "自动化资产" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*非流动资产*或*固定资产*的科目时，你可将其配置为针对自动记入该科目的费用创建资产。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:236 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:239 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*资产分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"资产`填写对应的表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:242 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种资产模型（参见: `资产模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*资产分录*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" +"例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以自动化其采购流程。（参见:ref:`product-assets-account`）。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" +msgstr "递延费用和预付款 " + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "**递延费用**和**预付款**（又称为**预付费用**）都是未消耗产品或服务已发生但尚未收到产品或服务的成本。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" +"这些费用是支付该费用的公司的**资产**，因为公司已经为产品和服务付费但尚未收到或尚未使用产品和服务。公司不能将其列于当前**损益表**或*利润表*，因为未来才会实际花费该款项。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "这些未来费用必须在公司资产负债表上进行递延，直到即刻或一定时期内在损益表上**确认**完毕。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" +"例如，假设我们为一年的保险费一次性支付$ " +"1200。我们现在已经支付了费用，但还没有使用服务。因此，我们将此新费用过账到*预付费科目*并决定每月确认一次。也就是说，未来12个月，每月确认$ " +"100的费用。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序处理递延费用和预付款的方法是将它们分散在多个分录中，它们以*草稿模式*自动创建，然后定期过账。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**递延费用科目**，而不是默认费用科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "配置递延费用科目" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "科目类型必须为*流动资产*或*预付款*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "在草稿账单上，针对需要递延费用的所有产品选择合适的科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "你可以自动创建这些产品的费用分录（参见`自动化递延费用`_）。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "递延费用分录" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关费用*选项卡下。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算递延*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**费用面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行费用确认过账的所有分录和日期。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地确认你的费用。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "例如，以上费用面板的首次费用金额为$ 70.97，而不是$ 100.00。因此，最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 29.03。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "采购日记账的递延分录" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "你可在**采购日记账**中从特定的日记账项目创建递延分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"采购`打开你的采购日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "然后，点击*操作*，选择**创建递延分录**，并用与`创建新分录`_相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "待摊费用模型" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "你可创建**递延费用模型**，以便更快地创建递延费用分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延费用模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延费用`打开*已确认递延费用分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "将递延费用模型应用到新分录" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "在创建新递延费用分录时，在**递延费用科目**中填写正确的确认科目。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "自动化递延费用" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*流动资产*或*预付款*的科目时，你可将其配置为针对自动记入该科目的费用进行递延。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "**自动化递延费用**字段可有三种选择：" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" +"**创建为草稿：**交易在科目中过账时，系统将创建*递延费用分录*草稿，但未确认。你必须首先在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 " +"--> 递延费用`填写对应的表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" +"**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种递延费用模型（参见: `递延费用模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*递延费用分录*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**费用科目**，以完全自动化其采购流程。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的费用科目`_）。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage vendor Bills?" -msgstr "如何管理供应商账单？" +msgid "Manage vendor Bills" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11438,7 +13602,7 @@ msgstr "odoo标准工作流程 :" msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "从发送一个 **申购单** (RFQ)给你的供应商(们)开始。" +msgstr "从发送一个 **报价请求(RFQ)** 给你的供应商(们)开始。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -11473,7 +13637,7 @@ msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从**Apps**应用程序，搜索**采购**模块并安装。由于一定的关联关系，安装采购模块将自动安装**库存**和**会计**应用程序。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -11484,13 +13648,13 @@ msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " "click create." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中创建产品对于快速高效的采购必不可少。只需前往采购应用程序下的产品子菜单，并点击创建。" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " "since it is important:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当创建产品时，注意**产品类型**字段，它非常重要：" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -11507,23 +13671,23 @@ msgid "" "of these designations." msgstr "相反，被设置为**服务或数字产品**的产品不用于库存管理，简单地说是没有库存需要管理。这一类的产品无法接收。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 msgid "" "It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " "management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " "product type to **Service**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于那些不经常采购且不需要库存计价和管理的产品，建议创建一个**杂项**产品。如果你创建类似产品，建议设置产品类型为**服务**。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" msgstr "管理你的供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 msgid "Purchasing products or services" msgstr "采购产品或服务" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 msgid "" "From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " "products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " @@ -11535,17 +13699,17 @@ msgstr "" "从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** " "字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " "application." msgstr "确认采购订单，并从库存应用程序下接收产品。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 msgid "Receiving Products" msgstr "接收产品" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 msgid "" "If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " "you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " @@ -11553,14 +13717,15 @@ msgid "" "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" +"如果你采购了可库存产品且负责管理其库存情况，你在采购订单被确认后需要从库存应用程序中接收产品。在**库存仪表板**上，你可以看到一个按钮直接与产品调拨相关联。这个按钮在以下显示为红色：" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " "received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按这个路线导航，你将看到所有等待接收的订单清单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 msgid "" "If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" " the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " @@ -11569,23 +13734,25 @@ msgid "" " under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " "following screen where you then will receive the products." msgstr "" +"如果你有许多待确定的订单，使用右上方搜索栏的筛选功能。你可基于供应商（合作伙伴）、产品、源文档（又称为采购订单参考）进行筛选。你也可在**分组**中按不同的标准来对订单进行分组。从这个列表中选择一个项目会打开如下页面，然后你就可以接收产品了。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:117 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "采购 **服务** 类型的产品不会触发收货单。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:120 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" msgstr "管理供应商账单" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:122 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 msgid "" "When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" " in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" " a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." msgstr "" +"当你收到以前所采购产品的**供应商账单**时，确认将其记录在采购应用程序下的**控制菜单**中。即使你已经登记了一个采购订单，也需要创建一个新的供应商账单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 msgid "" "The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" " the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " @@ -11597,29 +13764,30 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." msgstr "" +"在创建供应商账单之前，你首先需要选择正确的供应商，这将带出相关的会计或价格表信息。在此，你可选择指定一个或多个采购订单来填充供应商账单。当你从列表中选择一个采购订单时，Odoo会带出该采购订单相关的所有未开发票的产品并自动填充下列信息。如你很难找到正确的供应商账单，可通过键入供应商参考号码或你的内部采购订单号进行搜索。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:144 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 msgid "" "While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " "need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " "prices)." +msgstr "当发票仍为草稿状态时，你可根据需要进行修改（即添加或删除产品行、修改数量和价格等）。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 +msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" -msgstr "你的供应商也许会为同一个采购订单寄送多个账单如果：" - -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:152 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." msgstr "你的供应商有欠单并且当他们发货时寄给你账单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "你的供应商寄给你部分账单，或要求押金。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "" "Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " "the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " @@ -11628,79 +13796,77 @@ msgid "" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." msgstr "" -"每次你录入一个新的采购账单, Odoo会自动弹出基于从供应商处收到的产品数量。如果数量是零, 意味着你没有收到产品并简单提供一个提醒, " -"也许需要进一步查询。在这时, 在确认供应商账单前, 可以修改数量。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "供应商账单匹配" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" msgstr "如果供应商的账单和你收到的产品不符, 怎么办" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" " quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " "reasons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你收到的账单和Odoo自动填充的数量不符，也许是由以下原因引起的：" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." msgstr "供应商错误地要你付你没有订购的产品/或服务。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:176 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." msgstr "供应商给你开了你还没有收到产品的发票, 如果开票控制是基于订购或收到数量。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商未将你之前订购的产品开票。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:182 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." msgstr "在这些例子中, 建议你验证账单和其他与此供应商有关的采购是准确的, 并且知道哪些是你订购的, 哪些是你已经收到的。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" msgstr "如果你不能找到和供应商账单关联的定购单, 也许是由以下原因之一造成的 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商已经为这个采购订单开票，因此选择时它不会再出现。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:192 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." msgstr "公司里某人忘了给这个供应商记录这个采购单。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:195 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商要你支付未订购的东西。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 msgid "How product quantities are managed" msgstr "产品数量如何管理" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." msgstr "一般, 服务是基于订单数量管理, 而库存商品和消耗品都是基于到货数量管理。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 msgid "" "If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " "quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " @@ -11709,29 +13875,28 @@ msgid "" "group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " "field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." msgstr "" -"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** . 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品(s), 你可以看到一个名为 " -"**控制采购订单** 的新字段。" +"如果你基于订购数量而不是收到数量来管理产品, 需要加入群 **采购经理** 。 管理员需要在此设置 :menuselection:`设置 --> 用户 " +"--> 用户 --> 访问权限`. 。一旦你在这个群后, 选择你要更改的产品, 你可以看到一个名为 **控制采购订单** 的新字段。" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:215 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" msgstr "然后你可以更改默认管理方法基于 :" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" msgstr "订购数量" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:220 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "or Received quantities" msgstr "或收到数量" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "批量账单" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:225 +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 msgid "" "When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " "you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " @@ -11739,19 +13904,171 @@ msgid "" "deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" " be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." msgstr "" +"当然建立一个供应商账单并选择合适的采购订单，你可以继续选择增加的采购订单。Odoo将根据你选择的采购订单增加行项目。如果你没有从首个采购订单删除之前的行项目，供应商账单将会链接到所有合适的采购单。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 +msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" +" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " +"database reduces errors and saves you time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 +msgid "Set up the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " +"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 +msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " +"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " +"Digitalization* to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" +" email alias on your journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" +" right information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " +"correct data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "价格" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "点击`此处 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_，了解我们的*隐私政策*。" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase Receipts" +msgstr "采购收据" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " +"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " +"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" +" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" +" account before a later payment reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " +"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " +"Click :doc:`here <../../../expense/expense>` for more information on how to " +"use Odoo Expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 +msgid "Register a receipt" +msgstr "登记收据" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " +"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" +" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " +"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" +" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../expense/expense`" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables.rst:3 msgid "Account Receivables" msgstr "应收账款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 msgid "Customer Invoices" msgstr "客户发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -11761,10 +14078,12 @@ msgid "" " in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " "period." msgstr "" +"现金折扣是你提供给客户的激励，以驱动 他们在特定的账期内付款。例如，付款截止日是开开票后30天，你可以为在开票后5天内付款的客户提供2%的折扣。 " +"这个方法可以大幅度改良你的平均收款周期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -11774,10 +14093,12 @@ msgid "" "price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " "valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." msgstr "" +"如要设置现金折扣，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 管理 --> " +"付款条件`并点击*创建*。添加*百分比*类型项及相应的值（例如，总价的98%指2%的折扣）和优惠的有效期天数。你还可根据需要更改默认余额项。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始提供现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -11787,10 +14108,11 @@ msgid "" "having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " "calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." msgstr "" +"现金，你可以建立一个客户发票并选择你增加的现金折扣政策。一旦发票生效。Odoo将自动分解应收账款到两个不同到期日的分期付款计划。因为折扣价已经计算好了，你的支付控制将变的简单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "授权现金折扣" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -11798,7 +14120,7 @@ msgid "" "cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " "the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " "click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户执行支付条款就会获得现金折扣。当你处理银行对账单时，将收款数据与会计分录匹配。然后，选择还存在的现金折扣，点击“建立勾消”以调节一致。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -11809,130 +14131,119 @@ msgid "" "your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" " default." msgstr "" +"你还可以创建一个专用的对账模型，使流程更容易。在这种情况下，你应该根据发票适用的税收规定向模型添加税收功能。也就是说，如果你需处理多种税率，则要创建多个对账模型。请注意，根据本地化情况，你可能已有可用的默认现金折扣模型。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记全额付款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " "benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " "the payment with the two related journal entries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情况下，客户未履行支付条款，且无法享受现金折扣。当处理银行对账单时，将付款与两个相关的会计分录进行匹配。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:2 -msgid "Set up cash roundings" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "现金舍入" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:4 msgid "" -"In some currencies, the smallest coins do not exist. For example, in " -"Switzerland, there is no coin for 0.01 CHF. For this reason, if invoices are" -" paid in cash, you have to round their total amount to the smallest coin " -"that exist in the currency. For the CHF, the smallest coin is 0.05 CHF." -msgstr "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:10 -msgid "There are two strategies for the rounding:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:12 -msgid "Add a line on the invoice for the rounding" -msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -msgid "Add the rounding in the tax amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 -msgid "Both strategies are applicable in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:21 msgid "" -"First, you have to activate the feature. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " -"Cash Rounding." -msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 现金舍入`，并点击*创建*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*舍入策略*和*舍入方法*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:26 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "Odoo支持两种**舍入策略**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "" -"There is a new menu to manage cash roundings in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Management --> Cash roundings`." -msgstr "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "**添加舍入明细**：在发票上添加*舍入*明细。你必须定义哪个科目记录现金舍入。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create cash roundings. You can choose between two rounding " -"strategies:" +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Add a rounding line**: if a rounding is necessary, Odoo will add a line on" -" your customer invoice to take this rounding into account. You also have to " -"define the account in which the rounding will go." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Modify tax amount:** Odoo will add the rounding to the amount of the " -"highest tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:46 msgid "Apply roundings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用舍入" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:35 msgid "" -"Once your roundings are created, you can apply them on customer invoices. On" -" the customer invoices, there is a new field called **Cash Rounding Method**" -" where you can simply choose one of the rounding methods created previously." -" If needed, a rounding will be applied to the invoice." -msgstr "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "在编辑发票草稿时，打开*其他信息*选项卡，前往*会计信息*部分，并选择适当的*现金舍入方法*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "贷项凭单和退款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 msgid "" "A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " "that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**贷项凭单**或**贷项通知单**是指向客户签发并告知其贷记一定金额的文件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产生贷项凭单的原因很多，例如：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票有误" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "退货或拒绝服务" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" -msgstr "" +msgstr "交付的货物损坏" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " "validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " "need to send money back to your customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "签发贷项凭单是取消、退款或修改已确认发票的唯一合法途径。之后如需向客户退回款项，请勿忘记*登记付款*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 msgid "Issue a Credit Note" -msgstr "" +msgstr "签发贷项凭单" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -11941,20 +14252,22 @@ msgid "" "on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " "Invoice’s form." msgstr "" +"你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> " +"贷项凭单`，并点击*创建*，从头开始重建一份贷项凭单。填写贷项凭单与发票表单的方式相同。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " "invoices they are related to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，多数时候，贷项凭单从其相关的发票中直接生成。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，打开*客户发票*并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 msgid "You can choose between three options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从三种选项中进行选择：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 @@ -11975,44 +14288,44 @@ msgstr "全部退款并创建新的草稿发票" msgid "" "Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " "document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "贷项凭单编号以“R”开头，然后是其相关的文件编号（例如，RINV/2019/0004）。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 msgid "" "Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " "information from the original invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo已经创建了一份贷项凭单草稿，并按原发票预填了所有必要信息。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " "modify any detail on the credit note." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种选项可进行部分退款，或修改贷项凭单的任何细节。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 msgid "" "This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " "*Paid*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已经标记为*已付款*的发票只能使用这种选项。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " "original invoice with it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动确认并与原发票对账。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 msgid "" "This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " "invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种选项可进行全额退款或取消已确认的发票。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "" "Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " "original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " "same details from the original invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo创建贷项凭单，自动确认并与原发票对账，然后创建一份新的发票草稿并预填原发票的相同详情。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -12021,13 +14334,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录供应商退款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 msgid "" "**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " "credit notes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**供应商退款**与发票贷项凭单的记录方法相同。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -12036,16 +14349,18 @@ msgid "" "*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " "Credit Note*." msgstr "" +"你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 供应商 --> " +"退款`，并点击*创建*，从头开始创建一份贷项凭单，或打开已确认的*供应商账单*，并点击*添加贷项凭单*。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 msgid "" "Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " "zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从发票签发贷项凭单可创建**逆转分录**，将原发票生成的日记账项目归零。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是发票的日记账分录示例：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -12054,327 +14369,347 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" -msgstr "递延收入 : 如何自动处理？" +msgid "Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" -"Deferred/unearned revenue is an advance payment recorded on the recipient's " -"balance sheet as a liability account until either the services have been " -"rendered or the products have been delivered. Deferred revenue is a " -"liability account because it refers to revenue that has not yet been earned," -" but represents products or services that are owed to the customer. As the " -"products or services are delivered over time, the revenue is recognized and " -"posted on the income statement." -msgstr "" -"递延/预收收入是一种预付款方式, " -"记录在收款人的资产负债表中作为负债账户直到已服务提供或产品交付。递延收入是一个负债科目，因为它指的是尚未获得的收入，但代表欠客户的产品或服务。随着产品或服务的交付，收入被确认并计入收入列表。" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "**递延收入**或**预收收入**是指客户为产品预付的款项，但尚未交付产品或提供服务。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:13 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" -"For example: let's say you sell a 2 year support contract for $24,000 that " -"begins next month for a period of 24 months. Once you validate the customer " -"invoice, the $24.000 should be posted into a deferred revenues account. This" -" is because the $24,000 you received has not yet been earned." +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -"例如：卖了个2年的支持合同，24,000美元，从下个月开始为期24个月。一旦确认客户发票，24美元转入一个递延收入帐户。因为收到的24,000美元还不是收入。" +"这类付款对收到的公司而言属于**负债**，因为它仍欠客户这些产品或服务。公司不能将其列于当前**损益表**或*利润表*，因为未来才能实际确认该款项。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" -"Over the next 24 months, you will be reducing the deferred revenues account " -"by $1,000 ($24,000/24) on a monthly basis and recognizing that amount as " +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " "revenue." -msgstr "在未来24个月，你会按月减少递延收入账户$1,000 ($24,000/24)，这部分被识别为收入。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 -msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "模块安装" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to automate deferred revenues, go to the settings menu under the " -"application :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` and activate the " -"**Assets management & revenue recognition** option. This will install the " -"**Revenue Recognition Management** module." msgstr "" -"为了自动递延收入，设置:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration` , 激活 **Assets " -"management & revenue recognition** . 这会安装**Revenue Recognition Management**" -" 模块. " +"例如，假设我们按$ " +"350的价格售出了五年延保服务。我们现在已经收款，但尚未确认该收入。因此，我们将这笔新收入过账到递延收入科目并决定每年确认一次。在未来5年中，每年确认$" +" 70的收入。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" -"In some version of Odoo 9, besides checking this option, you need to install" -" the \"Revenue Recognition Management\" module. If you are using Odoo 9, you" -" might check if the module is correctly installed." -msgstr "一些版本的Odoo 9，除了检查这个选项，你需要安装“收入确认管理”模块。如果您使用的是Odoo 9，需要检查模块是否安装正确。" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "Odoo会计应用程序处理递延收入的方法是将它们分散在多个分录中，它们以*草稿模式*自动创建，然后定期过账。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:41 -msgid "Define deferred revenue types" -msgstr "定义递延收益类型" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once the module is installed, you need to create deferred revenue types. " -"From the Accounting application, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred Revenues Types`." -msgstr "" -"一旦安装模块，需要创建递延收入类型。从会计的应用，去菜单 :menuselection:`Configuration --> Deferred " -"Revenues Types`." +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "这类交易应过账到**递延收入科目**，而不是默认收入科目。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:51 -msgid "Example: 12 months maintenance contract" -msgstr "例如：12个月维修合同" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "配置递延收入科目" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -msgid "Some example of deferred revenues types:" -msgstr "递延收益类型的一些例子 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 -msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "1年服务合同" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "3年服务合同" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 -msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" -msgstr "在产品上定义递延收益" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once deferred revenues types are defined, you can set them on the related " -"products. On the product form, in the Accounting tab, you can set a deferred" -" revenue type." -msgstr "一旦定义了递延收入类型，可在相关产品上设置。在产品表单上，在“会计”选项卡中，您可以设置一个递延收入类型。" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "科目类型必须为*流动负债*或*非流动负债*。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Here are some examples of products and their related deferred revenue types:" -msgstr "一些设置好递延收益的产品的例子:" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "将收入过账到正确的科目" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "费用产品" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 -msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" -msgstr "待摊收益类型" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 -msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "支持合同 :3年" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 -msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "Netflix订阅 :3年" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "每月的花" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 -msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "1年产品合同" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 -msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "销售产品和开具发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, you can create a customer invoice using " -"this product. Once the customer invoice is validated, Odoo will " -"automatically create a deferred revenue for you, and the related journal " -"entry." -msgstr "一旦产品配置好，可使用该产品创建一张客户发票。一旦客户发票确认，Odoo将自动创建一个递延收入，和相关的凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Dr**" -msgstr " **借** " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:87 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:98 -msgid "**Cr**" -msgstr " **贷** " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -msgid "Accounts receivable" -msgstr "应收账款" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -msgid "24000" -msgstr "24000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -msgid "Deferred revenue account" -msgstr "递延收入科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Then, every month, Odoo will post a journal entry for the revenue " -"recognition." -msgstr "然后，每个月，Odoo将收入确认过账。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 -msgid "Service revenue account" -msgstr "服务收入科目" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 -msgid "" -"To analyze all your current contracts having a deferred revenue, you can use" -" the menu Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." -msgstr "" -"\t\t\n" -"分析所有含有递延收入的合同，可使用菜单Reporting > Deferred Revenue Analysis." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr ":doc:`overview` " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:3 -msgid "How to define an installment plan on customer invoices?" -msgstr "如何为客户发票制定分期付款计划?" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:4 -msgid "" -"In order to manage installment plans related to an invoice, you should use " -"payment terms in Odoo. They apply on both customer invoices and supplier " -"bills." -msgstr "为了管理分期付款，应使用付款方式。适用于客户发票和供应商账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:8 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 -msgid "Example, for a specific invoice:" -msgstr "例如, 对于一个特定发票 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 -msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "10日内付款50%" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "30日内付款剩下的余额" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 -msgid "" -"payment terms are not to be confused with a payment in several parts. If, " -"for a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a " -"payment term but an invoice policy." -msgstr "付款条款可区分多次付款。一个特定的订单, 客户的发票分为两部分, 这不是一个付款条款, 而是发票政策。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual installment plans from the application " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." -msgstr "" -"从应用程序配置安装计划 :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration > Payment Terms`." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (eg: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, make sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in " -"10 days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not compute " -"exactly 100%)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:36 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" -"The description of the payment term will appear on the invoice or the sale " -"order." -msgstr "付款条款的描述将出现在发票或是销售订单上." +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "在发票草稿上，针对需要递延收入的所有产品选择合适的科目。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 -msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "付款方式为客户" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "为特定产品选择不同的收入科目" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 -msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "你可以设置付款条款 :" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" -"**a customer**: the payment term automatically applies on new sales orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders for this customer." -msgstr "**客户**：付款条件自动应用于这个客户下的销售订单或发票。如果你认为这个付款条款将适用于这个客户以后所有的订单, 请设置付款条款。" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "开始编辑产品，前往*会计*选项卡，选择合适的**收入科目**，并保存。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:48 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: the payment term will apply on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "* *一个报价*：付款条款将应用于来自这个报价的所有的发票和销售订单，但不适用于其他报价." +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "你可以自动创建这些产品的收入分录（参见`自动化递延收入`_）。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: the payment term will apply on this invoice only" -msgstr "**发票**: 付款条款只应用于这张发票" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" -"If an invoice contains a payment term, the journal entry related to the " -"invoice is different. Without payment term, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"the following journal entry (for the clarity of the example, we did not set " -"any tax on the invoice):" -msgstr "如果发票包含一个付款条款，相关的凭证将不同。没有付款条款的100美元的发票的凭证为(为了说明得更清楚，不要在发票上设置任何税)：" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要修改的日记账项目，点击科目并选择合适的一项。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:59 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:71 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:70 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "到期日期" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "递延收入分录" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:66 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:65 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you do an invoice the 1st of January with a payment term of 10% within 3 " -"days and the balance within 30 days, you get the following journal entry:" -msgstr "如果你做发票1月1日的10％, 3天之内付款期限, 并在30天内的平衡, 你会得到以下日记帐分录 :" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "**递延收入分录**以*草稿模式*自动生成所有日记账分录。然后在收入的全部金额被确认后逐一过账。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "一月 03" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "一月 30" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 -msgid "90" -msgstr "90" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" -"On the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates. " -"To get the customer statement, use the menu Sales > Customers Statement." -msgstr "在客户对账单中，您将看到不同到期日的两行。如需查看客户对账单，使用菜单Sales > Customers Statement." +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "如要创建新分录，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`，点击*创建*并填写表单。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms` " +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "点击**选择相关采购**，将现有日记账项目关联到这条新分录。某些字段会自动填充，该日记账项目目前列在*相关销售*选项卡下。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "完成后，点击*计算收入*（在*确认*按钮旁边），生成**收入面板**的所有值。该面板显示Odoo将执行收入确认过账的所有分录和日期。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "**即时按比例分配**功能有助于尽可能准确地确认你的收入。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "使用此功能，收入面板的第一个分录是根据*按比例日期*和*首次确认日期*之间剩余的时间，而不是确认之间的默认时间来计算的。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "例如，以上收入面板的首次收入金额为$ 4.22，而不是$ 70.00。因此，最后分录金额也相应减少，为$ 65.78。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "销售日记账的递延分录" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> " +"销售`打开你的销售日记账，选择你想要递延的日记账项目。确保将其过账到正确的科目（参见: `更改已过账日记账项目的科目`_）。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "递延收入模型" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "你可创建**递延收入模型**，以便更快地创建递延收入分录。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" +"如要创建模型，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 递延收入模型`，点击*创建*并按与创建新分录相同的方法填写表单。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" +"你也可从 :menuselection:`会计 --> 会计 --> 递延收入`打开*已确认递延收入分录*，将它转化为模型，然后点击按钮*保存模型*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "将递延收入模型应用到新分录" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "当你创建或编辑类型为*流动负债*或*非流动负债*的科目时，你可将其配置为为自动贷记该科目的收入进行递延。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "**自动化递延收入**字段可有三种选择：" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" +"**创建并确认：**你还必须选择一种递延收入模型（参见: `递延收入模型`_）。交易在科目中过账时，系统自动创建并立即确认*递延收入分录*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "例如，你可将此科目选择为某产品默认的**收入科目**，以完全自动化其销售流程。（参见: `为特定产品选择不同的收入科目`_）。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：递延收入（确认） <https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" +"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " +"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" +"欧洲支付委员会快速响应代码，又称为**EPC二维码**，是一种二维条码，客户可用**手机银行应用程序**扫描该二维码并启动**SEPA贷记转账(SCT)**，并立即支付发票。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "除了使用方便和速度快之外，它还大大减少了输入错误可能导致的付款问题。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " +"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +msgstr "这项功能仅在奥地利、比利时、芬兰、德国和荷兰等欧洲国家可用。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**SEPA二维码**功能。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 +msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" +msgstr "配置你的银行账户日记账" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" +" IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "确保在Odoo中正确配置你的*银行账户*，检查IBAN和BIC是否正确。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " +"the *Bank Account* tab." +msgstr "" +"为此，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"日记账`，打开*银行日记账*，然后在*银行账户*选项卡下填写*银行账户*和*银行*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 +msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" +msgstr "开具带EPC二维码的发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " +"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " +"available." +msgstr "只要你向位于此功能可用的国家的客户签发此类发票，EPC二维码将自动添加到你的发票中。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 客户 --> 发票`，并创建新发票。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " +"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." +msgstr "在过账之前，打开*其他信息*选项卡。Odoo将自动填写*银行账户*字段和IBAN。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " +"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." +msgstr "确保填写的账户是你想要用来接收客户付款的账户，因为Odoo将用此字段生成EPC二维码。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "如你想要开具不含EPC二维码的发票，只需在发票的*其他信息*选项卡的*银行账户*字段中删除IBAN。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：在欧洲客户的发票上添加二维码 <https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" @@ -12407,7 +14742,7 @@ msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" " order. You have different options like:" -msgstr "在大多数公司里面, 销售人员创建报价单, 并且确认后转换为销售就订单。然后基于销售订单创建草稿发票。可以选择如下集中方式 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -12443,13 +14778,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." -msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/proforma`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣提货单(Delivery Order) ‣发票(Invoice)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -12458,7 +14797,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "零售商和电子商务通常是基于发票, 而不是销售订单交货订单。这种方法适用于企业, 你从订购数量交付量可能会有所不同 :食品（根据实际公斤发票）。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:54 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -12466,11 +14805,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "该方法下, 如果你部分发货, 只需要为实际发出的数量开票。如果需要未完成订单的话(部分发货和稍晚剩余发出), 客户会收到基于两次发货生成的两个发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -12478,44 +14821,44 @@ msgid "" "received." msgstr "在全部付款完成后, 电商订单也会触发订单的创建, 如果允许通过支票和电汇付款, Odoo只会创建一张订单并且一旦付款完成发票会触发。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "合同" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "定期合同‣发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " "salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." msgstr "如果您使用的合同, 您可以根据时间和材料的花费, 费用或服务/产品固定线路引发的发票。每个月, 营业员将根据有关合同规定的活动引发的发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "活动可以是 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "固定的产品/服务, 从销售订单来了链接到该合同" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 -msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoiced)" -msgstr "采购材料（你将重新开具发票）" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "已采购材料（将重开发票）" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "基于时间表或购买（分包）时间和材料" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:87 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "喜欢旅行和住宿费用, 你重新发票给客户" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -12524,6 +14867,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "您可以在合同结束发票或触发中间发票。这种方法使用该发票大多是基于时间和材料服务公司。对于发票上的固定价格服务公司, 他们使用常规的销售订单。" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/time_materials`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/expense`" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/milestone`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "经常性合同‣发票" @@ -12535,342 +14890,721 @@ msgid "" " the contract." msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率以及服务／产品已经在合同上定义好了。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 -msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "手工创建发票" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " "process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." msgstr "用户也可以不通过合同或者销售订单手工的创建发票。如果没有使用销售模块(报价)以及仓库模块, 建议使用手工创建发票。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" -msgstr "及时可以从销售订单中创建发票, 在一些特殊场景中还是需要手工创建发票 :" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "如果需要创建退款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "如果需要折扣" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "如果需要变更为从销售订单开票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:127 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" -msgstr "如果需要对不是主营业务的交易开票" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "具体模块" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "一些特定的模块还能够生成发票草案 :" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**会员资格**：每年给你的会员开发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "**修理**: 为售后服务开票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "如何理解使用付款条件" +msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +msgstr "付款条件和分期付款计划 " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" -"Payment terms define the conditions to pay an invoice. They apply on both " -"customer invoices and supplier bills." -msgstr "付款条款规定的条件支付发票。它们适用于双方的客户发票和供应商的账单。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " -"specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " -"term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "各地发票系统中的付款条件是有差别的。如你将某一笔订单分成两部分向顾客开发票，则这不是一个付款条件，而是一个开发票的条件。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Configure your usual payment terms from the Configuration menu of the " -"Account application. The description of the payment term is the one that " -"appear on the invoice or the sale order." -msgstr "从客户应用程序的配置菜单配置您的一般付款条款。付款条款的描述是出现在发票或销售订单之一。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:25 -msgid "" -"A payment term may have one line (ex: 21 days) or several lines (10% within " -"3 days and the balance within 21 days). If you create a payment term with " -"several lines, be sure the latest one is the balance. (avoid doing 50% in 10" -" days and 50% in 21 days because, with the rounding, it may not do exactly " -"100%)" +"**Payment Terms** regroup all the conditions under which a sale is completed" +" and paid. They can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, and " +"supplier bills, mostly to ensure that they will be correctly paid, and on " +"time. These conditions cover:" msgstr "" -"的支付期限可有一条线（例如 :21天）或几条线（3天以内10％, 并在21天内平衡）。如果您创建的几行付款期限, 确保最新的一个是平衡的。 " -"（避免做的50％在10天及21天的50％, 因为, 与舍入, 它可能无法做完全100％）" +"**付款条件**重新组合销售完成和支付的所有条件。它们可以应用到销售订单、客户发票和供应商账单，主要是为了确保正确、及时付款。这些条件包括：" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:9 +msgid "The due date" +msgstr "截止日期" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 +msgid "Some discounts" +msgstr "某些折扣" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "Any other condition on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Defining Payment Terms automates the computation of payments due dates, both" +" for invoices and bills. This is particularly helpful in managing " +"installment plans." +msgstr "定义付款条件可以自动计算发票和账单的付款到期日。这对管理分期付款计划特别有用。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "**分期付款计划**允许客户支付发票的部分金额，由卖方事先确定付款金额和日期。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" +msgstr "**付款条件举例：**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Immediate Payment**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "需在开具发票当日支付全款。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "开具发票日期后15天支付全款。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**21 MFI**" +msgstr "**21 MFI**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "在开具发票日期当月的21日支付全款。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +msgstr "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " +"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "2% :doc:`现金折扣<cash_discounts>`，如在10天内收到付款。否则，在开具发票日期当月月底前支付全款。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with payment in several parts. If, for " +"a specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that is nor a " +"payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Description on the Invoice** is the displayed text on a sale order, " +"invoice, or bill." +msgstr "**发票描述**是在销售订单、发票或账单上显示的文字。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, that we call *terms*, " +"to define what needs to be paid, and by which due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " +"*Due Date Computation*." +msgstr "如要添加条件，点击*添加行*，并定义*类型*、*值*和*截止日期计算*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +msgstr "条件将按设置的顺序进行计算。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "**余额**应始终用于最后一行。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance " +"of the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "在下面的例子中，在开具发票当日应支付30%，余额应在下月底之前支付。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:60 msgid "Using Payment Terms" msgstr "使用付款条款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 -msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "付款方式可以设置 :" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:62 +msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Contacts**" +msgstr "**联系人**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a customer**: to apply this payment term automatically on new sale orders " -"or invoices for this customer. Set payment terms on customers if you grant " -"this payment term for all future orders of this customer." -msgstr "**客户**：付款条件自动应用于这个客户下的销售订单或发票。如果你认为这个付款条款将适用于这个客户以后所有的订单, 请设置付款条款。" +"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " +"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " +"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +msgstr "在联系人的新销售订单、发票、账单上自动设置特定付款条件。它可在*销售和采购*选项卡下联系人*表单视图*中修改。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Quotations**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"**a quotation**: to apply this payment term on all invoices created from " -"this quotation or sale order, but not on other quotations" -msgstr "* *一个报价*：付款条款将应用于来自这个报价的所有的发票和销售订单，但不适用于其他报价." +"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" +" quotation." +msgstr "对于从报价生成的所有发票自动设置特定付款条件。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:51 -msgid "**an invoice**: to apply the payment term on this invoice only" -msgstr "**发票**: 付款条款只应用于这张发票" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Customer Invoices**" +msgstr "**客户发票**" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "对发票设置特定付款条件。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "**Vendor Bills**" +msgstr "**供应商账单**" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"If an invoice has a payment term, the journal entry related to the invoice " -"is different. Without payment term or tax, an invoice of $100 will produce " -"this journal entry:" -msgstr "如果发票有付款条件, 日记条目相关的发票是不同的。如果没有付款条件或税收, $ 100的发票将产生此日记帐分录 :" +"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" +" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " +"*Due Date* is enough." +msgstr "对账单设置特定付款条件。这项功能对于管理多次分期付款的供应商条件非常有用。否则，只需设置*截止日期*。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:77 msgid "" -"In the customer statement, you will see two lines with different due dates." -msgstr "在客户的声明中, 你会看到两行不同的到期日。" +"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " +"with one *Journal Item* for each different *Due Date* computed." +msgstr "包含特定付款条件的发票生成不同的*日记账分录*，针对不同的*截止日期*计算每个*日记账项目*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " +"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date." +msgstr "这使得*催款*和*对账*更加简便，因为Odoo考虑了每一个截止日期，而不仅仅是余额的截止日期。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment terms for vendor bills" -msgstr "付款方式的供应商票据" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:85 msgid "" -"The easiest way to manage payment terms for vendor bills is to record a due " -"date on the bill. You don't need to assign a payment term, just the due date" -" is enough." -msgstr "管理付款条件的供应商票据的最简单方法是记录对账单的到期日期。你并不需要分配付款条件, 就在预产期是不够的。" +"In the following example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the " +"following payment terms: 30% of the invoice is due on the day of issuance of" +" the invoice, and the balance is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "在下面的例子中，开出一张$1000的发票，付款条件如下：在开具发票当日应支付30%，余额应在下月底之前支付。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 msgid "" -"But if you need to manage vendor terms with several installments, you can " -"still use payment terms, exactly like in customer invoices. If you set a " -"payment term on the vendor bill, you don't need to set a due date. The exact" -" due date for all installments will be automatically created." -msgstr "" -"但是, 如果你需要管理供应商方面有几批, 你仍然可以使用的付款条件, 完全像在顾客发票。如果设置于供应商的账单付款期限, " -"则不需要设置一个截止日期。确切的截止日期为所有分期付款将被自动创建。" +"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " +"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +msgstr "应收账款科目上的$1000被分成两个不同的*日记账项目*。它们都有自己的**截至日期**。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "到期日期" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "2月21日" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "300" +msgstr "300" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "3月31日" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:100 +msgid "700" +msgstr "700" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "产品销售" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:102 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This allows for easier reconciliation and to accurately follow up late " +"payments." +msgstr "它有助于轻松对账并准确跟进逾期付款。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts` " +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Learn: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo学习：条款及条件(T&C)和付款条件 <https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 +msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" +msgstr "邮寄发票(Snailmail)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" +" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " +"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +msgstr "在电子邮件收件箱总是被挤得满满当当的时候，直接邮寄是吸引个人关注的好方法。Odoo可直接从数据库向全球各地邮政寄送发票和催款报告。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 +msgid "Set up Snailmail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " +"the feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并启用此功能。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" +" under *Default Sending Options*." +msgstr "如你想将本选项设为默认功能，在*默认发送选项*下面启用*邮寄*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 +msgid "Send your invoices by post" +msgstr "邮寄发票" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " +"Post*." +msgstr "打开发票，点击*发送和打印*按钮并选择*邮寄*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " +"includes a country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "正确设置客户地址，写明所在国家，然后发送信函。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " +"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +msgstr "*Snailmail*是一项*应用内购买(IAP)*服务，需要预付费邮戳（=信用）才能运行。发送一份文件消耗一个邮戳。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +msgstr "" +"如要购买邮戳，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> Snailmail`并点击*购买信用*，或前往 " +":menuselection:`设置 --> Odoo IAP`并点击*查看我的服务*。" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" msgstr "客户付款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:4 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " +"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " +"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " +"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" +" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" +" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " +"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " +"on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 +msgid "Payment Method Types" +msgstr "付款方式类型" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " +"first the Journal on which you record them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " +"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " +"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " +"payments when you activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +msgid "" +":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " +"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " +"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " +"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " +"as Payment Method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 +msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 +msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 +msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" +" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " +"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " +"clicking on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " +"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " +"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " +"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " +"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " +"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " +"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " +"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " +"related payments are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" +" statement line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " +"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "批量付款：SEPA直接借记(SDD)" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " "the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." " With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts " -"automatically." +"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " +"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record your customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files " -"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " +"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 28 member states " +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:123 msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries. <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" +"`全部SEPA国家列表 <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other" +"/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:19 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` nd activate" -" the **SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** feature. Enter the **Creditor Identifier** " -"of your company. This number is provided by your bank, or the authority " -"responsible for delivering them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:28 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:30 -msgid "Create a mandate" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " +"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " +"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " +"or the authority responsible for delivering them." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "SEPA直接借记授权" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "创建授权" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 msgid "" "The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " "authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SEPA直接借记授权是由客户签字，授权你直接从其银行账户收取资金的文件。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 msgid "" -"To create a new one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the new mandate’s " -"form." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:41 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" -"First, export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your " -"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the " -"**Original Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the " -"mandate." +"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " +"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " +"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:47 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 msgid "" -"First, make sure, that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly " -"recorded on the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in " -"your own *Bank Account* settings." +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " +":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +msgid "" +"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" +" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " +"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " +"themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " +"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, then the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices made after the present day won’t be processed " -"automatically with an SDD payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered will still be included to the next SDD XML" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated. If " -"a customer requires to pay with SDD payments again, you will have to create " -"a new mandate from scratch." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:75 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭或撤销授权" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 msgid "" -"All new posted invoice issued to customers with an active mandate will " -"automatically register payment and have their status marked as *Paid*." +"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " +"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " +"*Closed* or *Revoked*." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"If you have unpaid invoices that could be paid with a new mandate, it is " -"still possible to do it. Go on the invoice, click on *Register Payment* and " -"choose *SEPA Direct Debit* as payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:87 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" +" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" +" an SDD payment." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 msgid "" -"To submit your SDD payments to your bank, you will first generate an **XML " -"file** that can be uploaded directly to your bank interface." +"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " +"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " +"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " +"file." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" -"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " -"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 +msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" +msgstr "通过SDD批量付款功能收款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" -"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " -"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " -"Payments to Collect*." +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:102 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 msgid "" -"Select all the payments in the list that you want to include in your SDD XML" -" file, then click on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " +"Direct Debit* as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:108 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 msgid "" -"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"then download the SDD XML file." +"In previous versions, Odoo used SDD payment as the default payment for all " +"customers with an active mandate. Your customers can still activate " +"automatic SDD for their subscriptions with a recurring payment." msgstr "" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:112 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" +msgstr "生成SEPA直接借记XML文件以提交付款" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:114 -msgid "Finally, upload this file to your bank to process the payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " -"Payments`." +"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/create_bank_account`" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " +"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" +"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " +"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " +"Payments to Collect*." +msgstr "如要为挂起的SDD支付生成XML文件，请转到*会计仪表板*上的相关*银行日记账*，然后点击*收取直接借记付款*。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" +" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " +"download the SDD XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " +"Payments`." +msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 客户 --> 批量付款`，检索所有已生成的SDD XML文件。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:152 +msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo学院：SEPA直接借记授权(SDD) <https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:153 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" +"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" -msgstr "如何用支票登记客户付款？" +msgid "Register customer payments by checks" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -12910,7 +15644,7 @@ msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是 msgid "" "Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " "because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." -msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(指导书和其他用户)。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -12919,9 +15653,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "您可以看一看*存款票据功能*, 如果你将支票批量存入银行。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:37 msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "选项1 : 未缴存的资金" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" @@ -12934,7 +15667,7 @@ msgstr "设置** undeposited检查**的借/贷科目" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 msgid "" "Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" -msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置“允许调节\" " +msgstr "将该分类帐有关的银行科目设置 **允许调节对账** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 @@ -12965,16 +15698,12 @@ msgid "Memo: write the Check number" msgstr " **备忘**: 写上支票号码" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:74 msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:77 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:91 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:141 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "对账单匹配" @@ -12984,12 +15713,6 @@ msgstr "对账单匹配" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:79 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:95 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" @@ -13011,10 +15734,8 @@ msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在undeposited资金科目内将 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" -msgstr "X" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -13032,7 +15753,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果支票没有兑现，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些支票还未登入银行账户。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:110 msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" @@ -13040,7 +15760,7 @@ msgstr "选项2: 仅一笔分类账分录" msgid "" "These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " "method." -msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理支票，不需要配置。" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" @@ -13058,7 +15778,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:137 msgid "" "With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" msgstr "此操作将会产生如下会计分录：" @@ -13070,8 +15789,8 @@ msgid "" " be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" " will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" msgstr "" -"不去客户发票, 也可直接登记收款，使用菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"这种方法可能会更方便，如果要批量录入的话，但后面必须进行核销(发票和收款核销)" +"您也可以使用菜单直接记录付款，而无需输入客户发票使用菜单，:menuselection:`销售 --> 付款`。 " +"如果您要分批记录很多支票，但此后您必须核对输入（付款与发票匹配），则此方法可能更方便" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -13082,228 +15801,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的支票，您可使用报告**银行余额调节表**来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的支票。(本报告可从* *更多 * *进入)。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:3 -msgid "How to register credit card payments on invoices?" -msgstr "如何在发票上登记信用卡付款？" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:5 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by credit cards. Odoo support" -" both approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." -msgstr "有两种方法可处理信用卡支付的收款。Odoo都支持，你可选择一个更适合你的方法。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds** (mostly used in european countries): once you receive " -"the credit card payment authorization, you record a payment by credit card " -"on the invoice (using a Credit card journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account). Then, once the credit card payments arrives in your bank " -"account, move money from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." -msgstr "" -"* * undeposited资金* " -"*(看用于大部分欧洲国家)：一旦收到支票，可在发票上的登记收款。(使用支票账并过账到undeposited资金科目). " -"然后，银行收到钱后，把钱从undeposited资金科目转到银行科目。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**One journal entry only** (mostly used in the U.S.): once your receive the " -"credit card payment, you record a payment on your bank, paid by credit card," -" without going through the Undeposited Funds. Once you process your bank " -"statement, you do the matching with your bank feed and the credit card " -"payment, without creating a dedicated journal entry ." -msgstr "" -"**一个凭证(可用于美国)：**一旦收到支票，在银行上登记. 用支票支付，无需通过** " -"undeposited资金**。一旦使用银行对账单，将银行收到的钱和支票核销，而不需创建一个专用的凭证。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:23 -msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts credit cards that have not been " -"cashed yet). Both approaches require the same effort." -msgstr "我们建议使用第一种方法, 更准确(你的银行帐户余额是准确的，应考虑到有些支票还没有兑现)。这两种方法工作量差不多。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you use eCommerce and an automated payment gateway, you will only need to" -" take care of the bank reconciliation part as paid invoice will be " -"automatically recorded in the right journal. You will use the second " -"approach." -msgstr "如果你使用电子商务和一个自动支付网关，付款将自动记录, 你只需要核销银行即可。你将使用第二种方法。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (*QuickBooks* and *Peachtree* " -"users)." -msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一些会计已习惯使用(*指导书*和*其他用户*)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:42 -msgid "" -"On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " -"--> Create`" -msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 -->分类账 -->创建`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Create a Journal called 'Credit card payments' with the following data:" -msgstr "创建一个名为“信用卡付款”的账, 并含以下数据：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:46 -msgid "**Journal Name**: Credit card" -msgstr "**账簿名称**: 信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:47 -msgid "**Default debit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:48 -msgid "**Default credit account**: Credit cards" -msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " -"set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "帐户类别可以是\"信用卡\"。完成设置后，请记得将\"信用卡\"帐户设为\"允许对账\"。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 -msgid "From credit card payments to bank statements" -msgstr "从信用卡付款到银行对账单" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The first way to handle credit cards is to create a credit card journal. " -"Thus, credit cards become a payment method in itself and you will record two" -" transactions." -msgstr "第一种处理信用卡的方法是创建一个信用卡的账。因此，信用卡本身成为一种付款方式，你将记录两个交易。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:63 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer credit card payment, go to the related invoice " -"and click on Register Payment. Fill in the information about the payment:" -msgstr "一旦你收到客户的信用卡付款，去相关的发票，然后点击**登记付款**。填写付款的信息：" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 -msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr " **付款方法**: 信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 -msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" -msgstr " **备忘**: 写上发票参照" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 -msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the credit card payment." -msgstr "登记付款后, 发票会标记为已付。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the credit card that is in the 'Credit card' account." -msgstr "然后，一旦拿到银行对账单，在'信用卡'科目内将对账单和付款核对。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 -msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "信用卡" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage credit cards payments, you get the list " -"of credit cards payments that have not been cashed in the \"Credit card\" " -"account (accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." -msgstr "如果你用这种方法来管理信用卡付款，在** 信用卡**科目内会看到未到款清单(访问，例如，从总账)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:104 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have credit cards that have not been cashed, this one " -"is cleaner because those credit cards have not been reported yet on your " -"bank account." -msgstr "这两种方法会产生相同的数据。但是，如果付款未到账，这个方法更清楚, 因为这些付款还未登入银行账户。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:115 -msgid "" -"There is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your credit cards using " -"this method." -msgstr "如果使用这个方法管理付款，不需要配置。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:125 -msgid "**Payment method**: the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr " **付款方式**: 用于存款的银行" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:127 -msgid "**Memo**: write the credit card transaction number" -msgstr " **备忘**: 写信用卡交易编号" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:132 -msgid "" -"The invoice is marked as paid as soon as the credit card payment has been " -"recorded. Once you receive the bank statements, you will do the matching " -"with the statement and this actual payment (technically: point this payment " -"and relate it to the statement line)." -msgstr "当付款登记后, 发票会到已支付状态. 一旦收到银行对账单，将对账单和实际付款核对。(从技术上讲：点此付款，并将其对账单上的行关联)" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:150 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the top menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method" -" may be more convenient if you have a lot of credit cards to record in a " -"batch but you will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments " -"with invoices)." -msgstr "" -"不去客户发票, 也可直接登记收款，使用菜单 :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"这种方法可能会更方便，如果要批量录入的话，但后面必须进行核销(发票和收款核销)." - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received credit cards, you can use the " -"report \"Bank Reconciliation Report\" to verify which credit cards have been" -" received or paid by the bank (this report is available from the \"More\" " -"option from the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." -msgstr "" -"如果您使用这种方法来管理收到的付款，您可使用报告**银行余额调节表**来核实银行已收到或由银行支付的付款。(本报告可从* *更多 * *进入)。" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording` " - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" - -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup` " - #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票催款及更快收款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 msgid "" "It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." " Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " "send the appropriate reminders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于你的企业而言，在逾期付款时收取款项非常重要。Odoo将帮助你识别延迟付款，并可发送适当的提醒。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理催款" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 msgid "" "We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " "follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" " customer that has already paid you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们建议你在启动催款流程之前核对银行对账单。这将避免在客户已经付款之后再次向其发送对账单。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -13312,13 +15830,15 @@ msgid "" "easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" " on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." msgstr "" +"你需要催款的逾期发票默认在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 销售 --> " +"催款报告`中。你可在此以电子邮件形式发送提醒或打印为信件。然后，你可点击*完成*按钮，查看需要关注的下一项催款。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 msgid "" "Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " "later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " "set on the statement." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者，如果现在还未到提醒的时间，点击*稍候提醒我*。你可根据对账单的*下次提醒日期*设置收到报告。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -13327,16 +15847,17 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " "Follow-up`." msgstr "" +"如要避免短时间内发送过多提醒，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 付款催收`，更改每次报告之间间隔的天数。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 msgid "" "You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " "normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可在催款报告上将客户标记为次级、正常或优级债务人，设置客户的信度等级。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批量发送提醒" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -13346,10 +15867,11 @@ msgid "" "containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " "automatically generated." msgstr "" +"为减轻催款流程的工作量，你可从催款报告页面批量发送提醒邮件。选择需要处理的所有报告，点击*操作*，然后点击*处理催款*。系统将自动生成一份PDF文件，其中包括你需要打印的所有催款信函。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划催款流程" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -13358,6 +15880,8 @@ msgid "" "under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " "Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." msgstr "" +"如要计划催款流程，前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并在*客户付款*部分启用*催款等级*功能。然后，点击你的设置页面新出现的*催款等级*按钮。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -13367,16 +15891,70 @@ msgid "" "action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " "the stage of the process." msgstr "" +"Odoo中默认可用的催款计划包括多项操作，但你可根据自己的需要自定义。根据具体的逾期天数，计划发送邮件、信件或采取人为操作。你还可根据流程阶段编辑使用的声明模板。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 msgid "" "If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " "negative number of due days." +msgstr "如果你想在实际逾期日期之前收到提醒，可将逾期天数设为负数。" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Online Payment" +msgstr "发票在线付款" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " +"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"<../../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only Payment " +"Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "客户门户" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" -msgstr "有哪些不同的方式来记录付款？" +msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13416,7 +15994,7 @@ msgid "" "the payment." msgstr "支付行旁边的绿色图标将显示更多关于付款的信息。从那里你可以选择打开凭证或核销付款。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:33 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 msgid "" "If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " "linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" @@ -13424,15 +16002,15 @@ msgid "" "Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." msgstr "如果付款未核销，它已入账但未与发票关联。如果外币的付款未核销，当核销时, Odoo将创建汇兑损益的凭证。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:39 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" msgstr "付款没有绑定到发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "登记付款" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 msgid "" "In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " "menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " @@ -13441,7 +16019,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在会计应用程序中，可在销售菜单中创建一个新的付款(登记一个客户付款)或采购菜单(支付供应商)。如果您使用这些菜单，付款不会关联到发票，但以后可以很容易地核销。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:52 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 msgid "" "When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " "payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " @@ -13451,23 +16029,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "当登记一个新的付款时，必须选择一个客户或供应商，付款方法，和付款金额。该交易的货币是由付款方法定。如果付款涉及文件(销售订单，采购订单或发票)，将本文档的参考设置在备注栏中。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:58 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 msgid "" "Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " "just made in the accounting application." msgstr "一旦确认，凭证将自动过账。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:62 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" msgstr "调节发票与付款" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:64 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 msgid "" "The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " "invoice directly." msgstr "直接在发票上登记付款是将付款和发票核销的最简单的方式。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:67 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 msgid "" "When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " "payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " @@ -13475,55 +16053,55 @@ msgid "" "\"Outstanding Payments\"." msgstr "当确认一个新的发票，Odoo会提醒你这个客户或供应商可用的款项。在这种情况下，您可以将此付款与发票总额核销，“未支付款项”。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:76 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" msgstr "调节所有未清付款和发票" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:78 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 msgid "" "If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " "(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " "feature within Odoo." msgstr "如果你想一次性将所有未付款和发票核销(而不是一个一个核销)，你可使用批处理核销的功能。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:82 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 msgid "" "The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " "Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " "Receivable and Payable, respectively." msgstr "在客户发票和供应商发票的仪表盘上有批处理功能, 可将应收和应付分别核销." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:89 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 msgid "" "The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " "and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " "matching of all their payments and invoices at once." msgstr "付款匹配工具将打开所有未核销的客户或供应商，可以一个个处理，也可一次性处理。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:96 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 msgid "" "During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " "match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " "reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." -msgstr "核销中，如果一笔交易的借方和贷方金额不匹配，这意味着仍有余额，余额下次核销，或者把余额销掉。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:101 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" msgstr "在银行帐户之间转移钱" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:103 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 msgid "" "Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " "between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." msgstr "现金的内部转移就像客户或供应商的付款，从仪表板或从菜单顶部的银行账户之间转移。" -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:110 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 msgid "" "This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " "payments." msgstr "你有收到款项或付款,在同一个界面处理." -#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:118 +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 msgid "" "When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " "the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " @@ -13532,6 +16110,574 @@ msgid "" " with two journal entries for the same transaction." msgstr "内部银行转款，在仪表板上选择转出的银行，并在付款界面，选择转入的帐户。不需要在另一个银行帐户中重复操作，否则将重复交易。" +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/paypal`" + #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards` " +msgid ":doc:`followup`" +msgstr ":doc:`followup` " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 +msgid "Declarations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " +"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " +"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" +" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " +"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " +"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " +"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " +"refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " +"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" +"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "报税周期" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " +"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " +"never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " +"every three months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 +msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "税金网" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " +"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" +" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" +" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " +"of your database. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" +" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " +"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" +" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " +"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " +"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "税金报告" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " +"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " +"button *Closing Journal Entry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " +"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " +"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" +" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " +"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" +" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " +"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" +" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " +"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," +" as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " +"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " +"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " +"ever." +msgstr "" +"Odoo " +"13提供了一个功能强大、使用简便的报告框架。创建新报告（如税务报告、资产负债表或损益表，并有具体的分组和布局），以适应你的需求，现在比以往更容易。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the developer mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` needs to be" +" activated." +msgstr "" +"如要访问财务报告创建界面，需启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 +msgid "Create your financial report" +msgstr "创建财务报表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" +msgstr "首先, 您需要创建您的财务报告。要做到这一点, 去 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 财务报告` " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " +"configured:" +msgstr "在输入名称后，需要配置两项其他参数：" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 +msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" +msgstr " **显示借方和贷方栏位** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 +msgid "**Analysis Period** :" +msgstr " **分析期间**: " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 +msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" +msgstr "基于日期范围（例如损益）" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 +msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" +msgstr "基于单个日期（例如资产负债表）" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " +"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" +msgstr "基于日期范围的“老账”和“总计”列及前3个月（例如，业务伙伴账龄余额表)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 +msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 +msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" +msgstr "在定制报表中添加行" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " +"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " +"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." +msgstr "" +"创建了报告之后, 需要填充行。他们都需要一个 **姓名** , **代码** (用于行), **序列号** 和 **级** (用于补充行)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" +" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " +"separated by ;)" +msgstr "在 **公式** 字段可以添加一个或多个列公式到余额行 (和借方和贷方列如果适用 - 隔开;)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 +msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" +msgstr "在公式中有几个可用对象 :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " +"date range)." +msgstr "\" Ndays \\ \": 选择的期间的天数 (报表的日期范围)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " +"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " +"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " +"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " +"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " +"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " +"by one of their columns." +msgstr "" +"一行也来自所选域的科目的总和。在何种情况下, 需要填写域字段. 然后一个额外的对象可以在公式, 即''和'', 科目的总和。您还可以使用group " +"by字段组合科目行。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 +msgid "Other useful fields :" +msgstr "其余有用的字段 :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 +msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." +msgstr " **类型**: 公式结果的类型。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " +"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." +msgstr " **正数增长是好的吗**: 在计算比较列时使用。检查增长是否是好事(显示在绿色)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 +msgid "" +"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" +" same dates as the rest of the report." +msgstr " **特别日期改变**: 如果报表中一个特定的行不应使用与其余部分相同的日期。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " +"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " +"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." +msgstr "" +" **Show domain**: 显示行的域。可以折叠(“默认\" , 藏在开始处, 但可以展开), “总是 \"(总是显示)或“never\" " +"(永远不会)。 " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" +msgstr ":doc:`main_reports` " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "除了每个本地化模块创建报表, 有一些非常有用的 **generic** 和 **dynamic reports** 也非常有用 :" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr " **资产负债表** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr " **损益表** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 +msgid "**Chart of Account**" +msgstr " **科目表** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr " **执行概要** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr " **总账** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr " **到期应付** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr " **到期应收** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr " **现金流量表** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr " **税金报告** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr " **银行对账** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "可以标注每个报表, 打印出来并呈报你的顾问。导出xls, 进一步分析管理。深入研究, 可看到更多的细节(付款,发票、分录,等等)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "你可以将当期的值与另一期间的值比较。也可选择多个期间进行比较。如果不想使用系统默认的* *前一期间 * *, 你可以选择之前的12期。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr " **资产负债表** 显示你的组织的资产，负债，和权益在一个特定日期的快照。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "损益表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr " * *损益 * *表(或* * 收益状态* *)显示收入扣除费用后的净收益。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "科目表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 +msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." +msgstr "分类账科目的列表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "执行摘要" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr " **执行概要** 允许快速查看所有需要用来运行公司的重要图表。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "在非常基本的规则中,这是本节中每个项目的报告:" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr " **绩效 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr " **毛利润 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本(诸如劳动力、材料等)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr " **净利润 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "每个销售的收益减去销售的直接成本, 再减去公司的固定费用 (例如: 租金、电力、销售的税费)。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr " **投资回报率(每年) :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "净利润的比率, 公司的资产用来创造这些利润。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr " **状况:** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr " **平均债务人天数 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "平均天数, 它需要你的客户安装客户发票支付给你(完全)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "平均天数，它需要你按账单支付你的供应商(完全)" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr " **短期现金预测 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "预计下个月的现金收支, 即* *销售科目 * *的余额减去* *购买科目 * *的余额。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr " **流动资产到负债 :** " + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "* *流动比率* *, 就是流动资产的(资产可以在一年内转化为现金)比流动负债(明年到期的债务)。这通常是用来衡量一个公司偿债能力。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "总分类账" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" +"* * 总分类帐* *显示所选期间内的所有科目的交易。总账初步显示了每个帐户的总数, 计入科目可看到具体明细。这非常有用, 可检查某一期间内的每笔交易。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "到期的应付" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "运行* *应付账龄表* *, 报表显示每个账单信息,信用票据和多付款项, 并显示逾期时间。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "到期的应收" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "* *应收账龄表* *显示所选期间及之前的所有未清应收款。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "现金流量表" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "* *现金流量表 * *显示资产负债科目的变化, 收入对现金的影响和现金等价物, 以及对运营的分析,投资和融资活动。" + +#: ../../accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "这份报表体现了按税收类型分类后的* *净额* *和* *税额* *(销售/采购)。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index 4dfd75b01..73d40ae3a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -3,17 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,4 +19,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../applications.rst:3 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "申请" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a3994a12 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/contributing.po @@ -0,0 +1,1737 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../contributing.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation.rst:5 +msgid "Contributing to the documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "Content guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To give the community the best documentation possible, we listed here a few " +"guidelines, tips and tricks that will make your content shine at its " +"brightest! While we encourage you to adopt your own writing style, some " +"rules still apply to give the reader more clarity and comprehension." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"We strongly recommend contributors to carefully read the other documents in " +"this *Contribution* section of the documentation. Good knowledge of the ins " +"and outs of **RST writing** is required to write and submit your " +"contribution. Note that it also affects your writing style itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`introduction_guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:17 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:18 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`rst_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:23 +msgid "Writing style" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Writing for documentation** isn't the same as writing for a blog or " +"another medium. Readers are more likely to skim read until they've found the" +" information they are looking for. Keep in mind that the user documentation " +"is a place to inform and describe, not to convince and promote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:32 +msgid "Consistency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:34 +msgid "*Consistency is key to everything.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your writing style remains **consistent**. If you modify an " +"existing text, try to match the existing tone and presentation, or rewrite " +"it to match your own style." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:42 +msgid "Grammatical tenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "" +"In English, descriptions and instructions require the use of a **Present " +"Tense**, while a *future tense* is appropriate only when a specific event is" +" to happen ulteriorly. This logic might be different in other languages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Good example (present):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Bad example (future):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"*When you take a screenshot, remember that it will be automatically resized " +"to fit the content block's width.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:57 +msgid "Paragraphing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A paragraph comprises several sentences that are linked by a shared idea. " +"They usually are two to six lines long." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"In English, a new idea implies a new paragraph, rather than having a *line " +"break* as it is common to do in some other languages. *Line breaks* are " +"useful for layout purposes but shouldn't be used as a grammatical way of " +"separating ideas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:67 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: Break the line but not the paragraph <contributing" +"/line-break>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:72 +msgid "Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "To write a good title :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "**Be concise.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:77 +msgid "**Avoid sentences**, questions, and titles starting with \"how to.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "**Don't use pronouns** in your titles, especially 2nd person (*your*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Document's structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Use different **headings levels** to organize your text by sections and sub-" +"sections. Your headings are also displayed in a dynamic *navigation bar* on " +"the side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H1: Page Title**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your *page title* gives your reader a quick and clear understanding of what " +"your content is about. It is also referenced in the section's *table of " +"contents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *content* in this section describes the upcoming content from a " +"**business point of view**, and shouldn't put the emphasis on Odoo, as this " +"is documentation and not marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Start first with a **Lead Paragraph**, which helps the reader make sure that" +" they've found the right page, then explain the **business aspects of this " +"topic** in the following paragraphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (configuration)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This first H2 section is about the configuration of the feature, or the " +"prerequisites to achieve a specific goal. To add a path, make sure you use " +"the ``:menuselection:`` specialized directive (see link below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to ``:menuselection:`App name --> Menu --> Sub-menu```, and " +"enable the XYZ feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H2: Section Title (main sections)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Create as many main sections as you have actions or features to distinguish." +" The title can start with a verb, but try to avoid using \"Create ...\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "**H3: Subsection**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Subsections are perfect for assessing very specific points. The title can be" +" in the form of a question, if appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:118 +msgid "**H2: Next Section**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:122 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: headings <contributing/headings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:123 +msgid "" +":ref:`RST cheat sheet: specialized directives <contributing/specialized-" +"directives>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:128 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "图片" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Adding a few images to illustrate your text helps the readers to understand " +"and memorize your content. However, avoid adding too many images: it isn't " +"necessary to illustrate all steps and features, and it may overload your " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to :ref:`compress your PNG files with pngquant " +"<contributing/pngquant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:140 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Screenshots are automatically resized to fit the content block's width. This" +" implies that screenshots can't be too wide, else they would appear very " +"small on-screen. Therefore, we recommend to avoid to take screenshots of a " +"full screen display of the app, unless it is relevant to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:146 +msgid "A few tips to improve your screenshots:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:148 +msgid "**Zoom** in your browser. We recommend a 110% zoom for better results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Resize** your browser's width, either by *resizing the window* itself or " +"by opening the *browser's developer tools* (press the ``F12`` key) and " +"resizing the width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:151 +msgid "**Select** the relevant area, rather than keeping the full window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If necessary, you can **edit** the screenshot to remove unnecessary fields " +"and to narrow even more Odoo's display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Resizing the window's width is the most important step to do as Odoo's " +"responsive design automatically resizes all fields to match the window's " +"width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:166 +msgid "ALT tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:168 +msgid "" +"An **ALT tag** is a *text alternative* to an image. This text is displayed " +"if the browser fails to render the image. It is also helpful for users who " +"are visually impaired. Finally, it helps search engines, such as Google, to " +"understand what the image is about and index it correctly, which improves " +"the :abbr:`SEO (Search Engine Optimization)` significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:173 +msgid "Good ALT tags are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:175 +msgid "**Short** (one line maximum)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:176 +msgid "**Not a repetition** of a previous sentence or title" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:177 +msgid "A **good description** of the action happening on the image" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:178 +msgid "Easily **understandable** if read aloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/content_guidelines.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`RST cheat sheet: image directive <contributing/image>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:5 +msgid "Introduction guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**First of all, thank you for landing here and helping us improve the user " +"documentation of Odoo!**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This introductory guide will help you acquire the tools and knowledge you " +"need to write documentation, whether you plan to make a minor content change" +" or document an application from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This tutorial only concerns the `user documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/index.html>`_ of Odoo. The " +"documentation for `developing in Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/index.html>`_ in maintained " +"alongside the source code of Odoo at `github.com/odoo/odoo " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/master/doc>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:22 +msgid "reStructuredText" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Our documentation is written in **reStructuredText** (RST), a `lightweight " +"markup language " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lightweight_markup_language>`_ consisting of " +"normal text augmented with markup which allows including headings, images, " +"notes, and so on. This might seem a bit abstract but there is no need to " +"worry. :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` is not hard to learn, especially if " +"you intend to make only small changes to the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to learn about a specific markup, head over to :doc:`our cheat " +"sheet for RST <rst_cheat_sheet>` which contains all the information that you" +" should ever need for the user documentation of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:35 +msgid "" +"We kindly ask you to observe a set of :doc:`content <content_guidelines>` " +"and :doc:`RST <rst_guidelines>` guidelines as you write documentation. This " +"ensures that you stay consistent with the rest of the documentation and " +"facilitates the approval of your content changes as they are reviewed by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`content_guidelines`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:48 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:50 +msgid "" +"As our documentation is maintained on GitHub, you will need a free GitHub " +"account. Click `here <https://github.com/join>`_ to create one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Now, depending on whether you want to update existing content, or rather " +"work on new content and make file changes, you have two courses of action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**For small changes** in ``.rst`` files only, i.e. addition/edition of " +"paragraphs or typos, **we suggest that you use the GitHub interface**. This " +"is the easiest and fasted way to submit your request for changes for the " +"documentation and is suitable for non-technical people. Read " +":ref:`contributing/github-interface` to learn how to use this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**For more complex cases**, it is necessary to **use Git and work from a " +"local copy of the documentation**. This method seems intimidating but only " +"requires basic knowledge of Git. See :ref:`contributing/canonical-git-" +"workflow` for more information on this method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:67 +msgid "Use the GitHub interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Verify that you are browsing the documentation in the version that you " +"intend to change. The version can be selected from the dropdown in the top " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Head over to the page that you want to change and click on the **Edit on " +"GitHub** button in the bottom of the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository (`odoo/documentation-user " +"<https://github.com/odoo/documentation-user>`_), you need to fork it by " +"clicking on the appropriate button. In other terms, you create a copy of the" +" entire repository on your own account. If you do have the edit rights, skip" +" this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Make the appropriate changes while taking care of following the " +":doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Preview changes** button to review your contribution in a " +"more human-readable format. Be aware that the preview is not able to handle " +"all markups correctly. Notes and tips, for instance, are not correctly " +"rendered. The version of your content published to the website will be, " +"however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Go to the bottom of the page to create a commit (:dfn:`what packs your " +"changes together and labels them with a commit message`) of your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In first text box, describe your changes. For instance, \"Fix a typo\" and " +"\"Add documentation for invoicing of sales orders\" are two clear commit " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the second text box, justify *why* you made these changes, if you feel " +"that it is not obvious." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Select the option \"Create a new branch for this commit and start a pull " +"request.\" if you have the choice (if you have partial or full edit writes " +"on the repository). If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Click on the green button. It is either labelled \"Commit changes\" or " +"\"Propose file change\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the same " +"version as in the first step of this guide and click on the **Create pull " +"request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:114 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:392 +msgid "" +"Double-check your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` and, when ready, click again on " +"the **Create pull request** button to submit your changes for review by a " +"redactor at Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:119 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:397 +msgid "" +"You're done! If your changes are approved straight away they will appear in " +"the documentation the very next day. It may also be the case that the " +"reviewer has a question or a remark, so make sure to check your " +"notifications or your emails, depending on your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:126 +msgid "Use the canonical Git workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:131 +msgid "Prepare your machine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:136 +msgid "Install Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:138 +msgid "" +"We use `Git <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Git>`_ to manage the files of the" +" user documentation. It is a tool that allows to track the history of " +"changes made to a file and, more importantly, to work on different versions " +"of those files at the same time. It means that you do not need to worry " +"about overwriting someone else’s pending work when you start editing the " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:143 +msgid "" +"You must then configure Git to identify yourself as the author of your " +"future contribution. Enter the same email address as the one you used to " +"register on GitHub." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:146 +msgid "Download and install **Git** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Git is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:174 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:320 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:337 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:368 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:159 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:161 +msgid "" +"As stated earlier, our documentation (in all its versions) is maintained on " +"GitHub at `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_. A modification is made by the mean of a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)` (:dfn:`proposal of content changes`) to allow for a review " +"of the changes before updating the sources of the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Prior to submitting a modification, you need to make a copy of the sources " +"and download that copy on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user>`_ and click on the **Fork** button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If you do not have edit rights on the repository owned by Odoo, replace " +"\"odoo\" with your Github username in the URL of the command above. If you " +"do have edit rights, it is not necessary to fork the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:186 +msgid "" +"In order to ease the collaboration between writers coming from many " +"different systems and teams, execute the following group of commands that " +"correspond to your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` in a terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:190 +msgid "Windows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:198 +msgid "Linux or Mac OS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:209 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Because the documentation is written in :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`, it " +"needs to be built (:dfn:`converted to HTML`) in order to display nicely. " +"This is done by the documentation generator which takes the original " +":abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` files as input, transforms the markups in a " +"human-readable format, and outputs HTML files to be read in your web " +"browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The documentation generator that we use is called `Sphinx <http://www" +".sphinx-doc.org/en/master/>`_. and is written in `Python " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Python_(programming_language)>`_. You have to" +" install Python in order to use Sphinx. For the record, Sphinx is the " +"program and Python the programming language, but you do not need to know " +"much more about them so don't panic!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Python comes with its own package manager: `pip " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pip_(package_manager)>`_. It allows " +"installing Python dependencies in a single command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Download and install the latest release of **Python 3** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure to have **pip** installed on your machine (on Windows, you can " +"install pip alongside Python)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to verify that both " +"installations finished successfully:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Execute the following commands in a terminal to install the Python " +"dependencies of the documentation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`, you may need to run the " +"commands ``python`` and ``pip`` instead of ``python3`` and ``pip3``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:251 +msgid "Make" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:253 +msgid "" +"`Make <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Make_(software)>`_ is a tool that packs" +" a bunch of command-lines into one to be easier to remember and to type. In " +"our case, it is used to execute complex Sphinx build commands by using a " +"single and simpler one instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:257 +msgid "Download and install **Make** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of Make is included in your system's " +"PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:264 +msgid "pngquant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:266 +msgid "" +"`pngquant <https://pngquant.org/>`_ is a tool that we use to compress PNG " +"images so that the documentation does not end up weighting several Gigabytes" +" in a few year span." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:269 +msgid "Download and install **pngquant** on your machine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:270 +msgid "" +"Verify that `the installation folder of pngquant is included in your " +"system's PATH variable <win-add-to-path_>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:276 +msgid "Prepare your version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Now that your machine is all set up, it is time to do the same for your " +"version of the documentation files. As it would not be convenient to have " +"several people working on the version 13.0 in parallel (conflicts of content" +" would occur all the time), and in order to be able to create a :abbr:`PR " +"(Pull Request)`, you must `create a new branch " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/using-branches>`_ starting from the" +" branch 13.0. In other words, you copy the entirety of this version’s files " +"and give it another name. For this example, we will go with " +"``13.0-my_contribution``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:286 +msgid "Execute the following commands in a terminal to..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:288 +msgid "Navigate to the documentation folder:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:294 +msgid "Switch to the version 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:300 +msgid "Create your own branch which will be a copy of 13.0:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:309 +msgid "Perform your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:311 +msgid "" +"You can now perform any change you want to the documentation files. These " +"changes must be compliant with :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` syntax (see " +":doc:`rst_cheat_sheet`) and with our :doc:`guidelines <rst_guidelines>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:316 +msgid "" +"If your changes include the addition of a new image, for instance " +":file:`my_image.png`, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:319 +msgid "Make sure that the image is in ``.png`` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:327 +msgid "Delete :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:328 +msgid "Rename :file:`my_image-fs8.png` to :file:`my_image.png`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:333 +msgid "Preview your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To preview your changes in a generated documentation, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:346 +msgid "" +"You can omit the :command:`make clean` command when no recent change has " +"been made to the hierarchy of documentation files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:349 +msgid "Fix any error or warning shown in the logs of the build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:350 +msgid "" +"Open the file :file:`documentation-user/_build/html/index.html` with your " +"default web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:353 +msgid "" +"These steps have for only purpose to show you the final results of your " +"changes. They have no impact on the documentation source files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:359 +msgid "Submit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:362 +msgid "" +"We expect you to have basic knowledge of Git, which should be enough to " +"cover the basic flow of a one-time contribution. If you plan on submitting " +"several contributions, work on older versions of the documentation or " +"perform any other advanced action, we recommend you to be confident with " +"Git. Help yourself with `this manual of Git " +"<https://www.atlassian.com/git>`_ and `this interactive tutorial " +"<https://learngitbranching.js.org/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Go to `github.com/odoo/documentation-user/pulls <https://github.com/odoo" +"/documentation-user/pulls>`_ and click on the **New pull request** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If you forked the base repository in the section :ref:`contributing/fetch-" +"sources`, click on the link **compare across forks** If not, skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/introduction_guide.rst:387 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown for the selection of the base branch (i.e., the version of " +"the documentation that your changes concern), make sure to select the " +"version that your changes target (here **13.0**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:5 +msgid "RST cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:10 +msgid "Headings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For each formatting line (e.g., ``===``), write as many symbols (``=``) as " +"there are characters in the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The symbols used for the formatting are, in fact, not important. Only the " +"order in which they are written matters, as it determines the size of the " +"decorated heading. This means that you may encounter different heading " +"formatting and in a different order, in which case you should follow the " +"formatting in place in the document. In any other case, use the formatting " +"shown below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Heading size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Formatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:20 +msgid "Min/Max number of occurrences" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "H1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``=======``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``Heading``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:22 +msgid "1/1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +msgid "H2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:26 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "0/∞" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:29 +msgid "H3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``-------``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:32 +msgid "H4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``~~~~~~~``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:35 +msgid "H5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``*******``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "H6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "``^^^^^^^``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:45 +msgid "Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:50 +msgid "Inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:52 +msgid "Use the following markups to emphasize your text to your liking:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "\\*\\*Text\\*\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:55 +msgid "**Text**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "\\*Text\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "*Text*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "\\`\\`Text\\`\\`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:59 +msgid "``Text``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:63 +msgid ":ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:68 +msgid "Bulleted list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:84 +msgid "Numbered list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "Nested lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "Hyperlinks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:116 +msgid "Hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Hyperlink references are links to a URL with a custom label. They follow " +"this syntax: ```label <URL>`_``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "The URL can be a relative path to a file within the documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:125 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:146 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:192 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:263 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:288 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:313 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:19 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "例子" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:127 +msgid "" +"This excerpt of :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)`: ``For instance, `this is a " +"hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.`` is rendered as follows in HTML: " +"“For instance, `this is a hyperlink reference <https://odoo.com>`_.”" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:134 +msgid "External hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:136 +msgid "" +"External hyperlink targets allow creating shortcuts for hyperlink " +"references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:137 +msgid "The definition syntax is as follows: ``.. _target: URL``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "There are two ways to reference them, depending on the use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:140 +msgid "" +"``target_`` creates a hyperlink with the target name as label and the URL as" +" reference. Note that the ``_`` moved after the target!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:142 +msgid "" +"```label <target_>`_`` does exactly what you expect: the label replaces the " +"name of the target, and the target is replaced by the URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:149 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:195 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:235 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:266 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:291 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:316 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:352 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:373 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:392 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:413 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:432 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:453 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:490 +msgid "RST" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:159 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:211 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:243 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:274 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:299 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:330 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:361 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:381 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:401 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:421 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:441 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:461 +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:499 +msgid "Render" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:161 +msgid "" +"A `proof-of-concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a " +"simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " +"lines of expected changes. `PoC " +"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`_ is a common abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:168 +msgid "Internal hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Internal hyperlink targets follow the same syntax as external hyperlink " +"targets but without any URL. Indeed, they are internal. They allow " +"referencing a specific part of a document by using the target as an anchor. " +"When the user clicks on the reference, the documentation scrolls to the part" +" of the page containing the target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Targets can be referenced from other files than the ones in which they are " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "The definition syntax is: ``.. _target:``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:179 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to reference them, both using the ``ref`` directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:181 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`target``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the heading defined" +" below as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:182 +msgid "" +"``:ref:`label <target>``` creates a hyperlink to the anchor with the given " +"label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`contributing/relative-links` to learn how to write proper relative" +" links for internal references." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Notice that there is no ``_`` at the end, as it is done with :ref:`hyperlink" +" targets <contributing/hyperlink-references>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new product, see `How to create a " +"product? <https://example.com/product>`_ for additional help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "**How to create a product?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:218 +msgid "" +"As explained at the `start of the page <https://example.com/scroll-to-start-" +"of-page>`_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:223 +msgid "Implicit hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Implicit hyperlink targets are a special kind of internal hyperlink targets:" +" they are automatically generated by section titles, footnotes, etc. " +"Consequently, they don’t have a definition syntax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:229 +msgid "" +"They can be referenced the same first way as external hyperlink targets by " +"using the name of the section title as URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This can easily be done by creating a new user, see `How to create a new " +"user? <https://example.com/how-to-create-a-user>`_ for additional help. ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:251 +msgid "The ``doc`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The ``doc`` directive allows referencing a documentation page wherever it is" +" in the file tree through a relative file path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:255 +msgid "As usual, there are two ways to use the directive:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:257 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`path_to_doc_page``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the title of the page as label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:259 +msgid "" +"``:doc:`label <path_to_doc_page>``` creates a hyperlink reference to the " +"documentation page with the given label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Please refer to `this documentation " +"<https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_ and to `Send a pro-" +"forma invoice <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:282 +msgid "The ``download`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:284 +msgid "" +"The ``download`` directive allows referencing files (that are not " +"necessarily :abbr:`RST (reStructuredText)` documents) within the source tree" +" to be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:301 +msgid "" +"Download this `module structure template " +"<https://example.com/doc/odoosh/extras/my_module.zip>`_ to start building " +"your module in no time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:307 +msgid "The ``image`` directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:309 +msgid "" +"The ``image`` directive allows inserting images in a document. It comes with" +" a set of optional parameter directives that can individually be omitted if " +"considered redundant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:344 +msgid "Admonitions (alert blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:349 +msgid "Seealso" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:364 +msgid "" +"`Customer invoices <https://example.com/doc/accounting/invoices.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`Pro-forma invoices <https://example.com/doc/sales/proforma.html#activate-" +"the-feature>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:370 +msgid "Note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to get the attention of the reader about additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:389 +msgid "Tip" +msgstr "提示" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:404 +msgid "" +"Use this to inform the reader about a useful trick that requires an action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:410 +msgid "Important" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:424 +msgid "Use this to notify the reader about an important information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:429 +msgid "Warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:444 +msgid "" +"Use this to require the reader to proceed with caution with what is " +"described in the warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:450 +msgid "Danger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:464 +msgid "Use this to alarm the reader about a serious threat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:469 +msgid "Formatting tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:474 +msgid "Add banners on top of documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The Odoo theme supports banner images at the top of documents. At the first " +"line of your documents, insert the directive ``:banner: " +"banners/file_name.png``. Replace ``file_name.png`` with the file that you " +"placed in :file:`_static/banners` to server as a banner of your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:487 +msgid "Break the line but not the paragraph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:502 +msgid "" +"First super long line that you break in two… here is rendered as a single " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:503 +msgid "Second line that follows a line break." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:508 +msgid "Add comments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:510 +msgid "" +"If you made a particular choice of writing or formatting that a future " +"writer should be able to understand and take into account, consider writing " +"a comment. Comments are blocks of text that do not count as a part of the " +"documentation and that are used to pass a message to writers of the source " +"code. They consist of a line starting with two dots and a space, followed by" +" the comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:515 +msgid "" +"``.. For instance, this line will not be rendered in the documentation.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:520 +msgid "Use tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:522 +msgid "" +"Make use of `this convenient table generator " +"<https://www.tablesgenerator.com/text_tables>`_ to build your tables. Then, " +"copy-paste the generated formatting into your document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:528 +msgid "Spice your writing with specialized directives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:530 +msgid "Use these additional directives to fine-tune your content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Directive**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Purpose**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:533 +msgid "**Example**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**RST**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:535 +msgid "**HTML**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``abbr``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "Self-defining abbreviations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid "``:abbr:`SO (Sales Order)```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:537 +msgid ":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``command``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "Highlight a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid "``:command:`python example.py```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:539 +msgid ":command:`python example.py`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``dfn``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "Define a term" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid "``:dfn:`a definition for a new term```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:541 +msgid ":dfn:`a definition for a new term`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``file``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "Indicate a file path" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid "``:file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:543 +msgid ":file:`~/odoo/odoo-bin`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``menuselection``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "Guide a user through a sequence of menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid "``:menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings```" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:545 +msgid ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:551 +msgid "Escape markup symbols (Advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:553 +msgid "" +"Markup symbols escaped with backslashes (``\\``) are rendered normally. For " +"instance, ``this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols`` is " +"rendered as “this \\*\\*line of text\\*\\* with \\*markup\\* symbols”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_cheat_sheet.rst:557 +msgid "" +"When it comes to backticks (`````), which are used in many case such as " +":ref:`hyperlink references <contributing/hyperlink-references>`, using " +"backslashes for escaping is no longer an option because the outer backticks " +"interpret enclosed backslashes and thus prevent them from escaping inner " +"backticks. For instance, ```\\`this formatting\\```` produces an ``[UNKNOWN " +"NODE title_reference]`` error. Instead, `````this formatting````` should be " +"used to produce the following result: ```this formatting```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:5 +msgid "RST guidelines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:10 +msgid "Use relative links for internal URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:12 +msgid "" +"If you need to reference an internal documentation page or a file that is " +"not sitting in the same directory as your current page, always make use of " +"*relative file paths* rather than *absolute file paths*. An absolute file " +"path indicates the location of the target from the root of its file tree. A " +"relative file path makes use of smart notations (such as ``../`` git that " +"redirects to the parent folder) to indicate the location of the target " +"*relative* to that of the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:21 +msgid "Given the following source file tree:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A reference to the rendered :file:`prices.html` and :file:`variants.html` " +"could be made from :file:`import.rst` as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:36 +msgid "Absolute:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:38 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``https://odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/sales/products_prices/products/variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:41 +msgid "Relative:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:43 +msgid "``../prices.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:44 +msgid "``variants.html``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The relative links are clearly superior in terms of readability and " +"stability: the references survive version updates, folder name changes and " +"file tree restructurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:52 +msgid "Start a new line before the 100th character" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In RST, it is possible to break a line without forcing a line break on the " +"rendered HTML. Make use of this feature to write **lines of maximum 100 " +"characters**. A line break in a sentence results in an additional whitespace" +" in HTML. That means that you do not need to leave a trailing whitespace at " +"the end of a line to separate words." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can safely break a line around the separators (``-->``) of " +"``menuselection`` directives and anywhere in a hyperlink reference. For the " +"``doc``, ``ref`` and ``download`` directives, this is only true for the " +"label part of the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:65 +msgid "Example: Line breaks within directive and inline markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:74 +msgid "Be consistent with indentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:76 +msgid "Use only spaces (never tabs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use as many spaces at the beginning of an indented line as needed to align " +"it with the first character of the directive in the line above. This usually" +" implies 3 spaces but you only need 2 for bulleted lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:83 +msgid "Example: The first ``:`` is below the ``i`` (3 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Example: The ``:titlesonly:`` and page references start below the ``t`` (3 " +"spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Example: Continuation lines resume below the ``I``’s of “Invoice” (2 spaces)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:113 +msgid "Use the menuselection directive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Although chaining characters ``‣`` and menu names works fine to indicate a " +"user which menus to click, it is best to use the ``menuselection`` directive" +" (see :ref:`contributing/specialized-directives`) for the same result. " +"Indeed, it renders the menus chain consistently with the rest of the " +"documentation and would automatically adapt to the new graphic chart if we " +"were to switch to a new one. This directive is used inline as follows: " +"``:menuselection:`Settings --> Products --> Variants```." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:125 +msgid "Write resilient code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Prefer the use of ``#.`` in numbered lists instead of ``1.``, ``2.``, etc. " +"This removes the risk of breaking the numbering when adding new elements to " +"the list and is easier to maintain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Avoid using implicit hyperlink targets and prefer internal hyperlink targets" +" instead. Referencing the implicit target ``How to print quotations?`` is " +"more prone to break than a reference to the explicit target " +"``_print_quotation`` which never appears in the rendered HTML and is thus " +"even less likely to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:137 +msgid "Prefix hyperlink targets with application names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As hyperlink targets are visible from the entire documentation when " +"referenced with the ``ref`` directive, it is recommended to prefix the " +"target name with that of the related application. For instance, naming a " +"target ``_amazon/form`` instead of ``_form`` avoids unwanted behaviors and " +"makes the purpose of the target clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:147 +msgid "Don’t break hyperlink targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:149 +msgid "" +"When refactoring (improving without adding new content) section headings or " +"hyperlink targets, take care not to break any hyperlink reference to these " +"targets or update them accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:155 +msgid "Use single-underscore suffixes for hyperlink references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Although using a double-underscore suffix works most of the time for classic" +" hyperlink references, it is not recommended as double-underscores normally " +"indicate an anonymous hyperlink reference. This is a special kind of " +"hyperlink reference that makes use of nameless hyperlink targets consisting " +"only of two underscore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../contributing/documentation/rst_guidelines.rst:162 +msgid "" +"tl;dr: Double-underscore suffixes work until they don’t and are bad " +"practice, use single-underscore suffixes instead." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 71909b2a3..0268b9f94 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -4,25 +4,22 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# Army Hu <eric-hoo@163.com>, 2019 -# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-22 08:57+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,22 +29,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm.rst:5 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "CRM" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 msgid "Acquire leads" -msgstr "获取线索" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" -msgstr "线索转换商机" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 msgid "" "The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " "qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " "assigning to the right sales people." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统可生成线索而不是商机，以便在将*线索*转化为*商机*之前增加一个资格鉴定步骤，并分配给适当的销售人员。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -58,17 +55,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:13 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." -msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"CRM --= 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [潜在顾客] 功能。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -78,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "现在，您将在* 引导 *下有一个新的子菜单* 引导 *，这 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" -msgstr "将销售线索转换为商机" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -94,11 +93,10 @@ msgid "" "Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " "customer already exists." msgstr "" -"如果您已经有了该客户的机会，Odoo将自动为您提供与该机会合并的机会。 以相同的方式，Odoo将自动为您提供链接到现有客户（如果该客户已经存在）。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 msgid "Merge opportunities" -msgstr "合并商机" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -126,17 +124,13 @@ msgid "" "to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:66 -msgid "..note::" -msgstr "" - #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "通过电子邮件生成潜在客户/机会" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -144,27 +138,25 @@ msgid "" "efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" " create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." msgstr "" -"自动化线索/机会生成将大大提高您的效率。 默认情况下，任何发送到* sales @ database \\ _domain.ext " -"*的电子邮件都会在默认销售渠道的渠道中创造机会。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 msgid "Configure email aliases" -msgstr "配置电子邮件别名" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 msgid "" -"Each sales channel can have its own email alias, to generate " +"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " "leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" " several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales channels under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." +"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " +"Teams`." msgstr "" -"每个销售渠道都可以拥有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的销售线索/机会。 如果您管理具有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这将很有用。 " -"您可以在配置->销售渠道下找到销售渠道的配置。" +"每个销售团队都可以有自己的电子邮件别名，以生成自动分配给它的线索/商机。如果你需要管理有特定业务流程的多个销售团队，这项功能非常有用。你可在 " +":menuselection:`配置 --> 销售团队`下面找到销售团队配置的相关内容。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "从您的网站联系页面生成潜在客户/机会" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -175,11 +167,11 @@ msgstr "实现潜在客户/机会生成自动化将大大提高您的效率。 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "使用您网站上的联系我们" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "您应该首先转到您的网站应用。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -197,13 +189,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " "Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." msgstr "" -"要更改为特定销售渠道，请转到 ：菜单选择：'网站 -- = 配置 --* 设置'下 [通信] 您将找到联系表信息以及更改 [销售渠道] 或 [销售人员]" -" 的位置。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "创建自定义联系人表单" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -240,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "生成潜在顾客而不是机会" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -248,6 +238,7 @@ msgid "" "assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " "CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" +"在使用联系人表单时，在将表单分配给合适的销售人员之前，需要有一个资格鉴定步骤。如要进行此项操作，在CRM设置中启用 *线索* 并参见:doc:`转换`。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" @@ -266,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启动本功能，前往 :menuselection:`CRM --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用 **线索挖掘** 功能。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 msgid "Start generating leads" @@ -309,15 +300,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " "to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可选择将线索分配给哪个销售人员和销售团队。你也可添加标签，追踪生成的线索。" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "价格" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -325,42 +317,42 @@ msgid "" "credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" " us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " "<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to CRM > Configuration > Settings > Buy Credits; or go to Settings" -" > In-App Purchases>View my Services" +"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " +"Credits`; or go to :menuselection: `Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View " +"my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:64 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 msgid "" "The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " "consumed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "蓝框会自动告知你将消耗的信用数量。" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:69 +#: ../../crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 msgid "" -"More information about `In-App Purchases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.html?highlight=iap>`__," -" (IAP)." +":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "发送报价单" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." -msgstr "当您将潜在顾客限定为商机时，您很可能需要向他们发送报价单。您可以在使用 Odoo 的 CRM 应用程序中直接执行此操作。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 msgid "Create a new quotation" -msgstr "创建新报价单" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -372,7 +364,7 @@ msgstr "通过点击任何商机或潜在顾客，您将看到一个 [新报价] msgid "" "You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " "*Quotations* menu on that page." -msgstr "您可以在该页面上的 [报价] 菜单下找到该特定商机的所有报价。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 msgid "Mark them won/lost" @@ -382,28 +374,150 @@ msgstr "标记他们赢/输" msgid "" "Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " "process along." -msgstr "现在，您需要将机会标记为赢或输，才能推动进程。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 msgid "" "If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " "view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." -msgstr "如果将它们标记为赢，它们将移动到看板视图中的 [Won] 列。但是，如果您将它们标记为 [丢失]，它们将被存档。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" -msgstr "优化您的日常工作" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "设立目标" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "将谷歌日历与Odoo同步" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." -msgstr "Odoo能完美集成Google Calendar，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" @@ -414,16 +528,14 @@ msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -"打开Google API平台https://console.developers.google.com>，生成Google Calendar " -"API证书，然后用Google帐号登录。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "进入API和服务页面" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "搜索 [Google 日历 API] 并选择它。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 msgid "Enable the API." @@ -437,7 +549,7 @@ msgstr "选择或创建 API 项目以存储凭据（如果之前尚未完成） #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "创建凭据。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -453,8 +565,6 @@ msgid "" "redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." msgstr "" -"然后，您可以创建客户端 ID。输入应用程序的名称（例如 Odoo 日历）和将重定向的允许页面。[授权 JavaScript 源] 是 Odoo 的实例 " -"URL。[授权重定向 URI] 是您的 Odoo 的实例 URL，后跟\"/google_帐户/身份验证\"。" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -474,19 +584,19 @@ msgstr "最后，您得到了您的 [客户端 ID]。也转到 [凭据] 以获 #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "设置Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " "option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." -msgstr "从 [Apps] 菜单安装 [Google 日历] 应用程序，或通过选中 \"菜单选择\"中的选项：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"。\"" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" " ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：\"设置 --= 常规设置\"，并在 Google 日历选项中输入您的 [客户端 ID] 和 [客户端机密]。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -500,15 +610,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "没有理由再错过会议了哦！" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VOIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" -msgstr "使用 Odoo 中的 VOIP 服务与 OnSIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "介绍" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -516,8 +626,6 @@ msgid "" " case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -"Odoo VoIP 可以设置为与 OnSIP （www.onsip.com）协同工作。在这种情况下，不需要安装和设置星号服务器，因为整个基础结构由 " -"OnSIP 托管和管理。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -526,8 +634,6 @@ msgid "" "covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -"您需要使用 OnSIP 开立帐户才能使用此服务。在执行此操作之前，请确保您的区域和您希望呼叫的区域包含在服务范围内。开立 OnSIP " -"帐户后，请按照以下配置过程操作。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:15 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." @@ -545,12 +651,12 @@ msgid "" "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -"[OnSIP 域] " +"**OnSIP 域** " "是您在www.onsip.com上创建帐户时选择的域。如果您不知道，请登录https://admin.onsip.com/，您将在屏幕的右上角看到它。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:23 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" -msgstr "[Web 套接套] 应包含wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**网络套接字** 应包含 wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:24 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" @@ -560,15 +666,15 @@ msgstr "[模式] 应该是生产" msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" -msgstr "转到 [设置/用户]。在每个 VoIP 用户的表单视图中，在\"首选项\"选项卡中，填写 [PBX 配置] 部分：" +msgstr "转到 **设置/用户** 。在每个 VoIP 用户的表单视图中，在首选项的选项卡中，填写 **PBX 配置** 部分：" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:31 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 登录 / 浏览器的扩展] ： ONSIP '用户名'" +msgstr "**SIP 登录 / 浏览器的扩展*：OnSIP 的 '用户名'" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:32 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "[上 SIP 授权用户]：ONSIP\"注册用户名\"" +msgstr "**OnSIP 授权用户** ：ONSIP的 \"注册用户名\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:33 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -576,7 +682,7 @@ msgstr "[SIP 密码]： 上 SIP \"SIP 密码\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:34 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" -msgstr "[手机扩展]： ONSIP\"扩展\"" +msgstr "**手机分机** ： OnSIP 的 \"扩展\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -590,13 +696,13 @@ msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." -msgstr "现在，您可以通过单击 Odoo 右上角的电话图标拨打电话（确保您以在 Odoo 和 OnSIP 中正确配置的用户身份登录）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:45 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." -msgstr "如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 [缺少参数] 消息，请确保刷新 Odoo 窗口，然后重试。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -605,8 +711,6 @@ msgid "" "the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -"如果您在 Odoo 软电话中看到 [错误编号] 消息，请确保使用国际格式，并带有加号 （+） " -"符号，后跟国际国家/地区代码。例如：+16506913277（其中+1是美国的国际前缀）。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -616,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr "您现在还可以接听电话。您的号码是OnSIP提供的号码。O #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:63 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" -msgstr "在您的手机上" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -625,8 +729,6 @@ msgid "" " VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -"为了在不在计算机前面时拨打和接听电话，您可以在手机上使用与 Odoo VoIP " -"平行的软电话应用程序。这对于外出通话非常有用，但还可用于确保听到来电，或只是为了方便。任何 SIP 软电话都工作。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -635,25 +737,22 @@ msgid "" " When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -"在 Android 和 iOS 上，OnSIP 已成功测试了\"大流波 " -"[https：//play.google.com/商店/应用程序/详细信息？id_com.grandstream.wave]\"。创建帐户时，在运营商列表中选择" -" OnSIP。然后，您必须按如下方式配置它：" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:69 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" -msgstr "[帐户名称]： ONSIP" +msgstr "**帐户名称** ： OnSIP" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:70 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" -msgstr "[SIP 服务器]： ONSIP \"域\"" +msgstr "**SIP 服务器** ： OnSIP的 \"域\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:71 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 用户 ID]： ONSIP \"用户名\"" +msgstr "**SIP 用户 ID** ： OnSIP的 \"用户名\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:72 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" -msgstr "[SIP 身份验证 ID]：ONSIP\"身份验证用户名\"" +msgstr "**SIP 身份验证 ID** ：ONSIP 的\"身份验证用户名\"" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:73 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" @@ -669,37 +768,102 @@ msgid "" "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" "assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." msgstr "" -"除了在手机上发起来自 Grandstream Wave 的呼叫外，您还可以通过在 PC " -"上的浏览器中单击电话号码来发起呼叫。这将使大流波环，并通过您的手机路由呼叫到另一方。此方法有助于避免浪费时间拨打电话号码。为此，您需要 Chrome " -"扩展服务\"OnSIP 呼叫助理 [https：//chrome.google.com/webstore/详细信息/onsip-呼叫-" -"助理/pceelmncldfkkcgjkpapnp？hl_]。" #: ../../crm/optimize/onsip.rst:79 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" " not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." -msgstr "在手机上使用软电话的缺点是，您的呼叫不会记录在 Odoo 中，因为软电话充当独立的独立应用程序。" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 联系人`并启用*业务伙伴自动完成*功能。" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " +"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:3 msgid "Configure your VOIP Asterisk server for Odoo" -msgstr "为 Odoo 配置 VOIP 星号服务器" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:6 msgid "Installing Asterisk server" -msgstr "安装 Asterrisk 服务器" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "依赖" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:11 msgid "" "Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" -msgstr "安装Asterisk之前, 您需要安装以下依存关系 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:13 msgid "wget" -msgstr "wget" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:14 msgid "gcc" @@ -707,7 +871,7 @@ msgstr "gcc" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:15 msgid "g++" -msgstr "g++" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:16 msgid "ncurses-devel" @@ -719,7 +883,7 @@ msgstr "libxml2-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:18 msgid "sqlite-devel" -msgstr "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:19 msgid "libsrtp-devel" @@ -731,15 +895,15 @@ msgstr "libuuid-devel" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:21 msgid "openssl-devel" -msgstr "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:22 msgid "pkg-config" -msgstr "pkg-配置" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:24 msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" -msgstr "如需安装libsrtp, 请遵循下面步骤:" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -747,35 +911,34 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载<http ://www.pjsip.org/download.htm> `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" -msgstr " **更改为pjproject源目录 :** " +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:43 msgid "**run:**" -msgstr " **运行 :** " +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:49 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" -msgstr " **编译并安装pjproject :** " +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:57 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" -msgstr " **更新共享库链接 :** " +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:63 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" -msgstr " **确保已经安装了pjproject :** " +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:69 msgid "**The result should be:**" -msgstr " **结果应该是 :** " +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:86 msgid "Asterisk" -msgstr "Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -783,12 +946,10 @@ msgid "" "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -"为了安装Asterisk的13.7.0, 你可以直接从下面链接下载资源 `\n" -"<http ://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>` _." #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:90 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" -msgstr "导出Asterisk" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:96 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" @@ -796,11 +957,11 @@ msgstr "输入Asterisk 目录" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:102 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" -msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -809,41 +970,39 @@ msgid "" "srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -"在菜单, 到资源选项确保res_srtp 是激活的。如果是 3 x's 到res_srtp, 就说明strp库有问题, 你必须重新安装它。保存配置(按 " -"X). 你可以看到在res_pjsip 行前的星星。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:116 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" -msgstr "编译和安装Asterisk的 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:122 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." -msgstr "如果你需要演示数据, 您可以安装配置。如果你需要安装Asterisk启动脚本, 可运行“配置”。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:125 msgid "DTLS Certificates" -msgstr "DTLS 认证" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:127 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." -msgstr "然后你要安装DTLS认证" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:133 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" -msgstr "进入Asterisk脚本目录 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:139 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" -msgstr "创建DTLS认证(用你的IP 地址或dns名字替换pbx.mycompany.com, 用你的公司名替换我的超级公司)" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:146 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" -msgstr "配置Asterisk服务器" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -853,8 +1012,6 @@ msgid "" " by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " "uncommented:" msgstr "" -"对于WebRTC技术, 很多需要的设置必须是对等设置。全局设置不是很好。默认情况下, Asterisk的配置文件位于在/ etc " -"/asterisk/。通过编辑http.conf, 并确保下面的行是取消注释的 :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -864,15 +1021,12 @@ msgid "" "allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -"接下来, 编辑sip.conf。该WebRTC技术需要加密, AVPF和冰支持是启用的。在大多数情况下, 直接媒体应禁用。此外, " -"根据客户WebRTC技术, 传输需要被列为“WS\" " -"来允许WebSocket连接。所有这些配置行应该在peer自己下面;全局范围内设置这些配置行可能无法正常工作 : " #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:186 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" -msgstr "在sip.conf和rtp.conf文件, 您还需要添加或取消注释行 :" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:193 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" @@ -880,124 +1034,55 @@ msgstr "最后, 建立extensions.conf文件 :" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:202 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" -msgstr "配置Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:204 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." -msgstr "在Odoo, 配置应该在用户的偏好来实现。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:206 +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:210 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" -" the sip.conf file. In our example, 1060. The SIP Password is the secret you" -" chose in the sip.conf file. The extension of your office's phone is not a " -"required field but it is used if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to" -" an external phone also configured in the sip.conf file." +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -"该SIP登录/浏览器的分机号是您先前在sip.conf文件中配置的号码。在我们的例子, " -"1060的SIP密码就是您在sip.conf文件中选择的保密号。你的办公室的电话的分机不是必填字段, " -"但如果你想从Odoo转移您的呼叫转移到外部电话就需啊在sip.conf文件还配置它。" #: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The configuration should also be done in the sale settings under the title " -"\"PBX Configuration\". You need to put the IP you define in the http.conf " -"file and the WebSocket should be: ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. The part " -"\"127.0.0.1\" needs to be the same as the IP defined previously and the " -"\"8088\" is the port you defined in the http.conf file." +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../crm/optimize/setup.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." msgstr "" -"在“PBX配置”, 你可以做销售设置。需要在http.conf内配置IP. WebSocket上设置ws://127.0.0.1:8088/ws. " -"“127.0.0.1”部分需要定义与之前相同的IP, “8088”是http.conf的端口。" #: ../../crm/performance.rst:3 msgid "Analyze performance" -msgstr "分析性能" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:3 -msgid "Get an accurate probable turnover" -msgstr "获得准确可能的营业额" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As you progress in your sales cycle, and move from one stage to another, you" -" can expect to have more precise information about a given opportunity " -"giving you an better idea of the probability of closing it, this is " -"important to see your expected turnover in your various reports." msgstr "" -"随着销售周期的推进，以及从一个阶段转移到另一个阶段，您可以期望获得有关给定商机的更精确信息，让您更好地了解结束该机会的概率，这一点非常重要，因为您在各种机会中的预期营业额报告。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:11 -msgid "Configure your kanban stages" -msgstr "配置看板阶段" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:13 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo Kanban view has four stages: New, Qualified, Proposition, " -"Won. Respectively with a 10, 30, 70 and 100% probability of success. You can" -" add stages as well as edit them. By refining default probability of success" -" for your business on stages, you can make your probable turnover more and " -"more accurate." -msgstr "" -"默认情况下，Odoo看板视图有四个阶段：新建、合格、命题、赢。分别有10、30、70和100%的成功概率。您可以添加阶段以及编辑它们。通过分阶段提高企业成功的默认概率，您可以使可能的营业额越来越准确。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Every one of your opportunities will have the probability set by default but" -" you can modify them manually of course." -msgstr "默认情况下，每个机会都会设置概率，但您也可以手动修改它们。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:29 -msgid "Set your opportunity expected revenue & closing date" -msgstr "设置商机预期收入 + 结束日期" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When you get information on a prospect, it is important to set an expected " -"revenue and expected closing date. This will let you see your total expected" -" revenue by stage as well as give a more accurate probable turnover." -msgstr "当您获得潜在客户信息时，设置预期收入和预期结算日期非常重要。这将让您按阶段查看预期总收入，并给出更准确的可能营业额。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:40 -msgid "See the overdue or closing soon opportunities" -msgstr "查看过期或即将关闭的机会" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your pipeline, you can filter opportunities by how soon they will be " -"closing, letting you prioritize." -msgstr "在管道中，您可以按商机的关闭程度来筛选商机，从而确定优先级。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:48 -msgid "" -"As a sales manager, this tool can also help you see potential ways to " -"improve your sale process, for example a lot of opportunities in early " -"stages but with near closing date might indicate an issue." -msgstr "作为销售经理，此工具还可以帮助您了解改进销售流程的潜在方法，例如，在早期阶段，许多机会，但接近结束日期可能表明存在问题。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:53 -msgid "View your total expected revenue and probable turnover" -msgstr "查看您的总预期收入和可能的营业额" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:55 -msgid "" -"While in your Kanban view you can see the expected revenue for each of your " -"stages. This is based on each opportunity expected revenue that you set." -msgstr "在看板视图中，您可以看到每个阶段的预期收入。这基于您设置的每个商机预期收入。" - -#: ../../crm/performance/turnover.rst:62 -msgid "" -"As a manager you can go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Reporting --> Pipeline " -"Analysis` by default *Probable Turnover* is set as a measure. This report " -"will take into account the revenue you set on each opportunity but also the " -"probability they will close. This gives you a much better idea of your " -"expected revenue allowing you to make plans and set targets." -msgstr "" -"作为经理，您可以转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM --= 报告 --= 管道分析'默认为 [可能营业额] " -"设置为度量值。此报告将考虑您为每个商机设置的收入，以及它们关闭的可能性。这使您可以更好地了解您的预期收入，从而制定计划并设定目标。" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "检查您的赢/输比率" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1019,11 +1104,11 @@ msgstr "从那里，你可以过滤到哪些机会，你想看到，你的，那 #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." -msgstr "您还可以将 [措施] 更改为 [总收入]。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." -msgstr "您还可以切换到饼图视图。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline.rst:3 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1038,7 +1123,7 @@ msgid "" "While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" " want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " "can help you recover them in the future." -msgstr "在与机会合作时，您可能会失去一些机会。您将希望跟踪您丢失它们的原因，以及 Odoo 可以帮助您在将来恢复它们的方式。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 msgid "Mark a lead as lost" @@ -1048,48 +1133,48 @@ msgstr "将潜在顾客标记为丢失" msgid "" "While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " "*Mark Lost* button." -msgstr "在管道中，选择所需的任何商机，您将看到一个 [标记丢失] 按钮。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 msgid "" "You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " "there." -msgstr "然后，您可以选择现有的 [失去原因] 或在此处创建新的。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" -msgstr "管理 + 创建丢失的原因" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 msgid "" "You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Lost Reasons`." -msgstr "您将在 ：\"菜单选择：\"配置 --= 丢失的原因\"下找到您的 [丢失原因]。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 msgid "" "You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." -msgstr "您可以选择和重命名其中任何一个，以及从那里创建一个新的。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" -msgstr "检索丢失的机会" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 msgid "" "To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" " feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." -msgstr "要检索丢失的机会并对其进行操作（发送电子邮件、拨打反馈电话等），请在搜索栏中选择 [丢失] 筛选器。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." -msgstr "然后，您将看到所有失去的机会。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." -msgstr "如果要进一步优化它们，可以在 [失去原因] 上添加筛选器。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." @@ -1097,25 +1182,25 @@ msgstr "例如，[太贵]。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 msgid "Restore lost opportunities" -msgstr "恢复失去的机会" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 msgid "" "From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " "opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " "clicking on *Archived*." -msgstr "从具有筛选器的看板视图中，您可以选择任何希望的机会，并照常处理。您也可以通过单击 [已存档] 来恢复它。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 msgid "" "You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" " the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " "also archive the same way." -msgstr "当项目属于同一阶段时，还可以从看板视图中还原批处理中的项。在列选项中选择 [还原记录]。您也可以以相同的方式存档。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." -msgstr "要选择特定商机，应切换到列表视图。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -1129,33 +1214,33 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "管理多个销售团队" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " "specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." -msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以管理多个销售团队、部门或具有特定销售流程的渠道。为此，我们使用 [销售渠道] 的概念。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "创建新的销售渠道" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" "To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Sales Channels`." -msgstr "要创建新的 [销售渠道]，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"配置 --= 销售渠道\"。" +msgstr "要创建新的*销售渠道*，请转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 销售渠道`。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 msgid "" "There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " "address will create a lead/opportunity." -msgstr "在那里，您可以设置一个电子邮件别名。发送到该电子邮件地址的每封邮件都将创建潜在顾客/商机。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "将成员添加到销售渠道" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1164,28 +1249,27 @@ msgid "" "lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," " you can only be a member of one channel." msgstr "" -"您可以将成员添加到任何频道;这样，这些成员在打开销售渠道时将看到销售渠道的管道结构。分配给他们的任何潜在顾客/商机都将链接到销售渠道。因此，您只能是一个通道的成员。" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "这将简化团队经理的流程评审。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 msgid "" "If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " "all of its opportunities." -msgstr "如果现在筛选管道中的此特定通道，您将找到其所有商机。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "销售渠道仪表板" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" "To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " "sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " "*Reporting*." -msgstr "要一目了然地查看任何销售渠道的运营和结果，销售经理还可以访问 [报告] 下的 [销售渠道仪表板]。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1195,11 +1279,11 @@ msgstr "它与整个生态系统共享，因此每个收入流都包含在其中 #: ../../crm/track_leads.rst:3 msgid "Assign and track leads" -msgstr "分配和跟踪潜在顾客" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "根据评分分配潜在顾客" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1211,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr "通过 [潜在顾客评分]，您可以根据所选条件自动对潜在 msgid "" "For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " "that visited specific pages on your website." -msgstr "例如，您可以对您所在国家/地区的客户或访问您网站上特定网页的客户进行评分。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1233,17 +1317,17 @@ msgstr "现在，您的 [CRM] 应用中有一个名为 [潜在顾客管理] 的 msgid "" "Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " "you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." -msgstr "下面是加拿大潜在顾客的示例，您可以修改您希望对潜在顾客进行评分的任何条件。您可以根据需要添加尽可能多的条件。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" "Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " "assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." -msgstr "每小时没有得分的一个线索都会被自动扫描，并根据您的评分规则分配正确的分数。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "分配潜在顾客" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -1252,25 +1336,23 @@ msgid "" "Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " "This domain can include scores." msgstr "" -"计算分数后，可以使用相同的域机制将潜在顾客分配给特定团队。为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM -- = 领导管理 -- = " -"团队分配'，并在每个团队中应用特定域。此域可以包含分数。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" "Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " "more refined domain." -msgstr "此外，您可以向团队中的特定供应商分配更精细的域。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 msgid "" "To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " "Assignation`." -msgstr "要执行此操作，请转到 ：菜单选择：'CRM --= 潜在顾客管理 --= 潜在分配。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 msgid "" "The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." -msgstr "团队和潜在顾客分配将每天分配一次未分配的潜在顾客。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" @@ -1281,12 +1363,12 @@ msgid "" "Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " "unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " "useful to do something with them." -msgstr "一旦你的评分规则到位，你很可能仍然有一些未分配的潜在顾客。其中一些仍然可能导致机会，因此与他们一起做某事是有用的。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 msgid "" "In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." -msgstr "在潜在顾客页面中，您可以放置一个筛选器来查找未分配的潜在顾客。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 msgid "" @@ -1294,7 +1376,6 @@ msgid "" "Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" " unassigned leads from there." msgstr "" -"为什么不使用 ：菜单选择：'电子邮件营销'或 ：菜单选择：'营销自动化'应用程序向他们发送大量电子邮件？您还可以从那里轻松找到此类未分配的潜在顾客。" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" @@ -1304,23 +1385,23 @@ msgstr "跟踪潜在客户访问" msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." -msgstr "跟踪您的网站页面将为您提供更多有关网站访问者兴趣的信息。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 msgid "" "Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " "they use the contact form on your website." -msgstr "如果他们使用您网站上的联系表单，他们访问的每个跟踪页面都会记录在您的潜在客户/商机中。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " "*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." -msgstr "要使用此功能，请在 [Apps] 页面下安装免费模块 [领导评分]（仅在 Odoo 企业版中提供）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 msgid "Track a webpage" -msgstr "跟踪网页" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1334,7 +1415,7 @@ msgstr "在那里，您将看到一个 [跟踪页面] 复选框来跟踪此页 #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" -msgstr "查看潜在客户/商机中访问过的页面" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1350,14 +1431,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " "pages." -msgstr "如果观看者返回您的网站并访问更多页面，两者都将更新。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 msgid "" "The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " "chatter." -msgstr "该功能不会重复聊天中同一页面的多次查看。" +msgstr "" #: ../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" -msgstr "您的客户将不再能够对您保密！" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 25a5542aa..990ebe7ca 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -4,21 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2019 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 -# 洋 汪 <wonrence@163.com>, 2019 +# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 洋 汪 <wonrence@163.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,7 +25,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "在线数据库管理" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -37,16 +34,15 @@ msgid "" "click on the `Manage Your Databases " "<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." msgstr "" -"若要管理数据库，请访问`database management page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`（您必须登录）。然后单击`Manage Your Databases " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`按钮。" +"要管理数据库，请访问\"数据库管理\"页`<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__ " +"(您必须登录)。然后单击\"管理数据库\"`<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`__ button." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:18 msgid "" "Make sure you are connected as the administrator of the database you want to" " manage - many operations depends on indentifying you remotely to that " "database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保你作为管理员连接到需要管理的数据库 - 很多操作需要远程识别你的身份。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:22 msgid "Several actions are available:" @@ -92,11 +88,11 @@ msgstr "下载数据库的即时备份；请注意，我们每天都根据我们 #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`Domains <custom_domain>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":ref:`域名 <custom_domain>`" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:40 msgid "Configure custom domains to access your database via another URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置自定义域名，以通过其他URL访问你的数据库。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Delete <delete_online_database>`" @@ -125,14 +121,14 @@ msgid "" "Upgrading your database to a newer version of Odoo is a complex operation " "that require time and caution. It is extremely important that you fully test" " the process before upgrading your production database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将你的数据库升级到新版本Odoo是一项复杂操作，需要时间和谨慎操作。最重要的是，你在升级生产数据库之前必须全面测试该流程。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:57 msgid "" "Odoo releases new versions regularly (at least once a year), and upgrading " "your database to enjoy new Odoo features is part of the Odoo Online " "experience." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo定期（至少每年一次）发布新版本，作为Odoo线上体验的一部分，升级数据后可以体验Odoo的新特征。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -142,6 +138,7 @@ msgid "" " database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, " "multi-user database that uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase and Manufacturing." msgstr "" +"升级过程可能需要一些时间，尤其是你拥有多个应用程序或管理敏感数据的应用程序时（例如，会计、库存等）。一般而言，数据库“越小”，升级越快。仅使用CRM的单一用户数据库比使用会计、销售、采购和制造的多公司、多用户数据库升级快。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -153,44 +150,45 @@ msgid "" "they arrive. This is especially true in the months following the release of " "a new major version, which can lengthen the upgrade delay significantly." msgstr "" +"遗憾的是，我们无法预计每项升级请求需要的时间，因为Odoo.com将手动测试每项数据库升级至少一次，而且需要逐一修改/调整对标准Odoo应用程序（例如，通过定制或通过服务包）的改动。这可能导致整个过程变慢，因为我们需要按提出请求的顺序逐一处理。尤其是在主要新版本发布之后的几个月，升级请求处理速度可能显著延迟。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:74 msgid "The upgrade process is quite simple from your point of view:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从你的角度来看，升级过程非常简单：" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:76 msgid "You request a test upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你提出测试升级请求" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:77 msgid "" "Once all tests have been validated **by you**, you upgrade your actual " "database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**你**确认所有测试后，将升级实际的数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:79 msgid "" "The process to request a test or a production (*actual*) upgrade is the " "same." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请求测试升级或生产升级（*实际*升级）的过程是相同的。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:81 msgid "" "First, make sure to be connected to the database you want to upgrade and " "access the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，确保连接到你想要升级的数据库并访问`数据库管理页面 <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:84 msgid "" "You have to have an active session with access to the Settings app in the " "database you want to upgrade for the button to be visible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须在活动对话中访问想要升级的数据库的设置应用程序，才能看到该按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:87 msgid "" "On the line of the database you want to upgrade, click on the \"Cog\" menu. " "If an newer version of Odoo is available, you will see an 'Upgrade' button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在想要升级的数据库所在的行，点击“Cog”菜单。如有Odoo的更新版本，你会看到“升级”按钮。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -200,6 +198,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically select the version you were already testing (even if we " "released a more recent version during your tests)." msgstr "" +"你可以选择升级的目标版本。默认情况下，我们为你的数据库选择了可用的最高版本；如你已开始测试升级，我们将自动选择你已经测试的版本（即使我们在你测试过程中发布了更新的版本）。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -208,6 +207,7 @@ msgid "" "request has already been made, you will see an 'Upgrade Queued' note instead" " and asking another request will not be possible." msgstr "" +"点击“测试升级”按钮，将生成升级请求。每个数据库每次只能发起一次请求；如果已经发起请求，您将会看到“升级排队中”字样，此时将不能再次发起请求。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ msgid "" " Even though we test all upgrades manually, we do not know your work " "processes. A change in standard worfklows of Odoo in new versions might " "require you to change internal processes, or some of the customizations you " -"made through Odoo Studio might now work properly. *It is up to you to make " +"made through Odoo Studio might not work properly. *It is up to you to make " "sure that everything works as it should!* You can report issues with your " "test database through our `Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" "the process is completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:140 msgid "" "Your database will be taken offline during the upgrade (usually between " "30min up to several hours for big databases), so make sure to plan your " @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:146 msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "复制数据库" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ msgid "" "buttons. To duplicate your database, just click **Duplicate**. You will have" " to give a name to your duplicate, then click **Duplicate Database**." msgstr "" -"在你想要复制数据库的那一行,你会发现几个按钮.请点击**Duplicate**复制你的数据库.在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**Continue**." +"在你想要复制数据库的那一行，你会发现几个按钮。请点击 **复制** 复制你的数据库。在弹出的窗口中输入数据库副本名字,然后点击**继续** 。" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:163 msgid "Emails are sent" -msgstr "电子邮件已送出" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -293,33 +293,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:168 msgid "Delivery orders (shipping providers) are sent" -msgstr "发运单据(承运人)已经发送" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:170 msgid "Etc." -msgstr "等等." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:172 msgid "" "Make sure to check the checkbox \"For testing purposes\" if you want these " "behaviours to be disabled." -msgstr "如果要禁用这些行为，请务必选中“用于测试目的”复选框。" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:175 msgid "" "After a few seconds, you will be logged in your duplicated database. Notice " "that the url uses the name you chose for your duplicated database." -msgstr "几秒钟之后你就可以登录数据库副本了.请注意你可以在浏览器地址栏里看到数据库副本的名字." +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:180 msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." -msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期." +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:187 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:188 msgid "Rename a Database" -msgstr "重命名数据库" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:189 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:190 msgid "" "To rename your database, make sure you are connected to the database you " "want to rename, access the `database management page " @@ -327,15 +327,15 @@ msgid "" "to give a new name to your database, then click **Rename Database**." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:200 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:201 msgid "Deleting a Database" -msgstr "删除数据库" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:202 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:203 msgid "You can only delete databases of which you are the administrator." -msgstr "您只能删除您是管理员的数据库。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:204 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:205 msgid "" "When you delete your database all the data will be permanently lost. The " "deletion is instant and for all the Users. We advise you to do an instant " @@ -343,38 +343,38 @@ msgid "" "backup may be several hours old at that point." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:210 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:211 msgid "" "From the `database management page <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`__, " "on the line of the database you want to delete, click on the \"Delete\" " "button." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:217 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:218 msgid "" "Read carefully the warning message that will appear and proceed only if you " "fully understand the implications of deleting a database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:223 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:224 msgid "" "After a few seconds, the database will be deleted and the page will reload " "automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:227 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:228 msgid "" "If you need to re-use this database name, it will be immediately available." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:229 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:230 msgid "" "It is not possible to delete a database if it is expired or linked to a " "Subscription. In these cases contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:233 +#: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:234 msgid "" "If you want to delete your Account, please contact `Odoo Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "注册一个数据库" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -397,29 +397,26 @@ msgid "" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." msgstr "" -"要激活你的数据库，只需在应用切换器 (App " -"Switch）标题中输入订阅码。注意订阅码前后不可有空格。注册成功后，空格会变为绿色，并会显示数据库的到期时间。可以在“关于”菜单（Odoo " -"9）或“设置”仪表板（Odoo 10）中查看这个过期时间。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "注册错误消息" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" -msgstr "如你无法注册数据库，可能会被提示以下的消息：" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:110 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:143 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "解决方案" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "你的企业订阅号码是有效的吗？" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -430,14 +427,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "你是否已经将数据库绑定到你的订阅号码？" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" msgstr "" -"你只可以绑定一个数据库到你的订阅号码。（需要测试或开发数据库吗？请到以下地址寻找合作伙伴：<https://www.odoo.com/partners>）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -450,18 +446,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "出现确认消息时，请确保这是正确的数据库，该数据库会冻结。" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "你有Odoo9的升级版吗？" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:171 msgid "" "From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " "duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." -msgstr "自2016年7月以后,Odoo9会自动修改数据库副本的UUID;手工变更的操作就不再需要了." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -476,14 +472,14 @@ msgid "" "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "<duplicate_premise>`." -msgstr "这种情况你需要更改测试用数据库的UUID。可在以下位置查找详细信息： :ref:`本节 <duplicate_premise>`" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库都有自己独一的UUID，确保大家能轻松处理注册信息和小票。" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:80 msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" @@ -512,39 +508,33 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:95 msgid "Error message due to too many users" -msgstr "因用户过多而引发的错误信息" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "如你本地数据库的用户数高于Odoo企业订阅的购买量，可能会收到以下提示：" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:106 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "你的资料库会在第30天过期，每天更新倒计时天数。" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:112 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "在订阅中**添加用户**：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。" +msgstr "在你的订阅中 **添加用户** ：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:115 -msgid "or" -msgstr "或" - -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:114 msgid "" -"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com " -"/documentation/user/13.0/db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation <documentation.html" +"#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:122 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:117 msgid "" "Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " "will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " @@ -552,62 +542,59 @@ msgid "" " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " "message disappear right away." msgstr "" -"数据库得到准确的用户数量后，过期消息会在Odoo自动验证后消失，会是几天的时间。我们理解看到倒计时界面会有一点吓人，所以可以:ref:`force升级通知<force_ping>`立即移除倒计时。" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:129 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:124 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "数据库已过期错误消息" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:131 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "如果在更新订阅之前数据库临近过期日期，你会收到以下消息提示：" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:139 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." -msgstr "在非屏蔽消息出现至少30天后，**屏蔽**消息出现。如果倒计时结束前仍未采取任何行动，数据库过期而冻结。" +msgstr "此 **限制** 消息出现在持续30天的非限制消息之后。如果您未能在倒计结束前采取行动，数据库将会过期。" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:142 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" -msgstr "更新你的订阅：按照以下链接更新你的订阅-注意" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:141 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "如通过电汇付款，只有当汇款到账后订阅方才生效，可能会耽误几天时间。信用卡付款可以立即处理。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:149 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:144 msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "联系我们的支持部门：<https://www.odoo.com/help>" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:151 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:146 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" -msgstr "以上订阅均不适用？请联系我们的支持部门<https://www.odoo.com/help>" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "复制数据库" +msgstr "" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:157 msgid "" "You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " "server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " "duplicate your database (among other things)." msgstr "" -"你可以在你的服务器链接(<odoo-" -"server>/web/database/manager)上访问数据库管理页面.在这个页面里,可以容易的创建数据库副本(以及其他的数据库操作)." -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:170 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" "When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " "the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " @@ -615,31 +602,28 @@ msgid "" "databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " "registration problems down the line." msgstr "" -"在你创建了一个本地数据库的副本之后,强烈建议你修改这个数据库副本的UUID(Universally Unique " -"Identifier),因为数据库的UUID是在我们服务器上对于你的数据库的标识.如果有2个一样是数据库使用同样的UUID会导致后续的注册以及开票问题." +"在你创建了一个本地数据库的副本之后, **强烈建议** 你修改这个数据库副本的UUID(Universally Unique Identifier), " +"因为数据库的UUID是在我们服务器上对于你的数据库的标识。如果有2个一样是数据库使用同样的UUID会导致后续的注册以及开票问题。" -#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:179 +#: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 msgid "" -"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu **Settings > " -"Technical > System Parameters**, we advise you to use a `uuid generator " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ or to use the unix command ``uuidgen`` to" -" generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " -"by clicking on it and using the edit button." +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" -"可以通过菜单 **设置>参数>系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " -"<https://www.uuidgenerator.net>`__ 或Unix命令 " -"\"uuidgen\"来生成一个新的UUID.你就可以编辑按钮来用新的UUID替换原先的记录." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "用户和特性" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " "This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " "in use." -msgstr "作为数据库管理员,你有责任提供具有良好的可用性数据库给所有的用户,包括基于数据库所安装的各类应用." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -649,7 +633,6 @@ msgid "" "subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " "paying one on our online platform)." msgstr "" -"Odoo拥有及其多的功能(包括ERP,CMS,CRM应用,电子商务后端等等),但是他\"不是\"一个智能手机.在对你的数据库添加/卸载各类特性(特别是应用App)时,你需要额外小心,因为这些操作可能产生显著的费用投入(比如将你从一个免费用户升级为我们平台上的付费用户)." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -658,7 +641,8 @@ msgid "" "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." msgstr "" -"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo。在进行以下步骤前，我们**强烈**建议您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到业务运作。" +"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo。在进行以下步骤前，我们 **强烈建议** " +"您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到实际的业务运作。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -666,8 +650,6 @@ msgid "" " <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " "installations." msgstr "" -"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`online <duplicate_online>` 和:ref:`on premise " -"<duplicate_premise>`安装。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -675,18 +657,16 @@ msgid "" "issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " "`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." msgstr "" -"如果你对这篇文章有任何问题或者当你执行程序时碰到问题,可以通过提交`支持需求报告 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__来联系我们." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:34 msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "禁用用户" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:36 msgid "" "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " "change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "当你想更新任一用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的**管理权限**." +msgstr "当你想更改任何用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的 **管理权限** 。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -697,15 +677,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|设置|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:43 msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|浏览用户账号|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:46 msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "然后你将看到用户账号列表." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -713,7 +693,6 @@ msgid "" "from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " "get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" msgstr "" -"筛选器中预设置了\"内部用户\"过滤条件,经过此过滤器条件显示的用户账号是付费账号(区别于免费的*门户账号*\").如果你删掉了这个过滤条件,那就显示所有的用户账号(包括付费账号和免费账号)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -724,15 +703,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:64 msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "该用户账号目前处于取消激活状态." +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:66 msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**千万不要**取消激活主用户(*admin*)" +msgstr "**千万不要** 取消激活主用户 (*admin*)" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:69 msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "卸载应用App" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -740,26 +719,24 @@ msgid "" "<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." msgstr "" -"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（*尤其是*安装或卸载App时）在复制数据库的:ref:`duplicate " -"<duplicate_online>`进行第一次测试。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:75 msgid "" "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " "to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" " access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击**设置**,在应用中,你可以看到所安装的应用.点击**应用**来显示你所安装的应用" +msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击 **设置** ；在此应用程序中，你可以看到已安装的应用。点击**浏览应用程序**来访问你所安装的应用程序列表。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:80 msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|应用浏览|" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:83 msgid "" "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " "applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " "form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "在应用看板中,你可以看到所有应用的图标.点击你想卸载的应用.然后在应用表单内,点击**卸载**." +msgstr "在应用仪表板中，你可以看到所有应用的图标。点击你想卸载的应用.然后在应用表单内，点击 **卸载** 。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -770,20 +747,22 @@ msgid "" "permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" " click **Confirm**." msgstr "" -"有些应用有依赖应用,比如开票,电子商务等等.因此,当你准备卸载这些应用时,系统会弹出一个警告信息,告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载.如果你继续卸载,那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除).然后你可以点击按钮**确认**来确认这个卸载操作." +"有些应用之间有互相依存的关系，比如开票，电子商务等等... " +"因此，当你准备卸载这些应用时系统会弹出一个警告信息，告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载。如果你继续卸载，那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载 " +"(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除) 。然后你可以点击按钮 **确认** 来确认这个卸载操作。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:97 msgid "" "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "最后,在看过警告信息后(如有),点击**确认**" +msgstr "最后，请检查警告消息（如有），然后单击 **确认** 。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:102 msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "你已完成删除应用。" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:105 msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "很高兴可以知道" +msgstr "" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -794,7 +773,9 @@ msgid "" "*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " "operations." msgstr "" -"**卸载应用,管理用户等等,这些决定取决于你**:没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务应用.如果我们帮你卸载了应用,那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆,因为我们*不知道你的业务运作方式*因此也无法验证这些操作." +"**卸载应用，管理用户，等等这些决定取决于你** " +":没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务流程。如果我们帮你卸载了应用，那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆，因为我们" +" *不知道你的业务运作方式* 因此也无法验证这些操作。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -805,7 +786,8 @@ msgid "" "need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " "to work properly." msgstr "" -"**Odoo应用有其他的依赖应用**:这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装.比如,如果你需要将你的客户报价能用网页的形式展现,那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装.可能你完全不需要Odoo的网站,但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件." +"**Odoo应用有其他的依赖应用** " +":这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装。比如，如果你需要将你的客户报价能用网页的形式展现，那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装。可能你完全不需要Odoo的网站，但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -813,4 +795,5 @@ msgid "" "database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " "will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." msgstr "" -"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载**(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的.这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知." +"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载** " +"(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的。这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index c7802b0e3..1ce1adddb 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -3,21 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2019 -# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,21 +19,45 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss.rst:5 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "讨论" - -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my mail server to send and receive emails in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 msgid "" -"This document is mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users who don't benefit" -" from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, unlike " -"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " +"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " +"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" +" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " +"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " +"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " "<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 msgid "" "If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " "recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " @@ -50,26 +66,26 @@ msgid "" "reputation yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 msgid "" "You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " "own email solution with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't allow easiliy to send external emails from " +"Office 365 email servers don't allow easily to send external emails from " "hosts like Odoo. Refer to the `Microsoft's documentation " "<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" "device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" "Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 msgid "How to manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:41 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " @@ -77,25 +93,37 @@ msgid "" "information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:46 msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:51 msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:39 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " +"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " +"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " +"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:58 +msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" " relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:66 msgid "" "Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" "us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" @@ -103,11 +131,11 @@ msgid "" " a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:47 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "How to use a G Suite server" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:48 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:71 msgid "" "You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " "to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " @@ -115,54 +143,54 @@ msgid "" "<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:55 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 msgid "Be SPF-compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:56 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:79 msgid "" "In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" " of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " "in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:60 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:85 msgid "" "In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." " for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " "could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:66 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:89 msgid "" "Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "找到<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:69 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:92 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:95 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 msgid "Allow DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:101 msgid "" "You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " "enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " @@ -172,22 +200,32 @@ msgid "" "\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:86 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "Restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," +" 465 or 2525." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:113 msgid "How to manage inbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:88 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:115 msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" "**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " "discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " "alias (**catchall@**)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:121 msgid "" "**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " "Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " @@ -195,58 +233,58 @@ msgid "" "recipients." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:125 msgid "" "**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " "create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:101 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:128 msgid "" "Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:103 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:130 msgid "" "Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:105 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:132 msgid "" "Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" "/project-management>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:107 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:109 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:136 msgid "etc." -msgstr "等等" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:138 msgid "" "Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " "emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " "address per Odoo alias in your mail server." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "" "Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " "bounce@, sales@, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:117 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:144 msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " "each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " @@ -255,7 +293,7 @@ msgid "" "out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:158 msgid "" "If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " "messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " @@ -266,428 +304,467 @@ msgid "" "*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:138 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view. To edit catchall and bounce aliases, " -"you first need to activate the developer mode from the Settings Dashboard." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:146 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:166 msgid "" -"Then refresh your screen and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical " -"--> Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & * mail.bounce.alias*)." +"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " +"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:153 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " +"mail.bounce.alias*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:176 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings " -"--> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " +"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " "Fetchmail Service*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "如何从Odoo跟踪Twitter推送" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 -msgid "" -"You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " -"Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " -"from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" -"你可以在Twitter上关注特定的主题标签（#），查看你选择的Odoo讨论频道。可以定期从Twitter上接收推文。认证用户可以转发这些内容。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 -msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "在Twitter侧设置App" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" -" for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" -" http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" -"Twitter的\"App\"向Odoo打开网关，推送内容，并允许用户转发推文。要设置APP，请访问http://apps.twitter.com/app/new并输入以下值：" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "Name：Twitter上应用的名称" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Website: this is the external url of your Odoo database, with \"/web\" " -"added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " -"\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" -" this field." -msgstr "" -"Website：Odoo数据库的外部URL地址，添加了\"/web\"字段。例如，如你的Odoo实例主机位于\"http://www.example.com\\，那么可以在此字段中输入\"http://www.example.com/web\"" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " -"the previous example you should write " -"\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "回访URL：这是Twitter要响应的地址。关注之前你应该写过的示例。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " -"on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "别忘记了接受**开发者协议**条款，然后点击页面底部的**创建你的Twitter应用程序**按钮。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 -msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "正在获取API密钥和机密" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 -msgid "" -"When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "在App仪表板界面切换到**密钥与访问令牌**页签下。" - -#: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 -msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " -"Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " -"settings." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "如何在我的邮件中吸引用户的注意力" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can **mention** a user in a channel or chatter by typing **@user-name**." -" Mentioning a user in the chatter will set them as a follower of the item " -"(if they are not already) and send a message to their inbox. The item " -"containing the mention will also be bolded in the list view. Mentioning a " -"user in a channel will send a message to their inbox. You cannot mention a " -"user in a channel who is not subscribed to the channel. Typing **#channel-" -"name** will provide a link to the mentioned channel in either a chatter or " -"another channel." +"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " +"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " +"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " +"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " +"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " +"improving their overall experience with the company." msgstr "" -"你可以在渠道或者聊天中 **提及** 一个用户, 通过输入 **@用户名** 。在聊天中提及一个用户, " -"将会设置他们作为项目的关注者（如果他们还不是关注者）, " -"并且发送一个消息到他们的收件箱。包含提及的项目会在列表视图收拢。在渠道提及一个用户将发生一个消息到他们的收件箱。你不能提及一个没有订阅渠道的用户。输入 " -"**#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "直接向用户发送消息" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 -msgid "" -"**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " -"recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " -"Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " -"the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " -"displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " -"is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " -"they are offline." +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 +msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" msgstr "" -"* *直接的信息**只被发件人和收件人看到。你可用讨论模块直接发送信息给其他用户。在顶部栏发送图标, " -"可在Odoo任何地方发送信息。其他用户的在线状态显示在他们的名字左边。一个**绿色的点* " -"*表明用户是在线的，一个**橙色的点**，他们是空闲的，和一个**灰色的点**，他们是离线。" -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "来自讨论模块的桌面通知" - -#: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can choose to see **desktop notifications** when you receive a new " -"direct message. The notification shows you the sender and a brief preview of" -" the message contents. These can be configured or disabled by clicking on " -"the gear icon in the corner of the notification.." +"The :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` must be " +"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." msgstr "" -"你可以在收到新的私信時选择接收**桌面通知**。该通知能预览发件人和邮件内容。\n" -"单击位于桌面通知角落的齿轮图标启用或停用功能。" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 -msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "如何用Odoo收件箱提高我的工作响应效率" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " -"everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " -"follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "使用Discuss模块上的**收件箱**监控你在Odoo上的一切更新与进程。你关注的所有内容有更新或你被提及时，都会在收件箱收到通知消息。" +"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " +"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" +msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "你可以从任何屏幕上快速查看**收件箱**。" - -#: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 msgid "" -"Marking an item with a check marks the message as **read** and removes it " -"from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " -"action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " -"any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." +"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " +"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " +"job applicants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " +"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " +"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " +"with the highest priority is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," +" saving space in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 +msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " +"would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " +"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" +" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " +"sending it." msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Why use Odoo Discuss" +msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " -"organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " -"you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " -"from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " -"chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " -"simple and searchable interface." -msgstr "" -"odoo讨论是一个对于团队易于使用的消息应用, 将组织的全部通讯带入到一个地方, 并且与odoo平台无缝集成。讨论让你在odoo任何地方发送接收消息, " -"以及在应用中容易的管理消息和通知。讨论允许在一个简单可查询的界面创建 **渠道** , 用于关于项目的聊天, 对话, 会议协调, 以及更多。" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:3 -msgid "Get organized by planning activities" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:5 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "" -"Planning activities is the perfect way to keep on track with your work. Get " -"reminded of what needs to be done and schedule the next activities to " -"undertake." +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` notifications to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:9 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 msgid "" -"Your activities are available wherever you are in Odoo. It is easy to manage" -" your priorities." +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:15 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:29 msgid "" -"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatters or in the kanban " -"views. Here is an example for opportunities :" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:22 +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:62 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the :doc:`chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` type *@user-name*; to refer to a channel," +" type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s :doc:`followers " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>`, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/tasks/collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/get_started.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the :doc:`Chatter " +"<../../project/tasks/collaborate>` by clicking on *Schedule activity*, or " +"through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 msgid "" -"A number of generic activities types are available by default in Odoo (e.g. " -"call, email, meeting, etc.). If you would like to set new ones, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General settings --> Activity types`." +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:29 -msgid "Schedule meetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:31 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" -"Activities are planned for specific days. If you need to set hours, go with " -"the *Meeting* activity type. When scheduling one, the calendar will simply " -"open to let you select a time slot." +"If you need to create an activity type with n available calendar available, " +"make sure to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:36 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 msgid "" -"If you need to use other activity types with a calendar planning, make sure " -"their *Category* is set as *Meeting*." +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:40 -msgid "Schedule a chain of activities to follow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:42 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" -"Odoo helps you easily plan your usual flow of activities. Go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Activity Types` and set the common " -"following steps as *Recommended next activities*." +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when an activity is completed, you can select *Done & schedule next*. " -"The next steps will automatically be suggested to you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/plan_activities.rst:55 -msgid "Have fun getting better organized by planning activities !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "如何通过频道与团队进行有效沟通" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can use **channels** to organize discussions between individual teams, " +"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " "departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. By having conversations that everyone in the channel can see," -" it's easy to keep the whole team in the loop with the latest developments." +"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " +"latest developments." msgstr "" -"能用 **渠道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目, 或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过对话, 每个人都可以看到, 很容易让整个团队在循环中的最新发展" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "创建一个频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In Discuss there are two types of channels - **public** and **private**." -msgstr "论坛可以支持两种类型的版块 - **公开** 与 **私有** 。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:17 -msgid "" -"A **public channel** can only be created by an administrator with write " -"privileges and can be seen by everyone in the organization. By contrast, a " -"**private channel** can be created by any user and by default is only " -"visible to users who have been invited to this channel." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 +msgid "Public and Private channels" msgstr "" -"公开渠道只能由拥有白色特权的管理员创建, 且对组织里的所有人都可见。相对而言, " -"私人渠道可以由任一用户创建并且在默认情况下只对被邀请进入这个渠道的用户可见。" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:24 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" -" (such as interdepartmental communication or company announcements), whereas" -" a private channel should be used whenever information should be limited to " -"specific users/employees (such as department specific or sensitive " -"information)." +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." msgstr "" -"在员工们需要获取学术研讨或公司通知等信息的时候, 公开渠道就能被很好地利用。反之, " -"私人渠道则应该应用于那些应该局限于特定用户或员工的信息如特定的或者机密的信息的时候被利用。" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "正在配置频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 -msgid "" -"You can configure a channel's name, description, access rights, automatic " -"subscription, and emailing from :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`." -" Changing channel access rights allows you to control which groups can view " -"each channel. You can make a channel visible by all users, invited users, or" -" users within a selected user group. Note that allowing \"Everyone\" to " -"follow a private channel will let other users view and join it as they would" -" a public channel." +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -"可以配置一个渠道的名称、描述、访问权限、自动订阅和邮件 :menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`. " -"更改访问权限可控制哪个组查看哪个渠道。可设置一个组, " -"所有用户能看到、邀请用户或选定的用户组可看。允许“每个人”私人渠道将让允许其他用户查看，并加入它，因为这被看作是一个公共渠道。" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 -msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "如何设置邮件列表" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 msgid "" -"A channel can be configured to behave as a mailing list. From within " -":menuselection:`#channel-name --> Settings`, define the email you would like" -" to use. Users can then post to the channel and choose to receive " -"notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " -"next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " -"messages by email." +"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" +" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." msgstr "" -"一个频道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#频道-" -"名称-->设置，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的频道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。" -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "正在定位频道" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you do not see a channel on your dashboard, you can search the list of " -"**public channels** to locate the correct channel or create a new channel by" -" clicking the plus icon." -msgstr "如果你没有看到你的仪表盘上看到任何频道，你可以從**公共频道**列表中搜索正确的频道或单击加号图标以创建新的频道。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You can also click the **CHANNELS** heading to browse a list of all public " -"channels. This allows the user to manually **join** and **leave** public " -"channels from a single screen." -msgstr "你亦可以点击**頻道**,浏览公開频道列表。这允许用户在簡易地進行手动**加入**和**离开**公開頻道。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is always wise to search for a channel before creating a new one to " -"ensure that duplicate entries are not created for the same topic." -msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复创建同一主题的条目。" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 -msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "使用过滤器在Discuss内部导航" - -#: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The topbar search provides access to the same comprehensive search function " -"present in the rest of Odoo. You can apply multiple **filter criteria** and " -"**save filters** for later use. The search function accepts wildcards by " -"using the underscore character \"\\ **\\_**\\ \" to represent a **single " -"character wildcard.**" +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 +msgid "Privacy and Members" msgstr "" -"topbar搜索提供了相同的综合搜索功能。您可应用多个**过滤器标准**和**保存过滤器**供以后使用。搜索函数接受通配符使用下划线字符 \"\\ " -"**\\_**\\ \" , 这代表**单个字符的通配符**。" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题，以及如何定义你希望收到的消息" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 -msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "如何关注一个讨论话题" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," -" a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "在Odoo中几乎可以**关注**任何业务目标（如一个机遇、报价或任务等）" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 -msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "如何选择要关注的事件" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " -"example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " -"**Project** app." -msgstr "你可以选择收到何种类型的事件通知。下例显示了**Project**App的**任务**选项中有哪些选项是可用的。" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 -msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "如何添加其他粉丝" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can invite other users and add channels as followers. Adding a channel " -"as a follower will send messages posted in the chatter to the channel with a" -" link back to the original document." -msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道作为跟踪将原文件作为链接的形式发送消息。" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 -msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "如何成为默认的粉丝" - -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You are automatically set as a default follower of any item you create. In " -"some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" -" new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " -"created, an opportunity won)." +"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " +"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " +"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" +" a public one." msgstr "" -"你已自动成为你所创建的所有项目的默认粉丝。在CRM和Project等应用中，可以成为任何新创建记录的默认粉丝并收到特别事件的通知（如创建新任务、赢得机会等）" -#: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 msgid "" -"To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" -" in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " -"about." -msgstr "为此，需要开始关注上级业务目标（如CRM中的销售频道、Project中的项目），然后选择需要关注的事件。" +"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " +"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " +"*Invite*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " +"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " +"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " +"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " +"are part of the group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 +msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " +"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" +" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" +" to newcomers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " +"messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " +"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " +"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " +"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " +"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" +" and quickly find the one you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " +"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " +"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " +"single character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index c31a4a615..5b499af50 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -4,24 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# fausthuang, 2019 -# Robinxia <xiayoubin@me.com>, 2019 -# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2019 -# george liu <george@taotaome.com>, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,43 +31,43 @@ msgstr "开始" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "如何定制我的目录页" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "产品目录" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或*店铺*）页面中" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." -msgstr "多数选项都可以在*自定义*菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "高亮一个产品" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的条幅（促销、新品等）。打开店铺页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "如何操作：" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "快速添加到购物车" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -85,116 +77,115 @@ msgid "" "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." msgstr "" -"如你的顾客一次购买大量产品，可以启用目录页的购买，加速购买流程。为此，需要添加产品描述和购物车按钮。打开*自定义*菜单的以下选项：产品描述、添加到购物车、查看列表（为了更好地显示产品描述）。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的*新页面*。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "再点击*新产品*并按照闪烁的提示操作。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素：" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "可通过*自定义*菜单查看到这些要素。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/taxes`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/stock`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "管理我的产品" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "在:menuselection:`网站管理->配置->设置，中选择勾选*每个产品多张图片*。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从*图片*页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击*创建*，打开上传指引。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "如何显示产品的库存。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." -msgstr "产品库存可以在网站上显示，从而让你的顾客心中有数。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "为显示库存，打开产品详情表中的*销售*页签，在*库存*中选择一个选项。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." -msgstr "顾客警示信息可能与库存紧张、送货延迟等有关。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "这一工具没有要求安装存货清单App。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -202,11 +193,10 @@ msgid "" "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." msgstr "" -"如果一个产品下架了，可以从你的网站中抹除。如果产品来自一个特定的产品变量，可以在后端禁用这个变量（参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`）" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "如何管理产品变量" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -216,155 +206,153 @@ msgid "" "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." msgstr "" -"产品变量用于向产品页面上的顾客提供同一产品的类似产品，例如，顾客选择了一款T恤及尺码、颜色，下面顾客又从可用选项中选择一款手机、相应的内存卡" -"、颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`销售->设置，中选择启用*产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）*。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择*变量*页签" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "如何编辑变量" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据：" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "条形码" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）," +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "数量" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 msgid "Weight," -msgstr "重量" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." -msgstr "从 :menuselection:`销售->促销->产品变量，中选择然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的*变量价格*，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." -msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中*归档*的勾号。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击*已归档*。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "使收入最大化" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" -msgstr "你销售电脑，为什么不鼓动顾客再买一个高级的显示器或延长的质保期呢？这就是交叉销售功能块的目标。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "结账页的产品附件，" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "额外的产品在新的*添加到购物车*屏幕（默认没有安装）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "结账时显示产品附件" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "顾客为购物车付款时，出现附件（如电脑的鼠标键盘）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "在产品详情页的*销售*页签下选择附件。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -372,11 +360,11 @@ msgid "" "several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." -msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -384,107 +372,106 @@ msgid "" "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." msgstr "" -"可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "发布可选产品：" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." -msgstr "在*App*菜单中安装*eCommerce可选产品*插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的App。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "从产品描述页的*促销*页签下选择可选项。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "加入购物车的可选项的数量与主要产品的数量是一致的。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "如何为我的访问者调整定价" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "本节进一步介绍eCommence这一应用的定价功能：" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "根据地区强制定价，" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "让顾客选择币种。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "首先，需要勾选产品定价的管理方式：:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "Geo-IP定位程序可自动应用合适的价格" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "向你的价格表分配国家组。这样尚未登录的用户可以在登录网站后看到他们适用的币种。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "币种选择器" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." -msgstr "如你在多个国家销售产品，请让顾客选择其自己的币种。勾选*可选*，将价格表添加到下拉菜单的网站中。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "如何创建和分享优惠码" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`促销->设置，在*销售价格*公式中选择*高级定价策略*。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -492,104 +479,103 @@ msgid "" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`网站管理->目录->价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing` ，然后输入一个代码。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "确保*购物车*页面的优惠码一栏可用（在*自定义*菜单选项中）。添加一个产品到购物车。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击*应用*价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略的表现。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "每个价格表都显示促销…" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "如何启用点评" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "公布并监测顾客的购买心得将有助于你赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." -msgstr "从产品web页面的*自定义*菜单中激活顾客反馈。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "实时查看发贴" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（*讨论*菜单）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." -msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "点击产品名称，打开详情页并查看评论（在产品讨论主题中）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "调解及删贴" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." -msgstr "可以通过聊天或在web页面的产品详情页轻松地进行调解。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品web页面，点击*已发表*按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之亦然）。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" @@ -600,413 +586,112 @@ msgid "" "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "为使收入最大化，强烈推荐销售基本款的高价替代品。为此，顾客会花更多时间浏览你的产品目录。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "为此，你需要：" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." -msgstr "从3个选项中选取*替代品*（位于产品详情的*促销*页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从的。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." -msgstr "在产品Web页面的*自定义*菜单中打开*替代品*。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "Odoo eCommerce介绍" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "本文指导您快速使用eCommerce网站。购买之后是以下步骤：" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "产品页" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "店铺页" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "价格" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:16 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "税" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "收银流程" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "增销及交叉销售" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "付款" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "送货及跟踪" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "打开我的网站" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Authorize.Net" -msgstr "如何使用 Authorize.Net 付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Authorize.Net is one of the most popular eCommerce payment platforms in " -"North America. Unlike most of the other payment acquirers compatible with " -"Odoo, Authorize.Net can be used as `payment gateway " -"<https://www.authorize.net/solutions/merchantsolutions/pricing/?p=gwo>`__ " -"only. That way you can use the `payment processor or merchant " -"<https://www.authorize.net/partners/resellerprogram/processorlist/>`__ that " -"you like." msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "Create an Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "创建Authorize.Net帐户" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Create an `Authorize.Net account <https://www.authorize.net>`__ by clicking " -"'Get Started'." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In the pricing page, press *Sign up now* if you want to use Authorize.net as" -" both payment gateway and merchant. If you want to use your own merchant, " -"press the related option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:23 -msgid "Go through the registration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The account is set as a test account by default. You can use this test " -"account to process a test transaction from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Once ready, switch to **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:30 -msgid "Set up Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Activate Authorize.Net in Odoo from :menuselection:`Website or Sales or " -"Accounting --> Settings --> Payment Acquirers`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:33 -msgid "Enter both your **Login ID** and your **API Transaction Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To get those credentials in Authorize.Net, you can rely on *API Login ID and" -" Transaction Key* video of `Authorize.Net Video Tutorials " -"<https://www.authorize.net/videos/>`__. Such videos give meaningful insights" -" about how to set up your Authorize.Net account according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:47 -msgid "Go live" -msgstr "激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is now ready! You can make Authorize.Net visible on your " -"merchant interface and activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Credentials provided by Authorize.net are different for both test and " -"production mode. Don't forget to update them in Odoo when you turn on the " -"production mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "Assess Authorize.Net as payment solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:62 -msgid "" -"You can test and assess Authorize.Net for free by creating a `developer " -"account <https://developer.authorize.net>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Once the account created you receive sandbox credentials. Enter them in Odoo" -" as explained here above and make sure you are still in *Test* mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"You can also log in to `Authorize.Net sandbox platform " -"<https://sandbox.authorize.net/>`__ to configure your sandbox account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To perform ficticious transactions you can use fake card numbers provided in" -" the `Authorize.Net Testing Guide " -"<https://developer.authorize.net/hello_world/testing_guide/>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize.rst:77 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "如何让购买者付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " -"Invoicing apps." -msgstr "Odoo嵌入了多个付款方法以支持eCommerce、促销和发票App上的支付行为。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 -msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "哪一种付款方式可用呢？" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 -msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "电汇" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Wire Transfer is the default payment method available. The aim is providing " -"your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" -" bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" -"wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "电汇是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 -msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "收款方" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" -" track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" -" over time:" -msgstr "将顾客引导到你的支付平台上，轻松收款和跟踪付款状态（回调）。Odoo过一段时间将会支持更多的支付平台。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 -msgid "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" -msgstr "`Paypal <paypal.html>`__" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 -msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "Authorize.net " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:31 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "牛仔" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "PayUmoney" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 -msgid "Sips" -msgstr "少量" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:34 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "条纹" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 -msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "如何激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " -"activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "付款方法就绪后，使付款界面清晰可见，然后激活**生产**模式。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 -msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "如何让顾客保存并再次使用信用卡" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 -msgid "" -"To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " -"a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." -" This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" -"为便于老顾客付款，你可以让其保存并再次使用信用卡。为此，支付令牌会保存在Odoo中。这一选项需调用Ingenico和Authorize.net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 -msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "你可以从收款方配置表中打开这一功能。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 -msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "如何将信用卡刷卡记入借方" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Subscription <https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>`__ allows to " -"bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " -"have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" -"Odoo订阅<https://www.odoo.com/page/subscriptions>允许多次发生的服务计费。因此，你可以自动将顾客的信用卡消费记入借方。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 -msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "这一选项需启用Ingenico 和Authorize.net。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 -msgid "" -"That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " -"subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" -" from the subscription." -msgstr "当顾客订阅服务后，记录一个付款令牌。一旦订阅开出发票，即自动记入借方。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "如何使用其他收款方式（高级）" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " -"acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" -" status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "Odoo能提交单笔付款请求并转到任何收款方。但没有回调，也就是说Odoo不会跟踪交易的状态。因此你收款后需要手动确认订单。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 -msgid "How to:" -msgstr "如何：" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "切换到开发者模式" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 -msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "采用**自定义**付款方法" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " -"acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " -"duplicate." -msgstr "根据收款方的指引设置付款表格（S2S表格模板）。可以从你能复制的*default_acquirer_button *按钮开始设置。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "其他配置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Odoo can also be used for more advanced payment processes like installment " -"plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard" -"/integration-guide/installment_buttons>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo还可用于更多的高级付款过程，如分期付款（例如Paypal 分期付款Paypal Installment Plans " -"<https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-payments-standard）。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Such a customization service is made on-demand by our technical experts " -"based on your own requirements. A business advisor can reach you out for " -"such matter. `Contact us. <https://www.odoo.com/page/contactus>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "如何管理付款的订单" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "收款方授权后，Odoo可立即自动确认订单，触发送货流程。如果发票是基于订购数开具的，则系统还会请求你为此项订购开具发票。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "什么是付款状态" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "任何时候销售员均可检查订单的交易状态。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "*Draft*:正在处理的交易。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "*Pending*:暂时冻结交易，你需要从收款方界面授权。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1014,45 +699,44 @@ msgid "" " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." msgstr "" -"*Authorized*状态表示付款已获授权但尚未被抓取。在Odoo中，订单已经被确认了。送货完成后，即可从收款界面（如你使用Authorize.net，可从Odoo）获取数量。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." -msgstr "*Done*:付款已授权并获取。订单确认完毕。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "*Error*:交易出错。顾客尝试重新付款。订单未完成。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "*Cancelled*:顾客在收款页面取消了付款，返回Odoo以修改订单。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "交易完毕后，顾客被引导到Odoo，获得每个付款状况的消息。如需编辑这些消息，请进入付款方法的*消息*页签下。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "在订单中自动验证发票" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." -msgstr "订单确认后，可以自动开发票。这一全自动的功能专为业务而订制，能直接为订单开具发票。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 msgid "" "If you choose this mode you are requested to select a payment journal in " "order to record payments in your books. This payment is automatically " @@ -1060,325 +744,36 @@ msgid "" "account** if you get paid immediately on your bank account. If you don't you" " can create a specific journal for the payment acquirer (type = Bank). That " "way, you can track online payments in an intermediary account of your books " -"until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " -"payments " -"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." +"until you get paid into your bank account (see " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:63 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" msgstr "" -"如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账户以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票系统连接，支付之后立即进行标记。银行账户收到付款后请选择**银行账户**，如未做选择，可以为收款方创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以跟踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见“如何注册信用卡支付”）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "送货后获得付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "在这种模式下，订单已经确认，但没有显示金额。送货后，可以从Odoo获取付款。仅在Authorize.net环境下支持这种模式。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:71 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "为了获取付款，请从订单中打开交易，然后点击*获取交易*。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 +#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:77 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypayl " -"Business Account " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:18 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:21 -msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to *Products & Services > Website payments*" -" and click *Update* on *Website preferences*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:31 -msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name " -"\"/shop/confirmation\" as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:44 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 -msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:54 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:56 -msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:63 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:65 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:72 -msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:81 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Finally make sure the encoding format of payment messages is correctly set. " -"Go to *PayPal button language encoding*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as *UTF-8*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:98 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:100 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`paypal documentation. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:104 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo上设置" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:107 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "激活" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:113 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "授权认证" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:115 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:119 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -"*Profile > About the business*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:121 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "手续费" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:141 -msgid "" -"..note:: `Traders in the EU " -"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" -"payments/index_en.htm>`__ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " -"with credit cards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:145 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:171 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:173 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:175 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:177 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:183 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "See also" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.html>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"`How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/13.0/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.html>`__" msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1388,89 +783,39 @@ msgid "" "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." msgstr "" -"您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像123一样轻松简单。以前会要求在订单生成后注册用户名、电邮和密码，但现在不同了。的确，买点东西还要填写一堆注册信息太麻烦了。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "注册" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "当顾客想要查看视觉化的配置邮件时，系统显示登录提醒。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "顾客账号" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击*我的账户*进行访问。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." -msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。" +msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "如何电汇付款" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" msgstr "" -"**电汇**是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的**感谢消息**中。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态**报价已发送**（即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" - -#: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "收税" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b579730c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/email_marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../email_marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Email Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Mailing Lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists can be a goldmine for your company’s marketing department as " +"they can provide leads for sales, focus groups for testing new products, and" +" consumers to provide feedback on satisfaction, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Enable " +"the option *Is Public* to make the list visible for users when " +"unsubscribing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Once your mailing list is created, you can manually add contacts clicking on" +" *Create*. *Import* a list of contacts if you have it from a previous tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:23 +msgid "Linking a mailing list to my website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create a mailing list called Newsletter, as you use this strategy to " +"advertise and communicate new ideas to subscribers interested in listening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to your *Website*, add a *Newsletter* block and choose the respective " +"mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` see a list of" +" all contacts under all your mailing lists, and the ones you individually " +"created here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Open a contact form to see or add different mailing lists to which the " +"contact is or will be part of." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/mailing_lists.rst:51 +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`send_emails`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Unsubscriptions and Blacklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It is best practice, and legally required, to allow recipients to " +"unsubscribe from mailing lists as you do not want your audience to think " +"that your company is using any tactics that are dishonest or spammy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable the option " +"*Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user clicks on the *Unsubscribe* link on your email, he is " +"redirected to the following page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After clicking on the unsubscribe button when using the test feature, you " +"are sent to an error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). If you want to be " +"sure the link is working properly, create your mass mail and send it only to" +" a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option of unsubscribing from specific mailing " +"lists, the user can also blacklist himself, meaning that he will not receive" +" *any* more emails from you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Blacklist`, blacklisted email " +"addresses are shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When opening the record, as a *Log note*, a description-history is kept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/manage_unsubscriptions.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Send Emails Marketing and Manage Campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Emails allow you to effectively, and at a low cost, reach a large number of " +"consumers while being able to customize your message in a way that resonates" +" with them. It is measurable, and a call-to-action oriented channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:10 +msgid "Choose the right target and create the message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:12 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Mailings --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Choosing *Contacts* as *Recipients* (for example), allows you to add " +"specifications to match just certain contacts, filtering your target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:21 +msgid "" +"With a trial databases, you have a limit of 50 emails per day; on Odoo SH " +"Cloud Platform the limit is 200. There is a possibility to increase these " +"numbers by contacting Odoo Support. To contact Support, `click here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under *Mail Body*, choose a layout and make the modifications needed by " +"dragging, dropping and double-clicking on content. Note that it is possible " +"to start from scratch selecting the *blank* template option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings*, you can assign someone else as the responsible sender if " +"you do not want it to be you. To do so, change the email address used as the" +" sender (*Send From*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"With the *Reply To* radio button, you can also choose to gather answers " +"either on the respective recipients’ records or on a specific email address." +" Note that this option is not available if you target mailing contacts or " +"contacts as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:45 +msgid "Test, send or schedule a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Save*: the work is allocated in the *draft* column in the Kanban view. " +"Modifications can be made while being in this stage. The option *Discard* " +"deletes the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on *Test* and send your message to one, or even multiple, test " +"contacts to avoid errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Send* triggers the email with the next run and put the work on the *queue* " +"column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Schedule* allows you to choose a date and time, and puts the email in the " +"*queue* column in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The daily limit is applied for **all emails** sent, in other words, " +"throughout all applications. Therefore, if at the end of the day you have " +"remaining ones to be sent, note that they *will not* be sent automatically " +"the next day. You need to force that by opening the email and clicking on " +"*Retry*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:67 +msgid "Manage campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Mailing " +"Campaigns*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The campaign option is effective as it allows you to organize your marketing" +" efforts and have a centralized view of its metrics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:72 +msgid "Go to *Campaign* and click on *Create* to start one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you use the SMS and Social Marketing applications, as well as the Push " +"Notification feature, you see the option to create content for those " +"channels. You also see the *Campaign* menu within those applications. All of" +" this is possible because the applications work integrated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../email_marketing/overview/send_emails.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..994149716 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/events.po @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations.rst:3 +msgid "Integrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:3 +msgid "Communicating about my Event using SMS Text Messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS as a communication strategy for your event establishes interaction" +" between organizers, attendees, speakers and further targets. It allows your" +" message to be heard whether the goal is to send out reminders, teasers or " +"to advertise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:10 +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:9 ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication* SMS is a standard feature. That means nothing needs to" +" be enabled or installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, to contact the speakers of your event, you need the *SMS " +"Marketing* application installed, and to enable *Schedule & Tracks* under " +":menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Schedule & Tracks* feature allows you to manage the agenda and speakers" +" of your event. For more details watch: `Creating an agenda for your event " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/create-an-agenda-for-your-" +"event-717?fullscreen=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:28 +msgid "Send SMSs to attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under *Communication*, the message’s target is the attendees of your event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:32 +msgid "" +"You can choose to confirm each registration with the *Registration* " +"template, and to send a reminder shortly before the event takes place with " +"the *Reminder* template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:38 +msgid "To make changes in an existing template, click on the external link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:45 +msgid "Send SMSs to speakers and further targets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The benefit of the integration with the *SMS Marketing* application is that " +"you can choose the target you would like your message to be delivered to. To" +" get started, click on *Contact Track Speakers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If *Event Track* is not your target (*Recipient*), choose the right one. " +"*Filters* are eligible here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the SMS would be sent to the speakers who are in the " +"stage *Proposal* on *Event Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/integrations/integration_sms.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Credits are required to be able to send SMSs. For more information about " +"Pricing :doc:`click here <../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`, " +"and, about IAP Services :doc:`here " +"<../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:3 +msgid "Create your First Event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:5 +msgid "Some of the reasons why hosting events is essential are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:7 +msgid "To create an engaging experience with your audience;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:8 +msgid "To generate word of mouth about your company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:9 +msgid "To allow networking;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To provide an opportunity for sales representatives to walk their prospects " +"through the product and even their pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:14 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "开始" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under the menu *Events*, have a view of all existing events and some key " +"information, such as the number of expected and confirmed attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To start a new one, click on *Create* and fill in the form with all the " +"needed information. Enable *Website Menu* to have the menus *Introduction*, " +"*Location*, and *Register* being shown on your event’s website page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To personalize these pages, click on *Edit* to open the `website builder " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/website-basics-643?fullscreen=1>`_, and " +"edit content by dragging and dropping blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:40 +msgid "Tab: Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":doc:`Tickets and Online Ticketing <tickets>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Now, under the *Tickets* Tab, add lines to include the different ticket " +"types you offer. Include the price, the start and end dates for " +"registrations, and even the maximum number of tickets that can be sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Reserved Seats* and *Unconfirmed Seat Reservations* are counted as " +"attendees are marked as :doc:`confirmed <track_attendees>` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:55 +msgid "Tab: Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Choose the email and/or SMS message template, as well as the frequency with " +"which you would like to communicate with your attendees under the tab " +"*Communication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Create a template on the fly or choose an existing one. Define the " +"*Interval* (2, 7, 15..) for the *Unit* (days, hours, weeks, etc.), and the " +"*Trigger* action (after registration, after the event, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:68 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Questions*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, under the tab *Questions*, edit your questions and answers, choosing if" +" you would like your questionnaire to be asked per order or per " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Example of a registration for 3 attendees: if enabling the option *Ask each " +"attendee*, the questionnaire is shown 3 times, meaning that answers can vary" +" for each attendee; if *Ask each attendee* is not enabled, the questionnaire" +" is shown once, resulting in a global answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once your event is *Confirmed*, you can manage attendees badges, and mark " +"the event as *Finished*. Events marked as *Finished* can be *Set to draft*, " +"putting the event back to an *Unconfirmed* stage from which it can be edited" +" and used again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:90 +msgid "Publish your event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:92 +msgid "*Go to Website* and turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`track_attendees`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:100 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/create_event.rst:101 +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`track_talks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Selling Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you automate processes, you save time. If you give attendees multiple " +"payment options to choose from, you allow flexibility and open margins for " +"more registrations to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Tickets* and" +" *Online Ticketing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"*Tickets* allow tickets to be sold " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_sales_orders`. *Online Ticketing* allows " +"the sale of tickets to happen " +":ref:`events/create_event/through_the_website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:22 +msgid "Through Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* application, choose the event product you created and add it " +"as a product line. A window pops-up, allowing you to choose the event for " +"which you want to create the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to create a product form for the event registration, under " +"*Product*, in the *Sales* application, and to add that same product under " +"your event’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:43 +msgid "Through the Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:45 +msgid "" +"On the website, once tickets are added to the cart, the user can continue " +"the transaction choosing among the payment methods you chose to have " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/tickets.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:3 +msgid "Track your Attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Attendees are at the heart of your event. Keeping track of their number and " +"managing their registration and attendance is necessary for planning and " +"analyzing reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:9 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered or bought their tickets, they are added to " +"the *Attendees* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The check mark button is used to confirm the registration. Once a " +"registration is confirmed, attendance can be marked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:26 +msgid "Bagdes and cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the attendees form, choose to send badges manually by clicking on *Send " +"By Email*. *Cancel Registration* to have that attendee being moved to the " +"*Cancelled* stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To see a list of your canceled attendees, under *Filters*, add a *Custom " +"Filter* choosing *Status > is > Cancelled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_attendees.rst:44 +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`../integrations/integration_sms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and Manage Talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allow partners to submit talk proposals so they can share their knowledge " +"and expertise. Good speakers and talks are what make your event great." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Schedule & Tracks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Now, in your event's form, once *Website menu* is enabled, the options " +"*Tracks on Website* and *Track Proposals on Website* become available. " +"Enabling them adds the menus *Talks*, *Talk Proposals*, and *Agenda* to your" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Besides having the ability to suggest their own talks, the website now " +"allows users to see a list of the whole agenda and scheduled talks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To handle tracks internally and not have the menus *Talks*, *Talk " +"Proposals*, and *Agenda* online, use the menu *Tracks* individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:32 +msgid "Publishing speaker proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once partners have filled in the appropriate form and submitted their " +"proposals, a new *Proposal* is instantly created under the menu *Track*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../events/overview/track_talks.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the proposal is accepted and can go online, simply open its form and " +"click on *Go to Website*. From the website page, turn *Published* on." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1163bad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/expense.po @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:5 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:8 +msgid "How to set expense types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " +"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " +"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " +"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " +"real cost per expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:17 +msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:19 +msgid "Restaurant:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:21 ../../expense/expense.rst:27 +msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:22 +msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:24 +msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:25 +msgid "Hotel:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:29 +msgid "Others:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:31 +msgid "Cost: 0.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " +"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " +"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" +" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " +"usually the expected behaviour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " +"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " +"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:48 +msgid "How to record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:51 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " +"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " +"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " +"hotel nights)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:62 +msgid "Enter the expense date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " +"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " +"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " +"the accountant validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:73 +msgid "In one click from emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " +"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " +"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " +"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " +"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " +"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:88 +msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:90 +msgid "" +"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " +"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " +"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" +" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " +"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " +"on the form view of an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:103 +msgid "" +"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " +"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:108 +msgid "How to approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:110 +msgid "" +"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" +" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " +"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:117 +msgid "" +"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " +"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:123 +msgid "" +"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " +"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " +"employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:131 +msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" +" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " +"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" +" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:139 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:140 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" +" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " +"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" +" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " +"is using Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:150 +msgid "How to reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:152 +msgid "" +"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " +":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " +"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:156 +msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:163 +msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" +" customers automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:169 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:171 +msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " +"your Expense types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " +"quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:182 +msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:184 +msgid "" +"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:191 +msgid "Create an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:193 +msgid "" +"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " +"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " +"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:198 +msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:204 +msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:206 +msgid "" +"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" +" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" +" are already able to set one when submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:213 +msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:216 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " +"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../expense/expense.rst:226 +msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f18fb9ab --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/fsm.po @@ -0,0 +1,386 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../fsm.rst:5 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 +msgid "Plan Onsite Interventions from Helpdesk Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Helpdesk application lets your helpdesk team manage" +" interventions requests directly. It speeds up processes as you can plan " +"field services tasks from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:8 +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:9 +msgid "Enable the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams --> " +"Edit` and enable :menuselection:`Onsite Interventions --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Now once your helpdesk team needs, they have the option to *Plan " +"Intervention* from tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing Time and Material to Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Track the exact time spent on a task and give customers the ability to sign " +"their worksheet report onsite. Invoice customers as soon as the work is " +"complete, leaving you, and the customer, with the confidence that they will " +"be charged for the exact right hours and material used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:9 +msgid "Get the exact time spent on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to launch the timer. You can *Pause* at any moment and " +"*Resume* when you would like to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click on *Stop* once the work is done to confirm the total time spent and " +"add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:24 +msgid "Sign and send reports & validate stock-picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Now, fill your *Worksheet* and add the used products clicking on *Products*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* if you need to record additional time for the same " +"activity. The time recorded will be added to the already created and signed " +"worksheet. Then, create a new invoice for the time added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Mark as done* to close the task and to invoice your intervention. It also " +"validates the stock-picking keeping your inventory up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Sign Report* generates a detailed worksheet report for the customer to " +"sign. Send it through email clicking on *Send Report*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:41 +msgid "Invoice your time and material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`All Tasks --> To Invoice`, find a list of all tasks " +"marked as done but that have not been invoiced. Convenient feature as it " +"allows accountants to easily access all finished tasks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Invoice all tasks at once selecting them all and going to " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/advanced/feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:3 +msgid "Keeping Track of Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the Inventory application makes possible to track the " +"material used and automatically keep your stock up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:8 +msgid "Set up your Field Service project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Projects` and make" +" sure the option *Products on Tasks* is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/keep_track.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, add the materials used in the intervention to the worksheet, and once " +"the task is *Marked as done*, the stock-picking is automatically validated " +"and the inventory evaluation is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your Employees’ Schedules and Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:4 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* application allows you to quickly see " +"your employees’ availabilities. It will avoid conflicts and errors between " +"employees schedules and interventions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:8 +msgid "Effortlessly see employees’ time off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:9 +msgid "" +"No configuration needs to be done. Once the employees’ time has been " +"validated in the *Time off* application, cells will be grayed for those days" +" in your Gantt view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:13 +msgid "" +"It also adapts to the working calendar of the employee. Example: the " +"employee works part-time (from Monday to Wednesday). So, Thursday and Friday" +" will also be greyed, in addition to the weekends." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:20 +msgid "Easily manage employees’ schedules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the Gantt view (under *Planning by User, Project or Worksheet*), click " +"on the plus sign to add a new task or on the magnifying glass to plan an " +"existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:29 +msgid "Unassigned tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you need to plan an intervention but you do not know yet who will take " +"care of it, you can leave the task unassigned. It will still be shown in the" +" Gantt view. Simply drag and drop the responsible person he can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Create projects per team, or per working site, and have a more accurate and " +"dynamic database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/manage_employees_schedule.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../../project/overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:3 +msgid "Planning an Itinerary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having an itinerary being shown based on the chronological order of the " +"activities and on the best route to take, makes employees’ life easier and " +"the workload more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:9 +msgid "Have an itinerary displayed directly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:10 +msgid "Go to *Settings* and under *Map view* click on *Get token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Start mapping for free --> fill the Username, email" +" and password fields --> agree with their Terms of Service and Privacy " +"Policy --> Get started`. You will be redirected to your account. Scrolling " +"the page down you will find *Access tokens*. Copy the *Default public " +"token*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:24 +msgid "Back in Odoo, paste it on :menuselection:`Token --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, your maps will show the itinerary based on the scheduled time and best " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/overview/planning_itinerary.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This is an optional feature, as you can still have access to a map view " +"without a Mapbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales.rst:3 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:3 +msgid "Create Quotations from Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Allowing quotations to be created from tasks delivers a more efficient " +"service as it allows space for preventive actions, while making the flow " +"easy for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:9 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and enable the option *Extra Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Second, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Projects` and enable *Extra " +"Quotations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/create_quotations.rst:23 +msgid "You can now create *New Quotations* directly from your tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Create Onsite Interventions Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +msgid "" +"By allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions tasks will create a" +" seamless experience for your customers. It also allows them to first " +"receive a quotation with the materials that will be used plus the service " +"price to be approved before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Create` or edit an existing " +"one. Select: under :menuselection:`General Information --> Product Type: " +"Service`; under :menuselection:`Sales --> Service Invoicing Policy: " +"Timesheet on task --> Service Tracking: Create a task in an existing project" +" --> Project --> Worksheet Template --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have *Confirmed* a *quotation*, a task will be created in the " +"respective project you have chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"One of the greatest benefits here is that you can have different *Worksheets" +" Templates* under the same project and product, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:3 +msgid "Customize Worksheet Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Personalizing your customer reports, also called *worksheets*, allows you to" +" have different descriptions of the work for each type of intervention. It " +"speeds up the flow for your employees while giving customers a detailed " +"summary, which can be reviewed and signed onsite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration` and enable " +":menuselection:`Worksheet Templates --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:18 +msgid "Designing worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Worksheet Templates`, click on " +"*Create* and start to *Design Worksheet Template*. You will be redirected to" +" the *Studio* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:27 +msgid "" +"With the freedom of *Studio*, drag and drop fields to create a report " +"tailored to your needs. Once you are done, click on *Close* and get an " +"overview of the work done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Worksheets* is where you can see how many times the worksheet has been " +"used/completed under a task. *Analysis* examines all the worksheets under " +"that given template and generates a graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../fsm/worksheets/customize_worksheets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/studio-" +"basics-710?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b2b3a4767..c5252ad15 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,20 +4,26 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2019 -# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2020 +# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2020 +# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,17 +37,17 @@ msgstr "一般" #: ../../general/auth.rst:3 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "身份验证" +msgstr "鉴权" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:3 msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OAuth" #: ../../general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" "Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " "Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "因Azure云平台OAuth鉴权接口实现中的特殊需求，微软Azure云OAuth身份认证当前与Odoo不兼容" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" @@ -49,45 +55,47 @@ msgstr "如何允许用户用Google账号登录" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to " -"`https://console.developers.google.com/ " +"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " +"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." +msgstr "" +"连接到你的Google账号并前往`Google API Dashboard " "<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." -msgstr "连接到你的Google账户并点击" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." msgstr "点击**创建项目**并输入项目名称和其他信息" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:16 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" msgstr "点击*使用Google API*" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:21 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "在左侧菜单中选择子菜单**证书**（见**API管理器**），然后选择*OAuth同意窗口*。" +msgstr "" +"在左侧菜单的**API Manager**项中，选择下级菜单**Credentials**，然后选择**OAuth consent screen**" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." msgstr "找到你的地址、电邮和产品名（如odoo）并保存。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." -msgstr "再点击**添加证书**，然后选择第二个选项（OAuth 2.0 客户端ID）。" +msgstr "然后点击**Add Credentials** 并选择第二个选项(OAuth 2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:39 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "勾选在**Web应用**中设定的应用类型，然后配置要转入哪些页面。" +msgstr "确认应用类型设置已设置为 **Web Application**. 然后开始配置允许重定向的页面." -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:41 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " @@ -95,49 +103,177 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "先要填写**授权的转向URL地址**。复制并粘贴以下链接http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中,然后点击**创建**。" -#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 +#: ../../general/auth/google.rst:49 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码）。将前者插入**通用设置**中。" +msgstr "完成后您将收到两个信息（您的客户ID和客户密钥）.在**General Settings**项中填入您的客户ID" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" +"可以在Google电子表格中创建常用的仪表盘，并通过电子表格的公式直接从Odoo中检索数据. " +"您可以用它来创建销售佣金计划，预算，项目预测等等。公式使用Python语言开发，但不必具备编程技巧。" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." +" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " +"available." +msgstr "" +"在*General Settings*选项中激活*Google Drive* 和 *Google Spreadsheet*. " +"选项*Authorization Code* 和 *Get Authorization Code* 即可用" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " +"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " +"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "创建一个新的电子表格" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "通过此新文件配置您的数据库" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " +"data and retrieve grouped sums." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "检索数据" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "获取分组求和结果" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何允许用户通过LDAP账户登录" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在通用设置中安装LDAP模块" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:7 msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**创建**并设置你的LDAP服务器。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:15 msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择将要使用LDAP的公司" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:20 msgid "" "In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " "it listens to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**服务器信息**中，输入您服务器的IP地址及其监听的端口" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:22 msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您的服务器兼容，勾选**User TLS**" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:27 msgid "" "In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" " the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**登录信息**中，输入用于查询服务器的帐户ID和密码。如果留空，服务器将匿名查询。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:32 msgid "" "In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " "nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**处理参数**中，在LDAP命名规则中输入你的LDAP服务器域名（例如，``dc=example,dc=com``）。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:34 msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" @@ -147,7 +283,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " "User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**用户信息**中，如果你希望Odoo在第一次使用LDAP登录时创建用户配置文件，请勾选*创建用户*。" #: ../../general/auth/ldap.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -161,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr "数据导入" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "如何采用导入模板" +msgstr "如何适配导入模板" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -170,8 +306,6 @@ msgid "" "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." msgstr "" -"导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" @@ -181,13 +315,13 @@ msgstr "如何自定义文件" msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -204,7 +338,7 @@ msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的 #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "为什么要用ID行" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -230,7 +364,7 @@ msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "如何导入关系字段" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -239,7 +373,6 @@ msgid "" "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -269,7 +402,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "打开你想要移植的对象并点击**导入**。" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -278,19 +411,19 @@ msgid "" "already done." msgstr "系统提供了模板，你可以轻松移植你自己的数据。只需点击一次即可导入这些模板。数据映射已经完成。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:21 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "如何使用模板" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的数据结构。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "建议不要删除**ID** 1（原因见下节）" +msgstr "建议不要删除 **ID** （原因见下节）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:30 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -298,17 +431,17 @@ msgid "" "corresponding field." msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:43 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "如何从其他应用程序中导入" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -320,18 +453,18 @@ msgstr "" "为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的**XXX/ID**" " (XXX/外部 ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:53 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID**初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:59 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -343,18 +476,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Odoo试图基于文件的前10行找到文件内部各行的区域类型。例如，有一个只包含数字的行，只有**整数**类型的区域才显示供你选择。尽管这种方式可能在多数情况下都很合适，但也有可能出错，或者你希望将这些行映射到默认没有规划的区域中。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:70 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:78 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -363,32 +496,31 @@ msgid "" "difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " "the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." msgstr "" +"Odoo可自动检测特定列是否为日期，并且它还将从一组最常用的日期格式中猜测使用的日期格式。尽管这一过程可用于很多日期格式，但某些日期格式却无法识别。月和日倒置可能引起混淆；对于“01-03-2016”这样的格式，我们很难判断哪部分代表月份，哪部分代表日。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." msgstr "" -"要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的**选项**中点击**日期格式**。如果格式错误，你可以用*ISO " -"8601*修正格式。" +"要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的 **选项** 中点击 **日期格式** 。如果格式错误，你可以用 *ISO " +"8601* 修正格式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." msgstr "" -"如你导入一个Excel(.xls, " -".xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:96 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" -msgstr "我可以输入带有货币符号的号码(例如:$32.00)吗?" +msgstr "我可以导入带有货币符号的数字(如:$32.00)吗?" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -397,178 +529,180 @@ msgid "" "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." msgstr "" -"是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在**选项**中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" +"是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在 **选项** " +"中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）：" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:106 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "32,000.00" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "不合要求的例子：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr " ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:116 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:119 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." msgstr "" -"默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:125 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:130 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" -msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 msgid "" -"If you edit and save CSV files in speadsheet applications, your computer's " +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " -"modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " -"filter settings' > Save)." +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -"如果在电子表格应用中编辑和保存CSV文件，你电脑的地区设置会应用分隔符。我们建立你使用OpenOffice或LibreOfice " -"Calc，因此这些软件支持你修改全部三个选项（位于保存为会话框>勾选’编辑过滤器设置’>保存）。" +"如果你在电子表格应用程序中编辑和保存CSV文件，分隔符将应用你的计算机的地区设置。我们建议你使用OpenOffice或LibreOffice " +"Calc，因为它们允许修改全部三个选项（ :menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 勾选'编辑筛选设置' --> 保存`）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " -"'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "Microsoft Excel仅在保存为会话框->点击工具下拉列表->编码时允许修改编码方式。" +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" +"微软Excel在保存时只允许修改编码（ :menuselection:`'另存为'对话框 --> 点击'工具'下拉列表--> 编码选项卡`）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "数据库ID和外部ID的差别是什么？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" " want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " -"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." msgstr "" -"有些字段用于定义与其他对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”这个对象的记录相链接。当你导入这些字段时，Odoo会在不同的记录中重新创建链接。Odoo提供了三种机制供你导入这些字段。每次导入一个字段时只能使用一种机制。" +"某些字段定义了与另一个对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”对象记录关联。如果你想导入这样的字段，Odoo必须重新创建不同记录之间的关联。为帮助你导入这样的字段，Odoo提供了三种机制。你必须在每个要导入的字段中使用且仅使用一种机制。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:148 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" msgstr "例如，在引用一个联系人的国别时，Odoo提供了三种不同的字段供你导入：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:138 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" -msgstr "国家/数据库ID：某记录的唯一Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中的任意一种导入：" +msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中之一进行导入：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "国家: 比利时" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:158 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "国家/外部 ID: base.be" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" -msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引：" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:164 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." msgstr "使用国家：如果手动创建了CSV文件，则这是最快捷的导入方式。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " "Database ID)" msgstr "" -"使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个重名的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" +"使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个相同的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:169 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." msgstr "使用国家/外部ID：从第三方应用中导入数据时，需要使用外部ID。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -578,23 +712,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "使用外部ID时，可利用带\\”外部ID\\”的行导入CSV文件，定义你导入的每条记录的外部ID号，然后引用类似\"字段/外部ID\\”的记录。以下两个CSV文件是产品及目录的例子。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:176 msgid "" -"`CSV file for categories " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "目录的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +msgstr "" +":download:`类别的CSV文件 " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Products " -"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "产品的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +msgstr "" +":download:`产品的CSV文件 " +"<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:183 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "如果我有多对一的字段怎么做？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -604,91 +742,93 @@ msgid "" "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." msgstr "" -"例如，你有两个带子名称的产品目录，\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " -"Products/Sellable\"),你的确认被暂停了，但你仍然可以导入数据。不过我们建议你不要导入这些数据，因为它们可能都与产品目录列表 " -"(\"Misc. Products/Sellable\")中的第一个“可销售”目录相链接。我们建议你修改一个副本值或产品目录的层级。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:191 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." -msgstr "不过，如果你不想更改产品目录的配置，我们建议你在“目录”字段使用外部ID。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:195 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" -msgstr "如何导入多对多的关系字段（如一个顾客有多个tag）" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." msgstr "" -"这些tag可以用逗号分隔（中间无空格）。例如，如你想把顾客同时与“制造商”和“零售商”tag相链接，可以在CSV文件的同一行中编码\"Manufacturer,Retailer\"。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" -"`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "制造商和零售商的CSV文档" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:205 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" msgstr "如何导入一对多的关系（例如多个订单行对应一个销售订单）？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " "line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " -"Any additional lines will need an addtional row that does not have any " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " -"purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " -"you can import, based on demo data." +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -"如你希望导入有多个订单行的销售订单，则每个订单行都需要在CSV文件中保留一个特定的列。第一个订单行可被导入到与订单信息相关的同一列中。每添加一行，都需要向与订单相关的空信息字段中增加相应的行。例如可以基于demo数据导入一些引用的purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV文件。" +"如果你先导入包含多个订单行的销售订单；你需要在CSV文件中为每个订单行保留一个特定行。第一个订单行将按相对于订单的信息在同一行导入。所有其他订单行都需要一个额外的行，它在字段中没有相对于的订单的任何信息。例如，你可以根据演示数据导入某些报价的``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV``文件。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:214 msgid "" -"`File for some Quotations " -"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "一些引用的文件" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +msgstr "" +":download:`某些报价的文件 " +"<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" msgstr "以下CSV文档显示如何用各自的采购订单行导入订单：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:220 msgid "" -"`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "带不同采购行的采购订单" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +msgstr "" +":download:`采购订单及各自的订单行 " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" -msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人：" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 msgid "" -"`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "顾客和其各自的联系人" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +msgstr "" +":download:`客户及各自的联系人 " +"<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:229 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录吗？" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:231 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " @@ -697,20 +837,18 @@ msgid "" "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -"如你导入了一个包含\"外部 ID\"或\"数据库 " -"ID\\行的文件，已经导入的记录就会被修改而不是新创建记录。这是非常有用的，因为它允许你在两次导入之间多次导入同一个CSV文件。Odoo还支持对任一记录的创建或修改（视新旧而定）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:236 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "如果没有为特别字段赋值会有什么后果？" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:242 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -719,75 +857,70 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果没有在CSV文件中设定全部字段，Odoo会向未定义的字段分配默认值。但是如果你在CSV文件中设置了空值，Odoo会在该字段设置EMPTY值，不再分配默认的值。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:247 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:249 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." msgstr "" -"如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接。）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:253 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" " of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " -"accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -"可以使用Odoo的\"外部ID\"功能管理不同表单之间的关系。\"外部ID\"是其他应用中该记录的唯一标识符。这一\"外部ID\"对全部对象的任一记录都必须是独一无二的，因此非常适合用这一应用或表单的名称为\"外部ID\"打前缀。（如'company_1'," -" 'person_1'，而不是'1'）。" +"如要管理表单之间的关系，你可使用Odoo的“外部ID”工具。一条记录的“外部ID”是指这条记录在其他应用程序中的唯一标识符。“外部ID”必须在所有对象的所有记录中具备唯一性，因此在“外部ID”前面加上应用程序或表单名称是很好的习惯。（如“company_1'”或“person_1”，而不仅仅只有“1”）" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:259 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." -" (If you want to test this example, here is a <a " -"href=\"/base_import/static/csv/database_import_test.sql\">dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database</a>)" +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <../../_static/example_files/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -"例如，假设你有一个带两个表单的SQL数据库需要导入公司和个人，而每个人都属于一个公司，因此你需要在个人和其服务的公司之间重新创建链接。测试方法如下" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:264 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入以下命令：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 -msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "SQL命令将创建以下CSV文档：" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:270 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:279 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接到对应的公司：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 -msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "将产生以下CSV文档：：" +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:285 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "它将生成以下CSV文件：" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:295 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" " between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" -" who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -"你可以看到Fabien和Laurece都是Bigees公司（company_1）的员工，Eric为Organi公司服务。个人和公司间的关系用公司的外部ID表示。我们只能用表单名称做为\"外部" -" ID\"的前缀，而避免个人ID和公司ID的冲突（person_1 和 company_1在原始数据库中共用ID 1。）" +"从本文件可以看出，Fabien和Laurence在Bigees公司工作（company_1），Eric在Organi公司工作。人员与公司的关系通过公司的外部ID来确定。我们必须将表单名称作为“外部ID”的前缀，以免人员与公司的ID之间出现冲突（person_1和company_1在原始数据库中的ID都是1）。" -#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 +#: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:301 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -796,6 +929,79 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后，有4个联系人、3个公司（前两个联系人服务于同一公司）。你必须首先导入公司，然后导入人员。" +#: ../../general/developer_mode.rst:3 +msgid "Developer Mode" +msgstr "开发者模式" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" +msgstr "启用开发人员（调试）模式" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." +msgstr "开发人员或调试模式允许你访问额外和高级工具。" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 +msgid "Through the Settings application" +msgstr "通过设置应用程序" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 启用开发人员模式`。" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" +" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " +"available." +msgstr "在启用开发人员模式之后，*停用开发人员模式*选项也就可用了。" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 +msgid "Through a browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " +"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " +"toolbar." +msgstr "前往Web浏览器的设置和扩展，并搜索*Odoo Debug*。 一旦安装了扩展，将在工具栏上显示一个新图标。" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 +msgid "Through the URL" +msgstr "通过URL" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 +msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." +msgstr "在URL中，在*web*后添加``?debug=1``或``?debug=true``。" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 +msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 +msgid "Locate the mode tools" +msgstr "找到模式工具" + +#: ../../general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " +"button, located on the header of your pages." +msgstr "开发人员模式工具可从位于页面标题的*打开开发人员工具*按钮访问。" + #: ../../general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 msgid "In-App Purchase" msgstr "" @@ -804,100 +1010,319 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:4 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" " instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用内购买(IAP)提供了通过Odoo获得额外服务的通路。例如，它可以让我直接从数据库发短信或邮寄发票。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:7 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 msgid "Buying Credits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "购买信用" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:8 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " -"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to *Settings> " -"Odoo IAP > View my Services*." +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " "from free credits to test our IAP features." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我使用Odoo Online (SAAS)并有企业版，我可以获得免费信用，用于测试IAP功能。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:16 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 msgid "IAP accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IAP账户" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:17 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " -"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones by going to *Settings app " -"> Activate the Developer Mode > Technical Settings > IAP Accoun*." +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" +"使用IAP服务的信用存储在IAP账户内，每项服务和数据库都有特定的IAP账户。默认情况下，所有公司都有IAP账户，但也可限制为特定公司。启用 " +":doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，然后前往 " +":menuselection:`技术设置 --> IAP账户`。" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:24 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " -"from *Settings app > Odoo IAP > View my Services*. From there, I can view my" -" current balance, recharge my credits, review my consumption and set a " -"reminder to when credits are low." +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:30 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在信用降低后收到通知" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:31 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " -"Portal through *Settings app> Odoo IAP > View my Services*, unfold a service" -" and mark the Receive threshold warning option. Then, I’ll provide a minimum" -" amount of credits and email addresses. Now, every time that the limit is " -"reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to by email!" +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" msgstr "" +"如要在需要充值时收到通知，通过 :menuselection:`设置应用程序 --> Odoo IAP --> " +"查看我的服务`进入我的IAP门户，展开服务并标记接收阈值警告选项。然后，我将填写信用的最低金额和电子邮件地址。现在，一旦信用达到规定限值，系统会自动向我发送电子邮件提醒！" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 msgid "IAP services available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可用的IAP服务" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:39 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:41 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " "(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:43 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 msgid "Offering my own services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供我自己的服务" -#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:47 +#: ../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " "find more information at: `In-App Purchase " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/webservices/iap.html>`_" +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" +msgstr "" +"我非常欢迎通过Odoo应用程序提供我自己的IAP服务！这是通过持续服务，而不是单一初次购买获得经常性收入的机会。请在此了解更多信息：`应用内购买 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/iap.html>`_" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies.rst:3 +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:124 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "多公司" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"to choose a *Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them " +"by the browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels." +" JPG, PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company and its child companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:51 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<../odoo_basics/add_user>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:66 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:73 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:83 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/default_taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../accounting/fiscality/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " +"<../../accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +msgid "" +":doc:`Warehouses <../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:106 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:113 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:117 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:126 +msgid "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:132 +msgid "" +"`Multi-company Guidelines " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 @@ -905,80 +1330,194 @@ msgid "Basics" msgstr "基础" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:3 -msgid "How to add a user" -msgstr "如何添加用户账号" +msgid "Add Users and Manage Access Rights" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " -"point." -msgstr "Odoo支持你随时选择添加额外的用户。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 -msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "添加个人用户" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the Settings module, go to the submenu :menuselection:`Users --> Users`" -" and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " -"professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" -" and a picture." +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -"从设置模块中选择子菜单：menuselection: " -"用户->用户，点击**重新创建**。首先将新用户的名称添加到专业邮箱地址，即用户用于登录到Odoo实例和图片中的地址。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:12 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:14 msgid "" -"Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " -"and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "在访问权限下选择为你的用户选择可以访问的应用。因App的关系会提供不同的权限。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " -"invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" -" on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "完成页面编辑并点击**保存**后，会自动向用户发送邀请邮件。用户必须点击接受邀请后创建一个登录。" - -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " -"Refer to our `*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`__ for more " -"information." +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " +"Rights <general/odoo_basics/add_user/access_rights>` choose the group within" +" each application the user can have access to." msgstr "" -"请记住：每多出一个新用户都会增加你的订阅费用。详情请参阅：`*Pricing page* <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:24 msgid "" -"You can also add a new user on the fly from your dashboard. From the above " -"screenshot, enter the email address of the user you would like to add and " -"click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" -" to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " -"under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." msgstr "" -"也可在系统运行时从仪表板添加新用户。在上面的截屏中输入你想添加的用户邮箱地址，点击**邀请**。用户将收到一封含有密码设置链接的邀请邮件。接着可以进入" -" :menuselection:`设置->用户菜单，然后定义其访问权限。" -#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:30 msgid "" -"`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" -"users>`_" -msgstr "禁止用户<../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-users>`" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:42 +msgid "" +"With the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:57 +msgid "Access Rights in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:63 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "群组" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:68 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " +"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " +"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:76 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:96 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:99 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:100 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:101 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:102 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:112 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to `this " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/howtos/company.html>`_ " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:140 +msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:141 +msgid ":doc:`../../db_management/documentation`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../db_管理/文档`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "使用简体中文语言管理操作Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "Odoo可提供多种语言的管理选项，每个用户都可以设置自己的语言。" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "加载你需要的语言" +msgstr "" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -991,7 +1530,8 @@ msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择 :menuselection:`翻译->加载翻译，选择一种语言并点击**加载**安装。" +msgstr "" +"在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择 :menuselection:`翻译 --> 加载翻译`，选择一种语言并点击 **加载** 安装。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1013,7 +1553,7 @@ msgstr "在屏幕右上方的下拉菜单中更改已安装的语言，选择** msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" -msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击**保存**。" +msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." @@ -1038,13 +1578,1086 @@ msgid "" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" -"要为不同的用户更改语言，请在“设置”应用中选择 :menuselection:`用户-> " -"用户，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的**编辑**。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击**保存**。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 +msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 +msgid "Payment Acquirers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "授权.Net" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " +"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " +"cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 +msgid "" +"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " +"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " +"process your customer's payment after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "Authorize.Net account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " +"<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "API Login ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 +msgid "Transaction Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 +msgid "Signature Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " +"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " +"**Signature Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " +"<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" +"Guide>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " +"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " +"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " +"<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "授权认证" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " +"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " +"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " +"option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " +"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " +"database, rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 +msgid "Payment Flow" +msgstr "立即支付" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " +"**Configuration** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " +"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " +"Authorize.net account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" +" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " +"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Receipt URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 +msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" +" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" +" charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " +"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " +"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " +"interfaces, not from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 +msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 +msgid ":doc:`../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 +msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " +"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " +"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " +"accept **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" +" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " +"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" +" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " +"credentials for the payment acquirer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " +"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" +"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 +msgid "Bank Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" +msgstr "SEPA 直接借记" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " +"<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more " +"information about this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 +msgid "Online Payment Providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" +msgstr "重定向跳转至所请求的网站" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Payment from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Save Cards" +msgstr "保存卡" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 +msgid "Capture Amount Manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "✔" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "牛仔" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 +msgid "PayUMoney" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " +"Accounts <../../accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is **not** " +"the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment Acquirers " +"allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and configured on" +" your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting " +"control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " +"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " +"<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 +msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" +msgstr "填加一个新的付款收单方" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " +"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " +"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 +msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 +msgid "" +"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " +"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " +"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " +"recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " +"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" +" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " +"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " +"the customer's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " +"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " +"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " +"website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "国家" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " +"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " +"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" +" them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 +msgid "Messages tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" +" failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," +" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " +"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" +" to your *Bank Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 +msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 +msgid "Bank Journal" +msgstr "银行日记账" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 +msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " +"*Post At Payment Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " +"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " +"Online Payment Provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 +msgid "Current Asset Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 +msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 +msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " +"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " +"modify them if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 +msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 +msgid ":doc:`paypal`" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your Paypal account" +msgstr "配置你的Paypal账户" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " +"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " +"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " +"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +msgstr "" +"Paypal在世界各地都可以用，而且非常受欢迎。它不收取任何订阅费，创建帐户也非常容易。因此我们大力推荐Odoo新手使用Paypal。它就像我们无缝流程的一部分，将客户带到Paypal网站完成支付。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 +msgid "Paypal account" +msgstr "Paypal账户" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " +"Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " +"applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_" +" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " +"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " +"configuration steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 +msgid "Settings in Paypal" +msgstr "Paypal中的设置" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " +"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " +"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +msgstr "登录并打开设置。前往 :menuselection:`产品和服务 --> 网站支付`并点击**网站偏好**上的**更新**。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " +"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " +"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " +"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +msgstr "" +"*自动返回*在客户完成支付后将其自动重新跳转返回Odoo。勾选*自动返回*并输入你的域名和后缀``/shop/confirmation``作为*返回URL*（例如，``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``）。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 +msgid "" +"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " +"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "这个URL在Paypal中要求，但在实际中并不使用，Odoo在每笔事务中都会传输。如你管理多个销售渠道或Odoo数据库，请勿担心。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "支付数据传输(PDT)" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" +" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " +"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " +"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 +msgid "Paypal Account Optional" +msgstr "Paypal账户可选项" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +msgid "" +"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " +"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " +"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 +msgid "" +"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " +"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " +"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" +" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " +"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " +"*Instant Payment Notification*." +msgstr "如要启用IPN，返回*网站支付*菜单并在*即时付款通知*中点击*更新*。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " +"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "支付信息格式" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " +"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " +"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +msgstr "如果你为客户名称、地址等使用重音字符（或基本拉丁字符以外的任何其他字符）。你必须配置Odoo发送给Paypal的支付请求的编码格式。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 +msgid "" +"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "如不配置此项设置，某些交易可能在无通知的情况下失败。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "To do so, open:" +msgstr "如要进行此项操作，打开：" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" +msgstr "" +"`本页用于生产账户 <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-" +"language-encoding>`__" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " +"**UTF-8**." +msgstr "然后点击 *更多选项* ，将两个默认的编码格式设为 **UTF-8** 。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 +msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" +msgstr "你的Paypal账户已就绪！" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" +" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." +msgstr "如果你允许客户在不创建Paypal账户情况下进行支付，必须打开*Paypal账户可选项*。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" +"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" +"website-payments-ewp>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "启用" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " +"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." +msgstr "从销售、账单和电子商务应用程序的配置栏或从*支付收单机构*配置菜单激活*Paypal*。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" +msgstr "Odoo需要三种Paypal凭证：" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 +msgid "" +"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " +":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 +msgid "" +"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" +" here above." +msgstr "如前所述，*Paypal PDT令牌*位于*网站支付*配置中。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 +msgid "Transaction fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 +msgid "" +"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " +"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " +"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." +msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " +"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`__ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" +"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " +"paying with credit cards." +msgstr "" +"`欧盟贸易商 <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/ index_en.htm>`_不允许因使用信用卡支付而收取额外费用。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 +msgid "Go live!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" +" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " +"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " +"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 +msgid "" +"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " +"accounts." +msgstr "你可利用Paypal沙箱账户，在Odoo中测试整个支付流程。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " +"your Paypal credentials." +msgstr "用你的Paypal凭据登录`Paypal开发人员站点 <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 +msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "这将创建两个沙箱账户：" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " +"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " +"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " +"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" +msgstr "如何电汇付款" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " +"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " +"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " +"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" +msgstr "" +"**电汇**是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 +msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " +"method." +msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的 **感谢电邮** 中。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " +"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " +"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." +msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态 **报价已发送** （即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 +msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" + +#: ../../general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " +"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " +"or duplicate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags.rst:3 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "标签" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Take Advantage of Tags" +msgstr "利用标签" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tags work like keywords or labels that will help you to categorize your " +"work, as well as make objectives and goals clearer and available for " +"everyone instantly. They are also a useful source of filtering, helping you " +"to boost productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:11 +msgid "Where can I use and how do I create tags?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Tags can be used in numerous applications going from *CRM*, *Project*, " +"*Contacts*, *Marketing Automation*, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On *CRM* for instance, under :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags`" +" you can create new or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can also create them on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Choose specific colors for each tag to help identify them, or *Hide in " +"Kanban*, simply by clicking on the tag once it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:38 +msgid "Remove tags from a task or from the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the *x* to delete a tag from a specific task or contact. To delete " +"it from your database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Tags " +"--> Action --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:48 +msgid "Use tags as a parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:50 +msgid "" +"On the *Marketing Automation* application, for example, you can re-use tags " +"as a parameter to specify a niche of records for your campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:59 +msgid "Use tags for reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../general/tags/take_tags.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To get the information you need in an organized format and for a specific " +"purpose, you can also add tags." +msgstr "" + #: ../../general/unsplash.rst:3 msgid "Unsplash" msgstr "Unsplash" @@ -1059,10 +2672,12 @@ msgid "" " this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" " Unsplash key in a transparent way." msgstr "" +"**作为SaaS用户**，你可以直接使用Unsplash。你无需按照本指南来设置Unsplash信息，因为你将以透明的方式使用我们自己的Odoo " +"Unsplash密钥。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为**非Saas**用户生成Unsplash访问密钥" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." @@ -1091,22 +2706,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" " to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你将被重定向到你的应用程序详细信息页面。向下滚动并找到你的**访问密钥**。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 msgid "" "**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " "Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " "50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**作为非SaaS用户**，你将无法注册生产Unsplash密钥，仅限于使用测试密钥，它每小时只能发送50个Unsplash请求。" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何生成Unsplash应用程序ID" #: ../../general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index ed382e15c..991abde60 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,18 +23,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:5 msgid "Basics of the QuickStart Methodology" -msgstr "快速入门方法的基础知识" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:7 msgid "" "This document summarizes Odoo Online's services, our Success Pack " "implementation methodology, and best practices to get started with our " "product." -msgstr "本文档总结了 Odoo Online 的服务、我们的成功包实施方法以及开始使用我们产品的最佳做法。" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:12 -msgid "1. The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" -msgstr "1. SPoC（[单一联络点]）和顾问" +msgid "The SPoC (*Single Point of Contact*) and the Consultant" +msgstr "SPoC（*单点联系人*）和技术顾问" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgid "" "and maintain on both sides (your side and ours) **one and only single person" " of contact** who will take charge and assume responsibilities regarding the" " project. He also has to have **the authority** in terms of decision making." -msgstr "在您的项目范围内，强烈建议指定和维护双方（您和我们）[唯一的联系人]谁将负责并承担项目责任。在决策方面，他还必须拥有[权力]。" +msgstr "在您的项目范围内，强烈建议指定和维护双方（您和我们）**唯一的联系人** 谁将负责并承担项目责任。在决策方面，他还必须拥有 *权力* 。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ msgid "" " the beginning to the end of the project, he ensures the overall consistency" " of the implementation in Odoo and shares his expertise in terms of good " "practices." -msgstr "[Odoo 顾问确保项目从 A 到 Z*的实施：从项目开始到结束，他确保 Odoo 实施的总体一致性，并分享他在良好做法方面的专业知识。" +msgstr "" +"**Odoo 顾问确保项目从 A 到 Z的实施** ：从项目开始到结束，他确保 Odoo 实施的总体一致性，并分享他在良好做法方面的专业知识。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -58,7 +59,8 @@ msgid "" " for the business knowledge transmission (coordinate key users intervention " "if necessary) and the consistency of the implementation from a business " "point of view (decision making, change management, etc.)" -msgstr "[客户方面唯一的决策者（SPoC）]：他负责业务知识的传递（必要时协调关键用户的干预）和从业务角度（决策、变革）实施的一致性管理等）" +msgstr "" +"**客户方面唯一的决策者单点联系人（SPoC）** ：他负责业务知识的传递（必要时协调关键用户的干预）和从业务角度（决策、变革）实施的一致性管理等）" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ msgid "" " meant to align on the business needs (SPoC) and to define the way those " "needs will be implemented in Odoo (Consultant)." msgstr "" -"[会议优化]：Odoo " +"**会议优化** ：Odoo " "顾问不参与从业务角度决策过程，也不参与精确的流程和公司的内部程序（除非有具体要求或例外情况）。每周举行一次或两次项目会议，旨在根据业务需求 （SPoC）" " 进行调整，并定义在 Odoo（顾问）中实现这些需求的方式。" @@ -79,28 +81,24 @@ msgid "" "training to the SPoC so that he can pass on this knowledge to his " "collaborators. In order for this approach to be successful, it is necessary " "that the SPoC is also involved in its own rise in skills through self-" -"learning via the `Odoo documentation " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__, `The elearning " -"platform <https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`__ and the " -"testing of functionalities." +"learning via the :doc:`Odoo documentation <../index>`, `The elearning " +"platform <https://odoo.com/learn>`_ and the testing of functionalities." msgstr "" -"[培训培训师方法]：Odoo 顾问向 SPoC 提供职能培训，以便他可以将这些知识传授给他的协作者。为了使这种方法取得成功，SPoC " -"还必须通过\"Odoo 文档 " -"<http://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/10.0/index.html>`__、\"电子学习平台 \" " -"参与自身技能提升。<https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional>`和功能测试。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:47 -msgid "2. Project Scope" -msgstr "2. 项目范围" +"**培训教练的方式** ：Odoo顾问为单点联系人提供职能培训，以便他将相关知识继续传递给协作者。为确保这种方式的成功，单点联系人必须通过自学 " +":doc:`Odoo文档 <../index>`、`在线学习平台 <https://odoo.com/learn>`_和功能测试促进自身技能提升。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:49 +msgid "Project Scope" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:51 msgid "" "To make sure all the stakeholders involved are always aligned, it is " "necessary to define and to make the project scope evolve as long as the " "project implementation is pursuing." -msgstr "为了确保所有相关利益干系人始终保持一致，只要项目实施进行，就有必要定义并使项目范围不断发展。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:53 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:55 msgid "" "**A clear definition of the initial project scope**: A clear definition of " "the initial needs is crucial to ensure the project is running smoothly. " @@ -108,9 +106,10 @@ msgid "" "the needs and the resulting decision-making process are more simple and more" " clear." msgstr "" -"[对初始项目范围的明确定义]：对初始需求的明确定义对于确保项目顺利运行至关重要。事实上，当所有利益攸关方都有着相同的愿景时，需求的演变和由此产生的决策过程就更加简单和明确。" +"**对初始项目范围的明确定义** " +"：对初始需求的明确定义对于确保项目顺利运行至关重要。事实上，当所有利益攸关方都有着相同的愿景时，需求的演变和由此产生的决策过程就更加简单和明确。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:59 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:61 msgid "" "**Phasing the project**: Favoring an implementation in several coherent " "phases allowing regular production releases and an evolving takeover of Odoo" @@ -118,9 +117,10 @@ msgid "" "approach also helps to identify gaps and apply corrective actions early in " "the implementation." msgstr "" -"[逐步实施项目]：赞成在几个连贯的阶段实施，允许定期生产发布，最终用户不断接管Odoo，这证明了其随着时间的推移的有效性。这种方法还有助于识别差距，并在实施初期采取纠正措施。" +"**逐步实施项目** " +"：赞成在几个连贯的阶段实施，允许定期生产发布，终端用户不断接管Odoo，这证明了其随着时间的推移的有效性。这种方法还有助于识别差距，并在实施初期采取纠正措施。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:66 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:68 msgid "" "**Adopting standard features as a priority**: Odoo offers a great " "environment to implement slight improvements (customizations) or more " @@ -131,21 +131,21 @@ msgid "" "should still be realized, its implementation will be carried out after an " "experiment of the standard in production." msgstr "" -"[优先采用标准功能]：Odoo " +"**优先采用标准功能** ：Odoo " "提供了一个实施轻微改进（定制）或更重要的改进（开发）的绝佳环境。不过，为了优化项目交付时间，为用户提供其新工具的长期稳定性和可伸缩性，将尽可能频繁地采用标准解决方案。理想情况下，如果软件的改进仍然应该实现，其实现将在生产标准试验后进行。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:80 -msgid "3. Managing expectations" -msgstr "3. 管理期望" - #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 +msgid "Managing expectations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:84 msgid "" "The gap between the reality of an implementation and the expectations of " "future users is a crucial factor. Three important aspects must be taken into" " account from the beginning of the project:" -msgstr "实施的现实与未来用户的期望之间的差距是一个关键因素。从项目开始，就必须考虑到三个重要方面：" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:86 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:88 msgid "" "**Align with the project approach**: Both a clear division of roles and " "responsibilities and a clear description of the operating modes (validation," @@ -154,10 +154,10 @@ msgid "" "at the beginning of the project to align with these topics and regularly " "check that this is still the case." msgstr "" -"[与项目方法保持一致]：明确划分角色和责任，明确描述操作模式（验证、解决问题等）对于 Odoo " +"**与项目方法保持一致** ：明确划分角色和责任，明确描述操作模式（验证、解决问题等）对于 Odoo " "实施的成功至关重要。因此，强烈建议在项目开始时花一些时间与这些主题保持一致，并定期检查情况是否仍然如此。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:94 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:96 msgid "" "**Focus on the project success, not on the ideal solution**: The main goal " "of the SPoC and the Consultant is to carry out the project entrusted to them" @@ -171,49 +171,46 @@ msgid "" "global relief is noted. Changes in business processes may also be proposed " "to pursue this same objective." msgstr "" -"[专注于项目的成功，而不是理想的解决方案]：SPoC和顾问的主要目标是执行委托给他们的项目，以便提供最有效的解决方案，以满足表达的需求。这一目标有时与最终用户的理想解决方案愿景相冲突。在这种情况下，SPoC" +"**专注于项目的成功，而不是理想的解决方案**：SPoC和顾问的主要目标是执行委托给他们的项目，以便提供最有效的解决方案，以满足表达的需求。这一目标有时与最终用户的理想解决方案愿景相冲突。在这种情况下，SPoC" " 和顾问将适用 80-20 规则：关注 80% 的表达需求，并找出成本/收益比率方面最不利目标的其余 " "20%（这些比例当然会随时间而变化）。因此，如果注意到全球救济，将更耗时的操纵纳入一个比较耗时的操纵将被认为是可以接受的。为了追求同样的目标，也可以提议改变业务流程。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:108 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:110 msgid "" "**Specifications are always EXPLICIT**: Gaps between what is expected and " "what is delivered are often a source of conflict in a project. In order to " "avoid being in this delicate situation, we recommend using several types of " "tools\\* :" -msgstr "" -"[规范总是 EXPLICIT]：预期内容与交付内容之间的差距通常是项目中冲突的根源。为了避免出现这种微妙情况，我们建议使用几种类型的工具* ：" +msgstr "**规范总是明确的** ：预期内容与交付内容之间的差距通常是项目中冲突的根源。为了避免出现这种微妙情况，我们建议使用几种类型的工具\\* ：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:113 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:115 msgid "" "**The GAP Analysis**: The comparison of the request with the standard " "features proposed by Odoo will make it possible to identify the gap to be " "filled by developments/customizations or changes in business processes." -msgstr "[GAP 分析]：将请求与 Odoo 提出的标准功能进行比较，将有可能确定由开发/定制或业务流程变化填补的空白。" +msgstr "**GAP 分析** ：将请求与 Odoo 提出的标准功能进行比较，将有可能确定由开发/定制或业务流程变化填补的空白。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:118 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:120 msgid "" "**The User Story**: This technique clearly separates the responsibilities " "between the SPoC, responsible for explaining the WHAT, the WHY and the WHO, " "and the Consultant who will provide a response to the HOW." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**用户故事** ：这项技术清晰分割了单点联系人的责任，主要说明内容、原因和人员，以及回复处理方式问题的顾问。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:126 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:128 msgid "" "`The Proof of Concept <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ A " "simplified version, a prototype of what is expected to agree on the main " "lines of expected changes." msgstr "" -"概念证明简化版本，<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proof_of_concept>`__ " -"是预期对预期变化的主要行达成一致的内容的原型。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:132 msgid "" "**The Mockup**: In the same idea as the Proof of Concept, it will align with" " the changes related to the interface." -msgstr "[模型]：在与概念证明相同的理念中，它将与与界面相关的更改保持一致。" +msgstr "**模拟** ：按照与概念验证相同的策划，它将与界面相关的更改保持一致。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:133 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:135 msgid "" "To these tools will be added complete transparency on the possibilities and " "limitations of the software and/or its environment so that all project " @@ -221,27 +218,26 @@ msgid "" "project. We will, therefore, avoid basing our work on hypotheses without " "verifying its veracity beforehand." msgstr "" -"在这些工具中，将完全透明地了解软件和/或其环境的可能性和局限性，以便所有项目利益相关者清楚地了解项目中可以预期/实现的内容。因此，我们将避免在事先核实其真实性的情况下，以假设为基础开展工作。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:139 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:141 msgid "" "*This list can, of course, be completed by other tools that would more " "adequately meet the realities and needs of your project*" -msgstr "[当然，这个列表可以由其他工具完成，这些工具可以更充分地满足项目的现实和需求]" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:143 -msgid "4. Communication Strategy" -msgstr "4. 传播战略" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:145 +msgid "Communication Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" "The purpose of the QuickStart methodology is to ensure quick ownership of " "the tool for end users. Effective communication is therefore crucial to the " "success of this approach. Its optimization will, therefore, lead us to " "follow those principles:" -msgstr "快速入门方法的目的是确保最终用户快速拥有该工具。因此，有效的沟通对于这种方法的成功至关重要。因此，它的优化将引导我们遵循以下原则：" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:150 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:152 msgid "" "**Sharing the project management documentation**: The best way to ensure " "that all stakeholders in a project have the same level of knowledge is to " @@ -250,47 +246,48 @@ msgid "" "performed as part of the implementation for which the priority level and the" " manager are clearly defined." msgstr "" -"[共享项目管理文档]：确保项目中的所有利益相关者都具有相同的知识水平的最佳方法是提供对项目跟踪文档的直接访问（项目管理器）。本文档将至少包含一个任务列表，作为明确定义优先级和管理器的实现的一部分。" +"**共享项目管理文档** " +"：确保项目中的所有利益相关者都具有相同的知识水平的最佳方法是提供对项目跟踪文档的直接访问（项目管理器）。本文档将至少包含一个任务列表，作为明确定义优先级和管理器的实现的一部分。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:158 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:160 msgid "" "The Project Organizer is a shared project tracking tool that allows both " "detailed tracking of ongoing tasks and the overall progress of the project." -msgstr "项目管理器是一个共享的项目跟踪工具，允许详细跟踪正在进行的任务和项目的总体进度。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:162 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:164 msgid "" "**Report essential information**: In order to minimize the documentation " "time to the essentials, we will follow the following good practices:" -msgstr "[报告基本信息]：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们将遵循以下良好做法：" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:166 -msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" -msgstr "会议记录将限于决策和验证;" +msgstr "**报告基本信息** ：为了将文档时间缩短到要点，我们将遵循以下良好做法：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:168 +msgid "Meeting minutes will be limited to decisions and validations;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:170 msgid "" "Project statuses will only be established when an important milestone is " "reached;" -msgstr "只有在达到重要流程时，才会建立项目状态;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:171 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:173 msgid "" "Training sessions on the standard or customized solution will be organized." -msgstr "将组织关于标准或定制解决方案的培训课程。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:175 -msgid "5. Customizations and Development" -msgstr "5. 定制和开发" +msgstr "" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:177 +msgid "Customizations and Development" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:179 msgid "" "Odoo is a software known for its flexibility and its important evolution " "capacity. However, a significant amount of development contradicts a fast " "and sustainable implementation. This is the reason why it is recommended to:" -msgstr "Odoo 是一种以灵活性和重要进化能力而闻名的软件。然而，大量的发展与快速和可持续的实施相矛盾。因此，建议：" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:182 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "" "**Develop only for a good reason**: The decision to develop must always be " "taken when the cost-benefit ratio is positive (saving time on a daily basis," @@ -303,64 +300,66 @@ msgid "" "requests are dropped after a few weeks of using standard Odoo (see " "\"Adopting the standard as a priority\")." msgstr "" -"[开发只有一个很好的理由]：在成本效益比为正时（每天节省时间等），必须始终做出开发决策。例如，最好实现重大开发，以减少日常操作的时间，而不是每季度只执行一次操作。人们普遍认为，解决方案越接近标准，迁移过程越轻越流畅，双方的维护成本就越低。此外，经验告诉我们，在使用标准" +"**开发只有一个很好的理由** " +"：在成本效益比为正时（每天节省时间等），必须始终做出开发决策。例如，最好实现重大开发，以减少日常操作的时间，而不是每季度只执行一次操作。人们普遍认为，解决方案越接近标准，迁移过程越轻越流畅，双方的维护成本就越低。此外，经验告诉我们，在使用标准" " Odoo 数周后，60% 的初始开发请求被丢弃（请参阅\"将标准作为优先级采用\"）。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:194 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:196 msgid "" "**Replace, without replicate**: There is a good reason for the decision to " "change the management software has been made. In this context, the moment of" " implementation is THE right moment to accept and even be a change initiator" " both in terms of how the software will be used and at the level of the " "business processes of the company." -msgstr "[替换，无需复制]：有一个很好的理由决定更改管理软件已经作出。在此背景下，实施时机是接受甚至改变软件使用方式和公司业务流程层面的变革时机。" - -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:202 -msgid "6. Testing and Validation principles" -msgstr "6. 测试和验证原则" +msgstr "" +"**替换，无需复制** ：有一个很好的理由决定更改管理软件已经作出。在此背景下，实施时机是接受甚至改变软件使用方式和公司业务流程层面的变革时机。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:204 +msgid "Testing and Validation principles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:206 msgid "" "Whether developments are made or not in the implementation, it is crucial to" " test and validate the correspondence of the solution with the operational " "needs of the company." -msgstr "无论在实施中是否取得了发展，测试和验证解决方案与公司运营需求的对应关系都至关重要。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:208 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:210 msgid "" "**Role distribution**: In this context, the Consultant will be responsible " "for delivering a solution corresponding to the defined specifications; the " "SPoC will have to test and validate that the solution delivered meets the " "requirements of the operational reality." -msgstr "[角色分配]：在这种情况下，顾问将负责提供与规定规格相符的解决方案;SPoC 必须测试和验证交付的解决方案是否符合操作现实的要求。" +msgstr "**角色分配** ：在这种情况下，顾问将负责提供与规定规格相符的解决方案;SPoC 必须测试和验证交付的解决方案是否符合操作现实的要求。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:214 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:216 msgid "" "**Change management**: When a change needs to be made to the solution, the " "noted gap is caused by:" -msgstr "[变更管理]：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到的差距是由以下原因造成的：" +msgstr "**变更管理**：当需要对解决方案进行更改时，注意到的差距是由以下原因造成的：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:218 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the delivered solution - This is " "a correction for which the Consultant is responsible" -msgstr "规范与交付解决方案之间的区别 - 这是顾问负责的更正" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:220 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:223 msgid "**or**" -msgstr "[或]" +msgstr "**或**" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:222 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:225 msgid "" "A difference between the specification and the imperatives of operational " "reality - This is a change that is the responsibility of SPoC." -msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是 SPoC 的责任。" +msgstr "规范与操作现实的必要性之间的区别 - 这是单点联系人的责任。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:226 -msgid "7. Data Imports" -msgstr "7. 数据导入" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:229 +msgid "Data Imports" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:228 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:231 msgid "" "Importing the history of transactional data is an important issue and must " "be answered appropriately to allow the project running smoothly. Indeed, " @@ -368,16 +367,15 @@ msgid "" "prevent production from happening in time. To do this as soon as possible, " "it will be decided :" msgstr "" -"导入事务数据历史记录是一个重要问题，必须适当地回答，以使项目顺利运行。事实上，这项任务可能非常耗时，如果其优先级没有很好地定义，则防止生产及时发生。为此尽快完成，将视其为：" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:234 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:237 msgid "" "**Not to import anything**: It often happens that after reflection, " "importing data history is not considered necessary, these data being, " "moreover, kept outside Odoo and consolidated for later reporting." -msgstr "[不导入任何内容]：通常情况下，在反射后，导入数据历史记录被认为没有必要，这些数据被保存在 Odoo 之外并合并，以便以后报告。" +msgstr "**不导入任何内容** ：通常情况下，在反射后，导入数据历史记录被认为没有必要，这些数据被保存在 Odoo 之外并合并，以便以后报告。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:239 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:242 msgid "" "**To import a limited amount of data before going into production**: When " "the data history relates to information being processed (purchase orders, " @@ -385,28 +383,29 @@ msgid "" "available from the first day of use in production is real. In this case, the" " import will be made before the production launch." msgstr "" -"[在投入生产之前导入有限数量的数据]：当数据历史记录与正在处理的信息相关时（例如，采购订单、发票、未结项目），需要从使用的第一天起提供此信息。生产是真实的。在这种情况下，将在生产启动之前进行导入。" +"**在投入生产之前导入有限数量的数据** " +"：当数据历史记录与正在处理的信息相关时（例如，采购订单、发票、未结项目），需要从使用的第一天起提供此信息。生产是真实的。在这种情况下，将在生产启动之前进行导入。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:246 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:249 msgid "" "**To import after production launch**: When the data history needs to be " "integrated with Odoo mainly for reporting purposes, it is clear that these " "can be integrated into the software retrospectively. In this case, the " "production launch of the solution will precede the required imports." msgstr "" -"[在生产启动后导入]：当数据历史记录需要与 Odoo " +"**在生产启动后导入**：当数据历史记录需要与 Odoo " "集成，主要用于报告目的时，很明显，这些数据可以追溯性地集成到软件中。在这种情况下，解决方案的生产启动将先于所需的导入。" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:253 -msgid "8. Support" -msgstr "8. 支持" +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:256 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:255 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 msgid "" "When your project is put in production, our support teams take care of your " "questions or technical issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:258 +#: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:261 msgid "See :ref:`support-expectations`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po index 66d6d88bc..9901c0634 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/helpdesk.po @@ -4,19 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# 卫安琪 <weianqi1991@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 +# as co02 <asco02@163.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,470 +30,846 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Helpdesk" msgstr "服务台" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:3 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After Sales Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"After sales features: refund, coupon, return, repair, onsite interventions" +"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " +"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " +"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" +" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " +"interventions from a ticket’s page." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:4 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 +msgid "Set up the after sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 msgid "" -"As my business grows, having the tools to allow my helpdesk team to record, " -"track and manage issues raised easy and efficiently, is key. Odoo’s Helpdesk" -" app allows me to generate credit notes, return products, grant coupons, do " -"repairs and plan onsite interventions from a ticket’s page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " +"Onsite Interventions*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:7 -msgid "Set up the After Sales services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Go to *Configuration > Helpdesk Teams* and enable the After Sales options: " -"*Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从服务单生成贷项凭单" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:15 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"I can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For " -"that, I’ll simply go to my ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* the credit note will be " -"generated, and I can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" +" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " +"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " +"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:22 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "允许通过工单进行退货" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:23 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from my customer back to my warehouse will " -"be taken into action when, at the ticket page, I choose the option *Return*." +"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" +" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:29 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从服务单发放优惠券" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:30 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned at the *Sales or " -"Website* app. At the *Helpdesk* app, I will open my ticket and click on " -"*Coupon*, choose the *Coupon Program > Generate*." +"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " +"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " +"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从服务单处理维修事宜" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:38 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on my ticket page, a new repair order form will" -" be shown. Fill up the rest of the fields as needed and choose the next " -"step." +"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" +" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:44 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从服务单计划现场干预" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:45 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket page, I can now configure my onsite interventions exactly the " -"same way I would do being on the *Field Service* app, clicking on *Plan " -"Intervention*." +"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " +"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " +"application." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../fsm/overview/invoicing_time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:68 msgid "" "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" +"`优惠券 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" -#: ../../helpdesk/after_sales.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`../manufacturing/repair/repair`" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/repair/repair`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "‎开始使用 odoo 服役台‎" +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:6 +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " +"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" +" communication and actions more efficient." +msgstr "允许客户关闭服务单让客户有了自主性，尽可能避免对是否已解决问题的误解。让交流和行动更有效率。" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 +msgid "Configure the feature" +msgstr "配置功能" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " +"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +msgstr "如要配置此项功能，前往 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用*服务单关闭*。" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " +"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " +"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " +"and enable *Closing Stage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " +"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " +"ticket is put in the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 +msgid "The Costumer Portal" +msgstr "客户门户" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 +msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +msgstr "获取关于客户所关闭服务单的报告" + +#: ../../helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " +"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" +msgstr "概述" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:9 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "‎使用 odoo 服务台入门‎" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 +msgid "Forum and eLearning" +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:11 -msgid "Installing Odoo Helpdesk:" -msgstr "安装 Odoo 服务台:" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "论坛" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Open the Apps module, search for \"Helpdesk\", and click install" -msgstr "‎打开应用模块, 搜索 \"服务台\", 然后单击安装‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:19 -msgid "Set up Helpdesk teams" -msgstr "‎设置服务台团队‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "By default, Odoo Helpdesk comes with a team installed called \"Support\"" -msgstr "‎默认情况下, Odoo 服务台配备一个名为 \"支持\" 的团队‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 msgid "" -"To modify this team, or create additional teams, select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar and select \"Settings\"" -msgstr "‎要修改此团队, 或创建其他团队, 请在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\"‎" +"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " +"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " +"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" +" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " +"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " +"community!)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:32 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 msgid "" -"Here you can create new teams, decide what team members to add to this team," -" how your customers can submit tickets and set up SLA policies and ratings. " -"For the assignation method you can have tickets assigned randomly, balanced," -" or manually." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " +"enable *Help Center*." msgstr "" -"‎在这里, 您可以创建新团队, 决定向该团队添加哪些团队成员、客户如何提交票证以及如何设置 SLA 策略和评级。对于分配方法, " -"您可以有随机、平衡或手动分配的票证。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:38 -msgid "How to set up different stages for each team" -msgstr "‎如何为每个团队设置不同的阶段‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 msgid "" -"First you will need to activate the developer mode. To do this go to your " -"settings module, and select the link for \"Activate the developer mode\" on " -"the lower right-hand side." -msgstr "‎首先, 您将需要激活开发人员模式。为此, 请转到您的设置模块, 然后在右下侧选择 \"激活开发人员模式\" 链接。‎" +"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " +"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " +"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " +"allowed per question." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:47 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, when you return to your Helpdesk module and select \"Configuration\" in" -" the purple bar you will find additional options, like \"Stages\". Here you " -"can create new stages and assign those stages to 1 or multiple teams " -"allowing for customizable stages for each team!" +"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " +"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." msgstr "" -"‎现在, 当您返回到您的服务台模块并在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\" 时, 您会发现其他选项, 如 \"阶段\"。在这里, 您可以创建新的阶段, " -"并将这些阶段分配给1个或多个团队, 允许每个团队的可定制阶段!‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:53 -msgid "Start receiving tickets" -msgstr "‎开始接收凭证‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:56 -msgid "How can my customers submit tickets?" -msgstr "‎我的客户如何提交凭证？‎" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:58 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 msgid "" -"Select \"Configuration\" in the purple bar and select \"Settings\", select " -"your Helpdesk team. Under \"Channels you will find 4 options:" -msgstr "‎在紫色栏中选择 \"配置\", 然后选择 \"设置\", 选择您的服务台团队。在 \"渠道, 你会发现4选项:‎" +"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " +"the ticket's page." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:64 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "在线学习" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 msgid "" -"Email Alias allows for customers to email the alias you choose to create a " -"ticket. The subject line of the email with become the Subject on the ticket." -msgstr "‎电子邮件别名允许客户通过电子邮件发送您选择创建凭证的别名。电子邮件的主题行成为凭证上的主题。‎" +"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " +"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" +" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:71 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 msgid "" -"Website Form allows your customer to go to " -"yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit and submit a ticket via a website " -"form - much like odoo.com/help!" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *eLearning*." msgstr "" -"‎网站表格允许您的客户去 yourwebsite.com/helpdesk/support-1/submit, 并通过网站形式提交机票-很像 " -"odoo.com/help!‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:78 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 msgid "" -"Live Chat allows your customers to submit a ticket via Live Chat on your " -"website. Your customer will begin the live chat and your Live Chat Operator " -"can create the ticket by using the command /helpdesk Subject of Ticket." +"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -"‎实时聊天允许您的客户通过您网站上的实时聊天提交凭据。您的客户将开始实时聊天, 您的实时聊天操作员可以使用凭证的命令/帮助台主题创建凭证。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 msgid "" -"The final option to submit tickets is thru an API connection. View the " -"documentation `*here* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/webservices/odoo.html>`__." +"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " +"Course*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Tickets have been created, now what?" -msgstr "‎凭证已经创建, 现在怎么办？‎" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "入门" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now your employees can start working on them! If you have selecting a manual" -" assignation method then your employees will need to assign themselves to " -"tickets using the \"Assign To Me\" button on the top left of a ticket or by " -"adding themselves to the \"Assigned to\" field." +"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" +" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " +"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," +" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." msgstr "" -"‎现在你的员工可以开始工作了!如果您选择了手动分配方法, 那么您的员工将需要使用票证左上方的 \"分配给我\" 按钮或将自己添加到 \"分配给\" " -"字段中来分配自己的票证。‎" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:101 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you have selected \"Random\" or \"Balanced\" assignation method, your " -"tickets will be assigned to a member of that Helpdesk team." -msgstr "‎如果您选择了 \"随机\" 或 \"平衡\" 分配方法, 您的票证将分配给该服务台团队的成员。‎" +"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"From there they will begin working on resolving the tickets! When they are " -"completed, they will move the ticket to the solved stage." +"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " +"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " +"accounting, admin, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:108 -msgid "How do I mark this ticket as urgent?" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 +msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:110 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 msgid "" -"On your tickets you will see stars. You can determine how urgent a ticket is" -" but selecting one or more stars on the ticket. You can do this in the " -"Kanban view or on the ticket form." +"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " +"redirected to the right person:" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:117 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 msgid "" -"To set up a Service Level Agreement Policy for your employees, first " -"activate the setting under \"Settings\"" +"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " +"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "From here, select \"Configure SLA Policies\" and click \"Create\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 msgid "" -"You will fill in information like the Helpdesk team, what the minimum " -"priority is on the ticket (the stars) and the targets for the ticket." +"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " +"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " +"automatically;" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:132 -msgid "What if a ticket is blocked or is ready to be worked on?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"If a ticket cannot be resolved or is blocked, you can adjust the \"Kanban " -"State\" on the ticket. You have 3 options:" +"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " +"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " +"that all tickets get to be taken care of." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "Grey - Normal State" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Red - Blocked" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:141 -msgid "Green - Ready for next stage" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:143 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 msgid "" -"Like the urgency stars you can adjust the state in the Kanban or on the " -"Ticket form." +"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " +"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " +"all employees (with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:150 -msgid "How can my employees log time against a ticket?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:152 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"First, head over to \"Settings\" and select the option for \"Timesheet on " -"Ticket\". You will see a field appear where you can select the project the " -"timesheets will log against." +"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " +"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " +"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " +"(with the proper access rights)." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:159 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 +msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 msgid "" -"Now that you have selected a project, you can save. If you move back to your" -" tickets, you will see a new tab called \"Timesheets\"" +"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " +"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " +"to use certain stages under *Team*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:165 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 msgid "" -"Here you employees can add a line to add work they have done for this " -"ticket." +"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " +"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " +"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:169 -msgid "How to allow your customers to rate the service they received" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/odoo_basics/add_user`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:171 -msgid "First, you will need to activate the ratings setting under \"Settings\"" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "点评" -#: ../../helpdesk/getting_started.rst:176 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Now, when a ticket is moved to its solved or completed stage, it will send " -"an email to the customer asking how their service went." +"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " +"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" +" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" +" the quality of your services." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Record and invoice time for tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"You may have service contracts with your clients to provide them assistance " -"in case of a problem. For this purpose, Odoo will help you record the time " -"spent fixing the issue and most importantly, to invoice it to your clients." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " +"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "The modules needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:13 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 msgid "" -"In order to record and invoice time for tickets, the following modules are " -"needed : Helpdesk, Project, Timesheets, Sales. If you are missing one of " -"them, go to the Apps module, search for it and then click on *Install*." +"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " +"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" +" Stage*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:19 -msgid "Get started to offer the helpdesk service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:22 -msgid "Step 1 : start a helpdesk project" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:24 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 msgid "" -"To start a dedicated project for the helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that " -"the *Timesheets* feature is activated." +"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " +"an email is sent to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 msgid "" -"Then, go to your dashboard, create the new project and allow timesheets for " -"it." +"Ratings can be seen on the :doc:`chatter <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` " +"of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main " +"dashboard, and through *Reporting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:35 -msgid "Step 2 : gather a helpdesk team" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 +msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:37 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set a team in charge of the helpdesk, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and create a new team or select an " -"existing one. On the form, tick the box in front of *Timesheet on Ticket* to" -" activate the feature. Make sure to select the helpdesk project you have " -"previously created as well." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " +"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" +" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:47 -msgid "Step 3 : launch the helpdesk service" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../portal/my_odoo_portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:49 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:52 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Finally, to launch the new helpdesk service, first go to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and make sure that the" -" *Units of Measure* feature is activated." +"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " +"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." +" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " +"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:56 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and create a new one. " -"Make sure that the product is set as a service." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " +"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " +"users." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "电子邮箱别名" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "" -"Here, we suggest that you set the *Unit of Measure* as *Hour(s)*, but any " -"unit will do." +"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " +"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " +"the content is shown in the Chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:66 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Finally, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab of the product form. Here, we recommend the following " -"configuration :" +"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " +"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " +"Domain*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:73 -msgid "Now, you are ready to start receiving tickets !" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:76 -msgid "Solve issues and record time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:79 -msgid "Step 1 : place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:81 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 msgid "" -"You are now in the Helpdesk module and you have just received a ticket from " -"a client. To place a new order, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Orders` and create one for the help desk service product you have previously" -" recorded. Set the number of hours needed to assist the client and confirm " -"the sale." +"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " +"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " +"server." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:91 -msgid "Step 2 : link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "网站表单" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:93 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 msgid "" -"If you access the dedicated helpdesk project, you will notice that a new " -"task has automatically been generated with the order. To link this task with" -" the client ticket, go to the Helpdesk module, access the ticket in question" -" and select the task on its form." +"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " +"website." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:102 -msgid "Step 3 : record the time spent to help the client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:104 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 msgid "" -"The job is done and the client's issue is sorted out. To record the hours " -"performed for this task, go back to the ticket form and add them under the " -"*Timesheets* tab." +"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" +" *Go to Website*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 msgid "" -"The hours recorded on the ticket will also automatically appear in the " -"Timesheet module and on the dedicated task." +"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " +"clicking on *Unpublished*." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:116 -msgid "Step 4 : invoice the client" -msgstr "" +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "在线聊天" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:118 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 msgid "" -"To invoice the client, go back to the Sales module and select the order that" -" had been placed. Notice that the hours recorded on the ticket form now " -"appear as the delivered quantity." +"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " +"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." msgstr "" -#: ../../helpdesk/invoice_time.rst:125 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"All that is left to do, is to create the invoice from the order and then " -"validate it. Now you just have to wait for the client's payment !" -msgstr "‎剩下要做的就是从订单中创建发票, 然后对其进行验证。现在你只需要等待客户的付款!‎" +"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " +"- and :doc:`set up your channel <../../livechat/overview/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " +"<../../livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk (subject_of_ticket)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 +msgid "Prioritize tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" +" top of your list on the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 +msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports for a Better Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " +"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " +"expectations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 +msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " +"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " +"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 +msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " +"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" +" many requests they are able to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " +"ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " +"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " +"their issues to be handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "Save filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" +" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " +"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " +"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " +"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " +"and when." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create your policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " +"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " +"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" +" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" +" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " +"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " +"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" +" SLAs is the one considered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " +"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 +msgid "SLA Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" +" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" +" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " +"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " +"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " +"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " +"customer needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 +msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" +" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " +"Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" +" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " +"ultimately modified on each ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 +msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " +"the unit of measure of your service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" +" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " +"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " +"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " +"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" +" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " +"automating the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +msgid "" +"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " +"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " +"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " +"time spent on a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 +msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 +msgid "Step 1: Place an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " +"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " +"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " +"customer and *Confirm* the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 +msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 +msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 +msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " +"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 +msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " +"the *Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" +" column in the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " +"the dedicated task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " +"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " +"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +msgstr "直接将服务台服务单记录的应计费时间拉入销售订单，并通过项目任务开具发票。它有助于控制向客户收取的费用并提高效率。" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" +" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " +"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " +"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 +msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +msgstr "创建销售订单和发票" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" +" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 +msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +msgstr "*创建销售订单*并继续创建发票。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 8ac727eb3..7794f65b0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 3b5a7a643..476899caf 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -4,29 +4,31 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2019 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019 -# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 +# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2020 +# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 +# zpq001 <zpq001@live.com>, 2020 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -48,242 +50,257 @@ msgstr "日常作业" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用条码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要全面使用条码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个库位，你需首先指定进行库存调整的库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如没有多个库位，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如有5件相同物品，可将它扫描5次或用键盘设置数量。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了使用条码扫描器，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或者通过扫描**确认**条码进行确认。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -msgid "Work with Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." -" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sales that sells products in" -" bulk. The customers will scale their products themselves and get the " -"printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" +"条码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条码并贴在产品上。这个条码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建条码命名规则" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" -"Odoo supports *Barcode Nomenclatures*, which determine the mapping and " -"interpretation of the encoded information." +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" +"Odoo支持条码命名规则，它决定了已编码信息的映射和解读方式。你可在 :doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 配置你的条码命名规则。为此，前往 " +":menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 条码命名规则`。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To configure the *Barcode Nomenclature*, you need to activate the debug " -"mode. To do so, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Barcode Nomenclature*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此创建条码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" -"The first step is to specify the *rule name*, for example, *Weight Barcode* " -"with 3 decimals. Then, you have to specify the type for barcode " -"nomenclature, like the *Weighted Product*." -msgstr "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "第一步是指定**规则名称**，例如，带3位小数的重量条码。然后，你需指定条码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" -"The *Barcode Pattern* is a regular expression that defines the structure of " -"the barcode. In this example, 21 defines the products on which the rule will" -" be applied. Those are the numbers by which the product barcode should " -"start. The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are" -" there to identify the product in question. The “N” defines a number and the" -" “D” defines the decimals." +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" +"条码模式是定义条码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条码编码。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " -"sequence. The first rule that matches the scanned barcode will then be " -"applied." -msgstr "" +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条码匹配的第一条规则。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置产品" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条码的其他数字，用于识别产品；" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "如定义了D或N，条码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" -"The barcode should contain 0’s when you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case," -" we need to set 5 zeros because we condigures “21………{NNDDD}”;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number. Use an EAN13 generator to know" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在EAN-13中，最后一个数字是校验数，使用EAN13生成器可确定你的情况应是哪个数字。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" -"In case you weight 1,5kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following " -"barcode: *2112345015001*. If you scan this barcode in your PoS, or when " -"receiving the products in your barcode app, Odoo will automatically create a" -" new line for the product, for a quantity of 1,5kg." +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" +"如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条码，或在条码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "规则类型" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" -"For the point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be " -"computed." -msgstr "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "**定价产品**：POS用于识别产品并指定价格。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "**打折产品**：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，然后再扫描折扣条码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 -msgid "Rule Types" -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "**称重产品**：POS（根据重量计算价格）和库存中用于识别产品及指定其重量。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "**客户**：用于识别客户，例如在忠诚度计划中使用。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "**收银员**：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" -"**Priced Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"price, used in PoS;" -msgstr "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "**库位**：在启用多个库位的情况下，用于识别调拨的库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" -"**Discounted Product**: it allows you to create one barcode per applied " -"discount. Then, you can scan your product in the PoS and apply discounts on " -"the product by scanning the discount barcode;" -msgstr "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "**包裹**：在启用包裹功能的情况下，用于识别调拨的包裹。" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." +msgstr "**批次**：用于识别调拨的产品批号。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" -"**Weighted Product**: it allows you to identify the product and specify its " -"weight, used in both PoS and in Inventory;" -msgstr "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "**信用卡**：不需要手动修改，使用Mercury模型现有的数据。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "" -"**Client**: it allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " -"loyalty program;" -msgstr "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "**单位产品**：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" -"**Cashier**: it allows you to identify the cashier when entering the PoS;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:86 -msgid "" -"**Location**: it allows you to identify the location on a transfer when " -"multi-location is activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:88 -msgid "" -"**Package**: it allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages " -"are activated;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**Lot**: it allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a " -"transfer;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:92 -msgid "" -"**Credit Card**: it doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from " -"the Mercury module;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Unit Product**: it allows you to identify a product for both PoS and " -"Transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:97 -msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " -"number of characters. Those characters can be any number." -msgstr "" +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "如条码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调拨过程" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "简单调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从*条码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*作业*页面。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的作业类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条码，进入现有的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -291,19 +308,19 @@ msgid "" "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " "products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " "the stock moves." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加新产品。在扫描完毕所有产品后，你可确认调拨，进入库存移动环节。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "收货数量(在途)" +msgstr "收据" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -312,24 +329,26 @@ msgid "" "location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" +"当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， " +"或者扫描库位条码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，如果你让产品进入WH/Stock，只需扫描下一件产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "出库单" +msgstr "交货单" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品发货时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置不同，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位发货的产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -337,72 +356,72 @@ msgid "" "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " "your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在扫描完毕不同产品后，你可扫描其他库位，如WH/Stock，交货单上将添加另一页。通过*前一项*和*下一项*按钮，你可在不同页面之间切换。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可确认调拨操作了。为此，点击*下一步*，然后进入调拨操作的最后页面。你可在此确认所有操作。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "内部调拨" +msgstr "内部转账" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如内部调拨的源库位和目标库位已正确无误，则无需扫描。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "已追踪产品的调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你按批号/序列号处理产品，你有两种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条码，然后扫描批号/序列号条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从头开始创建调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要从*条码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印作业类型条码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条码表*。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，你可扫描需要创建新文档的库存。然后，系统将创建空白文档，你可扫描产品并填充该文档。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" @@ -450,6 +469,8 @@ msgid "" "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" +" " +"**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -461,6 +482,10 @@ msgid "" "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" +"在繁忙的业务中，**移动电脑扫描器** " +"是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android" +" + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE " +"Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" @@ -499,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中启用条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -509,13 +534,13 @@ msgid "" "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" +"条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 @@ -524,16 +549,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 @@ -542,70 +564,74 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" +msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " -"via *Inventory > Settings > Barcode Scanner*. Once you have ticked the " -"feature, you can hit save." +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" +"如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置产品条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " -"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to *Settings > Configure Products Barcodes*." -msgstr "" +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置库位条码" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" -" locations barcodes in *Inventory > Configuration > Locations*." +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." msgstr "" +"如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" -msgstr "" +msgstr "条码格式" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数零售产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要适当授权才能使用。你必须向国际物品编码协会交费后才能获得EAN代码顺序。" -#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部使用的条码格式。" #: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" @@ -615,25 +641,6 @@ msgstr "仓库管理" msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "如何取消交货单？" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " @@ -724,11 +731,11 @@ msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品（直运）" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是直运？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -736,35 +743,35 @@ msgid "" "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运系统可将订单商品直接从供应商发给客户。在常规发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库，然后在客户下单后从仓库发给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." " Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在直运模式中，无需保有库存。当客户在门店下单后，商品直接从供应商发给客户。因此，产品无需经过你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "实施直运模式需要考虑的要点" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运仅适合你无法或不愿意保有库存的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " "space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "其中一个原因是你在直运商品上获得的利润率往往较低，因此仅适合需要占用大量库存空间的商品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运最适合小众产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -772,38 +779,38 @@ msgid "" " suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " "more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " "product is unique, then it makes sense!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "大需求量的产品往往由大供应商提供，价格可能比你优惠，因此使用费用更高的发货方式从经济上看不合算。但如果你的产品非常独特，情况就不同了！" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" +msgstr "避免给客户带来不良体验。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." -msgstr "" +msgstr "事先自行测试直运公司，列出最好的公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保时间可控。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" " be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运应有合理的时间，绝对不能超出你自己处理发货事宜的时间。如能向客户提供运单号更好。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " "the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." -msgstr "" +msgstr "知晓产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息，就告诉客户现在没有库存，并且这取决第三方的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -811,35 +818,40 @@ msgid "" "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" "/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." msgstr "" +"关于直运的详情及见解，请阅读我们的博客*直运是什么以及如何使用* <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置直运" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -"*Configuration > Settings*." -msgstr "" +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，在*采购*应用程序中启用此功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in *Configuration > Settings* to activate " -"the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to make the *Route* field" -" appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a product via drop-" -"shipping." +"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " +"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " +"product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" +"然后，前往*库存*应用程序，在 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"设置`中，启用*多步骤路线*功能。然后，你可在销售订单行的*路线*字段，指定通过直运发送产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to *Products > Products*. Select the product you" -" would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist which contains the right" -" supplier, via the purchase tab." +"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " +"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " +"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" +"现在，在*销售*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`。选择想要直运的产品，并通过采购选项卡添加合适供应商的价格表。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -847,14 +859,14 @@ msgid "" " Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " "line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" "Shipping*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建*销售订单*并添加你刚才设置供应商的产品。通过销售订单行右侧的小工具添加*路线*字段。现在，你可将产品路线指定为*直运*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确认销售订单后，Odoo为处理直运的供应商自动生成*报价请求*。你可在*采购*应用程序中查看，销售订单为*源单据*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -863,12 +875,13 @@ msgid "" " location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " "own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" +"在确认*采购订单*后，系统将创建*收货单*并与之关联。源库位是供应商所在地，目标库位是客户所在地。然后，你在确认直运文件后，产品不会经过你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可从库存仪表板上直接访问直运文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" @@ -1007,664 +1020,335 @@ msgid "" msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +msgstr "一步处理交货订单(发货)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." -msgstr "" +"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " +"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" +" the customers." +msgstr "一步发货无需配置. 默认的出货配置为直接从仓库发到客户." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to *Configuration > Warehouses* and edit" -" the warehouse in question." +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." -msgstr "" +"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +msgstr "然后, 选择*直接发货*作为您的*发货*策略." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "创建采购订单" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "创建销售订单" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." -msgstr "" +"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " +"to deliver and confirm it." +msgstr "在*销售*应用中，创建一个包含库存产品的报价并确认" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:27 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " +"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " +"button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" +"注意现在我们在销售订单上方的统计按钮中，看到一个关联了此*销售订单*的发货记录。如果您点击这个有\"1个发货\"标志的统计按钮，您将可以看到您的发货单。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" -msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "处理交货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " +"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" +" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" +"您也可以直接从*Inventory*应用中查找 *delivery order*。在仪表盘界面，您可以点击发货单看板卡下的*1 TO PROCESS* " +"按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." -msgstr "" +"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " +"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +msgstr "输入您想要处理的拣货. 如果您有在库产品的话，您将可以通过点击*Validate* 按钮完成库存移动" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " +"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " +"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " +"*Done*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打包交付产品 " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " "packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可根据产品数量或重量，以不同打包形式交付产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " -"*Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." -msgstr "" +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "首先，你需要前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*交货包装*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理交货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " "have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " "move lines." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可创建交货计划及其中的一些产品。你可创建新包裹并将其分配到库存移动行。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " "order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " "the package." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可从本窗口定义包装类型。但交货单被确认后，你可检索包装中包含的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 msgid "" "A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " "packages which were part of the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在交货阶段将出现一个按钮，查看交货单包括的所有包装。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用放入包裹按钮" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 msgid "" "Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " "will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " "*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "另一种将产品打包的方法是使用*放入包裹*按钮。它自动将设为*完成*的产品分配到一个包裹，并在必要时复制库存移动。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " "directly via the *Packages* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 -msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" -msgstr "计划交货日期是如何运算的？" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " -"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " -"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " -"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " -"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"计算计划日期是为了能够计划发货, 收货等等。依赖于你的公司的习惯Odoo会根据排程器自动生成计划日期。Odoo排程器每行的计算, 不管是生产订单, " -"发货单, 销售订单, 等等。计算出来的日期依赖于Odoo中设置号的不同的提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:18 -msgid "Configuring lead times" -msgstr "配置提前期" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " -"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " -"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "配置**备货时间**是计算日程的第一个关键步骤。备货时间是向不同伙伴和/或客户承诺的交货期、制造期等方面的延迟。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "按照以下配置不同的提前期 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:28 -msgid "At a product level" -msgstr "在产品层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 -msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" -msgstr " **供应商提前期** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " -"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " -"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" -" select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" -"是供应商需要讲采购的产品交货的时间。要, 配置供应商提前期需要选择一个产品, 并进入 **库存** " -"页签。你需要在产品上添加一个供应商用来选择一个供应商的提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " -"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "不要忘记可以添加不同的供应商以及不同供应商给出的不同的提前期" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " -"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" -" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " -"Time**." -msgstr "" -"一旦供应商选定后, 只要打开供应商页面并填入 **交货提前期** 。在该状况下, 安全天数没有任何影响, 计划交货天数等于 :采购订单的 **日期** " -"＋ **交货提前期** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 -msgid "**Customer lead time**:" -msgstr " **客户提前期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " -"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " -"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " -"time**." -msgstr "" -"客户提前期是货物从你的库存／仓库送到你的客户所需的时间。它可以在所有产品上进行配置。只要选定给一个产品, 进入销售页面并标出 **客户提前期** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 -msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" -msgstr " **制造提前期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 -msgid "" -"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" -" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " -"product." -msgstr "在同一页面也可以配置 **生产提前期** , 生产提前期是制造产品所需的时间。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " -"create manufacturing routes." -msgstr "如果需要创建生产路径的话, 不要忘了在库存页面中勾选生产选相框。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:74 -msgid "At the company level" -msgstr "站在公司层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 -msgid "" -"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " -"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " -"of delays." -msgstr "" -"在公司层面, 可以配置 **安全天数** 用来应付偶然的延期并能满足约定。该方法是从 **计算出来的计划日期** 减去 **后备** 天数用来应付延期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 -msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" -msgstr " **销售安全天数** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" -" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " -"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " -"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " -"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " -"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " -"keep your commitment." -msgstr "" -"销售安全天数就是 **后备** 天数, " -"用来保证按照和客户约定的交期及时交货。它们是交货提前期的错误边际。安全天数和为了按时到达而把腕表的时间调早是同样的逻辑。该方法是从计算出来的理论交期减去安全天数并且计算一个比你承诺给客户的交期时间更早的日期。那样你就可以确保总是对客户满足你的承诺。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 -msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " -"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " -"of safety days." -msgstr "一旦菜单打开, 进入配置页面输入安全天数。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 -msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" -msgstr " **采购安全天数**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 -msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "采购的提前期和销售的提前安全天数逻辑一样。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 -msgid "" -"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " -"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " -"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " -"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" -msgstr "" -"对供应商提前期有一些错误边际。当系统生成采购订单对产品进行补货的时候, " -"它们可以被计划早一些天数用来应付供应商一些未知的不确定的延期。采购提前期可以在销售安全天数的同一个菜单下面看到。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " -"here." -msgstr "请注意, 你也可以在这里配置制造提前期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:134 -msgid "At route level" -msgstr "在路线层面" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 -msgid "" -"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" -" can also influence the computed date." -msgstr "产品的可能需要的内部调拨依赖于库存的移动并且也会影响到计算日期。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 -msgid "" -"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " -"app when creating a new push rule in a route." -msgstr "内部调拨的所需时间可以在 **库存** 模块的路径中的拉规则中定义。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 -msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." -msgstr "进入其中一个路径的推规则部分设置一个延迟。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 -msgid "At sale order level:" -msgstr "在销售订单层面 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 -msgid "**Requested date**:" -msgstr " **请求日期**: " - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " -"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" -" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" -" display a warning." -msgstr "Odoo也有可能让客户在销售订单的其他信息页面选定一个特定的需求日期。如果该日期比Odoo自动计算出来的理论日期短的话, 系统会弹出报警。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:173 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "例子" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " -"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." -" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " -"on your configuration:" -msgstr "" -"例如, 你今天可以销售一辆汽车(一月1号), 该车是按订单补货方式, 并且你已经承诺会在20天内给客户交货(一月20号)。在该情景下, " -"排程器可能会根据你的配置触发以下事件 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 -msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "分录19 :实际计划发货(销售安全天数的1天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 -msgid "" -"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "分录1８ :从供应商收货(采购天数的1天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 -msgid "" -"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " -"lead time)" -msgstr "分录10 :给供应商下单的最后期限(供应商交货提前期的9天)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 -msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " -"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "1月8 :触发一个给到采购团队的一个采购需求, 因为采购部分平均需要2天询价并下单。" +msgstr "然后，你可直接通过*包装*按钮，更新用这种方式创建的不同包裹。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " -"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " -"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a *quality control step* in the goods " -"receipt process can become essential." +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " +"steps before shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," -" the reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can " -"allow having 3 steps." +"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " +"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " +"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:15 -msgid "" -"The 3-steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" -" transfer them into a quality area for *quality control*. When the quality " -"check has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of " -"course, you may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity " -"that is valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:23 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 -msgid "Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "多步路由" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 -msgid "" -"First, you will need to activate the *multi-step routes* option. Indeed, " -"routes provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. Here, we " -"will chain the picking to the shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To activate *multi-step routes*, open the *inventory app*, and go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* and activate the option. By default, activating " -"*multi-step routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:38 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now that *Multi-Step Routes* is activated, go to *Configuration > Warehouse*" -" and open the one you will use to deliver in 3 steps. Then, you can select " -"the option *Pack good, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* as " -"*Outgoing Shipments*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Of course, you can rename them if you want. To do so, go to *Configuration >" -" Locations* and select the one you want to rename. Change its name and hit " -"save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "创建销售订单" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the *Sales* app, create a quotation with storable products to deliver. " -"Then, confirm it and three pickings will be created and linked to your sale " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Now, click on the button. You should see three different pickings:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:67 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 -msgid "The first one, with a reference PICK, designates the picking process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "The second one, with a reference PACK, is for the packing process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:71 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 -msgid "The third one, with a reference OUT, designates the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:77 -msgid "Process the picking, packing, and delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The first operation to be processed is the picking and has a *Ready* status," -" while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*. The packing will become " -"*Ready* as soon as the picking is marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Note that, if you have the product in stock, it will be automatically " -"reserved and you can validate the picking document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Now that the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Since the documents are chained, the products that have been " -"picked are automatically reserved on the packing order so you can directly " -"validate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:106 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Then, you can validate your packing. In doing so, the delivery order can be " -"processed. Once again, it will be ready to be validated so you can transfer " -"the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:19 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用多步路线" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:26 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate " -"the feature. By default, activating *multi-step routes* will also activate " -"*Storage Locations*." +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " +"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to *Configuration > " -"Warehouse* and enter the warehouse which will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, " -"you can select the option *Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)* " -"for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" +" Shipments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to *Configuration > Locations > Select " -"Input* and update its name." +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " +"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" +" you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 +msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 +msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" +msgstr "处理拣货、打包和发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " +"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " +"inventory dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " +"and you can simply validate the picking document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " +"order which can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " +"transfer the products to the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +msgstr "两步处理交货单(拣货＋发货)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 :　一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " +"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " +"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " +"output location before being effectively shipped." +msgstr "" +"尽管如此，在发货之前，您公司的业务流程也许还存在一个或多个步骤。在两步处理流程中，实际交运之前，交付单中的部分商品将会先在仓库中进行分拣，并挪动到出货区。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "仓库配置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " +"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" +" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." +" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " +"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " +"created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " +"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " +"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" +msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" +msgstr "处理拣货和发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 -msgid "Process the picking and the delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." -msgstr "" +"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " +"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " +"picking operation has been marked as done." +msgstr "拣货操作是第一个要处理的操作，并且有一个*Ready*状态，而送货操作只有在拣货操作被标记为已完成后才会成为*Ready*状态。" -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 -msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." -msgstr "" +"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " +"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " +"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" +" order." +msgstr "一旦拣货被确认，就可以处理送货单了。由于单据是链式关联的，所以之前拣选过的产品会自动保留在送货单上。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "入库" +msgstr "入向送货" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" @@ -1749,9 +1433,314 @@ msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze`" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" +msgstr "一步处理收货（收货）" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " +"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " +"to the stock." +msgstr "无需专门配置一步收货。入向送货默认配置为直接从供应商接收到库存。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" +" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +msgstr "" +"但是，如果之前启用了高级路线，并为仓库设置了其他的进货配置，你可将其重新设为一步收货配置。为日，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"仓库`并编辑对应的仓库。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +msgstr "将*入向送货*设为*直接接收货物（1步）*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "Create a Purchase Order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " +"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " +"the *RfQ*." +msgstr "如要创建*询价单*，前往*采购*应用程序并点击*创建*。然后，添加需接收的一些可仓储产品，并确认*询价单*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " +"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." +msgstr "请注意，现在我们将看到与你刚才创建采购订单相关的1笔收货。如点击按钮，你可看到收货单。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "Process a Receipt" +msgstr "处理收货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " +"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " +"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +msgstr "你也可直接从*库存*应用程序查找收货。打开仪表板，点击*收货*看板卡下的*1步处理*按钮。然后，你可看到收货情况。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " +"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " +"suppliers are considered as being always available." +msgstr "现在，输入你想要处理的拣货。你可点击*确认*，直接完成这步操作，因为供应商发货的产品总是被视为库存充足。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " +"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " +"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +msgstr "*确认*收货后，产品离开*供应商库位*并进入你的*WH/Stock库位*。现在单据状态变为*已完成*，收货也已发生。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " +"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " +"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " +"control step." +msgstr "" +"质量对大多数公司来说都是至关重要的。为了确保我们在整个供应链中保持质量，我们对从供应商处收到的产品质量进行评估是非常合理的。为此，我们将增加一个质量控制步骤。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " +"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " +"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " +"two-steps or three-steps processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " +"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " +"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " +"requirements are moved to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " +"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +msgid "" +"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " +"Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " +"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " +"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " +"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " +"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," +" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " +"document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " +"control zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " +"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " +"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " +"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " +"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " +"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " +"transfer can be directly validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " +"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +msgstr "两步处理收货（收货+入库）" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " +"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " +"you to have 2 steps." +msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在*仓库*层面完成。默认情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许2步收货。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " +"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "2步流程如下：在收货区收货，然后再进一步从收货区转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，就不能进一步处理这些产品。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" +" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " +"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" +" stock." +msgstr "第一步是允许使用*多步路线*。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里，我们可以把收货区的卸货步骤与产品入库步骤链接起来。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " +"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" +"如要启用*多步路线*，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*存储位置*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +msgstr "为2步收货配置仓库设置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " +"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " +"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +msgstr "" +"启用*多步路线*后，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"仓库`并打开你将用于配置2步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物接收和入库（2步）*作为*入向送货*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " +"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." +msgstr "启用这一选项将创建新的*收货*库位。如要重命名，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位 --> 选择收货`并更新其名称。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "创建采购订单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" +" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " +"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " +"your purchase order." +msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，你可创建*询价单*，其中包括从供应商处接收的可库存产品。在确认*询价单*后，系统将创建收货分拣并自动与采购订单关联。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " +"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" +" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " +"products to *Stock*." +msgstr "" +"现在，点击*1步收货*按钮，你可看到首次拣货页面，允许产品进入*收货库位*。然后，系统将再次创建拣货，即内部调拨，以便将产品移动进入*库存*。" + #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" +msgstr "处理收货和内部调拨" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " +"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " +"marked as *Done*." +msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收货，是*就绪*状态，在收货标记为*完成*后，内部调拨作业将变为*就绪*。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " +"through the inventory dashboard." +msgstr "你可从采购订单进入收货作业，或通过库存仪表板访问。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " +"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +msgstr "默认情况下，收货总是被视为准备就绪，可进行处理。然后，你可直接点击*确认*，将它标记为已完成。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " +"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " +"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " +"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " +"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" +"在确认收货后，内部调拨已准备就绪，可进行处理。由于文件相互关联，已接收的产品自动预留为内部调拨。在确认调拨后，这些产品进入库存，你可将它们用于履行客户交付要求或制造产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -1842,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`lots` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理到期日" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1850,18 +1839,18 @@ msgid "" " based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " "based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " "customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "很多公司的产品都有到期日，必须基于这些日期对产品进行追踪。例如，在食品行业，根据到期日追踪库存是强制要求，以避免将过期产品出售给顾客。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" " if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可根据到期日追踪产品，即使已经按批号或序列号追踪这些产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 @@ -1871,9 +1860,10 @@ msgstr "应用配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" *Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Lots & Serial Numbers* and " -"*Expiration Dates* features." +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" +" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" +"如要使用到期日追踪功能，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，启用*批号和序列号*及*到期日*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 @@ -1886,44 +1876,44 @@ msgstr "产品配置" msgid "" "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " "tab* of the product form:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可在产品表单的*库存选项卡*中定义不同的日期：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " "lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品使用时间：指在该天数之后商品开始变质，但尚不够成危险。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " "dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " "number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品保质期：指在该天数之后产品可能构成危险且不可食用。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品移出时间：指在该天数之后应将商品移出库存。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品警报时间：指在该天数之后对批号/序列号发出警报。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批号/序列号的到期日" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " "on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " "reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存中接收产品时，对应批号/序列号的日期将自动更新。此项更新基于产品的接收日期和产品表单设置的时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" @@ -1932,14 +1922,16 @@ msgstr "到期警报" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to *Master Data > Lots/Serial Numbers*. There, you can use the pre-" -"existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that exceeded their " -"alert date." +"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " +"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " +"exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" +"你可从*库存*应用程序访问所有到期警报。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " +"批号/序列号`。然后，你可使用已有的筛选条件，显示超过其警报日期的所有批号/序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理大批相同的产品" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1948,12 +1940,13 @@ msgid "" "will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" +"批次通常在大批量的产品收货中使用，这可用于报表、质控或者任何其他信息。例如，批次有助于识别存在生产缺陷的产品。它对于批量生产的服装或食品非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可管理批次，确保符合大多数行业的可追溯性要求。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -1963,18 +1956,19 @@ msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 msgid "Application Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用程序配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and tick *Lots & Serial Numbers*. " -"Then, click on save." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " +"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" +"首先，你需要启用按批号追踪的功能。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*批号和序列号*。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" @@ -1984,47 +1978,48 @@ msgstr "产品配置" msgid "" "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你需要配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" -"Go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your choice. There, " -"click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" +" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " +"inventory tab." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`并打开你选择的产品。在库存选项卡中，点击*编辑*并选择*按批号追踪*。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理批次" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " "numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了接收按批次追踪的产品，你必须指定其批号。你有多种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动分配不同批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，你需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" " a line* again to register a new lot number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填入批号。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -2034,6 +2029,7 @@ msgid "" "After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " "contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" +"打开供应商提供的批号电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到Odoo的*批号/序列号名称*一列，自动创建必要的行。之后，你必须手动输入每个批次包含的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" @@ -2043,8 +2039,8 @@ msgstr "作业类型" msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -"*Configuration > Operation Types*." -msgstr "" +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgstr "当然，你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -2055,6 +2051,7 @@ msgid "" "inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " "allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" +"对于每种类型（收货、内部调拨、发货等），你可决定创建新批号或是仅使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许在接收产品时创建新批次，而在这类作业中不允许使用现有批号。如果是仓库间戴波并按批次追踪产品，在收货时允许使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" @@ -2065,29 +2062,30 @@ msgid "" "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " "were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品分配批号可用于追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in *Master Data > " -"Lots/Serial Numbers*, click on the lot number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "" +"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" +" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " +"your search." +msgstr "如要追踪一个产品，打开*库存*模块，在 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 批号/序列号`，点击搜索对应的批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" " lot number has been used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开*可追溯性*信息，你可查看该批号被用于哪些文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，如你想要定位这个批号，可点击*库位*统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2097,27 +2095,31 @@ msgid "" "automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " "last movement." msgstr "" +"如要按序列号追踪产品，你可使用序列号追踪功能。通过此功能，你可追踪产品的当前库位，如产品从一个地点移动到另一地点，系统将根据最后移动情况，自动识别产品的当前库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" "entry management is the feature you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想要使用此功能，或允许高级可追溯性功能，需使用Odoo的复式分录管理。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -"*Configuration > Settings* in the *Inventory* application. Then, enable the " -"feature and hit save." +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " +"Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" +"首先，你需要启用序列号追踪功能。为此，在*库存*应用程序中前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用该功能并点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to *Master Data > Products* and open the product of your " -"choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial Number* in the " -"*Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " +"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " +"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" +"现在，你可配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品` " +"并打开你选择的产品。在*库存*选项卡中，编辑该产品并选择*按唯一的序列号追踪*。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" @@ -2127,38 +2129,38 @@ msgstr "管理序列号" msgid "" "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " "its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了接收按序列号追踪的产品，你必须指定其序列号。当然，你有多种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 msgid "Manual assignation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动分配" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多重分配" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " "need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论你喜欢用哪种方式分配序列号，首先需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动分配不同的序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " "click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填写序列号字段。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -2166,11 +2168,11 @@ msgid "" "create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " "number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " "number to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用分配多个序列号的功能，Odoo可自动创建必要的行。为此，你必须输入一组中的首个序列号，及需要分配序列号的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，点击*分配序列号*，Odoo将完成其余操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -2179,30 +2181,31 @@ msgid "" "column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" " need." msgstr "" +"如要使用复制/粘贴功能，打开接收的包含序列号的电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到向导的*批号/序列号名称*一列。之后，Odoo将自动创建你需要的行。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "作业类型" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to *Configuration > Operation Types* in the" -" *Inventory* app." -msgstr "" +"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +msgstr "你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " "or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " "allowed at product reception." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于每个类型，你可决定允许创建新批号或使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许新接收的产品创建新批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果按批号完成仓库间调拨和追踪产品，则允许收货时使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" @@ -2213,75 +2216,199 @@ msgid "" "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " "received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " "to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用序列号可追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to *Master Data >" -" Lots/Serial Numbers* and click on the serial number corresponding to your " -"search. Then, open the *Traceability* information. There, you will see in " -"which documents the serial number has been used." +"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " +":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" +" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " +"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " +"been used." msgstr "" +"追踪产品非常简单：打开*库存*应用程序，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " +"批号/序列号`，并点击你的搜索对应的序列号。然后，打开*可追溯性*信息。你可在此查看哪些文件使用了序列号。" -#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "并且，如你想要定位这个序列号，可点击序列号表单上的*库位*统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "杂项操作" +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " +"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " +"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," +" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " +"and hit the create button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " +"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" +" line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " +"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " +"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " +"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " +"locations they have been reserved from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " +":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " +"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " +"transfer or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" +" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " +"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " +"too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " +"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 +msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " +"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " +"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " +"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +msgstr "" + #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货时自动发送邮件" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" "First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" " Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " "company-specific." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入*库存*应用程序，然后进入*设置*并启用*邮件确认*功能。如你操作多家公司，这项配置需针对具体的公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " "Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " "next to its name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你启用这项功能时，Odoo自动创建邮件模板。当然，如有必要，你可点击模板名称旁边的小箭头，修改其名称。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 msgid "Send email at delivery validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货确认时发送邮件" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 msgid "" "On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " "specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" " do the same for the delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存仪表板上，点击*创建*并针对特定合作伙伴填写表单。在其中加入一些产品后，*确认*并对发货进行同样操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 msgid "" "Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，自动邮件将被发出并出现在聊天中。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 msgid "" "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " "be included in the standard email template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入标准邮件模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理不属于你的库存" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" " to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，供应商会向门店提供产品，且你无需事先采购它们。这种情况被称为**代销库存**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2289,20 +2416,22 @@ msgid "" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " "to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " "check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的好办法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能否卖掉的产品，代销库存能让他们先不付款并在市场上试销。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " "advanced settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，Odoo能通过高级设置管理代销库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* in the " -"inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in the *Traceability* " -"section. Now, hit save." +"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " +"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" +"如要使用此功能，在库存应用程序中打开 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`。然后，在*可追溯性*部分启用*代销*功能。现在，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" @@ -2313,21 +2442,21 @@ msgid "" "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " "On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " "appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开收货页面并创建新的收货记录。你可看到页面右侧出现名为*分配所有者*的新行。你可在此指定拥有库存的合作伙伴。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你是所有者，你可将此字段留空。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在确认收货后，产品进入你的仓库但仍属于所有者。它们不会影响你的库存估值。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "Scrap Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2336,114 +2465,118 @@ msgid "" "during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" " stored, you have to scrap them." msgstr "" +"在仓库中，有时会出现受损或因为过期或其他原因无法使用的产品。你经常在拣货或库存盘点时发现这个问题。由于这些产品无法销售或储存，需要将其报废。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 msgid "" "When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " "area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "商品报废后，在系统中不再是库存的一部分。报废的物料将被移动到报废区，不再进入库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material content, recoverable through recycling." -msgstr "" +msgstr "报废品是指没有经济价值或只有其基本物质含量价值的废物，可通过回收进行利用。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" "When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " "location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当安装*库存*应用程序时，Odoo会自动创建一个报废品库位。命名为**虚拟库位／报废品**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " -"*Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and activate the *Storage Locations* " -"feature." -msgstr "" +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " +"*Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "当然，你可根据需要创建新的报废品区。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 -msgid "Now, go to *Configuration > Locations* and create your scrap location." -msgstr "" +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " +"scrap location." +msgstr "现在，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 地点`并创建你的报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 msgid "" "You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " "scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " "virtual location will be created for scrapped products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须勾选地点表单上的*是否为报废品库位？*。实际上，报废品库位无法被用作正常储存位置，而是为报废品创建的虚拟库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 msgid "Different ways to scrap products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "报废产品的不同方式" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 msgid "" "With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " "delivery order, and from an internal transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo有多种报废产品的方式：从收货页面、交货单页面或内部调拨页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 msgid "Scrap from receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从收货页面报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" -"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Receipts* or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts location." -msgstr "" +"Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " +"location." +msgstr "从收货页面报废产品非常简单。前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 收货`或点击收货库位下的*1步处理*。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " "your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，打开收货并确认拣货。当产品进入仓库后，页面左上角将出现报废品按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" "You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " "so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此将收货中的产品进行报废处理。如进行此项操作，它将从可用库存移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 msgid "Scrap from delivery order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从交货单报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" -"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to *Inventory > Dashboard > " -"Delivery orders* or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." -msgstr "" +"To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." +msgstr "如要从交货单报废产品，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 交货单`或点击*1步处理*。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " "upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " "moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，打开交货单。你将在文件左上角看到报废品按钮。如你在此报废产品，它将从可用库存移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 msgid "" "You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " "button on the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击文件右上角的按钮，即可查看从拣货环节报废的所有产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从内部调拨报废" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " -"*Inventory > Dashboard > Internal Transfers*." -msgstr "" +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." +msgstr "这个流程几乎与前面完全相同。实际上，你只需要前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 内部调拨`。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 msgid "" "There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " "scrap button that is on the top left of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此打开感兴趣的内部调拨单。然后，点击文件左上角的报废按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2453,16 +2586,17 @@ msgid "" "the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " "scrap location." msgstr "" +"如在确认内部调拨之前报废产品，则该产品默认从源库位移至虚拟报废品库位。但是，如在确认内部调拨后报废产品，它将从目的地库位而不是源库位移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 msgid "" "Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" " necessary." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，如有必要，你可手动更新报废单的源库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发货时自动发送短信" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2470,297 +2604,414 @@ msgid "" "To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " "multi-company, this feature is company-specific." msgstr "" +"如要发送自动短信，你需要启用*短信确认*功能。为此，前往*库存*应用程序的*设置*菜单，并启用该功能。如有多家公司，则此项功能针对特定公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" " it by clicking on the arrow on the right." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，Odoo中已默认存在短信模板。你可点击右侧的箭头，修改该模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在发货确认时发送短信" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 msgid "" "To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" " and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用此功能，你应针对特定合作伙伴*创建*交货单并添加一些产品。然后，*确认*发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，已发送的自动短信将出现在聊天中。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" "The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " "specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." -msgstr "" +msgstr "调拨上设置的合作伙伴应在联系表单中指明电话号码，才能向其发送短信。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 msgid "" "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " "be included in the SMS template." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入短信模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" -msgstr "计划" +msgstr "排期" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:3 -msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed?" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:5 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most cases, scheduled dates are computed to be able to plan deliveries, " -"receptions, and so on. Depending on your company’s habits, Odoo generates " -"scheduled dates via the scheduler." +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:9 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"To make your life easier, the Odoo scheduler computes everything per line, " -"whether it’s a manufacturing order, a delivery order, a sale order, etc." +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:14 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" -"The computed dates are dependent on the different lead times configured in " -"Odoo." +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" -"Configuring lead times is the first move if you want to compute scheduled " -"dates. Those are the delays promised (in terms of delivery, manufacturing, " -"etc.) to your partners and/or clients." +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:25 -msgid "In Odoo, you can configure different lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" -"When configuring lead times at the product level, you have three different " -"types to take into account: supplier lead time, customer lead time, and " -"manufacturing lead time." +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:35 -msgid "Supplier lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" -"The supplier lead time is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your " -"purchased products. To configure it, select a product and click on the " -"inventory tab. There, you will have to add a vendor to your product." +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, just open the vendor form and fill its *Delivery lead time*. In this " -"case, the delivery day will be equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + " -"Delivery Lead Time*." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " +"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " +"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " +"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " +"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" -"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendor pricelists and, " -"thus, different delivery lead times, depending on the vendor." +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "客户前置时间" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:58 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" -"It is the time needed to get your product from your store/warehouse to your " -"customer. It can be configured for any product. To add it, select a product " -"and go to the inventory tab. There, simply indicate your *customer lead " -"time*." +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:67 -msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" -"On the same page, it is possible to configure what’s called the " -"*Manufacturing Lead Time*. It is the time needed to manufacture the product." +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "安全提前时间" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" -"At the company level, you can configure security days. Those are useful to " -"cope with eventual dalys and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " -"is to subtract backup days from the computed scheduled date in case of " -"delays." +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once again, there are three different types of security lead times: for " -"sales, for purchases, and for manufacturing." +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:85 -msgid "Security lead time for sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:87 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" -"In sales, security lead time corresponds to backup days to ensure you will " -"be able to deliver your clients in times. They are margins of errors for " -"delivery lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early " -"wristwatch, in order to arrive on time." +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" -"The idea is to subtract the numbers of security days from the calculation " -"and, thus, to compute a scheduled date earlier than the one you promised to " -"your client. In that way, you are sure to be able to keep your commitment." +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" -"To set up your security dates, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* " -"and enable the feature." +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:104 -msgid "Security lead time for purchase" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" -"It follows the same logic as security lead time for sales except that " -"security lead time for purchase is the margin of error for vendor lead " -"times, not for sales." +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" -"When the system generates purchase orders for procuring products, they will " -"be scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" -"To find purchase lead time, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Settings* and" -" enable the feature." +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:121 -msgid "Security lead time for manufacturing" +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" -"The security lead time for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " -"orders which are scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected " -"manufacturing days." +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" -"To configure it, go to *Manufacturing > Configuration > Settings* and enable" -" the *Security Lead Time* option. Then, hit save." +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:136 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" -"Sometimes, the internal transfers that a product might do may also influence" -" the computed date. The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in" -" the *Inventory* app when you create a new rule in a route." +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" -"To specify them, go to *Inventory > Configuration > Routes* and add a push " -"rule to set a delay. Of course, you need to activate *Multi-step Routes* to " -"use this feature." +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:149 -msgid "At the sale order level" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:152 -msgid "Expected date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:154 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you have the possibility to activate the option " -"*Delivery Date*. It will allow you to see additional fields on the sale " -"order." +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:158 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" -"By enabling this option, Odoo will indicate the *Expected Date* in the " -"*Other Info* tab of the sales order. This one is automatically computed " -"based on the different lead times." +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If you set a *Commitment Date* to deliver your customer that is earlier than" -" the *Expected Date*, a warning message will appear on the screen." +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:175 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "制造前置时间 " + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" -"To better understand all the above info, here is an example. You may sell a " -"car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, and you promise to " -"deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20th). In such a scenario, the" -" scheduler will trigger the following events, based on your configuration:" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:181 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" -"January 19: this is the actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety " -"Days);" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" -"January 18: you receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase " -"days);" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" -"January 10: this is the deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of " -"Supplier Delivery Lead Time);" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_date.rst:187 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" -"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since they " -"need, on average, 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置并运行调度器" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 msgid "What is a scheduler?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是调度器？" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 msgid "" "The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " "production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " "defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "调度器是指计划生产和采购并排定其优先顺序的计算引擎。它根据为产品定义的规则自动运行。默认情况下，调度器设定为每天运行一次。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" @@ -2772,20 +3023,20 @@ msgid "" "started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " "purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "调度器只会验证已确认但尚未开始的采购。根据所请求产品的配置，这些采购预订会开启生产、任务或采购。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" "As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " "account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" " started first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "正如人类所做的那样，调度器在启动预订和采购时考虑到了操作的优先级。紧急请求将首先开始。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 msgid "" "In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " "you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果库存中没有足够的产品来满足所有的要求，你可以确保首先生产最紧急的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" @@ -2797,32 +3048,37 @@ msgstr "手工运行排程" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" -"To start the scheduler manually, go to *Inventory > Operations > Run " -"Schedulers*. The scheduler uses all the relevant parameters defined for " -"products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the different production " -"orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." +"To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " +"parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" +" different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" +"如要手动启动调度器，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " +"运行调度器`。调度器使用针对产品、供应商和公司定义的所有相关参数来确定不同生产订单、发货和供应商采购的优先顺序。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置并运行调度器（仅限高级用户）" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To use this feature, you have to enable the debug mode. To do so, go to " -"*Settings > Activate the developer mode*." +"To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" +"如要使用此功能，你必须启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" -#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then, go to *Settings > Technical > Automation > Scheduled Actions* and " -"modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, you can set the " -"starting time of the scheduler." +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " +"you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" +"然后，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动化 --> " +"已排定操作`并修改*运行MRP调度器配置*。然后，你可设置调度器的启动时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" -msgstr "租赁产品" +msgstr "产品" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" @@ -2855,7 +3111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "按单补货" @@ -2883,7 +3139,7 @@ msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2924,7 +3180,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用不同计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2935,6 +3191,7 @@ msgid "" "in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " "customers." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，按不同计量单位处理产品非常必要。例如，如果你采购产品的国家适用公制，而出售产品的国家适用英制，则需要转换计量单位。另一个常见的用例是以较大的包装向供应商采购产品，然后按小单位出售给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2943,20 +3200,22 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to *Configuration > Settings*. In the " -"*Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then *Save*." -msgstr "" +"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " +"*Save*." +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在*产品*部分，启用*计量单位*，然后点击*保存*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Create New Units of Measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to *Configuration > UoM*. There, hit " -"*Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we will use " -"for the Egg product." +"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." +" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" +" will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" +"在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 计量单位` 。然后，点击*创建*。例如，我们为鸡蛋产品创建一盒6个的单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -2965,17 +3224,19 @@ msgid "" "category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " "for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" +"类别对于单位转换非常重要，只有当这些单位属于同一类别时，你才能将产品从一种单位转换为另一种单位。在本类别中，6个一盒相当于参考计量“单位”的6倍。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品上指定计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application > Master Data > Products*, open the product " -"which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click " -"on *Edit*." +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " +"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " +"measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 产品`中，打开你想要更改采购/销售计量单位的产品，然后点击*编辑*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2983,22 +3244,22 @@ msgid "" "which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " "transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*一般信息*选项卡中，你可选择销售产品时的*计量单位*，这也是内部调拨使用的单位。你也可选择*采购计量单位*，即采购产品的单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按采购计量单位购买" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" " you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" " it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，按产品的不同*计量单位*创建新询价单并*确认*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -3008,6 +3269,7 @@ msgid "" " the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " "converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." msgstr "" +"在自动生成的采购订单中，使用的计量单位是一盒6个，即是采购计量单位。当然，你可根据需要手动更改计量单位。当进入与采购订单关联的*收货*时，你会发现10盒6个单位的产品被转换为60个单位。实际上，库存按单位进行管理。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -3016,28 +3278,28 @@ msgstr "补货" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to change the unit of measure." -msgstr "" +"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +msgstr "当在产品表单上通过*补货*按钮补货时，你可使用不同的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按更大的计量单位销售" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " "sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " "computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在销售订单文件上选择计量单位，并决定按“打”销售鸡蛋。这样，系统将按计量单位自动计算价格，以适用所选的*计量单位*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " "*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在交货单中，销售订单中所用的*计量单位*转换为库存管理所用的*计量单位*，在本例中为一个单位产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Kits?" +msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 @@ -3050,25 +3312,25 @@ msgid "" "have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" " stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " "supplier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计量单位规定了处理产品时所用的单位。在Odoo中，你可指定管理库存和从供应商处采购产品所用的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是*同一种类*（个、重量、容积、长度等）" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 msgid "" "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " "the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " "order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果鸡蛋的重订货规则如下，在运行调度器时，添加到自动生成的采购订单中的数量应为“打”，但进入库存的数量应为“个”。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" -msgstr "包裹" +msgstr "邮包" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -3077,30 +3339,38 @@ msgid "" "decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" +"包裹是指拣货时放入一种或几种产品的实体容器。例如，在发货时，你可决定将整批货物分为两个不同的包裹。这样，你就需要报告标示每个包裹的产品数量。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" +" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " +"this for each package." +msgstr "如要在发货时将产品分为不同包裹，你需要将整批货物数量分为想要的包裹数量，然后点击“打包”，每个包裹都需如此操作。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包装" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包装是指保护产品的实体容器。如果你出售电脑，包装包含电脑、说明书及电源插头等。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，包装用于销售订单的指示性用途。它们可从“库存”选项卡的“产品表单”上指定。" -#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" " packing on the picking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "包装的另一个用途是产品收货。通过扫描包装条目，Odoo将包装中包含的产品件数加入拣货系统。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" @@ -3108,14 +3378,14 @@ msgstr "库存调整" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在重订货规则和按订单补货之间选择" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " "replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" " they are triggered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*重订货规则*和*按订单补货*二者都可在必要情况下自动补充产品。这两种工具的区别在于其触发方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3125,31 +3395,31 @@ msgid "" "the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " "quantity to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" +"*重订货规则*用于确保你始终保有最低产品数量库存，以制造产品和/或满足客户需求。当产品库存水平达到最小值，系统自动生成采购订单，以将数量补至最大库存水平。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" -" check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product and if the " -"available quantity is higher or equal to the necessary quantity, Odoo will " -"use what is in stock to fulfill the request. In case you don’t have enough " -"available stock to fully fulfill the product request, procurement will be " -"generated for the total quantity requested." -msgstr "" +" not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." +msgstr "*按订单补货*路线根据满足产品请求（来自于销售订单或制造订单）所需的数量触发采购（采购订单或制造订单）。系统不会检查对应产品现有数量。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "订货规则" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " -"*Inventory > Master Data > Reordering Rules*. There, click on *Create* to " -"set minimum and maximum stock values for a given product." +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " +"click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " +"product." msgstr "" +"*重订货规则*配置始终可通过菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> " +"重订货规则`查看。在此点击*创建*，设置特定产品的最小和最大库存值。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" @@ -3157,21 +3427,22 @@ msgid "" "procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " "will be used." msgstr "" +"当预测库存低于本字段规定的*最小数量*时，Odoo生成采购订单，将预测数量升至*最大数量*。*数量倍数*用于将采购数量增至该倍数。如为0，则需使用具体数量值。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*前置时间*是指在触发订购后收到产品或向供应商订购产品的天数。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你管理多个仓库和/或多个库位，你可为每个库位的同一产品指定不同的重订货规则。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " @@ -3179,69 +3450,73 @@ msgid "" "product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" +"如要为对应产品触发重订货规则，需指定路线。如你制造产品，确保选择路线*制造*并为产品创建*物料清单*。如你采购产品，则应确保选择路线*采购*并添加*供应商价格表*。" -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "请勿忘记在产品表单中选择产品类型*可库存*。消耗品无法库存，且不会触发重订货规则。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " +"any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" +"*按订单补货*配置在 :menuselection:`库存模块 --> 主数据 --> 产品`（或包含产品页面的所有其他模块）的产品表单中进行设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" -"The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " -"your *Inventory module > Master Data > Products* (or in any other module " -"where products are available)." -msgstr "" +"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " +"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." +msgstr "你可在*库存选项卡*的产品表单中设置路线。你可选择*按订单补货*和其他路线，*采购*或*制造*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" -"On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " -"choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:81 -msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" -" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, male " +" in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "同样地，如果选择*采购*路线，确保在*采购选项卡*中设置*供应商价格表*。如你设置了*制造*路线，确保为该产品设置*物料清单*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从其他仓库补给" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" " \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " "be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要从其他仓库补给，你需启用\\*多仓库\\*和\\*多步路线\\*。启用多仓库后，系统将自动启用储存地点功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via \\*Inventory > Configuration > " -"Warehouses\\*. Create the necessary warehouses following this " -"`*documentation* " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/14xNFdUOAbfzdloqXcjq67T8qjjlY7pu4Db6BbR4_fdA/edit>`__." -" Enter the warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will " -"have the possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets " -"resupplied." +"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " +"this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " +"warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " +"possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" +"你可通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`访问你的仓库。按照这个 :doc:`文档 " +"<../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`创建必要的仓库。输入需要由其他仓库补给的仓库。你可直接指定它通过哪个仓库补给。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如启用本选项，你的产品将有一条可用的新路线\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*。你现在可选择此路线并勾选\\*重订货规则\\*或\\*按订单补货\\*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to \\*Inventory > Operations > Run " -"scheduler\\*." +"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" +"在演示中，我将重订货规则设置为最小库存5个，最大库存10个，目前库存为0个。我将进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " +"运行调度器`，即可运行调度器。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -3251,963 +3526,858 @@ msgid "" "the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" +"系统将自动创建两项拣货操作，一项是从储存必要产品的第二仓库创建\\*交货单\\*，另一项是相同产品进入主仓库WH/Stock的收货命令。源文件是触发\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*路线的\\*重订货规则\\*。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "计价方法" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Anglo-Saxon Accounting)" -msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(海洋法系会计)" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） " -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:7 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"Every year your inventory valuation has to be recorded in your balance " -"sheet. This implies two main choices:" -msgstr "每年你的库存价值都需要在余额表中记录, 这依赖于两个主要选项 :" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "Odoo中的到岸成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:10 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" -"the way you compute the cost of your stored items (Standard vs. Average vs. " -"Real Price);" -msgstr "计算库存产品的成本方式(标准, 平均成本, 实时价格)；" +"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " +"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " +"application to be installed)." +msgstr "到岸成本只能应用于采用FIFO或AVCO成本计算方法和自动库存计价（要求安装会计应用程序）的产品。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:13 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" -"the way you record the inventory value into your books (periodic vs. " -"Perpetual)." -msgstr "在账簿中记录库存价值的方式(定期估值和不间断估值)。" +"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " +"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " +"recorded." +msgstr "" +"首先，你应前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用到岸成本功能。你也可决定记录到岸成本会计分录的默认日记账。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:17 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:17 -msgid "Costing Method" -msgstr "成本方法" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "向产品添加成本" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:63 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "接收供应商账单" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " +"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +msgstr "假设我收到了一批货物的关税账单。我会在供应商账单行的*到岸成本*上打勾。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgstr "到岸成本产品必须为服务类型。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 +msgid "" +"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " +"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " +"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +msgstr "在我的供应商账单顶部，可看到*创建到岸成本*按钮。点击该按钮，系统将自动创建到岸成本。现在，我可以决定哪些拣货适用于这些额外成本。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " +"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" +" cost." +msgstr "现在，我可以点击*计算*并前往*计价调整*，查看对我的产品成本的影响。最后一步是确认到岸成本。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +msgid "" +"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " +"clicking on the journal entry." +msgstr "点击日记账分录，即可访问到岸成本创建的日记账分录。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +msgid "" +"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " +"create the landed cost from there." +msgstr "你并非必须从供应商账单开始，也可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 到岸成本`并在此直接创建到岸成本。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "库存计价配置" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " +"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " +"a company." +msgstr "库存计价是指确定库存价值的方式。这对企业而言是一个非常重要的方面，因为库存可能是公司最大的资产。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" +msgstr "库存计价包含两方面主要选择：" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 +msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" +msgstr "确定货物价值所用的成本法（标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格）" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " +"automatically)" +msgstr "将货物价值记入会计账簿的方式（手动或自动）" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." +msgstr "下面将具体介绍这两个概念。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 +msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" +msgstr "计价方式：标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " +"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +msgstr "成本方法在产品类别中定义，有三种可选方法。下面将详细介绍每种方法。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "标准价格" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:28 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:73 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:128 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:181 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:182 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" msgstr "操作" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:29 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:74 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:129 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:182 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:183 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "单位成本" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:30 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:183 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:184 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "在手数量" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:31 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:131 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:184 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:185 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "差异值" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:32 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:132 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:185 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:33 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:78 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:133 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:186 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "库存价值" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:34 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:55 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:192 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:202 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 +msgid "€10" +msgstr "€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:36 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:81 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:136 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:189 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:37 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:79 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:82 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:134 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:137 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:187 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:190 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 +msgid "€0" +msgstr "€0" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:191 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "收到8个产品, 合计 $10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" +msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" msgstr "8" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:41 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:86 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:141 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:194 -msgid "+8*$10" -msgstr "+8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 +msgid "+8*€10" +msgstr "+8 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:195 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 +msgid "€80" +msgstr "€80" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:196 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "收到4个产品, 合计 $16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" +msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:198 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:46 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:199 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" msgstr "12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:46 -msgid "+4*$10" -msgstr "+4*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 +msgid "+4*€10" +msgstr "+4 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:47 -msgid "$120" -msgstr "$120" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "€120" +msgstr "€120" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:48 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:201 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:49 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:149 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "发货10片产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:150 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:203 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:51 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:96 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:151 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:204 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" msgstr "2" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$10" -msgstr "-10*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€10" +msgstr "-10 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:53 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:206 -msgid "$20" -msgstr "$20" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "€20" +msgstr "€20" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:54 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" -msgstr "收到2个产品, 合计 $9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" +msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:101 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:156 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:209 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:57 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:210 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" msgstr "4" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:57 -msgid "+2*$10" -msgstr "+2*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 +msgid "+2*€10" +msgstr "+2 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:58 -msgid "$40" -msgstr "$40" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 +msgid "€40" +msgstr "€40" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:60 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:61 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" -"**Standard Price** means you estimate the cost price based on direct " -"materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead at the end of a specific " -"period (usually once a year). You enter this cost price in the product form." -msgstr " **标准价格** 意味着在期末(通常是一年)根据产品的直接材料, 直接劳动以及制造费用等评估成本。你可以在产品页面输入成本价格。" +"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " +"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " +"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" +" be reviewed periodically." +msgstr "" +"在**标准价格**中，产品计价是你在产品表单中手动定义的成本。通常而言，这项成本根据获得产品所需的材料和人工进行估算。这项成本必须定期审核。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:118 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "平均价格" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:94 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:197 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 +msgid "€12" +msgstr "€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:91 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:146 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:199 -msgid "+4*$16" -msgstr "+4*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 +msgid "+4*€16" +msgstr "+4 *€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:200 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 +msgid "€144" +msgstr "€144" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-10*$12" -msgstr "-10*$12" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-10*€12" +msgstr "-10 *€12" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:98 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 +msgid "€24" +msgstr "€24" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:99 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:207 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" -msgstr "收到2个产品, 合计 $6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" +msgstr "以€6的价格收到2 个产品" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:100 -msgid "$9" -msgstr "$9" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 +msgid "€9" +msgstr "€9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:102 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:157 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:210 -msgid "+2*$6" -msgstr "+2*$6" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 +msgid "+2*€6" +msgstr "+2 *€6" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:103 -msgid "$36" -msgstr "$36" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "€36" +msgstr "€36" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:105 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" -"The **Average Price** method recomputes the cost price as a receipt order " -"has been processed, based on prices defined in tied purchase orders: FORMULA" -" (see here attached)" -msgstr " **平均价格** 的方法是当有收货的时候系统会根据采购订单的采购价格计算成本 :公式(见下)" +"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " +"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " +"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +msgstr "在**AVCO（平均成本法）**中，每件产品的价值相等，是产品的平均采购成本。在这种成本计价方法中，产品成本在每次收货后重新计算。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:109 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "当产品出库的时候平均价格不变。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:111 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:112 -msgid "" -"From an accounting point of view, this method is mainly justified in case of" -" huge purchase price variations and is quite unusual due to its operational " -"complexity. Your actually need a software like Odoo to easily keep this cost" -" up-to-date." -msgstr "" -"从会计的角度来看, 这种方式在采购价格经常变动的时候调整, " -"由于此种操作的复杂性该方法不经常使用。如果要用的话就需要例如Odoo这样的软件来进行实时更新。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:116 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:117 -msgid "" -"This method is dedicated to advanced users. It requires well established " -"business processes because the order in which you process receipt orders " -"matters in the cost computation." -msgstr "该方法用于特定的高级用户。因为在完成收货单的过程中会进行成本计算, 所以需要很好的评估业务流程。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:171 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:172 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:149 -msgid "$16" -msgstr "$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 +msgid "€16" +msgstr "€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-8*$10" -msgstr "-8*$10" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-8*€10" +msgstr "-8 *€10" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-2*$16" -msgstr "-2*$16" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 +msgid "-2*€16" +msgstr "-2 *€16" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:153 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:211 -msgid "$32" -msgstr "$32" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 +msgid "€32" +msgstr "€32" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:155 -msgid "$11" -msgstr "$11" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 +msgid "€11" +msgstr "€11" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:158 -msgid "$44" -msgstr "$44" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 +msgid "€44" +msgstr "€44" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:160 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:213 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:161 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:214 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "" -"For **Real Price** (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, etc), the costing is further refined " -"by the removal strategy set on the warehouse location or product's internal " -"category. The default strategy is FIFO. With such method, your inventory " -"value is computed from the real cost of your stored products (cfr. " -"Quantitative Valuation) and not from the cost price shown in the product " -"form. Whenever you ship items, the cost price is reset to the cost of the " -"last item(s) shipped. This cost price is used to value any product not " -"received from a purchase order (e.g. inventory adjustments)." +"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " +"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" +" that applies." +msgstr "在**FIFO（先进先出价格法）**中，按产品的采购成本进行计价。当产品离开库存时，适用“先进先出”规则。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " +"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " +"number." +msgstr "注意，这是财务意义上的先进先出。首个“进入”的价值首先“出去”，而无论其储存位置、仓库或序列号。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 +msgid "" +"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " +"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +msgstr "如你在Odoo中管理所有工作流程（销售、采购、库存），则建议使用FIFO。它适合各种用户。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 +msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" +msgstr "库存计价：手动或自动" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " +"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " +"Those two methods are detailed below." +msgstr "将库存价值记入会计账簿的方式有两种。成本法在你的产品类别中定义。这两种记账方法具体如下。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 +msgid "" +"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" +" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " +"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " +"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " +"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " +"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" -"对于 **实际价格** (FIFO, LIFO, 　FEFO, 等), " -"需要进一步在仓库的库位上或者在产品的内部分类页面设置出库策略。默认的设置是FIFO。在该种方式下, 库存价值会遵从计算存储商品的真实的价值(cfr, " -"定量估值)而不是按照产品页面的成本来计算。只要发出货物, 成本价格就是会变成最后一次出货产品()的成本, " -"这种成本方式用在哪些还没有接收的货物的估价上(例如, 库存调整)。" +"需要注意的是，会计分录取决于你的会计模式：欧洲大陆模式或盎格鲁-撒克逊模式。对于欧洲大陆模式，在产品入库后立即将货物成本计入。对于盎格鲁-" +"撒克逊模式，只有当货物向最终客户开具发票后，其成本才会被计为支出。你可通过下表轻松比较这两种会计模式。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:170 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:171 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflow into Odoo (Sales, Purchases," -" Inventory). It suits any kind of users." -msgstr "如果你在Odoo中管理所有的流程(销售, 采购, 库存)建议使用FIFO。它符合所有的用户。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" -msgstr "LIFO (国际财务报告准则已弃用)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-4*$16" -msgstr "-4*$16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:0 -msgid "-6*$10" -msgstr "-6*$10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:208 -msgid "$8" -msgstr "$8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:223 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:224 -msgid "LIFO is not permitted outside the United States." -msgstr "美国之外不能使用LIFO。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:225 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:226 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows any method. The default one is **Standard Price**. To change it," -" check **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price costing method** in " -"Purchase settings. Then set the costing method from products' internal " -"categories. Categories show up in the Inventory tab of the product form." +"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " +"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " +"your accounting settings." msgstr "" -"Odoo中可以使用任何方式, 默认的是 **标准成本** 。要更改的话, 可以在采购的设置中勾选 **使用'固定','实际','平均'价格等成本方法**" -" 。然后在产品的内部分类页面设置成本方法。产品的内部分类可以在产品的库存页面看到。" +"一般来说，根据你所在国家，系统会默认选择正确的会计模式。如你想验证会计模式，请激活:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`并打开你的会计设置。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:231 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:232 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 +msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "手动库存计价" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" -"Whatever the method is, Odoo provides a full inventory valuation in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reports --> Inventory Valuation` (i.e. current" -" quantity in stock * cost price)." +"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " +"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " +"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" -"不管使用何种方式, Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " -"报表(Reports) -->存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" +"在这种情况下，收货和发货不会对你的会计账簿产生任何直接影响。你可定期创建手动日记账分录，代表库存产品的价值。如要查看库存价值，前往 " +":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 库存计价`。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 -msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "定期存货计价" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:238 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:239 -msgid "" -"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " -"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " -"the accountant posts one journal entry representing the value of the " -"physical inventory." -msgstr "定期存货计价, 收货和发货都不会直接对会计产生影响, 在月末或者年末, 会计登录一张代表实际库存的会计分录。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:243 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:244 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作业并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 +msgid "Continental Accounting" +msgstr "大陆会计法" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "供应商账单" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:253 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:310 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:254 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:271 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:305 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "信用" +msgstr "贷方" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "资产 :存货" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:255 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:256 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:256 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:257 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "负债 :应付账款" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:257 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:258 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "配置 :" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:261 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:263 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:264 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:264 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:265 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:265 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "货物接收" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:287 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:266 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "没有会计分录" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "客户发票" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "收入 :销售货物" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:273 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:273 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:274 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "资产 :应收账款" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:275 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:275 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:279 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:279 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:281 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:280 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:282 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:281 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:284 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:283 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:286 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:285 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "客户发货" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:289 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:288 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "生产数量" +msgstr "制造订单" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:295 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:294 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:298 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:301 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:303 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:312 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:307 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:313 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:314 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "费用 :采购货物" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:315 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:319 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:319 -msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "永续存货计价" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:321 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:321 -msgid "" -"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods receptions and outgoing shipments " -"are posted in your books in real time. The books are therefore always up-to-" -"date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced users only. " -"As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra configuration & " -"testing." -msgstr "" -"在持续的存货计价方式中, 收货和发货会即时的记账。因此, 账本是在这种情景下会一直不断更新。这种模式只能被会计专家和高级用户使用。相反的定义的估值方式," -" 就需要额外的配置和测试。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:328 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:328 -msgid "Let's take the case of a reseller." -msgstr "让我们举个分销商的例子" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:340 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:340 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr " **配置 :** " - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:342 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:342 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:344 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:350 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:357 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:360 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:352 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:362 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:367 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:356 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/strategies/removal` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:368 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:357 -msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:369 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:358 -msgid ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../routes/costing/landed_costs` " - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:5 -msgid "How to do an inventory valuation? (Continental Accounting)" -msgstr "如何进行存货计价?(大陆法系会计)" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:35 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:40 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:45 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:50 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:56 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:140 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:193 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:203 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:38 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:80 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:135 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:138 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:188 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:191 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:39 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:139 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:192 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:42 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:87 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:142 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:195 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:43 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:88 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:143 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:196 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:44 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:89 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:144 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:197 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:47 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:48 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:54 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:207 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:55 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:58 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:59 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:90 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:95 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:145 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:198 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:92 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:147 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:200 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4 *€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:93 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:148 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:201 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10 *€12" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:99 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "€24" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:100 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:155 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:208 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "以€6的价格收到2 个产品" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:101 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:103 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:158 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:211 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2 *€6" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:104 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:150 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2 *€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:154 -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:212 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "€32" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:156 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:159 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-4*€16" -msgstr "-4 *€16" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:0 -msgid "-6*€10" -msgstr "-6 *€10" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:209 -msgid "€8" -msgstr "€8" - -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:297 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:308 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "X" +msgstr "X" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "费用 :存货变动" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:311 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** 科目, 借 **库存变动** 科目。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:346 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 +msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" +msgstr "盎格鲁撒克逊会计" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 +msgid "" +"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" +" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" +msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " +"inventory value" +msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 +msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" +msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" +msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" +msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 +msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" +msgstr "费用 :采购货物" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 +msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" +msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 +msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "自动库存计价" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " +"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " +"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" +" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " +"configuration & testing." +msgstr "" +"在这种情况下，产品入库或出库时，将自动创建会计分录。这就意味着你的会计账簿始终保持更新。这种模式仅适用于专家会计和高级用户。与定期计价不同，它需要一些额外配置和测试。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 +msgid "" +"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " +"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." +msgstr "首先，你需要定义用于这些会计分录的科目。这可在产品类别中进行操作。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 +msgid "**Configuration:**" +msgstr " **配置 :** " + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 +msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" +msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" -#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:349 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" +msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 +msgid "" +"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" +" specific product." +msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " +"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " +"product form." +msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 +msgid "" +"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 +msgid "" +"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " +"internal category" +msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " +"as a specific replacement value" +msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgstr "使用库存计价" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "在本文档中，我们将说明Odoo如何进行库存计价。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgstr "库存计价：基本知识" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "接收产品" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" +" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " +"product (more info here)." +msgstr "产品每次入库或出库，库存价值都会受到影响。其影响方式取决于你的产品的配置（在此查看更多信息）。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " +"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +msgstr "举例来说，我们的产品是一张餐桌，配置为*FIFO成本计价法*及自动库存计价。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 +msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +msgstr "我以每张$10的价格购买10张餐桌。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " +"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " +"valuation stat button." +msgstr "当我确认收到产品时，我的库存价值受到影响。如果我想了解具体的影响，则可点击价值统计按钮。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " +"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " +"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "代销功能可用于设置库存所有者（更多了解代销功能）。如你收到的产品属于其他公司，它们将不会被计入库存计价。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 +msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." +msgstr "你需有会计模块的访问权限才能看到这个按钮。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " +"value of $100." +msgstr "在这种情况下，我看到入库的10张餐桌总价值为$100。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "" +"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " +"case of automated inventory valuation)." +msgstr "我还可访问生成的会计分录（如选择自动库存计价）。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "产品发货" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " +"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +msgstr "按照相同的逻辑，餐桌发货后，库存计价将受到影响，你也可访问类似的信息。" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "The inventory valuation report" +msgstr "库存计价报告" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " +"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " +"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " +"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " +"information for a past date." +msgstr "" +"你可访问库存计价报告摘要（路径 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " +"库存计价`）。报告将分产品显示库存价值。点击*按日期显示库存*按钮，你还可查看过去日期的同类信息。" + #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "仓库" @@ -4284,20 +4454,21 @@ msgstr ":doc:`location_creation` " #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "Create a New Location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新库位" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" -" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the *Inventory " -"application > Configuration > Settings*." -msgstr "" +" *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "为了创建不同库位，你需要前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用*多库位*。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to *Configuration > " -"Locations* and hit *Create* in order to create a new location." -msgstr "" +"In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " +"create a new location." +msgstr "在*库存应用程序*中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位`并点击*创建*，以创建新库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -4306,19 +4477,20 @@ msgid "" "partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" " to a location." msgstr "" +"在*库位名称*字段中键入库位名称，然后在列表中选择*上级库位*。上级库位可以是物理库位、合作伙伴库位或虚拟库位，然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" "In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" " Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " "Return Location?*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你希望在创建退货或报废产品时收到库位提示，你应勾选*是报废品库位吗？*和*是退货库位吗？*。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" " which will correspond to this location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果安装了*条码*应用程序，你可指定这个库位对应的条码。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4329,32 +4501,33 @@ msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "Create a New Warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新仓库" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" "Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " "automatically activated at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新仓库，你应启用*多仓库*设置。注意，与此同时将自动启用*多库位*设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" -"In order to do so, go to the *Inventory app > Configuration > Settings*." -msgstr "" +"In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`." +msgstr "为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" -"You can then go to *Inventory > Configuration > Warehouses* and hit *Create*" -" to add a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +"You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." +msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并点击*创建*，以添加新仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" "You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " "short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " "different warehouse documents." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可输入仓库名称。你还需为仓库选择一个5个字符的缩写名称，它将用于不同的仓库文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -4363,13 +4536,14 @@ msgid "" " of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " "it afterward." msgstr "" +"在地址字段，你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新公司。因此，你的仓库的地址将与你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空，然后稍后进行编辑。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 msgid "" "After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" " and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " "to the creation of a new warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新仓库后，你可返回*仪表板*，你将看到Odoo根据创建的新仓库自动创建的新作业类型。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" @@ -4378,20 +4552,21 @@ msgstr "过程概览" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建可库存/消耗产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " -"your database via the menu *Master Data > Products*. Click the Create button" -" and enter the name of your product." +"your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " +"the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" +"使用库存应用程序的第一步是通过 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`，在数据库中创建产品。点击创建按钮并输入你的产品名称。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 @@ -4401,13 +4576,14 @@ msgid "" "number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" " don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" +"如你将产品设置为*可库存*，你可追踪此产品的库存，知晓库存中产品件数及预测件数。如果你想加入产品收货/发货，但无需追踪其库存，则可设置为*消耗品*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " "deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " "described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建交货单，将产品交给客户。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -4415,7 +4591,7 @@ msgid "" "delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." " When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " "go out of your stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在交货单上，你可指定收货人、不同的产品及各自的数量。完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -4426,39 +4602,48 @@ msgid "" "you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " "forecasts." msgstr "" +"如你已计划交货单，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划发货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据客户下单情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击“标记为待办事项”，以便将其计入产品预测。" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" +" as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." +msgstr "默认设置为立即调拨，因此你无需“标记为待办事项”并在发货时*检查可用性*。" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 +msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" +msgstr "按销售订单从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 -msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " "corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你安装了*销售*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建交货单。你在*销售订单*上可直接找到对应的交货操作。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 msgid "Set your Initial Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置初始库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 msgid "" "Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " "and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将产生设置为*可库存*，以追踪该产品的库存并将它纳入库存调整。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多种产品的库存调整" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " -"therefore need to go to *Operations > Inventory Adjustments* and create a " -"new one." +"therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" +"在创建完毕所有*可库存产品*后，你可创建*库存调整*，以判断它们在Odoo中的当前库存水平。因此，你需要前往 :menuselection:`作业 " +"--> 库存调整`，并创建新的库存调整。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -4467,20 +4652,21 @@ msgid "" "or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " "keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." msgstr "" +"你必须为*库存调整*键入标题，然后决定对所有或仅部分产品进行*库存调整*。对于首次*库存调整*，我建议你将*产品*字段留空。然后可*开始库存*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 msgid "" "If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" " theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " "your other products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果库存中已有一些产品，Odoo将在库存现有的理论数量上添加新行。你也可为其他产品添加新行。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " "additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " "added to the inventory adjustment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你按序列号/批号追踪产品，你可增加一列，用于指定添加到库存调整各种不同的产品单位。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -4490,35 +4676,36 @@ msgid "" "necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " "the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." msgstr "" +"Odoo将以红色行突出显示库存的理论数量、系统自动计算数量和手动输入数量之间的差异。在输入所有必要的产品后，你可点击*确认库存*，系统将更新不同产品现有的数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "一种产品的库存调整" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" "On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可通过*更新数量*按钮，对每种可库存产品进行操作。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " "product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " "your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击此按钮，你将看到这种产品的当前库存。你可编辑现有产品行，或创建新行并添加不同库位的产品库存和/或添加新序列号/批号。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 msgid "" "Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " "been updated taking your modification into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "返回产品页面后，你可看到现有的产品数量已根据你的修改进行更新。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 msgid "" "If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " "total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " "variants into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你有不同产品变体，现有的产品数量将考虑产品不同变体，显示该产品模板的库存总量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -4528,18 +4715,19 @@ msgid "" "that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " "warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，产品表单上的数量将显示仓库视图库位的产品数量，意味着这些产品是该仓库内部类型子库位的一部分。也就是说，如果在并非主仓库库位上有任何产品，它们就不会出现在库存统计按钮上。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 msgid "Receive Products in Stock" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在库存接收产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" " products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " "described in the following print screens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建收货文件，将来自供应商的产品入库。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4547,7 +4735,7 @@ msgid "" "products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " "receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" " stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在收货文件上，你可选择你接收的不同产品数量及产品的供应商。收货完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4558,17 +4746,18 @@ msgid "" "you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " "forecasts." msgstr "" +"如你已计划收货，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划收货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据向供应商下单的情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击“标记为待办事项”，以便将其计入产品预测。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按采购订单在库存收货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " "created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " "the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你安装了*采购*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建收货文件。你在*采购订单*上可直接找到对应的收货操作。" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" @@ -4580,7 +4769,7 @@ msgstr "概念" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4588,7 +4777,7 @@ msgid "" "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4596,43 +4785,47 @@ msgid "" " is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" "hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" msgstr "" +"关于如何组织仓库的更多信息，阅读博客：`什么是交叉转运？我适合使用交叉转运吗？ <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, open *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*." -msgstr "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " -"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to *Inventory > Configuration >" -" Warehouses* and edit your warehouse." +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" +"现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " -"can be found in *Inventory > Configuration > Routes*." -msgstr "" +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" +"创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4642,25 +4835,26 @@ msgid "" "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" +"完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" @@ -4680,20 +4874,20 @@ msgid "" "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 -->设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " +"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection:`在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " "选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "如果想在你的仓库中管理多库位以及路线就需要勾选该选项。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " @@ -4703,31 +4897,30 @@ msgstr "" "下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " "创建新的仓库。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称, 简称最多只能5个字。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" -"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." -msgstr "" -"需要注意的是 **简称** 非常重要, 它会出现在调拨单以及其他仓库单据, 定义的时候需要足够简单并且易于理解(例如 :WH/[位置的首字母])。" +msgstr "请注意，**简称**非常重要，它会出现在调拨单和其他仓库单据上。使用容易理解的简称（例如：WH[库位的首字母]）是明智的做法。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘, 新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "创建一个新的库存" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" @@ -4735,17 +4928,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你创建了一个新的仓库, 你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话, 就可以跳过该步骤。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制-->库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** ," -" **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" +"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照**" +" , **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " @@ -4756,76 +4949,74 @@ msgstr "" "接下啦, 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, " "因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品, 不要忘了校验你的库存。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "创建内部调拨" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库, 可以按照以下步骤 :" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." -msgstr "" -"在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`调拨(More) --> " -"转移(Transfer)` 。" +msgstr "在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`更多 --> 转移` 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** , Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "通过仪表盘在源库位中选择调拨单。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "选择正确的调拨单" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "3.在右下角铅笔的图标上点击打开详细操作窗口。在新的窗口中你可以手工的输入你想处理的产品数量。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " @@ -4836,222 +5027,9 @@ msgstr "" "如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货), Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **未完成单子** " "。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子, 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a procurement rule?" -msgstr "什么是补货规则？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " -"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" -" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " -"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " -"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " -"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " -"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" -" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " -"dissatisfaction." -msgstr "" -"补货库存控制系统始于一个客户订单。在该策略下, 公司只需要满足客户订单数量的产品即可。系统的一个先进性就是不会存放多余需求数量的产品, " -"这样就减少了库存水平和存储成本。然而拉系统的一个缺点是在这种状况下极有可能遇到订单的困境, 例如供应商不能及时的发货。这就让功能不能让公司顺利完成订单," -" 并增加客户对公司的不满。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 -msgid "" -"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" -" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " -"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " -"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " -"of storing goods." -msgstr "" -"一个拉式库存控制系统的例子是MTO。目的是是库存水平保持在之满足需求的最低水平, 不多也不少, " -"恰好满足客户的需求。MTO系统通过减少存储空间、储存成本的总量消除浪费。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " -"application>Configuration>Settings and tick \"Advance routing of products " -"using rules\"." -msgstr "补货规则是路线的一部分。进入库存应用>配置>设置, 点击\" 产品高级路线，使用规则\"。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 -msgid "Procurement rules settings" -msgstr "补货规则设置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " -"go to Configuration > Routes." -msgstr "补货规则设置在路线上。在库存应用, 进入配置>路径" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 -msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." -msgstr "在补货规则部分, 点击添加项目。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " -"possible :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 -msgid "Move from another location rules" -msgstr "从其他位置移动规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 -msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " -"manufacturing rules." -msgstr "制造应用必须安装，用来触发制造规则。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " -"rules." -msgstr "采购应用必须安装，用来触发 **购买** 规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 -msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "试着在demo实例创建一个补货规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " -"defined." -msgstr "一些仓库配置会使用早已定义的补货规则创建路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 -msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`push_rule` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 -msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" -msgstr ":doc:`inter_warehouse` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 -msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" -msgstr ":doc:`cross_dock` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 -msgid "What is a push rule?" -msgstr "什么是推式规则？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" -" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " -"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " -"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " -"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " -"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " -"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " -"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " -"inventory, this increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " -"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " -"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " -"inability to meet customer demand for the product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 -msgid "" -"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" -" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " -"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " -"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " -"be triggered automatically or manually." -msgstr "" -"一个推流程指示库位如何与其他的库位链接起来。只要在源库位中给定数量的产品发生移动, 通过在流程说明中配置的参数一个链式移动会自动的生成(目标库位, " -"延迟, 移动类型, 分类账)。它可以自动的触发或者手动处理。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" -" rules**." -msgstr "" -"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 -msgid "Push rules settings" -msgstr "推式规则设置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 -msgid "" -"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Routes`." -msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->路径(Routes)` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 -msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." -msgstr "在推规则部分, 点击 **添加一个新项目** " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " -"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " -"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " -"quality control location move to the stock." -msgstr "" -"在这里你可以设置规则的条件。在该示例中, 当货物在 **收货区域** 时候, 需要被移动到质检区域, 在3步收货流程中, " -"会有另外一个推规则把货物从质检区域移动到库存中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 -msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." -msgstr "在demo实例创建一个推式规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." -msgstr "有些仓库用已经定义好的推规则创建路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 -msgid "Stock transfers" -msgstr "库存调拨" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" -" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " -"waiting." -msgstr "推规则会触发库存转移。通过路径中设置的规则, 你会看到有些转移已经已经就绪并且在等待中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 -msgid "" -"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " -"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." -msgstr "以上设置的推规则会创建一个从 **库存／收货区域** 到 **库存／质检** 区域的一个调拨。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 -msgid "" -"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " -"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" -" the main stock." -msgstr "在该示例中, 另外一个调拨在等待第二个调拨, 它的逻辑是当质检过程的调拨完成后, 产品就会移动到主要库存中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" -msgstr ":doc:`procurement_rule` " - #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从不同的仓库盘点库存" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5061,10 +5039,11 @@ msgid "" " this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" +"当你计划向客户发货时，你事先不知道产品来自于A仓库还是B仓库。在某些情况下，你可能需要从不同仓库盘点库存。在*Odoo*中，你可利用虚拟仓库的概念配置这项功能。下面我们来看如何设置虚拟仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置虚拟仓库" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5074,12 +5053,13 @@ msgid "" "multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " "create." msgstr "" +"假设你有A、B两个仓库。创建一个新的虚拟仓库。它可以将A仓库的库存移至B仓库。为此，前往库存应用程序设置并启用多仓库功能。然后，进入仓库菜单并点击创建。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*储存位置*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5089,10 +5069,11 @@ msgid "" "warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" " A+B." msgstr "" +"现在，你需要确保A仓库和B仓库的主要库存位置是A+B仓库主要库存未知的子库位。前往库位菜单，并编辑两个仓库的主库位。然后，将其父库位更改为A+B仓库的主库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从虚拟仓库销售产品" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -5100,248 +5081,490 @@ msgid "" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " "Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " "information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "假设你有两种产品，一种储存在A仓库，另一种在B仓库。现在，你可为每种产品创建新报价。前往其他信息页面并在发货信息中选择A+B仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." +msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成交货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 +msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 -msgid "How to use routes?" -msgstr "如何使用路径？" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" -"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" -" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" -msgstr "路线就是推规则和拉规则的合并整理。Odoo可以配置高级推／拉路线的配置, 例如 :" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " +"in the retail channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" -msgstr "管理产品的制造链条" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " +"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" +" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " +"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 -msgid "Manage default locations per product" -msgstr "为每个产品管理默认位置" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " +"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " +"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " +"trigger all the route's rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " +"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" +" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " +"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " +"stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 +msgid "Pull Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +msgid "" +"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " +"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" +" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " +"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " +"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " +"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +msgid "" +"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " +"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " +"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "推送规则" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " +"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" +" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +msgid "" +"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " +"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " +"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " +"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " +"their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " +"upstream transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" +" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " +"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " +"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 +msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 +msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" -msgstr "根据业务需求在仓库中定义路线, 例如质检, 售后和供应商退货" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " -"products" -msgstr "租用管理协助是从租借产品自动生成退回移动" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " -"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " -"routing of products using rules**." +"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "" -"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 -msgid "Pre-configured routes" -msgstr "预配置的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." -msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" -"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 。" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " -"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." -msgstr "在 **仓库配置** 页面, **入库** 和 **出库** 的选项会根据你的选择而创建响应的路线。" +"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " +"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " +"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" +"Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" +"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +msgstr "第一步完成后，您可以选择预配置路线或自定义路线。下面将对这两种方式进行说明。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 +msgid "Pre-configured Routes" +msgstr "预配置路线" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " +"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " +"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " +"incoming and outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" +" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " +"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " +"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " +"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " +"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" +" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" +" rules for the pre-configured route." +msgstr "" +"尽管对很多企业来说这比较容易，但这个过程可能不适合您。因此，您可以配置自定义路线，在此路线中可以定义自己的规则，也可以定义每个动作的源头和目标位置。举个例子，以下是预置路线的规则。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "定制路线" -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Routes`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->路径` 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 -msgid "" -"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " -"can combine several choices." -msgstr "首先, 需要选择该路径能被选择的地方, 也可以组合不同地方。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" -msgstr "应用在仓库的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" -" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " -"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." -msgstr "如果在路线中勾选了 **仓库** , 就需要设置该路径适用于哪个仓库。该路线可以被设置在该仓库中的所有满足路线中推拉规则的调拨中。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 -msgid "Routes applied on products" -msgstr "应用在产品的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " -"be applied." -msgstr "如果选择了 **产品** , 你就可以在产品上设置路径" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," -" select the route(s):" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 -->控制 -->产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" -msgstr "应用在产品类别的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " -"categories it will be applied." -msgstr "如果你勾选了 **产品类别** , 你需要手工的设置该产品属于那个种类。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " -"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" -" under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 -->产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 -msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" -msgstr "应用在销售订单行的路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " -"time you make a sale order." -msgstr "如果勾选了 **销售订单行** , 你就可以每次创建小受受订单的时候手工的设置路径。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" -" the sales order." -msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一功能。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 -msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" -msgstr "现在可以给销售订单的每条订单行选择路径 :" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 -msgid "Procurement and push rules" -msgstr "补货规则和推式规则" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 -msgid "Please refer to the documents:" -msgstr "请参照文档" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 -msgid "Procurement configuration" -msgstr "补货配置" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 -msgid "" -"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " -"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " -"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " -"**Preferred Routes**:" -msgstr "" -"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 " -"**优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 -msgid "Make-to-Order Route" -msgstr "按订单补货路线" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 -msgid "" -"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " -"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " -"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " -"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." -msgstr "" -"如果想要无库存, 或者保持最低库存, 最好使用 **按订单补货** 的路径。然后和 **买** 或者 **生产** 的路径结合, " -"之后系统就会根据路径设置在没有库存的时候自动触发采购订单或者生产订单。" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 -msgid "Product Costing" -msgstr "产品成本" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 -msgid "" -"How to integrate additional costs in the cost of the product? (landed costs)" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " +"selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " -"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." -msgstr "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +msgstr "每个地方都有不同的行为，所以要只勾选有用的，并对每个路线进行相应的调整。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO costing method and " -"an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting application " -"to be installed)." +"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " +"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " +"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " +"the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the landed costs feature in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " +"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " +"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:27 -msgid "Add costs to products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and click " -"on the **Create** button. You then have to select the transfers on which you" -" want to attribute additional costs and the costs lines you want to add up. " -"Once it's done, click on the **Compute** button to see how the costs lines " -"will be split accross your transfers lines." +"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " +"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " +"if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:38 -msgid "To confirm, click on the **Validate** button." +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" +" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +msgstr "当您工作中使用这种路线时，切记一定要在销售订单上选择，如下所示。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 +msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +msgstr "这样，就可以在文档的每条记录上选择路线。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" +" on which product it must be applied." msgstr "" +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " +"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" +" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " +"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " +"are vital to have working routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "规则" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" +" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " +"of them:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " +"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " +"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " +"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " +"fulfill this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +msgid "" +"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " +"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " +"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +msgid "" +"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " +"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " +"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " +"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " +"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +msgid "" +"**Buy**: when products are needed at the source location, a request for " +"quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +msgid "" +"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " +"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " +"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " +"source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " +"source location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" +" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " +"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " +"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " +"source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " +"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " +"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 +msgid "What about a full flow?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " +"full flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "还记得我们的拣选 - 包装 - 发货自定义路线吗？让我们用它来尝试一下高级定制路线的全流程。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " +"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +msgid "" +"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " +"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " +"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " +"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +msgid "" +"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " +"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " +"the need." +msgstr " **Trigger Another Rule**: 当合作伙伴/客户需要产品时，会从WH/Output中创建送货单以满足需求。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " +"created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "这意味着，当客户订购产品时，会创建一个送货单来完成订单。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +msgid "" +"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " +"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " +"transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" +"如果源文件是同一个销售订单，状态就不一样了。事实上，如果列表中的前一次转账还没有完成，则状态将会是**Waiting Another " +"Operation**。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " +"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "为准备订单，输送机需要产品在输出区域内完成包装，因此需从包装区进行一次内部调货。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +msgid "" +"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " +"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " +"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" +" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " +"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +msgstr "" +"正如本文档介绍中所解释的，流程中的最后一步（这里是送货单）是第一个被触发的，然后触发其他规则，直到我们到达流程中的第一步（这里是从库存到包装区的内部转移）。现在，一切都准备好了，客户可以得到订购的商品。" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +msgid "" +"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " +"have been triggered and the transfers done." +msgstr "在我们的案例中，当所有的规则被触发并完成转账后，产品就会交付给客户。" + #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "上架和下架策略" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "什么是上架策略？" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5351,6 +5574,7 @@ msgid "" " taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " "the most appropriate location." msgstr "" +"优秀的仓库实施方案会确保产品自动移至合适的目的地库位。为了简化这一流程，Odoo使用*上架策略*功能。但什么是上架策略？上架是指从接收到的货物中分出产品并将它们直接送至最合适的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -5358,51 +5582,55 @@ msgid "" "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " "because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果仓库中存有挥发性物质，我们必须确保某些可能发生化学反应的产品不得彼此靠近。这就是上架策略的作用，避免储存产品中出现错误。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to *Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"*Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* will be " -"automatically activated." -msgstr "" +"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " +"will be automatically activated." +msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。这样，系统将自动启用*储存位置*功能。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置上架策略" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些情况下，就像零售店储存蔬菜水果一样，我们必须将产品储存在不同库位，以确保产品品质。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "假设我们有一个*WH/Stock*库位和*WH/Stock/蔬菜*及*WH/Stock/水果*两个子库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to *Configuration > Putaway Rules*. Then, click on " -"create and configure your first rule indicating the main location the " -"product will enter before being redirected to the right location." +"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " +"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " +"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " +"location." msgstr "" +"为了管理这些库位，我们必须创建入库规则。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " +"上架策略`。然后，点击创建并配置第一条规则，指定产品将进入的主要库位，然后再重定向到正确的库位。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." -msgstr "" +msgstr "上架策略可按每种产品或每个产品类别定义。" -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " "thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " "Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" +"现在，有了上架策略，如果我向供应商购买苹果和胡萝卜，它们将被归入同一批收货，但自动重定向到正确的库位。你可前往报告菜单的*库存报告*，查看这一信息。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" @@ -5429,7 +5657,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" -msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` :" +msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5442,7 +5670,7 @@ msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 -->库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" +msgstr "然后, 打开:menuselection:`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" @@ -5467,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." @@ -5509,7 +5737,7 @@ msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -5543,7 +5771,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -5552,8 +5780,8 @@ msgid "" "**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." msgstr "" -"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期**, **失效日期**, **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期**。这些日期可从以下路径设置" -" :menuselection:`库存->控制->序列号/批次。" +"这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期** , **失效日期** , **警示日期** 以及 **撤柜日期** " +"。这些日期可从以下路径设置 :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 序列号/批次` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -5572,7 +5800,7 @@ msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " "number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategy " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**下架日期：**：指包含这一序列号/批号的货物从库存中移除的日期。根据FEFO下架策略，在发货单中根据这一日期拣货。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -5637,7 +5865,7 @@ msgstr "产品警示时间->警示日期" msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 -->库位` 并选择FEFO。" +msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 位置` 并选择FEFO。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -5708,12 +5936,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "它会根据批次上的移除日期从批次\" LOT0002 \\ \"拿出\" 10kg `, 从 \\ \"LOT0003\" 拿出 \\ \"5kg\" 。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental` " - -#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 -msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon` " +msgid ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config`" #: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" @@ -5814,7 +6038,7 @@ msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." -msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货 -->交货方式` 。" +msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5876,7 +6100,7 @@ msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单聊天记录中查看实际费用。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -5928,7 +6152,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" +"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 @@ -6014,7 +6238,7 @@ msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -6242,7 +6466,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "交货" +msgstr "运费模板" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." @@ -6341,7 +6565,7 @@ msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" -msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" +msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -6400,7 +6624,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->销售 -->产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -6531,27 +6755,25 @@ msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" -"1. Log in to the UPS.com site (`http://www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__)" -" using your UPS.com User ID and Password." -msgstr "" -"1．使用UPS.com的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.com网站 ( `http ://www.ups.com <http: " -"//www.ups.com/>` __)" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "使用UPS.com用户名和密码登录`UPS.com网站 <http://www.ups.com/>`_)。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" @@ -6559,46 +6781,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** , **账户名称** , 以及 **邮编** 等字段, 默认的国家是美国" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:54 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "获取访问密匙" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" -"1. Go to the **UPS Developer Kit** web page " -"`https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US " -"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`__" -msgstr "" -"1. 到以下 **UPS 开发套件** 网页\n" -" `https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en\\_US <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>` __" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "前往`UPS开发工具包网页 <https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:67 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "验证联系信息" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 按钮。" -#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po index bf86ff635..7529c5555 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/iot.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2019 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# F4NNIU <sparkamax@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2020 +# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# F4NNIU <sparkamax@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# 新 陈 <powersstar@163.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 新 陈 <powersstar@163.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:3 msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "将 IoT 盒子连接到你的数据库" +msgstr "将物联网盒子连接到你的数据库" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:5 msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." @@ -47,11 +48,11 @@ msgstr "在你的 Odoo 数据库中安装物联网（IoT）应用" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:10 msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "进入 IoT 应用并单击 IoT 盒子页面上的 Connect 链接。" +msgstr "进入物联网应用并单击物联网盒子页面上的连接。" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:15 msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "按步骤连接到你的 IoT 盒子。" +msgstr "按步骤连接到你的物联网盒子。" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:21 msgid "Ethernet Connection" @@ -65,80 +66,100 @@ msgstr "将所有必须使用线缆连接的设备（如：网络、USB 设备 #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:26 msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "打开 IoT 盒子的电源" +msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" #: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:28 -msgid "Then click on the Scan button." -msgstr "然后点击“扫描”按钮。" +msgid "" +"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " +"IoT Box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:34 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:32 +msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " +"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" +" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:40 msgid "WiFi Connection" msgstr "WiFi 连接" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:36 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:42 msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "打开 IoT 盒子的电源" +msgstr "打开物联网盒子的电源" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:38 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:44 msgid "Copy the token" msgstr "复制 Token" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:43 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" "Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " "plugged in your computer)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接到物联网盒子的WiFi网络 (确保你的计算机没有插入网线)。" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:49 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:53 msgid "" "You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " "to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " "and paste the token, then click on next." msgstr "" +"您需要返回物联网盒子的首页 (如果不能访问，请使用盒子的IP地址进行访问)。为您的物联网盒子设置名称(非必须) 并粘贴token值，然后点击下一步。" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:57 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:60 msgid "" "If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " "(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" "f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " "**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." msgstr "" +"如果您使用 Runbot, 不要忘记toke添加 -all 和 -base (e.g. this token " +"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should" +" become **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" +"f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:63 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:66 msgid "" "Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " "there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " "redirected to your database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择您要连接的WiFi 网络(请输入网络匹配的密码) 然后点击提交。 等待一会自动跳转到您的数据库。" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:70 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:72 msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您现在应该会看到物联网盒子了。" -#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:76 +#: ../../iot/config/connect.rst:78 msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "" +msgstr "图解物联网盒子" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "烧写SD卡" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" "In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" " our latest updates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些情况下，您可能需要重新刷新物联网盒子的 SD 卡，以便从我们的最新更新中获取新功能。" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 msgid "Updating your SD Card with Etcher" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Etcher软件更新SD卡" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <http://wwww.balena.org>`__, " +"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, " "It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " "and launch it." msgstr "" +"到 Balena 网站下载 `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__, Etcher是一款开源、免费的镜像文件烧写工具。 " +"安装并启动Etcher。" #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -147,31 +168,33 @@ msgid "" "zip file. Then, open *Etcher* and select the image. Select the drive to " "flash (where your SD Card is) and click on *Flash*!." msgstr "" +"先从 `这里 <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__下载最新的图像, " +"解压缩zip文件。然后打开 *Etcher* ， 选择解压缩的图像。 选择磁盘盘符(你的SD卡对应的盘符) ，然后点击 *Flash*进行刷新!." #: ../../iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:19 msgid "" "Now, your image will be automatically updated. You just have to wait 5 " "minutes for it to finish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的镜像会被自动更新。大约需要等待5分钟更新结束。" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:3 msgid "IoT Box not found" -msgstr "" +msgstr "没有找到物联网盒子" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:5 msgid "" "When using your IoT Box, a common issue you might encounter is that your box" " is not found on your database. Fortunately, there are a few easy steps you " "can follow to find your IoT box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在使用物联网盒子时，您可能会遇到一个常见问题是，您的物联网盒子在数据库上没有出现。幸运的是，您可以执行一些简单的步骤来查找物联网盒子。" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:10 msgid "HTTPS Issues" -msgstr "" +msgstr "HTTPS 问题" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:12 msgid "Your IoT Box is not found? You probably have https issues!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "找不到你的物联网盒子? 你可能遇到https方面的问题！" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -179,23 +202,23 @@ msgid "" "with an https (like https://www.odoo.com). If this is the case, then you may" " have problems with your IoT Box image. It should be version 18.12 or later." msgstr "" +"要检查它，请打开数据库并确认数据库的地址是否以 https(like " +"https://www.odoo.com)开头。如果是https开头，那么可能是物联网盒子的图像有问题。应该用18.12及以后的版本。" #: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:19 msgid "" "If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will have to " "reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (the latest image " -"can be found `here <http://nightly/odoo.com>`__)." +"can be found `here <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/posbox/iotbox/>`__)." msgstr "" -#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find the documentation about SD card flashing here (`here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1bqKsZhWqMqI4mhv4ltF61M_QPiBCHygYjjvkhsCTdaY/edit>`__)." -msgstr "" +#: ../../iot/config/iot_notfound.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" +msgstr ":doc:`flash_sdcard`" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:3 msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将该物联网盒子用于PoS应用" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:9 msgid "Prerequisites" @@ -203,15 +226,15 @@ msgstr "先决条件" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:11 msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在开始之前, 确保您已做好 :" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:13 msgid "An IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr " 物联网盒子" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:15 msgid "A 2A Power adapter with pi 3 b+ 2.5 A" -msgstr "" +msgstr "2A电源适配器，树莓派3b+的话需要2.5 A的适配器。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" @@ -221,11 +244,11 @@ msgstr "一台带最新的Web浏览器的计算机或平板电脑。" msgid "" "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " "installed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装有PoS和物联网应用的 SaaS 或 Odoo 实例" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:22 msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用了DHCP服务(这是默认设置)的本地网络" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -233,6 +256,8 @@ msgid "" "(officially supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" msgstr "" +"Epson USB TM-T20 打印机或者其他兼容ESC/POS的打印机(官方支持的打印机见 `POS硬件列表页 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__)" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:28 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" @@ -253,13 +278,13 @@ msgstr "设置" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "" "To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this `documentation " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1vhWrSSlSdJcRYe4tjPpXKYVMTD47lVK3ysyYc7tJDlA/edit#>`__." +"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." msgstr "" +"连接外设到PoS，第一步就是要把物联网盒子连接到您的数据库。 具体操作，参见 :doc:`documentation <connect>`." #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:44 msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，您必须将外围设备连接到物联网盒子。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -267,6 +292,8 @@ msgid "" "<https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-ipad-android-hardware>`__, but other hardware" " might work as well." msgstr "" +"官方支持的硬件见\"POS硬件列表 `the POS Hardware page <https://www.odoo.com/page/pos-" +"ipad-android-hardware>`__, 其他硬件也可以正常工作。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:50 msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." @@ -298,7 +325,7 @@ msgid "" "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " "Make sure this will connect the IoT Box to the same network as your POS " "device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Ethernet**:如果您不想使用Wi-Fi，可以插上网线。确保物联网盒子与POS设备在同一网络即可。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -307,17 +334,20 @@ msgid "" "functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available " "on boot." msgstr "" +"**Wi-Fi**: 当前版本的物联网盒子已内置Wi-Fi。请确保在启动时不要插入网线。因为在启动过程中有网线连接可用的情况下，Wi-Fi 功能无效。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:73 msgid "" "Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -"Point of Sale > Configuration > PoS, tick the box \"IoT Box\" and select the" -" IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the box \"IoT" +" Box\" and select the IoT Box you want to connect with. Save the changes." msgstr "" +"完成后，您就可以将物联网盒子连接到PoS。进入菜单选择 :menuselection:`PoS --> 配置 --> PoS`，勾选 \"物联网盒子\"" +" 选项并选择您要连接的物联网盒子。保存更改。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:77 msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置完成后，您可以启动PoS会话。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:80 msgid "Troubleshoot" @@ -325,7 +355,7 @@ msgstr "疑难解答" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:83 msgid "The PoS cannot connect to the IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "该PoS无法连接到物联网盒子" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -334,32 +364,34 @@ msgid "" " if encountered or the IoT Box's IP address in case of success. If no " "receipt is printed, check the following steps:" msgstr "" +"确保物联网盒子正确设置的最简单方法是在打印机插入的情况下将其打开，因为它会在物联网盒子的 IP " +"地址设置正确的情况下打印收据，显示出遇到的任何错误。如果不打印收据，请检查以下步骤：" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:91 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " "LED." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保物联网盒子已通电，由明亮的红色 LED 指示状态。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:94 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " "status LED just next to the red power status LED. The IoT Box should be " "ready ~2 minutes after it is started." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保物联网盒子已就启动完成, 由红色电源状态指示灯旁边的绿色状态指示灯指示。物联网盒子大约在启动2分钟后启动完成。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:98 msgid "" "Make sure the IoT Box is connected to the same network as your POS device. " "Both the device and the IoT Box should be visible in the list of connected " "devices on your network router." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保物联网盒子与您的POS设备在同一网络内。物联网盒子和所有的设备都应该出现在您的路由器已连接设备列表里。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:102 msgid "" "If you specified the IoT Box's IP address in the configuration, make sure it" " corresponds to the ip address printed on the IoT Box's status receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您在配置中设置了物联网盒子的 IP 地址，请确保该IP与物联网盒子打印出的状态信息上的IP是一致的。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:106 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." @@ -370,7 +402,7 @@ msgid "" "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation might prevent the autodiscovery from " "working reliably. You could also manually set up the IoT Box's IP address in" " the POS configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firefox的HTTP实施中的错误可能会阻止自动发现可靠地工作。 您可以在POS配置中手动设置物联网盒子的IP地址。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:113 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" @@ -388,7 +420,7 @@ msgid "" "The IoT Box needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " "you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " "enough power." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子使用一些条码扫描器时需要 2A 电源适配器。如果您没有使用配备的电源适配器，请确保使用的电源适配器功率足够。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -402,7 +434,7 @@ msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " "scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "IoT Box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一些条形码扫描器不是在设备中列举为条码扫描器，而是列举成 usb 键盘，这类扫码器是不能被物联网盒子识别的。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:134 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" @@ -412,7 +444,7 @@ msgstr "条码枪确实不能使用" msgid "" "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " "Scanner' enabled are connected to the IoT Box at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保连接到物联网盒子的 '通过代理扫描'/'条形码扫描器' 设备在同一时间只有一个设备。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:140 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" @@ -425,6 +457,8 @@ msgid "" "afterwards it is most likely due to poor network connection between the POS " "and the IoT Box." msgstr "" +"在第一次打印之前，预计会有一个小延迟，因为物联网盒子将执行一些预处理工作来加速下一次打印。如果之后出现延迟，很可能是由于 PoS " +"和物联网盒子之间的网络连接不良。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:148 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" @@ -434,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "收据上打印出来的字母有些错误" msgid "" "The IoT Box does not support all languages and characters. It currently " "supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物联网盒子不支持所有语言和字符。它目前支持拉丁语和西里尔语的腳本語言，并支持基本腳本語言的日语。" #: ../../iot/config/pos.rst:155 msgid "The printer is offline" @@ -463,7 +497,7 @@ msgstr "设备" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接摄像头" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -473,6 +507,9 @@ msgid "" "Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " "control point." msgstr "" +"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* " +"时，可能需要使用摄像头。只需几个步骤即可完成此操作，因此配置起来非常简单。您可以在制造过程中使用它并将其连接到 *控制点* 。这样做可以在到达所选 " +"*质量控制点* 时启用拍照功能。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:12 ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:11 @@ -482,11 +519,11 @@ msgstr "连接" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" "To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply combine the two by cable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要将摄像头连接到 *物联网盒子* ，只需通过电缆将两者连接即可。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:18 msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter could be needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，可能需要用到USB转串口适配器。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -494,6 +531,8 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " "soon as it is connected." msgstr "" +"如果您的摄像头在 `*支持的设备* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__中，则无需进行任何设置，因为连接之后，会自动检测到。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -501,14 +540,16 @@ msgid "" "drivers from the box. To do so, go to your *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从物联网盒子中下载相机的驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网的主页* 并单击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。然后，单击加载驱动程序。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:35 msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将摄像头连接到 *Quality Control Point*" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:38 ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:42 msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用“制造”应用" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -516,12 +557,14 @@ msgid "" "Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " "the control point you want to link with the camera." msgstr "" +"在 *Quality app* 中，您可以为 *Quality Control Point* 设置设备。打开 *Quality Control*" +" 下的 *Control Points* 菜单，然后配置 *Quality Control Point* 连接的摄像头。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " "list. Now, hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *Control Point* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。然后点击保存。" #: ../../iot/devices/camera.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -529,33 +572,35 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" " will allow you to take a picture." msgstr "" +"然后，您的摄像头可以被选取的 *Control Point* 使用。在制造过程中，到达您之前配置的 *Quality Control Point*" +" 时将允许拍照。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" "When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " "Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作时，最好有保证您的双手都可用。使用 Odoo 的 *物联网盒子* 和脚踏开关是可以解放双手的。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 msgid "" "In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another by using your " "foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be configured in a few " "steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "事实上，您可以使用脚和脚踏开关从一个界面切换到另一个界面。通过几步就可以配置完成，非常方便。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 msgid "" "Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to combine" " the two by cable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将脚踏开关连接到 *物联网盒子* 非常简单，只需通过电缆将两者连接即可。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，可能需要用到USB转串口适配器。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -563,6 +608,8 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" +"如果您的脚踏开关在 `支持的设备 <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__,中，无需进行任何设置，因为连接后会自动检测到。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -570,10 +617,12 @@ msgid "" "your footswitch’s drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home " "Page* and click on *drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"如果不在支持列表中，您可能需要重新启动该框并从框中下载脚踏开关的驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网盒子的主页* 并单击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。单击加载驱动程序。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:37 msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接脚踏开关到工作中心" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -582,23 +631,25 @@ msgid "" "the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" " also add a key to trigger it." msgstr "" +"要将脚踏开关连接到操作，需要在工作中心配置好。转到要使用脚踏开关的工作中心，并在 *IoT Triggers* " +"选项卡中添加设备。然后，您可以将其连接到动作，并添加一个键来触发它。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:47 msgid "" "Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " "matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " "automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，将选择列表中第一个。 因此，顺序很重要！ 例如在上图中，使用脚踏开关将自动跳过您正在处理的当前过程。" #: ../../iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 msgid "" "When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " "correctly connected to the footswitch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当您在工单界面时，状态按钮指示您是否正确连接到脚踏开关。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接测量工具" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -606,42 +657,45 @@ msgid "" "database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." msgstr "" +"借助 Odoo 的 " +"*物联网盒子*，可以将测量工具连接到您的数据库。在此处查找支持的设备列表：\"支持的设备<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`__,。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过USB 连接" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 msgid "" "To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " "restart the Box and the device should appear in your Odoo database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要添加通过 USB 连接的设备，只需将 USB 电缆插入 *物联网盒子* ，重新启动物联网盒子，设备就会出现在您的 Odoo 数据库中。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 msgid "" "If the device is not found, make sure the drivers have well been loaded on " "your IoT Box. For this, connect to the *IoT Box Homepage* and click on load " "drivers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果未发现设备，请确保物联网盒子已正确加载驱动程序。为此，请打开 *物联网盒子的主页* 并单击加载驱动。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:27 msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "蓝牙连接" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:29 msgid "" "Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " "explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " "device." -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活设备上的蓝牙（请参阅设备手册以进行下一步），物联网盒子将自动尝试连接到设备。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:33 msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这是它的示例：" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:39 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将测量工具链接到 *Quality Control Point*" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -649,23 +703,25 @@ msgid "" "Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " "and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." msgstr "" +"在 *Quality app* 中，您可以为 *Quality Control Points* 配置一台设备。请打开 *Quality " +"Control* 下的 *Control Points* 菜单，然后为控制点分配测量工具。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:49 msgid "" "Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " "list. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您可以编辑 *Control Point* 并从下拉列表中选择设备。点击保存即可。" #: ../../iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:55 msgid "" "Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " "value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " "while the tool is being used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，您的测量工具连接到所选的 *Control Point* 。需要手动更改的数据将在使用该工具时自动更新。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接打印机" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -673,16 +729,18 @@ msgid "" " is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " "it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." msgstr "" +"当您在 Odoo 中使用 *物联网盒子* 时，可能需要用到打印机。这很容易实现，只需几步即可完成。然后，您就可以使用它打印收据、订单，以及其它 Odoo" +" 应用中的报告。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" "To connect the printer to the *IoT Box*, you just have to combine the two by" " cable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要将打印机连接到 *物联网盒子* ，只需用电缆将两者连接即可。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:17 msgid "Sometimes, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有时，可能需要一个USB转串口的适配器。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -690,10 +748,12 @@ msgid "" "hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " "automatically detected as soon as it is connected." msgstr "" +"如果您的打印机在 `支持的设备<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__中， " +"则无需设置任何内容，因为连接打印机后，会自动检测到。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:24 msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印机需要两分钟左右才能出现在设备列表中。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -701,20 +761,22 @@ msgid "" "drivers from the box. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " "*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." msgstr "" +"在某些情况下，您可能需要重新启动物联网盒子并从物联网盒子中下载打印机的驱动程序。为此，请转到 *物联网盒子的主页* 并点击 *驱动程式清单* " +"。然后，单击加载驱动程序。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:37 msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接打印机" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:40 msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "至工单" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:42 msgid "" "You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " "print labels for manufactured products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以通过 *Quality Control Point* 将 *Work Orders* 连接到打印机，以打印制造产品的标签。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -722,50 +784,52 @@ msgid "" "app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " "order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." msgstr "" +"为此，您需要从 *Quality* 应用创建 *Quality Control Point* 。然后，您可以选择正确的制造操作和工序。在类型选项，选择 " +"*Print Label* 并点击保存。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" " *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，每次出现选择产品的 *Quality Control Point* 时，都会显示 *Print Label* 按钮。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:60 msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "至报告" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:62 msgid "" "You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " "go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以将某类报表连接到特定的打印机。 在 *物联网* 应用中， 打开 *设备* 菜单然后选择您要设置的打印机。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:69 msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在打开 *Printer Reports* 标签页。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:74 msgid "" "Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" " all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " "select and save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击编辑，然后点击 *Add a line* 。在显示的窗口中，检查要连接到此打印机的所有类型的报告。选中并保存。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:81 msgid "" "Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " "downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" " print it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，每次点击控制面板中的 *Print* 时，都会将其发送到选定的打印机并自动打印。而不是下载 PDF。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:86 msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印来自 PoS 的收据" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:88 msgid "" "You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" " directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以将打印机连接到 *Point of Sale* 应用，然后就可以直接使用 *PoS* 来打印收据。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -773,57 +837,60 @@ msgid "" "settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check the *IoT " "Box* feature. Then, enable the *Receipt Printer*." msgstr "" +"操作很简单。 打开 *POS* 应用，然后在 *配置* 下找到 *PoS* 设置。 点击 *编辑* 并检查 *物联网盒子* 特性。 启用其中的 " +"*收据打印机* 。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:98 msgid "" "Now, on your *PoS* view, you will be able to print different kinds of " "tickets: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." msgstr "" +"现在，在您的 *PoS* 界面，您可以打印各种不同的票据: **receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:101 msgid "" "For the receipt, it will be printed once the order is validated. The process" " is automated when you enable the feature in your *PoS*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于收据，将在订单确认后打印出来。 该过程是自动运行的，需要您在 *PoS* 中启用该功能。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:104 msgid "" "Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " "at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " "current day." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以通过单击 *PoS* 页顶部导航栏上的打印机图标来打印销售详细信息。打印的是当天的销售详细信息。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" "As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" " settings, activate bills and a *Bill* button will appear in the left panel." " Click on it and it will print the bill." -msgstr "" +msgstr "至于账单，仅在餐厅模式下可用。 在您的餐厅设置中，激活账单，*Bill* 按钮会出现在左侧面板中。 单击这个按钮，可以打印帐单。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:119 msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印订单至厨房" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:121 msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在餐厅模式下，您可以向厨房发送订单票据。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:123 msgid "" "To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " "*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成之后到 *PoS* 应用，打开 *PoS* 设置页。 然后勾选 *Order Printer*项。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:129 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create and select the *IoT Box* with all" " the categories of product that should be printed in the *Printer Product " "Categories* field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，打开 *印表机* 菜单。点击创建并选择 *物联网盒子* ，所有应打印的产品类别应在 *印表机产品类别* 字段中。" #: ../../iot/devices/printer.rst:136 msgid "" "In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " "categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, a ticket " "will be printed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*PoS*中， 当你在所选类别中添加或者删除商品时，按钮*Order* 会变绿。点击该按钮，将会打印出小票。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po index 381ab3830..7de895d37 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/livechat.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# William Qi <qigl@inspur.com>, 2019 -# 卫安琪 <weianqi1991@gmail.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 卫安琪 <weianqi1991@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,177 +23,253 @@ msgstr "" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:5 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "在线聊天" +#: ../../livechat/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:8 -msgid "Chat in real time with website visitors" +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:10 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Live Chat, you can establish a direct contact with your website " -"visitors. A simple dialog box will be available on their screen and will " -"allow them to get in touch with one of your sales representatives. This way," -" you can easily turn prospects into potential business opportunities. You " -"will also be able to provide assistance to your customers. Overall, this is " -"the perfect tool to improve customer satisfaction." +"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " +"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" +" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " +"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:19 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To get the Live Chat feature, open the Apps module, search for \"Live Chat\"" -" and then click on install." -msgstr "使用在线聊天功能，打开应用界面，找到“聊天功能”，点击安装。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The Live Chat module provides you a direct access to your channels. There, " -"operators can easily join and leave the chat." -msgstr "在线聊天模块提供了一个直接聊天的工具，因此，您可以轻松加入，离开聊天。" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:34 -msgid "Add the live chat to an Odoo website" -msgstr "将在线聊天模块添加到Odoo网站" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:36 -msgid "" -"If your website was created with Odoo, then the live chat is automatically " -"added to it. All that is left to do, is to go to :menuselection:`Website -->" -" Configuration --> Settings` to select the channel to be linked to the " -"website." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 +msgid "Set up" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:45 -msgid "Add the live chat to an external website" -msgstr "添加在线聊天模块到外部网站" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:47 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, go to the Live Chat module and " -"then select the channel to be linked. There, you can simply copy paste the " -"code available into your website. A specific url you can send to customers " -"or suppliers for them to access the live chat is also provided." +"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " +"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" +" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Live Chat`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:54 -msgid "Hide / display the live chat according to rules" -msgstr "根据规则可隐藏/显示在线聊天窗口" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:56 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 msgid "" -"Rules for the live chat can be defined on the channel form. For instance, " -"you can choose to display the chat in the countries you speak the language " -"of. On the contrary, you are able to hide the chat in countries your company" -" does not sell in. If you select *Auto popup*, you can also set the length " -"of time it takes for the chat to appear." +"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:66 -msgid "Prepare automatic messages" -msgstr "设置自动回复消息" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the channel form, in the *Options* section, several messages can be typed" -" to appear automatically on the chat. This will entice visitors to reach you" -" through the live chat." +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 +msgid "For both scenarios, under:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:76 -msgid "Start chatting with customers" -msgstr "与客户开始聊天" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:78 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" -"In order to start chatting with customers, first make sure that the channel " -"is published on your website. To do so, select *Unpublished on Website* on " -"the top right corner of the channel form to toggle the *Published* setting. " -"Then, the live chat can begin once an operator has joined the channel." +"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " +"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " +"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:88 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"If no operator is available and/or if the channel is unpublished on the " -"website, then the live chat button will not appear to visitors." +"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " +"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " +"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:92 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors also appear in the Discuss module in " -"addition to popping up as a direct message. Therefore, inquiries can be " -"answered wherever you are in Odoo." +"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " +"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " +"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:96 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 msgid "" -"If there are several operators who have all joined a channel, the system " -"will dispatch visitor sessions randomly between them." +"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " +"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " +"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:100 +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 +msgid "External options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" +" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " +"single live chat page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "Managing chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " +"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " +"operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 +msgid "Leave or join a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "点评" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "客户点评" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" +"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用命令" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:102 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are useful shortcuts for completing certain actions or to access " -"information you might need. To use this feature, simply type the commands " -"into the chat. The following actions are available :" +"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:106 -msgid "**/help** : show a helper message." -msgstr "**/help** ：提示帮助消息" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:108 -msgid "**/helpdesk** : create a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 +msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:110 -msgid "**/helpdesk\\_search** : search for a helpdesk ticket." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 +msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:112 -msgid "**/history** : see 15 last visited pages." -msgstr "**/history**：可以看到最近访问的15个页面" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:114 -msgid "**/lead** : create a new lead." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 +msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:116 -msgid "**/leave** : leave the channel." +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 +msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:119 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 +msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 +msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a helpdesk ticket is created from the chat, then the conversation it was " -"generated from will automatically appear as the description of the ticket. " -"The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " +"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:124 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +msgid "" +"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " +"link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" +" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 msgid "Send canned responses" +msgstr "发送预设回复" + +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " +"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " +"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:126 +#: ../../livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to create substitutes to generic sentences you " -"frequently use. Typing a word instead of several will save you a lot of " -"time. To add canned responses, go to :menuselection:`LIVE CHAT --> " -"Configuration --> Canned Responses` and create as many as you need to. Then," -" to use them during a chat, simply type \":\" followed by the shortcut you " -"assigned." +"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " +"shortcut word you created." msgstr "" - -#: ../../livechat/livechat.rst:136 -msgid "" -"You now have all of the tools needed to chat in live with your website " -"visitors, enjoy !" -msgstr "恭喜！您已经拥有了所有与访客聊天的工具，尽情体验一下吧！" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index bb5a16ba7..d7b0d2d12 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# Shane Tsoi <sso@odoo.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Shane Tsoi <sso@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Shane Tsoi <sso@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "制造管理" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用替代工作中心" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgid "" "at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." " If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," " it is not that simple." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于许多制造企业而言，常见的问题是必须在同一工作中心同时制造多种产品。如果在实践中，员工可以在另一个工作中心制造货物，那么问题就更复杂了。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -52,45 +52,46 @@ msgid "" "it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " "alternative work center to use." msgstr "" +"你必须追踪员工的工作，知晓何时使用了哪个工作中心，以便有效安排维护。你现在可以利用Odoo配置以上事务，以便追踪制造订单，让员工也有可使用的替代工作中心。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 msgid "" "This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " "will be noticed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，你的流程效率提高，非生产时间也将显露出来。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置你的工作中心" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先是进入*制造*应用程序设置。然后，启用*工单*功能并点击保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " "work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" " vice versa." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，进入*主数据*下面的*工作中心*菜单，并创建两个新的工作中心。将第二个工作中心添加为第一个工作中心的替代品，反之亦然。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 msgid "" "The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " "operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下一步是创建你的*路线*。添加工作中心和操作，然后保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" " to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可创建*物料清单*并为它添加部件和路线。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建工单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -98,48 +99,48 @@ msgid "" "the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " "and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " "assembled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，一切配置妥当，你可创建*工单*。进入*制造订单*菜单并点击*创建*。然后添加产品和计划。在*工单*列表中，它已组合完毕。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 msgid "" "Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " "one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个新的*工单*都在前一个工单结束前创建，并安排到你配置的替代工作中心。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 msgid "" "Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" " may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" " usual one is free." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请记住，如果在生产开始后向工作中心增加时间，即使常用的工作中心空闲，工单也可能会安排到替代工作中心。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " "required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" " individual steps of the manufacturing process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*物料清单*是指规定制造成品所需的每种部件数量的文件。它还包括制造过程的路线和各个步骤。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" " multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " "product only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可将多个物料清单与一种产品关联，用于描述产品的多种变体。但每个物料清单仅与一种产品挂钩。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 msgid "" "This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " "time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能有助于优化制造过程并节约时间。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 msgid "Setting up a BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -148,89 +149,93 @@ msgid "" "words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " "not track the steps the product goes through." msgstr "" +"你在使用物料清单时可以不设路线。如果你选择只使用制造订单来管理制造操作，则可使用本功能。换句话说，你选择一个步骤实现制造过程，而不追踪产品经过的所有步骤。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 msgid "" "Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the *Master Data* menu > " -"*Products* and create both the finished product and the component." +"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " +"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." msgstr "" +"在创建*物料清单*之前，你必须创建使用*物料清单*的产品以及至少一种部件。前往 :menuselection:`主数据菜单 --> " +"产品`并创建成品和部件。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " "create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" " and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " "*Manufacture this Product*." msgstr "" +"完成后，前往*主数据*下的*物料清单*。现在，创建物料清单。从下拉菜单中选择产品并添加你的部件和数量。在本例中，保留默认的*物料清单*类型，即*制造此产品*。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:38 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用同一个物料清单描述产品变体" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:40 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 msgid "" "As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" " same as for the standard product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如上所述，你可将*物料清单*用于*产品变体*。它基本与标准产品的操作相同。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 msgid "" "If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " "*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " "each component line. You can add several variants for each component." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的*物料清单*仅针对一种变体，那么在*产品变体*字段具体指明。否则，在每条部件线上指明相应的变体。你可为每种部件添加多种变体。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加路线" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:54 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 msgid "" "You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " "series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " "enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可为*物料清单*添加路线。这项功能适用于定义制造过程需要的一系列操作。为此，在*制造*应用程序设置中启用*工单*功能。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:63 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "" "Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" " times." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个*物料清单*只能有一条路线，而每条路线可使用多次。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:66 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 msgid "" "Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" " when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " "dropdown menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你已创建路线，将它添加到你的*物料清单*。你可通过下拉菜单选择在工作操作中何时使用各项部件。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 msgid "Adding By-Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加副产品" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 msgid "" "In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " "the primary product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，*副产品*是指*物料清单*产出主产品之外的其他产品。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 msgid "" "To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" " *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要向*物料清单*添加*副产品*，首先需要从*制造*应用程序设置启用这项功能。" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " "You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " "need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用该功能后，你可向*物料清单*添加*副产品*。你可添加多种*副产品*。只需记住，你需要登记产生副产品的操作环节。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:3 msgid "Use flexible components consumption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用灵活部件消耗功能" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -239,6 +244,7 @@ msgid "" "chairs but your customer asks you one more desk. Alright, you can do that. " "But you will need to register it!" msgstr "" +"有时，你在制造一件产品时可能需要更多部件。举例来说，你生产的桌椅组合包含4张桌子和两把椅子，但客户要求你增加一把椅子。没问题，完全可以做到。但你必须登记！" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -246,29 +252,29 @@ msgid "" " available. If you enable it, you will be able to consume as many components" " as needed and it will make you save time in the registration of your items " "consumption." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果出现这种情况，Odoo提供*灵活部件消耗*功能。启用此功能，你可消耗尽可能多的部件，节约了登记物品消耗情况的时间。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:16 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" +msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:18 msgid "" "Using flexible component consumption is easy and can be done in a few steps." " All you need is a *BoM* and a *Quality Control Point*. Therefore, you will " "need to activate the feature *Quality* in the *MRP* app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用灵活部件消耗功能非常简单，只需要几步。你只需要*物料清单*和*质量控制点*。因此，你需要在*MRP*应用程序设置下启用*质量*功能。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:23 msgid "" "First, open the *BoM* you want to use for flexible component consumption and" " edit it. In the *Miscellaneous* tab, choose *Flexible* as the consumption " "type. Then, save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，打开你想要用于灵活部件消耗的*物料清单*并编辑。在*杂项*选项卡中，选择*灵活*的消耗类型。然后保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -277,29 +283,30 @@ msgid "" " operation and work order operation. Then, choose *Register Consumed " "Materials* as type." msgstr "" +"现在，在*质量*应用程序中，在*质量控制*下打开*控制点*菜单，并创建新的*质量控制点*。选择你的产品、操作和工单操作。然后，选择*登记已消耗物料*类型。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:38 msgid "" "Next, go back to your *Manufacturing* app and create a *Manufacturing " "order*. Choose the product for which you have created the flexible *BoM*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，返回*制造*应用程序并创建*制造订单*。选择你为之创建灵活*物料清单*的产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:42 msgid "" "Then, confirm it and launch the process step. While processing, you will " "have the possibility to consume more components than expected in the *BoM*. " "To do so, click on *Continue Consumption*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，确认并启动处理步骤。在处理时，你有可能消耗比*物料清单*中预期更多的部件。为此，点击*继续消耗*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/flexible_components_consumption.rst:49 msgid "" "When the job is over, you will find a summary of your component consumption " "in the *Finished Steps* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作结束后，在工单的*完成步骤*选项卡可查看部件消耗的摘要。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将一组产品作为套件销售" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -309,6 +316,7 @@ msgid "" " the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " "*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." msgstr "" +"*套件*是指交货前未组装或混合的一组部件。它们在Odoo中被称为*物料清单*。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的*套件*配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”应用程序。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" @@ -318,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "管理部件产品库存" msgid "" "If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " "components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想按订单组装套件，只需对套件部件库存进行管理，则可跳过制造步骤使用*套件物料清单*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -328,6 +336,7 @@ msgid "" "shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " "image shows the corresponding delivery order." msgstr "" +"使用*套件物料清单*的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行交货单。在以下例子中，左图显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右图显示对应的交货单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -339,12 +348,13 @@ msgid "" "Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " "be unchecked." msgstr "" +"从*库存*或*制造*应用程序的*产品菜单*，创建每个部件产品，操作方法与所有其他产品一样，然后创建顶级产品或套件产品。套件产品在*库存选项卡*下应该只有*制造路线*组。由于你无法追踪套件产品的库存，*产品类型*应设置为消耗品。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消*采购*前面的勾号。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " "preference. The component products require no particular configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -353,6 +363,7 @@ msgid "" " product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " "default values." msgstr "" +"完成产品配置后，为套件产品创建*物料清单*。添加每种部件及其数量。选择*物料清单类型*下的*将本产品作为一套部件发货*。所有其他选项可保留默认值。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" @@ -366,6 +377,7 @@ msgid "" "The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " "product will appear in your stock." msgstr "" +"如需管理*顶级套件产品*的库存，需要采用有制造步骤的标准*物料清单*而不用*套件物料清单*。使用标准物料清单组装套件时将创建一个*制造订单*。该*制造订单*必须登记后才能在库存中显示套件产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -374,31 +386,32 @@ msgid "" "order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " "stock management." msgstr "" +"在套件产品中选择*制造路线*。也可选择*按订单生产*，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个*制造订单*。请选择产品类别为*可库存产品*启用库存管理。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " "this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" " order* rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建*物料清单*时，将物料清单类别选择为*制造此产品*。套件的组装由*制造订单*而非包装操作来定义。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:3 msgid "Process Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage your manufacturing process in two different ways. " "You can work with one document, or decide to have more information and " "control over it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可用两种不同方式管理制造过程。你可使用一个文件进行管理，也可选择获取更多信息和控制力的方式进行管理。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:9 msgid "" "In the first case, Odoo makes things easier and helps you manage work with " "one document only: the manufacturing order. No complex steps during the " "process, you just have to schedule the job and record the production." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在第一种情况中，Odoo让事情变简单，帮助你仅用一个文件 - 即制造订单来管理工作。整个过程没有复杂的步骤，你只需要安排工作并记录生产。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -407,81 +420,82 @@ msgid "" "into one or more steps defined by *Work Orders* and performed in a sequence " "defined by *routings*." msgstr "" +"但是，如果你想要更多控制力， 在制造过程中可使用其他文件（步骤）。这样，*制造订单*被分为一个或多个步骤（即*工单*），并按*路线*的规定按顺序执行。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Using Odoo will allow you to precisely schedule the job, analyze your " "efficiency but also have ease when realizing each step of your manufacturing" " process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过Odoo，你可精准安排工作，分析效率并轻松实现制造过程的每个步骤。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:24 msgid "Manage Manufacturing Without Routings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在不设路线的情况下管理制造过程" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:26 msgid "" "If your manufacturing process is limited to one place, one person and one " "step, you will probably use manufacturing orders without routings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的制造过程局限在一个地方、一名人员和一个步骤，你可在不设路线的情况下使用制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:29 msgid "" "In Odoo, it is the default behavior. If work this way, there are two basic " "phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方式的操作管理是Odoo的默认动作。从规划到生产有两个基本阶段：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:32 msgid "Create a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:34 msgid "Record the production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "记录生产" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:37 msgid "Manage Manufacturing with Routings and Work Centers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理包含路线和工作中心的制造过程" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:39 msgid "" "To use *Work Centers* and *Routings*, you will need to enable the *Work " "Orders* feature. To do so, go to the *Manufacturing* app settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用*工作中心*和*路线*，你需启用*工单*功能。为此，前往*制造*应用程序设置。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:46 msgid "" "Now, you can add routings to *BoMs* and configure your operations taking " "place at different *work centers*. The *Work Centers* are the locations at " "which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可向*物料清单*添加路线并配置不同*工作中心*的操作。*工作中心*指执行工单的场所。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:53 msgid "" "When manufacturing this way, each *Work Order* is scheduled individually. " "You will also have access to time and capacity planning, as well as reports " "on costing and efficiency for each *Work Center*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按这种方式进行制造时，每个*工单*都是独立排定的。你还可以进行时间和工作量规划，以及*工作中心*级别的成本与效率报告。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:60 msgid "Thus, the workflow is divided into three basic phases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作流程由此被分解到三个基本阶段中：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:62 msgid "Create the manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:67 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划相关工单的日程" #: ../../manufacturing/management/manufacturing_order.rst:72 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "执行排定的工作并记录生产" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:3 msgid "Plan Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划工单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -489,7 +503,7 @@ msgid "" "can organize the work for the whole day and be sure everything goes well. It" " helps to avoid scheduling multiple work orders at the same time when you " "don’t have the capacity to do so." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些情况下，公司需要安排工单时间表。他们可安排一整天的工作并确保一切顺畅运行。避免在产能不足时安排多个工单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -499,35 +513,37 @@ msgid "" "same hour, the second one will be scheduled right after the first one, " "avoiding work superposition." msgstr "" +"通过Odoo，公司可为制造订单安排计划开始日期。不可能重复， " +"计划过程也不会出现潜在问题。并且，如果为同一个工作中心同一时段计划两个工单，第二个将直接安排在第一个后面，避免工作叠加。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:17 msgid "Create the Work Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建工单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:19 msgid "" "The first thing you need to do is to open the *Manufacturing* app. Then, Go " "to the settings and enable the *Work Orders* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先需要打开*制造*应用程序。然后，前往设置并启用*工单*功能。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:25 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. Choose your " "product and add a *Planned Start Date*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，进入*制造订单*菜单并点击*创建*。选择你的产品并添加*计划开始日期*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:32 msgid "" "The “Deadline Start” field is informative. It shows you until when you can " "launch the manufacturing order to fulfill the initial demand." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*截止日期开始*字段仅供参考。它显示何时可以开始制造订单以满足初步需求。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:35 msgid "" "Mark your *Manufacturing Order* as todo and plan it. By going to the " "*Planning* menu, you can access to the scheduled orders. Here is the one we " "just created:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将*制造订单*标记为待办事项并计划它。进入*规划*菜单，你可访问已排期的订单。这是我们刚刚创建的：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -535,13 +551,13 @@ msgid "" "scheduled after the first one if the jobs need to be done at the same work " "center. The start date will, then, be automatically updated considering the " "first free slot on the work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在同一个工作中心同一时段安排了两个工单，第二个将安排在第一个之后。其开始日期将自动更新到该工作中心首个空闲的时间档。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/plan_work_orders.rst:48 msgid "" "If you overrun the planned date and begin the job later, you will have a " "track of it in the *Time Tracking* tab of your work order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你超出了计划日期并在稍后开始工作，将在工单的*时间跟踪*选项卡中追踪它。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" @@ -552,7 +568,8 @@ msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置->设置中选择。" +msgstr "" +"Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 中选择。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -571,7 +588,7 @@ msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的** #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在套件物料清单上设置路线" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -579,48 +596,48 @@ msgid "" "BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " "product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " "for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你经常希望使用已制产品物料清单内的套件物料清单，以缩减该产品的部件清单长度。在此过程中，你希望能够指明消耗每个套件部件的操作环节。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 msgid "" "We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " "configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们来看你在这类配置中可能面临的三种用例。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成品和套件部件路线相同" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为成品创建物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 msgid "" "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " "component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为包含套件部件的成品创建物料清单。为该物料清单设置路线，例如*组装家具*。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为套件部件创建套件物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 msgid "" "Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" " is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。确保该物料清单设定的路线与成品相同。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 msgid "" "You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " "in the BoM of the kit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可直接在套件物料清单中定义使用该套件部件的操作环节。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 @@ -635,14 +652,15 @@ msgid "" "components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " "kit BoM." msgstr "" +"在部件清单中，套件被分拆。由于我们在*组装家具*路线中定义了两个操作环节，因此已创建两个工单。套件部件在套件物料清单中定义的操作环节被消耗。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成品和套件部件路线不同" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在成品物料清单中设置套件消耗" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -650,7 +668,7 @@ msgid "" "which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " "Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " "this BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。在本用例中，套件物料清单中设置的路线与成品不同。这次物料清单中指明消耗套件部件的操作环节。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 @@ -661,38 +679,39 @@ msgid "" "the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" " kit BoM." msgstr "" +"当为制造产品创建制造订单时，套件分拆在各个部件中。在计划制造订单时，在本例中需创建三个工单，一个来自于制造产品的路线，另两个来自于套件物料清单的路线。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些部件在其各自的操作环节中被消耗。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在套件物料清单中设置套件消耗" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 msgid "" "Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " "component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " "Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为包含套件部件的成品创建制造物料清单。为该物料清单设置路线，例如*组装家具*。在该物料清单上指明部件的消耗情况。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 msgid "" "Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " "which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " "Product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新套件部件，以定义其物料清单。在本用例中，套件物料清单设置的路线与成品不同。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 msgid "" "All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " "last component is consumed during the second operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本套件的所有部件都在首个操作环节中被消耗。最后一个部件在第二个操作环节中被消耗。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "Manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理半成品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -700,7 +719,7 @@ msgid "" "Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " "*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " "to make another one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，你可用分组件产品简化复杂的*物料清单*，或更准确地代表制造过程。*分组件产品*是指用作另一个产品部件的已制产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -710,10 +729,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " "be for subassemblies." msgstr "" +"包含*分组件*的*物料清单*被称为多级物料清单。这需要创建*顶级物料清单*和*分组件物料清单*。这一流程将确保每次为顶级产品创建制造订单时，同时创建分组件制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置分组件产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -721,23 +741,23 @@ msgid "" " its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " "the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." " Now, hit save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置*多级物料清单*，你需要顶级产品及其分组件。第一步是为每个分组件创建产品表单。选择*制造*和*按订单补给*路线。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 msgid "" "In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " "Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*主数据*下的*物料清单*菜单中，创建新的*物料清单*。选择你刚创建的产品并添加其部件。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 msgid "Configure the Main BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置主物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 msgid "" "Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " "subassemblies in the list of components." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可配置顶级产品及其*物料清单*。在部件列表中可加入任何分组件。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -745,166 +765,333 @@ msgid "" "product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " "Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " "available before manufacturing the finished product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你每次为顶级产品规划制造订单时，系统将为分组件创建制造订单。然后，你必须制造分组件，确保其在制造成品前可用。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 -msgid "Subcontract the manufacturing" +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Some businesses subcontract the production of some finished products through" -" subcontractors. This can be easily managed through Odoo." +"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " +"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and tick the box " -"*Subcontracting*." +"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:17 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" -"You can now define subcontracted *Bill of Materials*. Therefore, you need to" -" go to *Manufacturing > Master Data > Bill of Materials* and hit *Create*. " -"In this *BoM*, list the components which will be used by the subcontractor " -"to manufacture the subcontracted finished product. Specify that the *BoM* " -"type is *Subcontracting*." +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:22 -msgid "You can also define subcontractors on the BoM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:24 -msgid "If no subcontractor is set, the BoM can be used by any subcontractor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -msgid "If some are set, the BoM can only be used for those subcontractors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 -msgid "Receive or buy a subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:34 -msgid "You have two options to trigger the subcontracting of a product:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 msgid "" -"**Option A**: You can buy the subcontracted product from your subcontractor" +"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 -msgid "**Option B**: You can directly receive the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:40 -msgid "Let’s start with option A (option B is just a simpler version of it)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:42 msgid "" -"Create a new purchase order. The vendor must be a subcontractor. The unit " -"price should be the cost you are paying to the subcontractor for the " -"subcontracting (thus, it’s not necessarily the total cost of the " -"subcontracted product)." +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " +"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:50 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 msgid "" -"The validation of the purchase order automatically creates the receipt. " -"Whenever you receive the product, you can validate the receipt. The " -"following stock moves are created:" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 -msgid "For the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:56 -msgid "From Subcontracting To Production" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:58 -msgid "For the subcontracted product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 -msgid "From Production to Subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:62 -msgid "From Subcontracting to Stock" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 msgid "" -"The *Subcontracting Location* represents the place where the products are at" -" your subcontractor’s warehouse. It is configured as an internal location, " -"the components that are sent to the subcontractor are still valued in your " -"stock." +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:69 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 msgid "" -"For option B, you can simply create the receipt manually with a partner of " -"type subcontractor defined on it." +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 -msgid "Resupply the subcontractor with the components" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:75 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"There are 3 ways to manage the resupply of your subcontractor with the " -"components:" +"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " +"(3);" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:80 -msgid "**Manually**: You create a delivery order in which you set the" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 +msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " +"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 -msgid "subcontractor as a partner and you choose the components to deliver." +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "库存计价" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" #: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 -msgid "**With reordering rules**: You can define a *reordering rule*" +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:86 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "与：" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 msgid "" -"on the *Subcontracting location* to ensure that they are always enough " -"components sent to your subcontractors. When the reordering rule is " -"triggered, a delivery order is created for the product is automatically " -"created." +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " +"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " +"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:97 -msgid "**On order**: You can also deliver the components to your" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:95 +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 msgid "" -"subcontractors each time you order a subcontracted product. For this, you " -"need to tick the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "追溯" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " +"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " +"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " +"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " +"subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 +msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " +"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " +"address and fill the components to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 +msgid "Reordering rules;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 +msgid "Replenish on order flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +msgid "" +"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " +"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " +"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" +" subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " +"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " +"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " +"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " "components." msgstr "" +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 +msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " +"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " +"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " +"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " +"shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 +msgid "" +"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " +"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " +"subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "质量管理" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 +msgid "" +"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " +"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " +"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " +"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 +msgid "" +"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " +"a new *Control Point* on the reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " +"product is received." +msgstr "" + #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:3 msgid "Unbuild a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拆解产品" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing App, you can *Unbuild* products. Two use cases can be " "managed: (1) you can unbuild products you have built yourself or (2) you can" " unbuild products you have received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo制造应用程序中，你可*拆解*产品。你可管理两种用例：(1)你可拆解自己创建的产品或(2)你可拆解接收的产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -912,13 +1099,13 @@ msgid "" "of your product presents some defect, you might want to unbuild it instead " "of scrapping it completely, allowing you to reuse some components of the " "product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们先看第一种情况，你自行制造产品。如果你的某件产品存在缺陷，你可能希望将它拆解而不是完全报废，以便重新利用产品中的某些部件。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:14 msgid "" "In the second case, you are buying products for the sole purpose of " "unbuilding them and recycling them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在第二种情况中，你购买产品的唯一目的就是将其拆解并回收。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:18 msgid "Unbuild Order" @@ -928,67 +1115,69 @@ msgstr "拆解单" msgid "" "While in the Manufacturing App, under the *Operations* tab you will find the" " menu *Unbuild Orders*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在制造应用程序中，在*操作*选项卡下，你可找到*拆解单*菜单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:26 msgid "" "When creating a new one, you can either select a MO if you are unbuilding " "something you manufactured or only select a product if you are unbuilding " "something you received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新拆解单时，如果是拆解你自行制造的产品，可选择制造订单，如果是拆解你收到的产品，只需选择该产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:33 msgid "When you are done, just click unbuild and the process will be over." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，只需点击拆解，流程结束。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:35 msgid "" "If you unbuild a product that you manufactured before, you will get the " "components from the MO back in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你拆解的是之前制造的产品，制造订单中的部件将返回库存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/unbuild.rst:38 msgid "" "If you unbuild a product you bought, you will get the components from the " "BoM back in stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你拆解的是购买的产品，物料清单中的部件将返回库存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用主生产排程" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 msgid "" "The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " "production based on your demand forecast." -msgstr "" +msgstr "主生产排程(MPS)是根据你的需求预测计划生产的有用工具。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 msgid "" -"Go to the *Manufacturing app > Configuration > Settings* and activate the " -"Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." -msgstr "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`制造应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用主生产排程功能，然后点击保存。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" "In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " "(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在制造设置中，你可定义MPS（月/周/日）的时间范围和希望显示的周期数。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 msgid "" -"Now, go in *Planning > Master Production Schedule* and click on add a " -"product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the stock you want " -"to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and maximum " -"quantities to replenish." +"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " +"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" +" maximum quantities to replenish." msgstr "" +"现在，进入 :menuselection:`规划 --> " +"主生产排程`并点击添加产品。你可定义你的安全库存目标（=在周期结束时希望保有的库存量）和补货的最小及最大数量。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 msgid "" "The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " "rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" " them with drag and drop." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在MPS中根据产品顺序进行订购。你可进入产品列表，拖放并重新排列，即可重新安排产品顺序。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -1000,10 +1189,12 @@ msgid "" "already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " "information if it isn’t necessary." msgstr "" +"在MPS视图中，你可点击*行*，决定显示的信息。你可向该视图添加其他字段，如*实际需求*显示该产品在本周期内已经订购的数量，或*最小数量保证*显示你在本周期内仍可销售的产品（你计划的补货量" +" - 本周期内已经售出的量）。你还可隐藏一些无关紧要的信息。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "估计需求并发起补货" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -1013,6 +1204,7 @@ msgid "" " demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " "its components." msgstr "" +"下一步是估计本周期内的需求。你应在*需求预测*行输入估计结果。你可随时比较需求预测与实际需求（=已确认的销售量）。成品的需求预测将影响其部件的间接需求。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1022,142 +1214,143 @@ msgid "" "displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " "replenish button." msgstr "" +"然后，系统将自动计算不同周期的补货量。基于你的前置时间（供应商前置时间或制造前置时间）应发起的补货显示为绿色。现在，你可点击补货按钮，发起补货。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据产品的配置（采购或制造），系统将创建报价请求或制造订单。只需点击*实际补货*单元格，即可轻松访问这些信息。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 msgid "" "In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " "appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " "computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你手动编辑*待补货*数量，左侧将出现一个小十字。如你想要返回Odoo提供的自动计算值，你可点击十字图标。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 msgid "Cells color signification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "单元格颜色的含义" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 msgid "" "The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " "colors depending on the situation:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*待补货*行上的单元格根据不同情况有不同颜色：" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**绿色**：考虑到需求预测和间接需求预测，为达到预期安全库存量需要补货的产品数量。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**灰色**：已生成补货订单，其数量仍匹配当前数据。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**红色**：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过高。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**橙色**：已生成补货订单，其数量与当前数据相比过低。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*已预测库存*行也可包含红色单元格，意思是该周期内的库存将为负值。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我低估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你仍可增加需求预测。它将影响补货数量。单元格将变为橙色，你可发起新补货。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我高估了需求怎么办？" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可减少需求预测。单元格将变为红色，表明你订购的数量超过了计划数量。如果允许，你可手动取消一些报价请求或制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我在MPS中错误添加了产品怎么办？" #: ../../manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可点击产品名称右侧的小垃圾箱，即可从MPS中删除该产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../manufacturing/repair.rst:5 msgid "Repair Management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:3 -msgid "Repair products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "维修管理" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:5 +msgid "Repair products" +msgstr "维修产品" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:7 msgid "" "The Odoo *Repair* app allows you to manage a complete after sales process " "but also to simply repair products you have manufactured, if they present a " "defect." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:10 -msgid "Create a Repair Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo*维修*应用程序不仅可管理完整的售后流程，还可轻松维修存在缺陷的已制造产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:12 +msgid "Create a Repair Order" +msgstr "创建维修单" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:14 msgid "" "Once in the app, you can access your existing *Repair Orders* and create a " "new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:19 -msgid "Manage a repair" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在应用程序中，你可访问现有*维修单*或创建新维修单。" #: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:21 +msgid "Manage a repair" +msgstr "管理维修" + +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:23 msgid "" "When a customer sends you a product for repair, create a new *Repair Order*." " Fill it in with all the information you may need such as the product, the " "customer, if it has to be invoiced after or before the repair, the parts you" " might need, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当客户发给你需要维修的产品时，创建新的*维修单*，填写所有相关信息，如产品、客户、维修之前或之后是否需要开单、可能需要的零部件等。" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:29 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:31 msgid "" "Once everything is done, you can then send the repair quotation to your " "customer. If it is approved, you can confirm the repair. You will then be " "able to start & end the repair when it is completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，你可将维修报价发送给客户。如批准，你可确认维修。然后，你可开始维修并在完成后结束维修。" -#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:36 +#: ../../manufacturing/repair/repair.rst:38 msgid "You can now invoice the repair." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你可就维修开单。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96acf9d9d --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/marketing_automation.po @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../marketing_automation.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "营销自动化" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "高级" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgstr "了解指标" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " +"of linking your employees to goals." +msgstr "指标是帮助你测量进步的值，是为员工设定目标的强大方式。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" +" in a graph form and in numbers." +msgstr "当你在Odoo中创建工作流程后，它的可视化内容已经以图形和数字形式显示为指标。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgstr "我们一起看下面的示例：" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" +" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" +" email address set." +msgstr "*目标* - 业务目标 - 是指*线索/商机*，缩小为*标记名称*包含“产品”描述，并已设置电子邮件地址的记录。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgstr "共有20条记录符合此标准。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " +"have matched the criteria." +msgstr "在这20条记录中，25个已成为参与者，换句话说，他们符合条件。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" +" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " +"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "每次运行系统、更新数字和触发操作时，它将查看*目标*模式并检查是否添加新记录或修改记录，保持流程最新。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " +"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +msgstr "这里的筛选条件适用于*所有*活动。丢失标记的线索将从之后的活动中排除。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " +"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " +"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," +" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " +"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " +"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +msgstr "" +"*记录*是一个实时数字，因此在运行工作流程时，可对商机记录进行更改 - 删除、添加、调整等 - " +"更新记录数量，但不改变参与者人数，因为指标*不会*排除之前被设置为参与者的机会。它只会添加新记录。因此，*记录*数量可能与*参与者*数量不同。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " +"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" +" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " +"domain one." +msgstr "你也可在*域*下，对活动应用单独的筛选条件。这项功能可用于规定，只有当记录同时满足活动和域两项筛选条件时，才执行该记录。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " +"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +msgstr "例如：如要某活动发送短信，你可以设置一个电话号码，避免触发绝不会发送且崩溃的短信。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" +" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " +"the total number of participants." +msgstr "*成功*是指相对于参与者总人数，成功执行搜索参与者的次数 - 与该活动的筛选条件匹配。 " + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " +"*Rejected*." +msgstr "如参与者与条件不匹配，它将被加入*已拒绝*。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " +"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +msgstr "将鼠标悬停在图表上，你可以看到每天以及过去15天成功和被拒绝的参与者人数。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " +"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " +"the beginning (parent action)." +msgstr "每次将新记录添加到*目标*模式时，它将自动添加到工作流程中，且将从头开始工作流程（上级操作）。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/automate_actions`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/segment`" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/segment`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/test`" +msgstr ":doc:`../overview/test`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automate Actions and Create a Workflow" +msgstr "自动化操作及创建工作流程" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Automated workflows are a sign that you are building intelligent, data-" +"driven, multifaceted campaigns to enable the delivery of the right message, " +"to the right prospects, at the right time. It also speeds up processes and " +"creates a seamless experience for employees." +msgstr "自动化工作流程是创建智能、数据驱动、多层面营销的标志，可在合适的时机向合适的潜在客户传递合适的信息。它还可加快流程，为员工创造无缝体验。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:9 +msgid "Segment and create a campaign" +msgstr "划分并创建营销" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`营销 --> 创建`。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In the example below, the *Marketing Automation* application is fully " +"integrated with *Contacts*." +msgstr "在以下示例中，*营销自动化*应用程序与*联系人*全面集成。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:14 +msgid "" +"But it can also be integrated with other apps like CRM, as long as they are " +"installed in your database." +msgstr "但它也可与CRM等其他应用程序集成，只要你已将这些应用程序安装在数据库中。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Depending on the criteria, the *target model updates itself* while the " +"campaign is running. That means that every new record that meets the " +"criteria will be added to the workflow." +msgstr "根据设定的标准，在运行营销过程中，*目标模型自行更新*。也就是说， 符合条件的每条新记录都会被加入工作流程。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Example: a campaign starts for leads that have no salesman assigned. If at " +"some point, those leads get to have a salesman assigned to it, the campaign " +"will stop running." +msgstr "举例：某营销针对未分派销售人员的线索。如果在某一个时点为这些线索分派了销售人员，则营销将停止运行。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Create a parent activity and start to build a workflow" +msgstr "创建上级活动并开始建立工作流程" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:30 +msgid "Click on *Add new activity*." +msgstr "点击*添加新活动*。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Trigger* is the field to set for the activity to start to de deployed." +msgstr "*触发*字段用于设置开始部署的活动。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Adopt an *Expiry Duration* if you would like to stop actions from being " +"executed after a certain amount of time and in subsequence to the trigger." +msgstr "如果你想在一定时间后并按触发器顺序停止执行操作，则需设置*有效期*。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Under *Domain* you can narrow down your target, even more, applying filters " +"for this specific activity." +msgstr "在*域*下，可缩小目标，并为特定活动应用筛选条件。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Add Child Activities" +msgstr "添加下级活动" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:48 +msgid "" +"A *child activity* is an action that will take place based on a condition." +msgstr "*下级活动*是指根据条件发生的操作。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can either create or add a child activity if on the previous one: the " +"email was opened or not, the email was replied or not, the link was clicked " +"or not, the email bounced back." +msgstr "你可在前一个创建或添加下级活动：是否打开邮件，是否回复邮件，是否点击链接，邮件被退回。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/automate_actions.rst:59 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`segment`" +msgstr ":doc:`segment`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:3 +msgid "Segment the Database with Filters" +msgstr "用筛选分隔数据库" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:4 +msgid "Filters let you reach a granular level of detail in your records." +msgstr "筛选能让你更细致了解记录详情。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:7 +msgid "How to work with filters" +msgstr "如何使用筛选" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When working with filters, you will see that some of the rules have an arrow" +" button next to it, informing you that the parameter has more variables " +"within it." +msgstr "在使用筛选时，你会发现某些规则旁有箭头，表示该参数内还有更多变量。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:18 +msgid "" +"More than one parameter line - *node* (+) - can be added under what is " +"called a *branch* (...)." +msgstr "在*分支*(...)下还可添加多个参数行 -*节点*(+)。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:19 +msgid "To exclude a *node* or a *branch*, click on *Delete node* (x)." +msgstr "如要删除*节点*或*分支*，点击*删除节点*(x)。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Every time a new branch is created, you can choose if you would like the " +"records to match *all* criteria of the upcoming rules, or *any*, meaning one" +" rule or the other." +msgstr "每次创建新分支时，你可选择记录需匹配规则的*所有*条件还是*任意*条件。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:32 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "用例" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline." +msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为管道中的新商机。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:39 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to suppliers." +msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为供应商。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the leads down to the ones that contain a certain tag " +"name." +msgstr "**场景**：将线索缩小为包含某个标记名称。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the attendees of a specific event " +"that purchase a specific category of ticket." +msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为参加了特定活动且购买特定类型门票的人员。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:55 +msgid "**Scenario**: narrow the target down to the employees who have kids." +msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为有子女的员工。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:60 +msgid "" +"**Scenario**: narrow the target down to records with a helpdesk ticket " +"solved." +msgstr "**场景**：将目标缩小为包含已解决服务台服务单的记录。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:66 +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`automate_actions`" +msgstr ":doc:`automate_actions`" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/segment.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:3 +msgid "Launch a Test and Start a Campaign" +msgstr "发起测试并开始营销" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:4 +msgid "" +"Before starting a campaign, launching a test allows you to run the workflow " +"on a test contact and view the sequence of events in action, avoiding " +"mistakes." +msgstr "在开始营销之前，通过测试可对测试联系人运行工作流程，查看活动顺序，避免错误。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:8 +msgid "Launch a test" +msgstr "发起测试" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:9 +msgid "Click on *Launch a test*." +msgstr "点击*发起测试*。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have selected the test contact, *Run* the parent activity and the " +"subsequent ones as needed. *Run* and *Stop* activities individually. To stop" +" the whole workflow click on *Stop*." +msgstr "在选择测试联系人之后，*运行*上级活动及需要的后续活动。分别*运行*和*停止*活动。如要停止整个工作流程，点击*停止*。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Launching a test does not add data to your metrics with the purpose of not " +"introducing wrong inputs to reports." +msgstr "发起测试不会在你的标准中添加数据，以避免在报告内产生错误输入内容。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:27 +msgid "Start and stop a workflow" +msgstr "开始和停止工作流程" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Click on *Start* to run the workflow, and on *Stop* to interrupt it. The " +"interruption and new start can happen at any moment. The current status will" +" be shown on the status bar." +msgstr "点击*开始*运行工作流程，点击*停止*打断。可随时开始并打断。状态栏将显示当前状态。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:38 +msgid "Participants and their specific workflow" +msgstr "参与者及其特定的工作流程" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Participants* are all the records that have ever been involved in the " +"campaign." +msgstr "*参与者*是指营销曾涉及的所有记录。" + +#: ../../marketing_automation/overview/test.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If you click on *Participants* and open a record, you will find the specific" +" activities the record went/are/will go through, as well as when the " +"workflow was triggered to him. If you wish to cancel an activity click on " +"*Cancel*." +msgstr "如果点击*参与者*并打开记录，你会看到该记录过去/现在/未来经历的具体活动，以及触发该工作流程的时间。如需取消某活动，点击*取消*。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po index fef6a2006..3d2c8f5be 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/mobile.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ChinaMaker <liuct@chinamaker.net>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -34,10 +35,10 @@ msgstr "推送通知" msgid "" "As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " "enable push notifications in the mobile app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从Odoo 12.0、13.0或更高版本开始，没有更复杂的配置可在移动应用程序中启用推送通知。" #: ../../mobile/firebase.rst:13 msgid "" -"Simply go to *Settings* > *General Settings* > *Odoo Cloud Notification " -"(OCN)* and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." -msgstr "" +"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " +"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +msgstr "只需进入：menuselection：`设置-->常规设置--> Odoo云通知（OCN）`并确保选中了“推送通知”。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d2a58ac --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/planning.po @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "排期" + +#: ../../planning/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Schedule and Make Encoding Easier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Organize regular schedules or forecast projects in a long term basis. Create" +" shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized at a high" +" level." +msgstr "组织定期安排或长期预测项目。创建换班并管理任务，分派员工，保持高度条理性。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:9 +msgid "Organize your team by roles" +msgstr "按角色组织你的团队" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Roles --> Create`. Optionally, go to" +" the *Employees* application, select the respective employee, and under " +"*Work Information* select the *Default Planning Role*." +msgstr "" +"前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 角色 --> " +"创建`。或者，前往*员工*应用程序，选择相应的员工，在*工作信息*下选择*默认计划角色*。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:20 +msgid "Make shifts recurrent" +msgstr "重复换班" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While creating a shift, select *Repeat* and configure as needed, saving you " +"from the need of re-planning it." +msgstr "在创建换班时，选择*重复*并根据需要配置，避免重复换班的麻烦。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Repeated shifts are generated for the next six months. A modification is " +"possible in :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"from *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:38 +msgid "To duplicate a shift in the Gantt view, press CTRL + drag and drop." +msgstr "如要在甘特视图下复制换班，按下CTRL+拖放。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:41 +msgid "Save shifts as templates" +msgstr "将换班保存为模板" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If creating a shift on the fly and know you might use that template in the " +"future, click on *Save as a Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To create a template in advance, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Shifts Templates --> Create`." +msgstr "如要提前创建模板，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 换班模板 --> 创建`。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:55 +msgid "Duplicate a planning from the previous week" +msgstr "复制前一周的换班" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When in the Gantt view, either under *Schedule by Employee, Role or " +"Project*, instead of re-planning shifts that have been planned before, " +"simply click on *Copy Previous Week*." +msgstr "在甘特视图*按员工、角色或项目安排时间表*中，无需重新换班，只需点击*复制前一周*。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/duplicate_a_planning.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The integration with the *Time off* and *Employee* applications, show you " +"grayed cells to the days when the employee does not work and is on vacation " +"time, for example." +msgstr "与*请假*和*员工*应用程序集成，将员工未上班或休假的日期显示为灰格。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:3 +msgid "Send Planned Shifts and Give Employees Autonomy Over Shifts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you are not on top of your tasks and shifts you might fall behind, losing" +" productivity. Allowing your employees to have a say over shifts helps you " +"to be on top of your workload, and gives them flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:10 +msgid "Publish and send the planned week by email" +msgstr "通过电子邮件发布并发送当周换班" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once you have your shifts planned, click on *Send Schedule*. Select *Include" +" Open shift* if you would like the *Unassigned* shifts to be seen." +msgstr "换班完成后，点击*发送安排*。如想要*未分派*的班次被看到，选择*包括开放的班次*。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Choose if you just want to *Publish* or *Publish and Send*. If you *Publish " +"and Send*, employees get an email that redirects them to their planned " +"tasks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Employees will not be able to see shifts until they have been published." +msgstr "在发布之前，员工无法看到换班。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:29 +msgid "Let employees unassign themselves from shifts" +msgstr "允许员工自行空出换班" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to *Configuration* and enable *Allow Unassignment*. From now on, when an " +"employee opens his tasks, he can indicate his unavailability clicking on *I " +"am unavailable*. The shift will be opened again, allowing someone else to " +"take it." +msgstr "进入*配置*并启用*允许取消分派*。之后，员工打开任务时，可点击*我没时间空档*。此时换班将空出，允许其他人排入。" + +#: ../../planning/overview/send_planned_shifts.rst:44 +msgid "Employees have portal access; users have access to the database." +msgstr "员工拥有门户访问权限；用户拥有数据库访问权限。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 17bba9bf7..1d3642f4d 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -4,25 +4,28 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# Wall, 2019 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2019 -# Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2019 +# niulin lnc. <admin@niulin.net>, 2020 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# Wall, 2020 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 +# Manga Tsang <mts@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kenny Yang <biganglerau@gmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,287 +35,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale.rst:5 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "POS" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced topics" -msgstr "高级话题" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:25 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:10 -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:12 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:9 -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "扫描产品" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/barcode.rst:35 -msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 -msgid "Accept credit card payment using Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A MercuryPay account (see `*MercuryPay website* " -"<https://www.mercurypay.com/>`__) is required to accept credit card payments" -" in Odoo 11 PoS with an integrated card reader. MercuryPay only operates " -"with US and Canadian banks making this procedure only suitable for North " -"American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:11 -msgid "" -"An alternative to an integrated card reader is to work with a standalone " -"card reader, copy the transaction total from the Odoo POS screen into the " -"card reader, and record the transaction in Odoo POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:16 -msgid "Install Mercury" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To install Mercury go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the *Mercury* " -"module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To configure mercury, you need to activate the developer mode. To do so go " -"to :menuselection:`Apps --> Settings` and select *Activate the developer " -"mode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:34 -msgid "" -"While in developer mode, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Mercury Configurations`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Create a new configuration for credit cards and enter your Mercury " -"credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods` and create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Under *Point of Sale* when you select *Use in Point of Sale* you can then " -"select your Mercury credentials that you just created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You now have a new option to pay by credit card when validating a payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "用雇员身份登陆" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "现在，你可以很容易地切换成出纳员身份" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "切换不需要识别码" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "现在，你只需要在你的名字上点击" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "用识别码切换至出纳" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:58 -msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售点" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Pricing Features" -msgstr "" +msgid "Pricing Features" +msgstr "定价功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用适合条码扫描仪的折扣标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " "close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " "allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想打折销售产品，例如对于已经临期的产品，你可使用折扣标签。这样可以扫描折扣条码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用折扣标签，你需要使用条码扫描器。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" @@ -320,50 +62,189 @@ msgstr "条码命名规则" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使用折扣标签，我们需要了解条码命名规则。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "假设你想对以下条码的产品打折：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " "interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在PoS界面设置下找到*默认命名规则*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " "before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "假设你想对一个产品打折50%，你必须在添加产品条码之前先加上22（用于折扣条码命名）和50（用于折扣%）。 在我们的例子中，条码应为：" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "扫描产品和标签" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你必须首先扫描需要的产品（本例中为柠檬）。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " "finish the transaction." +msgstr "然后扫描折扣标签。折扣将生效，你可完成交易。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Apply Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "应用手动折扣" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "对产品应用折扣" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "应用全局折扣" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "应用限时折扣" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "创建价格表" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理忠诚度计划" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " "*Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过*忠诚度计划*鼓励客户继续来你的销售点购物。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -371,10 +252,12 @@ msgid "" "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" +"如要启用*忠诚度计划*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并选择你的PoS界面。在定价功能下，选择*忠诚度计划*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此创建并编辑忠诚度计划。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -382,11 +265,11 @@ msgid "" "discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " "range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " "everything in between." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可决定希望使用的忠诚度计划类型，如果奖励是折扣或礼品，可设置针对特定产品还是整个范围应用规则，确保它仅对特定情况有效。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的PoS界面使用忠诚度计划" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -395,168 +278,78 @@ msgid "" "using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " "rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" +"在设置客户后，你现在可以看到他们交易获得的点数，并将累计他们已消费的金额。根据忠诚度计划定义的规则，在累计足够点数后，通过*奖励*按钮即可兑换奖励。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:45 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你会发现价格即时更新，反映价格表的最新价格。你可按正常方式完成订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:49 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." +msgstr "如你选择包含默认价格表的客户，则将适用该价格表。当然，你也可更改。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 +msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual discounts might be the easiest " -"solution for your Point of Sale." +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:8 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products." +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:12 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:14 -msgid "From your session interface, use *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" -"You can then input a discount (in percentage) over the product that is " -"currently selected and the discount will be applied." +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" -"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:28 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" -"Under the *Pricing* category, you will find *Global Discounts* select it." +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:34 -msgid "You now have a new *Discount* button in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:39 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once clicked you can then enter your desired discount (in percentages)." +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/manual_discount.rst:44 -msgid "" -"On this example, you can see a global discount of 50% as well as a specific " -"product discount also at 50%." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:3 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Entice your customers and increase your revenue by offering time-limited or " -"seasonal discounts. Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a " -"pricing strategy tailored to your business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Pricelists* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Choose the pricelists you want to make available in this Point of Sale and " -"define the default pricelist. You can access all your pricelists by clicking" -" on *Pricelists*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:23 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:25 -msgid "" -"By default, you have a *Public Pricelist* to create more, go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Pricelists`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can set several criterias to use a specific price: periods, min. " -"quantity (meet a minimum ordered quantity and get a price break), etc. You " -"can also chose to only apply that pricelist on specific products or on the " -"whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:37 -msgid "Using a pricelist in the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/seasonal_discount.rst:39 -msgid "" -"You now have a new button above the *Customer* one, use it to instantly " -"select the right pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 -msgid "Analyze sales" -msgstr "分析销售" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 -msgid "View your Point of Sale statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is key for any business. That's why Odoo " -"provides you a practical view to analyze your sales and get meaningful " -"statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:10 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To access your statistics go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting " -"--> Orders`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:15 -msgid "You can then see your various statistics in graph or pivot form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:21 -msgid "You can also access the stats views by clicking here" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Belgian Fiscal Data Module" -msgstr "比利时财政数据模块" +msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +msgstr "财政数据模块" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" @@ -617,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个POS配置注册的物联网盒子" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 msgid "Setup" @@ -625,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "设置" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT 盒子" +msgstr "物联网盒子" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -636,6 +429,9 @@ msgid "" "can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" " to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." msgstr "" +"为了使用财政数据模块, 你需要一个已注册的物联网盒子。物联网盒子与普通的物联网盒子类似, " +"但它们已在比利时政府注册。这是法律规定。在未注册的物联网盒子上使用财政数据模块将无法正常工作。你可通过物联网盒子主页*硬件状态页*验证财政数据模块是否已被物联网盒子识别" +" 。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 msgid "Odoo" @@ -654,6 +450,10 @@ msgid "" "transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " "VAT signing card." msgstr "" +"通过安装**比利时注册的收银机**应用程序（技术名称：``pos_blackbox_be``），Odoo " +"POS应用程序可具备认证的POS功能。由于政府对我们的限制，这种安装不能撤消。在此之后, " +"你必须确保每个POS配置都有与它关联的唯一已注册物联网盒子（:menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`并确保硬件代理/物联网盒子及其序列号已设置）。首次打开时POS并尝试处理交易时，你需要输入连同增值税签约卡一起收到的PIN码。" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 msgid "Certification & On-premise" @@ -702,23 +502,183 @@ msgstr "产品销售没有有效的税收" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个物联网盒子不允许多个Odoo POS配置" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在不连入物联网盒子（及FDM）的情况下使用POS" #: ../../point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" msgstr "列入黑名单的模块 :POS_打折, POS_重新打印, POS_忠诚度" -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "开始" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " +"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" +" device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " +"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " +"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 +msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " +"*Available in Point of Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "Configure your payment methods" +msgstr "配置支付方式" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " +"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" +" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" +" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " +"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 +msgid "Your first PoS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "第一个订单" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " +"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " +"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " +"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " +"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " +"repeat the process individually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " +"process the payment and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 +msgid "Close the PoS session" +msgstr "关闭PoS会话" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " +"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" +" the dashboard view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " +"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " +"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " +"post the closing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " +"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database <../../iot/config/connect>` " +"and :doc:`Use the IoT Box for the PoS <../../iot/config/pos>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 +msgid "View your statistics" +msgstr "查看你的统计数据" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " +"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " +"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " +"pivot form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册客户" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -726,190 +686,30 @@ msgid "" "privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " "will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" " any future interaction with them faster." -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册客户有助于给予他们折扣、忠诚度计划、具体沟通等特权。如果他们想要发票，注册后也能让未来的互动更快捷。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建客户" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从会话界面，使用客户按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过这个按钮创建新客户。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 msgid "" "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要填写客户信息表。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 msgid "" "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " "any future transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" -msgstr "开始使用Odoo销售点" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo's online Point of Sale application is based on a simple, user friendly " -"interface. The Point of Sale application can be used online or offline on " -"iPads, Android tablets or laptops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with the Inventory and Accounting " -"applications. Any transaction in your point of sale will be automatically " -"registered in your stock and accounting entries but also in your CRM as the " -"customer can be identified from the app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 -msgid "" -"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " -"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." -msgstr "无需繁琐的外部程序集成，就可以实时统计所有门店数据" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 -msgid "Install the Point of Sale application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 -msgid "Go to Apps and install the Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If you are using Odoo Accounting, do not forget to install a chart of " -"accounts if it's not already done. This can be achieved in the accounting " -"settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:38 -msgid "Make products available in the Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To make products available for sale in the Point of Sale, open a product, go" -" in the tab Sales and tick the box \"Available in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can also define there if the product has to be weighted with a scale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:52 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To add a new payment method for a Point of Sale, go to :menuselection:`Point" -" of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale --> Choose a Point of Sale --> " -"Go to the Payments section` and click on the link \"Payment Methods\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create new payment methods. Do not forget to tick the box \"Use" -" in Point of Sale\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Once your payment methods are created, you can decide in which Point of Sale" -" you want to make them available in the Point of Sale configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:75 -msgid "Configure your Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select the Point of Sale you want to configure. From this menu, you can " -"edit all the settings of your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:82 -msgid "Create your first PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:85 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "第一个订单" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:87 -msgid "" -"You are now ready to make your first sales through the PoS. From the PoS " -"dashboard, you see all your points of sale and you can start a new session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:94 -msgid "You now arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. You can then validate the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:104 -msgid "You can register the next orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:107 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:109 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, you will close your PoS session. For this, click on " -"the close button that appears on the top right corner and confirm. You can " -"now close the session from the dashboard." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:117 -msgid "" -"It's strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 -msgid "You will then see a summary of all transactions per payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:124 -msgid "" -"You can click on a line of that summary to see all the orders that have been" -" paid by this payment method during that PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If everything is correct, you can validate the PoS session and post the " -"closing entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:130 -msgid "It's done, you have now closed your first PoS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:133 -msgid "" -"To connect the PoS to hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please see the section " -":doc:`../../../iot/config/connect` and :doc:`../../../iot/config/pos`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后，点击保存按钮。然后，你在未来的交易中就可以选择该客户了。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 msgid "Payment Terminals" @@ -917,82 +717,79 @@ msgstr "付款终端" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将Ingenico支付终端连接到你的PoS" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " "your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "" "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " "Benelux." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，Ingenico目前仅向比荷卢地区客户提供。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -msgid "Connect a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "连接一个物联网盒子" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " "an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/iot.html>`__." +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`." msgstr "" +"将Ingenico支付终端连接到Odoo需要IoT盒子。关于如何将IoT盒子接入数据库的更多信息，请参见:doc:`IoT documentation " +"<../../iot/config/connect>`。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the IoT Box is up and running, you’ll need to link your payment " -"terminal to your PoS. Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > " -"Point of Sale*. Select a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your" -" payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:31 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为比荷卢Ingenico配置Lane/5000" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:33 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the *PoS Menu* > settings " -"menu and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "点击终端上的F按钮，然后前往 :menuselection:`PoS菜单 --> 设置`并输入设置密码。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " "(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " "port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " "in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" +"现在，点击连接更改和TCP/IP。 " +"键入*物联网盒子*的IP（你可在物联网盒子的表单视图中找到它）。然后，输入9000作为端口。终端将重新启动。完成后，进入Odoo的*物联网盒子*表单，并验证是否已找到终端。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:45 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置支付方式" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " "setting." +msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Ingenico设置。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" +"回到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Ingenico创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Ingenico，并选择你的支付终端设备。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Go back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the " -"payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment " -"method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select" -" your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:62 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用支付终端付款" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "" "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " "Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " @@ -1000,630 +797,727 @@ msgid "" "*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " "Successful*." msgstr "" +"在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。当付款成功时，状态将更改为*付款成功*。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "" "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " "retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需取消付款请求，点击取消。你仍可重试发送付款请求。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可Odoo确认订单。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:82 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "" "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " "you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只有当你收到错误信息，提示连接失败时，本选项才可用。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:85 -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:103 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "" "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " "of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款处理完毕后，在支付记录上可以看到使用的卡片类型和交易ID。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect SIX/Worldline to your PoS" +msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid " -"payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "Please note SIX/Worldine is currently only available for UE customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:17 msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX/Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that " -"requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database, please refer to `this documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/12.0/iot.html>`__." +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Once the *IoT Box* is up and running, you’ll need to link it to your PoS. " -"Open the Point of Sale app and go to *Configuration > Point of Sale*. Select" -" a PoS, tick the IoT Box Device option and select your payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Then go to your *IoT Box homepage* (accessible from the IoT Box form view in" -" Odoo) and enter the ID of your Six payment terminal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"You should now see that the terminal is connected to your IoT Box (it takes " -"+/- 1 min)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The terminal should only be connected to the network with the Ethernet. Do " -"not connect it to the IoT Box with a USB Cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:47 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置支付方式" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the SIX " -"setting." +"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " +"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"SIX, select the payment terminal option SIX, and select your payment " -"terminal device." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " +"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用支付终端付款" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:66 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" " using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " "the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " "you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." msgstr "" +"在*PoS界面*，当处理付款时，选择使用支付终端的*支付方式*。检查栏目中的金额是否为须发送到付款终端的金额并单击*发送*。如你想要取消付款请求，点击取消。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 msgid "" "When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " "You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "支付完成后，状态将变为*付款成功*。你可随时点击*逆转*，逆转最近一项操作。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 msgid "" "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " "payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" " Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:87 -msgid "Close your Session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:89 -msgid "" -"At the end of the day, before closing your session, you need to send the " -"balance of the payments to SIX. To do that, click on this button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Once the balance has been sent, the SIX shift is closed, meaning you cannot " -"do additional operations with the SIX payment terminal (except if you reopen" -" a shift by clicking on the user name and selecting a cashier)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果支付终端有问题，你仍可通过*强制完成*强制付款。这样，即使终端和Odoo之间出问题， 你仍可在Odoo确认订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将Vantiv支付终端接入你的PoS" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 msgid "" "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " "flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接Vantiv支付终端可为客户提供流畅的支付流程，并方便收银员的工作。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 msgid "" "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" " procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，MercuryPay仅适用于美国和加拿大银行，因此这一程序只适合北美公司。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 msgid "" "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " "setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，进入POS应用程序的一般设置，并启用Vantiv设置。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 msgid "" -"Back in *Point of Sale > Configuration > Point of Sale*, go in the payments " -"section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for " -"Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv " -"credentials." +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" +"回到 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> " +"POS`，进入支付版块并查看你的支付方式。为Vantiv创建新支付方式，选择支付终端选项Vantiv，并创建新的Vantiv凭据。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 msgid "" "To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " "then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " "save the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建新的Vantiv凭据，请填入你的商户ID和密码，然后保存。确保选中你刚才创建的凭据，然后保存该支付方式。" #: ../../point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 msgid "" "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " "payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款时，在你的PoS界面选择Vantiv支付方式并...完成。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" -msgstr "高级的餐馆功能" +msgid "Restaurant Features" +msgstr "餐馆功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " "is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " "definitive ticket." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用*账单打印*功能，在付款前打印账单。这项功能适合账单还有可能出现变化，因此不是最终单据的情况。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置账单打印" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要启用*账单打印*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到*账单打印*选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分拆账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在PoS界面，你现在可看到*账单*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." +msgstr "点击该按钮，你可打印账单。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " +"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " +"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " +"away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 +msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," +" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 +msgid "Using fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " +"fiscal position you need for the current order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " +"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " +"choose one to set as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " +"interface." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印厨房或吧台的订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 msgid "" "To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " "printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " "can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为简化前台和后厨之间的工作流程，直接在厨房或吧台打印PoS界面的订单可带来极大的方便。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用吧台/厨房打印机" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*订单打印*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." " Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件代理类别下，你可找到*订单打印机*。请注意，你需要通过物联网盒子将打印机接入PoS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加打印机" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 msgid "" "In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" " you can add the printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在配置菜单中，你现在可以看到*订单打印机*选项，可在此添加打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印厨房/吧台订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择或创建打印机。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在厨房/吧台打印订单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面上会出现*订单*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 msgid "" "When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." +msgstr "点击该按钮，它将打印厨房/吧台打印机上的订单。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Manage your tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Register multiple orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "" -"The Odoo Point of Sale App allows you to register multiple orders " -"simultaneously giving you all the flexibility you need." +"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" +" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " +"business in the best possible way." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" +" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " +"and your employees to work efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " +"Bar/Restaurant*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 +msgid "" +"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " +"they are restaurant-specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "添加楼层" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "添加餐台" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "登记餐台订单" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "调换顾客" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "登记额外的订单" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 msgid "" -"When you are registering any order, you can use the *+* button to add a new " -"order." +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:14 +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "" -"You can then move between each of your orders and process the payment when " -"needed." +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/multi_orders.rst:20 -msgid "" -"By using the *-* button, you can remove the order you are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setup PoS Restaurant/Bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Food and drink businesses have very specific needs that the Odoo Point of " -"Sale application can help you to fulfill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Bar/Restaurant* features, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Is a Bar/Restaurant*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/setup.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You now have various specific options to help you setup your point of sale. " -"You can see those options have a small knife and fork logo next to them." +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "" +msgstr "提供拆分账单选项" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 msgid "" "Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " "with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" "box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为客户提供简单的账单拆分解决方案可带来积极的体验。因此，Odoo POS应用程序提供开箱即用的这项功能。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*账单拆分*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " "option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可找到账单拆分选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "拆分账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，你的PoS界面会出现*拆分*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 msgid "" "When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " "process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your table management" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once your point of sale has been configured for bar/restaurant usage, select" -" *Table Management* in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> " -"Point of sale`.." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:9 -msgid "Add a floor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you select *Table management* you can manage your floors by clicking on" -" *Floors*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:18 -msgid "Add tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:20 -msgid "From your PoS interface, you will now see your floor(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When you click on the pencil you will enter into edit mode, which will allow" -" you to create tables, move them, modify them, ..." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In this example I have 2 round tables for six and 2 square tables for four, " -"I color coded them to make them easier to find, you can also rename them, " -"change their shape, size, the number of people they hold as well as " -"duplicate them with the handy tool bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:36 -msgid "Once your floor plan is set, you can close the edit mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:39 -msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:41 -msgid "" -"When you select a table, you will be brought to your usual interface to " -"register an order and payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can quickly go back to your floor plan by selecting the floor button and" -" you can also transfer the order to another table." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用此按钮，你可选择每位顾客的餐品并处理付款，为每位顾客重复这一流程。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将小费选项纳入付款" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 msgid "" "As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " "important to have the option in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于许多国家都有付小费的习惯，PoS界面必须有这个选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置小费" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*小费*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 msgid "" "Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " "create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*小费*选项。选择并创建*小费产品*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将小费加入账单" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，在支付界面可以看到新的*小费*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer customers between tables" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"If your customer(s) want to change table after they have already placed an " -"order, Odoo can help you to transfer the customers and their order to their " -"new table, keeping your customers happy without making it complicated for " -"you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:11 -msgid "Transfer customer(s)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:13 -msgid "Select the table your customer(s) is/are currently on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/transfer.rst:18 -msgid "" -"You can now transfer the customers, simply use the transfer button and " -"select the new table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加顾客想要支付的小费并继续付款。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Shop Features" -msgstr "高级门店属性" +msgid "Shop Features" +msgstr "购物功能" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" +msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " +"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +msgstr "使用条码扫描器处理POS订单可以提高效率，并为你和客户节省时间。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如要使用条码扫描器，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " +"select it." +msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件类别下，你可找到*条码扫描器*并选择它。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "Add barcodes to product" +msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " +"product." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " +"can input any barcode." +msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下，你可找到条码字段，你可在此输入任何条码。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "Scanning products" +msgstr "扫描产品" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 +msgid "" +"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " +"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " +"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +msgstr "从你的PoS接口，用条码扫描器扫描任何条码。产品将被添加，你可以多次扫描同一件产品，将它添加多次，也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置POS的现金控制" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 msgid "" "Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " "and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " "is missing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现金控制可在开台和关台时清点钱箱金额。以确保金额无误，无现金遗失。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用现金管理" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 msgid "" "To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用*现金管理*功能，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS界面。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在支付类别下，你可找到现金控制选项。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 msgid "" "In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " "the opening and closing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在本例中，你可以看到我想在开台和关台时有275美元各种面额的现金。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 msgid "" "When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" " values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**开台/关台金额**，你可创建这些金额。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 msgid "" "You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " "Balance*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开一个会话，你可看到新添加按钮*设置开台余额*。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 msgid "" "By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " "modify it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "它默认为你之前添加的值，但你可修改它。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭会话" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 msgid "" "When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " "button as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要关闭会话，你可使用*设置关台余额*按钮。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 msgid "" "You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" " have just counted) and the difference between the two." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可看到理论余额、实际关台余额（你刚计数的结果）和二者之间的差异。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 msgid "" "If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " "this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " "balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果使用*取出现金*选项，取走此次会话的交易额，则总差额为零，关台余额与开台余额相同。你的钱箱可用于下一次会话。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash Rounding" +msgstr "现金舍入" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:4 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "当货币或硬币的最低实物面值高于最小的记账单位时，需要进行**现金舍入**。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:8 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "例如，某些国家要求公司在以现金支付时，将发票总额四舍五入到最接近的五美分。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "在Odoo的每个POS都可以配置为将现金舍入到其账单或收据的总数。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"This feature will soon be added to Odoo. We are currently working to make it" +" available for all supported versions as soon as possible." +msgstr "这项功能将很快添加到Odoo中。我们目前正努力使所有支持的版本尽快可用。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*现金舍入*，然后点击*保存*。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`，打开你想要配置的POS，并启用*现金舍入*选项。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "如要定义**舍入方法**，打开下拉列表并点击*创建并编辑...*。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "在这里定义你的*舍入精度*、*利润科目*和*损失科目*，然后保存舍入方法和你的POS设置。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:41 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "这个POS的所有总金额现在都会增加一行，根据你的设置应用现金舍入。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " +"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +msgstr "Odoo POS只支持*添加舍入明细*舍入策略和*一半*舍入方法。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从PoS界面开具发票" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 msgid "" "Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " "of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "某些顾客在销售点购物后可能索取发票，你可通过PoS界面直接管理。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用开具发票功能" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" " select your Point of Sale:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS界面：" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 msgid "" "Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " "Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*账单和收据*类别下，你可看到开具发票选项，勾选它。请勿忘记选择创建发票的日记账。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择顾客" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用会话界面的顾客按钮" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 msgid "" "You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " "or create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可选择现有顾客并将其设置为你的顾客，也可通过此按钮创建新顾客。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 msgid "" "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你需要填写顾客信息。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 msgid "Invoice your customer" @@ -1633,15 +1527,15 @@ msgstr "给客户开票" msgid "" "From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " "select it and validate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在在付款页面可看到发票选项，点击按钮选择并验证发票。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可以打印发票并转到下一个订单。" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检索发票" #: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -1651,27 +1545,133 @@ msgid "" " have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " "invoice." msgstr "" +"离开PoS界面（右上角的 :menuselection:`关闭 --> 确认`），你将在 :menuselection:`POS --> 订单 --> " +"订单`看到所有订单，在状态选项卡中，可看到已开具发票的订单。点击订单，你可访问其发票。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 -msgid "Accept returns and refund products" -msgstr "" +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "用雇员身份登陆" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to attract - and keep - your " -"customers. Making it easy for you to accept and refund those returns is " -"therefore also a key aspect of your *Point of Sale* interface." -msgstr "" +"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " +"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " +"made for that session." +msgstr "通过*POS*应用程序，你可管理多个收银员。这项功能可追踪谁在工作，每位收银员每个班次的时间和收银金额。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:10 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 msgid "" -"From your *Point of Sale* interface, select the product your customer wants " -"to return, use the +/- button and enter the quantity they need to return. If" -" they need to return multiple products, repeat the process." -msgstr "" +"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," +" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "在Odoo中切换收银员有三种方法：*选择收银员*、*输入PIN码*或*扫描条码*。" -#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 msgid "" -"As you can see, the total is in negative, to end the refund you simply have " -"to process the payment." -msgstr "" +"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "如要使用管理多个收银员功能，你必须有多位员工（至少两位）。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "设置员工登录" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " +"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " +"the cash register." +msgstr "如要启用本功能，进入*PoS设置*并在*PoS表单*中勾选员工登录。然后，添加有收银机权限的员工。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "现在，你可以很容易地切换成出纳员身份" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "切换不需要识别码" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" +" cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "切换收银员的最简单方法是无需代码，直接切换。为此，点击PoS界面中的收银员姓名。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "现在，你只需要在你的名字上点击" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "用识别码切换至出纳" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " +"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "你可为每位收银员设置pin码。如要设置pin码，前往*HR设置选项卡*的员工表单并添加安全PIN码。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "现在，在切换收银员时，必须输入PIN码。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "通过条码切换收银员" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " +"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" +" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "你可要求员工用自己的徽章登录。为此，在添加PIN码的同一位置设置条码。打印徽章，之后，收银员将切换为该员工。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "查找谁是收银员" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " +"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "在关闭*PoS会话*后，你可整体查看每位收银员的销售额。为此，你需进入订单菜单。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "现在，打开订单，即可看到已售出产品的摘要。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "Reprint Receipts" +msgstr "重新打印收据" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." +msgstr "如需重新打印票据，请使用*重新打印收据*功能。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." +msgstr "如需启用*重新打印收据*，前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的PoS接口。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." +msgstr "在账单和收据类别下，你可看到*重新打印收据*选项。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " +"receipt printer." +msgstr "为使用重新打印收据选项，你必须启用收据打印机。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "重新打印收据" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 +msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." +msgstr "在你的PoS界面，现在可以看到*重新打印收据*按钮。" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 +msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." +msgstr "你可以使用它来重新打印上一张收据。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po index bf566550e..d6fcb4e33 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/portal.po @@ -4,17 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 +# John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: John An <johnxan@163.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -31,14 +33,16 @@ msgid "" "In this section of the portal, you will find all the communications between " "you and Odoo: documents such as quotations, sales orders, invoices and " "subscriptions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在门户的这个版块，你可以找到你与Odoo之间的所有通信：报价、销售订单、发票和订阅等文件。" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:11 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:12 msgid "" "To access this section, you have to log with your username and password to " -"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`__ . If you are already logged in, just" -" click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." +"`Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_. If you are already logged in, just " +"click on your name on the top-right corner and select \"My Account\"." msgstr "" +"如要访问本版块，你需要通过用户名和密码登录`Odoo " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_。如你已经登录，只需点击位于右上角的你的名称并选择“我的账户”。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:20 msgid "Quotations" @@ -49,7 +53,7 @@ msgid "" "Here you will find all the quotations sent to you by Odoo. For example, a " "quotation can be generated for you after adding an application or a user to " "your database or if your contract has to be renewed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里是你发送给Odoo的所有报价。举例来说，你将应用程序或用户添加到数据库后或你的合同需要展期时，可生成报价。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -57,14 +61,14 @@ msgid "" "valid; after that date, the quotation will be \"Expired\". By clicking on " "the quotation, you will see all the details of the offer, such as the " "pricing and other useful information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*有效期至*列显示了报价有效的日期；在此日期之后，报价将“到期”。点击报价，你可查看所有详情，如定价和其他有用的信息。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:36 msgid "" "If you want to accept the quotation, just click \"Accept & Pay,\" and the " "quote will get confirmed. If you don't want to accept it, or you need to ask" " for some modifications, click on \"Ask Changes Reject.\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想要接受报价，只需点击“接受并付款”，即可确认报价。如你不想接受报价或想要求修改某些细节，点击“要求修改/拒绝”。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:41 msgid "Sales Orders" @@ -74,13 +78,13 @@ msgstr "销售订单" msgid "" "All your purchases within Odoo (Upsells, Themes, Applications, etc.) will be" " registered under this section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你在Odoo内（追加销售、主题、应用程序等）将登记在本版块。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:49 msgid "" "By clicking on the sale order, you can review the details of the products " "purchased and process the payment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击销售订单，你可查看采购的产品详情和付款流程。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:53 msgid "Invoices" @@ -91,13 +95,13 @@ msgid "" "All the invoices of your subscriptions and/or sales orders will be shown in " "this section. The tag before the Amount Due will indicate if the invoice has" " been paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的订阅和/或销售订单发票将显示在本版块。应付金额前的标记显示发票是否已经付款。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:62 msgid "" "Just click on the invoice if you wish to see more information, pay the " "invoice, or download a PDF version of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需查看更多信息、支付发票或下载PDF文件，只需点击发票。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:66 msgid "Tickets" @@ -110,6 +114,8 @@ msgid "" "opened, the conversations between you and our Agents, and the statuses and " "IDs (# Ref) of the tickets." msgstr "" +"当你通过`Odoo支持 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`提交服务单后，系统将创建服务单。你可在此查看已经打开的所有服务单、你与我们的代理之间的对话以及服务单状态和ID（参考编号）。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:76 msgid "Subscriptions" @@ -119,40 +125,41 @@ msgstr "订阅" msgid "" "You can access your subscriptions with Odoo from this section. The first " "page shows you the subscriptions that you have and their status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从本版块访问你在Odoo的订阅。首页显示已有的订阅及其状态。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:84 msgid "" "By clicking on the subscription you will access all the details regarding " "your plan: the number of applications purchased, the billing information, " "and the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击订阅，你可访问订阅计划的所有详情；采购的应用程序数量、账单信息和支付方式。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:88 msgid "" "To change the payment method, click on \"Change Payment Method\" and enter " "the new credit card details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要更改支付方式，点击“更改支付方式”并输入新的信用卡详情。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you want to remove the credit cards that are saved, you can do so by " "clicking on \"Manage your payment methods\" at the bottom of the page. Click" " \"Delete\" to delete the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需删除已保存的信用卡，只需点击页面底部的“管理你的支付方式”。点击“删除”，即可删除该支付方式。" -#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:101 +#: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:102 msgid "" "At the date of the next invoice, if there is no payment information provided" " or if your credit card has expired, the status of your subscription will " -"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method" -" of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will" -" no longer be able to access the database." +"change to \"To Renew\". You will then have 7 days to provide a valid method " +"of payment. After this delay, the subscription will be closed, and you will " +"no longer be able to access the database." msgstr "" +"在下次发票到期时，如你未提供支付信息或信用卡已过期，订阅的状态将变为“待展期”。你应在7天内提供有效的支付方式。否则，订阅将被关闭，你将无法访问数据库。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:108 msgid "Success Packs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务包" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -161,9 +168,10 @@ msgid "" "and optimize your workflows as part of your initial implementation. These " "hours never expire, allowing you to utilize them whenever you need support." msgstr "" +"在订购服务包/合作伙伴服务包之后，我们将为你分配一名专家，提供独特的个性化协助，帮助你在初始实施过程中定制解决方案并优化工作流程。服务包包含的小时数永不过期，你可在需要支持时随时使用。" #: ../../portal/my_odoo_portal.rst:115 msgid "" "If you need information about how to manage your database see " ":ref:`db_online`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要数据库管理的信息，请参见:ref:`db_online`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po index a127c345e..e5a3f56d3 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/practical.po @@ -3,14 +3,17 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # +# Translators: +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 11.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-10-19 10:03+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2018\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po index 6d12e1238..a9743c69f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/project.po @@ -4,25 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# zyx <zheng.yaxi@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# Kate Lee <kateleelpk@gmail.com>, 2019 -# LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-03 11:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: LINYUN TONG <tong.linyun@elico-corp.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,1635 +34,1071 @@ msgstr "项目" msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高级" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 -msgid "How to gather feedback from customers?" -msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈？" +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Project Settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:6 ../../project/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:8 +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:5 msgid "" -"As a manager, it's not always simple to follow everything your teams do. " -"Having a simple customer feedback can be very interesting to evaluate the " -"performances of your teams. You can very easily gather feedbacks from your " -"customers using Odoo." -msgstr "作为经理, 跟踪你的团队做的每一件事并不容易。得到客户的回复对于改善团队绩效是很有帮助的。你可以很轻松的通过客户使用Odoo来收集反馈。" +"Projects can be created for a specific customer or team, and can be " +"coordinated among your employees through visibility options. Stages can be " +"shared among tasks, and the exact time spent on each project can be tracked." +" All of it in favor of a more integrated and dynamic organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:10 +msgid "Create advanced projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a *Customer* in order to create a project specifically for him. If " +"not, simply leave the field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:20 +msgid "Choose who can access a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a project for specific teams, under *Visibility*, choose who can " +"have access to the project:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:25 +msgid "" +"*Invited employees*: the ones who are followers (see " +":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:26 +msgid "*All employees*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:27 +msgid "" +"*Portal users and all employees*: it enables the option *Share*. Recipients " +"receive an email with an invitation to access the document (project)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Choose an *Analytic Account* to track the profitability of your project in a" +" specific account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:33 +msgid "Timesheet and record time on tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:35 +msgid "To track the time spent on tasks, enable *Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:36 +msgid "In order to be able to launch a timer, also enable *Timesheet timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:43 +msgid "Create sales orders from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To invoice the time (service) and material used on a task, enable *Bill from" +" tasks*. Then, choose the service/product which you would like to bill, or " +"create one on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:54 +msgid "Track the material used on a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After enabling *Bill from Tasks*, enable *Products on Tasks* to track the " +"products/material used during the work on a specific task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:64 +msgid "Take advantage of worksheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Worksheets are reports of the work done. To customize and include them in " +"your tasks, enable *Worksheets*. Choose an existing template or create one " +"on the fly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:74 +msgid "Schedule shifts on projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To create shifts to manage your tasks, assign employees, and stay organized," +" enable *Planning*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:88 +msgid "Manage employees work hours" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:90 +msgid "" +"*Working time* defines the number of your employees’ working hours. It " +"adjusts the Gantt planning view of your interventions. Open the external " +"link to adjust the daily hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:99 +msgid "Share stages across projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In order to have a clean Kanban view that works across projects, and to " +"avoid duplicates, delineate specific stages for different projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/advanced_projects.rst:105 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate the Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"then go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Stages`. Choose the" +" respective one and add the projects among which you would like to share " +"stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:3 +msgid "Gather Feedback from Customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Finding out what your clients think about the experience they have with your" +" company, can inspire you to have insights on how to improve your " +"product/service, adjusting your business to fit their needs. It shows that " +"you value their opinions and provides a reliable source of information to " +"other consumers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:11 +msgid "Set up" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:13 msgid "" -"An e-mail can be sent during the project to get the customer feedbacks. He " -"just has to choose between 3 smileys to assess your work (Smile, Neutral or " -"Sad)." -msgstr "在项目实施期间, 可以发送邮件来获取客户反馈。他可以通过三种表情来评估你的工作（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Use Rating on Project*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:18 -msgid "How to gather feedbacks from customers" -msgstr "如何从客户处收集回馈" +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:19 +msgid "" +"*Set Email Template to Stages* in order to define the template to be sent at" +" a specific stage(s)." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Before getting started some configuration is necessary. First of all it's " -"necessary to install the **Project** application. To do so simply go to the " -"apps module and install it." -msgstr "在做必要的设置之前, 首先要安装“项目\" 这个模块。只需到应用程序界面下载并安装。 " +msgid "Choose an existing template or create one on the fly." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Project Rating** " -"module." -msgstr "而且, 在相同的界面, 你也要安装“项目评级\" 模块。 " +msgid "Choosing the projects I want feedback from" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:33 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:30 msgid "" -"Next, go back into the back-end and enter the project module. Select the " -"**Configuration** button and click on **Settings** in the dropdown menu. " -"Next select **Allow activating customer rating on projects, at issue " -"completion**. Don't forget to apply your changes." -msgstr "下一步, 进入后台项目模块。选择“设置\" 按钮并在下拉菜单中选择“设置 \"。然后选择“项目客户评级\" , 不要忘记保存设置。 " +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit` and " +"configure the wanted projects to have the email template previously set " +"sent, by the change of a stage or periodically." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:42 -msgid "How to get a Customer feedback?" -msgstr "如何获得客户反馈？" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:44 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:32 msgid "" -"A e-mail can be sent to the customers at each stage of the ongoing projects." -msgstr "在项目进行期间, 邮件可以在任何阶段发给客户。" +"Enable *Rating visible publicly* if you would like to publish the ratings in" +" order to communicate them to a customer, prospect or the rest of your team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:40 +msgid "See the customer rating email sent under the *Log notes* of your task." +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:47 +msgid "Get reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:49 msgid "" -"First, you need to choose for which projects you want to get a feedback." -msgstr "首先, 你需要选出从哪个项目你想得到回馈" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` see " +"ratings by task." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:50 -msgid "Project configuration" -msgstr "项目配置" - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:52 +#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:55 msgid "" -"Go to the **Project** application, in the project settings select the " -"**Customer satisfaction** option." -msgstr "进入“项目\" 模块, 在项目设置里面勾选“客户满意 \"选项。" +"Clicking on the percentage of happy ratings over the last 30 days in the " +"*Projects* overview, redirects you to your website with more rating details." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:59 -msgid "Email Template" -msgstr "EMail模板" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:3 +msgid "Track Projects’ Profitability" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:61 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to the stage settings (click on the gear icon on the top of the stage " -"column, then select **Edit**). Choose the e-mail template that will be used." -" You can directly edit it from there." -msgstr "去项目状态设置（点击这个图标, 在状态栏的上方, 然后选择\" 编辑“）。选择一个邮件模版, 你也可以直接编辑。 " +"A project runs smoother if you can have an overview of its costs, revenues, " +"profitability, tasks, time and people, all in the same place. It allows you " +"to make smarter business decisions as you know where you are standing and " +"can course-correct if needed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:68 -msgid "Here is an email example that a customer can receive :" -msgstr "这是一个客户可以收到的邮件的例子。" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:10 +msgid "Track costs and revenue" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:74 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:13 +msgid "If you have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:15 msgid "" -"The customer just has to click on a smiley (Smile, Neutral or Sad) to assess" -" your work. The customer can reply to the email to add more information. It " -"will be added to the chatter of the task." -msgstr "客户只需要点击笑脸（微笑, 自然, 悲伤）来评价你的工作。客户也可以回复邮件并添加更多的信息。这将会在加入到任务的聊天室。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose the " +"respective project, *Edit* and enable *Timesheets*. A menu *Overview* " +"becomes available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:79 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The overview shows the hours recorded split by the different billable " +"options, profitability, time by people according to the billable hours " +"recorded, and even a timesheet table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:30 +msgid "If you do not have the Timesheets application installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. " +"Then go to *Manager Users* and enable *Analytic Accounting*. Now, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects` and specify an " +"*Analytic Account* under the needed project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:36 +msgid "" +"A *Profitability* menu to the costs and revenues of this analytic account is" +" directly available in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:44 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "报表" +msgstr "报告" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:81 +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:46 msgid "" -"You have a brief summary on the satisfaction in the upper right corner of " -"the project." -msgstr "你会在项目右上方有一个简要的概括。" +"Under *Reporting*, obtain a report on the *Project Costs and Revenues*. " +"Choose among graph options or do your analysis through a pivot view." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:88 -msgid "How to display the ratings on your website?" -msgstr "如何在页面上展示点评？" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:54 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/usage`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:90 -msgid "" -"First of all it's necessary to install the **Website Builder** application. " -"To do so simply go to the apps module and search for the website builder." -msgstr "首先有必要安装“网站构建器\" 模块。只需要去模块菜单下载并安装即可。 " +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/timesheets`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Moreover, in the same menu, you have to install the **Website Rating Project" -" Issue** module." -msgstr "而且, 在同一个菜单, 你必须安装“项目问题网站评级\" 模块。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/feedback.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Then, you will be able to publish your result on your website by clicking on" -" the website button in the upper right corner and confirming it in the front" -" end of the website." -msgstr "然后, 你就能够可以在网站上公布你的结果了, 你可以在网站右上角上点击确认按钮。" +#: ../../project/advanced/profitability.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../../accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses`" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:3 -msgid "How to create tasks from sales orders?" -msgstr "如何为销售订单创建相关任务？" +msgid "Create Projects and Tasks from Sales Orders" +msgstr "" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:5 msgid "" -"In this section, we will see the integration between Odoo's **Project " -"management** and **Sales** modules and more precisely how to generate tasks " -"from sales order lines." -msgstr "在这部分里, 我们可以看到Odoo“项目管理\" 和“销售 \"这两个的整合模块的整合, 准确一点说是如何从销售条目中直接产生任务。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In project management, a task is an activity that needs to be accomplished " -"within a defined period of time. For a company selling services, the task " -"typically represents the service that has been sold to the customer and that" -" needs to be delivered. This is why it is useful to be able to generate a " -"task from a sale order in order to streamline the process between the Sales " -"and Services departments." +"When you sell your services, you can choose to automatically have a " +"project/task created, helping you to not lose track of the work that needs " +"to get done, streamlining the processes between teams. In addition to that, " +"you are able to invoice or reinvoice clients according to the exact time " +"spent on that service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:11 +msgid "Product set up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` create a new product " +"or set up an existing one. Under *General Information* set the *Product " +"Type* as *Service*. Under the *Sales* tab select the *Service Invoicing " +"Policy* and *Service Tracking*." msgstr "" -"在项目管理中, 任务需要在一个规定的时间内完成。对于一个服务型公司, 任务就会被定义为卖给客户, " -"并交付到客户。这就是为什么要从销售销售订单中生成任务来组织销售和服务部门。" #: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:16 -msgid "" -"As an example, you may sell a pack of ``50 Hours`` of support at " -"``$25,000``. The price is fixed and charged initially. But you want to keep " -"track of the support service you did for the customer. On the sale order, " -"the service will trigger the creation of a task from which the consultant " -"will record timesheets and, if needed, reinvoice the client according to the" -" overtime spent on the project." -msgstr "" -"作为例子, 你可以卖25000美元50个小时的服务。固定价格并已支付。但是你需要追踪你的之前为客户做过的服务。在销售订单上, 可以直接生成任务, " -"并且顾问可以直接输入工单, 如有需要也可以再向客户收取超时服务费。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:24 -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:12 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:27 -msgid "Install the required applications" -msgstr "安装所需的应用" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:29 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to generate a task from a sale order you will need to " -"install the **Sales Management** and **Project** application. Simply go into" -" the application module and install the following:" -msgstr "你需要安装\" 销售管理“和 \"项目\" 模块才可以在销售订单上生成任务。只需安装模块即可。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:39 -msgid "" -"And finally, the **Timesheet** app, Timesheet will not only let you create a" -" task from a Sales order, but also invoice your customer based on the time " -"spent on that task." +msgid "If you choose to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:41 -msgid "Simply go into the application module and install the following:" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:19 +msgid "" +"- *Create a task in an existing project*: a task is added in the first " +"column of the selected project." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:47 -msgid "Create and set up a product" -msgstr "创建并设置产品" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:49 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:21 msgid "" -"You need to configure your service on the product form itself in order to " -"generate a task every time it will be sold. From the **Sales** module, use " -"the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and create a new product with " -"the`following setup:" -msgstr "你需要在产品上配置服务用来在每次产品卖出后生成任务。从销售模块的菜单里面, 销售-产品, 创建并配置新产品。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:54 -msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" -msgstr " **名称**: 技术支持" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:56 -msgid "**Product Type**: Service" -msgstr " **产品类型**: 服务" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Unit of Measure**: Hours (go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and, under **Unit of measures**, check the **Some products may be " -"sold/purchased in different unit of measures (advanced)** radio button)" -msgstr "“测量单位\" :小时, 在菜单 - 设置 的“测量单位 \", 查看按钮“有些产品可以以不同的测量单位买卖\" 。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:63 -msgid "" -"**Invoicing policy**: You can set up your invoice policy either on ordered " -"quantity or on delivered quantity. You can easily follow the amount of hours" -" that were delivered and/or invoiced to your client." -msgstr "“发票形式\" :你可以基于订单数量, 也可以按发货数量产生发票。你可以简单地依据时间总量来发货或开发票给客户。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Track Service**: Create a task and track hours, as your product is a " -"service invoiceable by hours you have to set the units of measures of the " -"product to hours as well." -msgstr "“跟踪服务\" :创建任务, 跟踪时间, 如果你的产品是以时间来开发票给客户, 你需要把你的测量时间设置成小时。 " - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Link your task to an existing project or create a new one on the fly if the " -"product is specific to one project. Otherwise, you can leave it blank, odoo " -"will then create a project per SO." +"- *Create a task in sales order’s project*: a new project for each sales " +"order of that service is created based on the template you have chosen." msgstr "" -"把你的任务与已存在的项目相关联或者建一个新的, 如果这个产品是只针对这一个项目。否则, 你就空着, Odoo会根据销售订单创建一个新的项目。" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:81 -msgid "Create the Sales Order" -msgstr "创建销售订单" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:83 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:23 msgid "" -"Once the product is set up, you can create a quotation or a sale order with " -"the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed into a " -"sale order, the task will be created." -msgstr "一旦商品配置好, 你就可以建询价单或者销售订单。一旦询价单确认变成销售订单后, 任务就会被生成。" +"- *Create a new project but no task*: only creates a new project, for each " +"time that service is sold, based on the skeleton of the project template " +"chosen." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:91 -msgid "Access the task generated from the sale order" -msgstr "从销售单生成相应任务" +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:30 +msgid "Confirm a quotation and have a project/task created" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:93 -msgid "On the Project module, your new task will appear :" -msgstr "在项目模块, 你的新任务将会显示。" - -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:95 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:32 msgid "" -"either on a related project if you have selected one in the product form" -msgstr "可以在一个相关的项目, 如果你已经选择了一个产品表格。" +"Now, once a *Quotation* is confirmed and transformed into a *Sales Order*, a" +" project or task is automatically created." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:98 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:40 +msgid "Access the task generated from Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:42 msgid "" -"either on a new project with the name of related the sale order as title " -"(you can easily change the name of the project by clicking on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings`)" -msgstr "在新的项目与对应的销售订单相关联, 你只需点击“更多\" 按钮来设置。 " +"On the *Project* application, your new project and/or task (depending on the" +" previous *Service Tracking* options chosen), is shown:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:105 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:51 +msgid "Record the time spent and create an invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:53 msgid "" -"On the task itself, you will now be able to record timesheets and to invoice" -" your customers based on your invoicing policy." -msgstr "对于任务自身, 你可以在任务上记录记工单并根据开票原则给客户开票。" +"From *Project*, access your task and document the time spent under the " +"*Timesheets* tab." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:109 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:59 msgid "" -"On Odoo, the central document is the sales order, which means that the " -"source document of the task is the related sales order." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 销售订单是一切的中心, 也就意味着任务的源文档和销售订单关联。" +"Once the task is complete, click on *Sales Order* and *Create Invoice*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:113 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:137 -msgid ":doc:`../configuration/setup`" -msgstr ":doc:`../configuration/setup` " +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To only invoice approved timesheets, go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and enable *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:114 +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../overview/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/advanced/so_to_task.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" + +#: ../../project/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Project" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/application.rst:3 -msgid "Awesome Timesheet App" -msgstr "超级棒的记工单应用" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:3 -msgid "Demonstration Video" -msgstr "演示视频" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:11 -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:11 -msgid "Transcript" -msgstr "副本" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:13 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:5 msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is a mobile app that helps me to instantly record any time" -" spent on projects in just a click. It's so effortless." -msgstr "超级棒的记工单是一个移动应用, 它能让你在继续要简单的点击几下就可以在项目上记录花费的时间。" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Regardless of the device, the timesheet app is just one click away. Look at " -"the chrome plugin. No need to sign in, just click and start. It's smooth. It" -" works offline too and is automatically synchronized with my Odoo account." +"Managing projects means managing people, tasks, due dates, budgets and " +"predicted return on investments. For all of it, you need a solution that " +"allows you to reduce risks, get information at a glance, have an overview of" +" your progress and stay organized. And, from start to finish, to be able to " +"run multiple projects in parallel easily. Odoo Project application is the " +"solution you need." msgstr "" -"先不考虑设备的问题, Timesheet的记录只需一个简单的点击 。可以看一下谷歌浏览器插件, 不需要登陆, 只需要点击一下便可开启 。运行平顺, " -"并且能离线工作并且能和Odoo账号自动同步。" -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Plus, I get individual statistics via the mobile and chrome plugin. I can go" -" further in the analysis in my Odoo account. I receive reports of timesheets" -" per user, drill-down per project, and much more." -msgstr "" -"另外通过移动端或者谷歌浏览器插件我就可以得到我自己的工时的统计分析 。在我的Odoo账号中我们可以进一步进行分析 。我能收到报表以及每个用户的记工单, " -"用这些深入分析项目以及更多" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Awesome Timesheet is fully integrated with Odoo invoicing, the customer " -"billing is done automatically. But also with Odoo projects. It's time-" -"saving!" -msgstr "" -"神奇的记工单和ODoo的开票系统进行了集成。客户的账单自动生成\n" -"同时也能可Odoo的项目管理进行集成 。如此的省时！" - -#: ../../project/application/intro.rst:28 -msgid "Download awesome timesheet now and gain in productivity." -msgstr "现在就下载神奇的记工单并提供生产力吧 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Configuration and basic usage" -msgstr "基础配置" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage & collaborate on tasks?" -msgstr "如何管理任务以及任务协作？" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:6 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "责任" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:8 -msgid "In Odoo, you can assign the person who is in charge of the task." -msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以分配任务的负责人。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:10 -msgid "" -"When creating a task, by default you are responsible for it. You can change " -"this by simply typing the username of someone else and choosing it from the " -"suggestions in the drop down menu." -msgstr "当创建一个任务, 默认的你是他的负责人。你可以通过下拉菜单或输入其他人的名字来改变它。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you add someone new, you can \"Create & Edit\" a new user on the fly. In " -"order to do so, you need the administrator rights." -msgstr "如果你添加新用户, 你可以“创建&编辑 **一个新用户, 你需要管理员权限来做这件事。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:19 -msgid "Followers" -msgstr "关注者" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In a task, you can add other users as **Followers**. Adding a follower means" -" that this person will be notified of any changes that might happen in the " -"task. The goal is to allow outside contribution from the chatter. This can " -"be invaluable when you need the advice of colleagues from other departments." -" You could also invite customers to take part in the task. They'll be " -"notified by email of the conversation in the chatter, and will be able to " -"take part in it simply by replying to the mail. The followers can see the " -"whole task like you, with the description and the chatter." -msgstr "" -"在一个任务中, 你可以添加其他用户作为 **关注者** " -"。添加一个关注者意味着当任务有任何变更时这个人会被通知到。目的是允许来自谈话的外部贡献。当你需要从其他部门同事的意见时这是非常宝贵的。你也可以邀请客户参与部分任务," -" 他们会被邮件通知, 并通过回复邮件来参与任务。关注者可以像你一样看到整个任务的描述和交谈。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:32 -msgid "Project: follow a project to follow the pipe" -msgstr "项目 :通过关注一个项目来关注管道" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:34 -msgid "" -"You can decide to follow a Project. In this situation, you'll be notified of" -" any changes from the project: tasks sliding from one stage to " -"another,conversation taking place,, etc. You'll receive all the information " -"in your inbox. This feature is perfect for a Project Manager who wants to " -"see the big picture all the time." -msgstr "" -"你可以决定关注一个项目。在这个情形下, 你会被通知各种项目的变更 :比如任务从一个阶段到另一个, 交流的内容, " -"等等。你会在inbox里收到所有的信息。这个功能对于想要随时看到全局的项目经理是很不错的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:41 -msgid "Task: follow a specific task" -msgstr "任务 :关注指定的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Following a task is the same idea as following a project, except you are " -"focused on a specific part of the project. All notifications or changes in " -"that task also appear in your inbox." -msgstr "关注一个任务和关注一个项目其实是一样的, 除了你只是关注着项目的某个特殊部分而已。所有的任务的变化通知会显示在你的inbox里。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:48 -msgid "Choose which action to follow" -msgstr "选择哪个行为要被关注。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:50 -msgid "" -"You can choose what you want to follow by clicking on the down arrow in the " -"Following button." -msgstr "你可以通过点击在关注按钮的向下箭头来选择哪些你要关注的内容。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:53 -msgid "" -"By default, you follow the discussions but you can also choose to be " -"notified when a note is logged in, when a task is created, blocked or ready " -"to go, and when the stage of the task has changed." -msgstr "默认情况下, 你可以跟进讨论, 但你也可以选择当记录创建一个任务, 锁住或待发, 任务的阶段改变时得到通知。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:61 -msgid "Time management: analytic accounts" -msgstr "时间管理 :分析账户" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Whether it helps you for estimation of future projects or data for billing " -"or invoicing, time tracking in Project Management is a real plus." -msgstr "是否能帮你预估项目的账单或发票数据, 项目管理的时间跟踪是真正有用的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The Odoo Timesheet app is perfectly integrated with Odoo Project and can " -"help you track time easily." -msgstr "Odoo 工时单模块完美地结合了Odoo项目能帮你方便地跟踪时间。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo Timesheet is installed, the timesheet option is automatically " -"available in projects and on tasks." -msgstr "一旦安装Odoo工时单, 工时单选项在项目和任务自动可用。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To avoid any confusion, Odoo works with analytic accounts. An analytic " -"account is the name that will always be the reference for a specific project" -" or contract. Each time a project is created, an analytic account is " -"automatically created under the same name." -msgstr "为了避免混淆, Odoo使用分析帐户。一个分析帐户, 将永远被命名为特定项目或合同的参考。每一个项目创建时, 分析帐户将自动根据同名创建。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:79 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a project:" -msgstr "在项目上记录工时单" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:81 -msgid "Click on the settings of a project." -msgstr "点击项目设定" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the Timesheet button in the top grey menu." -msgstr "点击在顶部灰色菜单的工时单按钮" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:91 -msgid "" -"You get the Odoo Timesheet. Click on Create and a line will appear with " -"today's date and time. Your project name is automatically selected as the " -"Analytic Account. No task is set, you can choose to add a specific task for " -"it, or not." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo工时单。点击创建, 一个带有今天的日期和时间的行会出现。项目名称被自动选择为分析帐号。没有任务设置, 您可以选择是否添加一个特定的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you go now to Odoo Timesheet, your line will be recorded among your other" -" timesheets." -msgstr "如果你现在去Odoo时间表, 你的行会在你的其他时间表中被记录下来。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:103 -msgid "Record a timesheet on a task:" -msgstr "在任务上记录工时单 :" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:105 -msgid "Within a task, the timesheet option is also available." -msgstr "在一个任务, 工时单选项也可用的。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:107 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on the Edit button. Go on the Timesheet tab and click on " -"Add an item." -msgstr "在任务中, 单击编辑按钮。转到时间表选项卡, 然后单击添加项目。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A line will appear with the name of the project already selected in the " -"Analytic account." -msgstr "一条带有在分析帐号已选定的项目名称的时间行会出现。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Again, you'll find back these timesheet lines in the Odoo Timesheet " -"application." -msgstr "同样, 你会在Odoo工时单里发现这些工时单行。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:119 -msgid "" -"At the end of your project, you can get a real idea of the time you spent on" -" it by searching based on the Analytic Account name of your project." -msgstr "在项目结束時，你可以透過搜索項目的分析賬戶名稱,了解你在項目上真正花費的時間。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:124 -msgid "Document Management in tasks" -msgstr "任务的文档管理" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can manage documents related to tasks whether they're plans, pictures of" -" the formatting, etc. An image is sometimes more informative than a thousand" -" words! You have two ways to add a document to a task." -msgstr "你可以管理不同档案类型的文件,不论是计划或是图片格式等等。一张图像有时比千言万语更为丰富！你有两种方式将文件添加到任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:130 -msgid "" -"1. You can add an image/document to your task by clicking on the Attachment " -"tab on the top of the form." -msgstr "1. 你可以透过点击表格顶部的附件选项，在工作中添加图像或文件。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:136 -msgid "" -"2. You can add an image/document to your task through the Chatter. You can " -"log a note/send a message and attach a file to it. Or if someone sends an " -"email with an attachment, the document will be automatically saved in the " -"task." -msgstr "" -"2. 通过互动，你可以添加图片/文档到任务中，也可以记录一个说明/发送消息并附上文件，如果有人在邮件中发送了附件，该附件将自动保存在任务中。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:145 -msgid "" -"If you have an important image that helps to understand the tasks you can " -"set it up as Cover Image. It'll show up in the Kanban view directly." -msgstr "如果你有一幅有助于了解的任务的重要图像，您可以将其设置为封面图片。它將能直接在看板中查看。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:152 -msgid "Collaborate on tasks" -msgstr "任务协作" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:154 -msgid "" -"Tasks in Odoo Project are made to help you to work easily together with your" -" colleagues. This helps you save time and energy." -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ项目管理中的任务可以很容易的让你和同事协同工作，帮助你节省时间和精力。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:157 -msgid "" -"The idea is to stay up to date with what interests you. You can collaborate " -"with your colleagues by writing on the same task at the same time, with task" -" delegation and the Chatter." -msgstr "出发点是实时呈现你感兴趣的，通过任务的授权，在同一时间可以和同事使用同一任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:162 -msgid "Create a task from an email" -msgstr "从电子邮件创建任务" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:164 -msgid "" -"You can configure an email address linked to your project. When an email is " -"sent to that address, it automatically creates a task in the first step of " -"the project, with all the recipients (To/Cc/Bcc) as followers." -msgstr "" -"您可以把你的項目链接到一個电子邮箱。当邮件被发送到该地址，它会自动在该项目立即創建任务，並把所有收件人(收件人/副本/密件副本)添加为追随者。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:168 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Online, the mail gateway is already configured and so every " -"project gets an automatic email address." -msgstr "通过ＯＤＯＯ在线，邮件入口已经配置，因此每个项目可以自动获得一个Email地址" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The email is always the name of the project (with \"-\" instead of the " -"space), you'll see it under the name of your project in the Project " -"Dashboard." -msgstr "邮件的名称预设为项目的名称 (以“ - ”代替空格)，你可在项目仪表盘的项目名称下找到它。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:178 -msgid "" -"This email address create by default following the project name can be " -"changed." -msgstr "项目名称预设的电子邮箱可以被更改。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:181 -msgid "The alias of the email address can be changed by the project manager." -msgstr "电子邮箱的别名可以由项目经理来改变。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:183 -msgid "To do so, go to the Project Settings and click on the Email Tab." -msgstr "要进行此项修订，可进入项目设置，然后单击电子邮件选项页签。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:185 -msgid "You can directly edit your project email address." -msgstr "你亦可以直接编辑你的项目电子邮箱。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:191 -msgid "The Chatter, status and follow-up." -msgstr "互动，状态和跟进" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:193 -msgid "" -"The Chatter is a very useful tool. It is a communication tool and shows the " -"history of the task." -msgstr "互动时很有用的工具，是个交流工具并且可以显示历史。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:196 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter, you can see when the task has been created, when it has " -"passed from one stage to another, etc. Any changes made to that task are " -"logged into the Chatter automatically by the system. It also includes the " -"history of the interaction between you and your customer or colleagues. All " -"interactions are logged on the chatter, making it easy for the task leader " -"to remember past interactions." -msgstr "" -"在互动中，你可以看到任务何时创建，何时阶段变更等，任何对任务的变更，系统将自动记录到互动中，也包含你和客户，同事之间的互动记录，使得任务所有者很容易了解到过去的互动交流记录。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:203 -msgid "" -"You can interact with followers whether there are internal (your colleagues)" -" or external (the client for example) by logging a note or important " -"information. Also, if you want to send an email to all the followers of that" -" specific task, you can choose to add a message to notify all of them. For " -"both of these options, the date and time is saved on the entry." -msgstr "" -"你可以联系跟进者，不管是内部(同事)或者外部(客户)通过录入说明或重要信息，也可以针对该任务发送邮件给所有的跟进者，你可以选择增加消息通知所有跟进者，对于两种方式，日期和时间都会保存。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:214 -msgid "The description of the task, the Pad" -msgstr "任务的描述，平板" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to replace the task description field by an Etherpad " -"collaborative note (http://etherpad.org). This means that you can " -"collaborate on tasks in real time with several users contributing to the " -"same content. Every user has their own color and you can replay the whole " -"creation of the content." -msgstr "" -"ＯＤＯＯ允许通过(http://etherpad.org)替换任务描述字段，也就是说你可以和其他用户实时的使用同一个任务，每个用户有自己的颜色，你可以对整个任务进行回复" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:222 -msgid "" -"To activate this option, go to :menuselection:`Project Settings --> Pads`, " -"tick \"Collaborative rich text on task description\"." -msgstr "要应用该选项，进入到 :菜单选择:`项目设置 --> 平板`, 点击 \"在任务描述中多信息协作\"." - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:229 -msgid "" -"If you just need the pad and not the whole task page, you can click on the " -"icon on the top right to get to the pad directly in a full screen view. " -"Click on the ``</>`` icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " -"useful if you want to send it to someone without adding this person as a " -"follower." -msgstr "" -"如果你只需要平板而不是整个任务页，可以点击右上方图标直接进入，点击图标 ``</>`` " -"获取该任务描述的ＵＲＬ，在没有添加对方为跟进者并且想发送消息给对方时，需要用到这个。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:239 -msgid "Tasks states" -msgstr "任务状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:242 -msgid "Set the state of a task" -msgstr "设置任务状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:244 -msgid "" -"The status of the task is the easiest way to inform your colleagues when you" -" are working on a task, if the task is ready or if it is blocked. It is a " -"visual indicator that is seen in a glance." -msgstr "当你在做任务中的工作时，任务状态是最容易通知你同事的方式，比如任务准备就绪或者推迟，是个可视化的向导。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:248 -msgid "" -"You can change the status of the task from the kanban view or directly from " -"the task. Just click on the status ball to get the choices:" -msgstr "你可以从看板视图或者直接从任务中改变状态，只需要点击状态条。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:258 -msgid "Custom states" -msgstr "自定义状态" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:260 -msgid "" -"You can decide what the different status mean for each stage of your " -"project. On the kanban view, click on the gear icon on the top of the stage," -" then click on edit:" -msgstr "在项目的不同阶段，你可以定义不同的状态含义，在看板视图，点击阶段最上方的齿轮状图标，然后编辑：" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:267 -msgid "Next to the color ball, write the explanation of the state." -msgstr "在颜色球边上，写上说明" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:272 -msgid "Now, the explanation will be displayed instead of the generic text:" -msgstr "现在，说明将会代替普通文本显示" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:278 -msgid "Color Tags" -msgstr "颜色标签" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:280 -msgid "" -"In every task, you can add a tag. Tags are very useful to categorize the " -"tasks. It helps you to highlight a task from the Kanban view or better find " -"them thanks to the filters." -msgstr "每个任务，你可以定义一个标签，标签对于任务的分类很有用，帮助你在看板视图中高亮显示或者通过过滤器很容易找到" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:284 -msgid "" -"If you are always working with a specific type of tag, you can highlight the" -" tasks containing the tag with the colors. Each tag can get a specific " -"color, it's very visual on the Kanban view." -msgstr "如果你需要经常使用特定类型的标签，可以高亮显示该任务，每个标签可以使用不同颜色，在面板视图中可视化。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/collaboration.rst:291 -msgid "" -"In order to make it appear on the kanban view, you have to set a color on " -"the tag, directly from the task:" -msgstr "为了在看板视图中显示，你需要在任务中直接给标签设置颜色" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:3 -msgid "How to set up & configure a project?" -msgstr "如何安装与配置项目管理?" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo Project allows you to manage a project together with your whole team, " -"and to communicate with any member for each project and task." -msgstr "Odoo项目允许你和整个项目团队一起管理项目, 与项目和任务成员中的任何一个人沟通。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:11 -msgid "" -"It works with projects containing tasks following customizable stages. A " -"project can be internal or customer-oriented. A task is something to perform" -" as part of a project. You will be able to give different tasks to several " -"employees working on this project." -msgstr "" -"它与包含可定制阶段的任务的项目一起工作。项目可以是内部的或客户导向的。任务是项目执行的一部分。你可以给这个项目工作的几个员工提供不同的任务。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:17 -msgid "Installing the Project module" -msgstr "安装项目管理模块" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Open the **Apps** module, search for **Project Management**, and click on " -"**Install**." -msgstr "打开**应用** 模块, 查找**项目管理**, 再点击 **安装**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:26 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:11 msgid "Creating a new project" msgstr "创建一个新的项目" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:28 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Open the **Project** application, and click on **Create**. From this window," -" you can specify the name of the project and set up the privacy of the " +"Click on *Create*. Specify the name of the project and choose which features" +" you would like to integrate. Note that they can be enabled afterward " +"through *Settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Manage your project’s stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Open your project and add as many columns as there are stages in your " "project." -msgstr "打开**项目** 应用, 点击**创建**. 从窗口中, 你可以指定项目名称以及公开程度" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:32 -msgid "The privacy setting works as:" -msgstr "隐私设置如 :" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:34 -msgid "**Customer Project**: visible in portal if the customer is a follower." -msgstr " **客户项目**: 如果该客户是一个关注者那么就可以在门户中看到。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:37 -msgid "**All Employees**: employees see all tasks or issues." -msgstr " **所有员工**: 员工能看到所有的任务或者问题。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:39 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Private Project**: followers can see only the followed tasks or issues" -msgstr " **私有项目**: 只有关注者能看到的任务或者问题" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:42 -msgid "" -"You can also specify if the project is destined to a customer, or leave the " -"**Customer** field empty if not." -msgstr "如果某个项目有特定的客户, 就可以在项目中标明；如果不是客户的项目, 那么 **客户** 字段留空。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:48 -msgid "When you have entered all the required details, click on **Save**." -msgstr "输完所有必要的详细信息之后, 点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:51 -msgid "Manage your project's stages" -msgstr "自定义项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:54 -msgid "Add your project's stages" -msgstr "创建自定义的项目阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:56 -msgid "On your project's dashboard. Click on **# Tasks**." -msgstr "在你项目仪表盘上。点击 **＃任务** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In the new window, add a new column and name it according to the first stage" -" of your project, then add as many columns as there are stages in your " +"Each project stage can be characterized by a distinct set of activities, or " +"your stages can guide you to the different steps a project has to go " +"through. It is important to set them right as they lead you from the first " +"idea or step to its conclusion, contributing to the overall success of your " "project." -msgstr "在新窗口中，跟进项目第一阶段的定义，新增一列，然后再更多的列用于维护项目阶段" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:68 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:33 msgid "" -"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks within a stage, " -"that you can personalize to fit your needs." -msgstr "对于每个阶段，针对任务的状态有不同的记号，你可以自定义以满足需要" +"For each stage, there are markers for the status of tasks that you can " +"personalize." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:34 msgid "" -"Drag your mouse pointer over a stage name, and click on the appearing " -"bearing, and on the opening menu, click on **Edit**." -msgstr "拖拉鼠标焦点到阶段名称，在打开的菜单上，点击**编辑**." +"Drag your mouse over a stage name, and click on :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" Edit`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:77 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:41 msgid "" -"A new window will open. The color dots and star icon correspond to " -"customizable markers applied on tasks, making it easier to know what task " -"requires attention. You can give them any signification you like." -msgstr "一个新窗体将打开，跟进在任务中自定义的颜色显示，很容易了解哪个任务需要留意，可以跟进自己的喜好定义含义。" +"The dots correspond to customizable markers applied on tasks, making it " +"easier to know which tasks require attention. You can give them any " +"signification you like." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Click on **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "完成的时候点击 **保存** 。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:87 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:50 msgid "Rearrange stages" msgstr "调整项目阶段" -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:89 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily personalize this view to better suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column**. If you want to rearrange the order" -" of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and dropping the column " -"you want to move to the desired location. You can also fold or unfold your " -"stages by using the **Setting** icon on your desired stage." -msgstr "" -"通过添加新的列，你可以很容易个性化视图以满足你的业务需要，在项目的看板视图中，通过点击*添加新列**增加阶段，通过拖拉列到指定位置，可以重新定义阶段的顺序，你也可以通过**设置**图标合并或者不合并阶段" - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:100 -msgid ":doc:`visualization`" -msgstr ":doc:`visualization` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:101 -msgid ":doc:`collaboration`" -msgstr ":doc:`collaboration` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/setup.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`time_record`" -msgstr ":doc:`time_record` " - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:3 -msgid "How to record time spent?" -msgstr "如何记录花费的时间？" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to record the time spent per employee and per project, for " -"simple reports as well as for direct invoicing to the customer." -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ可以记录每个员工以及每个项目的时间，用于简单的统计或者根据所花时间给客户开发票" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:14 -msgid "" -"In order to record the time spent on projects, you must first activate the " -"invoicing of timesheets. Into the **Project** application, open " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Timesheets** section " -"of the page, tick **Activate timesheets on issues**." -msgstr "" -"为了记录项目所花时间，必须首先激活工时表，在**项目* 应用中，打开:菜单选择:`配置 --> 设置`. 在**工时单** 选择页面, 点击 " -"**激活工时单**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Activating the option will install the Sales, Invoicing, Issue Tracking, " -"Employee and Timesheet apps." -msgstr "激活该选项，将安装销售，发票，问题跟着，员工和工时单应用程序" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:27 -msgid "Recording timesheets" -msgstr "记录记工单" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:29 -msgid "" -"You can record the time spent in projects straight from the projects " -"application. You can either record timesheets in a project, or in a task." -msgstr "你可以记录该项目所花的时间在项目应用程序中，或者记录工时在项目或者任务中" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:34 -msgid "Recording in a project" -msgstr "在项目中记录" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** application dashboard, open the **More** menu of the " -"project you want to record timesheets for, and click on **Timesheets**." -msgstr "在 **项目** 应用面板, 打开菜单**更多** 用于记录工时, 点击 *工时单*." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In the new window, click on **Create** and insert the required details, then" -" click on **Save**." -msgstr "在新窗口中，点击**创建** 输入必要的字段，再点击**保存**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:49 -msgid "Recording in a task" -msgstr "在任务中记录" - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app, open the project you want to record timesheets for, " -"and open the task on which you have been working." -msgstr "在**项目**应用中，打开需要记录工时表的项目，打开你工作的任务。 " - -#: ../../project/configuration/time_record.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the task, click on **Edit**, open the **Timesheets** tab and click on " -"**Add an item**. Insert the required details, then click on **Save**." -msgstr "在任务中, 点击 **编辑**, 打开**工时表** 再点击 **增加项目**. 输入必要字段, 再点击 **保存**." - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:3 -msgid "Visualize a project's tasks" +"From the Kanban view of your project, you can add stages by clicking on *Add" +" a column*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:5 +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:54 msgid "" -"In day to day business, your company might struggle due to the important " -"amount of tasks to fulfill. Those tasks already are complex enough. Having " -"to remember them all and follow up on them can be a burden. Luckily, Odoo " -"enables you to efficiently visualize and organize the different tasks you " -"have to cope with." +"To rearrange the order of your stages easily do so by dragging and dropping " +"columns. You can also fold or unfold them on *Settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:12 -msgid "Create a task" +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`../tasks/collaborate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:14 -msgid "" -"While in the project app, select an existing project or create a new one." +#: ../../project/overview/setup.rst:63 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`../record_and_invoice/time_record`" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:17 -msgid "In the project, create a new task." +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:3 +msgid "Share Projects and Tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:22 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:5 msgid "" -"In that task you can then assigned it to the right person, add tags, a " -"deadline, descriptions… and anything else you might need for that task." +"When you share your projects/tasks, you allow external users to be on the " +"same page as you. It avoids misunderstandings, simplifies communication, and" +" allows you to become a more coordinated company as you get the right " +"information to the right people." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:29 -msgid "View your tasks with the Kanban view" +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:10 +msgid "Share projects and tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Once you created several tasks, they can be managed and followed up thanks " -"to the Kanban view." -msgstr "一旦创建几个任务, 在看板视图下可以对这些任务进行管理和追踪。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and which " -"one have the higher priorities." -msgstr "看板视图是一个便利的视图，分开不同阶段，清楚的看到任务处于项目中哪个阶段以及哪个任务有更高的优先级。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:38 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is the default view when accessing a project, but if you are" -" on another view, you can go back to it any time by clicking the kanban view" -" logo in the upper right corner" -msgstr "进入一个项目，看板视图是默认的视图，如果你在其他视图，可以通过点击右上方的图标返回到看板视图。" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:45 -msgid "" -"You can also notify your colleagues about the status of a task right from " -"the Kanban view by using the little dot, it will notify follower of the task" -" and indicate if the task is ready." +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:12 +msgid "To share a project, go to :menuselection:`Manage --> Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:53 -msgid "Sort tasks in your Kanban view" +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To share a task, open it and click on :menuselection:`Action --> Share`. " +"Choose an existing *Recipient(s)* or create it on the fly." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:55 +#: ../../project/overview/share.rst:27 msgid "" -"Tasks are ordered by priority, which you can give by clicking on the star " -"next to the clock and then by sequence, meaning if you manually move them " -"using drag & drop, they will be in that order and finally by their ID linked" -" to their creation date." +"The recipient receives an email saying that he has been invited to access a " +"document. In the example below, a project was shared. When the user opens " +"it, he sees the settings of that project and can access its tasks, for " +"example." msgstr "" -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Tasks that are past their deadline will appear in red in your Kanban view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If you put a low priority task on top, when you go back to your dashboard " -"the next time, it will have moved back below the high priority tasks." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:72 -msgid "Manage deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You also have the option to switch from a Kanban view to a calendar view, " -"allowing you to see every deadline for every task that has a deadline set " -"easily in a single window." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Tasks are color coded to the employee they are assigned to and you can " -"filter deadlines by employees by selecting who's deadline you wish to see." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../project/configuration/visualization.rst:86 -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:133 -msgid "" -"You can easily change the deadline from the Calendar view by dragging and " -"dropping the task to another case." -msgstr "在日历视图中, 通过退拽你可以轻易的变更最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:3 -msgid "Introduction to Odoo Project" -msgstr "ODOO 项目管理介绍" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "" -"As a business manager, I have a varied job involving multiple stakeholders. " -"To manage every task seamlessly, Odoo Projects is of great help." -msgstr "作为一个项目经理, 我有很多有很多股东参与的大项目要想对你的项目进行无缝管理, 你可以使用Odoo 项目管理模块" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:17 -msgid "" -"With Odoo Projects, our project team members can easily plan and execute the" -" launching of a new product line in Canada. I organized this project by " -"creating different stages. It allows us to clearly identify the status of " -"any task at any time, and for any user. It is convenient for any other " -"project manager too." -msgstr "" -"在odoo的项目管理模块下, " -"项目组团队成员可以便捷的计划和执行在加拿大发布一个新的产品线。我通过创建不同的项目阶段组织管理项目。该模块还能让我们无论何时都可以给任何用户任务定义清晰的状态。其余的项目经理也是如此" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:24 -msgid "" -"These well-structured project stages are fully customizable. Here I identify" -" one missing stage, I can easily add it in just a click. In our project " -"management process, I proceed to a final review, so I add this stage. Odoo " -"projects is designed to work for any kind of business." -msgstr "" -"如此好用的项目阶段可以根据我们的需要定制, 现在我添加一个新的阶段, 只需要简单的编辑和点几下鼠标。在我们的项目管理过程中, 我来做最后的检查, " -"所以我可以天剑该阶段。Odoo项目可以用来管理所有的项目。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Once a task is done, each colleague can highlight it by changing its status." -" That will help the project manager to review the task before changing the " -"stage with a simple drag and drop. Easy, right?" -msgstr "一旦任务完成, 相关的项目组成员可以更改任务的状态。这个对项目经理在拖动该任务到下一阶段之前的查看非常有用。很简单, 对吧？" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:35 -msgid "" -"We can also organize the different tasks by adapting the view. Here, I " -"select the list view, which shows other information such as the working time" -" progress. If I click on my task, I land on the form view where I can edit " -"the planned hours and enter my timesheets. This is a great tool for any " -"project manager. Controlling the working time progress and the time spent " -"for each team member is essential. I set the time for the sales team " -"training to 24 hours. Today, I prepared the material, so I will log 4 hours " -"in the timesheet. The working time progress updates automatically. Thanks to" -" this timesheet integration, the project manager has a thorough follow-up on" -" the progress of each task." -msgstr "" -"我们也可以通过调整视图管理监控项目, 现在我选择了列表视图, 在列表视图下, 我可以看到其余的信息例如, 工作时间进度。如果我点一下我的任务, 进入 " -"任务的表单视图, " -"在这里我可以编辑计划的时间并输入我的记工单。控制项目的时间进度并监控每个项目组成员花费的时间对于项目经理来说是一个很有用的工具。我在销售团队的培训上设置了24小时.今天," -" 我已经准备了相关的培训材料, 所以我会在记工单中记录4小时, 随后我们看到工作时间进度会自动更新。 多亏了记工单和集成功能, " -"项目经理可以深入的追踪每个任务的进度" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Another great feature in Odoo projects is the forecast tool. When it is " -"activated, I can plan resources per project and the workload. Therefore, the" -" time allocation for other projects is much easier. For this project, I have" -" to train members of the sales team. It will require 50% of my time until " -"the end of the week. As project manager, I can do this resource allocation " -"for any user and adapt it according to their other projects. This will " -"prevent any form of time overlap. I can reassign a task or adapt the " -"deadline. Odoo projects is the perfect app for strategic and executive " -"planning." -msgstr "" -"Odoo项目中另外一个伟大的功能是预测工具。 当激活后, 我就可以计划项目资源以及工作量。因此，对其他项目的时间分配也就更加容易了。对于此项目, " -"我需要培训销售团队的成品。它将会需要我本周50%的时间。作为项目经理, " -"我可以对每个用户进行资源分配，并且根据其它的项目做出调。这样可以防止任何形式的时间重叠。我可以重新分配任务，或者调整截止日期。Odoo项目是战略规划和执行规划的完美应用。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Plus, every aspect of any project can be analyzed, thanks to the reports. " -"For example, We can have a report of effective hours spent in comparison " -"with the planned hours. I can assess the profitability of any project, any " -"task, or any team member. I can also look at the number of hours assigned to" -" each team member." -msgstr "" -"另外项目的所有方面都能通过报表功能进行分析。例如, 我们可以得到对比计划时间和实际花费的时间的报表。我们可以访问任何一个项目, 任务, " -"或者任何一个项目成员的盈利能力。我们还可以得到费配到每一个项目成员的时间等等。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Another element of an excellent project management is communication. This is" -" a key factor for the success of any project. While dealing with multiple " -"stakeholders, being able to share documents directly in the task is very " -"helpful. With Odoo projects, I can discuss through the chat feature that is " -"always one-click away. I can also start a new conversation with anyone in my" -" team." -msgstr "" -"ODoo项目管理的另一个有用因素是沟通交流功能, " -"沟通交流是所有项目的成败的关键因素。在项目的任务中所有股东直接的分享相关的项目文档非常有用。在Odoo项目管理中, 我们可以在Chatter功能区讨论," -" 而所需的操作仅仅是点几下鼠标而已。当然我们也可以跟项目组中的任何成员开启一个新的会话。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In addition to being a powerful app for managing projects seamlessy, Odoo " -"projects is also an effective customer service or after-sales app. With it, " -"I can follow any customer issue, even create a dedicated support project. " -"The app also automatically creates an invoice of time spent on tasks or " -"issues." -msgstr "" -"Odoo项目管理还可以和客服和售后APP集成 配置了该功能, 我们可以跟进客户的所有反馈的问题, " -"甚至可以从该问题能创建一个新的支持项目该应用还会自动创建根据在任务或者问题上花费的时间的发票。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Odoo projects is a powerful, yet easy-to-use app. At first, I used the " -"planner to clearly state my objectives and set up the project app. Get this " -"app, it will help you get started quickly too." -msgstr "" -"ODoo项目管理是一个非常强大且易用的应用。首先我们用它设置我们的目标, 然后对项目进行设置, 一旦这些准备好, 你的项目就可以快速的开始。" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:88 -msgid "Start your free trial now and better manage your projects with Odoo!" -msgstr "现在免费试用ODoo项目管理模块并用ODOO项目管理更好的管理你的项目！" - -#: ../../project/overview/main_concepts/introduction.rst:91 -msgid "Start your free trial now with the CRM sales people love" -msgstr "现在就" - #: ../../project/planning.rst:3 -msgid "Planning your project" -msgstr "给项目做计划" +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "排期" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:3 -msgid "How to plan and track employees' assignments?" -msgstr "如何计划和追踪分配给员工的工作？" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Following and planning your employees' assignments can be a heavy challenge " -"especially when you manage several people. Luckily, using Odoo Project, you " -"can handle it in only a couple of clicks." -msgstr "跟进并计划员工的任务分派是个巨大的挑战，特别是需要管理很多人员的时候，幸运的是，使用ＯＤＯＯ项目管理，通过简单的点击就可以进行管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"The only necessary configuration is to install the **Project Management** " -"module. To do so, go in the application module, search for project and " -"install the application." -msgstr "唯一需要的配置就是安装**项目管理**模块，进入应用程序模块，查找项目并安装应用程序" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you wish to manage time estimation, you will need to enable timesheets on" -" tasks. From the **Project** application, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the dropdown menu. Then, " -"under **Time Work Estimation**, select the **manage time estimation on " -"tasks** option. Do not forget to apply your changes." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast Resources Across Projects" msgstr "" -"如果你需要管理时间评估，需要在任务中激活工时表，从 **项目** ，进入:菜单选择`配置 --> 设置` 在下拉列表菜单中. **工时估算**, 选择" -" **在任务中管理工时估算** 选项. 不要忘记保存你的设置." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:28 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" -"This feature will create a progress bar in the form view of your tasks. " -"Every time your salesperson will add working time in his timesheet, the bar " -"will be updated accordingly, based on the initially planned hours." -msgstr "该功能将会为你的任务创建一个进度条，每次员工在工时单中输入工时时，进度条会自动更新。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:36 -msgid "Manage tasks with views" -msgstr "管理带有视图的任务" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:38 -msgid "" -"You can have an overview of your different task thanks to the multiple views" -" available with Odoo. Three main views will help you to plan and follow up " -"on your employees' tasks: the kanban view, the list view (using timesheets) " -"and the calendar view." +"Allocate the needed time for specific tasks under a planned shift. Once that" +" is done, analyse Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), so you can evaluate " +"your employees’ performance and workload, besides the progress of your " +"projects/tasks when comparing the planned and effective hours." msgstr "" -"ＯＤＯＯ允许多视图，你可以对多个任务同时进行预览，三个主要的视图将帮助你计划并跟进员工的任务: 看板视图，列表视图 (使用工时表) 和日历视图" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Create and edit tasks in order to fill up your pipeline. Don't forget to " -"fill in a responsible person and an estimated time if you have one." -msgstr "来创建并编辑任务在管道中输入内容。记着填写负责人和预计日期。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:47 -msgid "Get an overview of activities with the kanban view" -msgstr "对带有看板视图的活动进行查看" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Kanban view is a post-it like view, divided in different stages. It " -"enables you to have a clear view on the stages your tasks are in and the " -"ones having the higher priorities." -msgstr "看板视图看起来像是一个被分成不同阶段的便贴视图。这能让你清楚的看到你的任务所在的阶段以及较高优先级的任务。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:61 -msgid "Add/rearrange stages" -msgstr "添加或者重新排列阶段" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:63 -msgid "" -"You can easily personalize your project to suit your business needs by " -"creating new columns. From the Kanban view of your project, you can add " -"stages by clicking on **Add new column** (see image below). If you want to " -"rearrange the order of your stages, you can easily do so by dragging and " -"dropping the column you want to move to the desired location. You can also " -"fold or unfold your stages by using the **setting** icon on your desired " -"stage." +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "Allocate times under shifts" msgstr "" -"通过新增列，可以很容易的自定义项目以满足业务需要，在看板视图，通过**增加新列** (看以下图片)增肌阶段.　" -"如需重新排定阶段，你可以简单的拖拉列到指定位置，你也可以合并阶段通过使用**设置** 图标." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:75 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:12 msgid "" -"Create one column per stage in your working process. For example, in a " -"development project, stages might be: Specifications, Development, Test, " -"Done." -msgstr "根据过程的阶段分别创建栏。例如在开发项目中, 阶段可能是 :说明定义, 开发, 测试, 完成。" +"When planning a shift, in the *Planning* application, create a project and a" +" task on the fly, or simply select the one you want." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:80 +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Allocated Time (%)* allows you to define the percentage of time you would " +"like your employee to work on that specific task during his shift. See that " +"information in hours on *Allocated hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The calculation shows you how many hours out of the total shift time (*End " +"date* - *Start date*) are spent by the employee on that task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On :menuselection:`Project --> Planning --> By Project`, immediately see the" +" total number of employees allocated per project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:31 +msgid "Compare forecast hours with the effective ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has timesheeted his hours in the task, go to " +"*Project* and with the *View list*, under *All Tasks*, conveniently see the " +"*Planned Hours* compared to the *Remaining Hours*, and a calculation of the " +"*Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:42 +msgid "Reminder: the option *Timesheets* has to be enabled on your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time and Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When it is time to bill your client for their finished project/task, you can" +" choose to shorten processes and save time by pulling the billable time you " +"have tracked into sales orders, and invoices, directly from the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Timesheet feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:15 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet*, *Timesheet Timer* and *Bill from " +"Tasks*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Once the time spent on a task under that project has been recorded, click on" +" *Create Sales Order* and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:26 +msgid "" +"This way, you can invoice different customers, for different services, at " +"different rates, without the need to create numerous projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:30 +msgid "Create a sales order and invoice from a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Project`, choose the " +"corresponding one and enable *Timesheet* plus *Timesheet Timer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, choose " +"the project, *Create Sales Order*, and continue to create your invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From here, choose if you want the billing to be based on the project rate: " +"all timesheets are billed by the same rate, or by the employee rate: " +"timesheets are billed by the individual rate of the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The project rate allows you to invoice a whole project, for a specific " +"service, at a specific rate, at once. Example: the implementation of a " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The employee rate billing lets you invoice a project broken down into " +"different services, and different rates. Example: different rates for junior" +" and senior consultants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:50 +msgid "Invoice only approved timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Invoicing Policy`, and choose *Approved timesheets only*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This ensures that the manager is aware of the hours being logged by each " +"employee before the customer gets invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/so_to_task`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`./time_record`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:3 +msgid "Record Time Spent on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Get to know how much time you are spending on tasks in order to make your " +"employees’ life easier, and records error-free. Launch the timer in your " +"browser, stop it on your phone and have all entries synced. Generate " +"invoices based on the timesheet entries and be sure to invoice your " +"customers the exact right amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:11 +msgid "Manually timesheet on task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Timesheets*. Then, enable the *Timesheets* option on the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Now, once you are in your task, under the *Timesheet* tab, *Add a line* and " +"specify the *Duration*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:22 +msgid "Time tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects`, enable " +"*Timesheet timer* on the projects on which you need the functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/record_and_invoice/time_record.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, you can time your task clicking on *Start*. *Pause* at any moment, and " +"*Stop* to confirm the recorded time and add a description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "任务" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:3 +msgid "Collaborate on Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Being able to collaborate virtually but with the same effect as if people " +"were in the same room increases your productivity. It results in faster " +"execution of processes, brainstorming and decision made easier while also " +"allowing the support of outside contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:10 +msgid "Add followers to a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:12 +msgid "*Edit* the project to add followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Followers are notified of any changes: tasks sliding from one stage to " +"another, conversations taking place, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Following a project automatically makes you a follower of all its tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:24 +msgid "Add followers to a task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Within a task, click on the *Followers* icon. Followers get notified of any " +"changes in the task and can see the task like you do, with the description " +"and the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:34 +msgid "Select which notifications to get" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For a project or task, select what you would like to be notified about. For " +"that, *Edit subscription*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:44 +msgid "Use the pad like a collaborative note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Collaborative Pads`, then edit the *Settings* of the project you would like " +"the feature to work and enable *Use Collaborative Pads*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Now, you are able to contribute to tasks in real-time, with several users, " +"with an Etherpad collaborative note. Every user has his own color and you " +"can replay the whole creation of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Click on the *</>* icon to get the direct URL of the task description: " +"useful if you want to share it without adding this person as a follower, or " +"to someone outside of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:62 +msgid "The Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Chatter* is a communication tool that shows the history of a task, " +"including changes and the interactions between you and your customers or " +"colleagues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To interact with followers, whether there are internal or external, click on" +" *Log a note* and ping them using the at symbol (*@*). If you want to send a" +" message/email to all the followers in the task, use *Send a message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"You can also ping a channel using the hashtag sign (*#*). This way, users " +"can have a channel per project team, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:77 +msgid "Schedule activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Do not forget promises made and stay organized by conveniently *Scheduling " +"activities* from the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:87 +msgid "Edit or create new activities types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/collaborate.rst:89 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Activity Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "**For more information**: :doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:40 +msgid ":doc:`./get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/email_alias.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`./collaborate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Break down a project by creating, assigning and organizing tasks. Set " +"priorities to help you determine where you want to invest your time first, " +"manage files within it and keep everything you need to complete your work in" +" one place. Ensure that your strategies are turned into actionable plans " +"and, as a result, have a successful project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Create a task" +msgstr "创建任务" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Click on *Create*. Once created, add more details opening it and clicking on" +" *Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Assignation" +msgstr "指派" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "Choose the responsible person for a task under *Assigned to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:30 msgid "Sort tasks by priority" msgstr "根据优先级排列任务" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:82 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:34 msgid "" -"On each one of your columns, you have the ability to sort your tasks by " -"priority. Tasks with a higher priority will automatically be moved to the " -"top of the column. From the Kanban view, click on the star in the bottom " -"left of a task to tag it as **high priority**. For the tasks that are not " -"tagged, Odoo will automatically classify them according to their deadlines." +"Mark the star on your task to set it as a high priority one. That " +"automatically moves the task to the top of the column. Tasks that are not " +"starred are classified according to their deadlines." msgstr "" -"在每列中, 你可以根据任务的优先级进行排序。高优先级的任务会自动的被移动到列的上方。在看板视图中, 点击任务卡右下方的星标记该任务为 **高优先级** " -"。对于没有标记的任务, Odoo会自动的根据他们的最后期限进行划分。" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:89 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:36 msgid "" -"Note that dates that passed their deadlines will appear in red( in the list " -"view too) so you can easily follow up the progression of different tasks." -msgstr "注意超过了最后期限的日期会显示红色(列表视图中也是), 所以你能很轻松的追踪每个任务的进展。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:97 -msgid "Don't forget you can filter your tasks with the filter menu." -msgstr "记着你还能在过滤按钮上过滤任务。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:100 -msgid "Track the progress of each task with the list view" -msgstr "用列表视图追踪每个任务的过程" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you enabled the **Manage Time Estimation on Tasks**, your employees will " -"be able to log their activities on tasks under the **Timesheets** sub-menu " -"along with their duration. The **Working Time Progress** bar will be updated" -" each time the employee will add an activity." +"Note that tasks with dates passed their deadlines are shown in red; tasks " +"with a deadline for the current date are orange." msgstr "" -"如果激活**管理任务中的工时估算**, 你的员工将可以在任务中的 **工时单** 中录入考勤. 雇员录入后**工作时间进度** 条将自动更新." -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As a manager, you can easily overview the time spent on tasks for all " -"employees by using the list view. To do so, access the project of your " -"choice and click on the List view icon (see below). The last column will " -"show you the progression of each task." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:43 +msgid "Manage files in tasks" msgstr "" -"作为经理, 在列表视图下你可以查看所有员工花费在任务上的时间。要这样做, 进入所选的项目中并点击列表视图图标(见下图)。最后一列可以看到每个任务的进展。" -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:119 -msgid "Keep an eye on deadlines with the Calendar view" -msgstr "在日历视图中要留意最后期限" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:121 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:45 msgid "" -"If you add a deadline in your task, they will appear in the calendar view. " -"As a manager, this view enables you to keep an eye on all deadlines in a " -"single window." -msgstr "如果在你的任务中添加最后期限, 他就回显示在日历视图中。作为一个经理, 这样的视图能够让你在一个窗口中查看所有的最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:128 -msgid "" -"All the tasks are tagged with a color corresponding to the employee assigned" -" to them. You can easily filter the deadlines by employees by ticking the " -"related boxes on the right of the calendar view." -msgstr "所有的任务都根据任务的所有者的不同而标记不同的颜色。你可以在日期视图的右边勾选相关的勾选框轻易的根据员工过滤最后期限。" - -#: ../../project/planning/assignments.rst:138 -msgid ":doc:`forecast`" -msgstr ":doc:`forecast` " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "How to forecast tasks?" -msgstr "如何预测任务？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:6 -msgid "Introduction to forecast" -msgstr "预测的介绍" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Scheduling and forecasting tasks is another way to manage projects. In Odoo," -" the Forecast option gives you access to the Gantt chart." -msgstr "计划和预测任务是管理项目的另外一种方式，在ＯＤＯＯ，预测选项给你进入甘特表的入口" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:11 -msgid "" -"So far, you've been working with the Kanban view, which shows you the " -"progress of a project and its related tasks." -msgstr "到目前为止，你在显示项目进度以及相关任务的看板视图的基础上工作" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Now, with the Forecast option, the Gantt view gives you the big picture. " -"It's highly visual which is a real plus for complex projects, and it helps " -"team members to collaborate better." -msgstr "现在，通过预测选项，甘特视图给了你一个高度可视化的图片，对于复杂的项目很有用，帮助团队成员之间更好的协作。" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This option is a real benefit in terms of planning and organizing the " -"workload and human resources." -msgstr "该选项对于工作量和人力资源的计划和组织很有帮助" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "How to configure the projects?" -msgstr "如何配置项目？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:25 -msgid "Configure the project application" -msgstr "配置项目应用" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The **Forecast** option helps you to organize your projects. This is perfect" -" when you need to set up a project with a specific deadline. Therefore, each" -" task is assigned a specific timeframe (amount of hours) in which your " -"employee should complete it!" +"Add images/documents to your task by clicking on the *Attachment icon*." msgstr "" -"**预测** 选择帮助你组织项目. 如果你需要为你的项目设置具体期限者将很有帮助. 因此, 雇员需要在每个任务指定具体的时间框架(工时总数)内完成任务!" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"First you need to activate the **Forecast** option for the whole project " -"application:" -msgstr "首先，你需要激活整个项目的**预测**选择 " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " -"Forecast option and click **Apply**." -msgstr "进到 :菜单选择:`项目--> 配置 --> 设置`. 选择预测选项并点击 **应用**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once this is done, you still need to activate the **Forecast** option " -"specifically for your **Project** (maybe you don't need the Gantt chart for " -"all the projects that you manage)." -msgstr "一旦完成，你仍然需要为你的项目激活**预测**选项(或许你不需要为每个项目使用甘特图). " - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Configure a specific project." -msgstr "配置特定的项目" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When creating a new project, make sure to select the option \"Allow " -"Forecast\" in your project settings." -msgstr "当创建新项目时，请确保选择了\"允许预测\"的选项" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:51 -msgid "You'll see the **Forecast** option appearing in the top menu." -msgstr "在最上方的菜单中你可以看到**预测**选项" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you add the Forecasting option to an existing project, whether there are " -"task deadlines or not scheduled, the task won't be displayed." -msgstr "如果你为已存在项目增加了预测选项，不管任务到期或者还未计划，任务都不会显示" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:59 -msgid "The tasks of a project are not related to a forecast." -msgstr "项目中的这些任务不关联预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:62 -msgid "How to create a forecast?" -msgstr "如何创建预测？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Before creating a project with forecast, list all the tasks with the " -"projected time they should take. It will help you to coordinate the work." -msgstr "在创建带有预测的项目前，列出所有任务计划花费的时间，这有助于协调工作" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In order to display the projects in the Gantt chart, you need to create the " -"forecast from the task page. To create a forecast, click on the top left " -"corner of the task, **Create a Forecast**." -msgstr "如果要在项目中显示甘特图，需要在任务页创建预测，点击左上方的任务, **创建预测**." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can also create a new Forecast easily by directly clicking on an empty " -"space in the Gantt chart calendar." -msgstr "你也可以在直接在甘特图中通过点击空白区域创建新的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The Forecast interface will fill in the name of the Project and the task " -"automatically. You just need to add the dates and the time the task should " -"take." -msgstr "预测接口会自动写入项目名称和任务，你只需要在任务中增加日期和时间" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The \"Effective hours\" field appears only if you have the **Timesheet** app" -" installed on your database. This option helps you to see the progress of a " -"task thanks to the integration with Timesheet." -msgstr "有效时间字段只有在安装了工时程序后才会显示，该选项通过集成的工时单帮助你查看任务的进度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:91 -msgid "" -"For example: When a user fills in a Timesheet with your Project name " -"(Analytic account), with 10 hours spent, the forecast will display 10 hours " -"in the Effective hours field." -msgstr "例如: 人员在项目中填写了工时10小时(分析会计)，预测将会在有效工时中显示10小时" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:96 -msgid "What are the difference between the views?" -msgstr "视图之间的差异？" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:98 -msgid "" -"In the **Project** app menu you have a **Forecast** menu. This sub-menu " -"helps you to see the Gantt chart from different points of view: by users or " -"by projects." -msgstr "在**项目** 应用程序菜单的**预测** 菜单. 该子菜单将帮助你从不同视图查看甘特表you : 按用户或者按项目." - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:103 -msgid "By users : people management" -msgstr "通过用户: 人员管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:105 -msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart with the people assigned. Odoo's Gantt " -"chart shows you who's involved; it gives you the big picture of the project." -" It's very useful to allocate your resources effectively." -msgstr "该选项将在甘特图中显示指派的人员，ＯＤＯＯ的甘特图通过大图片的形式显示哪些人员参与其中，对于分配资源很有效" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:109 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see which users are involved. Then, " -"on the second level you see which projects they are assigned to. On the " -"third, you see which tasks they're on." -msgstr "在左边，第一层级，显示哪些人员在任务中，第二层级，具体指派给人员的项目，第三层级人员在哪些任务上" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Each task is represented by a coloured rectangle. This rectangle reflects " -"the duration of the task in the calendar." -msgstr "每个项目都会通过不同颜色的长方形显示，该长方形的长度将决定任务周期长度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The top rectangle on the first level is the sum of all the tasks compiled " -"from the third level. If it's green, it means that the total time allocated " -"to that user is less than 100%. When it's red, it means that this user is " -"assigned to multiple tasks which total more than 100% of his/her time." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Files from emails are automatically saved." msgstr "" -"第一层级顶部的长方形是收集于第三层级的所有任务的汇总，如果是绿色显示，说明分配给该员工的总工时还没到100%. " -"如果红色显示，说明能够分配给该员工的总工时达到或者超过100%" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:126 -msgid "Plan the workload" -msgstr "计划工作量" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:128 -msgid "" -"When creating a forecast, you have to select the time the user should spend " -"on it. 100% means that your user should work on it full time during those " -"days. He/She has no other tasks to work on. So you can decide from 1 to 100%" -" how your users should organize their time between different tasks." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:55 +msgid "Set cover images in tasks" msgstr "" -"创建预测时，你必须选择该员工需要花费的工时，如果是100%，意味着该员工在这段时间不能参与其他任务，所以你可以决定不同任务直接员工需要花费时间的百分比1%" -" 到 100%" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:134 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:57 msgid "" -"The power of integration helps you to avoid double booking an employee. For " -"example, if your expert is already at 40% on another task in another " -"project, you can book him/her for only 60% for that period." -msgstr "集成的优势在意避免重复预定人员的工作，比如该人员已经有40%在另外项目的任务中，你只能预定该人员60%的时间" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the user \"Administrator\" is working on 2 projects " -"(\"IT1367 Delivery Phases\" and \"Implementation Process56\"). The user is " -"assigned to both projects with a total of 110% of their time. This is too " -"much so the Project Manager should change the users assigned to the task. " -"Otherwise, the PM can change the dedicated time or the dates, to make sure " -"that this is feasible." +"Use *Set Cover Image* to your task and quickly get to comprehend what the " +"task is about. The image is directly shown in the Kanban view." msgstr "" -"在以下例子中, 用户\"管理员\" 在2个项目中工作 (\"IT1367 交付阶段\" and \"实施进度56\"). " -"该员工在两个任务中分配的时间是110%，这个太多了，项目精力需要更改. 否则, 项目管理会更改时间和日期以确保分配是合理的" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:149 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:191 -msgid "Gantt view advantages" -msgstr "甘特视图的优点" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:151 -msgid "" -"This Gantt view ‘by user' helps you to better plan your human resources. You" -" avoid confusion about the the tasks and the assignations of the users. The " -"Gantt Chart is highly visual and helps to comprehend all the different " -"elements at once. Also, you immediately know what has to be done next. This " -"method helps you to better understand the relations between the tasks." +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "Choose how to visualize tasks" msgstr "" -"按照用户的甘特视图能很好的帮助你计划人力资源，避免任务和用户分配的冲突.甘特表是高度可视化并帮助你一次性的理解所有不同的元素，你将迅速理解接下来做什么，该方法帮助你更好的理解任务之间的关系" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:158 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:193 -msgid "The dynamic view of the Gantt in Odoo allows you to:" -msgstr "ＯＤＯＯ中动态的甘特图允许你:" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:160 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:195 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" -"change the time and date of a forecast by clicking and sliding the tasks in " -"the future or in the past" -msgstr "通过点击并滑动更改任务过去以及未来的预测时间和日期" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:163 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:198 -msgid "create a new forecast into the Gantt chart immediately" -msgstr "在甘特图中迅速创建一个新的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:165 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:200 -msgid "modify an existing forecast" -msgstr "修改已存在的预测" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:167 -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:202 -msgid "change the length of a task by extending or shortening the rectangle." -msgstr "通过拉长或缩短矩形的长度来调整任务所需时间的长度" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:170 -msgid "By projects: project management" -msgstr "按项目：项目管理" - -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The Gantt Chart is the perfect view of a project to better understand the " -"interactions between the tasks. You can avoid overlapping tasks or starting " -"one too early if another one isn't finished. Odoo Gantt chart is clear and " -"helps you to coordinate tasks efficiently." +"Tasks can be managed and followed up in the Kanban view, which is a post-it " +"kind of view divided into different stages. More options are otherwise " +"available." msgstr "" -"对于更好的理解任务之间的联系，甘特图是很好的视图，可以避免任务重叠，或者在前期任务未完成时过早开始新的任务，ＯＤＯＯ甘特图将清晰的帮助你协调不同的任务" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:177 +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" -"This option displays the Gantt chart by showing the projects on the first " -"level of hierarchy." -msgstr "该选项将在甘特表中显示项目的第一层级" +"Drag and drop tasks to change their stage and define colors to help you " +"identify them." +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:180 -msgid "" -"On the left side, first level, you can see the projects. Then, on the second" -" level you see which users are assigned. On the third, you see which tasks " -"they're on." -msgstr "在左边，第一层级，显示项目，第二层级，显示哪些人员指派到项目中，第三层级，人员在哪些项目上" +#: ../../project/tasks/get_started.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/tags/take_tags`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../project/planning/forecast.rst:184 +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Work with Sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:5 msgid "" -"This view won't show your HR time. The colours don't apply. (see **By " -"Users** section)" -msgstr "该视图不显示你的ＨＲ时间，颜色不能应用(查看**按用户** 章节)" +"Being a dynamic and organized company is important as it also helps you to " +"not overload your employees. For that, split large tasks into smaller ones " +"by creating subs-tasks, timesheet on them, and have an overview of all hours" +" recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings --> Sub-tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "From now on, a *Sub-tasks* menu is available within your task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Select a specific project in which sub-tasks will be created by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:27 +msgid "" +"By default, sub-tasks are created under the same project. However, you can " +"select another one by going to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration -->" +" Projects --> Sub-task Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:35 +msgid "Timesheet on sub-tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Make sure the feature *Timesheets* is enabled under :menuselection:`Project " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and under the settings of the needed " +"*Project*. Now you are able to timesheet on your tasks and sub-tasks. The " +"time recorded on a sub-task is counted on the parent task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:46 +msgid "Transform an existing task into a sub-task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:48 ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:58 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 启用开发人员模式`。" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "Now access your task, *Edit*, and add a *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:56 +msgid "Unlink a sub-task from a parent task" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../project/tasks/sub_tasks.rst:59 +msgid "Open and *Edit* the respective sub-task to remove the *Parent Task*." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 781f8b50e..effb2f696 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -4,27 +4,26 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2019 -# xiaowenzi <xmm@visbp.com>, 2019 -# 湘子 南 <1360857908@qq.com>, 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# max_xu <wangzhanwh@163.com>, 2020 +# xiaowenzi <xmm@visbp.com>, 2020 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -46,13 +45,13 @@ msgstr "主数据" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:3 msgid "Import vendors pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入供应商价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:5 msgid "" "It is key for companies to be able to import vendors pricelists to stay up " "to date on products pricing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入供应商价格表对于了解产品最新定价至关重要。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:22 @@ -68,67 +67,69 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:9 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" +msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and tick the box in front of \"Vendor Pricelists\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选“供应商价格表”。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:15 msgid "Don't forget to save your settings in the top left corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请勿忘记在左上角保存设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:21 msgid "Import a pricelist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入价格表" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:23 msgid "To import go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Pricelists`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要导入，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 供应商价格表`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:25 msgid "" "Load your file, then you can check if everything is correct before clicking " "import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加载文件，检查各项是否正确，然后点击导入。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:28 msgid "See below a template of the columns used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是栏目模板示例。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:33 msgid "" -"`Template download " -"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1N8c_eejLV_8NhYMGCfZau_oGCnRkUIT9nwdX7n0shhY/edit#gid=964193981>`__" +":download:`Click here to download the template " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" msgstr "" +":download:`点击此处下载模板 " +"<../../../_static/example_files/vendor_pricelists_template.csv>`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "Set multiple vendors on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置一种产品的多家供应商" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 msgid "" "If you find yourself with the need to buy from multiple vendors for one " "product, Odoo can let you directly link them with a single product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你需要从多家供应商采购一种产品，Odoo可直接将它们关联到一种产品之下。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:9 msgid "Add vendors in a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品添加供应商" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:11 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Products`, then " "select a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品`，然后选择一种产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:14 msgid "" "From there you can add existing vendors to your product or create a new one " "on the fly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在此为产品添加现有供应商或快速创建新供应商。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -138,24 +139,24 @@ msgstr "每次当产品第一次从一个新的供应商处被采购, Odoo会自 #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:24 msgid "Add price & quantity as well as a validity period" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加产品和数量及有效期" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:26 msgid "" "When you're adding a vendor to a product, you're able to add the vendor " "product name & code as well as set the minimal quantity, price and validity " "period." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在向产品添加供应商时，你可添加供应商产品名称和代码，以及设定最小数量、价格和有效期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:34 msgid "" "This Odoo feature also works with variants of your products, such as one " "t-shirt in different sizes!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的这项功能也适用于产品的变体，比如不同尺寸的同一款T恤。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 msgid "Purchase in different unit of measures than sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购与销售使用不同的计量单位" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -215,7 +216,8 @@ msgid "" "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " "unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "进入采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项: 配置-->设置'然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" +msgstr "" +"进入采购模块, 选择 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 然后勾选 **一些产品可能使用不同的计量单位销售/采购(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" @@ -251,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **升** 卖给 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." -msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 -->产品` 。" +msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品` 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -296,7 +298,8 @@ msgid "" " selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " "below)." msgstr "" -"这么做, 去销售模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'设置-->产品-->计量单位'通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 **单位类型** (如下图)." +"这么做, 去销售模块, 选择菜单选项:menuselection:`设置 --> 产品 --> 计量单位' 通过下拉菜单点击创建和编辑来创建一个新的 " +"**单位类型** (如下图)。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -311,7 +314,8 @@ msgid "" "purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " "of Measure`." msgstr "" -"下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择 :菜单选项:'设置-->产品-->计量单位'." +"下一步创建 **卷** 和 **平方米** 的计量单位并关联到新的类型。这么做, 去采购模块, 选择:menuselection:`设置 --> 产品 " +"--> 计量单位' 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" @@ -346,23 +350,23 @@ msgstr "现在可以在产品界面把 **平方米** 做为计量单位, 把 ** #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotation and Purchase Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "询价单和采购订单 " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:3 msgid "Determine when to pay a vendor bill with 3-way matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过3方面匹配确定支付供应商账单的时点" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:5 msgid "" "In some industries, you may receive a bill from a vendor before receiving " "the ordered products. However, you might not want to pay it until the " "products have been received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些行业，你可能在收到订购的产品之前就收到了供应商账单。但是，你可能不想在尚未收到产品时付款。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:9 msgid "" "To define whether the vendor bill should be paid or not, you can use what we" -" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparaison of the information " +" call *3-way matching*. It refers to the comparison of the information " "appearing on the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*." msgstr "" @@ -370,40 +374,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The 3-way matching helps you avoid paying incorrect or fraudulent vendor " "bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "3方面匹配帮助你避免错误的支付或者欺诈的供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:20 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *3-way matching* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*3方面匹配*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:27 msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我应该支付此供应商账单吗？" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:29 msgid "" "With the feature activated you will have a new *Should be paid* line appear " "on the vendor bill under the *Other info* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在启用此功能后，在*其他信息*选项卡下的供应商账单上会显示新的*应付*行。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:32 msgid "" "That way Odoo let's you easily know if you should pay the vendor bill or " "not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样，你在Odoo上可以轻松查看是否需要支付供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/3_way_matching.rst:39 msgid "" "The status is defined automatically by Odoo. However, if you want to define " "this status manually, you can tick the box Force Status and then you will be" " able to set manually whether the vendor bill should be paid or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "状态由Odoo自动定义。但是，如果你想手动定义这个状态，可以勾选强制状态框，然后就可以手动设置是否应该支付供应商账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of my vendors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "分析我的供应商的表现" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -457,7 +461,7 @@ msgstr "发布一些采购订单" msgid "" "Of course, in order to analyze your vendors' performance, you need to issue " "some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当然，为了分析供应商的表现，你需要发布一些**询价单**并确认**采购订单**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:43 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" @@ -536,13 +540,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:3 msgid "Request managers approval for expensive orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请求经理审批高价订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 msgid "" "In case of expensive purchases you may want a manager approval to validate " "the orders, Odoo let's you easily set that up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于高价订单，你可能需要经理审批并确认订单。Odoo也可轻松完成这项设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -550,28 +554,30 @@ msgid "" "--> Settings` and activate the *Order Approval* feature. From there you can " "also set the minimum amount required to activate this feature." msgstr "" +"如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`并启用*订单审批*功能。你也可在此设定启用这项功能的最低金额限制。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:20 msgid "Create a new Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:22 msgid "" "While working on a new RfQ, if the order is made by a user and not a manager" " and the amount of the order is above the minimum amount you specified, a " "new *To Approve* status will be introduced in the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建新询价单时，如果订单由用户创建而不是经理创建，且订单金额超过你规定的最低金额，这个流程中将引入新的*待批准*状态。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:31 msgid "Approve the order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "批准订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:33 msgid "" "If you are a purchase manager, you can now go to the purchase order and " "approve the order if everything is alright with it. Giving you full control " "of what your users can or can't do." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是采购经理，你现在可以进入采购订单，在确认无误后批准订单。让你全面控制允许/不允许用户进行的操作。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:37 msgid "Once approved, the purchase order follows the normal process." @@ -579,46 +585,46 @@ msgstr "一旦确认, 采购订单就按照正常的步骤。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:3 msgid "Bill Control" -msgstr "账单控制" +msgstr "账单管理" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:5 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can define a setting to help the control of your bills. *Bill" " Control* lets you choose if the supplier sends you the bill before or after" " you receive the goods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可在Odoo中定义设置并用于控制账单。*账单控制*可用于选择供应商是在你收到货物之前或之后发送账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and select which way you want to control your bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择你控制账单的方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:20 msgid "Change the control policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更改控制政策" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:22 msgid "" "While the setting above will be your default method of bill control, you can" " always select which way you want to invoice your product on each product " "page under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "尽管以上设置将作为默认的账单控制方法，但你始终可以通过每个产品页面*采购*选项卡选择产品的开单方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:26 msgid "" "You might want to use different settings for different types of products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以希望针对不同类型的产品使用不同设置。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 msgid "Verify your Vendor Bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "验证供应商账单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" "If you didn’t receive any of your product yet on *Purchase Order* under the " "*Shipment* tab," -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你尚未收到*送货*选项卡*采购订单*下的任何产品，" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -627,10 +633,11 @@ msgid "" " units ordered. If you're supposed to be billed based on the received " "quantities, Odoo will suggest a bill for 0 as shown above." msgstr "" +"根据以上定义的账单政策。如果你应按照订购数量开单，Odoo将按订购的单位数量拟定账单。如果你应按照收到数量开单，Odoo将如上所示拟定0的账单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 msgid "Cancel a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "取消采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -662,8 +669,8 @@ msgid "" "Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " "Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" msgstr "" -"第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :菜单选项:'采购-->采购-->询价单'. " -"确认你的询价单生成采购单。" +"第一步通过创建一个 **询价单(RFQ)** 来生成一个 **采购单** , 通过菜单 :menuselection:`采购 --> 采购 --> " +"询价单'. 确认你的询价单生成采购单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" @@ -765,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`reception` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:3 msgid "Create a Request for Quotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -786,7 +793,7 @@ msgstr "创建一张询价单" msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Requests for " "Quotation` and click on **Create**." -msgstr "在采购模块, 打开 :菜单选择:'采购-->询价'点击 **创建** " +msgstr "在采购模块, 打开菜单选择:menuselection:`采购 --> 询价' 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -796,94 +803,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在 **供应商** 菜单选择你的供应商, 或者通过点击 **创建并编辑** 来创建。在 **订单日期** 字段, 选择你实际希望处理的日期。" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Receipt" -msgstr "入库" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "入库" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor" -msgstr "供应商" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "You can find a vendor by its Name, TIN, Email or Internal Reference." -msgstr "你可以通过它的名字，TIN，EMail或内部参考找到一个客户。 " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Vendor Reference" -msgstr "供应商参考" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the sales order or bid sent by the vendor. It's used to do the " -"matching when you receive the products as this reference is usually written " -"on the delivery order sent by your vendor." -msgstr "销售订单的参照或者供应商发出的投标。当你接收产品的时候被显示在入库单上。主要用来做匹配" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Order Date" -msgstr "单据日期" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Depicts the date where the Quotation should be validated and converted into " -"a purchase order." -msgstr "记录询价单被确认并被转化为采购订单的日期" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Source Document" -msgstr "源文档" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Reference of the document that generated this purchase order request (e.g. a" -" sales order)" -msgstr "生成此采购订单请求的文档参考（例如销售订单）" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Deliver To" -msgstr "交货到" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "This will determine operation type of incoming shipment" -msgstr "这将决定进货的操作类型。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "代发货地址" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Put an address if you want to deliver directly from the vendor to the " -"customer. Otherwise, keep empty to deliver to your own company." -msgstr "如果你想直接从供应商发货给客户，就填写一个地址。不然的话，留空把货物运到你的公司仓库" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Destination Location Type" -msgstr "目标位置类型" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Technical field used to display the Drop Ship Address" -msgstr "技术字段用于显示代发货地址" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "Incoterm" -msgstr "国际贸易术语" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:0 -msgid "" -"International Commercial Terms are a series of predefined commercial terms " -"used in international transactions." -msgstr "国际商业条款是一系列用于国际交易的事先定义的商业条款。" - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:32 -msgid "View *Request for Quotation* in our Online Demonstration" -msgstr "在线演示中显示 **询价单** " - -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:34 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:28 msgid "" "In **Products**, click on Add an item. Select the product you wish to order " "in the **Product** menu. Specify the **Quantity** by inserting the number " @@ -898,13 +818,13 @@ msgstr "" "指定你想要得到的价格(你也可以留空, 如果你不知道该是多少价格), 在计划日期字段填写希望的交货日期.点击 **保存** , 然后 **打印询价单** " "或 **通过邮件发送询价单** (确认邮件地址已经指定给这个供应商或者输入一个新的)" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:48 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:40 msgid "" "After having clicked on **Send**, you will notice that the RFQ's status will" " switch from **Draft** to **RFQ Sent**." msgstr "点击 **发送** 后, 你可以看到询价单的状态会从 **草稿** 到 **询价单已发出** 。" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:54 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:46 msgid "" "Once your supplier has replied with an offer, update the RfQ by clicking on " "**Edit** to fit the quotation (prices, taxes, expected delivery lead time, " @@ -913,13 +833,13 @@ msgstr "" "一旦你的供应商回复了你的询价, 点击 **编辑** 更新询价单来匹配这个询价(价格, 税, 预期交货时间, 付款条款, 等等.)然后点击 **保存** " "来发布一个采购单。" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:59 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:51 msgid "" "To proceed with the order, click on **Confirm Order** to send the order to " "the supplier. The RfQ's status will switch to **Purchase Order**." msgstr "为了处理这个订单, 点击 **确认订单** 发送订单给供应商。询价单的状态会变成 **采购单** 。" -#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:65 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/create.rst:57 msgid "" "The status of the RfQ will change to PURCHASE ORDER. Tabs in the upper right" " corner of the order will show 1 Shipment and 0 Invoice." @@ -927,30 +847,30 @@ msgstr "询价单的状态会变成采购订单。在右上角的标签会显示 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Dropship products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品直运" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:5 msgid "" "Dropshipping is a method in which the vendor does not keep products in stock" " but instead transfers the products directly from the supplier to the " "customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运是指供应商不保有产品库存，而是由生产商直接将产品发给客户。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:10 msgid "" "You need the *Sales*, *Inventory* and *Purchases* modules for this feature " "to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能需要*销售*、*库存*和*采购*模块。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:14 msgid "Activate the dropshipping feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用直运功能" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Dropshipping*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并选择*直运*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -958,25 +878,25 @@ msgid "" "tick the dropshipping route. You also need to define to which vendor you " "will buy the product. Now, each time this product will be sold, it will be " "drop shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "已创建新路线*直运*。你可进入产品页面并勾选直运路线。你还需定义从哪家供应商购买产品。之后， 每次售出该产品时，都会采用直运方式。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "" "If you don't always dropship that product, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box in " "front of *Order-Specific Routes*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果该产品有时不需要直运，你可前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*特定订单路线*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "" "When you create a quotation or sales order, you can now decide, order line " "per order line, which products should be drop shipped by selecting the " "dropship route on the SO line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建报价或销售订单时，你可按订单行逐一决定是否需要直运，只需选择销售订单行的直运路线。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:45 msgid "Drop ship a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品直运" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -986,39 +906,40 @@ msgid "" "transfer from your vendor directly to your customer. The products doesn't go" " through your own stock." msgstr "" +"在产品销售订单被确认后，Odoo将生成询价单，以购买产品给供应商。如果你将询价单确认为采购订单，它将创建供应商与客户之间的直接转移。产品不会经过你的库存。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:3 msgid "Lock a purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "锁定采购订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "Once an order is confirmed, you can lock it preventing any further editing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在订单被确认后，你可将其锁定，避免进一步编辑。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Lock Confirmed Orders* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*锁定已确认订单*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:19 msgid "Lock an order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "锁定订单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:21 msgid "" "While working on a purchase order, when you confirm it, you can then lock " "the order preventing any further modification on the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在处理订单过程中，确认订单后，你可将其锁定，避免对该文件进行任何进一步修改。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/lock_orders.rst:28 msgid "You can unlock the document if you need to make additional changes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需进行其他更改，你可解锁该文件。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 msgid "Control product received (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "控制收到的产品（全部和部分）" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1053,7 +974,8 @@ msgid "" "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " "**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :菜单选择:'采购-->产品', 点击 **创建** 。" +msgstr "" +"然后, 你需要生成一个你要采购的产品。在 **采购** 界面, :menuselection:`采购 --> 产品' , 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" @@ -1168,13 +1090,13 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cancel` " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:3 msgid "Raise warnings on purchase orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对采购订单提出警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:5 msgid "" "The *Warnings* feature allows you to raise warnings or blocking messages on " "purchase orders based on a vendor or a product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*警告*功能可根据供应商或产品对采购订单提出警告或阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1182,120 +1104,120 @@ msgid "" "raise a warning when purchasing from that vendor. If a product is about to " "be discontinued, you may want to raise a blocking message on the purchase " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，如果某供应商经常出问题，你可能想在向该供应商采购时提出警告。如果某产品即将停产，你可能想在采购订单上发出阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:16 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Warnings* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*警告*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:24 msgid "Add a warning on a vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对供应商添加警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:26 msgid "" "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Internal " "Notes* tab on vendors. You can decide to write a simple warning or a " "blocking message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当启用本功能后，供应商的*内部备注*选项卡下将出现一个新选项。你可决定添加简单的警告或是阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:34 msgid "Add a warning on a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对产品添加警告" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:36 msgid "" "When you activate the feature, you get a new option under the *Purchase* tab" " on the product page where you can add a warning or a blocking message." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当启用本功能后，产品页面的*采购*选项卡下将出现一个新选项，你可在此添加警告或是阻止消息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:44 msgid "Trying to buy with warnings or blocking messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "试图在警告或阻止信息情况下进行采购" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:46 msgid "" "If you try to validate a *Purchase Order* from a vendor or with a product " "with a warning, a message will be raised. You can ignore it by clicking ok." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你试图确认带有警告的供应商或产品的*采购订单*，页面将显示信息。你可点击确认，忽略该信息。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/warning.rst:53 msgid "However, if it is a blocking message, you can not ignore it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，如果是阻止信息，你无法将它直接忽略。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Agreements" -msgstr "采购申请" +msgstr "采购计划单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:3 msgid "Manage Blanket Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理一揽子订购" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" "A Blanket Order is a purchase order which a customer places with its " "supplier to allow multiple delivery dates over a period of time, often " "negotiated to take advantage of predetermined pricing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一揽子订购是指客户允许供应商在一段时间内按多个日期交货的采购订单，一揽子订购通常会利用预先确定定价的优势。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:12 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:20 msgid "Start a Blanket Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始一揽子订购" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:22 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:21 msgid "" "To use this feature go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase " "Agreements`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 采购协议`。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you are creating the purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* " "drop down menu and select *Blanket Order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建采购协议后，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*一揽子订购*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:30 msgid "" "You can then create your new blanket order, select your vendor, the " "product(s), agreement deadline, ordering date and delivery date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，你可以创建新的一揽子订购，选择供应商、产品、协议截止日期、订货日期和交货日期。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:33 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it. Its status " "will change from*Draft* to *Ongoing* and a new *RFQs/Orders* will appear in " "the top right corner of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查采购协议并确认。它的状态将从*草稿*变为*正在进行*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "RFQ from the Blanket Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从一揽子订购创建询价单" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:43 msgid "" "From your blanket order you can create a new quotation, Odoo will auto-fill " "the document with the product(s) from your blanket order, you only have to " "choose the quantity and confirm the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可从一揽子订购创建新报价，Odoo将按一揽子订购中的产品自动填写该文件，你只需要选择数量并确认订单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:47 msgid "" "When you will go back on the blanket order, you will see how many quantities" " you have already ordered from your blanket order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你返回一揽子订购时，可以看到已经从一揽子订购订购的产品数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:51 msgid "Vendors prices on your product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的供应商价格" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1303,80 +1225,80 @@ msgid "" "product. You can see which one are linked to a blanket order and give " "priority to the ones you want with the arrows on the left of the vendor " "name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在确认一揽子订购后，产品页面将添加一行新的供应商信息。你可通过供应商名称左侧的箭头查看哪些产品与一揽子订购关联并予以优先考虑。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:58 msgid "" "Thanks to this, a blanket order can be used for automated replenishment " "(using *reordering rules* or *made to order* configuration)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于这项功能，一揽子订购可用于自动补货（使用*重订货规则*或*按订单*配置）。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/blanket_orders.rst:65 msgid "" "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* from the classic RFQ Menu and " "link them with an existing *Blanket Order*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可从经典询价单目录创建*询价单*并将它们与已有的*一揽子订购*关联。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:3 msgid "Manage Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:5 msgid "" "A Call for Tender is a special procedure to request offers from multiple " "vendors to obtain the most interesting price." -msgstr "" +msgstr "招标是指要求多家供应商报价以获取最有意向价格的特殊程序。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:11 msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Configuration " "--> Settings` and activate the *Purchase Agreements* feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用本功能，前往 :menuselection:`采购 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*采购协议*功能。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:19 msgid "Create a Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:23 msgid "" "Create a new purchase agreement, access the *Agreement Type* drop down menu " "and select *Call for Tender*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建新的采购协议，访问*协议类型*下拉菜单并选择*招标*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:26 msgid "" "When you are satisfied with your purchase agreement, confirm it will move " "from *Draft* to *Confirmed* and a new *RFQs/Orders* appeared in the top " "right corner of the document." -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查采购协议并确认，它的状态将从*草稿*变为*已确认*，右上角将出现新的*询价单/订单*。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:34 msgid "Request new quotations from the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从招标页面请求新报价" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:36 msgid "" "From the Call for Tender, Odoo will auto-fill the RFQ with the product(s) " "from your Call for Tender." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在招标页面，Odoo将从你的招标产品中自动填充询价单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:40 msgid "Select the best offer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择最佳报价" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:42 msgid "" "The various RFQs and orders linked to the Call for Tenders will be under the" " *RFQs/Orders* button where you can select and confirm the best offer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你选择并确认最佳报价后，与招标相关的所有询价单和订单都将显示在*询价单/订单*按钮下。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:50 msgid "Close the Call for Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关闭招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/call_for_tender.rst:52 msgid "Once you're done with your *Call for Tender* don't forget to close it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成招标后，请勿忘记关闭。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -1388,40 +1310,40 @@ msgstr "补货流程" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 msgid "Schedule your receipts and deliveries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "安排收货和发货" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 msgid "" "To manage your supply chain scheduling, you will need to use Odoo *Lead " "Times*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要管理供应链排期，你需使用Odoo*前置时间*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:8 msgid "" "*Lead Times* are the expected times needed to receive, deliver or " "manufacture products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*前置时间*指接收、交付或制造产品预计所需时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:12 msgid "Configure Lead Times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:15 msgid "Vendor Lead Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:17 msgid "" "The vendor lead time is the time needed by your vendor to deliver the " "product to you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商前置时间是指供应商向你交付产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:20 msgid "" "To configure your vendor lead times, go to a product page, under the " "purchase tab, click on a *Vendor* once there you can change the delivery " "lead time for that Vendor & Product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置供应商前置时间，前往产品页面，在采购选项卡下，点击*供应商*，你可在此更改供应商和产品的交付前置时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:28 msgid "Customer Lead Time" @@ -1431,108 +1353,108 @@ msgstr "客户前置时间" msgid "" "The customer lead time, on the other hand, is the time you need to deliver " "the product to your customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户前置时间则是指你向客户交付产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:33 msgid "" "To configure your customer lead time open a product and go under the " "*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置你的客户前置时间，打开产品并进入*库存*选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:40 msgid "Manufacturing lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:42 msgid "" "The manufacturing lead time is the time you need to manufacture the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造前置时间是指你制造产品所需的时间。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:45 msgid "" "To configure your manufacturing lead time open a product and go under the " "*Inventory* tab. You can then add how many days you need." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要配置你的制造前置时间，打开产品并进入*库存*选项卡。然后你可以添加需要的天数。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 msgid "Configure Security Lead Times" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置安全前置时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:54 msgid "" "Odoo also lets you configure *Security Days* allowing you to cope with " "potential delays along the supply chain and make sure you meet your " "engagements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo还可配置*安全天数*，以便应对供应链可能的延迟，确保履行契约。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:58 msgid "" "The easiest way is to go to *Settings* from any module and type **Lead " "Time** in the search bar. From there, tick each box and configure your " "various *Security Lead Time* for your needs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最简便的方法是从任意模块进入*设置*页面，并在搜索栏键入*前置时间*。在此勾选每个方框并根据需求配置*安全前置时间*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:65 msgid "" "Alternatively, you can go in the settings of the *Inventory* module and " "*Manufacturing* module to configure those settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者，你可进入*库存*模块和*制造*模块的设置页面，配置上述设置。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:69 msgid "Lead & security times in a use case" -msgstr "" +msgstr "某用例中的前置时间和安全时间" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:71 msgid "" "For example you sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on order, " "and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20). Here " "is your product’s configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你今天（1月1日）卖出一辆订购轿车，你向客户承诺在20天内（1月20日）交付。以下是你的产品配置：" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:75 msgid "Security lead time for sales : 1 day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售的安全前置时间：1天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:77 msgid "Security lead time for purchase : 1 day" -msgstr "" +msgstr "采购的安全前置时间：1天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:79 msgid "Vendor delivery lead time : 9 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商交付前置时间：9天" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:81 msgid "" "In such a scenario, the scheduler will trigger the following events based on" " your configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种情形下，调度器将根据你的配置触发以下事件。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:84 msgid "" "January 19: scheduled delivery date (20th January - 1 day of security lead " "time for Sales)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月19日：排定的交货日期（1月20日 - 1天的销售安全前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 msgid "" "January 18: scheduled receipt date (19th January - 1 day of security lead " "time for Purchase)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月18日：排定的收货日期（1月19日 - 1天的采购安全前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:90 msgid "" "January 10: order date = deadline to order from your vendor (19th January - " "9 days of vendor lead time)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1月10日：订购日期 = 向你的供应商下单的截止日期（1月19日 - 9天的供应商前置时间）" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Setup drop-shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "直运设置" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:6 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1548,15 +1470,17 @@ msgid "" "suppliers to deliver directly to your customers** in the **Drop Shipping** " "section." msgstr "" -"首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单 :'库存'-->配置-->设置'.在 **路线** 部分选中 **产品使用高级路线** 并且在" -" **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" +"首先, 配置 **路线** 和 **直销** 。打开菜单:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置' 。在 **路线** 部分选中" +" **产品使用高级路线** 并且在 **直销** 部分选择 **允许供应商发货给你的客户** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "You have to allow the choice of the route on the sale order. Go to the " "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" +msgstr "" +"你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在 **销售** 模块, 进入菜单选项:menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 " +"**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" @@ -1582,129 +1506,129 @@ msgstr "为了能给发货开发票, 你必须在你的产品上设置你的开 #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 msgid "Trigger purchase of products based on sales (Make to Order)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据销售（按订单）触发采购订单" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 msgid "" "If you don't keep stock of your products, you may need to trigger purchase " "orders on each sale you make." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你未保有产品库存，可能需要按每笔销售触发采购订单。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:8 msgid "" "Thanks to being a fully integrated solution, Odoo lets you do that easily in" " just one step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo拥有全面集成的解决方案，只需一步即可轻松完成此操作。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:12 msgid "Configure the product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置产品" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:14 msgid "" "Open a product form and, under the inventory tab, tick the routes *Buy* and " "*Make To Order*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开产品表单，在库存选项卡下，勾选*采购*和*按订单*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:20 msgid "Don't forget to also set a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请勿忘记还需在*采购*选项卡下设置供应商。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:23 msgid "" "The *Inventory*, *Sales* and *Purchases* modules have to be installed in " "Odoo for this feature to work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这项功能需要Odoo安装*库存*、*销售*和*采购*模块。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:27 msgid "Create a sales order using Buy & MTO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用采购和MTO创建销售订单" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:29 msgid "" "Create a new sales order with your product. When you confirm the order, a " "delivery order is created with the status *Waiting for another operation*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品创建新的销售订单。在你确认订单后，系统将创建交货单，状态为*等待其他作业*。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:33 msgid "" "A new RfQ will automatically be created in your *Purchases* module. Note " "that you can see for which SO this RfQ has been created thanks to the " "*Source Document* field, visible on the RfQ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*采购*模块将自动创建新的询价单。请注意，通过询价单上的*源单据*字段，你可查看询价单是根据哪张销售订单创建的。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:40 msgid "" "When you confirm the RfQ into a purchase order, a receipt is automatically " "created and directly accessible from your purchase order with the use of the" " *Shipment* button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你确认询价单并将其变为采购订单后，系统将自动创建收货页面，并可通过*送货*按钮直接从采购订单访问。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:47 msgid "" "You can validate the receipt of your products. When you will go back to the " "delivery order, you will see that the products are now ready to be shipped." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可确认产品收货情况。当你返回交货单时，可以看到产品已准备好送货。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:52 msgid "" "As long as your RfQ is not confirmed, Odoo will keep adding PO Lines " "automatically under it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只要询价单未确认，Odoo将自动在下面添加采购订单行。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:57 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:3 msgid "Don’t run out of stock thanks to Reordering Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用重订货规则，不必担心库存耗尽" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:5 msgid "" "To make sure you never run out of stock, you might want to define " "*Reordering Rules* on products. Thanks to reordering rules, Odoo will help " "you to replenish your stock when it reaches a minimum stock level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了避免库存耗尽，你可以为产品定义*重订货规则*。利用重订货规则，Odoo将在库存达到最小库存水平时补货。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:10 msgid "Set a reordering rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置重订货规则" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:12 msgid "Open a stockable product, you'll find the *Reordering Rules* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开库存产品，你将看到*重订货规则*选项卡。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:15 msgid "" "You can also access all your reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可从 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 重订货规则`访问所有的重订货规则。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:21 msgid "" "Once in the next menu, you can create the reordering rules linked to your " "product. From now on, every time this product reaches the minimum quantity " "it will replenish your stock to your **maximum quantity**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在下一个菜单中，你可创建与产品关联的重订货规则。之后，当产品达到最小数量时，它会自动将库存补充至**最大数量**。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:29 msgid "" "The replenishments will take place when the scheduler in the *Inventory* " "module runs. By default in Odoo, the schedulers will run every night at " "12:00PM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货会在库存模块的调度器运行时发生。默认情况下，调度器会在每天晚上12 :00运行。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:33 msgid "See also: :doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "另请参见：:doc:`../../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:35 msgid "" "From now on, every time a product with a reordering rule reaches the minimum" " stock, the system will automatically see how to fulfill that need based on " "the product configuration (e.g create an RfQ, create an MO, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从现在起, 每次有重订货规则的产品达到最小库存时，系统会根据产品配置（例如，创建询价单、创建生产订单等），自动判断如何满足该需求。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:41 msgid "Troubleshooting" @@ -1719,6 +1643,7 @@ msgid "" " a next activity will be logged on the product informing you there is an " "issue with the configuration." msgstr "" +"为了确保重订货规则正常运行，你必须正确配置产品。如你使用*采购*路径，你需要提供产品供应商。如你使用*制造*路径，你需要提供产品物料清单。如产品未完全配置或路线有误，系统将在产品上记录下一项活动，通知你配置存在问题。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" @@ -1759,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "管理内部公司规则。" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Flag **Manage multiple" " companies** and then **Manage Inter Company**." -msgstr "在 :菜单:'设置-->常规设置‘。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" +msgstr "在菜单:menuselection:`设置 --> 常规设置`。选择 **管理多公司** 和 **管理内部公司** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:32 msgid "Click on **Apply**." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po index b1c27159c..bc5d762ed 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/quality.po @@ -4,18 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felix.yang@elico-corp.com>, 2019 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felix.yang@elico-corp.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,29 +32,29 @@ msgstr "质量" #: ../../quality/alert.rst:3 msgid "Alert" -msgstr "警告" +msgstr "警报" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:3 msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从制造订单生成质量警告" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:5 msgid "" "Speaking of manufacturing orders, you have two different situations to " "consider in Odoo. Those two will result in two different processes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于制造订单，你在Odoo中可以考虑两种不同情况。这两种情况将导致两种不同流程：" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:8 msgid "You work with a simple manufacturing flow;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你采用简单制造过程；" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:10 msgid "You work with a complex manufacturing flow that includes routings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你采用包含多个路线的复杂制造过程。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:13 msgid "Simple manufacturing flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "简单制造过程" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -59,358 +62,415 @@ msgid "" "launched from the manufacturing order itself. When manufacturing a product " "for which you need to process quality controls, a button *Quality Alert* " "will appear on the top of your manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你采用简单制造订单，则可直接在制造订单中启动*质量警告*。当你需要对制造的产品进行质量控制时，制造订单顶部将显示*质量警告*按钮。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:23 msgid "" "By clicking on the button, you can specify the quality problem that arose " "during the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击该按钮，你可以具体说明过程中出现的质量问题。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:29 msgid "" "If one of the quality checks failed, the button will be highlighted on the " "document. If not, the button won’t be highlighted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果质量检查失败，按钮将在文件上高亮显示。如通过，按钮不会高亮显示。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:36 ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:50 msgid "Manufacturing Flow with Routings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "包含多个路线的制造过程" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:38 msgid "" "If you work with routings defined on your manufacturing orders, the quality " "alerts will be launched directly from the work orders on which the quality " "checks took place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你使用制造订单上定义的路线，可直接从进行质量检查的工单中启动质量警报。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_mo.rst:48 msgid "" "Then, a button *Quality Alert* will be available from the work order view. " "When you click on the button, you can specify the quality problem that " "appeared during the process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，工单视图中将显示*质量警报*按钮。点击该按钮，你可具体说明过程中出现的质量问题。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:3 msgid "Generate a Quality Alert from a Transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从调拨生成质量警报" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:6 msgid "Use the Quality Alert" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用质量警报" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:8 msgid "" "Every time you perform some *Quality Checks* on a transfer, a *Quality " "Alert* button appears. You can always use it. The button is automatically " "highlighted once you have a failed quality check for the transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每次你对调拨进行*质量检查*时，都会出现*质量警报*按钮。你可使用该按钮。如果调拨的质量检查不过关，按钮将自动高亮显示。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:16 msgid "" "If you click on that *Quality Alert* button, you can specify what was the " "problem with the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如点击*质量警报*按钮，你可具体说明产品存在的问题。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:22 msgid "" "The *Quality Alert* that is created from the transfer can be found via the " "button appearing on the top right corner of the transfer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过调拨右上角显示的按钮，可查看针对该调拨已创建的*质量警报*。" #: ../../quality/alert/alert_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "You can also access all your *Quality Alerts* via the menu, accessible under" " *Control*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你也可通过目录访问所有*质量警报*，位于*控制*版块。" #: ../../quality/checks.rst:3 msgid "Checks" -msgstr "支票" +msgstr "检查单" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:3 msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对制造订单进行质量检查" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:5 msgid "" "There are two different situations to consider and that will differ in Odoo " "processes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你需要考虑两种不同情况，它们的Odoo流程不同：" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:8 msgid "You work with simple manufacturing flows;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你采用简单制造过程；" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:10 msgid "" "You work with complex manufacturing flows that are represented by the use of" " routings in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你采用复杂制造过程，在Odoo中体现为使用多个路线。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:13 msgid "Simple Manufacturing Flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "简单的制造流程" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:16 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:53 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:6 msgid "Create the Quality Control Point" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建质量控制点" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:18 msgid "" -"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to *Control >" -" Control Points*. There, hit create. Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as " -"operation and choose the type of quality check you want to perform." +"To create a quality control point, open the quality app and go to " +":menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. There, hit create. Make sure to" +" select *Manufacturing* as operation and choose the type of quality check " +"you want to perform." msgstr "" +"如要创建质量控制点，打开质量应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`控制 --> " +"控制点`。在这里点击创建。选择*制造*作业，然后选择你想要进行的质量检查类型。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:27 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:69 #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:17 msgid "Process the Quality Check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "处理质量检查" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:29 msgid "" "Once your *Quality Control Point* has been created, you can create a " "manufacturing order for your product. Now, and before marking the " "manufacturing as done, you can register the *Quality Checks*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在创建*质量控制点*之后，你可为产品创建制造订单。之后及在制造标记为完成之前，你可登记*质量检查*情况。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:39 msgid "" "Once you have performed your quality checks, you can find them via the " "*Quality Checks* button available on the manufacturing order form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在进行质量检查后，你可在制造订单表的*质量检查*按钮查看相关信息。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:46 msgid "" "If you want to access all your quality checks, you can do this by opening " "the quality checks menu, under quality control." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你想访问所有质量检查记录，可在质量控制下打开质量检查菜单。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:55 msgid "" "If you want to create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* app and " -"go to *Control > Control Points*. Then, click on create. Make sure to select" -" *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order operation on which " -"the quality check should be performed." +"go to :menuselection:`Control --> Control Points`. Then, click on create. " +"Make sure to select *Manufacturing* as operation and select the work order " +"operation on which the quality check should be performed." msgstr "" +"如你想要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`控制 --> " +"控制点`。然后，点击创建。确保选择*制造*作业，然后选择需进行质量检查的工单作业。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:64 msgid "" "Choosing the work order operation is necessary if you want the quality " "checks to be performed in the work orders. After that, you can choose the " "type of quality check." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如想对工单进行质量检查，则必须选择工单作业。然后，你可以选择质量检查的类型。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:71 msgid "" "Once your *Quality Control Point* has been configured, create a " "manufacturing order for your product. You have to plan it if you want to " "generate the necessary work orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在配置*质量控制点*之后，为你的产品创建制造订单。如要生成必要的工单，则需要事先计划其内容。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_mo.rst:78 msgid "" "Now, process the work order and your quality check will appear. In this " "example, the quality check requests to enter the serial number of the Table " "Top component." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在，处理工单，你的质量检查会出现。在本例中，质量检查要求输入台面部件的序列号。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Perform Quality Checks on Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "针对调拨进行质量检查" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:8 msgid "" "To create a *Quality Control Point*, open the *Quality* application. Then, " -"go to *Quality Control > Control Points > Create*. Now, you can define the " -"quality control point you want to apply to a specific product. Don’t forget " -"to select a transfer operation type." +"go to :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points --> Create`. Now, " +"you can define the quality control point you want to apply to a specific " +"product. Don’t forget to select a transfer operation type." msgstr "" +"如要创建*质量控制点*，打开*质量*应用程序。然后，前往 :menuselection:`质量控制 --> 控制点 --> " +"创建`。现在，你可定义应用到特定产品的质量控制点。请勿忘记选择调拨作业类型。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:19 msgid "" "Let’s say that we will receive a laptop. First, create a planned receipt for" " the product. Then, on the receipt, you will see a *Quality Checks* button " "that appears to proceed to the quality check you configured before." -msgstr "" +msgstr "比如我们收到一台笔记本电脑。首先，为产品创建计划收货页面。然后，在收货页面，你将看到*质量检查*按钮，可以开始进行你之前配置的质量检查。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" "By clicking on it, the instruction set on the quality control point will be " "displayed and will require the check value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击该按钮，将显示质量控制点设置的指令，并需要检查值。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the quality check is done, you can find it linked to the corresponding " "transfer and access it by clicking on the button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在质量检查完成后，它将关联到对应的调拨，并可通过点击按钮访问。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:39 msgid "" "But, if the quality check failed, the stat button will appear in red " "(instead of green) and Odoo will suggest you to create a *Quality Alert* by " "highlighting the corresponding button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但是，如果质量检查失败，按钮将显示为红色（而不是绿色），Odoo将高亮显示对应按钮，并提示你创建*质量警报*。" #: ../../quality/checks/quality_transfers.rst:46 msgid "" "The quality checks can also be found in the *Quality* application by opening" " the *Quality Checks* menu, under *Quality Control*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*质量*应用程序中，*质量控制*的*质量检查*菜单下，可找到质量检查的内容。" #: ../../quality/control.rst:3 msgid "Control" -msgstr "控制" +msgstr "Ctrl控制" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:3 msgid "Define Quality Control Points" +msgstr "定义质量控制点" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Quality is an important factor when it comes to products or services. " +"Nowadays, quality has become the differentiating factor for all goods and " +"services. It is vital for businesses to deliver products that meet or exceed" +" expectations. It also helps minimize waste." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:6 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:10 +msgid "" +"That is why most manufacturers would not think of eliminating the quality " +"control from their manufacturing process. After all, removing quality " +"controls would dramatically increase the number of defective products that " +"the company then has to rework or scrap." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Then, using business applications to ensure data quality is important. With " +"Odoo insuring the rear, any major problem can be avoided before occurring!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:20 msgid "Quality Control Points" -msgstr "质量控制点" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If it is the first *Quality Control Point* that you create, know that you " -"need to open the *Quality* app. Then, go to *Quality Control > Control " -"Points*. Once there, you have to define the product on which the quality " -"control will take place, as well as the operation at which it should take " -"place." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The *Quality Control Points* can take place during transfers or during the " -"manufacturing process of the products. If you work with routings on your " -"*Bill of Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing " -"process the quality control point should be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:19 -msgid "" -"The control type defines at which frequency the quality checks should take " -"place:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "质量管理点" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:22 msgid "" -"All Operations: all the operations will generate quality checks to perform;" +"To create a *Quality Control Point*, go to :menuselection:`Quality --> " +"Quality Control --> Control Points`. Once there, define the product on which" +" the quality control point should take place. The operation at which it " +"takes place also is to be defined here." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:24 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:27 msgid "" -"Randomly: the quality checks will only be performed on x% of the operation. " -"You must define the percentage yourself, on the control point;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Periodically: the quality checks will be performed periodically. The " -"periodicity is based on the period you define (once a day, once a week)." +"The *Quality Control Points* take place during transfers or during the " +"manufacturing process of the products. If working with routings on *Bill of " +"Materials*, you have to precise at which step of the manufacturing process " +"the quality control point needs to be applied." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:32 -msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgid "" +"The *Control Type* defines at which frequency the quality checks should take" +" place:" msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:34 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now that the rest is configured, you need to define the type of quality " -"check." +"**All operations**: all the operations automatically generate quality checks" +" to perform;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:38 msgid "" -"Some of the types are only available with the manufacturing application." +"**Randomly**: the quality checks only perform on x% of the operation. The " +"percentage needs to be defined on the control point;" msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:41 -msgid "Text" -msgstr "文本" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:43 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to give instructions to your workers " -"during the transfer, or the manufacturing process." +"**Periodically**: the quality checks are performed periodically. The " +"periodicity is based on the defined period (once a day, once a week)." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:56 -msgid "Take a Picture" -msgstr "拍照" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:50 +msgid "Quality Control Point Types" +msgstr "质量控制点类型" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Now, one thing remains to be configured: the type of quality check. There " +"are several types that can be used: text, take a picture, pass-fail, take a " +"measure, register consumed material, register by-product, and print label." +msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:58 msgid "" -"This control point type asks you to take a picture of the product in a " -"transfer, or when manufacturing it." +"Some types are available only with the manufacturing application installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:71 -msgid "Pass-Fail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "文本" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:73 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:64 msgid "" -"This type of control point requires that you specify if the products pass or" -" fail a specific text. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing" -" orders." +"This control point type allows giving instructions to workers during the " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:80 +msgid "Take a Picture" +msgstr "拍照" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:82 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you have the possibility to define a " -"failure message that will give instructions to follow in case of quality " -"check failure." +"This control point type asks to take a picture of the product applied in a " +"transfer or when manufacturing it." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:94 -msgid "Take a Measure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:96 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:98 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you to enter the product’s measurements " -"during a transfer, or during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`camera " +"<../../iot/devices/measurement_tool>`." msgstr "" #: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:102 +msgid "Pass-Fail" +msgstr "通过失败" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:104 msgid "" -"For this kind of control point type, you also have the possibility to define" -" a failure message that will give instructions to the worker." +"*Pass-Fail* requires to specify if the products pass or fail specific " +"criteria. It can be applied for both transfers or manufacturing orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:115 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For this kind of type, there is the possibility to define a failure message " +"giving instructions to follow in case of failure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:127 +msgid "Take a Measure" +msgstr "采取措施" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Taking measures requires to enter the product’s measurements during a " +"transfer or during the manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To use it, it necessary to specify the norm for your product’s measurements," +" but also a tolerance threshold. Doing so, all the products with good " +"measures can are automatically accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:140 +msgid "" +"As for *Pass-Fail*, this type allows defining a failure message that gives " +"instructions to the worker." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This process can be simplified by using connected :doc:`measurement tools " +"<../../iot/devices/camera>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:159 msgid "Register Consumed Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册消耗材料" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:117 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:161 msgid "" -"This control point type requires you register the component serial/lot " -"numbers during the manufacturing process. It is only available if you work " -"with routings." +"When using *Register Consumed Materials*, it is required to register the " +"component’s serial/lot numbers during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:128 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:165 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:182 +msgid "This type is only available when working with routings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:176 msgid "Register By-Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册副产品" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:130 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:178 msgid "" -"With this control point type, you must register the serial/lot number of the" -" by-products that are manufactured. It is also only available with routings." +"With *Register By-Products*, it is required to register the serial/lot " +"number of the by-products that are manufactured." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:141 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:193 msgid "Print Label" +msgstr "打印标签" + +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:195 +msgid "" +"*Print Label*, as its name points out, allows printing labels to add to the " +"product during the manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:143 +#: ../../quality/control/control_points.rst:207 msgid "" -"This control point type allows you to print labels to add to the product " -"during the manufacturing process." +"This process can be simplified by using a connected :doc:`printer " +"<../../iot/devices/printer>`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 59e953f56..4551622c0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,29 +4,33 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# r <263737@qq.com>, 2019 -# udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2019 -# bower Guo <124358678@qq.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2019 -# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2019 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019 +# udcs <seanhwa@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# 宣一敏 <freemanxuan@163.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Felix Yang - Elico Corp <felixyangsh@aliyun.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2020 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 +# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -106,27 +110,733 @@ msgid "" "contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." msgstr "所有的邮件会被发给特定的邮件地址, 该邮件地址指明联系人是当前环境下的门户用户。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "Amazon连接器" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector: supported features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:9 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:15 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:16 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:22 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:28 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "收费" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:32 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees report, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo中管理Amazon订单" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "订单的同步" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" +"订单自动从Amazon获取，并在Odoo中定期同步。同步基于Amazon状态：仅从Amazon获取上次同步之后状态发生变化的订单。对于**FBA**（Amazon发货），仅获取**已发货**和**已取消**的订单。对于**FBM**（商家发货），获取**未发货**和**已取消**的订单。对于每份已同步的订单，如果尚未注册，则将在Odoo中创建销售订单和客户。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, navigate to your Amazon account " +"and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " +"wish to synchronize and save." +msgstr "" +"如要强制同步自上次同步以来状态未更改的订单，启用 :doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`，导航到你的Amazon账户并在 " +":menuselection:`订单跟进 --> 最后订单同步`下修改日期。选择在希望同步订单的最后状态更改日期之前的日期，然后保存。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, head to your " +"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " +"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "在FBM中管理发货" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" +"当在Odoo中同步**FBM**（商家发货）订单时，将与销售订单和客户一同创建拣货命令。你可立即将所有订购的产品发送给客户，也可通过延迟订单功能部分发货。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "当与订单相关的拣货命令被确认时，将向Amazon发送通知，然后由Amazon通知客户订单（或部分订单）已在处理中。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "在FBA中跟进发货" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" +"当在Odoo中同步**FBA**（Amazon发货）订单时，将对每个销售订单项目记录库存移动，以便将其保存在你的系统中。库存经理可在 " +":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " +"产品移动`下找到相关记录。他们在**Amazon**的特定库位取货。这个库位代表你在Amazon仓库中的库存，并允许你在FBA程序下管理产品库存。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "如要在Odoo中追踪你的Amazon (FBA)库存，你可在补货后进行库存调整。你还可通过Amazon库位的重订货规则触发自动补货。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" +"Amazon库位可通过Odoo管理的Amazon账户进行配置。同一家公司的所有账户默认使用同一库位。但是，你可以按电商平台追踪库存。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该账户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为第二个注册账户分配其他库位。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "开发票和登记付款" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " +"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " +"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" +"你可以在Odoo中为Amazon订单开发票。在销售订单中点击**创建发票**。你也可从订单列表视图中批量创建发票。然后，确认发票并发送给客户。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " +"orders based on the sales team." +msgstr "如要在列表视图中只显示与Amazon相关的订单，可以按销售团队筛选订单。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " +"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " +"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " +"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " +"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " +"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" +"由于Amazon作为中间方已收到客户付款，你可以在Amazon专用的付款日记账中登记发票付款情况（例如，为Amazon付款设立专门的中间方账户）。对于从Amazon收到的供应商账单也可进行同样操作，并专门用于记录佣金。当你的银行账户在月底收到余额并在Odoo中录入银行对账单时，你只需按收到的金额录入Amazon中间方账户。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "在销售报告中追踪你的Amazon销售情况" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" +"由于销售团队设置在你的账户下**订单跟进**选项卡中，你只需要在销售报告中点击数次即可快速查看所有数据。默认情况下，你的账户销售团队在公司所有账户之间共享。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "如有需要，你可将账户的销售团队更改为另一个，并对该账户的销售情况进行单独报告。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" +"你也可以类似方式对每个电商平台进行报告。首先，从已同步的电商平台列表中删除想要单独追踪库存的电商平台。然后，为该客户创建另一个注册账户，并删除所有其他电商平台。最后，为注册的两个账户其中一个分配其他销售团队。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo中配置Amazon连接器" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " +"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " +"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " +"your Odoo database configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " +"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" +" Seller Central for Germany <https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_) with an " +"administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " +"one added subsequently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " +"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " +"button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " +"these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 +msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 +msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " +"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " +"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " +"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " +"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo中注册你的Amazon账户" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." +msgstr "" +"如要在Odoo中注册你的卖家账户，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 " +"--> Amazon账户`并点击**创建**。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " +"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " +"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " +"<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " +"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " +"recognized by Amazon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" +" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" +" their synchronization." +msgstr "在注册账户后，该账户可用的电商平台在**电商平台**选项卡下列出并同步。如需要，你可将某些项目从已同步电商平台列表中删除，以禁用同步。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "与Amazon的数据库产品匹配" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" +"在Amazon订单同步后，Odoo将针对Amazon上售出的每件产品创造三个销售订单项目：分别针对电商平台产品、运费（如有）和礼品包装费（如有）。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" +"通过将**内部参考编号**与电商平台商品的**SKU**匹配，与运费的**发运代码**匹配，以及与包装费的**礼品包装**代码匹配，即可为销售订单项目选择数据库产品。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." +msgstr "" +"对于电商平台产品，所有产品配对保存为**Amazon产品方案**，列在账户表单**产品方案**统计按钮下。当确定产品配对后自动创建产品方案，并用于之后的订单查找SKU。如果未找到匹配SKU的产品方案，则:ref:`使用内部参考编号" +" <amazon/matching>`。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" +"通过更改产品方案的产品或SKU，可强制将电商平台商品与特定产品配对。如为自动完成，则可手动创建产品方案。如你不使用内部参考编号作为SKU或用不同条件销售产品，这项功能非常有用。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" +"如特定SKU或礼品包装代码未找到内部参考编号匹配的数据库产品，则使用默认数据库产品**Amazon销售**。它将使用默认产品**Amazon发货**和发运代码。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " +"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" +"如要修改默认产品，启用 :doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 并前往 " +":menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 连接器 --> Amazon同步 --> 默认产品`。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "配置产品税" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" +"如要允许在Odoo中对Amazon销售产品进行税务报告，则销售订单项目适用的税收设置在产品上或由财政状况决定。确保在Odoo的产品页面或按财政状况设置正确的税收，以免卖家中心和Odoo中的小计金额存在差异。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" +"由于Amazon适用的税收不一定与Odoo的配置完全相同，某些订单的金额可能与卖家中心有细微差异。在与Odoo付款情况对账时，可冲销并解决这些差异。" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace to the Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil or Amazon Netherlands, are " +"not included by default in the Amazon Connector list of possible " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "These marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:127 +msgid "" +"These marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo - there is no " +"guarantee that adding a new marketplace as described here will work, nor can" +" this be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Amazon marketplaces are only supported in the European and North American " +"region; though Amazon includes Brazil with the North American region and " +"India in the European region, so your mileage may vary; check the `Amazon " +"Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_" +" to know to which region your marketplace belongs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:144 +msgid "" +"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " +"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" +" Documentation " +"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it. The" +" **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** fields should contain the " +"*Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* and *MarkteplaceId* values from the " +"Amazon Documentation respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " +"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " +"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " +"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " +"animation should confirm the success of the operation). You can then edit " +"the Amazon Account to add the new marketplace in the list of synchronized " +"marketplaces - if the new marketplace is not available in the list, it means" +" it is either incompatible with the account's region or simply that it is " +"not supported by the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:3 +msgid "Install the Amazon Connector Authentication Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Starting July 2020, the Amazon Connector requires the use of a new " +"authentication method that makes it easier for you to set up the Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Prior to the update, Odoo customers who wished to use the Amazon Connector " +"had to apply to get developer credentials through Amazon, which was a " +"painful and long process that could take weeks. This method of " +"authentication is still technically possible, but Amazon will refuse to " +"provide developer credentials for Odoo customers from July 2020 onwards and " +"will deactivate such credentials for existing customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This documentation will help you install the update and use the new " +"authentication flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Note that if your Odoo database was first created after the update was " +"released, the update module is installed automatically. You can check if " +"this module is already installed by going to the **Apps** menu, removing " +"the ``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``. If the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** is present and marked as installed, your " +"Odoo database is already up-to-date and you can proceed with the :doc:`setup" +" <setup>` step of the Amazon Connector." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:25 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The new authentication mechanism is made available through a new Odoo " +"module; to be able to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source " +"code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, then you must" +" update your installation as detailed in `this documentation page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/update.html>`_ or by " +"contacting your integrating partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:39 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:41 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer Mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, and go to :menuselection:`Apps " +"--> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:48 +msgid "Install the Amazon/Authentication Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com customers, " +"a duplicate database can be created from the database management page as " +"explained in :doc:`this documentation page <../../db_management/db_online>`." +" For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For on-" +"premise users, you should use a staging environment - you should contact " +"your integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new " +"module in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your **Apps** menu. Remove the " +"``Apps`` search facet and search for ``amazon``; the module " +"**Amazon/Authentication Patch** should be available for installation. If you" +" cannot find the module after having updated the list of available modules, " +"it means your Odoo source code is not up-to-date; refer to step one of this " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/amazon_connector/update.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, you will need to generate an Authorization " +"Token in Amazon Seller Central and set it up on your Amazon Account in Odoo;" +" this process is detailed in the :doc:`setup <setup>` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "eBay连接器" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" msgstr "如何上架一个产品" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" msgstr "上架没有变种" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "为了上架一个产品, 你需要点击 **eBay可用** 字段在产品的界面上, eBay 标签会可用。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:14 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" "When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " "will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." msgstr "当勾选 **使用库存数量** 字段, 则eBay上的数量则会被设置为Odoo的 **预期数量** 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " "The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." @@ -136,17 +846,17 @@ msgstr "" " **描述 模板** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板.默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段.你可以使用 **描述 模板** 和 " "**eBay 描述** 的内部html." -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " "the product template." msgstr "要在列表中使用图片, 需要你在产品模板中把它们添加为 **附件** 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" msgstr "有变种的上架" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " "**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" @@ -156,21 +866,21 @@ msgstr "" "当在产品上的带变种的 **使用 eBay** 被选中并且 **上架类型** 为 **固定价格** , eBay 界面有稍许不同。在变种列中, " "你可以选择哪个变种可以在eBay上上架, 并且可以为每个变种设置价格和数量。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" msgstr "带项目细节的上架产品" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 msgid "" "In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " "one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." msgstr "为了增加项目规格, 你应该在产品表单创建一个产品属性，在 **变型** 页签里设置一个值。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 msgid "Product Identifiers" msgstr "产品标示" -#: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 msgid "" "Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " "the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " @@ -186,15 +896,15 @@ msgstr "" "和UPC会在Ebay上被推荐设置为'不可用'。Brand和MPN值需要在特定的产品维护, 所以在产品 **变量** 上进行维护。如果这些值没有设置, " "Ebay列表中就会是'不可用'。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" msgstr "如何在Odoo里配置eBay?" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:6 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 msgid "Create eBay tokens" msgstr "创建eBay令牌" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " "the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " @@ -204,7 +914,7 @@ msgstr "" "为了生成你的令牌, 你需要在开发者门户<https ://go.developer.ebay.com/> `_.创建一个开发者账号。一旦你登陆, " "你可以点击按钮创建 **沙箱 秘钥** 和 **成品 秘钥** " -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 msgid "" "After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " "on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " @@ -214,19 +924,17 @@ msgstr "" "在秘钥创建后, 你可以得到你的用户令牌.这么做, 点击在页面底部的链接 **得到一个用户令牌** 。通过界面, 用你的eBay账号登陆, " "然后你可以得到需要在Odoo里配置模块的秘钥和令牌。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" msgstr "在Odoo里设置令牌" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:24 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` 。" +msgstr "为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 msgid "" "First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " "Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " @@ -235,19 +943,77 @@ msgstr "" "首先选择你要使用的是成品还是eBay沙箱。然后填写字段 **开发者秘钥** , **令牌** , **APP 秘钥** , **认证秘钥** " "。申请变更。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:33 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" "Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " "Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " "other fields." msgstr "一旦页面被重新载入, 你需要从eBay同步信息。 **同步国家和货币** , 然后你可以填写其他字段。" -#: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " "the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "当所有的字段被填写后, 你可以通过点击按钮同步种类和策略" +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "使用更新同步方法" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "如有你有大量产品，由于eBay强制规定的一定时间内请求数量限制，eBay API有时可能拒绝某些同步调用。" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "为了解决这一问题，我们开发了一种新的实施机制；但是，为了避免现有安装中这2个系统同时运行，默认情况下这种更新方法被禁用。" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "如要切换为新同步机制：" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." +msgstr "" +"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`." + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 预定操作`" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "存档旧的同步操作（二者名称都是*Ebay：更新产品状态*）" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" +"启用新的同步操作（*Ebay：获取新订单*，默认每15分钟运行一次，及*Ebay：同步库存（以便与“获取新订单”同步）*，默认每天运行一次）" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "确保两种操作的**下次执行日期**均为最近" + +#: ../../sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "从下次执行日期开始，将使用新方法进行同步。" + #: ../../sales/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "开票方式" @@ -258,51 +1024,131 @@ msgstr "要求预付定金" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" -"A down payment is an initial, partial payment, with the agreement that the " -"rest will be paid later. For expensive orders or projects, it is a way to " -"protect yourself and make sure your customer is serious." -msgstr "首期付款是一种初始的、部分的付款，协议规定其余部分将在以后支付。对于昂贵的订单或项目，这是一种保护您自己并确保您的客户是认真的方式。" +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " +"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " +"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " +"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " +"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 msgid "First time you request a down payment" msgstr "第一次申请预付款" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:12 -msgid "" -"When you confirm a sale, you can create an invoice and select a down payment" -" option. It can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of the total " -"amount." -msgstr "确认销售时，您可以创建发票并选择预付款选项。它可以是固定金额或总金额的百分比。" - #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 msgid "" -"The first time you request a down payment you can select an income account " -"and a tax setting that will be reused for next down payments." -msgstr "首次申请首付款时，您可以选择收入账户和将重新用于下一次首付款的税设置。" +"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " +"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" +" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "Regular invoice" +msgstr "普通发票" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 +msgid "Down payment (percentage)" +msgstr "预付款(百分比)" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "You will then see the invoice for the down payment." -msgstr "然后，您将看到预付款的发票。" +msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" +msgstr "预付款(固定金额)" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"On the subsequent or final invoice, any prepayment made will be " -"automatically deducted." -msgstr "在后续或最终发票上，任何预付款将自动扣除。" +"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" +" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " +"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " +"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " +"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " +"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " +"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" +" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" +" to create an invoice**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" +" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " +"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " +"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " +"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " +"down payment (as you can see below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +msgid "" +"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " +"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " +"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " +"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " +"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " +"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" +" and draft invoice)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " +"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" +" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " +"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " +"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " +"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " +"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " +"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " +"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " +"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " +"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" msgstr "修改收入帐户和客户税" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:36 -msgid "From the products list, search for *Down Payment*." -msgstr "在产品列表中，搜索 [预付款]。" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" -"You can then edit it, under the invoicing tab you will be able to change the" -" income account & customer taxes." -msgstr "然后，您可以在\"开票\"选项卡下对其进行编辑，您可以更改收入帐户和客户税。" +"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " +"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " +"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " +"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" @@ -327,15 +1173,15 @@ msgstr "费用配置" msgid "" "To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." -msgstr "要跟踪和发票费用，您将需要费用应用程序。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 费用\"来安装它。" +msgstr "要跟踪和发票费用，您将需要费用应用程序。转到:menuselection:`应用程序 --> 费用`来安装它。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 -#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 msgid "" "You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " "the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." -msgstr "您还应激活分析科目功能以将支出链接到销售订单，为此，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"开票 --* 配置 --= 设置\"并激活 [会计分录]。" +msgstr "" +"您还应激活分析科目功能以将支出链接到销售订单，为此，请转到:menuselection:`开票 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *会计分录* 。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 @@ -373,7 +1219,7 @@ msgstr "在\"开票\"选项卡下，选择 [交付数量] 和 [按成本] 或 [ msgid "" "To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " "Configuration --> Expense products`." -msgstr "要修改或创建更多产品，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"费用 --* 配置 --= 费用产品\"。" +msgstr "要修改或创建更多产品，请转到:menuselection:`费用 --> 配置 --> 费用产品`。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 @@ -397,74 +1243,110 @@ msgstr "基于已交付或订购数量的发票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" -"Depending on your business and what you sell, you have two options for " -"invoicing:" -msgstr "根据您的业务和所售产品，您有两种开票选项：" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:8 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"Invoice on ordered quantity: invoice the full order as soon as the sales " -"order is confirmed." -msgstr "已订购数量的发票：一旦确认销售订单，就为全部订单开具发票。" +"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " +"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 msgid "" -"Invoice on delivered quantity: invoice on what you delivered even if it's a " -"partial delivery." -msgstr "交货数量的发票：您交付的发票，即使它是部分交货。" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:13 -msgid "Invoice on ordered quantity is the default mode." -msgstr "订单数量的发票是默认模式" +"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " +"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" +" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " +"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" +" delivered." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 msgid "" -"The benefits of using *Invoice on delivered quantity* depends on your type " -"of business, when you sell material, liquids or food in large quantities the" -" quantity might diverge a little bit and it is therefore better to invoice " -"the actual delivered quantity." -msgstr "使用 [交付数量发票] 的好处取决于您的业务类型，当您大量销售物料、液体或食品时，数量可能会稍有偏差，因此最好为实际交付数量开具发票。" +"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " +"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" +" situations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "Activate these features" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"You also have the ability to invoice manually, letting you control every " -"options: invoice ready to invoice lines, invoice a percentage (advance), " -"invoice a fixed advance." -msgstr "您还可以手动开票，从而控制每个选项：发票准备发票行，发票百分比（预付款），发票固定预付款。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:26 -msgid "Decide the policy on a product page" -msgstr "在产品页面上决定策略" - -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 msgid "" -"From any products page, under the invoicing tab you will find the invoicing " -"policy and select the one you want." -msgstr "从任何产品页面，在\"开票\"选项卡下，您将找到开票策略并选择所需的策略。" +"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" +" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " +"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Send the invoice" -msgstr "发送发票" +msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once you confirm the sale, you can see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities." -msgstr "确认销售后，您可以看到已交付和开票数量。" +"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " +"policy, which can be manually changed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:43 -msgid "" -"If you set it in ordered quantities, you can invoice as soon as the sale is " -"confirmed. If however you selected delivered quantities, you will first have" -" to validate the delivery." -msgstr "如果按订购数量将其设置，则可以在确认销售后立即开具发票。如果您选择了交货数量，则首先必须验证交货。" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 msgid "" -"Once the products are delivered, you can invoice your customer. Odoo will " -"automatically add the quantities to invoiced based on how many you delivered" -" if you did a partial delivery." -msgstr "产品交付后，您可以向客户开具发票。如果您执行部分交货，Odoo 将根据您交付的数量自动将数量添加到开票中。" +"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " +"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " +"an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" +" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " +"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " +"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " +"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" +" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " +"error message as below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " +"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " +"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " +"partial delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " +"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " +":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 msgid "Invoice project milestones" @@ -535,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "激活功能" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" " *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [模拟 发票] 功能。" +msgstr "转到:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置'并激活 *模拟发票* 功能。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -566,8 +1448,8 @@ msgstr "从销售订单进行订阅" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 msgid "" "From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created." -msgstr "从销售应用中，为所需客户创建报价单，然后选择您以前创建的订阅产品。" +"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." +msgstr "从销售应用程序中，为所需客户创建报价，然后选择你以前在订阅应用程序中创建的订阅产品。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -609,13 +1491,13 @@ msgstr "发票时间配置" msgid "" "To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." -msgstr "要跟踪项目中的进度，您需要 [项目] 应用。转到 ：菜单选择：\"应用程序 -= 项目\"以安装它。" +msgstr "要跟踪项目中的进度，您需要 *项目* 应用。转到 :menuselection:`应用程序 --> 项目`以安装它。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." -msgstr "在 [项目] 中，您将使用时间表，为此转到 ：菜单选择：\"项目 --* 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [时间表] 功能。" +msgstr "在 *项目* 中，您将使用时间表，为此转到:menuselection:`项目 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并激活 *工时单* 功能。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" @@ -654,6 +1536,14 @@ msgstr "在时间表下，您可以分配谁对它进行工作。您可以添加 msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." msgstr "然后，可以从销售订单中为这些工时开票。" +#: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" +"你还应启用分析科目功能以将支出关联到销售订单，为此，请前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*分析科目*。" + #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 msgid "" "under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " @@ -676,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" "You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " "*Purchase Analytics*." -msgstr "您将需要 [购买分析] 功能，以激活它，转到 ：菜单选择：'开票 -- * 配置 --* 设置'并选择 [购买分析]。" +msgstr "您将需要 *购买分析* 功能，以激活它，转到:menuselection:`开票 --> 配置 --> 设置'并选择 *购买分析* 。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -700,7 +1590,7 @@ msgstr "管理定价" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "如何用外币销售" +msgstr "如何使用外币進行销售" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." @@ -711,7 +1601,9 @@ msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "在 ：\"菜单选择\"中选中 [允许多种货币]：\"开票/记帐 -* 设置\"。作为管理员，您需要对开票/会计应用的 [顾问] 访问权限。" +msgstr "" +"在 :menuselection:`选中 *允许多种货币* \"开票/记帐 * --> 设置`。作为管理员，您需要对开票/会计应用的 *顾问* " +"访问权限。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -724,7 +1616,9 @@ msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "要激活新货币，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"会计 --= 配置 --= 货币\"，在列表中选择它，然后按右上角的 [激活]。现在，它将显示货币下拉列表。" +msgstr "" +"要激活新货币，请转到:menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 货币`，在列表中选择它，然后按右上角的 *激活* " +"。现在，它将显示货币下拉列表。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." @@ -738,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "从公开价格自动转换" msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "公开价格以您公司的主要货币（请参阅 ：菜单选择：\"会计 --* 设置\"），并在产品详细信息窗体中设置。" +msgstr "公开价格以您公司的主要货币（请参阅 :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`），并在产品详细信息窗体中设置。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -747,8 +1641,8 @@ msgid "" "European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"转换率可在 ：菜单选择：\"会计 -= 配置 -= 货币\"中找到。他们可以更新从雅虎或欧洲中央银行在您的方便：手动，每日，每周等。请参阅 " -"：菜单选择：\"会计 --= 设置\"。" +"转换率可在 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 货币` " +"中找到。他们可以更新从雅虎或欧洲中央银行在您的方便：手动，每日，每周等。请参阅 ： :menuselection:`会计 --> 设置`。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" @@ -776,31 +1670,33 @@ msgid "" "use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" +"Odoo拥有强大的价格表功能，支持适合你公司的定价策略。价格表是指Odoo搜索并确定建议价格的定价或定价规则列表。你可设置使用特定价格的多项条件：期限、最小销售数量（满足最低订购量并获得价格折扣" +" ）等。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于价格表仅提供价格建议，它们可能被供应商填写的销售订单覆盖。从 :menuselection:`销售 --> 设置`选择你的定价策略。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " "default product price ;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*每种产品使用单一销售价格 ：* 不允许调整价格，使用默认产品价格 ；" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 msgid "" "*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " "products ;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*每个客户群使用不同价格 ：* 为每种产品设定多个价格 ；" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*基于公式的高级定价规则 ：* 可应用折扣、利润率和舍入等规则。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Several prices per product" @@ -812,8 +1708,8 @@ msgid "" "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -"要应用每个产品的若干价格，请在 ：菜单选择中选择 [每个客户细分的不同价格]：\"销售 --= 设置\"。然后在产品详细信息窗体中打开 [销售] " -"选项卡。您可以按照以下策略结算。" +"要对每种产品应用多个价格，请在:menuselection:`销售 --> 设置` 中选择 *每个客户群的不同价格* 。 " +"然后在产品详细信息表单中打开*销售* 标签。 您可以解决以下策略。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "Prices per customer segment" @@ -868,6 +1764,7 @@ msgid "" "ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" +"*基于公式的高级定价规则*允许设置价格更改规则。更改可以相对于产品列表/目录价格、产品成本价或其他价格表。更改通过折扣或附加费计算，并可能强制在下限（最低利润率）和上限（最高利润率）内进行计算。价格可以四舍五入到最接近的美分/美元或任意一个（最近5美分，最近的10美元）倍数。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -875,7 +1772,8 @@ msgid "" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." msgstr "" -"安装后转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 -- = 配置 --= 价目表'（或 ：菜单选择：'网站管理员 --] 目录 --* 如果使用电子商务，则价格表）。" +"安装后转到 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 价目表'（或 :menuselection:`网站管理员 --> 目录 --> " +"如果使用电子商务，则使用 --> 价格表）。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -955,7 +1853,9 @@ msgstr "在折扣的情况下，您可以在打印的销售订单和电子商务 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "在 \"菜单选择\"中选中 [允许销售订单行的折扣]：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置 --= 报价 = 销售 --= 折扣。" +msgstr "" +"在菜单选择中选 *允许销售订单行的折扣* :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 报价 --> 报价与销售 --> " +"折扣`。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." @@ -1255,9 +2155,10 @@ msgid "Product Template: Polos" msgstr "产品模板 :马球" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "设置" +msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 msgid "Activate the variant feature" @@ -1271,7 +2172,7 @@ msgid "" "Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , " +"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , " "找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 @@ -1284,7 +2185,8 @@ msgid "" "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 -->产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" +"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块:menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " +"。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." @@ -1399,7 +2301,7 @@ msgid "" "Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " +"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` " "并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 @@ -1413,365 +2315,76 @@ msgstr "点击你想要添加值的变量名称, 确保3个字段可编辑。在 msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." msgstr "一旦你输入了所有的额外值, 点击 **保存** 。" +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +msgid "" +"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " +"<../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html#journal-entries>`_" +msgstr "" +"`会计备忘录：日记账分录详情 <../../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" +"#journal-entries>`_" + +#: ../../sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +msgid ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" + #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "设置税率" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon.rst:3 -msgid "Amazon MWS Connector" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:6 -msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " -"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " -"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " -"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " -"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " -"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " -"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" -" are not yet registered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"If you did not request access to Personally Identifiable Information of your" -" customers in the `Developer Registration and Assessment form <setup.html" -"#developer-form>`_, the customers are created anonymously (the name, postal " -"address and phone number are omitted) and named **Amazon Customer**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " -"the corresponding sales order is canceled in Odoo. When an order is canceled" -" in Odoo, a notification is sent to Amazon who will mark it as such in " -"Seller Central and notify the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the **Developer mode**, navigate to your " -"Amazon account and modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up " -"--> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the " -"order that you wish to synchronize and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:30 -msgid "" -"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account, open that " -"later's form in **Developer mode** and click the button **SYNC ORDERS**. The" -" same can be done with order cancellations and pickings by clicking the " -"buttons **SYNC CANCELLATIONS** and **SYNC PICKINGS**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:36 -msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:38 -msgid "" -"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " -"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " -"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " -"products partially by using backorders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:42 -msgid "" -"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " -"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " -"it) is on its way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:46 -msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:48 -msgid "" -"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " -"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " -"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " -"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" -" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " -"under the FBA program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " -"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " -"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " -"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" -" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " -"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " -"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " -"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " -"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" -" your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:67 -msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:69 -msgid "" -"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " -"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " -"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " -"orders based on the sales team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:76 -msgid "" -"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " -"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " -"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " -"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " -"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " -"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " -"account by the amount received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:83 -msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " -"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " -"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" -" of your company's accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " -"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/manage.rst:92 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " -"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " -"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " -"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" -" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " -"two registrations of your account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Configure Amazon MWS Connector in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Get your Amazon MWS Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In order to integrate Amazon with Odoo, a seller account on professional " -"selling plan is required." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Visit the `Amazon Marketplace Web Service documentation " -"<http://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Registering.html>`_" -" and follow the instructions to register as a developer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Fill the Developer Registration and Assessment form as suggested below and " -"provide your own contact information in the **Developer contact " -"information** section. For the other sections, take care to adapt your " -"responses accordingly to your business case. In particular, select the " -"correct region of your seller account and uncheck the **Merchant Fulfilled " -"Shipping** function if you plan to sell exclusively with the Fulfillment by " -"Amazon service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:23 -msgid "" -"If you select the **Merchant Fulfilled Shipping** function (i.e. you request" -" access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of your customers), " -"Amazon may request you to fill out a second form, depending on the data " -"protection policy in the region of your seller account (e.g. GDPR in " -"Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:32 -msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:34 -msgid "" -"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " -"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The **Access " -"Key** and the **Secret Key** can be found in Developer Central (where the " -"Developer Registration and Assessment form was located)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " -"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" -" can remove some from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable their" -" synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:46 -msgid "Match database products in Amazon orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " -"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " -"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" -" charges (if any)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " -"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " -"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " -"for gift wrapping charges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -"For marketplace products, matchings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are" -" listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " -"automatically created when the matching is established and are used for " -"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " -":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <matching>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is possible to force the matching of a marketplace item with a specific " -"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" -" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" -" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" -" under different conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " -"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " -"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " -"the shipping code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:73 -msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the **Developer mode** and navigate" -" to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " -"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:78 -msgid "Configure taxes of products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:80 -msgid "" -"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " -"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " -"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" -" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" -" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_amazon/setup.rst:85 -msgid "" -"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " -"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " -"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " -"reconciling the payments in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 -msgid "eBay" -msgstr "eBay" +msgstr "设置税金" #: ../../sales/send_quotations.rst:3 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "发送报价" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Stimulate customers with quotations deadline" -msgstr "用报价截止时间刺激客户" +msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgstr "通过报价截止日期激励客户" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"As you send quotations, it is important to set a quotation deadline, both to" -" entice your customer into action with the fear of missing out on an offer " -"and to protect yourself. You don't want to have to fulfill an order at a " -"price that is no longer cost effective for you." -msgstr "" +"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" +" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " +"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" +" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " +"profitable for you." +msgstr "在发送报价时，建议设置截止日期来激励客户行动。实际上，客户由于担心错过一笔好买卖而受到激励，它也可保护你避免按已经无利可图的价格履行订单。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Set a deadline" msgstr "设置截止日期" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 -msgid "On every quotation or sales order you can add an *Expiration Date*." -msgstr "在每个报价单或销售订单上，您可以添加 [到期日期]。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 -msgid "Use deadline in templates" -msgstr "在模板中使用截止时间" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:21 msgid "" -"You can also set a default deadline in a *Quotation Template*. Each time " -"that template is used in a quotation, that deadline is applied. You can find" -" more info about quotation templates `here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." -msgstr "" -"您还可以在 [报价模板] 中设置默认截止时间。每次在报价单中使用该模板时，都会应用该截止时间。您可以在这里找到有关报价模板的更多信息 `here " -"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY/edit>`_." +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" +" the quotation or the sales order." +msgstr "通过Odoo销售应用程序，你可从报价或销售订单即刻添加**到期日**。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:29 -msgid "On your customer side, they will see this:" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 +msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" +msgstr "在报价模板中使用截止日期" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " +"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " +"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " +"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." msgstr "" +"你还可向已创建的每个报价模板添加截止日期。在报价中使用特定的报价模板时，模板关联的截止日期将自动应用到报价中。请阅读文档:doc:`quote_template`，进一步了解其使用方法。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" +" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " +"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +msgstr "点击**客户预览**按钮，你可查看优惠到期时间。有效期天数与报价模板中设置的天数相同。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr ":doc:`quote_template`" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" @@ -1779,55 +2392,86 @@ msgstr "将和发票递送到不同的地址" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. " -"This is key, not everyone will have the same delivery location as their " -"invoice location." -msgstr "在 Odoo 中，您可以为交货和开票配置不同的地址。这是关键，不是每个人都会具有相同的交货位置作为他们的发票位置。" +"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " +"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " +"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " +"delivery location as the invoicing location." +msgstr "" +"在Odoo销售应用程序中，你可配置不同的发货和发票地址。对于某些客户，定义具体的账单和发货地址非常实用。实际上，某些客户的发货地点和账单地点不相同。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Customer Addresses* feature." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [客户地址] 功能。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:19 -msgid "Add different addresses to a quotation or sales order" -msgstr "向报价单或销售订单添加不同的地址" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Customer Addresses** feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**客户地址**功能。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgstr "从报价添加地址" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you select a customer with an invoice and delivery address set, Odoo will" -" automatically use those. If there's only one, Odoo will use that one for " -"both but you can, of course, change it instantly and create a new one right " -"from the quotation or sales order." +"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" +" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " +"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " +"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" +" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " +"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." msgstr "" -"如果选择具有发票和交货地址集的客户，Odoo 将自动使用这些地址。如果只有一个，Odoo " -"会将该一个用于两者，但您也可以立即更改它，并从报价单或销售订单中直接创建新的。" +"在创建报价时，必须添加客户。客户可以是系统中已经定义和登记具体账单和发货地址的公司或个人，也可以是新客户。在这种情况下，你必须为新客户**创建并编辑**联系人表单，并将它与一家公司关联。在这份联系人表单中，你可添加、" +" 删除和修改账单和发货地址。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 -msgid "Add invoice & delivery addresses to a customer" -msgstr "向客户添加发票和交货地址" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:32 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 msgid "" -"If you want to add them to a customer before a quotation or sales order, " -"they are added to the customer form. Go to any customers form under " -":menuselection:`SALES --> Orders --> Customers`." -msgstr "如果要在报价单或销售订单之前将其添加到客户，则它们将添加到客户窗体中。转到以下任何客户表单：'销售 --= 订单 --= 客户'。" +"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " +"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " +"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " +"the sales order." +msgstr "如你选择已定义账单和发货地址的客户，Odoo将自动填入相关字段。如你想要即可修改，从报价或销售订单中修改即可。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 -msgid "From there you can add new addresses to the customer." -msgstr "从那里，您可以向客户添加新地址。" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 +msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +msgstr "从联系人表单添加地址" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Various addresses on the quotation / sales orders" -msgstr "报价单/销售订单上的各种地址" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 msgid "" -"These two addresses will then be used on the quotation or sales order you " -"send by email or print." -msgstr "然后，这两个地址将用于您通过电子邮件发送或打印的报价单或销售订单。" +"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " +"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " +"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" +" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" +" quotation." +msgstr "" +"之前，我们谈到你可以直接从报价或销售订单填写联系人表单，以向客户添加账单和发货地址。但是，如果前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 " +"--> 客户`，你可在创建报价之前，立即在此创建或修改每个客户，并添加、删除或修改账单和发货地址。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 +msgid "Deal with different addresses" +msgstr "处理不同地址" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " +"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" +" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " +"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +msgstr "" +"与前面的例子一样，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 订单 --> " +"客户`并创建一个新客户。你可在此添加公司信息，或在**联系人和地址**选项卡下键入账单和发货地址。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " +"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " +"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " +"billing and shipping addresses." +msgstr "完成后，你可返回销售仪表板并创建新报价。现在，如你输入新客户，你会发现其他字段都已按照之前保存的账单和发货地址信息自动填写。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" +" terms of invoice and delivery features." +msgstr "现在在Odoo销售应用程序中，我们可以很方便地处理发票和发货功能中的各种地址。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" @@ -1835,52 +2479,70 @@ msgstr "获得付款以确认订单" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online payments to get orders automatically confirmed. Saving " -"the time of both your customers and yourself." -msgstr "您可以使用在线付款自动确认订单。节省客户和您自己的时间。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:9 -msgid "Activate online payment" -msgstr "激活在线付款" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:11 -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Online Signature & Payment* feature." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [在线签名 + 付款] 功能。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Once in the *Payment Acquirers* menu you can select and configure your " -"acquirers of choice." -msgstr "一旦进入 [付款收购者] 菜单，您可以选择并配置您选择的收购者。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can find various documentation about how to be paid with payment " -"acquirers such as `Paypal <../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal>`_, " -"`Authorize.Net (pay by credit card) " -"<../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/authorize>`_, and others under the " -"`eCommerce documentation <../../ecommerce>`_." +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." msgstr "" -"您可以找到各种文件，了解如何支付与付款收购方，如\"Paypal " -"../../电子商务/购物者[经验/贝宝]，\"Authorize.Net（信用卡支付）[.]/../电子商务/购物者[经验/授权]，以及\"电子商务文档\"下的其他人员。/../电子商务*。" +"一般来说，网上支付被认为是比传统支付方式更快、更安全的替代方式。它通常比其他支付方式更便宜、简单、快速。它对于国际交易尤其有用、高效。在Odoo销售应用程序中，你可利用网上支付完成自动订单确认。网上支付即刻完成，因此非常方便，在基本销售流程中节省了大量时间。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:31 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "启用网上支付" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <../quote_template>`_, you can also " -"pick a default setting for each template." -msgstr "如果使用\"报价模板\"。./报价_模板__，您还可以为每个模板选择一个默认设置。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**网上支付**功能。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:36 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +msgid "" +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." +msgstr "如你对本文档:doc:`quote_template`非常熟悉；你可在确认选项卡下，为使用的每个模板启用或禁用**网上支付**功能。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" msgstr "登记付款" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:38 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" -"From the quotation email you sent, your customer will be able to pay online." -msgstr "从您发送的报价电子邮件中，您的客户将能够在线付款。" +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "客户从收件箱中打开报价后，可用多种途径完成网上支付。例如：" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "点击**客户预览**按钮，你可看到客户在支付时看到的选项。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`../../general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" @@ -1888,94 +2550,124 @@ msgstr "获取签名以确认订单" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use online signature to get orders automatically confirmed. Both you" -" and your customer will save time by using this feature compared to a " -"traditional process." -msgstr "您可以使用在线签名自动确认订单。与传统流程相比，您和您的客户都将通过使用此功能节省时间。" +"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " +"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " +"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " +"process." +msgstr "在线签名就像电子“指纹”一样。在Odoo中使用在线签名功能，你将获得自动订单确认。与传统流程相比，使用这项功能可为你和客户节约大量时间。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 msgid "Activate online signature" msgstr "激活在线签名" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:19 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 msgid "" -"If you are using `quotation templates <https://drive.google.com/open?id" -"=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_, you can also pick a " -"default setting for each template." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Signature** feature." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**在线签名**功能。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " +"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" +" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" +msgstr "如你熟悉本文档:doc:`quote_template`，你可在确认选项卡下，为使用的每个报价模板启用或禁用**在线签名**功能。例如：" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 +msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +msgstr "使用签名确认订单" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " +"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " +"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " +"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " +"of an automated signature:" msgstr "" -"如果您使用的是\"报价模板<https://drive.google.com/open?id=11UaYJ0k67dA2p-" -"ExPAYqZkBNaRcpnItCyIdO6udgyOY>`_,您还可以为每个模板选择默认设置。" +"当你向客户发送报价时，他们可立即接受并在线签署订单。当他们点击**签名并支付**时，他们可选择立即签名、用自动签名填写该字段或从电脑中加载文件。下面是自动签名的例子：" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 -msgid "Validate an order with a signature" -msgstr "使用签名验证订单" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:25 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 msgid "" -"When you sent a quotation to your client, they can accept it and sign online" -" instantly." -msgstr "当您向客户发送报价单时，他们可以接受报价并立即在线签名。" +"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " +"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " +"be created automatically by Odoo." +msgstr "签名后， 你可选择支付方式。然后，当支付和确认报价时，Odoo将自动创建发货单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 -msgid "Once signed the quotation will be confirmed and delivery will start." -msgstr "一旦签署报价将被确认，交货将开始。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:3 -msgid "Increase your sales with suggested products" -msgstr "使用建议产品提高销售额" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:5 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 msgid "" -"The use of suggested products is an attempt to offer related and useful " -"products to your client. For instance, a client purchasing a cellphone could" -" be shown accessories like a protective case, a screen cover, and headset." -msgstr "使用建议的产品是试图向您的客户提供相关和有用的产品。例如，购买手机的客户可能会看到保护套、屏幕盖和耳机等配件。" +"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" +" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." +msgstr "注意，只有安装**库存应用程序**后，Odoo才会为可储存产品生成发货单。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:11 -msgid "Add suggested products to your quotation templates" -msgstr "将建议的产品添加到报价模板" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Add optional products" +msgstr "添加可选产品" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:13 -msgid "Suggested products can be set on *Quotation Templates*." -msgstr "建议的产品可以在 [报价模板] 上设置。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once on a template, you can see a *Suggested Products* tab where you can add" -" related products or services." -msgstr "在模板上一次，您可以看到一个 [建议产品] 选项卡，您可以在其中添加相关产品或服务。" +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " +"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " +"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " +"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " +"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." +msgstr "" +"使用可选产品是在核心产品之外交叉销售其他产品的营销策略。其目的是向客户提供有用且相关的产品。例如，如果客户想要买辆车，他可以选择配置自动开启的后备箱和按摩座椅，但也可选择不配置这些高档产品，而仅仅只是买车。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:23 -msgid "You can also add or modify suggested products on the quotation." -msgstr "您还可以在报价单上添加或修改建议的产品。" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" +msgstr "在报价中添加可选产品" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:26 -msgid "Add suggested products to the quotation" -msgstr "将建议的产品添加到报价中" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:28 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 msgid "" -"When opening the quotation from the received email, the customer can add the" -" suggested products to the order." -msgstr "从收到的电子邮件中打开报价单时，客户可以将建议的产品添加到订单中。" +"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " +"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +msgstr "通过Odoo销售应用程序，你可直接在报价中（如下所示，在**可选产品**选项卡下）添加或修改可选产品。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:37 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 msgid "" -"The product(s) will be instantly added to their quotation when clicking on " -"any of the little carts." -msgstr "当点击任何小购物车时，产品将立即添加到他们的报价。" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " +"their received email." +msgstr "点击**客户预览**按钮，你可查看客户从收件箱中打开报价后看到的内容。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:43 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 msgid "" -"Depending on your confirmation process, they can either digitally sign or " -"pay to confirm the quotation." -msgstr "根据您的确认过程，他们可以进行数字签名或付款以确认报价。" +"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " +"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " +"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " +"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " +"salesman." +msgstr "" +"在实际使用时，客户通过关联购物车可向订单添加不同的可选产品，其页面布局非常简单易用。此外，如客户选择所有建议的可选产品，这些额外项目将自动填入销售人员管理的报价中。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_items.rst:46 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 msgid "" -"Each move done by the customer to the quotation will be tracked in the sales" -" order, letting the salesperson see it." -msgstr "客户对报价单的每次移动都将在销售订单中进行跟踪，让销售人员看到。" +"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " +"tracking the order will be all the better." +msgstr "因此，销售人员可看到客户的每一步举动，更方便追踪整个订单。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 +msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +msgstr "向报价模板添加可选产品" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " +"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " +"templates before reading this part." +msgstr "在阅读本部分之前，请务必查看我们的文档:doc:`quote_template`，了解如何启用、创建、设计和管理你的报价模板。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " +"you can add related products or services." +msgstr "在报价模板中也有**可选产品**选项卡，你可在此添加相关产品或服务。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." +msgstr "通过Odoo销售应用程序，你可方便地了解客户需求。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Use quotation templates" @@ -1983,152 +2675,226 @@ msgstr "使用报价模板" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you often sell the same products or services, you can save a lot of time " -"by creating custom quotation templates. By using a template you can send a " -"complete quotation in no time." -msgstr "如果您经常销售相同的产品或服务，则可以通过创建自定义报价模板来节省大量时间。通过使用模板，您可以不及时发送完整的报价单。" +"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," +" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " +"a fast pace." +msgstr "创建自定义报价模板可节约大量时间。实际上，通过模板，你可更快地发送完整报价。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:12 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate *Quotations Templates*." -msgstr "要此功能正常工作，请转到 ：菜单选择：\"销售 --* 配置 --* 设置\"并激活 [报价模板]。" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +msgstr "如要启用此功能，前往 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用**报价模板**。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " +"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " +"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +msgstr "更方便的是，我们还建议你添加**报价单生成器**功能，它将帮助你轻松设计报价模板。该选项将自动安装Odoo网站应用程序。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 msgid "Create your first template" msgstr "创建第一个模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"You will find the templates menu under :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration`." -msgstr "您将在 ：菜单选择：\"销售 -* 配置\"下找到模板菜单。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:24 -msgid "" -"You can then create or edit an existing one. Once named, you will be able to" -" select the product(s) and their quantity as well as the expiration time for" -" the quotation." -msgstr "然后，您可以创建或编辑现有。命名后，您可以选择产品及其数量以及报价单的过期时间。" - #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 msgid "" +"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +msgstr "报价模板在 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置`下。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " +"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " +"the quotation." +msgstr "你可创建新模板或编辑现有模板。命名后，你可选择产品和数据以及报价的有效期。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" "On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the *Sales* settings. The base price is set in the product configuration " -"and can be alterated by customer pricelists." -msgstr "在每个模板上，如果选项在 [销售] 设置中激活，您还可以指定折扣。基本价格在产品配置中设置，可以由客户价目表更改。" +"in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "在每个模板上，如在**销售**设置中启用折扣选项，你还可指定折扣。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:38 -msgid "Edit your template" -msgstr "编辑模板" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Design your template" +msgstr "设计模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"You can edit the customer interface of the template that they see to accept " -"or pay the quotation. This lets you describe your company, services and " -"products. When you click on *Edit Template* you will be brought to the " -"quotation editor." +"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " +"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " +"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " +"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " +"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." msgstr "" -"您可以编辑他们看到的模板的客户界面，以接受或支付报价单。这使您能够描述您的公司、服务和产品。当您单击 [编辑模板] 时，您将被带到报价编辑器。" +"你可设计模板并编辑客户界面，以管理客户在接受和支付报价之前看到的内容。例如，你可以介绍你的公司、服务和产品。为此，你可点击**编辑**，然后将转向报价单生成器。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:51 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 msgid "" -"This lets you edit the description content thanks to drag & drop of building" -" blocks. To describe your products add a content block in the zone dedicated" -" to each product." -msgstr "这样，通过拖放构建基块，您可以编辑描述内容。要描述您的产品，在专用于每个产品的区域中添加内容块。" +"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " +"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " +"add a content block to describe your products." +msgstr "你可拖放不同的创建块，轻松编辑模板内容，组织报价。例如，你可添加一个介绍产品的内容块。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 -msgid "" -"The description set for the products will be used in all quotations " -"templates containing those products." -msgstr "产品的描述集将用于包含这些产品的所有报价模板。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 msgid "Use a quotation template" msgstr "使用报价单模板" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:65 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can select a template." -msgstr "创建报价单时，您可以选择模板。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:70 -msgid "Each product in that template will be added to your quotation." -msgstr "该模板中的每个产品都将添加到您的报价单中。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can select a template to be suggested by default in the *Sales* " -"settings." -msgstr "您可以在 [销售] 设置中选择要默认建议的模板。" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." +msgstr "在创建报价时，你可选择特定模板。" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 +msgid "" +"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " +"template in the **Sales** settings." +msgstr "在**销售**设置中，你可选择任意模板并将其设为默认模板。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 msgid "Confirm the quotation" msgstr "确认报价单" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:79 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 msgid "" -"Templates also ease the confirmation process for customers with a digital " -"signature or online payment. You can select that in the template itself." -msgstr "模板还简化了具有数字签名或在线付款的客户确认流程。您可以在模板本身中选择它。" +"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " +"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" +" in the quotation template itself." +msgstr "模板可允许客户填写电子签名并在线付款，加速确认流程。你可在报价模板中直接启用这两个选项。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:86 -msgid "Every quotation will now have this setting added to it." -msgstr "现在，每个报价单都将添加此设置。" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:88 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 msgid "" -"Of course you can still change it and make it specific for each quotation." -msgstr "当然，您仍然可以更改它，并使其特定于每个报价单。" +"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " +"it and make it specific for each quotation." +msgstr "现在，每个报价都有了这项设置。当然，你可随时更改并将它仅限于特定报价。" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 +msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions on orders" -msgstr "为订单添加条款和条件" +msgid "Add terms & conditions" +msgstr "" #: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Specifying Terms and Conditions is essential to ensure a good relationship " -"between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " -"information which include products and company policy; allowing the customer" -" to read all those terms everything before committing to anything." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " +"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " +"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " +"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " +"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" +" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" +" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " +"manage." msgstr "" -"指定条款和条件对于确保客户和卖家之间的良好关系至关重要。每个卖家必须申报所有正式信息，包括产品和公司政策;允许客户在承诺任何事情之前阅读所有条款的所有内容。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:11 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 +msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "默认条款和条件" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 msgid "" -"Odoo lets you easily include your default terms and conditions on every " -"quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "Odoo 可让您在每个报价单、销售订单和发票上轻松包含默认条款和条件。" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`会计 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*默认条款和条件*。" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:15 -msgid "Set up your default terms and conditions" -msgstr "设置默认条款和条件" - -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:17 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Default Terms & Conditions*." -msgstr "转到 ：菜单选择：'销售 --= 配置 --= 设置'并激活 [默认条款和条件]。" +"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " +"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " +"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " +"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:23 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 +msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 msgid "" -"In that box you can add your default terms & conditions. They will then " -"appear on every quotation, SO and invoice." -msgstr "在该框中，您可以添加默认条款和条件。然后，它们将显示在每个报价单、SO 和发票上。" +"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" +" your default terms and conditions." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:33 -msgid "Set up more detailed terms & conditions" -msgstr "设置更详细的条款和条件" +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 +msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:35 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 +msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 msgid "" -"A good idea is to share more detailed or structured conditions is to publish" -" on the web and to refer to that link in the terms & conditions of Odoo." -msgstr "一个好主意是分享更详细的或结构化的条件是在网上发布，并在Odoo的条款和条件中引用该链接。" +"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " +"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" +" and conditions within your company." +msgstr "" -#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:39 +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 msgid "" -"You can also attach an external document with more detailed and structured " -"conditions to the email you send to the customer. You can even set a default" -" attachment for all quotation emails sent." -msgstr "您还可以将包含更详细和结构化条件的外部文档附加到发送给客户的电子邮件中。您甚至可以为所有发送的报价电子邮件设置默认附件。" +"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " +":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 +msgid "General Terms & Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 +msgid "GT&C on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " +"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " +"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " +"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " +"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 +msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " +"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " +"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " +"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " +"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " +"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" +" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" +" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 +msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po index 712886f54..8c96a34b0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sms_marketing.po @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2019 -# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2019 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -29,491 +29,537 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "短信营销" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:3 -msgid "Build, send and get reports from a SMS mailing" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 +msgid "Contact Lists and Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:5 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:5 msgid "" -"Why to use SMS? Using SMS Marketing as part of my communication strategies " -"can empower me to expand my markets, considering that in some countries " -"emails are not very used or used at all. It also helps to boost my " -"conversion rate, as this strategy has a high open-rate percentage among " -"people who use smartphones - people usually don’t keep unread SMSs!" +"Creating your own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when you want" +" to create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of your " +"newsletter. It is also the best way to get started if you are coming from " +"another system and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS " +"distribution easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo’s SMS Marketing app you can plan, organize, schedule and keep " -"track of your mailings with its easy to use interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:12 -msgid "Install the app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:14 -msgid "Go to *Apps*, search for *SMS Marketing* and click on *Install*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:17 -msgid "Build an SMS mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:19 -msgid "Go to *SMS Marketing > Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:24 -msgid "" -"First, I’ll be able to specify a *subject* name that will help me to " -"remember what the mailing is about. Under *recipients*, I’ll choose to whom " -"I’d like the SMS to be sent. If I choose *Contact*, all my Odoo contacts " -"(vendor, customers, etc.) will receive my SMS. From there, I can refine my " -"recipient list with the *add filter* option. In the example below, I choose " -"to send it to my contacts living in Belgium." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows me to choose mailing " -"lists I’ve created with specific contacts or people who have subscribed to " -"my Newsletters, or both! I’m allowed to select more than one *Mailing list*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo will " -"automatically generate *link trackers*. Thank to those, I’ll be able to get " -"data about those links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:38 -msgid "" -"On *Settings* I have the option *include opt-out link* available. If " -"activated, the contact will be able to unsubscribe from the mailing list " -"he’s not interested in anymore." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"in the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, I can see the history of " -"my sent links, access them and look at statistics." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:48 -msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:52 -msgid "Sending my mailing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once I have my mailing created, I must choose when I would like it to be " -"delivered:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Put in queue**: the mailing will be triggered with the next automatic run." -" Interesting option if I don’t mind when the triggering will happen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:59 -msgid "" -"**Send now**: sends the message immediately. Advised to use this option if " -"there are not that many recipients." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:60 -msgid "" -"**Schedule**: allows me to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " -"that I would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer while" -" it is active or to simply plan my content strategy in advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:61 -msgid "" -"**Test**: allows me to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " -"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " -"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, I " -"must remember to use a comma between them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:65 -msgid "Visualize reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On the *Reporting* menu, with just a few clicks, I am capable of applying " -"filters, measures and adopt different layouts to do an analysis of the " -"performance of my SMS mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:71 -msgid "" -"I can also check the price to send an SMS on your country when clicking on " -"the *information* icon when creating a new SMS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_build_send-and_get_reports_from_a_SMS_mailing.rst:76 -msgid "" -"**Buy Credits!** In order to take advantage of the app and its features, " -"make sure you’ve purchased credits. For more information on that access: " -":doc:`../sms_marketing/fqapricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:3 -msgid "Contact lists and Blacklist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:6 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:11 msgid "Contact lists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "联系人列表" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:7 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Contacts lists --> Contacts lists --> Create`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`联系人列表 --> 联系人列表 --> 创建`。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:16 msgid "" -"Creating my own list of contacts, or importing it, is useful when I want to " -"create specific groups of people, such as the subscribers of my newsletter. " -"It is also the best way to get started if I am coming from another system " -"and already have built an audience. It makes the SMS distribution a lot " -"easier." +"Choose a name for your *Mailing list*, and activate the option *Is Public* " +"if you would like to make the mailing list accessible to your recipients in " +"the unsubscription page (allowing users to update their subscription " +"preferences)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Go to *Contacts lists > Contacts lists > Create*. I’ll choose a name for my " -"*Mailing list*, and activate the option *Public* if I would like to make the" -" mailing list accessible to my recipients in the unsubscription page to " -"allow them to update their subscription preferences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Once inside the list, I can again *Create* or *Import* contacts for that " -"specific list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:22 msgid "History with the Log Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "历史与记录备注" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:19 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:25 msgid "" -"A record of the mailings sent is kept in the chatter of the recipient " -"(whether it is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." +"A record of the mailings sent is kept on the recipient's chatter (whether it" +" is a contact or an opportunity, for example)." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:24 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:28 msgid "" -"This is important as I and my team can easily keep track and see a history " -"of interactions with my contacts or prospects, granting me the ability to " -"better understand them. Example: my sales representative can easily find out" -" which SMS mailing promotions a customer has received or not." +"This is important as you and team members can easily keep track and see a " +"history of the interactions with your contacts or prospects. Example: your " +"sales representative can easily find out which SMS mailing promotions a " +"customer has received or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:29 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:35 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "黑名单" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:38 msgid "" -"If I’m coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " -"already asked to be blacklisted from my news, I can import those entries in " -"my database. For that, I’ll go to *Configuration > Phone Blacklist > " -"Import*." +"If you are coming from another software and have a list of clients who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted, you can import those entries to your " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/contact_lists_and_blacklist.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For that, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Phone Blacklist --> " +"Import`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 电话黑名单 --> 导入`。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:3 msgid "Integrations and Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "整合和模板" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:4 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:5 msgid "" "Using SMS to reach people can be a strategy not just used for advertisement " -"purposes but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " -"costumers, for example. As you know, one of the biggest benefits of using " -"Odoo is the capability of the apps to be integrated. With the SMS Marketing " -"app isn’t different!" +"purposes, but also as a reminder of events or issued invoices to your " +"costumers, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:9 -msgid "Organize Email Marketing and SMS campaigns" -msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:9 +msgid "Campaigns" +msgstr "活动" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:10 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:11 msgid "" -"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the *Email " -"Marketing app > Configuration > Settings> activate the option Mailing " -"Campaigns*." +"First, make sure to have the necessary feature activated. Go to the " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Mailing Campaigns*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:15 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:17 msgid "" -"Now, I’ll also have the menu *Campaigns* included in my *SMS Marketing* " -"page, allowing me to have an overview of my SMS mailings and my email " -"marketing ones." +"Now, the menu *Campaigns* is also available on the *SMS Marketing* app, " +"allowing you to manage and have an overview of your SMS mailings under " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:20 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:23 msgid "" -"This feature is especially useful if I have aggregated campaigns, as I have " -"a global reporting view. In addition to that, I can create stages in my " -"kanban view to better organize the work being done." +"This feature is especially useful if you have aggregated campaigns, as you " +"have a global reporting view. In addition to that, you can create stages in " +"your Kanban view to better organize the work being done." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:31 msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过联系人应用程序发送短信" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:27 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:34 msgid "" "Sending SMSs through the contact’s form is available by default in Odoo. It " -"makes my work easier if I need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for " -"example. For that, I’ll go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and " -"click on the *SMS* icon next to the phone number." -msgstr "" +"makes your work easier if you need to send an SMS to a specific contact, for" +" example." +msgstr "Odoo默认提供通过联系人表单发送短信的功能。让你能够轻松向特定联系人发送短信。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:33 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:36 msgid "" -"If I’d like to send a message in a batch here, I could go to *List View > " -"select all the contacts > Action > Send SMS*." -msgstr "" +"For that, go to the *Contacts* app, select the contact and click on the " +"*SMS* icon next to the phone number." +msgstr "如要使用此功能，前往*联系人*应用程序，选择联系人并点击电话号码旁边的*短信*图标。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:39 -msgid "Set up SMS Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:41 msgid "" -"To set up *SMS Templates*, I’ll go to the *Settings* app and activate the " -"*developer mode*. Now, back to *Settings* app, I’ll go to *Technical > " -"Phone/SMS section > SMS Templates* and create the content I need." +"If you would like to send a message to multiple contacts at once, choose the" +" *List View*, select all the contacts needed, and under *Action* select " +"*Send SMS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:48 +msgid "Set up SMS templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To set up *SMS Templates*, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:60 msgid "" "Use *Dynamic Placeholders* to adapt automatically the content of the SMS to " "the context." +msgstr "使用*动态定位符*，根据情况自动调整短信内容。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:63 +msgid "SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is available throughout Odoo! Here are some of our extra " -"notable integrations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:65 msgid "*CRM*: send SMSs to your leads and opportunities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*CRM*：向线索和商机发送短信。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:55 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:66 msgid "*Subscription*: alert customers about their subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*订阅*：提醒客户其订阅情况。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:67 msgid "*Accounting*: send payment reminders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*会计*：发送付款提醒。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:57 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:68 msgid "*Marketing Automation*: automate your SMS marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*营销自动化*：设置短信营销活动自动化。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:69 msgid "" "*Inventory*: send an automatic confirmation when a delivery order is done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*库存*：完成交货单后，发送自动确认。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:59 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:70 msgid "" "*Sign*: receive a validation code to verify your identity before signing a " "document online." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*签字*：在线上签署文件之前，接收验证码并证实自己的身份。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:71 msgid "" "*SEPA debit payment provider*: send a verification code to your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*SPEA借记支付提供商*：向客户发送验证码。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:61 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:72 msgid "" "*Studio*: send an SMS according to your needs by using automated actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*定制*：通过使用自动化操作，根据需求发送短信。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/SMS_mkt_integrations_and_template.rst:63 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:75 msgid "" "For more information about SMS integrations in Odoo and a list of frequently" -" asked questions, go to `Pricing and FQA <fqapricing.html>`__." +" asked questions, go to :doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "关于在Odoo中整合短信功能的更多信息及常见问题列表，前往:doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns`" msgstr "" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:3 +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/integrations_and_template.rst:80 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:3 +msgid "Build, Send and Get Reports from a SMS Mailing" +msgstr "从短信邮件列表创建、发送和获取报告" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using SMS Marketing as part of your communication strategies can empower you" +" to expand your markets, considering that in some countries emails are not " +"very used or used at all. It also helps to boost conversion rates, as this " +"strategy has a high open-rate percentage among people who use smartphones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "开始" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:13 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing --> Create`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`短信营销 --> 创建`。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Specify a *subject* name to help you remembering what the mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Recipients*, choose to whom you would like the SMS to be sent. If you" +" choose *Contact*, all your Odoo contacts (vendor, customers, etc.) receive " +"your SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From there, you can refine your recipient list with the *add filter* option." +" In the example below, the message would be sent to the contacts living in " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The *Mailing list* option, on the other hand, allows you to choose the " +"specific mailing lists you created to group specific contacts. You are " +"allowed to select multiple ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under the *SMS Content* tab, links can be included and Odoo automatically " +"generates *link trackers* in order to generate data about these links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under *Settings* you have the option *Include opt-out link*. If activated, " +"the contact is able to unsubscribe from the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the *Link Tracker* menu under *Configuration*, you can see the history of" +" your sent links, access them and look at statistics." +msgstr "在*配置*下的*链接跟踪*菜单，你可查看已发送链接的历史，访问内容并查看统计数据。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:50 +msgid "Double-check that you have the phone number of your contacts saved." +msgstr "双击即可保存联系人电话号码。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:53 +msgid "Send a mailing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once you have your mailing created, you must choose when you would like it " +"to be delivered:" +msgstr "创建邮件后，你必须选择发送邮件的时间：" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Put in Queue*: the mailing is triggered with the next automatic run. " +"Interesting option if you do not need the message to be sent at a specific " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:61 +msgid "" +"*Send Now*: sends the message immediately. Use this option if the recipient " +"list is not excessive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Schedule*: allows you to choose a day and time. Best option for mailings " +"that you would like to send during a specific event, to promote an offer " +"while it is active, or to simply plan your content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"*Test*: allows you to send an SMS to one or multiple numbers for test " +"purposes. Check, for example, if the link provided lands on the right page " +"while making sure they are responsive. If sending it to multiple numbers, " +"you must remember to use a comma between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "可视化报告" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the *Reporting* menu apply filters, measures, and adopt different " +"layouts to do analyses of the performance of your SMS mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can also check the price to send an SMS for your country by clicking on " +"the *Information* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/overview/sms_mailing_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"**Buy Credits:** in order to take advantage of the app and its features, " +"make sure you have purchased credits. For more information: " +":doc:`../pricing/pricing_and_faq`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "定价和常见问题" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信定价和常见问题" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:6 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "价格" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "我需要什么才能发送短信？" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:7 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 msgid "" -"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service which requires " -"prepaid credits to work. The price of an SMS depends on the destination and " -"the length of the message. With 1 credit, I can send up to 92 SMSs." -msgstr "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "短信文本信息是一项应用内购买(IAP)服务，*需要预付费信用*才能运行。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:9 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "短信分类哪些种类？" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "短信分为GSM7和UNICODE两类。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 msgid "" -"**For more information, please consult our FAQ page**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ " -"<https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_" -msgstr "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "**GSM7**是标准格式，每条信息不超过160个字符，包括以下字符：" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:11 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 msgid "" -"To buy credits I will go to *Settings > Buy Credits* (under *Send SMS*); or" -" go to *Settings > View my Services* (under *Odoo IAP*)." -msgstr "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "**UNICODE**是适用于GSM7列表中*没有*的特殊字符的格式。每条短信不超过70个字符。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:18 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " +"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"represents." +msgstr "" +"GSM7短信限制为160个字符，Unicode限制为70个字符。*超过该限值后，短信内容被切分为多个部分*，字符数限制降到GSM7 " +"153个，Unicode 67个。系统将实时显示你的信息已包含的字符数。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "发送短信的费用是多少？" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message." +msgstr "短信价格取决于信息的目的地和长度（字符数）。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" +"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" +"如要查看**每个国家的价格，请访问**：`Odoo短信 - 常见问题 <https://iap-" +"services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " +"your database." +msgstr "短信包含的字数总是显示在数据库中。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "How do I buy credits?" +msgstr "如何购买信用？" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 购买信用`。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "或前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 查看我的服务`。" + +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " "benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你是Odoo Online (SAAS)企业版用户，你可用免费试用信用来测试这项功能。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:21 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "常问问题" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "更多常见问题" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:22 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我的信用会过期吗？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:24 -msgid "No, your credits won’t expire." -msgstr "" +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "不会，信用不会过期。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:26 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我可以向座机号码（而不是手机号码）发送短信吗？因为我看到“电话”字段前有图标。**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:28 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "该电话号码必须支持短信（例如，SIP电话）才行。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:30 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我购买信用后能收到发票吗？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:32 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 msgid "Yes." msgstr "是." -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:34 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**收件人可以回复我吗？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:36 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不能，无法回复短信。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:38 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 msgid "" "**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " "send them all?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**如果我发送多条短信，但信用不够全部发送怎么办？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:40 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " "until you have enough credits to send them all." -msgstr "" +msgstr "整个交易将计为一笔，因此除非你的信用足够发送全部短信，否则不会发送任何短信。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:42 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我有已发送短信的历史记录吗？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:44 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 msgid "" "Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of SMS sent is available under Settings> " -"Activate the developer mode > Technical > SMS." +"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " +":doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` under " +":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." msgstr "" +"是的，短信将作为日志注释附加在对应记录的聊天中，已发送短信的完整记录可查看 :menuselection:`技术 --> 短信`下的 " +":doc:`开发人员模式 <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:46 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我可以一次性发送尽可能多的短信吗？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:48 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以，但你必须有足够的信用。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:50 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 msgid "" "**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " "lose credits?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**如果我添加的号码不在现有的收件人名单中，我会被扣除信用吗？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:52 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 msgid "" "Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " "Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " "credit will be lost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果电话号码格式错误（例如，位数过多），不会被扣除信用。否则，如果短信发送给了错误人员或虚假号码，你仍会被扣除信用。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:54 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**如果我将短信发送给了付费号码（例如，赢取节日门票的比赛）怎么办？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:56 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 msgid "" "The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " "charged." -msgstr "" +msgstr "短信不会被发送给这类号码，你也不会被扣费。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:58 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**我在发送多条短信时，能识别不存在的号码吗？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:60 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "只能识别格式无效的号码。" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:62 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**GDPR规定对这项服务有何影响？**" -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:64 +#: ../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 msgid "" -"Please find our Privacy Policy here: `Odoo IPA Purchase Privacy Policy " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:66 -msgid "**How many types of SMS exist and how many characters make 1 SMS?**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:68 -msgid "There are 2 types of SMS message:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:70 -msgid "" -"*Standard* (GSM-7): contains only characters from the GSM-7 set, which can " -"be seen in the following picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../sms_marketing/fqapricing.rst:75 -msgid "" -"*Unicode*: contains at least one character that is not in the previous " -"table. For Standard SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is" -" 70. Above these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message. " -"The system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message" -" represents." -msgstr "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "请`在此查看我们的隐私政策 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po index aaf10c21d..b6280e6d6 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/social_marketing.po @@ -4,17 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-20 10:20+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-11-20 09:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,151 +24,350 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../social_marketing.rst:5 -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:2 msgid "Social Marketing" msgstr "社交媒体营销" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "高级话题" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:4 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Connecting to my Marketplace with Campaigns" +msgstr "连接到我的电商平台和营销" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" -"One of the biggest challenges of a company is to engage efficiently with " -"their community. Odoo Social helps you to meet your audience with the help " -"of several supports: social media, push notifications, or live chat request." +"Whether your goal is to sell a new product, explain the value of your " +"services or advertise your event, a campaign helps you to connect with your " +"marketplace. They normally involve multiple channels, so it is fundamental " +"to have a solution with which you can plan, execute, track, and analyze your" +" content." msgstr "" +"无论你的目标是销售新产品、介绍你的服务价值或为活动打广告，营销可帮助你建立与电商平台的连接。它们通常涉及多个渠道，因此采用的解决方案必须能够计划、执行、追踪和分析内容。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:10 -msgid "Add your social media and create your feed" -msgstr "" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:10 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Campaigns --> Create`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 营销 --> 创建`。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:12 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:16 msgid "" -"You first need to add your social media accounts. To do that, add a Stream " -"and choose your social media account. You’ll need to grant permissions to " -"Odoo Social Marketing application." +"As you create content, tabs for that specific channel are shown. The " +"overview of the campaign displays global metrics such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:19 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:19 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, you’ll be redirected to your Feed and a column will be " -"automatically added with the publications of your freshly added account. You" -" can then add new streams to your Feed and customize your Kanban view as you" -" like." -msgstr "" +"*Revenue*: number of users who, from a link in your content, finished a " +"transaction (paid)." +msgstr "*收入*：通过内容中的链接完成交易（已付费）的用户数量。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:28 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:20 msgid "" -"Adding social media accounts to your Feed will also add some KPIs on it:" -msgstr "" +"*Quotations*: number of users who, from a link in your content, have started" +" but not finished a transaction (did not pay)." +msgstr "*报价*：通过内容中的链接已经开始但尚未完成交易（未付费）的用户数量。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:30 -msgid "Audience: Number of followers of your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:32 -msgid "Engagement: Number of times people have engaged with your posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 -msgid "Stories: Number of times people who have engaged with your channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:22 msgid "" -"have created stories on their friend’s or follower’s feed (Shares, " -"Retweet,..)" -msgstr "" +"*Leads*: users who have filled out your contact form, from a link in your " +"content." +msgstr "*线索*：通过内容中的链接已填写联系表单的用户。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:37 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can access more information by clicking on the “Insights” link: this " -"will lead you to statistics of the selected social medium." +"To be able to *Send New Mailing*, make sure the feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* application, under :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. To be able to *Send SMS*, the *SMS Marketing* " +"application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "" +"如要*发送新邮件*，确保在*邮件营销*应用程序下启动该功能，进入 :menuselection:`邮件营销 --> 配置 --> " +"设置`。如要*发送短信*，必须在数据库上安装*短信营销*应用程序。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"*Social Marketing* works integrated with other applications such as *Sales*," +" *Invoicing*, *CRM* and *Website*." +msgstr "*社媒营销*可与*销售*、*发票*、*CRM*和*网站*等其他应用程序集成。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:34 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`./push_notifications`" +msgstr ":doc:`./push_notifications`" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/campaigns.rst:35 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`./manage_social`" +msgstr ":doc:`./manage_social`" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:3 +msgid "Interact with Customers and Visitors with Live Chat" +msgstr "通过在线客服与客户和访问者互动" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the ways you can build stronger relationships with your customers is " +"by making yourself available through live chat. Live chats can have a big " +"impact not just on your customer service, but also on sales performance, as " +"it gives users a chance of having real-time, fast, and effective " +"interaction." +msgstr "与客户建立更强关系的途径之一是提供在线客服服务。在线客服对于客户服务和销售业绩都将产生重大影响，因为它提供了实时、快速、有效互动的机会。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Live Chat` " +"select the appropriate channel, and set it up." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置 --> 在线客服`并选择合适的渠道进行设置。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Under *Channel Rules*, choose when the chat pop-up appears, and an action " +"for a given URL and/or country. Note that to take the country into account, " +"GeoIP must be installed on your server." +msgstr "在*频道规则*下，选择弹出聊天窗口的时机及给定URL和/或国家的操作。请注意，为了将国家纳入考量，必须在服务器上安装GeoIP。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:24 +msgid "The *Live Chat* application must be installed on your database." +msgstr "必须在数据库上安装*在线客服*应用程序。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:27 +msgid "Monitor your visitors" +msgstr "监测访问者" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the *Visitors* menu, see the visitors that landed on one of your " +":ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages` online or offline." +msgstr "" +"在*访问者*菜单下，可以看到在线或离线登录:ref:`social_marketing/website_tracked_pages`的访问者。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can send emails (if an email address has been saved), send SMSs (if a " +"phone number has been saved), send a push notification (if the user has " +"subscribed to it), and even send a live chat request that will be received " +"by the user once they move to a tracked page." +msgstr "" +"你可发送邮件（如已保存邮件地址）、发送短信（如已保存电话号码）、发送推送通知（如用户已订阅），甚至发送实时聊天请求，用户移动到被追踪页面时即可收到该请求。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Open a record to see details including the visited pages, and the first and " +"last date and time the user was connected." +msgstr "打开记录，查看所有详情，包括已访问的页面，用户接入的首次和最后日期和时间。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Your online visitors will be authenticated if they are linked to a lead or " +"an existing partner." +msgstr "如果在线访问者关联到某条线索或现有合作伙伴，则将被识别出身份。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you do not use the *Website* app, you can add a live chat widget to your " +"own website." +msgstr "如你不使用*网站*应用程序，则可在自己的网站上添加在线客服小工具。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:49 +msgid "Website’s tracked pages" +msgstr "网站被追踪的页面" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To define which pages are tracked, on the *Website* application, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Pages` and enable the option " +"*Track*, on the respective pages." +msgstr "" +"如要在*网站*应用程序中定义需追踪的页面，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 页面`并在各个页面启用*追踪*选项。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/livechat.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/overview/get_started`" msgstr "" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:41 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Social Media Pages and Create Content" +msgstr "管理社交媒体页面并创建内容" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you are present on social media platforms, it is important to keep them" +" up-to-date. However, that might feel like a full-time job. Having a " +"solution that allows you to create, schedule, keep track, engage with your " +"audience and measure results saves you time and helps you to successfully " +"execute your online strategy, from posts to results." +msgstr "" +"在你进入社交媒体平台后，必须保持更新。但是，这似乎需要全职工作。利用有效的解决方案创建、排期、追踪并与受众互动和测量结果可节约时间，帮助你成功执行在线策略。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:12 +msgid "Add accounts and create your feed" +msgstr "添加账户并创建供稿" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Click on *Add Stream* and grant the required permissions to add your " +"accounts." +msgstr "点击*添加流媒体*并授予规定权限，添加账户。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:21 +msgid "You can link a Facebook page for which you are the admin." +msgstr "你可关联自己是管理员的Facebook页面。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You are then redirected to your *Feed* and a column with the publications is" +" automatically added." +msgstr "然后将你重定向到你的*供稿*，并自动添加带有发布内容的列。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can then add new accounts and/or streams, such as Facebook mentions, and" +" customize your Kanban view." +msgstr "然后，你可添加新账户和/或流媒体，如Facebook提及并自定义你的看板视图。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to your feed will also link KPIs. To get " +"redirected to the statistics page of the social account, click on " +"*Insights*." +msgstr "将社交媒体账户添加到供稿也会关联KPI。如要重定向到社交账户的统计页面，点击*洞察力*。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:39 +msgid "Link a LinkedIn account" +msgstr "关联LinkedIn账户" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Configuration --> Social Media`." +msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 配置 --> 社交媒体`。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:48 +msgid "" +"LinkedIn is in Beta Version, therefore, the feed is not available. Only the " +"creation of content." +msgstr "LinkedIn是Beta版本，因此供稿不可用。只能创建内容。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:51 msgid "Publish content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发布内容" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:43 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:53 msgid "" -"To publish content on your social media accounts or send a push notification" -" to your subscribed users, either go to your Feed and click on New Post, or " -"use the “Posts” menu and create it from there. Select all the accounts where" -" you want to post your content, write your post and get an instant preview " -"of how it will look when published." +"Click on :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Feed --> New Post`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts → Create`." msgstr "" +"点击 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 供稿 --> 新发帖`，或前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 → " +"创建`。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:49 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:60 +msgid "Choose to upload your post right away or to schedule it." +msgstr "选择立即上传发帖或预约发帖时间。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:61 +msgid "Saving your post will apply a draft status to it." +msgstr "保存帖子，它将变为草稿状态。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:64 +msgid "Overview and plan your posts with a calendar view" +msgstr "通过日历视图概览并规划发帖" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:67 msgid "" -"If you select the push notifications, you’ll get some additional fields on " -"the form that will allow you to complete the push notifications " -"configuration and choose your segment between all your subscribed users. You" -" can also send push notifications via the Visitors menu, as explained in the" -" previous paragraph." -msgstr "" +"Through the calendar view, besides having an overview of your planned day, " +"week or month, also see your drafted, scheduled and published posts." +msgstr "通过日历视图，不仅可以整体查看每日、每周或每月计划，还可查看已创建草稿、已排期和已发布的帖子。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:56 -msgid "Enable push notifications on your website" -msgstr "" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:68 +msgid "Drag and drop (scheduled posts) to change their scheduled date." +msgstr "拖放（已排期帖子）并更改其安排的日期。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:58 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:70 msgid "" -"The push notifications system uses a Firebase account, configured by " -"default. This feature allows you to send push notifications to your " -"website’s visitors after they subscribed to it. To enable push notifications" -" on your website, go to the Website application Settings, and configure the " -"notifications permission request." -msgstr "" +"Double-click on a date to create a post directly from the *Calendar view*, " +"and click on an existing one to edit it." +msgstr "双击日期并从*日历视图*中直接创建帖子，点击现有帖子并编辑。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:67 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:78 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`./campaigns`" +msgstr ":doc:`./campaigns`" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/manage_social.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`./livechat`" +msgstr ":doc:`./livechat`" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:3 +msgid "Use Web Push Notifications" +msgstr "使用网络推送通知" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once it’s done, a popup will appear to your website’s visitors, asking them " -"to allow push notifications. As soon as they subscribe to it, you can start " -"sending them push notifications through the Visitors menu. You can either " -"send it individually or target a bigger segment by selecting multiple " -"visitors in the list view (e.g. all the visitors that visited your " -"Homepage)." +"Web Push Notifications deliver messages to your user’s device without the " +"need to be on your website, or for them to give personal information. They " +"can be used to inform your users about news, articles and content posted, " +"practical messages like traffic and weather updates, flight information, " +"sales alerts, coupons, and product updates." msgstr "" +"通过网络推送通知，用户不必在网站上或提供个人信息，你也能向用户设备发送消息。这项功能可用于通知用户发布的新闻、文章和内容，交通和天气、航班信息、销售提醒、优惠券、产品更新等实用信息。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:75 -msgid "Interact with your online visitors" -msgstr "" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:11 +msgid "Ask users for permission" +msgstr "征求用户同意" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:77 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:13 msgid "" -"You can monitor your online visits via the Visitors menu. You’ll see every " -"visitors that landed on one of your tracked pages (you can configure your " -"tracked pages in the Website application), online or offline. Your online " -"visitors will be authenticated if they’re linked to a lead or an existing " -"partner. You will be able to contact them with an email, a message sms, a " -"push notification (if they have subscribed to it), or even send them a live " -"chat request that they will receive on their next move on one of your " -"tracked pages (if you installed the Live Chat application)." -msgstr "" +"In the *Website* application go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and enable *Web Push Notifications*." +msgstr "在*网站*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*网站推送通知*。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:91 -msgid "Configure your own Facebook and Twitter developer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:93 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:20 msgid "" -"By default, the Social application is already configured with a Facebook and" -" Twitter developer accounts but you can use your own if necessary. Activate " -"the developer mode, go to Configuration > Settings and enter your own API " -"keys." -msgstr "" +"Choose your message, icon, and delay time (which is the wait time for the " +"permission request to be shown once the user lands on your page)." +msgstr "选择你的信息、图标和延迟时间（指用户登录你的页面后显示同意信息的等待时间）。" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:102 -msgid "Configure your own Firebase API" -msgstr "" +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:28 +msgid "Send notifications" +msgstr "发送通知" -#: ../../social_marketing/social_marketing/social_marketing.rst:104 +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:31 +msgid "Individually" +msgstr "个人" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:33 +msgid "You can send individual messages through the menu *Visitors*." +msgstr "你可通过*访问者*菜单发送个别信息。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:40 +msgid "To a group" +msgstr "群组" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:42 msgid "" -"By default, a Firebase project is running on your database so there’s no " -"need to configure it. If you have multiple websites, every website will be " -"linked to a different Firebase project. If you need to configure your own " -"Firebase project, please go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings` Web Push Notifications section." +"Target a bigger segment by selecting multiple visitors in the *View List* " +"(e.g.: all visitors that visited your Homepage)." +msgstr "在*查看列表*中选择多名访问者，即可面向更大的细分群体（例如，访问主页的所有访问者）。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Visitors records are kept under *Visitors* for a week, before getting " +"archived." +msgstr "访问者记录在*访问者*下保存一周，然后归档。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:53 +msgid "By rules" +msgstr "按规则" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Posts --> Create`. Under *Web " +"Notification options*, apply filters to send your message to the records " +"that match the rules you set." msgstr "" +"或前往 :menuselection:`社媒营销 --> 发帖 --> 创建`。在*网页通知选项*下，添加筛选条件，将信息发送给符合你所设置规则的记录。" + +#: ../../social_marketing/overview/push_notifications.rst:63 +msgid "The feature only works with Odoo Website application." +msgstr "这项功能仅适用于Odoo网站应用程序。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2fa81502a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po @@ -0,0 +1,943 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: fausthuang, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../studio.rst:5 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "在线开发工具" + +#: ../../studio/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "概念" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " +"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " +"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " +"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " +"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " +"*how* to create one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " +"which the action is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " +"happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" +" once saved for the first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " +"the record is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "" +"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " +"once the form is saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " +"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " +"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " +"Code* action type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " +"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " +"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " +"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " +"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 +msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " +"before the record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" +" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" +" not executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " +"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " +"variables that can be used is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 +msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " +"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"*Add Followers*: :doc:`followers <../../project/tasks/collaborate>` are " +"notified of changes in the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " +"*Reminder*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " +"<../../sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:57 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "例子" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " +"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " +"goes through:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " +"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" +" example: *email is not set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " +"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " +"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." +" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" +" get into the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " +"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " +"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " +"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " +"without programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "开始" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +msgid "" +"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " +"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " +"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," +" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 +msgid "What is a Module?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +msgid "" +"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " +"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " +"data. An application is a collection of modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " +"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " +"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " +"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 +msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" +" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " +"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " +"other tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 +msgid "What are Fields?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " +"registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " +"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " +"*relational fields*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " +"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " +"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " +"field to link each Property to its Customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 +msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " +"the data of another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " +"records from a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " +"contain multiple fields of information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +msgid "" +"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" +" a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " +"belong to one category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +msgid "" +"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 +msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 +msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 +msgid "What are Views?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " +"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " +"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " +"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " +"*kanban*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 +msgid "What is a Menu?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " +"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 +msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to.rst:3 +msgid "How To" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 +msgid "Export and Import Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " +"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " +"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " +"*customizations.zip*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " +"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" +" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" +" *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" +" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " +"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " +"destination database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " +"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " +"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " +"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " +"Man* effect can be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 +msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 +msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 +msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 +msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 +msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Customizing Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " +"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" +" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " +"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " +"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " +"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " +"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," +" email address, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " +"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " +"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " +"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," +" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" +" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " +"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " +"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " +"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " +"having a plain icon when they are not set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " +"<../../general/odoo_basics/add_user>` can have access to specific elements " +"in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets the " +"visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users belonging " +"to other groups do not see the same final document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " +"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " +"document form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as *Class* " +"under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +msgid "" +"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " +"classes such as *text-danger*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +msgid "" +"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " +"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " +"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " +"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " +"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." +" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " +"change, such as Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" +" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases.rst:3 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "案例" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" +" be automatically applied.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 +msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 +msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 +msgid "*Active*: On" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 +msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 +msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " +"automated action example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" +" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " +"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" +" *Use by default* and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " +"*Default Filter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " +"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " +"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " +"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " +"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +msgid "" +"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " +"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " +"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " +"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " +"go back to *Form View*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " +"its cost to 0€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Create an :doc:`automated action " +"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 +msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 +msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 +msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 +msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 +msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" +" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" +" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 +msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " +"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " +"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 +msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" +" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " +"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," +" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" +" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " +"see the properties for each region.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" +" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " +"relation to your model *Region*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" +" in the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " +"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" +" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " +"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " +"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " +"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " +"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " +"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" +" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " +"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 +msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " +"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " +"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " +"not = > Tags.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " +"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" +" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" +" amount is higher than 500€.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " +"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " +"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 +msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>` " +"and open Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" +" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " +"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " +"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " +"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " +"option under *Properties*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " +"View.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " +"option as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " +"having to switch to the form view.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" +" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" +" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " +"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91c8bb1a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/support.po @@ -0,0 +1,471 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# 演奏王 <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../support.rst:5 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "支持" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:6 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "支持的版本" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "Odoo为**最近的3个主要版本**提供支持和漏洞修复服务。" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " +"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " +"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" +"托管在**Odoo " +"Online**的用户也可使用中间版本（有时称为*SaaS版本*），Odoo同样为其提供支持。这些版本未在Odoo.sh或本地部署安装中发布。" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "我的Odoo享受哪些支持状态？" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:19 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "下表是每个版本的支持状态。" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:21 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "**主要版本为黑体字。**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "Odoo Online" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "Odoo.sh" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "本地部署" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "发布日期" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 14.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "🏁" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:26 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 13.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "|绿色|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:28 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "2019年10月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 12.saas~3" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "无" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:30 +msgid "August 2019" +msgstr "2019年8月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 12.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:32 +msgid "October 2018" +msgstr "2018年10月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" +msgstr "Odoo 11.saas~3" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "April 2018" +msgstr "2018年4月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 11.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "October 2017" +msgstr "2017年10月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2020*" +msgstr "*计划2020年10月结束支持*" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~15" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|orange|" +msgstr "|橙色|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:38 +msgid "March 2017" +msgstr "2017年3月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" +msgstr "Odoo 10.saas~14" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "January 2017" +msgstr "2017年1月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 10.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "|红色|" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "October 2016" +msgstr "2016年10月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" +msgstr "Odoo 9.saas~11" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:44 +msgid "May 2016" +msgstr "2016年5月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 9.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "October 2015" +msgstr "2015年10月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" +msgstr "Odoo 8.saas~6" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "February 2015" +msgstr "2015年2月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" +msgstr "**Odoo 8.0**" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:50 +msgid "September 2014" +msgstr "2014年9月" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:56 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "|绿色| 支持的版本" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "|橙色| 结束支持" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "无 从未在此平台发布" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " +"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " +"upgrade." +msgstr "|橙色| 某些老客户可能仍在我们的Odoo Online服务器上运行这个版本，我们仅针对阻止问题提供帮助，建议你升级版本。" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:64 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "🏁 未来版本，尚未发布" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "我运行老版本Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "OpenERP 7.0、6.1、6.0和5.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:81 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "TinyERP 4.0、3.0、2.0和1.0在任何平台上均不再提供支持。" + +#: ../../support/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." +msgstr "你应考虑`升级 <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_数据库。" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:8 +msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" +msgstr "支持服务有哪些内容？" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 +msgid "5 days a week" +msgstr "每周5天" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " +"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " +"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" +" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" +msgstr "" +"您的 Odoo 在线订阅包括 [周一至周五免费的 24 " +"小时无限制支持]。我们的团队遍布世界各地，无论您身在何处，您都为您提供支持。您的支持代表可能从旧金山、比利时或印度与您沟通！" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "我们的支持团队可以通过我们的\"在线支持\"表单联系<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 +msgid "What kind of support is included?" +msgstr "包括哪些支持？" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " +"etc...)" +msgstr "为您提供相关材料（指南、产品文档等）" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." +" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" +msgstr "对标准 Odoo 数据库中可能遇到的问题的解答（例如\"无法关闭销售点\"或\"找不到销售 KPI？\"" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 +msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" +msgstr "与您的帐户、订阅或计费相关的问题" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " +"misconfiguration or customization)" +msgstr "错误解决（阻止问题或意外行为，不是由于配置错误或自定义造成的）" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " +"version" +msgstr "升级到较新版本后测试数据库中可能出现的问题" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:34 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" +" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 +msgid "What kind of support is not included?" +msgstr "不包括哪些支持？" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " +"help you implement your database" +msgstr "需要我们了解您的业务流程以帮助您实现数据库的问题" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " +"resources)" +msgstr "如何使用我们的软件的培训（我们将引导您访问我们的许多资源）" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 +msgid "Import of documents into your database" +msgstr "将文件导入你的数据库" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " +"database" +msgstr "有关在应用程序或数据库内应用哪些配置的指南" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 +msgid "" +"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " +"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" +msgstr "如何设置配置模型（示例包括：库存路线、付款条款、仓库等）" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 +msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" +msgstr "在你自己的服务器上进行任何干预/部署Odoo" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " +"etc)" +msgstr "在你自己的第三方账户上进行任何干预（Ingenico、Authorize、UPS等）" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " +"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " +"involving code)" +msgstr "与 Odoo 或第三方进行的特定开发或自定义相关的问题（这仅特定于您的数据库或涉及代码）" + +#: ../../support/what_can_i_expect.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" +"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" +" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " +"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" +"您可以使用\"成功包\"获得此类支持。通过一包<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-" +"packs>`__，我们的顾问将分析您的业务运营方式，并告诉您如何充分利用 Odoo 数据库。我们将处理所有配置，并指导您如何使用 Odoo。" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:6 +msgid "Where to find help?" +msgstr "在哪里获取支持？" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 +msgid "Odoo Enterprise" +msgstr "Odoo 企业版" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " +"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " +"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " +"server)." +msgstr "" +"拥有有效Odoo企业版订阅的用户可随时通过我们的`支持表单 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_联系我们的支持团队，无论你选择哪种托管类型（Odoo " +"Online、Odoo.sh或在你自己的服务器上）。" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 +msgid "Please include in your request:" +msgstr "请在支持请求中提供：" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:18 +msgid "your subscription number" +msgstr "你的订阅编号" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 +msgid "" +"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " +"Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "你的数据库URL，如你的数据库由Odoo托管（Odoo Online或Odoo.sh）" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:21 +msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." +msgstr "我们的代理将尽快回复你。" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 +msgid "Odoo Community" +msgstr "Odoo社区" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 +msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" +msgstr "*Odoo社区用户没有支持服务权限。*" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 +msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" +msgstr "以下是可能有用的一些资源：" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 +msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." +msgstr "我们的`文档页面 <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`。" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ask your question on the `community forum " +"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." +msgstr "在`社区论坛 <https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_提问。" + +#: ../../support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:33 +msgid "" +"`Buy Odoo Enterprise " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_ to get the" +" support and bugfix services." +msgstr "" +"`购买Odoo企业版 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/setup/enterprise.html>`_获取支持和漏洞修复服务。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6dcb3794 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/survey.po @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# 老窦 北京 <2662059195@qq.com>, 2020 +# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../survey.rst:5 +msgid "Survey" +msgstr "调查" + +#: ../../survey/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " +"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " +"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" +" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " +"market is thinking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:11 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "开始" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " +"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " +"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " +"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:22 +msgid "Tab: Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:24 +msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " +"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " +"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " +"without answering the respective question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " +"different possibilities. Examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " +"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" +" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" +" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " +"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " +"with which a text type field is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " +"row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:44 +msgid "Tab: Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:53 +msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:56 +msgid "Tab: Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " +"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " +"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:67 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " +"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " +"details of the respondent and his answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " +"entries clean with only real participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " +":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:80 +msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/create.rst:88 ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring Surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" +" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " +"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " +"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " +"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " +"answer and score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " +"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " +"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " +"finish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " +"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " +"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " +"badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 +msgid "Time Limit" +msgstr "时间限制" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +msgid "" +"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " +"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " +"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" +" looking at external resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " +"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" +" saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 +msgid "Selection" +msgstr "选中内容" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +msgid "" +"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" +" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" +" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " +"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " +"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0767420dc --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/timesheets.po @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../timesheets.rst:5 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "工时单" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "概述" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:3 +msgid "Compare Hours and do Analyses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Make sure your employees’ workload is being fairly distributed and control " +"your tasks to get powerful insights when comparing planned versus effective " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:9 +msgid "Compare the planned and effective hours of your tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Project --> Reporting --> Tasks Analysis`, select the " +"*Pivot* view and refine your *Measures* to *Effective Hours* and *Planned " +"Hours*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Still on *Project*, under :menuselection:`Reporting --> Planning Analysis` " +"find a pivot view with an analysis of allocated and effective hours of your " +"tasks by user and start date, or by any of the other available filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:27 +msgid "HR analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/compare.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Reporting --> Timesheet/Attendance` " +"have an overview of the worked hours and allocated time of your employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you use timesheets (from any device, anywhere) to track the time spent " +"on tasks, you are able to bill customers for the exact right amount they " +"should be billed. In addition to it, add a description of the work done to " +"have a reliable tracking and history, and compare the forecasted times, all " +"in favor of becoming a more proactive company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "Choose an encoding unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings`, choose the" +" unit of measure to register your timesheet. This provides tools and widgets" +" to help you encoding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "*Minimal duration* is the minimum time at which a task is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*Rounding up* allows you to time up or down to the nearest minutes or hours." +" For example: if the interval is set to 30min, a 14min entry will show up in" +" reports as 0min, and a 29min entry as 30min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:25 +msgid "Reportings are expressed in hours, the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:28 +msgid "Create a task from a SO & timesheet on it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under the *General Settings* of your product, categorize it as a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:34 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales* tab, (section *Sales Invoicing Policy*) choose if you want to" +" invoice customers based on the quantity previous ordered (the one sent on a" +" quotation, for instance), on the time recorded (while the service was being" +" executed), or by manually adding the time spent when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Chose the right *Service Tracking* for you and, from now on, when a sales " +"order is confirmed, Odoo automatically creates a task/project (if that was " +"the chosen option) and allows you to timesheet on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:44 +msgid "Choose an Invoicing Policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and choose " +"if you want the recorded time to be directly invoiced, or if it should be " +"approved first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "Send reminders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Choose to have an automatic email being sent to all users and managers who " +"have not recorded their times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Timesheets --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"the *Employee Reminder* and *Manager Reminder* features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Odoo Timesheets continues to run even if there is no internet connection. " +"The data syncs once you are back online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, " +"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " +"you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`compare`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index d8d318d85..99939b561 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -4,33 +4,32 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2019 -# Xia Fajin <xia.fajin@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2019 -# 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2019 -# inspur qiuguodong <qiuguodong@inspur.com>, 2019 -# Martin Trigaux, 2019 -# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2019 -# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2019 -# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2019 -# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2019 -# fausthuang, 2019 -# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2019 -# j d <catfire@qq.com>, 2019 -# n37r06u3 <n37r06u3@gmail.com>, 2019 -# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2019 -# guohuadeng <guohuadeng@hotmail.com>, 2019 -# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2020 +# 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2020 +# 思昀 邹 <1025772003@qq.com>, 2020 +# j d <catfire@qq.com>, 2020 +# 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2020 +# 凡 杨 <sailfan_yang@qq.com>, 2020 +# Martin Trigaux, 2020 +# mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2020 +# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2020 +# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2020 +# Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# Xia Fajin <xia.fajin@elico-corp.com>, 2020 +# fausthuang, 2020 +# bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2020 +# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2020 +# 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2020 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 13.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-21 10:39+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2019-10-03 09:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 黎伟杰 <674416404@qq.com>, 2019\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-09-22 16:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 15:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2020\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -78,12 +77,13 @@ msgstr "进Odoo网址App的*配置*模式，在设置中打开Google Analytics #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " -"Documentation. " -"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`__" -msgstr "在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅Google 文献（Google Documentation）" +"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" +" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +msgstr "" +"在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅`Google文档 " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_。" -#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 +#: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" @@ -170,9 +170,108 @@ msgstr "在Odoo中打开你的网站控制面板并链接到你的分析账户 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "基础配置" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, click on *Stats* to see complete " +"statistics about the number of clicks and the country of origin of those " +"clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can also access the link tracker by typing *odoo.com/r* on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " +"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " +"your marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM <../../crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` " +"application allows you to understand where your leads and opportunities are " +"coming from." +msgstr "" + #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo (SEO)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化(SEO)。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -189,6 +288,7 @@ msgid "" "should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " "``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." msgstr "" +"一些SEO的规则例子：网页加载速度应该更快，页面应该有且仅有一个标题```<h1>`，元标签（alt标签、标题标签）应与内容一致，网站应有一个``/sitemap.xml``文件等。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -196,12 +296,13 @@ msgid "" "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " "you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." msgstr "" +"为了保证Odoo网站和Odoo电子商务用户拥有强大的SEO，Odoo提炼了SEO全部的技术复杂性，并用最好的方式为你处理一切。我们将在下面具体说明。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "但首先，我们首先来看如何微调网站内容和元标签，从而轻松提升网站排名。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" @@ -209,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr "元标签" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "标题、描述" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -219,6 +320,8 @@ msgid "" " you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " "otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." msgstr "" +"每个网页都应该定义 ``<title>``和``<description>`` " +"元数据。这些信息元素被搜索引起用于推广你的网站。它们根据网页标题和内容自动生成，但你可进行微调。确保它们符合网页内容，否则你将被搜索引擎降级。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" @@ -232,56 +335,55 @@ msgid "" "content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " "the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." msgstr "" +"为了撰写优质内容并提升你的流量，Odoo提供了``<keyword>``查找器。这些关键字是你想引至网站的搜索内容。对于每个关键字，你要关注它如何用在内容（H1、H2、网页标题、网页描述、网页内容）中及其与Google相关搜索的关系。使用的关键字越多，效果越好。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:50 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " "search tags." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你的网站使用多种语言，你可以为单个页面的每种语言使用Promote工具，并设置特定的标题、描述和搜索标签。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:55 msgid "Content is King" -msgstr "" +msgstr " 内容为王" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:57 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当谈到搜索引擎优化时，始终记住内容为王。Odoo提供了几个模块，帮助你在网站上建立内容：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:60 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." -msgstr "* * Odoo博客* *：写的内容。" +msgstr "**Odoo博客**：撰写优质内容。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:62 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" msgstr "" -"* * Odoo幻灯片* *：发表所有的PowerPoint或者PDF演示文稿。内容将自动在网页上进行索引。例如: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1>`__" +"**Odoo幻灯片**：发表所有的PowerPoint或者PDF演示文稿。内容将自动在网页上进行索引。例如: `odoo.com/slides" +"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:66 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " -"`https://odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__ (accounts for 30% of" -" Odoo.com landing pages)" +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" msgstr "" -"* *Odoo论坛 * *：让社区创建内容。例如: `https://odoo.com/forum/1 " -"<https://odoo.com/forum/1>`__(登陆odoo.com页面的30%账户)" +"**Odoo论坛**：让社区为你创建内容。例如:`odoo.com/forum/1 " +"<https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_（占Odoo.com登录页面的30%）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:70 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " -"website. Example: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (1000 pages created per month)" +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -"** Odoo邮件列表存档**：在网站上发布邮件列表档案。例如: `https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`__ (每月的1000页)" +"**Odoo邮件列表存档**：在网站上发布邮件列表存档。例如: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_（每月创建1000页）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -289,21 +391,22 @@ msgid "" "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " "content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." msgstr "" +"404页是一个常规网页，你可以向Odoo的其他网页一样编辑它。这样，在访问者输入无效URL时，你可以建立一个404页，将他重定向到你网站的内容顶部。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:81 msgid "Use Social Networks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用社交网络" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:83 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " "are a huge factor for SEO ranking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "社交媒体是为大众分享而建立的。如果很多人在社交媒体上分享你的内容，那么很可能会有更多的人链接到它，链接是SEO排名的一个重大因素。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:87 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo嵌入多项工具来通过社交媒体分享内容：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:90 msgid "Social Network" @@ -313,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "社交网络" msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo允许将所有的社交网络帐户链接到你的网站页脚。你只需要在公司设置中提及你的所有账户。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:99 msgid "Social Share" @@ -324,25 +427,25 @@ msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " "media wall." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将构建块*分享*放在你想要访问者分享的任何网页上。点击图标，他们会被提示在社交媒体上分享该页面。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:108 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " "your page in the Promote tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数社交媒体使用图片来装饰分享发帖。Odoo默认使用网站标志，但你可在推广工具中为你的网页选择任何其他图片。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:116 msgid "Facebook Page" -msgstr "Facebook账号" +msgstr "Facebook页面" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:118 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " "timeline, the next events and the messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "放置构建块*Facebook页面*，显示你的Facebook公司主页小工具，鼓励访问者关注。你可展示时间表、后续活动和信息。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:123 msgid "Twitter Scroller" @@ -352,7 +455,7 @@ msgstr "Twitter 滚动条" msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. THis " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在你的网站上显示Twitter上的客户满意度评价。这将增加推文和分享的数量。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:129 msgid "Test Your Website" @@ -361,18 +464,18 @@ msgstr "测试你的网站" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:131 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " -"WooRank free services: `https://www.woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" msgstr "" -"你可以比较你的网站排名，对SEO而言，反对Odoo用woorank免费服务: `https://www.woorank.com " -"<https://www.woorank.com>`__" +"你可通过WooRank免费服务`woorank.com " +"<https://www.woorank.com>`_，比较你的网站与Odoo在搜索引擎优化方面的排名" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:136 msgid "URLs Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL处理" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:138 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节介绍Odoo如何让URL实现SEO优化。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:141 msgid "URLs Structure" @@ -404,12 +507,15 @@ msgid "" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " "page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = " +"网页的语言。如果访问者浏览网站主语言，URL的这一部分将删除。因此，本页面的主版本是：https://www.mysite.com/shop/product" +"/my-great-product-31" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:158 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**/shop/product** = 每个模块定义了命名空间（/shop是电子商务模块的目录，/shop/product是产品页面）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -419,6 +525,8 @@ msgid "" "on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " "forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." msgstr "" +"**my-great-product** = 默认情况下，这是本页所指产品的详细标题 。但你可根据SEO目的自定义其内容。名为“Pain " +"carré”的产品将变成“pain-carre”。根据命名空间，这部分可以是不同对象（博客发帖、网页标题、论坛发帖、论坛评论、产品类别等）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:169 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" @@ -460,11 +568,11 @@ msgstr "在上面的例子 :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:188 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*公司新闻*是博客的标题" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:190 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Odoo故事*是具体博客发帖的标题" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:192 msgid "" @@ -489,13 +597,13 @@ msgstr "当页面的网址改变(例如，一个你的产品名称的更友好 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:204 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo将自动在新的URL更新所有链接。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:206 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果外部网站仍指向就得URL，301重定向将引导访问者前往新网站。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:209 msgid "As an example, this URL:" @@ -507,7 +615,7 @@ msgstr "http ://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:213 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将自动重定向到：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:215 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" @@ -519,7 +627,7 @@ msgid "" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " "link still works for links coming from external websites, with a 301 " "redirect to not lose the SEO link juice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "总之，只要更改博客发帖的标题或产品名称，它将自动应用于网站所有页面。旧的链接仍适用于外部网站的链接，用301重定向可防止丢失SEO链接。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:223 msgid "HTTPS" @@ -532,32 +640,34 @@ msgid "" "your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " "equivalent." msgstr "" +"搜索引擎会提高安全HTTPS/SSL网站的排名。因此，Odoo Online的所有实例在默认情况下完全基于HTTPS。如访问者通过非HTTPS " +"URL访问你的网站，将通过301重定向到HTTPS网站。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:231 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "链接：Nofollow策略" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:233 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网页与外部和优质网站的链接越多，对SEO越有利。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:236 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是Odoo管理链接的策略：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:238 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你添加到网站的每一个链接都是\"dofollow\"，这意味着，该链接将有助于链接页面的SEO排名。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:242 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由贡献者发布的每个链接（论坛发帖、博客评论等）在链接到自己的网站后也是“dofollow”。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -571,15 +681,15 @@ msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，当使用论坛时，可以信赖拥有很多Karma的贡献者。在这种情况下，他们的链接不会有``rel=\"nofollow\"``的属性。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:255 msgid "Multi-Language Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多语言支持" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:258 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多语言URL" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -591,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "如果在多个语言中运行一个网站，在不同的URL将看到相 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1（主语言，这里为英语）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -608,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "在这个例子中，fr\\_FR是网页的语言。你甚至可以有同 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:272 msgid "Language Annotation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "语言注释" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -617,6 +727,7 @@ msgid "" " <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " "pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" msgstr "" +"为了让搜索引擎知道第二个URL是第一个URL的法语翻译，Odoo将在文件顶端增加HTML链接元素。在主版本的HTML<head>部分，Odoo自动添加可指向其他翻译版本网页的链接元素；" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -634,18 +745,18 @@ msgstr "用这种方法：" msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to th right language according to the visitor " "language." -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索引擎将根据访问者语言重定向到正确的语言。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " "same content." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果页面还没有翻译，也不会被搜索引擎惩罚。实际上，它不是重复的内容，而是同一内容的不同版本。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:292 msgid "Language Detection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "语言检测" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -654,12 +765,13 @@ msgid "" "version according to their browser language preference: (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" +"当访问者首次登陆你的网站（例如，yourwebsite.com/shop），可能根据他们浏览器的语言偏好（例如，yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop）自动重定向到已翻译的版本。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:299 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "下次，它会保存当前语言的cookie，以避免重定向。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:302 msgid "" @@ -673,7 +785,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:309 msgid "Page Speed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "页面速度" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:312 msgid "Introduction" @@ -690,6 +802,9 @@ msgid "" "<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" "-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" +"加载页面的时间是搜索引擎的一个重要标准。更快的网页加载速度不仅可提高访问体验，也能提高你的网页排名。一些研究表明，如果加载网页时减少一半（例如，2秒而不是4秒），访问者放弃率也会降低一半（25％到12.5％）。加载网页的时间增加一秒会导致`Amazon的销售减少16亿美元" +" <http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" +"-billion-sales>`__。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -717,7 +832,7 @@ msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " "for .JPG)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你上传新图片时，Odoo自动压缩以减少大小（PNG和GIF无损压缩，JPG有损压缩）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:340 msgid "" @@ -758,13 +873,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:375 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:377 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理、级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。结果：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:380 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" @@ -790,6 +905,9 @@ msgid "" "instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " "file." msgstr "" +" **预处理 :** Odoo使用的CSS框架是Bootstrap。虽然某个主题可能会使用其他框架，大部分`Odoo 主题 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__延长并直接定制Bootstrap。由于Odoo支持Less和Sass，你可以修改CSS" +" 规则，而不是通过额外的CSS线覆盖它们，导致文件变得更小。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:395 msgid "" @@ -802,6 +920,8 @@ msgid "" "files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " "on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" +" **级联：** " +"你在Odoo中可能使用的每个模块或库都有自己的一套的CSS、Less或Sass文件（电子商务、博客、主题等）。多个CSS文件对于模块化非常有用，但是对性能不太好，因为大多数浏览器只能执行并行6个请求载入的文件。对于像.JS和.CSS等小文件，等待传送文件的时间通常比实际的数据传输时间更长。因此，加载CSS资源的时间更多地取决于请求的数目而不是实际的文件大小。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:405 msgid "" @@ -877,6 +997,8 @@ msgid "" "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" +"如果CSS文件非常大，Odoo会把它分成两个较小的文件，避免Internet " +"Explorer对于每个表单最大4095个选择器的限制。当然大多数主题都能满足这个限制。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:440 msgid "" @@ -910,17 +1032,17 @@ msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" " visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，缓存版本存储在服务器端（所以我们无需对每个请求预先处理、级联、精缩）和浏览器端（所以同一名访问者只需加载一次其访问的所有页面）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:461 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" -msgstr "" +msgstr "静态资源：Javascript" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:463 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "与CSS资源类似，Javascript资源也被级联、精缩、压缩和缓存（服务器端和浏览器端）。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:466 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" @@ -930,12 +1052,12 @@ msgstr "Odoo创建3个javascript包 :" msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站所有页面使用同一个Javascript包（包括视差效果、表单验证等代码。）" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用于前端和后端共享的通用Javascript代码(Bootstrap)" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:474 msgid "" @@ -950,14 +1072,18 @@ msgid "" "As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" +"网站的多数访问者只需要前两个包，因此最多只需加载两个Javascript文件来渲染一个页面。由于这些文件在所有网页之间共享，同一位访问者继续点击网页就不会加载任何其他Javascript资源。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:483 msgid "" -"If you work in debug mode, the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, " -"nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with" -" the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed " -"from their original versions." +"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, the CSS and Javascript are neither" +" concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. But it allows you to " +"easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and Javascript resources are " +"not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" +"在:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`下，CSS和Javascript并未级联或精缩。因此，加载速度要慢得多。但它可轻松地用Chrome调试器为CSS和JavaScript资源调试，因为它们并未从原来的版本进行转换。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:489 msgid "CDN" @@ -1012,6 +1138,7 @@ msgid "" "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" +"Odoo网站构建器已经优化，以保证简短而干净的HTML代码。构建块已开发，用于制作干净的HTML代码，通常使用bootstrap和HTML编辑器。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:521 msgid "" @@ -1043,32 +1170,30 @@ msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " "according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果网站不适合移动设备，则将对其搜索引擎排名产生负面影响。所有Odoo主题依靠Bootstrap提供适合台式机、平板电脑或手机的高效渲染。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:542 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于所有Odoo模块共享相同的技术，你的网站所有页面都绝对适合移动设备。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:546 msgid "Browser Caching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "浏览器缓存" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:548 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " -"this URL: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " "<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " "The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " "your website." msgstr "" -"JavaScript、图片和CSS资源有一个URL，当内容变化时, URL会动态变化。举个例子，所有CSS文件通过这个网址下载: " -"`http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " -"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " -"如果修改网站的CSS, URL的``457-0da1d9d`` 部分URL会改变。" +"Javascript、图片和CSS资源的URL会随着内容变化而动态变化。举个例子，所有CSS文件通过以下网址下载：`localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css" +" " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__。如果修改网站的CSS，URL的``457-0da1d9d``部分也会改变。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:555 msgid "" @@ -1086,32 +1211,36 @@ msgid "" "and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " "provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " "Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`*https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197* <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`__" +"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" +"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" msgstr "" +"除了速度快，Odoo也比传统的CMS和电子商务（Drupal、Wordpress、Magento、Prestashop）更具可扩展性。以下链接提供了在高查询量时主要的开源CMS和电子商务与Odoo的分析比较：`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197" +" <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-" +"optimisation-197>`_" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:568 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:571 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:574 -msgid "Search Engines Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这里总结了Odoo网站和电子商务可扩展性的概览。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "搜索引擎文件" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:580 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "站点地图" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:579 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" +"网站地图向搜索引擎机器人指出索引的页面。Odoo将自动生成``/sitemap.xml``文件。基于性能原因，该文件被缓存，并将每12小时更新一次。" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:583 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:586 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -1123,48 +1252,51 @@ msgstr "" " protocol <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ 在每个文件的45000中分组Sitemap " "URL。" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:589 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:592 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "每一个网站的入口有4个属性，自动计算：" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:591 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:594 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "``<loc>`` : 一页的 URL" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:593 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:596 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "``<lastmod>``：资源的最后修改日期，基于相关对象自动计算。一页关联一个产品，这可能是该产品或页面的最后修改日期。" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:598 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:601 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" " of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" +"``<priority>``：模块可以基于自己的内容有优先级算法（例如：一个论坛可能基于投票的数量分配优先权）。静态页面的优先级是由它的优先级字段定义的，呈常规化（16是默认值）。" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:605 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:608 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "结构化数据标记" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:607 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:610 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " "engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" "presented search results." msgstr "" +"结构化数据标记是用来在搜索引擎结果中生成Rich " +"Snippets的。这是网站所有者用于将结构化数据发送给搜索引擎机器人的途径；帮助它们了解你的内容，并产生良好的搜索结果。" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:612 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." msgstr "谷歌支持许多内容类型的丰富片段，包括：审核人、人、产品、企业、活动和组织。" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:618 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -1174,35 +1306,39 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo实现微观数据在`schema.org <http://schema.org>`__ 中定义，对活动, " "电子商务产品，论坛帖子和联系地址的描述。这可以让你的产品页面显示在谷歌信息栏，如产品的价格和评级：" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:625 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:628 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:627 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:630 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " "indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:631 -msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" -msgstr "" +"在编制网站索引时，搜索引擎首先查看``/robots.txt``文件的一般索引规则（允许的机器人、网站地图路径等）。Odoo自动创建该文件。其内容是：" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "用户代理：\\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" + +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:637 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这意味着所有的机器人都可对你的网站进行索引，除以下地址的网站地图中规定的索引规则外，没有其他索引规则。" -#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:638 +#: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:641 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in developer mode from *Settings --> " -"Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages," -" redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non " -"Updatable* to not reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " +"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" +" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " +"reset the file after system upgrades." msgstr "" +"你可在下面自定义*机器人*文件*设置 --> 技术 --> 用户界面 --> 视图*中的:doc:`开发人员模式 " +"<../../general/developer_mode/activate>`（排除机器人，排除一些页面，重定向到自定义网站地图）。让*不可更新*视图的模型数据设为系统升级后不重置文件。" #: ../../website/publish.rst:3 msgid "Publish" @@ -1383,7 +1519,7 @@ msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" msgid "" "Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " "such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" +msgstr "直到最近，Odoo用户还需要使用第三方CDN服务提供商，如Cloud Flare来启用SSL。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -1393,38 +1529,79 @@ msgid "" "get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " "certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." msgstr "" +"但现在已经不需要了：Odoo通过集成`Let's Encrypt认证机构和ACME协议 <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-" +"works/>`__，为你自动生成证书。如要获取该证书，只需在你的客户门户添加域名（为指定的每个域名生成单独的证书）。" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:92 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 +msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +msgstr "**请注意，生成证书可能需要24小时。**" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 msgid "" "If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" " simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你已经使用CloudFlare或类似服务，你可继续使用或更换到Odoo。一切由你决定。" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 +msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" +msgstr "如何确保我的所有URL使用自定义的域？" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " +"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +msgstr "如要设置网站和电子邮件发送的所有链接中的根URL，你可要求数据库的管理员（*设置*组中的任何用户）从登录屏幕执行登录。就这么简单！" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " +"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " +"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +msgstr "" +"如果你要手动完成此项操作，进入 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> " +"系统参数`。找到名为``web.base.url``的条目（如不存在，可以创建该条目）并输入网站的完整URL，如``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``。" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" +" end by a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "URL必须包含协议（``https://``或``http://``）且必须以斜杠（``/``）结尾。" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " +"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " +"set to ``True``." +msgstr "如果要在管理员登录时阻止根URL更新，可以添加名为``web.base.url.freeze``的系统参数，其值设置为``True``。" + +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我的网站被谷歌索引了两次" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:97 +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 msgid "" "If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," " Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " "Odoo cloud platforms/" msgstr "" +"如果你为*mydatabase.odoo.com*设置了自定义域*mydomain.com*，谷歌将在两个名称下编制网站索引。这是Odoo云平台的一个局限性/" -#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:102 -msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" +#: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 msgid "Manage Multi Websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理多网站" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " "customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " "revenue are now just a few clicks away!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的多网站功能为你的公司提供了多元化和客户细分的广泛可能性。只需点击几次，即可收获成倍的受众和更多收入！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -1432,6 +1609,7 @@ msgid "" "domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," " slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" msgstr "" +"每个网站都可以完全独立的方式运行，体现在其主题、品牌、域名、页眉和页脚、页面、语言、产品、博客帖子、论坛、幻灯片、活动、实时聊天渠道等方面。我们来实际了解一下吧！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "Setup" @@ -1441,7 +1619,7 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" " Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要创建新网站，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> 设置`。*创建新网站*按钮位于第一个版块。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1450,41 +1628,47 @@ msgid "" " of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " "visitors to it using Geo IP." msgstr "" +"根据后面的提示，设置新网站名称和特定域名。如果在Odoo数据库默认域下发布新网站，则可以留空。你可以稍后设置 " +"一些国家小组，在使用GeoIP时将访问者重定向。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 msgid "" "Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " "purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " "theme!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，选择一个主题。新网站可能与第一个网站的目的和受众完全不同。所以请自由选择不同的主题！" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " "website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在选择主题后，你可以开始构建网站主页。跟随紫色水滴，它们会引导你开始。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" "If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (CNAME) and to authorize it Odoo-side. `Read " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__" +" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " +":doc:`domain_name`." msgstr "" +"如果你运行Odoo " +"Online，请勿忘记将所有新域名重定向到你的Odoo数据库(``CNAME``)并从Odoo方面进行授权。查看:doc:`domain_name`。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 msgid "Create the menu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建菜单" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 msgid "" "The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click *Pages > Edit Menu*. Moving forward you only edit the menu of" -" the current website." +"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" +" edit the menu of the current website." msgstr "" +"新网站的默认菜单包含了所有已安装的应用程序。如要编辑该菜单，点击 :menuselection:`页面 --> " +"编辑菜单`。之后，则仅需编辑当前网站的菜单。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 msgid "Switch from one website to another" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从一个网站切换到另一个" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1492,99 +1676,103 @@ msgid "" "bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " "website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" " sign in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "超级简单！编辑栏右侧有一个网站切换器。切换到另一个网站将连接到此网站的域。如果你在该网站使用另一个域，则需要用户登录。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 msgid "" "When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g.,/shop/myproduct). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but suggested to create a new page from there." +"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " +"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." msgstr "" +"切换时，你将被重定向到另一个网站上的同一域路径（例如，``/shop/myproduct``）。如果不使用此URL，你将被重定向到404页面，但被提示在此创建新页面。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:74 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 msgid "Add features" msgstr "添加功能" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 msgid "" "The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" " your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " "removing the menu item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你安装的网站应用程序（如幻灯片、博客）可用于你的所有网站。当然，你可以通过删除菜单项，在某个网站中将它们隐藏。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:80 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 msgid "" "Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " "First, select the website to configure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个网站在设置中都有大量的特定选项。首先，选择要配置的网站。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:86 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 msgid "" "Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " "only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:92 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后，查看标有地球图标的选项。这意味着它们只会影响你正在开发的网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" +msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" +msgstr "例如，你可以设置特定的：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" +msgid "languages," +msgstr "语言，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" +msgid "domain names," +msgstr "域名，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" +msgid "social media links," +msgstr "社交媒体链接，" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" +msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," +msgstr "客户门户模式（B2C或B2B），" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 +msgid "dedicated live chat channels," +msgstr "专门的在线客服渠道，" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 msgid "etc." msgstr "等等" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:109 -msgid "Manage domain names" -msgstr "" +msgstr "其他为全局选项，适用于所有网站。" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Manage domain names" +msgstr "管理域名" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 msgid "" "As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " "a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " "set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using Geo IP." +"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." msgstr "" +"如前所述，你的网站可以共享相同的域名，也可以使用特定的域名。如果你共享域名并希望调整每个地区的内容，请在每个网站的设置中设置国家小组 " +"。访问者将通过GeoIP被重定向到正确的网站。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:120 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 msgid "" "Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *Geoip* library." +"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" +"installation`" msgstr "" +"Odoo Online默认安装GeoIP。如果你在本地部署情况下运行Odoo，请勿忘记安装*GeoIP*库。参见:doc:`on-" +"premise_geo-ip-installation`" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:123 -msgid "" -"`Read the full documenation about domain names here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/website/publish/domain_name.html>`__," -msgstr "" +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +msgstr ":doc:`domain_name`" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:126 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" +msgstr "自定义访问者体验" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:129 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 msgid "" "The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" " \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " @@ -1592,153 +1780,158 @@ msgid "" "audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " "blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." msgstr "" +"通过\\*定制\\*菜单，可深度定制客户体验。这里所有可用的视觉选项都针对的是每个网站。浏览各个页面并针对新受众进行调整。重点关注工作流程和自动化页面（如电子商务结帐、博客、活动等），因为这里的可用选项极多。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:139 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 msgid "Publish specific content per website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按网站发布具体内容" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:142 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 msgid "" "Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " "post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " "that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " "blank. This will publish it in all the websites." msgstr "" +"与静态页面一样，从前端创建的任何内容（产品、博客帖子等） " +"均只能在当前网站上发布。你可从后端编辑表单视图中更改，并将*网站*字段留空。这样就将在所有网站上发布。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 msgid "" "Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " "websites*:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:153 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "租赁产品" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:155 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下是你可以链接到*一个或所有网站*的所有对象：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "博客" +msgid "Products" +msgstr "产品" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" +msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +msgstr "电子商务的产品类别" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 +msgid "Blogs" +msgstr "博文" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +msgid "Slide Channels" +msgstr "幻灯片频道" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 msgid "Forums" msgstr "论坛" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 msgid "Events" msgstr "活动" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 msgid "Job Positions" msgstr "工作岗位" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:168 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " "product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你从后端创建记录并发布时（通常是产品或活动），它在所有网站上均可用。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 msgid "Publish a page in all websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在所有网站发表某个页面" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:174 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 msgid "" "A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." " You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " "Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." msgstr "" +"只能在当前网站创建新的静态页面并发布。你可以将它复制到其他网站，路径为 :menuselection:`网站 --> 配置 --> " +"页面`。请将*网站*字段留空。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 msgid "" "If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " "and set the new website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你只需将它复制到另外一个网站，请复制页面并设置新网站。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:184 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 msgid "" "When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" " new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " "being linked to all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再次编辑页面时，更改只影响当前网站。新页面被复制并绑定到网站上。原页面仍链接到所有网站。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:189 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 msgid "" "By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " "page behind each edited page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过页面管理器按URL对页面进行分组，你可以快速找到每个编辑页面后面的原始页面。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:196 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 msgid "Multi-companies" msgstr "多公司" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:198 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 msgid "" "Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" "companies environment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多公司环境中，每个网站都可以链接到你系统中的特定公司。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:204 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 msgid "" "With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " "(products, jobs, events, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "利用这项配置，只有与公司相关的数据出现在网站上（产品、工作、活动等）。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:207 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 msgid "" "Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " "access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " "their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " "visitors." -msgstr "" +msgstr "网站编辑只能查看和编辑他们有访问权限的记录页面，通常是属于他们目前的公司（及其子公司）的页面。访问者也是如此。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:213 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 msgid "" "If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " "websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" " selector in the menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果网站是多公司，你在切换网站时无法切换公司。如要切换公司并查看相关内容，需使用菜单中的公司选择器。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:219 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置你的电子商务网站" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:221 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 msgid "" "eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" " so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "电子商务是多网站环境中的一项关键功能。在我们的网站上，这项功能可定制，以适应每个网站的受众。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:226 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 msgid "Products only available on one website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品仅在一个网站可用" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:228 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 msgid "" "We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." " You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " "edit form. Empty means available in all websites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们之前已经了解了如何仅在一个网站发布特定记录。你可使用产品编辑表单电子商务选项卡的\\*网站\\*字段。留空意味着在所有网站均可用。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:236 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 msgid "Products available on *some* websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品在*部分*网站可用" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:238 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 msgid "" "To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " "should duplicate the product for each website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要使产品在部分而不是所有网站可用，你应为每个网站复制产品。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:241 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 msgid "" "If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " "install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " @@ -1746,54 +1939,59 @@ msgid "" " in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " "converted into the storable item in the delivery order." msgstr "" +"如果你需要通过唯一参考编号来管理库存，你应安装*制造*应用程序并创建*套件*物料清单。每个套件将每个发布的“虚拟”产品关联到库存中管理的主要参考编号。这样，从你的网站出售的任何项目将在交货单中转换为可库存的产品。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:248 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 msgid "Pricelists" msgstr "价格表" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:250 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 msgid "" "To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " "Prices per Product* in Website settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要按网站管理特定价格，你可在网站设置中启用*每款产品的多个销售价格*。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:253 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. Read `Pricelists Documentation " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/user/online/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.html>`__," +"additional pricelists. See " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." msgstr "" +"然后，前往 :menuselection:`网站 --> 产品 --> 价格表`创建其他价格表。参见 " +":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:256 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 msgid "" "If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " "this website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需帮助。选择一个网站，创建仅用于此网站的价格表。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:262 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 msgid "" "Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " "*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " "operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择了*可选择*，字段留空则意味着它适用于所有网站。否则，它只能用于销售和POS应用程序的后端操作。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:267 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款收单机构和交货方式" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:269 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 msgid "" "By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" " all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " "using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " "do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." msgstr "" +"默认情况下，所有网站都部署了已发布的付款收单机构和交货方式。你在网站配置中定义国家，即可通过Geo " +"IP确定每个国家使用的具体支付收单机构。你也可填写*网站*字段，对每个网站进行设置。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:275 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户账户" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:277 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 msgid "" "There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " "settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " @@ -1801,42 +1999,159 @@ msgid "" "option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " "the visitor mind." msgstr "" +"有一个设置可用于选择在网站设置中管理客户帐户的方式。你可以允许客户在所有网站使用同一个帐户，也可以强制要求他们为每个网站创建一个帐户。最后这种选项可避免给访问者留下各个网站相互关联的印象。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:287 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "关于自定义的技术提示" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:289 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 msgid "" "If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" " make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你想在网站上发布自定义对象，以下几条提示将有助于它在多网站中运行：" #: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" +msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" +msgstr "网站地图：不要忘记在每个网站的站点地图中" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:296 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 +msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." +msgstr "只发布可用记录的路由中的域。" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +msgid "Access: you should call the method" +msgstr "访问：应在控制器中调用方法*can_access_from_current_website*，" + +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 msgid "" "*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" " can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以确保访问者可在当前网站中看到记录。" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" +msgstr "搜索：当显示记录列表时，" -#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 +#: ../../website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." +msgstr "不要忘记指定域只显示当前网站可用的记录。" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP installation (on-premises database)" +msgstr "Geo IP安装（本地部署数据库）" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "安装" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer operating system " +"and distribution. We will assume here that a Linux operating system is used." +msgstr "请注意，安装取决于你的计算机操作系统和分布。我们将在这里假设使用Linux操作系统。" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:13 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "安装`geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python库" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" msgstr "" +"下载`GeoLite2 City数据库 " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_。你将下载到名为``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``的文件" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:19 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "将文件移动到文件夹``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:21 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "重启服务器" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and will use it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" +"如果你不能/不想在``/usr/share/GeoIP/``中定位geoip数据库，则可使用Odoo命令行接口的``--geoip-" +"db``选项。此选项取到GeoIP数据库文件的绝对路径，并将其用作GeoIP数据库。例如：" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`CLI documentation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_." +msgstr "" +"`CLI文档 <https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html>`_。" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:34 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 2019. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" +"也可使用``GeoIP`` Python库。但这个版本已于2019年1月停用。参见`GeoLite Legacy数据库现已停用 " +"<https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-notice/>`_" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:37 +msgid "How to test GeoIP geolocation in your Odoo website?" +msgstr "如何在你的Odoo网站上测试GeoIP地理定位？" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into your website. Open the web page on which you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "进入你的网站。打开想要测试``GeoIP``的网页。" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "选择 :menuselection:`自定义 --> HTML/CSS/JS编辑器`。" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:40 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "在页面添加以下XML：" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the ip " +"address." +msgstr "最后你将看到显示ip地址位置的字典。" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reason :" +msgstr "如果花括号为空``{}``，可能是下面的一种原因：" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "浏览IP地址为本地主机(``127.0.0.1``)或一个局域网(``192.168.*.*``)" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +"`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" +msgstr "" +"如果使用反向代理，请确保正确配置它。参见`--proxy-mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/13.0/reference/cmdline.html#cmdoption-" +"odoo-bin-proxy-mode>`__" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:55 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "未安装``geoip2``或未找到GeoIP数据库文件" + +#: ../../website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:56 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "GeoIP数据库无法解析给定的IP地址" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" @@ -1844,7 +2159,7 @@ msgstr "如何进行网址转换" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概览" +msgstr "概述" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -1904,15 +2219,12 @@ msgid "" "There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" " the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " "automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, go to " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__ in order to create one. You need to " -"ask for a public key and a private key." +"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " +"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" +" to ask for a public key and a private key." msgstr "" -"还有，如果你已安装了Gengo翻译，**Translate** 的按钮旁边还有按钮**Translate " -"automatically**。一旦你点击这个按钮，会问你一些关于账户上的信息。如果你还没有帐号，去 " -"`*https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/* " -"<https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`__创建一个。你需要一个公钥和一个私钥。" +"如果你安装了Gengo翻译器，在**翻译**按钮旁边，还会看到**自动翻译**按钮。如果点击该按钮，你需要提供一些关于你的账户的信息。如果你还没有帐户，通过`此链接" +" <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ 创建一个账户。你需要提供一个公钥和一个私钥。" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:53 msgid ""